diff options
| author | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:25:00 -0700 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Roger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org> | 2025-10-15 05:25:00 -0700 |
| commit | f62964035d316b42576138d9a15588ee25db301e (patch) | |
| tree | a5e0e99ea0b67bd86cc3ef9104a0147f6fb6cab1 /old | |
Diffstat (limited to 'old')
| -rw-r--r-- | old/5175-8.txt | 14765 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/5175-8.zip | bin | 0 -> 285808 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/5175-h.htm.2021-01-27 | 17499 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/5175.txt | 14765 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/5175.zip | bin | 0 -> 285762 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/prlma10.txt | 15023 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/prlma10.zip | bin | 0 -> 286155 bytes |
7 files changed, 62052 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/old/5175-8.txt b/old/5175-8.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fdae002 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/5175-8.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14765 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Pearl-Maiden, by H. Rider Haggard + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Pearl-Maiden + +Author: H. Rider Haggard + +Release Date: April 22, 2006 [EBook #5175] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PEARL-MAIDEN *** + + + + +Produced by John Bickers; Dagny; David Widger + + + + + +PEARL-MAIDEN + + +A Tale Of The Fall of Jerusalem + + +By H. Rider Haggard + +First Published 1901. + +TO + +GLADYS CHRISTIAN + +A DWELLER IN THE EAST THIS EASTERN TALE IS DEDICATED BY HER OWN AND HER +FATHER'S FRIEND + +THE AUTHOR + +Ditchingham: September 14, 1902. + + + + + +PEARL-MAIDEN + + + +CHAPTER I + +THE PRISON AT CÆSAREA + +It was but two hours after midnight, yet many were wakeful in Cæsarea on +the Syrian coast. Herod Agrippa, King of all Palestine--by grace of +the Romans--now at the very apex of his power, celebrated a festival in +honour of the Emperor Claudius, to which had flocked all the mightiest +in the land and tens of thousands of the people. The city was full of +them, their camps were set upon the sea-beach and for miles around; +there was no room at the inns or in the private houses, where guests +slept upon the roofs, the couches, the floors, and in the gardens. The +great town hummed like a hive of bees disturbed after sunset, and though +the louder sounds of revelling had died away, parties of feasters, +many of them still crowned with fading roses, passed along the +streets shouting and singing to their lodgings. As they went, they +discussed--those of them who were sufficiently sober--the incidents of +that day's games in the great circus, and offered or accepted odds upon +the more exciting events of the morrow. + +The captives in the prison that was set upon a little hill, a frowning +building of brown stone, divided into courts and surrounded by a +high wall and a ditch, could hear the workmen at their labours in the +amphitheatre below. These sounds interested them, since many of those +who listened were doomed to take a leading part in the spectacle of this +new day. In the outer court, for instance, were a hundred men called +malefactors, for the most part Jews convicted of various political +offences. These were to fight against twice their number of savage Arabs +of the desert taken in a frontier raid, people whom to-day we should +know as Bedouins, mounted and armed with swords and lances, but wearing +no mail. The malefactor Jews, by way of compensation, were to be +protected with heavy armour and ample shields. Their combat was to +last for twenty minutes by the sand-glass, when, unless they had shown +cowardice, those who were left alive of either party were to receive +their freedom. Indeed, by a kindly decree the King Agrippa, a man who +did not seek unnecessary bloodshed, contrary to custom, even the wounded +were to be spared, that is, if any would undertake the care of them. +Under these circumstances, since life is sweet, all had determined to +fight their best. + +In another division of the great hall was collected a very different +company. There were not more than fifty or sixty of these, so the wide +arches of the surrounding cloisters gave them sufficient shelter and +even privacy. With the exception of eight or ten men, all of them old, +or well on in middle age, since the younger and more vigorous males had +been carefully drafted to serve as gladiators, this little band was +made of women and a few children. They belonged to the new sect called +Christians, the followers of one Jesus, who, according to report, was +crucified as a troublesome person by the governor, Pontius Pilate, a +Roman official, who in due course had been banished to Gaul, where he +was said to have committed suicide. In his day Pilate was unpopular +in Judæa, for he had taken the treasures of the Temple at Jerusalem to +build waterworks, causing a tumult in which many were killed. Now he +was almost forgotten, but very strangely, the fame of this crucified +demagogue, Jesus, seemed to grow, since there were many who made a kind +of god of him, preaching doctrines in his name that were contrary to the +law and offensive to every sect of the Jews. + +Pharisees, Sadducees, Zealots, Levites, priests, all called out against +them. All besought Agrippa that he would be rid of them, these apostates +who profaned the land and proclaimed in the ears of a nation awaiting +its Messiah, that Heaven-born King who should break the Roman yoke and +make Jerusalem the capital of the world, that this Messiah had come +already in the guise of an itinerant preacher, and perished with other +malefactors by the death of shame. + +Wearied with their importunities, the King listened. Like the cultivated +Romans with whom he associated, Agrippa had no real religion. At +Jerusalem he embellished the Temple and made offerings to Jehovah; at +Berytus he embellished the temple and made offerings there to Jupiter. +He was all things to all men and to himself--nothing but a voluptuous +time-server. As for these Christians, he never troubled himself about +them. Why should he? They were few and insignificant, no single man of +rank or wealth was to be found among them. To persecute them was easy, +and--it pleased the Jews. Therefore he persecuted them. One James, a +disciple of the crucified man called Christ, who had wandered about the +country with him, he seized and beheaded at Jerusalem. Another, called +Peter, a powerful preacher, he threw into prison, and of their followers +he slew many. A few of these were given over to be stoned by the Jews, +but the pick of the men were forced to fight as gladiators at Berytus +and elsewhere. The women, if young and beautiful, were sold as slaves, +but if matrons or aged, they were cast to the wild beasts in the circus. + +Such was the fate, indeed, that was reserved for these poor victims in +the prison on this very day of the opening of our history. After the +gladiators had fought and the other games had been celebrated, sixty +Christians, it was announced, old and useless men, married woman and +young children whom nobody would buy, were to be turned down in the +great amphitheatre. Then thirty fierce lions, with other savage beasts, +made ravenous by hunger and mad with the smell of blood, were to be let +loose among them. Even in this act of justice, however, Agrippa suffered +it to be seen that he was gentle-hearted, since of his kindness he had +decreed that any whom the lions refused to eat were to be given clothes, +a small sum of money, and released to settle their differences with the +Jews as they might please. + +Such was the state of public feeling and morals in the Roman world of +that day, that this spectacle of the feeding of starved beasts with live +women and children, whose crime was that they worshipped a crucified +man and would offer sacrifice to no other god, either in the Temple +or elsewhere, was much looked forward to by the population of Cæsarea. +Indeed, great sums of money were ventured upon the event, by means of +what to-day would be called sweepstakes, under the regulations of which +he who drew the ticket marked with the exact number of those whom the +lions left alive, would take the first prize. Already some far-seeing +gamblers who had drawn low numbers, had bribed the soldiers and wardens +to sprinkle the hair and garments of the Christians with valerian water, +a decoction which was supposed to attract and excite the appetite of +these great cats. Others, whose tickets were high, paid handsomely for +the employment of artifices which need not be detailed, calculated to +induce in the lions aversion to the subject that had been treated. +The Christian woman or child, it will be observed, who was to form +the _corpus vile_ of these ingenious experiments, was not considered, +except, indeed, as the fisherman considers the mussel or the sand-worm +on his hook. + +Under an arch by themselves, and not far from the great gateway where +the guards, their lances in hand, could be seen pacing up and down, +sat two women. The contrast in the appearance of this pair was very +striking. One, who could not have been much more than twenty years of +age, was a Jewess, too thin-faced for beauty, but with dark and lovely +eyes, and bearing in every limb and feature the stamp of noble blood. +She was Rachel, the widow of Demas, a Græco-Syrian, and only child of +the high-born Jew Benoni, one of the richest merchants in Tyre. The +other was a woman of remarkable aspect, apparently about forty years +of age. She was a native of the coasts of Libya, where she had been +kidnapped as a girl by Jewish traders, and by them passed on to +Phnicians, who sold her upon the slave market of Tyre. In fact she was +a high-bred Arab without any admixture of negro blood, as was shown by +her copper-coloured skin, prominent cheek bones, her straight, black, +abundant hair, and untamed, flashing eyes. In frame she was tall and +spare, very agile, and full of grace in every movement. Her face was +fierce and hard; even in her present dreadful plight she showed no fear, +only when she looked at the lady by her side it grew anxious and tender. +She was called Nehushta, a name which Benoni had given her when many +years ago he bought her upon the market-place. In Hebrew Nehushta means +copper, and this new slave was copper-coloured. In her native land, +however, she had another name, Nou, and by this name she was known to +her dead mistress, the wife of Benoni, and to his daughter Rachel, whom +she had nursed from childhood. + +The moon shone very brightly in a clear sky, and by the light of it an +observer, had there been any to observe where all were so occupied +with their own urgent affairs, could have watched every movement and +expression of these women. Rachel, seated on the ground, was rocking +herself to and fro, her face hidden in her hands, and praying. Nehushta +knelt at her side, resting the weight of her body on her heels as only +an Eastern can, and stared sullenly at nothingness. + +Presently Rachel, dropping her hands, looked at the tender sky and +sighed. + +"Our last night on earth, Nou," she said sadly. "It is strange to think +that we shall never again see the moon floating above us." + +"Why not, mistress? If all that we have been taught is true, we shall +see that moon, or others, for ever and ever, and if it is not true, then +neither light nor darkness will trouble us any more. However, for my own +part I don't mean that either of us should die to-morrow." + +"How can you prevent it, Nou?" asked Rachel with a faint smile. "Lions +are no respecters of persons." + +"Yet, mistress, I think that they will respect my person, and yours, +too, for my sake." + +"What do you mean, Nou?" + +"I mean that I do not fear the lions; they are country-folk of mine and +roared round my cradle. The chief, my father, was called Master of Lions +in our country because he could tame them. Why, when I was a little +child I have fed them and they fawned upon us like dogs." + +"Those lions are long dead, Nou, and the others will not remember." + +"I am not sure that they are dead; at least, blood will call to blood, +and their company will know the smell of the child of the Master of +Lions. Whoever is eaten, we shall escape." + +"I have no such hope, Nou. To-morrow we must die horribly, that King +Agrippa may do honour to his master, Cæsar." + +"If you think that, mistress, then let us die at once rather than be +rent limb from limb to give pleasure to a stinking mob. See, I have +poison hidden here in my hair. Let us drink of it and be done: it is +swift and painless." + +"Nay, Nou, it would not be right. I may lift no hand against my own +life, or if perchance I may, I have to think of another life." + +"If you die, the unborn child must die also. To-night or to-morrow, what +does it matter?" + +"Sufficient to the day is the evil thereof. Who knows? To-morrow Agrippa +may be dead, not us, and then the child might live. It is in the hand of +God. Let God decide." + +"Lady," answered Nehushta, setting her teeth, "for your sake I have +become a Christian, yes, and I believe. But I tell you this--while I +live no lion's fangs shall tear that dear flesh of yours. First if need +be, I will stab you there in the arena, or if they take my knife from +me, then I will choke you, or dash out your brains against the posts." + +"It may be a sin, Nou; take no such risk upon your soul." + +"My soul! What do I care about my soul? You are my soul. Your mother was +kind to me, the poor slave-girl, and when you were an infant, I rocked +you upon my breast. I spread your bride-bed, and if need be, to save you +from worse things, I will lay you dead before me and myself dead across +your body. Then let God or Satan--I care not which--deal with my soul. +At least, I shall have done my best and died faithful." + +"You should not speak so," sighed Rachel. "But, dear, I know it is +because you love me, and I wish to die as easily as may be and to join +my husband. Only if the child could have lived, as I think, all three +of us would have dwelt together eternally. Nay, not all three, all four, +for you are well-nigh as dear to me, Nou, as husband or as child." + +"That cannot be, I do not wish that it should be, who am but a slave +woman, the dog beneath the table. Oh! if I could save you, then I would +be glad to show them how this daughter of my father can bear their +torments." + +The Libyan ceased, grinding her teeth in impotent rage. Then suddenly +she leant towards her mistress, kissed her fiercely on the cheek and +began to sob, slow, heavy sobs. + +"Listen," said Rachel. "The lions are roaring in their dens yonder." + +Nehushta lifted her head and hearkened as a hunter hearkens in the +desert. True enough, from near the great tower that ended the southern +wall of the amphitheatre, echoed short, coughing notes and fierce +whimperings, to be followed presently by roar upon roar, as lion after +lion joined in that fearful music, till the whole air shook with the +volume of their voices. + +"Aha!" cried a keeper at the gate--not the Roman soldier who marched +to and fro unconcernedly, but a jailor, named Rufus, who was clad in +a padded robe and armed with a great knife. "Aha! listen to them, the +pretty kittens. Don't be greedy, little ones--be patient. To-night you +will purr upon a full stomach." + +"Nine of them," muttered Nehushta, who had counted the roars, "all +bearded and old, royal beasts. To hearken to them makes me young again. +Yes, yes, I smell the desert and see the smoke rising from my father's +tents. As a child I hunted them, now they will hunt me; it is their +hour." + +"Give me air! I faint!" gasped Rachel, sinking against her. + +With a guttural exclamation of pity Nehushta bent down. Placing her +strong arms beneath the slender form of her young mistress, and lifting +her as though she were a child, she carried her to the centre of the +court, where stood a fountain; for before it was turned to the purposes +of a jail once this place had been a palace. Here she set her mistress +on the ground with her back against the stonework, and dashed water in +her face till presently she was herself again. + +While Rachel sat thus--for the place was cool and pleasant and she could +not sleep who must die that day--a wicket-gate was opened and several +persons, men, women, and children, were thrust through it into the +court. + +"Newcomers from Tyre in a great hurry not to lose the lions' party," +cried the facetious warden of the gate. "Pass in, my Christian friends, +pass in and eat your last supper according to your customs. You will +find it over there, bread and wine in plenty. Eat, my hungry friends, +eat before you are eaten and enter into Heaven or--the stomach of the +lions." + +An old woman, the last of the party, for she could not walk fast, turned +round and pointed at the buffoon with her staff. + +"Blaspheme not, you heathen dog!" she said, "or rather, blaspheme on +and go to your reward! I, Anna, who have the gift of prophecy, tell you, +renegade who were a Christian, and therefore are doubly guilty, that +_you_ have eaten your last meal--on earth." + +The man, a half-bred Syrian who had abandoned his faith for profit and +now tormented those who were once his brethren, uttered a furious curse +and snatched a knife from his girdle. + +"You draw the knife? So be it, perish by the knife!" said Anna. +Then without heeding him further the old woman hobbled on after her +companions, leaving the man to slink away white to the lips with terror. +He had been a Christian and knew something of Anna and of this "gift of +prophecy." + +The path of these strangers led them past the fountain, where Rachel and +Nehushta rose to greet them as they came. + +"Peace be with you," said Rachel. + +"In the name of Christ, peace," they answered, and passed on towards +the arches where the other captives were gathered. Last of all, at some +distance behind the rest, came the white-haired woman, leaning on her +staff. + +As she approached, Rachel turned to repeat her salutation, then uttered +a little cry and said: + +"Mother Anna, do you not know me, Rachel, the daughter of Benoni?" + +"Rachel!" she answered, starting. "Alas! child, how came you here?" + +"By the paths that we Christians have to tread, mother," said Rachel, +sadly. "But sit; you are weary. Nou, help her." + +Anna nodded, and slowly, for her limbs were stiff, sank down on to the +step of the fountain. + +"Give me to drink, child," she said, "for I have been brought upon a +mule from Tyre, and am athirst." + +Rachel made her hands into a cup, for she had no other, and held water +to Anna's lips, which she drank greedily, emptying them many times. + +"For this refreshment, God be praised. What said you? The daughter of +Benoni a Christian! Well, even here and now, for that God be praised +also. Strange that I should not have heard of it; but I have been in +Jerusalem these two years, and was brought back to Tyre last Sabbath as +a prisoner." + +"Yes, Mother, and since then I have become both wife and widow." + +"Whom did you marry, child?" + +"Demas, the merchant. They killed him in the amphitheatre yonder at +Berytus six months ago," and the poor woman began to sob. + +"I heard of his end," replied Anna. "It was a good and noble one, and +his soul rests in Heaven. He would not fight with the gladiators, so he +was beheaded by order of Agrippa. But cease weeping, child, and tell me +your story. We have little time for tears, who, perhaps, soon will have +done with them." + +Rachel dried her eyes. + +"It is short and sad," she said. "Demas and I met often and learned to +love each other. My father was no friend to him, for they were rivals in +trade, but in those days knowing no better, Demas followed the faith +of the Jews; therefore, because he was rich my father consented to our +marriage, and they became partners in their business. Afterwards, +within a month indeed, the Apostles came to Tyre, and we attended their +preaching--at first, because we were curious to learn the truth of this +new faith against which my father railed, for, as you know, he is of the +strictest sect of the Jews; and then, because our hearts were touched. +So in the end we believed, and were baptised, both on one night, by +the very hand of the brother of the Lord. The holy Apostles departed, +blessing us before they went, and Demas, who would play no double part, +told my father of what we had done. Oh! mother, it was awful to see. He +raved, shouted and cursed us in his rage, blaspheming Him we worship. +More, woe is me that I should have to tell it: When we refused to become +apostates he denounced us to the priests, and the priests denounced +us to the Romans, and we were seized and thrown into prison; but my +husband's wealth, most of it except that which the priests and Romans +stole, stayed with my father. For many months we were held in prison +here in Cæsarea; then they took my husband to Berytus, to be trained +as a gladiator, and murdered him. Here I have stayed since with this +beloved servant, Nehushta, who also became a Christian and shared our +fate, and now, by the decree of Agrippa, it is my turn and hers to die +to-day." + +"Child, you should not weep for that; nay, you should be glad who at +once will find your husband and your Saviour." + +"Mother, I am glad; but, you see my state. It is for the child's sake I +weep, that now never will be born. Had it won life even for an hour all +of us would have dwelt together in bliss until eternity. But it cannot +be--it cannot be." + +Anna looked at her with her piercing eyes. + +"Have you, then, also the gift of prophecy, child, who are so young a +member of the Church, that you dare to say that this or that cannot be? +The future is in the hand of God. King Agrippa, your father, the Romans, +the cruel Jews, those lions that roar yonder, and we who are doomed to +feed them, are all in the hand of God, and that which He wills shall +befall, and no other thing. Therefore, let us praise Him and rejoice, +and take no thought for the morrow, unless it be to pray that we may die +and go hence to our Master, rather than live on in doubts and terrors +and tribulations." + +"You are right, mother," answered Rachel, "and I will try to be brave, +whatever may befall; but my state makes me feeble. The spirit, truly, is +willing, but oh! the flesh is weak. Listen, they call us to partake of +the Sacrament of the Lord--our last on earth"; and rising, she began to +walk towards the arches. + +Nehushta stayed to help Anna to her feet. When she judged her mistress +to be out of hearing she leaned down and whispered: + +"Mother, you have the gift; it is known throughout the Church. Tell me, +will the child be born?" + +The old woman fixed her eyes upon the heavens, then answered, slowly: + +"The child will be born and live out its life, and I think that none of +us are doomed to die this day by the jaws of lions, though some of us +may die in another fashion. But I think also that your mistress goes +very shortly to join her husband. Therefore it was that I showed her +nothing of what came into my mind." + +"Then it is best that I should die also, and die I will." + +"Wherefore?" + +"Because I go to wait upon my mistress?" + +"Nay, Nehushta," answered Anna, sternly, "you stay to guard her child, +whereof when all these earthly things are done you must give account to +her." + + + +CHAPTER II + +THE VOICE OF A GOD + +Of all the civilisations whose records lie open to the student, that +of Rome is surely one of the most wonderful. Nowhere, not even in old +Mexico, was high culture so completely wedded to the lowest barbarism. +Intellect Rome had in plenty; the noblest efforts of her genius are +scarcely to be surpassed; her law is the foundation of the best of our +codes of jurisprudence; art she borrowed but appreciated; her military +system is still the wonder of the world; her great men remain great +among a multitude of subsequent competitors. And yet how pitiless she +was! What a tigress! Amid all the ruins of her cities we find none of a +hospital, none, I believe, of an orphan school in an age that made many +orphans. The pious aspirations and efforts of individuals seem never +to have touched the conscience of the people. Rome incarnate had no +conscience; she was a lustful, devouring beast, made more bestial by her +intelligence and splendour. + +King Agrippa in practice was a Roman. Rome was his model, her ideals +were his ideals. Therefore he built amphitheatres in which men were +butchered, to the exquisite delight of vast audiences. Therefore, also, +without the excuse of any conscientious motive, however insufficient or +unsatisfactory, he persecuted the weak because they were weak and their +sufferings would give pleasure to the strong or to those who chanced to +be the majority of the moment. + +The season being hot it was arranged that the great games in honour of +the safety of Cæsar, should open each day at dawn and come to an end an +hour before noon. Therefore from midnight onwards crowds of spectators +poured into the amphitheatre, which, although it would seat over twenty +thousand, was not large enough to contain them all. An hour before the +dawn the place was full, and already late comers were turned back from +its gates. The only empty spaces were those reserved for the king, +his royal guests, the rulers of the city, with other distinguished +personages, and for the Christian company of old men, women and children +destined to the lions, who, it was arranged, were to sit in full view +of the audience until the time came for them to take their share in the +spectacle. + +When Rachel joined the other captives she found that a long rough table +had been set beneath the arcades, and on it at intervals, pieces of +bread and cups and vases containing wine of the country that had been +purchased at a great price from the guards. Round this table the elders +or the infirm among the company were seated on a bench, while the rest +of the number, for whom there was not room, stood behind them. At its +head was an old man, a bishop among the Christians, one of the five +hundred who had seen the risen Lord and received baptism from the +hands of the Beloved Disciple. For some years he had been spared by the +persecutors of the infant Church on account of his age, dignity, and +good repute, but now at last fate seemed to have overtaken him. + +The service was held; the bread and wine, mixed with water, were +consecrated with the same texts by which they are blessed to-day, only +the prayers were extempore. When all had eaten from the platters and +drunk from the rude cups, the bishop gave his blessing to the community. +Then he addressed them. This, he told them, was an occasion of peculiar +joy, a love-feast indeed, since all they who partook of it were about to +lay down the burden of the flesh and, their labours and sorrows ended, +to depart into bliss eternal. He called to their memory the supper of +the Passover which had taken place within the lifetime of many of +them, when the Author and Finisher of their faith had declared to the +disciples that He would drink no more wine till He drank it new with +them in His kingdom. Such a feast it was that lay spread before them +this night. Let them be thankful for it. Let them not quail in the hour +of trial. The fangs of the savage beasts, the shouts of the still more +savage spectators, the agony of the quivering flesh, the last terror of +their departing, what were these? Soon, very soon, they would be done; +the spears of the soldiers would despatch the injured, and those among +them whom it was ordained should escape, would be set free by the +command of the representative of Cæsar, that they might prosecute the +work till the hour came for them to pass on the torch of redemption to +other hands. Let them rejoice, therefore, and be very thankful, and +walk to the sacrifice as to a wedding feast. "Do you not rejoice, my +brethren?" he asked. With one voice they answered, "We rejoice!" Yes, +even the children answered thus. + +Then they prayed again, and again with uplifted hands the old man +blessed them in the holy Triune Name. + +Scarcely had this service, as solemn as it was simple, been brought +to an end when the head jailer, whose blasphemous jocosity since his +reproof by Anna was replaced by a mien of sullen venom, came forward and +commanded the whole band to march to the amphitheatre. Accordingly, two +by two, the bishop leading the way with the sainted woman Anna, they +walked to the gates. Here a guard of soldiers was waiting to receive +them, and under their escort they threaded the narrow, darkling streets +till they came to that door of the amphitheatre which was used by those +who were to take part in the games. Now, at a word from the bishop, they +began to chant a solemn hymn, and singing thus, were thrust along the +passages to the place prepared for them. This was not, as they expected, +a prison at the back of the amphitheatre, but, as has been said, a spot +between the enclosing wall and the podium, raised a little above the +level of the arena. Here, on the eastern side of the building, they were +to sit till their turn came to be driven by the guards through a little +wicket-gate into the arena, where the starving beasts of prey would be +loosed upon them. + +It was now the hour before sunrise, and the moon having set, the vast +theatre was plunged in gloom, relieved only here and there by stray +torches and cressets of fire burning upon either side of the gorgeous, +but as yet unoccupied, throne of Agrippa. This gloom seemed to oppress +the audience with which the place was crowded; at any rate none of them +shouted or sang, or even spoke loudly. They addressed each other +in muffled tones, with the result that the air seemed to be full of +mysterious whisperings. Had this poor band of condemned Christians +entered the theatre in daylight, they would have been greeted with +ironical cries and tauntings of "Dogs' meat!" and with requests that +they should work a miracle and let the people see them rise again from +the bellies of the lions. But now, as their solemn song broke upon the +silence, it was answered only by one great murmur, which seemed to shape +itself to the words, "the Christians! The doomed Christians!" + +By the light of a single torch the band took their places. Then once +more they sang, and in that chastening hour the audience listened with +attention, almost with respect. Their chant finished, the bishop stood +up, and, moved thereto by some inspiration, began to address the mighty +throng, whom he could not see, and who could not see him. Strangely +enough they hearkened to him, perhaps because his speech served to while +away the weary time of waiting. + +"Men and brethren," he began, in his thin, piercing notes, "princes, +lords, peoples, Romans, Jews, Syrians, Greeks, citizens of Idumæa, of +Egypt, and of all nations here gathered, hearken to the words of an old +man destined and glad to die. Listen, if it be your pleasure, to the +story of One whom some of you saw crucified under Pontius Pilate, since +to know the truth of that matter can at least do you no hurt." + +"Be silent!" cried a voice, that of the renegade jailer, "and cease +preaching your accursed faith!" + +"Let him alone," answered other voices. "We will hear this story of his. +We say--let him alone." + +Thus encouraged the old man spoke on with an eloquence so simple and yet +so touching, with a wisdom so deep, that for full fifteen minutes none +cared even to interrupt him. Then a far-away listener cried: + +"Why must these people die who are better than we?" + +"Friend," answered the bishop, in ringing tones, which in that heavy +silence seemed to search out even the recesses of the great and crowded +place, "we must die because it is the will of King Agrippa, to whom +God has given power to destroy us. Mourn not for us because we perish +cruelly, since this is the day of our true birth, but mourn for King +Agrippa, at whose hands our blood will be required, and mourn, mourn for +yourselves, O people. The death that is near to us perchance is nearer +still to some of you; and how will you awaken who perish in your sins? +What if the sword of God should empty yonder throne? What if the voice +of God should call on him who fills it to make answer of his deeds? +Soon or late, O people, it will call on him and you to pass hence, some +naturally in your age, others by the sharp and dreadful roads of sword, +pestilence or famine. Already those woes which He whom you crucified +foretold, knock at your door, and within a few short years not one of +you who crowd this place in thousands will draw the breath of life. +Nothing will remain of you on earth save the fruit of those deeds which +you have done--these and your bones, no more. Repent you, therefore, +repent while there is time; for I, whom you have doomed, I am bidden to +declare that judgment is at hand. Yes, even now, although you see him +not, the Angel of the Lord hangs over you and writes your names within +his book. Now while there is time I would pray for you and for your +king. Farewell." + +As he spoke those words "the Angel of the Lord hangs over you," so great +was the preacher's power, and in that weary darkness so sharply had he +touched the imagination of his strange audience, that with a sound like +to the stir of rustling trees, thousands of faces were turned upwards, +as though in search of that dread messenger. + +"Look, look!" screamed a hundred voices, while dim arms pointed to some +noiseless thing that floated high above them against the background +of the sky, which grew grey with the coming dawn. It appeared and +disappeared, appeared again, then seemed to pass downward in the +direction of Agrippa's throne, and vanished. + +"It is that magician's angel," cried one, and the multitudes groaned. + +"Fool," said another, "it was but a bird." + +"Then for Agrippa's sake," shrilled a new voice, "the gods send that it +was not an owl." + +Thereat some laughed, but the most were silent. They knew the story of +King Agrippa and the owl, and how it had been foretold that this spirit +in the form of a bird would appear to him again in the hour of his +death, as it had appeared to him in the hour of his triumph.[*] + + [*] See Josephus, "Antiquities of the Jews," Book XVII., + Chap. VI., Sec. 7; and Book XIX., Chap. VIII., Sec. 2. + +Just then from the palace to the north arose a sound of the blare of +trumpets. Now a herald, speaking on the summit of the great eastern +tower, called out that it was dawn above the mountains, and that King +Agrippa came with all his company, whereon the preaching of the old +Christian and his tale of a watching Vengeance were instantly forgotten. +Presently the glad, fierce notes of the trumpets drew nearer, and in the +grey of the daybreak, through the great bronze gates of the Triumphal +Way that were thrown open to greet him, advanced Agrippa, wonderfully +attired and preceded by his legionaries. At his right walked Vibius +Marsus, the Roman President of Syria, and on his left Antiochus, King of +Commagena, while after him followed other kings, princes, and great men +of his own and foreign lands. + +Agrippa mounted his golden throne while the multitude roared a welcome, +and his company were seated around and behind him according to their +degree. + +Once more the trumpets sounded, and the gladiators of different arms, +headed by the equites who fought on horseback, numbering in all more +than five hundred men, were formed up in the arena for the preliminary +march past--the salutation of those about to die to their emperor and +lord. Now, that they also might take their part in the spectacle, the +band of Christian martyrs were thrust through the door in the podium, +and to make them seem as many as possible in number, marshalled two by +two. + +Then the march past began. Troop by troop, arrayed in their shining +armour and armed, each of them, with his own familiar weapon, the +gladiators halted in front of Agrippa's throne, giving to him the +accustomed salutation of "Hail, King, we who are about to die, salute +thee," to be rewarded with a royal smile and the shouts of the approving +audience. Last of all came the Christians, a motley, wretched-looking +group, made up of old men, terrified children clinging to their mothers, +and ill-clad, dishevelled women. At the pitiful sight, that very mob +which a few short minutes before had hung upon the words of the bishop, +their leader, now, as they watched them hobbling round the arena in the +clear, low light of the dawning, burst into peals of laughter and called +out that each of them should be made to lead his lion. Quite heedless +of these scoffs and taunts, they trudged on through the white sand that +soon would be so red, until they came opposite to the throne. + +"Salute!" roared the audience. + +The bishop held up his hand and all were silent. Then, in the thin voice +with which they had become familiar, he said: + +"King, we who are about to die--forgive thee. May God do likewise." + +Now the multitude ceased laughing, and with an impatient gesture, +Agrippa motioned to the martyrs to pass on. This they did humbly; +but Anna, being old, lame and weary, could not walk so fast as her +companions. Alone she reached the saluting-place after all had left it, +and halted there. + +"Forward!" cried the officers. But she did not move nor did she speak. +Only leaning on her staff she looked steadily up at the face of the king +Agrippa. Some impulse seemed to draw his eyes to hers. They met, and +it was noted that he turned pale. Then straightening herself with +difficulty upon her tottering feet, Anna raised her staff and pointed +with it to the golden canopy above the head of Herod. All stared upward, +but saw nothing, for the canopy was still in the shadow of the velarium +which covered all the outer edge of the cavea, leaving the centre open +to the sky. It would appear, however, that Agrippa did see something, +for he who had risen to declare the games open, suddenly sank back upon +his throne, and remained thus lost in thought. Then Anna limped forward +to join her company, who once more were driven through the little gate +in the wall of the arena. + +For a second time, with an effort, Agrippa lifted himself from his +throne. As he rose the first level rays of sunrise struck full upon him. +He was a tall and noble-looking man, and his dress was glorious. To +the thousands who gazed upon him from the shadow, set in that point of +burning light he seemed to be clothed in a garment of glittering silver. +Silver was his crown, silver his vest, silver the wide robe that flowed +from his shoulders to the ground. + +"In the name of Cæsar, to the glory of Cæsar, I declare these games +open!" he cried. + +Then, as though moved by a sudden impulse, all the multitude rose +shouting: "The voice of a god! The voice of a god! The voice of the god +Agrippa!" + +Nor did Agrippa say them nay; the glory of such worship thundered at +him from twenty thousand throats made him drunken. There for a while he +stood, the new-born sunlight playing upon his splendid form, while the +multitude roared his name, proclaiming it divine. His nostrils spread to +inhale this incense of adoration, his eyes flashed and slowly he waved +his arms, as though in benediction of his worshippers. Perchance there +rose before his mind a vision of the wondrous event whereby he, the +scorned and penniless outcast, had been lifted to this giddy pinnacle +of power. Perchance for a moment he believed that he was indeed divine, +that nothing less than the blood and right of godhead could thus have +exalted him. At least he stood there, denying naught, while the people +adored him as Jehovah is adored of the Jews and Christ is adored of the +Christians. + +Then of a sudden smote the Angel of the Lord. Of a sudden intolerable +pain seized upon his vitals, and Herod remembered that he was but mortal +flesh, and knew that death was near. + +"Alas!" he cried, "I am no god, but a man, and even now the common fate +of man is on me." + +As he spoke a great white owl slid from the roof of the canopy above him +and vanished through the unroofed centre of the cavea. + +"Look! look! my people!" he cried again, "the spirit that brought me +good fortune leaves me now, and I die, my people, I die!" Then, sinking +upon his throne, he who a moment gone had received the worship of a god, +writhed there in agony and wept. Yes, Herod wept. + +Attendants ran to him and lifted him in their arms. + +"Take me hence to die," he moaned. Now a herald cried: + +"The king is smitten with a sore sickness, and the games are closed. To +your homes, O people." + +For a while the multitude sat silent, for they were fear-stricken. Then +a murmur rose among them that spread and swelled till it became a roar. + +"The Christians! The Christians! They prophesied the evil. They have +bewitched the king. They are wizards. Kill them, kill them, kill them!" + +Instantly, like waves pouring in from every side, hundreds and thousands +of men began to flow towards that place where the martyrs sat. The walls +and palisades were high. Sweeping aside the guards, they surged against +them like water against a rock; but climb they could not. Those in front +began to scream, those behind pressed on. Some fell and were trodden +underfoot, others clambered upon their bodies, in turn to fall and be +trodden underfoot. + +"Our death is upon us!" cried one of the Nazarenes. + +"Nay, life remains to us," answered Nehushta. "Follow me, all of you, +for I know the road," and, seizing Rachel about the middle, she began to +drag her towards a little door. It was unlocked and guarded by one man +only, the apostate jailer Rufus. + +"Stand back!" he cried, lifting his spear. + +Nehushta made no answer, only drawing a dagger from her robe, she fell +upon the ground, then of a sudden rose again beneath his guard. The +knife flashed and went home to the hilt. Down fell the man screaming for +help and mercy, and there, in the narrow way, his spirit was stamped out +of him. Beyond lay the broad passage of the vomitorium. They gained it, +and in an instant were mixed with the thousands who sought to escape the +panic. Some perished, some were swept onwards, among them Nehushta and +Rachel. Thrice they nearly fell, but the fierce strength of the Libyan +saved her mistress, till at length they found themselves on the broad +terrace facing the seashore. + +"Whither now?" gasped Rachel. + +"Where shall I lead you?" answered Nehushta. "Do not stay. Be swift." + +"But the others?" said Rachel, glancing back at the fighting, trampling, +yelling mob. + +"God guard them! We cannot." + +"Leave me," moaned her mistress. "Save yourself, Nou; I am spent," and +she sank down to her knees. + +"But I am still strong," muttered Nehushta, and lifting the swooning +woman in her sinewy arms, she fled on towards the port, crying, "Way, +way for my lady, the noble Roman, who has swooned!" + +And the multitude made way. + + + +CHAPTER III + +THE GRAIN STORE + +Having passed the outer terraces of the amphitheatre in safety, Nehushta +turned down a side street, and paused in the shadow of the wall to think +what she should do. So far they were safe; but even if her strength +would stand the strain, it seemed impossible that she should carry her +mistress through the crowded city and avoid recapture. For some months +they had both of them been prisoners, and as it was the custom of the +inhabitants of Cæsarea, when they had nothing else to do, to come to the +gates of their jail, and, through the bars, to study those within, or +even, by permission of the guards, to walk among them, their appearance +was known to many. Doubtless, so soon as the excitement caused by the +illness of the king had subsided, soldiers would be sent to hunt down +the fugitives who had escaped from the amphitheatre. More especially +would they search for her, Nehushta, and her mistress, since it would be +known that one of them had stabbed the warden of the gate, a crime for +which they must expect to die by torture. Also--where could they go who +had no friends, since all Christians had been expelled the city? + +No, there was but one chance for them--to conceal themselves. + +Nehushta looked round her for a hiding-place, and in this matter, as in +others on that day, fortune favoured them. This street in the old days, +when Cæsarea was called Strato's Tower, had been built upon an inner +wall of the city, now long dismantled. At a distance of a few yards +from where Nehushta had stopped stood an ancient gateway, unused save +at times by beggars who slept under it, which led nowhere, for the outer +arch of it was bricked up. Into this gateway Nehushta bore her mistress +unobserved, to find to her relief that it was quite untenanted, though +a still smouldering fire and a broken amphora containing clean water +showed her that folk had slept there who could find no better lodging. +So far so good; but here it would be scarcely safe to hide, as the +tenants or others might come back. Nehushta looked around. In the thick +wall was a little archway, beneath which commenced a stair. Setting +Rachel on the ground, she ran up it, lightly as a cat. At the top of +thirty steps, many of them broken, she found an old and massive door. +With a sigh of disappointment, the Libyan turned to descend again; then, +by an afterthought, pushed at the door. To her surprise it stirred. +Again she pushed, and it swung open. Within was a large chamber, lighted +by loopholes pierced in the thickness of the wall, for the use of +archers. Now, however, it served no military purpose, but was used as a +storehouse by a merchant of grain, for there in a corner lay a heap of +many measures of barley, and strewn about the floor were sacks of skin +and other articles. + +Nehushta examined the room. No hiding-place could be better--unless the +merchant chanced to come to visit his store. Well, that must be risked. +Down she sped, and with much toil and difficulty carried her still +swooning mistress up the steps and into the chamber, where she laid her +on a heap of sacks. + +Again, by an afterthought, she ventured to descend, this time to fetch +the broken jar of water. Then she closed the door, setting it fast with +a piece of wood, and began to chafe Rachel's hands and to sprinkle her +face from the jar. Presently the dark eyes opened and her mistress sat +up. + +"Is it over, and is this Paradise?" she murmured. + +"I should not call the place by that name, lady," answered Nehushta, +drily, "though perhaps, in contrast with the hell that we have left, +some might think it so. Drink!" and she held the water to her lips. + +Rachel obeyed her eagerly. "Oh! it is good," she said. "But how came we +here out of that rushing crowd?" + +Before she answered, muttering "After the mistress, the maid," Nehushta +swallowed a deep draught of water in her turn, which, indeed, she needed +sorely. Then she told her all. + +"Oh! Nou," said Rachel, "how strong and brave you are! But for you I +should be dead." + +"But for God, you mean, mistress, for I hold that He sent that +knife-point home." + +"Did you kill the man?" asked Rachel. + +"I think that he died by a dagger-thrust as Anna foretold," she answered +evasively; "and that reminds me that I had better clean the knife, since +blood on the blade is evidence against its owner." Then drawing the +dagger from its hiding-place she rubbed it with dust, which she took +from a loop-hole, and polished it bright with a piece of hide. + +Scarcely was this task accomplished to Nehushta's satisfaction when her +quick ears caught a sound. + +"For your life, be silent," she whispered, and laid her face sideways +to a crack in the cement floor and listened. Well might she listen, for +below were three soldiers searching for her and her mistress. + +"The old fellow swore that he saw a Libyan woman carrying a lady down +this street," said one of them, the petty officer in charge, to his +companion, "and there was but a single brown-skin in the lot; so if they +aren't here I don't know where they can be." + +"Well," grumbled one of the soldiers, "this place is as empty as a drum, +so we may as well be going. There'll be fun presently which I don't want +to miss." + +"It was the black woman who knifed our friend Rufus, wasn't it--in the +theatre there?" asked the third soldier. + +"They say so; but as he was trodden as flat as a roof-board, and they +had to take him up in pieces, it is difficult to know the truth of that +matter. Anyhow his mates are anxious to get the lady, and I should be +sorry to die as she will, when they do, or her mistress either. They +have leave to finish them in their own fashion." + +"Hadn't we best be going?" said the first soldier, who evidently was +anxious to keep some appointment. + +"Hullo!" exclaimed the second, a sharp-eyed fellow, "there's a stair; we +had better just look up it." + +"Not much use," answered the officer. "That old thief Amram, the +corn-merchant, has a store there, and he isn't one of the sort to leave +it unlocked. Still, just go and see." + +Then came the sound of footsteps on the stair, and presently a man could +be heard fumbling at the further side of the door. Rachel shut her eyes +and prayed; Nehushta, drawing the knife from her bosom, crept towards +the doorway like a tigress, and placed her left hand on the stick that +held it shut. Well it was that she did so, since presently the soldier +gave a savage push that might easily have caused the wood to slip on the +cemented floor. Now, satisfied that it was really locked, he turned and +went down the steps. + +With a gasp of relief Nehushta once more set her ear to the crack. + +"It's fast enough," reported the man, "but perhaps it might be as well +to get the key from Amram and have a look." + +"Friend," said the officer, "I think that you must be in love with this +black lady; or is it her mistress whom you admire? I shall recommend +you for the post of Christian-catcher to the cohort. Now we'll try that +house at the corner, and if they are not there, I am off to the palace +to see how his godship is getting on with that stomach-ache and whether +it has moved him to order payment of our arrears. If he hasn't, I tell +you flatly that I mean to help myself to something, and so do the rest +of the lads, who are mad at the stopping of the games." + +"It would be much better to get that key from Amram and have a look +upstairs," put in number two soldier reflectively. + +"Then go to Amram, or to Pluto, and ask for the key of Hades for aught +I care!" replied his superior with irritation. "He lives about a league +off at the other end of the town." + +"I do not wish for the walk," said the conscientious soldier; "but as we +are searching for these escaped Christians, by your leave, I do think it +would have been much better to have got that key from Amram and peeped +into the chamber upstairs." + +Thereon the temper of the officer, already ruffled by the events of +the morning and the long watch of the preceding night, gave way, and he +departed, consigning the Christians, escaped or recaptured, Amram and +the key, his subordinate, and even the royal Agrippa who did not pay +his debts, to every infernal god of every religion with which he was +acquainted. + +Nehushta lifted her head from the floor. + +"Thanks be to God! They are gone," she said. + +"But, Nou, will they not come back? Oh! I fear lest they should come +back." + +"I think not. That sharp-nosed rat has made the other angry, and I +believe that he will find him some harder task than the seeking of a key +from Amram. Still, there is danger that this Amram may appear himself to +visit his store, for in these days of festival he is sure to be selling +grain to the bakers." + +Scarcely were the words out of her mouth when a key rattled, the door +was pushed sharply, and the piece of wood slipped and fell. Then the +hinges creaked, and Amram--none other--entered, and, closing the door +behind him, locked it, leaving the key in the lock. + +Amram was a shrewd-faced, middle-aged Phnician and, like most +Phnicians of that day, a successful trader, this corn-store +representing only one branch of his business. For the rest he was clad +in a quiet-coloured robe and cap, and to all appearance unarmed. + +Having locked the door, he walked to a little table, beneath which stood +a box containing his tablets whereon were entered the amounts of corn +bought and delivered, to come face to face with Nehushta. Instantly she +slid between him and the door. + +"Who in the name of Moloch are you?" he asked, stepping back astonished, +to perceive as he did so, Rachel seated on the heap of sacks; "and you," +he added. "Are you spirits, thieves, ladies in search of a lodging, +or--perchance those two Christians whom the soldiers are looking for in +yonder house?" + +"We are the two Christians," said Rachel desperately. "We fled from the +amphitheatre, and have taken refuge here, where they nearly found us." + +"This," said Amram solemnly, "comes of not locking one's office. Do not +misunderstand me; it was no fault of mine. A certain apprentice is to +blame, to whom I shall have a word to say. In fact, I think that I will +say it at once," and he stepped towards the door. + +"Indeed you will not," interrupted Nehushta. + +"And pray, my Libyan friend, how will you prevent me?" + +"My putting a knife into your gizzard, as I did through that of the +renegade Rufus an hour or two ago! Ah! I see you have heard the story." + +Amram considered, then replied: + +"And what if I also have a knife?" + +"In that case," said Nehushta, "draw it, and we will see which is the +better, man or woman. Merchant, your weapon is your pen. You have not a +chance with me, an Arab of Libya, and you know it." + +"Yes," answered Amram, "I think I do; you desert folk are so reckless +and athletic. Also, to be frank, as you may have guessed, I am unarmed. +Now, what do you propose?" + +"I propose that you get us safely out of Cæsarea, or, if you prefer it, +that we shall all die here in this grain-store, for, by whatever god you +worship, Phnician, before a hand is laid upon my mistress or me, this +knife goes through your heart. I owe no love to your people, who bought +me, a king's daughter, as a slave, and I shall be quite happy to close +my account with one of them. Do you understand?" + +"Perfectly, perfectly. Why show such temper? The affair is one of +business; let us discuss it in a business spirit. You wish to escape +from Cæsarea; I wish you to escape from my grain-store. Let me go out +and arrange the matter." + +"On a plank; not otherwise unless we accompany you," answered Nehushta. +"Man, why do you waste words with us. Listen. This lady is the only +child of Benoni, the great merchant of Tyre. Doubtless you know him?" + +"To my cost," replied Amram, with a bow. "Three times has he overreached +me in various bargains." + +"Very well; then you know also that he is rich and will pay him +liberally who rescues his daughter from great peril." + +"He might do so, but I am not sure." + +"I am sure," answered Nehushta, "and for this service my mistress here +will give you a bill for any reasonable sum drawn upon her father." + +"Yes, but the question is--will he honour it? Benoni is a prejudiced +man, a very prejudiced man, a Jew of the Jew, who--does not like +Christians." + +"I think that he will honour it, I believe that he will honour it; but +that risk is yours. See here, merchant, a doubtful draft is better than +a slit throat." + +"Quite so. The argument is excellent. But you desire to escape. If you +keep me here, how can I arrange the matter?" + +"That is for you to consider. You do not leave this place except in our +company, and then at the first sign of danger I drive this knife home +between your shoulders. Meanwhile my mistress is ready to sign any +moderate draft upon her father." + +"It is not necessary. Under the circumstances I think that I will trust +to the generosity of my fellow trader Benoni. Meanwhile I assure you +that nothing will give me greater happiness than to fall in with your +views. Believe me, I have no prejudice against Christians, since those +of them whom I have met were always honest and paid their debts in full. +I do not wish to see you or your mistress eaten by lions or tortured. +I shall be very glad to think that you are following the maxims of your +peculiar faith to an extreme old age, anywhere, outside the limits of my +grain-store. The question is, how can I help you do this? At present I +see no way." + +"The question is--how will you manage to keep your life in you over the +next twelve hours?" answered Nehushta grimly. "Therefore I advise you +to find a way"; and to emphasise her words she turned, and, having made +sure that the door was locked, slipped its key into the bosom of her +dress. + +Amram stared at her in undisguised admiration. "I would that I were +unmarried," he said, "which is not the case," and he sighed; "for +then, upon my word, I should be inclined to make a certain proposal to +you----" + +"Nehushta--that is my name----" + +"Nehushta--exactly. Well, it is out of the question." + +"Quite." + +"Therefore I have a suggestion to make. To-night a ship of mine sails +for Tyre. Will you honour me by accepting a passage on her?" + +"Certainly," answered Nehushta, "provided that you accompany us." + +"It was not my intention to go to Tyre this voyage." + +"Then your intention can be changed. Look you, we are desperate, and our +lives are at stake. Your life is also at stake, and I swear to you, by +the Holy One we worship, that before any harm comes to my mistress you +shall die. Then what will your wealth and your schemes avail you in the +grave? It is a little thing we ask of you--to help two innocent people +to escape from this accursed city. Will you grant it? Or shall I put +this dagger through your throat? Answer, and at once, or I strike and +bury you in your own corn." + +Even in that light Amram turned visibly paler. "I accept your terms," +he said. "At nightfall I will conduct you to the ship, which sails two +hours after sunset with the evening wind. I will accompany you to Tyre +and deliver the lady over to her father, trusting to his liberality for +my reward. Meanwhile, this place is hot. That ladder leads to the roof, +which is parapeted, so that those sitting or even standing there, cannot +be seen. Shall we ascend?" + +"If you go first; and remember, should you attempt to call out, my knife +is always ready." + +"Of that I am quite aware--you have said so several times. I have passed +my words, and I do not go back upon my bargains. The stars are with you, +and, come what may, I obey them." + +Accordingly they ascended to the roof, Amram going first, Nehushta +following him, and Rachel bringing up the rear. On it, projecting inward +from the parapet, was a sloping shelter once made use of by the look-out +sentry in bad or hot weather. The change from the stifling store below +with its stench of ill-cured hides, to this lofty, shaded spot, where +the air moved freely, was so pleasant to Rachel, outworn as she was with +all she had gone through, that presently she fell asleep, not to wake +again till evening. Nehushta, however, who did not go to sleep, and +Amram, employed themselves in watching the events that passed in the +city below. From this height they could see the great square surrounding +the palace, and the strange scenes being enacted therein. It was crowded +by thousands of people, for the most part seated on the ground, clad in +garments of sack-cloth and throwing dust upon the heads of themselves, +their wives and children. From all this multitude a voice of +supplication rose to heaven, which, even at that distance, reached the +ears of Nehushta and her companion in a murmur of sound, constant and +confused. + +"They pray that the king may live," said Amram. + +"And I pray that he may die," answered Nehushta. + +The merchant shrugged his shoulders. "I care nothing either way, +provided that the peace is not disturbed to the injury of trade. On the +whole, however, he is a good king who causes money to be spent, which is +what kings are for--in Judæa--where they are but feathers puffed up by +the breath of Cæsar, to fall if he cease to blow. But look!" + +As he spoke, a figure appeared upon the steps of the palace who made +some communication to the crowd, whereon a great wail went up to the +very skies. + +"You have your wish," said Amram; "Herod is dead or dying, and now, +I suppose, as his son is but a child, that we shall be ruled by some +accursed thief of a Roman procurator with a pocket like a sack without a +bottom. Surely that old bishop of yours who preached in the amphitheatre +this morning, must have had a hint of what was coming, from his familiar +spirit; or perhaps he saw the owl and guessed its errand. Moreover, I +think that troubles are brewing for others besides Herod, since the old +man said as much. + +"What became of him and the rest?" asked Nehushta. + +"Oh! a few were trampled to death, and others the Jews stirred up the +mob to stone, saying that they had bewitched the king, which they, who +were disappointed of the games, did gladly. Some, however, are said to +have escaped, and, like yourselves, lie in hiding." + +Nehushta glanced at her mistress, now fast asleep, her pale face resting +on her arm. + +"The world is hard--for Christians," she said. + +"Friend, it is hard for all, as, were I to tell you my own story, even +you would admit," and he sighed. "At least you Christians believe in +something beyond," he went on; "for you death is but a bridge leading to +a glorious city, and I trust that you may be right. Is not your mistress +delicate?" + +Nehushta nodded. + +"She was never very strong, and sorrow has done its work with her. They +killed her husband at Berytus yonder, and--her trouble is very near." + +"Yes, yes, I heard that story, also that his blood is on the hands +of her own father, Benoni. Ah! who is so cruel as a bigot Jew? Not +we Phnicians even, of whom they say such evil. Once I had a +daughter"--here his hard face softened--"but let be, let be! Look you, +the risk is great, but what I can do I will do to save her, and you +also, friend, since, Libyan or no, you are a faithful woman. Nay, do not +doubt me. I have given my word, and if I break it willingly, then may I +perish and be devoured of dogs. My ship is small and undecked. In that +she shall not sail, but a big galley weighs for Alexandria to-night, +calling at Apollonia and Joppa, and in it I will take you passages, +saying that the lady is a relative of mine and that you are her slave. +This is my advice to you--that you go straight to Egypt, where there are +many Christians who will protect you for a while. Thence your mistress +can write to her father, and if he will receiver her, return. If not, at +least she will be safe, since no writ of Herod runs in Alexandria, and +there they do not love the Jews." + +"Your counsel seems good," said Nehushta, "if she will consent to it." + +"She must consent who, indeed, is in no case to make other plans. Now +let me go. Before nightfall I will return again with food and clothing, +and lead you to the ship." + +Nehushta hesitated. + +"I say to you, do not fear. Will you not trust me?" + +"Yes," answered Nehushta, "because I must. Nay, the words are not kind, +but we are sadly placed, and it is strange to find a true friend in one +whom I have threatened with a knife." + +"I understand," said Amram gravely. "Let the issue prove me. Now descend +that you may lock the door behind me. When I return I will stand in +the open space yonder with a slave, making pretence to re-bind a burst +bundle of merchandise. Then come down and admit me without fear." + +When the Phnician had gone Nehushta sat by her sleeping mistress, and +waited with an anxious heart. Had she done wisely? Would Amram betray +them and send soldiers to conduct them, not to the ship, but to some +dreadful death? Well, if so, at least she would have time to kill her +mistress and herself, and thus escape the cruelties of men. Meanwhile +she could only pray; and pray she did in her fierce, half-savage +fashion, never for herself, but for her mistress whom she loved, and for +the child that, she remembered thankfully, Anna had foretold would be +born and live out its life. Then she remembered also that this same holy +woman had said that its mother's hours would be few, and at the thought +Nehushta wept. + + + +CHAPTER IV + +THE BIRTH OF MIRIAM + +The time passed slowly, but none came to disturb them. Three hours after +noon Rachel awoke, refreshed but hungry, and Nehushta had no food to +give her except raw grain, from which she turned. Clearly and in few +words she told her mistress all that had passed, asking her consent to +the plan. + +"It seems good as another," said Rachel with a little sigh, "and I thank +you for making it, Nou, and the Phnician, if he is a true man. Also I +do not desire to meet my father--at least, for many years. How can I, +seeing the evil which he has brought upon me?" + +"Do not speak of that," interrupted Nehushta hastily, and for a long +while they were silent. + +It was an hour before sunset, or a little less, when at length Nehushta +saw two persons walk on to the patch of open ground which she watched +continually--Amram and a slave who bore a bundle on his head. Just then +the rope which bound this bundle seemed to come loose; at least, at his +master's command, the man set it down and they began to retie it, then +advanced slowly towards the archway. Now Nehushta descended, unlocked +the door and admitted Amram, who carried the bundle. + +"Where is the slave?" she asked. + +"Have no fear, friend; he is trusty and watches without, not knowing +why. Come, you must both of you be hungry, and I have food. Help me +loose this cord." + +Presently the package was undone, and within it appeared, first, two +flagons of old wine, then meats more tasty then Nehushta had seen +for months, then rich cloaks and other garments made in the Phnician +fashion, and a robe of white with coloured edges, such as was worn by +the body-slaves of the wealthy among that people. Lastly--and this +Amram produced from his own person--there was a purse of gold, enough to +support them for many weeks. Nehushta thanked him with her eyes, and was +about to speak. + +"There, say nothing," he interrupted. "I passed my word, and I have kept +it, that is all. Also on this money I shall charge interest, and your +mistress can repay it in happier days. Now listen: I have taken the +passages, and an hour after sunset we will go aboard. Only I warn you, +do not let it be known that you are escaped Christians, for the seamen +think that such folk bring them bad luck. Come, help me carry the food +and wine. After you have eaten you can both of you retire here and robe +yourselves." + +Presently they were on the roof. + +"Lady," said Nehushta, "we did well to put faith in this man. He has +come back, and see what he has brought us." + +"The blessing of God be on you, sir, who help the helpless!" exclaimed +Rachel, looking hungrily at the tempting meats which she so sorely +needed. + +"Drink," said Amram cheerfully, as he poured wine and water into a cup; +"it will hearten you, and your faith does not forbid the use of the +grape, for have I not heard you styled the society of drunkards?" + +"That is only one bad name among many, sir," said Rachel, as she took +the cup. + +Then they ate and were satisfied, and afterwards descended into +the corn-store to wash with the remainder of the water, and clothe +themselves from head to foot in the fragrant and beautiful garments +that might have been made for their wear, so well had Amram judged their +sizes and needs. + +By the time that they were dressed the light was dying. Still, they +waited a while for the darkness; then, with a new hope shining through +their fears, crept silently into the street, where the slave, a sturdy, +well-armed fellow, watched for them. + +"To the quay," said Amram, and they walked forward, choosing those +thoroughfares that were most quiet. It was well for them that they did +this, for now it was known that Agrippa's sickness was mortal, the most +of the soldiers were already in a state of mutiny, and, inflamed with +wine, paraded the market-places and larger streets, shouting and singing +obscene songs, and breaking into the liquor shops and private houses, +where they drank healths to Charon, who was about to bear away their +king in his evil bark. As yet, however, they had not begun killing those +against whom they had a grudge. This happened afterwards, though it has +nothing to do with our story. + +Without trouble or molestation the party reached the quay, where a +small boat with two Phnician rowers was waiting for them. In it they +embarked, except the slave, and were rowed out to the anchorage to board +a large galley which lay half a mile or more away. This they did without +difficulty, for the night was calm, although the air hung thick and +heavy, and jagged clouds, wind-breeders as they were called, lay upon +the horizon. On the lower deck of the galley stood its captain, a +sour-faced man, to whom Amram introduced his passengers, who were, as he +declared, relatives of his own proceeding to Alexandria. + +"Good," said the captain. "Show them to their cabin, for we sail as soon +as the wind rises." + +To the cabin they went accordingly, a comfortable place stored with all +that they could need; but as they passed to it Nehushta heard a sailor, +who held a lantern in his hand, say to his companion: + +"That woman is very like one whom I saw in the amphitheatre this morning +when they gave the salute to King Agrippa." + +"The gods forbid it!" answered the other. "We want no Christians here to +bring evil fortune on us." + +"Christians or no Christians, there is a tempest brewing, if I +understand the signs of the weather," muttered the first man. + +In the cabin Amram bade his guests farewell. + +"This is a strange adventure," he said, "and one that I did not look +for. May it prove to the advantage of us all. At the least I have done +my best for your safety, and now we part." + +"You are a good man," replied Rachel, "and whatever may befall us, I +pray again that God may bless you for your kindness to His servants. +I pray also that He may lead you to a knowledge of the truth as it was +declared by the Lord and Master Whom we serve, that your soul may win +salvation and eternal life." + +"Lady," said Amram, "I know nothing of these doctrines, but I promise +you this: that I will look into them and see whether or no they commend +themselves to my reason. I love wealth, like all my people, but I am +not altogether a time-server, or a money-seeker. Lady, I have lost those +whom I desire to find again." + +"Seek and you will find." + +"I will seek," he answered, "though, mayhap, I shall never find." + +Thus they parted. + +Presently the night breeze began to flow off the land, the great sail +was hoisted, and with the help of oars, worked by slaves, the ship +cleared the harbour and set her course for Joppa. Two hours later the +wind failed so that they could proceed only by rowing over a dead and +oily sea, beneath a sky that was full of heavy clouds. Lacking any stars +to steer by, the captain wished to cast anchor, but as the water proved +too deep they proceeded slowly, till about an hour before dawn a sudden +gust struck them which caused the galley to lean over. + +"The north wind! The black north wind!" shouted the steersman, and the +sailors echoed his cry dismally, for they knew the terrors of that wind +upon the Syrian coast. Then the gale began to rage. By daylight the +waves were running high as mountains and the wind hissed through the +rigging, driving them forward beneath a small sail. Nehushta crawled out +of the cabin, and, in the light of an angry dawn, saw far away the white +walls of a city built near the shore. + +"Is not that Appolonia?" she asked of the captain. + +"Yes," he answered, "it is Appolonia sure enough, but we shall not +anchor there this voyage. Now it is Alexandria for us or nothing." + +So they rushed past Appolonia and forward, climbing the slopes of the +rising seas. + +Thus things went on. About mid-day the gale became a hurricane, and do +what they would they were driven forward, till at length they saw +the breakers forming on the coast. Rachel lay sick and prostrate, but +Nehushta went out of the cabin to watch. + +"Are we in danger?" she asked of a sailor. + +"Yes, accursed Christian," he replied, "and you have brought it on us +with your evil eye." + +Then Nehushta returned to the cabin where her mistress lay almost +senseless with sea-sickness. On board the ship the terror and confusion +grew. For a while they were able to beat out to sea until the mast +was carried away. Then the rudder broke, and, as the oars could not be +worked in that fearful tempest, the galley began to drive shorewards. +Night fell, and who can describe the awful hours that followed? All +control of the vessel being lost, she drove onwards whither the wind and +the waves took her. The crew, and even the oar-slaves, flew to the wine +with which she was partly laden, and strove to drown their terrors in +drink. Thus inflamed, twice some of them came to the cabin, threatening +to throw their passengers overboard. But Nehushta barred the door and +called through it that she was well armed and would kill the first +man who tried to lay a hand upon her. So they went away, and after the +second visit grew too drunken to be dangerous. + +Again the dawn broke over the roaring, foaming sea and revealed the +fate that awaited them. Not a mile away lay the grey line of shore, and +between them and it a cruel reef on which the breakers raged. Towards +this reef they were driving fast. Now the men grew sober in their fear, +and began to build a large raft of oars and timber; also to make ready +the boat which the galley carried. Before all was done she struck beak +first, and was lifted on to a great flat rock, where she wallowed, with +the water seething round her. Then, knowing that their hour was come, +the crew made shift to launch the boat and raft on the lee side, and +began to clamber into them. Now Nehushta came out of the cabin and +prayed the captain to save them also, whereon he answered her with an +oath that this bad luck was because of them, and that if either she or +her mistress tried to enter the boat, they would stab them and cast them +into the sea as an offering to the storm-god. + +So Nehushta struggled back to the cabin, and kneeling by the side of her +mistress, with tears told her that these black-hearted sailors had +left them alone upon the ship to drown. Rachel answered that she cared +little, but only desired to be free of her fear and misery. + +As the words left her lips, Nehushta heard a sound of screaming, and +crawling to the bulwarks, looked forth to see a dreadful sight. The boat +and the raft, laden with a great number of men who were fighting for +places with each other, having loosed from the lee of the ship, were +come among the breakers, which threw them up as a child throws a ball at +play. Even while Nehushta gazed, their crafts were overturned, casting +them into the water, every one there to be dashed against the rocks +or drowned by the violence of the waves, so that not a man of all that +ship's company came living to the shore. + +Like tens of thousands of others on this coast in all ages, they +perished, every one of them--and that was the reward of their +wickedness. + +Giving thanks to God, Who had brought them out of that danger against +their wills, Nehushta crept back to the cabin and told her mistress what +had passed. + +"May they find pardon," said Rachel, shuddering; "but as for us, it will +matter little whether we are drowned in the boat or upon the galley." + +"I do not think that we shall drown," answered Nehushta. + +"How are we to escape it, Nou? The ship lies upon the rock, where the +great waves will batter her to pieces. Feel how she shakes beneath their +blows, and see the spray flying over us." + +"I do not know, mistress; but we shall not drown." + +Nehushta was right, for after they had remained fast a little longer +they were saved, thus: Suddenly the wind dropped, then it rose again in +a last furious squall, driving before it a very mountain of water. This +vast billow, as it rushed shorewards, caught the galley in its white +arms and lifted her not only off the rock whereon she lay, but over the +further reefs, to cast her down again upon a bed of sand and shells, +within a stone's throw of the beach, where she remained fast, never to +shift more. + +Now also, as though its work were done, the gale ceased, and, as is +common on the Syrian coast, the sea sank rapidly, so that by nightfall +it was calm again. Indeed, three hours before sunset, had both of them +been strong and well, they might have escaped to the land by wading. But +this was not to be, for now what Nehushta had feared befell, and when +she was least fitted to bear it, being worn out with anguish of mind and +weariness of body, pain took sudden hold of Rachel, of which the end was +that, before midnight, there, in that broken vessel upon a barren coast +where no man seemed to live, a daughter was born to her. + +"Let me see the child," said Rachel. So Nehushta showed it to her by the +light of a lamp which burned in the cabin. + +It was a small child, but very white, with blue eyes and dark hair that +curled. Rachel gazed at it long and tenderly. Then she said, "Bring me +water while there is yet time." + +When the water was brought she dipped her trembling hand into it, and +made the sign of the Cross upon the babe's forehead, baptising her with +the name of Miriam, after that of her own mother, to the service and the +company of Jesus the Christ. + +"Now," she said, "whether she live an hour or an hundred years, this +child is a Christian, and whatever befalls, should she come to the age +of understanding, see to it, Nou, who are henceforth the foster-mother +of her body and her soul, that she does not forget the rites and duties +of her faith. Lay this charge on her also as her father commanded, and +as I command, that should she be moved to marriage, she wed none who is +not a Christian. Tell her that such was the will of those who begat her, +and that if she be obedient to it, although they are dead, and as it +seems strengthless, yet shall their blessing be upon her all her life's +days, and with it the blessing of the Lord she serves." + +"Oh!" moaned Nehushta, "why do you speak thus?" + +"Because I am dying. Gainsay me not. I know it well. My life ebbs from +me. My prayers have been answered, and I was preserved to give this +infant birth; now I go to my appointed place and to one who waits for +me, and to the Lord in Whose care he is in Heaven, as we are in His +care on earth. Nay, do not mourn; it is no fault of yours, nor could any +physician's skill have saved me, whose strength was spent in suffering, +and who for many months have walked the world, bearing in my breast a +broken heart. Give me of that wine to drink--and listen." + +Nehushta obeyed and Rachel went on: "So soon as my breath has left me, +take the babe and seek some village on the shore where it can be nursed, +for which service you have the means to pay. Then when she is strong +enough and it is convenient, travel, not to Tyre--for there my father +would bring up the child in the strictest rites and customs of the +Jews--but to the village of the Essenes upon the shores of the Dead sea. +There find out my mother's brother, Ithiel, who is of their society, and +present to him the tokens of my name and birth which still hang about +my neck, and tell him all the story, keeping nothing back. He is not a +Christian, but he is a good and gentle-hearted man who thinks well of +Christians, and is grieved at their persecution, since he wrote to my +father reproving him for his deeds towards us and, as you know, strove, +but in vain, to bring about our release from prison. Say to him that I, +his kinswoman, pray of him, as he will answer to God, and in the name of +the sister whom he loved, to protect my child and you; to do nothing +to turn her from her faith, and in all things to deal with her as his +wisdom shall direct--for so shall peace and blessing come upon him." + +Thus spoke Rachel, but in short and broken words. Then she began to +pray, and, praying, fell asleep. When she woke again the dawn was +breaking. Signing to Nehushta to bring her the child, for now she could +no longer speak, she scanned it earnestly in the new-born light, then +placed her hand upon its head and blessed it. Nehushta she blessed also, +thanking her with her eyes and kissing her. Then again she seemed to +fall asleep, and presently, when Nehushta looked at her, Rachel was +dead. + +Nehushta understood and gave a great and bitter cry, since to her after +the death of her first mistress, this woman had been all her life. As a +child she had nursed her; as a maiden shared her joys and sorrows; as a +wife and widow toiled day and night fiercely and faithfully to console +her in her desolation and to protect her in the dreadful dangers through +which she had passed. Now, to end it all, it was her lot to receive her +last breath and to take into her arms her new-born infant. + +Then and there Nehushta swore that as she had done by the mother she so +would do by the child till the day when her labours ended. Were it not +for this child, indeed, they would have ended now, Christian though she +was, since she was crushed with bitter sorrow and her heart seemed void +of hope or joy. All her days had been hard--she who was born to great +place among her own wild people far away, and snatched thence to be a +slave, set apart by her race and blood from those into whose city she +was sold; she who would have naught to do with base men nor become the +plaything of those of higher birth; she who had turned Christian and +drunk deep of the tribulations of the faith; she who had centred all her +eager heart upon two beloved women, and lost them both. All her days had +been hard, and here and now, by the side of her dead mistress, she would +have ended them. But the child remained, and while it lived, she would +live. If it died, then perhaps she would die also. + +Meanwhile Nehushta had no time for grief, since the babe must be fed, +and within twelve hours. Yet, as she could not bury her, and would not +throw her to the sharks, she was minded to give her mistress a royal +funeral after the custom of her own Libyan folk. Here was flame, and +what pyre could be grander than this great ship? + +Lifting the body from its couch, Nehushta carried it to the deck and +laid it by the broken mast, closing the eyes and folding the hands. +Then she loosened from about the neck those tokens of which Rachel had +spoken, made some food and garments into a bundle, and, carrying the +lamp with her, went into the captain's cabin amidships. Here a money-box +was open, and in it gold and some jewels which this man had abandoned +in his haste. These she took, adding them to her own store and securing +them about her. This done she fired the cabin, and passing to the hold, +broke a jar of oil and fired that also. Then she fled back again, knelt +by her dead mistress and kissed her, took the child, wrapping it warmly +in a shawl, and by the ladder of rope which the sailors had used, let +herself down into the quiet sea. Its waters did not reach higher than +her middle, and soon she was standing on the shore and climbing the +sandhills that lay beyond. At their summit she turned to look, and lo! +yonder where the galley was, already a great pillar of fire shot up to +heaven, for there was much oil in the hold and it burnt furiously. + +"Farewell!" she cried, "farewell!" + +Then, weeping bitterly, Nehushta walked on inland. + + + +CHAPTER V + +MIRIAM IS ENTHRONED + +Presently Nehushta found herself out of sight of the sea and among +cultivated land, for here were vines and fig trees grown in gardens +fenced with stone walls; also patches of ripening barley and of wheat +in the ear, much trodden down as though horses had been feeding there. +Beyond these gardens she came to a ridge, and saw beneath her a village +of many houses of green brick, some of which seemed to have been +destroyed by fire. Into this village she walked boldly, and there the +first sight that met her eyes was that of sundry dead bodies, upon which +dogs were feeding. + +On she went up the main street, till she saw a woman peeping at her over +a garden wall. + +"What has chanced here?" asked Nehushta, in the Syrian tongue. + +"The Romans! the Romans! the Romans!" wailed the woman. "The head of our +village quarrelled with the tax-gatherers, and refused to pay his dues +to Cæsar. So the soldiers came a week ago and slaughtered nearly all +of us, and took such sheep and cattle as they could find, and with them +many of the young folk, to be sold as slaves, so that the rest are left +empty and desolate. Such are the things that chance in this unhappy +land. But, woman, who are you?" + +"I am one shipwrecked!" answered Nehushta, "and I bear with me a +new-born babe--nay, the story is too long to tell you; but if in this +place there is any one who can nurse the babe, I will pay her well." + +"Give it me!" said the woman, in an eager whisper; "my child perished in +the slaughter; I ask no reward." + +Nehushta looked at her. Her eyes were wild, but she was still young and +healthy, a Syrian peasant. + +"Have you a house?" she asked. + +"Yes, it still stands, and my husband lives; we hid in a cave, but alas! +they slew the infant that was out with the child of a neighbour. Quick, +give me the babe." + +So Nehushta gave it to her, and thus Miriam was nurtured at the breast +of one whose offspring had been murdered because the head of the village +had quarrelled with a Roman tax-collector. Such was the world in the +days when Christ came to save it. + +After she had suckled the child the woman led Nehushta to her house, a +humble dwelling that had escaped the fire, where they found the husband, +a wine-grower, mourning the death of his infant and the ruin of his +town. To him she told as much of her story as she thought well, and +proffered him a gold piece, which, so she swore, was one of ten she had +about her. He took it gladly, for now he was penniless, and promised +her lodging and protection, and the service of his wife as nurse to the +child for a month at least. So there Nehushta stayed, keeping herself +hid, and at the end of the month gave another gold piece to her +hosts, who were kindly folk that never dreamed of working her evil or +injustice. Seeing this, Nehushta found yet more money, wherewith the +man, blessing her, bought two oxen and a plough, and hired labour to +help him gather what remained of his harvest. + +The shore where the infant was born upon the wrecked ship, was at +a distance of about a league from Joppa and two days' journey from +Jerusalem, whence the Dead Sea could be reached in another two days. +When Nehushta had dwelt there for some six months, as the babe throve +and was hearty, she offered to pay the man and his wife three more +pieces of gold if they would travel with her to the neighbourhood of +Jericho, and, further, to purchase a mule and an ass for the journey, +which she would give to them when it was accomplished. The eyes of these +simple folk glistened at the prospect of so much wealth, and they agreed +readily, promising also to stay three months by Jericho, if need were, +till the child could be weaned. So a man was hired to guard the house +and vines, and they started in the late autumn, when the air was cool +and pleasant. + +Of their journey nothing need be said, save that they accomplished it +without trouble, being too humble in appearance to attract the notice of +the thieves who swarmed upon the highways, or of the soldiers who were +set to catch the thieves. + +Skirting Jerusalem, which they did not enter, on the sixth day they +descended into the valley of the Jordan, through the desolate hills by +which it is bordered. Camping that night outside the town, at daybreak +on the seventh morning they started, and by two hours after noon came to +the village of the Essenes. On its outskirts they halted, while Nehushta +and the nurse, bearing with them the child, that by now could wave its +arms and crow, advanced boldly into the village, where it would appear +men dwelt only--at least no women were to be seen--and asked to be led +to the Brother Ithiel. + +The man to whom they spoke, who was robed in white, and engaged in +cooking outside a large building, averted his eyes in answering, as +though it were not lawful for him to look upon the face of a woman. +He said, very civilly, however, that Brother Ithiel was working in the +fields, whence he would not return till supper time. + +Nehushta asked where these fields were, since she desired to speak with +him at once. The man answered that if they walked towards the green +trees that lined the banks of Jordan, which he pointed out to them, they +could not fail to find Ithiel, as he was ploughing in the irrigated land +with two white oxen, the only ones they had. Accordingly they set out +again, having the Dead Sea on their right, and travelled for the half of +a league through the thorn-scrub that grows in this desert. Passing the +scrub they came to lands which were well cultivated and supplied with +water from the Jordan by means of wheels and long poles with a jar at +one end and a weight at the other, which a man could work, emptying the +contents of the jar again and again into an irrigation ditch. + +In one of these fields they saw the two white oxen at their toil, +and behind them the labourer, a tall man of about fifty years of age, +bearded, and having a calm face and eyes that were very deep and quiet. +He was clad in a rough robe of camel's hair, fastened about his middle +with a leathern girdle, and wore sandals on his feet. To him they went, +asking leave to speak with him, whereon he halted the oxen and greeted +them courteously, but, like the man in the village, turned his eyes away +from the faces of the women. Nehushta bade the nurse stand back out of +hearing, and, bearing the child in her arms, said: + +"Sir, tell me, I pray you, if I speak to Ithiel, a priest of high rank +among this people of the Essenes, and brother to the dead lady Miriam, +wife of Benoni the Jew, a merchant of Tyre?" + +At the mention of these names Ithiel's face saddened, then grew calm +again. + +"I am so called," he answered; "and the lady Miriam is my sister, who +now dwells in the happy and eternal country beyond the ocean with all +the blessed"--for so the Essenes imagined that heaven to which they went +when the soul was freed from the vile body. + +"The lady Miriam," continued Nehushta, "had a daughter Rachel, whose +servant I was." + +"Was?" he interrupted, startled from his calm. "Has she then been put to +death by those fierce men and their king, as was as her husband Demas?" + +"Nay, sir, but she died in childbirth, and this is the babe she bore"; +and she held the sleeping little one towards him, at whom he gazed +earnestly, yes, and bent down and kissed it--since, although they saw so +few of them, the Essenes loved children. + +"Tell me that sad story," he said. + +"Sir, I will both tell it and prove it to be true"; and Nehushta told +him all from the beginning to the end, producing to his sight the tokens +which she had taken from the breast of her mistress, and repeating her +last message to him word for word. When she had finished, Ithiel turned +away and mourned a while. Then, speaking aloud, he put up a prayer to +God for guidance--for without prayer these people would not enter upon +anything, however simple--and came back to Nehushta, who stood by the +oxen. + +"Good and faithful woman," he said, "who it would seem are not fickle +and light-hearted, or worse, like the multitude of your sex--perchance +because your dark skin shields you from their temptations--you have set +me in a cleft stick, and there I am held fast. Know that the rule of my +order is that we should have naught to do with females, young or old; +therefore how can I receive you or the child?" + +"Of the rules of your order, sir, I know nothing," answered Nehushta +sharply, since the words about the colour of her skin had not pleased +her; "but of the rules of nature I do know, and something of the rules +of God also, for, like my mistress and this infant, I am a Christian. +These tell me, all of them, that to cast out an orphan child who is of +your own blood, and whom a cruel fortune has thus brought to your door, +would be an evil act, and one for which you must answer to Him who is +above the rules of any order." + +"I may not wrangle, especially with a woman," replied Ithiel, who seemed +ill at ease; "but if my first words are true, this is true also, that +those same rules enjoin upon us hospitality, and above all, that we must +not turn away the helpless or the destitute." + +"Clearly, then, sir, least of any must you turn away this child whose +blood is your blood, and those dead mother sent her to you, that she +might not fall into the power of a grandfather who has dealt so cruelly +with those he should have cherished, to be brought up among Zealots as +a Jew and taught to make offering of living things, and be anointed with +the oil and blood of sacrifice." + +"No, no, the thought is horrible," answered Ithiel, holding up his +hands. "It is better, far better that she should be a Christian than one +of that fanatic and blood-spilling faith." This he said, because among +the Essenes the use of oil was held to be unclean. Also above all +things, they loathed the offering of life in sacrifice to God; who, +although they did not acknowledge Christ--perhaps because He was never +preached to them, who would listen to no new religion--practised the +most of His doctrines with the greatest strictness. + +"The matter is too hard for me," he went on. "I must lay it before a +full Court of the hundred curators, and what they decide, that will +be done. Still, this is our rule: to assist those who need and to show +mercy, to accord succour to such as deserve it, and to give food to +those in distress. Therefore, whatever the Court, which it will take +three days to summon, may decide, in the meanwhile I have the right to +give you, and those with you, shelter and provision in the guest-house. +As it chances, it is situated in that part of the village where dwell +the lowest of our brethren, who are permitted to marry, so there you +will find company of your own sex." + +"I shall be glad of it," answered Nehushta drily. "Also I should call +them the highest of the brethren, since marriage is a law of God, which +God the Father has instituted, and God the Son has blessed." + +"I may not wrangle, I may not wrangle," replied Ithiel, declining the +encounter; "but certainly, that is a lovely babe. Look. Its eyes are +open and they are beautiful as flowers"; and again he bent down and +kissed the child, then added with a groan of remorse, "Alas! sinner that +I am, I am defiled; I must purify myself and do penance." + +"Why?" asked Nehushta shortly. + +"For two reasons: I have touched your dress, and I have given way to +earthly passion and embraced a child--twice. Therefore, according to our +rule, I am defiled." + +Then Nehushta could bear it no more. + +"Defiled! you puppet of a foolish rule! It is the sweet babe that is +defiled! Look, you have fouled its garments with your grimy hand and +made it weep by pricking it with your beard. Would that your holy rule +taught you how to handle children and to respect honest women who are +their mothers, without whom there would be no Essenes." + +"I may not wrangle," said Ithiel, nervously; for now woman was appearing +before him in a new light; not as an artful and a fickle, but as an +angry creature, reckless of tongue and not easy to be answered. "These +matters are for the decision of the curators. Have I not told you so? +Come, let us be going. I will drive the oxen, although it is not time +to loose them from the plough, and do you and your companion walk at a +distance behind me. No, not behind--in front, that I may see that you do +not drop the babe, or suffer it to come to any harm. Truly it is sweet +to look at, and, may God forgive me, I do not like to lose sight of its +face, which, it seems to me, resembles that of my sister when she was +also in arms." + +"Drop the babe!" began Nehushta; then understanding that this victim of +a rule already loved it dearly, and would suffer much before he parted +with it, pitying his weakness, she said only, "Be careful that you do +not frighten it with your great oxen, for you men who scorn women have +much to learn." + +Then, accompanied by the nurse, she stalked ahead in silence, while +Ithiel followed after at a distance, leading the cattle by the hide +loops about their horns, lest in their curiosity or eagerness to get +home, they should do some mischief to the infant or wake it from its +slumbers. In this way they proceeded to the lower part of the village, +till they came to a good house--empty as it chanced--where guests were +accommodated in the best fashion that this kind and homely folk could +afford. Here a woman was summoned, the wife of one of the lower order of +the Essenes, to whom Ithiel spoke, holding his hand before his eyes, +as though she were not good to look at. To her, from a distance, he +explained the case, bidding her to provide all things needful, and +to send a man to bring in the husband of the nurse with the beasts of +burden, and attend to his wants and theirs. Then, warning Nehushta to be +very careful of the infant and not to expose it to the sun, he departed +to report the matter to the curators, and to summon the great Court. + +"Are all of them like this?" asked Nehushta of the woman, +contemptuously. + +"Yes, sister," she answered, "fools, every one. Why, of my own husband +I see little; and although, being married, he ranks but low among them, +the man is forever telling me of the faults of our sex, and how they are +a snare set for the feet of the righteous, and given to the leading +of these same righteous astray, especially if they be not their own +husbands. At times I am tempted indeed to prove his words true. Oh! it +would not be difficult for all their high talk; I have learned as much +as that, for Nature is apt to make a mock of those who deny Nature, and +there is no parchment rule that a woman cannot bring to nothing. Yet, +since they mean well, laugh at them and let them be, say I. And now come +into the house, which is good, although did women manage it, it would be +better." + +So Nehushta went into that house with the nurse and her husband, and +there for several days dwelt in great comfort. Indeed, there was nothing +that she or the child, or those with them, could want which was not +provided in plenty. Messages reached her even, through the woman, to ask +if she would wish the rooms altered in any way, and when she said that +there was not light enough in that in which the child slept, some of +the elders of the Essenes arrived and pierced a new window in the +wall, working very hard to finish the task before sunset. Also even the +husband of the nurse was not allowed to attend to his own beasts, which +were groomed and fed for him, till at length he grew so weary of doing +nothing, that on the third day he went out to plough with the Essenes +and worked in the fields till dark. + +It was on the fourth morning that the full Court gathered in the great +meeting-house, and Nehushta was summoned to appear before it, bringing +the babe with her. Thither she went accordingly, to find the place +filled with a hundred grave and reverend men, all clad in robes of the +purest white. In the lower part of that large chamber she sat alone upon +a chair, while before her upon benches ranged one above the other, so +that all could see, were gathered the hundred curators. + +It seemed that Ithiel had already set out the case, since the President +at once began to question her on various points of her story, all of +which she was able to explain to the satisfaction of the Court. Then +they debated the matter among themselves, some of them arguing that +as the child was a female, as well as its nurse, neither of them could +properly be admitted to the care of the community, especially as both +were of the Christian faith, and it was stipulated that in this faith +they should remain. Others answered that hospitality was their first +duty, and that he would be weak indeed who was led aside from their rule +by a Libyan woman of middle age and an infant of a few months. Further, +that the Christians were a good people, and that there was much in +their doctrines which tallied with their own. Next, one made a strange +objection--namely, that if they adopted this child they would learn +to love it too much, who should love God and their order only. To this +another answered, Nay, they should love all mankind, and especially the +helpless. + +"Mankind, not womankind," was the reply; "for this infant will grow into +a woman." + +Now they desired Nehushta to retire that they might take the votes. +Before she went, however, holding up the child that all could see it as +it lay smiling in her arms, she implored them not to reject the prayer +of a dead woman, and so deprive this infant of the care of the relative +whom that departed lady had appointed to be its guardian, and of the +guidance and directing wisdom of their holy Order. Lastly, she reminded +them that if they thrust her out, she must carry the infant to its +grandfather, who, if he received it at all, would certainly bring it up +in the Jewish faith, and thereby, perhaps, cause it to lose its soul, +the weight of which sin would be upon their heads. + +After this Nehushta was led away to another chamber and remained there +a long while, till at length she was brought back again by one of the +curators. On entering the great hall her eyes sought the face of Ithiel, +who had not been allowed to speak, since the matter having to do with a +great-niece of his own, it was held that his judgment might be warped. +Seeing that he smiled, and evidently was well pleased, she knew her +cause was won. + +"Woman," said the President, "by a great majority of this Court we +have come to an irrevocable decision upon the matter that has been laid +before it by our brother Ithiel. It is, for reasons which I need not +explain, that on this point our rule may be stretched so far as to admit +the child Miriam to our care, even though it be of the female sex, which +care is to endure until she comes to a full age of eighteen years, when +she must depart from among us. During this time no attempt will be made +to turn her from her parents' faith in which she has been baptised. A +house will be given you to live in, and you will be supplied with the +best we have for the use of our ward Miriam and yourself. Twice a week +a deputation of the curators will visit the house, and stay there for +an hour to see that the health of the infant is good, and that you are +doing your duty by it, in which, if you fail, you will be removed. It is +prayed that you will not talk to these curators on matters which do not +concern the child. When she grows old enough the maid Miriam will be +admitted to our gatherings, and instructed also by the most learned +amongst us in all proper matters of letters and philosophy, on which +occasions you will sit at a distance and not interfere unless your care +is required. + +"Now, that every one may know our decision, we will escort you back to +your house, and to show that we have taken the infant under our care, +our brother Ithiel will carry it while you walk behind and give him such +instruction in this matter as may be needful." + +Accordingly a great procession was formed, headed by the President and +ended by the priests. In the centre of the line marched Ithiel bearing +the babe Miriam, to his evident delight, and Nehushta, who instructed +him so vigorously that at length he grew confused and nearly let it +fall. Thereon, setting this detail of the judgment at defiance, Nehushta +snatched it from his arms, calling him a clumsy and ignorant clown only +fit to handle an ox. To this Ithiel made no answer, nor was he at +all wroth, but finished the journey walking behind her and smiling +foolishly. + +Thus was the child Miriam, who afterwards came to be called the Queen of +the Essenes, royally escorted to her home. But little did these good men +know that it was not a house which they were giving her, but a throne, +built of the pure gold of their own gentle hearts. + + + +CHAPTER VI + +CALEB + +It may be wondered whether any girl who was ever born into the world +could boast a stranger or a happier upbringing than Miriam. She was, it +is true, motherless, but by way of compensation Fate endowed her with +several hundred fathers, each of whom loved her as the apple of his +eye. She did not call them "Father" indeed, a term which under the +circumstances they thought incorrect. To her, one and all, they went +by the designation of "Uncle," with their name added if she happened to +know it, if not as Uncle simply. It cannot be said, however, that Miriam +brought peace to the community of the Essenes. Indeed, before she had +done with them she rent it with deep and abiding jealousies, to the +intense but secret delight of Nehushta, who, although she became a +person of great importance among them as the one who had immediate +charge of their jewel, could never forgive them certain of their +doctrines or their habit of persistent interference. + +The domiciliary visits which took place twice a week, and, by special +subsequent resolution passed in full Court, on the Sabbath also, +were, to begin with, the subject of much covert bitterness. At first a +standing committee was appointed to make these visits, of whom Ithiel +was one. Before two years had gone by, however, much murmuring arose +in the community upon this matter. It was pointed out in language that +became vehement--for an Essene--that so much power should not be left in +the hands of one fixed set of individuals, who might become careless or +prejudiced, or, worst of all, neglectful of the welfare of the child who +was the guest not of them only, but of the whole order. It was demanded, +therefore, that this committee should change automatically every month, +so that all might serve upon it in turn, Ithiel, as the blood-relation +of Miriam, remaining its only permanent member. This proposal was +opposed by the committee, but as no one else would vote for them the +desired alteration was made. Further, to be removed temporarily, or +for good, from its roster was thenceforth recognised as one of the +punishments of the order. + +Indeed, the absurdities to which its existence gave rise, especially as +the girl grew in years, sweetness and beauty, cannot be numbered. Thus, +every visiting member must wash his whole person and clothe himself in +clean garments before he was allowed to approach the child, "lest he +should convey to her any sickness, or impure substance, or odour." +Then there was much trouble because some members were discovered to +be ingratiating themselves with Miriam by secretly presenting her with +gifts of playthings, some of them of great beauty, which they fashioned +from wood, shells, or even hard stones. Moreover, they purveyed articles +of food such as they found the child loved; and this it was that led +to their detection, for, having eaten of them, she was ill. Thereupon +Nehushta, enraged, disclosed the whole plot, using the most violent +language, and, amidst murmurs of "Shame on them!" designating the +offenders by name. They were removed from their office, and it was +decreed that henceforth any gifts made to the child must be offered to +her by the committee as a whole, and not by a single individual, and +handed over in their name by Ithiel, her uncle. + +Once, when she was seven years old, and the idol of every brother among +the Essenes, Miriam fell ill with a kind of fever which often strikes +children in the neighbourhood of Jericho and the Dead Sea. Among the +brethren were several skilful and famous physicians, who attended her +night and day. But still the fever could not be abated, and at last, +with tears, they announced that they feared for the child's life. Then +indeed there was lamentation among the Essenes. For three days and three +nights did they wrestle in constant prayer to God that she might be +spared, many of them touching nothing but water during all that time. +Moreover, they sat about at a distance from her house, praying and +seeking tidings. If it was bad they beat their breasts, if good they +gave thanks. Never was the sickbed of a monarch watched with more +care or devotion than that of this little orphan, and never was +a recovery--for at length she did recover--received with greater +thankfulness and joy. + +This was the truth. These pure and simple men, in obedience to the +strict rule they had adopted, were cut off from all the affections of +life. Yet, the foundation-stone of their doctrine being Love, they +who were human must love something, so they loved this child whom they +looked upon as their ward, and who, as there was none other of her age +and sex in their community, had no rival in their hearts. She was the +one joy of their laborious and ascetic hours; she represented all the +sweetness and youth of this self-renewing world, which to them was so +grey and sapless. Moreover, she was a lovely maid, who, wherever she had +been placed, would have bound all to her. + +The years went by and the time came when, in obedience to the first +decree, Miriam must be educated. Long were the discussions which ensued +among the curators of the Essenes. At length three of the most learned +of their body were appointed to this task, and the teaching began. As +it chanced, Miriam proved an apt pupil, for her memory was good, and +she had a great desire to learn many things, more especially history and +languages, and all that has to do with nature. One of her tutors was an +Egyptian, who, brought up in the priests' college at Thebes, when on +a journey to Judæa had fallen sick near Jericho, been nursed by the +Essenes and converted to their doctrine. From him Miriam learnt much +of their ancient civilisation, and even of the inner mysteries of the +Egyptian religion, and of its high and secret interpretations which were +known only to the priests. The second, Theophilus by name, was a Greek +who had visited Rome, and he taught her the tongues and literature of +those countries. The third, all his life long had studied beasts and +birds and insects, and the workings of nature, and the stars and their +movements, in which things he instructed her day by day, taking her +abroad with him that examples of each of them might be before her eyes. + +Lastly, when she grew older, there was a fourth master, who was an +artist. He taught Miriam how to model animals, and even men, in the clay +of the Jordan, and how to carve them out in marble, and something of the +use of pigments. Also this man, who was very clever, had a knowledge +of singing and instrumental music, which he imparted to her in her odd +hours. Thus it came about that Miriam grew learned and well acquainted +with many matters of which most girls of her day and years had never +even heard. Nor did she lack knowledge of the things of her own faith, +though in these the Essenes did not instruct her further than its +doctrines tallied with their own. Of the rest, Nehushta told her +something; moreover, on several occasions Christian travellers or +preachers visited this country to address the Essenes or the other Jews +who dwelt there. When they learned her case, these showed themselves +very eager to inform her of the Christian doctrine. Among them was one +old man who had heard the preaching of Jesus Christ, and been present +at His Crucifixion, to all of which histories the girl listened with +eagerness, remembering them to the last hour of her life. + +Further, and perhaps this was the best part of her education, she lived +in the daily company of Nature. But a mile or two away spread the Dead +Sea, and along its melancholy and lifeless shores, fringed with the +white trunks of trees that had been brought down by Jordan, she would +often walk. Before her day by day loomed the mountains of Moab, while +behind her were the fantastic and mysterious sand-hills of the desert, +backed again by other mountains and that grey, tormented country which +stretches between Jericho and Jerusalem. Quite near at hand also ran the +broad and muddy Jordan, whose fertile banks were clothed in spring +with the most delicious greenery and haunted by kingfishers, cranes, +wildfowl, and many other birds. About these banks, too, stretching into +the desert land beyond, the flowers of the field grew by myriads, at +different periods of the year carpeting the whole earth with various +colours, brilliant as are those of the rainbow. These it was her delight +to gather, and even to cultivate in the garden of her house. + +Thus wisdom, earthly and divine, was gathered in Miriam's heart till +very soon its light began to shine through her eyes and face, making +them ever more tender and beautiful. Nor did she lack charm and grace of +person. From the first, in stature she was small and delicate, pale also +in complexion; but her dark hair was plenteous and curling, and her eyes +were large and of a deep and tender blue. Her hands and feet were very +slender, and her every gesture quick and agile as that of a bird. Thus +she grew up loving all things and beloved by all; for even the flowers +which she tended and the creatures that she fed, seemed in her to find a +friend. + +Now of so much learning and all this system of solemn ordered hours, +Nehushta did not approve. For a while she bore with it, but when Miriam +was about eleven years of age, she spoke her mind to the Committee and +through them to the governing Court of Curators. + +Was it right that a child should be brought up thus, she asked, and +turned into a grave old woman whilst, quite heedless of such things, +others of her age were occupied with youthful games? The end of it might +be that her brain would break and she would die or become crazy, and +then what good would so much wisdom do her? It was necessary that +she should have more leisure and other children with whom she could +associate. + +"White-bearded hermits," she added with point, "were not suitable as +sole companions to a little maid." + +Thereon followed much debate and consultation with the doctors, who +agreed that friends of her own years should be found for the child. +This, however, proved difficult, since among these Essenes were no other +girls. Therefore those friends must be of the male sex. Here too were +difficulties, as at that time, of the lads adopted by this particular +community which they were destined to join in after days, there was but +one of equal birth with Miriam. Now so far as concerned their own +order the Essenes thought little of social distinctions, or even of the +differences of blood and race. But Miriam was not of their order; she +was their guest, no more, to whom they stood in the place of parents, +and who would go from them out into the great world. Therefore, +notwithstanding their childlike simplicity, being, many of them, men +experienced in life, they did not think it right that she should mix +with those of lower breeding. + +This one lad, Caleb by name, was born in the same year as Miriam, when +Cuspius Fadus became governor on the death of Agrippa. His father was +Jew of very high rank named Hilliel, who, although he sided from time +to time with the Roman party, was killed by them, or perished among the +twenty thousand who were trampled to death at the Feast of the Passover +at Jerusalem, when Cumanus, the Procurator, ordered his soldiers to +attack the people. Thereon the Zealots, who considered him a traitor, +managed to get possession of all his property, so that his son Caleb, +whose mother was dead, was brought in a destitute condition by one +of her friends to Jericho. There, as she could not dispose of him +otherwise, he was given over to the Essenes, to be educated in their +doctrine, and, should he wish it, to enter their order when he reached +full age. This lad, it was now decreed, should become the playmate of +Miriam, a decision that pleased both of them very well. + +Caleb was a handsome child with quick, dark eyes that watched everything +without seeming to watch, and black hair which curled upon his +shoulders. He was clever also and brave; but though he did his best to +control his temper, by nature very passionate and unforgiving. Moreover, +that which he desired he would have, if by any means it could be +obtained, and was faithful in his loves as in his hates. Of these hates +Nehushta was one. With all the skill of a Libyan, whose only book is +that of Nature and men's faces, she read the boy's heart at once and +said openly that he might come to be the first in any cause--if he did +not betray it--and that when God mixed his blood of the best, lest Cæsar +should find a rival He left out the salt of honesty and filled up the +cup with the wine of passion. When these sayings were repeated to Caleb +by Miriam, who thought them to be a jest fit to tease her playmate +with, he did not fly into one of his tempers, as she had hoped, but only +screwed up his eyelids after his fashion in certain moods, and looked +black as the rain-storm above Mount Nebo. + +"Did you hear, Caleb?" asked Miriam, somewhat disappointed. + +"Oh, yes! Lady Miriam," for so he had been ordered to call her. "I +heard. Do you tell that old black woman that I will lead more causes +than she ever thought of, for I mean to be the first everywhere. Also +that whatever God left out of my cup, at least He mixed it with a good +memory." + +When Nehushta heard this, she laughed and said that it was true enough, +only he that tried to climb several ladders at once generally fell to +the ground, and that when a head had said good-bye to its shoulders, the +best of memories got lost between the two. + +Miriam liked Caleb, but she never loved him as she did the old men, her +uncles, or Nehushta, who to her was more than all. Perhaps this may have +been because he never grew angry with her whatever she might say or do, +never even spoke to her roughly, but always waited on her pleasure +and watched for her wish. Still, of all companions he was the best. If +Miriam desired to walk by the Dead Sea, he would desire the same. If +she wanted to go fishing in the Jordan, he would make ready the baits or +net, and take the fishes off the hook--a thing she hated. If she sought +a rare flower, Caleb would hunt it out for days, although she knew well +that in himself he did not care for flowers, and when he had found it, +would mark the spot and lead her there in triumph. Also there was this +about him, as she was soon quick enough to learn: he worshipped her. +Whatever else might be false, that note in his nature rang true. If one +child could love another, then Caleb loved Miriam, first with the love +of children, then as a man loves a woman. Only--and this was the sorrow +of it--Miriam never loved Caleb. Had she done so both their stories +would have been very different. To her he was a clever companion and no +more. + +What made the thing more strange was that he loved no one else, except, +mayhap, himself. In this way and in that the lad soon came to learn his +own history, which was sad enough, with the result that if he hated the +Romans who had invaded the country and trampled it beneath their heel, +still more did he hate those of the Jews who looked upon his father +as their enemy and had stolen all the lands and goods that were his by +right. As for the Essenes who reared and protected him, so soon as +he came to an age when he could weigh such matters, he held them in +contempt, and because of their continual habit of bathing themselves and +purifying their garments, called them the company of washer-women. On +him their doctrines left but a shallow mark. He thought, as he explained +to Miriam, that people who were in the world should take the world as +they found it, without dreaming ceaselessly of another world to which, +as yet, they did not belong; a sentiment that to some extent Nehushta +shared. + +Wishing, with the zeal of the young, to make a convert, Miriam preached +to him the doctrine of Christianity, but without success. By blood Caleb +was a Jew of the Jews, and could not understand or admire a God who +would consent to be trodden under foot and crucified. The Messiah he +desired to follow must be a great conqueror, one who would overthrow +the Cæsars and take the throne of Cæsar, not a humble creature with +his mouth full of maxims. Like the majority of his own, and, indeed, +of every generation, to the last day of his life, Caleb was unable to +divine that mind is greater than matter, while spirit is greater +than mind; and that in the end, by many slow advances and after many +disasters seemingly irremediable, spirituality will conquer all. He +looked to a sword flashing from thrones, not to the word of truth spoken +by lowly lips in humble streets or upon the flanks of deserts, trusting +to the winds of Grace to bear it into the hearts of men and thus +regenerate their souls. + +Such was Caleb, and these things are said of him here because the child +is father to the man. + +Swiftly the years went by. There were tumults in Judæa and massacres in +Jerusalem. False prophets such as Theudas, who pretended that he could +divide Jordan, attracted thousands to their tinsel standards, to be hewn +down, poor folk! by the Roman legions. Cæsars rose and fell; the great +Temple was at length almost completed in its glory, and many events +happened which are remembered even to this day. + +But in the little village of the Essenes by the grey shores of the Dead +Sea, nothing seemed to change, except that now and again an aged brother +died, and now and again a new brother was admitted. They rose before +daylight and offered their invocation to the sun; they went out to +toil in the fields and sowed their crops, to reap them in due season, +thankful if they were good, still thankful if they were bad. They +washed, they prayed, they mourned over the wickedness of the world, and +wove themselves white garments emblematic of a better. Also, although +of this Miriam knew nothing, they held higher and more secret services +wherein they invoked the presence of their "angels," and by arts of +divination that were known to them, foretold the future, an exercise +which brought them little joy. But as yet, however evil might be the +omens, none came to molest their peaceful life, which ran quietly +towards the great catastrophe as often deep waters swirl to the lip of a +precipice. + +At length when Miriam was seventeen years of age, the first stroke of +trouble fell upon them. + +From time to time the high priests at Jerusalem, who hated the Essenes +as heretics, had made demands upon them that they should pay tithe for +the support of the sacrifices in the Temple. This they refused to do, +since all sacrifices were hateful to them. So things went on until the +day of the high priest Ananos, who sent armed men to the village of the +Essenes to take the tithes. These were refused to them, whereon they +broke open the granary and helped themselves, destroying a great deal +which they could not carry away. As it chanced, on that day Miriam, +accompanied by Nehushta, had visited Jericho. Returning in the afternoon +they passed through a certain torrent bed in which were many rocks, and +among them thickets of thorn trees. Here they were met by Caleb, now +a noble-looking youth very strong and active, who carried a bow in his +hand and on his back a sheath of six arrows. + +"Lady Miriam," he said, "well met. I have come to seek you, and to +warn you not to return by the road to-day, since on it you will meet +presently those thieves sent by the high priest to plunder the stores of +the Order, who, perhaps, will offer you insult or mischief, for they are +drunk with wine. Look, one of them has struck me," and he pointed to a +bruise upon his shoulder and scowled. + +"What then shall we do?" asked Miriam. "Go back to Jericho?" + +"Nay, for there they will come too. Follow up this gully till you reach +the footpath a mile away, and by it walk to the village; so you will +miss these robbers." + +"That is a good plan," said Nehushta. "Come, lady." + +"Whither are you going, Caleb?" asked Miriam, lingering, since she saw +that he did not mean to accompany them. + +"I? Oh, I shall hide among the rocks near by till the men are passed, +and then go to seek that hyena which has been worrying the sheep. I have +tracked him down and may catch him as he comes from his hole at sunset. +That is why I have brought my bow and arrows." + +"Come," broke in Nehushta impatiently, "come. The lad well knows how to +guard himself." + +"Be careful, Caleb, that you get no hurt from the hyena," said Miriam, +doubtfully, as Nehushta seized her by the wrist and dragged her away. +"It is strange," she added as they went, "that Caleb should choose this +evening to go hunting." + +"Unless I mistake, it is a human hyena whom he hunts," answered Nehushta +shortly. "One of those men struck him, and he desires to wash the wound +with his blood." + +"Oh, surely not! Nou. That would be taking vengeance, and revenge is +evil." + +Nehushta shrugged her shoulders. "Caleb may think otherwise, as I do at +times. Wait, and we shall see." + +As it chanced, they did see something. The footpath by which they +returned to the village ran over a high ridge of ground, and from its +crest, although they were a mile or more away, in that clear desert +air they could easily discern the line of the high priest's servants +straggling along, driving before them a score or so of mules, laden with +wine and other produce which they had stolen from the stores. Presently +the company of them descended into that gully along which the road ran, +whence a minute or two later rose a sound of distant shouting. Then they +appeared on the further side, running, or riding their beasts hither +and thither, as though in search of some one, while four of them carried +between them a man who seemed to be hurt, or dead. + +"I think that Caleb has shot his hyena," said Nehushta meaningly; "but +I have seen nothing, and if you are wise, you will say nothing. I do not +like Caleb, but I hate these Jewish thieves, and it is not for you to +bring your friend into trouble." + +Miriam looked frightened but nodded her head, and no more was said of +the matter. + +That evening, as Miriam and Nehushta stood at the door of their house in +the cool, by the light of the full moon they saw Caleb advancing towards +them down the road, a sight that made Miriam glad at heart, for she +feared lest he might have come into trouble. Catching sight of them, he +asked permission to enter through the door, which he closed behind them, +so that now they stood in the little garden within the wall. + +"Well," said Nehushta, "I see that you had a shot at your hyena; did you +kill it?" + +"How do you know that?" he asked, looking at her suspiciously. + +"A strange question to put to a Libyan woman who was brought up among +bowmen," she replied. "You had six arrows in your quiver when we met +you, and now I count but five. Also your bow was newly waxed; and look, +the wax is rubbed where the shaft lay." + +"I shot at the beast, and, as I think, hit it. At least, I could not +find the arrow again, although I searched long." + +"Doubtless. You do not often miss. You have a good eye and a steady +hand. Well, the loss of a shaft will not matter, since I noticed, +also, that this one was differently barbed from the others, and double +feathered; a true Roman war-shaft, such as they do not make here. If +any find your wounded beast you will not get its hide, since it is known +that you do not use such arrows." Then, with a smile that was full of +meaning, Nehushta turned and entered the house, leaving him staring +after her, half in wrath and half in wonder at her wit. + +"What does she mean?" he asked Miriam, but in the voice of one who +speaks to himself. + +"She thinks that you shot at a man, not at a beast," replied Miriam; +"but I know well that you could not have done this, since that would be +against the rule of the Essenes." + +"Even the rule of the Essenes permits a man to protect himself and his +property from thieves," he answered sulkily. + +"Yes, to protect himself if he is attacked, and his property--if he has +any. But neither that faith nor mine permits him to avenge a blow." + +"I was one against many," he answered boldly. "My life was on the +hazard: it was no coward's act." + +"Were there, then, a troop of these hyenas?" asked Miriam, innocently. +"I thought you said it was a solitary beast that took the sheep." + +"It was a whole company of beasts who took the wine, and smote those in +charge of it as though they were street dogs." + +"Hyenas that took wine like the tame ape whom the boys make drunken over +yonder----" + +"Why do you mock me," broke in Caleb, "who must know the truth? Or if +you do not know it, here it is. That thief beat me with his staff, and +called me the son of a dog, and I swore that I would pay him back. Pay +him back I did, for the head of that shaft which Nehushta noted, stands +out a span beyond his neck. They never saw who shot it; they never saw +me at all, who thought at first that the man had fallen from his horse. +By the time they knew the truth I was away where they could not follow. +Now go and tell the story if you will, or let Nehushta, who hates me, +tell it, and give me over to be tortured by the servants of the high +priest, or crucified as a murderer by the Romans." + +"Neither Nehushta nor I saw this deed done, nor shall we bear witness +against you, Caleb, or judge you, who doubtless were provoked by violent +and lawless men. Yet, Caleb, you told me that you came out to warn us, +and it grieves me to learn that the true wish of your heart was to take +the life of a man." + +"It is false," he answered angrily; "I said that I came to warn you, and +afterwards to kill a hyena. To make you safe--that was my first thought, +and until you were safe my enemy was safe also. Miriam, you know it +well." + +"Why should I know it? To you, Caleb, I think revenge is more than +friendship." + +"Perhaps; for I have few friends who am a penniless orphan brought up by +charity. But, Miriam, to me revenge is not more than--love." + +"Love," she stammered, turning crimson to her hair and stepping back a +pace; "what do you mean, Caleb?" + +"What I say, neither more nor less," he answered sullenly. "As I have +worked one crime to-day, I may as well work two, and dare to tell the +lady Miriam, the Queen of the Essenes, that I love her, though she loves +not me--as yet." + +"This is madness," faltered Miriam. + +"Mayhap, but it is a madness which began when first I saw you--that was +soon after we learned to speak--a madness which will continue until I +cease to see you, and that shall be soon before I grow silent forever. +Listen, Miriam, and do not think my words only those of a foolish boy, +for all my life shall prove them. This love of mine is a thing with +which you must reckon. You love me not--therefore, even had I the power, +I would not force myself upon you against your will; only I warn you, +learn to love no other man, for then it shall go ill either with him or +with me. By this I swear it," and, snatching her to him, Caleb kissed +her on the forehead, then let her go, saying, "Fear not. It is the first +and last time, except by your own will. Or if you fear, tell the story +to the Court of the Essenes, and--to Nehushta, who will right your +wrongs." + +"Caleb," she gasped, stamping her foot upon the ground in anger, "Caleb, +you are more wicked than I dreamed, and," she added, as though to +herself--"and greater!" + +"Yes," he answered, as he turned to go, "I think that you are right. I +am more wicked than you dreamed and--greater. Also, Miriam, I love you +as you will never be loved again. Farewell!" + + + +CHAPTER VII + +MARCUS + +That night those of the curators who were engaged in prayer and fasting +were disturbed by the return of an officer of those Jews that had +robbed them, who complained violently that a man of his company had been +murdered by one of the Essenes. They asked how and when, and were told +that the man had been shot down with an arrow, in a gully upon the road +to Jericho, by a person unknown. They replied that robbers sometimes met +with robbers, and asked to see the arrow, which proved to be of a Roman +make, such as these men carried in their own quivers. This the Essenes +pointed out, and at length, growing angry at the unreasonableness of +a complaint made by persons of the worst character, drove him and his +escort from their doors, bidding them take their story to the high +priest Ananos, with the goods which they had stolen, or, if they +preferred it, to that still greater thief, the Roman procurator, +Albinus. + +This they did not neglect to do, with the result that presently the +Essenes were commanded to send some of their head men to appear before +Albinus to answer the charges laid against them. Accordingly they +dispatched Ithiel and two others, who were kept waiting three months at +Jerusalem before they could even obtain a hearing. At length the cause +came on, and after some few minutes of talk was adjourned, being but a +petty matter. That same evening Ithiel was informed by an intermediary +that if his Order would pay a certain large sum of money to Albinus, +nothing more would be heard of the question. This the Essenes refused +to do, as it was against their principles, saying that they demanded +nothing but justice, which they were not prepared to buy. So they spoke, +being ignorant that one of their neophytes, Caleb, had in fact aimed the +fatal arrow. + +Then Albinus, wearying of the business and finding that there was no +profit to be made out of the Essenes, commanded them to be gone, saying +that he would send an officer to make inquiry on the spot. + +Another two months went by, and at length this officer arrived, attended +by an escort of twenty soldiers. + +As it chanced, on a certain morning in the winter season, Miriam +with Nehushta was walking on the Jericho road, when suddenly they saw +approaching towards them this little body of armed men. Perceiving that +they were Romans, they turned out of the path to hide themselves among +the thorns of the desert. Thereon he who seemed to be the officer +spurred his horse forward to intercept them. + +"Do not run--stand still," said Nehushta to Miriam, "and show no sign of +fear." + +So Miriam halted and began to gather a few autumn flowers that still +bloomed among the bushes, till the shadow of the officer fell upon +her--that shadow in which she was destined to walk all her life-days. + +"Lady," said a pleasant voice in Greek, spoken with a somewhat foreign +accent--"lady, pardon, and I pray you, do not be alarmed. I am a +stranger to this part of the country, which I visit on official +business. Will you of your kindness direct me to the village of a people +called Essenes, who live somewhere in this desert?" + +"Oh, sir!" answered Miriam, "do you, who come with Roman soldiers, mean +them any harm?" + +"Not I. But why do you ask?" + +"Because, sir, I am of their community." + +The officer stared at her--this beautiful, blue-eyed, white-skinned, +delicate-featured girl, whose high blood proclaimed itself in every tone +and gesture. + +"You, lady, of the community of the Essenes! Surely then those priests +in Jerusalem lie more deeply than I thought. They told me that the +Essenes were old ascetics who worship Apollo, and could not bear so +much as the sight of a woman. And now you say you are an Essene--you, by +Bacchus! you!" and he looked at her with an admiration which, +although there was nothing brutal or even rude about it, was amusingly +undisguised. + +"I am their guest," she said. + +"Their guest? Why, this is stranger still. If these spiritual +outlaws--the word is that old high priest's, not mine--share their bread +and water with such guests, my sojourn among them will be happier than I +thought." + +"They brought me up, I am their ward," Miriam explained again. + +"In truth, my opinion of the Essenes rises, and I am convinced that +those priests slandered them. If they can shape so sweet a lady, surely +they must themselves be good and gentle"; and he bowed gravely, perhaps +to mark the compliment. + +"Sir, they are both good and gentle," answered Miriam; "but of this you +will be able to judge for yourself very shortly, seeing that they live +near at hand. If you will follow us over yonder rise we will show you +their village, whither we go." + +"By your leave, I will accompany you," he said, dismounting before she +could answer; then added, "Pardon me for one moment--I must give some +orders," and he called to a soldier, who, with his companions, had +halted at a little distance. + +The man advanced saluting, and, turning aside, his captain began to talk +with him, so that now, for the first time, Miriam could study his face. +He was young--not more than five or six and twenty years of age--of +middle height, and somewhat slender, but active in movement and athletic +in build. Upon his head, which was round and not large, in place of the +helmet that hung at his saddle-bow, he wore a little cap, steel lined +and padded as a protection against the sun, and beneath it she could see +that his short, dark brown hair curled closely. Under the tan caused by +exposure to the heat, his skin was fair, and his grey eyes, set rather +wide apart, were quick and observant. For the rest, his mouth was +well-shaped, though somewhat large, and the chin clean-shaved, prominent +and determined. His air was that of a soldier accustomed to command, but +very genial, and, when he smiled, showing his regular white teeth, even +merry--the air of one with a kind and generous heart. + +Miriam looked at him, and in an instant was aware that she liked him +better than any man--that is any young man--she had ever seen. This, +however, was no great or exclusive compliment to the Roman, since of +such acquaintances she had but few, if, indeed, Caleb was not the only +one. However, of this she was sure, she liked him better than Caleb, +because, even then and there, comparing them in her thoughts, this +truth came home to her; with it, too, a certain sense of shame that the +newcomer should be preferred to the friend of her childhood, although of +late that friend had displeased her by showing too warm a friendship. + +Having given his instructions, the captain dismissed the orderly, +commanding him to follow at a distance with the men. Then saying, "Lady, +I am ready," he began to walk forward, leading his horse by the bridle. + +"You will forgive me," he added, "if I introduce myself more formally. +I am called Marcus, the son of Emilius--a name which was known in its +day," and he sighed, "as I hope before I have done with it, mine will +be. At present I cannot boast that this is so, who, unless it should +please my uncle Caius to decease and leave me the great fortune he +squeezes out of the Spaniards--neither of which things he shows any +present intention of doing--am but a soldier of fortune: an officer +under the command of the excellent and most noble procurator Albinus," +he added sarcastically. "For the rest," he went on, "I have spent a +year in this interesting and turbulent but somewhat arid land of +yours, coming here from Egypt, and am now honoured with a commission +to investigate and make report on a charge laid at the door of your +virtuous guardians, the Essenes, of having murdered, or been privy to +the murder of, a certain rascally Jew, who, as I understand, was sent +with others to steal their goods. That, lady, is my style and history. +By way of exchange, will you be pleased to tell me yours?" + +Miriam hesitated, not being sure whether she should enter on such +confidences at so short a notice. Thereon, Nehushta, who was untroubled +by doubts, and thought it politic to be quite open with this Roman, a +man in authority, answered for her. + +"Lord, this maiden, whose servant I am, as I was that of her grandmother +and mother before her----" + +"Surely you cannot be so old," interrupted Marcus. He made it a rule to +be polite to all women, whatever their colour, having noticed that life +went more easily with those who were courteous to the sex. + +Nehushta smiled a little as she answered--for at what age does a woman +learn to despise a compliment?--"Lord, they both died young"; then +repeated, "This maiden is the only child of the high-born Græco-Syrian +of Tyre, Demas, and his noble wife, Rachel----" + +"I know Tyre," he interrupted. "I was quartered there till two months +ago"; adding in a different tone, "I understand that this pair no longer +live." + +"They died," said Nehushta sadly, "the father in the amphitheatre at +Berytus by command of the first Agrippa, and the mother when her child +was born." + +"In the amphitheatre at Berytus? Was he then a malefactor?" + +"No, sir," broke in Miriam proudly; "he was a Christian." + +"Oh! I understand. Well, they are ill-spoken of as enemies of the human +race, but for my part I have had to do with several Christians and found +them very good people, though visionary in their views." Here a doubt +struck him and he said, "But, lady, I understand that you are an +Essene." + +"Nay, sir," she replied in the same steady voice, "I also am a +Christian, who have been protected by the Essenes." + +He looked at her with pity and replied, "It is a dangerous profession +for one so young and fair." + +"Dangerous let it be," she said; "at least it is mine from the beginning +to the end." + +Marcus bowed, perceiving that the subject was not to be pursued, and +said to Nehushta, "Continue the story, my friend." + +"Lord, the father of my lady's mother is a very wealthy Jewish merchant +of Tyre, named Benoni." + +"Benoni," he said, "I know him well, too well for a poor man!--a Jew of +the Jews, a Zealot, they say. At least he hates us Romans enough to be +one, although many is the dinner that I have eaten at his palace. He is +the most successful trader in all Tyre, unless it be his rival Amram, +the Phnician, but a hard man, and as able as he is hard. Now I think +of it, he has no living children, so why does not your lady, his +grandchild, dwell with him rather than in this desert?" + +"Lord, you have answered your own question. Benoni is a Jew of the +Jews; his granddaughter is a Christian, as I am also. Therefore when her +mother died, I brought her here to be taken care of by her uncle Ithiel +the Essene, and I do not think Benoni knows even that she lives. Lord, +perhaps I have said too much; but you must soon have heard the story +from the Essenes, and we trust to you, who chance to be Benoni's friend, +to keep our secret from him." + +"You do not trust in vain; yet it seems sad that all the wealth and +station which are hers by right should thus be wasted." + +"Lord, rank and station are not everything; freedom of faith and person +are more than these. My lady lacks for nothing, and--this is all her +story." + +"Not quite, friend; you have not told me her name." + +"Lord, it is Miriam." + +"Miriam, Miriam," he repeated, his slightly foreign accent dwelling +softly on the syllables. "It is a very pretty name, befitting such +a----" and he checked himself. + +By now they were on the crest of the rise, and, stopping between two +clumps of thorn trees, Miriam broke in hastily: + +"See, sir, there below lies the village of the Essenes; those green +trees to the left mark the banks of Jordan, whence we irrigate our +fields, while that grey stretch of water to the right, surrounded by a +wall of mountain, is the Dead Sea." + +"Is it so? Well, the green is pleasant in this desert, and those fields +look well cultivated. I hope to visit them some day, for I was brought +up in the country, and, although I am a soldier, still understand a +farm. As for the Dead Sea, it is even more dreary than I expected. Tell +me, lady, what is that large building yonder?" + +"That," she answered, "is the gathering hall of the Essenes." + +"And that?" he asked, pointing to a house which stood by itself. + +"That is my home, where Nehushta and I dwell." + +"I guessed as much by the pretty garden." Then he asked her other +questions, which she answered freely enough, for Miriam, although she +was half Jewish, had been brought up among men, and felt neither fear +nor shame in talking with them in a friendly and open fashion, as an +Egyptian or a Roman or a Grecian lady might have done. + +While they were still conversing thus, of a sudden the bushes on their +path were pushed aside, and from between them emerged Caleb, of whom she +had seen but little of late. He halted and looked at them. + +"Friend Caleb," said Miriam, "this is the Roman captain Marcus, who +comes to visit the curators of the Order. Will you lead him and his +soldiers to the council hall and advise my uncle Ithiel and the others +of his coming, since it is time for us to go home?" + +Caleb glared at her, or rather at the stranger, with sullen fury; then +he answered: + +"Romans always make their own road; they do not need a Jew to guide +them," and once more he vanished into the scrub on the further side of +the path. + +"Your friend is not civil," said Marcus, as he watched him go. "Indeed, +he has an inhospitable air. Now, if an Essene could do such a thing, +I should think that here is a man who might have drawn an arrow upon a +Jewish tax-gatherer," and he looked inquiringly at Miriam. + +"That lad!" put in Nehushta. "Why, he never shot anything larger than a +bird of prey." + +"Caleb," added Miriam in excuse, "does not like strangers." + +"So I see," answered Marcus; "and to be frank, lady, I do not like +Caleb. He has an eye like a knife-point." + +"Come, Nehushta," said Miriam, "this is our road, and there runs that +of the captain and his company. Sir, farewell, and thank you for your +escort." + +"Lady, for this while farewell, and thank you for your guidance." + +Thus for that day they parted. + +The dwelling which many years before had been built by the Essenes +for the use of their ward and her nurse, stood next to the large +guest-house. Indeed, it occupied a portion of the ground which +originally belonged to it, although now the plot was divided into two +gardens by an irrigation ditch and a live pomegranate fence, covered at +this season of the year with its golden globes of fruit. That evening, +as Miriam and Nehushta walked in the garden, they heard the familiar +voice of Ithiel calling to them from the other side of this fence, and +presently above it saw his kindly face and venerable white head. + +"What is it, my uncle?" asked Miriam running to him. + +"Only this, child; the noble Roman captain, Marcus, is to stay in the +guest-house during his visit to us, so do not be frightened if you hear +or see men moving about in this garden--If, indeed, Romans care to walk +in gardens. I am to bide here also, to play host to him and see that he +lacks nothing. Also I do not think that he will give you any trouble, +since, for a Roman, he seems both courteous and kindly." + +"I am not afraid, my uncle," said Miriam; "indeed," she added, blushing +a little in spite of herself, "Nehushta and I have already become +acquainted with this captain"; and she told him of their meeting beyond +the village. + +"Nehushta, Nehushta," said Ithiel reprovingly, "have I not said to you +that you should not walk so far afield without some of the brethren as +an escort? You might, perchance, have met thieves, or drunken men." + +"My lady wished to gather some flowers she sought," answered Nehushta, +"as she has done without harm for many a year; and being armed, I did +not fear thieves, if such men are to be found where all are poor." + +"Well, well, as it chances, no harm has happened; but do not go out +unattended again, lest the soldiers should not be so courteous as their +captain. They will not trouble you by the way, since, with the exception +of a single guard, they camp yonder by the streamlet. Farewell for this +night, my child; we will meet to-morrow." + +Then Miriam went to rest and dreamed of the Roman captain, and that +he, she, and Nehushta made a journey together and met with many great +adventures, wherein Caleb played some strange part. In that dream the +captain Marcus protected them from all these dangers, till at length +they came to a calm sea, on which floated a single white ship wherein +they must embark, having the sign of the Cross woven in its sails. Then +she awoke and found that it was morning. + +Of all the arts she had been taught, Miriam was fondest of that of +modelling in clay, for which she had a natural gift. Indeed, so great +had her skill become, that these models which she made, after they had +been baked with fire, were, at her wish, sold by the Essenes to any who +took a fancy to them. As to the money which they fetched, it was paid +into a fund to be distributed among the poor. + +This art Miriam carried on in a reed-thatched shed in the garden, where, +by an earthen pipe, water was delivered into a stone basin, which she +used to damp her clay and cloths. Sometimes also, with the help of +masons and the master who had taught her, now a very old man, she copied +these models in marble, which the Essenes brought to her from the ruins +of a palace near Jericho. At the time that the Romans came she was +finishing a work more ambitious than any which she had undertaken as +yet; namely, a life-sized bust cut from the fragment of an ancient +column to the likeness of her great-uncle, Ithiel. On the afternoon +following the day that she met Marcus, clad in her white working-robe, +she was occupied in polishing this bust, with the assistance of +Nehushta, who handed her the cloths and grinding-powder. Suddenly +shadows fell upon her, and turning, she beheld Ithiel and the Roman. + +"Daughter," said Ithiel, smiling at her confusion, "I have brought the +captain Marcus to see your work." + +"Oh, my uncle!" she replied indignantly, "am I in a state to receive +any captain?" and she held out her wet hands and pointed to her garments +begrimed with clay and powder. "Look at me." + +"I look," said Ithiel innocently, "and see naught amiss." + +"And I look, lady," added Marcus in his merry voice, "and see much to +admire. Would that more of your sex could be found thus delightfully +employed." + +"Alas, sir," she replied, adroitly misunderstanding him, for Miriam did +not lack readiness, "in this poor work there is little to admire. I am +ashamed that you should look on the rude fashionings of a half-trained +girl, you who must have seen all those splendid statues of which I have +been told." + +"By the throne of Cæsar, lady," he exclaimed in a voice that carried a +conviction of his earnestness, staring hard at the bust of Ithiel before +him, "as it chances, although I am not an artist, I do know something of +sculpture, since I have a friend who is held to be the best of our +day, and often for my sins have sat as model to him. Well, I tell you +this--never did the great Glaucus produce a bust like that." + +"I daresay not," said Miriam smiling. "I daresay the great Glaucus would +go mad if he saw it." + +"He would--with envy. He would say that it was the work of one of the +glorious Greeks, and of no modern." + +"Sir," said Ithiel reprovingly, "do not make a jest of the maid, who +does the best she can; it pains her and--is not fitting." + +"Friend Ithiel," replied Marcus, turning quite crimson, "you must indeed +think that I lack manners who would come to the home of any artist to +mock his work. I say what I mean, neither more nor less. If this bust +were shown in Rome, together with yourself who sat for it, the lady +Miriam would find herself famous within a week. Yes," and he ran his eye +quickly over various statuettes, some of them baked and some in the raw +clay, models, for the most part, of camels or other animals or birds, +"yes, and it is the same with all the rest: these are the works of +genius, no less." + +At this praise, to them so exaggerated, Miriam, pleased as she could not +help feeling, broke into clear laugher, which both Ithiel and Nehushta +echoed. Now, so wroth was he, the face of Marcus grew quite pale and +stern. + +"It seems," he said severely, "that it is not I who mock. Tell me, lady, +what do you with these things?" and he pointed to the statuettes. + +"I, sir? I sell them; or at least my uncles do." + +"The money is given to the poor," interposed Ithiel. + +"Would it be rude to ask at what price?" + +"Sometimes," replied Ithiel with pride, "travellers have given me as +much as a silver shekel.[*] Once indeed, for a group of camels with +their Arabian drivers, I received four shekels; but that took my niece +three months to do." + +[*] About 2s. 6d. of English money. + +"A shekel! Four shekels!" said Marcus in a voice of despair; "I will buy +them all--no, I will not, it would be robbery. And this bust?" + +"That, sir, is not for sale; it is a gift to my uncle, or rather to my +uncles, to be set up in their court-room." + +An idea struck Marcus. "I am here for a few weeks," he said. "Tell +me, lady, if your uncle Ithiel will permit it, at what price will you +execute a bust of myself of the same size and quality?" + +"It would be dear," said Miriam, smiling at the notion, "for the marble +costs something, and the tools, which wear out. Oh, it would be very +dear!" This she repeated, wondering what she could ask in her charitable +avarice. "It would be----" yes, she would venture it--"fifty shekels!" + +"I am poor enough," replied Marcus quietly, "but I will give you two +hundred." + +"Two hundred!" gasped Miriam. "It is absurd. I could never accept two +hundred shekels for a piece of stonework. Then indeed you might say that +you had fallen among thieves on the banks of Jordan. No. If my +uncles will permit it and there is time, I will do my poor best for +fifty--only, sir, I advise you against it, since to win that bad +likeness you must sit for many weary hours." + +"So be it," said Marcus. "As soon as I get to any civilised place I will +send you enough commissions to make the beggars in these parts rich for +life, and at a very different figure. Let us begin at once." + +"Sir, I have no leave." + +"The matter," explained Ithiel, "must be laid before the Court of +Curators, which will decide upon it to-morrow. Meanwhile, as we are +talking here, I see no harm if my niece chooses to work a lump of clay, +which can be broken up later should the Court in its wisdom refuse your +request." + +"I hope for its own sake that the Court in its wisdom will not be such +a fool," muttered Marcus to himself; adding aloud, "Lady, where shall I +place myself? You will find me the best of sitters. Have I not the great +Glaucus for a friend--until I show him this work of yours?" + +"If you will, sir, be seated on that stool and be pleased to look +towards me." + +"I am your servant," said Marcus, in a cheerful voice; and the sitting +began. + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +MARCUS AND CALEB + +On the morrow, as he had promised, Ithiel brought this question +of whether or no Miriam was to be allowed to execute a bust of the +centurion, Marcus, before the Court of the Curators of the Essenes, who +were accustomed thus to consider questions connected with their ward's +welfare in solemn conclave. There was a division of opinion. Some of +them saw no harm; others, more strait-laced, held that it was scarcely +correct that a Roman whose principles, doubtless, were lax, should be +allowed to sit to the lady whom they fondly called their child. Indeed, +it seemed dubious whether the leave would be given, until a curator, +with more worldly wisdom than the rest, suggested that as the captain +seemed desirous of having his picture taken in stone, under the +circumstances of his visit, which included a commission to make a +general report upon their society to the authorities, it might be +scarcely wise to deny his wish. Finally, a compromise was effected. It +was agreed that Miriam should be permitted to do the work, but only +in the presence of Ithiel and two other curators, one of them her own +instructor in art. + +Thus it came about that when Marcus presented himself for the second +time, at an hour fixed by Ithiel, he found three white-bearded and +white-robed old gentlemen seated in a row in the workshop, and behind +them, a smile on her dusky face, Nehushta. As he entered they rose and +bowed to him, a compliment which he returned. Now Miriam appeared, to +whom he made his salutation. + +"Are these," he said, indicating the elders, "waiting their turn to be +modelled, or are they critics?" + +"They are critics," said Miriam drily, as she lifted the damp cloths +from the rude lump of clay. + +Then the work began. As the three curators were seated in a line at +the end of the shed, and did not seem to think it right to leave their +chairs, they could see little of its details, and as they were early +risers and the afternoon was hot, soon they were asleep, every one of +them. + +"Look at them," said Marcus; "there is a subject for any artist." + +Miriam nodded, and taking three lumps of clay, working deftly and +silently, presently produced to his delighted sight rough but excellent +portraits of these admirable men, who, when they woke up, laughed at +them very heartily. + +Thus things went on from day to day. Each afternoon the elders attended, +and each afternoon they sank to slumber in their comfortable chairs, an +example that Nehushta followed, or seemed to follow, leaving Miriam and +her model practically alone. As may be guessed, the model, who liked +conversation, did not neglect these opportunities. Few were the subjects +which the two of them failed to discuss. He told her of all his life, +which had been varied and exciting, omitting, it is true, certain +details; also of the wars in which he had served, and the countries that +he had visited. She in turn told him the simple story of her existence +among the Essenes, which he seemed to find of interest. When these +subjects were exhausted they discussed other things--the matter of +religion, for instance. Indeed, Miriam ventured to expound to him the +principles of her faith, to which he listened respectfully and with +attention. + +"It sounds well," he said at length with a sigh, "but how do such maxims +fit in with this world of ours? See now, lady, I am not old, but already +I have studied so many religions. First, there are the gods of Greece +and Rome, my own gods, you understand--well, the less said of them the +better. They serve, that is all. Then there are the gods of Egypt, as +to which I made inquiry, and of them I will say this: that beneath the +grotesque cloak of their worship seems to shine some spark of a holy +fire. Next come the gods of the Phnicians, the fathers of a hideous +creed. After them the flame worshippers and other kindred religions of +the East. There remain the Jews, whose doctrine seems to me a savage +one; at least it involves bloodshed with the daily offering of blood. +Also they are divided, these Jews, for some are Pharisees, some +Sadducees, some Essenes. Lastly, there are you Christians, whose faith +is pure enough in theory, but whom all unite against in hate. What is +the worth of a belief in this crucified Preacher who promises that He +will raise those who trust in Him from the dead?" + +"That you will find out when everything else has failed you," answered +Miriam. + +"Yes, it is a religion for those whom everything else has failed. When +that chances to the rest of us we commit suicide and sink from sight." + +"And we," she said proudly, "rise to life eternal." + +"It may be so, lady, it may be so; but let us talk of something +more cheerful," and he sighed. "At present, I hold that nothing is +eternal--except perhaps such art as yours." + +"Which will be forgotten in the first change of taste, or crumbled in +the first fire. But see, he is awake. Come here, my master, and work +this nostril, for it is beyond me." + +The old artist advanced and looked at the bust with admiration. + +"Maid Miriam," he said, "I used to have some skill in this art, and I +taught you its rudiments; but now, child, I am not fit to temper your +clay. Deal with the nostril as you will; I am but a hodman who bears the +bricks, you are the heaven-born architect. I will not meddle, I will not +meddle; yet perhaps----" and he made a suggestion. + +"So?" said Miriam, touching the clay with her tool. "Oh, look! it is +right now. You are clever, my master." + +"It was always right. I may be clever, but you have genius, and would +have found the fault without any help from me." + +"Did I not say so?" broke in Marcus triumphantly. + +"Sir," replied Miriam, "you say a great deal, and much of it, I think, +you do not mean. Please be silent; at this moment I wish to study your +lips, and not your words." + +So the work went on. They did not always talk, for soon they found that +speech is not necessary to true companionship. Once Miriam began to +sing, and since she discovered that her voice pleased Marcus and soothed +the slumbers of the elders, she sang often; quaint, sad songs of the +desert and of the Jordan fishermen. Also she told him tales and legends, +and when she had done Nehushta told others--wild stories of Libya, some +of them very dark and bloody, others of magic, black or white. Thus +these afternoons passed happily enough, and the clay model being +finished, after the masons among the brethren had rough hewn it for her, +Miriam began to fashion it in marble. + +There was one, however, for whom these days did not pass happily--Caleb. +From the time that he had seen Miriam walking side by side with Marcus +he hated the brilliant-looking Roman in whom, his instinct warned him, +he had found a dangerous rival. Oh, how he hated him! So much, indeed, +that even in the moment of first meeting he could not keep his rage and +envy in his heart, but suffered them to be written on his face, and +to shine like danger signals in his eyes, which, it may be remembered, +Marcus did not neglect to note. + +Of Miriam Caleb had seen but little lately. She was not angry with him, +since his offence was of a nature which a woman can forgive, but in +her heart she feared him. Of a sudden, as it were, the curtain had been +drawn, and she had seen this young man's secret spirit and learned that +it was a consuming fire. It had come home to her that every word he +spoke was true, that he who was orphaned and not liked even by the +gentle elders of the Essenes, loved but one being upon earth--herself, +whereas already his bosom seethed with many hates. She was sure also +that any man for whom she chanced to care, if such an one should ever +cross her path, would, as Caleb had promised, go in danger at his hands, +and the thought frightened her. Most of all did it frighten her when she +saw him glower upon Marcus, although in truth the Roman was nothing to +her. Yet, as she knew, Caleb had judged otherwise. + +But if she saw little of him, of this Miriam was sure enough--that he +was seldom far from her, and that he found means to learn from day to +day how she spent her hours. Indeed, Marcus told her that wherever he +went he met that handsome young man with revengeful eyes, who she had +said was named Caleb. Therefore Miriam grew frightened and, as the issue +will show, not without cause. + +One afternoon, while Miriam was at work upon the marble, and the three +elders were as usual sunk in slumber, Marcus said suddenly: + +"I forgot. I have news for you, lady. I have found out who murdered that +Jewish thief whose end, amongst other things, I was sent to investigate. +It was your friend Caleb." + +Miriam started so violently that her chisel gave an unexpected effect to +one of Marcus's curls. + +"Hush!" she said, glancing towards the sleepers, one of whom had just +snored so loudly that he began to awake at the sound; then added in a +whisper, "They do not know, do they?" + +He shook his head and looked puzzled. + +"I must speak to you of this matter," she went on with agitation, and in +the same whisper. "No, not now or here, but alone." + +"When and where you will," answered Marcus, smiling, as if the prospect +of a solitary conversation with Miriam did not displease him, although +this evil-doing Caleb was to be its subject. "Name the time and place, +lady." + +By now the snoring elder was awake, and rising from his chair with a +great noise, which in turn roused the others. Nehushta also rose from +her seat and in doing so, as though by accident, overset a copper tray +on which lay metal tools. + +"In the garden one hour after sunset. Nehushta will leave the little +lower door unlocked." + +"Good," answered Marcus; then added in a loud voice, "Not so, lady. Ye +gods! what a noise! I think the curl improved by the slip. It looks less +as though it had been waxed after the Egyptian fashion. Sirs, why do +you disturb yourselves? I fear that to you this long waiting must be as +tedious as to me it seems unnecessary." + +The sun was down, and the last red glow had faded from the western sky, +which was now lit only by the soft light of a half-moon. All the +world lay bathed in peace and beauty; even the stern outlines of the +surrounding mountains seemed softened, and the pale waters of the Dead +Sea and the ashen face of the desert gleamed like silver new cast from +the mould. From the oleanders and lilies which bloomed along the edge +of the irrigation channels, and from the white flowers of the glossy, +golden-fruited orange trees, floated a perfume delicious to the sense, +while the silence was only broken from time to time by the bark of a +wandering dog or the howl of a jackal in the wilderness. + +"A very pleasant night--to talk about Caleb," reflected Marcus, who had +reached the appointed spot ten minutes before the time, as he strolled +from the narrow belt of trees that were planted along the high, outer +wall, into the more open part of the garden. Had Marcus chanced to +notice that this same Caleb, walking softly as a cat, and keeping with +great care in the shadow, had followed him through the little door which +he forgot to lock, and was now hidden among those very trees, he might +have remembered a proverb to the effect that snakes hide in the greenest +grass and the prettiest flowers have thorny stems. But he thought of no +such thing, who was lost in happy anticipations of a moonlight interview +with a lovely and cultured young lady, whose image, to speak truth, had +taken so deep a hold upon his fancy, that sometimes he wondered how he +would be able to banish it thence again. At present he could think of +no better means than that which at this moment he was following +with delight. Meetings in moonlit gardens tend proverbially to +disenchantment! + +Presently Marcus caught the gleam of a white robe followed by a dark +one, flitting towards him through the dim and dewy garden, and at the +sight his heart stood still, then began to beat again in a disorderly +fashion. Had he known it, another heart a few yards behind him also +stood still, and then began to beat like that of a man in a violent +rage. It seems possible, also, that a third heart experienced unusual +sensations. + +"I wish she had left the old lady behind," muttered Marcus. "No, I +don't, for then there are brutes who, if they knew, might blame her"; +and, luckily for himself, he walked forward a few paces to meet the +white robe, leaving the little belt of trees almost out of hearing. + +Now Miriam stood before him, the moonlight shining on her delicate face +and in her tranquil eyes, which always reminded him of the blue depths +of heaven. + +"Sir," she began---- + +"Oh, I pray you," he broke in, "cease from ceremony and call me Marcus!" + +"Captain Marcus," she repeated, dwelling a little on the unfamiliar +name, "I beg that you will forgive me for disturbing you at so +unseasonable an hour." + +"Certainly I forgive you, Lady Miriam," he replied, also dwelling on +her name and copying her accent in a fashion that made the grim-faced +Nehushta smile. + +She waved her hand in deprecation. "The truth is, that this matter of +Caleb's----" + +"Oh, may all the infernal gods take Caleb! as I have reason to believe +they shortly will," broke in Marcus angrily. + +"But that is just what I wish to prevent; we have met here to talk of +Caleb." + +"Well, if you must--talk and let us be done with him. What about Caleb?" + +Miriam clasped her hands. "What do you know of him, Captain Marcus?" + +"Know? Why, just this: a spy I have in my troop has found out a country +fellow who was hunting for mushrooms or something--I forget what--in a +gully a mile away, and saw this interesting youth hide himself there +and shoot that Jewish plunderer with a bow and arrow. More--he has found +another man who saw the said Caleb an hour or two before help himself +to an arrow out of one of the Jew's quivers, which arrow appears to be +identical with, or at any rate, similar to, that which was found in the +fellow's gullet. Therefore, it seems that Caleb is guilty, and that it +will be my duty to-morrow to place him under arrest, and in due course +to convey him to Jerusalem, where the priests will attend to his little +business. Now, Lady Miriam, is your curiosity satisfied about Caleb?" + +"Oh," she said, "it cannot be, it must not be! The man had struck him +and he did but return a blow for a blow." + +"An arrow for a blow, you mean; the point of a spear for the push of its +handle. But, Lady Miriam, you seem to be very deep in the confidence of +Caleb. How do you come to know all this?" + +"I don't know, I only guess. I daresay, nay, I am sure, that Caleb is +quite innocent." + +"Why do you take such an interest in Caleb?" asked Marcus suspiciously. + +"Because he was my friend and playmate from childhood." + +"Umph," he answered, "a strange couple--a dove and a raven. Well, I am +glad that you did not catch his temper, or you would be more dangerous +even than you are. Now, what do you want me to do?" + +"I want you to spare Caleb. You, you, you--need not believe those +witnesses." + +"To think of it!" said Marcus, in mock horror. "To think that one whom I +thought so good can prove so immoral. Do you then wish to tempt me from +my duty?" + +"Yes, I suppose so. At least the peasants round here are great liars." + +"Lady," said Marcus, with stern conviction, "Caleb has improved upon his +opportunities as a playmate; he has been making love to you. I thought +so from the first." + +"Oh," she answered, "how can you know that? Besides, he promised that he +would never do it again." + +"How can I know that? Why, because Caleb would have been a bigger fool +than I take him for if he had not. And if it rested with me, certainly +he never would do it again. Now be honest with me, if a woman can on +such a matter, and tell me true: are you in love with this Caleb?" + +"I--I? In love with Caleb? Of course not. If you do not believe me, ask +Nehushta." + +"Thank you, I will be content with your own reply. You deny that you are +in love with him, and I incline to believe you; but, on the other hand, +I remember that you would naturally say this, since you might think that +any other answer would prejudice the cause of Caleb with me." + +"With you! What can it matter to you, sir, whether or no I am in love +with Caleb, who, to tell you the truth, frightens me?" + +"And that, I suppose, is why you plead so hard for him?" + +"No," she answered with a sudden sternness, "I plead hard for him as in +like case I would plead hard for you--because he has been my friend, and +if he did this deed he was provoked to it." + +"Well spoken," said Marcus, gazing at her steadily. Indeed, she was +worth looking at as she stood there before him, her hands clasped, her +breast heaving, her sweet, pale face flushed with emotion and her lovely +eyes aswim with tears. Of a sudden as he gazed Marcus lost control of +himself. Passion for this maiden and bitter jealousy of Caleb arose like +twin giants in his heart and possessed him. + +"You say you are not in love with Caleb," he said. "Well, kiss me and I +will believe you." + +"How could such a thing prove my words?" she asked indignantly. + +"I do not know and I do not care. Kiss me once and I will believe +further that the peasants of these parts are all liars. I feel myself +beginning to believe it." + +"And if I will not?" + +"Then I am afraid I must refer the matter to a competent tribunal at +Jerusalem." + +"Nehushta, Nehushta, you have heard. What shall I do?" + +"What shall you do?" said Nehushta drily. "Well, if you like to give the +noble Marcus a kiss, I shall not blame you overmuch or tell on you. But +if you do not wish it, then I think you would be a fool to put yourself +to shame to save Caleb." + +"Yet, I will do it--and to save Caleb only," said Miriam with a sob, and +she bent towards him. + +To her surprise Marcus drew back, placing his hand before his face. + +"Forgive me," he said. "I was a brute who wished to buy kisses in such +a fashion. I forgot myself; your beauty is to blame, and your sweetness +and everything that is yours. I pray," he added humbly, "that you will +not think the worse of me, since we men are frail at times. And now, +because you ask me, though I have no right, I grant your prayer. Mayhap +those witnesses lied; at least, the man's sin, if sin there be, can be +excused. He has naught to fear from me." + +"No," broke in Nehushta, "but I think you have much to fear from him; +and I am sorry for that, my lord Marcus, for you have a noble heart." + +"It may be so; the future is on the knees of the gods, and that which +is fated will befall. My Lady Miriam, I, your humble servant and friend, +wish you farewell." + +"Farewell," she answered. "Yes, Nehushta is right, you have a noble +heart"; and she looked at him in such a fashion that it flashed across +his mind that were he to proffer that request of his again, it might +not be refused. But Marcus would not do it. He had tasted of the joy of +self-conquest, who hitherto, after the manner of his age and race, had +denied himself little, and, as it seemed to him, a strange new power +was stirring in his heart--something purer, higher, nobler, than he had +known before. He would cherish it a while. + +Of all that were spoken there in the garden, Caleb, the watcher, could +catch no word. The speakers did not raise their voices and they stood +at a distance, so that although he craned his head forward as far as he +dared in the shadow of the trees, sharp and trained as they were, naught +save a confused murmur reached his ears. But if these failed him, his +eyes fed full, so that he lost no move or gesture. It was a passionate +love scene, this was clear, for Nehushta stood at a little distance with +her back turned, while the pair poured out their sweet speeches to each +other. Then at length, as he had expected, came the climax. Yes, oh! +shameless woman--they were embracing. A mist fell upon Caleb's eyes, in +which lights flashed like red-hot swords lifting and smiting, the blood +drummed in his ears as though his raging, jealous heart would burst. +He would kill that Roman now on the spot. Miriam should never kiss him +more--alive. + +Already Caleb had drawn the short-sword from its hiding-place in his +ample robe; already he had stepped out from the shadow of the trees, +when of a sudden his reason righted itself like a ship that has been +laid over by a furious squall, and caution came back to him. If he +did this that faithless guardian, Nehushta, who without doubt had been +bought with Roman gold, would come to the assistance of her patron and +thrust her dagger through his back, as she well could do. Or should he +escape that dagger, one or other of them would raise the Essenes on +him, and he would be given over to justice. He wished to slay, not to be +slain. It would be sweet to kill the Roman, but if he himself were laid +dead across his body, leaving Miriam alive to pass to some other man, +what would he be advantaged? Presently they must cease from their +endearments; presently his enemy would return as he had come, and then +he might find his chance. He would wait, he would wait. + +Look, they had parted; Miriam was gliding back to the house, and Marcus +came towards him, walking like a man in his sleep. Only Nehushta +stood where she was, her eyes fixed upon the ground as though she were +reasoning with herself. Still like a man in a dream, Marcus passed him +within touch of his outstretched hand. Caleb followed. Marcus opened the +door, went out of it, and pulled it to behind him. Caleb caught it +in his hand, slipped through and closed it. A few paces down the +wall--eight or ten perhaps--was another door, by which Marcus entered +the garden of the guest-house. As he turned to shut this, Caleb pushed +in after him, and they were face to face. + +"Who are you?" asked the Roman, springing back. + +Caleb, who by now was cool enough, closed the door and shot the bolt. +Then he answered, "Caleb, the son of Hilliel, who wishes a word with +you." + +"Ah!" said Marcus, "the very man, and, as usual, unless the light +deceives me, in an evil humour. Well, Caleb the son of Hilliel, what is +your business with me?" + +"One of life and death, Marcus the son of Emilius," he answered, in such +a tone that the Roman drew his sword and stood watching him. + +"Be plain and brief, young man," he said. + +"I will be both plain and brief. I love that lady from whom you have +just parted, and you also love, or pretend to love, her. Nay, deny it +not; I have seen all, even to your kisses. Well, she cannot belong to +both of us, and I intend that in some future day she shall belong to +me if arm and eye do not fail me now. Therefore one of us must die +to-night." + +Marcus stepped back, overcome not with fear, but with astonishment. + +"Insolent," he said, "you lie! There were no kisses, and our talk was of +your neck, that I gave to her because she asked it, which is forfeit for +the murder of the Jew." + +"Indeed," sneered Caleb. "Now, who would have thought that the noble +Captain Marcus would shelter thus behind a woman's robe? For the rest, +my life is my own and no other's to give or to receive. Guard yourself, +Roman, since I would kill you in fair fight. Had I another mind you +would be dead by now, never knowing the hand that struck you. Have no +fear; I am your equal, for my forefathers were nobles when yours were +savages." + +"Boy, are you mad," asked Marcus, "to think that I, who have fought in +three wars, can fear a beardless youth, however fierce? Why, if I feared +you I have but to blow upon this whistle and my guards would hale you +hence to a felon's death. For your own sake it is that I pray you to +consider. Setting aside my rank and yours, I will fight you if you will, +and now. Yet think. If I kill you there is an end, and if by chance you +should kill me, you will be hunted down as a double murderer. As it is, +I forgive you, because I know how bitter is the jealousy of youth, +and because you struck no assassin's blow when you might have done so +safely. Therefore, I say, go in peace, knowing that I shall not break my +word." + +"Cease talking," said Caleb, "and come out into the moonlight." + +"I am glad that is your wish," replied Marcus. "Having done all I can +to save you, I will add that I think you a dangerous cub, of whom the +world, the lady Miriam and I alike will be well rid. Now, what weapon +have you? A short sword and no mail? Well, so have I. In this we are +well matched. Stay, I have a steel-lined cap, and you have none. There +it goes, to make our chances equal. Wind your cloak about your left arm +as I do. I have known worse shields. Good foothold, but an uncertain +light. Now, go!" + +Caleb needed no encouragement. For one second they stood facing each +other, very types of the Eastern and Western world; the Roman--sturdy, +honest-eyed, watchful and fearless, his head thrown back, his feet +apart, his shield arm forward, his sword hand pressed to his side from +which the steel projected. Over against him was the Jew, crouched like a +tiger about to spring, his eyes half closed as though to concentrate the +light, his face working with rage, and every muscle quivering till his +whole flesh seemed to move upon his bones, like to that of a snake. +Suddenly, uttering a low cry, he sprang, and with that savage onslaught +the fight began and ended. + +Marcus was ready; moreover, he knew what he would do. As the man came, +stepping swiftly to one side, he caught the thrust of Caleb's sword in +the folded cloak, and since he did not wish to kill him, struck at his +hand. The blow fell upon Caleb's first finger and severed it, cutting +the others also, so that it dropped to the ground with the sword that +they had held. Marcus put his foot upon the blade, and wheeled round. + +"Young man," he said sternly, "you have learnt your lesson and will bear +the mark of it till your death day. Now begone." + +The wretched Caleb ground his teeth. "It was to the death!" he said, "it +was to the death! You have conquered, kill me," and with his bloody hand +he tore open his robe to make a path for the sword. + +"Leave such talk to play-actors," answered Marcus. "Begone, and be sure +of this--that if ever you try to bring treachery on me, or trouble on +the lady Miriam, I will kill you sure enough." + +Then with a sound that was half curse and half sob, Caleb turned and +slunk away. With a shrug of the shoulder Marcus also turned to go, when +he felt a shadow fall upon him, and swung round, to find Nehushta at his +side. + +"And pray where did you come from, my Libyan friend?" he asked. + +"Out of that pomegranate fence, my Roman lord, whence I have seen and +heard all that passed." + +"Indeed. Then I hope that you give me credit for good sword-play and +good temper." + +"The sword-play was well enough, though nothing to boast of with such a +madman for a foe. As for the temper, it was that of a fool." + +"Such," soliloquised Marcus, "is the reward of virtue. But I am curious. +Why?" + +"Because, my lord Marcus, this Caleb will grow into the most dangerous +man in Judæa, and to none more dangerous than to my lady Miriam and +yourself. You should have killed him while you had the chance, before +his turn comes to kill you." + +"Perhaps," answered Marcus with a yawn; "but, friend Nehushta, I have +been associating with a Christian and have caught something of her +doctrines. That seems a fine sword. You had better keep it. Good-night." + + + +CHAPTER IX + +THE JUSTICE OF FLORUS + +On the following morning, when the roll of the neophytes of the Essenes +was called, Caleb did not appear. Nor did he answer to his name on the +next day, or indeed ever again. None knew what had become of him until +a while after a letter was received addressed to the Curators of the +Court, in which he announced that, finding he had no vocation for an +Essenic career, he had taken refuge with friends of his late father, in +some place not stated. There, so far as the Essenes were concerned, the +matter ended. Indeed, as the peasant who was concealed in the gully when +the Jew was murdered had talked of what he had witnessed, even the most +simple-minded of the Essenes could suggest a reason for this sudden +departure. Nor did they altogether regret it, inasmuch as in many ways +Caleb had proved himself but an unsatisfactory disciple, and already +they were discussing the expediency of rejecting him from the fellowship +of their peaceful order. Had they known that when he vanished he left +behind him a drawn sword and one of his forefingers, their opinion on +this point might have been strengthened. But this they did not know, +although Miriam knew it through Nehushta. + +A week went by, during which time Miriam and Marcus did not meet, as no +further sittings were arranged for the completion of the bust. In fact, +they were not needful, since she could work from the clay model, which +she did, till, labouring at it continually, the marble was done and even +polished. One morning as the artist was putting the last touches to her +labours, the door of the workshop was darkened and she looked up to +see Marcus, who, except for his helmet, was clad in full mail as though +about to start upon a journey. As it chanced, Miriam was alone in the +place, Nehushta having gone to attend to household affairs. Thus for the +first time they met with no other eyes to watch them. + +At the sight of him she coloured, letting the cloth fall from her hand +which remained about the neck of the marble. + +"I ask your pardon, Lady Miriam," said Marcus, bowing gravely, "for +breaking in thus upon your privacy; but time presses with me so that I +lacked any to give notice to your guardians of my visit." + +"Are you leaving us?" she faltered. + +"Yes, I am leaving you." + +Miriam turned aside and picked up the cloth, then answered, "Well, the +work is done, or will be in a few minutes; so if you think it worth the +trouble, take it." + +"That is my intention. The price I will settle with your uncles." + +She nodded. "Yes, yes, but if you will permit me, I should like to pack +it myself, so that it comes to no harm upon the journey. Also with your +leave I will retain the model, which by right belongs to you. I am not +pleased with this marble; I wish to make another." + +"The marble is perfect; but keep the model if you will. I am very glad +that you should keep it." + +She glanced at him, a question in her eyes, then looked away. + +"When do you go?" she asked. + +"Three hours after noon. My task is finished, my report--which is to +the effect that the Essenes are a most worthy and harmless people who +deserve to be encouraged, not molested--is written. Also I am called +hence in haste by a messenger who reached me from Jerusalem an hour ago. +Would you like to know why?" + +"If it pleases you to tell me, yes." + +"I think that I told you of my uncle Caius, who was pro-consul under +the late emperor for the richest province of Spain, and--made use of his +opportunities." + +"Yes." + +"Well, the old man has been smitten with a mortal disease. For aught I +know he may be already dead, although the physicians seemed to think +he would live for another ten months, or perhaps a year. Being in this +case, suddenly he has grown fond of his relations, or rather relation, +for I am the only one, and expressed a desire to see me, to whom for +many years he has never given a single penny. He has even announced his +intention--by letter--of making me his heir 'should he find me worthy,' +which, to succeed Caius, whatever my faults, indeed I am not, since of +all men, as I have told him in past days, I hold him the worst. Still, +he has forwarded a sum of money to enable me to journey to him in haste, +and with it a letter from the Cæsar, Nero, to the procurator Albinus, +commanding him to give me instant leave to go. Therefore, lady, it seems +wise that I should go." + +"Yes," answered Miriam. "I know little of such things, but I think that +it is wise. Within two hours the bust shall be finished and packed," and +she stretched out her hand in farewell. + +Marcus took the hand and held it. "I am loth to part with you thus," he +said suddenly. + +"There is only one fashion of parting," answered Miriam, striving to +withdraw her hand. + +"Nay, there are many; and I hate them all--from you." + +"Sir," she asked with gentle indignation, "is it worth your while to +play off these pretty phrases upon me? We have met for an hour; we +separate--for a lifetime." + +"I do not see the need of that. Oh, the truth may as well out. I wish it +least of all things." + +"Yet it is so. Come, let my hand go; the marble must be finished and +packed." + +The face of Marcus became troubled, as though he were reasoning with +himself, as though he wished to take her at her word and go, yet could +not. + +"Is it ended?" asked Miriam presently, considering him with her quiet +eyes. + +"I think not; I think it is but begun. Miriam, I love you." + +"Marcus," she answered steadily, "I do not think I should be asked to +listen to such words." + +"Why not? They have always been thought honest between man and woman." + +"Perhaps, when they are meant honestly, which in this case can scarcely +be." + +He grew hot and red. "What do you mean? Do you suppose----" + +"I suppose nothing, Captain Marcus." + +"Do you suppose," he repeated, "that I would offer you less than the +place of wife?" + +"Assuredly not," she replied, "since to do so would be to insult you. +But neither do I suppose that you really meant to offer me that place." + +"Yet that was in my mind, Miriam." + +Her eyes grew soft, but she answered: + +"Then, Marcus, I pray you, put it out of your mind, since between us +rolls a great sea." + +"Is it named Caleb?" he asked bitterly. + +She smiled and shook her head. "You know well that it has no such name." + +"Tell me of this sea." + +"It is easy. You are a Roman worshipping the Roman gods; I am a +Christian worshipping the God of the Christians. Therefore we are +forever separate." + +"Why? I do not understand. If we were married you might come to think +like me, or I might come to think like you. It is a matter of the spirit +and the future, not of the body and the present. Every day Christians +wed those who are not Christians; sometimes, even, they convert them." + +"Yes, I know; but in my case this may not be--even if I wished that it +should be." + +"Why not?" + +"Because both by the command of my murdered father and of her own desire +my mother laid it on me with her dying breath that I should take to +husband no man who was not of our faith." + +"And do you hold yourself to be bound by this command?" + +"I do, without doubt and to the end." + +"However much you might chance to love a man who is not a Christian?" + +"However much I might chance to love such a man." + +Marcus let fall her hand. "I think I had best go," he said. + +"Yes." + +Then came a pause while he seemed to be struggling with himself. + +"Miriam, I cannot go." + +"Marcus, you must go." + +"Miriam, do you love me?" + +"Marcus, may Christ forgive me, I do." + +"Miriam, how much?" + +"Marcus, as much as a woman may love a man." + +"And yet," he broke out bitterly, "you bid me begone because I am not a +Christian." + +"Because my faith is more than my love. I must offer my love upon the +altar of my faith--or, at the least," she added hurriedly, "I am bound +by a rope that cannot be cut or broken. To break it would bring down +upon your head and mine the curse of Heaven and of my parents, who are +its inhabitants." + +"And if I became of your faith?" + +Her whole face lit up, then suddenly its light died. + +"It is too much to hope. This is not a question of casting incense on an +altar; it is a matter of a changed spirit and a new life. Oh! have done. +Why do you play with me?" + +"A changed spirit and a new life. At the best that would take time." + +"Yes, time and thought." + +"And would you wait that time? Such beauty and such sweetness as are +yours will not lack for suitors." + +"I shall wait. I have told you that I love you; no other man will be +anything to me. I shall wed no other man." + +"You give all and take nothing; it is not just." + +"It is as God has willed. If it pleases God to touch your heart and to +preserve us both alive, then in days to come our lives may be one life. +Otherwise they must run apart till perchance we meet--in the eternal +morning." + +"Oh, Miriam, I cannot leave you thus! Teach me as you will." + +"Nay, go, Marcus, and teach yourself. Am I a bait to win your soul? The +path is not so easy, it is very difficult. Fare you well!" + +"May I write to you from Rome?" he asked. + +"Yes, why not, if by that time you should care to write, who then will +have recovered from this folly of the desert and an idle moon?" + +"I shall write and I shall return, and we will talk of these matters; +so, most sweet, farewell." + +"Farewell, Marcus, and the love of God go with you." + +"What of your love?" + +"My love is with you ever who have won my heart." + +"Then, Miriam, at least I have not lived in vain. Remember this always, +that much as I may worship you, I honour you still more," and kneeling +before her he kissed first her hand, and next the hem of her robe. Then +he turned and went. + + + +That night, watching from the roof of her house by the light of the full +moon, Miriam saw Marcus ride away at the head of his band of soldiers. +On the crest of a little ridge of ground outside the village he halted, +leaving them to go on, and turning his horse's head looked backward. +Thus he stood awhile, the silver rays of the moon shining on his bright +armour and making him a point of light set between two vales of shadow. +Miriam could guess whither his eyes were turned and what was in his +heart. It seemed to her, even, that she could feel his loving thought +play upon her and that with the ear of his spirit he could catch the +answer of her own. Then suddenly he turned and was lost in the gloom of +the night. + +Now that he was gone, quite gone, Miriam's courage seemed to leave her, +and leaning her head upon the parapet she wept tears that were soft but +very bitter. Suddenly a hand was laid upon her shoulder and a voice, +that of old Nehushta, spoke in her ear. + +"Mourn not," it said, "since him whom you lose in the night you may find +again in the daytime." + +"In no day that dawns from an earthly sun, I fear me, Nou. Oh, Nou! he +has gone, and taken my heart with him, leaving in its place a throbbing +pain which is more than I can bear." + +"He will come back; I tell you that he will come back," she answered, +almost fiercely; "for your life and his are intertwined--yes, to the +end--a single cord bearing a double destiny. I know it; ask me not how; +but be comforted, for it is truth. Moreover, though it be sharp, your +pain is not more than you can bear, else it would never be laid upon +you." + +"But, Nou, if he does come back, what will it help me, who am built in +by this strict command of them that begat me, to break through which +would be to sin against and earn the curse of God and man?" + +"I do not know; I only know this, that in that wall, as in others, a +door will be found. Trouble not for the future, but leave it in the +hand of Him Who shapes all futures. Sufficient to the day is the evil +thereof. So He said. Accept the saying and be grateful. It is something +to have gained the love of such a one as this Roman, for, unless the +wisdom which I have gained through many years is at fault, he is true +and honest; and that man must be good at heart who can be reared in Rome +and in the worship of its gods and yet remain honest. Remember these +things, and I say be grateful, since there are many who go through their +lives knowing no such joy, even for an hour." + +"I will try, Nou," said Miriam humbly, still staring at the ridge whence +Marcus had vanished. + +"You will try, and you will succeed. Now there is another matter of +which I must speak to you. When the Essenes received us it was solemnly +decreed that if you lived to reach the full age of eighteen years you +must depart from among them. That hour struck for you nearly a year ago, +and, although you heard nothing of it, this decree was debated by the +Court. Now such decrees may not be broken, but it was argued that the +words 'full age of eighteen years,' meant and were intended to mean +until you reached your nineteenth birthday; that is--in a month from +now." + +"Then must we go, Nou?" asked Miriam in dismay, for she knew no other +world but this village in the desert, and no other friends than these +venerable men whom she called her uncles. + +"It seems so, especially as it is now guessed that Caleb fought the +Captain Marcus upon your account. Oh! that tale is talked of--for one +thing, the young wild-cat left a claw behind him which the gardener +found." + +"I trust then it is known also that the fault was none of mine. But, +Nou, whither shall we go who have neither friends, nor home, nor money?" + +"I know not; but doubtless in this wall also there is a door. If the +worst comes to the worst, a Christian has many brothers; moreover, with +your skill in the arts you need never lack for a living in any great +city in the world." + +"It is true," said Miriam, brightening; "that is, if I may believe +Marcus and my old master." + +"Also," continued Nehushta, "I have still almost all the gold that the +Phnician Amram gave us when I fled with your mother, and added to it +that which I took from the strong box of the captain of the galley on +the night when you were born. So have no fear, we shall not want; nor +indeed would the Essenes suffer such a thing. Now, child, you are weary; +go to rest and dream that you have your lover back again." + + + +It was with a heavy heart that Caleb, defeated and shamed, shook the +dust of the village of the Essenes off his feet. At dawn on the morning +after the night that he had fought the duel with Marcus, he also might +have been seen, a staff in his bandaged hand and a bag of provisions +over his shoulder, standing upon the little ridge and gazing towards the +house which sheltered Miriam. In love and war things had gone ill with +him, so ill that at the thought of his discomfiture he ground his teeth. +Miriam cared nothing for him; Marcus had defeated him at the first +encounter and given him his life; while, worst of all, these two +from whom he had endured so much loved each other. Few, perhaps, have +suffered more sharply than he suffered in that hour; for what agonies +are there like those of disappointed love and the shame of defeat when +endured in youth? With time most men grow accustomed to disaster and +rebuff. The colt that seems to break its heart at the cut of a whip, +will hobble at last to the knacker unmoved by a shower of blows. + +While Caleb looked, the red rim of the sun rose above the horizon, +flooding the world with light and life. Now birds began to chirp, and +beasts to move; now the shadows fled away. Caleb's impressionable nature +answered to this change. Hope stirred in his breast, even the pain of +his maimed hand was forgotten. + +"I will win yet," he shouted to the silent sky; "my troubles are done +with. I will shine like the sun; I will rule like the sun, and my +enemies shall whither beneath my power. It is a good omen. Now I am glad +that the Roman spared my life, that in a day to come I may take his--and +Miriam." + +Then he turned and trudged onward through the glorious sunlight, +watching his own shadow that stretched away before him. + +"It goes far," he said again; "this also is a very good omen." + +Caleb thought much on his way to Jerusalem; moreover he talked with all +whom he met, even with bandits and footpads whom his poverty could not +tempt, for he desired to learn how matters stood in the land. Arrived in +Jerusalem he sought out the home of that lady who had been his mother's +friend and who gave him over, a helpless orphan, to the care of the +Essenes. He found that she was dead, but her son lived, a man of kind +heart and given to hospitality, who had heard his story and sheltered +him for his mother's sake. When his hand was healed and he procured some +good clothes and a little money from his friend, without saying anything +of his purpose, Caleb attended the court of Gessius Florus, the Roman +procurator, at his palace, seeking an opportunity to speak with him. + +Thrice did he wait thus for hours at a time, on each occasion to be +driven away at last by the guards. On his fourth visit he was more +fortunate, for Florus, who had noted him before, asked why he stood +there so patiently. An officer replied that the man had a petition to +make. + +"Let me hear it then," said the governor. "I sit in this place to +administer justice by the grace and in the name of Cæsar." + +Accordingly, Caleb was summoned and found himself in the presence of a +small, dark-eyed, beetle-browed Roman with cropped hair, who looked what +he was--one of the most evil rulers that ever held power in Judæa. + +"What do you seek, Jew?" he asked in a harsh voice. + +"What I am assured I shall find at your hands, O most noble Florus, +justice against the Jews--pure justice"; words at which the courtiers +and guards tittered, and even Florus smiled. + +"It is to be had at a price," he replied. + +"I am prepared to pay the price." + +"Then set out your case." + +So Caleb set it out. He told how many years before his father had +been accidentally slain in a tumult, and how he, the son, being but an +infant, certain Jews of the Zealots had seized and divided his estate +on the ground that his father was a partisan of the Romans, leaving him, +the son, to be brought up by charity--which estate, consisting of tracts +of rich lands and certain house property in Jerusalem and Tyre, was +still in their possession or in that of their descendants. + +The black eyes of Florus glistened as he heard. + +"Their names," he said, snatching at his tablets. But as yet Caleb was +not minded to give the names. First, he intimated that he desired to +arrive at a formal agreement as to what proportion of the property, if +recovered, would be handed over to him, the heir. Then followed much +haggling; but in the end it was agreed that as he had been robbed +because his father was supposed to favour the Romans, the lands and a +large dwelling with warehouse attached, at Tyre, together with one-half +the back rents, if recoverable, should be given to the plaintiff. +The governor, or as he put it, Cæsar, for his share was to retain +the property in Jerusalem and the other half of the rents. In this +arrangement Caleb proved himself, as usual, prescient. Houses, as he +explained afterwards, could be burned or pulled down, but beyond the +crops on it, land no man could injure. Then, after the agreement had +been duly signed and witnessed, he gave the names, bringing forward good +testimony to prove all that he had said. + +Within a week those Jews who had committed the theft, or their +descendants, were in prison, whence they did not emerge till they had +been stripped, not only of the stolen property, but of everything else +that they possessed. Either because he was pleased at so great and +unexpected a harvest, or perhaps for the reason that he saw in Caleb +an able fellow who might be useful in the future, Florus fulfilled his +bargain with him to the letter. + +Thus it came about that by a strange turn of the wheel of chance, within +a month of his flight from the colony of the Essenes, Caleb, the outcast +orphan, with his neck in danger of the sword, became a man of influence, +having great possessions. His sun had risen indeed. + + + +CHAPTER X + +BENONI + +A while later Caleb, no longer a solitary wanderer with only his feet +to carry him, his staff to protect him, and a wallet to supply him with +food, but a young and gallant gentleman, well-armed, clad in furs and a +purple cloak, accompanied by servants and riding a splendid horse, once +more passed the walls of Jerusalem. On the rising ground beyond the +Damascus gate he halted and looked back at the glorious city with her +crowded streets, her mighty towers, her luxurious palaces, and her +world-famed temple that dominated all, which from here seemed as a +mountain covered with snow and crowned with glittering gold. + +"I will rule there when the Romans have been driven out," he said to +himself, for already Caleb had grown very ambitious. Indeed, the wealth +and the place that had come to him so suddenly, with which many men +would have been satisfied, did but serve to increase his appetite +for power, fame, and all good things. To him this money was but a +stepping-stone to greater fortunes. + +Caleb was journeying to Tyre to take possession of his house there, +which the Roman commander of the district had been bidden to hand over +to him. Also he had another object. At Tyre dwelt the old Jew, Benoni, +who was Miriam's grandfather, as he had discovered years before; for +when they were still children together she had told him all her story. +This Benoni, for reasons of his own, he desired to see. + + + +On a certain afternoon in one of the palaces of Tyre a man might have +been sitting in a long portico, or verandah as we should call it, +which overlooked the Mediterranean, whose blue waters lapped the +straight-scarped rock below--for this house was in the island city, not +in that of the mainland where most of the rich Syrians dwelt. + +The man was old and very handsome. His dark eyes were quick and full of +fire, his nose was hooked like the beak of a bird of prey, his hair and +beard were long and snowy white. His robes also were rich and splendid, +and over them, since at this season of the year even at Tyre it was +cold, he wore a cloak of costly northern furs. The house was worthy of +its owner. Built throughout of the purest marble, the rooms were roofed +and panelled with sweet-smelling cedar of Lebanon, whence hung many +silver lamps, and decorated by statuary and frescoes. On the marble +floors were spread rugs, beautifully wrought in colours, while here and +there stood couches, tables and stools, fashioned for the most part of +ebony from Libya, inlaid with ivory and pearl. + +Benoni, the owner of all this wealth, having finished his business +for that day--the taking count of a shipload of merchandise which had +reached him from Egypt--had eaten his midday meal and now sought his +couch under the portico to rest a while in the sun. Reclining on the +cushions, soon he was asleep; but it would seem that his dreams were +unhappy--at the least he turned from side to side muttering and moving +his hands. At last he sat up with a start. + +"Oh, Rachel, Rachel!" he moaned, "why will you haunt my sleep? Oh! my +child, my child, have I not suffered enough? Must you bring my sin back +to me in this fashion? May I not shut my eyes even here in the sunlight +and be at peace a while? What have you to tell me that you come thus +often to stand here so strengthless and so still? Nay, it is not you; it +is my sin that wears your shape!" and Benoni hid his face in his hands, +rocking himself to and fro and moaning aloud. + +Presently he sprang up. "It was no sin," he said, "it was a righteous +act. I offered her to the outraged majesty of Jehovah, as Abraham, our +father, would have offered Isaac, but the curse of that false prophet is +upon me and mine. That was the fault of Demas, the half-bred hound who +crept into my kennel, and whom, because she loved him, I gave to her as +husband. Thus did he repay me, the traitor, and I--I repaid him. Ay! But +the sword fell upon two necks. He should have suffered, and he alone. +Oh, Rachel, my lost daughter Rachel, forgive me, you whose bones lie +there beneath the sea, forgive me! I cannot bear those eyes of yours. I +am old, Rachel, I am old." + +Thus Benoni muttered to himself, as he walked swiftly to and fro; then, +worn out with his burst of solitary, dream-bred passion, he sank back +upon the couch. + +As he sat thus, an Arab doorkeeper, gorgeously apparelled and armed with +a great sword, appeared in the portico, and after looking carefully to +see that his master was not asleep, made a low salaam. + +"What is it?" asked Benoni shortly. + +"Master, a young lord named Caleb wishes speech with you." + +"Caleb? I know not the name," replied Benoni. "Stay, it must be the +son of Hilliel, whom the Roman governor"--and turning, he spat upon the +ground--"has brought to his own again. I heard that he had come to take +possession of the great house on the quay. Bring him hither." + +The Arab saluted and went. Presently he returned and ushered in Caleb, +now a noble-looking young man clad in fine raiment. Benoni bowed to +him and prayed him to be seated. Caleb bowed in return, touching his +forehead in Eastern fashion with his hand, from which, as his host +noticed, the forefinger was missing. + +"I am your servant, sir," said Benoni with grave courtesy. + +"Master, I am your slave," answered Caleb. "I have been told that you +knew my father; therefore, on this, my first visit to Tyre, I come to +make my respects to you. I am the son of Hilliel, who perished many +years ago in Jerusalem. You may have heard his story and mine." + +"Yes," answered Benoni scanning his visitor, "I knew Hilliel--a clever +man, but one who fell into a trap at last, and I see that you are his +son. Your face proves it; indeed, it might be Hilliel who stands before +me." + +"I am proud that you should say so," answered Caleb, though already he +guessed that between Benoni and his father no love had been lost. "You +know," he added, "that certain of our people seized my inheritance, +which now has been restored to me--in part." + +"By Gessius Florus the procurator, I think, who on this account, has +cast many Jews--some of them innocent--into prison." + +"Indeed! Is that so? Well, it was concerning this Florus that I came +chiefly to ask your advice. The Roman has kept a full half of my +property," and Caleb sighed and looked indignant. + +"You are indeed fortunate that he has not kept it all." + +"I have been brought up in the desert far from cities," pleaded Caleb. +"Is there no law by which I may have justice of this man? Cannot you +help me who are great among our people?" + +"None," answered Benoni. "Roman citizens have rights, Jews what they can +get. You can appeal to Cæsar if you wish, as the jackal appealed to the +lion. But if you are wise you will be content with half the carcase. +Also I am not great; I am but an old merchant without authority." + +Caleb looked downfallen. "It seems that the days are hard for us Jews," +he said. "Well, I will be content and strive to forgive my enemies." + +"Better be content and strive to smite your enemies," answered Benoni. +"You who were poor are rich; for this much thank God." + +"Night and morning I do thank Him," replied Caleb earnestly and with +truth. + +Then there was silence for a while. + +"Is it your intention to reside in Hezron's--I mean in your house--in +Tyre?" asked Benoni, breaking it. + +"For a time, perhaps, until I find a tenant. I am not accustomed to +towns, and at present they seem to stifle me." + +"Where were you brought up, sir?" + +"Among the Essenes by Jericho. But I am not an Essene--their creed +disgusted me; I belong to that of my fathers." + +"There are worse men," replied Benoni. "A brother of my late wife is an +Essene, a kindly natured fool named Ithiel; you may have known him." + +"Oh, yes, I know him. He is one of their curators and the guardian of +the lady Miriam, his great-niece." + +The old man started violently, then, recovering himself, said: + +"Forgive me, but Miriam was the name of my lost wife--one which it +disturbs me to hear. But how can this girl be Ithiel's grand-niece? He +had no relations except his sister." + +"I do not know," answered Caleb carelessly. "The story is that the lady +Miriam, whom they call the Queen of the Essenes, was brought to them +nineteen or twenty years ago by a Libyan woman named Nehushta,"--here +again Benoni started--"who said that the child's mother, Ithiel's +niece, had been shipwrecked and died after giving birth to the infant, +commanding that it should be brought to him to be reared. The Essenes +consenting, he accepted the charge, and there she is still." + +"Then is this lady Miriam an Essene?" asked Benoni in a thick, slow +voice. + +"No; she is of the sect of the Christians, in which faith she has been +brought up as her mother desired." + +The old man rose from his couch and walked up and down the portico. + +"Tell me of the lady Miriam, sir," he said presently, "for the tale +interests me. What is she like?" + +"She is, as I believe, the most beautiful maiden in the whole world, +though small and slight; also she is the most sweet and learned." + +"That is high praise, sir," said Benoni. + +"Yes, master, and perhaps I exaggerate her charms, as is but natural." + +"Why is it natural?" + +"Because we were brought up together, and I hope that one day she will +be my wife." + +"Are you then affianced to this maid?" + +"No, not affianced--as yet," replied Caleb, with a little smile; "but I +will not trouble you with a history of my love affairs. I have already +trespassed too long upon your kindness. It is something to ask of you +who may not desire my acquaintance, but if you will do me the honour to +sup with me to-morrow night, your servant will be grateful." + +"I thank you, young sir. I will come, I will come, for in truth," +he added hastily, "I am anxious to hear news of all that passes at +Jerusalem, which, I understand, you left but a few days since, and I +perceive that you are one whose eyes and ears are always open." + +"I try both to see and to hear," said Caleb modestly. "But I am very +inexperienced, and am not sure which cause a man who hopes to become +both wise and good, ought to espouse in these troubled days. I need +guidance such as you could give me if you wished. For this while, +farewell." + +Benoni watched his visitor depart, then once more began to wander up and +down the portico. + +"I do not trust that young man," he thought, "of whose doings I have +heard something; but he is rich and able, and may be of service to our +cause. This Miriam of whom he speaks, who can she be? unless, indeed, +Rachel bore a daughter before she died. Why not? She would not have left +it to my care who desired that it should be reared in her own accursed +faith and looked upon me as the murderer of her husband and herself. If +so, I who thought myself childless, yet have issue upon the earth--at +least there is one in whom my blood runs. Beautiful, gifted--but a +Christian! The sin of the parents has descended on the child--yes, the +curse is on her also. I must seek her out. I must know the truth. Man, +what is it now? Can you not see that I would be alone?" + +"Master, your pardon," said the Arab servant, bowing, "but the Roman +captain, Marcus, desires speech with you." + +"Marcus? Oh, I remember the officer who was stationed here. I am not +well, I cannot see him. Bid him come to-morrow." + +"Master, he bid me say that he sails for Rome to-night." + +"Well, well, admit him," answered Benoni. "Perchance he comes to pay his +debt," he added. + +The Arab departed, and presently the Roman was ushered in. + +"Greetings, Benoni," he said, with his pleasant smile. "Here am I, yet +alive, for all your fears; so you see your money is still safe." + +"I am glad to hear it, my lord Marcus," answered the Jew, bowing low. +"But if it will please you to produce it, with the interest, I think," +he added drily, "it may be even safer in my strongbox." + +Marcus laughed pleasantly. + +"Produce it?" he said. "What jest is this? Why, I come to borrow more to +defray my costs to Rome." + +Benoni's mouth shut like a trap. + +"Nay," said Marcus, holding up his hand, "don't begin. I know it all. +The times are full of trouble and danger. Such little ready cash as you +have at command is out at interest in safer countries--Egypt, Rome, +and Italy; your correspondent at Alexandria has failed to make you the +expected remittance; and you have reason to believe that every ship in +which you are concerned is now at the bottom of the ocean. So would you +be so good as to lend me half a talent of silver--a thousand shekels in +cash and the rest in bills of exchange on your agents at Brundisium?" + +"No," said Benoni, sternly. + +"Yes," replied Marcus, with conviction. "Look you, friend Benoni, the +security is excellent. If I don't get drowned, or have my throat slit +between here and Italy, I am going to be one of the richest men in Rome; +so this is your last chance of lending me a trifle. You don't believe +it? Then read this letter from Caius, my uncle, and this rescript signed +by Nero the Cæsar." + +Benoni perused the documents and returned them. + +"I offer you my congratulations," he said. "If God permits it and you +will walk steadily, your future should be brilliant, since you are of +a pleasant countenance, and when you choose to use it, behind that +countenance lies a brain. But here I see no security for my money, since +even if all things go right, Italy is a long way off." + +"Man, do you think that I should cheat you?" asked Marcus hotly. + +"No, no, but accidents might happen." + +"Well, I will make it worth your while to risk them. For the half-talent +write a talent charged upon my estate, whether I live or die. And be +swift, I pray you, for I have matters to speak of, of more importance +than this miserable money. Whilst I was commissioner among the Essenes +on the banks of Jordan----" + +"The Essenes! What of the Essenes?" broke in Benoni. + +Marcus considered him with his grey eyes, then answered: + +"Let us settle this little matter of business and I will tell you." + +"Good. It is settled; you shall have the acknowledgment to sign and the +consideration in cash and bills before you leave my house. Now what of +these Essenes?" + +"Only this," said Marcus; "they are a strange people who read the +future, I know not how. One of them with whom I became friendly, +foretold that mighty troubles were about to fall upon this land of +yours--slaughter and pestilence, and famine, such as the world has not +seen." + +"That is an old prophecy of those accursed Nazarenes," broke in Benoni. + +"Call them not accursed, friend," said Marcus, in an odd voice, "for you +should do so least of all men. Nay, hear me out. It may be a prophecy of +the Nazarenes, but it is also a prophecy of the Essenes, and I believe +it, who watch the signs of the times. Now the elder told me this, that +there will be a great uprising of the Jews against the strength of +Cæsar, and that most of those who join in it shall perish. He even gave +names, and among them was yours, friend Benoni. Therefore, because you +have lent me money, although I am a Roman, I have come to Tyre to warn +you to keep clear of rebellions and other tumults." + +The old man listened quietly, but not as one who disbelieves. + +"All this may be so," he said, "but if my name is written in that book +of the dead, the angel of Jehovah has chosen me, and I cannot escape his +sword. Moreover, I am aged, and"--here his eyes flashed--"it is a good +end to die fighting one's country's enemies." + +"How you Jews do love us to be sure!" said Marcus with a little laugh. + +"The nation that sends a Gessius Florus, or even an Albinus, to rule its +alien subjects must needs be loved," replied Benoni with bitter sarcasm. +"But let us be done with politics lest we grow angry. It is strange, but +a visitor has just left me who was brought up among these Essenes." + +"Indeed," said Marcus, staring vacantly into the sea. + +"He told me that a young and beautiful woman resides with them who is +named the Queen of the Essenes. Did you chance to see her, my lord?" + +Instantly Marcus became very wide awake. "Oh, yes, I saw her; and what +else did he tell you?" + +"He told me that this lady was both beautiful and learned." + +"That is true," said Marcus with enthusiasm. "To my mind, although she +is small, I never saw one lovelier, nor do I know a sculptor who is her +equal. If you will come with me to the ship I will open the case and +show you the bust she made of me. But tell me, did this visitor of yours +lack the forefinger on one hand--his right?" + +"He did." + +"Then I suppose that he is named Caleb." + +"Yes; but how do you know that?" + +"Because I cut off his forefinger," said Marcus, "in a fair fight, and," +he added savagely, "he is a young rascal, as murderous as he is able, +whose life I did ill to spare." + +"Ah," said Benoni, "it seems that I have still some discernment, for +just so I judged him. Well, what more do you know of the lady?" + +"Something, since in a way I am affianced to her." + +"Indeed! Well, this is strange, for so, as he told me, is Caleb." + +"He told you that?" said Marcus springing from his chair. "Then he lies, +and would that I had time to prove it on his body! She rejected him; I +have it from Nehushta; also I know it in other ways." + +"Then she did accept you, my lord Marcus?" + +"Not quite," he replied sadly; "but that was only because I am not a +Christian. She loves me all the same," he added, recovering. "Upon that +point there can be no doubt." + +"Caleb seemed to doubt it," suggested Benoni. + +"Caleb is a liar," repeated Marcus with emphasis, "and one of whom you +will do well to beware." + +"Why should I beware of him?" + +Marcus paused a moment, then answered boldly: + +"Because the lady Miriam is your granddaughter and the heiress of your +wealth. I say it, since if I did not Caleb would; probably he has done +so already." + +For a moment Benoni hid his face in his hands. Then he lifted it and +said: + +"I thought as much, and now I am sure. But, my lord Marcus, if my blood +is hers my wealth is my own." + +"Just so. Keep it if you will, or leave it where you will. It is Miriam +I seek, and not your money." + +"I think that Caleb seeks both Miriam and my money--like a prudent +man. Why should he not have them? He is a Jew of good blood; he will, I +think, rise high." + +"And I am a Roman of better blood who will rise higher." + +"Yes, a Roman, and I, the grandfather, am a Jew who do not love you +Romans." + +"And Miriam is neither Jew nor Roman, but a Christian, brought up not by +you, but by the Essenes; and she loves me, although she will not marry +me because I am not a Christian." + +Benoni shrugged his shoulders as he answered: + +"All of this is a problem which I must ponder on and solve." + +Marcus sprang from his seat and stood before the old man with menace in +his air. + +"Look you, Benoni," he said, "this is a problem not to be solved by you +or by Caleb, but by Miriam herself, and none other. Do you understand?" + +"I understand that you threaten me." + +"Ay, I do. Miriam is of full age; her sojourn with the Essenes must come +to an end. Doubtless you will take her to dwell with you. Well, beware +how you deal by her. If she wishes to marry Caleb of her own free will, +let her do so. But if you force her to it, or suffer him to force her, +then by your God, and by my gods, and by her God, I tell you that I will +come back and take such a vengeance upon him and upon you, and upon all +your people, that it shall be a story for generations. Do you believe +me?" + +Benoni looked up at the man who stood before him in his youth and +beauty, his eyes on fire and his form quivering with rage, and looking, +shrank back a little. He did not know that this light-hearted Roman had +such strength and purpose at command. Now he understood for the first +time that he was a true son of the terrible race of conquerors, who, if +he were crossed, could be as merciless as the worst of them, one whose +very honesty and openness made him to be feared the more. + +"I understand that you believe what you say. Whether when you are back +at Rome, where there are women as fair as the Queen of the Essenes, you +will continue to believe it, is another matter." + +"Yes, a matter for me to settle." + +"Quite so--for you to settle. Have you anything to add to the commands +you are pleased to lay upon your humble creditor, Benoni the merchant?" + +"Yes, two things. First, that when I leave this house you will no longer +be my creditor. I have brought money to pay you off in full, principal +and interest. My talk of borrowing was but a play and excuse to learn +what you knew of Miriam. Nay, do not start, though it may seem strange +to you that I also can be subtle. Foolish man, did you think that I with +my prospects should be left to lack for a miserable half-talent? Why, +there at Jerusalem I could have borrowed ten, or twenty, if I would +promise my patronage by way of interest. My servants wait with the +gold without. Call them in presently and pay yourself, principal and +interest, and something for a bonus. Now for the second, Miriam is a +Christian. Beware how you tamper with her faith. It is not mine, but I +say--beware how you tamper with it. You gave her father and her mother, +your own daughter, to be slaughtered by gladiators and to be torn by +lions because, forsooth, they did not think as you do. Lift one finger +against her and I will hale you into the amphitheatre at Rome, there +yourself to be slaughtered by gladiators, or to be torn by lions. +Although I am absent I shall know all that you do, for I have friends +who are good and spies that are better. Moreover, I return here shortly. +Now I ask you, will you give me your solemn word, swearing it by that +God whom you worship, first, that you will not attempt to force your +granddaughter Miriam into marriage with Caleb the Jew; and secondly, +that you will shelter her, treating her with all honour, and suffering +her to follow her own faith in freedom?" + +Benoni sprang from his couch. + +"No, Roman, I will not. Who are you who dare to dictate to me in my own +house as to how I shall deal with my own grandchild? Pay what you owe +and get you gone, and darken my doors no more. I have done with you." + +"Ah!" said Marcus. "Well, perhaps it is time that you should +travel. Those who travel and see strange countries and peoples, grow +liberal-minded, which you are not. Be pleased to read this paper," and +he laid a writing before him. + +Benoni took it and read. It was worded thus: + +"To Marcus, the son of Emilius, the captain, in the name of Cæsar, +greetings. Hereby we command you, should you in your discretion think +fit, to seize the person of Benoni, the Jewish merchant, a dweller in +Tyre, and to convey him as a prisoner to Rome, there to answer charges +which have been laid against him, with the particulars of which you are +acquainted, which said particulars you will find awaiting you in Rome, +of having conspired with certain other Jews, to overthrow the authority +of Cæsar in this his province of Judæa. + +"(Signed) Gessius Florus, Procurator." + +Benoni having read sank back upon his couch, gasping, his white face +livid with surprise and fear. Then a thought seemed to strike him. +Seizing the paper he tore it into fragments. + +"Now, Roman," he said, "where is your warrant?" + +"In my pocket," answered Marcus; "that which I showed you was but a +copy. Nay, do not ring, do not touch that bell. See this," and he drew +a silver whistle from his robe. "Outside your gate stand fifty soldiers. +Shall I sound it?" + +"Not so," answered Benoni. "I will swear the oath, though indeed it is +needless. Why should you suppose that I could wish to force this maid +into any marriage, or to work her evil on account of matters of her +faith?" + +"Because you are a Jew and a bigot. You gave her father and her mother +to a cruel death, why should you spare her? Also you hate me and all +my people; why, then, should you not favour my rival, although he is a +murderer whose life I have twice spared at the prayer of Miriam? Swear +now." + +So Benoni lifted his hand and swore a solemn oath that he would not +force his granddaughter, Miriam, to marry Caleb, or any other man; +and that he would not betray the secret of her faith, or persecute her +because of it. + +"It is not enough," said Marcus. "Write it down and sign." + +So Benoni went to the table and wrote out his undertaking and signed it, +Marcus signing also as a witness. + +"Now, Benoni," he said, as he took the paper, "listen to me. That +warrant leaves your taking to my discretion, after I have made search +into the facts. I have made such search and it seems that I am not +satisfied. But remember that the warrant is still alive and can be +executed at any moment. Remember also that you are watched and if +you lift a finger against the girl, it will be put in force. For the +rest--if you desire that the prophecy of the Essene should not come +true, it is my advice that you cease from making plots against the +majesty of Cæsar. Now bid your servant summon him who waits in the +antechamber, that he may discharge my debt. And so farewell. When and +where we shall meet again I do not know, but be sure that we shall +meet." Then Marcus left the portico. + +Benoni watched him go, and as he watched, an evil look gathered on his +face. + +"Threatened. Trodden to the dirt. Outwitted by that Roman boy," he +murmured. "Is there any cup of shame left for me to drink? Who is the +traitor and how much does he know? Something, but not all, else my +arrest could scarcely have been left to the fancy of this patrician, +favourite though he be. Yes, my lord Marcus, I too am sure that we shall +meet again, but the fashion of that meeting may be little to your taste. +You have had your hour, mine is to come. For the rest, I must keep my +oath, since to break it would be too dangerous, and might cut the hair +that holds the sword. Also, why should I wish to harm the girl, or to +wed her to this rogue Caleb, than whom, mayhap, even the Roman would be +better? At least he is a man who does not cheat or lie. Indeed, I long +to see the maid. I will go at once to Jordan." + +Then he sounded his bell and commanded that the servant of the lord +Marcus should be admitted. + + + +CHAPTER XI + +THE ESSENES LOSE THEIR QUEEN + +The Court of the Essenes was gathered in council debating the subject +of the departure of their ward, Miriam. She must go, that was evident, +since not even for her, whom they loved as though each of them had been +in truth her father or her uncle, could their ancient, sacred rule +be broken. But where was she to go and how should she be supported as +became her? These were the questions that troubled them and that they +debated earnestly. At length her great-uncle Ithiel suggested that she +should be summoned before them, that they might hear her wishes. To this +his brethren agreed, and he was sent to fetch her. + +A while later, attended by Nehushta, Miriam arrived, clad in a robe +of pure white, and wearing on her head a wimple of white, edged with +purple, and about her waist a purple scarf. So greatly did the Essenes +love and reverence this maid, that as she entered, all the hundred of +the Court rose and remaining standing until she herself was seated. Then +the President, who was sorrowful and even shamefaced, addressed her, +telling her their trouble, and praying her pardon because the ordinance +of their order forced them to arrange that she should depart from among +them. At the end of this speech he asked her what were her wishes as +regarded her own future, adding that for her maintenance she need have +no fear, since out of their revenues a modest sum would be set aside +annually which would suffice to keep her from poverty. + +In answer Miriam, also speaking sadly, thanked them from her heart +for all their goodness, telling them she had long known this hour of +separation to be at hand. As to where she should dwell, since tumults +were so many in Jerusalem, she suggested that she might find a home in +one of the coast cities, where perhaps some friend or relative of the +brethren would shelter Nehushta and herself. + +Instantly eight or ten of those present said that they knew such trusty +folk in one place or another, and the various offers were submitted to +the Court for discussion. While the talk was still going on there came +a knock upon the door. After the usual questions and precautions, a +brother was admitted who informed them that there had arrived in the +village, at the head of a considerable retinue, Benoni, the Jewish +merchant of Tyre. He stated that he desired speech with them on the +subject of his granddaughter Miriam, who, he learned, was, or had been +recently, in their charge. + +"Here may be an answer to the riddle," said the President. "We know of +this Benoni, also that he purposed to demand his granddaughter of us, +though until he did so it was not for us to speak." Then he put it to +the Court that Benoni should be admitted. + +To this they agreed, and presently the Jew came, splendidly attired, his +long white beard flowing down a robe that glittered with embroideries of +gold and silver. Entering the dim, cool hall, he stared in amazement at +the long half-circles of venerable, white-robed men who were gathered +there. Next his quick eyes fell upon the lovely maiden who, attended +by the dark-visaged Nehushta, sat before them on a seat of honour; and +looking, he guessed that she must be Miriam. + +"Little wonder," reflected Benoni to himself, "that all men seem to love +this girl, since at the first sight of her my own heart softens." + +Then he bowed to the President of the Court and the President bowed +back in answer. But not one of the rest so much as moved his head, since +already every man of them hated this stranger who was about to carry +away her whom they called their Queen. + +"Sirs," said Benoni breaking the silence, "I come here upon a +strange errand--namely, to ask of you a maid whom I believe to be my +granddaughter, of whose existence I learned not long ago, and whom, as +it seems, you have sheltered from her birth. Is she among you here?" and +he looked at Miriam. + +"The lady Miriam sits yonder," said the President. "You are right in +naming her your granddaughter, as we have known her to be from the +beginning." + +"Then why," said Benoni, "did I not know it also?" + +"Because," answered the President quietly, "we did not think it fitting +to deliver a child that was committed to our charge, to the care of one +who had brought her father, and tried to bring her mother, his own seed, +to the most horrible of deaths." + +As he spoke he fixed his eyes indignantly upon Benoni; as did every man +of all that great company, till even the bold-faced Jew dropped his head +abashed. + +"I am not here," he said, recovering himself, "to make defence of what +I have done, or have not done in the past. I am here to demand that my +grandchild, now as I perceive a woman grown, may be handed over to me, +her natural guardian." + +"Before this can be considered," answered the President, "we who have +been her guardians for so many years, should require guarantees and +sureties." + +"What guarantees, and what sureties?" asked Benoni. + +"These among others--That money sufficient for her support after your +death should be settled upon her. That she shall be left reasonable +liberty in the matter of her daily life and her marriage, if it should +please her to marry. Lastly, that as we have undertaken not to meddle +with her faith, or to oppress her into changing it, so must you +undertake also." + +"And if I refuse these things?" asked Benoni. + +"Then you see the lady Miriam for the first and last time," answered +the President boldly, while the others nodded approval. "We are men +of peace, but, merchant, you must not, therefore, think us men without +power. We must part with the lady Miriam, who to every one of us is as +a daughter, because the unbreakable rule of our order ordains that she, +who is now a woman grown, can no longer remain among us. But wherever +she dwells, to the last day of her life our love shall go with her +and the whole strength of our Order shall protect her. If any harm is +attempted to her, we shall be swift to hear and swifter to avenge. If +you refuse our conditions, she will vanish from your sight, and then, +merchant, go, search the world, the coasts of Syria, the banks of Egypt, +and the cities of Italy--and find her if you can. We have spoken." + +Benoni stroked his white beard before he answered. + +"You talk proudly," he said. "Did I shut my eyes I might fancy that this +voice was the voice of a Roman procurator speaking the decrees of Cæsar. +Still, I am ready to believe that what you promise you can perform, +since I for one am sure that you Essenes are not mere harmless heretics +who worship angels and demons, see visions, prophesy things to come by +the help of your familiars, and adore the sun in huts upon the desert." +He paused, but the President, without taking the slightest notice of his +insults or sarcasms, repeated merely: + +"We have spoken," and as with one voice, like some great echo, the whole +hundred of them cried, "We have spoken!" + +"Do you hear them, master?" said Nehushta in the silence that followed. +"Well, I know them. They mean what they say, and you are right--what +which they threaten they can perform." + +"Let my grandchild speak," said Benoni. "Daughter, is it your wish that +such dishonouring bonds should be laid upon me?" + +"Grandsire," replied Miriam, in a pure, clear voice, "I may not quarrel +with that which is done for my own good. For the wealth I care little, +but I would not become a slave in everything save the name, nor do +I desire to set my feet in that path my parents trod. What my uncles +say--all of these"--and she waved her hand--"speaking in the name of the +thousands that are without, that I do, for they love me and I love them, +and their mind is my mind and their words are my words." + +"Proud-spirited, and well spoken, like all her race," muttered Benoni. +Still he stroked his beard and hesitated. + +"Be pleased to give your answer," said the President, "that we may +finish our discussion before the hour of evening prayer. To help you +to it, remember one thing--we ask no new conditions." Benoni glanced +up quickly and the President added: "Those of which we have received a +copy, that you swore to and signed in the presence of Marcus the Roman, +are enough for us." + +Now it was Miriam's turn to look, first up and then down. As for her +grandfather, he turned white with anger, and broke into a bitter laugh. + +"Now I understand----" + +"----that the arm of the Essenes is longer than you thought, since it +can reach from here to Rome," said the President. + +"Ay! that you can plot with Romans. Well, be careful lest the sword +of these Romans prove longer than _you_ thought and reach even to your +hearts, O you peaceful dwellers in the desert!" Then, as though he +feared some answer, he added quickly, "I am minded to return and leave +this maiden with you to dispose of as you think fit. Yet I will not do +so, for she is very fair and gracious, and with the wealth that I can +give her, may fill some high place in the world. Also--and this is more +to me--I am old and draw near my end and she alone has my blood in her +veins. Therefore I will agree to all your terms, and take her home with +me to Tyre, trusting that she may learn to love me." + +"Good," said the President. "To-morrow the papers shall be prepared and +signed. Meanwhile we pray you to be our guest." + +Next evening signed they were accordingly, Benoni agreeing without demur +to all that the Essenes asked on behalf of her who had been their +ward, and even assigning to her a separate revenue during his lifetime. +Indeed, now that he had seen her, so loth was he to part with this +new-found daughter, that he would have done still more had it been asked +of him, lest she should be spirited from his sight, as, did he refuse, +might well happen. + +Three days later Miriam bade farewell to her protectors, who accompanied +her by hundreds to the ridge above the village. Here they stopped, and +seeing that the moment of separation was at hand, Miriam's tears began +to flow. + +"Weep not, beloved child," said Ithiel, "for though we part with you in +body, yet shall we always be with you in the spirit, now in this life, +and as we think, after this life. Moreover, by night and day, we shall +watch over you, and if any attempt to harm you--" here he glanced at +Benoni, that brother-in-law to whom he bore but little love--"the very +winds will bear us tidings, and in this way or that, help will come." + +"Have no fear, Ithiel," broke in Benoni, "my bond, which you hold, is +good and it will be backed by love." + +"That I believe also," said Miriam; "and if it be so, grandsire, I will +repay love for love." Then she turned to the Essenes and thanked them in +broken words. + +"Be not downhearted," said Ithiel in a thick voice, "for I hope that +even in this life we shall meet again." + +"May it be so," answered Miriam, and they parted, the Essenes returning +sadly to their home, and Benoni taking the road through Jericho to +Jerusalem. + +Travelling slowly, at the evening of the second day they set their camp +on open ground not far from the Damascus gate of the Holy City, but +within the new north wall that had been built by Agrippa. Into the city +itself Benoni would not enter, fearing lest the Roman soldiers should +plunder them. At moonrise Nehushta took Miriam by the hand and led her +through the resting camels to a spot a few yards from the camp. + +There, standing with her back to the second wall, she pointed out to her +a cliff, steep but of no great height, in which appeared little caves +and ridges of rock that, looked at from this distance, gave to its face +a rude resemblance to a human skull. + +"See," she said solemnly. "Yonder the Lord was crucified." + +Miriam heard and sank to her knees in prayer. As she knelt there the +grave voice of her grandfather spoke behind her, bidding her rise. + +"Child," he said, "it is true. True is it also that signs and wonders +happened after the death of that false Messiah, and that for me and mine +He left a curse behind Him which it may well be is not done with yet. I +know your faith, and I have promised to let you follow it in peace. Yet +I beseech of you, do not make prayers to your God here in public, where +with malefactors He suffered as a malefactor, lest others less tolerant +should see you and drag you to your father's death." + +Miriam bowed her head and returned to the camp, nor at that time did +any further words pass between them on this matter of her religion. +Thenceforward, however, she was careful to do nothing which could bring +suspicion on her grandfather. + +Four days later they came to the rich and beautiful city of Tyre, and +Miriam saw the sea upon which she had been born. Hitherto, she had +fancied that its waters were much like those of the Dead Lake, upon +whose shores she had dwelt so many years; but when she perceived the +billows rushing onwards, white-crested, to break in thunder against the +walls of island Tyre, she clapped her hands with joy. Indeed, from that +day to the end of her life she loved the sea in all its moods, and +for hours at a time would find it sufficient company. Perhaps this was +because the seethe of its waves was the first sound that her ears had +heard, while her first breath was salted with its spray. + +From Jerusalem, Benoni had sent messengers mounted on swift horses +bidding his servants make ready to receive a guest. So it came about +that when she entered his palace in Tyre, Miriam found it decked as +though for a bride, and wandered in amazement--she who had known nothing +better than the mud-houses of the Essenes--from hall to hall of the +ancient building that in bygone generations had been the home of kings +and governors. Benoni followed her steps, watching her with grave eyes, +till at length all was visited save the gardens belonging to him which +were on the mainland. + +"Are you pleased with your new home, daughter?" he asked presently. + +"My grandfather, it is beautiful," she answered. "Never have I dreamed +of such a place as this. Say, may I work my art in one of these great +rooms?" + +"Miriam," he answered, "of this house henceforth you are the mistress, +as in time to come you will be its owner. Believe me, child, it was +not needed that so many and such different men should demand from me +sureties for your comfort and your safety. All I have is yours, whilst +all you have, including your faith and your friends, of whom there seem +to be many, remains your own. Yet, should it please you to give me in +return some small share of your love, I who am childless and friendless +shall be grateful." + +"That is my desire," answered Miriam hurriedly; "only, grandsire, +between you and me----" + +"Speak it not," he said, with a gesture almost of despair, "or rather I +will speak it--between you and me runs the river of your parents' blood. +It is so, yet, Miriam, I will confess to you that I repent me of that +deed. Age makes us judge more kindly. To me your faith is nothing and +your God a sham, yet I know now that to worship Him is not worthy of +death--at least not for that cause would I bring any to their death +to-day, or even to stripes and bonds. I will go further; I will stoop +even to borrow from His creed. Do not His teachings bid you to forgive +those who have done you wrong?" + +"They do, and that is why Christians love all mankind." + +"Then bring that law into this home of ours, Miriam, and love me who +sorrow for what I did in the blind rage of my zeal, and who now in my +old age am haunted by its memory." + +Then for the first time Miriam threw herself into the old man's arms and +kissed him on the brow. + +So it came about that they made their peace and were happy together. + +Indeed, day by day Benoni loved her more, till at length she was +everything to him, and he grew jealous of all who sought her company, +and especially of Nehushta. + + + +CHAPTER XII + +THE RING, THE NECKLACE AND THE LETTER + +So Miriam came to Tyre, where, for many months, her life was peaceful +and happy enough. At first she had feared meeting Caleb, who she knew +from her grandfather was dwelling there; but as it chanced, he had left +the city upon business of his own, so for the while she was free of him. +In Tyre were many Christians with whom she made friends and worshipped, +Benoni pretending to know nothing of the matter. Indeed, at this time +and place it was the Jews rather than the Christians who were in danger +at the hands of the Syrians and Greeks, who hated them for their wealth +and faith, threatening them continually with robbery and massacre. But +as yet that storm did not burst, and in its brewing the Christians, who +were few, humble, and of all races, escaped notice. + +Thus it came about that Miriam dwelt in quiet, occupying herself much +with her art of modelling and going abroad but little, since it was +scarcely safe for her, the grandchild of the rich Jew merchant, to show +her face in the streets. Though she was surrounded by every luxury, far +more than she needed, indeed, this lack of liberty irked her who had +been reared in the desert, till at times she grew melancholy and would +sit for hours looking on the sea and thinking. She thought of her mother +who had sat thus before her; of her father, who had perished beneath the +gladiators' swords; of the kindly old men who had nurtured her, and of +the sufferings of her brothers and sisters in the faith in Rome and at +Jerusalem. But most of all she thought of Marcus, her Roman lover, whom, +strive as she would, she could never forget--no, not for a single hour. +She loved him, that was the truth of it, and between them there was a +great gulf fixed, not of the sea only, which ships could sail, but of +that command which the dead had laid upon her. He was a pagan and she +was a Christian, and they might not wed. By now, too, it was likely that +he had forgotten her, the girl who took his fancy in the desert. At Rome +there were many noble and lovely women--oh! she could scarcely bear to +think of it. Yet night by night she prayed for him, and morn by morn +his face arose before her half-awakened eyes. Where was he? What was he +doing? For aught she knew he might be dead. Nay, for then, surely, her +heart would have warned her. Still, she craved for tidings, and alas! +there were none. + +At length tidings did come--the best of tidings. One day, wearying +of the house, with the permission of her grandfather, and escorted by +servants, Miriam had gone to walk in the gardens that he owned to +the north of that part of the city on the mainland, which was called +Palætyrus. They were lovely gardens, well watered and running down to +the sea-edge, and in them grew beautiful palms and other trees, with +fruitful shrubs and flowers. Here, when they had roamed a while, Miriam +and Nehushta sat down upon the fallen column of some old temple and +rested. Suddenly they heard a footstep, and Miriam looked up to see +before her a Roman officer, clad in a cloak that showed signs of +sea-travel, and, guiding him, one of Benoni's servants. + +The officer, a rough but kindly looking man of middle age, bowed to her, +asking in Greek if he spoke to the lady Miriam, the granddaughter of +Benoni the Jew, she who had been brought up among the Essenes. + +"Sir, I am she," answered Miriam. + +"Then, lady, I, who am named Gallus, have an errand to perform"; and +drawing from his robe a letter tied with silk and sealed, and with the +letter a package, he handed them to her. + +"Who sends these?" she asked, hope shining in her eyes, "and whence come +they?" + +"From Rome, lady, as fast as sails could waft them and me. And the +sender is the noble Marcus, called the Fortunate." + +"Oh!" said Miriam, blushing to her eyes, "tell me, sir, is he well?" + +"Not so well but that such a look as that, lady, would better him, or +any other man, could he be here to see it," answered the Roman, gazing +at her with admiration. + +"Did you then leave him ill? I do not understand." + +"Nay, his health seemed sound, and his uncle Caius being dead his wealth +can scarce be counted, or so they say, since the old man made him his +heir. Perhaps that is why the divine Nero has taken such a fancy to him +that he can scarce leave the palace. Therefore I cannot say that Marcus +is well to-day, since sometimes Nero's friends are short-lived. Nay, +be not frightened, I did but jest; your Marcus is safe enough. Read the +letter, lady, and waste no time. As for me, my mission is fulfilled. +Thank me not; it is reward enough to have seen that sweet face of yours. +Fortunate indeed is the star of Marcus, and, though I am jealous of +the man, for your sake I pray that it may lead him back to you. Lady, +farewell." + +"Cut the silk, Nou," said Miriam when the Captain Gallus had gone. +"Quick. I have no knife." + +Nehushta obeyed smiling and the letter was unrolled. It, or those parts +of it which concern us, ran thus: + +"To the lady Miriam, from Marcus the Roman, her friend, by the hand of +the Captain Gallus. + +"Dear friend and lady, greeting. Already since I came here I have +written you one letter, but this day news has reached me that the ship +which bore it foundered off the coast of Sicily. So, as Neptune has that +letter, and with it many good men, although I write more ill than I do +most things, I send you another by this occasion, hoping, I who am vain, +that you have not forgotten me, and that the reading of it may even give +you pleasure. Most dear Miriam, know that I accomplished my voyage to +Rome in safety, visiting your grandsire on the way to pay him a debt I +owed. But that story you will perhaps have heard. + +"From Tyre I sailed for Italy, but was cast away upon the coasts of +Melita, where many of us were drowned. By the favour of some god, +however--ah! what god I wonder--I escaped, and taking another ship came +safely to Brundisium, whence I travelled as fast as horses would carry +me to Rome. Here I arrived but just in time, for I found my uncle Caius +very will. Believing, moreover, that I had been drowned in the shipwreck +at Melita, he was about to make a will bequeathing his property to the +Emperor Nero, but by good fortune of this he had said nothing. Had he +done so I should, I think, be as poor to-day as when I left you, +dear, and perhaps poorer still, for I might have lost my head with my +inheritance. + +"As it was I found favour in the sight of my uncle Caius, who a week +after my arrival executed a formal testament leaving to me all his land, +goods, and moneys, which on his death three months later I inherited. +Thus I have become rich--so rich that now, having much money to spend, +by some perversity which I cannot explain, I have grown careful and +spend as little as possible. After I had entered into my inheritance I +made a plan to return to Judæa, for one reason and one alone--to be near +to you, most sweet Miriam. At the last moment I was stayed by a very +evil chance. That bust which you made of me I had managed to save from +the shipwreck and bring safe to Rome--now I wish it was at the bottom of +the sea, and you shall learn why. + +"When I came into possession of this house in the Via Agrippa, which is +large and beautiful, I set it in a place of honour in the antechamber +and summoned that sculptor, Glaucus, of whom I have spoken to you, and +others who follow the art, to come and pass judgment upon the work. They +came, they wondered and they were silent, for each of them feared lest +in praising it he should exalt some rival. When, however, I told them +that it was the work of a lady in Judæa, although they did not believe +me, since all of them declared that no woman had shaped that marble, +knowing that they had nothing to fear from so distant an artist whoever +he might be, they began to praise the work with one voice, and all that +evening until the wine overcame them, talked of nothing else. Also they +continued talking on the morrow, until at length the fame of the thing +came to the ears of Nero, who also is an artist of music and other +things. The end of it was that one day, without warning, the Emperor +visited my house and demanded to see the bust, which I showed to him. +For many minutes he examined it through the emerald with which he aids +his sight, then asked: + +"'What land had the honour to bear the genius who wrought this work?' + +"I answered, 'Judæa,' a country, by the way, of which he seemed to know +little, except that some fanatics dwelt there, who refused to worship +him. He said that he would make that artist ruler of Judæa. I replied +that the artist was a woman, whereon he answered that he cared +nothing--she should still rule Judæa, or if this could not be managed he +would send and bring her to Rome to make a statue of him to be set up in +the Temple at Jerusalem for the Jews to worship. + +"Now I saw that I had been foolish, and knowing well what would have +been your fate, my Miriam, had he once set eyes on you, I sighed and +answered, that alas! it was impossible, since you were dead, as I proved +to him by a long story with which I will not trouble you. Moreover, now +that he was sure that you were dead, I showed him the little statuette +of yourself looking into water, which you gave me. Whereon he burst +into tears, at the thought that such an one had departed from the earth, +while it was still cursed with so many who are wicked, old and ugly. + +"Still he did not go, but remained admiring the bust, till at length one +of his favourites who accompanied him, whispered in my ear that I must +present it to the Emperor. I refused, whereon he whispered back that if +I did not, assuredly before long it would be taken, and with it all my +other goods, and, perhaps, my life. So, since I must, I changed my mind +and prayed him to accept it; whereon he embraced, first the marble and +then me, and caused it to be borne away then and there, leaving me mad +with rage. + +"Now I tell you all this silly story for a reason, since it has hindered +and still hinders me from leaving Rome. Thus: two days later I received +an Imperial decree, in which it was stated that the incomparable work of +art brought from Judæa by Marcus, the son of Emilius, had been set up +in a certain temple, where those who would please their Emperor were +desired to present themselves and worship it and the soul of her by +whom it was fashioned. Moreover, it was commanded that I, Marcus, whose +features had served as a model for the work, should be its guardian and +attend twice weekly in the temple, that all might see how the genius of +a great artist is able to make a thing of immortal beauty from a coarse +original of flesh and blood. Oh, Miriam, I have no patience to write of +this folly, yet the end of it is, that except at the cost of my fortune +and the risk of my life, it is impossible for me to leave Rome. Twice +every week, or by special favour, once only, must I attend in that +accursed temple where my own likeness stands upon a pedestal of marble, +and before it a marble altar, on which are cut the words: 'Sacrifice, O +passer-by, to the spirit of the departed genius who wrought this divine +work.' + +"Yes, there I sit, I who am a soldier, while fools come in and gaze +first at the marble and then at me, saying things for which often I long +to kill them, and casting grains of incense into the little fire on the +altar in sacrifice to your spirit, whereby I trust it may be benefited. +Thus, Miriam, are we ruled in Rome to-day. + +"Meanwhile, I am in great favour with Nero, so that men call me 'the +Fortunate,' and my house the 'Fortunate House,' a title of ill-omen. + +"Yet out of this evil comes some good, since because of his present +affection for me, or my bust, I have now and again for your sake, +Miriam, been able to do service, even to the saving of their lives, +to those of your faith. Here there are many Christians whom it is an +amusement to Nero to persecute, torture, and slay, sometimes by soaking +them in tar and making of them living torches to illuminate his gardens, +and sometimes in other fashions. The lives of sundry of these poor +people he has given to me, when I begged them of him. Indeed, he has +done more. Yesterday Nero came himself to the temple and suggested that +certain of the Christians should be sacrificed in a very cruel fashion +here as an offering to your spirit. I answered that this could give it +little pleasure, seeing that in your lifetime you also were a Christian. +Thereon he wrung his hands, crying out, 'Oh! what a crime have I +committed,' and instantly gave orders that no more Christians should be +killed. So for a little while, thanks to your handiwork, and to me who +am called 'the Model,' they are safe--those who are left of them. + +"I hear that there are wars and tumults in Judæa, and that Vespasian, +a great general, is to be sent to quell them. If I can I will come with +him, but at present--such is the madness of my master--this is too much +to hope, unless, indeed, he wearies suddenly of the 'Divine Work' and +its attendant 'Model.' + +"Meanwhile I also cast incense upon your altar, and pray that in these +troubles you may come to no harm. + +"Miriam, I am most unhappy. I think of you always and yet I cannot come +to you. I picture you in many dangers, and I am not there to save you. I +even dare to hope that you would wish to see me again; but it is the +Jew Caleb, and other men, who see you and make offerings to your sweet +beauty as I make them to your spirit. I beseech you, Miriam, do not +accept the offerings, lest in some day to come, when I am once more a +soldier, and have ceased to be a custodian of busts, it should be the +worse for those worshippers, and especially for Caleb. + +"What else have I to tell you? I have sought out some of the great +preachers of your faith, hoping that by the magic whereof they are said +to be masters, they would be able to assure me of your welfare. But +to my sorrow they gave me no magic--in which it seems they do not +deal--only maxims. Also, from these I bought for a great sum certain +manuscripts written by themselves containing the doctrines of your law, +which I intend to study so soon as I have time. Indeed, this is a task +which I wish to postpone, since did I read I might believe and turn +Christian, to serve in due course as a night-light in Nero's gardens. + +"I send you a present, praying that you will accept it. The emerald in +the ring is cut by my friend, the sculptor Glaucus. The pearls are fine +and have a history which I hope to tell you some day. Wear them always, +beloved Miriam, for my sake. I do not forget your words; nay, I ponder +them day and night. But at least you said you loved me, and in wearing +these trinkets you break no duty to the dead. Write to me, I pray you, +if you can find a messenger. Or, if you cannot write, think of me always +as I do of you. Oh, that we were back together in that happy village of +the Essenes, to whom, as to yourself, be all good fortune! Farewell. + +"Your ever faithful friend and lover, + +"Marcus." + + +Miriam finished her letter, kissed it, and hid it in her bosom. Then she +opened the packet and unlocked the ivory box within by a key that hung +to it. Out of the casket she took a roll of soft leather. This she undid +and uttered a little cry of joy, for there lay a necklace of the most +lovely pearls that she had ever seen. Nor was this all, for threaded +on the pearls was a ring, and cut upon its emerald bezel the head of +Marcus, and her own head taken from the likeness she had given him. + +"Look! Nou, look!" said Miriam, showing her the beauteous trinkets. + +"A sight to make old eyes glisten," answered Nehushta handling them. "I +know something of pearls, and these are worth a fortune. Happy maid, to +whom is given such a lover." + +"Unhappy maid who can never be a happy wife," sighed Miriam, her blue +eyes filling with tears. + +"Grieve not; that still may chance," answered Nehushta, as she fastened +the pearls about Miriam's neck. "At least you have heard from him and +he still loves you, which is much. Now for the ring--the marriage +finger--see, how it fits." + +"Nay, I have no right," murmured Miriam; still she did not draw it off +again. + +"Come, let us be going," said Nehushta, hiding the casket in her amble +robe, "for the sun sinks, and to-night there are guests to supper." + +"What guests?" asked Miriam absently. + +"Plotters, every one," said Nehushta, shrugging her shoulders. "The +great scheme to drive the Romans from the Holy City ripens fast, and +your grandsire waters its root. I pray that we may not all of us gather +bitter grapes from that vine. Have you heard that Caleb is back in +Tyre?" + +"Caleb!" faltered Miriam, "No." + +"Well, he is. He arrived yesterday and will be among the guests +to-night. He has been fighting up in the desert there, and bravely, for +I am told that he was one of those who seized the fortress of Masada and +put its Roman garrison to the sword." + +"Then he is against the Romans?" + +"Yes, because he hopes to rule the Jews, and risks much to gain more." + +"I do not wish to meet him," said Miriam. + +"Nay, but you must, and the sooner the better. Why do you fear the man?" + +"I know not, but fear him I do, now and always." + + + +When Miriam entered the supper chamber that night, the guests to the +number of twelve were already seated on their couches, waiting for the +feast to begin. By her grandfather's command she was arrayed in her +richest robes fashioned and broidered after the Grecian fashion, having +her hair gathered into coils upon her head and held with a golden net. +Round her waist was a girdle of gold set with gems, about her throat the +necklace of pearls which Marcus had sent her, and on her hand a single +ring--that with his likeness and her own. As she entered the great +chamber, looking most lovely, notwithstanding her lack of height, her +grandfather came forward to meet her and present her to the guests, +who rose in greeting. One by one they bowed to her and one by one she +searched their faces with her eyes--faces for the most part stern and +fierce. Now all had passed and she sighed with relief, for among them +there was no Caleb. Even as she did so a curtain swung aside and Caleb +entered. + +It was he, of that there could be no doubt; but oh! how changed since +last she had seen him two years before. Then he had been but a raw, +passionate youth; now he was a tall and splendid young man, very +handsome in his dark fashion, very powerful of frame also and quick of +limb. His person was matched by his attire, which was that of an Eastern +warrior noble, and his mien was proud and conquering. As he advanced +the guests bowed to him in respect, as to a man of great and assured +position who may become greater still. Yes, even Benoni showed him +this respect, stepping forward to greet him. All these greetings Caleb +acknowledged lightly, even haughtily, till of a sudden he saw Miriam +standing somewhat in the shadow, and heedless of the other guests pushed +his way towards her. + +"Thus we meet again, Miriam," he said, his proud face softening as +he spoke and his eyes gazing on her with a sort of rapture. "Are you +pleased to see me?" + +"Surely, Caleb," she answered. "Who would not be well pleased to meet +the playfellow of her childhood?" + +He frowned, for childhood and its play were not in his thoughts. Before +he could speak again Benoni commanded the company to be seated, whereon +Miriam took her accustomed place as mistress of the house. + +To her surprise Caleb seated himself beside her on the couch that should +have been reserved for the oldest guest, who for some moments was left +a wanderer and wrathful, till Benoni, seeing what had passed, called him +to his side. Then, golden vessels of scented water having been handed +by slaves to each guest in turn, the feast began. As Miriam was about to +dip her fingers in the water she remembered the ring upon her left hand +and turned the bezel inwards. Caleb noted the action, but said nothing. + +"Whence come you, Caleb?" she asked. + +"From the wars, Miriam. We have thrown down the gate to Rome, and she +has picked it up." + +She looked at him inquiringly and asked, "Was it wise?" + +"Who can tell?" he answered. "At least it is done. For my part I +hesitated long, but your grandfather won me over, so now I must follow +my fate." + +Then he began to tell her of the taking of Masada and of the bloody +struggles of the factions in Jerusalem. + +After this he spoke of the Essenes, who still occupied their village, +though in fear, for all about them was much fighting; and of their +childish days together--talk which pleased her greatly. Whilst they +spoke thus, a messenger entered the room and whispered something +into the ear of Benoni, who raised his hands to Heaven as though in +gratitude. + +"What tidings?" asked one. + +"This, my friends. Cestius Gallus the Roman has been hunted from the +walls of Jerusalem and his army is destroyed in the pass of Beth-horon." + +"God be praised!" said the company as though with one voice. + +"God be praised," repeated Caleb, "for so great and glorious a victory! +The accursed Romans are fallen indeed." + +Only Miriam said nothing. + +"What is in your mind?" he asked looking at her. + +"That they will spring up again stronger than before," she replied, then +at a signal from Benoni, rose and left the feast. + +From the supper chamber Miriam passed down a passage to the portico and +there seated herself, resting her arms upon the marble balustrade and +listening to the waves as they lapped against the walls below. + +That day had been disturbed, different, indeed, from all the peaceful +days which she was wont to spend. First had come the messenger bearing +her lover's gifts and letter which already she longed to read again; +then hard upon his heels, like storm upon the sunshine, he who, unless +she was mistaken, still wished to be her lover--Caleb. How curious was +the lot of all three of them! How strangely had they been exalted! She, +the orphan ward of the Essenes, was now a great and wealthy lady with +everything her heart could desire--except one thing, indeed, which +it desired most of all. And Marcus, the debt-saddled Roman soldier of +fortune, he also, it seemed, had suddenly become great and wealthy, +pomps that he held at the price of playing some fool's part in a temple +to satisfy the whimsy of an Imperial madman. + +Caleb, too, had found fortune, and in these tumultuous times risen +suddenly to place and power. All three of them were seated upon +pinnacles, but as Miriam felt, they were pinnacles of snow, which for +aught she knew, might be melted by the very sun of their prosperity. She +was young, she had little experience, yet as Miriam sat there watching +the changeful sea, there came upon her a great sense of the instability +of things, and an instinctive knowledge of their vanity. The men who +were great one day, whose names sounded in the mouths of all, the next +had vanished, disgraced or dead. Parties rose and parties fell, high +priest succeeded high priest, general supplanted general, yet upon each +and all of them, like the following waves that rolled beneath her, came +dark night and oblivion. A little dancing in the sunshine, a little +moaning in the shade, then death, and after death---- + +"What are you thinking of, Miriam?" said a rich voice at her elbow, the +voice of Caleb. + +She started, for here she believed herself alone, then answered: + +"My thoughts matter nothing. Why are you here? You should be with your +fellow----" + +"Conspirators. Why do you not say the word? Well, because sometimes one +wearies even of conspiracy. Just now we triumph and can take our ease. +I wish to make the most of it. What ring is that you wear upon your +finger?" + +Miriam straightened herself and grew bold. + +"One which Marcus sent me," she answered. + +"I guessed as much. I have heard of him; he has become a creature of the +mad Nero, the laughing-stock of Rome." + +"I do not laugh at him, Caleb." + +"No, you were ever faithful. But, say, do you laugh at me?" + +"Indeed not; why should I, since you seem to fill a great and dangerous +part with dignity?" + +"Yes, Miriam, my part is both great and dangerous. I have risen high and +I mean to rise higher." + +"How high?" + +"To the throne of Judæa." + +"I think a cottage stool would be more safe, Caleb." + +"Mayhap, but I do not like such seats. Listen, Miriam, I will be great +or die. I have thrown in my lot with the Jews, and when we have cast out +the Romans I shall rule." + +"_If_ you cast out the Romans, and _if_ you live. Caleb, I have no faith +in the venture. We are old friends, and I pray of you to escape from it +while there is yet time." + +"Why, Miriam?" + +"Because He Whom your people crucified and Whom I serve prophesied its +end. The Romans will crush you, Caleb. His blood lies heavy upon the +head of the Jews, and the hour of payment is at hand." + +Caleb thought a while, and when he spoke again the note of confidence +had left his voice. + +"It may be so, Miriam," he said, "though I put no faith in the sayings +of your prophet; but at least I have taken my part and will see the play +through. Now for the second time I ask you to share its fortunes. I have +not changed my mind. As I loved you in childhood and as a youth, so I +love you as a man. I offer to you a great career. In the end I may fall, +or I may triumph, still either the fall or the triumph will be worth +your sharing. A throne, or a glorious grave--both are good; who can say +which is the better? Seek them with me, Miriam." + +"Caleb, I cannot." + +"Why?" + +"Because it is laid upon me as a birthright, or a birth-duty, that I +should wed no man who is not a Christian. You know the story." + +"Then if there were no such duty would you wed me, Miriam?" + +"No," she answered faintly. + +"Why not?" + +"Because I love another man whom also I am forbid to wed, and until +death I am pledged to him." + +"The Roman, Marcus?" + +"Aye, the Roman Marcus. See, I wear his ring," and she lifted her +hand, "and his gift is about my throat," and she touched the necklet of +pearls. "Till death I am his and his alone. This I say, because it is +best for all of us that you should know the truth." + +Caleb ground his teeth in bitter jealousy. + +"Then may death soon find him!" he said. + +"It would not help you, Caleb. Oh! why cannot we be friends as we were +in the old times!" + +"Because I seek more than friendship, and soon or late, in this way or +in that, I swear that I will have it." + +As the words left his lips footsteps were heard, and Benoni appeared. + +"Friend Caleb," he said, "we await you. Why, Miriam, what do you here? +To your chamber, girl. Affairs are afoot in which women should have no +part." + +"Yet as I fear, grandfather, women will have to bear the burden," +answered Miriam. Then, bowing to Caleb, she turned and left them. + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +WOE, WOE TO JERUSALEM + +Two more years went by, two dreadful, bloody years. In Jerusalem the +factions tore each other. In Galilee let the Jewish leader Josephus, +under whom Caleb was fighting, do what he would, Vespasian and his +generals stormed city after city, massacring their inhabitants by +thousands and tens of thousands. In the coast towns and elsewhere +Syrians and Jews made war. The Jews assaulted Gadara and Gaulonitis, +Sebaste and Ascalon, Anthedon and Gaza, putting many to the sword. +Then came their own turn, for the Syrians and Greeks rose upon them and +slaughtered them without mercy. As yet, however, there had been no blood +shed in Tyre, though all knew that it must come. The Essenes, who +had been driven from their home by the Dead Sea and taken refuge in +Jerusalem, sent messengers to Miriam warning her to flee from Tyre, +where a massacre was being planned; warning her also not to come to +Jerusalem, which city they believed to be doomed, but to escape, if +possible over sea. Nor was this all, for her own people, the Christians, +besought her to fly for her life's sake with them to the city of Pella, +where they were gathering from Jerusalem and all Judæa. To both Miriam +answered that what her grandsire did, that she must do. If he fled, +she would fly; if he stayed at Tyre, she would stay; if he went to +Jerusalem, she would go; for he had been good to her and she had sworn +that while he lived she would not desert him. So the Essene messengers +went back to Jerusalem, and the Christian elders prayed with her, and +having blessed her and consigned her to the care of the Most High and +His Son, their Lord, departed to Pella, where, as it was fated, through +all those dreadful times not a hair of their heads was touched. + +When she had parted from them, Miriam sought out her grandfather, whom +she found pacing his chamber with a troubled air. + +"Why do you look so sad, Miriam?" he asked. "Have some of your friends +warned you that new sorrows are afoot?" + +"Yes, grandfather," and she told him all. + +"I do not believe them," he said passionately. "Say, do you? Where is +their authority? I tell you that we shall triumph. Vespasian is now +Emperor in Rome, and there will forget this little land; and the rest, +those enemies who are of our own house and those without it, we will +conquer and kill. The Messiah will come, the true Messiah. Many signs +and wonders declare that he is at hand. Ay! I myself have had a vision +concerning him. He will come, and he will conquer, and Jerusalem shall +be great and free and see her desire upon her enemies. I ask--where is +your authority for these croakings?" + +Miriam drew a roll from her robe and read: "But when ye see Jerusalem +compassed with armies, then know that her desolation is at hand. Then +let them which are in Judæa flee unto the mountains; and let them which +are in the midst of her depart out; and let not them that are in the +country enter therein. For these are days of vengeance, that all things +that are written may be fulfilled. Woe to them that are with child and +to them that give suck in those days! for there shall be great distress +upon the land and wrath unto this people. And they shall fall by the +edge of the sword, and shall be led captive into all the nations; and +Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles until the times of the +Gentiles be fulfilled." + +Benoni listened patiently until she had done. Then he answered with +contempt: + +"So says the book of your Law, but mine tells me otherwise. Well, +child, if you believe it and are afraid, begone with your friends, the +Christians, and leave me to meet this storm alone." + +"I do believe it," she answered quietly, "but I am not afraid." + +"That is strange," he said, "since you must then believe also that you +will come to a cruel death, which has terrors for the young and fair." + +"Not so, grandfather, for this same writing promises that in these +troubles not one of us Christians shall perish. It is for you that I +fear, not for myself, who will go where you go, and bide where you bide. +Therefore, once more, and for the last time, I pray you to be wise and +fly--who otherwise must be slain"; and as Miriam said the words her blue +eyes filled with tears. + +Benoni looked at her and for a moment his courage was shaken. + +"Of your book I take no account," he said, "but in the vision of your +pure spirit I am tempted to believe. Perhaps the things that you foresee +will happen, so, child, fly. You will not lack an escort and I can give +you treasure." + +She shook her head. "I have said that I will not go without you." + +"Then I fear that you here must bide, for I will not leave my wealth and +home, even to save my life, and still less will I desert my people in +their holy war. Only, Miriam, if things fall out ill for us, remember +that I entreated you to depart, and do not reproach me." + +"That I shall never do," she answered, smiling, and coming to the old +man kissed him tenderly. + +So they abode on in Tyre, and a week later the storm burst. + +For many days it had not been safe for Jews to show themselves in the +streets of the city, since several who crept out about their business, +or to fetch water or provisions, had been set upon and beaten to death +by the mob, stirred up to the work by Roman emissaries. This time Benoni +had employed in putting his house, which was part of an ancient fortress +that had stood many a siege, into a state of defence, and in supplying +it with an ample store of victuals. Also he sent messengers to Caleb, +who was said to be in command of the Jewish force at Joppa, telling him +of their peril. Because it was so strong many of the principal Jews in +Tyre, to the number of over a hundred indeed, had flocked into Benoni's +palace-fortress, together with their wives and children, since there +was no other place in their power in the town which could be so easily +defended. Lastly, in the outer courts and galleries were stationed fifty +or more faithful servants and slaves who understood the use of arms. + +Thus things remained, the Syrians threatening them through the gates or +from the windows of high houses, and no more, till one night Miriam was +awakened by a dreadful sound of screaming. She sprang from her bed and +instantly Nehushta was at her side. + +"What happens?" she gasped as she dressed herself hastily. + +"Those Syrian dogs attack the Jews," answered Nehushta, "on the mainland +and in the lower city. Come to the roof, whence we can see what passes," +and hand in hand they ran to the sea-portico and up its steep steps. + +The dawn was just breaking, but looking from the walled roof they had +no need of its light, since everywhere in the dim city below and in +Palætyrus on the mainland, houses flared like gigantic torches. In their +red glare they could see the thousands of the attackers dragging out +their inmates to death, or thrusting them back into the flames, while +the night was made horrible with the shouts of the maddened mob, the +cries of the victims and the crackling roar of burning houses. + +"Oh! Christ have mercy on them," sobbed Miriam. + +"Why should He?" asked Nehushta. "They slew Him and rejected Him; +now they pay the price He prophesied. May He have mercy on us, His +servants." + +"He would not have spoken thus," said Miriam indignantly. + +"Nay, but justice speaks. Those who take the sword shall perish by the +sword. Even so have these Jews done to the Greeks and Syrians in many of +the cities--they who are blind and mad. Now it is their hour, and mayhap +ours. Come, lady, these are no sights for you, though you might do well +to learn to bear them, since if you escape you may see many such. +Come, and if you wish we will pray for these Jews, especially for their +children, who are innocent, and for ourselves." + +That day at noon, most of the poorer and least protected Jews of +the city having been killed, the Syrians began their attack upon the +fortified palace of Benoni. Now it was that the defenders learned that +they had to deal with no mere rabble, but with savage hordes, many +thousands strong, directed by officers skilled in war. Indeed these men +might be seen moving among them, and from their armour and appearance +it was easy to guess that they were Romans. This, in fact, was the case, +since Gessius Florus, the wicked, and after him other officers, made it +part of their policy to send Romans to stir up the Syrians against the +Jews and to assist them in their slaughter. + +First an attack was made upon the main gates, but when it was found that +these were too strong to be taken easily, the assailants retreated with +a loss of a score of men shot by the defenders from the wall. Then other +tactics were adopted, for the Syrians, possessing themselves of the +neighbouring houses, began to gall the garrison with arrows from the +windows. Thus they drove them under cover, but did little more, since +the palace was all of marble with cemented roofs, and could not be fired +with the burning shafts they sent down upon it. + +So the first day passed, and during the night no attack was made upon +them. When dawn came they learned the reason, for there opposite to +the gates was reared a great battering-ram; moreover, out at sea a huge +galley was being rowed in as close to their walls as the depth of water +would allow, that from her decks the sailors might hurl stones and siege +arrows by means of catapults and thus break down their defences and +destroy them. + +Then it was that the real fight began. The Jews posted on the roof +of the house poured arrows on the men who strove to work the ram, and +killed many of them, till they were able to push the instrument so close +that it could no longer be commanded. Now it got to work and with three +blows of the great baulk of timber, of which the ram was fashioned, +burst in the gates. Thereon the defenders, headed by old Benoni himself, +rushed out and put those who served it to the sword; then before +they could be overcome, retreated across the ditch to the inner wall, +breaking down the wooden bridge behind them. Now, since the ram was +of no further use, as it could not be dragged through the ditch, the +galley, that was anchored within a hundred paces, began to hurl huge +stones and arrows at them, knocking down the walls and killing several, +including two women and three children. + +Thus matters went on till noon, the besiegers galling them with their +arrows from the land side and the galley battering them from the sea, +while they could do little or nothing in return, having no engines. +Benoni called a council and set out the case, which was desperate +enough. It was evident, he said, that they could not hold out another +day, since at nightfall the Syrians would cross the narrow protecting +ditch and set up a battering-ram against the inner wall. Therefore, +they must do one of two things--sally out and attempt to cut their way +through and gain open country, or fight on and at the last kill the +women and children and rush out, those that were left of them, to be +hacked down by the besieging thousands. As the first plan gave no hope, +since, cumbered as they were with helpless people, they could not expect +to escape the city, in their despair they decided on the second. All +must die, therefore they would perish by each other's hands. When this +decision was known, a wail went up from the women and the children began +to scream with fright, those of them who were old enough to understand +their doom. + +Nehushta caught Miriam by the arm. + +"Come to the highest roof," she said; "it is safe from the stones and +arrows, and thence, if need be, we can hurl ourselves into the water and +die an easy death." + +So they went and crouched there, praying, for their case was desperate. +Suddenly Nehushta touched Miriam and pointed to the sea. She looked and +saw another galley approaching fast as oars and sails could bring her. + +"What of it?" she asked heavily. "It will but hasten the end." + +"Nay," replied Nehushta, "this ship is Jewish; she does not fly the +Eagles, or a Phnician banner. Behold! the Syrian vessel is getting up +her anchors and preparing for fight." + +It was true enough, for now the oars of the Syrian shot out and she +forged ahead towards the newcomer. But just then the current caught +her, laying her broadside on, whereon the Jewish ship, driven by the +following wind, shifted her helm and, amidst a mighty shouting from sea +and shore, drove down upon her, striking her amidships with its beak so +that she heeled over. Then there was more tumult, and Miriam closed her +eyes to shut out the horrid sight. + +When she opened them again the Syrian galley had vanished, only the +water was spotted with black dots which were the heads of men. + +"Gallantly done!" screamed Nehushta. "See, she anchors and puts out her +boats; they will save us yet. Down to the water-gate!" + +On their way they met Benoni coming to seek them, and with him won the +steps which were already crowded with fugitives. The two boats of the +galley drew near and in the bow of the first of them stood a tall and +noble-looking figure. + +"It is Caleb," said Miriam, "Caleb who has come to save us." + +Caleb it was indeed. At a distance of ten paces from the steps he halted +his boat and called aloud: + +"Benoni, Lady Miriam and Nehushta, if you still live, stand forward." + +They stood forward. + +"Now wade into the sea," he cried again, and they waded out until +the water reached their armpits, when they were seized one by one and +dragged into the boat. Many followed them and were also dragged in, +until that boat and the other were quite full, whereon they turned and +were rowed to the galley. Having embarked them, the two boats went +back and again were filled with fugitives, for the most part women and +children. + +Again they went, but as they laded for the third time, the ends of +ladders appeared above the encircling walls of the steps, and Syrians +could be seen rushing out upon the portico, whence they began to lower +themselves with ropes. The end of that scene was dreadful. The boats +were full, till the water indeed began to overflow their gunwales, +but many still remained upon the steps or rushed into the water, +women screaming and holding their children above their heads, and men +thrusting them aside in the mad rush for life. The boats rowed off, some +who could swim following them. For the rest, their end was the sword. In +all, seventy souls were rescued. + +Miriam flung herself downwards upon the deck of the galley and burst +into tears, crying out: + +"Oh! save them! Can no one save them?" while Benoni seated at her side, +the water running from his blood-stained garment, moaned: + +"My house sacked; my wealth taken; my people slain by the Gentiles!" + +"Thank God Who has saved us," broke in old Nehushta, "God and Caleb; and +as for you, master, blame yourself. Did not we Christians warn you of +what was to come? Well, as it has been in the beginning, so it shall be +in the end." + +Just then Caleb appeared before them, proud and flushed with triumph, +as he well might be who had done great things and saved Miriam from the +sword. Benoni rose and, casting his arms about his neck, embraced him. + +"Behold your deliverer!" he said to Miriam, and stooping down, he drew +her to her feet. + +"I thank you, Caleb. I can say no more," she murmured; but in her +heart she knew that God had delivered her and that Caleb was but His +instrument. + +"I am well repaid," answered Caleb gravely. "For me this has been a +fortunate day, who on it have sunk the great Syrian galley and rescued +the woman--whom I love." + +"Oath or no oath," broke in Benoni, bethinking him of what he had +promised in the past, "the life you saved is yours, and if I have my way +you shall take her and such of her heritage as remains." + +"Is this a time to speak of such things?" said Miriam, looking up. "See +yonder," and she pointed to the scene in progress on the seashore. "They +drive our friends and servants into the sea and drown them," and once +more she began to weep. + +Caleb sighed. "Cease from useless tears, Miriam. We have done our best +and it is the fortune of war. I dare not send out the boats again even +if the mariners would listen to my command. Nehushta, lead your lady to +the cabin and strip her of these wet garments lest she take cold in this +bitter wind. But first, Benoni, what is your mind?" + +"To go to my cousin Mathias, the high priest at Jerusalem," answered the +old man, "who has promised to give me shelter if in these days any can +be found." + +"Nay," broke in Nehushta, "sail for Egypt." + +"Where also they massacre the Jews by thousands till the streets of +Alexandria run with their blood," replied Caleb with sarcasm; adding, +"Well, to Egypt I cannot take you who must bring this ship to those who +await her on this side of Joppa, whence I am summoned to Jerusalem." + +"Whither and nowhere else I will go," said Benoni, "to share in my +nation's death or triumph. If Miriam wills it, I have told her she can +leave me." + +"What I have said before I say again," replied Miriam, "that I will +never do." + +Then Nehushta took her to the cabin, and presently the oars began to +beat and the great galley stood out of the harbour, till in the silence +of the sea the screams of the victims and the shouts of the victors died +away, and as night fell naught could be seen of Tyre but the flare from +the burning houses of the slaughtered Jews. + +Save for the sobs and cries of the fugitives who had lost their friends +and goods the night passed in quiet, since, although it was winter, the +sea was calm and none pursued their ship. At daybreak she anchored, +and coming from the cabin with Nehushta, in the light of the rising sun +Miriam saw before her a ridge of rocks over which the water poured, and +beyond it a little bay backed by a desolate coast. Nehushta also saw and +sighed. + +"What is this place?" asked Miriam. + +"Lady, it is the spot where you were born. On yonder flat rock lay +the vessel, and there I burned her many years ago. See those blackened +timbers half buried in the sand upon the beach; doubtless they are her +ribs." + +"It is strange that I should return hither, and thus, Nou," said Miriam +sighing. + +"Strange, indeed, but mayhap there is a meaning in it. Before you came +in storm to grow to womanhood in peace; now, perchance, you come on a +peaceful sea to pass through womanhood in storm." + +"Both journeys began with death, Nou." + +"As all journeys end. Blackness behind and blackness in front, and +between them a space of sunshine and shadow--that is the law. Yet have +no fear, for dead Anna, who had the gift of prophecy, foretold that you +should live out your life, though with me, whose days are almost done, +it may be otherwise." + +Miriam's face grew troubled. + +"I fear neither life nor death, Nou, who am willing to meet either as +may chance. But to part with you--ah! that thought makes me fear." + +"I think that it will not be yet awhile," said Nehushta, "for although +I am old, I still have work to do before I lay me down and sleep. Come, +Caleb calls us. We are to disembark while the weather holds." + +So Miriam entered the boat with her grandfather and others who had +escaped, for the faces of all of them were set towards Jerusalem, and +was rowed to the shore over that very rock where first she drew her +breath. Here they found Jews who had been watching for the coming of the +galley. These men gave them a kind reception, and, what they needed even +more, food, fire and some beasts of burden for their journey. + +When all were gathered on the beach Caleb joined them, having handed +over the galley to another Jew, who was to depart in her with those +that waited on the shore, upon some secret mission of intercepting Roman +corn-ships. When these men heard what he had done at Tyre, at first they +were inclined to be angry, since they said that he had no authority to +risk the vessel thus, but afterwards, seeing that he had succeeded, and +with no loss of men, praised him and said that it was a very great deed. + +So the galley put about and sailed away, and they, to the number of some +sixty souls, began their journey to Jerusalem. A little while later they +came to a village, the same where Nehushta had found the peasant and his +wife, whose inhabitants, at the sight of them, fled, thinking that they +were one of the companies of robbers that hunted the land in packs, +like wolves, plundering or murdering all they met. When they learnt the +truth, however, these people returned and heard their story in silence, +for in those days such tales were common enough. As it came to an end +a withered, sunburned woman advanced to Nehushta, and, laying one hand +upon her arm, pointed with the other at Miriam, saying: + +"Tell me, friend, is that the babe I suckled?" + +Then Nehushta, knowing her to be the nurse who had travelled with +them to the village of the Essenes, greeted her, and answered "Yea," +whereupon the woman cast her arms about Miriam and embraced her. + +"Day by day," she said, "have I thought of you, little one, and now +that my eyes have seen you grown so sweet and fair, I care not--I whose +husband is dead and who have no children--how soon they close upon the +world." Then she blessed her, and called upon her angel to protect her +yonder in Jerusalem, and found her food and an ass to ride; and so they +parted, to meet no more. + +As it happened, they were fortunate upon that journey, since, with the +armed guard of twenty men who accompanied Caleb, they were too strong a +party to be attacked by the wandering bands of thieves, and, although +it was reported that Titus and his army had already reached Cæsarea from +Egypt, they met no Romans. Indeed, their only enemy was the cold, which +proved so bitter that when, on the second night, they camped upon the +heights over against Jerusalem, having no tents and fearing to light +fires, they were obliged to walk about till daylight to keep their blood +astir. Then it was that they saw strange and terrible things. + +In the clear sky over Jerusalem blazed a great comet, in appearance like +a sword of fire. It was true that they had seen it before at Tyre, but +never before had it shown so bright. Moreover, there it had not the +appearance of a sword. This they thought to be an ill omen, all of them +except Benoni, who said that the point of the sword stretched out over +Cæsarea, presaging the destruction of the Romans by the hand of God. +Towards dawn, the pale, unnatural lustre of the comet faded, and the +sky grew overcast and stormy. At length the sun came up, when, to their +marvelling eyes, the fiery clouds took strange shapes. + +"Look, look!" said Miriam, grasping her grandfather by the arm, "there +are armies in the heavens, and they fight together." + +They looked, and, sure enough, it seemed as though two great hosts +were there embattled. They could discern the legions, the wind-blown +standards, the charging chariots, and the squadrons of impetuous horse. +The firmament had become a battle-ground, and lo! it was red as with +the blood of the fallen, while the air was full of strange and dreadful +sounds, bred, perhaps, of wind and distant thunder, that came to them +like the wail of the vanquished and the dull roar of triumphant armies. +So terrified were they at the sight, that they crouched upon the ground +and hid their faces in their hands. Only old Benoni standing up, his +white beard and robes stained red by the ominous light, cried out that +this celestial scene foretold the destruction of the enemies of God. + +"Ay!" said Nehushta, "but which enemies?" + +The tall Caleb, marching on his round of the camp, echoed: + +"Yes, which enemies?" + +Suddenly the light grew, all these fantastic shapes melted into a red +haze, which sank down till Jerusalem before them seemed as though she +floated in an ocean of blood and fire. Then a dark cloud came up and for +a while the holy Hill of Zion vanished utterly away. It passed, the blue +sky reappeared, and lo! the clear light streamed upon her marble palaces +and clustered houses, and was reflected from the golden roofs of the +Temple. So calm and peaceful did the glorious city look that none would +have deemed indeed that she was already nothing but a slaughter-house, +where factions fought furiously, and day by day hundreds of Jews +perished beneath the knives of their own brethren. + +Caleb gave the word to break their camp, and with bodies shivering in +the cold and spirits terrified by fear, they marched across the rugged +hills towards the Joppa gate, noting as they passed into the valley +that the country had been desolated, for but little corn sprang in the +fields, and that was trodden down, while of flocks and herds they saw +none. Reaching the gate they found it shut, and there were challenged by +soldiers, wild-looking men with ferocious faces of the army of Simon of +Gerasa that held the Lower City. + +"Who are you and what is your business?" these asked. + +Caleb set out his rank and titles, and as these did not seem to satisfy +them Benoni explained that the rest of them were fugitives from Tyre, +where there had been a great slaughter of the Jews. + +"Fugitives always have money; best kill them," said the captain of the +gate. "Doubtless they are traitors and deserve to die." + +Caleb grew angry and commanded them to open, asking by what right they +dared to exclude him, a high officer who had done great service in the +wars. + +"By the right of the strong," they answered. "Those who let in Simon +have to deal with Simon. If you are of the party of John or of Eleazer +go to the Temple and knock upon its doors," and they pointed mockingly +to the gleaming gates above. + +"Has it come to this, then," asked Benoni, "that Jew eats Jew in +Jerusalem, while the Roman wolves raven round the walls? Man, we are +of no party, although, as I think, my name is known and honoured by all +parties--the name of Benoni of Tyre. I demand to be led, not to Simon, +or to John, or to Eleazer, but to my cousin, Mathias, the high priest, +who bids us here." + +"Mathias, the high priest," said the captain; "that is another matter. +Well, this Mathias let us into the city, where we have found good +quarters, and good plunder; so as one turn deserves another, we may as +well let in his friends. Pass, cousin of Mathias the high priest, with +all your company," and he opened the gate. + +They entered and marched up the narrow streets towards the Temple. It +was the hour of the day when all men should be stirring and busy with +their work, but lo! the place was desolate--yes, although so crowded, it +still was desolate. On the pavement lay bodies of men and women slain +in some midnight outrage. From behind the lattices of the windows they +caught sight of the eyes of hundreds peeping at them, but none gave them +a good-morrow, or said one single word. The silence of death seemed to +brood upon the empty thoroughfares. Presently it was broken by a single +wailing voice that reached their ears from so far away that they could +not catch its meaning. Nearer and nearer it came, till at length in +the dark and narrow street they caught sight of a thin, white-bearded +figure, naked to the waist as though to show the hideous scars and +rod-weals with which its back and breast were scored, still festering, +some of them. This was the man who uttered the cries, and these were the +words he spoke: + +"A voice from the East! a voice from the West! a voice from the four +Winds! a voice against Jerusalem and against the Temple! a voice against +the bridegrooms and the brides! a voice against the whole people! Woe, +woe to Jerusalem!" + +Now he was upon them, yes, and marching through them as though he saw +them not, although they shrank to one side and the other of the narrow +street to avoid the touch of this ominous, unclean creature who scarcely +seemed to be a man. + +"Fellow, what do these words mean?" cried Benoni in angry fear. But, +taking no heed, his pale eyes fixed upon the heavens, the wanderer +answered only, "Woe, woe to Jerusalem! Woe to you who come up to +Jerusalem!" + +So he passed on, still uttering those awful words, till at length they +lost sight of his naked form and the sound of his crying grew faint and +died away. + +"What a fearful greeting is this!" said Miriam, wringing her hands. + +"Ay!" answered Nehushta, "but the farewell will be worse. The place is +doomed and all in it." + +Only Caleb said, striving to look unconcerned: + +"Have no fear, Miriam. I know the man. He is mad." + +"Where does wisdom end and madness begin?" asked Nehushta. + +Then they went on towards the gates of the Temple, always through the +same blood-stained, empty streets. + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +THE ESSENES FIND THEIR QUEEN AGAIN + +They went on towards the gates of the Temple, but many a long day was +destined to go by ere Miriam reached them. The entrance by which they +were told they must approach if they sought speech of the high priest, +was one of the two Huldah Gates on the south side of the Royal Cloister, +and thither they came across the valley of Tyropæon. As they drew near +to them of a sudden that gate which stood most to the east was flung +wide, and out of it issued a thousand or more of armed men, like ants +from a broken nest, who, shouting and waving swords, rushed towards +their company. As it chanced, at the moment they were in the centre +of an open space that once had been covered with houses but was now +cumbered with hundreds of blackened and tottering walls, for fire had +devoured them. + +"It is the men of John who attack us," cried a voice, whereon, moved by +a common impulse, the little band turned and fled for shelter among the +ruined houses; yes, even Caleb and Benoni fled. + +Before they reached them, lo! from these crumbling walls that they had +thought untenanted save by wandering dogs, out rushed another body of +savage warriors, the men of Simon who held the Lower City. + +After this, Miriam knew little of what happened. Swords and spears +flashed round her, the factions fell upon each other, slaughtering +each other. She saw Caleb cut down one of the soldiers of John, to be +instantly assaulted in turn by a soldier of Simon, since all desired +to kill, but none cared whom they slew. She saw her grandfather rolling +over and over on the ground in the grip of a man who looked like a +priest; she saw women and children pierced with spears. Then Nehushta +seized her by the hand, and plunging a knife into the arm of a man who +would have stayed them, dragged her away. They fled, an arrow sang past +her ear; something struck her on the foot. Still they fled, whither she +knew not, till at length the sound of the tumult died away. But not yet +would Nehushta stop, for she feared that they might be followed. So on +they went, and on, meeting few and heeded by none, till at length Miriam +sank to the ground, worn out with fear and flight. + +"Up," said Nehushta. + +"I cannot," she answered. "Something has hurt my foot. See, it bleeds!" + +Nehushta looked about her, and saw that they were outside the second +wall in the new city of Bezetha, not far from the old Damascus Gate, for +there, to their right and a little behind them, rose the great tower of +Antonia. Beneath this wall were rubbish-heaps, foul-smelling and covered +over with rough grasses and some spring flowers, which grew upon the +slopes of the ancient fosse. Here seemed a place where they might lie +hid awhile, since there were no houses and it was unsavoury. She dragged +Miriam to her feet, and, notwithstanding her complaints and swollen +ankle, forced her on, till they came to a spot where, as it is to-day, +the wall was built upon foundations of living rock, roughly shaped, +and lined with crevices covered by tall weeds. To one of these crevices +Nehushta brought Miriam, and, seating her on a bed of grass, examined +her foot, which seemed to have been bruised by a stone from a sling. +Having no water with which to wash the bleeding hurt, she made a +poultice of crushed herbs and tied it about the ankle with a strip of +linen. Even before she had finished her task, so exhausted was Miriam +that she fell fast asleep. Nehushta watched her a while, wondering +what they should do next, till, in that lonely place bathed by the warm +spring sun, she also began to doze. + +Suddenly she awoke with a start, having dreamed that she saw a man with +white face and beard peering at them from behind a rough angle of rock. +She stared: there was the rock as she had dreamed of it, but no man. +She looked upward. Above them, piled block upon gigantic block, rose the +wall, towering and impregnable. Thither he could not have gone, since +on it only a lizard could find foothold. Nor was he anywhere else, for +there was no cover; so she decided that he must have been some searcher +of the rubbish-heap, who, seeing them hidden in the tall grasses, had +fled away. Miriam was still sound asleep, and in her weariness presently +Nehushta again began to doze, till at length--it may have been one hour +later, or two or three, she knew not--some sound disturbed her. +Opening her eyes, once more behind that ridge of rock she saw, not one +white-bearded face, but two, staring at her and Miriam. As she sat up +they vanished. She remained still, pretending to sleep, and again they +appeared, scanning her closely and whispering to each other in eager +tones. Suddenly one of the faces turned a little so that the light fell +on it. Now Nehushta knew why in her dream it had seemed familiar, and in +her heart thanked God. + +"Brother Ithiel," she said in a quiet voice, "why do you hide like a +coney in these rocks?" + +Both heads disappeared, but the sound of whispering continued. Then one +of them rose again among the green grasses as a man might rise out of +water. It was Ithiel's. + +"It is indeed you, Nehushta?" said his well-remembered voice. + +"Who else?" she asked. + +"And that lady who sleeps at your side?" + +"Once they called her Queen of the Essenes; now she is a hunted +fugitive, waiting to be massacred by Simon, or John, or Eleazer, or +Zealots, or Sicarii, or any other of the holy cut-throats who inhabit +this Holy City," answered Nehushta bitterly. + +Ithiel raised his hands as though in thankfulness, then said: + +"Hush! hush! Here the very birds are spies. Brother, creep to that rock +and look if any men are moving." + +The Essene obeyed, and answered, "None; and they cannot see us from the +wall." + +Ithiel motioned to him to return. + +"Does she sleep sound?" he asked of Nehushta, pointing to Miriam. + +"Like the dead." + +Then, after another whispered conference, the pair of them crept round +the angle of the rock. Bidding Nehushta follow them, they lifted the +sleeping Miriam, and carried her between them through a dense growth of +shrubs to another rock. Here they moved some grass and pushed aside a +stone, revealing a hole not much larger than a jackal would make. Into +this the brother entered, heels first. Then Nehushta, by his directions, +taking the feet of the senseless Miriam, with her help he bore her into +the hole, that opened presently into a wide passage. Last of all Ithiel, +having lifted the grasses which their feet had trodden, followed them, +pulling the stone back to its place, and cutting off the light. Once +more they were in darkness, but this did not seem to trouble the +brethren, for again lifting Miriam, they went forward a distance of +thirty or forty paces, Nehushta holding on to Ithiel's robe. Now, at +length, the cold air of this cave, or perhaps its deep gloom and the +motion, awoke Miriam from her swoon-like sleep. She struggled in their +hands, and would have cried out, had not Nehushta bade her to be silent. + +"Where am I?" she said. "Is this the hall of death?" + +"Nay, lady. Wait a while, all shall be explained." + +While she spoke and Miriam clung to her affrighted, Ithiel struck iron +and flint together. Catching the spark upon tinder he blew it to a flame +and lighted a taper which burnt up slowly, causing his white beard and +face to appear by degrees out of the darkness, like that of a ghost +rising from the tomb. + +"Oh! surely I am dead," said Miriam, "for before me stands the spirit of +my uncle Ithiel." + +"Not the spirit, Miriam, but the flesh," answered the old man in a voice +that trembled with joy. Then, since he could restrain himself no longer, +he gave the taper to the brother, and, taking her in his arms, kissed +her again and again. + +"Welcome, most dear child," he said; "yes, even to this darksome den, +welcome, thrice welcome, and blessed be the eternal God Who led our feet +forth to find you. Nay, do not stop to talk, we are still too near the +wall. Give me your hand and come." + +Miriam glanced up as she obeyed, and by the feeble light of the taper +saw a vast rocky roof arching above them. On either side of her also +were walls of rough-hewn rock down which dripped water, and piled upon +the floor or still hanging half-cut from the roof, boulders large enough +to fashion a temple column. + +"What awful place is this, my uncle?" she asked. + +"The cavern whence Solomon, the great king, drew stone for the building +of the Temple. Look, here are his mason's marks upon the wall. Here he +fashioned the blocks and thus it happened that no sound of saw or hammer +was heard within the building. Doubtless also other kings before and +since his day have used this quarry, as no man knows its age." + +While he spoke thus he was leading her onwards over the rough, +stone-hewn floor, where the damp gathered in little pools. Following the +windings of the cave they turned once, then again and yet again, so that +soon Miriam was utterly bewildered and could not have found her way back +to the entrance for her life's sake. Moreover, the air had become so hot +and stifling that she could scarcely breathe. + +"It will be better presently," said Ithiel, noticing her distress, as he +drew her limping after him into what seemed to be a natural crevice of +rock hardly large enough to allow the passage of his body. Along this +crevice they scrambled for eight or ten paces, to find themselves +suddenly in a tunnel lined with masonry, and so large that they could +stand upright. + +"Once it was a watercourse," explained Ithiel, "that filled the great +tank, but now it has been dry for centuries." + +Down this darksome shaft hobbled Miriam, till presently it ended in a +wall, or what seemed to be a wall--for when Ithiel pressed upon a stone +it turned. Beyond it the tunnel continued for twenty or thirty paces, +leading them at length into a vast chamber with arched roof and cemented +sides and bottom, which in some bygone age had been a water-tank. Here +lights were burning, and even a charcoal fire, at which a brother was +engaged in cooking. Also the air was pure and sweet, doubtless because +of the winding water-channels that ran upwards. Nor did the place lack +inhabitants, for there, seated in groups round the tapers, or watching +the cooking over the charcoal fire, were forty or fifty men, still clad, +for the most part, in the robes of the Essenes. + +"Brethren," cried Ithiel, in answer to the challenge of one who was set +to watch the entry, "I bring back to you her whom we lost a while ago, +the lady Miriam." + +They heard, and seizing the tapers, ran forward. + +"It is she!" they cried, "our queen and none other, and with her +Nehushta the Libyan! Welcome, welcome, a thousand times, dear lady!" + +Miriam greeted them one and all, and before these greetings were +finished they brought her food to eat, rough but wholesome, also good +wine and sweet water. Then while she ate she heard all their story. It +seemed that more than a year ago the Romans, marching on Jericho, had +fallen upon their village and put a number of them to death, seizing +others as slaves. Thereon the remnant fled to Jerusalem, where many more +perished, for, being peaceable folk, all the factions robbed and slew +them. Seeing, at last, that to live at large in the city would be to +doom themselves to extinction, and yet not daring to leave it, they +sought a refuge in this underground place, of which, as it chanced, one +of their brethren had the secret. This he had inherited from his father, +so that it was known to no other living man. + +Here by degrees they laid up a great store of provisions of all sorts, +of charcoal for burning, and other necessaries, carrying into the place +also clothes, bedding, cooking utensils and even some rough furniture. +These preparations being made, the fifty of them who remained removed +themselves to the vaults where now they had already dwelt three months, +and here, so far as was possible, continued to practise the rules of +their order. Miriam asked how they kept their health in this darkness, +to which they replied that sometimes they went out by that path +which she had just followed, and mingled with the people in the city, +returning to their hole at night. Ithiel and his companion were on such +a journey when they found her. Also they had another passage to the +upper air which they would show her later. + +When Miriam had finished eating, dressed her hurt, and rested a while, +they took her to explore the wonders of the place. Beyond this great +cistern, that was their common room, lay more to the number of six or +seven, one of the smallest of which was given to Nehushta and herself +to dwell in. Others were filled with stores enough to last them all for +months. Last of all was a cave, not very large, but deep, which always +held sweet water. Doubtless there was a spring at the bottom of it, +which, when the other rain-fed tanks grew dry, still kept it supplied. +From this cistern that had been used for generations after the others +were abandoned, a little stair ran upwards, worn smooth by the feet of +folk long dead, who had come hither to draw water. + +"Where does it lead?" asked Miriam. + +"To the ruined tower above," answered Ithiel. "Nay, another time I will +show you. Now your place is made ready for you, go, let Nehushta bathe +your foot, and sleep, for you must need it sorely." + +So Miriam went and laid herself down to rest in the little cemented +vault which was to be her home for four long months; and being worn +out, notwithstanding the sufferings she had passed and her fears for +her grandfather, slept there as soundly as ever she had done in her +wind-swept chamber at the palace of Tyre, or in her house at the village +of the Essenes. + +When she awoke and saw the darkness all about her, she thought that it +must be night; then remembering that in this place it was always night, +called to Nehushta, who uncovered the little lamp that burned in a +corner of the vault, and went out, to return presently with the news +that according to the Essenes, it was day. So she rose and put on her +robes, and they passed together into the great chamber. Here they found +the Essenes at prayer and making their reverences to the sun which they +could not see, after which they ate their morning meal. Now Miriam spoke +to Ithiel, telling him of her trouble about her grandfather, who, if he +himself still lived, would think that she was dead. + +"One thing is certain," replied her great-uncle: "that you shall not go +out to seek him, nor must you tell him of your hiding-place, since soon +or late this might mean that all of us would be destroyed, if only for +the sake of the food which we have hoarded." + +Miriam asked if she could not send a message. He answered: + +"No, since none would dare to take it." In the end, however, after she +had pleaded with him long and earnestly, it was agreed that she should +write the words, "I am safe and well, but in a place that I must not +tell you of," and sign her name upon a piece of parchment. This letter +Ithiel, who purposed to creep out into the city that evening disguised +as a beggar, to seek for tidings, said he would take, and, if might +be, bribe some soldier to deliver it to Benoni at the house of the high +priest, if he were there. + +So Miriam wrote the letter, and at nightfall Ithiel and another brother +departed, taking it with them. + +On the following morning they returned, safe, but with a dreadful tale +of the slaughters in the city and in the Temple courts, where the mad +factions still fought furiously. + +"Your tidings, my uncle?" said Miriam, rising to meet him. "Does he +still live?" + +"Be of good comfort," he answered. "Benoni reached the house of Mathias +in safety, and Caleb also, and now they are sheltering within the Temple +walls. This much I had from one of the high priest's guards, who, for +the price of a piece of gold I gave him, swore that he would deliver the +letter without fail. But, child, I will take no more, for that soldier +eyed me curiously and said it was scarcely safe for beggars to carry +gold." + +Miriam thanked him for his goodness and his news, saying that they +lifted a weight from her heart. + +"I have other tidings that may perhaps make it lighter still," went on +the old man, looking at her sideways. "Titus with a mighty host draws +near to Jerusalem from Cæsarea." + +"There is no joy in that tale," replied Miriam, "for it means that the +Holy City will be besieged and taken." + +"Nay, but among that host is one who, if all the stories are true," and +again he glanced at her face, "would rather take you than the city." + +"Who?" she said, pressing her hands against her heart and turning redder +than the lamplight. + +"One of Titus' prefects of horse, the noble Roman, Marcus, whom in +byegone days you knew by the banks of Jordan." + +Now the red blood fled back to Miriam's heart, and she turned so faint +that had not the wall been near at hand she would have fallen. + +"Marcus?" she said. "Well, he swore that he would come, yet it will +bring him little nearer me;" and she turned and sought her chamber. + +So Marcus had come. Since he sent the letter and the ring that was upon +her hand, and the pearls which were about her throat, she had heard no +more of him. Twice she had written and forwarded the writings by the +most trusty messenger whom she could find, but whether they reached him +she did not know. For more than two years the silence between them had +been that of death, till, indeed, at times she thought that he must be +dead. And now he was come back, a commander in the army of Titus, who +marched to punish the rebellious Jews. Would she ever see him again? +Miriam could not tell. Yet she knelt and prayed from her pure heart that +if it were once only, she might speak with him face to face. Indeed, +it was this hope of meeting that, more than any other, supported her +through all those dreadful days. + +A week went by, and although the hurt to her foot had healed, like some +flower in the dark Miriam drooped and languished in those gloomy vaults. +Twice she prayed her uncle to be allowed to creep to the mouth of the +hole behind the ridge of rock, there to breathe the fresh air and +see the blessed sky. But this he would not suffer. The thing was +too dangerous, he said; for although none knew the secret of their +hiding-place, already two or three fugitives had found their way into +the quarries by other entrances, and these it was very difficult to pass +unseen. + +"So be it," answered Miriam, and crept back to her cell. + +Nehushta looked after her anxiously, then said: + +"If she cannot have air I think that she will soon die. Is there no +way?" + +"One," answered Ithiel, "but I fear to take it. The staircase from the +spring leads to an ancient tower that, I am told, once was a palace +of the kings, but now for these many years has been deserted, for its +entrance is bricked up lest thieves should make it their home. None can +come into that tower, nor is it used for purposes of war, not standing +upon any wall, and there she might sit at peace and see the sun; yet I +fear to let her do so." + +"It must be risked," answered Nehushta. "Take me to visit this place." + +So Ithiel led her to the cistern, and from the cistern up a flight of +steps to a little vaulted chamber, into which they entered through +a stone trap-door, made of the same substance as the paving of the +chamber, so that, when it was closed, none would guess that there was +a passage beneath. From this old store-room, for such it doubtless was, +ran more steps, ending, to all appearance, in a blank wall. Coming to +it, Ithiel thrust a piece of flat iron, a foot or more in length, into a +crack in this wall, lifted some stone latch within, and pushed, whereon +a block of masonry of something more than the height and width of a man, +and quite a yard in thickness, swung outwards. Nehushta passed through +the aperture, followed by Ithiel. + +"See," he said, loosing his hold of the stone, which without noise +instantly closed, so that behind them there appeared to be nothing but a +wall, "it is well hung, is it not? and to come hither without this iron +would be dangerous. Here is the crack where it must be set to lift the +latch within." + +"Whoever lived here guarded their food and water well," answered +Nehushta. + +Then Ithiel showed her the place. It was a massive tower of a square +of about forty feet, whereof the only doorway, as he told her, had been +bricked up many years before to keep the thieves and vagabonds from +sheltering there. In height it must have measured nearly a hundred +feet, and its roof had long ago rotted away. The staircase, which was +of stone, still remained, however, leading to four galleries, also +of stone. Perhaps once there were floors as well, but if so these had +vanished, only the stone galleries and their balustrades remaining. +Ithiel led Nehushta up the stair, which, though narrow, was safe and +easy. Resting at each story, at length they came to that gallery which +projected from its sides within ten feet of the top of the tower, and +saw Jerusalem and the country round spread like a map beneath. Then, +as it was sunset, they returned. At the foot of the stair Ithiel gave +Nehushta the piece of iron and showed her how to lift the secret latch +and pull upon the block of hewn stone that was a door, so that it opened +to swing to again behind them. + +Next morning, before it was dawn in the world above, Miriam aroused +Nehushta. She had been promised that this day she should be taken up the +Old Tower, and so great was her longing for the scent of the free air +and the sight of the blue sky that she had scarcely closed her eyes this +night. + +"Have patience, lady," said Nehushta, "have patience. We cannot start +until the Essenes have finished their prayers to the sun, which, down in +this black hole, they worship more earnestly than ever." + +So Miriam waited, though she would eat nothing, till at length Ithiel +came and led them past the cistern up the stairs to the store or +treasure chamber, where the trap-door stood wide, since, except in case +of some danger, they had no need to shut it. Next, they reached the door +of solid stone which Ithiel showed her how to open, and entered the base +of the massive building. There, far above her, Miriam saw the sky again, +red from the lights of morning, and at the sight of it clapped her hands +and called aloud. + +"Hush!" said Ithiel. "These walls are thick, yet it is not safe to raise +a voice of joy in Jerusalem, that home of a thousand miseries, lest, +perchance, some should hear it through a cleft in the masonry, and cause +search to be made for the singer. Now, if you will, follow me." + +So they went up and up, till at last they reached the topmost gallery, +where the wall was pierced with loopholes and overhanging platforms, +whence stones and other missiles could be hurled upon an attacking +force. Miriam looked out eagerly, walking round the gallery from +aperture to aperture. + +To the south lay the marble courts and glittering buildings of the +Temple, whence, although men fought daily in them, the smoke of +sacrifice still curled up to heaven. Behind these were the Upper and the +Lower City, crowded with thousands of houses, packed, every one of them, +with human beings who had fled hither for refuge, or, notwithstanding +the dangers of the time, to celebrate the Passover. To the east was the +rugged valley of Jehoshaphat, and beyond it the Mount of Olives, green +with trees soon to be laid low by the Romans. To the north the new city +of Bezetha, bordered by the third wall and the rocky lands beyond. Not +far away, also, but somewhat in front of them and to the left, rose the +mighty tower of Antonia, now one of the strongholds of John of Gischala +and the Zealots, while also to the west, across the width of the city, +were the towers of Hippicus, Phasæl and Mariamne, backed by the splendid +palace of Herod. Besides these were walls, fortresses, gates and palaces +without number, so intricate and many that the eye could scarcely follow +or count them, and, between, the numberless narrow streets of Jerusalem. +These and many other things Ithiel pointed out to Miriam, who listened +eagerly till he wearied of the task. Then they looked downwards through +the overhanging platforms of stone to the large market-place beneath and +to the front, and upon the roofs of the houses, mostly of the humbler +sort, that were built behind almost up to the walls of the Old Tower, +whereon many people were gathered as though for safety, eating their +morning meal, talking anxiously together, and even praying. + +Whilst they were thus engaged, Nehushta touched Miriam and pointed +to the road which ran from the Valley of Thorns on the northeast. +She looked, and saw a great cloud of dust that advanced swiftly, and +presently, through the dust, the sheen of spears and armour. + +"The Romans!" said Nehushta quietly. + +She was not the only one who had caught sight of them, for suddenly the +battlement of every wall and tower, the roof of every lofty house, the +upper courts of the Temple, and all high places became crowded with +thousands and tens of thousands of heads, each of them staring towards +that advancing dust. In silence they stared as though their multitudes +were stricken dumb, till presently, from far below out of the maze of +winding streets, floated the wail of a single voice. + +"Woe, woe to Jerusalem!" said the voice. "Woe, woe to the City and the +Temple!" + +They shuddered, and as it seemed to them, all the listening thousands +within reach of that mournful cry shuddered also. + +"Aye!" repeated Ithiel, "woe to Jerusalem, for yonder comes her doom." + +Now on the more rocky ground the dust grew thinner, and through it they +could distinguish the divisions of the mighty army of destroyers. First +came thousands of Syrian allies and clouds of scouts and archers, who +searched the country far and wide. Next appeared the road-makers and the +camp-setters, the beasts of burden with the general's baggage and its +great escort, followed by Titus himself, his bodyguard and officers, +by pikemen and by horsemen. Then were seen strange and terrible-looking +engines of war beyond count, and with them the tribunes, and the +captains of cohorts and their guards who preceded the engines, and that +"abomination of desolation," the Roman Eagles, surrounded by bands of +trumpeters, who from time to time uttered their loud, defiant note. +After them marched the vast army in ranks six deep, divided into legions +and followed by their camp-bearers and squadrons of horse. Lastly were +seen the packs of baggage, and mercenaries by thousands and tens of +thousands. On the Hill of Saul the great host halted and began to +encamp. An hour later a band of horsemen five or six hundred strong +emerged out of this camp and marched along the straight road to +Jerusalem. + +"It is Titus himself," said Ithiel. "See, the Imperial Standard goes +before him." + +On they came till, from their lofty perch, Miriam, who was keen-sighted, +could see their separate armour and tell the colour of their horses. +Eagerly she searched them with her eyes, for well she guessed that +Marcus would be one of those who accompanied his general upon this +service. That plumed warrior might be he, or that with the purple cloak, +or that who galloped out from near by the Standard on an errand. He was +there; she was sure he was there, and yet they were as far apart as when +the great sea rolled between them. + +Now, as they reconnoitred and were passing the Tower of Women, of a +sudden the gate opened, and from alleys and houses where they had lain +in ambush were poured out thousands of Jews. Right through the thin line +of horsemen they pierced, uttering savage cries, then doubled back upon +the severed ends. Many were cut down; Miriam could see them falling from +their horses. The Imperial Standard sank, then rose and sank again to +rise once more. Now dust hid the combat, and she thought that all the +Romans must be slain. But no, for presently they began to appear beyond +the dust, riding back by the way they had come, though fewer than they +were. They had charged through the multitude of Jews and escaped. But +who had escaped and who were left behind? Ah! that she could not tell; +and it was with a sick and anxious heart that Miriam descended the steps +of the tower into the darkness of the caves. + + + +CHAPTER XV + +WHAT PASSED IN THE TOWER + +Nearly four months had gone by. Perhaps, during the whole history of the +world there never has been and never will be more cruel suffering than +was endured by the inhabitants of Jerusalem during that period, or +rather by the survivors of the nation of the Jews who were crowded +together within its walls. Forgetting their internecine quarrels in the +face of overwhelming danger, too late the factions united and fought +against the common foe with a ferocity that has been seldom equalled. +They left nothing undone which desperate men could do. Again and again +they sallied forth against the Romans, slaughtering thousands of them. +They captured their battering-rams and catapults. They undermined the +great wooden towers which Titus erected against their walls, and burnt +them. With varying success they made sally upon sally. Titus took the +third wall and the new city of Bezetha. He took the second wall and +pulled it down. Then he sent Josephus, the historian, to persuade the +Jews to surrender, but his countrymen cursed and stoned him, and the war +went on. + +At length, as it seemed to be impossible to carry the place by assault, +Titus adopted a surer and more terrible plan. Enclosing the first +unconquered wall, the Temple, and the fortress by another wall of his +own making, he sat down and waited for starvation to do its work. Then +came the famine. At the beginning, before the maddened, devil-inspired +factions began to destroy each other and to prey upon the peaceful +people, Jerusalem was amply provisioned. But each party squandered the +stores that were within its reach, and, whenever they could do so, burnt +those of their rivals, so that the food which might have supplied the +whole city for months, vanished quickly in orgies of wanton waste and +destruction. Now all, or almost all, was gone, and by tens and hundreds +of thousands the people starved. + +Those who are curious about such matters, those who desire to know how +much human beings can endure, and of what savagery they can be capable +when hunger drives them, may find these details set out in the pages of +Josephus, the renegade Jewish historian. It serves no good purpose and +will not help our story to repeat them; indeed for the most part they +are too terrible to be repeated. History does not record, and the mind +of man cannot invent a cruelty which was not practised by the famished +Jews upon other Jews suspected of the crime of having hidden food +to feed themselves or their families. Now the fearful prophecy was +fulfilled, and it came about that mothers devoured their own infants, +and children snatched the last morsel of bread from the lips of their +dying parents. If these things were done between those who were of +one blood, what dreadful torment was there that was not practised by +stranger upon stranger? The city went mad beneath the weight of its +abominable and obscene misery. Thousands perished every day, and every +night thousands more escaped, or attempted to escape, to the Romans, +who caught the poor wretches and crucified them beneath the walls, till +there was no more wood of which to make the crosses, and no more ground +whereon to stand them. + + + +All these things and many others Miriam saw from her place of outlook +in the gallery of the deserted tower. She saw the people lying dead +by hundreds in the streets beneath. She saw the robbers hale them from +their houses and torture them to discover the hiding-place of the food +which they were supposed to have hidden, and when they failed, put them +to the sword. She saw the Valley of the Kidron and the lower slopes of +the Mount of Olives covered with captive Jews writhing on their crosses, +there to die as the Messiah whom they had rejected, died. She saw the +furious attacks, the yet more furious sallies and the dreadful daily +slaughter, till at length her heart grew so sick within her, that +although she still took refuge in the ruined tower to escape the gloom +beneath, Miriam would spend whole hours lying on her face, her fingers +thrust into her ears, that she might shut out the sights and sounds of +this unutterable woe. + +Meanwhile, the Essenes, who still had stores of food, ventured forth but +rarely, lest the good condition of their bodies, although their faces +were white as death from dwelling in the darkness, should tempt the +starving hordes to seize and torture them in the hope of discovering +the hiding-places of their nutriment. Indeed, to several of the brethren +this happened; but in obedience to their oaths, as will be seen in the +instance of the past President Theophilus--who went out and was no more +heard of--they endured all and died without a murmur, having betrayed +nothing. Still, notwithstanding the danger, driven to it by utter +weariness of their confinement in the dark and by the desire of +obtaining news, from time to time one of them would creep forth at night +to return again before daybreak. From these men Miriam heard that +after the murder of the high priest Mathias and his sons, together with +sixteen of the Sanhedrim, on a charge of correspondence with the Romans, +her grandfather, Benoni, had been elected to that body, in which he +exercised much influence and caused many to be put to death who were +accused of treason or of favouring the Roman cause. Caleb also was in +the Temple and foremost in every fight. He was said to have sworn an +oath that he would slay the Prefect of Horse, Marcus, with whom he had +an ancient quarrel, or be slain himself. It was told, indeed, that they +had met once already and struck some blows at each other, before they +were separated by an accident of war. + +The beginning of August came at length, and the wretched city, in +addition to its other miseries, panted in the heat of a scorching summer +sun and was poisoned by the stench from the dead bodies that filled the +streets and were hurled in thousands from the walls. Now the Romans +had set up their battering engines at the very gates of the Temple, and +slowly but surely were winning their way into its outer courts. + +On a certain night, about an hour before the dawn, Miriam woke Nehushta, +telling her that she was stifling there in those vaults and must ascend +the tower. Nehushta said that it was folly, whereon Miriam answered that +she would go alone. This she would not suffer her to do, so together +they passed up the stairs according to custom, and, having gained the +base of the tower through the swinging door of stone, climbed the steps +that ran in the thickness of the wall till they reached the topmost +gallery. Here they sat, fanned by the faint night wind, and watched the +fires of the Romans stretched far and wide around the walls and even +among the ruins of the houses almost beneath them, since that part of +the city was taken. + +Presently the dawn broke, a splendid, fearful dawn. It was as though the +angel of the daybreak had dipped his wing into a sea of blood and dashed +it against the brow of Night, still crowned with her fading stars. Of a +sudden the heavens were filled with blots and threads of flaming colour +latticed against the pale background of the twilight sky. Miriam watched +it with a kind of rapture, letting its glory and its peace sink into +her troubled soul, while from below arose the sound of awakening camps +making ready for the daily battle. Soon a ray of burning light, cast +like a spear from the crest of the Mount of Olives across the Valley of +Jehoshaphat, struck full upon the gold-roofed Temple and its courts. At +its coming, as though at a signal, the northern gates were thrown wide, +and through them poured a flood of gaunt and savage warriors. They came +on in thousands, uttering fierce war-cries. Some pickets of Romans tried +to stay their rush; in a minute they were overcome and destroyed. Now +they were surging round the feet of a great wooden tower filled with +archers. Here the fight was desperate, for the soldiers of Titus rushed +up by companies to defend their engine. But they could not drive back +that onset, and presently the tower was on fire, and in a last mad +effort to save their lives its defenders were casting themselves +headlong from the lofty platform. With shouts of triumph the Jews rushed +through the breaches in the second wall, and leaving what remained of +the castle of Antonia on the left, poured down into the maze of streets +and ruined houses that lay immediately behind the Old Tower whence +Miriam watched. + +In front of this building, which the Romans had never attempted to +enter, since for military purposes it was useless to them, lay the open +space, once, no doubt, part of its garden, but of late years used as a +cattle market and a place where young men exercised themselves in arms. +Bordering the waste on its further side were strong fortifications, the +camping ground of the twelfth and fifteenth legions. Across this open +space those who remained of the Romans fled back towards their outer +line, followed by swarms of furious Jews. They gained them, such as +were not overtaken, but the Jews who pursued were met with so fierce +a charge, delivered by the fresh troops behind the defences, that +they were in turn swept back and took refuge among the ruined houses. +Suddenly Miriam's attention became concentrated upon the mounted officer +who led this charge, a gallant-looking man clad in splendid armour, +whose clear, ringing voice, as he uttered the words of command, had +caught her ear even through the tumult and the shouting. The Roman +onslaught having reached its limit, began to fall back again like the +water from an exhausted wave upon a slope of sand. At the moment the +Jews were in no condition to press the enemy's retreat, so that the +mounted officer who withdrew last of all, had time to turn his horse, +and heedless of the arrows that sang about him, to study the ground +now strewn with the wounded and the dead. Presently he looked up at the +deserted tower as though wondering whether he could make use of it, and +Miriam saw his face. It was Marcus, grown older, more thoughtful also, +and altered somewhat by a short curling beard, but still Marcus and no +other. + +"Look! look!" she said. + +Nehushta nodded. "Yes, it is he; I thought so from the first. And now, +having seen him, lady, shall we be going?" + +"Going?" said Miriam, "wherefore?" + +"Because one army or the other may chance to think that this building +would be useful to them, and break open the walled-up door. Also they +might explore this staircase, and then----" + +"And then," answered Miriam quietly, "we should be taken. What of it? +If the Jews find us we are of their party; if the Romans--well, I do not +greatly fear the Romans." + +"You mean you do not fear one Roman. But who knows, but that he may +presently lie dead----" + +"Oh! say it not," answered Miriam, pressing her hand upon her heart. +"Nay, safe or unsafe, I will see this fight out. Look, yonder is +Caleb--yes, Caleb himself, shouting to the Jews. How fierce is his face, +like that of a hyena in a snare. Nay, now I will not go--go you and +leave me in peace to watch the end." + +"Since you are too heavy and strong for my old arms to carry down those +steep steps, so be it," answered Nehushta calmly. "After all, we have +food with us, and our angels can guard us as well on the top of a tower +as in those dirty cisterns. Also this fray is worth the watching." + +As she spoke, the Romans having re-formed, led by the Prefect Marcus and +other officers, advanced from their entrenchment, to be met half-way by +the Jews, now reinforced from the Temple, among whom was Caleb. There, +in the open space, they fought hand to hand, for neither force would +yield an inch. Miriam, watching through the stone bars from above, had +eyes for only two of all that multitude of men--Marcus, whom she loved, +and Caleb, whom she feared. Marcus was attacked by a Jew, who stabbed +his horse, to be instantly stabbed himself by a Roman who came to the +rescue of his commander. After this he fought on foot. Caleb killed +first one soldier than another. Watching him, Miriam grew aware that he +was cutting his way towards some point, and that the point was Marcus. +This Marcus seemed to know; at least, he also strove to cut his way +towards Caleb. Nearer and nearer they came, till at length they met and +began to rain blows upon each other; but not for long, for just then a +charge of some Roman horsemen separated them. After this both parties +retired to their lines, taking their wounded with them. + +Thus, with pauses, sometimes of two or three hours, the fight went on +from morning to noon, and from noon to sunset. During the latter part +of the time the Romans made no more attacks, but were contented with +defending themselves while they awaited reinforcements from without the +city, or perhaps the results of some counter-attack in another part. + +Thus the advantage rested, or seemed to rest, with the Jews, who held +all the ruined houses and swept the open space with their arrows. Now +it was that Nehushta's fears were justified, for having a little leisure +the Jews took a beam of wood and battered in the walled-up doorway of +the tower. + +"Look!" said Nehushta, pointing down. + +"Oh, Nou!" Miriam answered, "I was wrong. I have run you into danger. +But indeed I could not go. What shall we do now?" + +"Sit quiet until they come to take us," said Nehushta grimly, "and then, +if they give us time, explain as best we may." + +As it chanced, however, the Jews did not come, since they feared that +if they mounted the stair some sudden rush of Romans might trap such +of them as were within before they had time to descend again. Only they +made use of the base of the tower to shelter those of their wounded +whose hurts were so desperate that they dared not move them. + +Now the fighting having ceased for a while, the soldiers of both sides +amused themselves with shouting taunts and insults at each other, or +challenges to single combat. Presently Caleb stepped forward from the +shelter of a wall and called out that if the Prefect Marcus would meet +him alone in the open space he had something to say which he would be +glad to hear. Thereupon Marcus, stepping out from his defences, where +several of his officers seemed to be striving to detain him, answered: + +"I will come," and walked to the centre of the market, where he was met +by Caleb. + +Here the two of them spoke together alone, but of what they said Miriam +and Nehushta, watching them from above, could catch no word. + +"Oh! will they fight?" said Miriam. + +"It seems likely, since each of them has sworn to slay the other," +answered Nehushta. + +While she spoke Marcus, shaking his head as though to decline some +proposal, and pointing to the men of his command, who stood up watching +him, turned to walk back to his own lines, followed by Caleb, who +shouted out that he was a coward and did not dare to stand alone before +him. At this insult Marcus winced, then went on again, doubtless because +he thought it his duty to rejoin his company, whereon Caleb, drawing +his sword, struck him with the flat of it across the back. Now the Jews +laughed, while the Romans uttered a shout of rage at the intolerable +affront offered to their commander. As for Marcus, he wheeled round, +sword in hand, and flew straight at Caleb's throat. + +But it was for this that the Jew had been waiting, since he knew that no +Roman, and least of all Marcus, would submit to the indignity of such a +blow. As his adversary came on, made almost blind with fury, he leapt +to one side lightly as a lion leaps, and with all the force of his long +sinewy arm brought down his heavy sword upon the head of Marcus. The +helm was good, or the skull beneath must have been split in two by that +blow, which, as it was, shore through it and bit deeply into the bone. +Beneath the shock Marcus staggered, threw his arms wide, and let fall +his sword. With a shout Caleb sprang at him to make an end of him, but +before he could strike the Roman seemed to recover himself, and, knowing +that his weapon was gone, did the only thing he could, rushed straight +at his foe. Caleb's sword fell on his shoulder, but the tempered mail +withstood it, and next instant Marcus had gripped him in his arms. Down +they came together to the earth, rolling over each other, the Jew trying +to stab the Roman, the Roman to choke the Jew with his bare hand. Then +from the Roman lines rose a cry of "Rescue!" and from the Jews a cry of +"Take him." + +Out poured the combatants from either side of the market-place by +hundreds and by thousands, and there in its centre, round the struggling +forms of Caleb and of Marcus, began the fiercest fight of all that day. +Where men stood, there they fell, for none would give back, since the +Romans, outnumbered though they were, preferred to die rather than leave +a wounded and beloved captain a prisoner in the hands of cruel enemies, +while the Jews knew too well the value of such a prize to let it escape +them easily. So great was the slaughter that presently Marcus and Caleb +were hidden beneath the bodies of the fallen. More and more Jews rushed +into the fray, but still the Romans pushed onwards with steady valour, +fighting shoulder to shoulder and shield to shield. + +Then of a sudden, with a savage yell a fresh body of Jews, three or +four hundred strong, appeared at the west end of the market-place, and +charged upon the Romans, taking them in flank. The officer in command +saw his danger, and knowing that it was better that his captain should +die than that the whole company should be destroyed and the arms of +Cæsar suffer a grave defeat, gave orders for a retirement. Steadily, +as though they were on parade, and dragging with them those of their +wounded comrades who could not walk, the legionaries fell back, heedless +of the storm of spears and arrows, reaching their own lines before the +outflanking body of Jews could get among them. Then seeing that there +was nothing more to be gained, since to attempt to storm the Roman works +was hopeless, the victorious Jews also retreated, this time not to the +houses behind the tower, but only to the old market wall thirty or forty +paces in front of it, which they proceeded to hold and strengthen in the +fading light. Seeing that they were lost, such of the wounded Romans as +remained upon the field committed suicide, preferring to fall upon their +own spears than into the hands of the Jews to be tortured and crucified. +Also for this deed they had another reason, since it was the decree of +Titus that any soldier who was taken living should be publicly disgraced +by name and expelled from the ranks of the legion, and, if recaptured, +in addition suffer death or banishment. + +Gladly would Marcus have followed their example and thereby--though he +knew it not--save himself much misery and shame in the future, but he +had neither time nor weapon; moreover, so weak was he with struggling +and the loss of blood, that even as he and Caleb were dragged by savage +hands from among the fallen, he fainted. At first they thought that he +was dead, but one of the Jews, who chanced to be a physician by trade, +declared that this was not so, and that if he were left quiet for a +while, he would come to himself again. Therefore, as they desired to +preserve this Prefect alive, either to be held as an hostage or to be +executed in sight of the army of Titus, they brought him into the Old +Tower, clearing it of their own wounded, except such of them as had +already breathed their last. Here they set a guard over him, though of +this there seemed to be little need, and went under the command of the +victorious Caleb to assist in strengthening the market-wall. + +All of these things Miriam watched from above in such an agony of fear +and doubt, that at times she thought that she would die. She saw her +lover and Caleb fall locked in each other's arms; she saw the hideous +fray that raged around them. She saw them dragged from the heap of +slain, and at the end of it all, by the last light of day, saw Marcus, +living or dead, she knew not which, borne into the tower, and there laid +upon the ground. + +"Take comfort," whispered Nehushta, pitying her dreadful grief. "The +lord Marcus lives. If he were dead they would have stripped him and +left his body with the others. He lives, and they purpose to hold him +captive, else they would have suffered Caleb to put his sword through +him, as you noted he wished to do so soon as he found his feet." + +"Captive," answered Miriam. "That means that he will be crucified like +the others whom we saw yesterday upon the Temple wall." + +Nehushta shrugged her shoulders. + +"It may be so," she said, "unless he finds means to destroy himself +or--is saved." + +"Saved! How can he be saved?" Then in her woe the poor girl fell upon +her knees clasping her hands and murmuring: "Oh! Jesus Christ whom I +serve, teach me how to save Marcus. Oh! Jesus, I love him, although he +is not a Christian; love him also because I love him, and teach me how +to save him. Or if one must die, take my life for his, oh! take my life +for his." + +"Cease," said Nehushta, "for I think I hear an answer to your prayer. +Look now, he is laid just where the stair starts and not six feet from +the stone door that leads down into the cistern. Except for some dead +men the tower is empty; also the two sentries stand outside the breach +in the brickwork with which it was walled up, because there they find +more light, and their prisoner is unarmed and helpless, and cannot +attempt escape. Now, if the Roman lives and can stand, why should we not +open that door and thrust him through it?" + +"But the Jews might see us and discover the secret of the hiding-place +of the Essenes, whom they would kill because they have hidden food." + +"Once we were the other side of the door, they could never come at them, +even if they have time to try," answered Nehushta. "Before ever they +could burst the door the stone trap beneath can be closed and the roof +of the stair that leads to it let down by knocking away the props and +flooded in such a fashion that a week of labour would not clear it out +again. Oh! have no fear, the Essenes know and have guarded against this +danger." + +Miriam threw her arms about the neck of Nehushta and kissed her. + +"We will try, Nou, we will try," she whispered, "and if we fail, why +then we can die with him." + +"To you that prospect may be pleasing, but I have no desire to die with +the lord Marcus," answered Nehushta drily. "Indeed, although I like him +well, were it not for your sake I should leave him to his chance. Nay, +do not answer or give way to too much hope. Remember, perhaps he is +dead, as he seems to be." + +"Yes, yes," said Miriam wildly, "we must find out. Shall we go now?" + +"Aye, while there is still a little light, for these steps are breakneck +in the dark. No, do you follow me." + +So on they glided down the ancient, darksome stairway, where owls hooted +and bats flittered in their faces. Now they were at the last flight, +which descended to a little recess set at right angles to the steps and +flush with the floor of the basement, for once the door of the stairway +had opened here. Thus a person standing on the last stair could not be +seen by any in the tower. They reached the step and halted. Then very +stealthily Nehushta went on to her hands and knees and thrust her head +forward so that she could look into the base of the tower. It was dark +as the grave, only a faint gleam of starlight reflected from his armour +showed where Marcus lay, so close that she could touch him with her +hand. Also almost opposite to her the gloom was relieved by a patch +of faint grey light. Here it was that the wall had been broken in, for +Nehushta could see the shadows of the sentries crossing and recrossing +before the ragged opening. + +She leant yet lower towards Marcus and listened. He was not dead, for he +breathed. More, she heard him stir his hand and thought that she could +see it move upwards towards his wounded head. Then she drew back. + +"Lady," she whispered, "he lives, and I think he is awake. Now you must +do the rest as your wit may teach you how, for if I speak to him he will +be frightened, but your voice he may remember if he has his senses." + +At these words all her doubts and fears seemed to vanish from Miriam's +heart, her hand grew steady and her brain clear, for Nature told her +that if she wished to save her lover she would need both clear brain and +steady hand. The timid, love-racked girl was transformed into a woman +of iron will and purpose. In her turn she kneeled and crept a little +forward from the stair, so that her face hung over the face of Marcus. +Then she spoke in a soft whisper. + +"Marcus, awake and listen, Marcus; but I pray of you do not stir or make +a noise. I am Miriam, whom once you knew." + +At this name the dim form beneath her seemed to quiver, and the lips +muttered, "Now I know that I am dead. Well, it is better than I hoped +for. Speak on, sweet shade of Miriam." + +"Nay, Marcus, you are not dead, you are only wounded and I am not a +spirit, I am a woman, that woman whom once you knew down by the banks of +Jordan. I have come to save you, I and Nehushta. If you will obey what I +tell you, and if you have the strength to stand, we can guide you into +a secret place where the Essenes are hidden, who for my sake will take +care of you until you are able to return to the Romans. If you do not +escape I fear that the Jews will crucify you." + +"By Bacchus, so do I," said the whisper beneath, "and that will be worse +than being beaten by Caleb. But this is a dream, I know it is a dream. +If it were Miriam I should see her, or be able to touch her. It is but a +dream of Miriam. Let me dream on," and he turned his head. + +Miriam thought for a moment. Time was short and it was necessary to make +him understand. Well, it was not difficult. Slowly she bent a little +lower and pressed her lips upon his. + +"Marcus," she went on, "I kiss you now to show you that I am no dream +and how needful it is that you should be awakened. Had I light I could +prove to you that I am Miriam by your ring which is upon my fingers and +your pearls which are about my neck." + +"Cease," he answered, "most beloved, I was weak and wandering, now I +know that this is not a dream, and I thank Caleb who has brought us +together again, against his wish, I think. Say, what must I do?" + +"Can you stand?" asked Miriam. + +"Perhaps. I am not sure. I will try." + +"Nay, wait. Nehushta, come hither; you are stronger than I. Now, while I +unlatch the secret door, do you lift him up. Be swift, I hear the guard +stirring without." + +Nehushta glided forward and knelt by the wounded man, placing her arms +beneath him. + +"Ready," she said. "Here is the iron." + +Miriam took it, and stepping to the wall, felt with her fingers for the +crack, which in that darkness it took time to find. At length she had +it, and inserting the thin hooked iron, lifted the hidden latch and +pulled. The stone door was very heavy and she needed all her strength to +move it. At last it began to swing. + +"Now," she said to Nehushta, who straightened herself and dragged the +wounded Marcus to his feet. + +"Quick, quick!" said Miriam, "the guards enter." + +Supported by Nehushta, Marcus took three tottering steps and reached the +open door. Here, on its very threshold indeed, his strength failed him, +for he was wounded in the knee as well as in the head. Groaning, "I +cannot," he fell to the ground, dragging the old Libyan with him, his +breastplate clattering loud against the stone threshold. The sentry +without heard the sound and called to a companion to give him the +lantern. In an instant Nehushta was up again, and seizing Marcus by his +right arm, began to drag him through the opening, while Miriam, setting +her back against the swinging stone to keep it from closing, pushed +against his feet. + +The lantern appeared round the angle of the broken masonry. + +"For your life's sake!" said Miriam, and Nehushta dragged her hardest at +the heavy, helpless body of the fallen man. He moved slowly. It was too +late; if that light fell on him all was lost. In an instant Miriam took +her resolve. With an effort she swung the door wide, then as Nehushta +dragged again she sprang forward, keeping in the shadow of the wall. The +Jew who held the lantern, alarmed by the sounds within, entered hastily +and, catching his foot against the body of a dead man who lay there, +stumbled so that he fell upon his knee. In her hand Miriam held the key, +and as the guard regained his feet, but not before its light fell upon +her, she struck with it at the lamp, breaking and extinguishing it. + +Then she turned to fly, for, as she knew well, the stone would now be +swinging on its pivot. + +Alas! her chance had gone, for the man, stretching out his arm, caught +her about the middle and held her fast, shouting loudly for help. Miriam +struggled, she battered him with the iron and dragged at him with her +left hand, but in vain, for in that grip she was helpless as a child who +fights against its nurse. While she fought thus she heard the dull thud +of the closing stone, and even in her despair rejoiced, knowing that +until Marcus was beyond its threshold it could not be shut. Ceasing from +her useless struggle she gathered the forces of her mind. Marcus was +safe; the door was shut and could not be opened from the further side +until another iron was procured; the guard had seen nothing. But her +escape was impossible. Her part was played, only one thing remained for +her to do--keep silence and his secret. + +Men bearing lights were rushing into the tower. Her right hand, which +held the iron, was free, and lest it should tell a tale she cast the +instrument from her towards that side of the deserted place which she +knew was buried deep in fallen stones, fragments of rotted timber and +dirt from the nests of birds. Then she stood still. Now they were upon +her, Caleb at the head of them. + +"What is it?" he cried. + +"I know not," answered the guard. "I heard a sound as of clanking armour +and ran in, when some one struck the lantern from my hand, a strong +rascal with whom I have struggled sorely, notwithstanding the blows that +he rained upon me with his sword. See, I hold him fast." + +They held up their lights and saw a beautiful, dishevelled maid, small +and frail of stature, whereon they laughed out loud. + +"A strong thief, truly," said one. "Why, it is a girl! Do you summon the +watch every time a girl catches hold of you?" + +Before the words died upon the speaker's lips, another man called out, +"The Roman! The Prefect has gone! Where is the prisoner?" and with a +roar of wrath they began to search the place, as a cat searches for the +mouse that escapes her. Only Caleb stood still and stared at the girl. + +"Miriam!" he said. + +"Yes, Caleb," she answered quietly. "This is a strange meeting, is it +not? Why do you break in thus upon my hiding-place?" + +"Woman," he shouted, mad with anger, "where have you hidden the Prefect +Marcus?" + +"Marcus?" she answered; "is he here? I did not know it. Well, I saw a +man run from the tower, perhaps that was he. Be swift and you may catch +him." + +"No man left the tower," answered the other sentry. "Seize that woman, +she has hidden the Roman in some secret place. Seize her and search." + +So they caught Miriam, bound her and began running round and round the +wall. "Here is a staircase," called a man, "doubtless he has gone up it. +Come, friends." + +Then taking lights with them, they mounted the stairs to the very top, +but found no one. Even as they came down again a trumpet blew and from +without rose the sound of a mighty shouting. + +"What happens now?" said one. + +As he spoke an officer appeared in the opening of the tower. + +"Begone," he cried. "Back to the Temple, taking your prisoner with you. +Titus himself is upon us at the head of two fresh legions, mad at the +loss of his Prefect and so many of his soldiers. Why! where is the +wounded Roman, Marcus?" + +"He has vanished," answered Caleb sullenly. "Vanished"--here he glanced +at Miriam with jealous and vindictive hate--"and in his place has left +to us this woman, the grand-daughter of Benoni, Miriam, who strangely +enough was once his love." + +"Is it so?" said the officer. "Girl, tell us what you have done with the +Roman, or die. Come, we have no time to lose." + +"I have done nothing. I saw a man walk past the sentries, that is all." + +"She lies," said the officer contemptuously. "Here, kill this +traitress." + +A man advanced lifting his sword, and Miriam, thinking that all was +over, hid her eyes while she waited for the blow. Before it fell, +however, Caleb whispered something to the officer which caused him to +change his mind. + +"So be it," he said. "Hold your hand and take this woman with you to +the Temple, there to be tried by her grandfather, Benoni, and the other +judges of the Sanhedrim. They have means to cause the most obstinate +to speak, whereas death seals the lips forever. Swift, now, swift, for +already they are fighting on the market-place." + +So they seized Miriam and dragged her away from the Old Tower, which an +hour later was taken possession of by the Romans, who destroyed it with +the other buildings. + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +THE SANHEDRIM + +The Jewish soldiers haled Miriam roughly through dark and tortuous +streets, bordered by burnt-out houses, and up steep stone slopes deep +with the débris of the siege. Indeed, they had need to hasten, for, lit +with the lamp of flaming dwellings, behind them flowed the tide of war. +The Romans, driven back from this part of the city by that day's furious +sally, under cover of the night were re-occupying in overwhelming +strength the ground that they had lost, forcing the Jews before them and +striving to cut them off from their stronghold in the Temple and that +part of the Upper City which they still held. + +The party of Jews who had Miriam in their charge were returning to the +Temple enclosure, which they could not reach from the north or east +because the outer courts and cloisters of the Holy House were already in +possession of the Romans. So it happened that they were obliged to make +their way round by the Upper City, a long and tedious journey. Once +during that night they were driven to cover until a great company of +Romans had marched past. Caleb wished to attack them, but the other +captains said that they were too few and weary, so they lay hid for +nearly three hours, then went on again. After this there were other +delays at gates still in the hands of their own people, which one by one +were unbolted to them. Thus it was not far from daylight when at length +they passed over a narrow bridge that spanned some ravine and through +massive doors into a vast dim place which, as Miriam gathered from the +talk of her captors, was the inner enclosure of the Temple. Here, at the +command of that captain who had ordered her to be slain, she was thrust +into a small cell in one of the cloisters. Then the men in charge of her +locked the door and went away. + +Sinking exhausted to the floor, Miriam tried to sleep, but could not, +for her brain seemed to be on fire. Whenever she shut her eyes there +sprang up before them visions of some dreadful scene which she had +witnessed, while in her ears echoed now the shouts of the victors, now +the pitiful cry of the dying, and now again the voice of the wounded +Marcus calling her "Most Beloved." Was this indeed so, she wondered? +Was it possible that he had not forgotten her during those years of +separation when there must have been so many lovely ladies striving to +win him, the rich, high-placed Roman lord, to be their lover or their +husband? She did not know, she could not tell: perhaps, in such a +plight, he would have called any woman who came to save him his Most +Beloved, yes, even old Nehushta, and even then and there she smiled a +little at the thought. Yet his voice rang true, and he had sent her the +ring, the pearls and the letter, that letter which, although she knew +every word of it, she still carried hidden in the bosom of her robe. Oh! +she believed that he did love her, and, believing, rejoiced with all her +heart that it had pleased God to allow her to save his life, even at the +cost of her own. She had forgotten. There was his wound--he might die of +it. Nay, surely he would not die. For her sake, the Essenes who knew him +would treat him well, and they were skilful healers; also, what better +nurse than Nehushta could be found? Ah! poor Nou, how she would grieve +over her. What sorrow must have taken hold of her when she heard the +rock door shut and found that her nursling was cut off and captured by +the Jews. + +Happy, indeed, was it for Miriam that she could not witness what had +chanced at the further side of that block of stone; that she could not +see Nehushta beating at it with her hands and striving to thrust her +thin fingers to the latch which she had no instrument to lift, until the +bones were stripped of skin and flesh. That she could not hear Marcus, +come to himself again, but unable to rise from off his knees, cursing +and raving with agony at her loss, and because she, the tender lady whom +he loved, for his sake had fallen into the hands of the relentless +Jews. Yes, that she could not hear him cursing and raving in his utter +helplessness, till at length the brain gave in his shattered head, and +he fell into a fevered madness, that for many weeks was unpierced by any +light of reason or of memory. All this, at least, was spared to her. + +Well, the deed was done and she must pay the price, for without a doubt +they would kill her, as they had a right to do, who had saved a Roman +general from their clutches. Or if they did not, Caleb would, Caleb +whose bitter jealousy, as her instinct told her, had turned his love to +hate. Never would he let her live to fall, perchance, as his share of +the Temple spoil, into the hands of the Roman rival who had escaped him. + +It was not too great a price. Because of the birth doom laid upon her, +even if he sought it, and fortune brought them back together again, she +could never be a wife to Marcus. And for the rest she was weary, sick +with the sight and sound of slaughter and with the misery that in these +latter days, as her Lord had prophesied, was come upon the city that +rejected him and the people who had slain Him, their Messiah. Miriam +wished to die, to pass to that home of perfect and eternal peace in +which she believed; where, mayhap, it might be given to her in reward of +her sufferings, to watch from afar over the soul of Marcus, and to make +ready an abode for it to dwell in through all the ages of infinity. The +thought pleased her, and lifting his ring, she pressed it to her lips +which that very night had been pressed upon his lips, then drew it off +and hid it in her hair. She wished to keep that ring until the end, if +so she might. As for the pearls, she could not hide them, and though she +loved them as his gift--well, they must go to the hand of the spoiler, +and to the necks of other women, who would never know their tale. + +This done Miriam rose to her knees and began to pray with the vivid, +simple faith that was given to the first children of the Church. She +prayed for Marcus, that he might recover and not forget her, and that +the light of truth might shine upon him; for Nehushta, that her sorrow +might be soothed; for herself, that her end might be merciful and her +awakening happy; for Caleb, that his heart might be turned; for the dead +and dying, that their sins might be forgiven; for the little children, +that the Lord of Pity would have pity on their sufferings; for the +people of the Jews, that He would lift the rod of His wrath from off +them; yes, and even for the Romans, though for these, poor maid, she +knew not what petition to put up. + +Her prayer finished, once more Miriam strove to sleep and dozed a +little, to be aroused by a curious sound of feeble sighing, which seemed +to come from the further side of the cell. By now the dawn was streaming +through the stone lattice work above the doorway, and in its faint light +Miriam saw the outlines of a figure with snowy hair and beard, wrapped +in a filthy robe that had once been white. At first she thought that +this figure must be a corpse thrust here out of the way of the living, +it was so stirless. But corpses do not sigh as this man seemed to do. +Who could he be, she wondered? A prisoner like herself, left to die, as, +perhaps, she would be left to die? The light grew a little. Surely there +was something familiar about the shape of that white head. She crept +nearer, thinking that she might be able to help this old man who was +so sick and suffering. Now she could see his face and the hand that lay +upon his breast. They were those of a living skeleton, for the bones +stood out, and over them the yellow skin was drawn like shrivelled +parchment; only the deep sunk eyes still shone round and bright. Oh! she +knew the face. It was that of Theophilus the Essene, a past president +of the order indeed, who had been her friend from earliest childhood and +the master who taught her languages in those far-off happy years which +she spent in the village by the Dead Sea. This Theophilus she had found +dwelling with the Essenes in their cavern home, and none of them had +welcomed her more warmly. Some ten days ago, against the advice of +Ithiel and others, he had insisted on creeping out to take the air and +gather news in the city. Then he was a stout and hale old man, although +pale-faced from dwelling in the darkness. From that journey he had not +returned. Some said that he had fled to the country, others that he had +gone over to the Romans, and yet others that he had been slain by some +of Simon's men. Now she found him thus! + +Miriam came and bent over him. + +"Master," she said, "what ails you? How came you here?" + +He turned his hollow, vacant eyes upon her face. + +"Who is it that speaks to me thus gently?" he asked in a feeble voice. + +"I, your ward, Miriam." + +"Miriam! Miriam! What does Miriam in this torture-den?" + +"Master, I am a prisoner. But speak of yourself." + +"There is little to say, Miriam. They caught me, those devils, and +seeing that I was still well-fed and strong, although sunk in years, +demanded to know whence I had my food in this city of starvation. To +tell them would have been to give up our secret and to bring doom upon +the brethren, and upon you, our guest and lady. I refused to answer, +so, having tortured me without avail, they cast me in here to starve, +thinking that hunger would make me speak. But I have not spoken. How +could I, who have taken the oath of the Essenes, and been their ruler? +Now at length I die." + +"Oh! say not so," said Miriam, wringing her hands. + +"I do say it and I am thankful. Have you any food?" + +"Yes, a piece of dried meat and barley bread, which chanced to be in my +robe when I was captured. Take them and eat." + +"Nay, Miriam, that desire has gone from me, nor do I wish to live, whose +days are done. But save the food, for doubtless they will starve you +also. And, look, there is water in that jar, they gave it me to make +me live the longer. Drink, drink while you can, who to-morrow may be +thirsty." + +For a time there was silence, while the tears that gathered in Miriam's +eyes fell upon the old man's face. + +"Weep not for me," he said presently, "who go to my rest. How came you +here?" + +She told him as briefly as she might. + +"You are a brave woman," he said when she had finished, "and that Roman +owes you much. Now I, Theophilus, who am about to die, call down the +blessing of God upon you, and upon him also for your sake, for your +sake. The shield of God be over you in the slaughter and the sorrow." + +Then he shut his eyes and either could not or would not speak again. + +Miriam drank of the pitcher of water, for her thirst was great. Crouched +at the side of the old Essene, she watched him till at length the door +opened, and two gaunt, savage-looking men entered, who went to where +Theophilus lay and kicked him brutally. + +"What would you now?" he said, opening his eyes. + +"Wake up, old man," cried one of them. "See, here is flesh," and he +thrust a lump of some filthy carrion to his lips. "Smell it, taste it," +he went on, "ah! is it not good? Well, tell us where is that store of +food which made you so fat who now are so thin, and you shall have it +all, yes, all, all." + +Theophilus shook his head. + +"Bethink you," cried the man, "if you do not eat, by sunrise to-morrow +you will be dead. Speak then and eat, obstinate dog, it is your last +chance." + +"I eat not and I tell not," answered the aged martyr in a voice like a +hollow groan. "By to-morrow's sunrise I shall be dead, and soon you +and all this people will be dead, and God will have judged each of us +according to his works. Repent you, for the hour is at hand." + +Then they cursed him and smote him because of his words of ill-omen, and +so went away, taking no notice of Miriam in the corner. When they had +gone she came forward and looked. His jaw had fallen. Theophilus the +Essene was at peace. + +Another hour went by. Once more the door was opened and there appeared +that captain who had ordered her to be killed. With him were two Jews. + +"Come, woman," he said, "to take your trial." + +"Who is to try me?" Miriam asked. + +"The Sanhedrim, or as much as is left of it," he answered. "Stir now, we +have no time for talking." + +So Miriam rose and accompanied them across the corner of the vast court, +in the centre of which the Temple rose in all its glittering majesty. +As she walked she noticed that the pavement was dotted with corpses, and +that from the cloisters without went up flames and smoke. They seemed to +be fighting there, for the air was full of the sound of shouting, +above which echoed the dull, continuous thud of battering rams striking +against the massive walls. + +They took her into a great chamber supported by pillars of white +marble, where many starving folk, some of them women who carried or led +hollow-cheeked children, sat silent on the floor, or wandered to and +fro, their eyes fixed upon the ground as though in aimless search +for they knew not what. On a daïs at the end of the chamber twelve or +fourteen men sat in carved chairs; other chairs stretched to the right +and left of them, but these were empty. The men were clad in magnificent +robes, which seemed to hang ill upon their gaunt forms, and, like those +of the people in the hall, their eyes looked scared and their faces were +white and shrunken. These were all who were left of the Sanhedrim of the +Jews. + +As Miriam entered one of their number was delivering judgment upon +a wretched starving man. Miriam looked at the judge. It was her +grandfather, Benoni, but oh! how changed. He who had been tall and +upright was now drawn almost double, his teeth showed yellow between his +lips, his long white beard was ragged and had come out in patches, his +hand shook, his gorgeous head-dress was awry. Nothing was the same about +him except his eyes, which still shone bright, but with a fiercer fire +than of old. They looked like the eyes of a famished wolf. + +"Man, have you aught to say?" he was asking of the prisoner. + +"Only this," the prisoner answered. "I had hidden some food, my +own food, which I bought with all that remained of my fortune. Your +hyæna-men caught my wife, and tormented her until she showed it them. +They fell upon it, and, with their comrades, ate it nearly all. My wife +died of starvation and her wounds, my children died of starvation, all +except one, a child of six, whom I fed with what remained. Then she +began to die also, and I bargained with the Roman, giving him jewels and +promising to show him the weak place in the wall if he would convey the +child to his camp and feed her. I showed him the place, and he fed her +in my presence, and took her away, whither I know not. But, as you know, +I was caught, and the wall was built up, so that no harm came of my +treason. I would do it again to save the life of my child, twenty times +over, if needful. You murdered my wife and my other children; murder me +also if you will. I care nothing." + +"Wretch," said Benoni, "what are your miserable wife and children +compared to the safety of this holy place, which we defend against the +enemies of Jehovah? Lead him away, and let him be slain upon the wall, +in the sight of his friends, the Romans." + +"I go," said the victim, rising and stretching out his hands to the +guards, "but may you also all be slain in the sight of the Romans, you +mad murderers, who, in your lust for power, have brought doom and agony +upon the people of the Jews." + +Then they dragged him out, and a voice called--"Bring in the next +traitor." + +Now Miriam was brought forward. Benoni looked up and knew her. + +"Miriam?" he gasped, rising, to fall back again in his seat, "Miriam, +you here?" + +"It seems so, grandfather," she answered quietly. + +"There is some mistake," said Benoni. "This girl can have harmed none. +Let her be dismissed." + +The other judges looked up. + +"Best hear the charge against her first?" said one suspiciously, while +another added, "Is not this the woman who dwelt with you at Tyre, and +who is said to be a Christian?" + +"We do not sit to try questions of faith, at least not now," answered +Benoni evasively. + +"Woman, is it true that you are a Christian?" queried one of the judges. + +"Sir, I am," replied Miriam, and at her words the faces of the Sanhedrim +grew hard as stones, while someone watching in the crowd hurled a +fragment of marble at her. + +"Let it be for this time," said the judge, "as the Rabbi Benoni says, we +are trying questions of treason, not of faith. Who accuses this woman, +and of what?" + +A man stepped forward, that captain who had wished to put Miriam to +death, and she saw that behind him were Caleb, who looked ill at ease, +and the Jew who had guarded Marcus. + +"I accuse her," he said, "of having released the Roman Prefect, Marcus, +whom Caleb here wounded and took prisoner in the fighting yesterday, and +brought into the Old Tower, where he was laid till we knew whether he +would live or die." + +"The Roman Prefect, Marcus?" said one. "Why, he is the friend of Titus, +and would have been worth more to us than a hundred common men. Also, +throughout this war, none has done us greater mischief. Woman, if, +indeed, you let him go, no death can repay your wickedness. Did you let +him go?" + +"That is for you to discover," answered Miriam, for now that Marcus was +safe she would tell no more lies. + +"This renegade is insolent, like all her accursed sect," said the judge, +spitting on the ground. "Captain, tell your story, and be brief." + +He obeyed. After him that soldier was examined from whose hand Miriam +had struck the lantern. Then Caleb was called and asked what he knew of +the matter. + +"Nothing," he answered, "except that I took the Roman and saw him laid +in the tower, for he was senseless. When I returned the Roman had gone, +and this lady Miriam was there, who said that he had escaped by the +doorway. I did not see them together, and know no more." + +"That is a lie," said one of the judges roughly. "You told the captain +that Marcus had been her lover. Why did you say this?" + +"Because years ago by Jordan she, who is a sculptor, graved a likeness +of him in stone," answered Caleb. + +"Are artists always the lovers of those whom they picture, Caleb?" asked +Benoni, speaking for the first time. + +Caleb made no answer, but one of the Sanhedrim, a sharp-faced man, named +Simeon, the friend of Simon, the son of Gioras, the Zealot, who sat +next to him, cried, "Cease this foolishness; the daughter of Satan is +beautiful; doubtless Caleb desires her for himself; but what has that +to do with us?" though he added vindictively, "it should be remembered +against him that he is striving to hide the truth." + +"There is no evidence against this woman, let her be set free," +exclaimed Benoni. + +"So we might expect her grandfather to think," said Simeon, with +sarcasm. "Little wonder that we are smitten with the Sword of God when +Rabbis shelter Christians because they chance to be of their house, and +when warriors bear false witness concerning them because they chance to +be fair. For my part I say that she is guilty, and has hidden the man +away in some secret place. Otherwise why did she dash the light from the +soldier's hand?" + +"Mayhap to hide herself lest she should be attacked," answered another, +"though how she came in the tower, I cannot guess." + +"I lived there," said Miriam. "It was bricked up until yesterday and +safe from robbers." + +"So!" commented that judge, "you lived alone in a deserted tower like +a bat or an owl, and without food or water. Then these must have been +brought to you from without the walls, perhaps by some secret passage +that was known to none, down which you loosed the Prefect, but had no +time to follow him. Woman, you are a Roman spy, as a Christian well +might be. I say that she is worthy of death." + +Then Benoni rose and rent his robes. + +"Does not enough blood run through these holy courts?" he asked, "that +you must seek that of the innocent also? What is your oath? To do +justice and to convict only upon clear, unshaken testimony. Where is +this testimony? What is there to show that the girl Miriam had any +dealings with this Marcus, whom she had not seen for years? In the Holy +Name I protest against this iniquity." + +"It is natural that you should protest," said one of his brethren. + +Then they fell into discussion, for the question perplexed them sorely, +who, although they were savage, still wished to be honest. + +Suddenly Simeon looked up, for a thought struck him. + +"Search her," he said, "she is in good case, she may have food, or the +secret of food, about her, or," he added--"other things." + +Now two hungry-looking officers of the court seized Miriam and rent her +robe open at the breast with their rough hands, since they would not be +at the pains of loosening it. + +"See," cried one of them, "here are pearls, fit wear for so fine a lady. +Shall we take them?" + +"Fool, let the trinkets be," answered Simeon angrily. "Are we common +thieves?" + +"Here is something else," said the officer, drawing the roll of Marcus's +cherished letter from her breast. + +"Not that, not that," the poor girl gasped. + +"Give it here," said Simeon, stretching out his lean hand. + +Then he undid the silk case and, opening the letter, read its first +lines aloud. "'To the lady Miriam, from Marcus the Roman, by the hand of +the Captain Gallus.' What do you say to that, Benoni and brethren? +Why, there are pages of it, but here is the end: 'Farewell, your ever +faithful friend and lover, Marcus.' So, let those read it who have the +time; for my part I am satisfied. This woman is a traitress; I give my +vote for death." + +"It was written from Rome two years ago," pleaded Miriam; but no one +seemed to heed her, for all were talking at once. + +"I demand that the whole letter be read," shouted Benoni. + +"We have no time, we have no time," answered Simeon. "Other prisoners +await their trial, the Romans are battering our gates. Can we waste more +precious minutes over this Nazarene spy? Away with her." + +"Away with her," said Simon the son of Gioras, and the others nodded +their heads in assent. + +Then they gathered together discussing the manner of her end, while +Benoni stormed at them in vain. Not quite in vain, however, for they +yielded something to his pleading. + +"So be it," said their spokesman, Simon the Zealot. "This is our +sentence on the traitress--that she suffer the common fate of traitors +and be taken to the upper gate, called the Gate Nicanor, that divides +the Court of Israel from the Court of Women, and bound with the chain to +the central column that is over the gate, where she may be seen both of +her friends the Romans and of the people of Israel whom she has striven +to betray, there to perish of hunger and of thirst, or in such fashion +as God may appoint, for so shall we be clean of a woman's blood. Yet, +because of the prayer of Benoni, our brother, of whose race she is, we +decree that this sentence shall not be carried out before the set +of sun, and that if in the meanwhile the traitress elects to give +information that shall lead to the recapture of the Roman prefect, +Marcus, she shall be set at liberty without the gates of the Temple. The +case is finished. Guards, take her to the prison whence she came." + +So they seized Miriam and led her thence through the crowd of onlookers, +who paused from their wanderings and weary searching of the ground +to spit at or curse her, and thrust her back into her cell and to the +company of the cold corpse of Theophilus the Essene. + +Here Miriam sat down, and partly to pass the time, partly because she +needed it, ate the bread and dried flesh which she had left hidden in +the cell. After this sleep came to her, who was tired out and the worst +being at hand, had nothing more to fear. For four or five hours she +rested sweetly, dreaming that she was a child again, gathering flowers +on the banks of Jordan in the spring season, till, at length, a sound +caused her to awake. She looked up to see Benoni standing before her. + +"What is it, grandfather?" she asked. + +"Oh! my daughter," groaned the wretched old man, "I am come here at some +risk, for because of you and for other reasons they suspect me, those +wolf-hearted men, to bid you farewell and to ask your pardon." + +"Why should you ask my pardon, grandfather? Seeing things as they see +them, the sentence is just enough. I am a Christian, and--if you would +know it--I did, as I hope, save the life of Marcus, for which deed my +own is forfeit." + +"How?" he asked. + +"That, grandfather, I will not tell you." + +"Tell me, and save yourself. There is little chance that they will take +him, since the Jews have been driven from the Old Tower." + +"The Jews might re-capture the tower, and I will not tell you. Also, the +lives of others are at stake, of my friends who have sheltered me, and +who, as I trust, will now shelter him." + +"Then you must die, and by this death of shame, for I am powerless to +save you. Yes, you must die tied to a pinnacle of the gateway, a mockery +to friend and foe. Why, if it had not been that I still have some +authority among them, and that you are of my blood, girl though you be, +they would have crucified you upon the wall, serving you as the Romans +serve our people." + +"If it pleases God that I should die, I shall die. What is one life +among so many tens of thousands? Let us talk of other things while we +have time." + +"What is there to talk of, Miriam, save misery, misery, misery?" and +again he groaned. "You were right, and I have been wrong. That Messiah +of yours whom I rejected, yes, and still reject, had at least the gift +of prophecy, for the words that you read me yonder in Tyre will be +fulfilled upon this people and city, aye, to the last letter. The Romans +hold even the outer courts of the Temple; there is no food left. In the +upper town the inhabitants devour each other and die, and die till none +can bury the dead. In a day or two, or ten--what does it matter?--we +who are left must perish also by hunger and the sword. The nation of the +Jews is trodden out, the smoke of their sacrifices goes up no more, and +the Holy House that they have builded will be pulled stone from stone, +or serve as a temple for the worship of heathen gods." + +"Will Titus show no mercy? Can you not surrender?" asked Miriam. + +"Surrender? To be sold as slaves or dragged a spectacle at the wheels of +Cæsar's triumphal car, through the shouting streets of Rome? No, girl, +best to fight it out. We will seek mercy of Jehovah and not of Titus. +Oh! I would that it were done with, for my heart is broken, and this +judgment is fallen on me--that I, who, of my own will, brought my +daughter to her death, must bring her daughter to death against my will. +If I had hearkened to you, you would have been in Pella, or in Egypt. I +lost you, and, thinking you dead, what I have suffered no man can know. +Now I find you, and because of the office that was thrust upon me, I, +even I, from whom your life has sprung, must bring you to your doom." + +"Grandfather," Miriam broke in, wringing her hands, for the grief +of this old man was awful to witness, "cease, I beseech you, cease. +Perhaps, after all, I shall not die." + +He looked up eagerly. "Have you hope of escape?" he asked. "Perchance +Caleb----" + +"Nay, I know naught of Caleb, except that there is still good in his +heart, since at the last he tried to save me--for which I thank him. +Still, I had sooner perish here alone, who do not fear death in my +spirit, whatever my flesh may fear, than escape hence in his company." + +"What then, Miriam? Why should you think----?" and he paused. + +"I do not think, I only trust in God and--hope. One of our faith, now +long departed, who foretold that I should be born, foretold also that +I should live out my life. It may be so--for that woman was holy, and a +prophetess." + +As she spoke there came a rolling sound like that of distant thunder, +and a voice without called: + +"Rabbi Benoni, the wall is down. Tarry not, Rabbi Benoni, for they seek +you." + +"Alas! I must begone," he said, "for some new horror is fallen upon us, +and they summon me to the council. Farewell, most beloved Miriam, may +my God and your God protect you, for I cannot. Farewell, and if, by any +chance, you live, forgive me, and try to forget the evil that, in my +blindness and my pride, I have brought upon yours and you, but oh! most +of all upon myself." + +Then he embraced her passionately and was gone, leaving Miriam weeping. + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +THE GATE OF NICANOR + +Another two hours went by, and the lengthening shadows cast through the +stonework of the lattice told Miriam that the day was drawing to its +end. Suddenly the bolts were shot and the door opened. + +"The time is at hand," she said to herself, and at the thought her heart +beat fast and her knees trembled, while a mist came before her eyes, so +that she could not see. When it passed she looked up, and there before +her, very handsome and stately, though worn with war and hunger, stood +Caleb, sword in hand and clad in a breast plate dinted with many blows. +At the sight, Miriam's courage came back to her; at least before him she +would show no fear. + +"Are you sent to carry out my sentence?" she asked. + +He bowed his head. "Yes, a while hence, when the sun sinks," he answered +bitterly. "That judge, Simeon, who ordered you to be searched, is a man +with a savage heart. He thought that I tried to save you from the wrath +of the Sanhedrim; he thought that I----" + +"Let be what he thought," interrupted Miriam, "and, friend Caleb, do +your office. When we were children together often you tied my hands and +feet with flowers, do you remember? Well, tie them now with cords, and +make an end." + +"You are cruel," he said, wincing. + +"Indeed! some might have thought that you are cruel. If, for instance, +they had heard your words in that tower last night when you gave up my +name to the Jews and linked it with another's." + +"Oh! Miriam," he broke in in a pleading voice, "if I did this--and +in truth I scarcely know what I did--it was because love and jealousy +maddened me." + +"Love? The love of the lion for the lamb! Jealousy? Why were you +jealous? Because, having striven to murder Marcus--oh! I saw the fight +and it was little better, for you smote him unawares, being fully +prepared when he was not--you feared lest I might have saved him from +your fangs. Well, thanks be to God! I did save him, as I hope. And now, +officer of the most merciful and learned Sanhedrim, do your duty." + +"At least, Miriam," Caleb went on, humbly, for her bitter words, unjust +as they were in part, seemed to crush him, "at least, I strove my best +for you to-day--after I found time to think." + +"Yes," she answered, "to think that other lions would get the lamb which +you chance to desire for yourself." + +"More," he continued, taking no note. "I have made a plan." + +"A plan to do what?" + +"To escape. If I give the signal on your way to the gate where I must +lead you, you will be rescued by certain friends of mine who will hide +you in a place of safety, while I, the officer, shall seem to be cut +down. Afterwards I can join you and under cover of the night, by a way +of which I know, we will fly together." + +"Fly? Where to?" + +"To the Romans, who will spare you because of what you did +yesterday--and me also." + +"Because of what _you_ did yesterday?" + +"No--because you will say that I am your husband. It will not be true, +but what of that?" + +"What of it, indeed?" asked Miriam, "since it can always become true. +But how is it that you, being one of the first of the Jewish warriors, +are prepared to fly and ask the mercy of your foes? Is it because----" + +"Spare to insult me, Miriam. You know well why it is. You know well that +I am no traitor, and that I do not fly for fear." + +"Yes," she answered, in a changed tone, for his manly words touched her, +"I know that." + +"It is for you that I fly, for your sake I will eat this dirt and crown +myself with shame. I fly that for the second time I may save you." + +"And in return you demand--what?" + +"Yourself." + +"That I will not give, Caleb. I reject your offer." + +"I feared it," he answered huskily, "who am accustomed to such denials. +Then I demand this, for know that if once you pass your word I may trust +it: that you will not marry the Roman Marcus." + +"I cannot marry the Roman Marcus any more than I can marry you, because +neither of you are Christians, and as you know well it is laid upon +me as a birth duty that I may take no man to husband who is not a +Christian." + +"For your sake, Miriam," he answered slowly, "I am prepared to be +baptised into your faith. Let this show you how much I love you." + +"It does not show that you love the faith, Caleb, nor if you did love it +could I love you. Jew or Christian, I cannot be your wife." + +He turned his face to the wall and for a while was silent. Then he spoke +again. + +"Miriam, so be it. I will still save you. Go, and marry Marcus, if +you can, only, if I live, I will kill him if I can, but that you need +scarcely fear, for I do not think that I shall live." + +She shook her head. "I will not go, who am weary of flights and hidings. +Let God deal with me and Marcus and you as He pleases. Yet I thank you, +and am sorry for the unkind words I spoke. Oh! Caleb, cannot you put me +out of your mind? Are there not many fairer women who would be glad to +love you? Why do you waste your life upon me? Take your path and suffer +me to take mine. Yet all this talk is foolishness, for both are likely +to be short." + +"Yours, and that of Marcus the Roman, and my own are all one path, +Miriam, and I seek no other. As a lad, I swore that I would never take +you, except by your own wish, and to that oath I hold. Also, I swore +that if I could I would kill my rival, and to that oath I hold. If he +kills me, you may wed him. If I kill him, you need not wed me unless you +so desire. But this fight is to the death, yes, whether you live or die, +it is still to the death as between me and him. Do you understand?" + +"Your words are very plain, Caleb, but this is a strange hour to choose +to speak them, seeing that, for aught I know, Marcus is already +dead, and that within some short time I shall be dead, and that death +threatens you and all within this Temple." + +"Yet we live, Miriam, and I believe that for none of the three of us is +the end at hand. Well, you will not fly, either with me or without me?" + +"No, I will not fly." + +"Then the time is here, and, having no choice, I must do my duty, +leaving the rest to fate. If, perchance, I can rescue you afterwards, I +will, but do not hope for such a thing." + +"Caleb, I neither hope nor fear. Henceforth I struggle no more. I am in +other hands than yours, or those of the Jews, and as They fashion the +clay so shall it be shaped. Now, will you bind me?" + +"I have no such command. Come forth if it pleases you, the officers wait +without. Had you wished to be rescued, I should have taken the path on +which my friends await us. Now we must go another." + +"So be it," said Miriam, "but first give me that jar of water, for my +throat is parched." + +He lifted it to her lips and she drank deeply. Then they went. Outside +the cloister four men were waiting, two of them those doorkeepers who +had searched her in the morning, the others soldiers. + +"You have been a long while with the pretty maid, master," said one of +them to Caleb. "Have you been receiving confession of her sins?" + +"I have been trying to receive confession of the hiding-place of the +Roman, but the witch is obstinate," he answered, glaring angrily at +Miriam. + +"She will soon change her tune on the gateway, master, where the nights +are cold and the day is hot for those who have neither cloaks for their +backs nor water for their stomachs. Come on, Blue Eyes, but first give +me that necklet of pearls, which may serve to buy a bit of bread or a +drink of wine," and he thrust his filthy hand into her breast. + +Next instant a sword flashed in the red light of the evening to fall +full on the ruffian's skull, and down he went dead or dying. + +"Brute," said Caleb with an angry snarl, "go to seek bread and wine in +Gehenna. The maid is doomed to death, not to be plundered by such as +you. Come forward." + +The companions of the fallen man stared at him. Then one laughed, for +death was too common a sight to excite pity or surprise, and said: + +"He was ever a greedy fellow. Let us hope that he has gone where there +is more to eat." + +Then, preceded by Caleb, they marched through the long cloisters, passed +an inner door, turned down more cloisters on the right, and, following +the base of the great wall, came to its beautiful centre gate, Nicanor, +that was adorned with gold and silver, and stood between the Court of +Women and the Court of Israel. Over this gateway was a square building, +fifty feet or more in height, containing store chambers and places where +the priests kept their instruments of music. On its roof, which was +flat, were three columns of marble, terminated by gilded spikes. By the +gate one of the Sanhedrim was waiting for them, that same relentless +judge, Simeon, who had ordered Miriam to be searched. + +"Has the woman confessed where she hid the Roman?" he asked of Caleb. + +"No," he answered, "she says that she knows nothing of any Roman." + +"Is it so, woman?" + +"It is so, Rabbi." + +"Bring her up," he went on sternly, and they passed through some +stone chambers to a place where there was a staircase with a door of +cedar-wood. The judge unlocked it, locking it again behind them, and +they climbed the stairs till they came to another little door of stone, +which, being opened, Miriam found herself on the roof of the gateway. +They led her to the centre pillar, to which was fastened an iron chain +about ten feet in length. Here Simeon commanded that her hands should +be bound behind her, which was done. Then he brought out of his robe a +scroll written in large letters, and tied it on to her breast. This was +the writing on the scroll: + +"Miriam, Nazarene and Traitress, is doomed here to die as God shall +appoint, before the face of her friends, the Romans." + +Then followed several signatures of members of the Sanhedrim, including +that of her grandfather, Benoni, who had thus been forced to show the +triumph of patriotism over kinship. + +This done the end of the chain was made fast round her middle and +riveted with a hammer in such fashion that she could not possibly escape +its grip. Then all being finished the men prepared to leave. First, +however, Simeon addressed her: + +"Stay here, accursed traitress, till your bones fall piecemeal from +that chain," he said, "stay, through storm and shine, through light +and darkness, while Roman and Jew alike make merry of your sufferings, +which, if my voice had been listened to, would have been shorter, but +more cruel. Daughter of Satan, go back to Satan and let the Son of the +carpenter save you if he can." + +"Spare to revile the maid," broke in Caleb furiously, "for curses are +spears that fall on the heads of those that throw them." + +"Had I my will," answered the Rabbi, "a spear should fall upon your +head, insolent, who dare to rebuke your elders. Begone before me, and be +sure of this, that if you strive to return here it shall be for the last +time. More is known about you, Caleb, then you think, and perhaps you +also would make friends among the Romans." + +Caleb made no answer, for he knew the venom and power of this Zealot +Simeon, who was the chosen friend and instrument of the savage John of +Gischala. Only he looked at Miriam with sad eyes, and, muttering "You +would have it so, I can do no more. Farewell," left her to her fate. + +So there in the red light of the sunset, with her hands bound, a placard +setting out her shame upon her breast, and chained like a wild beast +to the column of marble, Miriam was left alone. Walking as near to the +little battlement as the length of her chain would allow, she looked +down into the Court of Israel, where many of the Zealots had gathered to +catch sight of her. So soon as they saw her they yelled and hooted and +cast a shower of stones, one of which struck her on the shoulder. With a +little cry of pain she ran back as far as she could reach on the further +side of the pillar. Hence she could see the great Court of Women, whence +the Gate Nicanor was approached by fifteen steps forming the half of a +circle and fashioned of white marble. This court now was nothing but +a camp, for the outer Court of the Gentiles having been taken by the +Romans, their battering rams were working at its walls. + +Then the night fell, but brought no peace with it, for the rams smote +continually, and since they were not strong enough to break through the +huge stones of the mighty wall, the Romans renewed their attempt to take +them by storm in the hours of darkness. But, indeed, it was no darkness, +for the Jews lit fires upon the top of the wall, and by their light +drove off the attacking Romans. Again and again, from her lofty perch, +Miriam could see the scaling ladders appear above the crest of the wall. +Then up them would come long lines of men, each holding a shield above +his head. As the foremost of these scrambled on to the wall, the waiting +Jews rushed at them and cut them down with savage shouts, while other +Jews seizing the rungs of the ladder, thrust it from the coping to fall +with its living load back into the ditch beneath. Once there were great +cries of joy, for two standard-bearers had come up the ladders carrying +their ensigns with them. The men were overpowered and the ensigns +captured to be waved derisively at the Romans beneath, who answered the +insult with sullen roars of rage. + +So things went on till at length the legionaries, wearing of this +desperate fighting, took another counsel. Hitherto Titus had desired to +preserve all the Temple, even to the outer courts and cloisters, but now +he commanded that the gates, built of great beams of cedar and overlaid +with silver plates, should be fired. Through a storm of spears and +arrows soldiers rushed up to them and thrust lighted brands into every +joint and hinge. They caught, and presently the silver plates ran down +their blazing surface in molten streams of metal. Nor was this all, for +from the gates the fire spread to the cloisters on either side, nor did +the outworn Jews attempt to stay its ravages. They drew back sullenly, +and seated in groups upon the paving of the Court of Women, watching the +circle of devouring flame creep slowly on. At length the sun rose. Now +the Romans were labouring to extinguish the fire at the gateway, and to +make a road over the ruins by which they might advance. When it was +done at last, with shouts of triumph the legionaries, commanded by Titus +himself and accompanied by a body of horsemen, advanced into the Court +of Women. Back before them fled the Jews, pouring up the steps of the +Gate Nicanor, on the roof of which Miriam was chained to her pinnacle. +But of her they took no note, none had time to think, or even to look +at a single girl bound there on high in punishment for some offence, of +which the most of them knew nothing. Only they manned the walls to right +and left, and held the gateway, but to the roof where Miriam was they +did not climb, because its parapet was too low to shelter them from the +arrows of their assailants. + +The Romans saw her, however, for she perceived that some of his officers +were pointing her out to a man on horseback, clad in splendid armour, +over which fell a purple cloak, whom she took to be Titus himself. Also +one of the soldiers shot an arrow at her which struck upon the spiked +column above her head and, rebounding, fell at her feet. Titus noted +this, for she saw the man brought before him, and by his gestures +gathered that the general was speaking to him angrily. After this no +more arrows were shot at her, and she understood that their curiosity +being stirred by the sight of a woman chained upon a gateway, they did +not wish to do her mischief. + +Now the August sun shone out from a cloudless sky till the hot air +danced above the roofs of the Temple and the pavings of the courts, and +the thousands shut within their walls were glad to crowd into the shadow +to shelter from its fiery beams. But Miriam could not escape them +thus. In the morning and again in the afternoon she was able indeed, by +creeping round it, to take refuge in the narrow line of shade thrown by +the marble column to which she was made fast. At mid-day, however, it +flung no shadow, so for all those dreadful hours she must pant in the +burning heat without a drop of water to allay her thirst. Still she bore +it till at length came evening and its cool. + +That day the Romans made no attack, nor did the Jews attempt a sally. +Only some of the lighter of the engines were brought into the Court of +Women, whence they hurled their great stones and heavy darts into the +Court of Israel beyond. Miriam watched these missiles as they rushed by +her, once or twice so close that the wind they made stirred her hair. +The sight fascinated her and took her mind from her own sufferings. +She could see the soldiers working at the levers and pulleys till the +strings of the catapult or the boards of the balista were drawn to their +places. Then the darts or the stones were set in the groove prepared to +receive it, a cord was pulled and the missile sped upon its way, making +an angry humming noise as it clove the air. At first it looked small; +then approaching it grew large, to become small again to her following +sight as its journey was accomplished. Sometimes, the stones, which did +more damage than the darts, fell upon the paving and bounded along it, +marking their course by fragments of shattered marble and a cloud of +dust. At others, directed by an evil fate, they crashed into groups +of Jews, destroying all they touched. Wandering to and fro among these +people was that crazed man Jesus, the son of Annas, who had met them +with his wild prophetic cry as they entered into Jerusalem, and whose +ill-omened voice Miriam had heard again before Marcus was taken at the +fight in the Old Tower. To and fro he went, none hindering him, though +many thrust their fingers in their ears and looked aside as he passed, +wailing forth: "Woe, woe to Jerusalem! Woe to the city and the Temple!" +Of a sudden, as Miriam watched, he was still for a moment, then throwing +up his arms, cried in a piercing voice, "Woe, woe to myself!" Before the +echo of his words had died against the Temple walls, a great stone cast +from the Court of Women rushed upon him through the air and felled him +to the earth. On it went with vast bounds, but Jesus, the son of Annas, +lay still. Now, in the hour of the accomplishment of his prophecy, his +pilgrimage was ended. + +All the day the cloisters that surrounded the Court of Women burned +fiercely, but the Jews, whose heart was out of them, did not sally +forth, and the Romans made no attack upon the inner Court of Israel. At +length the last rays of the setting sun struck upon the slopes of the +Mount of Olives, the white tents of the Roman camps, and the hundreds +of crosses, each bearing its ghastly burden, that filled the Valley of +Jehoshaphat and climbed up the mountain sides wherever space could be +found for them to stand. Then over the tortured, famished city down fell +the welcome night. To none was it more welcome than to Miriam, for with +it came a copious dew which seemed to condense upon the gilded spike of +her marble pillar, whence it trickled so continually, that by licking +a little channel in the marble, she was enabled, before it ceased, to +allay the worst pangs of her thirst. This dew gathered upon her hair, +bared neck and garments, so that through them also she seemed to take +in moisture and renew her life. After this she slept a while, expecting +always to be awakened by some fresh conflict. But on that night none +took place, the fight was for the morrow. Meanwhile there was peace. + +Miriam dreamed in her uneasy sleep, and in this dream many visions came +to her. She saw this sacred hill of Moriah, whereon the Temple stood, as +it had been in the beginning, a rugged spot clothed with ungrafted carob +trees and olives, and inhabited, not of men, but by wild boars and the +hyænas that preyed upon their young. Almost in its centre lay a huge +black stone. To this stone came a man clad in the garb of the Arabs of +the desert, and with him a little lad whom he bound upon the stone as +though to offer him in sacrifice. Then, as he was about to plunge a +knife into his heart, a glory shone round the place, and a voice cried +to him to hold his hand. That was a vision of the offering of Isaac. It +passed, and there came another vision. + +Again she saw the sacred height of Moriah, and lo! a Temple stood upon +it, a splendid building, but not that which she knew, and in front of +this Temple the same black rock. On the rock, where once the lad had +been bound, was an altar, and before the altar a glorious man clad +in priestly robes, who offered sacrifice of lambs and oxen and in a +sonorous voice gave praise to Jehovah in the presence of a countless +host of people. This she knew was the vision of Solomon the King. + +It passed, and lo! by this same black rock stood another man, pale and +eager-faced, with piercing eyes, who reproached the worshippers in the +Temple because of the wickedness of their hearts, and drove them from +before him with a scourge of cords. This she knew was a vision of Jesus, +the Son of Mary, that Messiah Whom she worshipped, for as He drove out +the people He prophesied the desolation that should fall upon them, and +as they fled they mocked Him. + +The picture passed, and again she saw the black rock, but now it lay +beneath a gilded dome and light fell upon it through painted windows. +About it moved many priests whose worship was strange to her, and so +they seemed to move for ages. At length the doors of that dome were +burst open, and upon the priests rushed fair-faced, stately-looking men, +clad in white mail and bearing upon their shields and breastplates +the symbol of the Cross. They slaughtered the votaries of the strange +worship, and once more the rock was red with blood. Now they were gone +in turn and other priests moved beneath the dome, but the Cross had +vanished thence, and its pinnacles were crowned with crescents. + +That vision passed, and there came another of dim, undistinguishable +hordes that tore down the crescents and slaughtered the ministers of the +strange faith, and gave the domed temple to the flames. + +That vision passed, and once more the summit of Mount Moriah was as it +had been in the beginning: the wild olive and the wild fig flourished +among its desolate terraces, the wild boar roamed beneath their shade, +and there were none to hunt him. Only the sunlight and the moonlight +still beat upon the ancient Rock of Sacrifice. + +That vision passed, and lo! around the rock, filling the Valley of +Jehoshaphat and the valleys beyond, and the Mount of Olives and the +mountains above, yes, and the empty air between earth and sky, further +than the eye could reach, stood, rank upon rank, all the countless +million millions of mankind, all the millions that had been and were yet +to be, gazing, every one of them, anxiously and in utter silence upon +the scarred and naked Rock of Sacrifice. Now upon the rock there grew +a glory so bright that at the sight of it all the million of millions +abased their eyes. And from the glory pealed forth a voice of a trumpet, +that seemed to say: + +"This is the end and the beginning, all things are accomplished in their +order, now is the day of Decision." + +Then, in her dream, the sun turned red as blood and the stars seemed +to fall and winds shook the world, and darkness covered it, and in the +winds and the darkness were voices, and standing upon the rock, its arms +stretched east and west, a cross of fire, and filling the heavens above +the cross, company upon company of angels. This last vision of judgment +passed also and Miriam awoke again from her haunted, horror-begotten +sleep, to see the watch-fires of the Romans burning in the Court of +Women before her, and from the Court of Israel behind her, where they +were herded like cattle in the slaughterer's yard, to hear the groans of +the starving Jews who to-morrow were destined to the sword. + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +THE DEATH-STRUGGLE OF ISRAEL + +Now the light began to grow, but that morning no sun rose upon the sight +of the thousands who waited for its coming. The whole heaven was dark +with a gray mist that seemed to drift up in billows from the sea, +bringing with it a salt dampness. For this mist Miriam was thankful, +since had the sun shone hotly she knew not how she would have lived +through another day. Already she grew very weak, who had suffered so +much and eaten so little, and whose only drink had been the dew, but she +felt that while the mist hid the sun her life would bide with her. + +To others also this mist was welcome. Under cover of it Caleb approached +the gateway, and although he could not ascend it, as the doors were +locked and guarded, he cast on to its roof so cleverly, that it fell +almost at Miriam's feet, a linen bag in which was a leathern bottle +containing wine and water, and with it a mouldy crust of bread, +doubtless all that he could find, or buy, or steal. Kneeling down, +Miriam loosed the string of the bag with her teeth and devoured the +crust of bread, again returning thanks that Caleb had been moved to this +thought. But from the bottle she could not drink, for her hands being +bound behind her, she was able neither to lift it nor to untie the thong +that made fast its neck. Therefore, as, notwithstanding the dew which +she had lapped, she needed drink sorely and longed also for the use of +her hands to protect herself from the tormenting attacks of stinging +gnats and carrion flies, she set herself to try to free them. + +Now the gilt spike that crowned her pillar was made fast with +angle-irons let into the marble and the edge of one of these irons +projected somewhat and was rough. Looking at it the thought came into +Miriam's mind that it might serve to rub through the cord with which her +hands were bound. So standing with her back to the pillar she began her +task, to find that it must be done little by little, since the awkward +movement wearied her, moreover, her swollen arms chafing against the +marble of the column became intolerably sore. Yet, although the pain +made her weep, from time to time she persevered. But night fell before +the frayed cord parted. + +In the mist also the Romans came near to the gate, notwithstanding the +risk, for they were very curious about her, and called to her asking +why she was bound there. She replied in the Latin language, which was +understood by very few of the Jews, that it was because she had rescued +a Roman from death. Before they could speak again those who questioned +her were driven back by a shower of arrows discharged from the wall, but +in the distance she thought that she saw one of them make report to an +officer, who on receipt of it seemed to give some orders. + +Meanwhile, also under cover of the mist, the Jews were preparing +themselves for battle. To the number of over four thousand men they +gathered silently in the Court of Israel. Then of a sudden the gates +were thrown open, and among them that of Nicanor. The trumpets blew a +signal and out they poured into the Court of Women, driving in the Roman +guards and outposts as sticks and straws are driven by a sudden flood. +But the legionaries beyond were warned, and locking their shields +together stood firm, so that the Jews fell back from their iron line as +such a flood falls from an opposing rock. Yet they would not retreat, +but fought furiously, killing many of the Romans, until at length Titus +charged on them at the head of a squadron of horse and drove them back +headlong through the gates. Then the Romans came on and put those whom +they had captured to the sword, but as yet they did not attempt the +storming of the gates. Only officers advanced as near to the wall +as they dared and called to the Jews to surrender, saying that Titus +desired to preserve their Temple and to spare their lives. But the Jews +answered them with insults, taunts, and mockery, and Miriam, listening, +wondered what spirit had entered into these people and made them mad, so +that they chose death and destruction rather than peace and mercy. Then +she remembered her strange visions of the night, and in them seemed to +find an answer. + +Having repulsed this desperate sally the Roman officers set thousands +of men to work to attempt to extinguish the flaming cloisters, since, +notwithstanding the answer of the Jews, Titus still desired to save the +Temple. As for its defenders, beyond guarding the walls of the Court +of Israel, they did no more. Gathering in such places as were most +protected from the darts and stones thrown by the engines, they crouched +upon the ground, some in sullen silence, some beating their breasts and +rending their robes, while the women and children wailed in their +misery and hunger, throwing dust upon their heads. The Gate of Nicanor, +however, was still held by a strong guard, who suffered none to approach +it, nor did any attempt to ascend to its roof. That Caleb still lived +Miriam knew, for she had seen him, covered with dust and blood, driven +back by the charge of Roman horse up the steps of the gateway. This, +indeed, he was one of the last to pass before it was closed and barred +to keep out the pursuing Romans. After that she saw no more of him for +many a month. + +So that day also, the last of the long siege, wore away. At nightfall +the thick mist cleared, and for the last time the rich rays of sunset +shone upon the gleaming roof and burning pinnacles of the Temple and +were reflected from the dazzling whiteness of its walls. Never had it +looked more beautiful than it did in that twilight as it towered, still +perfect, above the black ruins of the desolated city. The clamour and +shouting had died away, even the mourners had ceased their pitiful +cries; except the guards, the Romans had withdrawn and were eating their +evening meal, while those who worked the terrible engines ceased from +their destroying toil. Peace, an ominous peace, brooded on the place, +and everywhere, save for the flames that crackled among the cedar-wood +beams in the roofs of the cloisters, was deep silence, such as in tropic +lands precedes the bursting of a cyclone. To Miriam who watched, it +seemed as though in the midst of this unnatural quiet Jehovah was +withdrawing Himself from the house where His Spirit dwelt and from the +people who worshipped Him with their lips, but rejected Him in their +hearts. Her tormented nerves shuddered with a fear that was not of the +body, as she stared upwards at the immense arch of the azure evening +sky, half expecting that her mortal eyes would catch some vision of +the departing wings of the Angel of the Lord. But there she could see +nothing except the shapes of hundreds of high-poised eagles. "Where the +carcase is there shall the eagles be gathered together," she muttered to +herself, and remembering that these four birds were come to feast upon +the bones of the whole people of the Jews and upon her own, she shut her +eyes and groaned. + +Then the light died on the Temple towers and faded from the pale slopes +of the mountains, and in place of the wheeling carrion birds bright +stars shone out one by one upon the black mantle of the night. + +Once again, setting her teeth because of the agony that the touch of the +marble gave to her raw and swollen flesh, Miriam began to fret the cords +which bound her wrists against the rough edge of the angle-iron. She was +sure that it was nearly worn through, but oh! how could she endure the +agony until it parted? Still she did endure, for at her feet lay the +bottle, and burning thirst drove her to the deed. Suddenly her reward +came, and she felt that her arms were free; yes, numbed, swollen and +bleeding, they fell against her sides, wrenching the stiffened muscles +of her shoulders back to their place in such a fashion that she +well-nigh fainted with the pain. Still they were free, and presently she +was able to lift them, and with the help of her teeth to loose the ends +of the cord, so that the blood could run once more through her blackened +wrists and hands. Again she waited till some feeling had come back into +her fingers, which were numb and like to mortify. Then she knelt down, +and drawing the leather bottle to her, held it between her palms, while, +with her teeth, she undid its thong. The task was hard, for it was well +tied, but at length the knots gave, and Miriam drank. So fearful was +her thirst that she could have emptied the bottle at a draught, but this +she, who had lived in the desert, was too wise to do, for she knew that +it might kill her. Also when that was gone there was no more. So she +drank half of it in slow sips, then tied the string as well as she was +able and set it down again. + +Now the wine, although it was mixed with water, took hold of her who for +so long had eaten nothing save a mouldy crust, so that strange sounds +drummed in her ears, and sinking down against the column she became +senseless for a while. She awoke again, feeling somewhat refreshed and, +though her head seemed as though it did not belong to her, well able +to think. Her arms also were better and her fingers had recovered their +feeling. If only she could loose that galling chain, she thought to +herself, she might escape, for now death, however strong her faith, was +very near and unlovely; also she suffered in many ways. To die and +pass quick to Heaven--that would be well, but to perish by inches of +starvation, heat, cold, and cramped limbs, with pains within and without +and a swimming sickness of the head, ah! it was hard to bear. She knew +that even were she free she could not hope to descend the gateway by +its staircase, since the doors were locked and barred, and if she passed +them it would be but to find herself among the Jews in the vaulted +chambers beneath. But, so she thought, perhaps she could drop from the +roof, which was not so very high, on to the paving in front of the first +stair, and then, if she was unhurt, run or crawl to the Romans, who +might give her shelter. + +So Miriam tried to undo the chain, only to find that as well might she +hope to pull down the Gate Nicanor with her helpless hands. At this +discovery she wept, for now she grew weak. Well for Miriam was it that +she could not have her wish, for certainly had she attempted to +drop down from the gateway to the marble paving, or even on to the +battlements of the walls which ran up to it on either side, her bones +would have been shattered like the shell of an egg and she must have +perished miserably. + +While she grieved thus, Miriam heard a stir in the Court of Israel, and +by the dim starlight saw that men were gathering, to do what she knew +not. Presently, as she wondered, the great gates were opened very softly +and out poured the Jews upon their last sally. Miriam was witnessing the +death-struggle of the nation of Israel. At the foot of the marble steps +they divided, one-half of them rushing towards the cloister on the +right, and the other to that upon the left. Their object, as it seemed +to her, was to slay those Roman soldiers, who, by the command of Titus, +were still engaged in fighting the flames that devoured these beautiful +buildings, and then to surprise the camp beyond. The scheme was such as +a madman might have made, seeing that the Romans, warned by the sortie +of the morning, had thrown up a wall across the lower part of the Court +of Women, and beyond that were protected by every safeguard known to the +science of ancient war. Also the moment that the first Jew set his foot +upon the staircase, watching sentries cried out in warning and trumpets +gave their call to arms. + +Still, they reached the cloisters and killed a few Romans who had not +time to get away. Following those who fled, they came to the wall and +began to try to force it, when suddenly on its crest and to the rear +appeared thousands of those men whom they had hoped to destroy, every +one of them wakeful, armed and marshalled. The Jews hesitated, and, like +a living stream of steel, the Roman ranks poured over the wall. Then, of +a sudden, terror seized those unhappy men, and, with a melancholy cry of +utter despair, they turned to flee back to the Court of Israel. But this +time the Romans were not content with driving them away, they came on +with them; some of them even reached the gate before them. Up the marble +steps poured friend and foe together; together they passed the open +gate, in their mad rush sweeping away those who had stayed to guard it, +and burst into the Court of Israel. Then leaving some to hold the gate +and reinforced continually by fresh companies from the camps within and +without the Temple courts, the Romans ran on towards the doors of the +Holy House, cutting down the fugitives as they went. Now none attempted +to stand; there was no fight made; even the bravest of the Jewish +warriors, feeling that their hour was come and that Jehovah had deserted +His people, flung down their weapons and fled, some to escape to the +Upper City, more to perish on the Roman spears. + +A few attempted to take refuge in the Holy House itself, and after these +followed some Romans bearing torches in their hands. Miriam, watching +terrified from the roof of the Gate Nicanor, saw them go, the torches +floating on the dusky air like points of wind-tossed fire. Then suddenly +from a certain window on the north side of the Temple sprang out a flame +so bright that from where she stood upon the gate, Miriam could see +every detail of the golden tracery. A soldier mounted on the shoulders +of another and not knowing in his madness that he was a destroying +angel, had cast a torch into and fired the window. Up ran the bright, +devouring flame spreading outwards like a fan, so that within some few +minutes all that side of the Temple was but a roaring furnace. Meanwhile +the Romans were pressing through the Gate Nicanor in an unending stream, +till presently there was a cry of "Make way! Make way!" + +Miriam looked down to see a man, bare-headed and with close-cropped +hair, white-robed also and unarmoured, as though he had risen from +his couch, riding on a great war-horse, an ivory wand in his hand and +preceded by an officer who bore the standard of the Roman Eagles. It was +Titus itself, who as he came shouted to the centurions to beat back the +legionaries and extinguish the fire. But who now could beat them back? +As well might he have attempted to restrain the hosts of Gehenna burst +to the upper earth. They were mad with the lust of blood and the lust of +plunder, and even to the voice of their dread lord they paid no heed. + +New flames sprang up in other parts of the vast Temple. It was doomed. +The golden doors were burst open and, attended by his officers, Titus +passed through them to view for the first and last time the home of +Jehovah, God of the Jews. From chamber to chamber he passed, yes, even +into the Holy of Holies itself, whence by his command were brought out +the golden candlesticks and the golden table of shrewbread, nor, since +God had deserted His habitation, did any harm come to him for that deed. + +Now the Temple which for one thousand one hundred and thirty years had +stood upon the sacred summit of Mount Moriah, went upwards in a sheet of +flame, itself the greatest of the sacrifices that had ever been offered +there; while soldiers stripped it of its gold and ornaments, tossing the +sacred vessels to each other and tearing down the silken curtains of the +shrine. Nor were victims lacking to that sacrifice, for in their blind +fury the Romans fell upon the people who were crowded in the Court of +Israel, and slew them to the number of more than ten thousand, warrior +and priest, citizen and woman and child together, till the court swarm +with blood and the Rock of Offering was black with the dead who had +taken refuge there. Yet these did not perish quite unavenged, for many +of the Romans, their arms filled with priceless spoils of gold and +silver, the treasures of immemorial time, sank down overcome by the +heat, and where they fell they died. + +From the Court of Israel went up one mighty wail of those who sank +beneath the sword. From the thousands of the Romans went up a savage +shout of triumph, the shout of those who put them to the sword. From the +multitude of the Jews who watched this ruin from the Upper City went +up a ceaseless scream of utter agony, and dominating all, like the +accompaniment of some fearful music, rose the fierce, triumphant roar of +fire. In straight lines and jagged pinnacles the flames soared hundreds +of feet into the still air, leaping higher and ever higher as the white +walls and gilded roofs fell in, till all the Temple was but one gigantic +furnace, near which none could bide save the dead, whose very garments +took fire as they lay upon the ground. Never, was such a sight seen +before; never, perhaps, will such a sight be seen again--one so awesome, +yet so majestic. + +Now every living being whom they could find was slain, and the Romans +drew back, bearing their spoil with them. But the remainder of the Jews, +to the number of some thousands, escaped by the bridges, which they +broke down behind them, across the valley into the Upper City, whence +that piercing, sobbing wail echoed without cease. Miriam watched till +she could bear the sight no longer. The glare blinded her, the heat of +the incandescent furnace shrivelled her up, her white dress scorched and +turned brown. She crouched behind the shelter of her pinnacle gasping +for breath. She prayed that she might die, and could not. Now she +remembered the drink that remained in the leathern bottle, and swallowed +it to the last drop. Then she crouched down again against the pillar, +and lying thus her senses left her. + + + +When they came back it was daylight, and from the heap of ashes that +had been the Temple of Herod and the most glorious building in the whole +world, rose a thick cloud of black smoke, pierced here and there by +little angry tongues of fire. The Court of Israel was strewn so thick +with dead that in places the soldiers walked on them as on a carpet, +or to be rid of them, hurled them into the smouldering ruins. Upon the +altar that stood on the Rock of Sacrifice a strange sight was to be +seen, for set up there was an object like the shaft of a lance wreathed +with what seemed to be twining snakes and surmounted by a globe on which +she stood a golden eagle with outspread wings. Gathered in front of it +were a vast number of legionaries who did obeisance to this object. They +were offering worship to the Roman standards upon the ancient altar of +the God of Israel! Presently a figure rode before them attended by +a glittering staff of officers, to be greeted with a mighty shout of +"Titus _Imperator_! Titus _Imperator_!" Here on the sense of his triumph +his victorious legions named their general Cæsar. + +Nor was the fighting altogether ended, for on the roofs of some of +the burning cloisters were gathered a few of the most desperate of the +survivors of the Jews, who, as the cloisters crumbled beneath them, +retreated slowly towards the Gate Nicanor, which still stood unharmed. +The Romans, weary with slaughter, called to them to come down and +surrender, but they would not, and Miriam watching them, to her horror +saw that one of these men was none other than her grandfather, Benoni. +As they would not yield, the Romans shot at them with arrows, so that +presently every one of them was down except Benoni, whom no dart seemed +to touch. + +"Cease shooting," cried a voice, "and bring a ladder. That man is brave +and one of the Sanhedrim. Let him be taken alive." + +A ladder was brought and reared against the wall near the Gate Nicanor +and up it came Romans. Benoni retreated before them till he stood upon +the edge of the gulf of advancing fire. Then he turned round and faced +them. As he turned he caught sight of Miriam huddled at the base of her +column upon the roof of the gate, and thinking that she was dead, wrung +his hands and tore his beard. She guessed his grief, but so weak and +parched was she, that she could call no word of comfort to him, or do +more than watch the end with fascinated eyes. + +The soldiers came on along the top of the wall till they feared to +approach nearer to the fire, lest they should fall through the burning +rafters. + +"Yield!" they cried. "Yield, fool, before you perish! Titus gives you +your life." + +"That he may drag me, an elder of Israel, in chains through the streets +of Rome," answered the old Jew scornfully. "Nay, I will not yield, and I +pray God that the same end which you have brought upon this city and its +children, may fall upon your city and its children at the hands of men +even more cruel than yourselves." + +Then stooping down he lifted a spear which lay upon the wall and hurled +it at them so fiercely, that it transfixed the buckler of one of the +soldiers and the arm behind the buckler. + +"Would that it had been your heart, heathen, and the heart of all your +race!" he screamed, and lifting his hands as though in invocation, +suddenly plunged headlong into the flames beneath. + +Thus, fierce and brave to the last, died Benoni the Jew. + + + +Again Miriam fainted, again to be awakened. The door that led from +the gate chambers to its roof burst open and through it sped a figure +bare-headed and dishevelled, his torn raiment black with blood and +smoke. Staring at him, Miriam knew the man who Simeon--yes, Simeon, +her cruel judge, who had doomed her to this dreadful end. After him, +gripping his robe indeed, came a Roman officer, a stout man of middle +age, with a weather-beaten kindly face, which in some dim way seemed to +be familiar to her, and after him again, six soldiers. + +"Hold him!" he panted. "We must have one of them to show if only that +the people may know what a live Jew is like," and the officer tugged so +fiercely at the robe that in his struggles to be free, for he also hoped +to die by casting himself from the gateway tower, Simeon fell down. + +Next instant the soldiers were on him and held him fast. Then it was for +the first time that the captain caught sight of Miriam crouched at the +foot of her pillar. + +"Why," he said, "I had forgotten. That is the girl whom we saw yesterday +from the Court of Women and whom we have orders to save. Is the poor +thing dead?" + +Miriam lifted her wan face and looked at him. + +"By Bacchus!" he said, "I have seen that face before; it is not one that +a man would forget. Ah! I have it now." Then he stooped and eagerly read +the writing that was tied upon her breast: + +"Miriam, Nazarene and traitress, is doomed here to die as God shall +appoint before the face of her friends, the Romans." + +"Miriam," he said, then started and checked himself. + +"Look!" cried one of the soldiers, "the girl wears pearls, and good +ones. Is it your pleasure that I should cut them off?" + +"Nay, let them be," he answered. "Neither she nor her pearls are for any +of us. Loosen her chain, not her necklet." + +So with much trouble they broke the rivets of the chain. + +"Can you stand, lady?" said the captain to Miriam. + +She shook her head. + +"Then I needs must carry you," and stooping down he lifted her in +his strong arms as though she had been but a child, and, bidding the +soldiers bring the Jew Simeon with them, slowly and with great care +descended the staircase up which Miriam had been taken more than sixty +hours before. + +Passing through the outer doors into the archway where the great gate by +which the Romans had gained access to the Temple stood wide, the captain +turned into the Court of Israel, where some soldiers who were engaged +in dividing spoil looked up laughing and asked him whose baby he had +captured. Paying no heed to them he walked across the court, picking his +way through the heaps of dead to a range of the southern cloisters which +were still standing, where officers might be seen coming and going. +Under one of these cloisters, seated on a stool and employed in +examining the vessels and other treasures of the Temple, which were +brought before him one by one, was Titus. Looking up he saw this strange +procession and commanded that they should be brought before him. + +"Who is it that you carry in your arms, captain?" he asked. + +"That girl, Cæsar," he answered, "who was bound upon the gateway and +whom you have orders should not be shot at." + +"Does she still live?" + +"She lives--no more. Thirst and heat have withered her." + +"How came she there?" + +"This writing tells you, Cæsar." + +Titus read. "Ah!" he said, "Nazarene. An evil sect, worse even than +these Jews, or so thought the late divine Nero. Traitress also. Why, the +girl must have deserved her fate. But what is this? 'Is doomed to die as +God shall appoint before the face of her friends, the Romans.' How are +the Romans her friends, I wonder? Girl, if you can speak, tell me who +condemned you." + +Miriam lifted her dark head from the shoulder of the captain on which it +lay and pointed with her finger at the Jew, Simeon. + +"Is that so, man?" asked Cæsar. "Now tell the truth, for I shall learn +it, and if you lie you die." + +"She was condemned by the Sanhedrim, among whom was her own grandfather, +Benoni; there is his signature with the rest upon the scroll," Simeon +answered sullenly. + +"For what crime?" + +"Because she suffered a Roman prisoner to escape, for which deed," he +added furiously, "may her soul burn in Gehenna for ever and aye!" + +"What was the name of the prisoner?" asked Titus. + +"I do not remember," answered Simeon. + +"Well," said Cæsar, "it does not greatly matter, for either he is safe +or he is dead. Your robes, what are left of them, show that you also are +one of the Sanhedrim. Is it not so?" + +"Yes. I am Simeon, a name that you have heard." + +"Ah! Simeon, here it is, written on this scroll first of all. Well, +Simeon, you doomed a high-born lady to a cruel death because she saved, +or tried to save, a Roman soldier, and it is but just that you should +drink of your own wine. Take him and fasten him to the column on the +gateway and leave him there to perish. Your Holy House is destroyed, +Simeon, and being a faithful priest, you would not wish to survive your +worship." + +"There you are right, Roman," he answered, "though I should have been +better pleased with a quicker end, such as I trust may overtake you." + +Then they led him off, and presently Simeon appeared upon the gateway +with Miriam's chain about his middle and Miriam's rope knotted afresh +about his wrists. + +"Now for this poor girl," went on Titus Cæsar. "It seems that she is +a Nazarene, a sect of which all men speak ill, for they try to subvert +authority and preach doctrines that would bring the world to ruin. Also +she was false to her own people, which is a crime, though one in this +instance whereof we Romans cannot complain. Therefore, if only for the +sake of example it would be wrong to set her free; indeed, to do so, +would be to give her to death. My command is, then, that she shall be +taken good care of, and if she recovers, be sent to Rome to adorn my +Triumph, should the gods grant me such a thing, and afterwards be +sold as a slave for the benefit of the wounded soldiers and the poor. +Meanwhile, who will take charge of her?" + +"I," said that officer who had freed Miriam. "There is an old woman who +tends my tent, who can nurse her in her sickness." + +"Understand, friend," answered Titus, "that no harm is to be done to +this girl, who is my property." + +"I understand, O Cæsar," said the officer. "She shall be treated as +though she were my daughter." + +"Good. You who are present, remember his words and my decree. In Rome, +if we live to reach it, you shall give account to me of the captive +lady, Miriam. Now take her away, for there are greater matters to be +dealt with than the fortunes of this girl." + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +PEARL-MAIDEN + +Many days had gone by, but still the fighting was not ended, for the +Jews continued to hold the Upper City. As it chanced, however, in one of +the assaults upon it that officer who had rescued Miriam was badly hurt +by a spear-thrust in the leg, so that he could be of no more service +in this war. Therefore, because he was a man whom Titus trusted, he was +ordered to sail with others of the sick for Rome, taking in his charge +much of the treasure that had been captured, and for this purpose +travelled down to Tyre, whence his vessel was to put to sea. In +obedience to the command of Cæsar he had carried the captive Miriam to +the camp of his legion upon the Mount of Olives, and there placed her +in a tent, where an old slave-woman tended her. For a while it was not +certain whether she should live or die, for her sufferings and all that +she had seen brought her so near to death that it was hard to keep her +from passing its half-opened gates. Still, with good food and care, the +strength came back to her body. But in mind Miriam remained sick, since +during all these weeks she wandered in her talk, so that no word of +reason passed her lips. + +Now, many would have wearied of her and thrust her out to take her +chance with hundreds of other poor creatures who roamed about the land +until they perished or were enslaved of Arabs. But this Roman did not +act thus; in truth, as he had promised it should be, had she been his +daughter, Miriam would not have been better tended. Whenever his duties +gave him time he would sit with her, trying to beguile her madness, and +after he himself was wounded, from morning to night they were together, +till at length the poor girl grew to love him in a crazy fashion, and +would throw her arms about his neck and call him "uncle," as in the +old days she had named the Essenes. Moreover, she learned to know the +soldiers of that legion, who became fond of her and would bring her +offerings of fruit and winter flowers, or of aught else that they +thought would please her. So when the captain received his orders to +proceed to Tyre with the treasure and take ship there, he and his guard +took Miriam with them, and journeying easily, reached the city on the +eighth day. + +As it chanced their ship was not ready, so they camped on the outskirts +of Paleotyrus, and by a strange accident in that very garden which had +been the property of Benoni. This place they reached after sunset one +evening and set up their tents, that of Miriam and the old slave-woman +being placed on the seashore next to the tent of her protector. This +night she slept well, and being awakened at the dawn by the murmur of +the sea among the rocks, went to the door of the tent and looked out. +All the camp was sleeping, for here they had no enemy to fear, and a +great calm lay upon the sea and land. Presently the mist lifted and +the rays of the rising sun poured across the blue ocean and its gray, +bordering coast. + +With that returning light, as it happened, the light returned also into +Miriam's darkened mind. She became aware that this scene was familiar; +she recognised the outlines of the proud and ancient island town. More, +she remembered that garden; yes, there assuredly was the palm-tree +beneath which she had often sat, and there the rock, under whose shadow +grew white lilies, where she had rested with Nehushta when the Roman +captain brought her the letter and the gifts from Marcus. Instinctively +Miriam put her hand to her neck. About it still hung the collar of +pearls, and on the pearls the ring which the slave-woman had found in +her hair and tied there for safety. She took off the ring and placed it +back upon her finger. Then she walked to the rock, sat down and tried +to think. But for this, as yet her mind was not strong enough, for there +rose up in it vision after vision of blood and fire, which crushed and +overwhelmed her. All that went before the siege was clear, the rest one +red confusion. + +While she sat thus the Roman captain hobbled from his pavilion, resting +on a crutch, for his leg was still lame and shrivelled. First he went to +Miriam's tent to inquire after her of the old woman, as was his custom +at the daybreak, then, learning that she had gone out of it, looked +round for her. Presently he perceived her sitting in the shade of the +rock gazing at the sea, and followed to join her. + +"Good morning to you, daughter," he said. "How have you slept after your +long journey?" and paused, expecting to be answered with some babbling, +gentle nonsense such as flowed from Miriam's lips in her illness. But +instead of this she rose and stood before him looking confused. Then she +replied: + +"Sir, I thank you, I have slept well; but tell me, is not yonder town +Tyre, and is not this the garden of my grandfather, Benoni, where I used +to wander? Nay, how can it be? So long has passed since I walked in +this garden, and so many things have happened--terrible, terrible things +which I cannot remember," and she hid her eyes in her hand and moaned. + +"Don't try to remember them," he said cheerfully. "There is so much in +life that it is better to forget. Yes, this is Tyre, sure enough. You +could not recognise it last night because it was too dark, and this +garden, I am told, did belong to Benoni. Who it belongs to now I do not +know. To you, I suppose, and through you to Cæsar." + +Now while he spoke thus somewhat at random, for he was watching her +all the while, Miriam kept her eyes fixed upon his face, as though she +searched there for something which she could but half recall. Suddenly +an inspiration entered into them and she said: + +"Now I have it! You are the Roman captain, Gallus, who brought me the +letter from----" and she paused, thrusting her hand into the bosom of +her robe, then went on with something like a sob: "Oh! it is gone. How +did it go? Let me think." + +"Don't think," said Gallus; "there are so many things in the world which +it is better not to think about. Yes, as it happens, I am that man, +and some years ago I did bring you the letter from Marcus, called The +Fortunate. Also, as it chanced, I never forgot your sweet face and knew +it again at a time when it was well that you should find a friend. No, +we won't talk about it now. Look, the old slave calls you. It is time +that you should break your fast, and I also must eat and have my wound +dressed. Afterwards we will talk." + +All that morning Miriam saw nothing more of Gallus. Indeed, he did not +mean that she should, since he was sure that her new-found sense ought +not to be overstrained at first, lest it should break down again, never +to recover. So she went out and sat alone by the garden beach, for the +soldiers had orders to respect her privacy, and gazed at the sea. + +As she sat thus in quiet, event by event the terrible past came back to +her. She remembered it all now--their flight from Tyre; the march into +Jerusalem; the sojourn in the dark with the Essenes; the Old Tower and +what befell there; the escape of Marcus; her trial before the Sanhedrim; +the execution of her sentence upon the gateway; and then that fearful +night when the flames of the burning Temple scorched to her very brain, +and the sights and sounds of slaughter withered her heart. After this +she could recall but one more thing--the vision of the majestic figure +of Benoni standing against a background of black smoke upon the lofty +cloister-roof and defying the Romans before he plunged headlong in the +flames beneath. Of her rescue on the roof of the Gate Nicanor, of her +being carried before Titus Cæsar in the arms of Gallus, and of his +judgment concerning her she recollected nothing. Nor, indeed, did she +ever attain to a clear memory of those events, while the time between +them and the recovery of her reason by the seashore in the garden at +Tyre always remained a blank. That troubled fragment of her life was +sunk in a black sea of oblivion. + +At length the old woman came to summon Miriam to her midday meal, and +led her, not to her own tent, but to that which was pitched to serve as +an eating-place for the captain, Gallus. As she went she saw knots of +soldiers gathered across her path as though to intercept her, and turned +to fly, for the sight of them brought back the terrors of the siege. + +"Have no fear of them," said the old woman, smiling. "Ill would it go +here with him who dared to lift a finger against their Pearl-Maiden." + +"Pearl-Maiden! Why?" asked Miriam. + +"That is what they call you, because of the necklace that was upon your +breast when you were captured, which you wear still. As for why--well, +I suppose because they love you, the poor sick thing they nursed. They +have heard that you are better and gather to give you joy of it; that is +all." + +Sure enough, the words were true, for, as Miriam approached, these +rough legionaries cheered and clapped their hands, while one of them an +evil-looking fellow with a broken nose, who was said to have committed +great cruelties during the siege, came forward bowing and presented her +with a handful of wild-flowers, which he must have collected with some +trouble, since, at this season of the year they were not common. She +took them, and being still weak, burst into tears. + +"Why should you treat me thus," she asked, "who am, as I understand, but +a poor captive?" + +"Nay, nay," answered a sergeant, with an uncouth oath. "It is we who are +your captives, Pearl-Maiden, and we are glad, because your mind has come +to you, though, seeing how sweet you were without it, we do not know +that it can better you very much." + +"Oh! friends, friends," began Miriam, then once more broke down. + +Meanwhile, hearing the disturbance Gallus had come from his tent and was +hobbling towards them, when suddenly he caught sight of the tears upon +Miriam's face and broke out into such language as could only be used by +a Roman officer of experience. + +"What have you been doing to her, you cowardly hounds?" he shouted. "By +Cæsar and the Standards, if one of you has even said a word that she +should not hear, he shall be flogged until the bones break through his +skin," and his very beard bristling with wrath, Gallus uttered a +series of the most fearful maledictions upon the head of that supposed +offender, his female ancestry, and his descendants. + +"Your pardon, captain," said the sergeant, "but _you_ are uttering many +words that no maiden should hear." + +"Do you dare to argue with me, you foul-tongued camp scavenger?" shouted +Gallus. "Here, guard, lash him to that tree! Fear not, daughter; the +insult shall be avenged; we shall teach his dirty tongue to sing another +tune," and again he cursed him, naming him by new names. + +"Oh! sir, sir," broke in Miriam, "what are you about to do? This man +offered me no insult, none of them offered me anything except kind words +and flowers." + +"Then how is it that you weep?" asked Gallus suspiciously. + +"I wept, being still weak, because they who are conquerors were so kind +to one who is a slave and an outcast." + +"Oh!" said Gallus. "Well, guard, you need not tie him up this time, but +after all I take back nothing that I have said, seeing that in this way +or in that they did make you weep. What business had they to insult you +with their kindness? Men, henceforth you will be so good as to remember +that this maiden is the property of Titus Cæsar, and after Cæsar, of +myself, in whose charge he placed her. If you have any offerings to make +to her, and I do not dissuade you from that practice, they must be made +through me. Meanwhile, there is a cask of wine, that good old stuff from +the Lebanon which I had bought for the voyage. If you should wish to +drink the health of our--our captive, it is at your service." + +Then taking Miriam by the hand he led her into the eating-tent, still +grumbling at the soldiers, who for their part laughed and sent for the +wine. They knew their captain's temper, who had served with them through +many a fight, and knew also that this crazed Pearl-Maiden whom he saved +had twined herself into his heart, as was her fortune with most men of +those among whom from time to time fate drove her to seek shelter. + +In the tent Miriam found two places set, one for herself and one for the +captain Gallus. + +"Don't talk to me," he said, "but sit down and eat, for little enough +you have swallowed all the time you were sick, and we sail to-morrow +evening at the latest, after which, unless you differ from most women, +little enough will you swallow on these winter seas until it pleases +whatever god we worship to bring us to the coasts of Italy. Now here are +oysters brought by runner from Sidon, and I command that you eat six of +them before you say a word." + +So Miriam ate the oysters obediently, and after the oysters, fish, +and after the fish the breast of a woodcock. But from the autumn lamb, +roasted whole, which followed, she was forced to turn. + +"Send it out to the soldiers," she suggested, and it was sent as her +gift. + +"Now, my captive," said Gallus, drawing his stool near to her, "I want +you to tell me what you can remember of your story. Ah! you don't know +that for many days past we have dined together and that it had been your +fashion to sit with your arm round my old neck and call me your uncle. +Nay, child, you need not blush, for I am more than old enough to be your +father, let alone your uncle, and nothing but a father shall I ever be +to you." + +"Why are you so good to me?" asked Miriam. + +"Why? Oh! for several reasons. First, you were the friend of a comrade +of mine who often talked of you, but who now is dead. Secondly, you +were a sick and helpless thing whom I chanced to rescue in the great +slaughter, and who ever since has been my companion; and thirdly--yes, +I will say it, though I do not love to talk of that matter, I had a +daughter, who died, and who, had she lived, would have been of about +your age. Your eyes remind me of hers--there, is that not enough? + +"But now for the story. Stay. I will tell you what I know of it. Marcus, +he whom they called The Fortunate, but whose fortune has deserted him, +was in love with you--like the rest of us. Often he talked to me of you +in Rome, where we were friends after a fashion, though he was set far +above me, and by me sent to you that letter which I delivered here in +this garden, and the trinket that you wear about your neck, and if I +remember right, with it a ring--yes, it is upon your finger. Well, I +took note of you at the time and went my way to the war, and when I +chanced to find you lately upon the top of the Gate Nicanor, although +you were more like a half-burnt cinder than a fair maiden, I knew you +again and carried you off to Cæsar, who named you his slave and bade me +take charge of you and deliver you to him in Rome. Now I want to know +how you came to be upon that gateway." + +So Miriam began and told him all her tale, while he listened patiently. +When she had done he rose and, limping round the little table, bent over +and kissed her solemnly upon the brow. + +"By all the gods of the Romans, Greeks, Christians, Jews, and barbarian +nations, you are a noble-hearted woman," he said, "and that kiss is +my tribute to you. Little wonder that puppy, Marcus, is called The +Fortunate, since, even when he deserved to die who suffered himself to +be taken alive, you appeared to save him--to save him, by Venus, at the +cost of your own sweet self. Well, most noble traitress, what now?" + +"I ask that question of you, Gallus. What now? Marcus, whom you should +call no ill name, and who was overwhelmed through no fault of his own, +fighting like a hero, has vanished----" + +"Across the Styx, I fear me. Indeed that would be best for him, since no +Roman must be taken prisoner and live." + +"Nay, I think not, or at the least I hope he lives. My servant, +Nehushta, would nurse him for my sake, and for my sake the Essenes, +among whom I dwelt, would guard him, even to the loss of their own +lives. Unless his wound killed him I believe that Marcus is alive +to-day." + +"And if that is so you wish to communicate with him?" + +"What else, Gallus? Say, what fate will befall me when I reach Rome?" + +"You will be kept safe till Titus comes. Then, according to his command, +you must walk in his Triumph, and after that, unless he changes his +mind, which is not likely, since he prides himself upon never having +reversed a decree, however hastily it was made, or even added to or +taken from a judgment, you must, alas! be set up in the Forum and sold +as a slave to the highest bidder." + +"Sold as a slave to the highest bidder!" repeated Miriam faintly. "That +is a poor fate for a woman, is it not? Had it been that daughter of +yours who died, for instance, you would have thought it a poor fate for +her, would you not?" + +"Do not speak of it, do not speak of it," muttered Gallus into his +beard. "Well, in this, as in other things, let us hope that fortune will +favour you." + +"I should like Marcus to learn that I am to march in the Triumph, and +afterwards to be set up in the Forum and sold as a slave to the highest +bidder," said Miriam. + +"I should like Marcus to learn--but, in the name of the gods--how is he +to learn, if he still lives? Look you, we sail to-morrow night. What do +you wish me to do?" + +"I wish you to send a messenger to Marcus bearing a token from me to +him." + +"A messenger! What messenger? Who can find him? I can despatch a +soldier, but your Marcus is with the Essenes, who for their own sakes +will keep him fast enough as a hostage, if they have cured him. Also the +Essenes live, according to your story, in some hyæna-burrow, opening out +of an underground quarry in Jerusalem, that is, if they have not been +discovered and killed long ago. How, then, will any soldier find their +hiding-place?" + +"I do not think that such a man would find it," answered Miriam, "but I +have friends in this city, and if I could come at them I might discover +one who would meet with better fortune. You know that I am a Christian +who was brought up among the Essenes, both of them persecuted people +that have their secrets. If I find a Christian or an Essene he would +take my message and--unless he was killed--deliver it." + +Now Gallus thought for a while, then he said, "If I were to go out in +Tyre asking for Christians or Essenes, none would appear. As well might +a stork go out and call upon a frog. But that old slave-woman, who has +tended on me and you, she is cunning in her way, and if I promised to +set her at liberty should she succeed, well, perhaps she might succeed. +Stay, I will summon her," and he left the tent. + +Some minutes later he returned, bringing the slave with him. + +"I have explained the matter to this woman, Miriam," he said, "and I +think that she understands, and can prove to any who are willing to +visit you, that they will have a free pass in to and out of the camp, +and need fear no harm. Tell her, then, where she is to go and whom she +must seek." + +So Miriam told the woman, saying, "Tell any Essene whom you can find +that she who is called their Queen, bids his presence, and if he asks +more, give him this word--'The sun rises.' Tell any Christian whom you +can find that Miriam, their sister, seeks his aid, and if he asks more, +give him this word--'The dawn comes.' Do you understand?" + +"I understand," answered the woman. + +"Then go," said Gallus, "and be back by nightfall, remembering that if +you fail, in place of liberty you travel to Rome, whence you will return +no more." + +"My lord, I go," answered the woman, beating her forehead with her hand +and bowing herself from their presence. + +By nightfall she was back again with the tidings that no Christians +seemed to be left in Tyre; all had fled to Pella, or elsewhere. Of the +Essenes, however, she had found one, a minor brother of the name of +Samuel, who, on hearing that Miriam was the captive, and receiving the +watchword, said that he would visit the camp after dark, although he +greatly feared that this might be some snare set to catch him. + +After dark he came accordingly, and was led by the old woman, who waited +outside to meet him, to the tent where Miriam sat with Gallus. This +Samuel proved to be a brother of the lowest order of the Essenes, whom, +although he knew of her, Miriam had never seen. He had been absent from +the village by the Jordan at the time of the flight of the sect, having +come to Tyre by leave of the Court to bid farewell to his mother, who +was on her deathbed. Hearing that the brethren had fled, and his mother +being still alive, he had remained in Tyre instead of seeking to rejoin +them at Jerusalem, thus escaping the terrors of the siege. That was +all his story. Now, having buried his mother, he desired to rejoin the +brotherhood, if any of them were left alive. + +After Gallus had left the tent, since it was not lawful that she should +speak of their secrets in the presence of any man who was not of the +order, Miriam, having first satisfied herself that he was in truth +a brother, told this Samuel all she knew of the hiding-place of the +Essenes beyond the ancient quarry, and asked him if he was willing to +try to seek it out. He said yes, for he desired to find them; also he +was bound to give her what help he could, since should the brethren +discover that he had refused it, he would be expelled from their order. +Then, having pledged him to be faithful to her trust, not by oath, which +the Essenes held unlawful, but in accordance with their secret custom +which was known to her, she took from her hand the ring that Marcus had +sent her, bidding him find out the Essenes, and, if their Roman prisoner +was yet alive, and among them, to deliver it to him with a message +telling him of her fate and whither she had gone. If he was dead, or +not to be found anywhere, then he was to deliver the ring to the Libyan +woman named Nehushta, with the same message. If he could not find +her either, then to her uncle Ithiel, or, failing him, to whoever was +president of the Essenes, with the same message, praying any or all of +them to succour her in her troubles, should that be possible. At the +least they were to let her have tidings at the house of Gallus, the +captain, in Rome, where he proposed to place her in charge of his wife +until the time came for her to be handed over to Titus and to walk in +the Triumph. Moreover, in case the brother should forget, she wrote +a letter that he might deliver to any of those for whom she gave the +message. In this letter Miriam set out briefly all that had befallen her +since that night of parting in the Old Tower, and by the help of Gallus, +whom she now recalled to the tent, the particulars of her rescue and of +the judgment of Cæsar upon her person, ending it with these words: + +"If it be the will of God and your will, O you who may read this letter, +haste, haste to help me, that I may escape the shame more sore than +death which awaits me yonder in Rome." + +This letter she signed, "Miriam, of the house of Benoni," but she did +not write upon it the names of those to whom it was addressed, fearing +lest it should fall into other hands and bring trouble upon them. + +Then Gallus asked the man Samuel what money he needed for his journey +and as a reward for his service. He answered that it was against his +rule to take any money, who was bound to help those under the protection +of the order without reward or fee, whereat Gallus stared and said that +there were stranger folk in this land than in any others that he knew, +and they were many. + +So Samuel, having bowed before Miriam and pressed her hand in a certain +fashion in token of brotherhood and fidelity, was led out of the camp +again, nor did she ever see him more. Yet, as it proved, he was a +faithful messenger, and she did well to trust him. + +Next day, at the prayer of Miriam, Gallus also wrote a letter, which +gave him much trouble, to a friend of his, who was a brother officer +with the army at Jerusalem, enclosing one to be handed to Marcus if, +perchance, he should have rejoined the Standards. + +"Now daughter," he said, "we have done all that can be done, and must +leave the rest to fate." + +"Yes," she answered with a sigh, "we must leave the rest to fate, as you +Romans call God." + +In the evening they set sail for Italy, and with them much of the +captured treasure, many sick and wounded men and a guard of soldiers. As +it chanced, having taken the sea after the autumn gales and before those +of mid-winter began, they had a swift and prosperous voyage, enduring no +hardships save once from want of water. Within thirty days they came to +Rhegium, whence they marched overland to Rome, being received everywhere +very gladly by people who were eager for tidings of the war. + + + +CHAPTER XX + +THE MERCHANT DEMETRIUS + +When on that fateful night in the Old Tower Miriam sprang forward to +strike the lantern from the hand of the Jew, Nehushta, who was bending +over the fallen Marcus and dragging at his body, did not even see that +she had left the door. + +With an effort, the slope of the rocky passage beyond favouring her, she +half-drew, half-lifted the Roman through the entrance. Then it was, as +she straightened herself a little to take breath, that she heard the +thud of the rock door closing behind her. Still, as it was dark, she did +not guess that Miriam was parted from them, for she said: + +"Ah! into what troubles do not these men lead us poor women. Well, just +in time, and I think that none of them saw us." + +There was no answer. Sound could not pierce that wall and the place was +silent as a tomb. + +"Lady! In the Name of Christ, where are you, lady?" asked Nehushta in +a piercing whisper, and the echoes of the gallery answered--"Where are +you, lady?" + +Just then Marcus awoke. + +"What has chanced? What place is this, Miriam?" he asked. + +"This has chanced," answered Nehushta in the same awful voice. "We are +in the passage leading to the vaults; Miriam is in the hands of the Jews +in the Old Tower, and the door is shut between us. Accursed Roman! to +save your life she has sacrificed herself. Without doubt she sprang from +the door to dash the lantern from the hand of the Jew, and before she +could return again it had swung home. Now they will crucify her because +she rescued you--a Roman." + +"Don't talk, woman," broke in Marcus savagely, "open the door. I am +still a man, I can still fight, or," he added with a groan, remembering +that he had no sword, "at the least I can die for her." + +"I cannot," gasped Nehushta. "She had the iron that lifts the secret +latch. If you had kept your sword, Roman, it might perhaps have served, +but that has gone also." + +"Break it down," said Marcus. "Come, I will help." + +"Yes, yes, Roman, you will help to break down three feet of solid +stone." + +Then began that hideous scene whereof something has been said. Nehushta +strove to reach the latch with her fingers. Marcus, standing upon one +foot, strove to shake the stone with his shoulder, the black, silent +stone that never so much as stirred. Yet they worked madly, their breath +coming in great gasps, knowing that the work was in vain, and that even +if they could open the door, by now it would be to find Miriam gone, +or at the best to be taken themselves. Suddenly Marcus ceased from his +labour. + +"Lost!" he moaned, "and for my sake. O ye gods! for my sake." Then +down he fell, his harness clattering on the rocky step, and lay there, +muttering and laughing foolishly. + +Nehushta ceased also, gasping: "The Lord help you, Miriam, for I cannot. +Oh! after all these years to lose you thus, and because of that man!" +and she glared through the darkness towards the fallen Marcus, thinking +in her heart that she would kill him. + +"Nay," she said to herself, "she loved him, and did she know it might +pain her. Better kill myself; yes, and if I were sure that she is dead +this, sin or no sin, I would do." + +As she sat thus, helpless, hopeless, she saw a light coming up the stair +towards them. It was borne by Ithiel. Nehushta rose and faced him. + +"Praise be to God! there you are at length," he said. "Thrice have I +been up this stair wondering why Miriam did not come." + +"Brother Ithiel," answered Nehushta, "Miriam will come no more; she +is gone, leaving us in exchange this man Marcus, the Roman prefect of +Horse." + +"What do you mean? What do you mean?" he gasped. "Where is Miriam?" + +"In the hands of the Jews," she answered. Then she told him all that +story. + +"There is nothing to be done," he moaned when she had finished. "To open +the door now would be but to reveal the secret of our hiding-place to +the Jews or to the Romans, either of whom would put us to the sword, the +Jews for food, the Romans because we are Jews. We can only leave her to +God and protect ourselves." + +"Had I my will," answered Nehushta, "I would leave myself to God and +still strive to protect her. Yet you are right, seeing that many lives +cannot be risked for the sake of one girl. But what of this man?" + +"We will do our best for him," answered Ithiel, "for so she who +sacrificed herself for his sake would have wished. Also years ago he was +our guest and befriended us. Stay here a while and I will bring men to +carry him to the vault." + +So Ithiel went away to return with sundry of the brethren, who lifted +Marcus and bore him down the stairs and passages to that darksome +chamber where Miriam had slept, while other brethren shut the trap-door, +and loosened the roof of the passage, blocking it with stone so that +without great labour none could pass that path for ever. + +Here in this silent, sunless vault for many, many days Marcus lay sick +with a brain fever, of which, had it not been for the skilful nursing +of Nehushta and of the leeches among the Essenes, he must certainly +have died. But these leeches, who were very clever, doctored the deep +sword-cut in his head, removing with little iron hooks the fragments of +bone which pressed upon his brain, and dressing that wound and another +in his knee with salves. + +Meanwhile, they learned by their spies that both the Temple and Mount +Sion had fallen. Also they heard of the trial of Miriam and of her +exposure on the Gate Nicanor, but of what happened to her afterwards +they could gather nothing. So they mourned her as dead. + +Now, their food being at length exhausted and the watch of the Romans +having relaxed, they determined, those who were left of them, for some +had died and Ithiel himself was very ill, to attempt to escape from the +hateful vaults that had sheltered them for all these months. A question +arose as to what was to be done with Marcus, now but a shadow of a man, +who still wandered somewhat in his mind, but who had passed the worst of +his sickness and seemed like to live. Some were for abandoning him; some +for sending him back to the Romans; but Nehushta showed that it would be +wise to keep him as a hostage, so that if they were attacked they might +produce him and in return for their care, perhaps buy their lives. In +the end they agreed upon this course, not so much for what they might +gain by it, but because they knew that it would have pleased the lost +maid whom they called their Queen, who had perished to save this man. + +So it came about that upon a certain night of rain and storm, when none +were stirring, a number of men with faces white as lepers, of the hue, +indeed, of roots that have pushed in the dark, might have been seen +travelling down the cavern quarries, now tenanted only by the corpses +of those who had perished there from starvation, and so through the hole +beneath the wall into the free air. With them went litters bearing their +sick, and among the sick, Ithiel and Marcus. None hindered their flight, +for the Romans had deserted this part of the ruined city and were +encamped around the towers in the neighbourhood of Mount Sion, where +some few Jews still held out. + +Thus it happened that by morning they were well on the road to Jericho, +which, always a desert country, was now quite devoid of life. On they +went, living on roots and such little food as still remained to them, +to Jericho itself, where they found nothing but a ruin haunted by a +few starving wretches. Thence they travelled to their own village, to +discover that, for the most part, this also had been burnt. But certain +caverns in the hillside behind, which they used as store-houses, +remained, and undiscovered in them a secret stock of corn and wine that +gave them food. + +Here, then, they camped and set to work to sow the fields which no +Romans or robbers had been able to destroy, and so lived hardly, but +unmolested, till at length the first harvest came and with it plenty. + +In this dry and wholesome air Marcus recovered rapidly, who by nature +was very strong. When first his wits returned to him he recognised +Nehushta, and asked her what had chanced. She told him all she knew, and +that she believed Miriam to be dead, tidings which caused him to +fall into a deep melancholy. Meanwhile, the Essenes treated him with +kindness, but let him understand that he was their prisoner. Nor if he +had wished it, and they had given him leave to go, could he have left +them at that time, seeing that the slightest of his hurts proved to be +the worst, since the spear or sword-cut having penetrated to the joint +and let out the oil, the wound in his knee would heal only by very slow +degrees, and for many weeks left him so lame that he could not walk +without a crutch. So here he sat by the banks of the Jordan, mourning +the past and well-nigh hopeless for the future. + +Thus in solitude, tended by Nehushta, who now had grown very grim and +old, and by the poor remnant of the Essenes, Marcus passed four or five +miserable months. As he grew stronger he would limp down to the village +where his hosts were engaged in rebuilding some of their dwellings, and +sit in the garden of the house that was once occupied by Miriam. Now it +was but an overgrown place, yet among the pomegranate bushes still stood +that shed which she had used as a workshop, and in it, lying here and +there as they had fallen, some of her unfinished marbles, among them one +of himself which she began and cast aside before she executed that bust +which Nero had named divine and set him to guard in the Temple at Rome. +To Marcus it was a sad place, haunted by a thousand memories, yet he +loved it because those memories were all of Miriam. + +Titus, said rumour, having accomplished the utter destruction of +Jerusalem, had moved his army to Cæsarea or Berytus, where he passed the +winter season in celebrating games in the amphitheatres. These he made +splendid by the slaughter of vast numbers of Jewish prisoners, who were +forced to fight against each other, or, after the cruel Roman fashion, +exposed to the attacks of ravenous wild beasts. But although he thought +of doing so, Marcus had no means of communicating with Titus, and was +still too lame to attempt escape. Could he have found any, indeed, to +make use of them might have brought destruction upon the Essenes, who +had treated him kindly and saved his life. Also among the Romans it was +a disgrace for a soldier, and especially for an officer of high rank, to +be made prisoner, and he was loth to expose his own shame. As Gallus had +told Miriam, no Roman should be taken alive. So Marcus attempted to do +nothing, but waited, sick at heart, for whatever fate fortune might send +him. Indeed, had he been quite sure that Miriam was dead, he, who was +disgraced and a captive, would have slain himself and followed her. But +although none doubted her death--except Nehushta--his spirit did not +tell him that this was so. Thus it came about that Marcus lived on among +the Essenes till his health and strength came back to him, as it was +appointed that he should do until the time came for him to act. At +length that time came. + +When Samuel, the Essene, left Tyre, bearing the letter and the ring of +Miriam, he journeyed to Jerusalem to find the Holy City but a heap +of ruins, haunted by hyænas and birds of prey that feasted on the +innumerable dead. Still, faithful to his trust, he strove to discover +that entrance to the caverns of which Miriam had told him, and to this +end hovered day by day upon the north side of the city near to the old +Damascus Gate. The hole he could not find, for there were thousands of +stones behind which jackals had burrowed, and how was he to know which +of these openings led to caverns, nor were there any left to direct him. +Still, Samuel searched and waited in the hope that one day an Essene +might appear who would guide him to the hiding-place of the brethren. +But no Essene appeared, for the good reason that they had fled already. +In the end he was seized by a patrol of Roman soldiers who had observed +him hovering about the place and questioned him very strictly as to his +business. He replied that it was to gather herbs for food, whereon their +officer said that they would find him food and with it some useful +work. So they took him and pressed him into a gang of captives who were +engaged in pulling down the walls, that Jerusalem might nevermore become +a fortified city. In this gang he was forced to labour for over four +months, receiving only his daily bread in payment, and with it many +blows and hard words, until at last he found an opportunity to make his +escape. + +Now among his fellow-slaves was a man whose brother belonged to the +Order of the Essenes, and from him he learned that they had gone back +to Jordan. So thither Samuel started, having Miriam's ring still hidden +safely about his person. Reaching the place without further accident he +declared himself to the Essenes, who received him with joy, which was +not to be wondered at, since he was able to tell them that Miriam, whom +they named their Queen and believed to be dead, was still alive. He +asked them if they had a Roman prisoner called Marcus hidden away +among them, and when they answered that this was so, said that he had +a message from Miriam which he was charged to deliver to him. Then they +led him to the garden where her workshop had been, telling him that +there he would find the Roman. + +Marcus was seated in the garden, basking in the sunshine, and with him +Nehushta. They were talking of Miriam--indeed, they spoke of little +else. + +"Alas! although I seem to know her yet alive, I fear that she must be +dead," Marcus was saying. "It is not possible that she could have lived +through that night of the burning of the Temple." + +"It does not seem possible," answered Nehushta, "yet I believe that she +did live--as in your heart you believe also. I do not think it was +fated that any Christian should perish in that war, since it has been +prophesied otherwise." + +"Prove it to me, woman, and I should be inclined to become a Christian, +but of prophecies and such vague talk I am weary." + +"You will become a Christian when your heart is touched and not before," +answered Nehushta sharply. "That light is from within." + +As she spoke the bushes parted and they saw the Essene, Samuel, standing +in front of them. + +"Whom do you seek, man?" asked Nehushta, who did not know him. + +"I seek the noble Roman, Marcus," he answered, "for whom I have a +message. Is that he?" + +"I am he," said Marcus, "and now, who sent you and what is your +message?" + +"The Queen of the Essenes, whose name is Miriam, sent me," replied the +man. + +Now both of them sprang to their feet. + +"What token do you bear?" asked Marcus in a slow, restrained voice, "for +know, we thought that lady dead." + +"This," he answered, and drawing the ring from his robe he handed it to +him, adding, "Do you acknowledge the token?" + +"I acknowledge it. There is no such other ring. Have you aught else?" + +"I had a letter, but it is lost. The Roman soldiers robbed me of my robe +in which it was sewn, and I never saw it more. But the ring I saved by +hiding it in my mouth while they searched me." + +Marcus groaned, but Nehushta said quickly: + +"Did she give you no message? Tell us your story and be swift." + +So he told them all. + +"How long was this ago?" asked Nehushta. + +"Nearly five months. For a hundred and twenty days I was kept as a slave +at Jerusalem, labouring at the levelling of the walls." + +"Five months," said Marcus. "Tell me, do you know whether Titus has +sailed?" + +"I heard that he had departed from Alexandria on his road to Rome." + +"Miriam will walk in his Triumph, and afterwards be sold as a slave! +Woman, there is no time to lose," said Marcus. + +"None," answered Nehushta; "still, there is time to thank this faithful +messenger." + +"Ay," said Marcus. "Man, what reward do you seek? Whatever it be it +shall be paid to you who have endured so much. Yes, it shall be paid, +though here and now I have no money." + +"I seek no reward," replied the Essene, "who have but fulfilled my +promise and done my duty." + +"Yet Heaven shall reward you," said Nehushta. "And now let us hence to +Ithiel." + +Back they went swiftly to the caves that were occupied by the Essenes +during the rebuilding of their houses. In a little cabin that was +open to the air lay Ithiel. The old man was on his death-bed, for age, +hardship, and anxiety had done their work with him, so that now he was +unable to stand, but reclined upon a pallet awaiting his release. To him +they told their story. + +"God is merciful," he said, when he had heard it. "I feared that she +might be dead, for in the presence of so much desolation, my faith grows +weak." + +"It may be so," answered Marcus, "but your merciful God will allow this +maiden to be set up in the Forum at Rome and sold to the highest bidder. +It would have been better that she perished on the gate Nicanor." + +"Perhaps this same God," answered Ithiel with a faint smile, "will +deliver her from that fate, as He has delivered her from many others. +Now what do you seek, my lord Marcus?" + +"I seek liberty, which hitherto you have refused to me, Ithiel. I must +travel to Rome as fast as ships and horses can carry me. I desire to +be present at that auction of the captives. At least, I am rich and can +purchase Miriam--unless I am too late." + +"Purchase her to be your slave?" + +"Nay, to be my wife." + +"She will not marry you; you are not a Christian." + +"Then, if she asks it, to set her free. Man, would it not be better that +she should fall into my hands than into those of the first passer-by who +chances to take a fancy to her face?" + +"Yes, I think it is better," answered Ithiel, "though who am I that I +should judge? Let the Court be summoned and at once. This matter must be +laid before them. If you should purchase her and she desires it, do you +promise that you will set her free?" + +"I promise it." + +Ithiel looked at him strangely and said: "Good, but in the hour of +temptation, if it should come, see that you do not forget your word." + +So the Court was called together, not the full hundred that used to sit +in the great hall, but a bare score of the survivors of the Essenes, and +to them the brother, Samuel, repeated his tale. To them also Marcus made +his petition for freedom, that he might journey to Rome with Nehushta, +and if it were possible, deliver Miriam from her bonds. Now, some of +the more timid of the Essenes spoke against the release of so valuable +a hostage upon the chance of his being able to aid Miriam, but Ithiel +cried from his litter: + +"What! Would you allow our own advantage to prevail against the hope +that this maiden, who is loved by everyone of us, may be saved? Shame +upon the thought. Let the Roman go upon his errand, since we cannot." + +So in the end they agreed to let him go, and, as he had none, even +provided money for his faring out of their scanty, secret store, +trusting that he might find opportunity to repay it in time to come. + +That night Marcus and Nehushta bade farewell to Ithiel. + +"I am dying," said the old Essene. "Before ever you can set foot in Rome +the breath will be out of my body, and beneath the desert sand I shall +lie at peace--who desire peace. Yet, say to Miriam, my niece, that my +spirit will watch over her spirit, awaiting its coming in a land where +there are no more wars and tribulations, and that, meanwhile, I who love +her bid her to be of good cheer and to fear nothing." + +So they parted from Ithiel and travelled upon horses to Joppa, Marcus +disguising his name and rank lest some officer among the Romans +should detain him. Here by good fortune they found a ship sailing for +Alexandria, and in the port of Alexandria a merchant vessel bound for +Rhegium, in which they took passage, none asking them who they might be. + + + +Upon the night of the burning of the Temple, Caleb, escaping the +slaughter, was driven with Simon the Zealot across the bridge into the +Upper City, which bridge they broke down behind them. Once he tried to +return, in the mad hope that during the confusion he might reach the +gate Nicanor and, if she still lived, rescue Miriam. But already the +Romans held the head of the bridge, and already the Jews were hacking at +its timbers, so in that endeavour he failed and in his heart made sure +that Miriam had perished. So bitterly did Caleb mourn, who, fierce and +wayward as he was by nature, still loved her more than all the world +besides, that for six days or more he sought death in every desperate +adventure which came to his hand, and they were many. But death fled +him, and on the seventh day he had tidings. + +A man who was hidden among the ruins of the cloisters managed to escape +to the Upper City. From him Caleb learned that the woman, who was said +to have been found upon the roof of the gate Nicanor, had been brought +before Titus, who gave her over to the charge of a Roman captain, by +whom she had been taken without the walls. He knew no more. The story +was slight enough, yet it sufficed for Caleb, who was certain that this +woman must be Miriam. From that moment he determined to abandon the +cause of the Jews, which, indeed, was now hopeless, and to seek out +Miriam, wherever she might be. Yet, search as he would, another fifteen +days went by before he could find his opportunity. + +At length Caleb was placed in charge of a watch upon the wall, and, the +other members of his company falling asleep from faintness and fatigue, +contrived in the dark to let himself down by a rope which he had +secreted, dropping from the end of it into the ditch. In this ditch he +found many dead bodies, and from one of them, that of a peasant who +had died but recently, took the clothes and a long winter cloak of +sheepskins, which he exchanged for his own garments. Then, keeping only +his sword, which he hid beneath the cloak, he passed the Roman pickets +in the gloom and fled into the country. When daylight came Caleb cut +off his beard and trimmed his long hair short. After this, meeting a +countryman with a load of vegetables which he had licence to sell in the +Roman camp Caleb bought his store from him for a piece of gold, for he +was well furnished with money, promising the simple man that if he said +a word of it he would find him out and kill him. Then counterfeiting the +speech and actions of a peasant, which he, who had been brought up among +them down by the banks of Jordan, well could do, Caleb marched boldly to +the nearest Roman camp and offered his wares for sale. + +Now this camp was situated outside the gate of Gennat, not far from the +tower Hippicus. Therefore, it is not strange that although in the course +of his bargaining he made diligent inquiry as to the fate of the girl +who had been taken to the gate Nicanor, Caleb could hear nothing of her, +seeing that she was in a camp situated on the Mount of Olives, upon +the other side of Jerusalem. Baffled for that day, Caleb continued his +inquiries on the next, taking a fresh supply of vegetables, which he +purchased from the same peasant, to another body of soldiers camping in +the Valley of Himnon. So he went on from day to day searching the +troops which surrounded the city, and working from the Valley of Himnon +northwards along the Valley of the Kedron, till on the tenth day he came +to a little hospital camp pitched on the slope of the hill opposite to +the ruin which once had been the Golden Gate. Here, while proffering his +vegetables, he fell into talk with the cook who was sent to chaffer with +him. + +"Ah!" said the cook handling the basket with satisfaction, "it is a +pity, friend, that you did not bring this stuff here a while ago when +we wanted it sorely and found it hard to come by in this barren, +sword-wasted land." + +"Why?" asked Caleb carelessly. + +"Oh! because of a prisoner we had here, a girl whose sufferings had made +her sick in mind and body, and whose appetite I never knew how to tempt, +for she turned from meat, and ever asked for fish, of which, of course, +we had none, or failing that, for green food and fruits." + +"What were her name and story?" asked Caleb. + +"As for her name I know it not. We called her Pearl-Maiden because of a +collar of pearls she wore and because also she was white and beautiful +as a pearl. Oh! beautiful indeed, and so gentle and sweet, even in her +sickness, that the roughest brute of a legionary with a broken head +could not choose but to love her. Much more then, that old bear, Gallus, +who watched her as though she were his own cub." + +"Indeed? And where is this beautiful lady now? I should like to sell her +something." + +"Gone, gone, and left us all mourning." + +"Not dead?" said Caleb in a new voice of eager dismay, "Oh! not dead?" + +The fat cook looked at him calmly. + +"You take a strange interest in our Pearl-Maiden, Cabbage-seller," he +said. "And, now that I come to think of it, you are a strange-looking +man for a peasant." + +With an effort Caleb recovered his self-command. + +"Once I was better off than I am now, friend," he answered. "As you +know, in this country the wheel of fortune has turned rather quick of +late." + +"Yes, yes, and left many crushed flat behind it." + +"The reason why I am interested," went on Caleb, taking no heed, "is +that I may have lost a fine market for my goods." + +"Well, and so you have, friend. Some days ago the Pearl-Maiden departed +to Tyre in charge of the captain, Gallus, on her way to Rome. Perhaps +you would wish to follow and sell her your onions there." + +"Perhaps I should," answered Caleb. "When you Romans have gone this +seems likely to become a bad country for gardeners, since owls and +jackals do not buy fruit, and you will leave no other living thing +behind you." + +"True," answered the cook. "Cæsar knows how to handle a broom and he has +made a very clean sweep," and he pointed complacently to the heaped-up +ruins of the Temple before them. "But how much for the whole basket +full?" + +"Take them, friend," said Caleb, "and sell them to your mess for +the best price that you can get. You need not mention that you paid +nothing." + +"Oh! no, I won't mention it. Good morning, Mr. Cabbage-grower, good +morning." + +Then he stood still watching as Caleb vanished quickly among the great +boles of the olive trees. "What can stir a Jew so much," he reflected to +himself, "as to make him give something for nothing, and especially to a +Roman? Perhaps he is Pearl-Maiden's brother. No, that can't be from his +eyes--her lover more likely. Well, it is no affair of mine, and although +he never grew them, the vegetables are good and fresh." + + + +That evening when Caleb, still disguised as a peasant, was travelling +through the growing twilight across the hills that bordered the road to +Tyre, he heard a mighty wailing rise from Jerusalem and knew that it was +the death-cry of his people. Now, everywhere above such portions of the +beleaguered city as remained standing, shot up tall spires and wreaths +of flame. Titus had forced the walls, and thousands upon thousands of +Jews were perishing beneath the swords of his soldiers, or in the fires +of their burning homes. Still, some ninety thousand were left alive, +to be driven like cattle into the Court of Women. Here more than ten +thousand died of starvation, while some were set aside to grace the +Triumph, some to be slaughtered in the amphitheatres at Cæsarea and +Berytus, but the most were transported to Egypt, there, until they died, +to labour in the desert mines. Thus was the last desolation accomplished +and the prophecy fulfilled: "And the Lord shall bring thee into Egypt +again with ships . . . and there ye shall sell yourselves unto your +enemies for bondmen and for bondwomen, and no man shall buy you." Thus +did "Ephraim return to Egypt," whence he came forth to sojourn in the +Promised Land until the cup of his sin was full. Now once more that land +was a desert without inhabitants; all its pleasant places were waste; +all its fenced cities destroyed, and over their ruins and the bones of +their children flew Cæsar's eagles. The war was ended, there was peace +in Judæa. _Solitudinem faciunt pacem appellant!_ + + + +When Caleb reached Tyre, by the last light of the setting sun he saw a +white-sailed galley beating her way out to sea. Entering the city, he +inquired who went in the galley and was told Gallus, a Roman captain, in +charge of a number of sick and wounded men, many of the treasures of the +Temple, and a beautiful girl, who was said to be the grand-daughter of +Benoni of that town. + +Then knowing that he was too late, Caleb groaned in bitterness of +spirit. Presently, however, he took thought. Now, Caleb was wise in his +generation, for at the beginning of this long war he had sold all his +land and houses for gold and jewels, which, to a very great value, he +had left hidden in Tyre in the house of a man he trusted, an old servant +of his father's. To this store he had added from time to time out of +the proceeds of plunder, of trading, and of the ransom of a rich Roman +knight who was his captive, so that now his wealth was great. Going +to the man's house, Caleb claimed and packed this treasure in bales of +Syrian carpets to resemble merchandise. + +Then the peasant who had travelled into Tyre upon business about a mule, +was seen no more, but in place of him appeared Demetrius, the Egyptian +merchant, who bought largely, though always at night, of the merchandise +of Tyre, and sailed with it by the first ship to Alexandria. Here this +merchant bought much more goods, such as would find a ready sale in the +Roman market, enough to fill the half of a galley, indeed, which lay in +the harbour near the Pharos lading for Syracuse and Rhegium. + +At length the galley sailed, meaning to make Crete, but was caught by +a winter storm and driven to Paphos in Cyprus, where, being afraid to +attempt the seas again, let the merchant, Demetrius, do what he would +to urge them forward, the captain and crew of the galley determined +to winter. So they beached her in the harbour and went up to the great +temple, rejoicing to pay their vows and offer gifts to Venus, who had +delivered them from the fury of the seas, that they might swell the +number of her votaries. + +But although he accompanied them, since otherwise they might have +suspected that he was a Jew, Demetrius, who sought another goddess, +cursed Venus in his heart, knowing that had it not been for her delights +the sailors would have risked the weather. Still, there was no help for +it and no other ship by which he could sail, so here he abode for more +than three months, spending his time in Curium, Amathos and Salamis, +trading among the rich natives of Cyprus, out of whom he made a +large profit, and adding wine, and copper from Tamasus to his other +merchandise, as much as there was room for on the ship. + +In the end after the great spring festival, for the captain said that it +would not be fortunate to leave until this had been celebrated, they +set sail and came by way of Rhodes to the Island of Crete, and thence +touching at Cythera to Syracuse in Sicily, and so at last to Rhegium. +Here the merchant, Demetrius, transhipped his goods into a vessel that +was sailing to the port of Centum Cellæ, and having reached that place +hired transport to convey them to Rome, nearly forty miles away. + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +THE CÆSARS AND PRINCE DOMITIAN + +When the captain Gallus reached the outskirts of Rome he halted, for +he did not desire that Miriam should be led through the streets in the +daytime, and thus cause questions to be asked concerning her. Also he +sent on a messenger bidding the man find out his wife, Julia, if she +were still alive, since of this Gallus, who had not seen her for several +years, could tell nothing, and inform her that he would be with her +shortly, bringing with him a maiden who had been placed in his charge +by Titus. Before nightfall, the messenger returned, and with him Julia +herself, a woman past middle-age, but, although grey-haired, still +handsome and stately. + +Miriam saw their meeting, which was a touching sight, since this +childless couple who had been married for almost thirty years, had now +been separated for a long time. Moreover, a rumour had reached Julia +that her husband was not only wounded, but dead, wherefore her joy and +thankfulness at his coming were even greater than they would otherwise +have been. One thing, however, Miriam noted, that whereas her friend and +benefactor, Gallus, held up his hands and thanked the gods that he found +his wife living and well, Julia on her part said: + +"Aye, I thank God," touching her breast with her fingers as she spoke +the words. + +Presently the matron seemed to notice her, and, looking at her with a +doubtful eye, asked: + +"How comes it, husband, that you are in charge of this captive Jewess, +if Jewess she be who is so fair?" + +"By the orders of Titus Cæsar, wife," he answered, "to whom she must +be delivered on his arrival. She was condemned to perish on the gate +Nicanor as a traitress to the Jews and a Nazarene." + +Julia started and looked at the girl over her shoulder. + +"Are you of that faith, daughter?" she asked in a changed voice, +crossing her hands upon her breast as though by chance. + +"I am, mother," answered Miriam, repeating the sign. + +"Well, well, husband," said Julia, "the maid's tale can wait. Whether +she was a traitress to the Jews, or a follower of Christus, is not our +affair. At least she is in your charge, and therefore welcome to me," +and stepping to where Miriam stood with bowed head she kissed her on the +forehead, saying aloud: + +"I greet you, daughter, who are so sweet to see and in misfortune," +adding beneath her breath, "in the Name you know." + +Then Miriam was sure that she had fallen into the hands of a woman who +was a Christian, and was thankful in her heart, for while the Cæsars sat +upon the Roman throne the Christians of every clime, rank and race were +one great family. + +That evening, so soon as the darkness fell, they entered Rome by the +Appian Gate. Here they separated, Gallus leading his soldiers to convoy +the treasure to the safe keeping of that officer who was appointed to +receive it, and afterwards to the camp prepared for them, while Julia, +with Miriam and an escort of two men only, departed to her own home, a +small dwelling in a clean but narrow and crowded street that overhung +the Tiber between the Pons Ælius and the Porta Flamina. At the door of +the house Julia dismissed the soldiers, saying: + +"Go without fear, and take witness that I am bond for the safety of this +captive." + +So the men went gladly enough, for they desired to rest after the toils +of their long journey, and the door of the house having been opened by +a servant and locked again behind them, Julia led Miriam across a little +court to the sitting-room that lay beyond. Hanging lamps of bronze +burned in the room, and by their light Miriam saw that it was very clean +and well, though not richly, furnished. + +"This is my own house, daughter," she explained, "which my father left +me, where I have dwelt during all these weary years that my husband has +been absent in the wars of the East. It is a humble place, but you will +find peace and safety in it, and, I trust, comfort. Poor child," she +added in a gentle voice, "I who am also a Christian, though as yet of +this my husband knows nothing, welcome you in the Name of the Lord." + +"In the Name of our Lord, I thank you," answered Miriam, "who am but a +friendless slave." + +"Such find friends," said Julia, "and if you will suffer it I think that +I shall be one of them." Then at a sign from the elder woman they knelt +down, and in silence each of them put up her prayer of thanksgiving, the +wife because her husband had come back to her safe, the maiden because +she had been led to a house ruled by a woman of her own faith. + +After this they ate, a plain meal but well cooked and served. When it +was done Julia conducted Miriam to the little whitewashed chamber which +had been prepared for her. It was lighted from the court by a lattice +set high in the wall, and, like all the house, very clean and sweet, +with a floor of white marble. + +"Once another maid slept here," said Julia with a sigh, glancing at the +white bed in the corner. + +"Yes," said Miriam, "she was named Flavia, was she not, your only child? +Nay, do not be astonished. I have heard so much of her that I seem to +have known her well, who can be known no more--here." + +"Did Gallus tell you?" asked Julia. "He used rarely to speak of her." + +Miriam nodded. "Gallus told me. You see he was very good to me and we +became friends. For all that he has done, may Heaven bless him, who, +although he seems rough, has so kind a heart." + +"Yes, may Heaven bless all of us, living and dead," answered Julia. Then +she kissed Miriam and left her to her rest. + +When Miriam came out of her bedchamber on the following morning, she +found Gallus clad in his body armour, now new cleaned, though dinted +with many a blow, standing in the court and watching the water which +squirted from a leaden pipe to fall into a little basin. + +"Greeting, daughter," he said, looking up. "I trust that you have rested +well beneath my roof who have sojourned so long in tents." + +"Very well," she answered, adding, "If I might ask it, why do you wear +your mail here in peaceful Rome?" + +"Because I am summoned to have an audience of Cæsar, now within an +hour." + +"Is Titus come, then?" she asked hurriedly. + +"Nay, nay, not Titus Cæsar, but Vespasian Cæsar, his father, to whom I +must make report of all that was passing in Judæa when we left, of the +treasure that I brought with me and--of yourself." + +"Oh! Gallus," said Miriam, "will he take me away from your charge?" + +"I know not. I hope not. But who can say? It is as his fancy may move +him. But if he listens to me I swear that you shall stay here for ever; +be sure of that." + +Then he went, leaning on a spear shaft, for the wound in his leg had +caused it to shrink so much that he could never hope to be sound again. + +Three hours later he returned to find the two women waiting for him +anxiously enough. Julia glanced at his face as he came through the door +of the street wall into the vestibulum or courtyard where they were +waiting. + +"Have no fear," she said. "When Gallus looks so solemn he brings good +tidings, for if they are bad he smiles and makes light of them," and +advancing she took him by the hand and led him past the porter's room +into the atrium. + +"What news, husband?" she asked when the door was shut behind them so +that none might overhear their talk. + +"Well," he answered, "first, my fighting days are over, since I am +discharged the army, the physicians declaring that my leg will never be +well again. Wife, why do you not weep?" + +"Because I rejoice," answered Julia calmly. "Thirty years of war and +bloodshed are enough for any man. You have done your work. It is time +that you should rest who have been spared so long, and at least I have +saved while you were away, and there will be food to fill our mouths." + +"Yes, yes, wife, and as it happens, more than you think, since +Vespasian, being gracious and pleased with my report, has granted me +half-pay for all my life, to say nothing of a gratuity and a share of +the spoil, whatever that may bring. Still I grieve, who can never hope +to lift spear more." + +"Grieve not, for thus I would have had it, Gallus. But what of this +maid?" + +"Well, I made my report about her, as I was bound to do, and at first +Domitian, Cæsar's son, being curious to see her, prompted Vespasian to +order that she should be brought to the palace. Almost Cæsar spoke the +word, then a thought seemed to strike him and he was silent, whereon I +said that she had been very sick and still needed care and nursing, and +that if it was his will, my wife could tend her until such time as Titus +Cæsar, whose spoil she was, might arrive. Again Domitian interrupted, +but Vespasian answered, 'The Jewish maid is not your slave, Domitian, +or my slave. She is the slave of your brother, Titus. Let her bide with +this worthy officer until Titus comes, he being answerable in his person +and his goods that she shall then be produced before him, she or proof +of her death.' Then, waving his hand to show that the matter was done +with, he went on to speak of other things, demanding details of the +capture of the Temple and comparing my list of the vessels and other +gear with that which was furnished by the treasurer, into whose charge +I handed them yesternight. So, Maid Miriam, till Titus comes you are +safe." + +"Yes," answered Miriam with a sigh, "till Titus comes. But after +that--what?" + +"The gods alone know," he said impatiently. "Meanwhile, since my head is +on it, I must ask your word of you that you will attempt no flight." + +"I give it, Gallus," she answered smiling, "who would die rather than +bring evil on you or yours. Also, whither should I fly?" + +"I know not. But you Christians find many friends: the rats themselves +have fewer hiding-places. Still, I trust you, and henceforth you are +free, till Titus comes." + +"Aye," repeated Miriam, "--till Titus comes." + + + +So for hard upon six months, till midsummer, indeed, Miriam dwelt in the +house of Gallus and his wife, Julia. She was not happy, although to them +she became as a daughter. Who could be happy even in the sunshine of +a peaceful present, that walked her world between two such banks of +shadow? Behind was the shadow of the terrible past; in front, black +and forbidding, rose the shadow of the future, which might be yet more +terrible, the future when she would be the slave of some man unknown. +Sometimes walking with Julia, humbly dressed and mingling with the +crowd, her head-dress arranged to hide her face as much as might be, she +saw the rich lords of Rome go by in chariots, on horseback, in litters, +all sorts and conditions of them, fat, proud men with bold eyes; +hard-faced statesmen or lawyers; war-worn, cruel-looking captains; +dissolute youths with foppish dress and perfumed hair, and shuddering, +wondered whether she was appointed to any one of these. Or was it, +perhaps, to that rich and greasy tradesman, or to yon low-born freedman +with a cunning leer? She knew not, God alone knew, and in Him must be +her trust. + +Once as Miriam was walking thus, gorgeously clad slaves armed with rods +of office appeared, bursting a way through the crowded streets to an +accompaniment of oaths and blows. After these came lictors bearing +the fasces on their shoulders; then a splendid chariot drawn by white +horses, and driven by a curled and scented charioteer. In it, that he +might be the better seen, stood a young man, tall, ruddy-faced, and clad +in royal attire, who looked downward as though from bashfulness, but +all the while scanned the crowd out of the corners of his dim blue eyes +shaded by lids devoid of lashes. For a moment Miriam felt those eyes +rest upon her, and knew that she was the subject of some jest which +their owner addressed to the exquisite charioteer, causing him to laugh. +Then a horror of that man took hold of her, and when he had gone by, +bowing in answer to the shouts of the people, who, as it seemed to her, +cheered from fear and not with joy, she asked Julia who he might be. + +"Who but Domitian," she answered, "the son of one Cæsar and the brother +of another, who hates both and would like to wear their crown. He is +an evil man, and if he should chance to cross your path, beware of him, +Miriam." + +Miriam shuddered and said: + +"As well, mother, might you bid the mouse that is caught abroad to +beware of the cat it meets at night." + +"Some mice find holes that cats cannot pass," answered Julia with +meaning as they turned their faces homeward. + +During all this time, although Gallus made diligent inquiry among the +soldiers who arrived from Judæa, Miriam could hear nothing of Marcus, so +that at last she came to believe that he must be dead, and with him the +beloved and faithful Nehushta, and to hope that if this were so she +also might be taken. Still amongst all this trouble she had one great +comfort. Under the mild rule of Vespasian, although their meeting-places +were known, the Christians had peace for a while. Therefore, in company +with Julia and many others of the brotherhood, she was able to visit the +catacombs on the Appian Way by night, and there in those dismal, endless +tombs to offer prayer and receive the ministrations of the Church. The +great Apostles, St. Peter and St. Paul, had suffered martyrdom, indeed, +but they had left many teachers behind them, and the chief of these soon +grew to know and love the poor Jewish captive who was doomed to slavery. +Therefore here also she found friends and consolation of spirit. + +In time Gallus came to learn that his wife was also of the Faith, and +for a while this knowledge seemed to cast him down. In the end, however, +he shrugged his shoulders and said that she was certainly of an age to +judge for herself and that he trusted no harm might come of it. Indeed, +when the principles of the Christian hope were explained to him, he +listened to them eagerly enough, who had lost his only child, and until +now had never heard this strange story of resurrection and eternal life. +Still, although he listened, and even from time to time was present when +the brethren prayed, he would not be baptised, who said that he was too +sunk in years to throw incense on a new altar. + +At length Titus came, the Senate, which long before his arrival had +decreed him a Triumph, meeting him outside the walls, and there, after +some ancient formalities communicating to him their decision. Moreover, +it was arranged that Vespasian, his father, should share in this +Triumph, because of the great deeds which he had done in Egypt, so that +it was said everywhere that this would be the most splendid ceremony +which Rome had ever seen. After this Titus passed to his palace and +there lived privately for several weeks, resting while the preparations +for the great event went forward. + +One morning early Gallus was summoned to the palace, whence he returned +rubbing his hands and trying to look pleased, with him, as Julia had +said, a sure sign of evil tidings. + +"What is it, husband?" she asked. + +"Oh! nothing, nothing," he answered, "except that our Pearl-Maiden here +must accompany me after the mid-day meal into the august presences of +Vespasian and Titus. The Cæsars wish to see her, that they may decide +where she is to walk in the procession. If she is held to be beautiful +enough, they will grant to her a place of honour, by herself. Do you +hear that, wife--by herself, not far in front of the very chariot of +Titus? As for the dress that she will wear," he went on nervously, since +neither of his auditors seemed delighted with this news, "it is to be +splendid, quite splendid, all of the purest white silk with little discs +of silver sewn about it, and a representation of the Gate Nicanor worked +in gold thread upon the breast of the robe." + +At this tidings Miriam broke down and began to weep. + +"Dry your tears, girl," he said roughly, although the thickness of his +voice suggested that water and his own eyes were not far apart. "What +must be, must be, and now is the time for that God you worship to show +you some mark of favour. Surely, He should do so, seeing how long and +how often you pray to Him in burrows that a jackal would turn from." + +"I think He will," answered Miriam, ceasing her sobs with a bold +up-lifting of her soul towards the light of perfect faith. + +"I am sure He will," added Julia, gently stroking Miriam's dark and +curling hair. + +"Then," broke in Gallus, driving the point to its logical conclusion, +"what have you to fear? A long, hot walk through the shouting populace, +who will do no harm to one so lovely, and after that, whatever good fate +your God may choose for you. Come, let us eat, that you may look your +best when you appear before the Cæsars." + +"I would rather look my worst," said Miriam, bethinking her of Domitian +and his bleared eyes. Still, to please Gallus, she tried to eat, and +afterwards, accompanied by him and by Julia, was carried in a closed +litter to the palace. + +Too soon she was there, arriving a little before them, and was helped +from the litter by slaves wearing the Imperial livery. Now she found +herself alone in a great marble court filled with officers and nobles +awaiting audience. + +"That is the Pearl-Maiden," said one of them, whereon they all crowded +around her, criticising her aloud in their idle curiosity. + +"Too short," said one. "Too thin," said another. "Too small in the foot +for her ankle," said a third. "Fools," broke in a fourth, a young man +with a fine figure and dark rings round his eyes, "what is the use +of trying to cheapen this piece of goods thus in the eyes of the +experienced? I say that this Pearl-Maiden is as perfect as those pearls +about her own neck; on a small scale, perhaps, but quite perfect, and +you will admit that I ought to know." + +"Lucius says that she is perfect," remarked one of them in a tone of +acquiescence, as though that verdict settled the matter. + +"Yes," went on the critical Lucius, "now, to take one thing only, a +point so often overlooked. Observe how fresh and firm her flesh is. When +I press it thus," and he suited the action to the word, "as I thought, +my finger leaves scarcely any mark." + +"But my arm does," said a gruff voice beside him, and next moment this +scented judge of human beings received the point of the elbow of Gallus +between the eyes just where the nose is set into the forehead. With such +force and skill was the blow directed that next instant the critic was +sprawling on his back upon the pavement, the blood gushing from his +nostrils. Now most of them laughed, but some murmured, while Gallus +said: + +"Way there, friends, way there! I am charged to deliver this lady to the +Cæsars and to certify that while she was in my care no man has so +much as laid a finger on her. Way there, I pray you! And as for that +whimpering puppy on his back, if he wishes it, he knows where to +find Gallus. My sword will mark him worse than my elbow, if he wants +blood-letting, that I swear." + +Now with jests and excuses they fell back one and all. There were few +of them who did not know that, lame as he might be now, old Gallus was +still the fiercest and most dreaded swordsman of his legion. Indeed he +was commonly reported to have slain eighteen men in single combat, and +when young even to have faced the most celebrated gladiator of the day +for sport, or to win a private bet, and given him life as he lay at his +mercy. + +So they passed on through long halls guarded by soldiers, till at length +they came to a wide passage closed with splendid curtains, where the +officer on duty asked them their business. Gallus told him and he +vanished through the curtains, whence he returned presently, beckoning +them to advance. They followed him down a corridor set with busts of +departed emperors and empresses, to find themselves in a round marble +chamber, very cool and lighted from above. In this chamber sat and +stood three men: Vespasian, whom they knew by his strong, quiet face and +grizzled hair; Titus, his son, "the darling of mankind," thin, active, +and æsthetic-looking, with eyes that were not unkindly, a sarcastic +smile playing about the corners of his mouth; and Domitian, his brother, +who has already been described, a man taller than either of them by half +a head, and more gorgeously attired. In front of the august three was a +master of ceremonies clad in a dark-coloured robe, who was showing them +drawings of various sections of the triumphal procession, and taking +their orders as to such alterations as they wished. + +Also there were present, a treasurer, some officers and two or three of +the intimate friends of Titus. + +Vespasian looked up. + +"Greeting, worthy Gallus," he said in the friendly, open voice of one +who has spent his life in camps, "and to your wife, Julia, greeting +also. So that is the Pearl-Maiden of whom we have heard so much talk. +Well, I do not pretend to be a judge of beauty, still I say that this +Jewish captive does not belie her name. Titus, do you recognise her?" + +"In truth, no, father. When last I saw her she was a sooty, withered +little thing whom Gallus yonder carried in his great arms, as a child +might carry a large doll that he had rescued from the fire. Yes, I agree +that she is beautiful and worthy of a very good place in the procession. +Also she should fetch a large price afterwards, for that necklace of +pearls goes with her--make a note of this, Scribe--and the reversion to +considerable property in Tyre and elsewhere. This, by special favour, +she will be allowed to inherit from her grandfather, the old rabbi, +Benoni, one of the Sanhedrim, who perished in the burning of the +Temple." + +"How can a slave inherit property, son?" asked Vespasian, raising his +eyebrows. + +"I don't know," answered Titus with a laugh. "Perhaps Domitian can tell +you. He says that he has studied law. But so I have decreed." + +"A slave," interrupted Domitian wisely, "has no rights and can hold no +property, but the Cæsar of the East"--here he sneered--"can declare that +certain lands and goods will pass to the highest bidder with the person +of the slave, and this, Vespasian Cæsar, my father, is what I understand +Titus Cæsar, my brother, has thought it good to do in the present +instance." + +"Yes," said Titus in a quiet voice, though his face flushed, "that, +Domitian, is what I have thought it good to do. In such a matter is not +my will enough?" + +"Conqueror of the East," replied Domitian, "Thrower-down of the mountain +stronghold called Jerusalem, to which the topless towers of Ilium were +as nothing, and Exterminator of a large number of misguided fanatics, +in what matter is not your will enough? Yet a boon, O Cæsar. As you are +great, be generous," and with a mocking gesture he bowed the knee to +Titus. + +"What boon do you seek of me, brother, who know that all I have is, or," +he added slowly, "will be--yours?" + +"One that is already granted by your precious words, Titus. Of all you +have, which is much, I seek only this Pearl-Maiden, who has taken my +fancy. The girl only, not her property in Tyre, wherever that may be, +which you can keep for yourself." + +Vespasian looked up, but before he could speak, Titus answered quickly: + +"I said, Domitian, 'all I have.' This maid I have not, therefore the +words do not apply. I have decreed that the proceeds of the sale of +these captives is to be divided equally between the wounded soldiers and +the poor of Rome. Therefore she is their property, not mine. I will not +rob them." + +"Virtuous man! No wonder that the legions love him who cannot withdraw +one lot from a sale of thousands, even to please an only brother," +soliloquised Domitian. + +"If you wish for the maid," went on Titus, taking no heed of the insult, +"the markets are open--buy her. It is my last word." + +Suddenly Domitian grew angry, the false modesty left his face, his +tall form straightened itself, and he stared round with his blear, +evil-looking eyes. + +"I appeal," he shouted, "I appeal from Cæsar the Small to Cæsar the +Great, from the murderer of a brave barbarian tribe to the conqueror +of the world. O Cæsar, Titus here declared that all he has is mine. Yet +when I ask him for the gift of one captive girl he refuses me. Command, +I pray you, that he should keep his word." + +Now the officers and the secretaries looked up, for of a sudden this +small matter had become very important. For long the quarrel between +Titus and his jealous brother had smouldered, now over the petty +question of a captive it had broken into flame. + +The face of Titus grew hard and stern as that of some statue of the +offended Jove. + +"Command, I pray you, father," he said, "that my brother should cease +to offer insult to me. Command also that he should cease to question my +will and my authority in matters great or small that are within my rule. +Since you are appealed to as Cæsar, as Cæsar judge, not of this thing +only but of all, for there is much between him and me that needs to be +made plain." + +Vespasian looked round him uneasily, but seeing no escape and that +beneath the quarrel lay issues which were deep and wide, he spoke out in +his brave, simple-minded fashion. + +"Sons," he said, "seeing that there are but two of you who together, or +one after the other, must inherit the world, it is an evil-omened thing +that you should quarrel thus, since on the chances of your enmity may +hang your own fates and the fates of peoples. Be reconciled, I pray +you. Is there not enough for both? As for the matter in hand--this is my +judgment. With all the spoils of Judæa, this fair maid is the property +of Titus. Titus, whose boast it is that he does not go back upon his +word, has decreed that she shall be sold and her price divided between +the sick soldiers and the poor. Therefore she is no longer his to give +away, even to his brother. With Titus I say--if you desire the girl, +Domitian, bid your agent buy her in the market." + +"Aye, I will buy her," snarled Domitian, "but this I swear, that soon +or late Titus shall pay the price and one that he will be loth to give." +Then followed by his secretary and an officer, he turned and left the +audience hall. + +"What does he mean?" asked Vespasian, looking after him with anxious +eyes. + +"He means that----" and Titus checked himself. "Well, time and my +destiny will show the world what he means. So be it. As for you, +Pearl-Maiden, who, though you know it not, have cost Cæsar so dear, +well, you are fairer than I thought, and shall have the best of places +in the pageant. Yet, for your sake, I pray that one may be found who, +when you come to the market-place, may outbid Domitian," and he waved +his hand to show that the audience was at an end. + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +THE TRIUMPH + +Another week went by and the eve of the Triumph was at hand. On the +afternoon before the great day sewing-women had come to the house of +Gallus, bringing with them the robe that Miriam must wear. As had been +promised, it was splendid, of white silk covered with silver discs and +having the picture of the gate Nicanor fashioned on the breast, but cut +so low that it shamed Miriam to put it on. + +"It is naught, it is naught," said Julia. "The designer has made it thus +that the multitude may see those pearls from which you take your name." +But to herself she thought: "Oh! monstrous age, and monstrous men, whose +eyes can delight in the disgrace of a poor unfriended maiden. Surely +the cup of iniquity of my people is full, and they shall drink it to the +dregs!" + +That same afternoon also came an assistant of the officer, who was +called the Marshal, with orders to Gallus as to when and where he was to +deliver over his charge upon the morrow. With him he brought a packet, +which, when opened, proved to contain a splendid golden girdle, +fashioned to the likeness of a fetter. The clasp was an amethyst, +and round it were cut these words: "The gift of Domitian to her who +to-morrow shall be his." + +Miriam threw the thing from her as though it were a snake. + +"I will not wear it," she said. "I say that I will not wear it; at least +to-day I am my own," while Julia groaned and Gallus cursed beneath his +breath. + +Knowing her sore plight, that evening there came to visit her one of the +elders of the Christian Church in Rome, a bishop named Cyril, who had +been the friend and disciple of the Apostle Peter. To him the poor girl +poured out all the agony of her heart. + +"Oh! my father, my father in Christ," she said, "I swear to you that +were I not of our holy faith, rather than endure this shame I would slay +myself to-night! Other dangers have I passed, but they have been of the +body alone, whereas this----. Pity me and tell me, you in whose ear God +speaks, tell me, what must I do?" + +"Daughter," answered the grave and gentle man, "you must trust in God. +Did He not save you in the house at Tyre? Did He not save you in the +streets of Jerusalem? Did He not save you on the gate Nicanor?" + +"He did," answered Miriam. + +"Aye, daughter, and so shall He save you in the slave-market of Rome. I +have a message for your ear, and it is that no shame shall come near +to you. Tread your path, drink your cup, and fear nothing, for the Lord +shall send His angel to protect you until such time as it pleases Him to +take you to Himself." + +Miriam looked at him, and as she looked peace fell upon her soul and +shone in her soft eyes. + +"I hear the word of the Lord spoken through the mouth of His messenger," +she said, "and henceforth I will strive to fear nothing, no, not even +Domitian." + +"Least of all Domitian, daughter, that son of Satan, whom Satan shall +pay in his own coin." + +Then going to the door he summoned Julia, and while Gallus watched +without, the two of them prayed long and earnestly with Miriam. When +their prayer was finished the bishop rose, blessed her, and bade her +farewell. + +"I leave you, daughter," he said, "but though you see him not, another +takes my place. Do you believe?" + +"I have said that I believe," murmured Miriam. + +Indeed, in those days when men still lived who had seen the Christ and +His voice still echoed through the world, to the strong faith of His +followers, it was not hard to credit that His angel did descend to earth +to protect and save at their Master's bidding. + +So Cyril, the bishop, went, and that night from many a catacomb prayers +rose up to Heaven for Miriam in her peril. That night also she slept +peacefully. + +Two hours before the dawn, Julia awoke her and arrayed her in the +glittering, hateful garments. When all was ready, with tears she bade +her farewell. + +"Child, child," she said, "you have become to me as my own daughter was, +and now I know not how and when we shall meet again." + +"Perhaps sooner than you think," Miriam answered. "But if not, if, +indeed, I speak to you for the last time, why, then, my blessings on you +who have played a mother's part to a helpless maid that was no kin of +yours. Yes, and on you Gallus also, who have kept me safe through so +many dangers." + +"And who hopes, dear one, to keep you safe through many more. Since +I may not swear by the gods before you, I swear it by the Eagles that +Domitian will do well to have a care how he deals by you. To him I owe +no fealty and, as has been proved before to-day, the sword of vengeance +can reach the heart of princes." + +"Aye, Gallus," said Miriam gently, "but let it not be your sword, nor, I +trust, shall you need to think of vengeance." + +Then the litter was brought into the courtyard, with the guards that +were sent to accompany it, and they started for the gathering-place +beyond the Triumphal Way. Dark though it still was, all Rome was astir. +On every side shone torches, from every house and street rose the murmur +of voices, for the mighty city made herself ready to celebrate the +greatest festival which her inhabitants had seen. Even now at times the +press was so dense that the soldiers were obliged to force a way through +the crowd, which poured outwards to find good places along the line of +the Triumph, or to take up their station on stands of timber, and in +houses they had hired, whose roofs, balconies and windows commanded the +path of the pageant. + +They crossed the Tiber. This Miriam knew by the roar of the water +beneath, and because the crush upon the narrow bridge was so great. +Thence she was borne along through country comparatively open, to the +gateways of some large building, where she was ordered to dismount from +the litter. Here officers were waiting who took charge of her, giving to +Gallus a written receipt for her person. Then, either because he would +not trust himself to bid her farewell, or because he did not think it +wise to do so in the presence of the officers, Gallus turned and left +her without a word. + +"Come on, girl," said a man, but a secretary, looking up from his +tablets, called to him: + +"Gently there with that lot, or you will hear about it. She is +Pearl-Maiden, the captive who made the quarrel between the Cæsars and +Domitian, of which all Rome is talking. Gently, I tell you, gently, for +many free princesses are worth less to-day." + +Hearing this, the man bowed to Miriam, almost with reverence, and +begged her to follow him to a place that had been set apart for her. She +obeyed, passing through a great number of people, of whom all she could +see in the gloom of the breaking dawn was that, like herself, they were +captives, to a little chamber where she was left alone watching the +light grow through the lattice, and listening to the hum of voices +that rose without, mingled now and again with sobs and wails of grief. +Presently the door opened and a servant entered with bread on a platter +and milk in an earthenware vessel. These she took thankfully, knowing +that she would need food to support her during the long day, but +scarcely had she begun to eat when a slave appeared clad in the imperial +livery, and bearing a tray of luxurious meats served in silver vessels. + +"Pearl-Maiden," he said, "my master, Domitian, sends you greeting and +this present. The vessels are your own, and will be kept for you, but he +bids me add, that to-night you shall sup off dishes of gold." + +Miriam made no answer, though one rose to her lips; but after the man +had departed, with her foot she overset the tray so that the silver +vases fell clattering to the floor, where the savory meats were +spilled. Then she went on eating the bread and milk till her hunger was +satisfied. + +Scarcely had she finished her meal, when an officer entered the cell and +led her out into a great square, where she was marshalled amongst many +other prisoners. By now the sun was up and she saw before her a splendid +building, and gathered below the building all the Senate of Rome in +their robes, and many knights on horses, and nobles, and princes from +every country with their retinues--a very wonderful and gallant sight. +In front of the building were cloisters, before which were set two ivory +chairs, while to right and left of these chairs, as far as the eye could +reach, were drawn up thousand upon thousands of soldiers; the Senate, +the Knights and the Princes, as she could see from the rising ground +whereon she stood, being in front of them and of the chairs. Presently +from the cloisters, clad in garments of silk and wearing crowns of +laurel, appeared the Cæsars, Vespasian and Titus, attended by Domitian +and their staffs. As they came the soldiers saw them and set up a mighty +triumphant shout which sounded like the roar of the sea, that endured +while the Cæsars sat themselves upon their thrones. Up and up went +the sound of the continual shouting, till at length Vespasian rose and +lifted his hand. + +Then silence fell and, covering his head with his cloak, he seemed to +make some prayer, after which Titus also covered his head with his +cloak and offered a prayer. This done, Vespasian addressed the soldiers, +thanking them for their bravery and promising them rewards, whereon they +shouted again until they were marched off to the feast that had been +made ready. Now the Cæsars vanished and the officers began to order the +great procession, of which Miriam could see neither the beginning nor +the end. All she knew was that before her in lines eight wide were +marshalled two thousand or more Jewish prisoners bound together with +ropes, among whom, immediately in front of her, were a few women. Next +she came, walking by herself, and behind her, also walking by himself, a +dark, sullen-looking man, clad in a white robe and a purple cloak, with +a gilded chain about his neck. + +Looking at him she wondered where she had seen his face, which seemed +familiar to her. Then there rose before her mind a vision of the Court +of the Sanhedrim sitting in the cloisters of the Temple, and of herself +standing there before them. She remembered that this man was seated next +to that Simeon who had been so bitter against her and pronounced upon +her the cruel sentence of death, also that some one in the crowd had +addressed him as Simon, the son of Gioras, none other than the savage +general whom the Jews had admitted into the city to make way upon the +Zealot, John of Gischala. From that day to this she had heard nothing +of him till now they met again, the judge and the victim, caught in a +common net. Presently, in the confusion they were brought together and +he knew her. + +"Are you Miriam, the grand-daughter of Benoni?" he asked. + +"I am Miriam," she answered, "whom you, Simon, and your fellows doomed +to a cruel death, but who have been preserved----" + +"----To walk in a Roman Triumph. Better that you had died, maiden, at +the hands of your own people." + +"Better that you had died, Simon, at your own hands, or at those of the +Romans." + +"That I am about to do," he replied bitterly. "Fear not, woman, you will +be avenged." + +"I ask no vengeance," she answered. "Nay, cruel as you are I grieve that +you, a great captain, should have come to this." + +"I grieve also, maiden. Your grandsire, old Benoni, chose the better +part." + +Then the soldiers separated them and they spoke no more. + +An hour passed and the procession began its march along the Triumphal +Way. Of it Miriam could see little. All she knew was that in front there +were ranks of fettered prisoners, while behind men carried upon +trays and tables the golden vessels of the Temple, the seven-branched +candlestick and the ancient sacred book of the Jewish law. They were +followed by other men, who bore aloft images of victory in ivory and +gold. Then, although these did not join them till they reached the Porta +Triumphalis, or the Gate of Pomp, attended, each of them, by lictors +having their fasces wreathed with laurel, came the Cæsars. First went +Vespasian Cæsar, the father. He rode in a splendid golden chariot, to +which were harnessed four white horses led by Libyan soldiers. Behind +him stood a slave clad in a dull robe, set there to avert the influence +of the evil eye and of the envious gods, who held a crown above the head +of the Imperator, and now and again whispered in his ear the ominous +words, _Respice post te, hominem memento te_ ("Look back at me and +remember thy mortality.") + +After Vespasian Cæsar, the father, came Titus Cæsar, the son, but his +chariot was of silver, and graved upon its front was a picture of the +Holy House of the Jews melting in the flames. Like his father he was +attired in the _toga picta_ and _tunica palmata_, the gold-embroidered +over-robe and the tunic laced with silver leaves, while in his right +hand he held a laurel bough, and in his left a sceptre. He also was +attended by a slave who whispered in his ear the message of mortality. + +Next to the chariot of Titus, alongside of it indeed, and as little +behind as custom would allow, rode Domitian, gloriously arrayed and +mounted on a splendid steed. Then came the tribunes and the knights +on horseback, and after them the legionaries to the number of five +thousand, every man of them having his spear wreathed in laurel. + +Now the great procession was across the Tiber, and, following its +appointed path down broad streets and past palaces and temples, drew +slowly towards its object, the shrine of Jupiter Capitolinus, that stood +at the head of the Sacred Way beyond the Forum. Everywhere the side +paths, the windows of houses, the great scaffoldings of timber, and the +steps of temples were crowded with spectators. Never before did Miriam +understand how many people could inhabit a single city. They passed them +by thousands and by tens of thousands, and still, far as the eye could +reach, stretched the white sea of faces. Ahead that sea would be quiet, +then, as the procession pierced it, it began to murmur. Presently +the murmur grew to a shout, the shout to a roar, and when the Cæsars +appeared in their glittering chariots, the roar to a triumphant peal +which shook the street like thunder. And so on for miles and miles, till +Miriam's eyes were dim with the glare and glitter, and her head swam at +the ceaseless sound of shouting. + +Often the procession would halt for a while, either because of a check +to one of the pageants in front, or in order that some of its members +might refresh themselves with drink which was brought to them. Then the +crowd, ceasing from its cheers, would make jokes, and criticise whatever +person or thing they chanced to be near. Greatly did they criticise +Miriam in this fashion, or at the least she thought so, who must +listen to it all. Most of them, she found, knew her by her name of +Pearl-Maiden, and pointed out to each other the necklace about her +throat. Many, too, had heard something of her story, and looked eagerly +at the picture of the gate Nicanor blazoned upon her breast. But the +greater part concerned themselves only with her delicate beauty, passing +from mouth to mouth the gossip concerning Domitian, his quarrel with the +Cæsars, and the intention which he had announced of buying this captive +at the public sale. Always it was the same talk; sometimes more brutal +and open than others--that was the only difference. + +Once they halted thus in the street of palaces through which they passed +near to the Baths of Agrippa. Here the endless comments began again, but +Miriam tried to shut her ears to it and looked about her. To her left +was a noble-looking house built of white marble, but she noticed that +its shutters were closed, also that it was undecorated with garlands, +and idly wondered why. Others wondered too, for when they had wearied +of discussing her points, she heard one plebeian ask another whose house +that was and why it had been shut up upon this festal day. His fellow +answered that he could not remember the owner's name, but he was a rich +noble who had fallen in the Jewish wars, and that the palace was closed +because it was not yet certain who was his heir. + +At that moment her attention was distracted by a sound of groans and +laughter coming from behind. She looked round to see that the wretched +Jewish general, Simon, had sunk fainting to the ground, overcome by +the heat, or the terrors of his mind, or by the sufferings which he was +forced to endure at the hands of his cruel guards, who flogged him as +he walked, for the pleasure of the people. Now they were beating him to +life again with their rods; hence the laughter of the audience and the +groans of the victim. Sick at heart, Miriam turned away from this horrid +sight, to hear a tall man, whose back was towards her, but who was clad +in the rich robes of an Eastern merchant, asking one of the marshals of +the Triumph, in a foreign accent, whether it was true that the captive +Pearl-Maiden was to be sold that evening in the auction-mart of the +Forum. The marshal answered yes, such were the orders as regarded her +and the other women, since there was no convenient place to house them, +and it was thought best to be rid of them and let their masters take +them home at once. + +"Does she please you, sir? Are you going to bid?" he added. "If so, you +will find yourself in high company." + +"Perhaps, perhaps," answered the man with a shrug of his shoulders. + +Then he vanished into the crowd. + +Now, for the first time that day, Miriam's spirit seemed to fail her. +The weariness of her body, the foul talk, the fouler cruelty, the cold +discussion of the sale of human beings to the first-comer as though they +were sheep or swine, the fear of her fate that night, pressed upon and +overcame her mind, so that she felt inclined, like Simon, the son of +Gioras, to sink fainting to the pavement and lie there till the cruel +rods beat her to her feet again. Hope sank low and faith grew dim, while +in her heart she wondered vaguely what was the meaning of it all, and +why poor men and women were made to suffer thus for the pleasure of +other men and women; wondered also what escape there could be for her. + +While she mused thus, like a ray of light through the clouds, a sense +of consolation, sweet as it was sudden, seemed to pierce the darkness +of her bitter thoughts. She knew not whence it came, nor what it might +portend, yet it existed, and the source of it seemed near to her. She +scanned the faces of the crowd, finding pity in a few, curiosity in +more, but in most gross admiration if they were men, or scorn of her +misfortune and jealousy of her loveliness if they were women. Not from +among these did that consolation flow. She looked up to the sky, half +expecting to see there that angel of the Lord into whose keeping the +bishop, Cyril, had delivered her. But the skies were empty and brazen +as the faces of the Roman crowd; not a cloud could be seen in them, much +less an angel. + +As her eyes sank earthwards their glance fell upon one of the windows of +the marble house to her left. If she remembered right some few minutes +before the shutters of that window had been closed, now they were open, +revealing two heavy curtains of blue embroidered silk. Miriam thought +this strange, and, without seeming to do so, kept her eyes fixed upon +the curtains. Presently, for her sight was good, she saw fingers between +them--long, dark-coloured fingers. Then very slowly the curtains were +parted, and in the opening thus made appeared a face, the face of an old +woman, dark and noble looking and crowned with snow-white hair. Even at +that distance Miriam knew it in an instant. + +Oh, Heaven! it was the face of Nehushta, Nehushta whom she thought dead, +or at least for ever lost. For a moment Miriam was paralysed, wondering +whether this was not some vision born of the turmoil and excitement of +that dreadful day. Nay, surely it was no vision, surely it was Nehushta +herself who looked at her with loving eyes, for see! she made the sign +of the cross in the air before her, the symbol of Christian hope and +greeting, then laid her finger upon her lips in token of secrecy and +silence. The curtain closed and she was gone, who not five seconds +before had so mysteriously appeared. + +Miriam's knees gave way beneath her, and while the marshals shouted +to the procession to set forward, she felt that she must sink to the +ground. Indeed, she would have fallen had not some woman in the crowd +stepped forward and thrust a goblet of wine into her hands, saying: + +"Drink that, Pearl-Maiden, it will make your pale cheeks even prettier +than they are." + +The words were coarse, but Miriam, looking at the woman, knew her for +one of the Christian community with whom she had worshipped in the +catacombs. So she took the cup, fearing nothing, and drank it off. Then +new strength came to her, and she went forward with the others on that +toilsome, endless march. + +At length, however, it did end, an hour or so before sunset. They had +passed miles of streets; they had trodden the Sacred Way bordered by +fanes innumerable and adorned with statues set on columns; and now +marched up the steep slope that was crowned by the glorious temple of +Jupiter Capitolinus. As they began to climb it guards broke into their +lines, and seizing the chain that hung about the neck of Simon, dragged +him away. + +"Whither do they take you?" asked Miriam as he passed her. + +"To what I desire--death," he answered, and was gone. + +Now the Cæsars, dismounting from their chariots, took up their stations +by altars at the head of the steps, while beneath them, rank upon rank, +gathered all those who had shared their Triumph, each company in its +allotted place. Then followed a long pause, the multitude waiting for +Miriam knew not what. Presently men were seen running from the Forum up +a path that had been left open, one of them carrying in his hand some +object wrapped in a napkin. Arriving in face of the Cæsars he threw +aside the cloth and held up before them and in sight of all the people +the grizzly head of Simon, the son of Gioras. By this public murder of +a brave captain of their foes was consummated the Triumph of the Romans, +and at the sight of its red proof trumpets blew, banners waved, and from +half a million throats went up a shout of victory that seemed to rend +the very skies, for the multitude was drunk with the glory of its brutal +vengeance. + +Then silence was called, and there before the Temple of Jove the beasts +were slain, and the Cæsars offered sacrifice to the gods that had given +them victory. + +Thus ended the Triumph of Vespasian and Titus, and with it the record +of the struggle of the Jews against the iron beak and claws of the Roman +Eagle. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +THE SLAVE-RING + +Had Miriam chanced to look out of her litter as she passed the Temple +of Isis, escorted by Gallus and the guards before dawn broke upon that +great day of the Triumph, and had there been light to enable her to see, +she might have beheld two figures galloping into Rome as fast as their +weary horses would carry them. Both rode after the fashion of men, but +one of them, wrapped in an Eastern garment that hid the face, was in +fact a woman. + +"Fortune favours us, Nehushta," said the man in a strained voice. "At +least, we are in time for the Triumph, who might so easily have been +too late. Look, yonder they gather already by Octavian's Walks," and +he pointed to the companies of soldiers who hurried past them to the +meeting-place. + +"Yes, yes, my lord Marcus, we are in time. There go the eagles and +here comes their prey," and in her turn Nehushta pointed to a guarded +litter--had they but known it, the very one that carried the beloved +woman whom they sought. "But whither now? Would you also march in the +train of Titus?" + +"Nay, woman, it is too late. Also I know not what would be my welcome." + +"Your welcome? Why, you were his friend, and Titus is faithful to his +friends." + +"Aye, but perhaps not to those who have been taken prisoner by the +enemy. Towards the commencement of the siege that happened to a man I +knew. He was captured with a companion. The companion the Jews slew, but +as he was about to be beheaded upon the wall, this man slipped from the +hands of the executioner, and leaping from it escaped with little hurt. +Titus gave him his life, but dismissed him from his legion. Why should I +fare better?" + +"That you were taken was no fault of yours, who were struck senseless +and overwhelmed." + +"Maybe, but would that avail me? The rule, a good rule, is that no Roman +soldier should yield to an enemy. If he is captured while insensible, +then on finding his wits he must slay himself, as I should have striven +to do, had I awakened to find myself in the hands of the Jews. But +things fell out otherwise. Still, I tell you, Nehushta, that had it not +been for Miriam, I should not have turned my face to Rome, at any rate +until I had received pardon and permission from Titus." + +"What then are your plans, lord Marcus?" + +"To go to my own house near the Baths of Agrippa. The Triumph must pass +there, and if Miriam is among the captives we shall see her. If not, +then either she is dead or already sold, or perchance given as a present +to some friend of Cæsar's." + +Now they ceased talking, for the people were so many that they could +only force their way through the press riding one after the other. Thus, +Nehushta following Marcus, they crossed the Tiber and passed through +many streets, decorated, most of them, for the coming pageant, till at +length Marcus drew rein in front of a marble mansion in the Via Agrippa. + +"A strange home-coming," he muttered. "Follow me," and he rode round the +house to a side-entrance. + +Here he dismounted and knocked at the small door for some time without +avail. At length it was opened a little way, and a thin, querulous +voice, speaking through the crack, said: + +"Begone, whoever you are. No one lives here. This is the house of +Marcus, who is dead in the Jewish war. Who are you that disturb me?" + +"The heir of Marcus." + +"Marcus has no heir, unless it be Cæsar, who doubtless will take his +property." + +"Open, Stephanus," said Marcus, in a tone of command, at the same time +pushing the door wide and entering. "Fool," he added, "what kind of a +steward are you that you do not know your master's voice?" + +Now he who had kept the door, a withered little man in a scribe's brown +robe, peered at this visitor with his sharp eyes, then threw up his +hands and staggered back, saying: + +"By the spear of Mars! it is Marcus himself, Marcus returned from the +dead! Welcome, my lord, welcome." + +Marcus led his horse through the deep archway, and when Nehushta had +followed him into the courtyard beyond, returned, closed and locked the +door. + +"Why did you think me dead, friend?" he asked. + +"Oh! my lord," answered the steward, "because all who have come home +from the war declared that you had vanished away during the siege of the +city of the Jews, and that you must either be dead or taken prisoner. +Now I knew well that you would never disgrace your ancient house, or +your own noble name, or the Eagles which you serve, by falling alive +into the hands of the enemy. Therefore, I was sure that you were dead." + +Marcus laughed bitterly, then turning to Nehushta, said: + +"You hear, woman, you hear. If such is the judgment of my steward and +freedman, what will be that of Cæsar and my peers?" Then he added, "Now, +Stephanus, that what you thought impossible--what I myself should have +thought impossible--has happened. I was taken prisoner by the Jews, +though through no fault of mine." + +"Oh! if so," said the old steward, "hide it, my lord, hide it. Why, two +such unhappy men who had surrendered to save their lives and were found +in some Jewish dungeon, have been condemned to walk in the Triumph this +day. Their hands are to be tied behind them; in place of their swords +they must wear a distaff, and on their breasts a placard with the words +written: 'I am a Roman who preferred dishonour to death.' You would not +wish their company, my lord." + +The face of Marcus went first red, then white. + +"Man," he said, "cease your ill-omened talk, lest I should fall upon +my sword here before your eyes. Bid the slaves make ready the bath and +food, for we need both." + +"Slaves, my lord? There are none here, save one old woman, who attends +to me and the house." + +"Where are they then?" asked Marcus angrily. + +"The most part of them I have sent into the country, thinking it better +that they should work upon your estates rather than live here idle, and +others who were not needed I have sold." + +"You were ever careful, Stephanus." Then he added by an afterthought, +"Have you any money in the house?" + +The old steward looked towards Nehushta suspiciously and seeing that +she was engaged with the horses out of earshot, answered in a whisper: +"Money? I have so much of it that I know not what to do. The strong +place you know if is almost full of gold and still it comes. There +are the rents and profits of your great estates for three years; the +proceeds of the sale of slaves and certain properties, together with the +large outstanding amount that was due to my late master, the Lord Caius, +which I have at length collected. Oh! at least you will not lack for +money." + +"There are other things that I could spare less readily," said Marcus, +with a sigh; "still, it may be needed. Now tie up those horses by the +fountain, and give us food, what you have, for we have ridden these +thirty hours without rest. Afterwards you can talk." + + + +It was mid-day. Marcus, bathed, anointed, and clad in the robes of his +order, was standing in one of the splendid apartments of his marble +house, looking through an opening in the shutters at the passing of the +Triumph. Presently old Nehushta joined him. She also was clad in clean, +white robes which the slave woman had found for her. + +"Have you any news?" asked Marcus impatiently. + +"Some, lord, which I have pieced together from what is known by the +slave-woman, and by your steward, Stephanus. A beautiful Jewish captive +is to walk in the Triumph and afterwards to be sold with other captives +in the Forum. They heard of her because it is said that there has been +a quarrel between Titus and his brother Domitian, and Vespasian also, on +account of this woman." + +"A quarrel? What quarrel?" + +"I, or rather your servants, know little of it, but they have heard that +Domitian demanded the girl as a gift, whereon Titus told him that if +he wished for her, he might buy her. Then the matter was referred to +Vespasian Cæsar, who upheld the decree of Titus. As for Domitian, he +went away in a rage, declaring that he would purchase the girl and +remember the affront which had been put upon him." + +"Surely the gods are against me," said Marcus, "if they have given me +Domitian for a rival." + +"Why so, lord? Your money is as good as his, and perhaps you will pay +more." + +"I will pay to my last piece, but will that free me from the rage and +hate of Domitian?" + +"Why need he knew that you were the rival bidder?" + +"Why? Oh! in Rome everything is known--even the truth sometimes." + +"Time enough to trouble when trouble comes. First let us wait and see +whether this maid be Miriam." + +"Aye," he answered, "let us wait--since we must." + +So they waited and with anxious eyes watched the great show roll by +them. They saw the cars painted with scenes of the taking of Jerusalem +and the statues of the gods fashioned in ivory and gold. They saw the +purple hangings of the Babylonian broidered pictures, the wild beasts, +and the ships mounted upon wheels. They saw the treasures of the temple +and the images of victory, and many other things, for that pageant +seemed to be endless, and still the captives and the Emperors did not +come. + +One sight there was also that caused Marcus to shrink as though fire had +burned him, for yonder, set in the midst of a company of jugglers and +buffoons that gibed and mocked at them, were the two unhappy men who +had been taken prisoners by the Jews. On they tramped, their hands bound +behind them, clad in full armour, but wearing a woman's distaff where +the sword should have been, and round their necks the placards which +proclaimed their shame. The brutal Roman mob hooted them also, that mob +which ever loved spectacles of cruelty and degradation, calling them +cowards. One of the men, a bull-necked, black-haired fellow, suffered it +patiently, remembering that at even he must be set free to vanish where +he would. The other, who was blue-eyed and finer-featured, having gentle +blood in his veins, seemed to be maddened by their talk, for he glared +about him, gnashing his teeth like a wild beast in a cage. Opposite to +the house of Marcus came the climax. + +"Cur," yelled a woman in the mob, casting a pebble that struck him on +the cheek. "Cur! Coward!" + +The blue-eyed man stopped, and, wheeling round, shouted in answer: + +"I am no coward, I who have slain ten men with my own hand, five of them +in single combat. You are the cowards who taunt me. I was overwhelmed, +that is all, and afterwards in the prison I thought of my wife and +children and lived on. Now I die and my blood be on you." + +Behind him, drawn by eight white oxen, was the model of a ship with the +crew standing on its deck. Avoiding his guard, the man ran down the +line of oxen and suddenly cast himself upon the ground before the +wooden-wheeled car, which passed over his neck, crushing the life out of +him. + +"Well done! Well done!" shouted the crowd, rejoicing at this unexpected +sight. "Well done! He was brave after all." + +Then the body was carried away and the procession moved forward. But +Marcus, who watched, hid his face in his hands, and Nehushta, lifting +hers, uttered a prayer for the passing soul of the victim. + +Now the prisoners began to go past, marching eight by eight, hundreds +upon hundreds of them, and once more the mob shouted and rejoiced over +these unfortunates, whose crime was that they had fought for their +country to the end. The last files passed, then at a little distance +from them, tramping forward wearily, appeared the slight figure of a +girl dressed in a robe of white silk blazoned at its breast with gold. +Her bowed head, from which the curling tresses fell almost to her waist, +was bared to the fierce rays of the sun, and on her naked bosom lay a +necklace of great pearls. + +"Pearl-Maiden, Pearl-Maiden!" shouted the crowd. + +"Look!" said Nehushta, gripping the shoulder of Marcus with her hand. + +He looked, and after long years once more beheld Miriam, for though he +had heard her voice in the Old Tower at Jerusalem, then her face was +hidden from him by the darkness. There was the maid from whom he had +parted in the desert village by Jordan, the same, and yet changed. +Then she had been a lovely girl, now she was a woman on whom sorrow +and suffering had left their stamp. The features were finer, the deep, +patient eyes were frightened and reproachful; her beauty was such as we +see in dreams, not altogether that of earth. + +"Oh! my darling, my darling," murmured Nehushta, stretching out her arms +towards her. "Christ be thanked, that I have found you, my darling." +Then she turned to Marcus, who was devouring Miriam with his eyes, and +said in a fierce voice: + +"Roman, now that you see her again, do you still love her as much as of +old time?" + +He took no note and she repeated the question. Then he answered: + +"Why do you trouble me with such idle words. Once she was a woman to be +won, now she is a spirit to be worshipped." + +"Woman or spirit, or woman and spirit, beware how you deal with her, +Roman," snarled Nehushta still more fiercely, "or----" and she left her +hand fall upon the knife that was hidden in her robe. + +"Peace, peace!" said Marcus, and as he spoke the procession came to +a halt before his windows. "How weary she is, and sad," he went on +speaking to himself. "Her heart seems crushed. Oh! that I must stay here +and see her thus, who dare not show myself! If she could but know! If +she could but know!" + +Nehushta thrust him aside and took his place. Fixing her eyes upon +Miriam she made some effort of the will, so fierce and concentrated that +beneath the strain her body shook and quivered. See! Her thought reached +the captive, for she looked up. + +"Stand to one side," she whispered to Marcus, then unlatched the +shutters and slowly pushed them open. Now between her and the air was +nothing but the silken curtains. Very gently she parted these with her +hands, for some few seconds suffering her face to be seen between them. +Then laying her fingers on her lips she drew back and they closed again. + +"It is well," she said, "she knows." + +"Let her see me also," said Marcus. + +"Nay, she can bear no more. Look, look, she faints." + +Groaning in bitterness of spirit they watched Miriam, who seemed +about to fall. Now a woman gave her the cup of wine, and drinking she +recovered herself. + +"Note that woman," muttered Marcus, "that I may reward her." + +"It is needless," answered Nehushta, "she seeks no reward." + +"She is more than a Roman, she is a Christian. As she passed it she made +a sign of the cross with the cup." + +The waggons creaked; the officers shouted; the procession moved forward. +From behind the curtain the pair kept their eyes fixed upon Miriam until +she vanished in the dust and crowd. When she had gone they seemed to see +little else; even the sight of the glorious Cæsars could not hold their +eyes. + +Marcus summoned the steward, Stephanus. + +"Go forth," he said, "and discover when and where the captive +Pearl-Maiden is to be sold. Then return to me swiftly. Be secret and +silent, and let none suspect whence you come or what you seek. Your life +hangs upon it. Go." + + + +The sun was sinking fast, staining the marble temples and colonnades of +the Forum blood-red with its level beams. For the most part the glorious +place was deserted now, since, the Triumph over at length, the hundreds +of thousands of the Roman populace, wearied out with pleasure and +excitement, had gone home to spend the night in feasting. About one of +the public slave-markets, however, a round of marble enclosed with +a rope and set in front of a small building, where the slaves were +sheltered until the moment of their sale, a mixed crowd was gathered, +some of them bidders, some idlers drawn thither by curiosity. Others +were in the house behind examining the wares before they came to the +hammer. Presently an old woman, meanly clad with her face veiled to the +eyes, and bearing on her back a heavy basket such as was used to carry +fruit to market, presented herself at the door of the house. + +"What do you want?" asked the gatekeeper. + +"To inspect the slaves," she answered in Greek. + +"Go away," he said roughly, "you are not a buyer." + +"I may be if the stuff is good enough," she replied, slipping a gold +coin into his hand. + +"Pass in, old lady, pass in," and in another second the door had closed +behind her, and Nehushta found herself among the slaves. + +In this building the light was already so low that torches were burning +for the convenience of visitors. By the flare of them Nehushta saw +the unfortunate captives--there were but fifteen--seated upon marble +benches, while slave women moved from the one to the other, washing +their hands and feet and faces in scented water, brushing and tying +their hair and removing the dust of the procession from their robes, +so that they might look more comely to the eyes of the purchasers. Also +there were present a fair number of bidders, twenty or thirty of them, +who strolled from girl to girl discussing the points of each and at +times asking them to stand up, or turn round, or show their arms +and ankles, that they might judge of them better. At the moment when +Nehushta entered one of these, a fat man with greasy curls who looked +like an Eastern, was endeavouring to persuade a dark and splendid Jewess +to let him see her foot. Pretending not to understand she sat still and +sullen, till at length he stooped down and lifted her robe. Then in +an instant the girl dealt him such a kick in the face that amidst the +laughter of the spectators he rolled backwards on the floor, whence he +rose with a cut and bloody forehead. + +"Very good, my beauty, very good," he muttered in a savage voice, +"before twelve hours are over you shall pay for that." + +But again the girl sat sullen and motionless, pretending not to +understand. + +Most of the public, however, were gathered about Miriam, who sat upon a +chair by herself, her hands folded, her head bent down, a very picture +of pitiful, outraged modesty. One by one as their turns came and the +attendant suffered them to approach, the men advanced and examined her +closely, though Nehushta noted that none of them were allowed to touch +her with their hands. Placing herself at the end of the line she watched +with all her eyes and listened with all her ears. Soon she had her +reward. A tall man, dressed like a merchant of Egypt, went up to Miriam +and bent over her. + +"Silence!" said the attendant. "I am ordered to suffer none to speak to +the slave who is called Pearl-Maiden. Move on, sir, move on." + +The man lifted his head, and although in that gloom she could not +see his face, Nehushta knew its shape. Still she was not sure, till +presently he moved his right hand so that it came between her and the +flame of one of the torches, and she perceived that the top joint of the +first finger was missing. + +"Caleb," she thought to herself, "Caleb, escaped and in Rome! So +Domitian has another rival." Then she went back to the door-keeper and +asked him the name of the man. + +"A merchant of Alexandria named Demetrius," he said. + +Nehushta returned to her place. In front of her two men, agents who +bought slaves and other things for wealthy clients, were talking. + +"More fit for a sale of dogs," said one, "after sunset when everybody is +tired out, than for that of one of the fairest women who ever stood upon +the block." + +"Pshaw," answered the other, "the whole thing is a farce. Domitian is in +a hurry, that's all, so the auction must be held to-night." + +"He means to buy her?" + +"Of course. I am told that his factor, Saturius, has orders to go up +to a thousand sestertia if need be," and he nodded towards a quiet man +dressed in a robe of some rich, dark stuff, who stood in a corner of the +place watching the company. + +"A thousand sestertia! For one slave girl! Ye gods! a thousand +sestertia!" + +"The necklace goes with her, that is worth something, and there is +property at Tyre." + +"Property in Tyre," said the other, "property in the moon. Come on, let +us look at something a little less expensive. As I wish to keep my head +on my shoulders, I am not going to bid against the prince in any case." + +"No, nor anyone else either. I expect he will get his fancy pretty cheap +after all." + +Then the two men moved away, and a minute afterwards Nehushta found that +it was her turn to approach Miriam. + +"Here comes a curious sort of buyer," said one of the attendants. + +"Don't judge the taste of the fruit by the look of the rind, young man," +answered Nehushta, and at the sound of that voice for the first time +Pearl-Maiden lifted her head, then dropped it quickly. + +"She is well enough," Nehushta said aloud, "but there used to be +prettier women when I was young; in fact, though dark, I was myself," a +statement at which those within hearing, noting her gaunt and aged form +bent beneath the heavy basket, tittered aloud. "Come, lift up your +head, my dear," she went on, trying to entice the captive to consent by +encouraging waves of her hand. + +They were fruitless; still, had any thought of it there was meaning in +them. On Nehushta's finger, as it chanced, shone a ring which Miriam +ought to know, seeing that for some years she had worn it on her own. + +It would seem that she did know it, at any rate her bosom and neck grew +red and a spasm passed across her face which even the falling hair did +not suffice to hide. + +The ring told Miriam that Marcus lived and that Nehushta was his +messenger. This suspense at least was ended. + +Now the door-keeper called a warning and the buyers flocked from the +building. Outside, the auctioneer, a smooth-faced, glib-tongued man, was +already mounting the rostrum. Calling for silence he began his speech. +On this evening of festival, he said, he would be brief. The lots he had +to offer to the select body of connoisseurs he saw before him, were the +property of the Imperator Titus, and the proceeds of the sale, it was +his duty to tell them, would not go into Cæsar's pocket, but were to be +equally divided between the poor of Rome and deserving soldiers who +had been wounded or had lost their health in the war, a fact which must +cause every patriotic citizen to bid more briskly. These lots, he might +say, were unique, being nothing else than the fifteen most beautiful +girls, believed all of them to be of noble blood, among the many +thousands who had been captured at the sack of Jerusalem, the city of +the Jews, especially selected to adorn the great conqueror's Triumph. +No true judge, who desired a charming memento of the victory of his +country's arms, would wish to neglect such an opportunity, especially +as he was informed that the Jewish women were affectionate, docile, well +instructed in many arts, and very hard-working. He had only one more +thing to say, or rather two things. He regretted that this important +sale should be held at so unusual an hour. The reason was that there +was really no place where these slaves could be comfortably kept without +risk of their maltreatment or escape, so it was held to be best that +they should be removed at once to the seclusion of their new homes, a +decision, he was sure, that would meet the wishes of buyers. The second +point was that among them was one lot of surpassing interest; namely, +the girl who had come to be generally spoken of as Pearl-Maiden. + +This young woman, who could not be more than three or four-and-twenty +years of age, was the last representative of a princely family of the +Jews. She had been found exposed upon one of the gates of the holy house +of that people, where it would seem she was sentenced to perish for some +offence against their barbarous laws. As the clamours of the populace +that day had testified, she was of the most delicate and distinguished +beauty, and the collar of great pearls which she wore about her neck +gave evidence of her rank. If he knew anything of the tastes of his +countrymen the price which would be paid for her must prove a record +even in that ring. He was aware that among the vulgar a great, almost +a divine name had been coupled with that of this captive. Well, he knew +nothing, except this, that he was certain that if there was any truth +in the matter the owner of the name, as became a noble and a generous +nature, would wish to obtain his prize fairly and openly. The bidding +was as free to the humblest there--provided, of course, that he could +pay, and he might remark that not an hour's credit would be given except +to those who were known to him--as to Cæsar himself. Now, as the light +was failing, he would order the torches to be lit and commence the sale. +The beauteous Pearl-Maiden, he might add, was Lot No. 7. + +So the torches were lit, and presently the first victim was led out and +placed upon a stand of marble in the centre of the flaring ring. She was +a dark-haired child of about sixteen years of age, who stared round her +with a frightened gaze. + +The bidding began at five sestertia and ran up to fifteen, or about £120 +of our money, at which price she was knocked down to a Greek, who led +her back into the receiving house, paid the gold to a clerk who was in +attendance, and took her away, sobbing as she went. Then followed four +others, who were sold at somewhat better prices. No. 6 was the dark and +splendid Jewess who had kicked the greasy-curled Eastern in the face. As +soon as she appeared upon the block, this brute stepped forward and bid +twenty sestertia for her. An old grey-bearded fellow answered with a bid +of twenty-five. Then some one bid thirty, which the Eastern capped with +a bid of forty. So it went on till the large total of sixty sestertia +was offered, whereon the Eastern advanced two more, at which price, +amidst the laughter of the audience, she was knocked down to him. + +"You know me and that the money is safe," he said to the auctioneer. "It +shall be paid to you to-morrow; I have enough to carry without lading +myself up with so much gold. Come on, girl, to your new home, where I +have a little score to settle with you," and grasping her by the left +wrist he pulled her from the block and led her unresisting through the +crowd and to the shadows beyond. + +Already No. 7 had been summoned to the block and the auctioneer was +taking up his tale, when from out of these shadows rose the sound of a +dreadful yell. Some of the audience snatched torches from their stands +and ran to the spot whence it came. There, on the marble pavement +lay the Eastern dead or dying, while over him stood the Jewess, a red +dagger, his own, which she had snatched from its scabbard, in her hand, +and on her stately face a look of vengeful triumph. + +"Seize her! Seize the murdering witch! Beat her to death with rods," +they cried, and at the command of the auctioneer slaves ran up to take +her. + +She waited till they were near, then, without a word or a sound, lifted +her strong, white arm and drove the knife deep into her own heart. For +a moment she stood still, till suddenly she stretched her hands wide and +fell face downwards dead upon the body of the brute who had bought her. + +The crowd gasped and was silent. Then one of them, a sickly looking +patrician, called out: + +"Oh! I did well to come. What a sight! What a sight! Blessings on you, +brave girl, you have given Julius a new pleasure." + +After this there was tumult and confusion while the attendants carried +away the bodies. A few minutes later the auctioneer climbed back into +his rostrum and alluded in moving terms to the "unfortunate accident" +which had just happened. + +"Who would think," he said, "that one so beautiful could also be so +violent? I weep when I consider that this noble purchaser, whose name +I forget at the moment, but whose estate, by the way, is liable for the +money, should have thus suddenly been transferred from the arms of Venus +to that of Pluto, although it must be admitted that he gave the woman +some provocation. Well, gentlemen, grief will not bring him to life +again, and we who still stand beneath the stars have business to attend. +Bear me witness, all of you, that I am blameless in this affair, and, +slaves, bring out that priceless gem, the Pearl-Maiden." + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +MASTER AND SLAVE + +Now a hush of expectancy fell upon the crowd, till presently two +attendants appeared, each of them holding in his hand a flaming torch, +and between them the captive Pearl-Maiden. So beautiful did she look as +she advanced thus with bowed head, the red light of the torches falling +upon her white robe and breast and reflected in a faint, shimmering line +from the collar of pearls about her neck, that even that jaded company +clapped as she came. In another moment she had mounted the two steps +and was standing on the block of marble. The crowd pressed closer, among +them the merchant of Egypt, Demetrius, and the veiled woman with the +basket, who was now attended by a little man dressed as a slave and +bearing on his back another basket, the weight of which he seemed +to find irksome, since from time to time he groaned and twisted his +shoulders. Also the chamberlain, Saturius, secure in the authority of +his master, stepped over the rope and against the rule began to walk +round and round the captive, examining her critically. + +"Look at her!" said the auctioneer. "Look for yourselves. I have nothing +to say, words fail me--unless it is this. For more than twenty years I +have stood in this rostrum, and during that time I suppose that fifteen +or sixteen thousand young women have been knocked down to my hammer. +They have come out of every part of the world; from the farthest East, +from the Grecian mountains, from Egypt and Cyprus, from the Spanish +plains, from Gaul, from the people of the Teutons, from the island of +the Britons, and other barbarous places that lie still further north. +Among them were many beautiful women, of every style and variety of +loveliness, yet I tell you honestly, my patrons, I do not remember one +who came so near perfection as this maiden whom I have the honour to +sell to-night. I say again--look at her, look at her, and tell me with +what you can find fault. + +"What do you say? Oh! yes, I am informed that her teeth are quite sound, +there is no blemish to conceal, none at all, and the hair is all her +own. That gentleman says that she is rather small. Well, she is not +built upon a large scale, and to my mind that is one of her attractions. +Little and good, you know, little and good. Only consider the +proportions. Why, the greatest sculptors, ancient or modern, would +rejoice to have her as model, and I hope that in the interests of the +art-loving public"--here he glanced at the Chamberlain, Saturius--"that +the fortunate person into whose hands she passes will not be so selfish +as to deny them this satisfaction. + +"Now I have said enough and must but add this, that by the special +decree of her captor, the Imperator Titus, the beautiful necklace of +pearls worn by the maiden goes with her. I asked a jeweller friend of +mine to look at it just now, and judging as well as he could without +removing it from her neck, which was not allowed, he values it at least +at a hundred sestertia. Also, there goes with this lot considerable +property, situated in Tyre and neighbouring places, to which, had she +been a free woman, she would have succeeded by inheritance. You may +think that Tyre is a long way off and that it will be difficult to take +possession of this estate, and, of course, there is something in the +objection. Still, the title to it is secure enough, for here I have a +deed signed by Titus Cæsar himself, commanding all officials, officers +and others concerned, to hand over without waste or deduction all +property, real or personal, belonging to the estate of the late Benoni, +the Jewish merchant of Tyre, and a member of the Sanhedrim--the lot's +grandfather, I am informed, gentleman--to her purchaser, who has only to +fill in his own name in the blank space, or any representatives whom he +may appoint, which deed is especially declared to be indefeasible. Any +one wish to see it? No? Then we will take it as read. I know that in +such a matter, my patrons, my word is enough for you. + +"Now I am about to come to business, with the remark that the more +liberal your bidding the better will our glorious general, Titus Cæsar, +be pleased; the better will the poor and the invalided soldiers, who +deserve so well at your hands, be pleased; the better will the girl +herself be pleased, who I am sure will know how to reward a generous +appreciation of her worth; and the better shall I, your humble friend +and servant, be pleased, because, as I may inform you in strict secrecy, +I am paid, not by a fixed salary, but by commission. + +"Now, gentlemen, what may I say? A thousand sestertia to begin with? Oh! +don't laugh, I expect more than that. What! Fifty? You are joking, my +friend. However, the acorn grows into the oak, doesn't it? and I am told +that you can stop the sources of the Tiber with your hat; so I'll start +with fifty. Fifty--a hundred. Come, bid up, gentlemen, or we shall +never get home to supper. Two hundred--three, four, five, six, seven, +eight--ah! that's better. What are you stopping for?" and he addressed +a hatchet-faced man who had thrust himself forward over the rope of the +ring. + +The man shook his head with a sigh. "I'm done," he said. "Such goods +are for my betters," a sentiment that seemed to be shared by his rivals, +since they also stopped bidding. + +"Well, friend Saturius," said the auctioneer, "have you gone to sleep, +or have you anything to say? Only in hundreds, now, gentlemen, mind, +only in hundreds, unless I give the word. Thank you, I have nine +hundred," and he looked round rather carelessly, expecting at heart that +this bid would be the last. + +Then the merchant from Alexandria stepped forward and held up his +finger. + +"A thousand, by the Gods!" + +Saturius looked at the man indignantly. Who was this that dared to bid +against Domitian, the third dignitary in all the Roman empire, Cæsar's +son, Cæsar's brother, who might himself be Cæsar? Still he answered with +another bid of eleven hundred. + +Once more the finger of Domitian went up. + +"Twelve. Twelve hundred!" said the auctioneer, in a voice of suppressed +excitement, while the audience gasped, for such prices had not been +heard of. + +"Thirteen," said the Chamberlain. + +Again the finger went up. + +"Fourteen hundred. I have fourteen hundred. Against you, worthy +Saturius. Come, come, I must knock the lot down, which perhaps would not +please some whom I could mention. Don't be stingy, friend, you have a +large purse to draw on, and it is called the Roman Empire. Now. Thank +you, I have fifteen hundred. Well, my friend yonder. What! Have you had +enough?" and he pointed to the Alexandrian merchant, who, with a groan, +had turned aside and hidden his face in his hands. + +"Knocked out, knocked out, it seems," said the auctioneer, "and though +it is little enough under all the circumstances for this lot, who is as +lovely as she is historical, I suppose that I can scarcely expect----" +and he looked around despondently. + +Suddenly the old woman with the basket glanced up and, speaking in a +quiet matter-of-fact voice but with a foreign accent, said: + +"Two thousand." + +A titter of laughter went around the room. + +"My dear madam?" queried the auctioneer, looking at her dubiously, +"might I ask if you mean sester_tii_ or sester_tia_?[*] Your pardon, but +it has occurred to me that you might be confounding the two sums." + + [*] A _sestertius_ was worth less than 2d., a _sestertium_ + was a sum of money of the value of about £8. + +"Two thousand sester_tia_," repeated the matter-of-fact voice with the +foreign accent. + +"Well, well," said the auctioneer, "I suppose that I must accept the +bid. Friend Saturius, I have two thousand sestertia, and it is against +you." + +"Against me it must remain, then," replied the little man in a fury. "Do +all the kings in the world want this girl? Already I have exceeded my +limit by five hundred sestertia. I dare do no more. Let her go." + +"Don't vex yourself, Saturius," said the auctioneer, "bidding is one +thing, paying another. At present I have a bona-fide bid of fifteen +hundred from you. Unless this liberal but unknown lady is prepared with +the cash I shall close on that. Do you understand, madam?" + +"Perfectly," answered the veiled old woman. "Being a stranger to Rome I +thought it well to bring the gold with me, since strangers cannot expect +credit." + +"To bring the gold with you!" gasped the auctioneer. "To bring two +thousand sestertia with you! Where is it then?" + +"Where? Oh! in my servant's and my own baskets, and something more as +well. Come, good sir, I have made my bid. Does the worthy gentleman +advance?" + +"No," shouted Saturius. "You are being fooled, she has not got the +money." + +"If he does not advance and no other worthy gentleman wishes to bid, +then will you knock the lot down?" said the old woman. "Pardon me if +I press you, noble seller of slaves, but I must ride far from Rome +to-night, to Centum Cellæ, indeed, where my ship waits; therefore, I +have no time to lose." + +Now the auctioneer saw that there was no choice, since under the rules +of the public mart he must accept the offer of the highest bidder. + +"Two thousand sestertia are bid for this lot No. 7, the Jewish captive +known as Pearl-Maiden, sold by order of Titus Imperator, together with +her collar of pearls and the property to which, as a free woman, she +would have been entitled. Any advance on two thousand sestertia?" and he +looked at Saturius, who shook his head. "No? Then--going--going--gone! +I declare the lot sold, to be delivered on payment of the cash to the +person named--by the way, madam, what is your name?" + +"Mulier." + +At this the company burst into a loud laugh. + +"Mulier?" repeated the auctioneer, "M u l i e r--Woman?" + +"Yes, am I not a woman, and what better name can I have than is given to +all my sex?" + +"In truth, you are so wrapped up that I must take your word for it," +replied the auctioneer. "But come, let us put an end to this farce. If +you have the money, follow me into the receiving house--for I must see +to the matter myself--and pay it down." + +"With pleasure, sir, but be so good as to bring my property with +you. She is too valuable to be left here unprotected amongst these +distinguished but disappointed gentlemen." + +Accordingly Miriam was led from the marble stand into an office annexed +to the receiving-house, whither she was followed by the auctioneer and +by Nehushta and her servant, whose backs, it was now observed, bent +beneath the weight of the baskets that were strapped upon them. Here the +door was locked, and with the help of her attendant Nehushta loosened +her basket, letting it fall upon the table with a sigh of relief. + +"Take it and count," he said to the auctioneer, untying the lid. + +He lifted it and there met his eye a layer of lettuces neatly packed. + +"By Venus!" he began in a fury. + +"Softly, friend, softly," said Nehushta, "these lettuces are of a kind +which only grow in yellow soil. Look," and lifting the vegetables she +revealed beneath row upon row of gold coin. "Examine it before you +count," she said. + +He did so by biting pieces at hazard with his teeth and causing them to +ring upon the marble table. + +"It is good," he said. + +"Quite so. Then count." + +So he and the clerk counted, even to the bottom of the basket, which was +found to contain gold to the value of over eleven hundred sestertia. + +"So far well," he said, "but that is not enough." + +The buyer beckoned to the man with her who stood in the corner, his face +hidden by the shadow, and he dragged forward the second basket, which he +had already unstrapped from his shoulders. Here also were lettuces, and +beneath the lettuces gold. When the full two thousand sestertia were +counted, that is, over fifteen thousand pounds of our money, this second +basket still remained more than a third full. + +"I ought to have run you up, madam," said the auctioneer, surveying the +shining gold with greedy eyes. + +"Yes," she replied calmly, "if you had guessed the truth you might have +done so. But who knows the truth, except myself?" + +"Are you a sorceress?" he asked. + +"Perhaps. What does it matter? At least, the gold will not melt. And, +by the way, it is troublesome carrying so much of the stuff back again. +Would you like a couple of handfuls for yourself, and say ten pieces for +your clerk? Yes? Well, please first fill in that deed with the name +that I shall give you and with your own as witness? Here it is--'Miriam, +daughter of Demas and Rachel, born in the year of the death of Herod +Agrippa.' Thank you. You have signed, and the clerk also, I think. Now I +will take that roll. + +"One thing more, there is another door to this Receiving-house? With +your leave I should prefer to go out that way, as my newly acquired +property seems tired, and for one day has had enough of public notice. +You will, I understand, give us a few minutes to depart before you +return to the rostrum, and your clerk will be so courteous as to escort +us out of the Forum. Now help yourself. Man, can't you make your hand +larger than that? Well, it will suffice to pay for a summer holiday. I +see a cloak there which may serve to protect this slave from the chill +air of the night. In case it should be claimed, perhaps these five +pieces will pay for it. Most noble and courteous sir, again I thank you. +Young woman, throw this over your bare shoulders and your head; that +necklace might tempt the dishonest. + +"Now, if our guide is ready we will be going. Slave, bring the basket, +at the weight of which you need no longer groan, and you, young woman, +strap on this other basket; it is as well that you should begin to be +instructed in your domestic duties, for I tell you at once that having +heard much of the skill of the Jews in those matters, I have bought you +to be my cook and to attend to the dressing of my hair. Farewell, sir, +farewell; may we never meet again." + +"Farewell," replied the astonished auctioneer, "farewell, my lady +Mulier, who can afford to give two thousand sestertia for a cook! Good +luck to you, and if you are always as liberal as this, may we meet once +a month, say I. Yet have no fear," he added meaningly, "I know when I +have been well treated and shall not seek you out--even to please Cæsar +himself." + +Three minutes later, under the guidance of the clerk, who was as +discreet as his master, they had passed, quite undisturbed, through +various dark colonnades and up a flight of marble stairs. + +"Now you are out of the Forum, so go your ways," he said. + +They went, and the clerk stood watching them until they were round +a corner, for he was young and curious, and to him this seemed the +strangest comedy of the slave-market of which he had ever even heard. + +As he turned to go he found himself face to face with a tall man, in +whom he recognized that merchant of Egypt who had bid for Pearl-Maiden +up to the enormous total of fourteen hundred sestertia. + +"Friend," said Demetrius, "which way did your companions go?" + +"I don't know," answered the clerk. + +"Come, try to remember. Did they walk straight on, or turn to the left, +or turn to the right? Fix your attention on these, it may help you," and +once more that fortunate clerk found five gold pieces thrust into his +hand. + +"I don't know that they help me," he said, for he wished to be faithful +to his hire. + +"Fool," said Demetrius in a changed voice, "remember quickly, or here +is something that will----" and he showed him a dagger glinting in his +hand. "Now then, do you wish to go the same road as they carried the +Jewish girl and the Eastern?" + +"They turned to the right," said the clerk sulkily. "It is the truth, +but may that road you speak of be yours who draw knives on honest folk." + +With a bound Demetrius left his side, and for the second time the clerk +stood still, watching him go. + +"A strange business," he said to himself, "but, perhaps my master was +right and that old woman is a sorceress, or, perhaps, the young one is +the sorceress, since all men seem ready to pay a tribe's tribute to get +hold of her; or, perhaps, they are both sorceresses. A strange story, +of which I should like to know the meaning, and so, I fancy, would the +Prince Domitian when he comes to hear of it. Saturius, the chamberlain, +has a fat place, but I would not take it to-night, no, not if it were +given to me." + +Then that young man returned to the mart in time to hear his master +knock down Lot thirteen, a very sweet-looking girl, to Saturius himself, +who proposed, though with a doubtful heart, to take her to Domitian as a +substitute. + +Meanwhile, Nehushta, Miriam and the steward Stephanus, disguised as a +slave, went on as swiftly as they dared towards the palace of Marcus +in the Via Agrippa. The two women held each other by the hand but said +nothing; their hearts seemed too full for speech. Only the old steward +kept muttering--"Two thousand sestertia! The savings of years! Two +thousand sestertia for that bit of a girl! Surely the gods have smitten +him mad." + +"Hold your peace, fool," said Nehushta at length. "At least, I am not +mad; the property that went with her is worth more than the money." + +"Yes, yes," replied the aggrieved Stephanus, "but how will that benefit +my master? You put it in her name. Well, it is no affair of mine, and at +least this accursed basket is much lighter." + +Now they were at the side door of the house, which Stephanus was +unlocking with his key. + +"Quick," said Nehushta, "I hear footsteps." + +The door opened and they passed in, but at that moment one went by them, +pausing to look until the door closed again. + +"Who was that?" asked Stephanus nervously. + +"He whom they called Demetrius, the merchant of Alexandria, but whom +once I knew by another name," answered Nehushta in a slow voice while +Stephanus barred the door. + +They walked through the archway into an antechamber lit by a single +lamp, leaving Stephanus still occupied with his bolts and chains. Here +with a sudden motion Nehushta threw off her cloak and tore the veil from +her brow. In another instant, uttering a low, crooning cry, she flung +her long arms about Miriam and began to kiss her again and again on the +face. + +"My darling," she moaned, "my darling." + +"Tell me what it all means, Nou," said the poor girl faintly. + +"It means that God has heard my prayers and suffered my old feet to +overtake you in time, and provided the wealth to preserve you from a +dreadful fate." + +"Whose wealth? Where am I?" asked Miriam. + +Nehushta made no answer, only she unstrapped the basket from Miriam's +back and unclasped the cloak from about her shoulders. Then, taking her +by the hand, she led her into a lighted passage and thence through a +door into a great and splendid room spread with rich carpets and adorned +with costly furniture and marble images. At the end of this room was a +table lighted by two lamps, and on the further side of this table sat +a man as though he were asleep, for his face was hidden upon his arms. +Miriam saw him and clung to Nehushta trembling. + +"Hush!" whispered her guide, and they stood still in the shadow. + +The man lifted his head so that the light fell full upon it, and Miriam +saw that it was Marcus. Marcus grown older and with a patch of grey hair +upon his temple where the sword of Caleb had struck him, very worn and +tired-looking also, but still Marcus and no other. He was speaking to +himself. + +"I can bear it no longer," he said. "Thrice have I been to the gate and +still no sign. Doubtless the plan has miscarried and by now she is in +the palace of Domitian. I will go forth and learn the worst," and he +rose from the table. + +"Speak to him," whispered Nehushta, pushing Miriam forward. + +She advanced into the circle of the lamplight, but as yet Marcus did not +see her, for he had gone to the window-place to find a cloak that lay +there. Then he turned and saw her. Before him in her robe of white, the +soft light shining on her gentle loveliness, stood Miriam. He stared at +her bewildered. + +"Do I dream?" he said. + +"Nay, Marcus," she answered in her sweet voice, "you do not dream. I am +Miriam." + +In an instant he was at her side and held her in his arms, nor did she +resist him, for after so many fears and sufferings they seemed to her a +home. + +"Loose me, I pray you," she said at length, "I am faint, I can bear no +more." + +At her entreaty he suffered her to sink upon the cushions of a couch +that was at hand. + +"Tell me, tell me everything," he said. + +"Ask it of Nehushta," she answered, leaning back. "I am spent." + +Nehushta ran to her side and began to chafe her hands. "Let be with +your questions," she said. "I bought her, that's enough. Ask that old +huckster, Stephanus, the price. But first in the name of charity give +her food. Those who have walked through a Triumph to end the day on the +slave block need victuals." + +"It is here, it is here," Marcus said confusedly, "such as there is." +Taking a lamp he led the way to a table that was placed in the shadow, +where stood some meat and fruit with flagons of rich coloured wine and +pure water and shallow silver cups to drink from. + +Putting her arm about Miriam's waist, Nehushta supported her to the +table and sat her down upon one of the couches. Then she poured out wine +and put it to her lips, and cut meat and made her swallow it till Miriam +would touch no more. Now the colour came back to her face, and her eyes +grew bright again, and resting there upon the couch, she listened while +Nehushta told Marcus all the story of the slave sale. + +"Well done," he said, laughing in his old merry fashion, "well done, +indeed! Oh! what favouring god put it into the head of that honest old +miser, Stephanus, from year to year to hoard up all that sum of gold +against an hour of sudden need which none could foresee!" + +"My God and hers," answered Nehushta solemnly, "to Whom if He give you +space, you should be thankful, which, by the way, is more than Stephanus +is, who has seen so much of your savings squandered in an hour." + +"Your savings?" said Miriam, looking up. "Did you buy me, Marcus?" + +"I suppose so, beloved," he answered. + +"Then, then, I am your slave?" + +"Not so, Miriam," he replied nervously. "As you know well, it is I who +am yours. All I ask of you is that you should become my wife." + +"That cannot be, Marcus," she answered in a kind of cry. "You know that +it cannot be." + +His face turned pale. + +"After all that has come and gone between us, Miriam, do you still say +so?" + +"I still say so." + +"You could give your life for me, and yet you will not give your life to +me?" + +"Yes, Marcus." + +"Why? Why?" + +"For the reasons that I gave you yonder by the banks of Jordan; because +those who begat me laid on me the charge that I should marry none who is +not a Christian. How then can I marry you?" + +Marcus thought a moment. + +"Does the book of your law forbid it?" he asked. + +She shook her head. "No, but the dead forbid it, and rather will I join +them than break their command." + +Again Marcus thought and spoke. + +"Well, then, since I must, I will become a Christian." + +She looked at him sadly and answered: + +"It is not enough. Do you remember what I told you far away in the +village of the Essenes, that this is no matter of casting incense on an +altar, but rather one of a changed spirit. When you can say those words +from your heart as well as with your lips, then, Marcus, I will listen +to you, but unless God calls you this you can never do." + +"What then do you propose?" he asked. + +"I? I have not had time to think. To go away, I suppose." + +"To Domitian?" he queried. "Nay, forgive me, but a sore heart makes +bitter lips." + +"I am glad you asked forgiveness for those words, Marcus," she said +quivering. "What need is there to insult a slave?" + +The word seemed to suggest a new train of thought to Marcus. + +"Yes," he said, "a slave--my slave whom I have bought at a great price. +Well, why should I let you go? I am minded to keep you." + +"Marcus, you can keep me if you will, but then your sin against your own +honour will be greater even than your sin against me." + +"Sin!" he said, passionately. "What sin? You say you cannot marry me, +not because you do not wish it, if I understand you right, but for other +reasons which have weight, at any rate with you. But the dead give no +command as to whom you should love." + +"No, my love is my own, but if it is not lawful it can be denied." + +"Why should it be denied?" he asked softly and coming towards her. "Is +there not much between you and me? Did not you, brave and blessed woman +that you are, risk your life for my sake in the Old Tower at Jerusalem? +Did you not for my sake stand there upon the gate Nicanor to perish +miserably? And I, though it be little, have I not done something for +you? Have I not so soon as your message reached me, journeyed here to +Rome, at the cost, perhaps, of what I value more than life--my honour?" + +"Your honour?" she asked. "Why your honour?" + +"Because those who have been taken prisoner by the enemy and escaped are +held to be cowards among the Romans," he answered bitterly, "and it may +be that such a lot awaits me." + +"Coward! You a coward, Marcus?" + +"Aye. When it is known that I live, that is what my enemies will call me +who lived on for your sake, Miriam--for the sake of a woman who denies +me." + +"Oh!" she said, "this is bitter. Now I remember and understand what +Gallus meant." + +"Then will you still deny me? Must I suffer thus in vain? Think, had it +not been for you I could have stayed afar until the thing was forgotten, +that is, if I still chose to live; but now, because of you, things are +thus, and yet, Miriam--you deny me," and he put his arms about her and +drew her to his breast. + +She did not struggle, she had no strength, only she wrung her hands and +sobbed, saying: + +"What shall I do? Woe is me, what shall I do?" + +"Do?" said the voice of Nehushta, speaking clear as a clarion from the +shadows. "Do your duty, girl, and leave the rest to Heaven." + +"Silence, accursed woman!" gasped Marcus, turning pale with anger. + +"Nay," she answered, "I will not be silent. Listen, Roman; I like you +well, as you have reason to know, seeing that it was I who nursed you +back to life, when for one hour's want of care you must have died. I +like you well, and above everything on earth I wish that ere my eyes +shut for the last time they may see your hand in her hand, and her hand +in your hand, man and wife before the face of all men. Yet I tell you +that now indeed you are a coward in a deeper fashion than that the +Romans dream of; you are a coward who try to work upon the weakness of +this poor girl's loving heart, who try in the hour of her sore distress +to draw her from the spirit, if not from the letter, of her duty. So +great a coward are you that you remind her even that she is your slave +and threaten to deal with her as you heathen deal with slaves. You put a +gloss upon the truth; you try to filch the fruit you may not pluck; you +say 'you may not marry me, but you are my property, and therefore if you +give way to your master it is no sin.' I tell you it is a sin, doubly +a sin, since you would bind the weight of it on her back as well as on +your own, and a sin that in this way or in that would bring its reward +to both of you." + +"Have you finished?" asked Marcus coldly, but suffering Miriam to slip +from his arms back upon the couch. + +"No, I have not finished; I spoke of the fruits of evil; now as my heart +prompts me I speak of the promise of good. Let this woman go free as you +have the power to do; strike the chains off her neck and take back the +price that you have paid for her, since she has property which will +discharge it to the last farthing, which property to-day stands in her +name and can be conveyed to you. Then, go search the Scriptures and see +if you can find no message in them. If you find it, well and good, then +take her with a clean heart and be happy. If you find it not, well and +good, then leave her with a clean heart and be sorrowful, for so it is +decreed. Only in this matter do not dare to be double-minded, lest the +last evil overtake you and her, and your children and hers. Now I have +done, and, my lord Marcus, be so good as to signify your pleasure to +your slave, Pearl-Maiden, and your servant, Nehushta the Libyan." + +Marcus began to walk up and down the room, out of the light into the +shadow, out of the shadow into the light. Presently he halted, and the +two women watching saw that his face was drawn and ashen, like the face +of an old man. + +"My pleasure," he said vacantly, "--that is a strange word on my lips +to-night, is it not? Well, Nehushta, you have the best of the argument. +All you say is quite true, if a little over-coloured. Of course, Miriam +is quite right not to marry me if she has scruples, and, of course, I +should be quite wrong to take advantage of the accident of my being able +to purchase her in the slave-ring. I think that is all I have to say. +Miriam, I free you, as indeed I remember I promised the Essenes that I +would do. Since no one knows you belong to me, I suppose that no formal +ceremony will be necessary. It is a manumission 'inter amicos,' as the +lawyers say, but quite valid. As to the title to the Tyre property, +I accept it in payment of the debt, but I beg that you will keep it +a while on my behalf, for, at present, there might be trouble about +transferring it into my name. Now, good-night. Nehushta will take you to +her room, Miriam, and to-morrow you can depart whither you will. I wish +you all fortune, and--why do you not thank me? Under the circumstances, +it would be kind." + +But Miriam only burst into a flood of tears. + +"What will you do, Marcus? Oh! what will you do?" she sobbed. + +"In all probability, things which I would rather you did not know of," +he answered bitterly, "or I may take it into my head to accept the +suggestion of our friend, Nehushta, and begin to search those Scriptures +of which I have heard so much; that seem, by the way, specially designed +to prevent the happiness of men and women." Then he added fiercely, "Go, +girl, go at once, for if you stand there weeping before me any longer, I +tell you that I shall change my mind, and as Nehushta says, imperil the +safety of your soul, and of my own--which does not matter." + +So Miriam stumbled from the room and through the curtained doorway. As +Nehushta followed her Marcus caught her by the arm. + +"I have half a mind to murder you," he said, quietly. + +The old Libyan only laughed. + +"All I have said is true and for your own good, Marcus," she answered, +"and you will live to know it." + +"Where will you take her?" + +"I don't know yet, but Christians always have friends." + +"You will let me hear of her." + +"Surely, if it is safe." + +"And if she needs help you will tell me?" + +"Surely, and if you need her help, and it can be done, I will bring her +to you." + +"Then may I need help soon," he said. "Begone." + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +THE REWARD OF SATURIUS + +Meanwhile, in one of the palaces of the Cæsars not far from the Capitol, +was being enacted another and more stormy scene. It was the palace of +Domitian, whither, the bewildering pomp of the Triumph finished at last, +the prince had withdrawn himself in no happy mood. That day many things +had happened to vex him. First and foremost, as had been brought home +to his mind from minute to minute throughout the long hours, its glory +belonged not to himself, not even to his father, Vespasian, but to his +brother, the conqueror of the Jews. Titus he had always hated, Titus, +who was as beloved of mankind for his virtues, such as virtues were in +that age, as he, Domitian, was execrated for his vices. Now Titus had +returned after a brilliant and successful campaign to be crowned as +Cæsar, to be accepted as the sharer of his father's government, and to +receive the ovations of the populace, while his brother Domitian must +ride almost unnoted behind his chariot. The plaudits of the roaring mob, +the congratulations of the Senate, the homage of the knights and subject +princes, the offerings of foreign kings, all laid at the feet of Titus, +filled him with a jealousy that went nigh to madness. Soothsayers had +told him, it was true, that his hour would come, that he would live and +reign after Vespasian and Titus had gone down, both of them, to Hades. +But even if they spoke the truth this hour seemed a long way off. + +Also there were other things. At the great sacrifice before the temple +of Jupiter, his place had been set too far back where the people could +not see him; at the feast which followed the master of the ceremonies +had neglected, or had forgotten, to pour a libation in his honour. + +Further, the beautiful captive, Pearl-Maiden, had appeared in the +procession unadorned by the costly girdle which he had sent her; while, +last of all, the different wines that he had drunk had disagreed with +him, so that because of them, or of the heat of the sun, he suffered +from the headache and sickness to which he was liable. Pleading this +indisposition as an excuse, Domitian left the banquet very early, and +attended by his slaves and musicians retired to his own palace. + +Here his spirits revived somewhat, since he knew that before long his +chamberlain, Saturius, would appear with the lovely Jewish maiden +upon whom he had set his fancy. This at least was certain, for he had +arranged that the auction should be held that evening and instructed +him to buy her at all costs, even for a thousand sestertia. Indeed, who +would dare to bid for a slave that the Prince Domitian desired? + +Learning that Saturius had not yet arrived, he went to his private +chambers, and to pass away the time commanded his most beautiful slaves +to dance before him, where he inflamed himself by drinking more wine of +a vintage that he loved. As the fumes of the strong liquor mounted to +his brain the pains in his head ceased, at any rate for a while. Very +soon he became half-drunk, and as was his nature when in drink, savage. +One of the dancing slaves stumbled and growing nervous stepped out of +time, whereon he ordered the poor half-naked girl to be scourged before +him by the hands of her own companions. Happily for her, however, before +the punishment began a slave arrived with the intelligence that Saturius +waited without. + +"What, alone?" said the prince, springing to his feet. + +"Nay, lord," said the slave, "there is a woman with him." + +At this news instantly his ill-temper was forgotten. + +"Let that girl go," he said, "and bid her be more careful another time. +Away, all the lot of you, I wish to be private. Now, slave, bid the +worthy Saturius enter with his charge." + +Presently the curtains were drawn apart and through them came Saturius +rubbing his hands and smiling somewhat nervously, followed by a woman +wrapped in a long cloak and veiled. He began to offer the customary +salutations, but Domitian cut him short. + +"Rise, man," he said. "That sort of thing is very well in public, but +I don't want it here. So you have got her," he added, eyeing the draped +form in the background. + +"Yes," replied Saturius doubtfully. + +"Good, your services shall be remembered. You were ever a discreet and +faithful agent. Did the bidding run high?" + +"Oh! my lord, enormous, ee--normous. I never heard such bidding," and he +stretched out his hands. + +"Impertinence! Who dared to compete with me?" remarked Domitian. "Well, +what did you have to give?" + +"Fifty sestertia, my lord." + +"Fifty sestertia?" answered Domitian with an air of relief. "Well, of +course it is enough, but I have known beautiful maidens fetch more. By +the way, dear one," he went on, addressing the veiled woman, "you must, +I fear, be tired after all that weary, foolish show." + +The "dear one" making no audible reply, Domitian went on: + +"Modesty is pleasing in a maid, but now I pray you, forget it for +awhile. Unveil yourself, most beautiful, that I may behold that +loveliness for which my heart has ached these many days. Nay, that task +shall be my own," and he advanced somewhat unsteadily towards his prize. + +Saturius thought that he saw his chance. Domitian was so intoxicated +that it would be useless to attempt to explain matters that night. +Clearly he should retire as soon as possible. + +"Most noble prince and patron," he began, "my duty is done, with your +leave I will withdraw." + +"By no means, by no means," hiccupped Domitian, "I know that you are an +excellent judge of beauty, most discriminating Saturius, and I should +like to talk over the points of this lady with you. You know, dear +Saturius, that I am not selfish, and to tell the truth, which you won't +mind between friends--who could be jealous of a wizened, last year's +walnut of a man like you? Not I, Saturius, not I, whom everybody +acknowledges to be the most beautiful person in Rome, much better +looking than Titus is, although he does call himself Cæsar. Now for it. +Where's the fastening? Saturius, find the fastening. Why do you tie up +the poor girl like an Egyptian corpse and prevent her lord and master +from looking at her?" + +As he spoke the slave did something to the back of her head and the +veil fell to the ground, revealing a girl of very pleasing shape and +countenance, but who, as might be expected, looked most weary and +frightened. Domitian stared at her with his bleared and wicked eyes, +while a puzzled expression grew upon his face. + +"Very odd!" he said, "but she seems to have changed! I thought her eyes +were blue, and that she had curling black hair. Now they are dark and +she has straight hair. Where's the necklace, too? Where's the necklace? +Pearl-Maiden, what have you done with your necklace? Yes, and why didn't +you wear the girdle I sent you to-day?" + +"Sir," answered the Jewess, "I never had a necklace----" + +"My lord Domitian," began Saturius with a nervous laugh, "there is a +mistake--I must explain. This girl is not Pearl-Maiden. Pearl-Maiden +fetched so great a price that it was impossible that I should buy her, +even for you----" + +He stopped, for suddenly Domitian's face had become terrible. All the +drunkenness had left it, to be replaced by a mask of savage cruelty +through which glared the pale and glittering eyes. The man appeared as +he was, half satyr and half fiend. + +"A mistake----" he said. "Oh! a mistake? And I have been counting on +her all these weeks, and now some other man has taken her from me--the +prince Domitian. And you--you dare to come to me with this tale, and +to bring this slut with you instead of my Pearl-Maiden----" and at the +thought he fairly sobbed in his drunken, disappointed rage. Then he +stepped back and began to clap his hands and call aloud. + +Instantly slaves and guards rushed into the chamber, thinking that their +lord was threatened with some evil. + +"Men," he said, "take that woman and kill her. No, it might make a stir, +as she was one of Titus's captives. Don't kill her, thrust her into the +street." + +The girl was seized by the arms and dragged away. + +"Oh! my lord," began Saturius. + +"Silence, man, I am coming to you. Seize him, and strip him. Oh! I know +you are a freedman and a citizen of Rome. Well, soon you shall be a +citizen of Hades, I promise you. Now, bring the heavy rods and beat him +till he dies." + +The dreadful order was obeyed, and for a while nothing was heard save +the sound of heavy blows and the smothered moans of the miserable +Saturius. + +"Wretches," yelled the Imperial brute, "you are playing, you do not hit +hard enough. I will teach you how to hit," and snatching a rod from one +of the slaves he rushed at his prostrate chamberlain, the others drawing +back to allow their master to show his skill in flogging. + +Saturius saw Domitian come, and knew that unless he could change his +purpose in another minute the life would be battered out of him. He +struggled to his knees. + +"Prince," he cried, "hearken ere you strike. You can kill me if you will +who are justly angered, and to die at your hands is an honour that I do +not merit. Yet, dread lord, remember that if you slay me then you will +never find that Pearl-Maiden whom you desire." + +Domitian paused, for even in his fury he was cunning. "Doubtless," he +thought, "the knave knows where the girl is. Perhaps even he has hidden +her away for himself." + +"Ah!" he said aloud, quoting the vulgar proverb, "'the rod is the mother +of reason.' Well, can you find her?" + +"Surely, if I have time. The man who can afford to pay two thousand +sestertia for a single slave cannot easily be hidden." + +"Two thousand sestertia!" exclaimed Domitian astonished. "Tell me that +story. Slaves, give Saturius his robe and fall back--no, not too far, he +may be treacherous." + +The chamberlain threw the garment over his bleeding shoulders and +fastened it with a trembling hand. Then he told his tale, adding: + +"Oh! my lord, what could I do? You have not enough money at hand to pay +so huge a sum." + +"Do, fool? Why you should have bought her on credit and left me +to settle the price afterwards. Oh! never mind Titus, I could have +outwitted him. But the mischief is done; now for the remedy, so far as +it can be remedied," he added, grinding his teeth. + +"That I must seek to-morrow, lord." + +"To-morrow? And what will you do to-morrow?" + +"To-morrow I will find where the girl's gone, or try to, and then--why +he who has bought her might die and--the rest will be easy." + +"Die he surely shall be who has dared to rob Domitian of his darling," +answered the prince with an oath. "Well, hearken, Saturius, for this +night you are spared, but be sure that if you fail for the second time +you also shall die, and after a worse fashion than I promised you. Now +go, and to-morrow we will take counsel. Oh! ye gods, why do you deal +so hardly with Domitian? My soul is bruised and must be comforted with +poesy. Rouse that Greek from his bed and send him to me. He shall read +to me of the wrath of Achilles when they robbed him of his Briseis, for +the hero's lot is mine." + +So this new Achilles departed, now that his rage had left him, weeping +maudlin tears of disappointed passion, to comfort his "bruised soul" +with the immortal lines of Homer, for when he was not merely a brute +Domitian fancied himself a poet. It was perhaps as well for his peace +of mind that he could not see the face of Saturius, as the chamberlain +comforted his bruised shoulders with some serviceable ointment, or hear +the oath which that useful and industrious officer uttered as he sought +his rest, face downwards, since for many days thereafter he was unable +to lie upon his back. It was a very ugly oath, sworn by every god who +had an altar in Rome, with the divinities of the Jews and the Christians +thrown in, that in a day to come he would avenge Domitian's rods with +daggers. Had the prince been able to do so, there might have risen in +his mind some prescience of a certain scene, in which he must play a +part on a far-off but destined night. He might have beheld a vision of +himself, bald, corpulent and thin-legged, but wearing the imperial robes +of Cæsar, rolling in a frantic struggle for life upon the floor of his +bed-chamber, at death grips with one Stephanus, while an old chamberlain +named Saturius drove a dagger again and again into his back, crying at +each stroke: + +"Oho! That for thy rods, Cæsar! Oho! Dost remember the Pearl-Maiden? +That for thy rods, Cæsar, and that--and that--and _that_----!" + +But Domitian, weeping himself to sleep over the tale of the wrongs of +the god-like Achilles, which did but foreshadow those of his divine +self, as yet thought nothing of the rich reward that time should bring +him. + + + +On the morrow of the great day of the Triumph the merchant Demetrius +of Alexandria, whom for many years we have known as Caleb, sat in the +office of the store-house which he had hired for the bestowal of his +goods in one of the busiest thoroughfares of Rome. Handsome, indeed, +noble-looking as he was, and must always be, his countenance presented +a sorry sight. From hour to hour during the previous day he had fought a +path through the dense crowds that lined the streets of Rome, to keep as +near as might be to Miriam while she trudged her long route of splendid +shame. + +Then came the evening, when, with the other women slaves, she was put +up to auction in the Forum. To prepare for this sale Caleb had turned +almost all his merchandise into money, for he knew that Domitian was a +purchaser, and guessed that the price of the beautiful Pearl-Maiden, of +whom all the city was talking, would rule high. The climax we know. He +bid to the last coin that he possessed or could raise, only to find that +others with still greater resources were in the market. Even the agent +of the prince had been left behind, and Miriam was at last knocked down +to some mysterious stranger woman dressed like a peasant. The woman was +veiled and disguised; she spoke with a feigned voice and in a strange +tongue, but from the beginning Caleb knew her. Incredible as it might +seem, that she should be here in Rome, he was certain that she was +Nehushta, and no other. + +That Nehushta should buy Miriam was well, but how came she by so vast a +sum of money, here in a far-off land? In short, for whom was she buying? +Indeed, for whom would she buy? He could think of one only--Marcus. But +he had made inquiries and Marcus was not in Rome. Indeed he had every +reason to believe that his rival was long dead, that his bones were +scattered among the tens of thousands which whitened the tumbled ruins +of the Holy City in Judæa. How could it be otherwise? He had last seen +him wounded, as he thought to death--and he should know, for the stroke +fell from his own hand--lying senseless in the Old Tower in Jerusalem. +Then he vanished away, and where Marcus had been Miriam was found. +Whither did he vanish, and if it was true that she succeeded in hiding +him in some secret hole, what chance was there that he could have +lived on without food and unsuccoured? Also if he lived, why had he +not appeared long before? Why was not so wealthy a Patrician and +distinguished a soldier riding in the triumphant train of Titus? + +With black despair raging in his breast, he, Caleb, had seen Miriam +knocked down to the mysterious basket-laden stranger whom none could +recognise. He had seen her depart together with the auctioneer and +a servant, also basket-laden, to the office of the receiving house, +whither he had attempted to follow upon some pretext, only to be stopped +by the watchman. After this he hung about the door until he saw the +auctioneer appear alone, when it occurred to him that the purchaser and +the purchased must have departed by some other exit, perhaps in order +to avoid further observation. He ran round the building to find himself +confronted only by the empty, star-lit spaces of the Forum. Searching +them with his eyes, for one instant it seemed to him that far away he +caught sight of a little knot of figures climbing a black marble stair +in the dark shadow of some temple. He sped across the open space, he +ran up the great stair, to find at the head of it a young man in whom he +recognised the auctioneer's clerk, gazing along a wide street as empty +as was the stair. + +The rest is known to us. He followed, and twice perceived the little +group of dark-robed figures hurrying round distant corners. Once he +lost them altogether, but a passer-by on his road to some feast told him +courteously enough which way they had gone. On he ran almost at hazard, +to be rewarded in the end by the sight of them vanishing through a +narrow doorway in the wall. He came to the door and saw that it was very +massive. He tried it even, it was locked. Then he thought of knocking, +only to remember that to state his business would probably be to meet +his death. At such a place and hour those who purchased beautiful slaves +might have a sword waiting for the heart of an unsuccessful rival who +dared to follow them to their haunts. + +Caleb walked round the house, to find that it was a palace which seemed +to be deserted, although he thought that he saw light shining through +one of the shuttered windows. Now he knew the place again. It was here +that the procession had halted and one of the Roman soldiers who had +committed the crime of being taken captive escaped the taunts of the +crowd by hurling himself beneath the wheel of a great pageant car. Yes, +there was no doubt of it, for his blood still stained the dusty stones +and by it lay a piece of the broken distaff with which, in their +mockery, they had girded the poor man. They were gentle folk, these +Romans! Why, measured by this standard, some such doom would have fallen +upon his rival, Marcus, for Marcus also was taken prisoner--by himself. +The thought made Caleb smile, since well he knew that no braver soldier +lived. Then came other thoughts that pressed him closer. Somewhere in +that great dead-looking house was Miriam, as far off from him as though +she were still in Judæa. There was Miriam--and who was with her? The +new-found lord who had spent two thousand sestertia on her purchase? The +thought of it almost turned his brain. + +Heretofore, the life of Caleb had been ruled by two passions--ambition +and the love of Miriam. He had aspired to be ruler of the Jews, perhaps +their king, and to this end had plotted and fought for the expulsion of +the Romans from Judæa. He had taken part in a hundred desperate battles. +Again and again he had risked his life; again and again he had escaped. +For one so young he had reached high rank, till he was numbered among +the first of their captains. + +Then came the end, the last hideous struggle and the downfall. Once more +his life was left in him. Where men perished by the hundred thousand he +escaped, winning safety, not through the desire of it, but because of +the love of Miriam which drove him on to follow her. Happily for himself +he had hidden money, which, after the gift of his race, he was able to +turn to good account, so that now he, who had been a leader in war +and council, walked the world as a merchant in Eastern goods. All that +glittering past had gone from him; he might become wealthy, but, Jew as +he was, he could never be great nor fill his soul with the glory that +it craved. There remained to him, then, nothing but this passion for +one woman among the millions who dwelt beneath the sun, the girl who had +been his playmate, whom he loved from the beginning, although she had +never loved him, and whom he would love until the end. + +Why had she not loved him? Because of his rival, that accursed Roman, +Marcus, the man whom time upon time he had tried to kill, but who had +always slipped like water from his hands. Well, if she was lost to him +she was lost to Marcus also, and from that thought he would take such +comfort as he might. Indeed he had no other, for during those dreadful +hours the fires of all Gehenna raged in his soul. He had lost--but who +had found her? + +Throughout the long night Caleb tramped round the cold, empty-looking +palace, suffering perhaps as he had never suffered before, a thing to +be pitied of gods and men. At length the dawn broke and the light crept +down the splendid street, showing here and there groups of weary and +half-drunken revellers staggering homewards from the feast, flushed +men and dishevelled women. Others appeared also, humble and industrious +citizens going to their daily toil. Among them were people whose +business it was to clean the roads, abroad early this morning, for after +the great procession they thought that they might find articles of value +let fall by those who walked in it, or by the spectators. Two of +these scavengers began sweeping near the place where Caleb stood, and +lightened their toil by laughing at him, asking him if he had spent his +night in the gutter and whether he knew his way home. He replied that he +waited for the doors of the house to be opened. + +"Which house?" they asked. "The 'Fortunate House?'" and they pointed to +the marble palace of Marcus, which, as Caleb now saw for the first time, +had these words blazoned in gold letters on its portico. + +He nodded. + +"Well," said one of them, "you will wait for some time, for that house +is no longer fortunate. Its owner is dead, killed in the wars, and no +one knows who his heir may be." + +"What was his name?" he asked. + +"Marcus, the favourite of Nero, also called the Fortunate." + +Then, with a bitter curse upon his lips Caleb turned and walked away. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + +THE JUDGMENT OF DOMITIAN + +Two hours had gone by and Caleb, with fury in his heart, sat brooding in +the office attached to the warehouse that he had hired. At that moment +he had but one desire--to kill his successful rival, Marcus. Marcus had +escaped and returned to Rome; of that there could be no doubt. He, one +of the wealthiest of its patricians, had furnished the vast sum which +enabled old Nehushta to buy the coveted Pearl-Maiden in the slave-ring. +Then his newly acquired property had been taken to this house, where he +awaited her. This then was the end of their long rivalry; for this he, +Caleb, had fought, toiled, schemed and suffered. Oh! rather than such a +thing should be, in that dark hour of his soul, he would have seen her +cast to the foul Domitian, for Domitian, at least, she would have hated, +whereas Marcus, he knew, she loved. + +Now there remained nothing but revenge. Revenged he must be, but how? +He might dog Marcus and murder him, only then his own life would be +hazarded, since he knew well the fate that awaited the foreigner, and +most of all the Jew, who dared to lift his hand against a Roman noble, +and if he hired others to do the work they might bear evidence against +him. Now Caleb did not wish to die; life seemed the only good that he +had left. Also, while he lived he might still win Miriam--after his +rival had ceased to live. Doubtless, then she would be sold with his +other slaves, and he could buy her at the rate such tarnished goods +command. No, he would do nothing to run himself into danger. He would +wait, wait and watch his opportunity. + +It was near at hand, for of old as to-day the king of evil was ever +ready to aid those who called upon him with sufficient earnestness. +Indeed, even as Caleb sat there in his office, there came a knock upon +the door. + +"Open!" he cried savagely, and through it entered a small man with +close-cropped hair and a keen, hard face which seemed familiar to him. +Just now, however, that face was somewhat damaged, for one of the +eyes had been blackened and a wound upon the temple was strapped +with plaster. Also its owner walked lame and continually twitched his +shoulders as though they gave him uneasiness. The stranger opened his +lips to speak, and Caleb knew him at once. He was the chamberlain of +Domitian who had been outbid by Nehushta in the slave ring. + +"Greeting, noble Saturius," he said. "Be seated, I pray, for it seems to +pain you to stand." + +"Yes, yes," answered the chamberlain, "still I had rather stand. I met +with an accident last night, a most unpleasant accident," and he coughed +as though to cover up some word that leapt to his lips. "You also, +worthy Demetrius--that is your name, is it not?" he added, eyeing him +keenly--"look as though you had not slept well." + +"No," answered Caleb, "I also met with an accident--oh! nothing that +you can see--a slight internal injury which is, I fear, likely to prove +troublesome. Well, noble Saturius, how can I--serve you? Anything in the +way of Eastern shawls, for instance?" + +"I thank you, friend, no. I come to speak of shoulders, not shawls," and +he twitched his own--"women's shoulders, I mean. A remarkably fine pair +for their size had that Jewish captive, by the way, in whom you seemed +to take an interest last night--to the considerable extent indeed of +fourteen hundred sestertia." + +"Yes," said Caleb, "they were well shaped." + +Then followed a pause. + +"Perhaps as I am a busy man," suggested Caleb presently, "you would not +mind coming to the point." + +"Certainly, I was but waiting for your leave. As you may have heard, I +represent a very noble person----" + +"Who, I think, took an interest in the captive to the extent of fifteen +hundred sestertia," suggested Caleb. + +"Quite so--and whose interest unfortunately remains unabated, or rather, +I should say, that it is transferred." + +"To the gentleman whose deep feeling induced him to provide five hundred +more?" queried Caleb. + +"Precisely. What intuition you have! It is a gift with which the East +endows her sons." + +"Suppose you put the matter plainly, worthy Saturius." + +"I will, excellent Demetrius. The great person to whom I have alluded +was so moved when he heard of his loss that he actually burst into +tears, and even reproached me, whom he loves more dearly than his +brother----" + +"He might easily do that, if all reports are true," said Caleb, drily, +adding, "Was it then that you met with your accident?" + +"It was. Overcome at the sight of my royal master's grief, I fell down." + +"Into a well, I suppose, since you managed to injure your eye, your +back, and your leg all at once. There--I understand--these things will +happen--in the households of the Great where the floors are so slippery +that the most wary feet may slide. But that does not console the +sufferer whose hurt remains, does it?" + +"No," answered Saturius with a snarl, "but until he is in a position to +relay the floors, he must find chalk for his sandals and ointment for +his back. I want the purchaser's name, and thought perhaps that you +might have it, for the old woman has vanished, and that fool of an +auctioneer knows absolutely nothing." + +"Why do you want his name?" + +"Because Domitian wants his head. An unnatural desire indeed that +devours him; still one which, to be frank, I find it important to +satisfy." + +Of a sudden a great light seemed to shine in Caleb's mind, it was as +though a candle had been lit in a dark room. + +"Ah!" he said. "And supposing I can show him how to get this head, even +how to get it without any scandal, do you think that in return he would +leave me the lady's hand? You see I knew her in her youth and take a +brotherly interest in her." + +"Quite so, just like Domitian and the two thousand sestertia man +and, indeed, half the male population of Rome, who, when they saw her +yesterday were moved by the same family feeling. Well, I don't see why +he shouldn't. You see my master never cared for pearls that were not +perfectly white, or admired ladies upon whom report cast the slightest +breath of scandal. But he is of a curiously jealous disposition, and it +is, I think, the head that he requires, not the hand." + +"Had you not better make yourself clear upon the point before we go any +further?" asked Caleb. "Otherwise I do not feel inclined to undertake a +very difficult and dangerous business." + +"With pleasure. Now would you let me have your demands, in writing, +perhaps. Oh! of course, I understand--to be answered in writing." + +Caleb took parchment and pen and wrote: + +"A free pardon, with full liberty to travel, live and trade throughout +the Roman empire, signed by the proper authorities, to be granted to one +Caleb, the son of Hilliel, for the part he took in the Jewish war. + +"A written promise, signed by the person concerned, that if the head +he desires is put within his reach the Jewish slave named Pearl-Maiden +shall be handed over at once to Demetrius, the merchant of Alexandria, +whose property she shall become absolutely and without question." + +"That's all," he said, giving the paper to Saturius. "The Caleb spoken +of is a Jewish friend of mine to whom I am anxious to do a good turn, +without whose help and evidence I should be quite unable to perform my +share of the bargain. Being very shy and timid--his nerves were much +shattered during the siege of Jerusalem--he will not stir without this +authority, which, by the way, will require the signature of Titus Cæsar, +duly witnessed. Well, that is merely an offering to friendship; of +course _my_ fee is the reversion to the lady, whom I desire to restore +to her relations, who mourn her loss in Judæa." + +"Precisely--quite so," replied Saturius. "Pray do not trouble to +explain further. I have always found those of Alexandria most excellent +merchants. Well, I hope to be back within two hours." + +"Mind you come alone. As I have told you, everything depends upon this +Caleb, and if he is in any way alarmed there is an end of the affair. +He only has a possible key to the mystery. Should it be lost your patron +will never get his head, and I shall never get my hand." + +"Oh! bid the timid Caleb have no fear. Who would wish to harm a dirty +Jewish deserter from his cause and people? Let him come out of his sewer +and look upon the sun. The Cæsars do not war with carrion rats. Most +worthy Demetrius, I go swiftly, as I hope to return again with all you +need." + +"Good, most noble Saturius, and for both our sakes--remember that the +palace floor is slippery, and do not get another fall, for it might +finish you." + +"I am in deep waters, but I think that I can swim well," reflected Caleb +as the door closed behind his visitor. "At any rate it gives me a chance +who have no other, and that prince is playing for revenge, not love. +What can Miriam be to him beyond the fancy of an hour, of which a thief +has robbed him? Doubtless he wishes to kill the thief, but kings do not +care for faded roses, which are only good enough to weave the chaplet of +a merchant of Alexandria. So I cast for the last time, let the dice fall +as it is fated." + +Very shortly afterwards in the palace of Domitian the dice began to +fall. Humbly, most humbly, did that faithful chamberlain, Saturius, +lay the results of his mission before his august master, Domitian, +who suffering from a severe bilious attack that had turned his ruddy +complexion to a dingy yellow, and made the aspect of his pale eyes more +unpleasant than usual, was propped up among cushions, sniffing attar of +roses and dabbing vinegar water upon his forehead. + +He listened indifferently to the tale of his jackal, until the full +meaning of the terms asked by the mysterious Eastern merchant penetrated +his sodden brain. + +"Why," he said, "the man wants Pearl-Maiden; that's his share, while +mine is the life of the fellow who bought her, whoever he may be. Are +you still mad, man, that you should dare to lay such a proposal before +me? Don't you understand that I need both the woman and the blood of him +who dared to cheat me out of her?" + +"Most divine prince, I understand perfectly, but this fish is only +biting; he must be tempted or he will tell nothing." + +"Why not bring him here and torture him?" + +"I have thought of that, but those Jews are so obstinate. While you were +twisting the truth out of him the other man would escape with the girl. +Much better promise everything he asks and then----" + +"And then--what?" + +"And then forget your promises. What can be simpler?" + +"But he needs them in writing." + +"Let him have them in writing, my writing, which your divine self can +repudiate. Only the pardon to Caleb, who I suppose is this Demetrius +himself, can be signed by Titus. It will not affect you whether a Jew +more or less has the right to trade in the Empire, if thereby you can +win his services in an important matter. Then, when the time comes, +you can net both your unknown rival and the lady, leaving our friend +Demetrius to report the facts to her relatives in Judæa, for whom, as he +states, he is alone concerned." + +"Saturius," said Domitian, growing interested, "you are not so foolish +as I thought you were. Decidedly that trouble last night has quickened +your wits. Be so good as to stop wriggling your shoulders, will you, +it makes me nervous, and I wish that you would have that eye of yours +painted. You know that I cannot bear the sight of black; it reminds +me, who am by nature joyous and light-hearted as a child, of melancholy +things. Now forge a letter for my, or rather for your signature, +promising the reversion of Pearl-Maiden to this Demetrius. Then bear +my greetings to Titus, begging his signature to an order granting +the desired privileges to one Caleb, a Jew who fought against him at +Jerusalem--with less success than I could have wished--whom I desire to +favour." + + + +Three hours later Saturius presented himself for the second time in the +office of the Alexandrian merchant. + +"Most worthy Demetrius," he said, "I congratulate you. Everything has +been arranged as you wish. Here is the order, signed by Titus and duly +witnessed, granting to you--I mean to your friend, Caleb--pardon for +whatever he may have done in Judæa, and permission to live and trade +anywhere that he may wish within the bounds of the Empire. I may tell +you that it was obtained with great difficulty, since Titus, worn out +with toil and glory, leaves this very day for his villa by the sea, +where he is ordered by his physicians to rest three months, taking no +part whatever in affairs. Does the document satisfy you?" + +Caleb examined the signatures and seals. + +"It seems to be in order," he said. + +"It is in order, excellent Demetrius. Caleb can now appear in the +Forum, if it pleases him, and lecture upon the fall of Jerusalem for the +benefit of the vulgar. Well, here also is a letter from the divine--or +rather the half divine--Domitian to yourself, Demetrius of Alexandria, +also witnessed by myself and sealed. It promises to you that if you give +evidence enabling him to arrest that miscreant who dared to bid against +him--no, do not be alarmed, the lady was not knocked down to you--you +shall be allowed to take possession of her or to buy her at a reasonable +valuation, not to exceed fifteen sestertia. That is as much as she will +fetch now in the open market. Are you satisfied with this document?" + +Caleb read and scrutinised the letter. + +"The signatures of Domitian and of yourself as witness seem much alike," +he remarked suspiciously. + +"Somewhat," replied Saturius, with an airy gesture. "In royal houses +it is customary for chamberlains to imitate the handwriting of their +imperial masters." + +"And their morals--no, they have none--their manners also," commented +Caleb. + +"At the least," went on Saturius, "you will acknowledge the seals----" + +"Which might be borrowed. Well, I will take the risk, for if there is +anything wrong about these papers I am sure that the prince Domitian +would not like to see them exhibited in a court of law." + +"Good," answered Saturius, with a relief which he could not altogether +conceal. "And now for the culprit's name." + +"The culprit's name," said Caleb, leaning forward and speaking slowly, +"is Marcus, who served as one of Titus Cæsar's prefects of horse in +the campaign of Judæa. He bought the lady Miriam, commonly known as +Pearl-Maiden, by the agency of Nehushta, an old Libyan woman, who +conveyed her to his house in the Via Agrippa, which is known as the +'Fortunate House,' where doubtless, she now is." + +"Marcus," said Saturius. "Why, he was reported dead, and the matter of +the succession to his great estates is now being debated, for he was the +heir of his uncle, Caius, the pro-consul, who amassed a vast fortune +in Spain. Also after the death of the said Caius, this Marcus was a +favourite of the late divine Nero, who constituted him guardian of some +bust of which he was enamoured. In short, he is a great man, if, as +you say, he still lives, whom even Domitian will find it hard to meddle +with. But how do you know all this?" + +"Through my friend Caleb. Caleb followed the black hag, Nehushta, and +the beautiful Pearl-Maiden to the very house of Marcus, which he saw +them enter. Marcus who was her lover, yonder in Judæa----" + +"Oh! never mind the rest of the story, I understand it all. But you have +not yet shown that Marcus was in the house, and if he was, bad taste as +it may have been to bid against the prince Domitian, well, at a public +auction it is lawful." + +"Ye--es, but if Marcus has committed a crime, could he not be punished +for that crime?" + +"Without doubt. But what crime has Marcus committed?" + +"The crime of being taken prisoner by the Jews and escaping from them +with his life, for which, by an edict of Titus, whose laws are those +of the Medes and Persians, the punishment is death, or at the least, +banishment and degradation." + +"Well, and who can prove all this?" + +"Caleb can, because he took him prisoner." + +"And where," asked Saturius in exasperation, "where is this thrice +accursed cur, Caleb?" + +"Here," answered Demetrius. "I am Caleb, O thrice blessed chamberlain, +Saturius." + +"Indeed," said Saturius. "Well, that makes things more simple. And +now, friend Demetrius--you prefer that name, do you not--what do you +propose?" + +"I propose that the necessary documents should be procured, which, to +your master, will not be difficult; that Marcus should be arrested in +his house, put upon his trial and condemned under the edict of Titus, +and that the girl, Pearl-Maiden, should be handed over to me, who will +at once remove her from Rome." + +"Good," said Saturius. "Titus having gone, leaving Domitian in charge of +military affairs, the thing, as it chances, is easy, though any sentence +that may be passed must be confirmed by Cæsar himself. And now, again +farewell. If our man is in Rome, he shall be taken to-night, and +to-morrow your evidence may be wanted." + +"Will the girl be handed over to me then?" + +"I think so," replied Saturius, "but of course I cannot say for certain, +as there may be legal difficulties in the way which would hinder her +immediate re-sale. However, you may rely upon me to do the best I can +for you." + +"It will be to your advantage," answered Caleb significantly. "Shall we +say--fifty sestertia on receipt of the slave?" + +"Oh! if you wish it, if you wish it, for gifts cement the hearts of +friends. On account? Well, to a man with many expenses, five sestertia +always come in useful. You know what it is in these palaces, so little +pay and so much to keep up. Thank you, dear Demetrius, I will give you +and the lady a supper out of the money--when you get her," he added to +himself as he left the office. + + + +When early on the following morning Caleb came to his warehouse from the +dwelling where he slept, he found waiting for him two men dressed in +the livery of Domitian, who demanded that he would accompany them to the +palace of the prince. + +"What for?" + +"To give evidence in a trial," they said. + +Then he knew that he had made no mistake, that his rival was caught, and +in the rage of his burning jealousy, such jealousy as only an Eastern +can feel, his heart bounded with joy. Still, as he trudged onward +through streets glittering in the morning sunlight, Caleb's conscience +told him that not thus should this rival be overcome, that he who went +to accuse the brave Marcus of cowardice was himself a coward, and that +from the lie which he was about to act if not to speak, could spring no +fruit of peace or happiness. But he was mad and blind. He could think +only of Miriam--the woman whom he loved with all his passionate nature +and whose life he had preserved at the risk of his own--fallen at last +into the arms of his rival. He would wrench her thence, yes, even at the +price of his own honour and of her life-long agony, and, if it might be, +leave those arms cold in death, as often already he had striven to do. +When Marcus was dead perhaps she would forgive him. At the least he +would occupy his place. She would be his slave, to whom, notwithstanding +all that had been, he would give the place of wife. Then, after a little +while, seeing how good and tender he was to her, surely she must forget +this Roman who had taken her girlish fancy and learn to love him. + +Now they were passing the door of the palace. In the outer hall Saturius +met them and motioned to the slaves to stand back. + +"So you have them," said Caleb, eagerly. + +"Yes, or to be exact, one of them. The lady has vanished." + +Caleb staggered back a pace. + +"Vanished! Where?" + +"I wish that I could tell you. I thought that perhaps you knew. At +least we found Marcus alone in his house, which he was about to leave, +apparently to follow Titus. But come, the court awaits you." + +"If she has gone, why should I come?" said Caleb, hanging back. + +"I really don't know, but you must. Here, slaves, escort this witness." + +Then seeing that it was too late to change his mind, Caleb waved them +back and followed Saturius. Presently they entered an inner hall, lofty, +but not large. At the head of it, clad in the purple robes of his royal +house, sat Domitian in a chair, while to his right and left were narrow +tables, at which were gathered five or six Roman officers, those of +Domitian's own bodyguard, bare-headed, but arrayed in their mail. Also +there were two scribes with their tablets, a man dressed in a lawyer's +robe, who seemed to fill the office of prosecutor, and some soldiers on +guard. + +When Caleb entered, Domitian, who, notwithstanding his youthful, +ruddy countenance, looked in a very evil mood, was engaged in talking +earnestly to the lawyer. Glancing up, he saw him and asked: + +"Is that the Jew who gives evidence, Saturius?" + +"My lord, it is the man," answered the chamberlain; "also the other +witness waits without." + +"Good. Then bring in the accused." + +There was a pause, till presently Caleb heard footsteps behind him +and looked round to see Marcus advancing up the hall with a proud and +martial air. Their eyes met, and for an instant Marcus stopped. + +"Oh!" he said aloud, "the Jew Caleb. Now I understand." Then he marched +forward and gave the military salute to the prince. + +Domitian stared at him with hate in his pale eyes, and said carelessly: + +"Is this the accused? What is the charge?" + +"The charge is," said the lawyer, "that the accused Marcus, a prefect +of horse serving with Titus Cæsar in Judæa, suffered himself to be taken +prisoner by the Jews when in command of a large body of Roman troops, +contrary to the custom of the army and to the edict issued by Titus +Cæsar at the commencement of the siege of Jerusalem. This edict +commanded that no soldier should be taken alive, and that any soldier +who was taken alive and subsequently rescued, or who made good his +escape, should be deemed worthy of death, or at the least of degradation +from his rank and banishment. My lord Marcus, do you plead guilty to the +charge?" + +"First, I ask," said Marcus, "what court is this before which I am +put upon my trial? If I am to be tried I demand that it shall be by my +general, Titus." + +"Then," said the prosecutor, "you should have reported yourself to +Titus upon your arrival in Rome. Now he has gone to where he may not +be troubled, leaving the charge of military matters in the hands of +his Imperial brother, the Prince Domitian, who, with these officers, is +therefore your lawful judge." + +"Perhaps," broke in Domitian with bitter malice, "the lord Marcus was +too much occupied with other pursuits on his arrival in Rome to find +time to explain his conduct to the Cæsar Titus." + +"I was about to follow him to do so when I was seized," said Marcus. + +"Then you put the matter off a little too long. Now you can explain it +here," answered Domitian. + +Then the prosecutor took up the tale, saying that it had been +ascertained on inquiry that the accused, accompanied by an old woman, +arrived in Rome upon horseback early on the morning of the Triumph; that +he went straight to his house, which was called "The House Fortunate," +where he lay hid all day; that in the evening he sent out the old woman +and a slave carrying on their backs a great sum of gold in baskets, +with which gold he purchased a certain fair Jewish captive, known as +Pearl-Maiden, at a public auction in the Forum. This Pearl-Maiden, it +would seem, was taken to his house, but when he was arrested on the +morrow neither she nor the old woman were found there. The accused, he +might add, was arrested just as he was about to leave the house, as +he stated, in order to report himself to Titus Cæsar, who had already +departed from Rome. This was the case in brief, and to prove it he +called a certain Jew named Caleb, who was now living in Rome, having +received an amnesty given by the hand of Titus. This Jew was now a +merchant who traded under the name of Demetrius. + +Then Caleb stood forward and told his tale. In answer to questions that +were put to him, he related how he was in command of a body of the Jews +which fought an action with the Roman troops at a place called the Old +Tower, a few days before the capture of the Temple. In the course +of this action he parleyed with a captain of the Romans, the Prefect +Marcus, who now stood before him, and at the end of the parley +challenged him to single combat. As Marcus refused the encounter and +tried to run away, he struck him on the back with the back of his sword. +Thereon a fight ensued in which he, the witness, had the advantage. +Being wounded, the accused let fall his sword, sank to his knees and +asked for mercy. The fray having now become general he, Caleb, dragged +his prisoner into the Old Tower and returned to the battle. + +When he went back to the Tower it was to find that the captive had +vanished, leaving in his place a lady who was known to the Romans as +Pearl-Maiden, and who was afterwards taken by them and exposed for sale +in the Forum, where she was purchased by an old woman whom he recognised +as her nurse. He followed the maiden, having bid for her and being +curious as to her destination, to a house in the Via Agrippa, which he +afterwards learned was the palace of the accused Marcus. That was all he +knew of the matter. + +Then the prosecutor called a soldier, who stated that he had been under +the command of Marcus on the day in question. There he saw the Jew +leader, whom he identified with Caleb, at the conclusion of a parley +strike the accused, Marcus, on the back with the flat of his sword. +After this ensued a fight, in which the Romans were repulsed. At the end +of it, he saw their captain, Marcus, being led away prisoner. His sword +had gone and blood was running from the side of his head. + +The evidence being concluded, Marcus was asked if he had anything to say +in defence. + +"Much," he answered proudly, "when I am given a fair trial. I desire +to call the men of my legion who were with me, none of whom I see here +to-day except that man who has given evidence against me, a rogue +whom, I remember, I caused to be scourged for theft, and dismissed his +company. But they are in Egypt, so how can I summon them? As for the +Jew, he is an old enemy of mine, who was guilty of murder in his youth, +and whom once I overcame in a duel in Judæa, sparing his life. It is +true that when my back was turned he struck me with his sword, and as I +flew at him smote me a blow upon the head, from the effects of which I +became senseless. In this state I was taken prisoner and lay for weeks +sick in a vault, in the care of some people of the Jews, who nursed me. +From them I escaped to Rome, desiring to report myself to Titus Cæsar, +my master. I appeal to Titus Cæsar." + +"He is absent and I represent him," said Domitian. + +"Then," answered Marcus, "I appeal to Vespasian Cæsar, to whom I will +tell all. I am a Roman noble of no mean rank, and I have a right to +be tried by Cæsar, not by a packed court, whose president has a grudge +against me for private matters." + +"Insolent!" shouted Domitian. "Your appeal shall be laid before Cæsar, +as it must--that is, if he will hear it. Tell us now, where is that +woman whom you bought in the Forum, for we desire her testimony?" + +"Prince, I do not know," answered Marcus. "It is true that she came to +my house, but then and there I gave her freedom and she departed from it +with her nurse, nor can I tell whither she went." + +"I thought that you were only a coward, but it seems that you are a +liar as well," sneered Domitian. Then he consulted with the officers +and added, "We judge the case to be proved against you, and for having +disgraced the Roman arms, when, rather than be taken prisoner, many a +meaner man died by his own hand, you are worthy of whatever punishment +it pleases Cæsar to inflict. Meanwhile, till his pleasure is known, I +command that you shall be confined in the private rooms of the military +prison near the Temple of Mars, and that if you attempt to escape thence +you shall be put to death. You have liberty to draw up your case in +writing, that it may be transmitted to Cæsar, my father, together with a +transcript of the evidence against you." + +"Now," replied Marcus bitterly, "I am tempted to do what you say I +should have done before, die by my own hand, rather than endure such +shameful words and this indignity. But that my honour will not suffer. +When Cæsar has heard my case and when Titus, my general, also gives his +verdict against me, I will die, but not before. You, Prince, and you, +Captains, who have never drawn sword outside the streets of Rome, you +call me coward, me, who have served with honour through five campaigns, +who, from my youth till now have been in arms, and this upon the +evidence of a renegade Jew who, for years, has been my private enemy, +and of a soldier whom I scourged as a thief. Look now upon this breast +and say if it is that of a coward!" and rending his robes asunder, +Marcus exposed his bosom, scarred with four white wounds. "Call my +comrades, those with whom I have fought in Gaul, in Sicily, in Egypt and +in Judæa, and ask them if Marcus is a coward? Ask that Jew even, to whom +I gave his life, whether Marcus is a coward?" + +"Have done with your boasting," said Domitian, "and hide those +scratches. You were taken prisoner by the Jews--it is enough. You have +your prayer, your case shall go to Cæsar. If the tale you tell is true +you would produce that woman who is said to have rescued you from the +Jews and whom you purchased as a slave. When you do this we will take +her evidence. Till then to your prison with you. Guards, remove the man +Marcus, called the Fortunate, once a Prefect of Horse in the army of +Judæa." + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + +THE BISHOP CYRIL + +On the morning following the day of the Triumph Julia, the wife of +Gallus, was seated in her bed-chamber looking out at the yellow waters +of the Tiber that ran almost beneath its window. She had risen at dawn +and attended to the affairs of her household, and now retired to rest +and pray. Mingled with the Roman crowd on the yesterday she had seen +Miriam, whom she loved, marching wearily through the streets of Rome. +Then, able to bear no more, she went home, leaving Gallus to follow the +last acts of the drama. About nine o'clock that night he joined her and +told her the story of the sale of Miriam for a vast sum of money, since, +standing in the shadow beyond the light of the torches, he had been a +witness of the scene at the slave-market. Domitian had been outbid, and +their Pearl-Maiden was knocked down to an old woman with a basket on +her back who looked like a witch, after which she vanished with her +purchaser. That was all he knew for certain. Julia thought it little +enough, and reproached her husband for his stupidity in not learning +more. Still, although she seemed to be vexed, at heart she rejoiced. +Into whoever's hand the maid had fallen, for a while at least she had +escaped the vile Domitian. + +Now, as she sat and prayed, Gallus being abroad to gather more tidings +if he could, she heard the courtyard door open, but took no notice +of it, thinking that it was but the servant who returned from market. +Presently, however, as she knelt, a shadow fell upon her and Julia +looked up to see Miriam, none other than Miriam, and with her a +dark-skinned, aged woman, whom she did not know. + +"How come you here?" she gasped. + +"Oh! mother," answered the girl in a low and thrilling voice, "mother, +by the mercy of God and by the help of this Nehushta, of whom I have +often told you, and--of another, I am escaped from Domitian, and return +to you free and unharmed." + +"Tell me that story," said Julia, "for I do not understand. The thing +sounds incredible." + +So Miriam told her tale. When it was done, Julia said: + +"Heathen though he is, this Marcus must be a noble-hearted man, whom may +Heaven reward." + +"Yes," answered Miriam with a sigh, "may Heaven reward him, as I wish I +might." + +"As you would have done had I not stayed you," put in Nehushta. Her +voice was severe, but as she spoke something that Julia took to be a +smile was seen for an instant on her grim features. + +"Well, friend, well," said Julia, "we have all of us fallen into +temptation from time to time." + +"Pardon me, lady," answered Nehushta, "but speak for yourself. I never +fell into any temptation--from a man. I know too much of men." + +"Then, friend," replied Julia, "return thanks for the good armour of +your wisdom. For my part, I say that, like the lord Marcus, this maid +has acted well, and my prayer is that she also may not lose her reward." + +"Mine is," commented Nehushta, "that Marcus may escape the payment which +he will doubtless receive from the hand of Domitian if he can hunt him +out," a remark at which the face of Miriam grew very troubled. + +Just then Gallus returned, and to him the whole history had to be told +anew. + +"It is wonderful," he said, "wonderful! I never heard the like of it. +Two people who love each other and who, when their hour comes, separate +over some question of faith, or rather in obedience to a command laid +upon one of them by a lady who died years and years ago. Wonderful--and +I hope wise, though had I been the man concerned I should have taken +another counsel." + +"What counsel, husband?" asked Julia. + +"Well--to get away from Rome with the lady as far as possible, and +without more delay than was necessary. It seems to me that under the +circumstances it would have been best for her to consider her scruples +in another land. You see Domitian is not a Christian any more than +Marcus is, and our maid here does not like Domitian and does like +Marcus. No, it is no good arguing the thing is done, but I think that +you Christians might very well add two new saints to your calendar. And +now to breakfast, which we all need after so much night duty." + +So they went and ate, but during that meal Gallus was very silent, as +was his custom when he set his brain to work. Presently he asked: + +"Tell me, Miriam, did any see you or your companion enter here?" + +"No, I think not," she answered, "for as it chanced the door of the +courtyard was ajar and the servant has not yet returned." + +"Good," he said. "When she does return I will meet her and send her out +on a long errand." + +"Why?" asked his wife. + +"Because it is as well that none should know what guests we have till +they are gone again." + +"Until they are gone again!" repeated Julia, astonished. "Surely you +would not drive this maid, who has become to us as our daughter, from +your door?" + +"Yes, I would, wife, for that dear maid's sake," and he took Miriam's +little hand in his great palm and pressed it. "Listen now," he went on, +"Miriam, the Jewish captive, has dwelt in our care these many months, +has she not, as is known to all, is it not? Well, if any one wants to +find her, where will they begin by looking?" + +"Aye! where?" echoed Nehushta. + +"Why should any one wish to find her?" asked Julia. "She was bought in +the slave-market for a great price by the lord Marcus, who, of his own +will, has set her at liberty. Now, therefore, she is a free woman whom +none can touch." + +"A free woman!" answered Gallus with scorn. "Is any woman free in Rome +upon whom Domitian has set his mind? Surely, you Christians are too +innocent for this world. Peace now, for there is no time to lose. Julia, +do you cloak yourself and go seek that high-priest of yours, Cyril, who +also loves this maid. Tell the tale to him, and say that if he would +save her from great dangers he had best find some secret hiding-place +among the Christians, for her and her companion, until means can be +found to ship them far from Rome. What think you of that plan, my Libyan +friend?" + +"I think that it is good, but not good enough," answered Nehushta. "I +think that we had best depart with the lady, your wife, this very hour, +for who can tell how soon the dogs will be laid upon our slot?" + +"And what say you, maid Miriam?" asked Gallus. + +"I? Oh! I thank you for your thought, and I say--let us hide in any +place you will, even a drain or a stable, if it will save me from +Domitian." + + + +Two hours later, in a humble and densely peopled quarter of the city, +such as in our own day we should call a slum, where folk were employed +making those articles which ministered to the comfort or the luxury of +the more fortunate, a certain master-carpenter known as Septimus was +seated at his mid-day meal in a little chamber above his workshop. +His hands were rough with toil, and the dust of his trade was upon his +garments and even powdered over his long gray beard, so that at first +sight it would not have been easy to recognise in him that Cyril who was +a bishop among the Christians. Yet it was he, one of the foremost of the +Faith in Rome. + +A woman entered the room and spoke with him in a low voice. + +"The dame Julia, the wife of Gallus, and two others with her?" he said. +"Well, we need fear none whom she brings; lead them hither." + +Presently the door opened and Julia appeared, followed by two veiled +figures. He raised his hands to bless her, then checked himself. + +"Daughter, who are these?" he said. + +"Declare yourselves," said Julia, and at her bidding Miriam and Nehushta +unveiled. + +At the sight of Miriam's face the bishop started, then turned to study +that of her companion. + +"Who vouches for this woman?" he asked. + +"I vouch for myself," answered Nehushta, "seeing that I am a Christian +who received baptism a generation since at the hands of the holy John, +and who stood to pay the price of faith in the arena at Cæsarea." + +"Is this so?" asked the bishop of Miriam. + +"It is so," she answered. "This Libyan was the servant of my +grandmother. She nursed both my mother and myself, and many a time has +saved my life. Have no fear, she is faithful." + +"Your pardon," said the bishop with a grave smile and addressing +Nehushta, "but you who are old will know that the Christian who +entertains strangers sometimes entertains a devil." Then he lifted up +his hands and blessed them, greeting them in the name of their Master. + +"So, maid Miriam," he said, still smiling, "it would seem that I was no +false prophet, and though you walked in the Triumph and were sold in the +slave-ring--for this much I have heard--still the Angel of the Lord went +with you." + +"Father, he went with me," she answered, "and he leads me here." + +Then they told him all the tale, and how Miriam sought a refuge from +Domitian. He looked at her, stroking his long beard. + +"Is there anything you can do?" he asked. "Anything useful, I mean? But +perhaps that is a foolish question, seeing that women--especially those +who are well-favoured--do not learn a trade." + +"I have learnt a trade," answered Miriam, flushing a little. "Once I +was held of some account as a sculptor; indeed I have heard that your +Emperor Nero decreed divine honours to a bust from my hand." + +The bishop laughed outright. "The Emperor Nero! Well, the poor madman +has gone to his own place, so let us say no more of him. But I heard of +that bust; indeed I saw it; it was a likeness of Marcus Fortunatus, was +it not, and in its fashion a great work? But our people do not make such +things; we are artisans, not artists." + +"The artisan should be an artist," said Miriam, setting her mouth. + +"Perhaps, but as a rule he isn't. Do you think that you could mould +lamps?" + +"There is nothing I should like better, that is if I am not forced to +copy one pattern," she added as an afterthought. + +"Then," said the bishop, "I think, daughter, that I can show you how to +earn a living, where none are likely to seek for you." + + + +Not a hundred paces away from the carpenter's shop where the master +craftsman, Septimus, worked, was another manufactory, in which vases, +basins, lamps, and all such articles were designed, moulded and baked. +The customers who frequented the place, wholesale merchants for the most +part, noted from and after the day of this interview a new workwoman, +who, so far as her rough blouse permitted them to judge, seemed to be +young and pretty, seated in a corner apart, beneath a window by the +light of which she laboured. Later on they observed also, those of them +who had any taste, that among the lamps produced by the factory appeared +some of singular and charming design, so good, indeed, that although the +makers reaped little extra benefit, the middlemen found no difficulty +in disposing of these pieces at a high price. All day long Miriam sat +fashioning them, while old Nehushta, who had learnt something of the +task years ago by Jordan, prepared and tempered the clay and carried the +finished work to the furnace. + +Now, though none would have guessed it, in this workshop all the +labourers were Christians, and the product of their toil was cast into +a common treasury on the proceeds of which they lived, taking, each of +them, such share as their elders might decree, and giving the surplus to +brethren who had need, or to the sick. Connected with these shops were +lodging houses, mean enough to look at, but clean within. At the top +of one of them, up three flights of narrow stairs, Miriam and Nehushta +dwelt in a large attic that was very hot when the sun shone on the +roof, and very cold in the bitter winds and rains of winter. In other +respects, however, the room was not unpleasant, since being so high +there were few smells and little noise; also the air that blew in at the +windows was fresh and odorous of the open lands beyond the city. + +So there they dwelt in peace, for none came to search for the costly and +beautiful Pearl-Maiden in those squalid courts, occupied by working +folk of the meaner sort. By day they laboured, and at night they rested, +ministering and ministered to in the community of Christian brotherhood, +and, notwithstanding their fears and anxieties for themselves and +another, were happier than they had been for years. So the weeks went +by. + +Very soon tidings came to them, for these Christians knew of all that +passed in the great city; also, when they met in the catacombs at night, +as was their custom, especially upon the Lord's Day, Julia gave them +news. From her they learned that they had done wisely to flee her house. +Within three hours of their departure, indeed before Julia had returned +there, officers arrived to inquire whether they had seen anything of the +Jewish captive named Pearl-Maiden, who had been sold in the Forum on the +previous night, and, as they said, escaped from her purchaser, on whose +behalf they searched. Gallus received them, and, not being a Christian, +lied boldly, vowing that he had seen nothing of the girl since he gave +her over into the charge of the servants of Cæsar upon the morning +of the Triumph. So suspecting no guile they departed and troubled his +household no more. + + + +From the palace of Domitian Marcus was taken to his prison near the +Temple of Mars. Here, because of his wealth and rank, because also he +made appeal to Cæsar and was therefore as yet uncondemned of any crime, +he found himself well treated. Two good rooms were given him to live in, +and his own steward, Stephanus, was allowed to attend him and provide +him with food and all he needed. Also upon giving his word that he would +attempt no escape, he was allowed to walk in the gardens between the +prison and the Temple, and to receive his friends at any hour of the +day. His first visitor was the chamberlain, Saturius, who began by +condoling with him over his misfortune and most undeserved position. +Marcus cut him short. + +"Why am I here?" he asked. + +"Because, most noble Marcus, you have been so unlucky as to incur the +displeasure of a very powerful man." + +"Why does Domitian persecute me?" he asked again. + +"How innocent are you soldiers!" said the chamberlain. "I will answer +your question by another. Why do you buy beautiful captives upon whom +royalty chances to have set its heart?" + +Marcus thought a moment, then said, "Is there any way out of this +trouble?" + +"My lord Marcus, I came to show you one. Nobody really believes that you +of all men failed in your duty out there in Jerusalem. Why, the thing +is absurd, as even those carpet-captains before whom you were tried knew +well. Still, your position is most awkward. There is evidence against +you--of a sort. Vespasian will not interfere, for he is aware that this +is some private matter of Domitian's, and having had one quarrel with +his son over the captive, Pearl-Maiden, he does not wish for another +over the man who bought her. No, he will say--this prefect was one of +the friends and officers of Titus, let Titus settle the affair as it may +please him when he returns." + +"At least Titus will do me justice," said Marcus. + +"Yes, without doubt, but what will that justice be? Titus issued an +edict. Have you ever known him to go back upon his edicts, even to save +a friend? Titus declared throughout his own camps those Romans who were +taken prisoner by the Jews to be worthy of death or disgrace, and two of +them, common men and cowards, have been publicly disgraced in the eyes +of Rome. You were taken prisoner by the Jews and have returned alive, +unfortunately for yourself, to incur the dislike of Domitian, who has +raked up a matter that otherwise never would have been mooted." + +"Now," he says to Titus--"Show justice and no favour, as you showed in +the case of the captive Pearl-Maiden, whom you refused to the prayer +of your only brother, saying that she must be sold according to your +decree. Even if he loves you dearly, as I believe he does, what, my lord +Marcus, can Titus answer to that argument, especially as he also seeks +no further quarrel with Domitian?" + +"You said you came to show me a way to safety--yet you tell me that my +feet are set in the path of disgrace and death. Must this way of yours, +then, be paved with gold?" + +"No," answered Saturius drily, "with pearls. Oh! I will be plain. Give +up that necklace--and its wearer. What do you answer?" + +Now Marcus understood, and a saying that he heard on the lips of Miriam +arose in his mind, though he knew not whence it came. + +"I answer," he said with set face and flashing eyes, "that I will not +cast pearls before swine." + +"A pretty message from a prisoner to his judge," replied the chamberlain +with a curious smile. "But have no fear, noble Marcus, it shall not +be delivered. I am not paid to tell my royal master the truth. Think +again." + +"I have thought," answered Marcus. "I do not know where the maiden is +and therefore cannot deliver her to Domitian, nor would I if I could. +Rather will I be disgraced and perish." + +"I suppose," mused Saturius, "that this is what they call true love, +and to speak plainly," he added with a burst of candour, "I find it +admirable and worthy of a noble Roman. My lord Marcus, my mission has +failed, yet I pray that the Fates may order your deliverance from +your enemies, and, in reward for these persecutions, bring back to you +unharmed that maiden whom you desire, but whom I go to seek. Farewell." + +Two days later Stephanus, the steward of Marcus who waited upon him in +his prison, announced that a man who said his name was Septimus wished +speech with him, but would say nothing of his business. + +"Admit him," said Marcus, "for I grow weary of my own company," and +letting his head fall upon his hand he stared through the bars of his +prison window. + +Presently he heard a sound behind him, and looked round to see an old +man clad in the robe of a master-workman, whose pure and noble face +seemed in a strange contrast to his rough garments and toil-scarred +hands. + +"Be seated and tell me your business," said Marcus courteously, and with +a bow his visitor obeyed. + +"My business, my lord Marcus," he said in an educated and refined voice, +"is to minister to those who are in trouble." + +"Then, sir, your feet have led you aright," answered Marcus with a +sad laugh, "for this is the house of trouble and you see I am its +inhabitant." + +"I know, and I know the cause." + +Marcus looked at him curiously. "Are you a Christian, sir?" he asked. +"Nay, do not fear to answer; I have friends who are Christians," and he +sighed, "nor could I harm you if I would, who wish to harm none, least +of all a Christian." + +"My lord Marcus, I fear hurt at no man's hand; also the days of Nero +have gone by and Vespasian reigns, who molests us not. I am Cyril, a +bishop of the Christians in Rome, and if you will hear me I am come to +preach to you my faith, which, I trust, may yet be yours." + +Marcus stared at the man; it was to him a matter of amazement that this +priest should take so much trouble for a stranger. Then a thought struck +him and he asked: + +"What fee do you charge for these lessons in a new religion?" + +The bishop's pale face flushed. + +"Sir," he answered, "if you wish to reject my message, do it without +insult. I do not sell the grace of God for lucre." + +Again Marcus was impressed. + +"Your pardon," he said, "yet I have known priests take money, though it +is true they were never of your faith. Who told you about me?" + +"One, my lord Marcus, to whom you have behaved well," answered Cyril +gravely. + +Marcus sprang from his seat. + +"Do you mean--do you mean--?" he began and paused, looking round him +fearfully. + +"Yes," replied the bishop in a whisper, "I mean Miriam. Fear not, she +and her companions are in my charge, and for the present, safe. Seek to +know no more, lest perchance their secret should be wrung from you. I +and her brethren in the Lord will protect her to the last." + +Marcus began to pour out his thanks. + +"Thank me not," interrupted Cyril, "for what is at once my duty and my +joy." + +"Friend Cyril," said Marcus, "the maid is in great danger. I have just +learned that Domitian's spies hunt through Rome to find her, who, when +she is found, will be spirited to his palace and a fate that you can +guess. She must escape from Rome. Let her fly to Tyre, where she has +friends and property. There, if she lies hid a while, she will be +molested by none." + +The bishop shook his head. + +"I have thought of it," he said, "but it is scarcely possible. The +officers at every port have orders to search all ships that sail with +passengers, and detain any woman on them who answers to the description +of her who was called Pearl-Maiden. This I know for certain, for I also +have my officers, more faithful perhaps than those of Cæsar," and he +smiled. + +"Is there then no means to get her out of Rome and across the sea?" + +"I can think of only one, which would cost more money than we poor +Christians can command. It is that a ship be bought in the name of some +merchant and manned with sailors who can be trusted, such as I know how +to find. Then she could be taken aboard at night, for on such a vessel +there would be no right of search nor any to betray." + +"Find the ship and trusty men and I will find the money," said Marcus, +"for I still have gold at hand and the means of raising more." + +"I will make inquiries," answered Cyril, "and speak with you further on +the matter. Indeed it is not necessary that you should give this money, +since such a ship and her cargo, if she comes there safely, should sell +at a great profit in the Eastern ports. Meanwhile have no fear; in the +protection of God and her brethren the maid is safe." + +"I hope so," said Marcus devoutly. "Now, if you have the time to spare, +tell me of this God of whom you Christians speak so much but who seems +so far away from man." + +"But who, in the words of the great apostle, my master, in truth is +not far from any one of us," answered Cyril. "Now hearken, and may your +heart be opened." + +Then he began his labour of conversion, reasoning till the sun sank and +it was time for the prison gates to close. + +"Come to me again," said Marcus as they parted, "I would hear more." + +"Of Miriam or of my message?" asked Cyril with a smile. + +"Of both," answered Marcus. + +Four days went by before Cyril returned. They were heavy days for +Marcus, since on the morrow of the bishop's visit he had learned that +as Saturius had foretold, Vespasian refused to consider his case, saying +that it must abide the decision of Titus when he came back to Rome. +Meanwhile, he commanded that the accused officer should remain in +prison, but that no judgment should issue against him. Here, then, +Marcus was doomed to lie, fretting out his heart like a lion in a cage. + +From Cyril Marcus learned that Miriam was well and sent him her +greetings, since she dared neither visit him nor write. The bishop told +him also that he had found a certain Grecian mariner, Hector by name, +a Roman citizen, who was a Christian and faithful. This man desired +to sail for the coasts of Syria and was competent to steer a vessel +thither. Also he thought that he could collect a crew of Christians and +Jews who might be trusted. Lastly, he knew of several small galleys that +were for sale, one of which, named the _Luna_, was a very good ship and +almost new. Cyril told him, moreover, that he had seen Gallus and his +wife Julia, and that these good people, having no more ties in Rome, +partly because they desired to leave the city, and partly for love of +Miriam, though more the second reason than the first, were willing to +sell their house and goods and to sail with her to Syria. + +Marcus asked how much money would be needed, and when Cyril named the +sum, sent for Stephanus and commanded him to raise it and to pay it +over to the craftsman Septimus, taking his receipt in discharge. This +Septimus promised to do readily enough by a certain day, believing that +the gold was needed for his master's ransom. Then having settled all as +well as might be, Cyril took up his tale and preached to Marcus of the +Saviour of the world with great earnestness and power. + +Thus the days went on, and twice or thrice in every week Cyril visited +Marcus, giving him tidings and instructing him in the Faith. Now the +ship _Luna_ was bought and the most of her crew hired; also a cargo of +such goods as would be salable in Syria was being laid into her hold at +Ostia, the Greek, Hector, giving it out that this was a private venture +of his own and some other merchants. As the man was well known for +a bold trader who had bought and sold in many lands his tale caused +neither wonder nor suspicion, none knowing that the capital was +furnished by the steward of the prisoner Marcus through him who passed +as the master craftsman and contractor Septimus. Indeed, until the after +days Miriam did not know this herself, for it was kept from her by the +special command of Marcus, and if Nehushta guessed the truth she held +her tongue. + + + +Two full months had gone by. Marcus still languished in prison, for +Titus had not yet returned to Rome, but as he learned from Cyril, +Domitian wearied somewhat of his fruitless search for Miriam, although +he still vowed vengeance against the rival who had robbed him. The ship +_Luna_ was laden and ready for sea; indeed, if the wind and weather +were favourable, she was to sail within a week. Gallus and Julia, having +wound up their affairs, had removed to Ostia, whither Miriam was to be +brought secretly on the night of the sailing of the _Luna_. Marcus was +now at heart a Christian, but as yet had refused to accept baptism. Thus +matters stood when Cyril visited the prison bringing with him Miriam's +farewell message to her lover. It was very short. + +"Tell Marcus," she said, "that I go because he bids me, and that I know +not whether we shall meet again. Say that perhaps it is best that we +should not meet, since for reasons which he knows, even if he should +still wish it, we may not marry. Say that in life or death I am his, and +his only, and that until my last hour my thought and prayer will be for +him. May he be delivered from all those troubles which, as I fear, I +have brought upon him, through no will of mine. May he forgive me for +them and let my love and gratitude make some amends for all that I have +done amiss." + +To this Marcus answered: "Tell Miriam that from my heart I thank her for +her message, and that my desire is that she should be gone from Rome so +soon as may be, since here danger dogs her steps. Tell her that although +it is true that mine has brought me shame and sorrow, still I give her +love for love, and that if I come living from my prison I will follow +her to Tyre and speak further of these matters. If I die, I pray that +good fortune may attend her and that from time to time she will make the +offering of an hour's thought to the spirit which once was Marcus." + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + +THE LAMP + +If Domitian at length slackened in his fruitless search for Miriam, +Caleb, whose whole heart was in the hunt, proved more diligent. Still, +he could find no trace of her. At first he made sure that if she was in +Rome she would return to visit her friends and protectors, Gallus +and his wife, and in the hope of thus discovering her, Caleb caused a +constant watch to be kept on their abode. But Miriam never came there, +nor, although their footsteps were dogged from day to day, did they lead +him to her, since in truth Julia and Miriam met only in the catacombs, +where he and his spies dared not venture. Soon, however, Gallus +discovered that his home was kept under observation and its inmates +tracked from place to place. It was this knowledge indeed which, more +than any other circumstance, brought him to make up his mind to depart +from Rome and dwell in Syria, since he said that he would no longer live +in a city where night by night he and his were hunted like jackals. But +when he left for Ostia, to wait there till the ship _Luna_ was ready, +Caleb followed him, and in that small town soon found out all his plans, +learning that he meant to sail with his wife in the vessel. Then, as he +could hear nothing of Miriam, he returned to Rome. + +After all it was by chance that he discovered her and not through his +own cleverness. Needing a lamp for his chamber he entered a shop where +such things were sold, and examined those that the merchant offered to +him. Presently he perceived one of the strange design of two palms with +intertwining trunks and feathery heads nodding apart, having a lamp +hanging by a little chain from the topmost frond of each of them. The +shape of the trees struck him as familiar, and he let his eye run down +their stems until it reached the base, which, to support so tall a +piece, was large. Yes, the palms grew upon a little bank, and there +beneath the water rippled, while between bank and water was a long, +smooth stone, pointed at one end. Then in a flash Caleb recognised the +place, as well he might, seeing that on many and many an evening had +he and Miriam sat side by side upon that stone, angling for fish in the +muddy stream of Jordan. There was no doubt about it, and, look! half +hidden in the shadow of the stone lay a great fish, the biggest that +ever he had caught--he could swear to it, for its back fin was split. + +A mist came before Caleb's eyes and in it across the years he saw +himself a boy again. There he stood, his rod of reed bent double and the +thin line strained almost to breaking, while on the waters of Jordan a +great fish splashed and rolled. + +"I cannot pull him in," he cried. "The line will never bear it and the +bank is steep. Oh! Miriam, we shall lose him!" + +Then there was a splash, and, behold! the girl at his side had sprung +into the swiftly running river. Though its waters, reaching to her neck, +washed her down the stream, she hugged to her young breast that great, +slippery fish, yes, and gripped its back fin between her teeth, till +with the aid of his reed rod he drew them both to land. + + + +"I will buy that lamp," said Caleb presently. "The design pleases me. +What artist made it?" + +The merchant shrugged his shoulders. + +"Sir, I do not know," he answered. "These goods are supplied to us with +many others, such as joinery and carving, by one Septimus, who is a +contractor and, they say, a head priest among the Christians, employing +many hands at his shops in the poor streets yonder. One or more of them +must be designers of taste, since of late we have received from him some +lamps of great beauty." + +Then the man was called away to attend to another customer and Caleb +paid for his lamp. + +That evening at dusk Caleb, bearing the lamp in his hand, found his +way to the workshop of Septimus, only to discover that the part of the +factory where lamps were moulded was already closed. A girl who had just +shut the door, seeing him stand perplexed before it, asked civilly if +she could help him. + +"Maiden," he answered, "I am in trouble who wish to find her who moulded +this lamp, so that I may order others, but am told that she has left her +work for the day." + +"Yes," said the maiden, looking at the lamp, which evidently she +recognised. "It is pretty, is it not? Well, cannot you return +to-morrow?" + +"Alas! no, I expect to be leaving Rome for a while, so I fear that I +must go elsewhere." + +The girl reflected to herself that it would be a pity if the order were +lost, and with it the commission which she might divide with the maker +of the lamp. "It is against the rules, but I will show you where she +lives," she said, "and if she is there, which is probable, for I have +never seen her or her companion go out at night, you can tell her your +wishes." + +Caleb thanked the girl and followed her through sundry tortuous lanes to +a court surrounded by old houses. + +"If you go in there," she said, pointing to a certain doorway, "and +climb to the top of the stairs, I forget whether there are three or four +flights, you will find the makers of the lamp in the roof-rooms--oh! +sir, I thank you, but I expected nothing. Good-night." + +At length Caleb stood at the head of the stairs, which were both steep, +narrow, and in the dark hard to climb. Before him, at the end of a +rickety landing, a small ill-fitting door stood ajar. There was light +within the room beyond, and from it came a sound of voices. Caleb crept +up to the door and listened, for as the floor below was untenanted he +knew that none could see him. Bending down he looked through the space +between the door and its framework and his heart stood still. There, +standing full in the lamplight, clothed in a pure white robe, for her +rough working dress lay upon a stool beside her, was Miriam herself, +her elbow leaning on the curtained window-place. She was talking to +Nehushta, who, her back bent almost double over a little charcoal fire, +was engaged in cooking their supper. + +"Think," she was saying, "only think, Nou, our last night in this +hateful city, and then, instead of that stifling workshop and the terror +of Domitian, the open sea and the fresh salt wind and nobody to fear but +God. _Luna!_ Is it not a beautiful name for a ship? I can see her, all +silver----" + +"Peace," said Nehushta. "Are you mad, girl, to talk so loud? I though I +heard a sound upon the stairs just now." + +"It is only the rats," answered Miriam cheerfully, "no one ever comes up +here. I tell you that were it not for Marcus I could weep with joy." + +Caleb crept back to the head of the stairs and down several steps, which +he began to re-ascend noisily, grumbling at their gloom and steepness. +Then, before the women even had time to shut the door, he thrust it wide +and walked straight into the room. + +"Your pardon," he began, then added quietly, "Why, Miriam, when we +parted on the gate Nicanor, who could have foretold that we should live +to meet again here in a Roman attic? And you, Nehushta. Why, we were +separated in the fray outside the Temple walls, though, indeed, I +think that I saw you in a strange place some months ago, namely, the +slave-ring on the Forum." + +"Caleb," asked Miriam in a hollow voice, "what is your business here?" + +"Well, Miriam, it began with a desire for a replica of this lamp, which +reminds me of a spot familiar to my childhood. Do you remember it? Now +that I have found who is the lamp's maker----" + +"Cease fooling," broke in Nehushta. "Bird of ill-omen, you have come to +drag your prey back to the shame and ruin which she has escaped." + +"I was not always called thus," answered Caleb, flushing, "when I +rescued you from the house at Tyre for instance, or when I risked my +life, Miriam, to throw you food upon the gate Nicanor. Nay, I come to +save you from Domitian----" + +"And to take her for yourself," answered Nehushta. "Oh! we Christians +also have eyes to see and ears to hear, and, black-hearted traitor +that you are, we know all your shame. We know of your bargain with the +chamberlain of Domitian, by which the body of the slave was to be the +price of the life of her buyer. We know how you swore away the honour of +your rival, Marcus, with false testimony, and how from week to week you +have quartered Rome as a vulture quarters the sky till at length you +have smelt out the quarry. Well, she is helpless, but One is strong, and +may His vengeance fall upon your life and soul." + +Suddenly Nehushta's voice, that had risen to a scream, died away, and +she stood before him threatening him with her bony fists, and searching +his face with her burning eyes, a vengeance incarnate. + +"Peace, woman, peace," said Caleb, shrinking back before her. "Spare +your reproaches; if I have sinned much it is because I have loved +more----" + +"And hate most of all," added Nehushta. + +"Oh! Caleb," broke in Miriam, "if as you say you love me, why should you +deal thus with me? You know well that I do not love you after this sort, +no, and never can, and even if you keep me from Domitian, who does but +make a tool of you, what would it advantage you to take a woman who +leaves her heart elsewhere? Also I may never marry you for that same +reason that I may not marry Marcus, because my faith is and must remain +apart from yours. Would you make a base slave of your old playmate, +Caleb? Would you bring her to the level of a dancing-girl? Oh! let me go +in peace." + +"Upon the ship _Luna_," said Caleb sullenly. + +Miriam gasped! So he knew their plans. + +"Yes," she replied desperately, "upon the ship _Luna_, to find such a +fate as Heaven may give me; at least to be at peace and free. For your +soul's sake, Caleb, let me go. Once years ago you swore that you would +not force yourself upon me against my will. Will you break that oath +to-day?" + +"I swore also, Miriam, that it should go ill with any man who came +between you and me. Shall I break that oath to-day? Give yourself to +me of your own will and save Marcus. Refuse and I will bring him to his +death. Choose now between me and your lover's life." + +"Are you a coward that you should lay such a choice upon me, Caleb?" + +"Call me what you will. Choose." + +Miriam clasped her hands and for a moment stood looking upwards. Then a +light of purpose grew upon her face and she answered: + +"Caleb, I have chosen. Do your worst. The fate of Marcus is not in my +hands, or your hands, but in the hands of God; nor, unless He wills it, +can one hair of his head be harmed by you or by Domitian. For is it not +written in the book of your own Law that 'the King's heart is in the +hand of the Lord, he turneth it whithersoever he will.' But my honour is +my own, and to stain it would be a sin for which I alone must answer to +Heaven and to Marcus, dead or living--Marcus, who would curse and spit +upon me did I attempt to buy his safety at such a price." + +"Is that your last word, Miriam?" + +"It is. If it pleases you by false witness and by murder to destroy the +man who once spared you, then if such a thing be suffered, have your +will and reap its fruits. I make no bargain with you, for myself or for +him--do your worst to both of us." + +"So be it," said Caleb with a bitter laugh, "but I think that the ship +_Luna_ will lack her fairest passenger." + +Miriam sank down upon a seat and covered her face with her hands, a +piteous sight in her misery and the terror which, notwithstanding her +bold words, she could not conceal. Caleb walked to the door and paused +there, while the white-haired Nehushta stood by the brazier of charcoal +and watched them both with her fierce eyes. Presently Caleb glanced +round at Miriam crouched by the window and a strange new look came into +his face. + +"I cannot do it," he said slowly, each word falling heavily from his +lips like single rain-drops from a cloud, or the slow blood from a +mortal wound. + +Miriam let her hands slip from her face and stared at him. + +"Miriam," he said, "you are right; I have sinned against you and this +man Marcus. Now I will expiate my sin. Your secret is safe with me, and +since you hate me I will never see you more. Miriam, we look upon +each other for the last time. Further, if I can, I will work for the +deliverance of Marcus and help him to join you in Tyre, whither the +_Luna_ is bound--is she not? Farewell?" + +Once again he turned to go, but it would seem that his eyes were +blinded, or his brain was dulled by the agony that worked within. At +least Caleb caught his foot in the ancient uneven boards, stumbled, and +fell heavily upon his face. Instantly, with a low hiss of hate and a +spring like that of a cat, Nehushta was upon him. Thrusting her knees +upon his back she seized the nape of his neck with her left hand and +with her right drew a dagger from her bosom. + +"Forbear!" said Miriam. "Touch him with that knife and we part forever. +Nay, I mean it. I myself will hand you to the officer, even if he hales +me to Domitian." + +Then Nehushta rose to her feet. + +"Fool!" she said, "fool, to trust to that man of double moods, whose +mercy to-night will be vengeance to-morrow. Oh! you are undone! Alas! +you are undone!" + +Regaining his feet Caleb looked at her contemptuously. + +"Had you stabbed she might have been undone indeed," he said. "Now, as +of old, there is little wisdom in that gray head of yours, Nehushta; nor +can your hate suffer you to understand the intermingled good and evil +of my heart." Then he advanced to Miriam, lifted her hand and kissed it. +With a sudden movement she proffered him her brow. + +"Nay," he said, "tempt me not, it is not for me. Farewell." + +Another instant and he was gone. + + + +It would seem that Caleb kept his word, for three days later the vessel +_Luna_ sailed unmolested from the port of Ostia in the charge of the +Greek captain Hector, having on board Miriam, Nehushta, Julia, and +Gallus. + +Within a week of this sailing Titus at length returned to Rome. Here in +due course the case of Marcus was brought before him by the prisoner's +friends, together with a demand that he should be granted a new and open +trial for the clearing of his honour. Titus, who for his own reasons +refused to see Marcus, listened patiently, then gave his decision. + +He rejoiced, he said, to learn that his close friend and trusted officer +was still alive, since he had long mourned him as dead. He grieved that +in his absence he should have been put upon his trial on the charge of +having been taken captive, living, by the Jews, which, if Marcus upon +his arrival in Rome had at once reported himself to him, would not have +happened. He dismissed all accusations against his military honour and +courage as mere idle talk, since he had a hundred times proved him to be +the bravest of men, and knew, moreover, something of the circumstances +under which he was captured. But, however willing he might be to do so, +he was unable for public reasons to disregard the fact that he had been +duly convicted by a court-martial, under the Prince Domitian, of having +broken the command of his general and suffered himself to be taken +prisoner alive. To do so would be to proclaim himself, Titus, unjust, +who had caused others to suffer for this same offence, and to offer +insult to the prince, his brother, who in the exercise of his discretion +as commander in his absence, had thought fit to order the trial. Still, +his punishment should be of the lightest possible. He commanded that on +leaving his prison Marcus should go straight to his own house by +night, so that there might be no public talk or demonstration among his +friends, and there make such arrangement of his affairs as seemed good +to him. Further, he commanded that within ten days he should leave +Italy, to dwell or travel abroad for a period of three years, unless +the time should be shortened by some special decree. After the lapse +of these three years he would be free to return to Rome. This was his +judgment and it could not be altered. + +As it chanced, it was the chamberlain Saturius who first communicated +the Imperial decree to Marcus. Hurrying straight from the palace to the +prison he was admitted into the prisoner's chamber. + +"Well," said Marcus, looking up, "what evil tidings have you now?" + +"None, none," answered Saturius. "I have very good tidings, and that is +why I run so fast. You are only banished for three years, thanks to my +secret efforts," and he smiled craftily. "Even your property is left to +you, a fact which will, I trust, enable you to reward your friends for +their labours on your behalf." + +"Tell me all," and the rogue obeyed, while Marcus listened with a face +of stone. + +"Why did Titus decide thus?" he asked when it was finished. "Speak +frankly, man, if you wish for a reward." + +"Because, noble Marcus, Domitian had been with him beforehand and told +him that if he reversed his public judgment it would be a cause of open +quarrel between them. This, Cæsar, who fears his brother, does not seek. +That is why he would not see you, lest his love for his friend should +overcome his reason." + +"So the prince is still my enemy?" + +"Yes, and more bitter than before, since he cannot find the +Pearl-Maiden, and is sure that you have spirited her away. Be advised by +me and leave Rome quickly, lest worse things befall you." + +"Aye," said Marcus, "I will leave Rome quickly, for how shall I abide +here who have lost my honour. Yet first it may please your master to +know that by now the lady whom he seeks is far across the sea. Now get +you gone, you fox, for I desire to be alone." + +The face of Saturius became evil. + +"Is that all you have to say?" he asked. "Am I to win no reward?" + +"If you stay longer," said Marcus, "you will win one which you do not +desire." + +Then Saturius went, but without the door he turned and shook his fist +towards the chamber he had left. + +"Fox," he muttered. "He called me fox and gave me nothing. Well, foxes +may find some pickings on his bones." + +The chamberlain's road to the palace ran past the place of business of +the merchant Demetrius. He stopped and looked at it. "Perhaps this one +will be more liberal," he said to himself, and entered. + +In his private office he found Caleb alone, his face buried in his +hands. Seating himself he plunged into his tale, ending it with an +apology to Caleb for the lightness of the sentence inflicted upon +Marcus. + +"Titus would do no more," he said; "indeed, were it not for the fear +of Domitian, he could have not have been brought to do so much, for he +loves the man, who has been a prefect of his bodyguard, and was deeply +grieved that he must disgrace him. Still, disgraced he is, aye, and he +feels it; therefore I trust that you, most generous Demetrius, who hate +him, will remember the service of your servant in this matter." + +"Yes," said Caleb quietly, "fear not, you shall be well paid, for you +have done your best." + +"I thank you, friend," answered Saturius, rubbing his hands, "and, after +all, things may be better than they seem. That insolent fool let out +just now that the girl about whom there is all this bother has been +smuggled away somewhere across the seas. When Domitian learns that he +will be so mad with anger that he may be worked up to take a little +vengeance of his own upon the person of the noble Marcus, who has thus +contrived to trick him. Also Marcus shall not get the Pearl-Maiden, +for the prince will cause her to be followed and brought back--to you, +worthy Demetrius." + +"Then," answered Caleb, slowly, "he must seek for her, not across the +sea, but in its depths." + +"What do you mean?" + +"I mean that I have tidings that Pearl-Maiden escaped in the ship _Luna_ +hard upon a month ago. This morning the captain and some mariners of the +galley _Imperatrix_ arrived in Rome. They report that they met a +great gale off Rhegium, and towards the end of it saw a vessel sink. +Afterwards they picked up a sailor clinging to a piece of wood, who told +them that the ship's name was _Luna_ and that she foundered with all +hands." + +"Have you seen this sailor?" + +"No; he died of exhaustion soon after he was rescued; but I have seen +the men of the galley, who brought me note of certain goods consigned to +me in her hold. They repeated this story to me with their own lips." + +"So, after all, she whom so many sought was destined to the arms +of Neptune, as became a pearl," reflected Saturius. "Well, well, as +Domitian cannot be revenged upon Neptune he will be the more wroth with +the man who sent her to that god. Now I go to tell him all these tidings +and learn his mind." + +"You will return and acquaint me with it, will you not?" asked Caleb, +looking up. + +"Certainly, and at once. Our account is not yet balanced, most generous +Demetrius." + +"No," answered Caleb, "our accounts are not yet balanced." + +Two hours later the chamberlain reappeared in the office. + +"Well," said Caleb, "how does it go?" + +"Ill, very ill for Marcus, and well, very well for those who hate him, +as you and I do, friend. Oh! never have I seen my Imperial master so +enraged. Indeed, when he learned that Pearl-Maiden had escaped and was +drowned, so that he could have no hope of her this side the Styx, it was +almost dangerous to be near to him. He cursed Titus for the lightness of +his sentence; he cursed you; he cursed _me_. But I turned his wrath +into the right channel. I showed him that for all these ills Marcus, and +Marcus alone, is to blame, Marcus who is to pay the price of them with +a three years' pleasant banishment from Rome, which doubtless, will be +remitted presently. I tell you that Domitian wept and gnashed his teeth +at the thought of it, until I showed him a better plan--knowing that it +would please you, friend Demetrius." + +"What plan?" + +Saturius rose, and having looked round to see that the door was +fastened, came and whispered into Caleb's ear. + +"Look you, after sunset to-night, that is within two hours, Marcus is +to be put out of his prison and conducted to the side door of his own +house, that beneath the archway, where he is ordered to remain until +he leaves Rome. In this house is no one except an old man, the steward +Stephanus, and a slave woman. Well, before he gets there, certain trusty +fellows, such as Domitian knows how to lay his hands upon, will have +entered the house, and having secured the steward and the woman, will +await the coming of Marcus beneath the archway. You can guess the rest. +Is it not well conceived?" + +"Very well," answered Caleb. "But may there not be suspicion?" + +"None, none. Who would dare to suspect Domitian? A private crime, +doubtless! The rich have so many enemies." + +What Saturius did not add was that nobody would suspect Domitian because +the masked bravoes were instructed to inform the steward and the slave +when they had bound and gagged them, that they were hired to do the deed +of blood by a certain merchant named Demetrius, otherwise Caleb the Jew, +who had an ancient quarrel against Marcus, which, already, he had tried +to satisfy by giving false evidence before the court-martial. + +"Now," went on Saturius, "I must be going, for there are one or two +little things which need attention, and time presses. Shall we balance +that account, friend Demetrius?" + +"Certainly," said Caleb, and taking a roll of gold from a drawer he +pushed it across the table. + +Saturius shook his head sadly. "I laid it at twice as much," he said. +"Think how you hate him and how richly your hate will be fed. First +disgraced unjustly, he, one of the best soldiers and bravest captains in +the army, and then hacked to death by cutthroats in the doorway of his +own house. What more could you want?" + +"Nothing," answered Caleb. "Only the man isn't dead yet. Sometimes the +Fates have strange surprises for us mortals, friend Saturius." + +"Dead? He will be dead soon enough." + +"Good. You shall have the rest of the money when I have seen his body. +No, I don't want any bungling and that's the best way to make certain." + +"I wonder," thought Saturius, as he departed out of the office and +this history, "I wonder how I shall manage to get the balance of my +fee before they have my Jewish friend by the heels. But it can be +arranged--doubtless it can be arranged." + +When he had gone, Caleb, who, it would seem, also had things which +needed attention and felt that time pressed, took pen and wrote a short +letter. Next he summoned a clerk and gave orders that it was to be +delivered two hours after sunset--not before. + +Meanwhile, he enclosed it in an outer wrapping so that the address was +not seen. This done, he sat still for a time, his lips moving, almost as +though he were engaged in prayer. Then, seeing that it was the hour of +sunset, he rose, wrapped himself in a long dark cloak, such as was worn +by Roman officers, and went out. + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + +HOW MARCUS CHANGED HIS FAITH + +Caleb was not the only one who heard the evil tidings of the ship +_Luna_; it came to the ears of the bishop Cyril also, since little of +any moment passed within the city of Rome which the Christians did not +know. + +Like Caleb, he satisfied himself of the truth of the matter by an +interview with the captain of the _Imperatrix_. Then with a sorrowful +heart he departed to the prison near the Temple of Mars. Here the warden +told him that Marcus wished to see no one, but answering "Friend, my +business will not wait," he pushed past the man and entered the room +beyond. Marcus was standing up in the centre of it, in his hand a +drawn sword of the short Roman pattern, which, on catching sight of his +visitor, he cast upon the table with an exclamation of impatience. It +fell beside a letter addressed to "The Lady Miriam in Tyre. To be given +into her own hand." + +"Peace be with you," said the bishop, searching his face with his quiet +eyes. + +"I thank you, friend," answered Marcus, smiling strangely, "I need +peace, and--seek it." + +"Son," asked the bishop, "what were you about to do?" + +"Friend," answered Marcus, "If you desire to know, I was about to fall +upon my sword. One more minute and I should have been dead. They brought +it me with the cloak and other things. It was thoughtful of them, and I +guessed their meaning." + +Cyril lifted the sword from the table and cast it into a corner of the +room. + +"God be thanked," he said, "Who led my feet here in time to save you +from this sin. Why, because it has pleased Him to take her life, should +you seek to take your own?" + +"Her life?" said Marcus. "What dreadful words are these. Her life! Whose +life?" + +"The life of Miriam. I came to tell you. She is drowned upon the seas +with all her company." + +For a moment Marcus stood swaying to and fro like a drunken man. Then he +said: + +"Is it so indeed? Well, the more reason that I should make haste to +follow her. Begone and leave me to do the deed alone," and he stepped +towards the sword. + +Cyril set his foot upon the shining blade. + +"What is this madness?" he asked. "If you did not know of Miriam's +death, why do you desire to kill yourself?" + +"Because I have lost more than Miriam. Man, they have robbed me of my +honour. By the decree of Titus, I, Marcus, am branded as a coward. Yes, +Titus, at whose side I have fought a score of battles--Titus, from whom +I have warded many a blow--has banished me from Rome." + +"Tell me of this thing," said Cyril. + +So Marcus told him all. Cyril listened in silence, then said sternly: + +"Is it for this that you would kill yourself? Is your honour lessened by +a decree based upon false evidence, and given for reasons of policy? Do +you cease to be honourable because others are dishonourable, and would +you--a soldier--fly from the battle? Now, indeed, Marcus, you show +yourself a coward." + +"How can I live on who am so shamed?" he asked passionately. "My friends +knew that I could not live, and that is why they wrapped a sword in +yonder cloak and sent it me. Also Miriam, you say, is dead." + +"Satan sent it to you, Marcus, desiring to fashion of your foolish +pride a ladder down which you might climb to hell. Cast aside this base +temptation which wears the mask of false honour; face your trouble like +a man, and conquer it by innocence--and faith." + +"Miriam! What of Miriam?" + +"Yes, what of Miriam? How would she welcome you yonder, who come +to greet her with your blood upon your hands? Oh! son, do you not +understand that this is the trial laid upon you? You have been brought +low that you might rise high. Once the world gave you all it had +to give. You were rich, you were a captain among captains; you were +high-born; men called you 'The Fortunate.' Then Christ appealed to you +in vain, you put Him by. What had you to do with the crucified carpenter +of Galilee? Now by the plotting of your foes you have fallen. No longer +do you rank high in your trade of blood. You are dismissed its service +and an exile. The lesson of life has come home to you, therefore you +seek to escape from life rather than bide in it to do your duty through +good and ill, heedless of what men may say, and finding peace in the +verdict of your own conscience. Let Him Whom you put by in your hours of +pomp come to you now. Carry your cross with your shame as He carried His +in His shame. In His light find light, in His peace find peace, and at +the end her who has been taken from you awhile. Has my spirit spoken in +vain with your spirit during all these many weeks, son Marcus? Already +you have told me that you believe, and now at the first breath of +trouble will you go back upon that which you know to be the Truth? Oh! +once more listen to me, that your eyes may be opened before it is too +late." + +"Speak on, I hear you," said Marcus with a sigh. + +So Cyril pleaded with him in the passion of one inspired, and as Marcus +hearkened his heart was softened and his purpose turned. + +"I knew it all before, I believed it all before," he said at length, +"but I would not accept your baptism and become a member of your +Church." + +"Why not, son?" + +"Because had I done so she would have thought and you might have +thought, and perhaps I myself should have thought that I did it, as once +I offered to do, to win her whom I desired above all things on earth. +Now she is dead and it is otherwise. Shrive me, father, and do your +office." + +So there in the prison cell the bishop Cyril took water and baptised the +Roman Marcus into the body of the Christian Church. + +"What shall I do now?" Marcus asked as he rose from his knees. "Once +Cæsar was my master, now you speak with the voice of Cæsar. Command me." + +"I do not speak, Christ speaks. Listen. I am called by the Church to go +to Alexandria in Egypt, whither I sail within three days. Will you who +are exiled from Rome come with me? There I can find you work to do." + +"I have said that you are Cæsar," answered Marcus. "Now it is sunset and +I am free; accompany me to my house, I pray you, for there much business +waits me in which I need counsel, who am overborne." + +So presently the gates were opened as Titus had commanded, and they went +forth, attended only by a guard of two men, walking unnoted through the +streets to the palace in the Via Agrippa. + +"There is the door," said the sergeant of the guard, pointing to the +side entrance of the house. "Enter with your friend and, noble Marcus, +fare you well." + +So they went to the archway, and finding the door ajar, passed through +and shut it behind them. + +"For a house where there is much to steal this is ill guarded, son. In +Rome an open gate ought to have a watchman," said Cyril as he groped his +way through the darkness of the arch. + +"My steward Stephanus should be at hand, for the jailer advised him of +my coming--who never thought to come," began Marcus, then of a sudden +stumbled heavily and was silent. + +"What is it?" asked Cyril. + +"By the feel one who is drunken--or dead. Some beggar, perhaps, who +sleeps off his liquor here." + +By now Cyril was through the archway and in the little courtyard beyond. + +"A light burns in that window," he said. "Come, you know the path, guide +me to it. We can return to this sleeper." + +"Who seems hard to wake," added Marcus, as he led the way across the +courtyard to the door of the offices. This also proved to be open and +by it they entered the room where the steward kept his books and slept. +Upon the table a lamp was burning, that which they had seen through the +casement. Its light showed them a strange sight. An iron-bound box that +was chained to the wall had been broken open and its contents rifled, +for papers were strewn here and there, and on them lay an empty leathern +money-bag. The furniture also was overturned as though in some struggle, +while among it, one in the corner of the room and one beneath the marble +table, which was too heavy to be moved, lay two figures, those of a man +and a woman. + +"Murderers have been here," said Cyril with a groan. + +Marcus snatched the lamp from the table and held it to the face of the +man in the corner. + +"It is Stephanus," he said, "Stephanus bound and gagged, but living, +and the other is the slave woman. Hold the lamp while I loose them," +and drawing his short sword, he cut away the bonds, first of the one and +then of the other. "Speak, man, speak!" he said, as Stephanus struggled +to his feet. "What has chanced here?" + +For some moments the old steward stared at him with round, frightened +eyes. Then he gasped: + +"Oh! my lord, I thought you dead. They said that they had come to kill +you by command of the Jew Caleb, he who gave the evidence." + +"They! Who?" asked Marcus. + +"I know not, four men whose faces were masked. They said also that +though you must die, they were commanded to do me and this woman no +harm, only to bind and silence us. This they did, then, having taken +what money they could find, went out to waylay you. Afterwards I heard +a scuffle in the arch and well-nigh died of sorrow, for I who could +neither warn nor help you, was sure that you were perishing beneath +their knives." + +"For this deliverance, thank God," said Cyril, lifting up his hands. + +"Presently, presently," answered Marcus. "First follow me," and taking +the lamp in his hand, he ran back to the archway. + +Beneath it a man lay upon his face--he across whom Marcus had stumbled, +and about him blood flowed from many wounds. In silence they turned him +over so that the light fell upon his features. Then Marcus staggered +back amazed, for, behold! they were Caleb's, notwithstanding the blood +and wounds that marred them, still dark and handsome in his death sleep. + +"Why," he said to Stephanus, "this is that very man whose bloody work, +as they told us, the murderers came to do. It would seem that he has +fallen into his own snare." + +"Are you certain, son?" asked Cyril. "Does not this gashed and gory +cheek deceive you?" + +"Draw that hand of his from beneath the cloak," answered Marcus. "If I +am right the first finger will lack a joint." + +Cyril obeyed and held up the stiffening hand. It was as Marcus had said. + +"Caught in his own snare!" repeated Marcus. "Well, though I knew he +hated me, and more than once we have striven to slay each other in +battle and private fight, never would I have believed that Caleb the Jew +would sink to murder. He is well repaid, the treacherous dog!" + +"Judge not, that ye be not judged," answered Cyril. "What do you know of +how or why this man came by his death? He may have been hurrying here to +warn you." + +"Against his own paid assassins! No, father, I know Caleb better, only +he was viler than I thought." + +Then they carried the body into the house and took counsel what they +should do. While they reasoned together, for every path seemed full of +danger, there came a knock upon the archway door. They hesitated, not +knowing whether it would be safe to open, till the knock was repeated +more loudly. + +"I will go, lord," said Stephanus, "for why need I fear, who am of no +account to any one?" + +So he went, presently to return. + +"What was it?" asked Marcus. + +"Only a young man, who said that he had been strictly charged by his +master, Demetrius the Alexandrian merchant, to deliver a letter at this +hour. Here is the letter." + +"Demetrius, the Alexandrian merchant," said Marcus as he took it. "Why, +under that name Caleb who lies there dead passed in Rome." + +"Read the letter," said Cyril. + +So Marcus cut the silk, broke the seal, and read: + +"To the noble Marcus, + +"In the past I have worked you evil and often striven to take your life. +Now it has come to my ears that Domitian, who hates you even worse than +I do, if for less reason, has laid a plot to murder you on the threshold +of your own house. Therefore, by way of amends for that evidence which +I gave against you that stained the truth, since no braver man ever +breathed than you are, Marcus, it has come into my mind to visit the +Palace Fortunate wrapped in such a cloak as you Roman captains wear. +There, before you read this letter, perhaps we shall meet again. Still, +mourn me not, Marcus, nor speak of me as generous, or noble, since +Miriam is dead, and I who have followed her through life desire to +follow her through death, hoping that there I may find a kinder fortune +at her hands, or if not, forgetfulness. You who will live long, must +drink deep of memory--a bitterer cup. Marcus, farewell. Since die I +must, I would that it had been in open fight beneath your sword, but +Fate, who has given me fortune, but no true favour, appoints me to the +daggers of assassins that seek another heart. So be it. You tarry here, +but I travel to Miriam. Why should I grumble at the road? + +"Caleb. + +"Written at Rome upon the night of my death." + + +"A brave man and a bitter," said Marcus when he had finished reading. +"Know, my father, that I am more jealous of him now than ever I was in +his life's days. Had it not been for you and your preaching," he added +angrily, "when he came to seek Miriam, he would have found me at her +side. But now, how can I tell?" + +"Peace to your heathen talk!" answered the bishop. "Is the land of +spirits then such as your poets picture, and do the dead turn to each +other with eyes of earthly passion? Yet," he added more gently, "I +should not blame you who, like this poor Jew, from childhood have been +steeped in superstitions. Have no fear of his rivalry in the heavenly +fields, friend Marcus, where neither do they marry or are given in +marriage, nor think that self-murder can help a man. What the end of +all this tale may be does not yet appear; still I am certain that yonder +Caleb will take no gain in hurrying down to death, unless indeed he did +it from a nobler motive than he says, as I for one believe." + +"I trust that it may be so," answered Marcus, "although in truth that +another man should die for me gives me no comfort. Rather would I that +he had left me to my doom." + +"As God has willed so it has befallen, for 'man's goings are of the +Lord; how then can a man understand his own way?'" replied Cyril with a +sigh. "Now let us to other matters, for time is short and it comes upon +me that you will do well to be clear of Rome before Domitian finds that +Caleb fell in place of Marcus." + + + +Nearly three more months had gone when, at length, one night as the sun +vanished, a galley crept wearily into the harbour of Alexandria and cast +anchor just as the light of Pharos began to shine across the sea. Her +passage through the winter gales had been hard, and for weeks at a time +she had been obliged to shelter in harbours by the way. Now, short of +food and water, she had come safely to her haven, for which mercy the +bishop Cyril with the Roman Marcus and such other Christians as were +aboard of her gave thanks to Heaven upon their knees in their little +cabin near the forecastle, for it was too late to attempt to land that +night. Then they went on deck and, as all their food was gone and they +had no drink except some stinking water, leaned upon the bulwarks and +looked hungrily towards the shore, where gleamed the thousand lights of +the mighty city. Near to them, not a bowshot away indeed, lay another +ship. Presently, as they stared at her black outline, the sound of +singing floated from her decks across the still, starlit waters of the +harbour. They listened to it idly enough at first, till at length some +words of that song reached their ears, causing them to look at each +other. + +"That is no sailor's ditty," said Marcus. + +"No," answered Cyril, "it is a Christian hymn, and one that I know well. +Listen. Each verse ends, 'Peace, be still!'" + +"Then," said Marcus, "yonder must be a Christian ship, else they would +not dare to sing that hymn. The night is calm, let us beg the boat and +visit it. I am thirsty, and those good folk may have fresh water." + +"If you wish," answered Cyril. "There too we may get tidings as well as +water." + +A while later the little boat rowed to the side of the strange ship and +asked leave to board of the watchman. + +"What sign do you give?" asked the officer. + +"The sign of the Cross," answered Cyril. "We have heard your hymn who +are of the brotherhood of Rome." + +Then a rope ladder was thrown down to them and the officer bade them +make fast and be welcome. + +They climbed upon the deck and went to seek the captain, who was in +the afterpart of the ship, where an awning was stretched. In the space +enclosed by this awning, which was lit with lanterns, stood a woman in +a white robe, who sang the refrain of the hymn in a very sweet voice, +others of the company, from time to time, joining in its choruses. + +"From the dead am I arisen" sang the voice, and there was something in +the thrilling notes that went straight to the heart of Marcus, some tone +and quality which were familiar. + +Side by side with Cyril he climbed onwards across the rowing benches, +and the noise of their stumbling footsteps reaching the singer's ears, +caused her to pause in her song. Then stepping forward a little, as +though to look, she came under the lantern so that its light fell full +upon her face, and, seeing nothing, once more took up her chant: + +"Oh ye faithless, from the dead am I arisen." + +"Look, look!" gasped Marcus, clutching Cyril by the arm. "Look! It is +Miriam, or her spirit." + +Another instant and he, too, had come into the circle of the lamplight, +so that his eyes met the eyes of the singer. Now she saw him and, with a +little cry, sank senseless to the deck. + + + +So the long story ended. Afterwards they learned that the tale which had +been brought to Rome of the loss of the ship _Luna_ was false. She had +met the great gale, indeed, but had sheltered from it in a harbour, +where the skill of her captain, Hector, brought her safely. Then she +made her way to Sicily, where she refitted, and so on to one of the +Grecian ports, in which she lay for eight weeks waiting for better +weather, till a favouring wind brought her somewhat slowly to +Alexandria, a port she won only two days before the galley of Marcus. +It would seem, therefore, that the vessel that had foundered in sight +of the _Imperatrix_ was either another ship also called the _Luna_, no +uncommon name, or that the mariners of the _Imperatrix_ had not heard +her title rightly. It may have been even that the dying sailor who told +it to them wandered in his mind, and forgetting how his last ship was +called, gave her some name with which he was familiar. At the least, +through the good workings of Providence, that _Luna_ which bore Miriam +and her company escaped the perils of the deep and in due time reached +the haven of Alexandria. + +Before they parted that happy night all their tale was told. Miriam +learned how Caleb had kept the promise that he made to her, although +when he thought her dead his fierce and jealous heart would suffer him +to tell nothing of it to Marcus. She learned also how it came about that +Marcus had been saved from death at his own hand by Cyril and entered +the company of the Christian brotherhood. Very glad were both of them to +think in the after years that he had done this believing her to be lost +to him in death. Now none could say that he had changed his faith to win +a woman, nor could their own consciences whisper to them that this was +possible, though even at the time he knew it not. + +So they understood how through their many trials, dangers, and +temptations all things had worked together for good to them. + + + +On the morrow, there in the ship _Luna_, Marcus and Miriam, whom the +Romans called Pearl-Maiden, were wedded by the bishop Cyril, the Captain +Gallus giving the bride in marriage, while the white-haired, fierce-eyed +Nehushta stood at their side and blessed them in the name of that dead +mother whose command had not been broken. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Pearl-Maiden, by H. Rider Haggard + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PEARL-MAIDEN *** + +***** This file should be named 5175-8.txt or 5175-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/7/5175/ + +Produced by John Bickers; Dagny; David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/5175-8.zip b/old/5175-8.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..0a85dc8 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/5175-8.zip diff --git a/old/5175-h.htm.2021-01-27 b/old/5175-h.htm.2021-01-27 new file mode 100644 index 0000000..4b409d7 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/5175-h.htm.2021-01-27 @@ -0,0 +1,17499 @@ +<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8"?> + +<!DOCTYPE html + PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd" > + +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" lang="en"> + <head> + <title> + Pearl-maiden, by H. Rider Haggard + </title> + <style type="text/css" xml:space="preserve"> + + body { margin:5%; background:#faebd0; text-align:justify} + P { text-indent: 1em; margin-top: .25em; margin-bottom: .25em; } + H1,H2,H3,H4,H5,H6 { text-align: center; margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; } + hr { width: 50%; text-align: center;} + .foot { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; text-indent: -3em; font-size: 90%; } + blockquote {font-size: 97%; font-style: italic; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%;} + .mynote {background-color: #DDE; color: #000; padding: .5em; margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-family: sans-serif; font-size: 95%;} + .toc { margin-left: 10%; margin-bottom: .75em;} + .toc2 { margin-left: 20%;} + div.fig { display:block; margin:0 auto; text-align:center; } + div.middle { margin-left: 20%; margin-right: 20%; text-align: justify; } + .figleft {float: left; margin-left: 0%; margin-right: 1%;} + .figright {float: right; margin-right: 0%; margin-left: 1%;} + .pagenum {display:inline; font-size: 70%; font-style:normal; + margin: 0; padding: 0; position: absolute; right: 1%; + text-align: right;} + pre { font-style: italic; font-size: 90%; margin-left: 10%;} + +</style> + </head> + <body> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Pearl-Maiden, by H. Rider Haggard + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Pearl-Maiden + +Author: H. Rider Haggard + +Release Date: April 22, 2006 [EBook #5175] +Last Updated: September 22, 2016 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: UTF-8 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PEARL-MAIDEN *** + + + + +Produced by John Bickers; Dagny; David Widger + + + + + +</pre> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h1> + PEARL-MAIDEN + </h1> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <h1> + A Tale Of The Fall of Jerusalem + </h1> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h2> + By H. Rider Haggard + </h2> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h3> + First Published 1901. + </h3> + <h4> + TO GLADYS CHRISTIAN A DWELLER IN THE EAST <br /> THIS EASTERN TALE IS + DEDICATED <br /> BY HER OWN AND <br /> HER FATHER’S FRIEND<br /> <br /> THE + AUTHOR <br /> Ditchingham: September 14, 1902. <br /> <br /> + </h4> + <hr /> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <blockquote> + <p class="toc"> + <big><b>CONTENTS</b></big> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2H_4_0001"> <big><b>PEARL-MAIDEN</b></big> </a> + </p> + <p> + <br /> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0001"> CHAPTER I </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0002"> CHAPTER II </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0003"> CHAPTER III </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0004"> CHAPTER IV </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0005"> CHAPTER V </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0006"> CHAPTER VI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0007"> CHAPTER VII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0008"> CHAPTER VIII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0009"> CHAPTER IX </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0010"> CHAPTER X </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0011"> CHAPTER XI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0012"> CHAPTER XII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0013"> CHAPTER XIII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0014"> CHAPTER XIV </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0015"> CHAPTER XV </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0016"> CHAPTER XVI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0017"> CHAPTER XVII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0018"> CHAPTER XVIII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0019"> CHAPTER XIX </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0020"> CHAPTER XX </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0021"> CHAPTER XXI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0022"> CHAPTER XXII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0023"> CHAPTER XXIII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0024"> CHAPTER XXIV </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0025"> CHAPTER XXV </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0026"> CHAPTER XXVI </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0027"> CHAPTER XXVII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0028"> CHAPTER XXVIII </a> + </p> + <p class="toc"> + <a href="#link2HCH0029"> CHAPTER XXIX </a> + </p> + </blockquote> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> + <hr /> + <p> + <a name="link2H_4_0001" id="link2H_4_0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> <br /> <br /> + </p> + <h1> + PEARL-MAIDEN + </h1> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0001" id="link2HCH0001"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER I + </h2> + <h3> + THE PRISON AT CÃSAREA + </h3> + <p> + It was but two hours after midnight, yet many were wakeful in CÊsarea on + the Syrian coast. Herod Agrippa, King of all Palestine—by grace of + the Romans—now at the very apex of his power, celebrated a festival + in honour of the Emperor Claudius, to which had flocked all the mightiest + in the land and tens of thousands of the people. The city was full of + them, their camps were set upon the sea-beach and for miles around; there + was no room at the inns or in the private houses, where guests slept upon + the roofs, the couches, the floors, and in the gardens. The great town + hummed like a hive of bees disturbed after sunset, and though the louder + sounds of revelling had died away, parties of feasters, many of them still + crowned with fading roses, passed along the streets shouting and singing + to their lodgings. As they went, they discussed—those of them who + were sufficiently sober—the incidents of that day’s games in the + great circus, and offered or accepted odds upon the more exciting events + of the morrow. + </p> + <p> + The captives in the prison that was set upon a little hill, a frowning + building of brown stone, divided into courts and surrounded by a high wall + and a ditch, could hear the workmen at their labours in the amphitheatre + below. These sounds interested them, since many of those who listened were + doomed to take a leading part in the spectacle of this new day. In the + outer court, for instance, were a hundred men called malefactors, for the + most part Jews convicted of various political offences. These were to + fight against twice their number of savage Arabs of the desert taken in a + frontier raid, people whom to-day we should know as Bedouins, mounted and + armed with swords and lances, but wearing no mail. The malefactor Jews, by + way of compensation, were to be protected with heavy armour and ample + shields. Their combat was to last for twenty minutes by the sand-glass, + when, unless they had shown cowardice, those who were left alive of either + party were to receive their freedom. Indeed, by a kindly decree the King + Agrippa, a man who did not seek unnecessary bloodshed, contrary to custom, + even the wounded were to be spared, that is, if any would undertake the + care of them. Under these circumstances, since life is sweet, all had + determined to fight their best. + </p> + <p> + In another division of the great hall was collected a very different + company. There were not more than fifty or sixty of these, so the wide + arches of the surrounding cloisters gave them sufficient shelter and even + privacy. With the exception of eight or ten men, all of them old, or well + on in middle age, since the younger and more vigorous males had been + carefully drafted to serve as gladiators, this little band was made of + women and a few children. They belonged to the new sect called Christians, + the followers of one Jesus, who, according to report, was crucified as a + troublesome person by the governor, Pontius Pilate, a Roman official, who + in due course had been banished to Gaul, where he was said to have + committed suicide. In his day Pilate was unpopular in JudÊa, for he had + taken the treasures of the Temple at Jerusalem to build waterworks, + causing a tumult in which many were killed. Now he was almost forgotten, + but very strangely, the fame of this crucified demagogue, Jesus, seemed to + grow, since there were many who made a kind of god of him, preaching + doctrines in his name that were contrary to the law and offensive to every + sect of the Jews. + </p> + <p> + Pharisees, Sadducees, Zealots, Levites, priests, all called out against + them. All besought Agrippa that he would be rid of them, these apostates + who profaned the land and proclaimed in the ears of a nation awaiting its + Messiah, that Heaven-born King who should break the Roman yoke and make + Jerusalem the capital of the world, that this Messiah had come already in + the guise of an itinerant preacher, and perished with other malefactors by + the death of shame. + </p> + <p> + Wearied with their importunities, the King listened. Like the cultivated + Romans with whom he associated, Agrippa had no real religion. At Jerusalem + he embellished the Temple and made offerings to Jehovah; at Berytus he + embellished the temple and made offerings there to Jupiter. He was all + things to all men and to himself—nothing but a voluptuous + time-server. As for these Christians, he never troubled himself about + them. Why should he? They were few and insignificant, no single man of + rank or wealth was to be found among them. To persecute them was easy, and—it + pleased the Jews. Therefore he persecuted them. One James, a disciple of + the crucified man called Christ, who had wandered about the country with + him, he seized and beheaded at Jerusalem. Another, called Peter, a + powerful preacher, he threw into prison, and of their followers he slew + many. A few of these were given over to be stoned by the Jews, but the + pick of the men were forced to fight as gladiators at Berytus and + elsewhere. The women, if young and beautiful, were sold as slaves, but if + matrons or aged, they were cast to the wild beasts in the circus. + </p> + <p> + Such was the fate, indeed, that was reserved for these poor victims in the + prison on this very day of the opening of our history. After the + gladiators had fought and the other games had been celebrated, sixty + Christians, it was announced, old and useless men, married woman and young + children whom nobody would buy, were to be turned down in the great + amphitheatre. Then thirty fierce lions, with other savage beasts, made + ravenous by hunger and mad with the smell of blood, were to be let loose + among them. Even in this act of justice, however, Agrippa suffered it to + be seen that he was gentle-hearted, since of his kindness he had decreed + that any whom the lions refused to eat were to be given clothes, a small + sum of money, and released to settle their differences with the Jews as + they might please. + </p> + <p> + Such was the state of public feeling and morals in the Roman world of that + day, that this spectacle of the feeding of starved beasts with live women + and children, whose crime was that they worshipped a crucified man and + would offer sacrifice to no other god, either in the Temple or elsewhere, + was much looked forward to by the population of CÊsarea. Indeed, great + sums of money were ventured upon the event, by means of what to-day would + be called sweepstakes, under the regulations of which he who drew the + ticket marked with the exact number of those whom the lions left alive, + would take the first prize. Already some far-seeing gamblers who had drawn + low numbers, had bribed the soldiers and wardens to sprinkle the hair and + garments of the Christians with valerian water, a decoction which was + supposed to attract and excite the appetite of these great cats. Others, + whose tickets were high, paid handsomely for the employment of artifices + which need not be detailed, calculated to induce in the lions aversion to + the subject that had been treated. The Christian woman or child, it will + be observed, who was to form the <i>corpus vile</i> of these ingenious + experiments, was not considered, except, indeed, as the fisherman + considers the mussel or the sand-worm on his hook. + </p> + <p> + Under an arch by themselves, and not far from the great gateway where the + guards, their lances in hand, could be seen pacing up and down, sat two + women. The contrast in the appearance of this pair was very striking. One, + who could not have been much more than twenty years of age, was a Jewess, + too thin-faced for beauty, but with dark and lovely eyes, and bearing in + every limb and feature the stamp of noble blood. She was Rachel, the widow + of Demas, a GrÊco-Syrian, and only child of the high-born Jew Benoni, one + of the richest merchants in Tyre. The other was a woman of remarkable + aspect, apparently about forty years of age. She was a native of the + coasts of Libya, where she had been kidnapped as a girl by Jewish traders, + and by them passed on to Phoenicians, who sold her upon the slave market + of Tyre. In fact she was a high-bred Arab without any admixture of negro + blood, as was shown by her copper-coloured skin, prominent cheek bones, + her straight, black, abundant hair, and untamed, flashing eyes. In frame + she was tall and spare, very agile, and full of grace in every movement. + Her face was fierce and hard; even in her present dreadful plight she + showed no fear, only when she looked at the lady by her side it grew + anxious and tender. She was called Nehushta, a name which Benoni had given + her when many years ago he bought her upon the market-place. In Hebrew + Nehushta means copper, and this new slave was copper-coloured. In her + native land, however, she had another name, Nou, and by this name she was + known to her dead mistress, the wife of Benoni, and to his daughter + Rachel, whom she had nursed from childhood. + </p> + <p> + The moon shone very brightly in a clear sky, and by the light of it an + observer, had there been any to observe where all were so occupied with + their own urgent affairs, could have watched every movement and expression + of these women. Rachel, seated on the ground, was rocking herself to and + fro, her face hidden in her hands, and praying. Nehushta knelt at her + side, resting the weight of her body on her heels as only an Eastern can, + and stared sullenly at nothingness. + </p> + <p> + Presently Rachel, dropping her hands, looked at the tender sky and sighed. + </p> + <p> + “Our last night on earth, Nou,” she said sadly. “It is strange to think + that we shall never again see the moon floating above us.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not, mistress? If all that we have been taught is true, we shall see + that moon, or others, for ever and ever, and if it is not true, then + neither light nor darkness will trouble us any more. However, for my own + part I don’t mean that either of us should die to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + “How can you prevent it, Nou?” asked Rachel with a faint smile. “Lions are + no respecters of persons.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet, mistress, I think that they will respect my person, and yours, too, + for my sake.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean, Nou?” + </p> + <p> + “I mean that I do not fear the lions; they are country-folk of mine and + roared round my cradle. The chief, my father, was called Master of Lions + in our country because he could tame them. Why, when I was a little child + I have fed them and they fawned upon us like dogs.” + </p> + <p> + “Those lions are long dead, Nou, and the others will not remember.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not sure that they are dead; at least, blood will call to blood, and + their company will know the smell of the child of the Master of Lions. + Whoever is eaten, we shall escape.” + </p> + <p> + “I have no such hope, Nou. To-morrow we must die horribly, that King + Agrippa may do honour to his master, CÊsar.” + </p> + <p> + “If you think that, mistress, then let us die at once rather than be rent + limb from limb to give pleasure to a stinking mob. See, I have poison + hidden here in my hair. Let us drink of it and be done: it is swift and + painless.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, Nou, it would not be right. I may lift no hand against my own life, + or if perchance I may, I have to think of another life.” + </p> + <p> + “If you die, the unborn child must die also. To-night or to-morrow, what + does it matter?” + </p> + <p> + “Sufficient to the day is the evil thereof. Who knows? To-morrow Agrippa + may be dead, not us, and then the child might live. It is in the hand of + God. Let God decide.” + </p> + <p> + “Lady,” answered Nehushta, setting her teeth, “for your sake I have become + a Christian, yes, and I believe. But I tell you this—while I live no + lion’s fangs shall tear that dear flesh of yours. First if need be, I will + stab you there in the arena, or if they take my knife from me, then I will + choke you, or dash out your brains against the posts.” + </p> + <p> + “It may be a sin, Nou; take no such risk upon your soul.” + </p> + <p> + “My soul! What do I care about my soul? You are my soul. Your mother was + kind to me, the poor slave-girl, and when you were an infant, I rocked you + upon my breast. I spread your bride-bed, and if need be, to save you from + worse things, I will lay you dead before me and myself dead across your + body. Then let God or Satan—I care not which—deal with my + soul. At least, I shall have done my best and died faithful.” + </p> + <p> + “You should not speak so,” sighed Rachel. “But, dear, I know it is because + you love me, and I wish to die as easily as may be and to join my husband. + Only if the child could have lived, as I think, all three of us would have + dwelt together eternally. Nay, not all three, all four, for you are + well-nigh as dear to me, Nou, as husband or as child.” + </p> + <p> + “That cannot be, I do not wish that it should be, who am but a slave + woman, the dog beneath the table. Oh! if I could save you, then I would be + glad to show them how this daughter of my father can bear their torments.” + </p> + <p> + The Libyan ceased, grinding her teeth in impotent rage. Then suddenly she + leant towards her mistress, kissed her fiercely on the cheek and began to + sob, slow, heavy sobs. + </p> + <p> + “Listen,” said Rachel. “The lions are roaring in their dens yonder.” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta lifted her head and hearkened as a hunter hearkens in the desert. + True enough, from near the great tower that ended the southern wall of the + amphitheatre, echoed short, coughing notes and fierce whimperings, to be + followed presently by roar upon roar, as lion after lion joined in that + fearful music, till the whole air shook with the volume of their voices. + </p> + <p> + “Aha!” cried a keeper at the gate—not the Roman soldier who marched + to and fro unconcernedly, but a jailor, named Rufus, who was clad in a + padded robe and armed with a great knife. “Aha! listen to them, the pretty + kittens. Don’t be greedy, little ones—be patient. To-night you will + purr upon a full stomach.” + </p> + <p> + “Nine of them,” muttered Nehushta, who had counted the roars, “all bearded + and old, royal beasts. To hearken to them makes me young again. Yes, yes, + I smell the desert and see the smoke rising from my father’s tents. As a + child I hunted them, now they will hunt me; it is their hour.” + </p> + <p> + “Give me air! I faint!” gasped Rachel, sinking against her. + </p> + <p> + With a guttural exclamation of pity Nehushta bent down. Placing her strong + arms beneath the slender form of her young mistress, and lifting her as + though she were a child, she carried her to the centre of the court, where + stood a fountain; for before it was turned to the purposes of a jail once + this place had been a palace. Here she set her mistress on the ground with + her back against the stonework, and dashed water in her face till + presently she was herself again. + </p> + <p> + While Rachel sat thus—for the place was cool and pleasant and she + could not sleep who must die that day—a wicket-gate was opened and + several persons, men, women, and children, were thrust through it into the + court. + </p> + <p> + “Newcomers from Tyre in a great hurry not to lose the lions’ party,” cried + the facetious warden of the gate. “Pass in, my Christian friends, pass in + and eat your last supper according to your customs. You will find it over + there, bread and wine in plenty. Eat, my hungry friends, eat before you + are eaten and enter into Heaven or—the stomach of the lions.” + </p> + <p> + An old woman, the last of the party, for she could not walk fast, turned + round and pointed at the buffoon with her staff. + </p> + <p> + “Blaspheme not, you heathen dog!” she said, “or rather, blaspheme on and + go to your reward! I, Anna, who have the gift of prophecy, tell you, + renegade who were a Christian, and therefore are doubly guilty, that <i>you</i> + have eaten your last meal—on earth.” + </p> + <p> + The man, a half-bred Syrian who had abandoned his faith for profit and now + tormented those who were once his brethren, uttered a furious curse and + snatched a knife from his girdle. + </p> + <p> + “You draw the knife? So be it, perish by the knife!” said Anna. Then + without heeding him further the old woman hobbled on after her companions, + leaving the man to slink away white to the lips with terror. He had been a + Christian and knew something of Anna and of this “gift of prophecy.” + </p> + <p> + The path of these strangers led them past the fountain, where Rachel and + Nehushta rose to greet them as they came. + </p> + <p> + “Peace be with you,” said Rachel. + </p> + <p> + “In the name of Christ, peace,” they answered, and passed on towards the + arches where the other captives were gathered. Last of all, at some + distance behind the rest, came the white-haired woman, leaning on her + staff. + </p> + <p> + As she approached, Rachel turned to repeat her salutation, then uttered a + little cry and said: + </p> + <p> + “Mother Anna, do you not know me, Rachel, the daughter of Benoni?” + </p> + <p> + “Rachel!” she answered, starting. “Alas! child, how came you here?” + </p> + <p> + “By the paths that we Christians have to tread, mother,” said Rachel, + sadly. “But sit; you are weary. Nou, help her.” + </p> + <p> + Anna nodded, and slowly, for her limbs were stiff, sank down on to the + step of the fountain. + </p> + <p> + “Give me to drink, child,” she said, “for I have been brought upon a mule + from Tyre, and am athirst.” + </p> + <p> + Rachel made her hands into a cup, for she had no other, and held water to + Anna’s lips, which she drank greedily, emptying them many times. + </p> + <p> + “For this refreshment, God be praised. What said you? The daughter of + Benoni a Christian! Well, even here and now, for that God be praised also. + Strange that I should not have heard of it; but I have been in Jerusalem + these two years, and was brought back to Tyre last Sabbath as a prisoner.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Mother, and since then I have become both wife and widow.” + </p> + <p> + “Whom did you marry, child?” + </p> + <p> + “Demas, the merchant. They killed him in the amphitheatre yonder at + Berytus six months ago,” and the poor woman began to sob. + </p> + <p> + “I heard of his end,” replied Anna. “It was a good and noble one, and his + soul rests in Heaven. He would not fight with the gladiators, so he was + beheaded by order of Agrippa. But cease weeping, child, and tell me your + story. We have little time for tears, who, perhaps, soon will have done + with them.” + </p> + <p> + Rachel dried her eyes. + </p> + <p> + “It is short and sad,” she said. “Demas and I met often and learned to + love each other. My father was no friend to him, for they were rivals in + trade, but in those days knowing no better, Demas followed the faith of + the Jews; therefore, because he was rich my father consented to our + marriage, and they became partners in their business. Afterwards, within a + month indeed, the Apostles came to Tyre, and we attended their preaching—at + first, because we were curious to learn the truth of this new faith + against which my father railed, for, as you know, he is of the strictest + sect of the Jews; and then, because our hearts were touched. So in the end + we believed, and were baptised, both on one night, by the very hand of the + brother of the Lord. The holy Apostles departed, blessing us before they + went, and Demas, who would play no double part, told my father of what we + had done. Oh! mother, it was awful to see. He raved, shouted and cursed us + in his rage, blaspheming Him we worship. More, woe is me that I should + have to tell it: When we refused to become apostates he denounced us to + the priests, and the priests denounced us to the Romans, and we were + seized and thrown into prison; but my husband’s wealth, most of it except + that which the priests and Romans stole, stayed with my father. For many + months we were held in prison here in CÊsarea; then they took my husband + to Berytus, to be trained as a gladiator, and murdered him. Here I have + stayed since with this beloved servant, Nehushta, who also became a + Christian and shared our fate, and now, by the decree of Agrippa, it is my + turn and hers to die to-day.” + </p> + <p> + “Child, you should not weep for that; nay, you should be glad who at once + will find your husband and your Saviour.” + </p> + <p> + “Mother, I am glad; but, you see my state. It is for the child’s sake I + weep, that now never will be born. Had it won life even for an hour all of + us would have dwelt together in bliss until eternity. But it cannot be—it + cannot be.” + </p> + <p> + Anna looked at her with her piercing eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Have you, then, also the gift of prophecy, child, who are so young a + member of the Church, that you dare to say that this or that cannot be? + The future is in the hand of God. King Agrippa, your father, the Romans, + the cruel Jews, those lions that roar yonder, and we who are doomed to + feed them, are all in the hand of God, and that which He wills shall + befall, and no other thing. Therefore, let us praise Him and rejoice, and + take no thought for the morrow, unless it be to pray that we may die and + go hence to our Master, rather than live on in doubts and terrors and + tribulations.” + </p> + <p> + “You are right, mother,” answered Rachel, “and I will try to be brave, + whatever may befall; but my state makes me feeble. The spirit, truly, is + willing, but oh! the flesh is weak. Listen, they call us to partake of the + Sacrament of the Lord—our last on earth”; and rising, she began to + walk towards the arches. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta stayed to help Anna to her feet. When she judged her mistress to + be out of hearing she leaned down and whispered: + </p> + <p> + “Mother, you have the gift; it is known throughout the Church. Tell me, + will the child be born?” + </p> + <p> + The old woman fixed her eyes upon the heavens, then answered, slowly: + </p> + <p> + “The child will be born and live out its life, and I think that none of us + are doomed to die this day by the jaws of lions, though some of us may die + in another fashion. But I think also that your mistress goes very shortly + to join her husband. Therefore it was that I showed her nothing of what + came into my mind.” + </p> + <p> + “Then it is best that I should die also, and die I will.” + </p> + <p> + “Wherefore?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I go to wait upon my mistress?” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, Nehushta,” answered Anna, sternly, “you stay to guard her child, + whereof when all these earthly things are done you must give account to + her.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0002" id="link2HCH0002"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER II + </h2> + <h3> + THE VOICE OF A GOD + </h3> + <p> + Of all the civilisations whose records lie open to the student, that of + Rome is surely one of the most wonderful. Nowhere, not even in old Mexico, + was high culture so completely wedded to the lowest barbarism. Intellect + Rome had in plenty; the noblest efforts of her genius are scarcely to be + surpassed; her law is the foundation of the best of our codes of + jurisprudence; art she borrowed but appreciated; her military system is + still the wonder of the world; her great men remain great among a + multitude of subsequent competitors. And yet how pitiless she was! What a + tigress! Amid all the ruins of her cities we find none of a hospital, + none, I believe, of an orphan school in an age that made many orphans. The + pious aspirations and efforts of individuals seem never to have touched + the conscience of the people. Rome incarnate had no conscience; she was a + lustful, devouring beast, made more bestial by her intelligence and + splendour. + </p> + <p> + King Agrippa in practice was a Roman. Rome was his model, her ideals were + his ideals. Therefore he built amphitheatres in which men were butchered, + to the exquisite delight of vast audiences. Therefore, also, without the + excuse of any conscientious motive, however insufficient or + unsatisfactory, he persecuted the weak because they were weak and their + sufferings would give pleasure to the strong or to those who chanced to be + the majority of the moment. + </p> + <p> + The season being hot it was arranged that the great games in honour of the + safety of CÊsar, should open each day at dawn and come to an end an hour + before noon. Therefore from midnight onwards crowds of spectators poured + into the amphitheatre, which, although it would seat over twenty thousand, + was not large enough to contain them all. An hour before the dawn the + place was full, and already late comers were turned back from its gates. + The only empty spaces were those reserved for the king, his royal guests, + the rulers of the city, with other distinguished personages, and for the + Christian company of old men, women and children destined to the lions, + who, it was arranged, were to sit in full view of the audience until the + time came for them to take their share in the spectacle. + </p> + <p> + When Rachel joined the other captives she found that a long rough table + had been set beneath the arcades, and on it at intervals, pieces of bread + and cups and vases containing wine of the country that had been purchased + at a great price from the guards. Round this table the elders or the + infirm among the company were seated on a bench, while the rest of the + number, for whom there was not room, stood behind them. At its head was an + old man, a bishop among the Christians, one of the five hundred who had + seen the risen Lord and received baptism from the hands of the Beloved + Disciple. For some years he had been spared by the persecutors of the + infant Church on account of his age, dignity, and good repute, but now at + last fate seemed to have overtaken him. + </p> + <p> + The service was held; the bread and wine, mixed with water, were + consecrated with the same texts by which they are blessed to-day, only the + prayers were extempore. When all had eaten from the platters and drunk + from the rude cups, the bishop gave his blessing to the community. Then he + addressed them. This, he told them, was an occasion of peculiar joy, a + love-feast indeed, since all they who partook of it were about to lay down + the burden of the flesh and, their labours and sorrows ended, to depart + into bliss eternal. He called to their memory the supper of the Passover + which had taken place within the lifetime of many of them, when the Author + and Finisher of their faith had declared to the disciples that He would + drink no more wine till He drank it new with them in His kingdom. Such a + feast it was that lay spread before them this night. Let them be thankful + for it. Let them not quail in the hour of trial. The fangs of the savage + beasts, the shouts of the still more savage spectators, the agony of the + quivering flesh, the last terror of their departing, what were these? + Soon, very soon, they would be done; the spears of the soldiers would + despatch the injured, and those among them whom it was ordained should + escape, would be set free by the command of the representative of CÊsar, + that they might prosecute the work till the hour came for them to pass on + the torch of redemption to other hands. Let them rejoice, therefore, and + be very thankful, and walk to the sacrifice as to a wedding feast. “Do you + not rejoice, my brethren?” he asked. With one voice they answered, “We + rejoice!” Yes, even the children answered thus. + </p> + <p> + Then they prayed again, and again with uplifted hands the old man blessed + them in the holy Triune Name. + </p> + <p> + Scarcely had this service, as solemn as it was simple, been brought to an + end when the head jailer, whose blasphemous jocosity since his reproof by + Anna was replaced by a mien of sullen venom, came forward and commanded + the whole band to march to the amphitheatre. Accordingly, two by two, the + bishop leading the way with the sainted woman Anna, they walked to the + gates. Here a guard of soldiers was waiting to receive them, and under + their escort they threaded the narrow, darkling streets till they came to + that door of the amphitheatre which was used by those who were to take + part in the games. Now, at a word from the bishop, they began to chant a + solemn hymn, and singing thus, were thrust along the passages to the place + prepared for them. This was not, as they expected, a prison at the back of + the amphitheatre, but, as has been said, a spot between the enclosing wall + and the podium, raised a little above the level of the arena. Here, on the + eastern side of the building, they were to sit till their turn came to be + driven by the guards through a little wicket-gate into the arena, where + the starving beasts of prey would be loosed upon them. + </p> + <p> + It was now the hour before sunrise, and the moon having set, the vast + theatre was plunged in gloom, relieved only here and there by stray + torches and cressets of fire burning upon either side of the gorgeous, but + as yet unoccupied, throne of Agrippa. This gloom seemed to oppress the + audience with which the place was crowded; at any rate none of them + shouted or sang, or even spoke loudly. They addressed each other in + muffled tones, with the result that the air seemed to be full of + mysterious whisperings. Had this poor band of condemned Christians entered + the theatre in daylight, they would have been greeted with ironical cries + and tauntings of “Dogs’ meat!” and with requests that they should work a + miracle and let the people see them rise again from the bellies of the + lions. But now, as their solemn song broke upon the silence, it was + answered only by one great murmur, which seemed to shape itself to the + words, “the Christians! The doomed Christians!” + </p> + <p> + By the light of a single torch the band took their places. Then once more + they sang, and in that chastening hour the audience listened with + attention, almost with respect. Their chant finished, the bishop stood up, + and, moved thereto by some inspiration, began to address the mighty + throng, whom he could not see, and who could not see him. Strangely enough + they hearkened to him, perhaps because his speech served to while away the + weary time of waiting. + </p> + <p> + “Men and brethren,” he began, in his thin, piercing notes, “princes, + lords, peoples, Romans, Jews, Syrians, Greeks, citizens of IdumÊa, of + Egypt, and of all nations here gathered, hearken to the words of an old + man destined and glad to die. Listen, if it be your pleasure, to the story + of One whom some of you saw crucified under Pontius Pilate, since to know + the truth of that matter can at least do you no hurt.” + </p> + <p> + “Be silent!” cried a voice, that of the renegade jailer, “and cease + preaching your accursed faith!” + </p> + <p> + “Let him alone,” answered other voices. “We will hear this story of his. + We say—let him alone.” + </p> + <p> + Thus encouraged the old man spoke on with an eloquence so simple and yet + so touching, with a wisdom so deep, that for full fifteen minutes none + cared even to interrupt him. Then a far-away listener cried: + </p> + <p> + “Why must these people die who are better than we?” + </p> + <p> + “Friend,” answered the bishop, in ringing tones, which in that heavy + silence seemed to search out even the recesses of the great and crowded + place, “we must die because it is the will of King Agrippa, to whom God + has given power to destroy us. Mourn not for us because we perish cruelly, + since this is the day of our true birth, but mourn for King Agrippa, at + whose hands our blood will be required, and mourn, mourn for yourselves, O + people. The death that is near to us perchance is nearer still to some of + you; and how will you awaken who perish in your sins? What if the sword of + God should empty yonder throne? What if the voice of God should call on + him who fills it to make answer of his deeds? Soon or late, O people, it + will call on him and you to pass hence, some naturally in your age, others + by the sharp and dreadful roads of sword, pestilence or famine. Already + those woes which He whom you crucified foretold, knock at your door, and + within a few short years not one of you who crowd this place in thousands + will draw the breath of life. Nothing will remain of you on earth save the + fruit of those deeds which you have done—these and your bones, no + more. Repent you, therefore, repent while there is time; for I, whom you + have doomed, I am bidden to declare that judgment is at hand. Yes, even + now, although you see him not, the Angel of the Lord hangs over you and + writes your names within his book. Now while there is time I would pray + for you and for your king. Farewell.” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke those words “the Angel of the Lord hangs over you,” so great + was the preacher’s power, and in that weary darkness so sharply had he + touched the imagination of his strange audience, that with a sound like to + the stir of rustling trees, thousands of faces were turned upwards, as + though in search of that dread messenger. + </p> + <p> + “Look, look!” screamed a hundred voices, while dim arms pointed to some + noiseless thing that floated high above them against the background of the + sky, which grew grey with the coming dawn. It appeared and disappeared, + appeared again, then seemed to pass downward in the direction of Agrippa’s + throne, and vanished. + </p> + <p> + “It is that magician’s angel,” cried one, and the multitudes groaned. + </p> + <p> + “Fool,” said another, “it was but a bird.” + </p> + <p> + “Then for Agrippa’s sake,” shrilled a new voice, “the gods send that it + was not an owl.” + </p> + <p> + Thereat some laughed, but the most were silent. They knew the story of + King Agrippa and the owl, and how it had been foretold that this spirit in + the form of a bird would appear to him again in the hour of his death, as + it had appeared to him in the hour of his triumph.[*] + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + [*] See Josephus, “Antiquities of the Jews,” Book XVII., + Chap. VI., Sec. 7; and Book XIX., Chap. VIII., Sec. 2. +</pre> + <p> + Just then from the palace to the north arose a sound of the blare of + trumpets. Now a herald, speaking on the summit of the great eastern tower, + called out that it was dawn above the mountains, and that King Agrippa + came with all his company, whereon the preaching of the old Christian and + his tale of a watching Vengeance were instantly forgotten. Presently the + glad, fierce notes of the trumpets drew nearer, and in the grey of the + daybreak, through the great bronze gates of the Triumphal Way that were + thrown open to greet him, advanced Agrippa, wonderfully attired and + preceded by his legionaries. At his right walked Vibius Marsus, the Roman + President of Syria, and on his left Antiochus, King of Commagena, while + after him followed other kings, princes, and great men of his own and + foreign lands. + </p> + <p> + Agrippa mounted his golden throne while the multitude roared a welcome, + and his company were seated around and behind him according to their + degree. + </p> + <p> + Once more the trumpets sounded, and the gladiators of different arms, + headed by the equites who fought on horseback, numbering in all more than + five hundred men, were formed up in the arena for the preliminary march + past—the salutation of those about to die to their emperor and lord. + Now, that they also might take their part in the spectacle, the band of + Christian martyrs were thrust through the door in the podium, and to make + them seem as many as possible in number, marshalled two by two. + </p> + <p> + Then the march past began. Troop by troop, arrayed in their shining armour + and armed, each of them, with his own familiar weapon, the gladiators + halted in front of Agrippa’s throne, giving to him the accustomed + salutation of “Hail, King, we who are about to die, salute thee,” to be + rewarded with a royal smile and the shouts of the approving audience. Last + of all came the Christians, a motley, wretched-looking group, made up of + old men, terrified children clinging to their mothers, and ill-clad, + dishevelled women. At the pitiful sight, that very mob which a few short + minutes before had hung upon the words of the bishop, their leader, now, + as they watched them hobbling round the arena in the clear, low light of + the dawning, burst into peals of laughter and called out that each of them + should be made to lead his lion. Quite heedless of these scoffs and + taunts, they trudged on through the white sand that soon would be so red, + until they came opposite to the throne. + </p> + <p> + “Salute!” roared the audience. + </p> + <p> + The bishop held up his hand and all were silent. Then, in the thin voice + with which they had become familiar, he said: + </p> + <p> + “King, we who are about to die—forgive thee. May God do likewise.” + </p> + <p> + Now the multitude ceased laughing, and with an impatient gesture, Agrippa + motioned to the martyrs to pass on. This they did humbly; but Anna, being + old, lame and weary, could not walk so fast as her companions. Alone she + reached the saluting-place after all had left it, and halted there. + </p> + <p> + “Forward!” cried the officers. But she did not move nor did she speak. + Only leaning on her staff she looked steadily up at the face of the king + Agrippa. Some impulse seemed to draw his eyes to hers. They met, and it + was noted that he turned pale. Then straightening herself with difficulty + upon her tottering feet, Anna raised her staff and pointed with it to the + golden canopy above the head of Herod. All stared upward, but saw nothing, + for the canopy was still in the shadow of the velarium which covered all + the outer edge of the cavea, leaving the centre open to the sky. It would + appear, however, that Agrippa did see something, for he who had risen to + declare the games open, suddenly sank back upon his throne, and remained + thus lost in thought. Then Anna limped forward to join her company, who + once more were driven through the little gate in the wall of the arena. + </p> + <p> + For a second time, with an effort, Agrippa lifted himself from his throne. + As he rose the first level rays of sunrise struck full upon him. He was a + tall and noble-looking man, and his dress was glorious. To the thousands + who gazed upon him from the shadow, set in that point of burning light he + seemed to be clothed in a garment of glittering silver. Silver was his + crown, silver his vest, silver the wide robe that flowed from his + shoulders to the ground. + </p> + <p> + “In the name of CÊsar, to the glory of CÊsar, I declare these games open!” + he cried. + </p> + <p> + Then, as though moved by a sudden impulse, all the multitude rose + shouting: “The voice of a god! The voice of a god! The voice of the god + Agrippa!” + </p> + <p> + Nor did Agrippa say them nay; the glory of such worship thundered at him + from twenty thousand throats made him drunken. There for a while he stood, + the new-born sunlight playing upon his splendid form, while the multitude + roared his name, proclaiming it divine. His nostrils spread to inhale this + incense of adoration, his eyes flashed and slowly he waved his arms, as + though in benediction of his worshippers. Perchance there rose before his + mind a vision of the wondrous event whereby he, the scorned and penniless + outcast, had been lifted to this giddy pinnacle of power. Perchance for a + moment he believed that he was indeed divine, that nothing less than the + blood and right of godhead could thus have exalted him. At least he stood + there, denying naught, while the people adored him as Jehovah is adored of + the Jews and Christ is adored of the Christians. + </p> + <p> + Then of a sudden smote the Angel of the Lord. Of a sudden intolerable pain + seized upon his vitals, and Herod remembered that he was but mortal flesh, + and knew that death was near. + </p> + <p> + “Alas!” he cried, “I am no god, but a man, and even now the common fate of + man is on me.” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke a great white owl slid from the roof of the canopy above him + and vanished through the unroofed centre of the cavea. + </p> + <p> + “Look! look! my people!” he cried again, “the spirit that brought me good + fortune leaves me now, and I die, my people, I die!” Then, sinking upon + his throne, he who a moment gone had received the worship of a god, + writhed there in agony and wept. Yes, Herod wept. + </p> + <p> + Attendants ran to him and lifted him in their arms. + </p> + <p> + “Take me hence to die,” he moaned. Now a herald cried: + </p> + <p> + “The king is smitten with a sore sickness, and the games are closed. To + your homes, O people.” + </p> + <p> + For a while the multitude sat silent, for they were fear-stricken. Then a + murmur rose among them that spread and swelled till it became a roar. + </p> + <p> + “The Christians! The Christians! They prophesied the evil. They have + bewitched the king. They are wizards. Kill them, kill them, kill them!” + </p> + <p> + Instantly, like waves pouring in from every side, hundreds and thousands + of men began to flow towards that place where the martyrs sat. The walls + and palisades were high. Sweeping aside the guards, they surged against + them like water against a rock; but climb they could not. Those in front + began to scream, those behind pressed on. Some fell and were trodden + underfoot, others clambered upon their bodies, in turn to fall and be + trodden underfoot. + </p> + <p> + “Our death is upon us!” cried one of the Nazarenes. + </p> + <p> + “Nay, life remains to us,” answered Nehushta. “Follow me, all of you, for + I know the road,” and, seizing Rachel about the middle, she began to drag + her towards a little door. It was unlocked and guarded by one man only, + the apostate jailer Rufus. + </p> + <p> + “Stand back!” he cried, lifting his spear. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta made no answer, only drawing a dagger from her robe, she fell + upon the ground, then of a sudden rose again beneath his guard. The knife + flashed and went home to the hilt. Down fell the man screaming for help + and mercy, and there, in the narrow way, his spirit was stamped out of + him. Beyond lay the broad passage of the vomitorium. They gained it, and + in an instant were mixed with the thousands who sought to escape the + panic. Some perished, some were swept onwards, among them Nehushta and + Rachel. Thrice they nearly fell, but the fierce strength of the Libyan + saved her mistress, till at length they found themselves on the broad + terrace facing the seashore. + </p> + <p> + “Whither now?” gasped Rachel. + </p> + <p> + “Where shall I lead you?” answered Nehushta. “Do not stay. Be swift.” + </p> + <p> + “But the others?” said Rachel, glancing back at the fighting, trampling, + yelling mob. + </p> + <p> + “God guard them! We cannot.” + </p> + <p> + “Leave me,” moaned her mistress. “Save yourself, Nou; I am spent,” and she + sank down to her knees. + </p> + <p> + “But I am still strong,” muttered Nehushta, and lifting the swooning woman + in her sinewy arms, she fled on towards the port, crying, “Way, way for my + lady, the noble Roman, who has swooned!” + </p> + <p> + And the multitude made way. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0003" id="link2HCH0003"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER III + </h2> + <h3> + THE GRAIN STORE + </h3> + <p> + Having passed the outer terraces of the amphitheatre in safety, Nehushta + turned down a side street, and paused in the shadow of the wall to think + what she should do. So far they were safe; but even if her strength would + stand the strain, it seemed impossible that she should carry her mistress + through the crowded city and avoid recapture. For some months they had + both of them been prisoners, and as it was the custom of the inhabitants + of CÊsarea, when they had nothing else to do, to come to the gates of + their jail, and, through the bars, to study those within, or even, by + permission of the guards, to walk among them, their appearance was known + to many. Doubtless, so soon as the excitement caused by the illness of the + king had subsided, soldiers would be sent to hunt down the fugitives who + had escaped from the amphitheatre. More especially would they search for + her, Nehushta, and her mistress, since it would be known that one of them + had stabbed the warden of the gate, a crime for which they must expect to + die by torture. Also—where could they go who had no friends, since + all Christians had been expelled the city? + </p> + <p> + No, there was but one chance for them—to conceal themselves. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta looked round her for a hiding-place, and in this matter, as in + others on that day, fortune favoured them. This street in the old days, + when CÊsarea was called Strato’s Tower, had been built upon an inner wall + of the city, now long dismantled. At a distance of a few yards from where + Nehushta had stopped stood an ancient gateway, unused save at times by + beggars who slept under it, which led nowhere, for the outer arch of it + was bricked up. Into this gateway Nehushta bore her mistress unobserved, + to find to her relief that it was quite untenanted, though a still + smouldering fire and a broken amphora containing clean water showed her + that folk had slept there who could find no better lodging. So far so + good; but here it would be scarcely safe to hide, as the tenants or others + might come back. Nehushta looked around. In the thick wall was a little + archway, beneath which commenced a stair. Setting Rachel on the ground, + she ran up it, lightly as a cat. At the top of thirty steps, many of them + broken, she found an old and massive door. With a sigh of disappointment, + the Libyan turned to descend again; then, by an afterthought, pushed at + the door. To her surprise it stirred. Again she pushed, and it swung open. + Within was a large chamber, lighted by loopholes pierced in the thickness + of the wall, for the use of archers. Now, however, it served no military + purpose, but was used as a storehouse by a merchant of grain, for there in + a corner lay a heap of many measures of barley, and strewn about the floor + were sacks of skin and other articles. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta examined the room. No hiding-place could be better—unless + the merchant chanced to come to visit his store. Well, that must be + risked. Down she sped, and with much toil and difficulty carried her still + swooning mistress up the steps and into the chamber, where she laid her on + a heap of sacks. + </p> + <p> + Again, by an afterthought, she ventured to descend, this time to fetch the + broken jar of water. Then she closed the door, setting it fast with a + piece of wood, and began to chafe Rachel’s hands and to sprinkle her face + from the jar. Presently the dark eyes opened and her mistress sat up. + </p> + <p> + “Is it over, and is this Paradise?” she murmured. + </p> + <p> + “I should not call the place by that name, lady,” answered Nehushta, + drily, “though perhaps, in contrast with the hell that we have left, some + might think it so. Drink!” and she held the water to her lips. + </p> + <p> + Rachel obeyed her eagerly. “Oh! it is good,” she said. “But how came we + here out of that rushing crowd?” + </p> + <p> + Before she answered, muttering “After the mistress, the maid,” Nehushta + swallowed a deep draught of water in her turn, which, indeed, she needed + sorely. Then she told her all. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! Nou,” said Rachel, “how strong and brave you are! But for you I + should be dead.” + </p> + <p> + “But for God, you mean, mistress, for I hold that He sent that knife-point + home.” + </p> + <p> + “Did you kill the man?” asked Rachel. + </p> + <p> + “I think that he died by a dagger-thrust as Anna foretold,” she answered + evasively; “and that reminds me that I had better clean the knife, since + blood on the blade is evidence against its owner.” Then drawing the dagger + from its hiding-place she rubbed it with dust, which she took from a + loop-hole, and polished it bright with a piece of hide. + </p> + <p> + Scarcely was this task accomplished to Nehushta’s satisfaction when her + quick ears caught a sound. + </p> + <p> + “For your life, be silent,” she whispered, and laid her face sideways to a + crack in the cement floor and listened. Well might she listen, for below + were three soldiers searching for her and her mistress. + </p> + <p> + “The old fellow swore that he saw a Libyan woman carrying a lady down this + street,” said one of them, the petty officer in charge, to his companion, + “and there was but a single brown-skin in the lot; so if they aren’t here + I don’t know where they can be.” + </p> + <p> + “Well,” grumbled one of the soldiers, “this place is as empty as a drum, + so we may as well be going. There’ll be fun presently which I don’t want + to miss.” + </p> + <p> + “It was the black woman who knifed our friend Rufus, wasn’t it—in + the theatre there?” asked the third soldier. + </p> + <p> + “They say so; but as he was trodden as flat as a roof-board, and they had + to take him up in pieces, it is difficult to know the truth of that + matter. Anyhow his mates are anxious to get the lady, and I should be + sorry to die as she will, when they do, or her mistress either. They have + leave to finish them in their own fashion.” + </p> + <p> + “Hadn’t we best be going?” said the first soldier, who evidently was + anxious to keep some appointment. + </p> + <p> + “Hullo!” exclaimed the second, a sharp-eyed fellow, “there’s a stair; we + had better just look up it.” + </p> + <p> + “Not much use,” answered the officer. “That old thief Amram, the + corn-merchant, has a store there, and he isn’t one of the sort to leave it + unlocked. Still, just go and see.” + </p> + <p> + Then came the sound of footsteps on the stair, and presently a man could + be heard fumbling at the further side of the door. Rachel shut her eyes + and prayed; Nehushta, drawing the knife from her bosom, crept towards the + doorway like a tigress, and placed her left hand on the stick that held it + shut. Well it was that she did so, since presently the soldier gave a + savage push that might easily have caused the wood to slip on the cemented + floor. Now, satisfied that it was really locked, he turned and went down + the steps. + </p> + <p> + With a gasp of relief Nehushta once more set her ear to the crack. + </p> + <p> + “It’s fast enough,” reported the man, “but perhaps it might be as well to + get the key from Amram and have a look.” + </p> + <p> + “Friend,” said the officer, “I think that you must be in love with this + black lady; or is it her mistress whom you admire? I shall recommend you + for the post of Christian-catcher to the cohort. Now we’ll try that house + at the corner, and if they are not there, I am off to the palace to see + how his godship is getting on with that stomach-ache and whether it has + moved him to order payment of our arrears. If he hasn’t, I tell you flatly + that I mean to help myself to something, and so do the rest of the lads, + who are mad at the stopping of the games.” + </p> + <p> + “It would be much better to get that key from Amram and have a look + upstairs,” put in number two soldier reflectively. + </p> + <p> + “Then go to Amram, or to Pluto, and ask for the key of Hades for aught I + care!” replied his superior with irritation. “He lives about a league off + at the other end of the town.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not wish for the walk,” said the conscientious soldier; “but as we + are searching for these escaped Christians, by your leave, I do think it + would have been much better to have got that key from Amram and peeped + into the chamber upstairs.” + </p> + <p> + Thereon the temper of the officer, already ruffled by the events of the + morning and the long watch of the preceding night, gave way, and he + departed, consigning the Christians, escaped or recaptured, Amram and the + key, his subordinate, and even the royal Agrippa who did not pay his + debts, to every infernal god of every religion with which he was + acquainted. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta lifted her head from the floor. + </p> + <p> + “Thanks be to God! They are gone,” she said. + </p> + <p> + “But, Nou, will they not come back? Oh! I fear lest they should come + back.” + </p> + <p> + “I think not. That sharp-nosed rat has made the other angry, and I believe + that he will find him some harder task than the seeking of a key from + Amram. Still, there is danger that this Amram may appear himself to visit + his store, for in these days of festival he is sure to be selling grain to + the bakers.” + </p> + <p> + Scarcely were the words out of her mouth when a key rattled, the door was + pushed sharply, and the piece of wood slipped and fell. Then the hinges + creaked, and Amram—none other—entered, and, closing the door + behind him, locked it, leaving the key in the lock. + </p> + <p> + Amram was a shrewd-faced, middle-aged Phoenician and, like most + Phoenicians of that day, a successful trader, this corn-store representing + only one branch of his business. For the rest he was clad in a + quiet-coloured robe and cap, and to all appearance unarmed. + </p> + <p> + Having locked the door, he walked to a little table, beneath which stood a + box containing his tablets whereon were entered the amounts of corn bought + and delivered, to come face to face with Nehushta. Instantly she slid + between him and the door. + </p> + <p> + “Who in the name of Moloch are you?” he asked, stepping back astonished, + to perceive as he did so, Rachel seated on the heap of sacks; “and you,” + he added. “Are you spirits, thieves, ladies in search of a lodging, or—perchance + those two Christians whom the soldiers are looking for in yonder house?” + </p> + <p> + “We are the two Christians,” said Rachel desperately. “We fled from the + amphitheatre, and have taken refuge here, where they nearly found us.” + </p> + <p> + “This,” said Amram solemnly, “comes of not locking one’s office. Do not + misunderstand me; it was no fault of mine. A certain apprentice is to + blame, to whom I shall have a word to say. In fact, I think that I will + say it at once,” and he stepped towards the door. + </p> + <p> + “Indeed you will not,” interrupted Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + “And pray, my Libyan friend, how will you prevent me?” + </p> + <p> + “My putting a knife into your gizzard, as I did through that of the + renegade Rufus an hour or two ago! Ah! I see you have heard the story.” + </p> + <p> + Amram considered, then replied: + </p> + <p> + “And what if I also have a knife?” + </p> + <p> + “In that case,” said Nehushta, “draw it, and we will see which is the + better, man or woman. Merchant, your weapon is your pen. You have not a + chance with me, an Arab of Libya, and you know it.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Amram, “I think I do; you desert folk are so reckless and + athletic. Also, to be frank, as you may have guessed, I am unarmed. Now, + what do you propose?” + </p> + <p> + “I propose that you get us safely out of CÊsarea, or, if you prefer it, + that we shall all die here in this grain-store, for, by whatever god you + worship, Phoenician, before a hand is laid upon my mistress or me, this + knife goes through your heart. I owe no love to your people, who bought + me, a king’s daughter, as a slave, and I shall be quite happy to close my + account with one of them. Do you understand?” + </p> + <p> + “Perfectly, perfectly. Why show such temper? The affair is one of + business; let us discuss it in a business spirit. You wish to escape from + CÊsarea; I wish you to escape from my grain-store. Let me go out and + arrange the matter.” + </p> + <p> + “On a plank; not otherwise unless we accompany you,” answered Nehushta. + “Man, why do you waste words with us. Listen. This lady is the only child + of Benoni, the great merchant of Tyre. Doubtless you know him?” + </p> + <p> + “To my cost,” replied Amram, with a bow. “Three times has he overreached + me in various bargains.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well; then you know also that he is rich and will pay him liberally + who rescues his daughter from great peril.” + </p> + <p> + “He might do so, but I am not sure.” + </p> + <p> + “I am sure,” answered Nehushta, “and for this service my mistress here + will give you a bill for any reasonable sum drawn upon her father.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, but the question is—will he honour it? Benoni is a prejudiced + man, a very prejudiced man, a Jew of the Jew, who—does not like + Christians.” + </p> + <p> + “I think that he will honour it, I believe that he will honour it; but + that risk is yours. See here, merchant, a doubtful draft is better than a + slit throat.” + </p> + <p> + “Quite so. The argument is excellent. But you desire to escape. If you + keep me here, how can I arrange the matter?” + </p> + <p> + “That is for you to consider. You do not leave this place except in our + company, and then at the first sign of danger I drive this knife home + between your shoulders. Meanwhile my mistress is ready to sign any + moderate draft upon her father.” + </p> + <p> + “It is not necessary. Under the circumstances I think that I will trust to + the generosity of my fellow trader Benoni. Meanwhile I assure you that + nothing will give me greater happiness than to fall in with your views. + Believe me, I have no prejudice against Christians, since those of them + whom I have met were always honest and paid their debts in full. I do not + wish to see you or your mistress eaten by lions or tortured. I shall be + very glad to think that you are following the maxims of your peculiar + faith to an extreme old age, anywhere, outside the limits of my + grain-store. The question is, how can I help you do this? At present I see + no way.” + </p> + <p> + “The question is—how will you manage to keep your life in you over + the next twelve hours?” answered Nehushta grimly. “Therefore I advise you + to find a way”; and to emphasise her words she turned, and, having made + sure that the door was locked, slipped its key into the bosom of her + dress. + </p> + <p> + Amram stared at her in undisguised admiration. “I would that I were + unmarried,” he said, “which is not the case,” and he sighed; “for then, + upon my word, I should be inclined to make a certain proposal to you——” + </p> + <p> + “Nehushta—that is my name——” + </p> + <p> + “Nehushta—exactly. Well, it is out of the question.” + </p> + <p> + “Quite.” + </p> + <p> + “Therefore I have a suggestion to make. To-night a ship of mine sails for + Tyre. Will you honour me by accepting a passage on her?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly,” answered Nehushta, “provided that you accompany us.” + </p> + <p> + “It was not my intention to go to Tyre this voyage.” + </p> + <p> + “Then your intention can be changed. Look you, we are desperate, and our + lives are at stake. Your life is also at stake, and I swear to you, by the + Holy One we worship, that before any harm comes to my mistress you shall + die. Then what will your wealth and your schemes avail you in the grave? + It is a little thing we ask of you—to help two innocent people to + escape from this accursed city. Will you grant it? Or shall I put this + dagger through your throat? Answer, and at once, or I strike and bury you + in your own corn.” + </p> + <p> + Even in that light Amram turned visibly paler. “I accept your terms,” he + said. “At nightfall I will conduct you to the ship, which sails two hours + after sunset with the evening wind. I will accompany you to Tyre and + deliver the lady over to her father, trusting to his liberality for my + reward. Meanwhile, this place is hot. That ladder leads to the roof, which + is parapeted, so that those sitting or even standing there, cannot be + seen. Shall we ascend?” + </p> + <p> + “If you go first; and remember, should you attempt to call out, my knife + is always ready.” + </p> + <p> + “Of that I am quite aware—you have said so several times. I have + passed my words, and I do not go back upon my bargains. The stars are with + you, and, come what may, I obey them.” + </p> + <p> + Accordingly they ascended to the roof, Amram going first, Nehushta + following him, and Rachel bringing up the rear. On it, projecting inward + from the parapet, was a sloping shelter once made use of by the look-out + sentry in bad or hot weather. The change from the stifling store below + with its stench of ill-cured hides, to this lofty, shaded spot, where the + air moved freely, was so pleasant to Rachel, outworn as she was with all + she had gone through, that presently she fell asleep, not to wake again + till evening. Nehushta, however, who did not go to sleep, and Amram, + employed themselves in watching the events that passed in the city below. + From this height they could see the great square surrounding the palace, + and the strange scenes being enacted therein. It was crowded by thousands + of people, for the most part seated on the ground, clad in garments of + sack-cloth and throwing dust upon the heads of themselves, their wives and + children. From all this multitude a voice of supplication rose to heaven, + which, even at that distance, reached the ears of Nehushta and her + companion in a murmur of sound, constant and confused. + </p> + <p> + “They pray that the king may live,” said Amram. + </p> + <p> + “And I pray that he may die,” answered Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + The merchant shrugged his shoulders. “I care nothing either way, provided + that the peace is not disturbed to the injury of trade. On the whole, + however, he is a good king who causes money to be spent, which is what + kings are for—in JudÊa—where they are but feathers puffed up + by the breath of CÊsar, to fall if he cease to blow. But look!” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke, a figure appeared upon the steps of the palace who made some + communication to the crowd, whereon a great wail went up to the very + skies. + </p> + <p> + “You have your wish,” said Amram; “Herod is dead or dying, and now, I + suppose, as his son is but a child, that we shall be ruled by some + accursed thief of a Roman procurator with a pocket like a sack without a + bottom. Surely that old bishop of yours who preached in the amphitheatre + this morning, must have had a hint of what was coming, from his familiar + spirit; or perhaps he saw the owl and guessed its errand. Moreover, I + think that troubles are brewing for others besides Herod, since the old + man said as much. + </p> + <p> + “What became of him and the rest?” asked Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! a few were trampled to death, and others the Jews stirred up the mob + to stone, saying that they had bewitched the king, which they, who were + disappointed of the games, did gladly. Some, however, are said to have + escaped, and, like yourselves, lie in hiding.” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta glanced at her mistress, now fast asleep, her pale face resting + on her arm. + </p> + <p> + “The world is hard—for Christians,” she said. + </p> + <p> + “Friend, it is hard for all, as, were I to tell you my own story, even you + would admit,” and he sighed. “At least you Christians believe in something + beyond,” he went on; “for you death is but a bridge leading to a glorious + city, and I trust that you may be right. Is not your mistress delicate?” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta nodded. + </p> + <p> + “She was never very strong, and sorrow has done its work with her. They + killed her husband at Berytus yonder, and—her trouble is very near.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, I heard that story, also that his blood is on the hands of her + own father, Benoni. Ah! who is so cruel as a bigot Jew? Not we Phoenicians + even, of whom they say such evil. Once I had a daughter”—here his + hard face softened—“but let be, let be! Look you, the risk is great, + but what I can do I will do to save her, and you also, friend, since, + Libyan or no, you are a faithful woman. Nay, do not doubt me. I have given + my word, and if I break it willingly, then may I perish and be devoured of + dogs. My ship is small and undecked. In that she shall not sail, but a big + galley weighs for Alexandria to-night, calling at Apollonia and Joppa, and + in it I will take you passages, saying that the lady is a relative of mine + and that you are her slave. This is my advice to you—that you go + straight to Egypt, where there are many Christians who will protect you + for a while. Thence your mistress can write to her father, and if he will + receiver her, return. If not, at least she will be safe, since no writ of + Herod runs in Alexandria, and there they do not love the Jews.” + </p> + <p> + “Your counsel seems good,” said Nehushta, “if she will consent to it.” + </p> + <p> + “She must consent who, indeed, is in no case to make other plans. Now let + me go. Before nightfall I will return again with food and clothing, and + lead you to the ship.” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta hesitated. + </p> + <p> + “I say to you, do not fear. Will you not trust me?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Nehushta, “because I must. Nay, the words are not kind, + but we are sadly placed, and it is strange to find a true friend in one + whom I have threatened with a knife.” + </p> + <p> + “I understand,” said Amram gravely. “Let the issue prove me. Now descend + that you may lock the door behind me. When I return I will stand in the + open space yonder with a slave, making pretence to re-bind a burst bundle + of merchandise. Then come down and admit me without fear.” + </p> + <p> + When the Phoenician had gone Nehushta sat by her sleeping mistress, and + waited with an anxious heart. Had she done wisely? Would Amram betray them + and send soldiers to conduct them, not to the ship, but to some dreadful + death? Well, if so, at least she would have time to kill her mistress and + herself, and thus escape the cruelties of men. Meanwhile she could only + pray; and pray she did in her fierce, half-savage fashion, never for + herself, but for her mistress whom she loved, and for the child that, she + remembered thankfully, Anna had foretold would be born and live out its + life. Then she remembered also that this same holy woman had said that its + mother’s hours would be few, and at the thought Nehushta wept. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0004" id="link2HCH0004"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IV + </h2> + <h3> + THE BIRTH OF MIRIAM + </h3> + <p> + The time passed slowly, but none came to disturb them. Three hours after + noon Rachel awoke, refreshed but hungry, and Nehushta had no food to give + her except raw grain, from which she turned. Clearly and in few words she + told her mistress all that had passed, asking her consent to the plan. + </p> + <p> + “It seems good as another,” said Rachel with a little sigh, “and I thank + you for making it, Nou, and the Phoenician, if he is a true man. Also I do + not desire to meet my father—at least, for many years. How can I, + seeing the evil which he has brought upon me?” + </p> + <p> + “Do not speak of that,” interrupted Nehushta hastily, and for a long while + they were silent. + </p> + <p> + It was an hour before sunset, or a little less, when at length Nehushta + saw two persons walk on to the patch of open ground which she watched + continually—Amram and a slave who bore a bundle on his head. Just + then the rope which bound this bundle seemed to come loose; at least, at + his master’s command, the man set it down and they began to retie it, then + advanced slowly towards the archway. Now Nehushta descended, unlocked the + door and admitted Amram, who carried the bundle. + </p> + <p> + “Where is the slave?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “Have no fear, friend; he is trusty and watches without, not knowing why. + Come, you must both of you be hungry, and I have food. Help me loose this + cord.” + </p> + <p> + Presently the package was undone, and within it appeared, first, two + flagons of old wine, then meats more tasty then Nehushta had seen for + months, then rich cloaks and other garments made in the Phoenician + fashion, and a robe of white with coloured edges, such as was worn by the + body-slaves of the wealthy among that people. Lastly—and this Amram + produced from his own person—there was a purse of gold, enough to + support them for many weeks. Nehushta thanked him with her eyes, and was + about to speak. + </p> + <p> + “There, say nothing,” he interrupted. “I passed my word, and I have kept + it, that is all. Also on this money I shall charge interest, and your + mistress can repay it in happier days. Now listen: I have taken the + passages, and an hour after sunset we will go aboard. Only I warn you, do + not let it be known that you are escaped Christians, for the seamen think + that such folk bring them bad luck. Come, help me carry the food and wine. + After you have eaten you can both of you retire here and robe yourselves.” + </p> + <p> + Presently they were on the roof. + </p> + <p> + “Lady,” said Nehushta, “we did well to put faith in this man. He has come + back, and see what he has brought us.” + </p> + <p> + “The blessing of God be on you, sir, who help the helpless!” exclaimed + Rachel, looking hungrily at the tempting meats which she so sorely needed. + </p> + <p> + “Drink,” said Amram cheerfully, as he poured wine and water into a cup; + “it will hearten you, and your faith does not forbid the use of the grape, + for have I not heard you styled the society of drunkards?” + </p> + <p> + “That is only one bad name among many, sir,” said Rachel, as she took the + cup. + </p> + <p> + Then they ate and were satisfied, and afterwards descended into the + corn-store to wash with the remainder of the water, and clothe themselves + from head to foot in the fragrant and beautiful garments that might have + been made for their wear, so well had Amram judged their sizes and needs. + </p> + <p> + By the time that they were dressed the light was dying. Still, they waited + a while for the darkness; then, with a new hope shining through their + fears, crept silently into the street, where the slave, a sturdy, + well-armed fellow, watched for them. + </p> + <p> + “To the quay,” said Amram, and they walked forward, choosing those + thoroughfares that were most quiet. It was well for them that they did + this, for now it was known that Agrippa’s sickness was mortal, the most of + the soldiers were already in a state of mutiny, and, inflamed with wine, + paraded the market-places and larger streets, shouting and singing obscene + songs, and breaking into the liquor shops and private houses, where they + drank healths to Charon, who was about to bear away their king in his evil + bark. As yet, however, they had not begun killing those against whom they + had a grudge. This happened afterwards, though it has nothing to do with + our story. + </p> + <p> + Without trouble or molestation the party reached the quay, where a small + boat with two Phoenician rowers was waiting for them. In it they embarked, + except the slave, and were rowed out to the anchorage to board a large + galley which lay half a mile or more away. This they did without + difficulty, for the night was calm, although the air hung thick and heavy, + and jagged clouds, wind-breeders as they were called, lay upon the + horizon. On the lower deck of the galley stood its captain, a sour-faced + man, to whom Amram introduced his passengers, who were, as he declared, + relatives of his own proceeding to Alexandria. + </p> + <p> + “Good,” said the captain. “Show them to their cabin, for we sail as soon + as the wind rises.” + </p> + <p> + To the cabin they went accordingly, a comfortable place stored with all + that they could need; but as they passed to it Nehushta heard a sailor, + who held a lantern in his hand, say to his companion: + </p> + <p> + “That woman is very like one whom I saw in the amphitheatre this morning + when they gave the salute to King Agrippa.” + </p> + <p> + “The gods forbid it!” answered the other. “We want no Christians here to + bring evil fortune on us.” + </p> + <p> + “Christians or no Christians, there is a tempest brewing, if I understand + the signs of the weather,” muttered the first man. + </p> + <p> + In the cabin Amram bade his guests farewell. + </p> + <p> + “This is a strange adventure,” he said, “and one that I did not look for. + May it prove to the advantage of us all. At the least I have done my best + for your safety, and now we part.” + </p> + <p> + “You are a good man,” replied Rachel, “and whatever may befall us, I pray + again that God may bless you for your kindness to His servants. I pray + also that He may lead you to a knowledge of the truth as it was declared + by the Lord and Master Whom we serve, that your soul may win salvation and + eternal life.” + </p> + <p> + “Lady,” said Amram, “I know nothing of these doctrines, but I promise you + this: that I will look into them and see whether or no they commend + themselves to my reason. I love wealth, like all my people, but I am not + altogether a time-server, or a money-seeker. Lady, I have lost those whom + I desire to find again.” + </p> + <p> + “Seek and you will find.” + </p> + <p> + “I will seek,” he answered, “though, mayhap, I shall never find.” + </p> + <p> + Thus they parted. + </p> + <p> + Presently the night breeze began to flow off the land, the great sail was + hoisted, and with the help of oars, worked by slaves, the ship cleared the + harbour and set her course for Joppa. Two hours later the wind failed so + that they could proceed only by rowing over a dead and oily sea, beneath a + sky that was full of heavy clouds. Lacking any stars to steer by, the + captain wished to cast anchor, but as the water proved too deep they + proceeded slowly, till about an hour before dawn a sudden gust struck them + which caused the galley to lean over. + </p> + <p> + “The north wind! The black north wind!” shouted the steersman, and the + sailors echoed his cry dismally, for they knew the terrors of that wind + upon the Syrian coast. Then the gale began to rage. By daylight the waves + were running high as mountains and the wind hissed through the rigging, + driving them forward beneath a small sail. Nehushta crawled out of the + cabin, and, in the light of an angry dawn, saw far away the white walls of + a city built near the shore. + </p> + <p> + “Is not that Appolonia?” she asked of the captain. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” he answered, “it is Appolonia sure enough, but we shall not anchor + there this voyage. Now it is Alexandria for us or nothing.” + </p> + <p> + So they rushed past Appolonia and forward, climbing the slopes of the + rising seas. + </p> + <p> + Thus things went on. About mid-day the gale became a hurricane, and do + what they would they were driven forward, till at length they saw the + breakers forming on the coast. Rachel lay sick and prostrate, but Nehushta + went out of the cabin to watch. + </p> + <p> + “Are we in danger?” she asked of a sailor. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, accursed Christian,” he replied, “and you have brought it on us with + your evil eye.” + </p> + <p> + Then Nehushta returned to the cabin where her mistress lay almost + senseless with sea-sickness. On board the ship the terror and confusion + grew. For a while they were able to beat out to sea until the mast was + carried away. Then the rudder broke, and, as the oars could not be worked + in that fearful tempest, the galley began to drive shorewards. Night fell, + and who can describe the awful hours that followed? All control of the + vessel being lost, she drove onwards whither the wind and the waves took + her. The crew, and even the oar-slaves, flew to the wine with which she + was partly laden, and strove to drown their terrors in drink. Thus + inflamed, twice some of them came to the cabin, threatening to throw their + passengers overboard. But Nehushta barred the door and called through it + that she was well armed and would kill the first man who tried to lay a + hand upon her. So they went away, and after the second visit grew too + drunken to be dangerous. + </p> + <p> + Again the dawn broke over the roaring, foaming sea and revealed the fate + that awaited them. Not a mile away lay the grey line of shore, and between + them and it a cruel reef on which the breakers raged. Towards this reef + they were driving fast. Now the men grew sober in their fear, and began to + build a large raft of oars and timber; also to make ready the boat which + the galley carried. Before all was done she struck beak first, and was + lifted on to a great flat rock, where she wallowed, with the water + seething round her. Then, knowing that their hour was come, the crew made + shift to launch the boat and raft on the lee side, and began to clamber + into them. Now Nehushta came out of the cabin and prayed the captain to + save them also, whereon he answered her with an oath that this bad luck + was because of them, and that if either she or her mistress tried to enter + the boat, they would stab them and cast them into the sea as an offering + to the storm-god. + </p> + <p> + So Nehushta struggled back to the cabin, and kneeling by the side of her + mistress, with tears told her that these black-hearted sailors had left + them alone upon the ship to drown. Rachel answered that she cared little, + but only desired to be free of her fear and misery. + </p> + <p> + As the words left her lips, Nehushta heard a sound of screaming, and + crawling to the bulwarks, looked forth to see a dreadful sight. The boat + and the raft, laden with a great number of men who were fighting for + places with each other, having loosed from the lee of the ship, were come + among the breakers, which threw them up as a child throws a ball at play. + Even while Nehushta gazed, their crafts were overturned, casting them into + the water, every one there to be dashed against the rocks or drowned by + the violence of the waves, so that not a man of all that ship’s company + came living to the shore. + </p> + <p> + Like tens of thousands of others on this coast in all ages, they perished, + every one of them—and that was the reward of their wickedness. + </p> + <p> + Giving thanks to God, Who had brought them out of that danger against + their wills, Nehushta crept back to the cabin and told her mistress what + had passed. + </p> + <p> + “May they find pardon,” said Rachel, shuddering; “but as for us, it will + matter little whether we are drowned in the boat or upon the galley.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not think that we shall drown,” answered Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + “How are we to escape it, Nou? The ship lies upon the rock, where the + great waves will batter her to pieces. Feel how she shakes beneath their + blows, and see the spray flying over us.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not know, mistress; but we shall not drown.” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta was right, for after they had remained fast a little longer they + were saved, thus: Suddenly the wind dropped, then it rose again in a last + furious squall, driving before it a very mountain of water. This vast + billow, as it rushed shorewards, caught the galley in its white arms and + lifted her not only off the rock whereon she lay, but over the further + reefs, to cast her down again upon a bed of sand and shells, within a + stone’s throw of the beach, where she remained fast, never to shift more. + </p> + <p> + Now also, as though its work were done, the gale ceased, and, as is common + on the Syrian coast, the sea sank rapidly, so that by nightfall it was + calm again. Indeed, three hours before sunset, had both of them been + strong and well, they might have escaped to the land by wading. But this + was not to be, for now what Nehushta had feared befell, and when she was + least fitted to bear it, being worn out with anguish of mind and weariness + of body, pain took sudden hold of Rachel, of which the end was that, + before midnight, there, in that broken vessel upon a barren coast where no + man seemed to live, a daughter was born to her. + </p> + <p> + “Let me see the child,” said Rachel. So Nehushta showed it to her by the + light of a lamp which burned in the cabin. + </p> + <p> + It was a small child, but very white, with blue eyes and dark hair that + curled. Rachel gazed at it long and tenderly. Then she said, “Bring me + water while there is yet time.” + </p> + <p> + When the water was brought she dipped her trembling hand into it, and made + the sign of the Cross upon the babe’s forehead, baptising her with the + name of Miriam, after that of her own mother, to the service and the + company of Jesus the Christ. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” she said, “whether she live an hour or an hundred years, this child + is a Christian, and whatever befalls, should she come to the age of + understanding, see to it, Nou, who are henceforth the foster-mother of her + body and her soul, that she does not forget the rites and duties of her + faith. Lay this charge on her also as her father commanded, and as I + command, that should she be moved to marriage, she wed none who is not a + Christian. Tell her that such was the will of those who begat her, and + that if she be obedient to it, although they are dead, and as it seems + strengthless, yet shall their blessing be upon her all her life’s days, + and with it the blessing of the Lord she serves.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” moaned Nehushta, “why do you speak thus?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I am dying. Gainsay me not. I know it well. My life ebbs from me. + My prayers have been answered, and I was preserved to give this infant + birth; now I go to my appointed place and to one who waits for me, and to + the Lord in Whose care he is in Heaven, as we are in His care on earth. + Nay, do not mourn; it is no fault of yours, nor could any physician’s + skill have saved me, whose strength was spent in suffering, and who for + many months have walked the world, bearing in my breast a broken heart. + Give me of that wine to drink—and listen.” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta obeyed and Rachel went on: “So soon as my breath has left me, + take the babe and seek some village on the shore where it can be nursed, + for which service you have the means to pay. Then when she is strong + enough and it is convenient, travel, not to Tyre—for there my father + would bring up the child in the strictest rites and customs of the Jews—but + to the village of the Essenes upon the shores of the Dead sea. There find + out my mother’s brother, Ithiel, who is of their society, and present to + him the tokens of my name and birth which still hang about my neck, and + tell him all the story, keeping nothing back. He is not a Christian, but + he is a good and gentle-hearted man who thinks well of Christians, and is + grieved at their persecution, since he wrote to my father reproving him + for his deeds towards us and, as you know, strove, but in vain, to bring + about our release from prison. Say to him that I, his kinswoman, pray of + him, as he will answer to God, and in the name of the sister whom he + loved, to protect my child and you; to do nothing to turn her from her + faith, and in all things to deal with her as his wisdom shall direct—for + so shall peace and blessing come upon him.” + </p> + <p> + Thus spoke Rachel, but in short and broken words. Then she began to pray, + and, praying, fell asleep. When she woke again the dawn was breaking. + Signing to Nehushta to bring her the child, for now she could no longer + speak, she scanned it earnestly in the new-born light, then placed her + hand upon its head and blessed it. Nehushta she blessed also, thanking her + with her eyes and kissing her. Then again she seemed to fall asleep, and + presently, when Nehushta looked at her, Rachel was dead. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta understood and gave a great and bitter cry, since to her after + the death of her first mistress, this woman had been all her life. As a + child she had nursed her; as a maiden shared her joys and sorrows; as a + wife and widow toiled day and night fiercely and faithfully to console her + in her desolation and to protect her in the dreadful dangers through which + she had passed. Now, to end it all, it was her lot to receive her last + breath and to take into her arms her new-born infant. + </p> + <p> + Then and there Nehushta swore that as she had done by the mother she so + would do by the child till the day when her labours ended. Were it not for + this child, indeed, they would have ended now, Christian though she was, + since she was crushed with bitter sorrow and her heart seemed void of hope + or joy. All her days had been hard—she who was born to great place + among her own wild people far away, and snatched thence to be a slave, set + apart by her race and blood from those into whose city she was sold; she + who would have naught to do with base men nor become the plaything of + those of higher birth; she who had turned Christian and drunk deep of the + tribulations of the faith; she who had centred all her eager heart upon + two beloved women, and lost them both. All her days had been hard, and + here and now, by the side of her dead mistress, she would have ended them. + But the child remained, and while it lived, she would live. If it died, + then perhaps she would die also. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile Nehushta had no time for grief, since the babe must be fed, and + within twelve hours. Yet, as she could not bury her, and would not throw + her to the sharks, she was minded to give her mistress a royal funeral + after the custom of her own Libyan folk. Here was flame, and what pyre + could be grander than this great ship? + </p> + <p> + Lifting the body from its couch, Nehushta carried it to the deck and laid + it by the broken mast, closing the eyes and folding the hands. Then she + loosened from about the neck those tokens of which Rachel had spoken, made + some food and garments into a bundle, and, carrying the lamp with her, + went into the captain’s cabin amidships. Here a money-box was open, and in + it gold and some jewels which this man had abandoned in his haste. These + she took, adding them to her own store and securing them about her. This + done she fired the cabin, and passing to the hold, broke a jar of oil and + fired that also. Then she fled back again, knelt by her dead mistress and + kissed her, took the child, wrapping it warmly in a shawl, and by the + ladder of rope which the sailors had used, let herself down into the quiet + sea. Its waters did not reach higher than her middle, and soon she was + standing on the shore and climbing the sandhills that lay beyond. At their + summit she turned to look, and lo! yonder where the galley was, already a + great pillar of fire shot up to heaven, for there was much oil in the hold + and it burnt furiously. + </p> + <p> + “Farewell!” she cried, “farewell!” + </p> + <p> + Then, weeping bitterly, Nehushta walked on inland. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0005" id="link2HCH0005"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER V + </h2> + <h3> + MIRIAM IS ENTHRONED + </h3> + <p> + Presently Nehushta found herself out of sight of the sea and among + cultivated land, for here were vines and fig trees grown in gardens fenced + with stone walls; also patches of ripening barley and of wheat in the ear, + much trodden down as though horses had been feeding there. Beyond these + gardens she came to a ridge, and saw beneath her a village of many houses + of green brick, some of which seemed to have been destroyed by fire. Into + this village she walked boldly, and there the first sight that met her + eyes was that of sundry dead bodies, upon which dogs were feeding. + </p> + <p> + On she went up the main street, till she saw a woman peeping at her over a + garden wall. + </p> + <p> + “What has chanced here?” asked Nehushta, in the Syrian tongue. + </p> + <p> + “The Romans! the Romans! the Romans!” wailed the woman. “The head of our + village quarrelled with the tax-gatherers, and refused to pay his dues to + CÊsar. So the soldiers came a week ago and slaughtered nearly all of us, + and took such sheep and cattle as they could find, and with them many of + the young folk, to be sold as slaves, so that the rest are left empty and + desolate. Such are the things that chance in this unhappy land. But, + woman, who are you?” + </p> + <p> + “I am one shipwrecked!” answered Nehushta, “and I bear with me a new-born + babe—nay, the story is too long to tell you; but if in this place + there is any one who can nurse the babe, I will pay her well.” + </p> + <p> + “Give it me!” said the woman, in an eager whisper; “my child perished in + the slaughter; I ask no reward.” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta looked at her. Her eyes were wild, but she was still young and + healthy, a Syrian peasant. + </p> + <p> + “Have you a house?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it still stands, and my husband lives; we hid in a cave, but alas! + they slew the infant that was out with the child of a neighbour. Quick, + give me the babe.” + </p> + <p> + So Nehushta gave it to her, and thus Miriam was nurtured at the breast of + one whose offspring had been murdered because the head of the village had + quarrelled with a Roman tax-collector. Such was the world in the days when + Christ came to save it. + </p> + <p> + After she had suckled the child the woman led Nehushta to her house, a + humble dwelling that had escaped the fire, where they found the husband, a + wine-grower, mourning the death of his infant and the ruin of his town. To + him she told as much of her story as she thought well, and proffered him a + gold piece, which, so she swore, was one of ten she had about her. He took + it gladly, for now he was penniless, and promised her lodging and + protection, and the service of his wife as nurse to the child for a month + at least. So there Nehushta stayed, keeping herself hid, and at the end of + the month gave another gold piece to her hosts, who were kindly folk that + never dreamed of working her evil or injustice. Seeing this, Nehushta + found yet more money, wherewith the man, blessing her, bought two oxen and + a plough, and hired labour to help him gather what remained of his + harvest. + </p> + <p> + The shore where the infant was born upon the wrecked ship, was at a + distance of about a league from Joppa and two days’ journey from + Jerusalem, whence the Dead Sea could be reached in another two days. When + Nehushta had dwelt there for some six months, as the babe throve and was + hearty, she offered to pay the man and his wife three more pieces of gold + if they would travel with her to the neighbourhood of Jericho, and, + further, to purchase a mule and an ass for the journey, which she would + give to them when it was accomplished. The eyes of these simple folk + glistened at the prospect of so much wealth, and they agreed readily, + promising also to stay three months by Jericho, if need were, till the + child could be weaned. So a man was hired to guard the house and vines, + and they started in the late autumn, when the air was cool and pleasant. + </p> + <p> + Of their journey nothing need be said, save that they accomplished it + without trouble, being too humble in appearance to attract the notice of + the thieves who swarmed upon the highways, or of the soldiers who were set + to catch the thieves. + </p> + <p> + Skirting Jerusalem, which they did not enter, on the sixth day they + descended into the valley of the Jordan, through the desolate hills by + which it is bordered. Camping that night outside the town, at daybreak on + the seventh morning they started, and by two hours after noon came to the + village of the Essenes. On its outskirts they halted, while Nehushta and + the nurse, bearing with them the child, that by now could wave its arms + and crow, advanced boldly into the village, where it would appear men + dwelt only—at least no women were to be seen—and asked to be + led to the Brother Ithiel. + </p> + <p> + The man to whom they spoke, who was robed in white, and engaged in cooking + outside a large building, averted his eyes in answering, as though it were + not lawful for him to look upon the face of a woman. He said, very + civilly, however, that Brother Ithiel was working in the fields, whence he + would not return till supper time. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta asked where these fields were, since she desired to speak with + him at once. The man answered that if they walked towards the green trees + that lined the banks of Jordan, which he pointed out to them, they could + not fail to find Ithiel, as he was ploughing in the irrigated land with + two white oxen, the only ones they had. Accordingly they set out again, + having the Dead Sea on their right, and travelled for the half of a league + through the thorn-scrub that grows in this desert. Passing the scrub they + came to lands which were well cultivated and supplied with water from the + Jordan by means of wheels and long poles with a jar at one end and a + weight at the other, which a man could work, emptying the contents of the + jar again and again into an irrigation ditch. + </p> + <p> + In one of these fields they saw the two white oxen at their toil, and + behind them the labourer, a tall man of about fifty years of age, bearded, + and having a calm face and eyes that were very deep and quiet. He was clad + in a rough robe of camel’s hair, fastened about his middle with a leathern + girdle, and wore sandals on his feet. To him they went, asking leave to + speak with him, whereon he halted the oxen and greeted them courteously, + but, like the man in the village, turned his eyes away from the faces of + the women. Nehushta bade the nurse stand back out of hearing, and, bearing + the child in her arms, said: + </p> + <p> + “Sir, tell me, I pray you, if I speak to Ithiel, a priest of high rank + among this people of the Essenes, and brother to the dead lady Miriam, + wife of Benoni the Jew, a merchant of Tyre?” + </p> + <p> + At the mention of these names Ithiel’s face saddened, then grew calm + again. + </p> + <p> + “I am so called,” he answered; “and the lady Miriam is my sister, who now + dwells in the happy and eternal country beyond the ocean with all the + blessed”—for so the Essenes imagined that heaven to which they went + when the soul was freed from the vile body. + </p> + <p> + “The lady Miriam,” continued Nehushta, “had a daughter Rachel, whose + servant I was.” + </p> + <p> + “Was?” he interrupted, startled from his calm. “Has she then been put to + death by those fierce men and their king, as was as her husband Demas?” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, sir, but she died in childbirth, and this is the babe she bore”; and + she held the sleeping little one towards him, at whom he gazed earnestly, + yes, and bent down and kissed it—since, although they saw so few of + them, the Essenes loved children. + </p> + <p> + “Tell me that sad story,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Sir, I will both tell it and prove it to be true”; and Nehushta told him + all from the beginning to the end, producing to his sight the tokens which + she had taken from the breast of her mistress, and repeating her last + message to him word for word. When she had finished, Ithiel turned away + and mourned a while. Then, speaking aloud, he put up a prayer to God for + guidance—for without prayer these people would not enter upon + anything, however simple—and came back to Nehushta, who stood by the + oxen. + </p> + <p> + “Good and faithful woman,” he said, “who it would seem are not fickle and + light-hearted, or worse, like the multitude of your sex—perchance + because your dark skin shields you from their temptations—you have + set me in a cleft stick, and there I am held fast. Know that the rule of + my order is that we should have naught to do with females, young or old; + therefore how can I receive you or the child?” + </p> + <p> + “Of the rules of your order, sir, I know nothing,” answered Nehushta + sharply, since the words about the colour of her skin had not pleased her; + “but of the rules of nature I do know, and something of the rules of God + also, for, like my mistress and this infant, I am a Christian. These tell + me, all of them, that to cast out an orphan child who is of your own + blood, and whom a cruel fortune has thus brought to your door, would be an + evil act, and one for which you must answer to Him who is above the rules + of any order.” + </p> + <p> + “I may not wrangle, especially with a woman,” replied Ithiel, who seemed + ill at ease; “but if my first words are true, this is true also, that + those same rules enjoin upon us hospitality, and above all, that we must + not turn away the helpless or the destitute.” + </p> + <p> + “Clearly, then, sir, least of any must you turn away this child whose + blood is your blood, and those dead mother sent her to you, that she might + not fall into the power of a grandfather who has dealt so cruelly with + those he should have cherished, to be brought up among Zealots as a Jew + and taught to make offering of living things, and be anointed with the oil + and blood of sacrifice.” + </p> + <p> + “No, no, the thought is horrible,” answered Ithiel, holding up his hands. + “It is better, far better that she should be a Christian than one of that + fanatic and blood-spilling faith.” This he said, because among the Essenes + the use of oil was held to be unclean. Also above all things, they loathed + the offering of life in sacrifice to God; who, although they did not + acknowledge Christ—perhaps because He was never preached to them, + who would listen to no new religion—practised the most of His + doctrines with the greatest strictness. + </p> + <p> + “The matter is too hard for me,” he went on. “I must lay it before a full + Court of the hundred curators, and what they decide, that will be done. + Still, this is our rule: to assist those who need and to show mercy, to + accord succour to such as deserve it, and to give food to those in + distress. Therefore, whatever the Court, which it will take three days to + summon, may decide, in the meanwhile I have the right to give you, and + those with you, shelter and provision in the guest-house. As it chances, + it is situated in that part of the village where dwell the lowest of our + brethren, who are permitted to marry, so there you will find company of + your own sex.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall be glad of it,” answered Nehushta drily. “Also I should call them + the highest of the brethren, since marriage is a law of God, which God the + Father has instituted, and God the Son has blessed.” + </p> + <p> + “I may not wrangle, I may not wrangle,” replied Ithiel, declining the + encounter; “but certainly, that is a lovely babe. Look. Its eyes are open + and they are beautiful as flowers”; and again he bent down and kissed the + child, then added with a groan of remorse, “Alas! sinner that I am, I am + defiled; I must purify myself and do penance.” + </p> + <p> + “Why?” asked Nehushta shortly. + </p> + <p> + “For two reasons: I have touched your dress, and I have given way to + earthly passion and embraced a child—twice. Therefore, according to + our rule, I am defiled.” + </p> + <p> + Then Nehushta could bear it no more. + </p> + <p> + “Defiled! you puppet of a foolish rule! It is the sweet babe that is + defiled! Look, you have fouled its garments with your grimy hand and made + it weep by pricking it with your beard. Would that your holy rule taught + you how to handle children and to respect honest women who are their + mothers, without whom there would be no Essenes.” + </p> + <p> + “I may not wrangle,” said Ithiel, nervously; for now woman was appearing + before him in a new light; not as an artful and a fickle, but as an angry + creature, reckless of tongue and not easy to be answered. “These matters + are for the decision of the curators. Have I not told you so? Come, let us + be going. I will drive the oxen, although it is not time to loose them + from the plough, and do you and your companion walk at a distance behind + me. No, not behind—in front, that I may see that you do not drop the + babe, or suffer it to come to any harm. Truly it is sweet to look at, and, + may God forgive me, I do not like to lose sight of its face, which, it + seems to me, resembles that of my sister when she was also in arms.” + </p> + <p> + “Drop the babe!” began Nehushta; then understanding that this victim of a + rule already loved it dearly, and would suffer much before he parted with + it, pitying his weakness, she said only, “Be careful that you do not + frighten it with your great oxen, for you men who scorn women have much to + learn.” + </p> + <p> + Then, accompanied by the nurse, she stalked ahead in silence, while Ithiel + followed after at a distance, leading the cattle by the hide loops about + their horns, lest in their curiosity or eagerness to get home, they should + do some mischief to the infant or wake it from its slumbers. In this way + they proceeded to the lower part of the village, till they came to a good + house—empty as it chanced—where guests were accommodated in + the best fashion that this kind and homely folk could afford. Here a woman + was summoned, the wife of one of the lower order of the Essenes, to whom + Ithiel spoke, holding his hand before his eyes, as though she were not + good to look at. To her, from a distance, he explained the case, bidding + her to provide all things needful, and to send a man to bring in the + husband of the nurse with the beasts of burden, and attend to his wants + and theirs. Then, warning Nehushta to be very careful of the infant and + not to expose it to the sun, he departed to report the matter to the + curators, and to summon the great Court. + </p> + <p> + “Are all of them like this?” asked Nehushta of the woman, contemptuously. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, sister,” she answered, “fools, every one. Why, of my own husband I + see little; and although, being married, he ranks but low among them, the + man is forever telling me of the faults of our sex, and how they are a + snare set for the feet of the righteous, and given to the leading of these + same righteous astray, especially if they be not their own husbands. At + times I am tempted indeed to prove his words true. Oh! it would not be + difficult for all their high talk; I have learned as much as that, for + Nature is apt to make a mock of those who deny Nature, and there is no + parchment rule that a woman cannot bring to nothing. Yet, since they mean + well, laugh at them and let them be, say I. And now come into the house, + which is good, although did women manage it, it would be better.” + </p> + <p> + So Nehushta went into that house with the nurse and her husband, and there + for several days dwelt in great comfort. Indeed, there was nothing that + she or the child, or those with them, could want which was not provided in + plenty. Messages reached her even, through the woman, to ask if she would + wish the rooms altered in any way, and when she said that there was not + light enough in that in which the child slept, some of the elders of the + Essenes arrived and pierced a new window in the wall, working very hard to + finish the task before sunset. Also even the husband of the nurse was not + allowed to attend to his own beasts, which were groomed and fed for him, + till at length he grew so weary of doing nothing, that on the third day he + went out to plough with the Essenes and worked in the fields till dark. + </p> + <p> + It was on the fourth morning that the full Court gathered in the great + meeting-house, and Nehushta was summoned to appear before it, bringing the + babe with her. Thither she went accordingly, to find the place filled with + a hundred grave and reverend men, all clad in robes of the purest white. + In the lower part of that large chamber she sat alone upon a chair, while + before her upon benches ranged one above the other, so that all could see, + were gathered the hundred curators. + </p> + <p> + It seemed that Ithiel had already set out the case, since the President at + once began to question her on various points of her story, all of which + she was able to explain to the satisfaction of the Court. Then they + debated the matter among themselves, some of them arguing that as the + child was a female, as well as its nurse, neither of them could properly + be admitted to the care of the community, especially as both were of the + Christian faith, and it was stipulated that in this faith they should + remain. Others answered that hospitality was their first duty, and that he + would be weak indeed who was led aside from their rule by a Libyan woman + of middle age and an infant of a few months. Further, that the Christians + were a good people, and that there was much in their doctrines which + tallied with their own. Next, one made a strange objection—namely, + that if they adopted this child they would learn to love it too much, who + should love God and their order only. To this another answered, Nay, they + should love all mankind, and especially the helpless. + </p> + <p> + “Mankind, not womankind,” was the reply; “for this infant will grow into a + woman.” + </p> + <p> + Now they desired Nehushta to retire that they might take the votes. Before + she went, however, holding up the child that all could see it as it lay + smiling in her arms, she implored them not to reject the prayer of a dead + woman, and so deprive this infant of the care of the relative whom that + departed lady had appointed to be its guardian, and of the guidance and + directing wisdom of their holy Order. Lastly, she reminded them that if + they thrust her out, she must carry the infant to its grandfather, who, if + he received it at all, would certainly bring it up in the Jewish faith, + and thereby, perhaps, cause it to lose its soul, the weight of which sin + would be upon their heads. + </p> + <p> + After this Nehushta was led away to another chamber and remained there a + long while, till at length she was brought back again by one of the + curators. On entering the great hall her eyes sought the face of Ithiel, + who had not been allowed to speak, since the matter having to do with a + great-niece of his own, it was held that his judgment might be warped. + Seeing that he smiled, and evidently was well pleased, she knew her cause + was won. + </p> + <p> + “Woman,” said the President, “by a great majority of this Court we have + come to an irrevocable decision upon the matter that has been laid before + it by our brother Ithiel. It is, for reasons which I need not explain, + that on this point our rule may be stretched so far as to admit the child + Miriam to our care, even though it be of the female sex, which care is to + endure until she comes to a full age of eighteen years, when she must + depart from among us. During this time no attempt will be made to turn her + from her parents’ faith in which she has been baptised. A house will be + given you to live in, and you will be supplied with the best we have for + the use of our ward Miriam and yourself. Twice a week a deputation of the + curators will visit the house, and stay there for an hour to see that the + health of the infant is good, and that you are doing your duty by it, in + which, if you fail, you will be removed. It is prayed that you will not + talk to these curators on matters which do not concern the child. When she + grows old enough the maid Miriam will be admitted to our gatherings, and + instructed also by the most learned amongst us in all proper matters of + letters and philosophy, on which occasions you will sit at a distance and + not interfere unless your care is required. + </p> + <p> + “Now, that every one may know our decision, we will escort you back to + your house, and to show that we have taken the infant under our care, our + brother Ithiel will carry it while you walk behind and give him such + instruction in this matter as may be needful.” + </p> + <p> + Accordingly a great procession was formed, headed by the President and + ended by the priests. In the centre of the line marched Ithiel bearing the + babe Miriam, to his evident delight, and Nehushta, who instructed him so + vigorously that at length he grew confused and nearly let it fall. + Thereon, setting this detail of the judgment at defiance, Nehushta + snatched it from his arms, calling him a clumsy and ignorant clown only + fit to handle an ox. To this Ithiel made no answer, nor was he at all + wroth, but finished the journey walking behind her and smiling foolishly. + </p> + <p> + Thus was the child Miriam, who afterwards came to be called the Queen of + the Essenes, royally escorted to her home. But little did these good men + know that it was not a house which they were giving her, but a throne, + built of the pure gold of their own gentle hearts. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0006" id="link2HCH0006"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VI + </h2> + <h3> + CALEB + </h3> + <p> + It may be wondered whether any girl who was ever born into the world could + boast a stranger or a happier upbringing than Miriam. She was, it is true, + motherless, but by way of compensation Fate endowed her with several + hundred fathers, each of whom loved her as the apple of his eye. She did + not call them “Father” indeed, a term which under the circumstances they + thought incorrect. To her, one and all, they went by the designation of + “Uncle,” with their name added if she happened to know it, if not as Uncle + simply. It cannot be said, however, that Miriam brought peace to the + community of the Essenes. Indeed, before she had done with them she rent + it with deep and abiding jealousies, to the intense but secret delight of + Nehushta, who, although she became a person of great importance among them + as the one who had immediate charge of their jewel, could never forgive + them certain of their doctrines or their habit of persistent interference. + </p> + <p> + The domiciliary visits which took place twice a week, and, by special + subsequent resolution passed in full Court, on the Sabbath also, were, to + begin with, the subject of much covert bitterness. At first a standing + committee was appointed to make these visits, of whom Ithiel was one. + Before two years had gone by, however, much murmuring arose in the + community upon this matter. It was pointed out in language that became + vehement—for an Essene—that so much power should not be left + in the hands of one fixed set of individuals, who might become careless or + prejudiced, or, worst of all, neglectful of the welfare of the child who + was the guest not of them only, but of the whole order. It was demanded, + therefore, that this committee should change automatically every month, so + that all might serve upon it in turn, Ithiel, as the blood-relation of + Miriam, remaining its only permanent member. This proposal was opposed by + the committee, but as no one else would vote for them the desired + alteration was made. Further, to be removed temporarily, or for good, from + its roster was thenceforth recognised as one of the punishments of the + order. + </p> + <p> + Indeed, the absurdities to which its existence gave rise, especially as + the girl grew in years, sweetness and beauty, cannot be numbered. Thus, + every visiting member must wash his whole person and clothe himself in + clean garments before he was allowed to approach the child, “lest he + should convey to her any sickness, or impure substance, or odour.” Then + there was much trouble because some members were discovered to be + ingratiating themselves with Miriam by secretly presenting her with gifts + of playthings, some of them of great beauty, which they fashioned from + wood, shells, or even hard stones. Moreover, they purveyed articles of + food such as they found the child loved; and this it was that led to their + detection, for, having eaten of them, she was ill. Thereupon Nehushta, + enraged, disclosed the whole plot, using the most violent language, and, + amidst murmurs of “Shame on them!” designating the offenders by name. They + were removed from their office, and it was decreed that henceforth any + gifts made to the child must be offered to her by the committee as a + whole, and not by a single individual, and handed over in their name by + Ithiel, her uncle. + </p> + <p> + Once, when she was seven years old, and the idol of every brother among + the Essenes, Miriam fell ill with a kind of fever which often strikes + children in the neighbourhood of Jericho and the Dead Sea. Among the + brethren were several skilful and famous physicians, who attended her + night and day. But still the fever could not be abated, and at last, with + tears, they announced that they feared for the child’s life. Then indeed + there was lamentation among the Essenes. For three days and three nights + did they wrestle in constant prayer to God that she might be spared, many + of them touching nothing but water during all that time. Moreover, they + sat about at a distance from her house, praying and seeking tidings. If it + was bad they beat their breasts, if good they gave thanks. Never was the + sickbed of a monarch watched with more care or devotion than that of this + little orphan, and never was a recovery—for at length she did + recover—received with greater thankfulness and joy. + </p> + <p> + This was the truth. These pure and simple men, in obedience to the strict + rule they had adopted, were cut off from all the affections of life. Yet, + the foundation-stone of their doctrine being Love, they who were human + must love something, so they loved this child whom they looked upon as + their ward, and who, as there was none other of her age and sex in their + community, had no rival in their hearts. She was the one joy of their + laborious and ascetic hours; she represented all the sweetness and youth + of this self-renewing world, which to them was so grey and sapless. + Moreover, she was a lovely maid, who, wherever she had been placed, would + have bound all to her. + </p> + <p> + The years went by and the time came when, in obedience to the first + decree, Miriam must be educated. Long were the discussions which ensued + among the curators of the Essenes. At length three of the most learned of + their body were appointed to this task, and the teaching began. As it + chanced, Miriam proved an apt pupil, for her memory was good, and she had + a great desire to learn many things, more especially history and + languages, and all that has to do with nature. One of her tutors was an + Egyptian, who, brought up in the priests’ college at Thebes, when on a + journey to JudÊa had fallen sick near Jericho, been nursed by the Essenes + and converted to their doctrine. From him Miriam learnt much of their + ancient civilisation, and even of the inner mysteries of the Egyptian + religion, and of its high and secret interpretations which were known only + to the priests. The second, Theophilus by name, was a Greek who had + visited Rome, and he taught her the tongues and literature of those + countries. The third, all his life long had studied beasts and birds and + insects, and the workings of nature, and the stars and their movements, in + which things he instructed her day by day, taking her abroad with him that + examples of each of them might be before her eyes. + </p> + <p> + Lastly, when she grew older, there was a fourth master, who was an artist. + He taught Miriam how to model animals, and even men, in the clay of the + Jordan, and how to carve them out in marble, and something of the use of + pigments. Also this man, who was very clever, had a knowledge of singing + and instrumental music, which he imparted to her in her odd hours. Thus it + came about that Miriam grew learned and well acquainted with many matters + of which most girls of her day and years had never even heard. Nor did she + lack knowledge of the things of her own faith, though in these the Essenes + did not instruct her further than its doctrines tallied with their own. Of + the rest, Nehushta told her something; moreover, on several occasions + Christian travellers or preachers visited this country to address the + Essenes or the other Jews who dwelt there. When they learned her case, + these showed themselves very eager to inform her of the Christian + doctrine. Among them was one old man who had heard the preaching of Jesus + Christ, and been present at His Crucifixion, to all of which histories the + girl listened with eagerness, remembering them to the last hour of her + life. + </p> + <p> + Further, and perhaps this was the best part of her education, she lived in + the daily company of Nature. But a mile or two away spread the Dead Sea, + and along its melancholy and lifeless shores, fringed with the white + trunks of trees that had been brought down by Jordan, she would often + walk. Before her day by day loomed the mountains of Moab, while behind her + were the fantastic and mysterious sand-hills of the desert, backed again + by other mountains and that grey, tormented country which stretches + between Jericho and Jerusalem. Quite near at hand also ran the broad and + muddy Jordan, whose fertile banks were clothed in spring with the most + delicious greenery and haunted by kingfishers, cranes, wildfowl, and many + other birds. About these banks, too, stretching into the desert land + beyond, the flowers of the field grew by myriads, at different periods of + the year carpeting the whole earth with various colours, brilliant as are + those of the rainbow. These it was her delight to gather, and even to + cultivate in the garden of her house. + </p> + <p> + Thus wisdom, earthly and divine, was gathered in Miriam’s heart till very + soon its light began to shine through her eyes and face, making them ever + more tender and beautiful. Nor did she lack charm and grace of person. + From the first, in stature she was small and delicate, pale also in + complexion; but her dark hair was plenteous and curling, and her eyes were + large and of a deep and tender blue. Her hands and feet were very slender, + and her every gesture quick and agile as that of a bird. Thus she grew up + loving all things and beloved by all; for even the flowers which she + tended and the creatures that she fed, seemed in her to find a friend. + </p> + <p> + Now of so much learning and all this system of solemn ordered hours, + Nehushta did not approve. For a while she bore with it, but when Miriam + was about eleven years of age, she spoke her mind to the Committee and + through them to the governing Court of Curators. + </p> + <p> + Was it right that a child should be brought up thus, she asked, and turned + into a grave old woman whilst, quite heedless of such things, others of + her age were occupied with youthful games? The end of it might be that her + brain would break and she would die or become crazy, and then what good + would so much wisdom do her? It was necessary that she should have more + leisure and other children with whom she could associate. + </p> + <p> + “White-bearded hermits,” she added with point, “were not suitable as sole + companions to a little maid.” + </p> + <p> + Thereon followed much debate and consultation with the doctors, who agreed + that friends of her own years should be found for the child. This, + however, proved difficult, since among these Essenes were no other girls. + Therefore those friends must be of the male sex. Here too were + difficulties, as at that time, of the lads adopted by this particular + community which they were destined to join in after days, there was but + one of equal birth with Miriam. Now so far as concerned their own order + the Essenes thought little of social distinctions, or even of the + differences of blood and race. But Miriam was not of their order; she was + their guest, no more, to whom they stood in the place of parents, and who + would go from them out into the great world. Therefore, notwithstanding + their childlike simplicity, being, many of them, men experienced in life, + they did not think it right that she should mix with those of lower + breeding. + </p> + <p> + This one lad, Caleb by name, was born in the same year as Miriam, when + Cuspius Fadus became governor on the death of Agrippa. His father was Jew + of very high rank named Hilliel, who, although he sided from time to time + with the Roman party, was killed by them, or perished among the twenty + thousand who were trampled to death at the Feast of the Passover at + Jerusalem, when Cumanus, the Procurator, ordered his soldiers to attack + the people. Thereon the Zealots, who considered him a traitor, managed to + get possession of all his property, so that his son Caleb, whose mother + was dead, was brought in a destitute condition by one of her friends to + Jericho. There, as she could not dispose of him otherwise, he was given + over to the Essenes, to be educated in their doctrine, and, should he wish + it, to enter their order when he reached full age. This lad, it was now + decreed, should become the playmate of Miriam, a decision that pleased + both of them very well. + </p> + <p> + Caleb was a handsome child with quick, dark eyes that watched everything + without seeming to watch, and black hair which curled upon his shoulders. + He was clever also and brave; but though he did his best to control his + temper, by nature very passionate and unforgiving. Moreover, that which he + desired he would have, if by any means it could be obtained, and was + faithful in his loves as in his hates. Of these hates Nehushta was one. + With all the skill of a Libyan, whose only book is that of Nature and + men’s faces, she read the boy’s heart at once and said openly that he + might come to be the first in any cause—if he did not betray it—and + that when God mixed his blood of the best, lest CÊsar should find a rival + He left out the salt of honesty and filled up the cup with the wine of + passion. When these sayings were repeated to Caleb by Miriam, who thought + them to be a jest fit to tease her playmate with, he did not fly into one + of his tempers, as she had hoped, but only screwed up his eyelids after + his fashion in certain moods, and looked black as the rain-storm above + Mount Nebo. + </p> + <p> + “Did you hear, Caleb?” asked Miriam, somewhat disappointed. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes! Lady Miriam,” for so he had been ordered to call her. “I heard. + Do you tell that old black woman that I will lead more causes than she + ever thought of, for I mean to be the first everywhere. Also that whatever + God left out of my cup, at least He mixed it with a good memory.” + </p> + <p> + When Nehushta heard this, she laughed and said that it was true enough, + only he that tried to climb several ladders at once generally fell to the + ground, and that when a head had said good-bye to its shoulders, the best + of memories got lost between the two. + </p> + <p> + Miriam liked Caleb, but she never loved him as she did the old men, her + uncles, or Nehushta, who to her was more than all. Perhaps this may have + been because he never grew angry with her whatever she might say or do, + never even spoke to her roughly, but always waited on her pleasure and + watched for her wish. Still, of all companions he was the best. If Miriam + desired to walk by the Dead Sea, he would desire the same. If she wanted + to go fishing in the Jordan, he would make ready the baits or net, and + take the fishes off the hook—a thing she hated. If she sought a rare + flower, Caleb would hunt it out for days, although she knew well that in + himself he did not care for flowers, and when he had found it, would mark + the spot and lead her there in triumph. Also there was this about him, as + she was soon quick enough to learn: he worshipped her. Whatever else might + be false, that note in his nature rang true. If one child could love + another, then Caleb loved Miriam, first with the love of children, then as + a man loves a woman. Only—and this was the sorrow of it—Miriam + never loved Caleb. Had she done so both their stories would have been very + different. To her he was a clever companion and no more. + </p> + <p> + What made the thing more strange was that he loved no one else, except, + mayhap, himself. In this way and in that the lad soon came to learn his + own history, which was sad enough, with the result that if he hated the + Romans who had invaded the country and trampled it beneath their heel, + still more did he hate those of the Jews who looked upon his father as + their enemy and had stolen all the lands and goods that were his by right. + As for the Essenes who reared and protected him, so soon as he came to an + age when he could weigh such matters, he held them in contempt, and + because of their continual habit of bathing themselves and purifying their + garments, called them the company of washer-women. On him their doctrines + left but a shallow mark. He thought, as he explained to Miriam, that + people who were in the world should take the world as they found it, + without dreaming ceaselessly of another world to which, as yet, they did + not belong; a sentiment that to some extent Nehushta shared. + </p> + <p> + Wishing, with the zeal of the young, to make a convert, Miriam preached to + him the doctrine of Christianity, but without success. By blood Caleb was + a Jew of the Jews, and could not understand or admire a God who would + consent to be trodden under foot and crucified. The Messiah he desired to + follow must be a great conqueror, one who would overthrow the CÊsars and + take the throne of CÊsar, not a humble creature with his mouth full of + maxims. Like the majority of his own, and, indeed, of every generation, to + the last day of his life, Caleb was unable to divine that mind is greater + than matter, while spirit is greater than mind; and that in the end, by + many slow advances and after many disasters seemingly irremediable, + spirituality will conquer all. He looked to a sword flashing from thrones, + not to the word of truth spoken by lowly lips in humble streets or upon + the flanks of deserts, trusting to the winds of Grace to bear it into the + hearts of men and thus regenerate their souls. + </p> + <p> + Such was Caleb, and these things are said of him here because the child is + father to the man. + </p> + <p> + Swiftly the years went by. There were tumults in JudÊa and massacres in + Jerusalem. False prophets such as Theudas, who pretended that he could + divide Jordan, attracted thousands to their tinsel standards, to be hewn + down, poor folk! by the Roman legions. CÊsars rose and fell; the great + Temple was at length almost completed in its glory, and many events + happened which are remembered even to this day. + </p> + <p> + But in the little village of the Essenes by the grey shores of the Dead + Sea, nothing seemed to change, except that now and again an aged brother + died, and now and again a new brother was admitted. They rose before + daylight and offered their invocation to the sun; they went out to toil in + the fields and sowed their crops, to reap them in due season, thankful if + they were good, still thankful if they were bad. They washed, they prayed, + they mourned over the wickedness of the world, and wove themselves white + garments emblematic of a better. Also, although of this Miriam knew + nothing, they held higher and more secret services wherein they invoked + the presence of their “angels,” and by arts of divination that were known + to them, foretold the future, an exercise which brought them little joy. + But as yet, however evil might be the omens, none came to molest their + peaceful life, which ran quietly towards the great catastrophe as often + deep waters swirl to the lip of a precipice. + </p> + <p> + At length when Miriam was seventeen years of age, the first stroke of + trouble fell upon them. + </p> + <p> + From time to time the high priests at Jerusalem, who hated the Essenes as + heretics, had made demands upon them that they should pay tithe for the + support of the sacrifices in the Temple. This they refused to do, since + all sacrifices were hateful to them. So things went on until the day of + the high priest Ananos, who sent armed men to the village of the Essenes + to take the tithes. These were refused to them, whereon they broke open + the granary and helped themselves, destroying a great deal which they + could not carry away. As it chanced, on that day Miriam, accompanied by + Nehushta, had visited Jericho. Returning in the afternoon they passed + through a certain torrent bed in which were many rocks, and among them + thickets of thorn trees. Here they were met by Caleb, now a noble-looking + youth very strong and active, who carried a bow in his hand and on his + back a sheath of six arrows. + </p> + <p> + “Lady Miriam,” he said, “well met. I have come to seek you, and to warn + you not to return by the road to-day, since on it you will meet presently + those thieves sent by the high priest to plunder the stores of the Order, + who, perhaps, will offer you insult or mischief, for they are drunk with + wine. Look, one of them has struck me,” and he pointed to a bruise upon + his shoulder and scowled. + </p> + <p> + “What then shall we do?” asked Miriam. “Go back to Jericho?” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, for there they will come too. Follow up this gully till you reach + the footpath a mile away, and by it walk to the village; so you will miss + these robbers.” + </p> + <p> + “That is a good plan,” said Nehushta. “Come, lady.” + </p> + <p> + “Whither are you going, Caleb?” asked Miriam, lingering, since she saw + that he did not mean to accompany them. + </p> + <p> + “I? Oh, I shall hide among the rocks near by till the men are passed, and + then go to seek that hyena which has been worrying the sheep. I have + tracked him down and may catch him as he comes from his hole at sunset. + That is why I have brought my bow and arrows.” + </p> + <p> + “Come,” broke in Nehushta impatiently, “come. The lad well knows how to + guard himself.” + </p> + <p> + “Be careful, Caleb, that you get no hurt from the hyena,” said Miriam, + doubtfully, as Nehushta seized her by the wrist and dragged her away. “It + is strange,” she added as they went, “that Caleb should choose this + evening to go hunting.” + </p> + <p> + “Unless I mistake, it is a human hyena whom he hunts,” answered Nehushta + shortly. “One of those men struck him, and he desires to wash the wound + with his blood.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, surely not! Nou. That would be taking vengeance, and revenge is + evil.” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta shrugged her shoulders. “Caleb may think otherwise, as I do at + times. Wait, and we shall see.” + </p> + <p> + As it chanced, they did see something. The footpath by which they returned + to the village ran over a high ridge of ground, and from its crest, + although they were a mile or more away, in that clear desert air they + could easily discern the line of the high priest’s servants straggling + along, driving before them a score or so of mules, laden with wine and + other produce which they had stolen from the stores. Presently the company + of them descended into that gully along which the road ran, whence a + minute or two later rose a sound of distant shouting. Then they appeared + on the further side, running, or riding their beasts hither and thither, + as though in search of some one, while four of them carried between them a + man who seemed to be hurt, or dead. + </p> + <p> + “I think that Caleb has shot his hyena,” said Nehushta meaningly; “but I + have seen nothing, and if you are wise, you will say nothing. I do not + like Caleb, but I hate these Jewish thieves, and it is not for you to + bring your friend into trouble.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam looked frightened but nodded her head, and no more was said of the + matter. + </p> + <p> + That evening, as Miriam and Nehushta stood at the door of their house in + the cool, by the light of the full moon they saw Caleb advancing towards + them down the road, a sight that made Miriam glad at heart, for she feared + lest he might have come into trouble. Catching sight of them, he asked + permission to enter through the door, which he closed behind them, so that + now they stood in the little garden within the wall. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said Nehushta, “I see that you had a shot at your hyena; did you + kill it?” + </p> + <p> + “How do you know that?” he asked, looking at her suspiciously. + </p> + <p> + “A strange question to put to a Libyan woman who was brought up among + bowmen,” she replied. “You had six arrows in your quiver when we met you, + and now I count but five. Also your bow was newly waxed; and look, the wax + is rubbed where the shaft lay.” + </p> + <p> + “I shot at the beast, and, as I think, hit it. At least, I could not find + the arrow again, although I searched long.” + </p> + <p> + “Doubtless. You do not often miss. You have a good eye and a steady hand. + Well, the loss of a shaft will not matter, since I noticed, also, that + this one was differently barbed from the others, and double feathered; a + true Roman war-shaft, such as they do not make here. If any find your + wounded beast you will not get its hide, since it is known that you do not + use such arrows.” Then, with a smile that was full of meaning, Nehushta + turned and entered the house, leaving him staring after her, half in wrath + and half in wonder at her wit. + </p> + <p> + “What does she mean?” he asked Miriam, but in the voice of one who speaks + to himself. + </p> + <p> + “She thinks that you shot at a man, not at a beast,” replied Miriam; “but + I know well that you could not have done this, since that would be against + the rule of the Essenes.” + </p> + <p> + “Even the rule of the Essenes permits a man to protect himself and his + property from thieves,” he answered sulkily. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, to protect himself if he is attacked, and his property—if he + has any. But neither that faith nor mine permits him to avenge a blow.” + </p> + <p> + “I was one against many,” he answered boldly. “My life was on the hazard: + it was no coward’s act.” + </p> + <p> + “Were there, then, a troop of these hyenas?” asked Miriam, innocently. “I + thought you said it was a solitary beast that took the sheep.” + </p> + <p> + “It was a whole company of beasts who took the wine, and smote those in + charge of it as though they were street dogs.” + </p> + <p> + “Hyenas that took wine like the tame ape whom the boys make drunken over + yonder——” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you mock me,” broke in Caleb, “who must know the truth? Or if you + do not know it, here it is. That thief beat me with his staff, and called + me the son of a dog, and I swore that I would pay him back. Pay him back I + did, for the head of that shaft which Nehushta noted, stands out a span + beyond his neck. They never saw who shot it; they never saw me at all, who + thought at first that the man had fallen from his horse. By the time they + knew the truth I was away where they could not follow. Now go and tell the + story if you will, or let Nehushta, who hates me, tell it, and give me + over to be tortured by the servants of the high priest, or crucified as a + murderer by the Romans.” + </p> + <p> + “Neither Nehushta nor I saw this deed done, nor shall we bear witness + against you, Caleb, or judge you, who doubtless were provoked by violent + and lawless men. Yet, Caleb, you told me that you came out to warn us, and + it grieves me to learn that the true wish of your heart was to take the + life of a man.” + </p> + <p> + “It is false,” he answered angrily; “I said that I came to warn you, and + afterwards to kill a hyena. To make you safe—that was my first + thought, and until you were safe my enemy was safe also. Miriam, you know + it well.” + </p> + <p> + “Why should I know it? To you, Caleb, I think revenge is more than + friendship.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps; for I have few friends who am a penniless orphan brought up by + charity. But, Miriam, to me revenge is not more than—love.” + </p> + <p> + “Love,” she stammered, turning crimson to her hair and stepping back a + pace; “what do you mean, Caleb?” + </p> + <p> + “What I say, neither more nor less,” he answered sullenly. “As I have + worked one crime to-day, I may as well work two, and dare to tell the lady + Miriam, the Queen of the Essenes, that I love her, though she loves not me—as + yet.” + </p> + <p> + “This is madness,” faltered Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Mayhap, but it is a madness which began when first I saw you—that + was soon after we learned to speak—a madness which will continue + until I cease to see you, and that shall be soon before I grow silent + forever. Listen, Miriam, and do not think my words only those of a foolish + boy, for all my life shall prove them. This love of mine is a thing with + which you must reckon. You love me not—therefore, even had I the + power, I would not force myself upon you against your will; only I warn + you, learn to love no other man, for then it shall go ill either with him + or with me. By this I swear it,” and, snatching her to him, Caleb kissed + her on the forehead, then let her go, saying, “Fear not. It is the first + and last time, except by your own will. Or if you fear, tell the story to + the Court of the Essenes, and—to Nehushta, who will right your + wrongs.” + </p> + <p> + “Caleb,” she gasped, stamping her foot upon the ground in anger, “Caleb, + you are more wicked than I dreamed, and,” she added, as though to herself—“and + greater!” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” he answered, as he turned to go, “I think that you are right. I am + more wicked than you dreamed and—greater. Also, Miriam, I love you + as you will never be loved again. Farewell!” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0007" id="link2HCH0007"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VII + </h2> + <h3> + MARCUS + </h3> + <p> + That night those of the curators who were engaged in prayer and fasting + were disturbed by the return of an officer of those Jews that had robbed + them, who complained violently that a man of his company had been murdered + by one of the Essenes. They asked how and when, and were told that the man + had been shot down with an arrow, in a gully upon the road to Jericho, by + a person unknown. They replied that robbers sometimes met with robbers, + and asked to see the arrow, which proved to be of a Roman make, such as + these men carried in their own quivers. This the Essenes pointed out, and + at length, growing angry at the unreasonableness of a complaint made by + persons of the worst character, drove him and his escort from their doors, + bidding them take their story to the high priest Ananos, with the goods + which they had stolen, or, if they preferred it, to that still greater + thief, the Roman procurator, Albinus. + </p> + <p> + This they did not neglect to do, with the result that presently the + Essenes were commanded to send some of their head men to appear before + Albinus to answer the charges laid against them. Accordingly they + dispatched Ithiel and two others, who were kept waiting three months at + Jerusalem before they could even obtain a hearing. At length the cause + came on, and after some few minutes of talk was adjourned, being but a + petty matter. That same evening Ithiel was informed by an intermediary + that if his Order would pay a certain large sum of money to Albinus, + nothing more would be heard of the question. This the Essenes refused to + do, as it was against their principles, saying that they demanded nothing + but justice, which they were not prepared to buy. So they spoke, being + ignorant that one of their neophytes, Caleb, had in fact aimed the fatal + arrow. + </p> + <p> + Then Albinus, wearying of the business and finding that there was no + profit to be made out of the Essenes, commanded them to be gone, saying + that he would send an officer to make inquiry on the spot. + </p> + <p> + Another two months went by, and at length this officer arrived, attended + by an escort of twenty soldiers. + </p> + <p> + As it chanced, on a certain morning in the winter season, Miriam with + Nehushta was walking on the Jericho road, when suddenly they saw + approaching towards them this little body of armed men. Perceiving that + they were Romans, they turned out of the path to hide themselves among the + thorns of the desert. Thereon he who seemed to be the officer spurred his + horse forward to intercept them. + </p> + <p> + “Do not run—stand still,” said Nehushta to Miriam, “and show no sign + of fear.” + </p> + <p> + So Miriam halted and began to gather a few autumn flowers that still + bloomed among the bushes, till the shadow of the officer fell upon her—that + shadow in which she was destined to walk all her life-days. + </p> + <p> + “Lady,” said a pleasant voice in Greek, spoken with a somewhat foreign + accent—“lady, pardon, and I pray you, do not be alarmed. I am a + stranger to this part of the country, which I visit on official business. + Will you of your kindness direct me to the village of a people called + Essenes, who live somewhere in this desert?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, sir!” answered Miriam, “do you, who come with Roman soldiers, mean + them any harm?” + </p> + <p> + “Not I. But why do you ask?” + </p> + <p> + “Because, sir, I am of their community.” + </p> + <p> + The officer stared at her—this beautiful, blue-eyed, white-skinned, + delicate-featured girl, whose high blood proclaimed itself in every tone + and gesture. + </p> + <p> + “You, lady, of the community of the Essenes! Surely then those priests in + Jerusalem lie more deeply than I thought. They told me that the Essenes + were old ascetics who worship Apollo, and could not bear so much as the + sight of a woman. And now you say you are an Essene—you, by Bacchus! + you!” and he looked at her with an admiration which, although there was + nothing brutal or even rude about it, was amusingly undisguised. + </p> + <p> + “I am their guest,” she said. + </p> + <p> + “Their guest? Why, this is stranger still. If these spiritual outlaws—the + word is that old high priest’s, not mine—share their bread and water + with such guests, my sojourn among them will be happier than I thought.” + </p> + <p> + “They brought me up, I am their ward,” Miriam explained again. + </p> + <p> + “In truth, my opinion of the Essenes rises, and I am convinced that those + priests slandered them. If they can shape so sweet a lady, surely they + must themselves be good and gentle”; and he bowed gravely, perhaps to mark + the compliment. + </p> + <p> + “Sir, they are both good and gentle,” answered Miriam; “but of this you + will be able to judge for yourself very shortly, seeing that they live + near at hand. If you will follow us over yonder rise we will show you + their village, whither we go.” + </p> + <p> + “By your leave, I will accompany you,” he said, dismounting before she + could answer; then added, “Pardon me for one moment—I must give some + orders,” and he called to a soldier, who, with his companions, had halted + at a little distance. + </p> + <p> + The man advanced saluting, and, turning aside, his captain began to talk + with him, so that now, for the first time, Miriam could study his face. He + was young—not more than five or six and twenty years of age—of + middle height, and somewhat slender, but active in movement and athletic + in build. Upon his head, which was round and not large, in place of the + helmet that hung at his saddle-bow, he wore a little cap, steel lined and + padded as a protection against the sun, and beneath it she could see that + his short, dark brown hair curled closely. Under the tan caused by + exposure to the heat, his skin was fair, and his grey eyes, set rather + wide apart, were quick and observant. For the rest, his mouth was + well-shaped, though somewhat large, and the chin clean-shaved, prominent + and determined. His air was that of a soldier accustomed to command, but + very genial, and, when he smiled, showing his regular white teeth, even + merry—the air of one with a kind and generous heart. + </p> + <p> + Miriam looked at him, and in an instant was aware that she liked him + better than any man—that is any young man—she had ever seen. + This, however, was no great or exclusive compliment to the Roman, since of + such acquaintances she had but few, if, indeed, Caleb was not the only + one. However, of this she was sure, she liked him better than Caleb, + because, even then and there, comparing them in her thoughts, this truth + came home to her; with it, too, a certain sense of shame that the newcomer + should be preferred to the friend of her childhood, although of late that + friend had displeased her by showing too warm a friendship. + </p> + <p> + Having given his instructions, the captain dismissed the orderly, + commanding him to follow at a distance with the men. Then saying, “Lady, I + am ready,” he began to walk forward, leading his horse by the bridle. + </p> + <p> + “You will forgive me,” he added, “if I introduce myself more formally. I + am called Marcus, the son of Emilius—a name which was known in its + day,” and he sighed, “as I hope before I have done with it, mine will be. + At present I cannot boast that this is so, who, unless it should please my + uncle Caius to decease and leave me the great fortune he squeezes out of + the Spaniards—neither of which things he shows any present intention + of doing—am but a soldier of fortune: an officer under the command + of the excellent and most noble procurator Albinus,” he added + sarcastically. “For the rest,” he went on, “I have spent a year in this + interesting and turbulent but somewhat arid land of yours, coming here + from Egypt, and am now honoured with a commission to investigate and make + report on a charge laid at the door of your virtuous guardians, the + Essenes, of having murdered, or been privy to the murder of, a certain + rascally Jew, who, as I understand, was sent with others to steal their + goods. That, lady, is my style and history. By way of exchange, will you + be pleased to tell me yours?” + </p> + <p> + Miriam hesitated, not being sure whether she should enter on such + confidences at so short a notice. Thereon, Nehushta, who was untroubled by + doubts, and thought it politic to be quite open with this Roman, a man in + authority, answered for her. + </p> + <p> + “Lord, this maiden, whose servant I am, as I was that of her grandmother + and mother before her——” + </p> + <p> + “Surely you cannot be so old,” interrupted Marcus. He made it a rule to be + polite to all women, whatever their colour, having noticed that life went + more easily with those who were courteous to the sex. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta smiled a little as she answered—for at what age does a + woman learn to despise a compliment?—“Lord, they both died young”; + then repeated, “This maiden is the only child of the high-born + GrÊco-Syrian of Tyre, Demas, and his noble wife, Rachel——” + </p> + <p> + “I know Tyre,” he interrupted. “I was quartered there till two months + ago”; adding in a different tone, “I understand that this pair no longer + live.” + </p> + <p> + “They died,” said Nehushta sadly, “the father in the amphitheatre at + Berytus by command of the first Agrippa, and the mother when her child was + born.” + </p> + <p> + “In the amphitheatre at Berytus? Was he then a malefactor?” + </p> + <p> + “No, sir,” broke in Miriam proudly; “he was a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! I understand. Well, they are ill-spoken of as enemies of the human + race, but for my part I have had to do with several Christians and found + them very good people, though visionary in their views.” Here a doubt + struck him and he said, “But, lady, I understand that you are an Essene.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, sir,” she replied in the same steady voice, “I also am a Christian, + who have been protected by the Essenes.” + </p> + <p> + He looked at her with pity and replied, “It is a dangerous profession for + one so young and fair.” + </p> + <p> + “Dangerous let it be,” she said; “at least it is mine from the beginning + to the end.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus bowed, perceiving that the subject was not to be pursued, and said + to Nehushta, “Continue the story, my friend.” + </p> + <p> + “Lord, the father of my lady’s mother is a very wealthy Jewish merchant of + Tyre, named Benoni.” + </p> + <p> + “Benoni,” he said, “I know him well, too well for a poor man!—a Jew + of the Jews, a Zealot, they say. At least he hates us Romans enough to be + one, although many is the dinner that I have eaten at his palace. He is + the most successful trader in all Tyre, unless it be his rival Amram, the + Phoenician, but a hard man, and as able as he is hard. Now I think of it, + he has no living children, so why does not your lady, his grandchild, + dwell with him rather than in this desert?” + </p> + <p> + “Lord, you have answered your own question. Benoni is a Jew of the Jews; + his granddaughter is a Christian, as I am also. Therefore when her mother + died, I brought her here to be taken care of by her uncle Ithiel the + Essene, and I do not think Benoni knows even that she lives. Lord, perhaps + I have said too much; but you must soon have heard the story from the + Essenes, and we trust to you, who chance to be Benoni’s friend, to keep + our secret from him.” + </p> + <p> + “You do not trust in vain; yet it seems sad that all the wealth and + station which are hers by right should thus be wasted.” + </p> + <p> + “Lord, rank and station are not everything; freedom of faith and person + are more than these. My lady lacks for nothing, and—this is all her + story.” + </p> + <p> + “Not quite, friend; you have not told me her name.” + </p> + <p> + “Lord, it is Miriam.” + </p> + <p> + “Miriam, Miriam,” he repeated, his slightly foreign accent dwelling softly + on the syllables. “It is a very pretty name, befitting such a——” + and he checked himself. + </p> + <p> + By now they were on the crest of the rise, and, stopping between two + clumps of thorn trees, Miriam broke in hastily: + </p> + <p> + “See, sir, there below lies the village of the Essenes; those green trees + to the left mark the banks of Jordan, whence we irrigate our fields, while + that grey stretch of water to the right, surrounded by a wall of mountain, + is the Dead Sea.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it so? Well, the green is pleasant in this desert, and those fields + look well cultivated. I hope to visit them some day, for I was brought up + in the country, and, although I am a soldier, still understand a farm. As + for the Dead Sea, it is even more dreary than I expected. Tell me, lady, + what is that large building yonder?” + </p> + <p> + “That,” she answered, “is the gathering hall of the Essenes.” + </p> + <p> + “And that?” he asked, pointing to a house which stood by itself. + </p> + <p> + “That is my home, where Nehushta and I dwell.” + </p> + <p> + “I guessed as much by the pretty garden.” Then he asked her other + questions, which she answered freely enough, for Miriam, although she was + half Jewish, had been brought up among men, and felt neither fear nor + shame in talking with them in a friendly and open fashion, as an Egyptian + or a Roman or a Grecian lady might have done. + </p> + <p> + While they were still conversing thus, of a sudden the bushes on their + path were pushed aside, and from between them emerged Caleb, of whom she + had seen but little of late. He halted and looked at them. + </p> + <p> + “Friend Caleb,” said Miriam, “this is the Roman captain Marcus, who comes + to visit the curators of the Order. Will you lead him and his soldiers to + the council hall and advise my uncle Ithiel and the others of his coming, + since it is time for us to go home?” + </p> + <p> + Caleb glared at her, or rather at the stranger, with sullen fury; then he + answered: + </p> + <p> + “Romans always make their own road; they do not need a Jew to guide them,” + and once more he vanished into the scrub on the further side of the path. + </p> + <p> + “Your friend is not civil,” said Marcus, as he watched him go. “Indeed, he + has an inhospitable air. Now, if an Essene could do such a thing, I should + think that here is a man who might have drawn an arrow upon a Jewish + tax-gatherer,” and he looked inquiringly at Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “That lad!” put in Nehushta. “Why, he never shot anything larger than a + bird of prey.” + </p> + <p> + “Caleb,” added Miriam in excuse, “does not like strangers.” + </p> + <p> + “So I see,” answered Marcus; “and to be frank, lady, I do not like Caleb. + He has an eye like a knife-point.” + </p> + <p> + “Come, Nehushta,” said Miriam, “this is our road, and there runs that of + the captain and his company. Sir, farewell, and thank you for your + escort.” + </p> + <p> + “Lady, for this while farewell, and thank you for your guidance.” + </p> + <p> + Thus for that day they parted. + </p> + <p> + The dwelling which many years before had been built by the Essenes for the + use of their ward and her nurse, stood next to the large guest-house. + Indeed, it occupied a portion of the ground which originally belonged to + it, although now the plot was divided into two gardens by an irrigation + ditch and a live pomegranate fence, covered at this season of the year + with its golden globes of fruit. That evening, as Miriam and Nehushta + walked in the garden, they heard the familiar voice of Ithiel calling to + them from the other side of this fence, and presently above it saw his + kindly face and venerable white head. + </p> + <p> + “What is it, my uncle?” asked Miriam running to him. + </p> + <p> + “Only this, child; the noble Roman captain, Marcus, is to stay in the + guest-house during his visit to us, so do not be frightened if you hear or + see men moving about in this garden—If, indeed, Romans care to walk + in gardens. I am to bide here also, to play host to him and see that he + lacks nothing. Also I do not think that he will give you any trouble, + since, for a Roman, he seems both courteous and kindly.” + </p> + <p> + “I am not afraid, my uncle,” said Miriam; “indeed,” she added, blushing a + little in spite of herself, “Nehushta and I have already become acquainted + with this captain”; and she told him of their meeting beyond the village. + </p> + <p> + “Nehushta, Nehushta,” said Ithiel reprovingly, “have I not said to you + that you should not walk so far afield without some of the brethren as an + escort? You might, perchance, have met thieves, or drunken men.” + </p> + <p> + “My lady wished to gather some flowers she sought,” answered Nehushta, “as + she has done without harm for many a year; and being armed, I did not fear + thieves, if such men are to be found where all are poor.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, well, as it chances, no harm has happened; but do not go out + unattended again, lest the soldiers should not be so courteous as their + captain. They will not trouble you by the way, since, with the exception + of a single guard, they camp yonder by the streamlet. Farewell for this + night, my child; we will meet to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + Then Miriam went to rest and dreamed of the Roman captain, and that he, + she, and Nehushta made a journey together and met with many great + adventures, wherein Caleb played some strange part. In that dream the + captain Marcus protected them from all these dangers, till at length they + came to a calm sea, on which floated a single white ship wherein they must + embark, having the sign of the Cross woven in its sails. Then she awoke + and found that it was morning. + </p> + <p> + Of all the arts she had been taught, Miriam was fondest of that of + modelling in clay, for which she had a natural gift. Indeed, so great had + her skill become, that these models which she made, after they had been + baked with fire, were, at her wish, sold by the Essenes to any who took a + fancy to them. As to the money which they fetched, it was paid into a fund + to be distributed among the poor. + </p> + <p> + This art Miriam carried on in a reed-thatched shed in the garden, where, + by an earthen pipe, water was delivered into a stone basin, which she used + to damp her clay and cloths. Sometimes also, with the help of masons and + the master who had taught her, now a very old man, she copied these models + in marble, which the Essenes brought to her from the ruins of a palace + near Jericho. At the time that the Romans came she was finishing a work + more ambitious than any which she had undertaken as yet; namely, a + life-sized bust cut from the fragment of an ancient column to the likeness + of her great-uncle, Ithiel. On the afternoon following the day that she + met Marcus, clad in her white working-robe, she was occupied in polishing + this bust, with the assistance of Nehushta, who handed her the cloths and + grinding-powder. Suddenly shadows fell upon her, and turning, she beheld + Ithiel and the Roman. + </p> + <p> + “Daughter,” said Ithiel, smiling at her confusion, “I have brought the + captain Marcus to see your work.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, my uncle!” she replied indignantly, “am I in a state to receive any + captain?” and she held out her wet hands and pointed to her garments + begrimed with clay and powder. “Look at me.” + </p> + <p> + “I look,” said Ithiel innocently, “and see naught amiss.” + </p> + <p> + “And I look, lady,” added Marcus in his merry voice, “and see much to + admire. Would that more of your sex could be found thus delightfully + employed.” + </p> + <p> + “Alas, sir,” she replied, adroitly misunderstanding him, for Miriam did + not lack readiness, “in this poor work there is little to admire. I am + ashamed that you should look on the rude fashionings of a half-trained + girl, you who must have seen all those splendid statues of which I have + been told.” + </p> + <p> + “By the throne of CÊsar, lady,” he exclaimed in a voice that carried a + conviction of his earnestness, staring hard at the bust of Ithiel before + him, “as it chances, although I am not an artist, I do know something of + sculpture, since I have a friend who is held to be the best of our day, + and often for my sins have sat as model to him. Well, I tell you this—never + did the great Glaucus produce a bust like that.” + </p> + <p> + “I daresay not,” said Miriam smiling. “I daresay the great Glaucus would + go mad if he saw it.” + </p> + <p> + “He would—with envy. He would say that it was the work of one of the + glorious Greeks, and of no modern.” + </p> + <p> + “Sir,” said Ithiel reprovingly, “do not make a jest of the maid, who does + the best she can; it pains her and—is not fitting.” + </p> + <p> + “Friend Ithiel,” replied Marcus, turning quite crimson, “you must indeed + think that I lack manners who would come to the home of any artist to mock + his work. I say what I mean, neither more nor less. If this bust were + shown in Rome, together with yourself who sat for it, the lady Miriam + would find herself famous within a week. Yes,” and he ran his eye quickly + over various statuettes, some of them baked and some in the raw clay, + models, for the most part, of camels or other animals or birds, “yes, and + it is the same with all the rest: these are the works of genius, no less.” + </p> + <p> + At this praise, to them so exaggerated, Miriam, pleased as she could not + help feeling, broke into clear laugher, which both Ithiel and Nehushta + echoed. Now, so wroth was he, the face of Marcus grew quite pale and + stern. + </p> + <p> + “It seems,” he said severely, “that it is not I who mock. Tell me, lady, + what do you with these things?” and he pointed to the statuettes. + </p> + <p> + “I, sir? I sell them; or at least my uncles do.” + </p> + <p> + “The money is given to the poor,” interposed Ithiel. + </p> + <p> + “Would it be rude to ask at what price?” + </p> + <p> + “Sometimes,” replied Ithiel with pride, “travellers have given me as much + as a silver shekel.[*] Once indeed, for a group of camels with their + Arabian drivers, I received four shekels; but that took my niece three + months to do.” + </p> + <p> + [*] About 2s. 6d. of English money. + </p> + <p> + “A shekel! Four shekels!” said Marcus in a voice of despair; “I will buy + them all—no, I will not, it would be robbery. And this bust?” + </p> + <p> + “That, sir, is not for sale; it is a gift to my uncle, or rather to my + uncles, to be set up in their court-room.” + </p> + <p> + An idea struck Marcus. “I am here for a few weeks,” he said. “Tell me, + lady, if your uncle Ithiel will permit it, at what price will you execute + a bust of myself of the same size and quality?” + </p> + <p> + “It would be dear,” said Miriam, smiling at the notion, “for the marble + costs something, and the tools, which wear out. Oh, it would be very + dear!” This she repeated, wondering what she could ask in her charitable + avarice. “It would be——” yes, she would venture it—“fifty + shekels!” + </p> + <p> + “I am poor enough,” replied Marcus quietly, “but I will give you two + hundred.” + </p> + <p> + “Two hundred!” gasped Miriam. “It is absurd. I could never accept two + hundred shekels for a piece of stonework. Then indeed you might say that + you had fallen among thieves on the banks of Jordan. No. If my uncles will + permit it and there is time, I will do my poor best for fifty—only, + sir, I advise you against it, since to win that bad likeness you must sit + for many weary hours.” + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” said Marcus. “As soon as I get to any civilised place I will + send you enough commissions to make the beggars in these parts rich for + life, and at a very different figure. Let us begin at once.” + </p> + <p> + “Sir, I have no leave.” + </p> + <p> + “The matter,” explained Ithiel, “must be laid before the Court of + Curators, which will decide upon it to-morrow. Meanwhile, as we are + talking here, I see no harm if my niece chooses to work a lump of clay, + which can be broken up later should the Court in its wisdom refuse your + request.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope for its own sake that the Court in its wisdom will not be such a + fool,” muttered Marcus to himself; adding aloud, “Lady, where shall I + place myself? You will find me the best of sitters. Have I not the great + Glaucus for a friend—until I show him this work of yours?” + </p> + <p> + “If you will, sir, be seated on that stool and be pleased to look towards + me.” + </p> + <p> + “I am your servant,” said Marcus, in a cheerful voice; and the sitting + began. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0008" id="link2HCH0008"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER VIII + </h2> + <h3> + MARCUS AND CALEB + </h3> + <p> + On the morrow, as he had promised, Ithiel brought this question of whether + or no Miriam was to be allowed to execute a bust of the centurion, Marcus, + before the Court of the Curators of the Essenes, who were accustomed thus + to consider questions connected with their ward’s welfare in solemn + conclave. There was a division of opinion. Some of them saw no harm; + others, more strait-laced, held that it was scarcely correct that a Roman + whose principles, doubtless, were lax, should be allowed to sit to the + lady whom they fondly called their child. Indeed, it seemed dubious + whether the leave would be given, until a curator, with more worldly + wisdom than the rest, suggested that as the captain seemed desirous of + having his picture taken in stone, under the circumstances of his visit, + which included a commission to make a general report upon their society to + the authorities, it might be scarcely wise to deny his wish. Finally, a + compromise was effected. It was agreed that Miriam should be permitted to + do the work, but only in the presence of Ithiel and two other curators, + one of them her own instructor in art. + </p> + <p> + Thus it came about that when Marcus presented himself for the second time, + at an hour fixed by Ithiel, he found three white-bearded and white-robed + old gentlemen seated in a row in the workshop, and behind them, a smile on + her dusky face, Nehushta. As he entered they rose and bowed to him, a + compliment which he returned. Now Miriam appeared, to whom he made his + salutation. + </p> + <p> + “Are these,” he said, indicating the elders, “waiting their turn to be + modelled, or are they critics?” + </p> + <p> + “They are critics,” said Miriam drily, as she lifted the damp cloths from + the rude lump of clay. + </p> + <p> + Then the work began. As the three curators were seated in a line at the + end of the shed, and did not seem to think it right to leave their chairs, + they could see little of its details, and as they were early risers and + the afternoon was hot, soon they were asleep, every one of them. + </p> + <p> + “Look at them,” said Marcus; “there is a subject for any artist.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam nodded, and taking three lumps of clay, working deftly and + silently, presently produced to his delighted sight rough but excellent + portraits of these admirable men, who, when they woke up, laughed at them + very heartily. + </p> + <p> + Thus things went on from day to day. Each afternoon the elders attended, + and each afternoon they sank to slumber in their comfortable chairs, an + example that Nehushta followed, or seemed to follow, leaving Miriam and + her model practically alone. As may be guessed, the model, who liked + conversation, did not neglect these opportunities. Few were the subjects + which the two of them failed to discuss. He told her of all his life, + which had been varied and exciting, omitting, it is true, certain details; + also of the wars in which he had served, and the countries that he had + visited. She in turn told him the simple story of her existence among the + Essenes, which he seemed to find of interest. When these subjects were + exhausted they discussed other things—the matter of religion, for + instance. Indeed, Miriam ventured to expound to him the principles of her + faith, to which he listened respectfully and with attention. + </p> + <p> + “It sounds well,” he said at length with a sigh, “but how do such maxims + fit in with this world of ours? See now, lady, I am not old, but already I + have studied so many religions. First, there are the gods of Greece and + Rome, my own gods, you understand—well, the less said of them the + better. They serve, that is all. Then there are the gods of Egypt, as to + which I made inquiry, and of them I will say this: that beneath the + grotesque cloak of their worship seems to shine some spark of a holy fire. + Next come the gods of the Phoenicians, the fathers of a hideous creed. + After them the flame worshippers and other kindred religions of the East. + There remain the Jews, whose doctrine seems to me a savage one; at least + it involves bloodshed with the daily offering of blood. Also they are + divided, these Jews, for some are Pharisees, some Sadducees, some Essenes. + Lastly, there are you Christians, whose faith is pure enough in theory, + but whom all unite against in hate. What is the worth of a belief in this + crucified Preacher who promises that He will raise those who trust in Him + from the dead?” + </p> + <p> + “That you will find out when everything else has failed you,” answered + Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, it is a religion for those whom everything else has failed. When + that chances to the rest of us we commit suicide and sink from sight.” + </p> + <p> + “And we,” she said proudly, “rise to life eternal.” + </p> + <p> + “It may be so, lady, it may be so; but let us talk of something more + cheerful,” and he sighed. “At present, I hold that nothing is eternal—except + perhaps such art as yours.” + </p> + <p> + “Which will be forgotten in the first change of taste, or crumbled in the + first fire. But see, he is awake. Come here, my master, and work this + nostril, for it is beyond me.” + </p> + <p> + The old artist advanced and looked at the bust with admiration. + </p> + <p> + “Maid Miriam,” he said, “I used to have some skill in this art, and I + taught you its rudiments; but now, child, I am not fit to temper your + clay. Deal with the nostril as you will; I am but a hodman who bears the + bricks, you are the heaven-born architect. I will not meddle, I will not + meddle; yet perhaps——” and he made a suggestion. + </p> + <p> + “So?” said Miriam, touching the clay with her tool. “Oh, look! it is right + now. You are clever, my master.” + </p> + <p> + “It was always right. I may be clever, but you have genius, and would have + found the fault without any help from me.” + </p> + <p> + “Did I not say so?” broke in Marcus triumphantly. + </p> + <p> + “Sir,” replied Miriam, “you say a great deal, and much of it, I think, you + do not mean. Please be silent; at this moment I wish to study your lips, + and not your words.” + </p> + <p> + So the work went on. They did not always talk, for soon they found that + speech is not necessary to true companionship. Once Miriam began to sing, + and since she discovered that her voice pleased Marcus and soothed the + slumbers of the elders, she sang often; quaint, sad songs of the desert + and of the Jordan fishermen. Also she told him tales and legends, and when + she had done Nehushta told others—wild stories of Libya, some of + them very dark and bloody, others of magic, black or white. Thus these + afternoons passed happily enough, and the clay model being finished, after + the masons among the brethren had rough hewn it for her, Miriam began to + fashion it in marble. + </p> + <p> + There was one, however, for whom these days did not pass happily—Caleb. + From the time that he had seen Miriam walking side by side with Marcus he + hated the brilliant-looking Roman in whom, his instinct warned him, he had + found a dangerous rival. Oh, how he hated him! So much, indeed, that even + in the moment of first meeting he could not keep his rage and envy in his + heart, but suffered them to be written on his face, and to shine like + danger signals in his eyes, which, it may be remembered, Marcus did not + neglect to note. + </p> + <p> + Of Miriam Caleb had seen but little lately. She was not angry with him, + since his offence was of a nature which a woman can forgive, but in her + heart she feared him. Of a sudden, as it were, the curtain had been drawn, + and she had seen this young man’s secret spirit and learned that it was a + consuming fire. It had come home to her that every word he spoke was true, + that he who was orphaned and not liked even by the gentle elders of the + Essenes, loved but one being upon earth—herself, whereas already his + bosom seethed with many hates. She was sure also that any man for whom she + chanced to care, if such an one should ever cross her path, would, as + Caleb had promised, go in danger at his hands, and the thought frightened + her. Most of all did it frighten her when she saw him glower upon Marcus, + although in truth the Roman was nothing to her. Yet, as she knew, Caleb + had judged otherwise. + </p> + <p> + But if she saw little of him, of this Miriam was sure enough—that he + was seldom far from her, and that he found means to learn from day to day + how she spent her hours. Indeed, Marcus told her that wherever he went he + met that handsome young man with revengeful eyes, who she had said was + named Caleb. Therefore Miriam grew frightened and, as the issue will show, + not without cause. + </p> + <p> + One afternoon, while Miriam was at work upon the marble, and the three + elders were as usual sunk in slumber, Marcus said suddenly: + </p> + <p> + “I forgot. I have news for you, lady. I have found out who murdered that + Jewish thief whose end, amongst other things, I was sent to investigate. + It was your friend Caleb.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam started so violently that her chisel gave an unexpected effect to + one of Marcus’s curls. + </p> + <p> + “Hush!” she said, glancing towards the sleepers, one of whom had just + snored so loudly that he began to awake at the sound; then added in a + whisper, “They do not know, do they?” + </p> + <p> + He shook his head and looked puzzled. + </p> + <p> + “I must speak to you of this matter,” she went on with agitation, and in + the same whisper. “No, not now or here, but alone.” + </p> + <p> + “When and where you will,” answered Marcus, smiling, as if the prospect of + a solitary conversation with Miriam did not displease him, although this + evil-doing Caleb was to be its subject. “Name the time and place, lady.” + </p> + <p> + By now the snoring elder was awake, and rising from his chair with a great + noise, which in turn roused the others. Nehushta also rose from her seat + and in doing so, as though by accident, overset a copper tray on which lay + metal tools. + </p> + <p> + “In the garden one hour after sunset. Nehushta will leave the little lower + door unlocked.” + </p> + <p> + “Good,” answered Marcus; then added in a loud voice, “Not so, lady. Ye + gods! what a noise! I think the curl improved by the slip. It looks less + as though it had been waxed after the Egyptian fashion. Sirs, why do you + disturb yourselves? I fear that to you this long waiting must be as + tedious as to me it seems unnecessary.” + </p> + <p> + The sun was down, and the last red glow had faded from the western sky, + which was now lit only by the soft light of a half-moon. All the world lay + bathed in peace and beauty; even the stern outlines of the surrounding + mountains seemed softened, and the pale waters of the Dead Sea and the + ashen face of the desert gleamed like silver new cast from the mould. From + the oleanders and lilies which bloomed along the edge of the irrigation + channels, and from the white flowers of the glossy, golden-fruited orange + trees, floated a perfume delicious to the sense, while the silence was + only broken from time to time by the bark of a wandering dog or the howl + of a jackal in the wilderness. + </p> + <p> + “A very pleasant night—to talk about Caleb,” reflected Marcus, who + had reached the appointed spot ten minutes before the time, as he strolled + from the narrow belt of trees that were planted along the high, outer + wall, into the more open part of the garden. Had Marcus chanced to notice + that this same Caleb, walking softly as a cat, and keeping with great care + in the shadow, had followed him through the little door which he forgot to + lock, and was now hidden among those very trees, he might have remembered + a proverb to the effect that snakes hide in the greenest grass and the + prettiest flowers have thorny stems. But he thought of no such thing, who + was lost in happy anticipations of a moonlight interview with a lovely and + cultured young lady, whose image, to speak truth, had taken so deep a hold + upon his fancy, that sometimes he wondered how he would be able to banish + it thence again. At present he could think of no better means than that + which at this moment he was following with delight. Meetings in moonlit + gardens tend proverbially to disenchantment! + </p> + <p> + Presently Marcus caught the gleam of a white robe followed by a dark one, + flitting towards him through the dim and dewy garden, and at the sight his + heart stood still, then began to beat again in a disorderly fashion. Had + he known it, another heart a few yards behind him also stood still, and + then began to beat like that of a man in a violent rage. It seems + possible, also, that a third heart experienced unusual sensations. + </p> + <p> + “I wish she had left the old lady behind,” muttered Marcus. “No, I don’t, + for then there are brutes who, if they knew, might blame her”; and, + luckily for himself, he walked forward a few paces to meet the white robe, + leaving the little belt of trees almost out of hearing. + </p> + <p> + Now Miriam stood before him, the moonlight shining on her delicate face + and in her tranquil eyes, which always reminded him of the blue depths of + heaven. + </p> + <p> + “Sir,” she began—— + </p> + <p> + “Oh, I pray you,” he broke in, “cease from ceremony and call me Marcus!” + </p> + <p> + “Captain Marcus,” she repeated, dwelling a little on the unfamiliar name, + “I beg that you will forgive me for disturbing you at so unseasonable an + hour.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly I forgive you, Lady Miriam,” he replied, also dwelling on her + name and copying her accent in a fashion that made the grim-faced Nehushta + smile. + </p> + <p> + She waved her hand in deprecation. “The truth is, that this matter of + Caleb’s——” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, may all the infernal gods take Caleb! as I have reason to believe + they shortly will,” broke in Marcus angrily. + </p> + <p> + “But that is just what I wish to prevent; we have met here to talk of + Caleb.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, if you must—talk and let us be done with him. What about + Caleb?” + </p> + <p> + Miriam clasped her hands. “What do you know of him, Captain Marcus?” + </p> + <p> + “Know? Why, just this: a spy I have in my troop has found out a country + fellow who was hunting for mushrooms or something—I forget what—in + a gully a mile away, and saw this interesting youth hide himself there and + shoot that Jewish plunderer with a bow and arrow. More—he has found + another man who saw the said Caleb an hour or two before help himself to + an arrow out of one of the Jew’s quivers, which arrow appears to be + identical with, or at any rate, similar to, that which was found in the + fellow’s gullet. Therefore, it seems that Caleb is guilty, and that it + will be my duty to-morrow to place him under arrest, and in due course to + convey him to Jerusalem, where the priests will attend to his little + business. Now, Lady Miriam, is your curiosity satisfied about Caleb?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh,” she said, “it cannot be, it must not be! The man had struck him and + he did but return a blow for a blow.” + </p> + <p> + “An arrow for a blow, you mean; the point of a spear for the push of its + handle. But, Lady Miriam, you seem to be very deep in the confidence of + Caleb. How do you come to know all this?” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know, I only guess. I daresay, nay, I am sure, that Caleb is + quite innocent.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you take such an interest in Caleb?” asked Marcus suspiciously. + </p> + <p> + “Because he was my friend and playmate from childhood.” + </p> + <p> + “Umph,” he answered, “a strange couple—a dove and a raven. Well, I + am glad that you did not catch his temper, or you would be more dangerous + even than you are. Now, what do you want me to do?” + </p> + <p> + “I want you to spare Caleb. You, you, you—need not believe those + witnesses.” + </p> + <p> + “To think of it!” said Marcus, in mock horror. “To think that one whom I + thought so good can prove so immoral. Do you then wish to tempt me from my + duty?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I suppose so. At least the peasants round here are great liars.” + </p> + <p> + “Lady,” said Marcus, with stern conviction, “Caleb has improved upon his + opportunities as a playmate; he has been making love to you. I thought so + from the first.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh,” she answered, “how can you know that? Besides, he promised that he + would never do it again.” + </p> + <p> + “How can I know that? Why, because Caleb would have been a bigger fool + than I take him for if he had not. And if it rested with me, certainly he + never would do it again. Now be honest with me, if a woman can on such a + matter, and tell me true: are you in love with this Caleb?” + </p> + <p> + “I—I? In love with Caleb? Of course not. If you do not believe me, + ask Nehushta.” + </p> + <p> + “Thank you, I will be content with your own reply. You deny that you are + in love with him, and I incline to believe you; but, on the other hand, I + remember that you would naturally say this, since you might think that any + other answer would prejudice the cause of Caleb with me.” + </p> + <p> + “With you! What can it matter to you, sir, whether or no I am in love with + Caleb, who, to tell you the truth, frightens me?” + </p> + <p> + “And that, I suppose, is why you plead so hard for him?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” she answered with a sudden sternness, “I plead hard for him as in + like case I would plead hard for you—because he has been my friend, + and if he did this deed he was provoked to it.” + </p> + <p> + “Well spoken,” said Marcus, gazing at her steadily. Indeed, she was worth + looking at as she stood there before him, her hands clasped, her breast + heaving, her sweet, pale face flushed with emotion and her lovely eyes + aswim with tears. Of a sudden as he gazed Marcus lost control of himself. + Passion for this maiden and bitter jealousy of Caleb arose like twin + giants in his heart and possessed him. + </p> + <p> + “You say you are not in love with Caleb,” he said. “Well, kiss me and I + will believe you.” + </p> + <p> + “How could such a thing prove my words?” she asked indignantly. + </p> + <p> + “I do not know and I do not care. Kiss me once and I will believe further + that the peasants of these parts are all liars. I feel myself beginning to + believe it.” + </p> + <p> + “And if I will not?” + </p> + <p> + “Then I am afraid I must refer the matter to a competent tribunal at + Jerusalem.” + </p> + <p> + “Nehushta, Nehushta, you have heard. What shall I do?” + </p> + <p> + “What shall you do?” said Nehushta drily. “Well, if you like to give the + noble Marcus a kiss, I shall not blame you overmuch or tell on you. But if + you do not wish it, then I think you would be a fool to put yourself to + shame to save Caleb.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet, I will do it—and to save Caleb only,” said Miriam with a sob, + and she bent towards him. + </p> + <p> + To her surprise Marcus drew back, placing his hand before his face. + </p> + <p> + “Forgive me,” he said. “I was a brute who wished to buy kisses in such a + fashion. I forgot myself; your beauty is to blame, and your sweetness and + everything that is yours. I pray,” he added humbly, “that you will not + think the worse of me, since we men are frail at times. And now, because + you ask me, though I have no right, I grant your prayer. Mayhap those + witnesses lied; at least, the man’s sin, if sin there be, can be excused. + He has naught to fear from me.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” broke in Nehushta, “but I think you have much to fear from him; and + I am sorry for that, my lord Marcus, for you have a noble heart.” + </p> + <p> + “It may be so; the future is on the knees of the gods, and that which is + fated will befall. My Lady Miriam, I, your humble servant and friend, wish + you farewell.” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell,” she answered. “Yes, Nehushta is right, you have a noble + heart”; and she looked at him in such a fashion that it flashed across his + mind that were he to proffer that request of his again, it might not be + refused. But Marcus would not do it. He had tasted of the joy of + self-conquest, who hitherto, after the manner of his age and race, had + denied himself little, and, as it seemed to him, a strange new power was + stirring in his heart—something purer, higher, nobler, than he had + known before. He would cherish it a while. + </p> + <p> + Of all that were spoken there in the garden, Caleb, the watcher, could + catch no word. The speakers did not raise their voices and they stood at a + distance, so that although he craned his head forward as far as he dared + in the shadow of the trees, sharp and trained as they were, naught save a + confused murmur reached his ears. But if these failed him, his eyes fed + full, so that he lost no move or gesture. It was a passionate love scene, + this was clear, for Nehushta stood at a little distance with her back + turned, while the pair poured out their sweet speeches to each other. Then + at length, as he had expected, came the climax. Yes, oh! shameless woman—they + were embracing. A mist fell upon Caleb’s eyes, in which lights flashed + like red-hot swords lifting and smiting, the blood drummed in his ears as + though his raging, jealous heart would burst. He would kill that Roman now + on the spot. Miriam should never kiss him more—alive. + </p> + <p> + Already Caleb had drawn the short-sword from its hiding-place in his ample + robe; already he had stepped out from the shadow of the trees, when of a + sudden his reason righted itself like a ship that has been laid over by a + furious squall, and caution came back to him. If he did this that + faithless guardian, Nehushta, who without doubt had been bought with Roman + gold, would come to the assistance of her patron and thrust her dagger + through his back, as she well could do. Or should he escape that dagger, + one or other of them would raise the Essenes on him, and he would be given + over to justice. He wished to slay, not to be slain. It would be sweet to + kill the Roman, but if he himself were laid dead across his body, leaving + Miriam alive to pass to some other man, what would he be advantaged? + Presently they must cease from their endearments; presently his enemy + would return as he had come, and then he might find his chance. He would + wait, he would wait. + </p> + <p> + Look, they had parted; Miriam was gliding back to the house, and Marcus + came towards him, walking like a man in his sleep. Only Nehushta stood + where she was, her eyes fixed upon the ground as though she were reasoning + with herself. Still like a man in a dream, Marcus passed him within touch + of his outstretched hand. Caleb followed. Marcus opened the door, went out + of it, and pulled it to behind him. Caleb caught it in his hand, slipped + through and closed it. A few paces down the wall—eight or ten + perhaps—was another door, by which Marcus entered the garden of the + guest-house. As he turned to shut this, Caleb pushed in after him, and + they were face to face. + </p> + <p> + “Who are you?” asked the Roman, springing back. + </p> + <p> + Caleb, who by now was cool enough, closed the door and shot the bolt. Then + he answered, “Caleb, the son of Hilliel, who wishes a word with you.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” said Marcus, “the very man, and, as usual, unless the light deceives + me, in an evil humour. Well, Caleb the son of Hilliel, what is your + business with me?” + </p> + <p> + “One of life and death, Marcus the son of Emilius,” he answered, in such a + tone that the Roman drew his sword and stood watching him. + </p> + <p> + “Be plain and brief, young man,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “I will be both plain and brief. I love that lady from whom you have just + parted, and you also love, or pretend to love, her. Nay, deny it not; I + have seen all, even to your kisses. Well, she cannot belong to both of us, + and I intend that in some future day she shall belong to me if arm and eye + do not fail me now. Therefore one of us must die to-night.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus stepped back, overcome not with fear, but with astonishment. + </p> + <p> + “Insolent,” he said, “you lie! There were no kisses, and our talk was of + your neck, that I gave to her because she asked it, which is forfeit for + the murder of the Jew.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” sneered Caleb. “Now, who would have thought that the noble + Captain Marcus would shelter thus behind a woman’s robe? For the rest, my + life is my own and no other’s to give or to receive. Guard yourself, + Roman, since I would kill you in fair fight. Had I another mind you would + be dead by now, never knowing the hand that struck you. Have no fear; I am + your equal, for my forefathers were nobles when yours were savages.” + </p> + <p> + “Boy, are you mad,” asked Marcus, “to think that I, who have fought in + three wars, can fear a beardless youth, however fierce? Why, if I feared + you I have but to blow upon this whistle and my guards would hale you + hence to a felon’s death. For your own sake it is that I pray you to + consider. Setting aside my rank and yours, I will fight you if you will, + and now. Yet think. If I kill you there is an end, and if by chance you + should kill me, you will be hunted down as a double murderer. As it is, I + forgive you, because I know how bitter is the jealousy of youth, and + because you struck no assassin’s blow when you might have done so safely. + Therefore, I say, go in peace, knowing that I shall not break my word.” + </p> + <p> + “Cease talking,” said Caleb, “and come out into the moonlight.” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad that is your wish,” replied Marcus. “Having done all I can to + save you, I will add that I think you a dangerous cub, of whom the world, + the lady Miriam and I alike will be well rid. Now, what weapon have you? A + short sword and no mail? Well, so have I. In this we are well matched. + Stay, I have a steel-lined cap, and you have none. There it goes, to make + our chances equal. Wind your cloak about your left arm as I do. I have + known worse shields. Good foothold, but an uncertain light. Now, go!” + </p> + <p> + Caleb needed no encouragement. For one second they stood facing each + other, very types of the Eastern and Western world; the Roman—sturdy, + honest-eyed, watchful and fearless, his head thrown back, his feet apart, + his shield arm forward, his sword hand pressed to his side from which the + steel projected. Over against him was the Jew, crouched like a tiger about + to spring, his eyes half closed as though to concentrate the light, his + face working with rage, and every muscle quivering till his whole flesh + seemed to move upon his bones, like to that of a snake. Suddenly, uttering + a low cry, he sprang, and with that savage onslaught the fight began and + ended. + </p> + <p> + Marcus was ready; moreover, he knew what he would do. As the man came, + stepping swiftly to one side, he caught the thrust of Caleb’s sword in the + folded cloak, and since he did not wish to kill him, struck at his hand. + The blow fell upon Caleb’s first finger and severed it, cutting the others + also, so that it dropped to the ground with the sword that they had held. + Marcus put his foot upon the blade, and wheeled round. + </p> + <p> + “Young man,” he said sternly, “you have learnt your lesson and will bear + the mark of it till your death day. Now begone.” + </p> + <p> + The wretched Caleb ground his teeth. “It was to the death!” he said, “it + was to the death! You have conquered, kill me,” and with his bloody hand + he tore open his robe to make a path for the sword. + </p> + <p> + “Leave such talk to play-actors,” answered Marcus. “Begone, and be sure of + this—that if ever you try to bring treachery on me, or trouble on + the lady Miriam, I will kill you sure enough.” + </p> + <p> + Then with a sound that was half curse and half sob, Caleb turned and slunk + away. With a shrug of the shoulder Marcus also turned to go, when he felt + a shadow fall upon him, and swung round, to find Nehushta at his side. + </p> + <p> + “And pray where did you come from, my Libyan friend?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Out of that pomegranate fence, my Roman lord, whence I have seen and + heard all that passed.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed. Then I hope that you give me credit for good sword-play and good + temper.” + </p> + <p> + “The sword-play was well enough, though nothing to boast of with such a + madman for a foe. As for the temper, it was that of a fool.” + </p> + <p> + “Such,” soliloquised Marcus, “is the reward of virtue. But I am curious. + Why?” + </p> + <p> + “Because, my lord Marcus, this Caleb will grow into the most dangerous man + in JudÊa, and to none more dangerous than to my lady Miriam and yourself. + You should have killed him while you had the chance, before his turn comes + to kill you.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps,” answered Marcus with a yawn; “but, friend Nehushta, I have been + associating with a Christian and have caught something of her doctrines. + That seems a fine sword. You had better keep it. Good-night.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0009" id="link2HCH0009"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER IX + </h2> + <h3> + THE JUSTICE OF FLORUS + </h3> + <p> + On the following morning, when the roll of the neophytes of the Essenes + was called, Caleb did not appear. Nor did he answer to his name on the + next day, or indeed ever again. None knew what had become of him until a + while after a letter was received addressed to the Curators of the Court, + in which he announced that, finding he had no vocation for an Essenic + career, he had taken refuge with friends of his late father, in some place + not stated. There, so far as the Essenes were concerned, the matter ended. + Indeed, as the peasant who was concealed in the gully when the Jew was + murdered had talked of what he had witnessed, even the most simple-minded + of the Essenes could suggest a reason for this sudden departure. Nor did + they altogether regret it, inasmuch as in many ways Caleb had proved + himself but an unsatisfactory disciple, and already they were discussing + the expediency of rejecting him from the fellowship of their peaceful + order. Had they known that when he vanished he left behind him a drawn + sword and one of his forefingers, their opinion on this point might have + been strengthened. But this they did not know, although Miriam knew it + through Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + A week went by, during which time Miriam and Marcus did not meet, as no + further sittings were arranged for the completion of the bust. In fact, + they were not needful, since she could work from the clay model, which she + did, till, labouring at it continually, the marble was done and even + polished. One morning as the artist was putting the last touches to her + labours, the door of the workshop was darkened and she looked up to see + Marcus, who, except for his helmet, was clad in full mail as though about + to start upon a journey. As it chanced, Miriam was alone in the place, + Nehushta having gone to attend to household affairs. Thus for the first + time they met with no other eyes to watch them. + </p> + <p> + At the sight of him she coloured, letting the cloth fall from her hand + which remained about the neck of the marble. + </p> + <p> + “I ask your pardon, Lady Miriam,” said Marcus, bowing gravely, “for + breaking in thus upon your privacy; but time presses with me so that I + lacked any to give notice to your guardians of my visit.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you leaving us?” she faltered. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I am leaving you.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam turned aside and picked up the cloth, then answered, “Well, the + work is done, or will be in a few minutes; so if you think it worth the + trouble, take it.” + </p> + <p> + “That is my intention. The price I will settle with your uncles.” + </p> + <p> + She nodded. “Yes, yes, but if you will permit me, I should like to pack it + myself, so that it comes to no harm upon the journey. Also with your leave + I will retain the model, which by right belongs to you. I am not pleased + with this marble; I wish to make another.” + </p> + <p> + “The marble is perfect; but keep the model if you will. I am very glad + that you should keep it.” + </p> + <p> + She glanced at him, a question in her eyes, then looked away. + </p> + <p> + “When do you go?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “Three hours after noon. My task is finished, my report—which is to + the effect that the Essenes are a most worthy and harmless people who + deserve to be encouraged, not molested—is written. Also I am called + hence in haste by a messenger who reached me from Jerusalem an hour ago. + Would you like to know why?” + </p> + <p> + “If it pleases you to tell me, yes.” + </p> + <p> + “I think that I told you of my uncle Caius, who was pro-consul under the + late emperor for the richest province of Spain, and—made use of his + opportunities.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, the old man has been smitten with a mortal disease. For aught I + know he may be already dead, although the physicians seemed to think he + would live for another ten months, or perhaps a year. Being in this case, + suddenly he has grown fond of his relations, or rather relation, for I am + the only one, and expressed a desire to see me, to whom for many years he + has never given a single penny. He has even announced his intention—by + letter—of making me his heir ‘should he find me worthy,’ which, to + succeed Caius, whatever my faults, indeed I am not, since of all men, as I + have told him in past days, I hold him the worst. Still, he has forwarded + a sum of money to enable me to journey to him in haste, and with it a + letter from the CÊsar, Nero, to the procurator Albinus, commanding him to + give me instant leave to go. Therefore, lady, it seems wise that I should + go.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Miriam. “I know little of such things, but I think that it + is wise. Within two hours the bust shall be finished and packed,” and she + stretched out her hand in farewell. + </p> + <p> + Marcus took the hand and held it. “I am loth to part with you thus,” he + said suddenly. + </p> + <p> + “There is only one fashion of parting,” answered Miriam, striving to + withdraw her hand. + </p> + <p> + “Nay, there are many; and I hate them all—from you.” + </p> + <p> + “Sir,” she asked with gentle indignation, “is it worth your while to play + off these pretty phrases upon me? We have met for an hour; we separate—for + a lifetime.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not see the need of that. Oh, the truth may as well out. I wish it + least of all things.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet it is so. Come, let my hand go; the marble must be finished and + packed.” + </p> + <p> + The face of Marcus became troubled, as though he were reasoning with + himself, as though he wished to take her at her word and go, yet could + not. + </p> + <p> + “Is it ended?” asked Miriam presently, considering him with her quiet + eyes. + </p> + <p> + “I think not; I think it is but begun. Miriam, I love you.” + </p> + <p> + “Marcus,” she answered steadily, “I do not think I should be asked to + listen to such words.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not? They have always been thought honest between man and woman.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps, when they are meant honestly, which in this case can scarcely + be.” + </p> + <p> + He grew hot and red. “What do you mean? Do you suppose——” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose nothing, Captain Marcus.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you suppose,” he repeated, “that I would offer you less than the place + of wife?” + </p> + <p> + “Assuredly not,” she replied, “since to do so would be to insult you. But + neither do I suppose that you really meant to offer me that place.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet that was in my mind, Miriam.” + </p> + <p> + Her eyes grew soft, but she answered: + </p> + <p> + “Then, Marcus, I pray you, put it out of your mind, since between us rolls + a great sea.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it named Caleb?” he asked bitterly. + </p> + <p> + She smiled and shook her head. “You know well that it has no such name.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me of this sea.” + </p> + <p> + “It is easy. You are a Roman worshipping the Roman gods; I am a Christian + worshipping the God of the Christians. Therefore we are forever separate.” + </p> + <p> + “Why? I do not understand. If we were married you might come to think like + me, or I might come to think like you. It is a matter of the spirit and + the future, not of the body and the present. Every day Christians wed + those who are not Christians; sometimes, even, they convert them.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I know; but in my case this may not be—even if I wished that + it should be.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” + </p> + <p> + “Because both by the command of my murdered father and of her own desire + my mother laid it on me with her dying breath that I should take to + husband no man who was not of our faith.” + </p> + <p> + “And do you hold yourself to be bound by this command?” + </p> + <p> + “I do, without doubt and to the end.” + </p> + <p> + “However much you might chance to love a man who is not a Christian?” + </p> + <p> + “However much I might chance to love such a man.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus let fall her hand. “I think I had best go,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Yes.” + </p> + <p> + Then came a pause while he seemed to be struggling with himself. + </p> + <p> + “Miriam, I cannot go.” + </p> + <p> + “Marcus, you must go.” + </p> + <p> + “Miriam, do you love me?” + </p> + <p> + “Marcus, may Christ forgive me, I do.” + </p> + <p> + “Miriam, how much?” + </p> + <p> + “Marcus, as much as a woman may love a man.” + </p> + <p> + “And yet,” he broke out bitterly, “you bid me begone because I am not a + Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “Because my faith is more than my love. I must offer my love upon the + altar of my faith—or, at the least,” she added hurriedly, “I am + bound by a rope that cannot be cut or broken. To break it would bring down + upon your head and mine the curse of Heaven and of my parents, who are its + inhabitants.” + </p> + <p> + “And if I became of your faith?” + </p> + <p> + Her whole face lit up, then suddenly its light died. + </p> + <p> + “It is too much to hope. This is not a question of casting incense on an + altar; it is a matter of a changed spirit and a new life. Oh! have done. + Why do you play with me?” + </p> + <p> + “A changed spirit and a new life. At the best that would take time.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, time and thought.” + </p> + <p> + “And would you wait that time? Such beauty and such sweetness as are yours + will not lack for suitors.” + </p> + <p> + “I shall wait. I have told you that I love you; no other man will be + anything to me. I shall wed no other man.” + </p> + <p> + “You give all and take nothing; it is not just.” + </p> + <p> + “It is as God has willed. If it pleases God to touch your heart and to + preserve us both alive, then in days to come our lives may be one life. + Otherwise they must run apart till perchance we meet—in the eternal + morning.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Miriam, I cannot leave you thus! Teach me as you will.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, go, Marcus, and teach yourself. Am I a bait to win your soul? The + path is not so easy, it is very difficult. Fare you well!” + </p> + <p> + “May I write to you from Rome?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, why not, if by that time you should care to write, who then will + have recovered from this folly of the desert and an idle moon?” + </p> + <p> + “I shall write and I shall return, and we will talk of these matters; so, + most sweet, farewell.” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell, Marcus, and the love of God go with you.” + </p> + <p> + “What of your love?” + </p> + <p> + “My love is with you ever who have won my heart.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, Miriam, at least I have not lived in vain. Remember this always, + that much as I may worship you, I honour you still more,” and kneeling + before her he kissed first her hand, and next the hem of her robe. Then he + turned and went. + </p> + <p> + That night, watching from the roof of her house by the light of the full + moon, Miriam saw Marcus ride away at the head of his band of soldiers. On + the crest of a little ridge of ground outside the village he halted, + leaving them to go on, and turning his horse’s head looked backward. Thus + he stood awhile, the silver rays of the moon shining on his bright armour + and making him a point of light set between two vales of shadow. Miriam + could guess whither his eyes were turned and what was in his heart. It + seemed to her, even, that she could feel his loving thought play upon her + and that with the ear of his spirit he could catch the answer of her own. + Then suddenly he turned and was lost in the gloom of the night. + </p> + <p> + Now that he was gone, quite gone, Miriam’s courage seemed to leave her, + and leaning her head upon the parapet she wept tears that were soft but + very bitter. Suddenly a hand was laid upon her shoulder and a voice, that + of old Nehushta, spoke in her ear. + </p> + <p> + “Mourn not,” it said, “since him whom you lose in the night you may find + again in the daytime.” + </p> + <p> + “In no day that dawns from an earthly sun, I fear me, Nou. Oh, Nou! he has + gone, and taken my heart with him, leaving in its place a throbbing pain + which is more than I can bear.” + </p> + <p> + “He will come back; I tell you that he will come back,” she answered, + almost fiercely; “for your life and his are intertwined—yes, to the + end—a single cord bearing a double destiny. I know it; ask me not + how; but be comforted, for it is truth. Moreover, though it be sharp, your + pain is not more than you can bear, else it would never be laid upon you.” + </p> + <p> + “But, Nou, if he does come back, what will it help me, who am built in by + this strict command of them that begat me, to break through which would be + to sin against and earn the curse of God and man?” + </p> + <p> + “I do not know; I only know this, that in that wall, as in others, a door + will be found. Trouble not for the future, but leave it in the hand of Him + Who shapes all futures. Sufficient to the day is the evil thereof. So He + said. Accept the saying and be grateful. It is something to have gained + the love of such a one as this Roman, for, unless the wisdom which I have + gained through many years is at fault, he is true and honest; and that man + must be good at heart who can be reared in Rome and in the worship of its + gods and yet remain honest. Remember these things, and I say be grateful, + since there are many who go through their lives knowing no such joy, even + for an hour.” + </p> + <p> + “I will try, Nou,” said Miriam humbly, still staring at the ridge whence + Marcus had vanished. + </p> + <p> + “You will try, and you will succeed. Now there is another matter of which + I must speak to you. When the Essenes received us it was solemnly decreed + that if you lived to reach the full age of eighteen years you must depart + from among them. That hour struck for you nearly a year ago, and, although + you heard nothing of it, this decree was debated by the Court. Now such + decrees may not be broken, but it was argued that the words ‘full age of + eighteen years,’ meant and were intended to mean until you reached your + nineteenth birthday; that is—in a month from now.” + </p> + <p> + “Then must we go, Nou?” asked Miriam in dismay, for she knew no other + world but this village in the desert, and no other friends than these + venerable men whom she called her uncles. + </p> + <p> + “It seems so, especially as it is now guessed that Caleb fought the + Captain Marcus upon your account. Oh! that tale is talked of—for one + thing, the young wild-cat left a claw behind him which the gardener + found.” + </p> + <p> + “I trust then it is known also that the fault was none of mine. But, Nou, + whither shall we go who have neither friends, nor home, nor money?” + </p> + <p> + “I know not; but doubtless in this wall also there is a door. If the worst + comes to the worst, a Christian has many brothers; moreover, with your + skill in the arts you need never lack for a living in any great city in + the world.” + </p> + <p> + “It is true,” said Miriam, brightening; “that is, if I may believe Marcus + and my old master.” + </p> + <p> + “Also,” continued Nehushta, “I have still almost all the gold that the + Phoenician Amram gave us when I fled with your mother, and added to it + that which I took from the strong box of the captain of the galley on the + night when you were born. So have no fear, we shall not want; nor indeed + would the Essenes suffer such a thing. Now, child, you are weary; go to + rest and dream that you have your lover back again.” + </p> + <p> + It was with a heavy heart that Caleb, defeated and shamed, shook the dust + of the village of the Essenes off his feet. At dawn on the morning after + the night that he had fought the duel with Marcus, he also might have been + seen, a staff in his bandaged hand and a bag of provisions over his + shoulder, standing upon the little ridge and gazing towards the house + which sheltered Miriam. In love and war things had gone ill with him, so + ill that at the thought of his discomfiture he ground his teeth. Miriam + cared nothing for him; Marcus had defeated him at the first encounter and + given him his life; while, worst of all, these two from whom he had + endured so much loved each other. Few, perhaps, have suffered more sharply + than he suffered in that hour; for what agonies are there like those of + disappointed love and the shame of defeat when endured in youth? With time + most men grow accustomed to disaster and rebuff. The colt that seems to + break its heart at the cut of a whip, will hobble at last to the knacker + unmoved by a shower of blows. + </p> + <p> + While Caleb looked, the red rim of the sun rose above the horizon, + flooding the world with light and life. Now birds began to chirp, and + beasts to move; now the shadows fled away. Caleb’s impressionable nature + answered to this change. Hope stirred in his breast, even the pain of his + maimed hand was forgotten. + </p> + <p> + “I will win yet,” he shouted to the silent sky; “my troubles are done + with. I will shine like the sun; I will rule like the sun, and my enemies + shall whither beneath my power. It is a good omen. Now I am glad that the + Roman spared my life, that in a day to come I may take his—and + Miriam.” + </p> + <p> + Then he turned and trudged onward through the glorious sunlight, watching + his own shadow that stretched away before him. + </p> + <p> + “It goes far,” he said again; “this also is a very good omen.” + </p> + <p> + Caleb thought much on his way to Jerusalem; moreover he talked with all + whom he met, even with bandits and footpads whom his poverty could not + tempt, for he desired to learn how matters stood in the land. Arrived in + Jerusalem he sought out the home of that lady who had been his mother’s + friend and who gave him over, a helpless orphan, to the care of the + Essenes. He found that she was dead, but her son lived, a man of kind + heart and given to hospitality, who had heard his story and sheltered him + for his mother’s sake. When his hand was healed and he procured some good + clothes and a little money from his friend, without saying anything of his + purpose, Caleb attended the court of Gessius Florus, the Roman procurator, + at his palace, seeking an opportunity to speak with him. + </p> + <p> + Thrice did he wait thus for hours at a time, on each occasion to be driven + away at last by the guards. On his fourth visit he was more fortunate, for + Florus, who had noted him before, asked why he stood there so patiently. + An officer replied that the man had a petition to make. + </p> + <p> + “Let me hear it then,” said the governor. “I sit in this place to + administer justice by the grace and in the name of CÊsar.” + </p> + <p> + Accordingly, Caleb was summoned and found himself in the presence of a + small, dark-eyed, beetle-browed Roman with cropped hair, who looked what + he was—one of the most evil rulers that ever held power in JudÊa. + </p> + <p> + “What do you seek, Jew?” he asked in a harsh voice. + </p> + <p> + “What I am assured I shall find at your hands, O most noble Florus, + justice against the Jews—pure justice”; words at which the courtiers + and guards tittered, and even Florus smiled. + </p> + <p> + “It is to be had at a price,” he replied. + </p> + <p> + “I am prepared to pay the price.” + </p> + <p> + “Then set out your case.” + </p> + <p> + So Caleb set it out. He told how many years before his father had been + accidentally slain in a tumult, and how he, the son, being but an infant, + certain Jews of the Zealots had seized and divided his estate on the + ground that his father was a partisan of the Romans, leaving him, the son, + to be brought up by charity—which estate, consisting of tracts of + rich lands and certain house property in Jerusalem and Tyre, was still in + their possession or in that of their descendants. + </p> + <p> + The black eyes of Florus glistened as he heard. + </p> + <p> + “Their names,” he said, snatching at his tablets. But as yet Caleb was not + minded to give the names. First, he intimated that he desired to arrive at + a formal agreement as to what proportion of the property, if recovered, + would be handed over to him, the heir. Then followed much haggling; but in + the end it was agreed that as he had been robbed because his father was + supposed to favour the Romans, the lands and a large dwelling with + warehouse attached, at Tyre, together with one-half the back rents, if + recoverable, should be given to the plaintiff. The governor, or as he put + it, CÊsar, for his share was to retain the property in Jerusalem and the + other half of the rents. In this arrangement Caleb proved himself, as + usual, prescient. Houses, as he explained afterwards, could be burned or + pulled down, but beyond the crops on it, land no man could injure. Then, + after the agreement had been duly signed and witnessed, he gave the names, + bringing forward good testimony to prove all that he had said. + </p> + <p> + Within a week those Jews who had committed the theft, or their + descendants, were in prison, whence they did not emerge till they had been + stripped, not only of the stolen property, but of everything else that + they possessed. Either because he was pleased at so great and unexpected a + harvest, or perhaps for the reason that he saw in Caleb an able fellow who + might be useful in the future, Florus fulfilled his bargain with him to + the letter. + </p> + <p> + Thus it came about that by a strange turn of the wheel of chance, within a + month of his flight from the colony of the Essenes, Caleb, the outcast + orphan, with his neck in danger of the sword, became a man of influence, + having great possessions. His sun had risen indeed. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0010" id="link2HCH0010"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER X + </h2> + <h3> + BENONI + </h3> + <p> + A while later Caleb, no longer a solitary wanderer with only his feet to + carry him, his staff to protect him, and a wallet to supply him with food, + but a young and gallant gentleman, well-armed, clad in furs and a purple + cloak, accompanied by servants and riding a splendid horse, once more + passed the walls of Jerusalem. On the rising ground beyond the Damascus + gate he halted and looked back at the glorious city with her crowded + streets, her mighty towers, her luxurious palaces, and her world-famed + temple that dominated all, which from here seemed as a mountain covered + with snow and crowned with glittering gold. + </p> + <p> + “I will rule there when the Romans have been driven out,” he said to + himself, for already Caleb had grown very ambitious. Indeed, the wealth + and the place that had come to him so suddenly, with which many men would + have been satisfied, did but serve to increase his appetite for power, + fame, and all good things. To him this money was but a stepping-stone to + greater fortunes. + </p> + <p> + Caleb was journeying to Tyre to take possession of his house there, which + the Roman commander of the district had been bidden to hand over to him. + Also he had another object. At Tyre dwelt the old Jew, Benoni, who was + Miriam’s grandfather, as he had discovered years before; for when they + were still children together she had told him all her story. This Benoni, + for reasons of his own, he desired to see. + </p> + <p> + On a certain afternoon in one of the palaces of Tyre a man might have been + sitting in a long portico, or verandah as we should call it, which + overlooked the Mediterranean, whose blue waters lapped the + straight-scarped rock below—for this house was in the island city, + not in that of the mainland where most of the rich Syrians dwelt. + </p> + <p> + The man was old and very handsome. His dark eyes were quick and full of + fire, his nose was hooked like the beak of a bird of prey, his hair and + beard were long and snowy white. His robes also were rich and splendid, + and over them, since at this season of the year even at Tyre it was cold, + he wore a cloak of costly northern furs. The house was worthy of its + owner. Built throughout of the purest marble, the rooms were roofed and + panelled with sweet-smelling cedar of Lebanon, whence hung many silver + lamps, and decorated by statuary and frescoes. On the marble floors were + spread rugs, beautifully wrought in colours, while here and there stood + couches, tables and stools, fashioned for the most part of ebony from + Libya, inlaid with ivory and pearl. + </p> + <p> + Benoni, the owner of all this wealth, having finished his business for + that day—the taking count of a shipload of merchandise which had + reached him from Egypt—had eaten his midday meal and now sought his + couch under the portico to rest a while in the sun. Reclining on the + cushions, soon he was asleep; but it would seem that his dreams were + unhappy—at the least he turned from side to side muttering and + moving his hands. At last he sat up with a start. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Rachel, Rachel!” he moaned, “why will you haunt my sleep? Oh! my + child, my child, have I not suffered enough? Must you bring my sin back to + me in this fashion? May I not shut my eyes even here in the sunlight and + be at peace a while? What have you to tell me that you come thus often to + stand here so strengthless and so still? Nay, it is not you; it is my sin + that wears your shape!” and Benoni hid his face in his hands, rocking + himself to and fro and moaning aloud. + </p> + <p> + Presently he sprang up. “It was no sin,” he said, “it was a righteous act. + I offered her to the outraged majesty of Jehovah, as Abraham, our father, + would have offered Isaac, but the curse of that false prophet is upon me + and mine. That was the fault of Demas, the half-bred hound who crept into + my kennel, and whom, because she loved him, I gave to her as husband. Thus + did he repay me, the traitor, and I—I repaid him. Ay! But the sword + fell upon two necks. He should have suffered, and he alone. Oh, Rachel, my + lost daughter Rachel, forgive me, you whose bones lie there beneath the + sea, forgive me! I cannot bear those eyes of yours. I am old, Rachel, I am + old.” + </p> + <p> + Thus Benoni muttered to himself, as he walked swiftly to and fro; then, + worn out with his burst of solitary, dream-bred passion, he sank back upon + the couch. + </p> + <p> + As he sat thus, an Arab doorkeeper, gorgeously apparelled and armed with a + great sword, appeared in the portico, and after looking carefully to see + that his master was not asleep, made a low salaam. + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” asked Benoni shortly. + </p> + <p> + “Master, a young lord named Caleb wishes speech with you.” + </p> + <p> + “Caleb? I know not the name,” replied Benoni. “Stay, it must be the son of + Hilliel, whom the Roman governor”—and turning, he spat upon the + ground—“has brought to his own again. I heard that he had come to + take possession of the great house on the quay. Bring him hither.” + </p> + <p> + The Arab saluted and went. Presently he returned and ushered in Caleb, now + a noble-looking young man clad in fine raiment. Benoni bowed to him and + prayed him to be seated. Caleb bowed in return, touching his forehead in + Eastern fashion with his hand, from which, as his host noticed, the + forefinger was missing. + </p> + <p> + “I am your servant, sir,” said Benoni with grave courtesy. + </p> + <p> + “Master, I am your slave,” answered Caleb. “I have been told that you knew + my father; therefore, on this, my first visit to Tyre, I come to make my + respects to you. I am the son of Hilliel, who perished many years ago in + Jerusalem. You may have heard his story and mine.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Benoni scanning his visitor, “I knew Hilliel—a + clever man, but one who fell into a trap at last, and I see that you are + his son. Your face proves it; indeed, it might be Hilliel who stands + before me.” + </p> + <p> + “I am proud that you should say so,” answered Caleb, though already he + guessed that between Benoni and his father no love had been lost. “You + know,” he added, “that certain of our people seized my inheritance, which + now has been restored to me—in part.” + </p> + <p> + “By Gessius Florus the procurator, I think, who on this account, has cast + many Jews—some of them innocent—into prison.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed! Is that so? Well, it was concerning this Florus that I came + chiefly to ask your advice. The Roman has kept a full half of my + property,” and Caleb sighed and looked indignant. + </p> + <p> + “You are indeed fortunate that he has not kept it all.” + </p> + <p> + “I have been brought up in the desert far from cities,” pleaded Caleb. “Is + there no law by which I may have justice of this man? Cannot you help me + who are great among our people?” + </p> + <p> + “None,” answered Benoni. “Roman citizens have rights, Jews what they can + get. You can appeal to CÊsar if you wish, as the jackal appealed to the + lion. But if you are wise you will be content with half the carcase. Also + I am not great; I am but an old merchant without authority.” + </p> + <p> + Caleb looked downfallen. “It seems that the days are hard for us Jews,” he + said. “Well, I will be content and strive to forgive my enemies.” + </p> + <p> + “Better be content and strive to smite your enemies,” answered Benoni. + “You who were poor are rich; for this much thank God.” + </p> + <p> + “Night and morning I do thank Him,” replied Caleb earnestly and with + truth. + </p> + <p> + Then there was silence for a while. + </p> + <p> + “Is it your intention to reside in Hezron’s—I mean in your house—in + Tyre?” asked Benoni, breaking it. + </p> + <p> + “For a time, perhaps, until I find a tenant. I am not accustomed to towns, + and at present they seem to stifle me.” + </p> + <p> + “Where were you brought up, sir?” + </p> + <p> + “Among the Essenes by Jericho. But I am not an Essene—their creed + disgusted me; I belong to that of my fathers.” + </p> + <p> + “There are worse men,” replied Benoni. “A brother of my late wife is an + Essene, a kindly natured fool named Ithiel; you may have known him.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh, yes, I know him. He is one of their curators and the guardian of the + lady Miriam, his great-niece.” + </p> + <p> + The old man started violently, then, recovering himself, said: + </p> + <p> + “Forgive me, but Miriam was the name of my lost wife—one which it + disturbs me to hear. But how can this girl be Ithiel’s grand-niece? He had + no relations except his sister.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not know,” answered Caleb carelessly. “The story is that the lady + Miriam, whom they call the Queen of the Essenes, was brought to them + nineteen or twenty years ago by a Libyan woman named Nehushta,”—here + again Benoni started—“who said that the child’s mother, Ithiel’s + niece, had been shipwrecked and died after giving birth to the infant, + commanding that it should be brought to him to be reared. The Essenes + consenting, he accepted the charge, and there she is still.” + </p> + <p> + “Then is this lady Miriam an Essene?” asked Benoni in a thick, slow voice. + </p> + <p> + “No; she is of the sect of the Christians, in which faith she has been + brought up as her mother desired.” + </p> + <p> + The old man rose from his couch and walked up and down the portico. + </p> + <p> + “Tell me of the lady Miriam, sir,” he said presently, “for the tale + interests me. What is she like?” + </p> + <p> + “She is, as I believe, the most beautiful maiden in the whole world, + though small and slight; also she is the most sweet and learned.” + </p> + <p> + “That is high praise, sir,” said Benoni. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, master, and perhaps I exaggerate her charms, as is but natural.” + </p> + <p> + “Why is it natural?” + </p> + <p> + “Because we were brought up together, and I hope that one day she will be + my wife.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you then affianced to this maid?” + </p> + <p> + “No, not affianced—as yet,” replied Caleb, with a little smile; “but + I will not trouble you with a history of my love affairs. I have already + trespassed too long upon your kindness. It is something to ask of you who + may not desire my acquaintance, but if you will do me the honour to sup + with me to-morrow night, your servant will be grateful.” + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, young sir. I will come, I will come, for in truth,” he added + hastily, “I am anxious to hear news of all that passes at Jerusalem, + which, I understand, you left but a few days since, and I perceive that + you are one whose eyes and ears are always open.” + </p> + <p> + “I try both to see and to hear,” said Caleb modestly. “But I am very + inexperienced, and am not sure which cause a man who hopes to become both + wise and good, ought to espouse in these troubled days. I need guidance + such as you could give me if you wished. For this while, farewell.” + </p> + <p> + Benoni watched his visitor depart, then once more began to wander up and + down the portico. + </p> + <p> + “I do not trust that young man,” he thought, “of whose doings I have heard + something; but he is rich and able, and may be of service to our cause. + This Miriam of whom he speaks, who can she be? unless, indeed, Rachel bore + a daughter before she died. Why not? She would not have left it to my care + who desired that it should be reared in her own accursed faith and looked + upon me as the murderer of her husband and herself. If so, I who thought + myself childless, yet have issue upon the earth—at least there is + one in whom my blood runs. Beautiful, gifted—but a Christian! The + sin of the parents has descended on the child—yes, the curse is on + her also. I must seek her out. I must know the truth. Man, what is it now? + Can you not see that I would be alone?” + </p> + <p> + “Master, your pardon,” said the Arab servant, bowing, “but the Roman + captain, Marcus, desires speech with you.” + </p> + <p> + “Marcus? Oh, I remember the officer who was stationed here. I am not well, + I cannot see him. Bid him come to-morrow.” + </p> + <p> + “Master, he bid me say that he sails for Rome to-night.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, well, admit him,” answered Benoni. “Perchance he comes to pay his + debt,” he added. + </p> + <p> + The Arab departed, and presently the Roman was ushered in. + </p> + <p> + “Greetings, Benoni,” he said, with his pleasant smile. “Here am I, yet + alive, for all your fears; so you see your money is still safe.” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad to hear it, my lord Marcus,” answered the Jew, bowing low. “But + if it will please you to produce it, with the interest, I think,” he added + drily, “it may be even safer in my strongbox.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus laughed pleasantly. + </p> + <p> + “Produce it?” he said. “What jest is this? Why, I come to borrow more to + defray my costs to Rome.” + </p> + <p> + Benoni’s mouth shut like a trap. + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” said Marcus, holding up his hand, “don’t begin. I know it all. The + times are full of trouble and danger. Such little ready cash as you have + at command is out at interest in safer countries—Egypt, Rome, and + Italy; your correspondent at Alexandria has failed to make you the + expected remittance; and you have reason to believe that every ship in + which you are concerned is now at the bottom of the ocean. So would you be + so good as to lend me half a talent of silver—a thousand shekels in + cash and the rest in bills of exchange on your agents at Brundisium?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” said Benoni, sternly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Marcus, with conviction. “Look you, friend Benoni, the + security is excellent. If I don’t get drowned, or have my throat slit + between here and Italy, I am going to be one of the richest men in Rome; + so this is your last chance of lending me a trifle. You don’t believe it? + Then read this letter from Caius, my uncle, and this rescript signed by + Nero the CÊsar.” + </p> + <p> + Benoni perused the documents and returned them. + </p> + <p> + “I offer you my congratulations,” he said. “If God permits it and you will + walk steadily, your future should be brilliant, since you are of a + pleasant countenance, and when you choose to use it, behind that + countenance lies a brain. But here I see no security for my money, since + even if all things go right, Italy is a long way off.” + </p> + <p> + “Man, do you think that I should cheat you?” asked Marcus hotly. + </p> + <p> + “No, no, but accidents might happen.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I will make it worth your while to risk them. For the half-talent + write a talent charged upon my estate, whether I live or die. And be + swift, I pray you, for I have matters to speak of, of more importance than + this miserable money. Whilst I was commissioner among the Essenes on the + banks of Jordan——” + </p> + <p> + “The Essenes! What of the Essenes?” broke in Benoni. + </p> + <p> + Marcus considered him with his grey eyes, then answered: + </p> + <p> + “Let us settle this little matter of business and I will tell you.” + </p> + <p> + “Good. It is settled; you shall have the acknowledgment to sign and the + consideration in cash and bills before you leave my house. Now what of + these Essenes?” + </p> + <p> + “Only this,” said Marcus; “they are a strange people who read the future, + I know not how. One of them with whom I became friendly, foretold that + mighty troubles were about to fall upon this land of yours—slaughter + and pestilence, and famine, such as the world has not seen.” + </p> + <p> + “That is an old prophecy of those accursed Nazarenes,” broke in Benoni. + </p> + <p> + “Call them not accursed, friend,” said Marcus, in an odd voice, “for you + should do so least of all men. Nay, hear me out. It may be a prophecy of + the Nazarenes, but it is also a prophecy of the Essenes, and I believe it, + who watch the signs of the times. Now the elder told me this, that there + will be a great uprising of the Jews against the strength of CÊsar, and + that most of those who join in it shall perish. He even gave names, and + among them was yours, friend Benoni. Therefore, because you have lent me + money, although I am a Roman, I have come to Tyre to warn you to keep + clear of rebellions and other tumults.” + </p> + <p> + The old man listened quietly, but not as one who disbelieves. + </p> + <p> + “All this may be so,” he said, “but if my name is written in that book of + the dead, the angel of Jehovah has chosen me, and I cannot escape his + sword. Moreover, I am aged, and”—here his eyes flashed—“it is + a good end to die fighting one’s country’s enemies.” + </p> + <p> + “How you Jews do love us to be sure!” said Marcus with a little laugh. + </p> + <p> + “The nation that sends a Gessius Florus, or even an Albinus, to rule its + alien subjects must needs be loved,” replied Benoni with bitter sarcasm. + “But let us be done with politics lest we grow angry. It is strange, but a + visitor has just left me who was brought up among these Essenes.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” said Marcus, staring vacantly into the sea. + </p> + <p> + “He told me that a young and beautiful woman resides with them who is + named the Queen of the Essenes. Did you chance to see her, my lord?” + </p> + <p> + Instantly Marcus became very wide awake. “Oh, yes, I saw her; and what + else did he tell you?” + </p> + <p> + “He told me that this lady was both beautiful and learned.” + </p> + <p> + “That is true,” said Marcus with enthusiasm. “To my mind, although she is + small, I never saw one lovelier, nor do I know a sculptor who is her + equal. If you will come with me to the ship I will open the case and show + you the bust she made of me. But tell me, did this visitor of yours lack + the forefinger on one hand—his right?” + </p> + <p> + “He did.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I suppose that he is named Caleb.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes; but how do you know that?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I cut off his forefinger,” said Marcus, “in a fair fight, and,” + he added savagely, “he is a young rascal, as murderous as he is able, + whose life I did ill to spare.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah,” said Benoni, “it seems that I have still some discernment, for just + so I judged him. Well, what more do you know of the lady?” + </p> + <p> + “Something, since in a way I am affianced to her.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed! Well, this is strange, for so, as he told me, is Caleb.” + </p> + <p> + “He told you that?” said Marcus springing from his chair. “Then he lies, + and would that I had time to prove it on his body! She rejected him; I + have it from Nehushta; also I know it in other ways.” + </p> + <p> + “Then she did accept you, my lord Marcus?” + </p> + <p> + “Not quite,” he replied sadly; “but that was only because I am not a + Christian. She loves me all the same,” he added, recovering. “Upon that + point there can be no doubt.” + </p> + <p> + “Caleb seemed to doubt it,” suggested Benoni. + </p> + <p> + “Caleb is a liar,” repeated Marcus with emphasis, “and one of whom you + will do well to beware.” + </p> + <p> + “Why should I beware of him?” + </p> + <p> + Marcus paused a moment, then answered boldly: + </p> + <p> + “Because the lady Miriam is your granddaughter and the heiress of your + wealth. I say it, since if I did not Caleb would; probably he has done so + already.” + </p> + <p> + For a moment Benoni hid his face in his hands. Then he lifted it and said: + </p> + <p> + “I thought as much, and now I am sure. But, my lord Marcus, if my blood is + hers my wealth is my own.” + </p> + <p> + “Just so. Keep it if you will, or leave it where you will. It is Miriam I + seek, and not your money.” + </p> + <p> + “I think that Caleb seeks both Miriam and my money—like a prudent + man. Why should he not have them? He is a Jew of good blood; he will, I + think, rise high.” + </p> + <p> + “And I am a Roman of better blood who will rise higher.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, a Roman, and I, the grandfather, am a Jew who do not love you + Romans.” + </p> + <p> + “And Miriam is neither Jew nor Roman, but a Christian, brought up not by + you, but by the Essenes; and she loves me, although she will not marry me + because I am not a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + Benoni shrugged his shoulders as he answered: + </p> + <p> + “All of this is a problem which I must ponder on and solve.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus sprang from his seat and stood before the old man with menace in + his air. + </p> + <p> + “Look you, Benoni,” he said, “this is a problem not to be solved by you or + by Caleb, but by Miriam herself, and none other. Do you understand?” + </p> + <p> + “I understand that you threaten me.” + </p> + <p> + “Ay, I do. Miriam is of full age; her sojourn with the Essenes must come + to an end. Doubtless you will take her to dwell with you. Well, beware how + you deal by her. If she wishes to marry Caleb of her own free will, let + her do so. But if you force her to it, or suffer him to force her, then by + your God, and by my gods, and by her God, I tell you that I will come back + and take such a vengeance upon him and upon you, and upon all your people, + that it shall be a story for generations. Do you believe me?” + </p> + <p> + Benoni looked up at the man who stood before him in his youth and beauty, + his eyes on fire and his form quivering with rage, and looking, shrank + back a little. He did not know that this light-hearted Roman had such + strength and purpose at command. Now he understood for the first time that + he was a true son of the terrible race of conquerors, who, if he were + crossed, could be as merciless as the worst of them, one whose very + honesty and openness made him to be feared the more. + </p> + <p> + “I understand that you believe what you say. Whether when you are back at + Rome, where there are women as fair as the Queen of the Essenes, you will + continue to believe it, is another matter.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, a matter for me to settle.” + </p> + <p> + “Quite so—for you to settle. Have you anything to add to the + commands you are pleased to lay upon your humble creditor, Benoni the + merchant?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, two things. First, that when I leave this house you will no longer + be my creditor. I have brought money to pay you off in full, principal and + interest. My talk of borrowing was but a play and excuse to learn what you + knew of Miriam. Nay, do not start, though it may seem strange to you that + I also can be subtle. Foolish man, did you think that I with my prospects + should be left to lack for a miserable half-talent? Why, there at + Jerusalem I could have borrowed ten, or twenty, if I would promise my + patronage by way of interest. My servants wait with the gold without. Call + them in presently and pay yourself, principal and interest, and something + for a bonus. Now for the second, Miriam is a Christian. Beware how you + tamper with her faith. It is not mine, but I say—beware how you + tamper with it. You gave her father and her mother, your own daughter, to + be slaughtered by gladiators and to be torn by lions because, forsooth, + they did not think as you do. Lift one finger against her and I will hale + you into the amphitheatre at Rome, there yourself to be slaughtered by + gladiators, or to be torn by lions. Although I am absent I shall know all + that you do, for I have friends who are good and spies that are better. + Moreover, I return here shortly. Now I ask you, will you give me your + solemn word, swearing it by that God whom you worship, first, that you + will not attempt to force your granddaughter Miriam into marriage with + Caleb the Jew; and secondly, that you will shelter her, treating her with + all honour, and suffering her to follow her own faith in freedom?” + </p> + <p> + Benoni sprang from his couch. + </p> + <p> + “No, Roman, I will not. Who are you who dare to dictate to me in my own + house as to how I shall deal with my own grandchild? Pay what you owe and + get you gone, and darken my doors no more. I have done with you.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” said Marcus. “Well, perhaps it is time that you should travel. Those + who travel and see strange countries and peoples, grow liberal-minded, + which you are not. Be pleased to read this paper,” and he laid a writing + before him. + </p> + <p> + Benoni took it and read. It was worded thus: + </p> + <p> + “To Marcus, the son of Emilius, the captain, in the name of CÊsar, + greetings. Hereby we command you, should you in your discretion think fit, + to seize the person of Benoni, the Jewish merchant, a dweller in Tyre, and + to convey him as a prisoner to Rome, there to answer charges which have + been laid against him, with the particulars of which you are acquainted, + which said particulars you will find awaiting you in Rome, of having + conspired with certain other Jews, to overthrow the authority of CÊsar in + this his province of JudÊa. + </p> + <p> + “(Signed) Gessius Florus, Procurator.” + </p> + <p> + Benoni having read sank back upon his couch, gasping, his white face livid + with surprise and fear. Then a thought seemed to strike him. Seizing the + paper he tore it into fragments. + </p> + <p> + “Now, Roman,” he said, “where is your warrant?” + </p> + <p> + “In my pocket,” answered Marcus; “that which I showed you was but a copy. + Nay, do not ring, do not touch that bell. See this,” and he drew a silver + whistle from his robe. “Outside your gate stand fifty soldiers. Shall I + sound it?” + </p> + <p> + “Not so,” answered Benoni. “I will swear the oath, though indeed it is + needless. Why should you suppose that I could wish to force this maid into + any marriage, or to work her evil on account of matters of her faith?” + </p> + <p> + “Because you are a Jew and a bigot. You gave her father and her mother to + a cruel death, why should you spare her? Also you hate me and all my + people; why, then, should you not favour my rival, although he is a + murderer whose life I have twice spared at the prayer of Miriam? Swear + now.” + </p> + <p> + So Benoni lifted his hand and swore a solemn oath that he would not force + his granddaughter, Miriam, to marry Caleb, or any other man; and that he + would not betray the secret of her faith, or persecute her because of it. + </p> + <p> + “It is not enough,” said Marcus. “Write it down and sign.” + </p> + <p> + So Benoni went to the table and wrote out his undertaking and signed it, + Marcus signing also as a witness. + </p> + <p> + “Now, Benoni,” he said, as he took the paper, “listen to me. That warrant + leaves your taking to my discretion, after I have made search into the + facts. I have made such search and it seems that I am not satisfied. But + remember that the warrant is still alive and can be executed at any + moment. Remember also that you are watched and if you lift a finger + against the girl, it will be put in force. For the rest—if you + desire that the prophecy of the Essene should not come true, it is my + advice that you cease from making plots against the majesty of CÊsar. Now + bid your servant summon him who waits in the antechamber, that he may + discharge my debt. And so farewell. When and where we shall meet again I + do not know, but be sure that we shall meet.” Then Marcus left the + portico. + </p> + <p> + Benoni watched him go, and as he watched, an evil look gathered on his + face. + </p> + <p> + “Threatened. Trodden to the dirt. Outwitted by that Roman boy,” he + murmured. “Is there any cup of shame left for me to drink? Who is the + traitor and how much does he know? Something, but not all, else my arrest + could scarcely have been left to the fancy of this patrician, favourite + though he be. Yes, my lord Marcus, I too am sure that we shall meet again, + but the fashion of that meeting may be little to your taste. You have had + your hour, mine is to come. For the rest, I must keep my oath, since to + break it would be too dangerous, and might cut the hair that holds the + sword. Also, why should I wish to harm the girl, or to wed her to this + rogue Caleb, than whom, mayhap, even the Roman would be better? At least + he is a man who does not cheat or lie. Indeed, I long to see the maid. I + will go at once to Jordan.” + </p> + <p> + Then he sounded his bell and commanded that the servant of the lord Marcus + should be admitted. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0011" id="link2HCH0011"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XI + </h2> + <h3> + THE ESSENES LOSE THEIR QUEEN + </h3> + <p> + The Court of the Essenes was gathered in council debating the subject of + the departure of their ward, Miriam. She must go, that was evident, since + not even for her, whom they loved as though each of them had been in truth + her father or her uncle, could their ancient, sacred rule be broken. But + where was she to go and how should she be supported as became her? These + were the questions that troubled them and that they debated earnestly. At + length her great-uncle Ithiel suggested that she should be summoned before + them, that they might hear her wishes. To this his brethren agreed, and he + was sent to fetch her. + </p> + <p> + A while later, attended by Nehushta, Miriam arrived, clad in a robe of + pure white, and wearing on her head a wimple of white, edged with purple, + and about her waist a purple scarf. So greatly did the Essenes love and + reverence this maid, that as she entered, all the hundred of the Court + rose and remaining standing until she herself was seated. Then the + President, who was sorrowful and even shamefaced, addressed her, telling + her their trouble, and praying her pardon because the ordinance of their + order forced them to arrange that she should depart from among them. At + the end of this speech he asked her what were her wishes as regarded her + own future, adding that for her maintenance she need have no fear, since + out of their revenues a modest sum would be set aside annually which would + suffice to keep her from poverty. + </p> + <p> + In answer Miriam, also speaking sadly, thanked them from her heart for all + their goodness, telling them she had long known this hour of separation to + be at hand. As to where she should dwell, since tumults were so many in + Jerusalem, she suggested that she might find a home in one of the coast + cities, where perhaps some friend or relative of the brethren would + shelter Nehushta and herself. + </p> + <p> + Instantly eight or ten of those present said that they knew such trusty + folk in one place or another, and the various offers were submitted to the + Court for discussion. While the talk was still going on there came a knock + upon the door. After the usual questions and precautions, a brother was + admitted who informed them that there had arrived in the village, at the + head of a considerable retinue, Benoni, the Jewish merchant of Tyre. He + stated that he desired speech with them on the subject of his + granddaughter Miriam, who, he learned, was, or had been recently, in their + charge. + </p> + <p> + “Here may be an answer to the riddle,” said the President. “We know of + this Benoni, also that he purposed to demand his granddaughter of us, + though until he did so it was not for us to speak.” Then he put it to the + Court that Benoni should be admitted. + </p> + <p> + To this they agreed, and presently the Jew came, splendidly attired, his + long white beard flowing down a robe that glittered with embroideries of + gold and silver. Entering the dim, cool hall, he stared in amazement at + the long half-circles of venerable, white-robed men who were gathered + there. Next his quick eyes fell upon the lovely maiden who, attended by + the dark-visaged Nehushta, sat before them on a seat of honour; and + looking, he guessed that she must be Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Little wonder,” reflected Benoni to himself, “that all men seem to love + this girl, since at the first sight of her my own heart softens.” + </p> + <p> + Then he bowed to the President of the Court and the President bowed back + in answer. But not one of the rest so much as moved his head, since + already every man of them hated this stranger who was about to carry away + her whom they called their Queen. + </p> + <p> + “Sirs,” said Benoni breaking the silence, “I come here upon a strange + errand—namely, to ask of you a maid whom I believe to be my + granddaughter, of whose existence I learned not long ago, and whom, as it + seems, you have sheltered from her birth. Is she among you here?” and he + looked at Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “The lady Miriam sits yonder,” said the President. “You are right in + naming her your granddaughter, as we have known her to be from the + beginning.” + </p> + <p> + “Then why,” said Benoni, “did I not know it also?” + </p> + <p> + “Because,” answered the President quietly, “we did not think it fitting to + deliver a child that was committed to our charge, to the care of one who + had brought her father, and tried to bring her mother, his own seed, to + the most horrible of deaths.” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke he fixed his eyes indignantly upon Benoni; as did every man of + all that great company, till even the bold-faced Jew dropped his head + abashed. + </p> + <p> + “I am not here,” he said, recovering himself, “to make defence of what I + have done, or have not done in the past. I am here to demand that my + grandchild, now as I perceive a woman grown, may be handed over to me, her + natural guardian.” + </p> + <p> + “Before this can be considered,” answered the President, “we who have been + her guardians for so many years, should require guarantees and sureties.” + </p> + <p> + “What guarantees, and what sureties?” asked Benoni. + </p> + <p> + “These among others—That money sufficient for her support after your + death should be settled upon her. That she shall be left reasonable + liberty in the matter of her daily life and her marriage, if it should + please her to marry. Lastly, that as we have undertaken not to meddle with + her faith, or to oppress her into changing it, so must you undertake + also.” + </p> + <p> + “And if I refuse these things?” asked Benoni. + </p> + <p> + “Then you see the lady Miriam for the first and last time,” answered the + President boldly, while the others nodded approval. “We are men of peace, + but, merchant, you must not, therefore, think us men without power. We + must part with the lady Miriam, who to every one of us is as a daughter, + because the unbreakable rule of our order ordains that she, who is now a + woman grown, can no longer remain among us. But wherever she dwells, to + the last day of her life our love shall go with her and the whole strength + of our Order shall protect her. If any harm is attempted to her, we shall + be swift to hear and swifter to avenge. If you refuse our conditions, she + will vanish from your sight, and then, merchant, go, search the world, the + coasts of Syria, the banks of Egypt, and the cities of Italy—and + find her if you can. We have spoken.” + </p> + <p> + Benoni stroked his white beard before he answered. + </p> + <p> + “You talk proudly,” he said. “Did I shut my eyes I might fancy that this + voice was the voice of a Roman procurator speaking the decrees of CÊsar. + Still, I am ready to believe that what you promise you can perform, since + I for one am sure that you Essenes are not mere harmless heretics who + worship angels and demons, see visions, prophesy things to come by the + help of your familiars, and adore the sun in huts upon the desert.” He + paused, but the President, without taking the slightest notice of his + insults or sarcasms, repeated merely: + </p> + <p> + “We have spoken,” and as with one voice, like some great echo, the whole + hundred of them cried, “We have spoken!” + </p> + <p> + “Do you hear them, master?” said Nehushta in the silence that followed. + “Well, I know them. They mean what they say, and you are right—what + which they threaten they can perform.” + </p> + <p> + “Let my grandchild speak,” said Benoni. “Daughter, is it your wish that + such dishonouring bonds should be laid upon me?” + </p> + <p> + “Grandsire,” replied Miriam, in a pure, clear voice, “I may not quarrel + with that which is done for my own good. For the wealth I care little, but + I would not become a slave in everything save the name, nor do I desire to + set my feet in that path my parents trod. What my uncles say—all of + these”—and she waved her hand—“speaking in the name of the + thousands that are without, that I do, for they love me and I love them, + and their mind is my mind and their words are my words.” + </p> + <p> + “Proud-spirited, and well spoken, like all her race,” muttered Benoni. + Still he stroked his beard and hesitated. + </p> + <p> + “Be pleased to give your answer,” said the President, “that we may finish + our discussion before the hour of evening prayer. To help you to it, + remember one thing—we ask no new conditions.” Benoni glanced up + quickly and the President added: “Those of which we have received a copy, + that you swore to and signed in the presence of Marcus the Roman, are + enough for us.” + </p> + <p> + Now it was Miriam’s turn to look, first up and then down. As for her + grandfather, he turned white with anger, and broke into a bitter laugh. + </p> + <p> + “Now I understand——” + </p> + <p> + “——that the arm of the Essenes is longer than you thought, + since it can reach from here to Rome,” said the President. + </p> + <p> + “Ay! that you can plot with Romans. Well, be careful lest the sword of + these Romans prove longer than <i>you</i> thought and reach even to your + hearts, O you peaceful dwellers in the desert!” Then, as though he feared + some answer, he added quickly, “I am minded to return and leave this + maiden with you to dispose of as you think fit. Yet I will not do so, for + she is very fair and gracious, and with the wealth that I can give her, + may fill some high place in the world. Also—and this is more to me—I + am old and draw near my end and she alone has my blood in her veins. + Therefore I will agree to all your terms, and take her home with me to + Tyre, trusting that she may learn to love me.” + </p> + <p> + “Good,” said the President. “To-morrow the papers shall be prepared and + signed. Meanwhile we pray you to be our guest.” + </p> + <p> + Next evening signed they were accordingly, Benoni agreeing without demur + to all that the Essenes asked on behalf of her who had been their ward, + and even assigning to her a separate revenue during his lifetime. Indeed, + now that he had seen her, so loth was he to part with this new-found + daughter, that he would have done still more had it been asked of him, + lest she should be spirited from his sight, as, did he refuse, might well + happen. + </p> + <p> + Three days later Miriam bade farewell to her protectors, who accompanied + her by hundreds to the ridge above the village. Here they stopped, and + seeing that the moment of separation was at hand, Miriam’s tears began to + flow. + </p> + <p> + “Weep not, beloved child,” said Ithiel, “for though we part with you in + body, yet shall we always be with you in the spirit, now in this life, and + as we think, after this life. Moreover, by night and day, we shall watch + over you, and if any attempt to harm you—” here he glanced at + Benoni, that brother-in-law to whom he bore but little love—“the + very winds will bear us tidings, and in this way or that, help will come.” + </p> + <p> + “Have no fear, Ithiel,” broke in Benoni, “my bond, which you hold, is good + and it will be backed by love.” + </p> + <p> + “That I believe also,” said Miriam; “and if it be so, grandsire, I will + repay love for love.” Then she turned to the Essenes and thanked them in + broken words. + </p> + <p> + “Be not downhearted,” said Ithiel in a thick voice, “for I hope that even + in this life we shall meet again.” + </p> + <p> + “May it be so,” answered Miriam, and they parted, the Essenes returning + sadly to their home, and Benoni taking the road through Jericho to + Jerusalem. + </p> + <p> + Travelling slowly, at the evening of the second day they set their camp on + open ground not far from the Damascus gate of the Holy City, but within + the new north wall that had been built by Agrippa. Into the city itself + Benoni would not enter, fearing lest the Roman soldiers should plunder + them. At moonrise Nehushta took Miriam by the hand and led her through the + resting camels to a spot a few yards from the camp. + </p> + <p> + There, standing with her back to the second wall, she pointed out to her a + cliff, steep but of no great height, in which appeared little caves and + ridges of rock that, looked at from this distance, gave to its face a rude + resemblance to a human skull. + </p> + <p> + “See,” she said solemnly. “Yonder the Lord was crucified.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam heard and sank to her knees in prayer. As she knelt there the grave + voice of her grandfather spoke behind her, bidding her rise. + </p> + <p> + “Child,” he said, “it is true. True is it also that signs and wonders + happened after the death of that false Messiah, and that for me and mine + He left a curse behind Him which it may well be is not done with yet. I + know your faith, and I have promised to let you follow it in peace. Yet I + beseech of you, do not make prayers to your God here in public, where with + malefactors He suffered as a malefactor, lest others less tolerant should + see you and drag you to your father’s death.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam bowed her head and returned to the camp, nor at that time did any + further words pass between them on this matter of her religion. + Thenceforward, however, she was careful to do nothing which could bring + suspicion on her grandfather. + </p> + <p> + Four days later they came to the rich and beautiful city of Tyre, and + Miriam saw the sea upon which she had been born. Hitherto, she had fancied + that its waters were much like those of the Dead Lake, upon whose shores + she had dwelt so many years; but when she perceived the billows rushing + onwards, white-crested, to break in thunder against the walls of island + Tyre, she clapped her hands with joy. Indeed, from that day to the end of + her life she loved the sea in all its moods, and for hours at a time would + find it sufficient company. Perhaps this was because the seethe of its + waves was the first sound that her ears had heard, while her first breath + was salted with its spray. + </p> + <p> + From Jerusalem, Benoni had sent messengers mounted on swift horses bidding + his servants make ready to receive a guest. So it came about that when she + entered his palace in Tyre, Miriam found it decked as though for a bride, + and wandered in amazement—she who had known nothing better than the + mud-houses of the Essenes—from hall to hall of the ancient building + that in bygone generations had been the home of kings and governors. + Benoni followed her steps, watching her with grave eyes, till at length + all was visited save the gardens belonging to him which were on the + mainland. + </p> + <p> + “Are you pleased with your new home, daughter?” he asked presently. + </p> + <p> + “My grandfather, it is beautiful,” she answered. “Never have I dreamed of + such a place as this. Say, may I work my art in one of these great rooms?” + </p> + <p> + “Miriam,” he answered, “of this house henceforth you are the mistress, as + in time to come you will be its owner. Believe me, child, it was not + needed that so many and such different men should demand from me sureties + for your comfort and your safety. All I have is yours, whilst all you + have, including your faith and your friends, of whom there seem to be + many, remains your own. Yet, should it please you to give me in return + some small share of your love, I who am childless and friendless shall be + grateful.” + </p> + <p> + “That is my desire,” answered Miriam hurriedly; “only, grandsire, between + you and me——” + </p> + <p> + “Speak it not,” he said, with a gesture almost of despair, “or rather I + will speak it—between you and me runs the river of your parents’ + blood. It is so, yet, Miriam, I will confess to you that I repent me of + that deed. Age makes us judge more kindly. To me your faith is nothing and + your God a sham, yet I know now that to worship Him is not worthy of death—at + least not for that cause would I bring any to their death to-day, or even + to stripes and bonds. I will go further; I will stoop even to borrow from + His creed. Do not His teachings bid you to forgive those who have done you + wrong?” + </p> + <p> + “They do, and that is why Christians love all mankind.” + </p> + <p> + “Then bring that law into this home of ours, Miriam, and love me who + sorrow for what I did in the blind rage of my zeal, and who now in my old + age am haunted by its memory.” + </p> + <p> + Then for the first time Miriam threw herself into the old man’s arms and + kissed him on the brow. + </p> + <p> + So it came about that they made their peace and were happy together. + </p> + <p> + Indeed, day by day Benoni loved her more, till at length she was + everything to him, and he grew jealous of all who sought her company, and + especially of Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0012" id="link2HCH0012"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XII + </h2> + <h3> + THE RING, THE NECKLACE AND THE LETTER + </h3> + <p> + So Miriam came to Tyre, where, for many months, her life was peaceful and + happy enough. At first she had feared meeting Caleb, who she knew from her + grandfather was dwelling there; but as it chanced, he had left the city + upon business of his own, so for the while she was free of him. In Tyre + were many Christians with whom she made friends and worshipped, Benoni + pretending to know nothing of the matter. Indeed, at this time and place + it was the Jews rather than the Christians who were in danger at the hands + of the Syrians and Greeks, who hated them for their wealth and faith, + threatening them continually with robbery and massacre. But as yet that + storm did not burst, and in its brewing the Christians, who were few, + humble, and of all races, escaped notice. + </p> + <p> + Thus it came about that Miriam dwelt in quiet, occupying herself much with + her art of modelling and going abroad but little, since it was scarcely + safe for her, the grandchild of the rich Jew merchant, to show her face in + the streets. Though she was surrounded by every luxury, far more than she + needed, indeed, this lack of liberty irked her who had been reared in the + desert, till at times she grew melancholy and would sit for hours looking + on the sea and thinking. She thought of her mother who had sat thus before + her; of her father, who had perished beneath the gladiators’ swords; of + the kindly old men who had nurtured her, and of the sufferings of her + brothers and sisters in the faith in Rome and at Jerusalem. But most of + all she thought of Marcus, her Roman lover, whom, strive as she would, she + could never forget—no, not for a single hour. She loved him, that + was the truth of it, and between them there was a great gulf fixed, not of + the sea only, which ships could sail, but of that command which the dead + had laid upon her. He was a pagan and she was a Christian, and they might + not wed. By now, too, it was likely that he had forgotten her, the girl + who took his fancy in the desert. At Rome there were many noble and lovely + women—oh! she could scarcely bear to think of it. Yet night by night + she prayed for him, and morn by morn his face arose before her + half-awakened eyes. Where was he? What was he doing? For aught she knew he + might be dead. Nay, for then, surely, her heart would have warned her. + Still, she craved for tidings, and alas! there were none. + </p> + <p> + At length tidings did come—the best of tidings. One day, wearying of + the house, with the permission of her grandfather, and escorted by + servants, Miriam had gone to walk in the gardens that he owned to the + north of that part of the city on the mainland, which was called + PalÊtyrus. They were lovely gardens, well watered and running down to the + sea-edge, and in them grew beautiful palms and other trees, with fruitful + shrubs and flowers. Here, when they had roamed a while, Miriam and + Nehushta sat down upon the fallen column of some old temple and rested. + Suddenly they heard a footstep, and Miriam looked up to see before her a + Roman officer, clad in a cloak that showed signs of sea-travel, and, + guiding him, one of Benoni’s servants. + </p> + <p> + The officer, a rough but kindly looking man of middle age, bowed to her, + asking in Greek if he spoke to the lady Miriam, the granddaughter of + Benoni the Jew, she who had been brought up among the Essenes. + </p> + <p> + “Sir, I am she,” answered Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Then, lady, I, who am named Gallus, have an errand to perform”; and + drawing from his robe a letter tied with silk and sealed, and with the + letter a package, he handed them to her. + </p> + <p> + “Who sends these?” she asked, hope shining in her eyes, “and whence come + they?” + </p> + <p> + “From Rome, lady, as fast as sails could waft them and me. And the sender + is the noble Marcus, called the Fortunate.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” said Miriam, blushing to her eyes, “tell me, sir, is he well?” + </p> + <p> + “Not so well but that such a look as that, lady, would better him, or any + other man, could he be here to see it,” answered the Roman, gazing at her + with admiration. + </p> + <p> + “Did you then leave him ill? I do not understand.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, his health seemed sound, and his uncle Caius being dead his wealth + can scarce be counted, or so they say, since the old man made him his + heir. Perhaps that is why the divine Nero has taken such a fancy to him + that he can scarce leave the palace. Therefore I cannot say that Marcus is + well to-day, since sometimes Nero’s friends are short-lived. Nay, be not + frightened, I did but jest; your Marcus is safe enough. Read the letter, + lady, and waste no time. As for me, my mission is fulfilled. Thank me not; + it is reward enough to have seen that sweet face of yours. Fortunate indeed + is the star of Marcus, and, though I am jealous of the man, for your sake + I pray that it may lead him back to you. Lady, farewell.” + </p> + <p> + “Cut the silk, Nou,” said Miriam when the Captain Gallus had gone. “Quick. + I have no knife.” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta obeyed smiling and the letter was unrolled. It, or those parts of + it which concern us, ran thus: + </p> + <p> + “To the lady Miriam, from Marcus the Roman, her friend, by the hand of the + Captain Gallus. + </p> + <p> + “Dear friend and lady, greeting. Already since I came here I have written + you one letter, but this day news has reached me that the ship which bore + it foundered off the coast of Sicily. So, as Neptune has that letter, and + with it many good men, although I write more ill than I do most things, I + send you another by this occasion, hoping, I who am vain, that you have + not forgotten me, and that the reading of it may even give you pleasure. + Most dear Miriam, know that I accomplished my voyage to Rome in safety, + visiting your grandsire on the way to pay him a debt I owed. But that + story you will perhaps have heard. + </p> + <p> + “From Tyre I sailed for Italy, but was cast away upon the coasts of + Melita, where many of us were drowned. By the favour of some god, however—ah! + what god I wonder—I escaped, and taking another ship came safely to + Brundisium, whence I travelled as fast as horses would carry me to Rome. + Here I arrived but just in time, for I found my uncle Caius very will. + Believing, moreover, that I had been drowned in the shipwreck at Melita, + he was about to make a will bequeathing his property to the Emperor Nero, + but by good fortune of this he had said nothing. Had he done so I should, + I think, be as poor to-day as when I left you, dear, and perhaps poorer + still, for I might have lost my head with my inheritance. + </p> + <p> + “As it was I found favour in the sight of my uncle Caius, who a week after + my arrival executed a formal testament leaving to me all his land, goods, + and moneys, which on his death three months later I inherited. Thus I have + become rich—so rich that now, having much money to spend, by some + perversity which I cannot explain, I have grown careful and spend as + little as possible. After I had entered into my inheritance I made a plan + to return to JudÊa, for one reason and one alone—to be near to you, + most sweet Miriam. At the last moment I was stayed by a very evil chance. + That bust which you made of me I had managed to save from the shipwreck + and bring safe to Rome—now I wish it was at the bottom of the sea, + and you shall learn why. + </p> + <p> + “When I came into possession of this house in the Via Agrippa, which is + large and beautiful, I set it in a place of honour in the antechamber and + summoned that sculptor, Glaucus, of whom I have spoken to you, and others + who follow the art, to come and pass judgment upon the work. They came, + they wondered and they were silent, for each of them feared lest in + praising it he should exalt some rival. When, however, I told them that it + was the work of a lady in JudÊa, although they did not believe me, since + all of them declared that no woman had shaped that marble, knowing that + they had nothing to fear from so distant an artist whoever he might be, + they began to praise the work with one voice, and all that evening until + the wine overcame them, talked of nothing else. Also they continued + talking on the morrow, until at length the fame of the thing came to the + ears of Nero, who also is an artist of music and other things. The end of + it was that one day, without warning, the Emperor visited my house and + demanded to see the bust, which I showed to him. For many minutes he + examined it through the emerald with which he aids his sight, then asked: + </p> + <p> + “‘What land had the honour to bear the genius who wrought this work?’ + </p> + <p> + “I answered, ‘JudÊa,’ a country, by the way, of which he seemed to know + little, except that some fanatics dwelt there, who refused to worship him. + He said that he would make that artist ruler of JudÊa. I replied that the + artist was a woman, whereon he answered that he cared nothing—she + should still rule JudÊa, or if this could not be managed he would send and + bring her to Rome to make a statue of him to be set up in the Temple at + Jerusalem for the Jews to worship. + </p> + <p> + “Now I saw that I had been foolish, and knowing well what would have been + your fate, my Miriam, had he once set eyes on you, I sighed and answered, + that alas! it was impossible, since you were dead, as I proved to him by a + long story with which I will not trouble you. Moreover, now that he was + sure that you were dead, I showed him the little statuette of yourself + looking into water, which you gave me. Whereon he burst into tears, at the + thought that such an one had departed from the earth, while it was still + cursed with so many who are wicked, old and ugly. + </p> + <p> + “Still he did not go, but remained admiring the bust, till at length one + of his favourites who accompanied him, whispered in my ear that I must + present it to the Emperor. I refused, whereon he whispered back that if I + did not, assuredly before long it would be taken, and with it all my other + goods, and, perhaps, my life. So, since I must, I changed my mind and + prayed him to accept it; whereon he embraced, first the marble and then + me, and caused it to be borne away then and there, leaving me mad with + rage. + </p> + <p> + “Now I tell you all this silly story for a reason, since it has hindered + and still hinders me from leaving Rome. Thus: two days later I received an + Imperial decree, in which it was stated that the incomparable work of art + brought from JudÊa by Marcus, the son of Emilius, had been set up in a + certain temple, where those who would please their Emperor were desired to + present themselves and worship it and the soul of her by whom it was + fashioned. Moreover, it was commanded that I, Marcus, whose features had + served as a model for the work, should be its guardian and attend twice + weekly in the temple, that all might see how the genius of a great artist + is able to make a thing of immortal beauty from a coarse original of flesh + and blood. Oh, Miriam, I have no patience to write of this folly, yet the + end of it is, that except at the cost of my fortune and the risk of my + life, it is impossible for me to leave Rome. Twice every week, or by + special favour, once only, must I attend in that accursed temple where my + own likeness stands upon a pedestal of marble, and before it a marble + altar, on which are cut the words: ‘Sacrifice, O passer-by, to the spirit + of the departed genius who wrought this divine work.’ + </p> + <p> + “Yes, there I sit, I who am a soldier, while fools come in and gaze first + at the marble and then at me, saying things for which often I long to kill + them, and casting grains of incense into the little fire on the altar in + sacrifice to your spirit, whereby I trust it may be benefited. Thus, + Miriam, are we ruled in Rome to-day. + </p> + <p> + “Meanwhile, I am in great favour with Nero, so that men call me ‘the + Fortunate,’ and my house the ‘Fortunate House,’ a title of ill-omen. + </p> + <p> + “Yet out of this evil comes some good, since because of his present + affection for me, or my bust, I have now and again for your sake, Miriam, + been able to do service, even to the saving of their lives, to those of + your faith. Here there are many Christians whom it is an amusement to Nero + to persecute, torture, and slay, sometimes by soaking them in tar and + making of them living torches to illuminate his gardens, and sometimes in + other fashions. The lives of sundry of these poor people he has given to + me, when I begged them of him. Indeed, he has done more. Yesterday Nero + came himself to the temple and suggested that certain of the Christians + should be sacrificed in a very cruel fashion here as an offering to your + spirit. I answered that this could give it little pleasure, seeing that in + your lifetime you also were a Christian. Thereon he wrung his hands, + crying out, ‘Oh! what a crime have I committed,’ and instantly gave orders + that no more Christians should be killed. So for a little while, thanks to + your handiwork, and to me who am called ‘the Model,’ they are safe—those + who are left of them. + </p> + <p> + “I hear that there are wars and tumults in JudÊa, and that Vespasian, a + great general, is to be sent to quell them. If I can I will come with him, + but at present—such is the madness of my master—this is too + much to hope, unless, indeed, he wearies suddenly of the ‘Divine Work’ and + its attendant ‘Model.’ + </p> + <p> + “Meanwhile I also cast incense upon your altar, and pray that in these + troubles you may come to no harm. + </p> + <p> + “Miriam, I am most unhappy. I think of you always and yet I cannot come to + you. I picture you in many dangers, and I am not there to save you. I even + dare to hope that you would wish to see me again; but it is the Jew Caleb, + and other men, who see you and make offerings to your sweet beauty as I + make them to your spirit. I beseech you, Miriam, do not accept the + offerings, lest in some day to come, when I am once more a soldier, and + have ceased to be a custodian of busts, it should be the worse for those + worshippers, and especially for Caleb. + </p> + <p> + “What else have I to tell you? I have sought out some of the great + preachers of your faith, hoping that by the magic whereof they are said to + be masters, they would be able to assure me of your welfare. But to my + sorrow they gave me no magic—in which it seems they do not deal—only + maxims. Also, from these I bought for a great sum certain manuscripts + written by themselves containing the doctrines of your law, which I intend + to study so soon as I have time. Indeed, this is a task which I wish to + postpone, since did I read I might believe and turn Christian, to serve in + due course as a night-light in Nero’s gardens. + </p> + <p> + “I send you a present, praying that you will accept it. The emerald in the + ring is cut by my friend, the sculptor Glaucus. The pearls are fine and + have a history which I hope to tell you some day. Wear them always, + beloved Miriam, for my sake. I do not forget your words; nay, I ponder + them day and night. But at least you said you loved me, and in wearing + these trinkets you break no duty to the dead. Write to me, I pray you, if + you can find a messenger. Or, if you cannot write, think of me always as I + do of you. Oh, that we were back together in that happy village of the + Essenes, to whom, as to yourself, be all good fortune! Farewell. + </p> + <p> + “Your ever faithful friend and lover, + </p> + <p> + “Marcus.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam finished her letter, kissed it, and hid it in her bosom. Then she + opened the packet and unlocked the ivory box within by a key that hung to + it. Out of the casket she took a roll of soft leather. This she undid and + uttered a little cry of joy, for there lay a necklace of the most lovely + pearls that she had ever seen. Nor was this all, for threaded on the + pearls was a ring, and cut upon its emerald bezel the head of Marcus, and + her own head taken from the likeness she had given him. + </p> + <p> + “Look! Nou, look!” said Miriam, showing her the beauteous trinkets. + </p> + <p> + “A sight to make old eyes glisten,” answered Nehushta handling them. “I + know something of pearls, and these are worth a fortune. Happy maid, to + whom is given such a lover.” + </p> + <p> + “Unhappy maid who can never be a happy wife,” sighed Miriam, her blue eyes + filling with tears. + </p> + <p> + “Grieve not; that still may chance,” answered Nehushta, as she fastened + the pearls about Miriam’s neck. “At least you have heard from him and he + still loves you, which is much. Now for the ring—the marriage finger—see, + how it fits.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, I have no right,” murmured Miriam; still she did not draw it off + again. + </p> + <p> + “Come, let us be going,” said Nehushta, hiding the casket in her amble + robe, “for the sun sinks, and to-night there are guests to supper.” + </p> + <p> + “What guests?” asked Miriam absently. + </p> + <p> + “Plotters, every one,” said Nehushta, shrugging her shoulders. “The great + scheme to drive the Romans from the Holy City ripens fast, and your + grandsire waters its root. I pray that we may not all of us gather bitter + grapes from that vine. Have you heard that Caleb is back in Tyre?” + </p> + <p> + “Caleb!” faltered Miriam, “No.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, he is. He arrived yesterday and will be among the guests to-night. + He has been fighting up in the desert there, and bravely, for I am told + that he was one of those who seized the fortress of Masada and put its + Roman garrison to the sword.” + </p> + <p> + “Then he is against the Romans?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, because he hopes to rule the Jews, and risks much to gain more.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not wish to meet him,” said Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Nay, but you must, and the sooner the better. Why do you fear the man?” + </p> + <p> + “I know not, but fear him I do, now and always.” + </p> + <p> + When Miriam entered the supper chamber that night, the guests to the + number of twelve were already seated on their couches, waiting for the + feast to begin. By her grandfather’s command she was arrayed in her + richest robes fashioned and broidered after the Grecian fashion, having + her hair gathered into coils upon her head and held with a golden net. + Round her waist was a girdle of gold set with gems, about her throat the + necklace of pearls which Marcus had sent her, and on her hand a single + ring—that with his likeness and her own. As she entered the great + chamber, looking most lovely, notwithstanding her lack of height, her + grandfather came forward to meet her and present her to the guests, who + rose in greeting. One by one they bowed to her and one by one she searched + their faces with her eyes—faces for the most part stern and fierce. + Now all had passed and she sighed with relief, for among them there was no + Caleb. Even as she did so a curtain swung aside and Caleb entered. + </p> + <p> + It was he, of that there could be no doubt; but oh! how changed since last + she had seen him two years before. Then he had been but a raw, passionate + youth; now he was a tall and splendid young man, very handsome in his dark + fashion, very powerful of frame also and quick of limb. His person was + matched by his attire, which was that of an Eastern warrior noble, and his + mien was proud and conquering. As he advanced the guests bowed to him in + respect, as to a man of great and assured position who may become greater + still. Yes, even Benoni showed him this respect, stepping forward to greet + him. All these greetings Caleb acknowledged lightly, even haughtily, till + of a sudden he saw Miriam standing somewhat in the shadow, and heedless of + the other guests pushed his way towards her. + </p> + <p> + “Thus we meet again, Miriam,” he said, his proud face softening as he + spoke and his eyes gazing on her with a sort of rapture. “Are you pleased + to see me?” + </p> + <p> + “Surely, Caleb,” she answered. “Who would not be well pleased to meet the + playfellow of her childhood?” + </p> + <p> + He frowned, for childhood and its play were not in his thoughts. Before he + could speak again Benoni commanded the company to be seated, whereon + Miriam took her accustomed place as mistress of the house. + </p> + <p> + To her surprise Caleb seated himself beside her on the couch that should + have been reserved for the oldest guest, who for some moments was left a + wanderer and wrathful, till Benoni, seeing what had passed, called him to + his side. Then, golden vessels of scented water having been handed by + slaves to each guest in turn, the feast began. As Miriam was about to dip + her fingers in the water she remembered the ring upon her left hand and + turned the bezel inwards. Caleb noted the action, but said nothing. + </p> + <p> + “Whence come you, Caleb?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “From the wars, Miriam. We have thrown down the gate to Rome, and she has + picked it up.” + </p> + <p> + She looked at him inquiringly and asked, “Was it wise?” + </p> + <p> + “Who can tell?” he answered. “At least it is done. For my part I hesitated + long, but your grandfather won me over, so now I must follow my fate.” + </p> + <p> + Then he began to tell her of the taking of Masada and of the bloody + struggles of the factions in Jerusalem. + </p> + <p> + After this he spoke of the Essenes, who still occupied their village, + though in fear, for all about them was much fighting; and of their + childish days together—talk which pleased her greatly. Whilst they + spoke thus, a messenger entered the room and whispered something into the + ear of Benoni, who raised his hands to Heaven as though in gratitude. + </p> + <p> + “What tidings?” asked one. + </p> + <p> + “This, my friends. Cestius Gallus the Roman has been hunted from the walls + of Jerusalem and his army is destroyed in the pass of Beth-horon.” + </p> + <p> + “God be praised!” said the company as though with one voice. + </p> + <p> + “God be praised,” repeated Caleb, “for so great and glorious a victory! + The accursed Romans are fallen indeed.” + </p> + <p> + Only Miriam said nothing. + </p> + <p> + “What is in your mind?” he asked looking at her. + </p> + <p> + “That they will spring up again stronger than before,” she replied, then + at a signal from Benoni, rose and left the feast. + </p> + <p> + From the supper chamber Miriam passed down a passage to the portico and + there seated herself, resting her arms upon the marble balustrade and + listening to the waves as they lapped against the walls below. + </p> + <p> + That day had been disturbed, different, indeed, from all the peaceful days + which she was wont to spend. First had come the messenger bearing her + lover’s gifts and letter which already she longed to read again; then hard + upon his heels, like storm upon the sunshine, he who, unless she was + mistaken, still wished to be her lover—Caleb. How curious was the + lot of all three of them! How strangely had they been exalted! She, the + orphan ward of the Essenes, was now a great and wealthy lady with + everything her heart could desire—except one thing, indeed, which it + desired most of all. And Marcus, the debt-saddled Roman soldier of + fortune, he also, it seemed, had suddenly become great and wealthy, pomps + that he held at the price of playing some fool’s part in a temple to + satisfy the whimsy of an Imperial madman. + </p> + <p> + Caleb, too, had found fortune, and in these tumultuous times risen + suddenly to place and power. All three of them were seated upon pinnacles, + but as Miriam felt, they were pinnacles of snow, which for aught she knew, + might be melted by the very sun of their prosperity. She was young, she + had little experience, yet as Miriam sat there watching the changeful sea, + there came upon her a great sense of the instability of things, and an + instinctive knowledge of their vanity. The men who were great one day, + whose names sounded in the mouths of all, the next had vanished, disgraced + or dead. Parties rose and parties fell, high priest succeeded high priest, + general supplanted general, yet upon each and all of them, like the + following waves that rolled beneath her, came dark night and oblivion. A + little dancing in the sunshine, a little moaning in the shade, then death, + and after death—— + </p> + <p> + “What are you thinking of, Miriam?” said a rich voice at her elbow, the + voice of Caleb. + </p> + <p> + She started, for here she believed herself alone, then answered: + </p> + <p> + “My thoughts matter nothing. Why are you here? You should be with your + fellow——” + </p> + <p> + “Conspirators. Why do you not say the word? Well, because sometimes one + wearies even of conspiracy. Just now we triumph and can take our ease. I + wish to make the most of it. What ring is that you wear upon your finger?” + </p> + <p> + Miriam straightened herself and grew bold. + </p> + <p> + “One which Marcus sent me,” she answered. + </p> + <p> + “I guessed as much. I have heard of him; he has become a creature of the + mad Nero, the laughing-stock of Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not laugh at him, Caleb.” + </p> + <p> + “No, you were ever faithful. But, say, do you laugh at me?” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed not; why should I, since you seem to fill a great and dangerous + part with dignity?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Miriam, my part is both great and dangerous. I have risen high and I + mean to rise higher.” + </p> + <p> + “How high?” + </p> + <p> + “To the throne of JudÊa.” + </p> + <p> + “I think a cottage stool would be more safe, Caleb.” + </p> + <p> + “Mayhap, but I do not like such seats. Listen, Miriam, I will be great or + die. I have thrown in my lot with the Jews, and when we have cast out the + Romans I shall rule.” + </p> + <p> + “<i>If</i> you cast out the Romans, and <i>if</i> you live. Caleb, I have + no faith in the venture. We are old friends, and I pray of you to escape + from it while there is yet time.” + </p> + <p> + “Why, Miriam?” + </p> + <p> + “Because He Whom your people crucified and Whom I serve prophesied its + end. The Romans will crush you, Caleb. His blood lies heavy upon the head + of the Jews, and the hour of payment is at hand.” + </p> + <p> + Caleb thought a while, and when he spoke again the note of confidence had + left his voice. + </p> + <p> + “It may be so, Miriam,” he said, “though I put no faith in the sayings of + your prophet; but at least I have taken my part and will see the play + through. Now for the second time I ask you to share its fortunes. I have + not changed my mind. As I loved you in childhood and as a youth, so I love + you as a man. I offer to you a great career. In the end I may fall, or I + may triumph, still either the fall or the triumph will be worth your + sharing. A throne, or a glorious grave—both are good; who can say + which is the better? Seek them with me, Miriam.” + </p> + <p> + “Caleb, I cannot.” + </p> + <p> + “Why?” + </p> + <p> + “Because it is laid upon me as a birthright, or a birth-duty, that I + should wed no man who is not a Christian. You know the story.” + </p> + <p> + “Then if there were no such duty would you wed me, Miriam?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” she answered faintly. + </p> + <p> + “Why not?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I love another man whom also I am forbid to wed, and until death + I am pledged to him.” + </p> + <p> + “The Roman, Marcus?” + </p> + <p> + “Aye, the Roman Marcus. See, I wear his ring,” and she lifted her hand, + “and his gift is about my throat,” and she touched the necklet of pearls. + “Till death I am his and his alone. This I say, because it is best for all + of us that you should know the truth.” + </p> + <p> + Caleb ground his teeth in bitter jealousy. + </p> + <p> + “Then may death soon find him!” he said. + </p> + <p> + “It would not help you, Caleb. Oh! why cannot we be friends as we were in + the old times!” + </p> + <p> + “Because I seek more than friendship, and soon or late, in this way or in + that, I swear that I will have it.” + </p> + <p> + As the words left his lips footsteps were heard, and Benoni appeared. + </p> + <p> + “Friend Caleb,” he said, “we await you. Why, Miriam, what do you here? To + your chamber, girl. Affairs are afoot in which women should have no part.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet as I fear, grandfather, women will have to bear the burden,” answered + Miriam. Then, bowing to Caleb, she turned and left them. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0013" id="link2HCH0013"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIII + </h2> + <h3> + WOE, WOE TO JERUSALEM + </h3> + <p> + Two more years went by, two dreadful, bloody years. In Jerusalem the + factions tore each other. In Galilee let the Jewish leader Josephus, under + whom Caleb was fighting, do what he would, Vespasian and his generals + stormed city after city, massacring their inhabitants by thousands and + tens of thousands. In the coast towns and elsewhere Syrians and Jews made + war. The Jews assaulted Gadara and Gaulonitis, Sebaste and Ascalon, + Anthedon and Gaza, putting many to the sword. Then came their own turn, + for the Syrians and Greeks rose upon them and slaughtered them without + mercy. As yet, however, there had been no blood shed in Tyre, though all + knew that it must come. The Essenes, who had been driven from their home + by the Dead Sea and taken refuge in Jerusalem, sent messengers to Miriam + warning her to flee from Tyre, where a massacre was being planned; warning + her also not to come to Jerusalem, which city they believed to be doomed, + but to escape, if possible over sea. Nor was this all, for her own people, + the Christians, besought her to fly for her life’s sake with them to the + city of Pella, where they were gathering from Jerusalem and all JudÊa. To + both Miriam answered that what her grandsire did, that she must do. If he + fled, she would fly; if he stayed at Tyre, she would stay; if he went to + Jerusalem, she would go; for he had been good to her and she had sworn + that while he lived she would not desert him. So the Essene messengers + went back to Jerusalem, and the Christian elders prayed with her, and + having blessed her and consigned her to the care of the Most High and His + Son, their Lord, departed to Pella, where, as it was fated, through all + those dreadful times not a hair of their heads was touched. + </p> + <p> + When she had parted from them, Miriam sought out her grandfather, whom she + found pacing his chamber with a troubled air. + </p> + <p> + “Why do you look so sad, Miriam?” he asked. “Have some of your friends + warned you that new sorrows are afoot?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, grandfather,” and she told him all. + </p> + <p> + “I do not believe them,” he said passionately. “Say, do you? Where is + their authority? I tell you that we shall triumph. Vespasian is now + Emperor in Rome, and there will forget this little land; and the rest, + those enemies who are of our own house and those without it, we will + conquer and kill. The Messiah will come, the true Messiah. Many signs and + wonders declare that he is at hand. Ay! I myself have had a vision + concerning him. He will come, and he will conquer, and Jerusalem shall be + great and free and see her desire upon her enemies. I ask—where is + your authority for these croakings?” + </p> + <p> + Miriam drew a roll from her robe and read: “But when ye see Jerusalem + compassed with armies, then know that her desolation is at hand. Then let + them which are in JudÊa flee unto the mountains; and let them which are in + the midst of her depart out; and let not them that are in the country + enter therein. For these are days of vengeance, that all things that are + written may be fulfilled. Woe to them that are with child and to them that + give suck in those days! for there shall be great distress upon the land + and wrath unto this people. And they shall fall by the edge of the sword, + and shall be led captive into all the nations; and Jerusalem shall be + trodden down of the Gentiles until the times of the Gentiles be + fulfilled.” + </p> + <p> + Benoni listened patiently until she had done. Then he answered with + contempt: + </p> + <p> + “So says the book of your Law, but mine tells me otherwise. Well, child, + if you believe it and are afraid, begone with your friends, the + Christians, and leave me to meet this storm alone.” + </p> + <p> + “I do believe it,” she answered quietly, “but I am not afraid.” + </p> + <p> + “That is strange,” he said, “since you must then believe also that you + will come to a cruel death, which has terrors for the young and fair.” + </p> + <p> + “Not so, grandfather, for this same writing promises that in these + troubles not one of us Christians shall perish. It is for you that I fear, + not for myself, who will go where you go, and bide where you bide. + Therefore, once more, and for the last time, I pray you to be wise and fly—who + otherwise must be slain”; and as Miriam said the words her blue eyes + filled with tears. + </p> + <p> + Benoni looked at her and for a moment his courage was shaken. + </p> + <p> + “Of your book I take no account,” he said, “but in the vision of your pure + spirit I am tempted to believe. Perhaps the things that you foresee will + happen, so, child, fly. You will not lack an escort and I can give you + treasure.” + </p> + <p> + She shook her head. “I have said that I will not go without you.” + </p> + <p> + “Then I fear that you here must bide, for I will not leave my wealth and + home, even to save my life, and still less will I desert my people in + their holy war. Only, Miriam, if things fall out ill for us, remember that + I entreated you to depart, and do not reproach me.” + </p> + <p> + “That I shall never do,” she answered, smiling, and coming to the old man + kissed him tenderly. + </p> + <p> + So they abode on in Tyre, and a week later the storm burst. + </p> + <p> + For many days it had not been safe for Jews to show themselves in the + streets of the city, since several who crept out about their business, or + to fetch water or provisions, had been set upon and beaten to death by the + mob, stirred up to the work by Roman emissaries. This time Benoni had + employed in putting his house, which was part of an ancient fortress that + had stood many a siege, into a state of defence, and in supplying it with + an ample store of victuals. Also he sent messengers to Caleb, who was said + to be in command of the Jewish force at Joppa, telling him of their peril. + Because it was so strong many of the principal Jews in Tyre, to the number + of over a hundred indeed, had flocked into Benoni’s palace-fortress, + together with their wives and children, since there was no other place in + their power in the town which could be so easily defended. Lastly, in the + outer courts and galleries were stationed fifty or more faithful servants + and slaves who understood the use of arms. + </p> + <p> + Thus things remained, the Syrians threatening them through the gates or + from the windows of high houses, and no more, till one night Miriam was + awakened by a dreadful sound of screaming. She sprang from her bed and + instantly Nehushta was at her side. + </p> + <p> + “What happens?” she gasped as she dressed herself hastily. + </p> + <p> + “Those Syrian dogs attack the Jews,” answered Nehushta, “on the mainland + and in the lower city. Come to the roof, whence we can see what passes,” + and hand in hand they ran to the sea-portico and up its steep steps. + </p> + <p> + The dawn was just breaking, but looking from the walled roof they had no + need of its light, since everywhere in the dim city below and in PalÊtyrus + on the mainland, houses flared like gigantic torches. In their red glare + they could see the thousands of the attackers dragging out their inmates + to death, or thrusting them back into the flames, while the night was made + horrible with the shouts of the maddened mob, the cries of the victims and + the crackling roar of burning houses. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! Christ have mercy on them,” sobbed Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Why should He?” asked Nehushta. “They slew Him and rejected Him; now they + pay the price He prophesied. May He have mercy on us, His servants.” + </p> + <p> + “He would not have spoken thus,” said Miriam indignantly. + </p> + <p> + “Nay, but justice speaks. Those who take the sword shall perish by the + sword. Even so have these Jews done to the Greeks and Syrians in many of + the cities—they who are blind and mad. Now it is their hour, and + mayhap ours. Come, lady, these are no sights for you, though you might do + well to learn to bear them, since if you escape you may see many such. + Come, and if you wish we will pray for these Jews, especially for their + children, who are innocent, and for ourselves.” + </p> + <p> + That day at noon, most of the poorer and least protected Jews of the city + having been killed, the Syrians began their attack upon the fortified + palace of Benoni. Now it was that the defenders learned that they had to + deal with no mere rabble, but with savage hordes, many thousands strong, + directed by officers skilled in war. Indeed these men might be seen moving + among them, and from their armour and appearance it was easy to guess that + they were Romans. This, in fact, was the case, since Gessius Florus, the + wicked, and after him other officers, made it part of their policy to send + Romans to stir up the Syrians against the Jews and to assist them in their + slaughter. + </p> + <p> + First an attack was made upon the main gates, but when it was found that + these were too strong to be taken easily, the assailants retreated with a + loss of a score of men shot by the defenders from the wall. Then other + tactics were adopted, for the Syrians, possessing themselves of the + neighbouring houses, began to gall the garrison with arrows from the + windows. Thus they drove them under cover, but did little more, since the + palace was all of marble with cemented roofs, and could not be fired with + the burning shafts they sent down upon it. + </p> + <p> + So the first day passed, and during the night no attack was made upon + them. When dawn came they learned the reason, for there opposite to the + gates was reared a great battering-ram; moreover, out at sea a huge galley + was being rowed in as close to their walls as the depth of water would + allow, that from her decks the sailors might hurl stones and siege arrows + by means of catapults and thus break down their defences and destroy them. + </p> + <p> + Then it was that the real fight began. The Jews posted on the roof of the + house poured arrows on the men who strove to work the ram, and killed many + of them, till they were able to push the instrument so close that it could + no longer be commanded. Now it got to work and with three blows of the + great baulk of timber, of which the ram was fashioned, burst in the gates. + Thereon the defenders, headed by old Benoni himself, rushed out and put + those who served it to the sword; then before they could be overcome, + retreated across the ditch to the inner wall, breaking down the wooden + bridge behind them. Now, since the ram was of no further use, as it could + not be dragged through the ditch, the galley, that was anchored within a + hundred paces, began to hurl huge stones and arrows at them, knocking down + the walls and killing several, including two women and three children. + </p> + <p> + Thus matters went on till noon, the besiegers galling them with their + arrows from the land side and the galley battering them from the sea, + while they could do little or nothing in return, having no engines. Benoni + called a council and set out the case, which was desperate enough. It was + evident, he said, that they could not hold out another day, since at + nightfall the Syrians would cross the narrow protecting ditch and set up a + battering-ram against the inner wall. Therefore, they must do one of two + things—sally out and attempt to cut their way through and gain open + country, or fight on and at the last kill the women and children and rush + out, those that were left of them, to be hacked down by the besieging + thousands. As the first plan gave no hope, since, cumbered as they were + with helpless people, they could not expect to escape the city, in their + despair they decided on the second. All must die, therefore they would + perish by each other’s hands. When this decision was known, a wail went up + from the women and the children began to scream with fright, those of them + who were old enough to understand their doom. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta caught Miriam by the arm. + </p> + <p> + “Come to the highest roof,” she said; “it is safe from the stones and + arrows, and thence, if need be, we can hurl ourselves into the water and + die an easy death.” + </p> + <p> + So they went and crouched there, praying, for their case was desperate. + Suddenly Nehushta touched Miriam and pointed to the sea. She looked and + saw another galley approaching fast as oars and sails could bring her. + </p> + <p> + “What of it?” she asked heavily. “It will but hasten the end.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” replied Nehushta, “this ship is Jewish; she does not fly the + Eagles, or a Phoenician banner. Behold! the Syrian vessel is getting up + her anchors and preparing for fight.” + </p> + <p> + It was true enough, for now the oars of the Syrian shot out and she forged + ahead towards the newcomer. But just then the current caught her, laying + her broadside on, whereon the Jewish ship, driven by the following wind, + shifted her helm and, amidst a mighty shouting from sea and shore, drove + down upon her, striking her amidships with its beak so that she heeled + over. Then there was more tumult, and Miriam closed her eyes to shut out + the horrid sight. + </p> + <p> + When she opened them again the Syrian galley had vanished, only the water + was spotted with black dots which were the heads of men. + </p> + <p> + “Gallantly done!” screamed Nehushta. “See, she anchors and puts out her + boats; they will save us yet. Down to the water-gate!” + </p> + <p> + On their way they met Benoni coming to seek them, and with him won the + steps which were already crowded with fugitives. The two boats of the + galley drew near and in the bow of the first of them stood a tall and + noble-looking figure. + </p> + <p> + “It is Caleb,” said Miriam, “Caleb who has come to save us.” + </p> + <p> + Caleb it was indeed. At a distance of ten paces from the steps he halted + his boat and called aloud: + </p> + <p> + “Benoni, Lady Miriam and Nehushta, if you still live, stand forward.” + </p> + <p> + They stood forward. + </p> + <p> + “Now wade into the sea,” he cried again, and they waded out until the + water reached their armpits, when they were seized one by one and dragged + into the boat. Many followed them and were also dragged in, until that + boat and the other were quite full, whereon they turned and were rowed to + the galley. Having embarked them, the two boats went back and again were + filled with fugitives, for the most part women and children. + </p> + <p> + Again they went, but as they laded for the third time, the ends of ladders + appeared above the encircling walls of the steps, and Syrians could be + seen rushing out upon the portico, whence they began to lower themselves + with ropes. The end of that scene was dreadful. The boats were full, till + the water indeed began to overflow their gunwales, but many still remained + upon the steps or rushed into the water, women screaming and holding their + children above their heads, and men thrusting them aside in the mad rush + for life. The boats rowed off, some who could swim following them. For the + rest, their end was the sword. In all, seventy souls were rescued. + </p> + <p> + Miriam flung herself downwards upon the deck of the galley and burst into + tears, crying out: + </p> + <p> + “Oh! save them! Can no one save them?” while Benoni seated at her side, + the water running from his blood-stained garment, moaned: + </p> + <p> + “My house sacked; my wealth taken; my people slain by the Gentiles!” + </p> + <p> + “Thank God Who has saved us,” broke in old Nehushta, “God and Caleb; and + as for you, master, blame yourself. Did not we Christians warn you of what + was to come? Well, as it has been in the beginning, so it shall be in the + end.” + </p> + <p> + Just then Caleb appeared before them, proud and flushed with triumph, as + he well might be who had done great things and saved Miriam from the + sword. Benoni rose and, casting his arms about his neck, embraced him. + </p> + <p> + “Behold your deliverer!” he said to Miriam, and stooping down, he drew her + to her feet. + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, Caleb. I can say no more,” she murmured; but in her heart + she knew that God had delivered her and that Caleb was but His instrument. + </p> + <p> + “I am well repaid,” answered Caleb gravely. “For me this has been a + fortunate day, who on it have sunk the great Syrian galley and rescued the + woman—whom I love.” + </p> + <p> + “Oath or no oath,” broke in Benoni, bethinking him of what he had promised + in the past, “the life you saved is yours, and if I have my way you shall + take her and such of her heritage as remains.” + </p> + <p> + “Is this a time to speak of such things?” said Miriam, looking up. “See + yonder,” and she pointed to the scene in progress on the seashore. “They + drive our friends and servants into the sea and drown them,” and once more + she began to weep. + </p> + <p> + Caleb sighed. “Cease from useless tears, Miriam. We have done our best and + it is the fortune of war. I dare not send out the boats again even if the + mariners would listen to my command. Nehushta, lead your lady to the cabin + and strip her of these wet garments lest she take cold in this bitter + wind. But first, Benoni, what is your mind?” + </p> + <p> + “To go to my cousin Mathias, the high priest at Jerusalem,” answered the + old man, “who has promised to give me shelter if in these days any can be + found.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” broke in Nehushta, “sail for Egypt.” + </p> + <p> + “Where also they massacre the Jews by thousands till the streets of + Alexandria run with their blood,” replied Caleb with sarcasm; adding, + “Well, to Egypt I cannot take you who must bring this ship to those who + await her on this side of Joppa, whence I am summoned to Jerusalem.” + </p> + <p> + “Whither and nowhere else I will go,” said Benoni, “to share in my + nation’s death or triumph. If Miriam wills it, I have told her she can + leave me.” + </p> + <p> + “What I have said before I say again,” replied Miriam, “that I will never + do.” + </p> + <p> + Then Nehushta took her to the cabin, and presently the oars began to beat + and the great galley stood out of the harbour, till in the silence of the + sea the screams of the victims and the shouts of the victors died away, + and as night fell naught could be seen of Tyre but the flare from the + burning houses of the slaughtered Jews. + </p> + <p> + Save for the sobs and cries of the fugitives who had lost their friends + and goods the night passed in quiet, since, although it was winter, the + sea was calm and none pursued their ship. At daybreak she anchored, and + coming from the cabin with Nehushta, in the light of the rising sun Miriam + saw before her a ridge of rocks over which the water poured, and beyond it + a little bay backed by a desolate coast. Nehushta also saw and sighed. + </p> + <p> + “What is this place?” asked Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Lady, it is the spot where you were born. On yonder flat rock lay the + vessel, and there I burned her many years ago. See those blackened timbers + half buried in the sand upon the beach; doubtless they are her ribs.” + </p> + <p> + “It is strange that I should return hither, and thus, Nou,” said Miriam + sighing. + </p> + <p> + “Strange, indeed, but mayhap there is a meaning in it. Before you came in + storm to grow to womanhood in peace; now, perchance, you come on a + peaceful sea to pass through womanhood in storm.” + </p> + <p> + “Both journeys began with death, Nou.” + </p> + <p> + “As all journeys end. Blackness behind and blackness in front, and between + them a space of sunshine and shadow—that is the law. Yet have no + fear, for dead Anna, who had the gift of prophecy, foretold that you + should live out your life, though with me, whose days are almost done, it + may be otherwise.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam’s face grew troubled. + </p> + <p> + “I fear neither life nor death, Nou, who am willing to meet either as may + chance. But to part with you—ah! that thought makes me fear.” + </p> + <p> + “I think that it will not be yet awhile,” said Nehushta, “for although I + am old, I still have work to do before I lay me down and sleep. Come, + Caleb calls us. We are to disembark while the weather holds.” + </p> + <p> + So Miriam entered the boat with her grandfather and others who had + escaped, for the faces of all of them were set towards Jerusalem, and was + rowed to the shore over that very rock where first she drew her breath. + Here they found Jews who had been watching for the coming of the galley. + These men gave them a kind reception, and, what they needed even more, + food, fire and some beasts of burden for their journey. + </p> + <p> + When all were gathered on the beach Caleb joined them, having handed over + the galley to another Jew, who was to depart in her with those that waited + on the shore, upon some secret mission of intercepting Roman corn-ships. + When these men heard what he had done at Tyre, at first they were inclined + to be angry, since they said that he had no authority to risk the vessel + thus, but afterwards, seeing that he had succeeded, and with no loss of + men, praised him and said that it was a very great deed. + </p> + <p> + So the galley put about and sailed away, and they, to the number of some + sixty souls, began their journey to Jerusalem. A little while later they + came to a village, the same where Nehushta had found the peasant and his + wife, whose inhabitants, at the sight of them, fled, thinking that they + were one of the companies of robbers that hunted the land in packs, like + wolves, plundering or murdering all they met. When they learnt the truth, + however, these people returned and heard their story in silence, for in + those days such tales were common enough. As it came to an end a withered, + sunburned woman advanced to Nehushta, and, laying one hand upon her arm, + pointed with the other at Miriam, saying: + </p> + <p> + “Tell me, friend, is that the babe I suckled?” + </p> + <p> + Then Nehushta, knowing her to be the nurse who had travelled with them to + the village of the Essenes, greeted her, and answered “Yea,” whereupon the + woman cast her arms about Miriam and embraced her. + </p> + <p> + “Day by day,” she said, “have I thought of you, little one, and now that + my eyes have seen you grown so sweet and fair, I care not—I whose + husband is dead and who have no children—how soon they close upon + the world.” Then she blessed her, and called upon her angel to protect her + yonder in Jerusalem, and found her food and an ass to ride; and so they + parted, to meet no more. + </p> + <p> + As it happened, they were fortunate upon that journey, since, with the + armed guard of twenty men who accompanied Caleb, they were too strong a + party to be attacked by the wandering bands of thieves, and, although it + was reported that Titus and his army had already reached CÊsarea from + Egypt, they met no Romans. Indeed, their only enemy was the cold, which + proved so bitter that when, on the second night, they camped upon the + heights over against Jerusalem, having no tents and fearing to light + fires, they were obliged to walk about till daylight to keep their blood + astir. Then it was that they saw strange and terrible things. + </p> + <p> + In the clear sky over Jerusalem blazed a great comet, in appearance like a + sword of fire. It was true that they had seen it before at Tyre, but never + before had it shown so bright. Moreover, there it had not the appearance + of a sword. This they thought to be an ill omen, all of them except + Benoni, who said that the point of the sword stretched out over CÊsarea, + presaging the destruction of the Romans by the hand of God. Towards dawn, + the pale, unnatural lustre of the comet faded, and the sky grew overcast + and stormy. At length the sun came up, when, to their marvelling eyes, the + fiery clouds took strange shapes. + </p> + <p> + “Look, look!” said Miriam, grasping her grandfather by the arm, “there are + armies in the heavens, and they fight together.” + </p> + <p> + They looked, and, sure enough, it seemed as though two great hosts were + there embattled. They could discern the legions, the wind-blown standards, + the charging chariots, and the squadrons of impetuous horse. The firmament + had become a battle-ground, and lo! it was red as with the blood of the + fallen, while the air was full of strange and dreadful sounds, bred, + perhaps, of wind and distant thunder, that came to them like the wail of + the vanquished and the dull roar of triumphant armies. So terrified were + they at the sight, that they crouched upon the ground and hid their faces + in their hands. Only old Benoni standing up, his white beard and robes + stained red by the ominous light, cried out that this celestial scene + foretold the destruction of the enemies of God. + </p> + <p> + “Ay!” said Nehushta, “but which enemies?” + </p> + <p> + The tall Caleb, marching on his round of the camp, echoed: + </p> + <p> + “Yes, which enemies?” + </p> + <p> + Suddenly the light grew, all these fantastic shapes melted into a red + haze, which sank down till Jerusalem before them seemed as though she + floated in an ocean of blood and fire. Then a dark cloud came up and for a + while the holy Hill of Zion vanished utterly away. It passed, the blue sky + reappeared, and lo! the clear light streamed upon her marble palaces and + clustered houses, and was reflected from the golden roofs of the Temple. + So calm and peaceful did the glorious city look that none would have + deemed indeed that she was already nothing but a slaughter-house, where + factions fought furiously, and day by day hundreds of Jews perished + beneath the knives of their own brethren. + </p> + <p> + Caleb gave the word to break their camp, and with bodies shivering in the + cold and spirits terrified by fear, they marched across the rugged hills + towards the Joppa gate, noting as they passed into the valley that the + country had been desolated, for but little corn sprang in the fields, and + that was trodden down, while of flocks and herds they saw none. Reaching + the gate they found it shut, and there were challenged by soldiers, + wild-looking men with ferocious faces of the army of Simon of Gerasa that + held the Lower City. + </p> + <p> + “Who are you and what is your business?” these asked. + </p> + <p> + Caleb set out his rank and titles, and as these did not seem to satisfy + them Benoni explained that the rest of them were fugitives from Tyre, + where there had been a great slaughter of the Jews. + </p> + <p> + “Fugitives always have money; best kill them,” said the captain of the + gate. “Doubtless they are traitors and deserve to die.” + </p> + <p> + Caleb grew angry and commanded them to open, asking by what right they + dared to exclude him, a high officer who had done great service in the + wars. + </p> + <p> + “By the right of the strong,” they answered. “Those who let in Simon have + to deal with Simon. If you are of the party of John or of Eleazer go to + the Temple and knock upon its doors,” and they pointed mockingly to the + gleaming gates above. + </p> + <p> + “Has it come to this, then,” asked Benoni, “that Jew eats Jew in + Jerusalem, while the Roman wolves raven round the walls? Man, we are of no + party, although, as I think, my name is known and honoured by all parties—the + name of Benoni of Tyre. I demand to be led, not to Simon, or to John, or + to Eleazer, but to my cousin, Mathias, the high priest, who bids us here.” + </p> + <p> + “Mathias, the high priest,” said the captain; “that is another matter. + Well, this Mathias let us into the city, where we have found good + quarters, and good plunder; so as one turn deserves another, we may as + well let in his friends. Pass, cousin of Mathias the high priest, with all + your company,” and he opened the gate. + </p> + <p> + They entered and marched up the narrow streets towards the Temple. It was + the hour of the day when all men should be stirring and busy with their + work, but lo! the place was desolate—yes, although so crowded, it + still was desolate. On the pavement lay bodies of men and women slain in + some midnight outrage. From behind the lattices of the windows they caught + sight of the eyes of hundreds peeping at them, but none gave them a + good-morrow, or said one single word. The silence of death seemed to brood + upon the empty thoroughfares. Presently it was broken by a single wailing + voice that reached their ears from so far away that they could not catch + its meaning. Nearer and nearer it came, till at length in the dark and + narrow street they caught sight of a thin, white-bearded figure, naked to + the waist as though to show the hideous scars and rod-weals with which its + back and breast were scored, still festering, some of them. This was the + man who uttered the cries, and these were the words he spoke: + </p> + <p> + “A voice from the East! a voice from the West! a voice from the four + Winds! a voice against Jerusalem and against the Temple! a voice against + the bridegrooms and the brides! a voice against the whole people! Woe, woe + to Jerusalem!” + </p> + <p> + Now he was upon them, yes, and marching through them as though he saw them + not, although they shrank to one side and the other of the narrow street + to avoid the touch of this ominous, unclean creature who scarcely seemed + to be a man. + </p> + <p> + “Fellow, what do these words mean?” cried Benoni in angry fear. But, + taking no heed, his pale eyes fixed upon the heavens, the wanderer + answered only, “Woe, woe to Jerusalem! Woe to you who come up to + Jerusalem!” + </p> + <p> + So he passed on, still uttering those awful words, till at length they + lost sight of his naked form and the sound of his crying grew faint and + died away. + </p> + <p> + “What a fearful greeting is this!” said Miriam, wringing her hands. + </p> + <p> + “Ay!” answered Nehushta, “but the farewell will be worse. The place is + doomed and all in it.” + </p> + <p> + Only Caleb said, striving to look unconcerned: + </p> + <p> + “Have no fear, Miriam. I know the man. He is mad.” + </p> + <p> + “Where does wisdom end and madness begin?” asked Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + Then they went on towards the gates of the Temple, always through the same + blood-stained, empty streets. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0014" id="link2HCH0014"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIV + </h2> + <h3> + THE ESSENES FIND THEIR QUEEN AGAIN + </h3> + <p> + They went on towards the gates of the Temple, but many a long day was + destined to go by ere Miriam reached them. The entrance by which they were + told they must approach if they sought speech of the high priest, was one + of the two Huldah Gates on the south side of the Royal Cloister, and + thither they came across the valley of TyropÊon. As they drew near to them + of a sudden that gate which stood most to the east was flung wide, and out + of it issued a thousand or more of armed men, like ants from a broken + nest, who, shouting and waving swords, rushed towards their company. As it + chanced, at the moment they were in the centre of an open space that once + had been covered with houses but was now cumbered with hundreds of + blackened and tottering walls, for fire had devoured them. + </p> + <p> + “It is the men of John who attack us,” cried a voice, whereon, moved by a + common impulse, the little band turned and fled for shelter among the + ruined houses; yes, even Caleb and Benoni fled. + </p> + <p> + Before they reached them, lo! from these crumbling walls that they had + thought untenanted save by wandering dogs, out rushed another body of + savage warriors, the men of Simon who held the Lower City. + </p> + <p> + After this, Miriam knew little of what happened. Swords and spears flashed + round her, the factions fell upon each other, slaughtering each other. She + saw Caleb cut down one of the soldiers of John, to be instantly assaulted + in turn by a soldier of Simon, since all desired to kill, but none cared + whom they slew. She saw her grandfather rolling over and over on the + ground in the grip of a man who looked like a priest; she saw women and + children pierced with spears. Then Nehushta seized her by the hand, and + plunging a knife into the arm of a man who would have stayed them, dragged + her away. They fled, an arrow sang past her ear; something struck her on + the foot. Still they fled, whither she knew not, till at length the sound + of the tumult died away. But not yet would Nehushta stop, for she feared + that they might be followed. So on they went, and on, meeting few and + heeded by none, till at length Miriam sank to the ground, worn out with + fear and flight. + </p> + <p> + “Up,” said Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + “I cannot,” she answered. “Something has hurt my foot. See, it bleeds!” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta looked about her, and saw that they were outside the second wall + in the new city of Bezetha, not far from the old Damascus Gate, for there, + to their right and a little behind them, rose the great tower of Antonia. + Beneath this wall were rubbish-heaps, foul-smelling and covered over with + rough grasses and some spring flowers, which grew upon the slopes of the + ancient fosse. Here seemed a place where they might lie hid awhile, since + there were no houses and it was unsavoury. She dragged Miriam to her feet, + and, notwithstanding her complaints and swollen ankle, forced her on, till + they came to a spot where, as it is to-day, the wall was built upon + foundations of living rock, roughly shaped, and lined with crevices + covered by tall weeds. To one of these crevices Nehushta brought Miriam, + and, seating her on a bed of grass, examined her foot, which seemed to + have been bruised by a stone from a sling. Having no water with which to + wash the bleeding hurt, she made a poultice of crushed herbs and tied it + about the ankle with a strip of linen. Even before she had finished her + task, so exhausted was Miriam that she fell fast asleep. Nehushta watched + her a while, wondering what they should do next, till, in that lonely + place bathed by the warm spring sun, she also began to doze. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly she awoke with a start, having dreamed that she saw a man with + white face and beard peering at them from behind a rough angle of rock. + She stared: there was the rock as she had dreamed of it, but no man. She + looked upward. Above them, piled block upon gigantic block, rose the wall, + towering and impregnable. Thither he could not have gone, since on it only + a lizard could find foothold. Nor was he anywhere else, for there was no + cover; so she decided that he must have been some searcher of the + rubbish-heap, who, seeing them hidden in the tall grasses, had fled away. + Miriam was still sound asleep, and in her weariness presently Nehushta + again began to doze, till at length—it may have been one hour later, + or two or three, she knew not—some sound disturbed her. Opening her + eyes, once more behind that ridge of rock she saw, not one white-bearded + face, but two, staring at her and Miriam. As she sat up they vanished. She + remained still, pretending to sleep, and again they appeared, scanning her + closely and whispering to each other in eager tones. Suddenly one of the + faces turned a little so that the light fell on it. Now Nehushta knew why + in her dream it had seemed familiar, and in her heart thanked God. + </p> + <p> + “Brother Ithiel,” she said in a quiet voice, “why do you hide like a coney + in these rocks?” + </p> + <p> + Both heads disappeared, but the sound of whispering continued. Then one of + them rose again among the green grasses as a man might rise out of water. + It was Ithiel’s. + </p> + <p> + “It is indeed you, Nehushta?” said his well-remembered voice. + </p> + <p> + “Who else?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “And that lady who sleeps at your side?” + </p> + <p> + “Once they called her Queen of the Essenes; now she is a hunted fugitive, + waiting to be massacred by Simon, or John, or Eleazer, or Zealots, or + Sicarii, or any other of the holy cut-throats who inhabit this Holy City,” + answered Nehushta bitterly. + </p> + <p> + Ithiel raised his hands as though in thankfulness, then said: + </p> + <p> + “Hush! hush! Here the very birds are spies. Brother, creep to that rock + and look if any men are moving.” + </p> + <p> + The Essene obeyed, and answered, “None; and they cannot see us from the + wall.” + </p> + <p> + Ithiel motioned to him to return. + </p> + <p> + “Does she sleep sound?” he asked of Nehushta, pointing to Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Like the dead.” + </p> + <p> + Then, after another whispered conference, the pair of them crept round the + angle of the rock. Bidding Nehushta follow them, they lifted the sleeping + Miriam, and carried her between them through a dense growth of shrubs to + another rock. Here they moved some grass and pushed aside a stone, + revealing a hole not much larger than a jackal would make. Into this the + brother entered, heels first. Then Nehushta, by his directions, taking the + feet of the senseless Miriam, with her help he bore her into the hole, + that opened presently into a wide passage. Last of all Ithiel, having + lifted the grasses which their feet had trodden, followed them, pulling + the stone back to its place, and cutting off the light. Once more they + were in darkness, but this did not seem to trouble the brethren, for again + lifting Miriam, they went forward a distance of thirty or forty paces, + Nehushta holding on to Ithiel’s robe. Now, at length, the cold air of this + cave, or perhaps its deep gloom and the motion, awoke Miriam from her + swoon-like sleep. She struggled in their hands, and would have cried out, + had not Nehushta bade her to be silent. + </p> + <p> + “Where am I?” she said. “Is this the hall of death?” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, lady. Wait a while, all shall be explained.” + </p> + <p> + While she spoke and Miriam clung to her affrighted, Ithiel struck iron and + flint together. Catching the spark upon tinder he blew it to a flame and + lighted a taper which burnt up slowly, causing his white beard and face to + appear by degrees out of the darkness, like that of a ghost rising from + the tomb. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! surely I am dead,” said Miriam, “for before me stands the spirit of + my uncle Ithiel.” + </p> + <p> + “Not the spirit, Miriam, but the flesh,” answered the old man in a voice + that trembled with joy. Then, since he could restrain himself no longer, + he gave the taper to the brother, and, taking her in his arms, kissed her + again and again. + </p> + <p> + “Welcome, most dear child,” he said; “yes, even to this darksome den, + welcome, thrice welcome, and blessed be the eternal God Who led our feet + forth to find you. Nay, do not stop to talk, we are still too near the + wall. Give me your hand and come.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam glanced up as she obeyed, and by the feeble light of the taper saw + a vast rocky roof arching above them. On either side of her also were + walls of rough-hewn rock down which dripped water, and piled upon the + floor or still hanging half-cut from the roof, boulders large enough to + fashion a temple column. + </p> + <p> + “What awful place is this, my uncle?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “The cavern whence Solomon, the great king, drew stone for the building of + the Temple. Look, here are his mason’s marks upon the wall. Here he + fashioned the blocks and thus it happened that no sound of saw or hammer + was heard within the building. Doubtless also other kings before and since + his day have used this quarry, as no man knows its age.” + </p> + <p> + While he spoke thus he was leading her onwards over the rough, stone-hewn + floor, where the damp gathered in little pools. Following the windings of + the cave they turned once, then again and yet again, so that soon Miriam + was utterly bewildered and could not have found her way back to the + entrance for her life’s sake. Moreover, the air had become so hot and + stifling that she could scarcely breathe. + </p> + <p> + “It will be better presently,” said Ithiel, noticing her distress, as he + drew her limping after him into what seemed to be a natural crevice of + rock hardly large enough to allow the passage of his body. Along this + crevice they scrambled for eight or ten paces, to find themselves suddenly + in a tunnel lined with masonry, and so large that they could stand + upright. + </p> + <p> + “Once it was a watercourse,” explained Ithiel, “that filled the great + tank, but now it has been dry for centuries.” + </p> + <p> + Down this darksome shaft hobbled Miriam, till presently it ended in a + wall, or what seemed to be a wall—for when Ithiel pressed upon a + stone it turned. Beyond it the tunnel continued for twenty or thirty + paces, leading them at length into a vast chamber with arched roof and + cemented sides and bottom, which in some bygone age had been a water-tank. + Here lights were burning, and even a charcoal fire, at which a brother was + engaged in cooking. Also the air was pure and sweet, doubtless because of + the winding water-channels that ran upwards. Nor did the place lack + inhabitants, for there, seated in groups round the tapers, or watching the + cooking over the charcoal fire, were forty or fifty men, still clad, for + the most part, in the robes of the Essenes. + </p> + <p> + “Brethren,” cried Ithiel, in answer to the challenge of one who was set to + watch the entry, “I bring back to you her whom we lost a while ago, the + lady Miriam.” + </p> + <p> + They heard, and seizing the tapers, ran forward. + </p> + <p> + “It is she!” they cried, “our queen and none other, and with her Nehushta + the Libyan! Welcome, welcome, a thousand times, dear lady!” + </p> + <p> + Miriam greeted them one and all, and before these greetings were finished + they brought her food to eat, rough but wholesome, also good wine and + sweet water. Then while she ate she heard all their story. It seemed that + more than a year ago the Romans, marching on Jericho, had fallen upon + their village and put a number of them to death, seizing others as slaves. + Thereon the remnant fled to Jerusalem, where many more perished, for, + being peaceable folk, all the factions robbed and slew them. Seeing, at + last, that to live at large in the city would be to doom themselves to + extinction, and yet not daring to leave it, they sought a refuge in this + underground place, of which, as it chanced, one of their brethren had the + secret. This he had inherited from his father, so that it was known to no + other living man. + </p> + <p> + Here by degrees they laid up a great store of provisions of all sorts, of + charcoal for burning, and other necessaries, carrying into the place also + clothes, bedding, cooking utensils and even some rough furniture. These + preparations being made, the fifty of them who remained removed themselves + to the vaults where now they had already dwelt three months, and here, so + far as was possible, continued to practise the rules of their order. + Miriam asked how they kept their health in this darkness, to which they + replied that sometimes they went out by that path which she had just + followed, and mingled with the people in the city, returning to their hole + at night. Ithiel and his companion were on such a journey when they found + her. Also they had another passage to the upper air which they would show + her later. + </p> + <p> + When Miriam had finished eating, dressed her hurt, and rested a while, + they took her to explore the wonders of the place. Beyond this great + cistern, that was their common room, lay more to the number of six or + seven, one of the smallest of which was given to Nehushta and herself to + dwell in. Others were filled with stores enough to last them all for + months. Last of all was a cave, not very large, but deep, which always + held sweet water. Doubtless there was a spring at the bottom of it, which, + when the other rain-fed tanks grew dry, still kept it supplied. From this + cistern that had been used for generations after the others were + abandoned, a little stair ran upwards, worn smooth by the feet of folk + long dead, who had come hither to draw water. + </p> + <p> + “Where does it lead?” asked Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “To the ruined tower above,” answered Ithiel. “Nay, another time I will + show you. Now your place is made ready for you, go, let Nehushta bathe + your foot, and sleep, for you must need it sorely.” + </p> + <p> + So Miriam went and laid herself down to rest in the little cemented vault + which was to be her home for four long months; and being worn out, + notwithstanding the sufferings she had passed and her fears for her + grandfather, slept there as soundly as ever she had done in her wind-swept + chamber at the palace of Tyre, or in her house at the village of the + Essenes. + </p> + <p> + When she awoke and saw the darkness all about her, she thought that it + must be night; then remembering that in this place it was always night, + called to Nehushta, who uncovered the little lamp that burned in a corner + of the vault, and went out, to return presently with the news that + according to the Essenes, it was day. So she rose and put on her robes, + and they passed together into the great chamber. Here they found the + Essenes at prayer and making their reverences to the sun which they could + not see, after which they ate their morning meal. Now Miriam spoke to + Ithiel, telling him of her trouble about her grandfather, who, if he + himself still lived, would think that she was dead. + </p> + <p> + “One thing is certain,” replied her great-uncle: “that you shall not go + out to seek him, nor must you tell him of your hiding-place, since soon or + late this might mean that all of us would be destroyed, if only for the + sake of the food which we have hoarded.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam asked if she could not send a message. He answered: + </p> + <p> + “No, since none would dare to take it.” In the end, however, after she had + pleaded with him long and earnestly, it was agreed that she should write + the words, “I am safe and well, but in a place that I must not tell you + of,” and sign her name upon a piece of parchment. This letter Ithiel, who + purposed to creep out into the city that evening disguised as a beggar, to + seek for tidings, said he would take, and, if might be, bribe some soldier + to deliver it to Benoni at the house of the high priest, if he were there. + </p> + <p> + So Miriam wrote the letter, and at nightfall Ithiel and another brother + departed, taking it with them. + </p> + <p> + On the following morning they returned, safe, but with a dreadful tale of + the slaughters in the city and in the Temple courts, where the mad + factions still fought furiously. + </p> + <p> + “Your tidings, my uncle?” said Miriam, rising to meet him. “Does he still + live?” + </p> + <p> + “Be of good comfort,” he answered. “Benoni reached the house of Mathias in + safety, and Caleb also, and now they are sheltering within the Temple + walls. This much I had from one of the high priest’s guards, who, for the + price of a piece of gold I gave him, swore that he would deliver the + letter without fail. But, child, I will take no more, for that soldier + eyed me curiously and said it was scarcely safe for beggars to carry + gold.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam thanked him for his goodness and his news, saying that they lifted + a weight from her heart. + </p> + <p> + “I have other tidings that may perhaps make it lighter still,” went on the + old man, looking at her sideways. “Titus with a mighty host draws near to + Jerusalem from CÊsarea.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no joy in that tale,” replied Miriam, “for it means that the + Holy City will be besieged and taken.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, but among that host is one who, if all the stories are true,” and + again he glanced at her face, “would rather take you than the city.” + </p> + <p> + “Who?” she said, pressing her hands against her heart and turning redder + than the lamplight. + </p> + <p> + “One of Titus’ prefects of horse, the noble Roman, Marcus, whom in byegone + days you knew by the banks of Jordan.” + </p> + <p> + Now the red blood fled back to Miriam’s heart, and she turned so faint + that had not the wall been near at hand she would have fallen. + </p> + <p> + “Marcus?” she said. “Well, he swore that he would come, yet it will bring + him little nearer me;” and she turned and sought her chamber. + </p> + <p> + So Marcus had come. Since he sent the letter and the ring that was upon + her hand, and the pearls which were about her throat, she had heard no + more of him. Twice she had written and forwarded the writings by the most + trusty messenger whom she could find, but whether they reached him she did + not know. For more than two years the silence between them had been that + of death, till, indeed, at times she thought that he must be dead. And now + he was come back, a commander in the army of Titus, who marched to punish + the rebellious Jews. Would she ever see him again? Miriam could not tell. + Yet she knelt and prayed from her pure heart that if it were once only, + she might speak with him face to face. Indeed, it was this hope of meeting + that, more than any other, supported her through all those dreadful days. + </p> + <p> + A week went by, and although the hurt to her foot had healed, like some + flower in the dark Miriam drooped and languished in those gloomy vaults. + Twice she prayed her uncle to be allowed to creep to the mouth of the hole + behind the ridge of rock, there to breathe the fresh air and see the + blessed sky. But this he would not suffer. The thing was too dangerous, he + said; for although none knew the secret of their hiding-place, already two + or three fugitives had found their way into the quarries by other + entrances, and these it was very difficult to pass unseen. + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” answered Miriam, and crept back to her cell. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta looked after her anxiously, then said: + </p> + <p> + “If she cannot have air I think that she will soon die. Is there no way?” + </p> + <p> + “One,” answered Ithiel, “but I fear to take it. The staircase from the + spring leads to an ancient tower that, I am told, once was a palace of the + kings, but now for these many years has been deserted, for its entrance is + bricked up lest thieves should make it their home. None can come into that + tower, nor is it used for purposes of war, not standing upon any wall, and + there she might sit at peace and see the sun; yet I fear to let her do + so.” + </p> + <p> + “It must be risked,” answered Nehushta. “Take me to visit this place.” + </p> + <p> + So Ithiel led her to the cistern, and from the cistern up a flight of + steps to a little vaulted chamber, into which they entered through a stone + trap-door, made of the same substance as the paving of the chamber, so + that, when it was closed, none would guess that there was a passage + beneath. From this old store-room, for such it doubtless was, ran more + steps, ending, to all appearance, in a blank wall. Coming to it, Ithiel + thrust a piece of flat iron, a foot or more in length, into a crack in + this wall, lifted some stone latch within, and pushed, whereon a block of + masonry of something more than the height and width of a man, and quite a + yard in thickness, swung outwards. Nehushta passed through the aperture, + followed by Ithiel. + </p> + <p> + “See,” he said, loosing his hold of the stone, which without noise + instantly closed, so that behind them there appeared to be nothing but a + wall, “it is well hung, is it not? and to come hither without this iron + would be dangerous. Here is the crack where it must be set to lift the + latch within.” + </p> + <p> + “Whoever lived here guarded their food and water well,” answered Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + Then Ithiel showed her the place. It was a massive tower of a square of + about forty feet, whereof the only doorway, as he told her, had been + bricked up many years before to keep the thieves and vagabonds from + sheltering there. In height it must have measured nearly a hundred feet, + and its roof had long ago rotted away. The staircase, which was of stone, + still remained, however, leading to four galleries, also of stone. Perhaps + once there were floors as well, but if so these had vanished, only the + stone galleries and their balustrades remaining. Ithiel led Nehushta up + the stair, which, though narrow, was safe and easy. Resting at each story, + at length they came to that gallery which projected from its sides within + ten feet of the top of the tower, and saw Jerusalem and the country round + spread like a map beneath. Then, as it was sunset, they returned. At the + foot of the stair Ithiel gave Nehushta the piece of iron and showed her + how to lift the secret latch and pull upon the block of hewn stone that + was a door, so that it opened to swing to again behind them. + </p> + <p> + Next morning, before it was dawn in the world above, Miriam aroused + Nehushta. She had been promised that this day she should be taken up the + Old Tower, and so great was her longing for the scent of the free air and + the sight of the blue sky that she had scarcely closed her eyes this + night. + </p> + <p> + “Have patience, lady,” said Nehushta, “have patience. We cannot start + until the Essenes have finished their prayers to the sun, which, down in + this black hole, they worship more earnestly than ever.” + </p> + <p> + So Miriam waited, though she would eat nothing, till at length Ithiel came + and led them past the cistern up the stairs to the store or treasure + chamber, where the trap-door stood wide, since, except in case of some + danger, they had no need to shut it. Next, they reached the door of solid + stone which Ithiel showed her how to open, and entered the base of the + massive building. There, far above her, Miriam saw the sky again, red from + the lights of morning, and at the sight of it clapped her hands and called + aloud. + </p> + <p> + “Hush!” said Ithiel. “These walls are thick, yet it is not safe to raise a + voice of joy in Jerusalem, that home of a thousand miseries, lest, + perchance, some should hear it through a cleft in the masonry, and cause + search to be made for the singer. Now, if you will, follow me.” + </p> + <p> + So they went up and up, till at last they reached the topmost gallery, + where the wall was pierced with loopholes and overhanging platforms, + whence stones and other missiles could be hurled upon an attacking force. + Miriam looked out eagerly, walking round the gallery from aperture to + aperture. + </p> + <p> + To the south lay the marble courts and glittering buildings of the Temple, + whence, although men fought daily in them, the smoke of sacrifice still + curled up to heaven. Behind these were the Upper and the Lower City, + crowded with thousands of houses, packed, every one of them, with human + beings who had fled hither for refuge, or, notwithstanding the dangers of + the time, to celebrate the Passover. To the east was the rugged valley of + Jehoshaphat, and beyond it the Mount of Olives, green with trees soon to + be laid low by the Romans. To the north the new city of Bezetha, bordered + by the third wall and the rocky lands beyond. Not far away, also, but + somewhat in front of them and to the left, rose the mighty tower of + Antonia, now one of the strongholds of John of Gischala and the Zealots, + while also to the west, across the width of the city, were the towers of + Hippicus, PhasÊl and Mariamne, backed by the splendid palace of Herod. + Besides these were walls, fortresses, gates and palaces without number, so + intricate and many that the eye could scarcely follow or count them, and, + between, the numberless narrow streets of Jerusalem. These and many other + things Ithiel pointed out to Miriam, who listened eagerly till he wearied + of the task. Then they looked downwards through the overhanging platforms + of stone to the large market-place beneath and to the front, and upon the + roofs of the houses, mostly of the humbler sort, that were built behind + almost up to the walls of the Old Tower, whereon many people were gathered + as though for safety, eating their morning meal, talking anxiously + together, and even praying. + </p> + <p> + Whilst they were thus engaged, Nehushta touched Miriam and pointed to the + road which ran from the Valley of Thorns on the northeast. She looked, and + saw a great cloud of dust that advanced swiftly, and presently, through + the dust, the sheen of spears and armour. + </p> + <p> + “The Romans!” said Nehushta quietly. + </p> + <p> + She was not the only one who had caught sight of them, for suddenly the + battlement of every wall and tower, the roof of every lofty house, the + upper courts of the Temple, and all high places became crowded with + thousands and tens of thousands of heads, each of them staring towards + that advancing dust. In silence they stared as though their multitudes + were stricken dumb, till presently, from far below out of the maze of + winding streets, floated the wail of a single voice. + </p> + <p> + “Woe, woe to Jerusalem!” said the voice. “Woe, woe to the City and the + Temple!” + </p> + <p> + They shuddered, and as it seemed to them, all the listening thousands + within reach of that mournful cry shuddered also. + </p> + <p> + “Aye!” repeated Ithiel, “woe to Jerusalem, for yonder comes her doom.” + </p> + <p> + Now on the more rocky ground the dust grew thinner, and through it they + could distinguish the divisions of the mighty army of destroyers. First + came thousands of Syrian allies and clouds of scouts and archers, who + searched the country far and wide. Next appeared the road-makers and the + camp-setters, the beasts of burden with the general’s baggage and its + great escort, followed by Titus himself, his bodyguard and officers, by + pikemen and by horsemen. Then were seen strange and terrible-looking + engines of war beyond count, and with them the tribunes, and the captains + of cohorts and their guards who preceded the engines, and that + “abomination of desolation,” the Roman Eagles, surrounded by bands of + trumpeters, who from time to time uttered their loud, defiant note. After + them marched the vast army in ranks six deep, divided into legions and + followed by their camp-bearers and squadrons of horse. Lastly were seen + the packs of baggage, and mercenaries by thousands and tens of thousands. + On the Hill of Saul the great host halted and began to encamp. An hour + later a band of horsemen five or six hundred strong emerged out of this + camp and marched along the straight road to Jerusalem. + </p> + <p> + “It is Titus himself,” said Ithiel. “See, the Imperial Standard goes + before him.” + </p> + <p> + On they came till, from their lofty perch, Miriam, who was keen-sighted, + could see their separate armour and tell the colour of their horses. + Eagerly she searched them with her eyes, for well she guessed that Marcus + would be one of those who accompanied his general upon this service. That + plumed warrior might be he, or that with the purple cloak, or that who + galloped out from near by the Standard on an errand. He was there; she was + sure he was there, and yet they were as far apart as when the great sea + rolled between them. + </p> + <p> + Now, as they reconnoitred and were passing the Tower of Women, of a sudden + the gate opened, and from alleys and houses where they had lain in ambush + were poured out thousands of Jews. Right through the thin line of horsemen + they pierced, uttering savage cries, then doubled back upon the severed + ends. Many were cut down; Miriam could see them falling from their horses. + The Imperial Standard sank, then rose and sank again to rise once more. + Now dust hid the combat, and she thought that all the Romans must be + slain. But no, for presently they began to appear beyond the dust, riding + back by the way they had come, though fewer than they were. They had + charged through the multitude of Jews and escaped. But who had escaped and + who were left behind? Ah! that she could not tell; and it was with a sick + and anxious heart that Miriam descended the steps of the tower into the + darkness of the caves. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0015" id="link2HCH0015"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XV + </h2> + <h3> + WHAT PASSED IN THE TOWER + </h3> + <p> + Nearly four months had gone by. Perhaps, during the whole history of the + world there never has been and never will be more cruel suffering than was + endured by the inhabitants of Jerusalem during that period, or rather by + the survivors of the nation of the Jews who were crowded together within + its walls. Forgetting their internecine quarrels in the face of + overwhelming danger, too late the factions united and fought against the + common foe with a ferocity that has been seldom equalled. They left + nothing undone which desperate men could do. Again and again they sallied + forth against the Romans, slaughtering thousands of them. They captured + their battering-rams and catapults. They undermined the great wooden + towers which Titus erected against their walls, and burnt them. With + varying success they made sally upon sally. Titus took the third wall and + the new city of Bezetha. He took the second wall and pulled it down. Then + he sent Josephus, the historian, to persuade the Jews to surrender, but + his countrymen cursed and stoned him, and the war went on. + </p> + <p> + At length, as it seemed to be impossible to carry the place by assault, + Titus adopted a surer and more terrible plan. Enclosing the first + unconquered wall, the Temple, and the fortress by another wall of his own + making, he sat down and waited for starvation to do its work. Then came + the famine. At the beginning, before the maddened, devil-inspired factions + began to destroy each other and to prey upon the peaceful people, + Jerusalem was amply provisioned. But each party squandered the stores that + were within its reach, and, whenever they could do so, burnt those of + their rivals, so that the food which might have supplied the whole city + for months, vanished quickly in orgies of wanton waste and destruction. + Now all, or almost all, was gone, and by tens and hundreds of thousands + the people starved. + </p> + <p> + Those who are curious about such matters, those who desire to know how + much human beings can endure, and of what savagery they can be capable + when hunger drives them, may find these details set out in the pages of + Josephus, the renegade Jewish historian. It serves no good purpose and + will not help our story to repeat them; indeed for the most part they are + too terrible to be repeated. History does not record, and the mind of man + cannot invent a cruelty which was not practised by the famished Jews upon + other Jews suspected of the crime of having hidden food to feed themselves + or their families. Now the fearful prophecy was fulfilled, and it came + about that mothers devoured their own infants, and children snatched the + last morsel of bread from the lips of their dying parents. If these things + were done between those who were of one blood, what dreadful torment was + there that was not practised by stranger upon stranger? The city went mad + beneath the weight of its abominable and obscene misery. Thousands + perished every day, and every night thousands more escaped, or attempted + to escape, to the Romans, who caught the poor wretches and crucified them + beneath the walls, till there was no more wood of which to make the + crosses, and no more ground whereon to stand them. + </p> + <p> + All these things and many others Miriam saw from her place of outlook in + the gallery of the deserted tower. She saw the people lying dead by + hundreds in the streets beneath. She saw the robbers hale them from their + houses and torture them to discover the hiding-place of the food which + they were supposed to have hidden, and when they failed, put them to the + sword. She saw the Valley of the Kidron and the lower slopes of the Mount + of Olives covered with captive Jews writhing on their crosses, there to + die as the Messiah whom they had rejected, died. She saw the furious + attacks, the yet more furious sallies and the dreadful daily slaughter, + till at length her heart grew so sick within her, that although she still + took refuge in the ruined tower to escape the gloom beneath, Miriam would + spend whole hours lying on her face, her fingers thrust into her ears, + that she might shut out the sights and sounds of this unutterable woe. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, the Essenes, who still had stores of food, ventured forth but + rarely, lest the good condition of their bodies, although their faces were + white as death from dwelling in the darkness, should tempt the starving + hordes to seize and torture them in the hope of discovering the + hiding-places of their nutriment. Indeed, to several of the brethren this + happened; but in obedience to their oaths, as will be seen in the instance + of the past President Theophilus—who went out and was no more heard + of—they endured all and died without a murmur, having betrayed + nothing. Still, notwithstanding the danger, driven to it by utter + weariness of their confinement in the dark and by the desire of obtaining + news, from time to time one of them would creep forth at night to return + again before daybreak. From these men Miriam heard that after the murder + of the high priest Mathias and his sons, together with sixteen of the + Sanhedrim, on a charge of correspondence with the Romans, her grandfather, + Benoni, had been elected to that body, in which he exercised much + influence and caused many to be put to death who were accused of treason + or of favouring the Roman cause. Caleb also was in the Temple and foremost + in every fight. He was said to have sworn an oath that he would slay the + Prefect of Horse, Marcus, with whom he had an ancient quarrel, or be slain + himself. It was told, indeed, that they had met once already and struck + some blows at each other, before they were separated by an accident of + war. + </p> + <p> + The beginning of August came at length, and the wretched city, in addition + to its other miseries, panted in the heat of a scorching summer sun and + was poisoned by the stench from the dead bodies that filled the streets + and were hurled in thousands from the walls. Now the Romans had set up + their battering engines at the very gates of the Temple, and slowly but + surely were winning their way into its outer courts. + </p> + <p> + On a certain night, about an hour before the dawn, Miriam woke Nehushta, + telling her that she was stifling there in those vaults and must ascend + the tower. Nehushta said that it was folly, whereon Miriam answered that + she would go alone. This she would not suffer her to do, so together they + passed up the stairs according to custom, and, having gained the base of + the tower through the swinging door of stone, climbed the steps that ran + in the thickness of the wall till they reached the topmost gallery. Here + they sat, fanned by the faint night wind, and watched the fires of the + Romans stretched far and wide around the walls and even among the ruins of + the houses almost beneath them, since that part of the city was taken. + </p> + <p> + Presently the dawn broke, a splendid, fearful dawn. It was as though the + angel of the daybreak had dipped his wing into a sea of blood and dashed + it against the brow of Night, still crowned with her fading stars. Of a + sudden the heavens were filled with blots and threads of flaming colour + latticed against the pale background of the twilight sky. Miriam watched + it with a kind of rapture, letting its glory and its peace sink into her + troubled soul, while from below arose the sound of awakening camps making + ready for the daily battle. Soon a ray of burning light, cast like a spear + from the crest of the Mount of Olives across the Valley of Jehoshaphat, + struck full upon the gold-roofed Temple and its courts. At its coming, as + though at a signal, the northern gates were thrown wide, and through them + poured a flood of gaunt and savage warriors. They came on in thousands, + uttering fierce war-cries. Some pickets of Romans tried to stay their + rush; in a minute they were overcome and destroyed. Now they were surging + round the feet of a great wooden tower filled with archers. Here the fight + was desperate, for the soldiers of Titus rushed up by companies to defend + their engine. But they could not drive back that onset, and presently the + tower was on fire, and in a last mad effort to save their lives its + defenders were casting themselves headlong from the lofty platform. With + shouts of triumph the Jews rushed through the breaches in the second wall, + and leaving what remained of the castle of Antonia on the left, poured + down into the maze of streets and ruined houses that lay immediately + behind the Old Tower whence Miriam watched. + </p> + <p> + In front of this building, which the Romans had never attempted to enter, + since for military purposes it was useless to them, lay the open space, + once, no doubt, part of its garden, but of late years used as a cattle + market and a place where young men exercised themselves in arms. Bordering + the waste on its further side were strong fortifications, the camping + ground of the twelfth and fifteenth legions. Across this open space those + who remained of the Romans fled back towards their outer line, followed by + swarms of furious Jews. They gained them, such as were not overtaken, but + the Jews who pursued were met with so fierce a charge, delivered by the + fresh troops behind the defences, that they were in turn swept back and + took refuge among the ruined houses. Suddenly Miriam’s attention became + concentrated upon the mounted officer who led this charge, a + gallant-looking man clad in splendid armour, whose clear, ringing voice, + as he uttered the words of command, had caught her ear even through the + tumult and the shouting. The Roman onslaught having reached its limit, + began to fall back again like the water from an exhausted wave upon a + slope of sand. At the moment the Jews were in no condition to press the + enemy’s retreat, so that the mounted officer who withdrew last of all, had + time to turn his horse, and heedless of the arrows that sang about him, to + study the ground now strewn with the wounded and the dead. Presently he + looked up at the deserted tower as though wondering whether he could make + use of it, and Miriam saw his face. It was Marcus, grown older, more + thoughtful also, and altered somewhat by a short curling beard, but still + Marcus and no other. + </p> + <p> + “Look! look!” she said. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta nodded. “Yes, it is he; I thought so from the first. And now, + having seen him, lady, shall we be going?” + </p> + <p> + “Going?” said Miriam, “wherefore?” + </p> + <p> + “Because one army or the other may chance to think that this building + would be useful to them, and break open the walled-up door. Also they + might explore this staircase, and then——” + </p> + <p> + “And then,” answered Miriam quietly, “we should be taken. What of it? If + the Jews find us we are of their party; if the Romans—well, I do not + greatly fear the Romans.” + </p> + <p> + “You mean you do not fear one Roman. But who knows, but that he may + presently lie dead——” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! say it not,” answered Miriam, pressing her hand upon her heart. “Nay, + safe or unsafe, I will see this fight out. Look, yonder is Caleb—yes, + Caleb himself, shouting to the Jews. How fierce is his face, like that of + a hyena in a snare. Nay, now I will not go—go you and leave me in + peace to watch the end.” + </p> + <p> + “Since you are too heavy and strong for my old arms to carry down those + steep steps, so be it,” answered Nehushta calmly. “After all, we have food + with us, and our angels can guard us as well on the top of a tower as in + those dirty cisterns. Also this fray is worth the watching.” + </p> + <p> + As she spoke, the Romans having re-formed, led by the Prefect Marcus and + other officers, advanced from their entrenchment, to be met half-way by + the Jews, now reinforced from the Temple, among whom was Caleb. There, in + the open space, they fought hand to hand, for neither force would yield an + inch. Miriam, watching through the stone bars from above, had eyes for + only two of all that multitude of men—Marcus, whom she loved, and + Caleb, whom she feared. Marcus was attacked by a Jew, who stabbed his + horse, to be instantly stabbed himself by a Roman who came to the rescue + of his commander. After this he fought on foot. Caleb killed first one + soldier than another. Watching him, Miriam grew aware that he was cutting + his way towards some point, and that the point was Marcus. This Marcus + seemed to know; at least, he also strove to cut his way towards Caleb. + Nearer and nearer they came, till at length they met and began to rain + blows upon each other; but not for long, for just then a charge of some + Roman horsemen separated them. After this both parties retired to their + lines, taking their wounded with them. + </p> + <p> + Thus, with pauses, sometimes of two or three hours, the fight went on from + morning to noon, and from noon to sunset. During the latter part of the + time the Romans made no more attacks, but were contented with defending + themselves while they awaited reinforcements from without the city, or + perhaps the results of some counter-attack in another part. + </p> + <p> + Thus the advantage rested, or seemed to rest, with the Jews, who held all + the ruined houses and swept the open space with their arrows. Now it was + that Nehushta’s fears were justified, for having a little leisure the Jews + took a beam of wood and battered in the walled-up doorway of the tower. + </p> + <p> + “Look!” said Nehushta, pointing down. + </p> + <p> + “Oh, Nou!” Miriam answered, “I was wrong. I have run you into danger. But + indeed I could not go. What shall we do now?” + </p> + <p> + “Sit quiet until they come to take us,” said Nehushta grimly, “and then, + if they give us time, explain as best we may.” + </p> + <p> + As it chanced, however, the Jews did not come, since they feared that if + they mounted the stair some sudden rush of Romans might trap such of them + as were within before they had time to descend again. Only they made use + of the base of the tower to shelter those of their wounded whose hurts + were so desperate that they dared not move them. + </p> + <p> + Now the fighting having ceased for a while, the soldiers of both sides + amused themselves with shouting taunts and insults at each other, or + challenges to single combat. Presently Caleb stepped forward from the + shelter of a wall and called out that if the Prefect Marcus would meet him + alone in the open space he had something to say which he would be glad to + hear. Thereupon Marcus, stepping out from his defences, where several of + his officers seemed to be striving to detain him, answered: + </p> + <p> + “I will come,” and walked to the centre of the market, where he was met by + Caleb. + </p> + <p> + Here the two of them spoke together alone, but of what they said Miriam + and Nehushta, watching them from above, could catch no word. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! will they fight?” said Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “It seems likely, since each of them has sworn to slay the other,” + answered Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + While she spoke Marcus, shaking his head as though to decline some + proposal, and pointing to the men of his command, who stood up watching + him, turned to walk back to his own lines, followed by Caleb, who shouted + out that he was a coward and did not dare to stand alone before him. At + this insult Marcus winced, then went on again, doubtless because he + thought it his duty to rejoin his company, whereon Caleb, drawing his + sword, struck him with the flat of it across the back. Now the Jews + laughed, while the Romans uttered a shout of rage at the intolerable + affront offered to their commander. As for Marcus, he wheeled round, sword + in hand, and flew straight at Caleb’s throat. + </p> + <p> + But it was for this that the Jew had been waiting, since he knew that no + Roman, and least of all Marcus, would submit to the indignity of such a + blow. As his adversary came on, made almost blind with fury, he leapt to + one side lightly as a lion leaps, and with all the force of his long + sinewy arm brought down his heavy sword upon the head of Marcus. The helm + was good, or the skull beneath must have been split in two by that blow, + which, as it was, shore through it and bit deeply into the bone. Beneath + the shock Marcus staggered, threw his arms wide, and let fall his sword. + With a shout Caleb sprang at him to make an end of him, but before he + could strike the Roman seemed to recover himself, and, knowing that his + weapon was gone, did the only thing he could, rushed straight at his foe. + Caleb’s sword fell on his shoulder, but the tempered mail withstood it, + and next instant Marcus had gripped him in his arms. Down they came + together to the earth, rolling over each other, the Jew trying to stab the + Roman, the Roman to choke the Jew with his bare hand. Then from the Roman + lines rose a cry of “Rescue!” and from the Jews a cry of “Take him.” + </p> + <p> + Out poured the combatants from either side of the market-place by hundreds + and by thousands, and there in its centre, round the struggling forms of + Caleb and of Marcus, began the fiercest fight of all that day. Where men + stood, there they fell, for none would give back, since the Romans, + outnumbered though they were, preferred to die rather than leave a wounded + and beloved captain a prisoner in the hands of cruel enemies, while the + Jews knew too well the value of such a prize to let it escape them easily. + So great was the slaughter that presently Marcus and Caleb were hidden + beneath the bodies of the fallen. More and more Jews rushed into the fray, + but still the Romans pushed onwards with steady valour, fighting shoulder + to shoulder and shield to shield. + </p> + <p> + Then of a sudden, with a savage yell a fresh body of Jews, three or four + hundred strong, appeared at the west end of the market-place, and charged + upon the Romans, taking them in flank. The officer in command saw his + danger, and knowing that it was better that his captain should die than + that the whole company should be destroyed and the arms of CÊsar suffer a + grave defeat, gave orders for a retirement. Steadily, as though they were + on parade, and dragging with them those of their wounded comrades who + could not walk, the legionaries fell back, heedless of the storm of spears + and arrows, reaching their own lines before the outflanking body of Jews + could get among them. Then seeing that there was nothing more to be + gained, since to attempt to storm the Roman works was hopeless, the + victorious Jews also retreated, this time not to the houses behind the + tower, but only to the old market wall thirty or forty paces in front of + it, which they proceeded to hold and strengthen in the fading light. + Seeing that they were lost, such of the wounded Romans as remained upon + the field committed suicide, preferring to fall upon their own spears than + into the hands of the Jews to be tortured and crucified. Also for this + deed they had another reason, since it was the decree of Titus that any + soldier who was taken living should be publicly disgraced by name and + expelled from the ranks of the legion, and, if recaptured, in addition + suffer death or banishment. + </p> + <p> + Gladly would Marcus have followed their example and thereby—though + he knew it not—save himself much misery and shame in the future, but + he had neither time nor weapon; moreover, so weak was he with struggling + and the loss of blood, that even as he and Caleb were dragged by savage + hands from among the fallen, he fainted. At first they thought that he was + dead, but one of the Jews, who chanced to be a physician by trade, + declared that this was not so, and that if he were left quiet for a while, + he would come to himself again. Therefore, as they desired to preserve + this Prefect alive, either to be held as an hostage or to be executed in + sight of the army of Titus, they brought him into the Old Tower, clearing + it of their own wounded, except such of them as had already breathed their + last. Here they set a guard over him, though of this there seemed to be + little need, and went under the command of the victorious Caleb to assist + in strengthening the market-wall. + </p> + <p> + All of these things Miriam watched from above in such an agony of fear and + doubt, that at times she thought that she would die. She saw her lover and + Caleb fall locked in each other’s arms; she saw the hideous fray that + raged around them. She saw them dragged from the heap of slain, and at the + end of it all, by the last light of day, saw Marcus, living or dead, she + knew not which, borne into the tower, and there laid upon the ground. + </p> + <p> + “Take comfort,” whispered Nehushta, pitying her dreadful grief. “The lord + Marcus lives. If he were dead they would have stripped him and left his + body with the others. He lives, and they purpose to hold him captive, else + they would have suffered Caleb to put his sword through him, as you noted + he wished to do so soon as he found his feet.” + </p> + <p> + “Captive,” answered Miriam. “That means that he will be crucified like the + others whom we saw yesterday upon the Temple wall.” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta shrugged her shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “It may be so,” she said, “unless he finds means to destroy himself or—is + saved.” + </p> + <p> + “Saved! How can he be saved?” Then in her woe the poor girl fell upon her + knees clasping her hands and murmuring: “Oh! Jesus Christ whom I serve, + teach me how to save Marcus. Oh! Jesus, I love him, although he is not a + Christian; love him also because I love him, and teach me how to save him. + Or if one must die, take my life for his, oh! take my life for his.” + </p> + <p> + “Cease,” said Nehushta, “for I think I hear an answer to your prayer. Look + now, he is laid just where the stair starts and not six feet from the + stone door that leads down into the cistern. Except for some dead men the + tower is empty; also the two sentries stand outside the breach in the + brickwork with which it was walled up, because there they find more light, + and their prisoner is unarmed and helpless, and cannot attempt escape. + Now, if the Roman lives and can stand, why should we not open that door + and thrust him through it?” + </p> + <p> + “But the Jews might see us and discover the secret of the hiding-place of + the Essenes, whom they would kill because they have hidden food.” + </p> + <p> + “Once we were the other side of the door, they could never come at them, + even if they have time to try,” answered Nehushta. “Before ever they could + burst the door the stone trap beneath can be closed and the roof of the + stair that leads to it let down by knocking away the props and flooded in + such a fashion that a week of labour would not clear it out again. Oh! + have no fear, the Essenes know and have guarded against this danger.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam threw her arms about the neck of Nehushta and kissed her. + </p> + <p> + “We will try, Nou, we will try,” she whispered, “and if we fail, why then + we can die with him.” + </p> + <p> + “To you that prospect may be pleasing, but I have no desire to die with + the lord Marcus,” answered Nehushta drily. “Indeed, although I like him + well, were it not for your sake I should leave him to his chance. Nay, do + not answer or give way to too much hope. Remember, perhaps he is dead, as + he seems to be.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes,” said Miriam wildly, “we must find out. Shall we go now?” + </p> + <p> + “Aye, while there is still a little light, for these steps are breakneck + in the dark. No, do you follow me.” + </p> + <p> + So on they glided down the ancient, darksome stairway, where owls hooted + and bats flittered in their faces. Now they were at the last flight, which + descended to a little recess set at right angles to the steps and flush + with the floor of the basement, for once the door of the stairway had + opened here. Thus a person standing on the last stair could not be seen by + any in the tower. They reached the step and halted. Then very stealthily + Nehushta went on to her hands and knees and thrust her head forward so + that she could look into the base of the tower. It was dark as the grave, + only a faint gleam of starlight reflected from his armour showed where + Marcus lay, so close that she could touch him with her hand. Also almost + opposite to her the gloom was relieved by a patch of faint grey light. + Here it was that the wall had been broken in, for Nehushta could see the + shadows of the sentries crossing and recrossing before the ragged opening. + </p> + <p> + She leant yet lower towards Marcus and listened. He was not dead, for he + breathed. More, she heard him stir his hand and thought that she could see + it move upwards towards his wounded head. Then she drew back. + </p> + <p> + “Lady,” she whispered, “he lives, and I think he is awake. Now you must do + the rest as your wit may teach you how, for if I speak to him he will be + frightened, but your voice he may remember if he has his senses.” + </p> + <p> + At these words all her doubts and fears seemed to vanish from Miriam’s + heart, her hand grew steady and her brain clear, for Nature told her that + if she wished to save her lover she would need both clear brain and steady + hand. The timid, love-racked girl was transformed into a woman of iron + will and purpose. In her turn she kneeled and crept a little forward from + the stair, so that her face hung over the face of Marcus. Then she spoke + in a soft whisper. + </p> + <p> + “Marcus, awake and listen, Marcus; but I pray of you do not stir or make a + noise. I am Miriam, whom once you knew.” + </p> + <p> + At this name the dim form beneath her seemed to quiver, and the lips + muttered, “Now I know that I am dead. Well, it is better than I hoped for. + Speak on, sweet shade of Miriam.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, Marcus, you are not dead, you are only wounded and I am not a + spirit, I am a woman, that woman whom once you knew down by the banks of + Jordan. I have come to save you, I and Nehushta. If you will obey what I + tell you, and if you have the strength to stand, we can guide you into a + secret place where the Essenes are hidden, who for my sake will take care + of you until you are able to return to the Romans. If you do not escape I + fear that the Jews will crucify you.” + </p> + <p> + “By Bacchus, so do I,” said the whisper beneath, “and that will be worse + than being beaten by Caleb. But this is a dream, I know it is a dream. If + it were Miriam I should see her, or be able to touch her. It is but a + dream of Miriam. Let me dream on,” and he turned his head. + </p> + <p> + Miriam thought for a moment. Time was short and it was necessary to make + him understand. Well, it was not difficult. Slowly she bent a little lower + and pressed her lips upon his. + </p> + <p> + “Marcus,” she went on, “I kiss you now to show you that I am no dream and + how needful it is that you should be awakened. Had I light I could prove + to you that I am Miriam by your ring which is upon my fingers and your + pearls which are about my neck.” + </p> + <p> + “Cease,” he answered, “most beloved, I was weak and wandering, now I know + that this is not a dream, and I thank Caleb who has brought us together + again, against his wish, I think. Say, what must I do?” + </p> + <p> + “Can you stand?” asked Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps. I am not sure. I will try.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, wait. Nehushta, come hither; you are stronger than I. Now, while I + unlatch the secret door, do you lift him up. Be swift, I hear the guard + stirring without.” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta glided forward and knelt by the wounded man, placing her arms + beneath him. + </p> + <p> + “Ready,” she said. “Here is the iron.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam took it, and stepping to the wall, felt with her fingers for the + crack, which in that darkness it took time to find. At length she had it, + and inserting the thin hooked iron, lifted the hidden latch and pulled. + The stone door was very heavy and she needed all her strength to move it. + At last it began to swing. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” she said to Nehushta, who straightened herself and dragged the + wounded Marcus to his feet. + </p> + <p> + “Quick, quick!” said Miriam, “the guards enter.” + </p> + <p> + Supported by Nehushta, Marcus took three tottering steps and reached the + open door. Here, on its very threshold indeed, his strength failed him, + for he was wounded in the knee as well as in the head. Groaning, “I + cannot,” he fell to the ground, dragging the old Libyan with him, his + breastplate clattering loud against the stone threshold. The sentry + without heard the sound and called to a companion to give him the lantern. + In an instant Nehushta was up again, and seizing Marcus by his right arm, + began to drag him through the opening, while Miriam, setting her back + against the swinging stone to keep it from closing, pushed against his + feet. + </p> + <p> + The lantern appeared round the angle of the broken masonry. + </p> + <p> + “For your life’s sake!” said Miriam, and Nehushta dragged her hardest at + the heavy, helpless body of the fallen man. He moved slowly. It was too + late; if that light fell on him all was lost. In an instant Miriam took + her resolve. With an effort she swung the door wide, then as Nehushta + dragged again she sprang forward, keeping in the shadow of the wall. The + Jew who held the lantern, alarmed by the sounds within, entered hastily + and, catching his foot against the body of a dead man who lay there, + stumbled so that he fell upon his knee. In her hand Miriam held the key, + and as the guard regained his feet, but not before its light fell upon + her, she struck with it at the lamp, breaking and extinguishing it. + </p> + <p> + Then she turned to fly, for, as she knew well, the stone would now be + swinging on its pivot. + </p> + <p> + Alas! her chance had gone, for the man, stretching out his arm, caught her + about the middle and held her fast, shouting loudly for help. Miriam + struggled, she battered him with the iron and dragged at him with her left + hand, but in vain, for in that grip she was helpless as a child who fights + against its nurse. While she fought thus she heard the dull thud of the + closing stone, and even in her despair rejoiced, knowing that until Marcus + was beyond its threshold it could not be shut. Ceasing from her useless + struggle she gathered the forces of her mind. Marcus was safe; the door + was shut and could not be opened from the further side until another iron + was procured; the guard had seen nothing. But her escape was impossible. + Her part was played, only one thing remained for her to do—keep + silence and his secret. + </p> + <p> + Men bearing lights were rushing into the tower. Her right hand, which held + the iron, was free, and lest it should tell a tale she cast the instrument + from her towards that side of the deserted place which she knew was buried + deep in fallen stones, fragments of rotted timber and dirt from the nests + of birds. Then she stood still. Now they were upon her, Caleb at the head + of them. + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” he cried. + </p> + <p> + “I know not,” answered the guard. “I heard a sound as of clanking armour + and ran in, when some one struck the lantern from my hand, a strong rascal + with whom I have struggled sorely, notwithstanding the blows that he + rained upon me with his sword. See, I hold him fast.” + </p> + <p> + They held up their lights and saw a beautiful, dishevelled maid, small and + frail of stature, whereon they laughed out loud. + </p> + <p> + “A strong thief, truly,” said one. “Why, it is a girl! Do you summon the + watch every time a girl catches hold of you?” + </p> + <p> + Before the words died upon the speaker’s lips, another man called out, + “The Roman! The Prefect has gone! Where is the prisoner?” and with a roar + of wrath they began to search the place, as a cat searches for the mouse + that escapes her. Only Caleb stood still and stared at the girl. + </p> + <p> + “Miriam!” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Caleb,” she answered quietly. “This is a strange meeting, is it not? + Why do you break in thus upon my hiding-place?” + </p> + <p> + “Woman,” he shouted, mad with anger, “where have you hidden the Prefect + Marcus?” + </p> + <p> + “Marcus?” she answered; “is he here? I did not know it. Well, I saw a man + run from the tower, perhaps that was he. Be swift and you may catch him.” + </p> + <p> + “No man left the tower,” answered the other sentry. “Seize that woman, she + has hidden the Roman in some secret place. Seize her and search.” + </p> + <p> + So they caught Miriam, bound her and began running round and round the + wall. “Here is a staircase,” called a man, “doubtless he has gone up it. + Come, friends.” + </p> + <p> + Then taking lights with them, they mounted the stairs to the very top, but + found no one. Even as they came down again a trumpet blew and from without + rose the sound of a mighty shouting. + </p> + <p> + “What happens now?” said one. + </p> + <p> + As he spoke an officer appeared in the opening of the tower. + </p> + <p> + “Begone,” he cried. “Back to the Temple, taking your prisoner with you. + Titus himself is upon us at the head of two fresh legions, mad at the loss + of his Prefect and so many of his soldiers. Why! where is the wounded + Roman, Marcus?” + </p> + <p> + “He has vanished,” answered Caleb sullenly. “Vanished”—here he + glanced at Miriam with jealous and vindictive hate—“and in his place + has left to us this woman, the grand-daughter of Benoni, Miriam, who + strangely enough was once his love.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it so?” said the officer. “Girl, tell us what you have done with the + Roman, or die. Come, we have no time to lose.” + </p> + <p> + “I have done nothing. I saw a man walk past the sentries, that is all.” + </p> + <p> + “She lies,” said the officer contemptuously. “Here, kill this traitress.” + </p> + <p> + A man advanced lifting his sword, and Miriam, thinking that all was over, + hid her eyes while she waited for the blow. Before it fell, however, Caleb + whispered something to the officer which caused him to change his mind. + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” he said. “Hold your hand and take this woman with you to the + Temple, there to be tried by her grandfather, Benoni, and the other judges + of the Sanhedrim. They have means to cause the most obstinate to speak, + whereas death seals the lips forever. Swift, now, swift, for already they + are fighting on the market-place.” + </p> + <p> + So they seized Miriam and dragged her away from the Old Tower, which an + hour later was taken possession of by the Romans, who destroyed it with + the other buildings. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0016" id="link2HCH0016"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVI + </h2> + <h3> + THE SANHEDRIM + </h3> + <p> + The Jewish soldiers haled Miriam roughly through dark and tortuous + streets, bordered by burnt-out houses, and up steep stone slopes deep with + the débris of the siege. Indeed, they had need to hasten, for, lit with + the lamp of flaming dwellings, behind them flowed the tide of war. The + Romans, driven back from this part of the city by that day’s furious + sally, under cover of the night were re-occupying in overwhelming strength + the ground that they had lost, forcing the Jews before them and striving + to cut them off from their stronghold in the Temple and that part of the + Upper City which they still held. + </p> + <p> + The party of Jews who had Miriam in their charge were returning to the + Temple enclosure, which they could not reach from the north or east + because the outer courts and cloisters of the Holy House were already in + possession of the Romans. So it happened that they were obliged to make + their way round by the Upper City, a long and tedious journey. Once during + that night they were driven to cover until a great company of Romans had + marched past. Caleb wished to attack them, but the other captains said + that they were too few and weary, so they lay hid for nearly three hours, + then went on again. After this there were other delays at gates still in + the hands of their own people, which one by one were unbolted to them. + Thus it was not far from daylight when at length they passed over a narrow + bridge that spanned some ravine and through massive doors into a vast dim + place which, as Miriam gathered from the talk of her captors, was the + inner enclosure of the Temple. Here, at the command of that captain who + had ordered her to be slain, she was thrust into a small cell in one of + the cloisters. Then the men in charge of her locked the door and went + away. + </p> + <p> + Sinking exhausted to the floor, Miriam tried to sleep, but could not, for + her brain seemed to be on fire. Whenever she shut her eyes there sprang up + before them visions of some dreadful scene which she had witnessed, while + in her ears echoed now the shouts of the victors, now the pitiful cry of + the dying, and now again the voice of the wounded Marcus calling her “Most + Beloved.” Was this indeed so, she wondered? Was it possible that he had + not forgotten her during those years of separation when there must have + been so many lovely ladies striving to win him, the rich, high-placed + Roman lord, to be their lover or their husband? She did not know, she + could not tell: perhaps, in such a plight, he would have called any woman + who came to save him his Most Beloved, yes, even old Nehushta, and even + then and there she smiled a little at the thought. Yet his voice rang + true, and he had sent her the ring, the pearls and the letter, that letter + which, although she knew every word of it, she still carried hidden in the + bosom of her robe. Oh! she believed that he did love her, and, believing, + rejoiced with all her heart that it had pleased God to allow her to save + his life, even at the cost of her own. She had forgotten. There was his + wound—he might die of it. Nay, surely he would not die. For her + sake, the Essenes who knew him would treat him well, and they were skilful + healers; also, what better nurse than Nehushta could be found? Ah! poor + Nou, how she would grieve over her. What sorrow must have taken hold of + her when she heard the rock door shut and found that her nursling was cut + off and captured by the Jews. + </p> + <p> + Happy, indeed, was it for Miriam that she could not witness what had + chanced at the further side of that block of stone; that she could not see + Nehushta beating at it with her hands and striving to thrust her thin + fingers to the latch which she had no instrument to lift, until the bones + were stripped of skin and flesh. That she could not hear Marcus, come to + himself again, but unable to rise from off his knees, cursing and raving + with agony at her loss, and because she, the tender lady whom he loved, + for his sake had fallen into the hands of the relentless Jews. Yes, that + she could not hear him cursing and raving in his utter helplessness, till + at length the brain gave in his shattered head, and he fell into a fevered + madness, that for many weeks was unpierced by any light of reason or of + memory. All this, at least, was spared to her. + </p> + <p> + Well, the deed was done and she must pay the price, for without a doubt + they would kill her, as they had a right to do, who had saved a Roman + general from their clutches. Or if they did not, Caleb would, Caleb whose + bitter jealousy, as her instinct told her, had turned his love to hate. + Never would he let her live to fall, perchance, as his share of the Temple + spoil, into the hands of the Roman rival who had escaped him. + </p> + <p> + It was not too great a price. Because of the birth doom laid upon her, + even if he sought it, and fortune brought them back together again, she + could never be a wife to Marcus. And for the rest she was weary, sick with + the sight and sound of slaughter and with the misery that in these latter + days, as her Lord had prophesied, was come upon the city that rejected him + and the people who had slain Him, their Messiah. Miriam wished to die, to + pass to that home of perfect and eternal peace in which she believed; + where, mayhap, it might be given to her in reward of her sufferings, to + watch from afar over the soul of Marcus, and to make ready an abode for it + to dwell in through all the ages of infinity. The thought pleased her, and + lifting his ring, she pressed it to her lips which that very night had + been pressed upon his lips, then drew it off and hid it in her hair. She + wished to keep that ring until the end, if so she might. As for the + pearls, she could not hide them, and though she loved them as his gift—well, + they must go to the hand of the spoiler, and to the necks of other women, + who would never know their tale. + </p> + <p> + This done Miriam rose to her knees and began to pray with the vivid, + simple faith that was given to the first children of the Church. She + prayed for Marcus, that he might recover and not forget her, and that the + light of truth might shine upon him; for Nehushta, that her sorrow might + be soothed; for herself, that her end might be merciful and her awakening + happy; for Caleb, that his heart might be turned; for the dead and dying, + that their sins might be forgiven; for the little children, that the Lord + of Pity would have pity on their sufferings; for the people of the Jews, + that He would lift the rod of His wrath from off them; yes, and even for + the Romans, though for these, poor maid, she knew not what petition to put + up. + </p> + <p> + Her prayer finished, once more Miriam strove to sleep and dozed a little, + to be aroused by a curious sound of feeble sighing, which seemed to come + from the further side of the cell. By now the dawn was streaming through + the stone lattice work above the doorway, and in its faint light Miriam + saw the outlines of a figure with snowy hair and beard, wrapped in a + filthy robe that had once been white. At first she thought that this + figure must be a corpse thrust here out of the way of the living, it was + so stirless. But corpses do not sigh as this man seemed to do. Who could + he be, she wondered? A prisoner like herself, left to die, as, perhaps, + she would be left to die? The light grew a little. Surely there was + something familiar about the shape of that white head. She crept nearer, + thinking that she might be able to help this old man who was so sick and + suffering. Now she could see his face and the hand that lay upon his + breast. They were those of a living skeleton, for the bones stood out, and + over them the yellow skin was drawn like shrivelled parchment; only the + deep sunk eyes still shone round and bright. Oh! she knew the face. It was + that of Theophilus the Essene, a past president of the order indeed, who + had been her friend from earliest childhood and the master who taught her + languages in those far-off happy years which she spent in the village by + the Dead Sea. This Theophilus she had found dwelling with the Essenes in + their cavern home, and none of them had welcomed her more warmly. Some ten + days ago, against the advice of Ithiel and others, he had insisted on + creeping out to take the air and gather news in the city. Then he was a + stout and hale old man, although pale-faced from dwelling in the darkness. + From that journey he had not returned. Some said that he had fled to the + country, others that he had gone over to the Romans, and yet others that + he had been slain by some of Simon’s men. Now she found him thus! + </p> + <p> + Miriam came and bent over him. + </p> + <p> + “Master,” she said, “what ails you? How came you here?” + </p> + <p> + He turned his hollow, vacant eyes upon her face. + </p> + <p> + “Who is it that speaks to me thus gently?” he asked in a feeble voice. + </p> + <p> + “I, your ward, Miriam.” + </p> + <p> + “Miriam! Miriam! What does Miriam in this torture-den?” + </p> + <p> + “Master, I am a prisoner. But speak of yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “There is little to say, Miriam. They caught me, those devils, and seeing + that I was still well-fed and strong, although sunk in years, demanded to + know whence I had my food in this city of starvation. To tell them would + have been to give up our secret and to bring doom upon the brethren, and + upon you, our guest and lady. I refused to answer, so, having tortured me + without avail, they cast me in here to starve, thinking that hunger would + make me speak. But I have not spoken. How could I, who have taken the oath + of the Essenes, and been their ruler? Now at length I die.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! say not so,” said Miriam, wringing her hands. + </p> + <p> + “I do say it and I am thankful. Have you any food?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, a piece of dried meat and barley bread, which chanced to be in my + robe when I was captured. Take them and eat.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, Miriam, that desire has gone from me, nor do I wish to live, whose + days are done. But save the food, for doubtless they will starve you also. + And, look, there is water in that jar, they gave it me to make me live the + longer. Drink, drink while you can, who to-morrow may be thirsty.” + </p> + <p> + For a time there was silence, while the tears that gathered in Miriam’s + eyes fell upon the old man’s face. + </p> + <p> + “Weep not for me,” he said presently, “who go to my rest. How came you + here?” + </p> + <p> + She told him as briefly as she might. + </p> + <p> + “You are a brave woman,” he said when she had finished, “and that Roman + owes you much. Now I, Theophilus, who am about to die, call down the + blessing of God upon you, and upon him also for your sake, for your sake. + The shield of God be over you in the slaughter and the sorrow.” + </p> + <p> + Then he shut his eyes and either could not or would not speak again. + </p> + <p> + Miriam drank of the pitcher of water, for her thirst was great. Crouched + at the side of the old Essene, she watched him till at length the door + opened, and two gaunt, savage-looking men entered, who went to where + Theophilus lay and kicked him brutally. + </p> + <p> + “What would you now?” he said, opening his eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Wake up, old man,” cried one of them. “See, here is flesh,” and he thrust + a lump of some filthy carrion to his lips. “Smell it, taste it,” he went + on, “ah! is it not good? Well, tell us where is that store of food which + made you so fat who now are so thin, and you shall have it all, yes, all, + all.” + </p> + <p> + Theophilus shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “Bethink you,” cried the man, “if you do not eat, by sunrise to-morrow you + will be dead. Speak then and eat, obstinate dog, it is your last chance.” + </p> + <p> + “I eat not and I tell not,” answered the aged martyr in a voice like a + hollow groan. “By to-morrow’s sunrise I shall be dead, and soon you and + all this people will be dead, and God will have judged each of us + according to his works. Repent you, for the hour is at hand.” + </p> + <p> + Then they cursed him and smote him because of his words of ill-omen, and + so went away, taking no notice of Miriam in the corner. When they had gone + she came forward and looked. His jaw had fallen. Theophilus the Essene was + at peace. + </p> + <p> + Another hour went by. Once more the door was opened and there appeared + that captain who had ordered her to be killed. With him were two Jews. + </p> + <p> + “Come, woman,” he said, “to take your trial.” + </p> + <p> + “Who is to try me?” Miriam asked. + </p> + <p> + “The Sanhedrim, or as much as is left of it,” he answered. “Stir now, we + have no time for talking.” + </p> + <p> + So Miriam rose and accompanied them across the corner of the vast court, + in the centre of which the Temple rose in all its glittering majesty. As + she walked she noticed that the pavement was dotted with corpses, and that + from the cloisters without went up flames and smoke. They seemed to be + fighting there, for the air was full of the sound of shouting, above which + echoed the dull, continuous thud of battering rams striking against the + massive walls. + </p> + <p> + They took her into a great chamber supported by pillars of white marble, + where many starving folk, some of them women who carried or led + hollow-cheeked children, sat silent on the floor, or wandered to and fro, + their eyes fixed upon the ground as though in aimless search for they knew + not what. On a daïs at the end of the chamber twelve or fourteen men sat + in carved chairs; other chairs stretched to the right and left of them, + but these were empty. The men were clad in magnificent robes, which seemed + to hang ill upon their gaunt forms, and, like those of the people in the + hall, their eyes looked scared and their faces were white and shrunken. + These were all who were left of the Sanhedrim of the Jews. + </p> + <p> + As Miriam entered one of their number was delivering judgment upon a + wretched starving man. Miriam looked at the judge. It was her grandfather, + Benoni, but oh! how changed. He who had been tall and upright was now + drawn almost double, his teeth showed yellow between his lips, his long + white beard was ragged and had come out in patches, his hand shook, his + gorgeous head-dress was awry. Nothing was the same about him except his + eyes, which still shone bright, but with a fiercer fire than of old. They + looked like the eyes of a famished wolf. + </p> + <p> + “Man, have you aught to say?” he was asking of the prisoner. + </p> + <p> + “Only this,” the prisoner answered. “I had hidden some food, my own food, + which I bought with all that remained of my fortune. Your hyÊna-men caught + my wife, and tormented her until she showed it them. They fell upon it, + and, with their comrades, ate it nearly all. My wife died of starvation + and her wounds, my children died of starvation, all except one, a child of + six, whom I fed with what remained. Then she began to die also, and I + bargained with the Roman, giving him jewels and promising to show him the + weak place in the wall if he would convey the child to his camp and feed + her. I showed him the place, and he fed her in my presence, and took her + away, whither I know not. But, as you know, I was caught, and the wall was + built up, so that no harm came of my treason. I would do it again to save + the life of my child, twenty times over, if needful. You murdered my wife + and my other children; murder me also if you will. I care nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “Wretch,” said Benoni, “what are your miserable wife and children compared + to the safety of this holy place, which we defend against the enemies of + Jehovah? Lead him away, and let him be slain upon the wall, in the sight + of his friends, the Romans.” + </p> + <p> + “I go,” said the victim, rising and stretching out his hands to the + guards, “but may you also all be slain in the sight of the Romans, you mad + murderers, who, in your lust for power, have brought doom and agony upon + the people of the Jews.” + </p> + <p> + Then they dragged him out, and a voice called—“Bring in the next + traitor.” + </p> + <p> + Now Miriam was brought forward. Benoni looked up and knew her. + </p> + <p> + “Miriam?” he gasped, rising, to fall back again in his seat, “Miriam, you + here?” + </p> + <p> + “It seems so, grandfather,” she answered quietly. + </p> + <p> + “There is some mistake,” said Benoni. “This girl can have harmed none. Let + her be dismissed.” + </p> + <p> + The other judges looked up. + </p> + <p> + “Best hear the charge against her first?” said one suspiciously, while + another added, “Is not this the woman who dwelt with you at Tyre, and who + is said to be a Christian?” + </p> + <p> + “We do not sit to try questions of faith, at least not now,” answered + Benoni evasively. + </p> + <p> + “Woman, is it true that you are a Christian?” queried one of the judges. + </p> + <p> + “Sir, I am,” replied Miriam, and at her words the faces of the Sanhedrim + grew hard as stones, while someone watching in the crowd hurled a fragment + of marble at her. + </p> + <p> + “Let it be for this time,” said the judge, “as the Rabbi Benoni says, we + are trying questions of treason, not of faith. Who accuses this woman, and + of what?” + </p> + <p> + A man stepped forward, that captain who had wished to put Miriam to death, + and she saw that behind him were Caleb, who looked ill at ease, and the + Jew who had guarded Marcus. + </p> + <p> + “I accuse her,” he said, “of having released the Roman Prefect, Marcus, + whom Caleb here wounded and took prisoner in the fighting yesterday, and + brought into the Old Tower, where he was laid till we knew whether he + would live or die.” + </p> + <p> + “The Roman Prefect, Marcus?” said one. “Why, he is the friend of Titus, + and would have been worth more to us than a hundred common men. Also, + throughout this war, none has done us greater mischief. Woman, if, indeed, + you let him go, no death can repay your wickedness. Did you let him go?” + </p> + <p> + “That is for you to discover,” answered Miriam, for now that Marcus was + safe she would tell no more lies. + </p> + <p> + “This renegade is insolent, like all her accursed sect,” said the judge, + spitting on the ground. “Captain, tell your story, and be brief.” + </p> + <p> + He obeyed. After him that soldier was examined from whose hand Miriam had + struck the lantern. Then Caleb was called and asked what he knew of the + matter. + </p> + <p> + “Nothing,” he answered, “except that I took the Roman and saw him laid in + the tower, for he was senseless. When I returned the Roman had gone, and + this lady Miriam was there, who said that he had escaped by the doorway. I + did not see them together, and know no more.” + </p> + <p> + “That is a lie,” said one of the judges roughly. “You told the captain + that Marcus had been her lover. Why did you say this?” + </p> + <p> + “Because years ago by Jordan she, who is a sculptor, graved a likeness of + him in stone,” answered Caleb. + </p> + <p> + “Are artists always the lovers of those whom they picture, Caleb?” asked + Benoni, speaking for the first time. + </p> + <p> + Caleb made no answer, but one of the Sanhedrim, a sharp-faced man, named + Simeon, the friend of Simon, the son of Gioras, the Zealot, who sat next + to him, cried, “Cease this foolishness; the daughter of Satan is + beautiful; doubtless Caleb desires her for himself; but what has that to + do with us?” though he added vindictively, “it should be remembered + against him that he is striving to hide the truth.” + </p> + <p> + “There is no evidence against this woman, let her be set free,” exclaimed + Benoni. + </p> + <p> + “So we might expect her grandfather to think,” said Simeon, with sarcasm. + “Little wonder that we are smitten with the Sword of God when Rabbis + shelter Christians because they chance to be of their house, and when + warriors bear false witness concerning them because they chance to be + fair. For my part I say that she is guilty, and has hidden the man away in + some secret place. Otherwise why did she dash the light from the soldier’s + hand?” + </p> + <p> + “Mayhap to hide herself lest she should be attacked,” answered another, + “though how she came in the tower, I cannot guess.” + </p> + <p> + “I lived there,” said Miriam. “It was bricked up until yesterday and safe + from robbers.” + </p> + <p> + “So!” commented that judge, “you lived alone in a deserted tower like a + bat or an owl, and without food or water. Then these must have been + brought to you from without the walls, perhaps by some secret passage that + was known to none, down which you loosed the Prefect, but had no time to + follow him. Woman, you are a Roman spy, as a Christian well might be. I + say that she is worthy of death.” + </p> + <p> + Then Benoni rose and rent his robes. + </p> + <p> + “Does not enough blood run through these holy courts?” he asked, “that you + must seek that of the innocent also? What is your oath? To do justice and + to convict only upon clear, unshaken testimony. Where is this testimony? + What is there to show that the girl Miriam had any dealings with this + Marcus, whom she had not seen for years? In the Holy Name I protest + against this iniquity.” + </p> + <p> + “It is natural that you should protest,” said one of his brethren. + </p> + <p> + Then they fell into discussion, for the question perplexed them sorely, + who, although they were savage, still wished to be honest. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly Simeon looked up, for a thought struck him. + </p> + <p> + “Search her,” he said, “she is in good case, she may have food, or the + secret of food, about her, or,” he added—“other things.” + </p> + <p> + Now two hungry-looking officers of the court seized Miriam and rent her + robe open at the breast with their rough hands, since they would not be at + the pains of loosening it. + </p> + <p> + “See,” cried one of them, “here are pearls, fit wear for so fine a lady. + Shall we take them?” + </p> + <p> + “Fool, let the trinkets be,” answered Simeon angrily. “Are we common + thieves?” + </p> + <p> + “Here is something else,” said the officer, drawing the roll of Marcus’s + cherished letter from her breast. + </p> + <p> + “Not that, not that,” the poor girl gasped. + </p> + <p> + “Give it here,” said Simeon, stretching out his lean hand. + </p> + <p> + Then he undid the silk case and, opening the letter, read its first lines + aloud. “‘To the lady Miriam, from Marcus the Roman, by the hand of the + Captain Gallus.’ What do you say to that, Benoni and brethren? Why, there + are pages of it, but here is the end: ‘Farewell, your ever faithful friend + and lover, Marcus.’ So, let those read it who have the time; for my part I + am satisfied. This woman is a traitress; I give my vote for death.” + </p> + <p> + “It was written from Rome two years ago,” pleaded Miriam; but no one + seemed to heed her, for all were talking at once. + </p> + <p> + “I demand that the whole letter be read,” shouted Benoni. + </p> + <p> + “We have no time, we have no time,” answered Simeon. “Other prisoners + await their trial, the Romans are battering our gates. Can we waste more + precious minutes over this Nazarene spy? Away with her.” + </p> + <p> + “Away with her,” said Simon the son of Gioras, and the others nodded their + heads in assent. + </p> + <p> + Then they gathered together discussing the manner of her end, while Benoni + stormed at them in vain. Not quite in vain, however, for they yielded + something to his pleading. + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” said their spokesman, Simon the Zealot. “This is our sentence + on the traitress—that she suffer the common fate of traitors and be + taken to the upper gate, called the Gate Nicanor, that divides the Court + of Israel from the Court of Women, and bound with the chain to the central + column that is over the gate, where she may be seen both of her friends + the Romans and of the people of Israel whom she has striven to betray, + there to perish of hunger and of thirst, or in such fashion as God may + appoint, for so shall we be clean of a woman’s blood. Yet, because of the + prayer of Benoni, our brother, of whose race she is, we decree that this + sentence shall not be carried out before the set of sun, and that if in + the meanwhile the traitress elects to give information that shall lead to + the recapture of the Roman prefect, Marcus, she shall be set at liberty + without the gates of the Temple. The case is finished. Guards, take her to + the prison whence she came.” + </p> + <p> + So they seized Miriam and led her thence through the crowd of onlookers, + who paused from their wanderings and weary searching of the ground to spit + at or curse her, and thrust her back into her cell and to the company of + the cold corpse of Theophilus the Essene. + </p> + <p> + Here Miriam sat down, and partly to pass the time, partly because she + needed it, ate the bread and dried flesh which she had left hidden in the + cell. After this sleep came to her, who was tired out and the worst being + at hand, had nothing more to fear. For four or five hours she rested + sweetly, dreaming that she was a child again, gathering flowers on the + banks of Jordan in the spring season, till, at length, a sound caused her + to awake. She looked up to see Benoni standing before her. + </p> + <p> + “What is it, grandfather?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! my daughter,” groaned the wretched old man, “I am come here at some + risk, for because of you and for other reasons they suspect me, those + wolf-hearted men, to bid you farewell and to ask your pardon.” + </p> + <p> + “Why should you ask my pardon, grandfather? Seeing things as they see + them, the sentence is just enough. I am a Christian, and—if you + would know it—I did, as I hope, save the life of Marcus, for which + deed my own is forfeit.” + </p> + <p> + “How?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “That, grandfather, I will not tell you.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me, and save yourself. There is little chance that they will take + him, since the Jews have been driven from the Old Tower.” + </p> + <p> + “The Jews might re-capture the tower, and I will not tell you. Also, the + lives of others are at stake, of my friends who have sheltered me, and + who, as I trust, will now shelter him.” + </p> + <p> + “Then you must die, and by this death of shame, for I am powerless to save + you. Yes, you must die tied to a pinnacle of the gateway, a mockery to + friend and foe. Why, if it had not been that I still have some authority + among them, and that you are of my blood, girl though you be, they would + have crucified you upon the wall, serving you as the Romans serve our + people.” + </p> + <p> + “If it pleases God that I should die, I shall die. What is one life among + so many tens of thousands? Let us talk of other things while we have + time.” + </p> + <p> + “What is there to talk of, Miriam, save misery, misery, misery?” and again + he groaned. “You were right, and I have been wrong. That Messiah of yours + whom I rejected, yes, and still reject, had at least the gift of prophecy, + for the words that you read me yonder in Tyre will be fulfilled upon this + people and city, aye, to the last letter. The Romans hold even the outer + courts of the Temple; there is no food left. In the upper town the + inhabitants devour each other and die, and die till none can bury the + dead. In a day or two, or ten—what does it matter?—we who are + left must perish also by hunger and the sword. The nation of the Jews is + trodden out, the smoke of their sacrifices goes up no more, and the Holy + House that they have builded will be pulled stone from stone, or serve as + a temple for the worship of heathen gods.” + </p> + <p> + “Will Titus show no mercy? Can you not surrender?” asked Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Surrender? To be sold as slaves or dragged a spectacle at the wheels of + CÊsar’s triumphal car, through the shouting streets of Rome? No, girl, + best to fight it out. We will seek mercy of Jehovah and not of Titus. Oh! + I would that it were done with, for my heart is broken, and this judgment + is fallen on me—that I, who, of my own will, brought my daughter to + her death, must bring her daughter to death against my will. If I had + hearkened to you, you would have been in Pella, or in Egypt. I lost you, + and, thinking you dead, what I have suffered no man can know. Now I find + you, and because of the office that was thrust upon me, I, even I, from + whom your life has sprung, must bring you to your doom.” + </p> + <p> + “Grandfather,” Miriam broke in, wringing her hands, for the grief of this + old man was awful to witness, “cease, I beseech you, cease. Perhaps, after + all, I shall not die.” + </p> + <p> + He looked up eagerly. “Have you hope of escape?” he asked. “Perchance + Caleb——” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, I know naught of Caleb, except that there is still good in his + heart, since at the last he tried to save me—for which I thank him. + Still, I had sooner perish here alone, who do not fear death in my spirit, + whatever my flesh may fear, than escape hence in his company.” + </p> + <p> + “What then, Miriam? Why should you think——?” and he paused. + </p> + <p> + “I do not think, I only trust in God and—hope. One of our faith, now + long departed, who foretold that I should be born, foretold also that I + should live out my life. It may be so—for that woman was holy, and a + prophetess.” + </p> + <p> + As she spoke there came a rolling sound like that of distant thunder, and + a voice without called: + </p> + <p> + “Rabbi Benoni, the wall is down. Tarry not, Rabbi Benoni, for they seek + you.” + </p> + <p> + “Alas! I must begone,” he said, “for some new horror is fallen upon us, + and they summon me to the council. Farewell, most beloved Miriam, may my + God and your God protect you, for I cannot. Farewell, and if, by any + chance, you live, forgive me, and try to forget the evil that, in my + blindness and my pride, I have brought upon yours and you, but oh! most of + all upon myself.” + </p> + <p> + Then he embraced her passionately and was gone, leaving Miriam weeping. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0017" id="link2HCH0017"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVII + </h2> + <h3> + THE GATE OF NICANOR + </h3> + <p> + Another two hours went by, and the lengthening shadows cast through the + stonework of the lattice told Miriam that the day was drawing to its end. + Suddenly the bolts were shot and the door opened. + </p> + <p> + “The time is at hand,” she said to herself, and at the thought her heart + beat fast and her knees trembled, while a mist came before her eyes, so + that she could not see. When it passed she looked up, and there before + her, very handsome and stately, though worn with war and hunger, stood + Caleb, sword in hand and clad in a breast plate dinted with many blows. At + the sight, Miriam’s courage came back to her; at least before him she + would show no fear. + </p> + <p> + “Are you sent to carry out my sentence?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + He bowed his head. “Yes, a while hence, when the sun sinks,” he answered + bitterly. “That judge, Simeon, who ordered you to be searched, is a man + with a savage heart. He thought that I tried to save you from the wrath of + the Sanhedrim; he thought that I——” + </p> + <p> + “Let be what he thought,” interrupted Miriam, “and, friend Caleb, do your + office. When we were children together often you tied my hands and feet + with flowers, do you remember? Well, tie them now with cords, and make an + end.” + </p> + <p> + “You are cruel,” he said, wincing. + </p> + <p> + “Indeed! some might have thought that you are cruel. If, for instance, + they had heard your words in that tower last night when you gave up my + name to the Jews and linked it with another’s.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! Miriam,” he broke in in a pleading voice, “if I did this—and in + truth I scarcely know what I did—it was because love and jealousy + maddened me.” + </p> + <p> + “Love? The love of the lion for the lamb! Jealousy? Why were you jealous? + Because, having striven to murder Marcus—oh! I saw the fight and it + was little better, for you smote him unawares, being fully prepared when + he was not—you feared lest I might have saved him from your fangs. + Well, thanks be to God! I did save him, as I hope. And now, officer of the + most merciful and learned Sanhedrim, do your duty.” + </p> + <p> + “At least, Miriam,” Caleb went on, humbly, for her bitter words, unjust as + they were in part, seemed to crush him, “at least, I strove my best for + you to-day—after I found time to think.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” she answered, “to think that other lions would get the lamb which + you chance to desire for yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “More,” he continued, taking no note. “I have made a plan.” + </p> + <p> + “A plan to do what?” + </p> + <p> + “To escape. If I give the signal on your way to the gate where I must lead + you, you will be rescued by certain friends of mine who will hide you in a + place of safety, while I, the officer, shall seem to be cut down. + Afterwards I can join you and under cover of the night, by a way of which + I know, we will fly together.” + </p> + <p> + “Fly? Where to?” + </p> + <p> + “To the Romans, who will spare you because of what you did yesterday—and + me also.” + </p> + <p> + “Because of what <i>you</i> did yesterday?” + </p> + <p> + “No—because you will say that I am your husband. It will not be + true, but what of that?” + </p> + <p> + “What of it, indeed?” asked Miriam, “since it can always become true. But + how is it that you, being one of the first of the Jewish warriors, are + prepared to fly and ask the mercy of your foes? Is it because——” + </p> + <p> + “Spare to insult me, Miriam. You know well why it is. You know well that I + am no traitor, and that I do not fly for fear.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” she answered, in a changed tone, for his manly words touched her, + “I know that.” + </p> + <p> + “It is for you that I fly, for your sake I will eat this dirt and crown + myself with shame. I fly that for the second time I may save you.” + </p> + <p> + “And in return you demand—what?” + </p> + <p> + “Yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “That I will not give, Caleb. I reject your offer.” + </p> + <p> + “I feared it,” he answered huskily, “who am accustomed to such denials. + Then I demand this, for know that if once you pass your word I may trust + it: that you will not marry the Roman Marcus.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot marry the Roman Marcus any more than I can marry you, because + neither of you are Christians, and as you know well it is laid upon me as + a birth duty that I may take no man to husband who is not a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “For your sake, Miriam,” he answered slowly, “I am prepared to be baptised + into your faith. Let this show you how much I love you.” + </p> + <p> + “It does not show that you love the faith, Caleb, nor if you did love it + could I love you. Jew or Christian, I cannot be your wife.” + </p> + <p> + He turned his face to the wall and for a while was silent. Then he spoke + again. + </p> + <p> + “Miriam, so be it. I will still save you. Go, and marry Marcus, if you + can, only, if I live, I will kill him if I can, but that you need scarcely + fear, for I do not think that I shall live.” + </p> + <p> + She shook her head. “I will not go, who am weary of flights and hidings. + Let God deal with me and Marcus and you as He pleases. Yet I thank you, + and am sorry for the unkind words I spoke. Oh! Caleb, cannot you put me + out of your mind? Are there not many fairer women who would be glad to + love you? Why do you waste your life upon me? Take your path and suffer me + to take mine. Yet all this talk is foolishness, for both are likely to be + short.” + </p> + <p> + “Yours, and that of Marcus the Roman, and my own are all one path, Miriam, + and I seek no other. As a lad, I swore that I would never take you, except + by your own wish, and to that oath I hold. Also, I swore that if I could I + would kill my rival, and to that oath I hold. If he kills me, you may wed + him. If I kill him, you need not wed me unless you so desire. But this + fight is to the death, yes, whether you live or die, it is still to the + death as between me and him. Do you understand?” + </p> + <p> + “Your words are very plain, Caleb, but this is a strange hour to choose to + speak them, seeing that, for aught I know, Marcus is already dead, and + that within some short time I shall be dead, and that death threatens you + and all within this Temple.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet we live, Miriam, and I believe that for none of the three of us is + the end at hand. Well, you will not fly, either with me or without me?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I will not fly.” + </p> + <p> + “Then the time is here, and, having no choice, I must do my duty, leaving + the rest to fate. If, perchance, I can rescue you afterwards, I will, but + do not hope for such a thing.” + </p> + <p> + “Caleb, I neither hope nor fear. Henceforth I struggle no more. I am in + other hands than yours, or those of the Jews, and as They fashion the clay + so shall it be shaped. Now, will you bind me?” + </p> + <p> + “I have no such command. Come forth if it pleases you, the officers wait + without. Had you wished to be rescued, I should have taken the path on + which my friends await us. Now we must go another.” + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” said Miriam, “but first give me that jar of water, for my + throat is parched.” + </p> + <p> + He lifted it to her lips and she drank deeply. Then they went. Outside the + cloister four men were waiting, two of them those doorkeepers who had + searched her in the morning, the others soldiers. + </p> + <p> + “You have been a long while with the pretty maid, master,” said one of + them to Caleb. “Have you been receiving confession of her sins?” + </p> + <p> + “I have been trying to receive confession of the hiding-place of the + Roman, but the witch is obstinate,” he answered, glaring angrily at + Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “She will soon change her tune on the gateway, master, where the nights + are cold and the day is hot for those who have neither cloaks for their + backs nor water for their stomachs. Come on, Blue Eyes, but first give me + that necklet of pearls, which may serve to buy a bit of bread or a drink + of wine,” and he thrust his filthy hand into her breast. + </p> + <p> + Next instant a sword flashed in the red light of the evening to fall full + on the ruffian’s skull, and down he went dead or dying. + </p> + <p> + “Brute,” said Caleb with an angry snarl, “go to seek bread and wine in + Gehenna. The maid is doomed to death, not to be plundered by such as you. + Come forward.” + </p> + <p> + The companions of the fallen man stared at him. Then one laughed, for + death was too common a sight to excite pity or surprise, and said: + </p> + <p> + “He was ever a greedy fellow. Let us hope that he has gone where there is + more to eat.” + </p> + <p> + Then, preceded by Caleb, they marched through the long cloisters, passed + an inner door, turned down more cloisters on the right, and, following the + base of the great wall, came to its beautiful centre gate, Nicanor, that + was adorned with gold and silver, and stood between the Court of Women and + the Court of Israel. Over this gateway was a square building, fifty feet + or more in height, containing store chambers and places where the priests + kept their instruments of music. On its roof, which was flat, were three + columns of marble, terminated by gilded spikes. By the gate one of the + Sanhedrim was waiting for them, that same relentless judge, Simeon, who + had ordered Miriam to be searched. + </p> + <p> + “Has the woman confessed where she hid the Roman?” he asked of Caleb. + </p> + <p> + “No,” he answered, “she says that she knows nothing of any Roman.” + </p> + <p> + “Is it so, woman?” + </p> + <p> + “It is so, Rabbi.” + </p> + <p> + “Bring her up,” he went on sternly, and they passed through some stone + chambers to a place where there was a staircase with a door of cedar-wood. + The judge unlocked it, locking it again behind them, and they climbed the + stairs till they came to another little door of stone, which, being + opened, Miriam found herself on the roof of the gateway. They led her to + the centre pillar, to which was fastened an iron chain about ten feet in + length. Here Simeon commanded that her hands should be bound behind her, + which was done. Then he brought out of his robe a scroll written in large + letters, and tied it on to her breast. This was the writing on the scroll: + </p> + <p> + “Miriam, Nazarene and Traitress, is doomed here to die as God shall + appoint, before the face of her friends, the Romans.” + </p> + <p> + Then followed several signatures of members of the Sanhedrim, including + that of her grandfather, Benoni, who had thus been forced to show the + triumph of patriotism over kinship. + </p> + <p> + This done the end of the chain was made fast round her middle and riveted + with a hammer in such fashion that she could not possibly escape its grip. + Then all being finished the men prepared to leave. First, however, Simeon + addressed her: + </p> + <p> + “Stay here, accursed traitress, till your bones fall piecemeal from that + chain,” he said, “stay, through storm and shine, through light and + darkness, while Roman and Jew alike make merry of your sufferings, which, + if my voice had been listened to, would have been shorter, but more cruel. + Daughter of Satan, go back to Satan and let the Son of the carpenter save + you if he can.” + </p> + <p> + “Spare to revile the maid,” broke in Caleb furiously, “for curses are + spears that fall on the heads of those that throw them.” + </p> + <p> + “Had I my will,” answered the Rabbi, “a spear should fall upon your head, + insolent, who dare to rebuke your elders. Begone before me, and be sure of + this, that if you strive to return here it shall be for the last time. + More is known about you, Caleb, then you think, and perhaps you also would + make friends among the Romans.” + </p> + <p> + Caleb made no answer, for he knew the venom and power of this Zealot + Simeon, who was the chosen friend and instrument of the savage John of + Gischala. Only he looked at Miriam with sad eyes, and, muttering “You + would have it so, I can do no more. Farewell,” left her to her fate. + </p> + <p> + So there in the red light of the sunset, with her hands bound, a placard + setting out her shame upon her breast, and chained like a wild beast to + the column of marble, Miriam was left alone. Walking as near to the little + battlement as the length of her chain would allow, she looked down into + the Court of Israel, where many of the Zealots had gathered to catch sight + of her. So soon as they saw her they yelled and hooted and cast a shower + of stones, one of which struck her on the shoulder. With a little cry of + pain she ran back as far as she could reach on the further side of the + pillar. Hence she could see the great Court of Women, whence the Gate + Nicanor was approached by fifteen steps forming the half of a circle and + fashioned of white marble. This court now was nothing but a camp, for the + outer Court of the Gentiles having been taken by the Romans, their + battering rams were working at its walls. + </p> + <p> + Then the night fell, but brought no peace with it, for the rams smote + continually, and since they were not strong enough to break through the + huge stones of the mighty wall, the Romans renewed their attempt to take + them by storm in the hours of darkness. But, indeed, it was no darkness, + for the Jews lit fires upon the top of the wall, and by their light drove + off the attacking Romans. Again and again, from her lofty perch, Miriam + could see the scaling ladders appear above the crest of the wall. Then up + them would come long lines of men, each holding a shield above his head. + As the foremost of these scrambled on to the wall, the waiting Jews rushed + at them and cut them down with savage shouts, while other Jews seizing the + rungs of the ladder, thrust it from the coping to fall with its living + load back into the ditch beneath. Once there were great cries of joy, for + two standard-bearers had come up the ladders carrying their ensigns with + them. The men were overpowered and the ensigns captured to be waved + derisively at the Romans beneath, who answered the insult with sullen + roars of rage. + </p> + <p> + So things went on till at length the legionaries, wearing of this + desperate fighting, took another counsel. Hitherto Titus had desired to + preserve all the Temple, even to the outer courts and cloisters, but now + he commanded that the gates, built of great beams of cedar and overlaid + with silver plates, should be fired. Through a storm of spears and arrows + soldiers rushed up to them and thrust lighted brands into every joint and + hinge. They caught, and presently the silver plates ran down their blazing + surface in molten streams of metal. Nor was this all, for from the gates + the fire spread to the cloisters on either side, nor did the outworn Jews + attempt to stay its ravages. They drew back sullenly, and seated in groups + upon the paving of the Court of Women, watching the circle of devouring + flame creep slowly on. At length the sun rose. Now the Romans were + labouring to extinguish the fire at the gateway, and to make a road over + the ruins by which they might advance. When it was done at last, with + shouts of triumph the legionaries, commanded by Titus himself and + accompanied by a body of horsemen, advanced into the Court of Women. Back + before them fled the Jews, pouring up the steps of the Gate Nicanor, on + the roof of which Miriam was chained to her pinnacle. But of her they took + no note, none had time to think, or even to look at a single girl bound + there on high in punishment for some offence, of which the most of them + knew nothing. Only they manned the walls to right and left, and held the + gateway, but to the roof where Miriam was they did not climb, because its + parapet was too low to shelter them from the arrows of their assailants. + </p> + <p> + The Romans saw her, however, for she perceived that some of his officers + were pointing her out to a man on horseback, clad in splendid armour, over + which fell a purple cloak, whom she took to be Titus himself. Also one of + the soldiers shot an arrow at her which struck upon the spiked column + above her head and, rebounding, fell at her feet. Titus noted this, for + she saw the man brought before him, and by his gestures gathered that the + general was speaking to him angrily. After this no more arrows were shot + at her, and she understood that their curiosity being stirred by the sight + of a woman chained upon a gateway, they did not wish to do her mischief. + </p> + <p> + Now the August sun shone out from a cloudless sky till the hot air danced + above the roofs of the Temple and the pavings of the courts, and the + thousands shut within their walls were glad to crowd into the shadow to + shelter from its fiery beams. But Miriam could not escape them thus. In + the morning and again in the afternoon she was able indeed, by creeping + round it, to take refuge in the narrow line of shade thrown by the marble + column to which she was made fast. At mid-day, however, it flung no + shadow, so for all those dreadful hours she must pant in the burning heat + without a drop of water to allay her thirst. Still she bore it till at + length came evening and its cool. + </p> + <p> + That day the Romans made no attack, nor did the Jews attempt a sally. Only + some of the lighter of the engines were brought into the Court of Women, + whence they hurled their great stones and heavy darts into the Court of + Israel beyond. Miriam watched these missiles as they rushed by her, once + or twice so close that the wind they made stirred her hair. The sight + fascinated her and took her mind from her own sufferings. She could see + the soldiers working at the levers and pulleys till the strings of the + catapult or the boards of the balista were drawn to their places. Then the + darts or the stones were set in the groove prepared to receive it, a cord + was pulled and the missile sped upon its way, making an angry humming + noise as it clove the air. At first it looked small; then approaching it + grew large, to become small again to her following sight as its journey + was accomplished. Sometimes, the stones, which did more damage than the + darts, fell upon the paving and bounded along it, marking their course by + fragments of shattered marble and a cloud of dust. At others, directed by + an evil fate, they crashed into groups of Jews, destroying all they + touched. Wandering to and fro among these people was that crazed man + Jesus, the son of Annas, who had met them with his wild prophetic cry as + they entered into Jerusalem, and whose ill-omened voice Miriam had heard + again before Marcus was taken at the fight in the Old Tower. To and fro he + went, none hindering him, though many thrust their fingers in their ears + and looked aside as he passed, wailing forth: “Woe, woe to Jerusalem! Woe + to the city and the Temple!” Of a sudden, as Miriam watched, he was still + for a moment, then throwing up his arms, cried in a piercing voice, “Woe, + woe to myself!” Before the echo of his words had died against the Temple + walls, a great stone cast from the Court of Women rushed upon him through + the air and felled him to the earth. On it went with vast bounds, but + Jesus, the son of Annas, lay still. Now, in the hour of the accomplishment + of his prophecy, his pilgrimage was ended. + </p> + <p> + All the day the cloisters that surrounded the Court of Women burned + fiercely, but the Jews, whose heart was out of them, did not sally forth, + and the Romans made no attack upon the inner Court of Israel. At length + the last rays of the setting sun struck upon the slopes of the Mount of + Olives, the white tents of the Roman camps, and the hundreds of crosses, + each bearing its ghastly burden, that filled the Valley of Jehoshaphat and + climbed up the mountain sides wherever space could be found for them to + stand. Then over the tortured, famished city down fell the welcome night. + To none was it more welcome than to Miriam, for with it came a copious dew + which seemed to condense upon the gilded spike of her marble pillar, + whence it trickled so continually, that by licking a little channel in the + marble, she was enabled, before it ceased, to allay the worst pangs of her + thirst. This dew gathered upon her hair, bared neck and garments, so that + through them also she seemed to take in moisture and renew her life. After + this she slept a while, expecting always to be awakened by some fresh + conflict. But on that night none took place, the fight was for the morrow. + Meanwhile there was peace. + </p> + <p> + Miriam dreamed in her uneasy sleep, and in this dream many visions came to + her. She saw this sacred hill of Moriah, whereon the Temple stood, as it + had been in the beginning, a rugged spot clothed with ungrafted carob + trees and olives, and inhabited, not of men, but by wild boars and the + hyÊnas that preyed upon their young. Almost in its centre lay a huge black + stone. To this stone came a man clad in the garb of the Arabs of the + desert, and with him a little lad whom he bound upon the stone as though + to offer him in sacrifice. Then, as he was about to plunge a knife into + his heart, a glory shone round the place, and a voice cried to him to hold + his hand. That was a vision of the offering of Isaac. It passed, and there + came another vision. + </p> + <p> + Again she saw the sacred height of Moriah, and lo! a Temple stood upon it, + a splendid building, but not that which she knew, and in front of this + Temple the same black rock. On the rock, where once the lad had been + bound, was an altar, and before the altar a glorious man clad in priestly + robes, who offered sacrifice of lambs and oxen and in a sonorous voice + gave praise to Jehovah in the presence of a countless host of people. This + she knew was the vision of Solomon the King. + </p> + <p> + It passed, and lo! by this same black rock stood another man, pale and + eager-faced, with piercing eyes, who reproached the worshippers in the + Temple because of the wickedness of their hearts, and drove them from + before him with a scourge of cords. This she knew was a vision of Jesus, + the Son of Mary, that Messiah Whom she worshipped, for as He drove out the + people He prophesied the desolation that should fall upon them, and as + they fled they mocked Him. + </p> + <p> + The picture passed, and again she saw the black rock, but now it lay + beneath a gilded dome and light fell upon it through painted windows. + About it moved many priests whose worship was strange to her, and so they + seemed to move for ages. At length the doors of that dome were burst open, + and upon the priests rushed fair-faced, stately-looking men, clad in white + mail and bearing upon their shields and breastplates the symbol of the + Cross. They slaughtered the votaries of the strange worship, and once more + the rock was red with blood. Now they were gone in turn and other priests + moved beneath the dome, but the Cross had vanished thence, and its + pinnacles were crowned with crescents. + </p> + <p> + That vision passed, and there came another of dim, undistinguishable + hordes that tore down the crescents and slaughtered the ministers of the + strange faith, and gave the domed temple to the flames. + </p> + <p> + That vision passed, and once more the summit of Mount Moriah was as it had + been in the beginning: the wild olive and the wild fig flourished among + its desolate terraces, the wild boar roamed beneath their shade, and there + were none to hunt him. Only the sunlight and the moonlight still beat upon + the ancient Rock of Sacrifice. + </p> + <p> + That vision passed, and lo! around the rock, filling the Valley of + Jehoshaphat and the valleys beyond, and the Mount of Olives and the + mountains above, yes, and the empty air between earth and sky, further + than the eye could reach, stood, rank upon rank, all the countless million + millions of mankind, all the millions that had been and were yet to be, + gazing, every one of them, anxiously and in utter silence upon the scarred + and naked Rock of Sacrifice. Now upon the rock there grew a glory so + bright that at the sight of it all the million of millions abased their + eyes. And from the glory pealed forth a voice of a trumpet, that seemed to + say: + </p> + <p> + “This is the end and the beginning, all things are accomplished in their + order, now is the day of Decision.” + </p> + <p> + Then, in her dream, the sun turned red as blood and the stars seemed to + fall and winds shook the world, and darkness covered it, and in the winds + and the darkness were voices, and standing upon the rock, its arms + stretched east and west, a cross of fire, and filling the heavens above + the cross, company upon company of angels. This last vision of judgment + passed also and Miriam awoke again from her haunted, horror-begotten + sleep, to see the watch-fires of the Romans burning in the Court of Women + before her, and from the Court of Israel behind her, where they were + herded like cattle in the slaughterer’s yard, to hear the groans of the + starving Jews who to-morrow were destined to the sword. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0018" id="link2HCH0018"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XVIII + </h2> + <h3> + THE DEATH-STRUGGLE OF ISRAEL + </h3> + <p> + Now the light began to grow, but that morning no sun rose upon the sight + of the thousands who waited for its coming. The whole heaven was dark with + a gray mist that seemed to drift up in billows from the sea, bringing with + it a salt dampness. For this mist Miriam was thankful, since had the sun + shone hotly she knew not how she would have lived through another day. + Already she grew very weak, who had suffered so much and eaten so little, + and whose only drink had been the dew, but she felt that while the mist + hid the sun her life would bide with her. + </p> + <p> + To others also this mist was welcome. Under cover of it Caleb approached + the gateway, and although he could not ascend it, as the doors were locked + and guarded, he cast on to its roof so cleverly, that it fell almost at + Miriam’s feet, a linen bag in which was a leathern bottle containing wine + and water, and with it a mouldy crust of bread, doubtless all that he + could find, or buy, or steal. Kneeling down, Miriam loosed the string of + the bag with her teeth and devoured the crust of bread, again returning + thanks that Caleb had been moved to this thought. But from the bottle she + could not drink, for her hands being bound behind her, she was able + neither to lift it nor to untie the thong that made fast its neck. + Therefore, as, notwithstanding the dew which she had lapped, she needed + drink sorely and longed also for the use of her hands to protect herself + from the tormenting attacks of stinging gnats and carrion flies, she set + herself to try to free them. + </p> + <p> + Now the gilt spike that crowned her pillar was made fast with angle-irons + let into the marble and the edge of one of these irons projected somewhat + and was rough. Looking at it the thought came into Miriam’s mind that it + might serve to rub through the cord with which her hands were bound. So + standing with her back to the pillar she began her task, to find that it + must be done little by little, since the awkward movement wearied her, + moreover, her swollen arms chafing against the marble of the column became + intolerably sore. Yet, although the pain made her weep, from time to time + she persevered. But night fell before the frayed cord parted. + </p> + <p> + In the mist also the Romans came near to the gate, notwithstanding the + risk, for they were very curious about her, and called to her asking why + she was bound there. She replied in the Latin language, which was + understood by very few of the Jews, that it was because she had rescued a + Roman from death. Before they could speak again those who questioned her + were driven back by a shower of arrows discharged from the wall, but in + the distance she thought that she saw one of them make report to an + officer, who on receipt of it seemed to give some orders. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, also under cover of the mist, the Jews were preparing + themselves for battle. To the number of over four thousand men they + gathered silently in the Court of Israel. Then of a sudden the gates were + thrown open, and among them that of Nicanor. The trumpets blew a signal + and out they poured into the Court of Women, driving in the Roman guards + and outposts as sticks and straws are driven by a sudden flood. But the + legionaries beyond were warned, and locking their shields together stood + firm, so that the Jews fell back from their iron line as such a flood + falls from an opposing rock. Yet they would not retreat, but fought + furiously, killing many of the Romans, until at length Titus charged on + them at the head of a squadron of horse and drove them back headlong + through the gates. Then the Romans came on and put those whom they had + captured to the sword, but as yet they did not attempt the storming of the + gates. Only officers advanced as near to the wall as they dared and called + to the Jews to surrender, saying that Titus desired to preserve their + Temple and to spare their lives. But the Jews answered them with insults, + taunts, and mockery, and Miriam, listening, wondered what spirit had + entered into these people and made them mad, so that they chose death and + destruction rather than peace and mercy. Then she remembered her strange + visions of the night, and in them seemed to find an answer. + </p> + <p> + Having repulsed this desperate sally the Roman officers set thousands of + men to work to attempt to extinguish the flaming cloisters, since, + notwithstanding the answer of the Jews, Titus still desired to save the + Temple. As for its defenders, beyond guarding the walls of the Court of + Israel, they did no more. Gathering in such places as were most protected + from the darts and stones thrown by the engines, they crouched upon the + ground, some in sullen silence, some beating their breasts and rending + their robes, while the women and children wailed in their misery and + hunger, throwing dust upon their heads. The Gate of Nicanor, however, was + still held by a strong guard, who suffered none to approach it, nor did + any attempt to ascend to its roof. That Caleb still lived Miriam knew, for + she had seen him, covered with dust and blood, driven back by the charge + of Roman horse up the steps of the gateway. This, indeed, he was one of + the last to pass before it was closed and barred to keep out the pursuing + Romans. After that she saw no more of him for many a month. + </p> + <p> + So that day also, the last of the long siege, wore away. At nightfall the + thick mist cleared, and for the last time the rich rays of sunset shone + upon the gleaming roof and burning pinnacles of the Temple and were + reflected from the dazzling whiteness of its walls. Never had it looked + more beautiful than it did in that twilight as it towered, still perfect, + above the black ruins of the desolated city. The clamour and shouting had + died away, even the mourners had ceased their pitiful cries; except the + guards, the Romans had withdrawn and were eating their evening meal, while + those who worked the terrible engines ceased from their destroying toil. + Peace, an ominous peace, brooded on the place, and everywhere, save for + the flames that crackled among the cedar-wood beams in the roofs of the + cloisters, was deep silence, such as in tropic lands precedes the bursting + of a cyclone. To Miriam who watched, it seemed as though in the midst of + this unnatural quiet Jehovah was withdrawing Himself from the house where + His Spirit dwelt and from the people who worshipped Him with their lips, + but rejected Him in their hearts. Her tormented nerves shuddered with a + fear that was not of the body, as she stared upwards at the immense arch + of the azure evening sky, half expecting that her mortal eyes would catch + some vision of the departing wings of the Angel of the Lord. But there she + could see nothing except the shapes of hundreds of high-poised eagles. + “Where the carcase is there shall the eagles be gathered together,” she + muttered to herself, and remembering that these four birds were come to + feast upon the bones of the whole people of the Jews and upon her own, she + shut her eyes and groaned. + </p> + <p> + Then the light died on the Temple towers and faded from the pale slopes of + the mountains, and in place of the wheeling carrion birds bright stars + shone out one by one upon the black mantle of the night. + </p> + <p> + Once again, setting her teeth because of the agony that the touch of the + marble gave to her raw and swollen flesh, Miriam began to fret the cords + which bound her wrists against the rough edge of the angle-iron. She was + sure that it was nearly worn through, but oh! how could she endure the + agony until it parted? Still she did endure, for at her feet lay the + bottle, and burning thirst drove her to the deed. Suddenly her reward + came, and she felt that her arms were free; yes, numbed, swollen and + bleeding, they fell against her sides, wrenching the stiffened muscles of + her shoulders back to their place in such a fashion that she well-nigh + fainted with the pain. Still they were free, and presently she was able to + lift them, and with the help of her teeth to loose the ends of the cord, + so that the blood could run once more through her blackened wrists and + hands. Again she waited till some feeling had come back into her fingers, + which were numb and like to mortify. Then she knelt down, and drawing the + leather bottle to her, held it between her palms, while, with her teeth, + she undid its thong. The task was hard, for it was well tied, but at + length the knots gave, and Miriam drank. So fearful was her thirst that + she could have emptied the bottle at a draught, but this she, who had + lived in the desert, was too wise to do, for she knew that it might kill + her. Also when that was gone there was no more. So she drank half of it in + slow sips, then tied the string as well as she was able and set it down + again. + </p> + <p> + Now the wine, although it was mixed with water, took hold of her who for + so long had eaten nothing save a mouldy crust, so that strange sounds + drummed in her ears, and sinking down against the column she became + senseless for a while. She awoke again, feeling somewhat refreshed and, + though her head seemed as though it did not belong to her, well able to + think. Her arms also were better and her fingers had recovered their + feeling. If only she could loose that galling chain, she thought to + herself, she might escape, for now death, however strong her faith, was + very near and unlovely; also she suffered in many ways. To die and pass + quick to Heaven—that would be well, but to perish by inches of + starvation, heat, cold, and cramped limbs, with pains within and without + and a swimming sickness of the head, ah! it was hard to bear. She knew + that even were she free she could not hope to descend the gateway by its + staircase, since the doors were locked and barred, and if she passed them + it would be but to find herself among the Jews in the vaulted chambers + beneath. But, so she thought, perhaps she could drop from the roof, which + was not so very high, on to the paving in front of the first stair, and + then, if she was unhurt, run or crawl to the Romans, who might give her + shelter. + </p> + <p> + So Miriam tried to undo the chain, only to find that as well might she + hope to pull down the Gate Nicanor with her helpless hands. At this + discovery she wept, for now she grew weak. Well for Miriam was it that she + could not have her wish, for certainly had she attempted to drop down from + the gateway to the marble paving, or even on to the battlements of the + walls which ran up to it on either side, her bones would have been + shattered like the shell of an egg and she must have perished miserably. + </p> + <p> + While she grieved thus, Miriam heard a stir in the Court of Israel, and by + the dim starlight saw that men were gathering, to do what she knew not. + Presently, as she wondered, the great gates were opened very softly and + out poured the Jews upon their last sally. Miriam was witnessing the + death-struggle of the nation of Israel. At the foot of the marble steps + they divided, one-half of them rushing towards the cloister on the right, + and the other to that upon the left. Their object, as it seemed to her, + was to slay those Roman soldiers, who, by the command of Titus, were still + engaged in fighting the flames that devoured these beautiful buildings, + and then to surprise the camp beyond. The scheme was such as a madman + might have made, seeing that the Romans, warned by the sortie of the + morning, had thrown up a wall across the lower part of the Court of Women, + and beyond that were protected by every safeguard known to the science of + ancient war. Also the moment that the first Jew set his foot upon the + staircase, watching sentries cried out in warning and trumpets gave their + call to arms. + </p> + <p> + Still, they reached the cloisters and killed a few Romans who had not time + to get away. Following those who fled, they came to the wall and began to + try to force it, when suddenly on its crest and to the rear appeared + thousands of those men whom they had hoped to destroy, every one of them + wakeful, armed and marshalled. The Jews hesitated, and, like a living + stream of steel, the Roman ranks poured over the wall. Then, of a sudden, + terror seized those unhappy men, and, with a melancholy cry of utter + despair, they turned to flee back to the Court of Israel. But this time + the Romans were not content with driving them away, they came on with + them; some of them even reached the gate before them. Up the marble steps + poured friend and foe together; together they passed the open gate, in + their mad rush sweeping away those who had stayed to guard it, and burst + into the Court of Israel. Then leaving some to hold the gate and + reinforced continually by fresh companies from the camps within and + without the Temple courts, the Romans ran on towards the doors of the Holy + House, cutting down the fugitives as they went. Now none attempted to + stand; there was no fight made; even the bravest of the Jewish warriors, + feeling that their hour was come and that Jehovah had deserted His people, + flung down their weapons and fled, some to escape to the Upper City, more + to perish on the Roman spears. + </p> + <p> + A few attempted to take refuge in the Holy House itself, and after these + followed some Romans bearing torches in their hands. Miriam, watching + terrified from the roof of the Gate Nicanor, saw them go, the torches + floating on the dusky air like points of wind-tossed fire. Then suddenly + from a certain window on the north side of the Temple sprang out a flame + so bright that from where she stood upon the gate, Miriam could see every + detail of the golden tracery. A soldier mounted on the shoulders of + another and not knowing in his madness that he was a destroying angel, had + cast a torch into and fired the window. Up ran the bright, devouring flame + spreading outwards like a fan, so that within some few minutes all that + side of the Temple was but a roaring furnace. Meanwhile the Romans were + pressing through the Gate Nicanor in an unending stream, till presently + there was a cry of “Make way! Make way!” + </p> + <p> + Miriam looked down to see a man, bare-headed and with close-cropped hair, + white-robed also and unarmoured, as though he had risen from his couch, + riding on a great war-horse, an ivory wand in his hand and preceded by an + officer who bore the standard of the Roman Eagles. It was Titus itself, + who as he came shouted to the centurions to beat back the legionaries and + extinguish the fire. But who now could beat them back? As well might he + have attempted to restrain the hosts of Gehenna burst to the upper earth. + They were mad with the lust of blood and the lust of plunder, and even to + the voice of their dread lord they paid no heed. + </p> + <p> + New flames sprang up in other parts of the vast Temple. It was doomed. The + golden doors were burst open and, attended by his officers, Titus passed + through them to view for the first and last time the home of Jehovah, God + of the Jews. From chamber to chamber he passed, yes, even into the Holy of + Holies itself, whence by his command were brought out the golden + candlesticks and the golden table of shrewbread, nor, since God had + deserted His habitation, did any harm come to him for that deed. + </p> + <p> + Now the Temple which for one thousand one hundred and thirty years had + stood upon the sacred summit of Mount Moriah, went upwards in a sheet of + flame, itself the greatest of the sacrifices that had ever been offered + there; while soldiers stripped it of its gold and ornaments, tossing the + sacred vessels to each other and tearing down the silken curtains of the + shrine. Nor were victims lacking to that sacrifice, for in their blind + fury the Romans fell upon the people who were crowded in the Court of + Israel, and slew them to the number of more than ten thousand, warrior and + priest, citizen and woman and child together, till the court swarm with + blood and the Rock of Offering was black with the dead who had taken + refuge there. Yet these did not perish quite unavenged, for many of the + Romans, their arms filled with priceless spoils of gold and silver, the + treasures of immemorial time, sank down overcome by the heat, and where + they fell they died. + </p> + <p> + From the Court of Israel went up one mighty wail of those who sank beneath + the sword. From the thousands of the Romans went up a savage shout of + triumph, the shout of those who put them to the sword. From the multitude + of the Jews who watched this ruin from the Upper City went up a ceaseless + scream of utter agony, and dominating all, like the accompaniment of some + fearful music, rose the fierce, triumphant roar of fire. In straight lines + and jagged pinnacles the flames soared hundreds of feet into the still + air, leaping higher and ever higher as the white walls and gilded roofs + fell in, till all the Temple was but one gigantic furnace, near which none + could bide save the dead, whose very garments took fire as they lay upon + the ground. Never, was such a sight seen before; never, perhaps, will such + a sight be seen again—one so awesome, yet so majestic. + </p> + <p> + Now every living being whom they could find was slain, and the Romans drew + back, bearing their spoil with them. But the remainder of the Jews, to the + number of some thousands, escaped by the bridges, which they broke down + behind them, across the valley into the Upper City, whence that piercing, + sobbing wail echoed without cease. Miriam watched till she could bear the + sight no longer. The glare blinded her, the heat of the incandescent + furnace shrivelled her up, her white dress scorched and turned brown. She + crouched behind the shelter of her pinnacle gasping for breath. She prayed + that she might die, and could not. Now she remembered the drink that + remained in the leathern bottle, and swallowed it to the last drop. Then + she crouched down again against the pillar, and lying thus her senses left + her. + </p> + <p> + When they came back it was daylight, and from the heap of ashes that had + been the Temple of Herod and the most glorious building in the whole + world, rose a thick cloud of black smoke, pierced here and there by little + angry tongues of fire. The Court of Israel was strewn so thick with dead + that in places the soldiers walked on them as on a carpet, or to be rid of + them, hurled them into the smouldering ruins. Upon the altar that stood on + the Rock of Sacrifice a strange sight was to be seen, for set up there was + an object like the shaft of a lance wreathed with what seemed to be + twining snakes and surmounted by a globe on which she stood a golden eagle + with outspread wings. Gathered in front of it were a vast number of + legionaries who did obeisance to this object. They were offering worship + to the Roman standards upon the ancient altar of the God of Israel! + Presently a figure rode before them attended by a glittering staff of + officers, to be greeted with a mighty shout of “Titus <i>Imperator</i>! + Titus <i>Imperator</i>!” Here on the sense of his triumph his victorious + legions named their general CÊsar. + </p> + <p> + Nor was the fighting altogether ended, for on the roofs of some of the + burning cloisters were gathered a few of the most desperate of the + survivors of the Jews, who, as the cloisters crumbled beneath them, + retreated slowly towards the Gate Nicanor, which still stood unharmed. The + Romans, weary with slaughter, called to them to come down and surrender, + but they would not, and Miriam watching them, to her horror saw that one + of these men was none other than her grandfather, Benoni. As they would + not yield, the Romans shot at them with arrows, so that presently every + one of them was down except Benoni, whom no dart seemed to touch. + </p> + <p> + “Cease shooting,” cried a voice, “and bring a ladder. That man is brave + and one of the Sanhedrim. Let him be taken alive.” + </p> + <p> + A ladder was brought and reared against the wall near the Gate Nicanor and + up it came Romans. Benoni retreated before them till he stood upon the + edge of the gulf of advancing fire. Then he turned round and faced them. + As he turned he caught sight of Miriam huddled at the base of her column + upon the roof of the gate, and thinking that she was dead, wrung his hands + and tore his beard. She guessed his grief, but so weak and parched was + she, that she could call no word of comfort to him, or do more than watch + the end with fascinated eyes. + </p> + <p> + The soldiers came on along the top of the wall till they feared to + approach nearer to the fire, lest they should fall through the burning + rafters. + </p> + <p> + “Yield!” they cried. “Yield, fool, before you perish! Titus gives you your + life.” + </p> + <p> + “That he may drag me, an elder of Israel, in chains through the streets of + Rome,” answered the old Jew scornfully. “Nay, I will not yield, and I pray + God that the same end which you have brought upon this city and its + children, may fall upon your city and its children at the hands of men + even more cruel than yourselves.” + </p> + <p> + Then stooping down he lifted a spear which lay upon the wall and hurled it + at them so fiercely, that it transfixed the buckler of one of the soldiers + and the arm behind the buckler. + </p> + <p> + “Would that it had been your heart, heathen, and the heart of all your + race!” he screamed, and lifting his hands as though in invocation, + suddenly plunged headlong into the flames beneath. + </p> + <p> + Thus, fierce and brave to the last, died Benoni the Jew. + </p> + <p> + Again Miriam fainted, again to be awakened. The door that led from the + gate chambers to its roof burst open and through it sped a figure + bare-headed and dishevelled, his torn raiment black with blood and smoke. + Staring at him, Miriam knew the man who Simeon—yes, Simeon, her + cruel judge, who had doomed her to this dreadful end. After him, gripping + his robe indeed, came a Roman officer, a stout man of middle age, with a + weather-beaten kindly face, which in some dim way seemed to be familiar to + her, and after him again, six soldiers. + </p> + <p> + “Hold him!” he panted. “We must have one of them to show if only that the + people may know what a live Jew is like,” and the officer tugged so + fiercely at the robe that in his struggles to be free, for he also hoped + to die by casting himself from the gateway tower, Simeon fell down. + </p> + <p> + Next instant the soldiers were on him and held him fast. Then it was for + the first time that the captain caught sight of Miriam crouched at the + foot of her pillar. + </p> + <p> + “Why,” he said, “I had forgotten. That is the girl whom we saw yesterday + from the Court of Women and whom we have orders to save. Is the poor thing + dead?” + </p> + <p> + Miriam lifted her wan face and looked at him. + </p> + <p> + “By Bacchus!” he said, “I have seen that face before; it is not one that a + man would forget. Ah! I have it now.” Then he stooped and eagerly read the + writing that was tied upon her breast: + </p> + <p> + “Miriam, Nazarene and traitress, is doomed here to die as God shall + appoint before the face of her friends, the Romans.” + </p> + <p> + “Miriam,” he said, then started and checked himself. + </p> + <p> + “Look!” cried one of the soldiers, “the girl wears pearls, and good ones. + Is it your pleasure that I should cut them off?” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, let them be,” he answered. “Neither she nor her pearls are for any + of us. Loosen her chain, not her necklet.” + </p> + <p> + So with much trouble they broke the rivets of the chain. + </p> + <p> + “Can you stand, lady?” said the captain to Miriam. + </p> + <p> + She shook her head. + </p> + <p> + “Then I needs must carry you,” and stooping down he lifted her in his + strong arms as though she had been but a child, and, bidding the soldiers + bring the Jew Simeon with them, slowly and with great care descended the + staircase up which Miriam had been taken more than sixty hours before. + </p> + <p> + Passing through the outer doors into the archway where the great gate by + which the Romans had gained access to the Temple stood wide, the captain + turned into the Court of Israel, where some soldiers who were engaged in + dividing spoil looked up laughing and asked him whose baby he had + captured. Paying no heed to them he walked across the court, picking his + way through the heaps of dead to a range of the southern cloisters which + were still standing, where officers might be seen coming and going. Under + one of these cloisters, seated on a stool and employed in examining the + vessels and other treasures of the Temple, which were brought before him + one by one, was Titus. Looking up he saw this strange procession and + commanded that they should be brought before him. + </p> + <p> + “Who is it that you carry in your arms, captain?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “That girl, CÊsar,” he answered, “who was bound upon the gateway and whom + you have orders should not be shot at.” + </p> + <p> + “Does she still live?” + </p> + <p> + “She lives—no more. Thirst and heat have withered her.” + </p> + <p> + “How came she there?” + </p> + <p> + “This writing tells you, CÊsar.” + </p> + <p> + Titus read. “Ah!” he said, “Nazarene. An evil sect, worse even than these + Jews, or so thought the late divine Nero. Traitress also. Why, the girl + must have deserved her fate. But what is this? ‘Is doomed to die as God + shall appoint before the face of her friends, the Romans.’ How are the + Romans her friends, I wonder? Girl, if you can speak, tell me who + condemned you.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam lifted her dark head from the shoulder of the captain on which it + lay and pointed with her finger at the Jew, Simeon. + </p> + <p> + “Is that so, man?” asked CÊsar. “Now tell the truth, for I shall learn it, + and if you lie you die.” + </p> + <p> + “She was condemned by the Sanhedrim, among whom was her own grandfather, + Benoni; there is his signature with the rest upon the scroll,” Simeon + answered sullenly. + </p> + <p> + “For what crime?” + </p> + <p> + “Because she suffered a Roman prisoner to escape, for which deed,” he + added furiously, “may her soul burn in Gehenna for ever and aye!” + </p> + <p> + “What was the name of the prisoner?” asked Titus. + </p> + <p> + “I do not remember,” answered Simeon. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said CÊsar, “it does not greatly matter, for either he is safe or + he is dead. Your robes, what are left of them, show that you also are one + of the Sanhedrim. Is it not so?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes. I am Simeon, a name that you have heard.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah! Simeon, here it is, written on this scroll first of all. Well, + Simeon, you doomed a high-born lady to a cruel death because she saved, or + tried to save, a Roman soldier, and it is but just that you should drink + of your own wine. Take him and fasten him to the column on the gateway and + leave him there to perish. Your Holy House is destroyed, Simeon, and being + a faithful priest, you would not wish to survive your worship.” + </p> + <p> + “There you are right, Roman,” he answered, “though I should have been + better pleased with a quicker end, such as I trust may overtake you.” + </p> + <p> + Then they led him off, and presently Simeon appeared upon the gateway with + Miriam’s chain about his middle and Miriam’s rope knotted afresh about his + wrists. + </p> + <p> + “Now for this poor girl,” went on Titus CÊsar. “It seems that she is a + Nazarene, a sect of which all men speak ill, for they try to subvert + authority and preach doctrines that would bring the world to ruin. Also + she was false to her own people, which is a crime, though one in this + instance whereof we Romans cannot complain. Therefore, if only for the + sake of example it would be wrong to set her free; indeed, to do so, would + be to give her to death. My command is, then, that she shall be taken good + care of, and if she recovers, be sent to Rome to adorn my Triumph, should + the gods grant me such a thing, and afterwards be sold as a slave for the + benefit of the wounded soldiers and the poor. Meanwhile, who will take + charge of her?” + </p> + <p> + “I,” said that officer who had freed Miriam. “There is an old woman who + tends my tent, who can nurse her in her sickness.” + </p> + <p> + “Understand, friend,” answered Titus, “that no harm is to be done to this + girl, who is my property.” + </p> + <p> + “I understand, O CÊsar,” said the officer. “She shall be treated as though + she were my daughter.” + </p> + <p> + “Good. You who are present, remember his words and my decree. In Rome, if + we live to reach it, you shall give account to me of the captive lady, + Miriam. Now take her away, for there are greater matters to be dealt with + than the fortunes of this girl.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0019" id="link2HCH0019"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XIX + </h2> + <h3> + PEARL-MAIDEN + </h3> + <p> + Many days had gone by, but still the fighting was not ended, for the Jews + continued to hold the Upper City. As it chanced, however, in one of the + assaults upon it that officer who had rescued Miriam was badly hurt by a + spear-thrust in the leg, so that he could be of no more service in this + war. Therefore, because he was a man whom Titus trusted, he was ordered to + sail with others of the sick for Rome, taking in his charge much of the + treasure that had been captured, and for this purpose travelled down to + Tyre, whence his vessel was to put to sea. In obedience to the command of + CÊsar he had carried the captive Miriam to the camp of his legion upon the + Mount of Olives, and there placed her in a tent, where an old slave-woman + tended her. For a while it was not certain whether she should live or die, + for her sufferings and all that she had seen brought her so near to death + that it was hard to keep her from passing its half-opened gates. Still, + with good food and care, the strength came back to her body. But in mind + Miriam remained sick, since during all these weeks she wandered in her + talk, so that no word of reason passed her lips. + </p> + <p> + Now, many would have wearied of her and thrust her out to take her chance + with hundreds of other poor creatures who roamed about the land until they + perished or were enslaved of Arabs. But this Roman did not act thus; in + truth, as he had promised it should be, had she been his daughter, Miriam + would not have been better tended. Whenever his duties gave him time he + would sit with her, trying to beguile her madness, and after he himself + was wounded, from morning to night they were together, till at length the + poor girl grew to love him in a crazy fashion, and would throw her arms + about his neck and call him “uncle,” as in the old days she had named the + Essenes. Moreover, she learned to know the soldiers of that legion, who + became fond of her and would bring her offerings of fruit and winter + flowers, or of aught else that they thought would please her. So when the + captain received his orders to proceed to Tyre with the treasure and take + ship there, he and his guard took Miriam with them, and journeying easily, + reached the city on the eighth day. + </p> + <p> + As it chanced their ship was not ready, so they camped on the outskirts of + Paleotyrus, and by a strange accident in that very garden which had been + the property of Benoni. This place they reached after sunset one evening + and set up their tents, that of Miriam and the old slave-woman being + placed on the seashore next to the tent of her protector. This night she + slept well, and being awakened at the dawn by the murmur of the sea among + the rocks, went to the door of the tent and looked out. All the camp was + sleeping, for here they had no enemy to fear, and a great calm lay upon + the sea and land. Presently the mist lifted and the rays of the rising sun + poured across the blue ocean and its gray, bordering coast. + </p> + <p> + With that returning light, as it happened, the light returned also into + Miriam’s darkened mind. She became aware that this scene was familiar; she + recognised the outlines of the proud and ancient island town. More, she + remembered that garden; yes, there assuredly was the palm-tree beneath + which she had often sat, and there the rock, under whose shadow grew white + lilies, where she had rested with Nehushta when the Roman captain brought + her the letter and the gifts from Marcus. Instinctively Miriam put her + hand to her neck. About it still hung the collar of pearls, and on the + pearls the ring which the slave-woman had found in her hair and tied there + for safety. She took off the ring and placed it back upon her finger. Then + she walked to the rock, sat down and tried to think. But for this, as yet + her mind was not strong enough, for there rose up in it vision after + vision of blood and fire, which crushed and overwhelmed her. All that went + before the siege was clear, the rest one red confusion. + </p> + <p> + While she sat thus the Roman captain hobbled from his pavilion, resting on + a crutch, for his leg was still lame and shrivelled. First he went to + Miriam’s tent to inquire after her of the old woman, as was his custom at + the daybreak, then, learning that she had gone out of it, looked round for + her. Presently he perceived her sitting in the shade of the rock gazing at + the sea, and followed to join her. + </p> + <p> + “Good morning to you, daughter,” he said. “How have you slept after your + long journey?” and paused, expecting to be answered with some babbling, + gentle nonsense such as flowed from Miriam’s lips in her illness. But + instead of this she rose and stood before him looking confused. Then she + replied: + </p> + <p> + “Sir, I thank you, I have slept well; but tell me, is not yonder town + Tyre, and is not this the garden of my grandfather, Benoni, where I used + to wander? Nay, how can it be? So long has passed since I walked in this + garden, and so many things have happened—terrible, terrible things + which I cannot remember,” and she hid her eyes in her hand and moaned. + </p> + <p> + “Don’t try to remember them,” he said cheerfully. “There is so much in + life that it is better to forget. Yes, this is Tyre, sure enough. You + could not recognise it last night because it was too dark, and this + garden, I am told, did belong to Benoni. Who it belongs to now I do not + know. To you, I suppose, and through you to CÊsar.” + </p> + <p> + Now while he spoke thus somewhat at random, for he was watching her all + the while, Miriam kept her eyes fixed upon his face, as though she + searched there for something which she could but half recall. Suddenly an + inspiration entered into them and she said: + </p> + <p> + “Now I have it! You are the Roman captain, Gallus, who brought me the + letter from——” and she paused, thrusting her hand into the + bosom of her robe, then went on with something like a sob: “Oh! it is + gone. How did it go? Let me think.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t think,” said Gallus; “there are so many things in the world which + it is better not to think about. Yes, as it happens, I am that man, and + some years ago I did bring you the letter from Marcus, called The + Fortunate. Also, as it chanced, I never forgot your sweet face and knew it + again at a time when it was well that you should find a friend. No, we + won’t talk about it now. Look, the old slave calls you. It is time that + you should break your fast, and I also must eat and have my wound dressed. + Afterwards we will talk.” + </p> + <p> + All that morning Miriam saw nothing more of Gallus. Indeed, he did not + mean that she should, since he was sure that her new-found sense ought not + to be overstrained at first, lest it should break down again, never to + recover. So she went out and sat alone by the garden beach, for the + soldiers had orders to respect her privacy, and gazed at the sea. + </p> + <p> + As she sat thus in quiet, event by event the terrible past came back to + her. She remembered it all now—their flight from Tyre; the march + into Jerusalem; the sojourn in the dark with the Essenes; the Old Tower + and what befell there; the escape of Marcus; her trial before the + Sanhedrim; the execution of her sentence upon the gateway; and then that + fearful night when the flames of the burning Temple scorched to her very + brain, and the sights and sounds of slaughter withered her heart. After + this she could recall but one more thing—the vision of the majestic + figure of Benoni standing against a background of black smoke upon the + lofty cloister-roof and defying the Romans before he plunged headlong in + the flames beneath. Of her rescue on the roof of the Gate Nicanor, of her + being carried before Titus CÊsar in the arms of Gallus, and of his + judgment concerning her she recollected nothing. Nor, indeed, did she ever + attain to a clear memory of those events, while the time between them and + the recovery of her reason by the seashore in the garden at Tyre always + remained a blank. That troubled fragment of her life was sunk in a black + sea of oblivion. + </p> + <p> + At length the old woman came to summon Miriam to her midday meal, and led + her, not to her own tent, but to that which was pitched to serve as an + eating-place for the captain, Gallus. As she went she saw knots of + soldiers gathered across her path as though to intercept her, and turned + to fly, for the sight of them brought back the terrors of the siege. + </p> + <p> + “Have no fear of them,” said the old woman, smiling. “Ill would it go here + with him who dared to lift a finger against their Pearl-Maiden.” + </p> + <p> + “Pearl-Maiden! Why?” asked Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “That is what they call you, because of the necklace that was upon your + breast when you were captured, which you wear still. As for why—well, + I suppose because they love you, the poor sick thing they nursed. They + have heard that you are better and gather to give you joy of it; that is + all.” + </p> + <p> + Sure enough, the words were true, for, as Miriam approached, these rough + legionaries cheered and clapped their hands, while one of them an + evil-looking fellow with a broken nose, who was said to have committed + great cruelties during the siege, came forward bowing and presented her + with a handful of wild-flowers, which he must have collected with some + trouble, since, at this season of the year they were not common. She took + them, and being still weak, burst into tears. + </p> + <p> + “Why should you treat me thus,” she asked, “who am, as I understand, but a + poor captive?” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, nay,” answered a sergeant, with an uncouth oath. “It is we who are + your captives, Pearl-Maiden, and we are glad, because your mind has come + to you, though, seeing how sweet you were without it, we do not know that + it can better you very much.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! friends, friends,” began Miriam, then once more broke down. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, hearing the disturbance Gallus had come from his tent and was + hobbling towards them, when suddenly he caught sight of the tears upon + Miriam’s face and broke out into such language as could only be used by a + Roman officer of experience. + </p> + <p> + “What have you been doing to her, you cowardly hounds?” he shouted. “By + CÊsar and the Standards, if one of you has even said a word that she + should not hear, he shall be flogged until the bones break through his + skin,” and his very beard bristling with wrath, Gallus uttered a series of + the most fearful maledictions upon the head of that supposed offender, his + female ancestry, and his descendants. + </p> + <p> + “Your pardon, captain,” said the sergeant, “but <i>you</i> are uttering + many words that no maiden should hear.” + </p> + <p> + “Do you dare to argue with me, you foul-tongued camp scavenger?” shouted + Gallus. “Here, guard, lash him to that tree! Fear not, daughter; the + insult shall be avenged; we shall teach his dirty tongue to sing another + tune,” and again he cursed him, naming him by new names. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! sir, sir,” broke in Miriam, “what are you about to do? This man + offered me no insult, none of them offered me anything except kind words + and flowers.” + </p> + <p> + “Then how is it that you weep?” asked Gallus suspiciously. + </p> + <p> + “I wept, being still weak, because they who are conquerors were so kind to + one who is a slave and an outcast.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” said Gallus. “Well, guard, you need not tie him up this time, but + after all I take back nothing that I have said, seeing that in this way or + in that they did make you weep. What business had they to insult you with + their kindness? Men, henceforth you will be so good as to remember that + this maiden is the property of Titus CÊsar, and after CÊsar, of myself, in + whose charge he placed her. If you have any offerings to make to her, and + I do not dissuade you from that practice, they must be made through me. + Meanwhile, there is a cask of wine, that good old stuff from the Lebanon + which I had bought for the voyage. If you should wish to drink the health + of our—our captive, it is at your service.” + </p> + <p> + Then taking Miriam by the hand he led her into the eating-tent, still + grumbling at the soldiers, who for their part laughed and sent for the + wine. They knew their captain’s temper, who had served with them through + many a fight, and knew also that this crazed Pearl-Maiden whom he saved + had twined herself into his heart, as was her fortune with most men of + those among whom from time to time fate drove her to seek shelter. + </p> + <p> + In the tent Miriam found two places set, one for herself and one for the + captain Gallus. + </p> + <p> + “Don’t talk to me,” he said, “but sit down and eat, for little enough you + have swallowed all the time you were sick, and we sail to-morrow evening + at the latest, after which, unless you differ from most women, little + enough will you swallow on these winter seas until it pleases whatever god + we worship to bring us to the coasts of Italy. Now here are oysters + brought by runner from Sidon, and I command that you eat six of them + before you say a word.” + </p> + <p> + So Miriam ate the oysters obediently, and after the oysters, fish, and + after the fish the breast of a woodcock. But from the autumn lamb, roasted + whole, which followed, she was forced to turn. + </p> + <p> + “Send it out to the soldiers,” she suggested, and it was sent as her gift. + </p> + <p> + “Now, my captive,” said Gallus, drawing his stool near to her, “I want you + to tell me what you can remember of your story. Ah! you don’t know that + for many days past we have dined together and that it had been your + fashion to sit with your arm round my old neck and call me your uncle. + Nay, child, you need not blush, for I am more than old enough to be your + father, let alone your uncle, and nothing but a father shall I ever be to + you.” + </p> + <p> + “Why are you so good to me?” asked Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Why? Oh! for several reasons. First, you were the friend of a comrade of + mine who often talked of you, but who now is dead. Secondly, you were a + sick and helpless thing whom I chanced to rescue in the great slaughter, + and who ever since has been my companion; and thirdly—yes, I will + say it, though I do not love to talk of that matter, I had a daughter, who + died, and who, had she lived, would have been of about your age. Your eyes + remind me of hers—there, is that not enough? + </p> + <p> + “But now for the story. Stay. I will tell you what I know of it. Marcus, + he whom they called The Fortunate, but whose fortune has deserted him, was + in love with you—like the rest of us. Often he talked to me of you + in Rome, where we were friends after a fashion, though he was set far + above me, and by me sent to you that letter which I delivered here in this + garden, and the trinket that you wear about your neck, and if I remember + right, with it a ring—yes, it is upon your finger. Well, I took note + of you at the time and went my way to the war, and when I chanced to find + you lately upon the top of the Gate Nicanor, although you were more like a + half-burnt cinder than a fair maiden, I knew you again and carried you off + to CÊsar, who named you his slave and bade me take charge of you and + deliver you to him in Rome. Now I want to know how you came to be upon + that gateway.” + </p> + <p> + So Miriam began and told him all her tale, while he listened patiently. + When she had done he rose and, limping round the little table, bent over + and kissed her solemnly upon the brow. + </p> + <p> + “By all the gods of the Romans, Greeks, Christians, Jews, and barbarian + nations, you are a noble-hearted woman,” he said, “and that kiss is my + tribute to you. Little wonder that puppy, Marcus, is called The Fortunate, + since, even when he deserved to die who suffered himself to be taken + alive, you appeared to save him—to save him, by Venus, at the cost + of your own sweet self. Well, most noble traitress, what now?” + </p> + <p> + “I ask that question of you, Gallus. What now? Marcus, whom you should + call no ill name, and who was overwhelmed through no fault of his own, + fighting like a hero, has vanished——” + </p> + <p> + “Across the Styx, I fear me. Indeed that would be best for him, since no + Roman must be taken prisoner and live.” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, I think not, or at the least I hope he lives. My servant, Nehushta, + would nurse him for my sake, and for my sake the Essenes, among whom I + dwelt, would guard him, even to the loss of their own lives. Unless his + wound killed him I believe that Marcus is alive to-day.” + </p> + <p> + “And if that is so you wish to communicate with him?” + </p> + <p> + “What else, Gallus? Say, what fate will befall me when I reach Rome?” + </p> + <p> + “You will be kept safe till Titus comes. Then, according to his command, + you must walk in his Triumph, and after that, unless he changes his mind, + which is not likely, since he prides himself upon never having reversed a + decree, however hastily it was made, or even added to or taken from a + judgment, you must, alas! be set up in the Forum and sold as a slave to + the highest bidder.” + </p> + <p> + “Sold as a slave to the highest bidder!” repeated Miriam faintly. “That is + a poor fate for a woman, is it not? Had it been that daughter of yours who + died, for instance, you would have thought it a poor fate for her, would + you not?” + </p> + <p> + “Do not speak of it, do not speak of it,” muttered Gallus into his beard. + “Well, in this, as in other things, let us hope that fortune will favour + you.” + </p> + <p> + “I should like Marcus to learn that I am to march in the Triumph, and + afterwards to be set up in the Forum and sold as a slave to the highest + bidder,” said Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “I should like Marcus to learn—but, in the name of the gods—how + is he to learn, if he still lives? Look you, we sail to-morrow night. What + do you wish me to do?” + </p> + <p> + “I wish you to send a messenger to Marcus bearing a token from me to him.” + </p> + <p> + “A messenger! What messenger? Who can find him? I can despatch a soldier, + but your Marcus is with the Essenes, who for their own sakes will keep him + fast enough as a hostage, if they have cured him. Also the Essenes live, + according to your story, in some hyÊna-burrow, opening out of an + underground quarry in Jerusalem, that is, if they have not been discovered + and killed long ago. How, then, will any soldier find their hiding-place?” + </p> + <p> + “I do not think that such a man would find it,” answered Miriam, “but I + have friends in this city, and if I could come at them I might discover + one who would meet with better fortune. You know that I am a Christian who + was brought up among the Essenes, both of them persecuted people that have + their secrets. If I find a Christian or an Essene he would take my message + and—unless he was killed—deliver it.” + </p> + <p> + Now Gallus thought for a while, then he said, “If I were to go out in Tyre + asking for Christians or Essenes, none would appear. As well might a stork + go out and call upon a frog. But that old slave-woman, who has tended on + me and you, she is cunning in her way, and if I promised to set her at + liberty should she succeed, well, perhaps she might succeed. Stay, I will + summon her,” and he left the tent. + </p> + <p> + Some minutes later he returned, bringing the slave with him. + </p> + <p> + “I have explained the matter to this woman, Miriam,” he said, “and I think + that she understands, and can prove to any who are willing to visit you, + that they will have a free pass in to and out of the camp, and need fear + no harm. Tell her, then, where she is to go and whom she must seek.” + </p> + <p> + So Miriam told the woman, saying, “Tell any Essene whom you can find that + she who is called their Queen, bids his presence, and if he asks more, + give him this word—‘The sun rises.’ Tell any Christian whom you can + find that Miriam, their sister, seeks his aid, and if he asks more, give + him this word—‘The dawn comes.’ Do you understand?” + </p> + <p> + “I understand,” answered the woman. + </p> + <p> + “Then go,” said Gallus, “and be back by nightfall, remembering that if you + fail, in place of liberty you travel to Rome, whence you will return no + more.” + </p> + <p> + “My lord, I go,” answered the woman, beating her forehead with her hand + and bowing herself from their presence. + </p> + <p> + By nightfall she was back again with the tidings that no Christians seemed + to be left in Tyre; all had fled to Pella, or elsewhere. Of the Essenes, + however, she had found one, a minor brother of the name of Samuel, who, on + hearing that Miriam was the captive, and receiving the watchword, said + that he would visit the camp after dark, although he greatly feared that + this might be some snare set to catch him. + </p> + <p> + After dark he came accordingly, and was led by the old woman, who waited + outside to meet him, to the tent where Miriam sat with Gallus. This Samuel + proved to be a brother of the lowest order of the Essenes, whom, although + he knew of her, Miriam had never seen. He had been absent from the village + by the Jordan at the time of the flight of the sect, having come to Tyre + by leave of the Court to bid farewell to his mother, who was on her + deathbed. Hearing that the brethren had fled, and his mother being still + alive, he had remained in Tyre instead of seeking to rejoin them at + Jerusalem, thus escaping the terrors of the siege. That was all his story. + Now, having buried his mother, he desired to rejoin the brotherhood, if + any of them were left alive. + </p> + <p> + After Gallus had left the tent, since it was not lawful that she should + speak of their secrets in the presence of any man who was not of the + order, Miriam, having first satisfied herself that he was in truth a + brother, told this Samuel all she knew of the hiding-place of the Essenes + beyond the ancient quarry, and asked him if he was willing to try to seek + it out. He said yes, for he desired to find them; also he was bound to + give her what help he could, since should the brethren discover that he + had refused it, he would be expelled from their order. Then, having + pledged him to be faithful to her trust, not by oath, which the Essenes + held unlawful, but in accordance with their secret custom which was known + to her, she took from her hand the ring that Marcus had sent her, bidding + him find out the Essenes, and, if their Roman prisoner was yet alive, and + among them, to deliver it to him with a message telling him of her fate + and whither she had gone. If he was dead, or not to be found anywhere, + then he was to deliver the ring to the Libyan woman named Nehushta, with + the same message. If he could not find her either, then to her uncle + Ithiel, or, failing him, to whoever was president of the Essenes, with the + same message, praying any or all of them to succour her in her troubles, + should that be possible. At the least they were to let her have tidings at + the house of Gallus, the captain, in Rome, where he proposed to place her + in charge of his wife until the time came for her to be handed over to + Titus and to walk in the Triumph. Moreover, in case the brother should + forget, she wrote a letter that he might deliver to any of those for whom + she gave the message. In this letter Miriam set out briefly all that had + befallen her since that night of parting in the Old Tower, and by the help + of Gallus, whom she now recalled to the tent, the particulars of her + rescue and of the judgment of CÊsar upon her person, ending it with these + words: + </p> + <p> + “If it be the will of God and your will, O you who may read this letter, + haste, haste to help me, that I may escape the shame more sore than death + which awaits me yonder in Rome.” + </p> + <p> + This letter she signed, “Miriam, of the house of Benoni,” but she did not + write upon it the names of those to whom it was addressed, fearing lest it + should fall into other hands and bring trouble upon them. + </p> + <p> + Then Gallus asked the man Samuel what money he needed for his journey and + as a reward for his service. He answered that it was against his rule to + take any money, who was bound to help those under the protection of the + order without reward or fee, whereat Gallus stared and said that there + were stranger folk in this land than in any others that he knew, and they + were many. + </p> + <p> + So Samuel, having bowed before Miriam and pressed her hand in a certain + fashion in token of brotherhood and fidelity, was led out of the camp + again, nor did she ever see him more. Yet, as it proved, he was a faithful + messenger, and she did well to trust him. + </p> + <p> + Next day, at the prayer of Miriam, Gallus also wrote a letter, which gave + him much trouble, to a friend of his, who was a brother officer with the + army at Jerusalem, enclosing one to be handed to Marcus if, perchance, he + should have rejoined the Standards. + </p> + <p> + “Now daughter,” he said, “we have done all that can be done, and must + leave the rest to fate.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” she answered with a sigh, “we must leave the rest to fate, as you + Romans call God.” + </p> + <p> + In the evening they set sail for Italy, and with them much of the captured + treasure, many sick and wounded men and a guard of soldiers. As it + chanced, having taken the sea after the autumn gales and before those of + mid-winter began, they had a swift and prosperous voyage, enduring no + hardships save once from want of water. Within thirty days they came to + Rhegium, whence they marched overland to Rome, being received everywhere + very gladly by people who were eager for tidings of the war. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0020" id="link2HCH0020"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XX + </h2> + <h3> + THE MERCHANT DEMETRIUS + </h3> + <p> + When on that fateful night in the Old Tower Miriam sprang forward to + strike the lantern from the hand of the Jew, Nehushta, who was bending + over the fallen Marcus and dragging at his body, did not even see that she + had left the door. + </p> + <p> + With an effort, the slope of the rocky passage beyond favouring her, she + half-drew, half-lifted the Roman through the entrance. Then it was, as she + straightened herself a little to take breath, that she heard the thud of + the rock door closing behind her. Still, as it was dark, she did not guess + that Miriam was parted from them, for she said: + </p> + <p> + “Ah! into what troubles do not these men lead us poor women. Well, just in + time, and I think that none of them saw us.” + </p> + <p> + There was no answer. Sound could not pierce that wall and the place was + silent as a tomb. + </p> + <p> + “Lady! In the Name of Christ, where are you, lady?” asked Nehushta in a + piercing whisper, and the echoes of the gallery answered—“Where are + you, lady?” + </p> + <p> + Just then Marcus awoke. + </p> + <p> + “What has chanced? What place is this, Miriam?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “This has chanced,” answered Nehushta in the same awful voice. “We are in + the passage leading to the vaults; Miriam is in the hands of the Jews in + the Old Tower, and the door is shut between us. Accursed Roman! to save + your life she has sacrificed herself. Without doubt she sprang from the + door to dash the lantern from the hand of the Jew, and before she could + return again it had swung home. Now they will crucify her because she + rescued you—a Roman.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t talk, woman,” broke in Marcus savagely, “open the door. I am still + a man, I can still fight, or,” he added with a groan, remembering that he + had no sword, “at the least I can die for her.” + </p> + <p> + “I cannot,” gasped Nehushta. “She had the iron that lifts the secret + latch. If you had kept your sword, Roman, it might perhaps have served, + but that has gone also.” + </p> + <p> + “Break it down,” said Marcus. “Come, I will help.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, Roman, you will help to break down three feet of solid stone.” + </p> + <p> + Then began that hideous scene whereof something has been said. Nehushta + strove to reach the latch with her fingers. Marcus, standing upon one + foot, strove to shake the stone with his shoulder, the black, silent stone + that never so much as stirred. Yet they worked madly, their breath coming + in great gasps, knowing that the work was in vain, and that even if they + could open the door, by now it would be to find Miriam gone, or at the + best to be taken themselves. Suddenly Marcus ceased from his labour. + </p> + <p> + “Lost!” he moaned, “and for my sake. O ye gods! for my sake.” Then down he + fell, his harness clattering on the rocky step, and lay there, muttering + and laughing foolishly. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta ceased also, gasping: “The Lord help you, Miriam, for I cannot. + Oh! after all these years to lose you thus, and because of that man!” and + she glared through the darkness towards the fallen Marcus, thinking in her + heart that she would kill him. + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” she said to herself, “she loved him, and did she know it might pain + her. Better kill myself; yes, and if I were sure that she is dead this, + sin or no sin, I would do.” + </p> + <p> + As she sat thus, helpless, hopeless, she saw a light coming up the stair + towards them. It was borne by Ithiel. Nehushta rose and faced him. + </p> + <p> + “Praise be to God! there you are at length,” he said. “Thrice have I been + up this stair wondering why Miriam did not come.” + </p> + <p> + “Brother Ithiel,” answered Nehushta, “Miriam will come no more; she is + gone, leaving us in exchange this man Marcus, the Roman prefect of Horse.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean? What do you mean?” he gasped. “Where is Miriam?” + </p> + <p> + “In the hands of the Jews,” she answered. Then she told him all that + story. + </p> + <p> + “There is nothing to be done,” he moaned when she had finished. “To open + the door now would be but to reveal the secret of our hiding-place to the + Jews or to the Romans, either of whom would put us to the sword, the Jews + for food, the Romans because we are Jews. We can only leave her to God and + protect ourselves.” + </p> + <p> + “Had I my will,” answered Nehushta, “I would leave myself to God and still + strive to protect her. Yet you are right, seeing that many lives cannot be + risked for the sake of one girl. But what of this man?” + </p> + <p> + “We will do our best for him,” answered Ithiel, “for so she who sacrificed + herself for his sake would have wished. Also years ago he was our guest + and befriended us. Stay here a while and I will bring men to carry him to + the vault.” + </p> + <p> + So Ithiel went away to return with sundry of the brethren, who lifted + Marcus and bore him down the stairs and passages to that darksome chamber + where Miriam had slept, while other brethren shut the trap-door, and + loosened the roof of the passage, blocking it with stone so that without + great labour none could pass that path for ever. + </p> + <p> + Here in this silent, sunless vault for many, many days Marcus lay sick + with a brain fever, of which, had it not been for the skilful nursing of + Nehushta and of the leeches among the Essenes, he must certainly have + died. But these leeches, who were very clever, doctored the deep sword-cut + in his head, removing with little iron hooks the fragments of bone which + pressed upon his brain, and dressing that wound and another in his knee + with salves. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, they learned by their spies that both the Temple and Mount Sion + had fallen. Also they heard of the trial of Miriam and of her exposure on + the Gate Nicanor, but of what happened to her afterwards they could gather + nothing. So they mourned her as dead. + </p> + <p> + Now, their food being at length exhausted and the watch of the Romans + having relaxed, they determined, those who were left of them, for some had + died and Ithiel himself was very ill, to attempt to escape from the + hateful vaults that had sheltered them for all these months. A question + arose as to what was to be done with Marcus, now but a shadow of a man, + who still wandered somewhat in his mind, but who had passed the worst of + his sickness and seemed like to live. Some were for abandoning him; some + for sending him back to the Romans; but Nehushta showed that it would be + wise to keep him as a hostage, so that if they were attacked they might + produce him and in return for their care, perhaps buy their lives. In the + end they agreed upon this course, not so much for what they might gain by + it, but because they knew that it would have pleased the lost maid whom + they called their Queen, who had perished to save this man. + </p> + <p> + So it came about that upon a certain night of rain and storm, when none + were stirring, a number of men with faces white as lepers, of the hue, + indeed, of roots that have pushed in the dark, might have been seen + travelling down the cavern quarries, now tenanted only by the corpses of + those who had perished there from starvation, and so through the hole + beneath the wall into the free air. With them went litters bearing their + sick, and among the sick, Ithiel and Marcus. None hindered their flight, + for the Romans had deserted this part of the ruined city and were encamped + around the towers in the neighbourhood of Mount Sion, where some few Jews + still held out. + </p> + <p> + Thus it happened that by morning they were well on the road to Jericho, + which, always a desert country, was now quite devoid of life. On they + went, living on roots and such little food as still remained to them, to + Jericho itself, where they found nothing but a ruin haunted by a few + starving wretches. Thence they travelled to their own village, to discover + that, for the most part, this also had been burnt. But certain caverns in + the hillside behind, which they used as store-houses, remained, and + undiscovered in them a secret stock of corn and wine that gave them food. + </p> + <p> + Here, then, they camped and set to work to sow the fields which no Romans + or robbers had been able to destroy, and so lived hardly, but unmolested, + till at length the first harvest came and with it plenty. + </p> + <p> + In this dry and wholesome air Marcus recovered rapidly, who by nature was + very strong. When first his wits returned to him he recognised Nehushta, + and asked her what had chanced. She told him all she knew, and that she + believed Miriam to be dead, tidings which caused him to fall into a deep + melancholy. Meanwhile, the Essenes treated him with kindness, but let him + understand that he was their prisoner. Nor if he had wished it, and they + had given him leave to go, could he have left them at that time, seeing + that the slightest of his hurts proved to be the worst, since the spear or + sword-cut having penetrated to the joint and let out the oil, the wound in + his knee would heal only by very slow degrees, and for many weeks left him + so lame that he could not walk without a crutch. So here he sat by the + banks of the Jordan, mourning the past and well-nigh hopeless for the + future. + </p> + <p> + Thus in solitude, tended by Nehushta, who now had grown very grim and old, + and by the poor remnant of the Essenes, Marcus passed four or five + miserable months. As he grew stronger he would limp down to the village + where his hosts were engaged in rebuilding some of their dwellings, and + sit in the garden of the house that was once occupied by Miriam. Now it + was but an overgrown place, yet among the pomegranate bushes still stood + that shed which she had used as a workshop, and in it, lying here and + there as they had fallen, some of her unfinished marbles, among them one + of himself which she began and cast aside before she executed that bust + which Nero had named divine and set him to guard in the Temple at Rome. To + Marcus it was a sad place, haunted by a thousand memories, yet he loved it + because those memories were all of Miriam. + </p> + <p> + Titus, said rumour, having accomplished the utter destruction of + Jerusalem, had moved his army to CÊsarea or Berytus, where he passed the + winter season in celebrating games in the amphitheatres. These he made + splendid by the slaughter of vast numbers of Jewish prisoners, who were + forced to fight against each other, or, after the cruel Roman fashion, + exposed to the attacks of ravenous wild beasts. But although he thought of + doing so, Marcus had no means of communicating with Titus, and was still + too lame to attempt escape. Could he have found any, indeed, to make use + of them might have brought destruction upon the Essenes, who had treated + him kindly and saved his life. Also among the Romans it was a disgrace for + a soldier, and especially for an officer of high rank, to be made + prisoner, and he was loth to expose his own shame. As Gallus had told + Miriam, no Roman should be taken alive. So Marcus attempted to do nothing, + but waited, sick at heart, for whatever fate fortune might send him. + Indeed, had he been quite sure that Miriam was dead, he, who was disgraced + and a captive, would have slain himself and followed her. But although + none doubted her death—except Nehushta—his spirit did not tell + him that this was so. Thus it came about that Marcus lived on among the + Essenes till his health and strength came back to him, as it was appointed + that he should do until the time came for him to act. At length that time + came. + </p> + <p> + When Samuel, the Essene, left Tyre, bearing the letter and the ring of + Miriam, he journeyed to Jerusalem to find the Holy City but a heap of + ruins, haunted by hyÊnas and birds of prey that feasted on the innumerable + dead. Still, faithful to his trust, he strove to discover that entrance to + the caverns of which Miriam had told him, and to this end hovered day by + day upon the north side of the city near to the old Damascus Gate. The + hole he could not find, for there were thousands of stones behind which + jackals had burrowed, and how was he to know which of these openings led + to caverns, nor were there any left to direct him. Still, Samuel searched + and waited in the hope that one day an Essene might appear who would guide + him to the hiding-place of the brethren. But no Essene appeared, for the + good reason that they had fled already. In the end he was seized by a + patrol of Roman soldiers who had observed him hovering about the place and + questioned him very strictly as to his business. He replied that it was to + gather herbs for food, whereon their officer said that they would find him + food and with it some useful work. So they took him and pressed him into a + gang of captives who were engaged in pulling down the walls, that + Jerusalem might nevermore become a fortified city. In this gang he was + forced to labour for over four months, receiving only his daily bread in + payment, and with it many blows and hard words, until at last he found an + opportunity to make his escape. + </p> + <p> + Now among his fellow-slaves was a man whose brother belonged to the Order + of the Essenes, and from him he learned that they had gone back to Jordan. + So thither Samuel started, having Miriam’s ring still hidden safely about + his person. Reaching the place without further accident he declared + himself to the Essenes, who received him with joy, which was not to be + wondered at, since he was able to tell them that Miriam, whom they named + their Queen and believed to be dead, was still alive. He asked them if + they had a Roman prisoner called Marcus hidden away among them, and when + they answered that this was so, said that he had a message from Miriam + which he was charged to deliver to him. Then they led him to the garden + where her workshop had been, telling him that there he would find the + Roman. + </p> + <p> + Marcus was seated in the garden, basking in the sunshine, and with him + Nehushta. They were talking of Miriam—indeed, they spoke of little + else. + </p> + <p> + “Alas! although I seem to know her yet alive, I fear that she must be + dead,” Marcus was saying. “It is not possible that she could have lived + through that night of the burning of the Temple.” + </p> + <p> + “It does not seem possible,” answered Nehushta, “yet I believe that she + did live—as in your heart you believe also. I do not think it was + fated that any Christian should perish in that war, since it has been + prophesied otherwise.” + </p> + <p> + “Prove it to me, woman, and I should be inclined to become a Christian, + but of prophecies and such vague talk I am weary.” + </p> + <p> + “You will become a Christian when your heart is touched and not before,” + answered Nehushta sharply. “That light is from within.” + </p> + <p> + As she spoke the bushes parted and they saw the Essene, Samuel, standing + in front of them. + </p> + <p> + “Whom do you seek, man?” asked Nehushta, who did not know him. + </p> + <p> + “I seek the noble Roman, Marcus,” he answered, “for whom I have a message. + Is that he?” + </p> + <p> + “I am he,” said Marcus, “and now, who sent you and what is your message?” + </p> + <p> + “The Queen of the Essenes, whose name is Miriam, sent me,” replied the + man. + </p> + <p> + Now both of them sprang to their feet. + </p> + <p> + “What token do you bear?” asked Marcus in a slow, restrained voice, “for + know, we thought that lady dead.” + </p> + <p> + “This,” he answered, and drawing the ring from his robe he handed it to + him, adding, “Do you acknowledge the token?” + </p> + <p> + “I acknowledge it. There is no such other ring. Have you aught else?” + </p> + <p> + “I had a letter, but it is lost. The Roman soldiers robbed me of my robe + in which it was sewn, and I never saw it more. But the ring I saved by + hiding it in my mouth while they searched me.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus groaned, but Nehushta said quickly: + </p> + <p> + “Did she give you no message? Tell us your story and be swift.” + </p> + <p> + So he told them all. + </p> + <p> + “How long was this ago?” asked Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + “Nearly five months. For a hundred and twenty days I was kept as a slave + at Jerusalem, labouring at the levelling of the walls.” + </p> + <p> + “Five months,” said Marcus. “Tell me, do you know whether Titus has + sailed?” + </p> + <p> + “I heard that he had departed from Alexandria on his road to Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “Miriam will walk in his Triumph, and afterwards be sold as a slave! + Woman, there is no time to lose,” said Marcus. + </p> + <p> + “None,” answered Nehushta; “still, there is time to thank this faithful + messenger.” + </p> + <p> + “Ay,” said Marcus. “Man, what reward do you seek? Whatever it be it shall + be paid to you who have endured so much. Yes, it shall be paid, though + here and now I have no money.” + </p> + <p> + “I seek no reward,” replied the Essene, “who have but fulfilled my promise + and done my duty.” + </p> + <p> + “Yet Heaven shall reward you,” said Nehushta. “And now let us hence to + Ithiel.” + </p> + <p> + Back they went swiftly to the caves that were occupied by the Essenes + during the rebuilding of their houses. In a little cabin that was open to + the air lay Ithiel. The old man was on his death-bed, for age, hardship, + and anxiety had done their work with him, so that now he was unable to + stand, but reclined upon a pallet awaiting his release. To him they told + their story. + </p> + <p> + “God is merciful,” he said, when he had heard it. “I feared that she might + be dead, for in the presence of so much desolation, my faith grows weak.” + </p> + <p> + “It may be so,” answered Marcus, “but your merciful God will allow this + maiden to be set up in the Forum at Rome and sold to the highest bidder. + It would have been better that she perished on the gate Nicanor.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps this same God,” answered Ithiel with a faint smile, “will deliver + her from that fate, as He has delivered her from many others. Now what do + you seek, my lord Marcus?” + </p> + <p> + “I seek liberty, which hitherto you have refused to me, Ithiel. I must + travel to Rome as fast as ships and horses can carry me. I desire to be + present at that auction of the captives. At least, I am rich and can + purchase Miriam—unless I am too late.” + </p> + <p> + “Purchase her to be your slave?” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, to be my wife.” + </p> + <p> + “She will not marry you; you are not a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, if she asks it, to set her free. Man, would it not be better that + she should fall into my hands than into those of the first passer-by who + chances to take a fancy to her face?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I think it is better,” answered Ithiel, “though who am I that I + should judge? Let the Court be summoned and at once. This matter must be + laid before them. If you should purchase her and she desires it, do you + promise that you will set her free?” + </p> + <p> + “I promise it.” + </p> + <p> + Ithiel looked at him strangely and said: “Good, but in the hour of + temptation, if it should come, see that you do not forget your word.” + </p> + <p> + So the Court was called together, not the full hundred that used to sit in + the great hall, but a bare score of the survivors of the Essenes, and to + them the brother, Samuel, repeated his tale. To them also Marcus made his + petition for freedom, that he might journey to Rome with Nehushta, and if + it were possible, deliver Miriam from her bonds. Now, some of the more + timid of the Essenes spoke against the release of so valuable a hostage + upon the chance of his being able to aid Miriam, but Ithiel cried from his + litter: + </p> + <p> + “What! Would you allow our own advantage to prevail against the hope that + this maiden, who is loved by everyone of us, may be saved? Shame upon the + thought. Let the Roman go upon his errand, since we cannot.” + </p> + <p> + So in the end they agreed to let him go, and, as he had none, even + provided money for his faring out of their scanty, secret store, trusting + that he might find opportunity to repay it in time to come. + </p> + <p> + That night Marcus and Nehushta bade farewell to Ithiel. + </p> + <p> + “I am dying,” said the old Essene. “Before ever you can set foot in Rome + the breath will be out of my body, and beneath the desert sand I shall lie + at peace—who desire peace. Yet, say to Miriam, my niece, that my + spirit will watch over her spirit, awaiting its coming in a land where + there are no more wars and tribulations, and that, meanwhile, I who love + her bid her to be of good cheer and to fear nothing.” + </p> + <p> + So they parted from Ithiel and travelled upon horses to Joppa, Marcus + disguising his name and rank lest some officer among the Romans should + detain him. Here by good fortune they found a ship sailing for Alexandria, + and in the port of Alexandria a merchant vessel bound for Rhegium, in + which they took passage, none asking them who they might be. + </p> + <p> + Upon the night of the burning of the Temple, Caleb, escaping the + slaughter, was driven with Simon the Zealot across the bridge into the + Upper City, which bridge they broke down behind them. Once he tried to + return, in the mad hope that during the confusion he might reach the gate + Nicanor and, if she still lived, rescue Miriam. But already the Romans + held the head of the bridge, and already the Jews were hacking at its + timbers, so in that endeavour he failed and in his heart made sure that + Miriam had perished. So bitterly did Caleb mourn, who, fierce and wayward + as he was by nature, still loved her more than all the world besides, that + for six days or more he sought death in every desperate adventure which + came to his hand, and they were many. But death fled him, and on the + seventh day he had tidings. + </p> + <p> + A man who was hidden among the ruins of the cloisters managed to escape to + the Upper City. From him Caleb learned that the woman, who was said to + have been found upon the roof of the gate Nicanor, had been brought before + Titus, who gave her over to the charge of a Roman captain, by whom she had + been taken without the walls. He knew no more. The story was slight + enough, yet it sufficed for Caleb, who was certain that this woman must be + Miriam. From that moment he determined to abandon the cause of the Jews, + which, indeed, was now hopeless, and to seek out Miriam, wherever she + might be. Yet, search as he would, another fifteen days went by before he + could find his opportunity. + </p> + <p> + At length Caleb was placed in charge of a watch upon the wall, and, the + other members of his company falling asleep from faintness and fatigue, + contrived in the dark to let himself down by a rope which he had secreted, + dropping from the end of it into the ditch. In this ditch he found many + dead bodies, and from one of them, that of a peasant who had died but + recently, took the clothes and a long winter cloak of sheepskins, which he + exchanged for his own garments. Then, keeping only his sword, which he hid + beneath the cloak, he passed the Roman pickets in the gloom and fled into + the country. When daylight came Caleb cut off his beard and trimmed his + long hair short. After this, meeting a countryman with a load of + vegetables which he had licence to sell in the Roman camp Caleb bought his + store from him for a piece of gold, for he was well furnished with money, + promising the simple man that if he said a word of it he would find him + out and kill him. Then counterfeiting the speech and actions of a peasant, + which he, who had been brought up among them down by the banks of Jordan, + well could do, Caleb marched boldly to the nearest Roman camp and offered + his wares for sale. + </p> + <p> + Now this camp was situated outside the gate of Gennat, not far from the + tower Hippicus. Therefore, it is not strange that although in the course + of his bargaining he made diligent inquiry as to the fate of the girl who + had been taken to the gate Nicanor, Caleb could hear nothing of her, + seeing that she was in a camp situated on the Mount of Olives, upon the + other side of Jerusalem. Baffled for that day, Caleb continued his + inquiries on the next, taking a fresh supply of vegetables, which he + purchased from the same peasant, to another body of soldiers camping in + the Valley of Himnon. So he went on from day to day searching the troops + which surrounded the city, and working from the Valley of Himnon + northwards along the Valley of the Kedron, till on the tenth day he came + to a little hospital camp pitched on the slope of the hill opposite to the + ruin which once had been the Golden Gate. Here, while proffering his + vegetables, he fell into talk with the cook who was sent to chaffer with + him. + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” said the cook handling the basket with satisfaction, “it is a pity, + friend, that you did not bring this stuff here a while ago when we wanted + it sorely and found it hard to come by in this barren, sword-wasted land.” + </p> + <p> + “Why?” asked Caleb carelessly. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! because of a prisoner we had here, a girl whose sufferings had made + her sick in mind and body, and whose appetite I never knew how to tempt, + for she turned from meat, and ever asked for fish, of which, of course, we + had none, or failing that, for green food and fruits.” + </p> + <p> + “What were her name and story?” asked Caleb. + </p> + <p> + “As for her name I know it not. We called her Pearl-Maiden because of a + collar of pearls she wore and because also she was white and beautiful as + a pearl. Oh! beautiful indeed, and so gentle and sweet, even in her + sickness, that the roughest brute of a legionary with a broken head could + not choose but to love her. Much more then, that old bear, Gallus, who + watched her as though she were his own cub.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed? And where is this beautiful lady now? I should like to sell her + something.” + </p> + <p> + “Gone, gone, and left us all mourning.” + </p> + <p> + “Not dead?” said Caleb in a new voice of eager dismay, “Oh! not dead?” + </p> + <p> + The fat cook looked at him calmly. + </p> + <p> + “You take a strange interest in our Pearl-Maiden, Cabbage-seller,” he + said. “And, now that I come to think of it, you are a strange-looking man + for a peasant.” + </p> + <p> + With an effort Caleb recovered his self-command. + </p> + <p> + “Once I was better off than I am now, friend,” he answered. “As you know, + in this country the wheel of fortune has turned rather quick of late.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, and left many crushed flat behind it.” + </p> + <p> + “The reason why I am interested,” went on Caleb, taking no heed, “is that + I may have lost a fine market for my goods.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, and so you have, friend. Some days ago the Pearl-Maiden departed to + Tyre in charge of the captain, Gallus, on her way to Rome. Perhaps you + would wish to follow and sell her your onions there.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps I should,” answered Caleb. “When you Romans have gone this seems + likely to become a bad country for gardeners, since owls and jackals do + not buy fruit, and you will leave no other living thing behind you.” + </p> + <p> + “True,” answered the cook. “CÊsar knows how to handle a broom and he has + made a very clean sweep,” and he pointed complacently to the heaped-up + ruins of the Temple before them. “But how much for the whole basket full?” + </p> + <p> + “Take them, friend,” said Caleb, “and sell them to your mess for the best + price that you can get. You need not mention that you paid nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! no, I won’t mention it. Good morning, Mr. Cabbage-grower, good + morning.” + </p> + <p> + Then he stood still watching as Caleb vanished quickly among the great + boles of the olive trees. “What can stir a Jew so much,” he reflected to + himself, “as to make him give something for nothing, and especially to a + Roman? Perhaps he is Pearl-Maiden’s brother. No, that can’t be from his + eyes—her lover more likely. Well, it is no affair of mine, and + although he never grew them, the vegetables are good and fresh.” + </p> + <p> + That evening when Caleb, still disguised as a peasant, was travelling + through the growing twilight across the hills that bordered the road to + Tyre, he heard a mighty wailing rise from Jerusalem and knew that it was + the death-cry of his people. Now, everywhere above such portions of the + beleaguered city as remained standing, shot up tall spires and wreaths of + flame. Titus had forced the walls, and thousands upon thousands of Jews + were perishing beneath the swords of his soldiers, or in the fires of + their burning homes. Still, some ninety thousand were left alive, to be + driven like cattle into the Court of Women. Here more than ten thousand + died of starvation, while some were set aside to grace the Triumph, some + to be slaughtered in the amphitheatres at CÊsarea and Berytus, but the + most were transported to Egypt, there, until they died, to labour in the + desert mines. Thus was the last desolation accomplished and the prophecy + fulfilled: “And the Lord shall bring thee into Egypt again with ships . . + . and there ye shall sell yourselves unto your enemies for bondmen and for + bondwomen, and no man shall buy you.” Thus did “Ephraim return to Egypt,” + whence he came forth to sojourn in the Promised Land until the cup of his + sin was full. Now once more that land was a desert without inhabitants; + all its pleasant places were waste; all its fenced cities destroyed, and + over their ruins and the bones of their children flew CÊsar’s eagles. The + war was ended, there was peace in JudÊa. <i>Solitudinem faciunt pacem + appellant!</i> + </p> + <p> + When Caleb reached Tyre, by the last light of the setting sun he saw a + white-sailed galley beating her way out to sea. Entering the city, he + inquired who went in the galley and was told Gallus, a Roman captain, in + charge of a number of sick and wounded men, many of the treasures of the + Temple, and a beautiful girl, who was said to be the grand-daughter of + Benoni of that town. + </p> + <p> + Then knowing that he was too late, Caleb groaned in bitterness of spirit. + Presently, however, he took thought. Now, Caleb was wise in his + generation, for at the beginning of this long war he had sold all his land + and houses for gold and jewels, which, to a very great value, he had left + hidden in Tyre in the house of a man he trusted, an old servant of his + father’s. To this store he had added from time to time out of the proceeds + of plunder, of trading, and of the ransom of a rich Roman knight who was + his captive, so that now his wealth was great. Going to the man’s house, + Caleb claimed and packed this treasure in bales of Syrian carpets to + resemble merchandise. + </p> + <p> + Then the peasant who had travelled into Tyre upon business about a mule, + was seen no more, but in place of him appeared Demetrius, the Egyptian + merchant, who bought largely, though always at night, of the merchandise + of Tyre, and sailed with it by the first ship to Alexandria. Here this + merchant bought much more goods, such as would find a ready sale in the + Roman market, enough to fill the half of a galley, indeed, which lay in + the harbour near the Pharos lading for Syracuse and Rhegium. + </p> + <p> + At length the galley sailed, meaning to make Crete, but was caught by a + winter storm and driven to Paphos in Cyprus, where, being afraid to + attempt the seas again, let the merchant, Demetrius, do what he would to + urge them forward, the captain and crew of the galley determined to + winter. So they beached her in the harbour and went up to the great + temple, rejoicing to pay their vows and offer gifts to Venus, who had + delivered them from the fury of the seas, that they might swell the number + of her votaries. + </p> + <p> + But although he accompanied them, since otherwise they might have + suspected that he was a Jew, Demetrius, who sought another goddess, cursed + Venus in his heart, knowing that had it not been for her delights the + sailors would have risked the weather. Still, there was no help for it and + no other ship by which he could sail, so here he abode for more than three + months, spending his time in Curium, Amathos and Salamis, trading among + the rich natives of Cyprus, out of whom he made a large profit, and adding + wine, and copper from Tamasus to his other merchandise, as much as there + was room for on the ship. + </p> + <p> + In the end after the great spring festival, for the captain said that it + would not be fortunate to leave until this had been celebrated, they set + sail and came by way of Rhodes to the Island of Crete, and thence touching + at Cythera to Syracuse in Sicily, and so at last to Rhegium. Here the + merchant, Demetrius, transhipped his goods into a vessel that was sailing + to the port of Centum CellÊ, and having reached that place hired transport + to convey them to Rome, nearly forty miles away. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0021" id="link2HCH0021"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXI + </h2> + <h3> + THE CÃSARS AND PRINCE DOMITIAN + </h3> + <p> + When the captain Gallus reached the outskirts of Rome he halted, for he + did not desire that Miriam should be led through the streets in the + daytime, and thus cause questions to be asked concerning her. Also he sent + on a messenger bidding the man find out his wife, Julia, if she were still + alive, since of this Gallus, who had not seen her for several years, could + tell nothing, and inform her that he would be with her shortly, bringing + with him a maiden who had been placed in his charge by Titus. Before + nightfall, the messenger returned, and with him Julia herself, a woman + past middle-age, but, although grey-haired, still handsome and stately. + </p> + <p> + Miriam saw their meeting, which was a touching sight, since this childless + couple who had been married for almost thirty years, had now been + separated for a long time. Moreover, a rumour had reached Julia that her + husband was not only wounded, but dead, wherefore her joy and thankfulness + at his coming were even greater than they would otherwise have been. One + thing, however, Miriam noted, that whereas her friend and benefactor, + Gallus, held up his hands and thanked the gods that he found his wife + living and well, Julia on her part said: + </p> + <p> + “Aye, I thank God,” touching her breast with her fingers as she spoke the + words. + </p> + <p> + Presently the matron seemed to notice her, and, looking at her with a + doubtful eye, asked: + </p> + <p> + “How comes it, husband, that you are in charge of this captive Jewess, if + Jewess she be who is so fair?” + </p> + <p> + “By the orders of Titus CÊsar, wife,” he answered, “to whom she must be + delivered on his arrival. She was condemned to perish on the gate Nicanor + as a traitress to the Jews and a Nazarene.” + </p> + <p> + Julia started and looked at the girl over her shoulder. + </p> + <p> + “Are you of that faith, daughter?” she asked in a changed voice, crossing + her hands upon her breast as though by chance. + </p> + <p> + “I am, mother,” answered Miriam, repeating the sign. + </p> + <p> + “Well, well, husband,” said Julia, “the maid’s tale can wait. Whether she + was a traitress to the Jews, or a follower of Christus, is not our affair. + At least she is in your charge, and therefore welcome to me,” and stepping + to where Miriam stood with bowed head she kissed her on the forehead, + saying aloud: + </p> + <p> + “I greet you, daughter, who are so sweet to see and in misfortune,” adding + beneath her breath, “in the Name you know.” + </p> + <p> + Then Miriam was sure that she had fallen into the hands of a woman who was + a Christian, and was thankful in her heart, for while the CÊsars sat upon + the Roman throne the Christians of every clime, rank and race were one + great family. + </p> + <p> + That evening, so soon as the darkness fell, they entered Rome by the + Appian Gate. Here they separated, Gallus leading his soldiers to convoy + the treasure to the safe keeping of that officer who was appointed to + receive it, and afterwards to the camp prepared for them, while Julia, + with Miriam and an escort of two men only, departed to her own home, a + small dwelling in a clean but narrow and crowded street that overhung the + Tiber between the Pons Ãlius and the Porta Flamina. At the door of the + house Julia dismissed the soldiers, saying: + </p> + <p> + “Go without fear, and take witness that I am bond for the safety of this + captive.” + </p> + <p> + So the men went gladly enough, for they desired to rest after the toils of + their long journey, and the door of the house having been opened by a + servant and locked again behind them, Julia led Miriam across a little + court to the sitting-room that lay beyond. Hanging lamps of bronze burned + in the room, and by their light Miriam saw that it was very clean and + well, though not richly, furnished. + </p> + <p> + “This is my own house, daughter,” she explained, “which my father left me, + where I have dwelt during all these weary years that my husband has been + absent in the wars of the East. It is a humble place, but you will find + peace and safety in it, and, I trust, comfort. Poor child,” she added in a + gentle voice, “I who am also a Christian, though as yet of this my husband + knows nothing, welcome you in the Name of the Lord.” + </p> + <p> + “In the Name of our Lord, I thank you,” answered Miriam, “who am but a + friendless slave.” + </p> + <p> + “Such find friends,” said Julia, “and if you will suffer it I think that I + shall be one of them.” Then at a sign from the elder woman they knelt + down, and in silence each of them put up her prayer of thanksgiving, the + wife because her husband had come back to her safe, the maiden because she + had been led to a house ruled by a woman of her own faith. + </p> + <p> + After this they ate, a plain meal but well cooked and served. When it was + done Julia conducted Miriam to the little whitewashed chamber which had + been prepared for her. It was lighted from the court by a lattice set high + in the wall, and, like all the house, very clean and sweet, with a floor + of white marble. + </p> + <p> + “Once another maid slept here,” said Julia with a sigh, glancing at the + white bed in the corner. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Miriam, “she was named Flavia, was she not, your only child? + Nay, do not be astonished. I have heard so much of her that I seem to have + known her well, who can be known no more—here.” + </p> + <p> + “Did Gallus tell you?” asked Julia. “He used rarely to speak of her.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam nodded. “Gallus told me. You see he was very good to me and we + became friends. For all that he has done, may Heaven bless him, who, + although he seems rough, has so kind a heart.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, may Heaven bless all of us, living and dead,” answered Julia. Then + she kissed Miriam and left her to her rest. + </p> + <p> + When Miriam came out of her bedchamber on the following morning, she found + Gallus clad in his body armour, now new cleaned, though dinted with many a + blow, standing in the court and watching the water which squirted from a + leaden pipe to fall into a little basin. + </p> + <p> + “Greeting, daughter,” he said, looking up. “I trust that you have rested + well beneath my roof who have sojourned so long in tents.” + </p> + <p> + “Very well,” she answered, adding, “If I might ask it, why do you wear + your mail here in peaceful Rome?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I am summoned to have an audience of CÊsar, now within an hour.” + </p> + <p> + “Is Titus come, then?” she asked hurriedly. + </p> + <p> + “Nay, nay, not Titus CÊsar, but Vespasian CÊsar, his father, to whom I + must make report of all that was passing in JudÊa when we left, of the + treasure that I brought with me and—of yourself.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! Gallus,” said Miriam, “will he take me away from your charge?” + </p> + <p> + “I know not. I hope not. But who can say? It is as his fancy may move him. + But if he listens to me I swear that you shall stay here for ever; be sure + of that.” + </p> + <p> + Then he went, leaning on a spear shaft, for the wound in his leg had + caused it to shrink so much that he could never hope to be sound again. + </p> + <p> + Three hours later he returned to find the two women waiting for him + anxiously enough. Julia glanced at his face as he came through the door of + the street wall into the vestibulum or courtyard where they were waiting. + </p> + <p> + “Have no fear,” she said. “When Gallus looks so solemn he brings good + tidings, for if they are bad he smiles and makes light of them,” and + advancing she took him by the hand and led him past the porter’s room into + the atrium. + </p> + <p> + “What news, husband?” she asked when the door was shut behind them so that + none might overhear their talk. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” he answered, “first, my fighting days are over, since I am + discharged the army, the physicians declaring that my leg will never be + well again. Wife, why do you not weep?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I rejoice,” answered Julia calmly. “Thirty years of war and + bloodshed are enough for any man. You have done your work. It is time that + you should rest who have been spared so long, and at least I have saved + while you were away, and there will be food to fill our mouths.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, wife, and as it happens, more than you think, since Vespasian, + being gracious and pleased with my report, has granted me half-pay for all + my life, to say nothing of a gratuity and a share of the spoil, whatever + that may bring. Still I grieve, who can never hope to lift spear more.” + </p> + <p> + “Grieve not, for thus I would have had it, Gallus. But what of this maid?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, I made my report about her, as I was bound to do, and at first + Domitian, CÊsar’s son, being curious to see her, prompted Vespasian to + order that she should be brought to the palace. Almost CÊsar spoke the + word, then a thought seemed to strike him and he was silent, whereon I + said that she had been very sick and still needed care and nursing, and + that if it was his will, my wife could tend her until such time as Titus + CÊsar, whose spoil she was, might arrive. Again Domitian interrupted, but + Vespasian answered, ‘The Jewish maid is not your slave, Domitian, or my + slave. She is the slave of your brother, Titus. Let her bide with this + worthy officer until Titus comes, he being answerable in his person and + his goods that she shall then be produced before him, she or proof of her + death.’ Then, waving his hand to show that the matter was done with, he + went on to speak of other things, demanding details of the capture of the + Temple and comparing my list of the vessels and other gear with that which + was furnished by the treasurer, into whose charge I handed them + yesternight. So, Maid Miriam, till Titus comes you are safe.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Miriam with a sigh, “till Titus comes. But after that—what?” + </p> + <p> + “The gods alone know,” he said impatiently. “Meanwhile, since my head is + on it, I must ask your word of you that you will attempt no flight.” + </p> + <p> + “I give it, Gallus,” she answered smiling, “who would die rather than + bring evil on you or yours. Also, whither should I fly?” + </p> + <p> + “I know not. But you Christians find many friends: the rats themselves + have fewer hiding-places. Still, I trust you, and henceforth you are free, + till Titus comes.” + </p> + <p> + “Aye,” repeated Miriam, “—till Titus comes.” + </p> + <p> + So for hard upon six months, till midsummer, indeed, Miriam dwelt in the + house of Gallus and his wife, Julia. She was not happy, although to them + she became as a daughter. Who could be happy even in the sunshine of a + peaceful present, that walked her world between two such banks of shadow? + Behind was the shadow of the terrible past; in front, black and + forbidding, rose the shadow of the future, which might be yet more + terrible, the future when she would be the slave of some man unknown. + Sometimes walking with Julia, humbly dressed and mingling with the crowd, + her head-dress arranged to hide her face as much as might be, she saw the + rich lords of Rome go by in chariots, on horseback, in litters, all sorts + and conditions of them, fat, proud men with bold eyes; hard-faced + statesmen or lawyers; war-worn, cruel-looking captains; dissolute youths + with foppish dress and perfumed hair, and shuddering, wondered whether she + was appointed to any one of these. Or was it, perhaps, to that rich and + greasy tradesman, or to yon low-born freedman with a cunning leer? She + knew not, God alone knew, and in Him must be her trust. + </p> + <p> + Once as Miriam was walking thus, gorgeously clad slaves armed with rods of + office appeared, bursting a way through the crowded streets to an + accompaniment of oaths and blows. After these came lictors bearing the + fasces on their shoulders; then a splendid chariot drawn by white horses, + and driven by a curled and scented charioteer. In it, that he might be the + better seen, stood a young man, tall, ruddy-faced, and clad in royal + attire, who looked downward as though from bashfulness, but all the while + scanned the crowd out of the corners of his dim blue eyes shaded by lids + devoid of lashes. For a moment Miriam felt those eyes rest upon her, and + knew that she was the subject of some jest which their owner addressed to + the exquisite charioteer, causing him to laugh. Then a horror of that man + took hold of her, and when he had gone by, bowing in answer to the shouts + of the people, who, as it seemed to her, cheered from fear and not with + joy, she asked Julia who he might be. + </p> + <p> + “Who but Domitian,” she answered, “the son of one CÊsar and the brother of + another, who hates both and would like to wear their crown. He is an evil + man, and if he should chance to cross your path, beware of him, Miriam.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam shuddered and said: + </p> + <p> + “As well, mother, might you bid the mouse that is caught abroad to beware + of the cat it meets at night.” + </p> + <p> + “Some mice find holes that cats cannot pass,” answered Julia with meaning + as they turned their faces homeward. + </p> + <p> + During all this time, although Gallus made diligent inquiry among the + soldiers who arrived from JudÊa, Miriam could hear nothing of Marcus, so + that at last she came to believe that he must be dead, and with him the + beloved and faithful Nehushta, and to hope that if this were so she also + might be taken. Still amongst all this trouble she had one great comfort. + Under the mild rule of Vespasian, although their meeting-places were + known, the Christians had peace for a while. Therefore, in company with + Julia and many others of the brotherhood, she was able to visit the + catacombs on the Appian Way by night, and there in those dismal, endless + tombs to offer prayer and receive the ministrations of the Church. The + great Apostles, St. Peter and St. Paul, had suffered martyrdom, indeed, + but they had left many teachers behind them, and the chief of these soon + grew to know and love the poor Jewish captive who was doomed to slavery. + Therefore here also she found friends and consolation of spirit. + </p> + <p> + In time Gallus came to learn that his wife was also of the Faith, and for + a while this knowledge seemed to cast him down. In the end, however, he + shrugged his shoulders and said that she was certainly of an age to judge + for herself and that he trusted no harm might come of it. Indeed, when the + principles of the Christian hope were explained to him, he listened to + them eagerly enough, who had lost his only child, and until now had never + heard this strange story of resurrection and eternal life. Still, although + he listened, and even from time to time was present when the brethren + prayed, he would not be baptised, who said that he was too sunk in years + to throw incense on a new altar. + </p> + <p> + At length Titus came, the Senate, which long before his arrival had + decreed him a Triumph, meeting him outside the walls, and there, after + some ancient formalities communicating to him their decision. Moreover, it + was arranged that Vespasian, his father, should share in this Triumph, + because of the great deeds which he had done in Egypt, so that it was said + everywhere that this would be the most splendid ceremony which Rome had + ever seen. After this Titus passed to his palace and there lived privately + for several weeks, resting while the preparations for the great event went + forward. + </p> + <p> + One morning early Gallus was summoned to the palace, whence he returned + rubbing his hands and trying to look pleased, with him, as Julia had said, + a sure sign of evil tidings. + </p> + <p> + “What is it, husband?” she asked. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! nothing, nothing,” he answered, “except that our Pearl-Maiden here + must accompany me after the mid-day meal into the august presences of + Vespasian and Titus. The CÊsars wish to see her, that they may decide + where she is to walk in the procession. If she is held to be beautiful + enough, they will grant to her a place of honour, by herself. Do you hear + that, wife—by herself, not far in front of the very chariot of + Titus? As for the dress that she will wear,” he went on nervously, since + neither of his auditors seemed delighted with this news, “it is to be + splendid, quite splendid, all of the purest white silk with little discs + of silver sewn about it, and a representation of the Gate Nicanor worked + in gold thread upon the breast of the robe.” + </p> + <p> + At this tidings Miriam broke down and began to weep. + </p> + <p> + “Dry your tears, girl,” he said roughly, although the thickness of his + voice suggested that water and his own eyes were not far apart. “What must + be, must be, and now is the time for that God you worship to show you some + mark of favour. Surely, He should do so, seeing how long and how often you + pray to Him in burrows that a jackal would turn from.” + </p> + <p> + “I think He will,” answered Miriam, ceasing her sobs with a bold + up-lifting of her soul towards the light of perfect faith. + </p> + <p> + “I am sure He will,” added Julia, gently stroking Miriam’s dark and + curling hair. + </p> + <p> + “Then,” broke in Gallus, driving the point to its logical conclusion, + “what have you to fear? A long, hot walk through the shouting populace, + who will do no harm to one so lovely, and after that, whatever good fate + your God may choose for you. Come, let us eat, that you may look your best + when you appear before the CÊsars.” + </p> + <p> + “I would rather look my worst,” said Miriam, bethinking her of Domitian + and his bleared eyes. Still, to please Gallus, she tried to eat, and + afterwards, accompanied by him and by Julia, was carried in a closed + litter to the palace. + </p> + <p> + Too soon she was there, arriving a little before them, and was helped from + the litter by slaves wearing the Imperial livery. Now she found herself + alone in a great marble court filled with officers and nobles awaiting + audience. + </p> + <p> + “That is the Pearl-Maiden,” said one of them, whereon they all crowded + around her, criticising her aloud in their idle curiosity. + </p> + <p> + “Too short,” said one. “Too thin,” said another. “Too small in the foot + for her ankle,” said a third. “Fools,” broke in a fourth, a young man with + a fine figure and dark rings round his eyes, “what is the use of trying to + cheapen this piece of goods thus in the eyes of the experienced? I say + that this Pearl-Maiden is as perfect as those pearls about her own neck; + on a small scale, perhaps, but quite perfect, and you will admit that I + ought to know.” + </p> + <p> + “Lucius says that she is perfect,” remarked one of them in a tone of + acquiescence, as though that verdict settled the matter. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” went on the critical Lucius, “now, to take one thing only, a point + so often overlooked. Observe how fresh and firm her flesh is. When I press + it thus,” and he suited the action to the word, “as I thought, my finger + leaves scarcely any mark.” + </p> + <p> + “But my arm does,” said a gruff voice beside him, and next moment this + scented judge of human beings received the point of the elbow of Gallus + between the eyes just where the nose is set into the forehead. With such + force and skill was the blow directed that next instant the critic was + sprawling on his back upon the pavement, the blood gushing from his + nostrils. Now most of them laughed, but some murmured, while Gallus said: + </p> + <p> + “Way there, friends, way there! I am charged to deliver this lady to the + CÊsars and to certify that while she was in my care no man has so much as + laid a finger on her. Way there, I pray you! And as for that whimpering + puppy on his back, if he wishes it, he knows where to find Gallus. My + sword will mark him worse than my elbow, if he wants blood-letting, that I + swear.” + </p> + <p> + Now with jests and excuses they fell back one and all. There were few of + them who did not know that, lame as he might be now, old Gallus was still + the fiercest and most dreaded swordsman of his legion. Indeed he was + commonly reported to have slain eighteen men in single combat, and when + young even to have faced the most celebrated gladiator of the day for + sport, or to win a private bet, and given him life as he lay at his mercy. + </p> + <p> + So they passed on through long halls guarded by soldiers, till at length + they came to a wide passage closed with splendid curtains, where the + officer on duty asked them their business. Gallus told him and he vanished + through the curtains, whence he returned presently, beckoning them to + advance. They followed him down a corridor set with busts of departed + emperors and empresses, to find themselves in a round marble chamber, very + cool and lighted from above. In this chamber sat and stood three men: + Vespasian, whom they knew by his strong, quiet face and grizzled hair; + Titus, his son, “the darling of mankind,” thin, active, and + Êsthetic-looking, with eyes that were not unkindly, a sarcastic smile + playing about the corners of his mouth; and Domitian, his brother, who has + already been described, a man taller than either of them by half a head, + and more gorgeously attired. In front of the august three was a master of + ceremonies clad in a dark-coloured robe, who was showing them drawings of + various sections of the triumphal procession, and taking their orders as + to such alterations as they wished. + </p> + <p> + Also there were present, a treasurer, some officers and two or three of + the intimate friends of Titus. + </p> + <p> + Vespasian looked up. + </p> + <p> + “Greeting, worthy Gallus,” he said in the friendly, open voice of one who + has spent his life in camps, “and to your wife, Julia, greeting also. So + that is the Pearl-Maiden of whom we have heard so much talk. Well, I do + not pretend to be a judge of beauty, still I say that this Jewish captive + does not belie her name. Titus, do you recognise her?” + </p> + <p> + “In truth, no, father. When last I saw her she was a sooty, withered + little thing whom Gallus yonder carried in his great arms, as a child + might carry a large doll that he had rescued from the fire. Yes, I agree + that she is beautiful and worthy of a very good place in the procession. + Also she should fetch a large price afterwards, for that necklace of + pearls goes with her—make a note of this, Scribe—and the + reversion to considerable property in Tyre and elsewhere. This, by special + favour, she will be allowed to inherit from her grandfather, the old + rabbi, Benoni, one of the Sanhedrim, who perished in the burning of the + Temple.” + </p> + <p> + “How can a slave inherit property, son?” asked Vespasian, raising his + eyebrows. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know,” answered Titus with a laugh. “Perhaps Domitian can tell + you. He says that he has studied law. But so I have decreed.” + </p> + <p> + “A slave,” interrupted Domitian wisely, “has no rights and can hold no + property, but the CÊsar of the East”—here he sneered—“can + declare that certain lands and goods will pass to the highest bidder with + the person of the slave, and this, Vespasian CÊsar, my father, is what I + understand Titus CÊsar, my brother, has thought it good to do in the + present instance.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Titus in a quiet voice, though his face flushed, “that, + Domitian, is what I have thought it good to do. In such a matter is not my + will enough?” + </p> + <p> + “Conqueror of the East,” replied Domitian, “Thrower-down of the mountain + stronghold called Jerusalem, to which the topless towers of Ilium were as + nothing, and Exterminator of a large number of misguided fanatics, in what + matter is not your will enough? Yet a boon, O CÊsar. As you are great, be + generous,” and with a mocking gesture he bowed the knee to Titus. + </p> + <p> + “What boon do you seek of me, brother, who know that all I have is, or,” + he added slowly, “will be—yours?” + </p> + <p> + “One that is already granted by your precious words, Titus. Of all you + have, which is much, I seek only this Pearl-Maiden, who has taken my + fancy. The girl only, not her property in Tyre, wherever that may be, + which you can keep for yourself.” + </p> + <p> + Vespasian looked up, but before he could speak, Titus answered quickly: + </p> + <p> + “I said, Domitian, ‘all I have.’ This maid I have not, therefore the words + do not apply. I have decreed that the proceeds of the sale of these + captives is to be divided equally between the wounded soldiers and the + poor of Rome. Therefore she is their property, not mine. I will not rob + them.” + </p> + <p> + “Virtuous man! No wonder that the legions love him who cannot withdraw one + lot from a sale of thousands, even to please an only brother,” + soliloquised Domitian. + </p> + <p> + “If you wish for the maid,” went on Titus, taking no heed of the insult, + “the markets are open—buy her. It is my last word.” + </p> + <p> + Suddenly Domitian grew angry, the false modesty left his face, his tall + form straightened itself, and he stared round with his blear, evil-looking + eyes. + </p> + <p> + “I appeal,” he shouted, “I appeal from CÊsar the Small to CÊsar the Great, + from the murderer of a brave barbarian tribe to the conqueror of the + world. O CÊsar, Titus here declared that all he has is mine. Yet when I + ask him for the gift of one captive girl he refuses me. Command, I pray + you, that he should keep his word.” + </p> + <p> + Now the officers and the secretaries looked up, for of a sudden this small + matter had become very important. For long the quarrel between Titus and + his jealous brother had smouldered, now over the petty question of a + captive it had broken into flame. + </p> + <p> + The face of Titus grew hard and stern as that of some statue of the + offended Jove. + </p> + <p> + “Command, I pray you, father,” he said, “that my brother should cease to + offer insult to me. Command also that he should cease to question my will + and my authority in matters great or small that are within my rule. Since + you are appealed to as CÊsar, as CÊsar judge, not of this thing only but + of all, for there is much between him and me that needs to be made plain.” + </p> + <p> + Vespasian looked round him uneasily, but seeing no escape and that beneath + the quarrel lay issues which were deep and wide, he spoke out in his + brave, simple-minded fashion. + </p> + <p> + “Sons,” he said, “seeing that there are but two of you who together, or + one after the other, must inherit the world, it is an evil-omened thing + that you should quarrel thus, since on the chances of your enmity may hang + your own fates and the fates of peoples. Be reconciled, I pray you. Is + there not enough for both? As for the matter in hand—this is my + judgment. With all the spoils of JudÊa, this fair maid is the property of + Titus. Titus, whose boast it is that he does not go back upon his word, + has decreed that she shall be sold and her price divided between the sick + soldiers and the poor. Therefore she is no longer his to give away, even + to his brother. With Titus I say—if you desire the girl, Domitian, + bid your agent buy her in the market.” + </p> + <p> + “Aye, I will buy her,” snarled Domitian, “but this I swear, that soon or + late Titus shall pay the price and one that he will be loth to give.” Then + followed by his secretary and an officer, he turned and left the audience + hall. + </p> + <p> + “What does he mean?” asked Vespasian, looking after him with anxious eyes. + </p> + <p> + “He means that——” and Titus checked himself. “Well, time and + my destiny will show the world what he means. So be it. As for you, + Pearl-Maiden, who, though you know it not, have cost CÊsar so dear, well, + you are fairer than I thought, and shall have the best of places in the + pageant. Yet, for your sake, I pray that one may be found who, when you + come to the market-place, may outbid Domitian,” and he waved his hand to + show that the audience was at an end. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0022" id="link2HCH0022"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXII + </h2> + <h3> + THE TRIUMPH + </h3> + <p> + Another week went by and the eve of the Triumph was at hand. On the + afternoon before the great day sewing-women had come to the house of + Gallus, bringing with them the robe that Miriam must wear. As had been + promised, it was splendid, of white silk covered with silver discs and + having the picture of the gate Nicanor fashioned on the breast, but cut so + low that it shamed Miriam to put it on. + </p> + <p> + “It is naught, it is naught,” said Julia. “The designer has made it thus + that the multitude may see those pearls from which you take your name.” + But to herself she thought: “Oh! monstrous age, and monstrous men, whose + eyes can delight in the disgrace of a poor unfriended maiden. Surely the + cup of iniquity of my people is full, and they shall drink it to the + dregs!” + </p> + <p> + That same afternoon also came an assistant of the officer, who was called + the Marshal, with orders to Gallus as to when and where he was to deliver + over his charge upon the morrow. With him he brought a packet, which, when + opened, proved to contain a splendid golden girdle, fashioned to the + likeness of a fetter. The clasp was an amethyst, and round it were cut + these words: “The gift of Domitian to her who to-morrow shall be his.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam threw the thing from her as though it were a snake. + </p> + <p> + “I will not wear it,” she said. “I say that I will not wear it; at least + to-day I am my own,” while Julia groaned and Gallus cursed beneath his + breath. + </p> + <p> + Knowing her sore plight, that evening there came to visit her one of the + elders of the Christian Church in Rome, a bishop named Cyril, who had been + the friend and disciple of the Apostle Peter. To him the poor girl poured + out all the agony of her heart. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! my father, my father in Christ,” she said, “I swear to you that were + I not of our holy faith, rather than endure this shame I would slay myself + to-night! Other dangers have I passed, but they have been of the body + alone, whereas this——. Pity me and tell me, you in whose ear + God speaks, tell me, what must I do?” + </p> + <p> + “Daughter,” answered the grave and gentle man, “you must trust in God. Did + He not save you in the house at Tyre? Did He not save you in the streets + of Jerusalem? Did He not save you on the gate Nicanor?” + </p> + <p> + “He did,” answered Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Aye, daughter, and so shall He save you in the slave-market of Rome. I + have a message for your ear, and it is that no shame shall come near to + you. Tread your path, drink your cup, and fear nothing, for the Lord shall + send His angel to protect you until such time as it pleases Him to take + you to Himself.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam looked at him, and as she looked peace fell upon her soul and shone + in her soft eyes. + </p> + <p> + “I hear the word of the Lord spoken through the mouth of His messenger,” + she said, “and henceforth I will strive to fear nothing, no, not even + Domitian.” + </p> + <p> + “Least of all Domitian, daughter, that son of Satan, whom Satan shall pay + in his own coin.” + </p> + <p> + Then going to the door he summoned Julia, and while Gallus watched + without, the two of them prayed long and earnestly with Miriam. When their + prayer was finished the bishop rose, blessed her, and bade her farewell. + </p> + <p> + “I leave you, daughter,” he said, “but though you see him not, another + takes my place. Do you believe?” + </p> + <p> + “I have said that I believe,” murmured Miriam. + </p> + <p> + Indeed, in those days when men still lived who had seen the Christ and His + voice still echoed through the world, to the strong faith of His + followers, it was not hard to credit that His angel did descend to earth + to protect and save at their Master’s bidding. + </p> + <p> + So Cyril, the bishop, went, and that night from many a catacomb prayers + rose up to Heaven for Miriam in her peril. That night also she slept + peacefully. + </p> + <p> + Two hours before the dawn, Julia awoke her and arrayed her in the + glittering, hateful garments. When all was ready, with tears she bade her + farewell. + </p> + <p> + “Child, child,” she said, “you have become to me as my own daughter was, + and now I know not how and when we shall meet again.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps sooner than you think,” Miriam answered. “But if not, if, indeed, + I speak to you for the last time, why, then, my blessings on you who have + played a mother’s part to a helpless maid that was no kin of yours. Yes, + and on you Gallus also, who have kept me safe through so many dangers.” + </p> + <p> + “And who hopes, dear one, to keep you safe through many more. Since I may + not swear by the gods before you, I swear it by the Eagles that Domitian + will do well to have a care how he deals by you. To him I owe no fealty + and, as has been proved before to-day, the sword of vengeance can reach + the heart of princes.” + </p> + <p> + “Aye, Gallus,” said Miriam gently, “but let it not be your sword, nor, I + trust, shall you need to think of vengeance.” + </p> + <p> + Then the litter was brought into the courtyard, with the guards that were + sent to accompany it, and they started for the gathering-place beyond the + Triumphal Way. Dark though it still was, all Rome was astir. On every side + shone torches, from every house and street rose the murmur of voices, for + the mighty city made herself ready to celebrate the greatest festival + which her inhabitants had seen. Even now at times the press was so dense + that the soldiers were obliged to force a way through the crowd, which + poured outwards to find good places along the line of the Triumph, or to + take up their station on stands of timber, and in houses they had hired, + whose roofs, balconies and windows commanded the path of the pageant. + </p> + <p> + They crossed the Tiber. This Miriam knew by the roar of the water beneath, + and because the crush upon the narrow bridge was so great. Thence she was + borne along through country comparatively open, to the gateways of some + large building, where she was ordered to dismount from the litter. Here + officers were waiting who took charge of her, giving to Gallus a written + receipt for her person. Then, either because he would not trust himself to + bid her farewell, or because he did not think it wise to do so in the + presence of the officers, Gallus turned and left her without a word. + </p> + <p> + “Come on, girl,” said a man, but a secretary, looking up from his tablets, + called to him: + </p> + <p> + “Gently there with that lot, or you will hear about it. She is + Pearl-Maiden, the captive who made the quarrel between the CÊsars and + Domitian, of which all Rome is talking. Gently, I tell you, gently, for + many free princesses are worth less to-day.” + </p> + <p> + Hearing this, the man bowed to Miriam, almost with reverence, and begged + her to follow him to a place that had been set apart for her. She obeyed, + passing through a great number of people, of whom all she could see in the + gloom of the breaking dawn was that, like herself, they were captives, to + a little chamber where she was left alone watching the light grow through + the lattice, and listening to the hum of voices that rose without, mingled + now and again with sobs and wails of grief. Presently the door opened and + a servant entered with bread on a platter and milk in an earthenware + vessel. These she took thankfully, knowing that she would need food to + support her during the long day, but scarcely had she begun to eat when a + slave appeared clad in the imperial livery, and bearing a tray of + luxurious meats served in silver vessels. + </p> + <p> + “Pearl-Maiden,” he said, “my master, Domitian, sends you greeting and this + present. The vessels are your own, and will be kept for you, but he bids + me add, that to-night you shall sup off dishes of gold.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam made no answer, though one rose to her lips; but after the man had + departed, with her foot she overset the tray so that the silver vases fell + clattering to the floor, where the savory meats were spilled. Then she + went on eating the bread and milk till her hunger was satisfied. + </p> + <p> + Scarcely had she finished her meal, when an officer entered the cell and + led her out into a great square, where she was marshalled amongst many + other prisoners. By now the sun was up and she saw before her a splendid + building, and gathered below the building all the Senate of Rome in their + robes, and many knights on horses, and nobles, and princes from every + country with their retinues—a very wonderful and gallant sight. In + front of the building were cloisters, before which were set two ivory + chairs, while to right and left of these chairs, as far as the eye could + reach, were drawn up thousand upon thousands of soldiers; the Senate, the + Knights and the Princes, as she could see from the rising ground whereon + she stood, being in front of them and of the chairs. Presently from the + cloisters, clad in garments of silk and wearing crowns of laurel, appeared + the CÊsars, Vespasian and Titus, attended by Domitian and their staffs. As + they came the soldiers saw them and set up a mighty triumphant shout which + sounded like the roar of the sea, that endured while the CÊsars sat + themselves upon their thrones. Up and up went the sound of the continual + shouting, till at length Vespasian rose and lifted his hand. + </p> + <p> + Then silence fell and, covering his head with his cloak, he seemed to make + some prayer, after which Titus also covered his head with his cloak and + offered a prayer. This done, Vespasian addressed the soldiers, thanking + them for their bravery and promising them rewards, whereon they shouted + again until they were marched off to the feast that had been made ready. + Now the CÊsars vanished and the officers began to order the great + procession, of which Miriam could see neither the beginning nor the end. + All she knew was that before her in lines eight wide were marshalled two + thousand or more Jewish prisoners bound together with ropes, among whom, + immediately in front of her, were a few women. Next she came, walking by + herself, and behind her, also walking by himself, a dark, sullen-looking + man, clad in a white robe and a purple cloak, with a gilded chain about + his neck. + </p> + <p> + Looking at him she wondered where she had seen his face, which seemed + familiar to her. Then there rose before her mind a vision of the Court of + the Sanhedrim sitting in the cloisters of the Temple, and of herself + standing there before them. She remembered that this man was seated next + to that Simeon who had been so bitter against her and pronounced upon her + the cruel sentence of death, also that some one in the crowd had addressed + him as Simon, the son of Gioras, none other than the savage general whom + the Jews had admitted into the city to make way upon the Zealot, John of + Gischala. From that day to this she had heard nothing of him till now they + met again, the judge and the victim, caught in a common net. Presently, in + the confusion they were brought together and he knew her. + </p> + <p> + “Are you Miriam, the grand-daughter of Benoni?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “I am Miriam,” she answered, “whom you, Simon, and your fellows doomed to + a cruel death, but who have been preserved——” + </p> + <p> + “——To walk in a Roman Triumph. Better that you had died, + maiden, at the hands of your own people.” + </p> + <p> + “Better that you had died, Simon, at your own hands, or at those of the + Romans.” + </p> + <p> + “That I am about to do,” he replied bitterly. “Fear not, woman, you will + be avenged.” + </p> + <p> + “I ask no vengeance,” she answered. “Nay, cruel as you are I grieve that + you, a great captain, should have come to this.” + </p> + <p> + “I grieve also, maiden. Your grandsire, old Benoni, chose the better + part.” + </p> + <p> + Then the soldiers separated them and they spoke no more. + </p> + <p> + An hour passed and the procession began its march along the Triumphal Way. + Of it Miriam could see little. All she knew was that in front there were + ranks of fettered prisoners, while behind men carried upon trays and + tables the golden vessels of the Temple, the seven-branched candlestick + and the ancient sacred book of the Jewish law. They were followed by other + men, who bore aloft images of victory in ivory and gold. Then, although + these did not join them till they reached the Porta Triumphalis, or the + Gate of Pomp, attended, each of them, by lictors having their fasces + wreathed with laurel, came the CÊsars. First went Vespasian CÊsar, the + father. He rode in a splendid golden chariot, to which were harnessed four + white horses led by Libyan soldiers. Behind him stood a slave clad in a + dull robe, set there to avert the influence of the evil eye and of the + envious gods, who held a crown above the head of the Imperator, and now + and again whispered in his ear the ominous words, <i>Respice post te, + hominem memento te</i> (“Look back at me and remember thy mortality.”) + </p> + <p> + After Vespasian CÊsar, the father, came Titus CÊsar, the son, but his + chariot was of silver, and graved upon its front was a picture of the Holy + House of the Jews melting in the flames. Like his father he was attired in + the <i>toga picta</i> and <i>tunica palmata</i>, the gold-embroidered + over-robe and the tunic laced with silver leaves, while in his right hand + he held a laurel bough, and in his left a sceptre. He also was attended by + a slave who whispered in his ear the message of mortality. + </p> + <p> + Next to the chariot of Titus, alongside of it indeed, and as little behind + as custom would allow, rode Domitian, gloriously arrayed and mounted on a + splendid steed. Then came the tribunes and the knights on horseback, and + after them the legionaries to the number of five thousand, every man of + them having his spear wreathed in laurel. + </p> + <p> + Now the great procession was across the Tiber, and, following its + appointed path down broad streets and past palaces and temples, drew + slowly towards its object, the shrine of Jupiter Capitolinus, that stood + at the head of the Sacred Way beyond the Forum. Everywhere the side paths, + the windows of houses, the great scaffoldings of timber, and the steps of + temples were crowded with spectators. Never before did Miriam understand + how many people could inhabit a single city. They passed them by thousands + and by tens of thousands, and still, far as the eye could reach, stretched + the white sea of faces. Ahead that sea would be quiet, then, as the + procession pierced it, it began to murmur. Presently the murmur grew to a + shout, the shout to a roar, and when the CÊsars appeared in their + glittering chariots, the roar to a triumphant peal which shook the street + like thunder. And so on for miles and miles, till Miriam’s eyes were dim + with the glare and glitter, and her head swam at the ceaseless sound of + shouting. + </p> + <p> + Often the procession would halt for a while, either because of a check to + one of the pageants in front, or in order that some of its members might + refresh themselves with drink which was brought to them. Then the crowd, + ceasing from its cheers, would make jokes, and criticise whatever person + or thing they chanced to be near. Greatly did they criticise Miriam in + this fashion, or at the least she thought so, who must listen to it all. + Most of them, she found, knew her by her name of Pearl-Maiden, and pointed + out to each other the necklace about her throat. Many, too, had heard + something of her story, and looked eagerly at the picture of the gate + Nicanor blazoned upon her breast. But the greater part concerned + themselves only with her delicate beauty, passing from mouth to mouth the + gossip concerning Domitian, his quarrel with the CÊsars, and the intention + which he had announced of buying this captive at the public sale. Always + it was the same talk; sometimes more brutal and open than others—that + was the only difference. + </p> + <p> + Once they halted thus in the street of palaces through which they passed + near to the Baths of Agrippa. Here the endless comments began again, but + Miriam tried to shut her ears to it and looked about her. To her left was + a noble-looking house built of white marble, but she noticed that its + shutters were closed, also that it was undecorated with garlands, and idly + wondered why. Others wondered too, for when they had wearied of discussing + her points, she heard one plebeian ask another whose house that was and + why it had been shut up upon this festal day. His fellow answered that he + could not remember the owner’s name, but he was a rich noble who had + fallen in the Jewish wars, and that the palace was closed because it was + not yet certain who was his heir. + </p> + <p> + At that moment her attention was distracted by a sound of groans and + laughter coming from behind. She looked round to see that the wretched + Jewish general, Simon, had sunk fainting to the ground, overcome by the + heat, or the terrors of his mind, or by the sufferings which he was forced + to endure at the hands of his cruel guards, who flogged him as he walked, + for the pleasure of the people. Now they were beating him to life again + with their rods; hence the laughter of the audience and the groans of the + victim. Sick at heart, Miriam turned away from this horrid sight, to hear + a tall man, whose back was towards her, but who was clad in the rich robes + of an Eastern merchant, asking one of the marshals of the Triumph, in a + foreign accent, whether it was true that the captive Pearl-Maiden was to + be sold that evening in the auction-mart of the Forum. The marshal + answered yes, such were the orders as regarded her and the other women, + since there was no convenient place to house them, and it was thought best + to be rid of them and let their masters take them home at once. + </p> + <p> + “Does she please you, sir? Are you going to bid?” he added. “If so, you + will find yourself in high company.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps, perhaps,” answered the man with a shrug of his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + Then he vanished into the crowd. + </p> + <p> + Now, for the first time that day, Miriam’s spirit seemed to fail her. The + weariness of her body, the foul talk, the fouler cruelty, the cold + discussion of the sale of human beings to the first-comer as though they + were sheep or swine, the fear of her fate that night, pressed upon and + overcame her mind, so that she felt inclined, like Simon, the son of + Gioras, to sink fainting to the pavement and lie there till the cruel rods + beat her to her feet again. Hope sank low and faith grew dim, while in her + heart she wondered vaguely what was the meaning of it all, and why poor + men and women were made to suffer thus for the pleasure of other men and + women; wondered also what escape there could be for her. + </p> + <p> + While she mused thus, like a ray of light through the clouds, a sense of + consolation, sweet as it was sudden, seemed to pierce the darkness of her + bitter thoughts. She knew not whence it came, nor what it might portend, + yet it existed, and the source of it seemed near to her. She scanned the + faces of the crowd, finding pity in a few, curiosity in more, but in most + gross admiration if they were men, or scorn of her misfortune and jealousy + of her loveliness if they were women. Not from among these did that + consolation flow. She looked up to the sky, half expecting to see there + that angel of the Lord into whose keeping the bishop, Cyril, had delivered + her. But the skies were empty and brazen as the faces of the Roman crowd; + not a cloud could be seen in them, much less an angel. + </p> + <p> + As her eyes sank earthwards their glance fell upon one of the windows of + the marble house to her left. If she remembered right some few minutes + before the shutters of that window had been closed, now they were open, + revealing two heavy curtains of blue embroidered silk. Miriam thought this + strange, and, without seeming to do so, kept her eyes fixed upon the + curtains. Presently, for her sight was good, she saw fingers between them—long, + dark-coloured fingers. Then very slowly the curtains were parted, and in + the opening thus made appeared a face, the face of an old woman, dark and + noble looking and crowned with snow-white hair. Even at that distance + Miriam knew it in an instant. + </p> + <p> + Oh, Heaven! it was the face of Nehushta, Nehushta whom she thought dead, + or at least for ever lost. For a moment Miriam was paralysed, wondering + whether this was not some vision born of the turmoil and excitement of + that dreadful day. Nay, surely it was no vision, surely it was Nehushta + herself who looked at her with loving eyes, for see! she made the sign of + the cross in the air before her, the symbol of Christian hope and + greeting, then laid her finger upon her lips in token of secrecy and + silence. The curtain closed and she was gone, who not five seconds before + had so mysteriously appeared. + </p> + <p> + Miriam’s knees gave way beneath her, and while the marshals shouted to the + procession to set forward, she felt that she must sink to the ground. + Indeed, she would have fallen had not some woman in the crowd stepped + forward and thrust a goblet of wine into her hands, saying: + </p> + <p> + “Drink that, Pearl-Maiden, it will make your pale cheeks even prettier + than they are.” + </p> + <p> + The words were coarse, but Miriam, looking at the woman, knew her for one + of the Christian community with whom she had worshipped in the catacombs. + So she took the cup, fearing nothing, and drank it off. Then new strength + came to her, and she went forward with the others on that toilsome, + endless march. + </p> + <p> + At length, however, it did end, an hour or so before sunset. They had + passed miles of streets; they had trodden the Sacred Way bordered by fanes + innumerable and adorned with statues set on columns; and now marched up + the steep slope that was crowned by the glorious temple of Jupiter + Capitolinus. As they began to climb it guards broke into their lines, and + seizing the chain that hung about the neck of Simon, dragged him away. + </p> + <p> + “Whither do they take you?” asked Miriam as he passed her. + </p> + <p> + “To what I desire—death,” he answered, and was gone. + </p> + <p> + Now the CÊsars, dismounting from their chariots, took up their stations by + altars at the head of the steps, while beneath them, rank upon rank, + gathered all those who had shared their Triumph, each company in its + allotted place. Then followed a long pause, the multitude waiting for + Miriam knew not what. Presently men were seen running from the Forum up a + path that had been left open, one of them carrying in his hand some object + wrapped in a napkin. Arriving in face of the CÊsars he threw aside the + cloth and held up before them and in sight of all the people the grizzly + head of Simon, the son of Gioras. By this public murder of a brave captain + of their foes was consummated the Triumph of the Romans, and at the sight + of its red proof trumpets blew, banners waved, and from half a million + throats went up a shout of victory that seemed to rend the very skies, for + the multitude was drunk with the glory of its brutal vengeance. + </p> + <p> + Then silence was called, and there before the Temple of Jove the beasts + were slain, and the CÊsars offered sacrifice to the gods that had given + them victory. + </p> + <p> + Thus ended the Triumph of Vespasian and Titus, and with it the record of + the struggle of the Jews against the iron beak and claws of the Roman + Eagle. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0023" id="link2HCH0023"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIII + </h2> + <h3> + THE SLAVE-RING + </h3> + <p> + Had Miriam chanced to look out of her litter as she passed the Temple of + Isis, escorted by Gallus and the guards before dawn broke upon that great + day of the Triumph, and had there been light to enable her to see, she + might have beheld two figures galloping into Rome as fast as their weary + horses would carry them. Both rode after the fashion of men, but one of + them, wrapped in an Eastern garment that hid the face, was in fact a + woman. + </p> + <p> + “Fortune favours us, Nehushta,” said the man in a strained voice. “At + least, we are in time for the Triumph, who might so easily have been too + late. Look, yonder they gather already by Octavian’s Walks,” and he + pointed to the companies of soldiers who hurried past them to the + meeting-place. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes, my lord Marcus, we are in time. There go the eagles and here + comes their prey,” and in her turn Nehushta pointed to a guarded litter—had + they but known it, the very one that carried the beloved woman whom they + sought. “But whither now? Would you also march in the train of Titus?” + </p> + <p> + “Nay, woman, it is too late. Also I know not what would be my welcome.” + </p> + <p> + “Your welcome? Why, you were his friend, and Titus is faithful to his + friends.” + </p> + <p> + “Aye, but perhaps not to those who have been taken prisoner by the enemy. + Towards the commencement of the siege that happened to a man I knew. He + was captured with a companion. The companion the Jews slew, but as he was + about to be beheaded upon the wall, this man slipped from the hands of the + executioner, and leaping from it escaped with little hurt. Titus gave him + his life, but dismissed him from his legion. Why should I fare better?” + </p> + <p> + “That you were taken was no fault of yours, who were struck senseless and + overwhelmed.” + </p> + <p> + “Maybe, but would that avail me? The rule, a good rule, is that no Roman + soldier should yield to an enemy. If he is captured while insensible, then + on finding his wits he must slay himself, as I should have striven to do, + had I awakened to find myself in the hands of the Jews. But things fell + out otherwise. Still, I tell you, Nehushta, that had it not been for + Miriam, I should not have turned my face to Rome, at any rate until I had + received pardon and permission from Titus.” + </p> + <p> + “What then are your plans, lord Marcus?” + </p> + <p> + “To go to my own house near the Baths of Agrippa. The Triumph must pass + there, and if Miriam is among the captives we shall see her. If not, then + either she is dead or already sold, or perchance given as a present to + some friend of CÊsar’s.” + </p> + <p> + Now they ceased talking, for the people were so many that they could only + force their way through the press riding one after the other. Thus, + Nehushta following Marcus, they crossed the Tiber and passed through many + streets, decorated, most of them, for the coming pageant, till at length + Marcus drew rein in front of a marble mansion in the Via Agrippa. + </p> + <p> + “A strange home-coming,” he muttered. “Follow me,” and he rode round the + house to a side-entrance. + </p> + <p> + Here he dismounted and knocked at the small door for some time without + avail. At length it was opened a little way, and a thin, querulous voice, + speaking through the crack, said: + </p> + <p> + “Begone, whoever you are. No one lives here. This is the house of Marcus, + who is dead in the Jewish war. Who are you that disturb me?” + </p> + <p> + “The heir of Marcus.” + </p> + <p> + “Marcus has no heir, unless it be CÊsar, who doubtless will take his + property.” + </p> + <p> + “Open, Stephanus,” said Marcus, in a tone of command, at the same time + pushing the door wide and entering. “Fool,” he added, “what kind of a + steward are you that you do not know your master’s voice?” + </p> + <p> + Now he who had kept the door, a withered little man in a scribe’s brown + robe, peered at this visitor with his sharp eyes, then threw up his hands + and staggered back, saying: + </p> + <p> + “By the spear of Mars! it is Marcus himself, Marcus returned from the + dead! Welcome, my lord, welcome.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus led his horse through the deep archway, and when Nehushta had + followed him into the courtyard beyond, returned, closed and locked the + door. + </p> + <p> + “Why did you think me dead, friend?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! my lord,” answered the steward, “because all who have come home from + the war declared that you had vanished away during the siege of the city + of the Jews, and that you must either be dead or taken prisoner. Now I + knew well that you would never disgrace your ancient house, or your own + noble name, or the Eagles which you serve, by falling alive into the hands + of the enemy. Therefore, I was sure that you were dead.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus laughed bitterly, then turning to Nehushta, said: + </p> + <p> + “You hear, woman, you hear. If such is the judgment of my steward and + freedman, what will be that of CÊsar and my peers?” Then he added, “Now, + Stephanus, that what you thought impossible—what I myself should + have thought impossible—has happened. I was taken prisoner by the + Jews, though through no fault of mine.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! if so,” said the old steward, “hide it, my lord, hide it. Why, two + such unhappy men who had surrendered to save their lives and were found in + some Jewish dungeon, have been condemned to walk in the Triumph this day. + Their hands are to be tied behind them; in place of their swords they must + wear a distaff, and on their breasts a placard with the words written: ‘I + am a Roman who preferred dishonour to death.’ You would not wish their + company, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + The face of Marcus went first red, then white. + </p> + <p> + “Man,” he said, “cease your ill-omened talk, lest I should fall upon my + sword here before your eyes. Bid the slaves make ready the bath and food, + for we need both.” + </p> + <p> + “Slaves, my lord? There are none here, save one old woman, who attends to + me and the house.” + </p> + <p> + “Where are they then?” asked Marcus angrily. + </p> + <p> + “The most part of them I have sent into the country, thinking it better + that they should work upon your estates rather than live here idle, and + others who were not needed I have sold.” + </p> + <p> + “You were ever careful, Stephanus.” Then he added by an afterthought, + “Have you any money in the house?” + </p> + <p> + The old steward looked towards Nehushta suspiciously and seeing that she + was engaged with the horses out of earshot, answered in a whisper: “Money? + I have so much of it that I know not what to do. The strong place you know + if is almost full of gold and still it comes. There are the rents and + profits of your great estates for three years; the proceeds of the sale of + slaves and certain properties, together with the large outstanding amount + that was due to my late master, the Lord Caius, which I have at length + collected. Oh! at least you will not lack for money.” + </p> + <p> + “There are other things that I could spare less readily,” said Marcus, + with a sigh; “still, it may be needed. Now tie up those horses by the + fountain, and give us food, what you have, for we have ridden these thirty + hours without rest. Afterwards you can talk.” + </p> + <p> + It was mid-day. Marcus, bathed, anointed, and clad in the robes of his + order, was standing in one of the splendid apartments of his marble house, + looking through an opening in the shutters at the passing of the Triumph. + Presently old Nehushta joined him. She also was clad in clean, white robes + which the slave woman had found for her. + </p> + <p> + “Have you any news?” asked Marcus impatiently. + </p> + <p> + “Some, lord, which I have pieced together from what is known by the + slave-woman, and by your steward, Stephanus. A beautiful Jewish captive is + to walk in the Triumph and afterwards to be sold with other captives in + the Forum. They heard of her because it is said that there has been a + quarrel between Titus and his brother Domitian, and Vespasian also, on + account of this woman.” + </p> + <p> + “A quarrel? What quarrel?” + </p> + <p> + “I, or rather your servants, know little of it, but they have heard that + Domitian demanded the girl as a gift, whereon Titus told him that if he + wished for her, he might buy her. Then the matter was referred to + Vespasian CÊsar, who upheld the decree of Titus. As for Domitian, he went + away in a rage, declaring that he would purchase the girl and remember the + affront which had been put upon him.” + </p> + <p> + “Surely the gods are against me,” said Marcus, “if they have given me + Domitian for a rival.” + </p> + <p> + “Why so, lord? Your money is as good as his, and perhaps you will pay + more.” + </p> + <p> + “I will pay to my last piece, but will that free me from the rage and hate + of Domitian?” + </p> + <p> + “Why need he knew that you were the rival bidder?” + </p> + <p> + “Why? Oh! in Rome everything is known—even the truth sometimes.” + </p> + <p> + “Time enough to trouble when trouble comes. First let us wait and see + whether this maid be Miriam.” + </p> + <p> + “Aye,” he answered, “let us wait—since we must.” + </p> + <p> + So they waited and with anxious eyes watched the great show roll by them. + They saw the cars painted with scenes of the taking of Jerusalem and the + statues of the gods fashioned in ivory and gold. They saw the purple + hangings of the Babylonian broidered pictures, the wild beasts, and the + ships mounted upon wheels. They saw the treasures of the temple and the + images of victory, and many other things, for that pageant seemed to be + endless, and still the captives and the Emperors did not come. + </p> + <p> + One sight there was also that caused Marcus to shrink as though fire had + burned him, for yonder, set in the midst of a company of jugglers and + buffoons that gibed and mocked at them, were the two unhappy men who had + been taken prisoners by the Jews. On they tramped, their hands bound + behind them, clad in full armour, but wearing a woman’s distaff where the + sword should have been, and round their necks the placards which + proclaimed their shame. The brutal Roman mob hooted them also, that mob + which ever loved spectacles of cruelty and degradation, calling them + cowards. One of the men, a bull-necked, black-haired fellow, suffered it + patiently, remembering that at even he must be set free to vanish where he + would. The other, who was blue-eyed and finer-featured, having gentle + blood in his veins, seemed to be maddened by their talk, for he glared + about him, gnashing his teeth like a wild beast in a cage. Opposite to the + house of Marcus came the climax. + </p> + <p> + “Cur,” yelled a woman in the mob, casting a pebble that struck him on the + cheek. “Cur! Coward!” + </p> + <p> + The blue-eyed man stopped, and, wheeling round, shouted in answer: + </p> + <p> + “I am no coward, I who have slain ten men with my own hand, five of them + in single combat. You are the cowards who taunt me. I was overwhelmed, + that is all, and afterwards in the prison I thought of my wife and + children and lived on. Now I die and my blood be on you.” + </p> + <p> + Behind him, drawn by eight white oxen, was the model of a ship with the + crew standing on its deck. Avoiding his guard, the man ran down the line + of oxen and suddenly cast himself upon the ground before the + wooden-wheeled car, which passed over his neck, crushing the life out of + him. + </p> + <p> + “Well done! Well done!” shouted the crowd, rejoicing at this unexpected + sight. “Well done! He was brave after all.” + </p> + <p> + Then the body was carried away and the procession moved forward. But + Marcus, who watched, hid his face in his hands, and Nehushta, lifting + hers, uttered a prayer for the passing soul of the victim. + </p> + <p> + Now the prisoners began to go past, marching eight by eight, hundreds upon + hundreds of them, and once more the mob shouted and rejoiced over these + unfortunates, whose crime was that they had fought for their country to + the end. The last files passed, then at a little distance from them, + tramping forward wearily, appeared the slight figure of a girl dressed in + a robe of white silk blazoned at its breast with gold. Her bowed head, + from which the curling tresses fell almost to her waist, was bared to the + fierce rays of the sun, and on her naked bosom lay a necklace of great + pearls. + </p> + <p> + “Pearl-Maiden, Pearl-Maiden!” shouted the crowd. + </p> + <p> + “Look!” said Nehushta, gripping the shoulder of Marcus with her hand. + </p> + <p> + He looked, and after long years once more beheld Miriam, for though he had + heard her voice in the Old Tower at Jerusalem, then her face was hidden + from him by the darkness. There was the maid from whom he had parted in + the desert village by Jordan, the same, and yet changed. Then she had been + a lovely girl, now she was a woman on whom sorrow and suffering had left + their stamp. The features were finer, the deep, patient eyes were + frightened and reproachful; her beauty was such as we see in dreams, not + altogether that of earth. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! my darling, my darling,” murmured Nehushta, stretching out her arms + towards her. “Christ be thanked, that I have found you, my darling.” Then + she turned to Marcus, who was devouring Miriam with his eyes, and said in + a fierce voice: + </p> + <p> + “Roman, now that you see her again, do you still love her as much as of + old time?” + </p> + <p> + He took no note and she repeated the question. Then he answered: + </p> + <p> + “Why do you trouble me with such idle words. Once she was a woman to be + won, now she is a spirit to be worshipped.” + </p> + <p> + “Woman or spirit, or woman and spirit, beware how you deal with her, + Roman,” snarled Nehushta still more fiercely, “or——” and she + left her hand fall upon the knife that was hidden in her robe. + </p> + <p> + “Peace, peace!” said Marcus, and as he spoke the procession came to a halt + before his windows. “How weary she is, and sad,” he went on speaking to + himself. “Her heart seems crushed. Oh! that I must stay here and see her + thus, who dare not show myself! If she could but know! If she could but + know!” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta thrust him aside and took his place. Fixing her eyes upon Miriam + she made some effort of the will, so fierce and concentrated that beneath + the strain her body shook and quivered. See! Her thought reached the + captive, for she looked up. + </p> + <p> + “Stand to one side,” she whispered to Marcus, then unlatched the shutters + and slowly pushed them open. Now between her and the air was nothing but + the silken curtains. Very gently she parted these with her hands, for some + few seconds suffering her face to be seen between them. Then laying her + fingers on her lips she drew back and they closed again. + </p> + <p> + “It is well,” she said, “she knows.” + </p> + <p> + “Let her see me also,” said Marcus. + </p> + <p> + “Nay, she can bear no more. Look, look, she faints.” + </p> + <p> + Groaning in bitterness of spirit they watched Miriam, who seemed about to + fall. Now a woman gave her the cup of wine, and drinking she recovered + herself. + </p> + <p> + “Note that woman,” muttered Marcus, “that I may reward her.” + </p> + <p> + “It is needless,” answered Nehushta, “she seeks no reward.” + </p> + <p> + “She is more than a Roman, she is a Christian. As she passed it she made a + sign of the cross with the cup.” + </p> + <p> + The waggons creaked; the officers shouted; the procession moved forward. + From behind the curtain the pair kept their eyes fixed upon Miriam until + she vanished in the dust and crowd. When she had gone they seemed to see + little else; even the sight of the glorious CÊsars could not hold their + eyes. + </p> + <p> + Marcus summoned the steward, Stephanus. + </p> + <p> + “Go forth,” he said, “and discover when and where the captive Pearl-Maiden + is to be sold. Then return to me swiftly. Be secret and silent, and let + none suspect whence you come or what you seek. Your life hangs upon it. + Go.” + </p> + <p> + The sun was sinking fast, staining the marble temples and colonnades of + the Forum blood-red with its level beams. For the most part the glorious + place was deserted now, since, the Triumph over at length, the hundreds of + thousands of the Roman populace, wearied out with pleasure and excitement, + had gone home to spend the night in feasting. About one of the public + slave-markets, however, a round of marble enclosed with a rope and set in + front of a small building, where the slaves were sheltered until the + moment of their sale, a mixed crowd was gathered, some of them bidders, + some idlers drawn thither by curiosity. Others were in the house behind + examining the wares before they came to the hammer. Presently an old + woman, meanly clad with her face veiled to the eyes, and bearing on her + back a heavy basket such as was used to carry fruit to market, presented + herself at the door of the house. + </p> + <p> + “What do you want?” asked the gatekeeper. + </p> + <p> + “To inspect the slaves,” she answered in Greek. + </p> + <p> + “Go away,” he said roughly, “you are not a buyer.” + </p> + <p> + “I may be if the stuff is good enough,” she replied, slipping a gold coin + into his hand. + </p> + <p> + “Pass in, old lady, pass in,” and in another second the door had closed + behind her, and Nehushta found herself among the slaves. + </p> + <p> + In this building the light was already so low that torches were burning + for the convenience of visitors. By the flare of them Nehushta saw the + unfortunate captives—there were but fifteen—seated upon marble + benches, while slave women moved from the one to the other, washing their + hands and feet and faces in scented water, brushing and tying their hair + and removing the dust of the procession from their robes, so that they + might look more comely to the eyes of the purchasers. Also there were + present a fair number of bidders, twenty or thirty of them, who strolled + from girl to girl discussing the points of each and at times asking them + to stand up, or turn round, or show their arms and ankles, that they might + judge of them better. At the moment when Nehushta entered one of these, a + fat man with greasy curls who looked like an Eastern, was endeavouring to + persuade a dark and splendid Jewess to let him see her foot. Pretending + not to understand she sat still and sullen, till at length he stooped down + and lifted her robe. Then in an instant the girl dealt him such a kick in + the face that amidst the laughter of the spectators he rolled backwards on + the floor, whence he rose with a cut and bloody forehead. + </p> + <p> + “Very good, my beauty, very good,” he muttered in a savage voice, “before + twelve hours are over you shall pay for that.” + </p> + <p> + But again the girl sat sullen and motionless, pretending not to + understand. + </p> + <p> + Most of the public, however, were gathered about Miriam, who sat upon a + chair by herself, her hands folded, her head bent down, a very picture of + pitiful, outraged modesty. One by one as their turns came and the + attendant suffered them to approach, the men advanced and examined her + closely, though Nehushta noted that none of them were allowed to touch her + with their hands. Placing herself at the end of the line she watched with + all her eyes and listened with all her ears. Soon she had her reward. A + tall man, dressed like a merchant of Egypt, went up to Miriam and bent + over her. + </p> + <p> + “Silence!” said the attendant. “I am ordered to suffer none to speak to + the slave who is called Pearl-Maiden. Move on, sir, move on.” + </p> + <p> + The man lifted his head, and although in that gloom she could not see his + face, Nehushta knew its shape. Still she was not sure, till presently he + moved his right hand so that it came between her and the flame of one of + the torches, and she perceived that the top joint of the first finger was + missing. + </p> + <p> + “Caleb,” she thought to herself, “Caleb, escaped and in Rome! So Domitian + has another rival.” Then she went back to the door-keeper and asked him + the name of the man. + </p> + <p> + “A merchant of Alexandria named Demetrius,” he said. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta returned to her place. In front of her two men, agents who bought + slaves and other things for wealthy clients, were talking. + </p> + <p> + “More fit for a sale of dogs,” said one, “after sunset when everybody is + tired out, than for that of one of the fairest women who ever stood upon + the block.” + </p> + <p> + “Pshaw,” answered the other, “the whole thing is a farce. Domitian is in a + hurry, that’s all, so the auction must be held to-night.” + </p> + <p> + “He means to buy her?” + </p> + <p> + “Of course. I am told that his factor, Saturius, has orders to go up to a + thousand sestertia if need be,” and he nodded towards a quiet man dressed + in a robe of some rich, dark stuff, who stood in a corner of the place + watching the company. + </p> + <p> + “A thousand sestertia! For one slave girl! Ye gods! a thousand sestertia!” + </p> + <p> + “The necklace goes with her, that is worth something, and there is + property at Tyre.” + </p> + <p> + “Property in Tyre,” said the other, “property in the moon. Come on, let us + look at something a little less expensive. As I wish to keep my head on my + shoulders, I am not going to bid against the prince in any case.” + </p> + <p> + “No, nor anyone else either. I expect he will get his fancy pretty cheap + after all.” + </p> + <p> + Then the two men moved away, and a minute afterwards Nehushta found that + it was her turn to approach Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “Here comes a curious sort of buyer,” said one of the attendants. + </p> + <p> + “Don’t judge the taste of the fruit by the look of the rind, young man,” + answered Nehushta, and at the sound of that voice for the first time + Pearl-Maiden lifted her head, then dropped it quickly. + </p> + <p> + “She is well enough,” Nehushta said aloud, “but there used to be prettier + women when I was young; in fact, though dark, I was myself,” a statement + at which those within hearing, noting her gaunt and aged form bent beneath + the heavy basket, tittered aloud. “Come, lift up your head, my dear,” she + went on, trying to entice the captive to consent by encouraging waves of + her hand. + </p> + <p> + They were fruitless; still, had any thought of it there was meaning in + them. On Nehushta’s finger, as it chanced, shone a ring which Miriam ought + to know, seeing that for some years she had worn it on her own. + </p> + <p> + It would seem that she did know it, at any rate her bosom and neck grew + red and a spasm passed across her face which even the falling hair did not + suffice to hide. + </p> + <p> + The ring told Miriam that Marcus lived and that Nehushta was his + messenger. This suspense at least was ended. + </p> + <p> + Now the door-keeper called a warning and the buyers flocked from the + building. Outside, the auctioneer, a smooth-faced, glib-tongued man, was + already mounting the rostrum. Calling for silence he began his speech. On + this evening of festival, he said, he would be brief. The lots he had to + offer to the select body of connoisseurs he saw before him, were the + property of the Imperator Titus, and the proceeds of the sale, it was his + duty to tell them, would not go into CÊsar’s pocket, but were to be + equally divided between the poor of Rome and deserving soldiers who had + been wounded or had lost their health in the war, a fact which must cause + every patriotic citizen to bid more briskly. These lots, he might say, + were unique, being nothing else than the fifteen most beautiful girls, + believed all of them to be of noble blood, among the many thousands who + had been captured at the sack of Jerusalem, the city of the Jews, + especially selected to adorn the great conqueror’s Triumph. No true judge, + who desired a charming memento of the victory of his country’s arms, would + wish to neglect such an opportunity, especially as he was informed that + the Jewish women were affectionate, docile, well instructed in many arts, + and very hard-working. He had only one more thing to say, or rather two + things. He regretted that this important sale should be held at so unusual + an hour. The reason was that there was really no place where these slaves + could be comfortably kept without risk of their maltreatment or escape, so + it was held to be best that they should be removed at once to the + seclusion of their new homes, a decision, he was sure, that would meet the + wishes of buyers. The second point was that among them was one lot of + surpassing interest; namely, the girl who had come to be generally spoken + of as Pearl-Maiden. + </p> + <p> + This young woman, who could not be more than three or four-and-twenty + years of age, was the last representative of a princely family of the + Jews. She had been found exposed upon one of the gates of the holy house + of that people, where it would seem she was sentenced to perish for some + offence against their barbarous laws. As the clamours of the populace that + day had testified, she was of the most delicate and distinguished beauty, + and the collar of great pearls which she wore about her neck gave evidence + of her rank. If he knew anything of the tastes of his countrymen the price + which would be paid for her must prove a record even in that ring. He was + aware that among the vulgar a great, almost a divine name had been coupled + with that of this captive. Well, he knew nothing, except this, that he was + certain that if there was any truth in the matter the owner of the name, + as became a noble and a generous nature, would wish to obtain his prize + fairly and openly. The bidding was as free to the humblest there—provided, + of course, that he could pay, and he might remark that not an hour’s + credit would be given except to those who were known to him—as to + CÊsar himself. Now, as the light was failing, he would order the torches + to be lit and commence the sale. The beauteous Pearl-Maiden, he might add, + was Lot No. 7. + </p> + <p> + So the torches were lit, and presently the first victim was led out and + placed upon a stand of marble in the centre of the flaring ring. She was a + dark-haired child of about sixteen years of age, who stared round her with + a frightened gaze. + </p> + <p> + The bidding began at five sestertia and ran up to fifteen, or about £120 + of our money, at which price she was knocked down to a Greek, who led her + back into the receiving house, paid the gold to a clerk who was in + attendance, and took her away, sobbing as she went. Then followed four + others, who were sold at somewhat better prices. No. 6 was the dark and + splendid Jewess who had kicked the greasy-curled Eastern in the face. As + soon as she appeared upon the block, this brute stepped forward and bid + twenty sestertia for her. An old grey-bearded fellow answered with a bid + of twenty-five. Then some one bid thirty, which the Eastern capped with a + bid of forty. So it went on till the large total of sixty sestertia was + offered, whereon the Eastern advanced two more, at which price, amidst the + laughter of the audience, she was knocked down to him. + </p> + <p> + “You know me and that the money is safe,” he said to the auctioneer. “It + shall be paid to you to-morrow; I have enough to carry without lading + myself up with so much gold. Come on, girl, to your new home, where I have + a little score to settle with you,” and grasping her by the left wrist he + pulled her from the block and led her unresisting through the crowd and to + the shadows beyond. + </p> + <p> + Already No. 7 had been summoned to the block and the auctioneer was taking + up his tale, when from out of these shadows rose the sound of a dreadful + yell. Some of the audience snatched torches from their stands and ran to + the spot whence it came. There, on the marble pavement lay the Eastern + dead or dying, while over him stood the Jewess, a red dagger, his own, + which she had snatched from its scabbard, in her hand, and on her stately + face a look of vengeful triumph. + </p> + <p> + “Seize her! Seize the murdering witch! Beat her to death with rods,” they + cried, and at the command of the auctioneer slaves ran up to take her. + </p> + <p> + She waited till they were near, then, without a word or a sound, lifted + her strong, white arm and drove the knife deep into her own heart. For a + moment she stood still, till suddenly she stretched her hands wide and + fell face downwards dead upon the body of the brute who had bought her. + </p> + <p> + The crowd gasped and was silent. Then one of them, a sickly looking + patrician, called out: + </p> + <p> + “Oh! I did well to come. What a sight! What a sight! Blessings on you, + brave girl, you have given Julius a new pleasure.” + </p> + <p> + After this there was tumult and confusion while the attendants carried + away the bodies. A few minutes later the auctioneer climbed back into his + rostrum and alluded in moving terms to the “unfortunate accident” which + had just happened. + </p> + <p> + “Who would think,” he said, “that one so beautiful could also be so + violent? I weep when I consider that this noble purchaser, whose name I + forget at the moment, but whose estate, by the way, is liable for the + money, should have thus suddenly been transferred from the arms of Venus + to that of Pluto, although it must be admitted that he gave the woman some + provocation. Well, gentlemen, grief will not bring him to life again, and + we who still stand beneath the stars have business to attend. Bear me + witness, all of you, that I am blameless in this affair, and, slaves, + bring out that priceless gem, the Pearl-Maiden.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0024" id="link2HCH0024"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIV + </h2> + <h3> + MASTER AND SLAVE + </h3> + <p> + Now a hush of expectancy fell upon the crowd, till presently two + attendants appeared, each of them holding in his hand a flaming torch, and + between them the captive Pearl-Maiden. So beautiful did she look as she + advanced thus with bowed head, the red light of the torches falling upon + her white robe and breast and reflected in a faint, shimmering line from + the collar of pearls about her neck, that even that jaded company clapped + as she came. In another moment she had mounted the two steps and was + standing on the block of marble. The crowd pressed closer, among them the + merchant of Egypt, Demetrius, and the veiled woman with the basket, who + was now attended by a little man dressed as a slave and bearing on his + back another basket, the weight of which he seemed to find irksome, since + from time to time he groaned and twisted his shoulders. Also the + chamberlain, Saturius, secure in the authority of his master, stepped over + the rope and against the rule began to walk round and round the captive, + examining her critically. + </p> + <p> + “Look at her!” said the auctioneer. “Look for yourselves. I have nothing + to say, words fail me—unless it is this. For more than twenty years + I have stood in this rostrum, and during that time I suppose that fifteen + or sixteen thousand young women have been knocked down to my hammer. They + have come out of every part of the world; from the farthest East, from the + Grecian mountains, from Egypt and Cyprus, from the Spanish plains, from + Gaul, from the people of the Teutons, from the island of the Britons, and + other barbarous places that lie still further north. Among them were many + beautiful women, of every style and variety of loveliness, yet I tell you + honestly, my patrons, I do not remember one who came so near perfection as + this maiden whom I have the honour to sell to-night. I say again—look + at her, look at her, and tell me with what you can find fault. + </p> + <p> + “What do you say? Oh! yes, I am informed that her teeth are quite sound, + there is no blemish to conceal, none at all, and the hair is all her own. + That gentleman says that she is rather small. Well, she is not built upon + a large scale, and to my mind that is one of her attractions. Little and + good, you know, little and good. Only consider the proportions. Why, the + greatest sculptors, ancient or modern, would rejoice to have her as model, + and I hope that in the interests of the art-loving public”—here he + glanced at the Chamberlain, Saturius—“that the fortunate person into + whose hands she passes will not be so selfish as to deny them this + satisfaction. + </p> + <p> + “Now I have said enough and must but add this, that by the special decree + of her captor, the Imperator Titus, the beautiful necklace of pearls worn + by the maiden goes with her. I asked a jeweller friend of mine to look at + it just now, and judging as well as he could without removing it from her + neck, which was not allowed, he values it at least at a hundred sestertia. + Also, there goes with this lot considerable property, situated in Tyre and + neighbouring places, to which, had she been a free woman, she would have + succeeded by inheritance. You may think that Tyre is a long way off and + that it will be difficult to take possession of this estate, and, of + course, there is something in the objection. Still, the title to it is + secure enough, for here I have a deed signed by Titus CÊsar himself, + commanding all officials, officers and others concerned, to hand over + without waste or deduction all property, real or personal, belonging to + the estate of the late Benoni, the Jewish merchant of Tyre, and a member + of the Sanhedrim—the lot’s grandfather, I am informed, gentleman—to + her purchaser, who has only to fill in his own name in the blank space, or + any representatives whom he may appoint, which deed is especially declared + to be indefeasible. Any one wish to see it? No? Then we will take it as + read. I know that in such a matter, my patrons, my word is enough for you. + </p> + <p> + “Now I am about to come to business, with the remark that the more liberal + your bidding the better will our glorious general, Titus CÊsar, be + pleased; the better will the poor and the invalided soldiers, who deserve + so well at your hands, be pleased; the better will the girl herself be + pleased, who I am sure will know how to reward a generous appreciation of + her worth; and the better shall I, your humble friend and servant, be + pleased, because, as I may inform you in strict secrecy, I am paid, not by + a fixed salary, but by commission. + </p> + <p> + “Now, gentlemen, what may I say? A thousand sestertia to begin with? Oh! + don’t laugh, I expect more than that. What! Fifty? You are joking, my + friend. However, the acorn grows into the oak, doesn’t it? and I am told + that you can stop the sources of the Tiber with your hat; so I’ll start + with fifty. Fifty—a hundred. Come, bid up, gentlemen, or we shall + never get home to supper. Two hundred—three, four, five, six, seven, + eight—ah! that’s better. What are you stopping for?” and he + addressed a hatchet-faced man who had thrust himself forward over the rope + of the ring. + </p> + <p> + The man shook his head with a sigh. “I’m done,” he said. “Such goods are + for my betters,” a sentiment that seemed to be shared by his rivals, since + they also stopped bidding. + </p> + <p> + “Well, friend Saturius,” said the auctioneer, “have you gone to sleep, or + have you anything to say? Only in hundreds, now, gentlemen, mind, only in + hundreds, unless I give the word. Thank you, I have nine hundred,” and he + looked round rather carelessly, expecting at heart that this bid would be + the last. + </p> + <p> + Then the merchant from Alexandria stepped forward and held up his finger. + </p> + <p> + “A thousand, by the Gods!” + </p> + <p> + Saturius looked at the man indignantly. Who was this that dared to bid + against Domitian, the third dignitary in all the Roman empire, CÊsar’s + son, CÊsar’s brother, who might himself be CÊsar? Still he answered with + another bid of eleven hundred. + </p> + <p> + Once more the finger of Domitian went up. + </p> + <p> + “Twelve. Twelve hundred!” said the auctioneer, in a voice of suppressed + excitement, while the audience gasped, for such prices had not been heard + of. + </p> + <p> + “Thirteen,” said the Chamberlain. + </p> + <p> + Again the finger went up. + </p> + <p> + “Fourteen hundred. I have fourteen hundred. Against you, worthy Saturius. + Come, come, I must knock the lot down, which perhaps would not please some + whom I could mention. Don’t be stingy, friend, you have a large purse to + draw on, and it is called the Roman Empire. Now. Thank you, I have fifteen + hundred. Well, my friend yonder. What! Have you had enough?” and he + pointed to the Alexandrian merchant, who, with a groan, had turned aside + and hidden his face in his hands. + </p> + <p> + “Knocked out, knocked out, it seems,” said the auctioneer, “and though it + is little enough under all the circumstances for this lot, who is as + lovely as she is historical, I suppose that I can scarcely expect——” + and he looked around despondently. + </p> + <p> + Suddenly the old woman with the basket glanced up and, speaking in a quiet + matter-of-fact voice but with a foreign accent, said: + </p> + <p> + “Two thousand.” + </p> + <p> + A titter of laughter went around the room. + </p> + <p> + “My dear madam?” queried the auctioneer, looking at her dubiously, “might + I ask if you mean sester<i>tii</i> or sester<i>tia</i>?[*] Your pardon, + but it has occurred to me that you might be confounding the two sums.” + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + [*] A <i>sestertius</i> was worth less than 2d., a <i>sestertium</i> + was a sum of money of the value of about £8. +</pre> + <p> + “Two thousand sester<i>tia</i>,” repeated the matter-of-fact voice with + the foreign accent. + </p> + <p> + “Well, well,” said the auctioneer, “I suppose that I must accept the bid. + Friend Saturius, I have two thousand sestertia, and it is against you.” + </p> + <p> + “Against me it must remain, then,” replied the little man in a fury. “Do + all the kings in the world want this girl? Already I have exceeded my + limit by five hundred sestertia. I dare do no more. Let her go.” + </p> + <p> + “Don’t vex yourself, Saturius,” said the auctioneer, “bidding is one + thing, paying another. At present I have a bona-fide bid of fifteen + hundred from you. Unless this liberal but unknown lady is prepared with + the cash I shall close on that. Do you understand, madam?” + </p> + <p> + “Perfectly,” answered the veiled old woman. “Being a stranger to Rome I + thought it well to bring the gold with me, since strangers cannot expect + credit.” + </p> + <p> + “To bring the gold with you!” gasped the auctioneer. “To bring two + thousand sestertia with you! Where is it then?” + </p> + <p> + “Where? Oh! in my servant’s and my own baskets, and something more as + well. Come, good sir, I have made my bid. Does the worthy gentleman + advance?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” shouted Saturius. “You are being fooled, she has not got the money.” + </p> + <p> + “If he does not advance and no other worthy gentleman wishes to bid, then + will you knock the lot down?” said the old woman. “Pardon me if I press + you, noble seller of slaves, but I must ride far from Rome to-night, to + Centum CellÊ, indeed, where my ship waits; therefore, I have no time to + lose.” + </p> + <p> + Now the auctioneer saw that there was no choice, since under the rules of + the public mart he must accept the offer of the highest bidder. + </p> + <p> + “Two thousand sestertia are bid for this lot No. 7, the Jewish captive + known as Pearl-Maiden, sold by order of Titus Imperator, together with her + collar of pearls and the property to which, as a free woman, she would + have been entitled. Any advance on two thousand sestertia?” and he looked + at Saturius, who shook his head. “No? Then—going—going—gone! + I declare the lot sold, to be delivered on payment of the cash to the + person named—by the way, madam, what is your name?” + </p> + <p> + “Mulier.” + </p> + <p> + At this the company burst into a loud laugh. + </p> + <p> + “Mulier?” repeated the auctioneer, “M u l i e r—Woman?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, am I not a woman, and what better name can I have than is given to + all my sex?” + </p> + <p> + “In truth, you are so wrapped up that I must take your word for it,” + replied the auctioneer. “But come, let us put an end to this farce. If you + have the money, follow me into the receiving house—for I must see to + the matter myself—and pay it down.” + </p> + <p> + “With pleasure, sir, but be so good as to bring my property with you. She + is too valuable to be left here unprotected amongst these distinguished + but disappointed gentlemen.” + </p> + <p> + Accordingly Miriam was led from the marble stand into an office annexed to + the receiving-house, whither she was followed by the auctioneer and by + Nehushta and her servant, whose backs, it was now observed, bent beneath + the weight of the baskets that were strapped upon them. Here the door was + locked, and with the help of her attendant Nehushta loosened her basket, + letting it fall upon the table with a sigh of relief. + </p> + <p> + “Take it and count,” he said to the auctioneer, untying the lid. + </p> + <p> + He lifted it and there met his eye a layer of lettuces neatly packed. + </p> + <p> + “By Venus!” he began in a fury. + </p> + <p> + “Softly, friend, softly,” said Nehushta, “these lettuces are of a kind + which only grow in yellow soil. Look,” and lifting the vegetables she + revealed beneath row upon row of gold coin. “Examine it before you count,” + she said. + </p> + <p> + He did so by biting pieces at hazard with his teeth and causing them to + ring upon the marble table. + </p> + <p> + “It is good,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Quite so. Then count.” + </p> + <p> + So he and the clerk counted, even to the bottom of the basket, which was + found to contain gold to the value of over eleven hundred sestertia. + </p> + <p> + “So far well,” he said, “but that is not enough.” + </p> + <p> + The buyer beckoned to the man with her who stood in the corner, his face + hidden by the shadow, and he dragged forward the second basket, which he + had already unstrapped from his shoulders. Here also were lettuces, and + beneath the lettuces gold. When the full two thousand sestertia were + counted, that is, over fifteen thousand pounds of our money, this second + basket still remained more than a third full. + </p> + <p> + “I ought to have run you up, madam,” said the auctioneer, surveying the + shining gold with greedy eyes. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” she replied calmly, “if you had guessed the truth you might have + done so. But who knows the truth, except myself?” + </p> + <p> + “Are you a sorceress?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps. What does it matter? At least, the gold will not melt. And, by + the way, it is troublesome carrying so much of the stuff back again. Would + you like a couple of handfuls for yourself, and say ten pieces for your + clerk? Yes? Well, please first fill in that deed with the name that I + shall give you and with your own as witness? Here it is—‘Miriam, + daughter of Demas and Rachel, born in the year of the death of Herod + Agrippa.’ Thank you. You have signed, and the clerk also, I think. Now I + will take that roll. + </p> + <p> + “One thing more, there is another door to this Receiving-house? With your + leave I should prefer to go out that way, as my newly acquired property + seems tired, and for one day has had enough of public notice. You will, I + understand, give us a few minutes to depart before you return to the + rostrum, and your clerk will be so courteous as to escort us out of the + Forum. Now help yourself. Man, can’t you make your hand larger than that? + Well, it will suffice to pay for a summer holiday. I see a cloak there + which may serve to protect this slave from the chill air of the night. In + case it should be claimed, perhaps these five pieces will pay for it. Most + noble and courteous sir, again I thank you. Young woman, throw this over + your bare shoulders and your head; that necklace might tempt the + dishonest. + </p> + <p> + “Now, if our guide is ready we will be going. Slave, bring the basket, at + the weight of which you need no longer groan, and you, young woman, strap + on this other basket; it is as well that you should begin to be instructed + in your domestic duties, for I tell you at once that having heard much of + the skill of the Jews in those matters, I have bought you to be my cook + and to attend to the dressing of my hair. Farewell, sir, farewell; may we + never meet again.” + </p> + <p> + “Farewell,” replied the astonished auctioneer, “farewell, my lady Mulier, + who can afford to give two thousand sestertia for a cook! Good luck to + you, and if you are always as liberal as this, may we meet once a month, + say I. Yet have no fear,” he added meaningly, “I know when I have been + well treated and shall not seek you out—even to please CÊsar + himself.” + </p> + <p> + Three minutes later, under the guidance of the clerk, who was as discreet + as his master, they had passed, quite undisturbed, through various dark + colonnades and up a flight of marble stairs. + </p> + <p> + “Now you are out of the Forum, so go your ways,” he said. + </p> + <p> + They went, and the clerk stood watching them until they were round a + corner, for he was young and curious, and to him this seemed the strangest + comedy of the slave-market of which he had ever even heard. + </p> + <p> + As he turned to go he found himself face to face with a tall man, in whom + he recognized that merchant of Egypt who had bid for Pearl-Maiden up to + the enormous total of fourteen hundred sestertia. + </p> + <p> + “Friend,” said Demetrius, “which way did your companions go?” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know,” answered the clerk. + </p> + <p> + “Come, try to remember. Did they walk straight on, or turn to the left, or + turn to the right? Fix your attention on these, it may help you,” and once + more that fortunate clerk found five gold pieces thrust into his hand. + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know that they help me,” he said, for he wished to be faithful to + his hire. + </p> + <p> + “Fool,” said Demetrius in a changed voice, “remember quickly, or here is + something that will——” and he showed him a dagger glinting in + his hand. “Now then, do you wish to go the same road as they carried the + Jewish girl and the Eastern?” + </p> + <p> + “They turned to the right,” said the clerk sulkily. “It is the truth, but + may that road you speak of be yours who draw knives on honest folk.” + </p> + <p> + With a bound Demetrius left his side, and for the second time the clerk + stood still, watching him go. + </p> + <p> + “A strange business,” he said to himself, “but, perhaps my master was + right and that old woman is a sorceress, or, perhaps, the young one is the + sorceress, since all men seem ready to pay a tribe’s tribute to get hold + of her; or, perhaps, they are both sorceresses. A strange story, of which + I should like to know the meaning, and so, I fancy, would the Prince + Domitian when he comes to hear of it. Saturius, the chamberlain, has a fat + place, but I would not take it to-night, no, not if it were given to me.” + </p> + <p> + Then that young man returned to the mart in time to hear his master knock + down Lot thirteen, a very sweet-looking girl, to Saturius himself, who + proposed, though with a doubtful heart, to take her to Domitian as a + substitute. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, Nehushta, Miriam and the steward Stephanus, disguised as a + slave, went on as swiftly as they dared towards the palace of Marcus in + the Via Agrippa. The two women held each other by the hand but said + nothing; their hearts seemed too full for speech. Only the old steward + kept muttering—“Two thousand sestertia! The savings of years! Two + thousand sestertia for that bit of a girl! Surely the gods have smitten + him mad.” + </p> + <p> + “Hold your peace, fool,” said Nehushta at length. “At least, I am not mad; + the property that went with her is worth more than the money.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes,” replied the aggrieved Stephanus, “but how will that benefit my + master? You put it in her name. Well, it is no affair of mine, and at + least this accursed basket is much lighter.” + </p> + <p> + Now they were at the side door of the house, which Stephanus was unlocking + with his key. + </p> + <p> + “Quick,” said Nehushta, “I hear footsteps.” + </p> + <p> + The door opened and they passed in, but at that moment one went by them, + pausing to look until the door closed again. + </p> + <p> + “Who was that?” asked Stephanus nervously. + </p> + <p> + “He whom they called Demetrius, the merchant of Alexandria, but whom once + I knew by another name,” answered Nehushta in a slow voice while Stephanus + barred the door. + </p> + <p> + They walked through the archway into an antechamber lit by a single lamp, + leaving Stephanus still occupied with his bolts and chains. Here with a + sudden motion Nehushta threw off her cloak and tore the veil from her + brow. In another instant, uttering a low, crooning cry, she flung her long + arms about Miriam and began to kiss her again and again on the face. + </p> + <p> + “My darling,” she moaned, “my darling.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me what it all means, Nou,” said the poor girl faintly. + </p> + <p> + “It means that God has heard my prayers and suffered my old feet to + overtake you in time, and provided the wealth to preserve you from a + dreadful fate.” + </p> + <p> + “Whose wealth? Where am I?” asked Miriam. + </p> + <p> + Nehushta made no answer, only she unstrapped the basket from Miriam’s back + and unclasped the cloak from about her shoulders. Then, taking her by the + hand, she led her into a lighted passage and thence through a door into a + great and splendid room spread with rich carpets and adorned with costly + furniture and marble images. At the end of this room was a table lighted + by two lamps, and on the further side of this table sat a man as though he + were asleep, for his face was hidden upon his arms. Miriam saw him and + clung to Nehushta trembling. + </p> + <p> + “Hush!” whispered her guide, and they stood still in the shadow. + </p> + <p> + The man lifted his head so that the light fell full upon it, and Miriam + saw that it was Marcus. Marcus grown older and with a patch of grey hair + upon his temple where the sword of Caleb had struck him, very worn and + tired-looking also, but still Marcus and no other. He was speaking to + himself. + </p> + <p> + “I can bear it no longer,” he said. “Thrice have I been to the gate and + still no sign. Doubtless the plan has miscarried and by now she is in the + palace of Domitian. I will go forth and learn the worst,” and he rose from + the table. + </p> + <p> + “Speak to him,” whispered Nehushta, pushing Miriam forward. + </p> + <p> + She advanced into the circle of the lamplight, but as yet Marcus did not + see her, for he had gone to the window-place to find a cloak that lay + there. Then he turned and saw her. Before him in her robe of white, the + soft light shining on her gentle loveliness, stood Miriam. He stared at + her bewildered. + </p> + <p> + “Do I dream?” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Nay, Marcus,” she answered in her sweet voice, “you do not dream. I am + Miriam.” + </p> + <p> + In an instant he was at her side and held her in his arms, nor did she + resist him, for after so many fears and sufferings they seemed to her a + home. + </p> + <p> + “Loose me, I pray you,” she said at length, “I am faint, I can bear no + more.” + </p> + <p> + At her entreaty he suffered her to sink upon the cushions of a couch that + was at hand. + </p> + <p> + “Tell me, tell me everything,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Ask it of Nehushta,” she answered, leaning back. “I am spent.” + </p> + <p> + Nehushta ran to her side and began to chafe her hands. “Let be with your + questions,” she said. “I bought her, that’s enough. Ask that old huckster, + Stephanus, the price. But first in the name of charity give her food. + Those who have walked through a Triumph to end the day on the slave block + need victuals.” + </p> + <p> + “It is here, it is here,” Marcus said confusedly, “such as there is.” + Taking a lamp he led the way to a table that was placed in the shadow, + where stood some meat and fruit with flagons of rich coloured wine and + pure water and shallow silver cups to drink from. + </p> + <p> + Putting her arm about Miriam’s waist, Nehushta supported her to the table + and sat her down upon one of the couches. Then she poured out wine and put + it to her lips, and cut meat and made her swallow it till Miriam would + touch no more. Now the colour came back to her face, and her eyes grew + bright again, and resting there upon the couch, she listened while + Nehushta told Marcus all the story of the slave sale. + </p> + <p> + “Well done,” he said, laughing in his old merry fashion, “well done, + indeed! Oh! what favouring god put it into the head of that honest old + miser, Stephanus, from year to year to hoard up all that sum of gold + against an hour of sudden need which none could foresee!” + </p> + <p> + “My God and hers,” answered Nehushta solemnly, “to Whom if He give you + space, you should be thankful, which, by the way, is more than Stephanus + is, who has seen so much of your savings squandered in an hour.” + </p> + <p> + “Your savings?” said Miriam, looking up. “Did you buy me, Marcus?” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose so, beloved,” he answered. + </p> + <p> + “Then, then, I am your slave?” + </p> + <p> + “Not so, Miriam,” he replied nervously. “As you know well, it is I who am + yours. All I ask of you is that you should become my wife.” + </p> + <p> + “That cannot be, Marcus,” she answered in a kind of cry. “You know that it + cannot be.” + </p> + <p> + His face turned pale. + </p> + <p> + “After all that has come and gone between us, Miriam, do you still say + so?” + </p> + <p> + “I still say so.” + </p> + <p> + “You could give your life for me, and yet you will not give your life to + me?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, Marcus.” + </p> + <p> + “Why? Why?” + </p> + <p> + “For the reasons that I gave you yonder by the banks of Jordan; because + those who begat me laid on me the charge that I should marry none who is + not a Christian. How then can I marry you?” + </p> + <p> + Marcus thought a moment. + </p> + <p> + “Does the book of your law forbid it?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + She shook her head. “No, but the dead forbid it, and rather will I join + them than break their command.” + </p> + <p> + Again Marcus thought and spoke. + </p> + <p> + “Well, then, since I must, I will become a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + She looked at him sadly and answered: + </p> + <p> + “It is not enough. Do you remember what I told you far away in the village + of the Essenes, that this is no matter of casting incense on an altar, but + rather one of a changed spirit. When you can say those words from your + heart as well as with your lips, then, Marcus, I will listen to you, but + unless God calls you this you can never do.” + </p> + <p> + “What then do you propose?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “I? I have not had time to think. To go away, I suppose.” + </p> + <p> + “To Domitian?” he queried. “Nay, forgive me, but a sore heart makes bitter + lips.” + </p> + <p> + “I am glad you asked forgiveness for those words, Marcus,” she said + quivering. “What need is there to insult a slave?” + </p> + <p> + The word seemed to suggest a new train of thought to Marcus. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” he said, “a slave—my slave whom I have bought at a great + price. Well, why should I let you go? I am minded to keep you.” + </p> + <p> + “Marcus, you can keep me if you will, but then your sin against your own + honour will be greater even than your sin against me.” + </p> + <p> + “Sin!” he said, passionately. “What sin? You say you cannot marry me, not + because you do not wish it, if I understand you right, but for other + reasons which have weight, at any rate with you. But the dead give no + command as to whom you should love.” + </p> + <p> + “No, my love is my own, but if it is not lawful it can be denied.” + </p> + <p> + “Why should it be denied?” he asked softly and coming towards her. “Is + there not much between you and me? Did not you, brave and blessed woman + that you are, risk your life for my sake in the Old Tower at Jerusalem? + Did you not for my sake stand there upon the gate Nicanor to perish + miserably? And I, though it be little, have I not done something for you? + Have I not so soon as your message reached me, journeyed here to Rome, at + the cost, perhaps, of what I value more than life—my honour?” + </p> + <p> + “Your honour?” she asked. “Why your honour?” + </p> + <p> + “Because those who have been taken prisoner by the enemy and escaped are + held to be cowards among the Romans,” he answered bitterly, “and it may be + that such a lot awaits me.” + </p> + <p> + “Coward! You a coward, Marcus?” + </p> + <p> + “Aye. When it is known that I live, that is what my enemies will call me + who lived on for your sake, Miriam—for the sake of a woman who + denies me.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” she said, “this is bitter. Now I remember and understand what Gallus + meant.” + </p> + <p> + “Then will you still deny me? Must I suffer thus in vain? Think, had it + not been for you I could have stayed afar until the thing was forgotten, + that is, if I still chose to live; but now, because of you, things are + thus, and yet, Miriam—you deny me,” and he put his arms about her + and drew her to his breast. + </p> + <p> + She did not struggle, she had no strength, only she wrung her hands and + sobbed, saying: + </p> + <p> + “What shall I do? Woe is me, what shall I do?” + </p> + <p> + “Do?” said the voice of Nehushta, speaking clear as a clarion from the + shadows. “Do your duty, girl, and leave the rest to Heaven.” + </p> + <p> + “Silence, accursed woman!” gasped Marcus, turning pale with anger. + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” she answered, “I will not be silent. Listen, Roman; I like you + well, as you have reason to know, seeing that it was I who nursed you back + to life, when for one hour’s want of care you must have died. I like you + well, and above everything on earth I wish that ere my eyes shut for the + last time they may see your hand in her hand, and her hand in your hand, + man and wife before the face of all men. Yet I tell you that now indeed + you are a coward in a deeper fashion than that the Romans dream of; you + are a coward who try to work upon the weakness of this poor girl’s loving + heart, who try in the hour of her sore distress to draw her from the + spirit, if not from the letter, of her duty. So great a coward are you + that you remind her even that she is your slave and threaten to deal with + her as you heathen deal with slaves. You put a gloss upon the truth; you + try to filch the fruit you may not pluck; you say ‘you may not marry me, + but you are my property, and therefore if you give way to your master it + is no sin.’ I tell you it is a sin, doubly a sin, since you would bind the + weight of it on her back as well as on your own, and a sin that in this + way or in that would bring its reward to both of you.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you finished?” asked Marcus coldly, but suffering Miriam to slip + from his arms back upon the couch. + </p> + <p> + “No, I have not finished; I spoke of the fruits of evil; now as my heart + prompts me I speak of the promise of good. Let this woman go free as you + have the power to do; strike the chains off her neck and take back the + price that you have paid for her, since she has property which will + discharge it to the last farthing, which property to-day stands in her + name and can be conveyed to you. Then, go search the Scriptures and see if + you can find no message in them. If you find it, well and good, then take + her with a clean heart and be happy. If you find it not, well and good, + then leave her with a clean heart and be sorrowful, for so it is decreed. + Only in this matter do not dare to be double-minded, lest the last evil + overtake you and her, and your children and hers. Now I have done, and, my + lord Marcus, be so good as to signify your pleasure to your slave, + Pearl-Maiden, and your servant, Nehushta the Libyan.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus began to walk up and down the room, out of the light into the + shadow, out of the shadow into the light. Presently he halted, and the two + women watching saw that his face was drawn and ashen, like the face of an + old man. + </p> + <p> + “My pleasure,” he said vacantly, “—that is a strange word on my lips + to-night, is it not? Well, Nehushta, you have the best of the argument. + All you say is quite true, if a little over-coloured. Of course, Miriam is + quite right not to marry me if she has scruples, and, of course, I should + be quite wrong to take advantage of the accident of my being able to + purchase her in the slave-ring. I think that is all I have to say. Miriam, + I free you, as indeed I remember I promised the Essenes that I would do. + Since no one knows you belong to me, I suppose that no formal ceremony + will be necessary. It is a manumission ‘inter amicos,’ as the lawyers say, + but quite valid. As to the title to the Tyre property, I accept it in + payment of the debt, but I beg that you will keep it a while on my behalf, + for, at present, there might be trouble about transferring it into my + name. Now, good-night. Nehushta will take you to her room, Miriam, and + to-morrow you can depart whither you will. I wish you all fortune, and—why + do you not thank me? Under the circumstances, it would be kind.” + </p> + <p> + But Miriam only burst into a flood of tears. + </p> + <p> + “What will you do, Marcus? Oh! what will you do?” she sobbed. + </p> + <p> + “In all probability, things which I would rather you did not know of,” he + answered bitterly, “or I may take it into my head to accept the suggestion + of our friend, Nehushta, and begin to search those Scriptures of which I + have heard so much; that seem, by the way, specially designed to prevent + the happiness of men and women.” Then he added fiercely, “Go, girl, go at + once, for if you stand there weeping before me any longer, I tell you that + I shall change my mind, and as Nehushta says, imperil the safety of your + soul, and of my own—which does not matter.” + </p> + <p> + So Miriam stumbled from the room and through the curtained doorway. As + Nehushta followed her Marcus caught her by the arm. + </p> + <p> + “I have half a mind to murder you,” he said, quietly. + </p> + <p> + The old Libyan only laughed. + </p> + <p> + “All I have said is true and for your own good, Marcus,” she answered, + “and you will live to know it.” + </p> + <p> + “Where will you take her?” + </p> + <p> + “I don’t know yet, but Christians always have friends.” + </p> + <p> + “You will let me hear of her.” + </p> + <p> + “Surely, if it is safe.” + </p> + <p> + “And if she needs help you will tell me?” + </p> + <p> + “Surely, and if you need her help, and it can be done, I will bring her to + you.” + </p> + <p> + “Then may I need help soon,” he said. “Begone.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0025" id="link2HCH0025"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXV + </h2> + <h3> + THE REWARD OF SATURIUS + </h3> + <p> + Meanwhile, in one of the palaces of the CÊsars not far from the Capitol, + was being enacted another and more stormy scene. It was the palace of + Domitian, whither, the bewildering pomp of the Triumph finished at last, + the prince had withdrawn himself in no happy mood. That day many things + had happened to vex him. First and foremost, as had been brought home to + his mind from minute to minute throughout the long hours, its glory + belonged not to himself, not even to his father, Vespasian, but to his + brother, the conqueror of the Jews. Titus he had always hated, Titus, who + was as beloved of mankind for his virtues, such as virtues were in that + age, as he, Domitian, was execrated for his vices. Now Titus had returned + after a brilliant and successful campaign to be crowned as CÊsar, to be + accepted as the sharer of his father’s government, and to receive the + ovations of the populace, while his brother Domitian must ride almost + unnoted behind his chariot. The plaudits of the roaring mob, the + congratulations of the Senate, the homage of the knights and subject + princes, the offerings of foreign kings, all laid at the feet of Titus, + filled him with a jealousy that went nigh to madness. Soothsayers had told + him, it was true, that his hour would come, that he would live and reign + after Vespasian and Titus had gone down, both of them, to Hades. But even + if they spoke the truth this hour seemed a long way off. + </p> + <p> + Also there were other things. At the great sacrifice before the temple of + Jupiter, his place had been set too far back where the people could not + see him; at the feast which followed the master of the ceremonies had + neglected, or had forgotten, to pour a libation in his honour. + </p> + <p> + Further, the beautiful captive, Pearl-Maiden, had appeared in the + procession unadorned by the costly girdle which he had sent her; while, + last of all, the different wines that he had drunk had disagreed with him, + so that because of them, or of the heat of the sun, he suffered from the + headache and sickness to which he was liable. Pleading this indisposition + as an excuse, Domitian left the banquet very early, and attended by his + slaves and musicians retired to his own palace. + </p> + <p> + Here his spirits revived somewhat, since he knew that before long his + chamberlain, Saturius, would appear with the lovely Jewish maiden upon + whom he had set his fancy. This at least was certain, for he had arranged + that the auction should be held that evening and instructed him to buy her + at all costs, even for a thousand sestertia. Indeed, who would dare to bid + for a slave that the Prince Domitian desired? + </p> + <p> + Learning that Saturius had not yet arrived, he went to his private + chambers, and to pass away the time commanded his most beautiful slaves to + dance before him, where he inflamed himself by drinking more wine of a + vintage that he loved. As the fumes of the strong liquor mounted to his + brain the pains in his head ceased, at any rate for a while. Very soon he + became half-drunk, and as was his nature when in drink, savage. One of the + dancing slaves stumbled and growing nervous stepped out of time, whereon + he ordered the poor half-naked girl to be scourged before him by the hands + of her own companions. Happily for her, however, before the punishment + began a slave arrived with the intelligence that Saturius waited without. + </p> + <p> + “What, alone?” said the prince, springing to his feet. + </p> + <p> + “Nay, lord,” said the slave, “there is a woman with him.” + </p> + <p> + At this news instantly his ill-temper was forgotten. + </p> + <p> + “Let that girl go,” he said, “and bid her be more careful another time. + Away, all the lot of you, I wish to be private. Now, slave, bid the worthy + Saturius enter with his charge.” + </p> + <p> + Presently the curtains were drawn apart and through them came Saturius + rubbing his hands and smiling somewhat nervously, followed by a woman + wrapped in a long cloak and veiled. He began to offer the customary + salutations, but Domitian cut him short. + </p> + <p> + “Rise, man,” he said. “That sort of thing is very well in public, but I + don’t want it here. So you have got her,” he added, eyeing the draped form + in the background. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied Saturius doubtfully. + </p> + <p> + “Good, your services shall be remembered. You were ever a discreet and + faithful agent. Did the bidding run high?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! my lord, enormous, ee—normous. I never heard such bidding,” and + he stretched out his hands. + </p> + <p> + “Impertinence! Who dared to compete with me?” remarked Domitian. “Well, + what did you have to give?” + </p> + <p> + “Fifty sestertia, my lord.” + </p> + <p> + “Fifty sestertia?” answered Domitian with an air of relief. “Well, of + course it is enough, but I have known beautiful maidens fetch more. By the + way, dear one,” he went on, addressing the veiled woman, “you must, I + fear, be tired after all that weary, foolish show.” + </p> + <p> + The “dear one” making no audible reply, Domitian went on: + </p> + <p> + “Modesty is pleasing in a maid, but now I pray you, forget it for awhile. + Unveil yourself, most beautiful, that I may behold that loveliness for + which my heart has ached these many days. Nay, that task shall be my own,” + and he advanced somewhat unsteadily towards his prize. + </p> + <p> + Saturius thought that he saw his chance. Domitian was so intoxicated that + it would be useless to attempt to explain matters that night. Clearly he + should retire as soon as possible. + </p> + <p> + “Most noble prince and patron,” he began, “my duty is done, with your + leave I will withdraw.” + </p> + <p> + “By no means, by no means,” hiccupped Domitian, “I know that you are an + excellent judge of beauty, most discriminating Saturius, and I should like + to talk over the points of this lady with you. You know, dear Saturius, + that I am not selfish, and to tell the truth, which you won’t mind between + friends—who could be jealous of a wizened, last year’s walnut of a + man like you? Not I, Saturius, not I, whom everybody acknowledges to be + the most beautiful person in Rome, much better looking than Titus is, + although he does call himself CÊsar. Now for it. Where’s the fastening? + Saturius, find the fastening. Why do you tie up the poor girl like an + Egyptian corpse and prevent her lord and master from looking at her?” + </p> + <p> + As he spoke the slave did something to the back of her head and the veil + fell to the ground, revealing a girl of very pleasing shape and + countenance, but who, as might be expected, looked most weary and + frightened. Domitian stared at her with his bleared and wicked eyes, while + a puzzled expression grew upon his face. + </p> + <p> + “Very odd!” he said, “but she seems to have changed! I thought her eyes + were blue, and that she had curling black hair. Now they are dark and she + has straight hair. Where’s the necklace, too? Where’s the necklace? + Pearl-Maiden, what have you done with your necklace? Yes, and why didn’t + you wear the girdle I sent you to-day?” + </p> + <p> + “Sir,” answered the Jewess, “I never had a necklace——” + </p> + <p> + “My lord Domitian,” began Saturius with a nervous laugh, “there is a + mistake—I must explain. This girl is not Pearl-Maiden. Pearl-Maiden + fetched so great a price that it was impossible that I should buy her, + even for you——” + </p> + <p> + He stopped, for suddenly Domitian’s face had become terrible. All the + drunkenness had left it, to be replaced by a mask of savage cruelty + through which glared the pale and glittering eyes. The man appeared as he + was, half satyr and half fiend. + </p> + <p> + “A mistake——” he said. “Oh! a mistake? And I have been + counting on her all these weeks, and now some other man has taken her from + me—the prince Domitian. And you—you dare to come to me with + this tale, and to bring this slut with you instead of my Pearl-Maiden——” + and at the thought he fairly sobbed in his drunken, disappointed rage. + Then he stepped back and began to clap his hands and call aloud. + </p> + <p> + Instantly slaves and guards rushed into the chamber, thinking that their + lord was threatened with some evil. + </p> + <p> + “Men,” he said, “take that woman and kill her. No, it might make a stir, + as she was one of Titus’s captives. Don’t kill her, thrust her into the + street.” + </p> + <p> + The girl was seized by the arms and dragged away. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! my lord,” began Saturius. + </p> + <p> + “Silence, man, I am coming to you. Seize him, and strip him. Oh! I know + you are a freedman and a citizen of Rome. Well, soon you shall be a + citizen of Hades, I promise you. Now, bring the heavy rods and beat him + till he dies.” + </p> + <p> + The dreadful order was obeyed, and for a while nothing was heard save the + sound of heavy blows and the smothered moans of the miserable Saturius. + </p> + <p> + “Wretches,” yelled the Imperial brute, “you are playing, you do not hit + hard enough. I will teach you how to hit,” and snatching a rod from one of + the slaves he rushed at his prostrate chamberlain, the others drawing back + to allow their master to show his skill in flogging. + </p> + <p> + Saturius saw Domitian come, and knew that unless he could change his + purpose in another minute the life would be battered out of him. He + struggled to his knees. + </p> + <p> + “Prince,” he cried, “hearken ere you strike. You can kill me if you will + who are justly angered, and to die at your hands is an honour that I do + not merit. Yet, dread lord, remember that if you slay me then you will + never find that Pearl-Maiden whom you desire.” + </p> + <p> + Domitian paused, for even in his fury he was cunning. “Doubtless,” he + thought, “the knave knows where the girl is. Perhaps even he has hidden + her away for himself.” + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” he said aloud, quoting the vulgar proverb, “‘the rod is the mother + of reason.’ Well, can you find her?” + </p> + <p> + “Surely, if I have time. The man who can afford to pay two thousand + sestertia for a single slave cannot easily be hidden.” + </p> + <p> + “Two thousand sestertia!” exclaimed Domitian astonished. “Tell me that + story. Slaves, give Saturius his robe and fall back—no, not too far, + he may be treacherous.” + </p> + <p> + The chamberlain threw the garment over his bleeding shoulders and fastened + it with a trembling hand. Then he told his tale, adding: + </p> + <p> + “Oh! my lord, what could I do? You have not enough money at hand to pay so + huge a sum.” + </p> + <p> + “Do, fool? Why you should have bought her on credit and left me to settle + the price afterwards. Oh! never mind Titus, I could have outwitted him. + But the mischief is done; now for the remedy, so far as it can be + remedied,” he added, grinding his teeth. + </p> + <p> + “That I must seek to-morrow, lord.” + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow? And what will you do to-morrow?” + </p> + <p> + “To-morrow I will find where the girl’s gone, or try to, and then—why + he who has bought her might die and—the rest will be easy.” + </p> + <p> + “Die he surely shall be who has dared to rob Domitian of his darling,” + answered the prince with an oath. “Well, hearken, Saturius, for this night + you are spared, but be sure that if you fail for the second time you also + shall die, and after a worse fashion than I promised you. Now go, and + to-morrow we will take counsel. Oh! ye gods, why do you deal so hardly + with Domitian? My soul is bruised and must be comforted with poesy. Rouse + that Greek from his bed and send him to me. He shall read to me of the + wrath of Achilles when they robbed him of his Briseis, for the hero’s lot + is mine.” + </p> + <p> + So this new Achilles departed, now that his rage had left him, weeping + maudlin tears of disappointed passion, to comfort his “bruised soul” with + the immortal lines of Homer, for when he was not merely a brute Domitian + fancied himself a poet. It was perhaps as well for his peace of mind that + he could not see the face of Saturius, as the chamberlain comforted his + bruised shoulders with some serviceable ointment, or hear the oath which + that useful and industrious officer uttered as he sought his rest, face + downwards, since for many days thereafter he was unable to lie upon his + back. It was a very ugly oath, sworn by every god who had an altar in + Rome, with the divinities of the Jews and the Christians thrown in, that + in a day to come he would avenge Domitian’s rods with daggers. Had the + prince been able to do so, there might have risen in his mind some + prescience of a certain scene, in which he must play a part on a far-off + but destined night. He might have beheld a vision of himself, bald, + corpulent and thin-legged, but wearing the imperial robes of CÊsar, + rolling in a frantic struggle for life upon the floor of his bed-chamber, + at death grips with one Stephanus, while an old chamberlain named Saturius + drove a dagger again and again into his back, crying at each stroke: + </p> + <p> + “Oho! That for thy rods, CÊsar! Oho! Dost remember the Pearl-Maiden? That + for thy rods, CÊsar, and that—and that—and <i>that</i>——!” + </p> + <p> + But Domitian, weeping himself to sleep over the tale of the wrongs of the + god-like Achilles, which did but foreshadow those of his divine self, as + yet thought nothing of the rich reward that time should bring him. + </p> + <p> + On the morrow of the great day of the Triumph the merchant Demetrius of + Alexandria, whom for many years we have known as Caleb, sat in the office + of the store-house which he had hired for the bestowal of his goods in one + of the busiest thoroughfares of Rome. Handsome, indeed, noble-looking as + he was, and must always be, his countenance presented a sorry sight. From + hour to hour during the previous day he had fought a path through the + dense crowds that lined the streets of Rome, to keep as near as might be + to Miriam while she trudged her long route of splendid shame. + </p> + <p> + Then came the evening, when, with the other women slaves, she was put up + to auction in the Forum. To prepare for this sale Caleb had turned almost + all his merchandise into money, for he knew that Domitian was a purchaser, + and guessed that the price of the beautiful Pearl-Maiden, of whom all the + city was talking, would rule high. The climax we know. He bid to the last + coin that he possessed or could raise, only to find that others with still + greater resources were in the market. Even the agent of the prince had + been left behind, and Miriam was at last knocked down to some mysterious + stranger woman dressed like a peasant. The woman was veiled and disguised; + she spoke with a feigned voice and in a strange tongue, but from the + beginning Caleb knew her. Incredible as it might seem, that she should be + here in Rome, he was certain that she was Nehushta, and no other. + </p> + <p> + That Nehushta should buy Miriam was well, but how came she by so vast a + sum of money, here in a far-off land? In short, for whom was she buying? + Indeed, for whom would she buy? He could think of one only—Marcus. + But he had made inquiries and Marcus was not in Rome. Indeed he had every + reason to believe that his rival was long dead, that his bones were + scattered among the tens of thousands which whitened the tumbled ruins of + the Holy City in JudÊa. How could it be otherwise? He had last seen him + wounded, as he thought to death—and he should know, for the stroke + fell from his own hand—lying senseless in the Old Tower in + Jerusalem. Then he vanished away, and where Marcus had been Miriam was + found. Whither did he vanish, and if it was true that she succeeded in + hiding him in some secret hole, what chance was there that he could have + lived on without food and unsuccoured? Also if he lived, why had he not + appeared long before? Why was not so wealthy a Patrician and distinguished + a soldier riding in the triumphant train of Titus? + </p> + <p> + With black despair raging in his breast, he, Caleb, had seen Miriam + knocked down to the mysterious basket-laden stranger whom none could + recognise. He had seen her depart together with the auctioneer and a + servant, also basket-laden, to the office of the receiving house, whither + he had attempted to follow upon some pretext, only to be stopped by the + watchman. After this he hung about the door until he saw the auctioneer + appear alone, when it occurred to him that the purchaser and the purchased + must have departed by some other exit, perhaps in order to avoid further + observation. He ran round the building to find himself confronted only by + the empty, star-lit spaces of the Forum. Searching them with his eyes, for + one instant it seemed to him that far away he caught sight of a little + knot of figures climbing a black marble stair in the dark shadow of some + temple. He sped across the open space, he ran up the great stair, to find + at the head of it a young man in whom he recognised the auctioneer’s + clerk, gazing along a wide street as empty as was the stair. + </p> + <p> + The rest is known to us. He followed, and twice perceived the little group + of dark-robed figures hurrying round distant corners. Once he lost them + altogether, but a passer-by on his road to some feast told him courteously + enough which way they had gone. On he ran almost at hazard, to be rewarded + in the end by the sight of them vanishing through a narrow doorway in the + wall. He came to the door and saw that it was very massive. He tried it + even, it was locked. Then he thought of knocking, only to remember that to + state his business would probably be to meet his death. At such a place + and hour those who purchased beautiful slaves might have a sword waiting + for the heart of an unsuccessful rival who dared to follow them to their + haunts. + </p> + <p> + Caleb walked round the house, to find that it was a palace which seemed to + be deserted, although he thought that he saw light shining through one of + the shuttered windows. Now he knew the place again. It was here that the + procession had halted and one of the Roman soldiers who had committed the + crime of being taken captive escaped the taunts of the crowd by hurling + himself beneath the wheel of a great pageant car. Yes, there was no doubt + of it, for his blood still stained the dusty stones and by it lay a piece + of the broken distaff with which, in their mockery, they had girded the + poor man. They were gentle folk, these Romans! Why, measured by this + standard, some such doom would have fallen upon his rival, Marcus, for + Marcus also was taken prisoner—by himself. The thought made Caleb + smile, since well he knew that no braver soldier lived. Then came other + thoughts that pressed him closer. Somewhere in that great dead-looking + house was Miriam, as far off from him as though she were still in JudÊa. + There was Miriam—and who was with her? The new-found lord who had + spent two thousand sestertia on her purchase? The thought of it almost + turned his brain. + </p> + <p> + Heretofore, the life of Caleb had been ruled by two passions—ambition + and the love of Miriam. He had aspired to be ruler of the Jews, perhaps + their king, and to this end had plotted and fought for the expulsion of + the Romans from JudÊa. He had taken part in a hundred desperate battles. + Again and again he had risked his life; again and again he had escaped. + For one so young he had reached high rank, till he was numbered among the + first of their captains. + </p> + <p> + Then came the end, the last hideous struggle and the downfall. Once more + his life was left in him. Where men perished by the hundred thousand he + escaped, winning safety, not through the desire of it, but because of the + love of Miriam which drove him on to follow her. Happily for himself he + had hidden money, which, after the gift of his race, he was able to turn + to good account, so that now he, who had been a leader in war and council, + walked the world as a merchant in Eastern goods. All that glittering past + had gone from him; he might become wealthy, but, Jew as he was, he could + never be great nor fill his soul with the glory that it craved. There + remained to him, then, nothing but this passion for one woman among the + millions who dwelt beneath the sun, the girl who had been his playmate, + whom he loved from the beginning, although she had never loved him, and + whom he would love until the end. + </p> + <p> + Why had she not loved him? Because of his rival, that accursed Roman, + Marcus, the man whom time upon time he had tried to kill, but who had + always slipped like water from his hands. Well, if she was lost to him she + was lost to Marcus also, and from that thought he would take such comfort + as he might. Indeed he had no other, for during those dreadful hours the + fires of all Gehenna raged in his soul. He had lost—but who had + found her? + </p> + <p> + Throughout the long night Caleb tramped round the cold, empty-looking + palace, suffering perhaps as he had never suffered before, a thing to be + pitied of gods and men. At length the dawn broke and the light crept down + the splendid street, showing here and there groups of weary and + half-drunken revellers staggering homewards from the feast, flushed men + and dishevelled women. Others appeared also, humble and industrious + citizens going to their daily toil. Among them were people whose business + it was to clean the roads, abroad early this morning, for after the great + procession they thought that they might find articles of value let fall by + those who walked in it, or by the spectators. Two of these scavengers + began sweeping near the place where Caleb stood, and lightened their toil + by laughing at him, asking him if he had spent his night in the gutter and + whether he knew his way home. He replied that he waited for the doors of + the house to be opened. + </p> + <p> + “Which house?” they asked. “The ‘Fortunate House?’” and they pointed to + the marble palace of Marcus, which, as Caleb now saw for the first time, + had these words blazoned in gold letters on its portico. + </p> + <p> + He nodded. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said one of them, “you will wait for some time, for that house is + no longer fortunate. Its owner is dead, killed in the wars, and no one + knows who his heir may be.” + </p> + <p> + “What was his name?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Marcus, the favourite of Nero, also called the Fortunate.” + </p> + <p> + Then, with a bitter curse upon his lips Caleb turned and walked away. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0026" id="link2HCH0026"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVI + </h2> + <h3> + THE JUDGMENT OF DOMITIAN + </h3> + <p> + Two hours had gone by and Caleb, with fury in his heart, sat brooding in + the office attached to the warehouse that he had hired. At that moment he + had but one desire—to kill his successful rival, Marcus. Marcus had + escaped and returned to Rome; of that there could be no doubt. He, one of + the wealthiest of its patricians, had furnished the vast sum which enabled + old Nehushta to buy the coveted Pearl-Maiden in the slave-ring. Then his + newly acquired property had been taken to this house, where he awaited + her. This then was the end of their long rivalry; for this he, Caleb, had + fought, toiled, schemed and suffered. Oh! rather than such a thing should + be, in that dark hour of his soul, he would have seen her cast to the foul + Domitian, for Domitian, at least, she would have hated, whereas Marcus, he + knew, she loved. + </p> + <p> + Now there remained nothing but revenge. Revenged he must be, but how? He + might dog Marcus and murder him, only then his own life would be hazarded, + since he knew well the fate that awaited the foreigner, and most of all + the Jew, who dared to lift his hand against a Roman noble, and if he hired + others to do the work they might bear evidence against him. Now Caleb did + not wish to die; life seemed the only good that he had left. Also, while + he lived he might still win Miriam—after his rival had ceased to + live. Doubtless, then she would be sold with his other slaves, and he + could buy her at the rate such tarnished goods command. No, he would do + nothing to run himself into danger. He would wait, wait and watch his + opportunity. + </p> + <p> + It was near at hand, for of old as to-day the king of evil was ever ready + to aid those who called upon him with sufficient earnestness. Indeed, even + as Caleb sat there in his office, there came a knock upon the door. + </p> + <p> + “Open!” he cried savagely, and through it entered a small man with + close-cropped hair and a keen, hard face which seemed familiar to him. + Just now, however, that face was somewhat damaged, for one of the eyes had + been blackened and a wound upon the temple was strapped with plaster. Also + its owner walked lame and continually twitched his shoulders as though + they gave him uneasiness. The stranger opened his lips to speak, and Caleb + knew him at once. He was the chamberlain of Domitian who had been outbid + by Nehushta in the slave ring. + </p> + <p> + “Greeting, noble Saturius,” he said. “Be seated, I pray, for it seems to + pain you to stand.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, yes,” answered the chamberlain, “still I had rather stand. I met + with an accident last night, a most unpleasant accident,” and he coughed + as though to cover up some word that leapt to his lips. “You also, worthy + Demetrius—that is your name, is it not?” he added, eyeing him keenly—“look + as though you had not slept well.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Caleb, “I also met with an accident—oh! nothing that + you can see—a slight internal injury which is, I fear, likely to + prove troublesome. Well, noble Saturius, how can I—serve you? + Anything in the way of Eastern shawls, for instance?” + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, friend, no. I come to speak of shoulders, not shawls,” and + he twitched his own—“women’s shoulders, I mean. A remarkably fine + pair for their size had that Jewish captive, by the way, in whom you + seemed to take an interest last night—to the considerable extent + indeed of fourteen hundred sestertia.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Caleb, “they were well shaped.” + </p> + <p> + Then followed a pause. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps as I am a busy man,” suggested Caleb presently, “you would not + mind coming to the point.” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, I was but waiting for your leave. As you may have heard, I + represent a very noble person——” + </p> + <p> + “Who, I think, took an interest in the captive to the extent of fifteen + hundred sestertia,” suggested Caleb. + </p> + <p> + “Quite so—and whose interest unfortunately remains unabated, or + rather, I should say, that it is transferred.” + </p> + <p> + “To the gentleman whose deep feeling induced him to provide five hundred + more?” queried Caleb. + </p> + <p> + “Precisely. What intuition you have! It is a gift with which the East + endows her sons.” + </p> + <p> + “Suppose you put the matter plainly, worthy Saturius.” + </p> + <p> + “I will, excellent Demetrius. The great person to whom I have alluded was + so moved when he heard of his loss that he actually burst into tears, and + even reproached me, whom he loves more dearly than his brother——” + </p> + <p> + “He might easily do that, if all reports are true,” said Caleb, drily, + adding, “Was it then that you met with your accident?” + </p> + <p> + “It was. Overcome at the sight of my royal master’s grief, I fell down.” + </p> + <p> + “Into a well, I suppose, since you managed to injure your eye, your back, + and your leg all at once. There—I understand—these things will + happen—in the households of the Great where the floors are so + slippery that the most wary feet may slide. But that does not console the + sufferer whose hurt remains, does it?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Saturius with a snarl, “but until he is in a position to + relay the floors, he must find chalk for his sandals and ointment for his + back. I want the purchaser’s name, and thought perhaps that you might have + it, for the old woman has vanished, and that fool of an auctioneer knows + absolutely nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “Why do you want his name?” + </p> + <p> + “Because Domitian wants his head. An unnatural desire indeed that devours + him; still one which, to be frank, I find it important to satisfy.” + </p> + <p> + Of a sudden a great light seemed to shine in Caleb’s mind, it was as + though a candle had been lit in a dark room. + </p> + <p> + “Ah!” he said. “And supposing I can show him how to get this head, even + how to get it without any scandal, do you think that in return he would + leave me the lady’s hand? You see I knew her in her youth and take a + brotherly interest in her.” + </p> + <p> + “Quite so, just like Domitian and the two thousand sestertia man and, + indeed, half the male population of Rome, who, when they saw her yesterday + were moved by the same family feeling. Well, I don’t see why he shouldn’t. + You see my master never cared for pearls that were not perfectly white, or + admired ladies upon whom report cast the slightest breath of scandal. But + he is of a curiously jealous disposition, and it is, I think, the head + that he requires, not the hand.” + </p> + <p> + “Had you not better make yourself clear upon the point before we go any + further?” asked Caleb. “Otherwise I do not feel inclined to undertake a + very difficult and dangerous business.” + </p> + <p> + “With pleasure. Now would you let me have your demands, in writing, + perhaps. Oh! of course, I understand—to be answered in writing.” + </p> + <p> + Caleb took parchment and pen and wrote: + </p> + <p> + “A free pardon, with full liberty to travel, live and trade throughout the + Roman empire, signed by the proper authorities, to be granted to one + Caleb, the son of Hilliel, for the part he took in the Jewish war. + </p> + <p> + “A written promise, signed by the person concerned, that if the head he + desires is put within his reach the Jewish slave named Pearl-Maiden shall + be handed over at once to Demetrius, the merchant of Alexandria, whose + property she shall become absolutely and without question.” + </p> + <p> + “That’s all,” he said, giving the paper to Saturius. “The Caleb spoken of + is a Jewish friend of mine to whom I am anxious to do a good turn, without + whose help and evidence I should be quite unable to perform my share of + the bargain. Being very shy and timid—his nerves were much shattered + during the siege of Jerusalem—he will not stir without this + authority, which, by the way, will require the signature of Titus CÊsar, + duly witnessed. Well, that is merely an offering to friendship; of course + <i>my</i> fee is the reversion to the lady, whom I desire to restore to + her relations, who mourn her loss in JudÊa.” + </p> + <p> + “Precisely—quite so,” replied Saturius. “Pray do not trouble to + explain further. I have always found those of Alexandria most excellent + merchants. Well, I hope to be back within two hours.” + </p> + <p> + “Mind you come alone. As I have told you, everything depends upon this + Caleb, and if he is in any way alarmed there is an end of the affair. He + only has a possible key to the mystery. Should it be lost your patron will + never get his head, and I shall never get my hand.” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! bid the timid Caleb have no fear. Who would wish to harm a dirty + Jewish deserter from his cause and people? Let him come out of his sewer + and look upon the sun. The CÊsars do not war with carrion rats. Most + worthy Demetrius, I go swiftly, as I hope to return again with all you + need.” + </p> + <p> + “Good, most noble Saturius, and for both our sakes—remember that the + palace floor is slippery, and do not get another fall, for it might finish + you.” + </p> + <p> + “I am in deep waters, but I think that I can swim well,” reflected Caleb + as the door closed behind his visitor. “At any rate it gives me a chance + who have no other, and that prince is playing for revenge, not love. What + can Miriam be to him beyond the fancy of an hour, of which a thief has + robbed him? Doubtless he wishes to kill the thief, but kings do not care + for faded roses, which are only good enough to weave the chaplet of a + merchant of Alexandria. So I cast for the last time, let the dice fall as + it is fated.” + </p> + <p> + Very shortly afterwards in the palace of Domitian the dice began to fall. + Humbly, most humbly, did that faithful chamberlain, Saturius, lay the + results of his mission before his august master, Domitian, who suffering + from a severe bilious attack that had turned his ruddy complexion to a + dingy yellow, and made the aspect of his pale eyes more unpleasant than + usual, was propped up among cushions, sniffing attar of roses and dabbing + vinegar water upon his forehead. + </p> + <p> + He listened indifferently to the tale of his jackal, until the full + meaning of the terms asked by the mysterious Eastern merchant penetrated + his sodden brain. + </p> + <p> + “Why,” he said, “the man wants Pearl-Maiden; that’s his share, while mine + is the life of the fellow who bought her, whoever he may be. Are you still + mad, man, that you should dare to lay such a proposal before me? Don’t you + understand that I need both the woman and the blood of him who dared to + cheat me out of her?” + </p> + <p> + “Most divine prince, I understand perfectly, but this fish is only biting; + he must be tempted or he will tell nothing.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not bring him here and torture him?” + </p> + <p> + “I have thought of that, but those Jews are so obstinate. While you were + twisting the truth out of him the other man would escape with the girl. + Much better promise everything he asks and then——” + </p> + <p> + “And then—what?” + </p> + <p> + “And then forget your promises. What can be simpler?” + </p> + <p> + “But he needs them in writing.” + </p> + <p> + “Let him have them in writing, my writing, which your divine self can + repudiate. Only the pardon to Caleb, who I suppose is this Demetrius + himself, can be signed by Titus. It will not affect you whether a Jew more + or less has the right to trade in the Empire, if thereby you can win his + services in an important matter. Then, when the time comes, you can net + both your unknown rival and the lady, leaving our friend Demetrius to + report the facts to her relatives in JudÊa, for whom, as he states, he is + alone concerned.” + </p> + <p> + “Saturius,” said Domitian, growing interested, “you are not so foolish as + I thought you were. Decidedly that trouble last night has quickened your + wits. Be so good as to stop wriggling your shoulders, will you, it makes + me nervous, and I wish that you would have that eye of yours painted. You + know that I cannot bear the sight of black; it reminds me, who am by + nature joyous and light-hearted as a child, of melancholy things. Now + forge a letter for my, or rather for your signature, promising the + reversion of Pearl-Maiden to this Demetrius. Then bear my greetings to + Titus, begging his signature to an order granting the desired privileges + to one Caleb, a Jew who fought against him at Jerusalem—with less + success than I could have wished—whom I desire to favour.” + </p> + <p> + Three hours later Saturius presented himself for the second time in the + office of the Alexandrian merchant. + </p> + <p> + “Most worthy Demetrius,” he said, “I congratulate you. Everything has been + arranged as you wish. Here is the order, signed by Titus and duly + witnessed, granting to you—I mean to your friend, Caleb—pardon + for whatever he may have done in JudÊa, and permission to live and trade + anywhere that he may wish within the bounds of the Empire. I may tell you + that it was obtained with great difficulty, since Titus, worn out with + toil and glory, leaves this very day for his villa by the sea, where he is + ordered by his physicians to rest three months, taking no part whatever in + affairs. Does the document satisfy you?” + </p> + <p> + Caleb examined the signatures and seals. + </p> + <p> + “It seems to be in order,” he said. + </p> + <p> + “It is in order, excellent Demetrius. Caleb can now appear in the Forum, + if it pleases him, and lecture upon the fall of Jerusalem for the benefit + of the vulgar. Well, here also is a letter from the divine—or rather + the half divine—Domitian to yourself, Demetrius of Alexandria, also + witnessed by myself and sealed. It promises to you that if you give + evidence enabling him to arrest that miscreant who dared to bid against + him—no, do not be alarmed, the lady was not knocked down to you—you + shall be allowed to take possession of her or to buy her at a reasonable + valuation, not to exceed fifteen sestertia. That is as much as she will + fetch now in the open market. Are you satisfied with this document?” + </p> + <p> + Caleb read and scrutinised the letter. + </p> + <p> + “The signatures of Domitian and of yourself as witness seem much alike,” + he remarked suspiciously. + </p> + <p> + “Somewhat,” replied Saturius, with an airy gesture. “In royal houses it is + customary for chamberlains to imitate the handwriting of their imperial + masters.” + </p> + <p> + “And their morals—no, they have none—their manners also,” + commented Caleb. + </p> + <p> + “At the least,” went on Saturius, “you will acknowledge the seals——” + </p> + <p> + “Which might be borrowed. Well, I will take the risk, for if there is + anything wrong about these papers I am sure that the prince Domitian would + not like to see them exhibited in a court of law.” + </p> + <p> + “Good,” answered Saturius, with a relief which he could not altogether + conceal. “And now for the culprit’s name.” + </p> + <p> + “The culprit’s name,” said Caleb, leaning forward and speaking slowly, “is + Marcus, who served as one of Titus CÊsar’s prefects of horse in the + campaign of JudÊa. He bought the lady Miriam, commonly known as + Pearl-Maiden, by the agency of Nehushta, an old Libyan woman, who conveyed + her to his house in the Via Agrippa, which is known as the ‘Fortunate + House,’ where doubtless, she now is.” + </p> + <p> + “Marcus,” said Saturius. “Why, he was reported dead, and the matter of the + succession to his great estates is now being debated, for he was the heir + of his uncle, Caius, the pro-consul, who amassed a vast fortune in Spain. + Also after the death of the said Caius, this Marcus was a favourite of the + late divine Nero, who constituted him guardian of some bust of which he + was enamoured. In short, he is a great man, if, as you say, he still + lives, whom even Domitian will find it hard to meddle with. But how do you + know all this?” + </p> + <p> + “Through my friend Caleb. Caleb followed the black hag, Nehushta, and the + beautiful Pearl-Maiden to the very house of Marcus, which he saw them + enter. Marcus who was her lover, yonder in JudÊa——” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! never mind the rest of the story, I understand it all. But you have + not yet shown that Marcus was in the house, and if he was, bad taste as it + may have been to bid against the prince Domitian, well, at a public + auction it is lawful.” + </p> + <p> + “Ye—es, but if Marcus has committed a crime, could he not be + punished for that crime?” + </p> + <p> + “Without doubt. But what crime has Marcus committed?” + </p> + <p> + “The crime of being taken prisoner by the Jews and escaping from them with + his life, for which, by an edict of Titus, whose laws are those of the + Medes and Persians, the punishment is death, or at the least, banishment + and degradation.” + </p> + <p> + “Well, and who can prove all this?” + </p> + <p> + “Caleb can, because he took him prisoner.” + </p> + <p> + “And where,” asked Saturius in exasperation, “where is this thrice + accursed cur, Caleb?” + </p> + <p> + “Here,” answered Demetrius. “I am Caleb, O thrice blessed chamberlain, + Saturius.” + </p> + <p> + “Indeed,” said Saturius. “Well, that makes things more simple. And now, + friend Demetrius—you prefer that name, do you not—what do you + propose?” + </p> + <p> + “I propose that the necessary documents should be procured, which, to your + master, will not be difficult; that Marcus should be arrested in his + house, put upon his trial and condemned under the edict of Titus, and that + the girl, Pearl-Maiden, should be handed over to me, who will at once + remove her from Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “Good,” said Saturius. “Titus having gone, leaving Domitian in charge of + military affairs, the thing, as it chances, is easy, though any sentence + that may be passed must be confirmed by CÊsar himself. And now, again + farewell. If our man is in Rome, he shall be taken to-night, and to-morrow + your evidence may be wanted.” + </p> + <p> + “Will the girl be handed over to me then?” + </p> + <p> + “I think so,” replied Saturius, “but of course I cannot say for certain, + as there may be legal difficulties in the way which would hinder her + immediate re-sale. However, you may rely upon me to do the best I can for + you.” + </p> + <p> + “It will be to your advantage,” answered Caleb significantly. “Shall we + say—fifty sestertia on receipt of the slave?” + </p> + <p> + “Oh! if you wish it, if you wish it, for gifts cement the hearts of + friends. On account? Well, to a man with many expenses, five sestertia + always come in useful. You know what it is in these palaces, so little pay + and so much to keep up. Thank you, dear Demetrius, I will give you and the + lady a supper out of the money—when you get her,” he added to + himself as he left the office. + </p> + <p> + When early on the following morning Caleb came to his warehouse from the + dwelling where he slept, he found waiting for him two men dressed in the + livery of Domitian, who demanded that he would accompany them to the + palace of the prince. + </p> + <p> + “What for?” + </p> + <p> + “To give evidence in a trial,” they said. + </p> + <p> + Then he knew that he had made no mistake, that his rival was caught, and + in the rage of his burning jealousy, such jealousy as only an Eastern can + feel, his heart bounded with joy. Still, as he trudged onward through + streets glittering in the morning sunlight, Caleb’s conscience told him + that not thus should this rival be overcome, that he who went to accuse + the brave Marcus of cowardice was himself a coward, and that from the lie + which he was about to act if not to speak, could spring no fruit of peace + or happiness. But he was mad and blind. He could think only of Miriam—the + woman whom he loved with all his passionate nature and whose life he had + preserved at the risk of his own—fallen at last into the arms of his + rival. He would wrench her thence, yes, even at the price of his own + honour and of her life-long agony, and, if it might be, leave those arms + cold in death, as often already he had striven to do. When Marcus was dead + perhaps she would forgive him. At the least he would occupy his place. She + would be his slave, to whom, notwithstanding all that had been, he would + give the place of wife. Then, after a little while, seeing how good and + tender he was to her, surely she must forget this Roman who had taken her + girlish fancy and learn to love him. + </p> + <p> + Now they were passing the door of the palace. In the outer hall Saturius + met them and motioned to the slaves to stand back. + </p> + <p> + “So you have them,” said Caleb, eagerly. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, or to be exact, one of them. The lady has vanished.” + </p> + <p> + Caleb staggered back a pace. + </p> + <p> + “Vanished! Where?” + </p> + <p> + “I wish that I could tell you. I thought that perhaps you knew. At least + we found Marcus alone in his house, which he was about to leave, + apparently to follow Titus. But come, the court awaits you.” + </p> + <p> + “If she has gone, why should I come?” said Caleb, hanging back. + </p> + <p> + “I really don’t know, but you must. Here, slaves, escort this witness.” + </p> + <p> + Then seeing that it was too late to change his mind, Caleb waved them back + and followed Saturius. Presently they entered an inner hall, lofty, but + not large. At the head of it, clad in the purple robes of his royal house, + sat Domitian in a chair, while to his right and left were narrow tables, + at which were gathered five or six Roman officers, those of Domitian’s own + bodyguard, bare-headed, but arrayed in their mail. Also there were two + scribes with their tablets, a man dressed in a lawyer’s robe, who seemed + to fill the office of prosecutor, and some soldiers on guard. + </p> + <p> + When Caleb entered, Domitian, who, notwithstanding his youthful, ruddy + countenance, looked in a very evil mood, was engaged in talking earnestly + to the lawyer. Glancing up, he saw him and asked: + </p> + <p> + “Is that the Jew who gives evidence, Saturius?” + </p> + <p> + “My lord, it is the man,” answered the chamberlain; “also the other + witness waits without.” + </p> + <p> + “Good. Then bring in the accused.” + </p> + <p> + There was a pause, till presently Caleb heard footsteps behind him and + looked round to see Marcus advancing up the hall with a proud and martial + air. Their eyes met, and for an instant Marcus stopped. + </p> + <p> + “Oh!” he said aloud, “the Jew Caleb. Now I understand.” Then he marched + forward and gave the military salute to the prince. + </p> + <p> + Domitian stared at him with hate in his pale eyes, and said carelessly: + </p> + <p> + “Is this the accused? What is the charge?” + </p> + <p> + “The charge is,” said the lawyer, “that the accused Marcus, a prefect of + horse serving with Titus CÊsar in JudÊa, suffered himself to be taken + prisoner by the Jews when in command of a large body of Roman troops, + contrary to the custom of the army and to the edict issued by Titus CÊsar + at the commencement of the siege of Jerusalem. This edict commanded that + no soldier should be taken alive, and that any soldier who was taken alive + and subsequently rescued, or who made good his escape, should be deemed + worthy of death, or at the least of degradation from his rank and + banishment. My lord Marcus, do you plead guilty to the charge?” + </p> + <p> + “First, I ask,” said Marcus, “what court is this before which I am put + upon my trial? If I am to be tried I demand that it shall be by my + general, Titus.” + </p> + <p> + “Then,” said the prosecutor, “you should have reported yourself to Titus + upon your arrival in Rome. Now he has gone to where he may not be + troubled, leaving the charge of military matters in the hands of his + Imperial brother, the Prince Domitian, who, with these officers, is + therefore your lawful judge.” + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps,” broke in Domitian with bitter malice, “the lord Marcus was too + much occupied with other pursuits on his arrival in Rome to find time to + explain his conduct to the CÊsar Titus.” + </p> + <p> + “I was about to follow him to do so when I was seized,” said Marcus. + </p> + <p> + “Then you put the matter off a little too long. Now you can explain it + here,” answered Domitian. + </p> + <p> + Then the prosecutor took up the tale, saying that it had been ascertained + on inquiry that the accused, accompanied by an old woman, arrived in Rome + upon horseback early on the morning of the Triumph; that he went straight + to his house, which was called “The House Fortunate,” where he lay hid all + day; that in the evening he sent out the old woman and a slave carrying on + their backs a great sum of gold in baskets, with which gold he purchased a + certain fair Jewish captive, known as Pearl-Maiden, at a public auction in + the Forum. This Pearl-Maiden, it would seem, was taken to his house, but + when he was arrested on the morrow neither she nor the old woman were + found there. The accused, he might add, was arrested just as he was about + to leave the house, as he stated, in order to report himself to Titus + CÊsar, who had already departed from Rome. This was the case in brief, and + to prove it he called a certain Jew named Caleb, who was now living in + Rome, having received an amnesty given by the hand of Titus. This Jew was + now a merchant who traded under the name of Demetrius. + </p> + <p> + Then Caleb stood forward and told his tale. In answer to questions that + were put to him, he related how he was in command of a body of the Jews + which fought an action with the Roman troops at a place called the Old + Tower, a few days before the capture of the Temple. In the course of this + action he parleyed with a captain of the Romans, the Prefect Marcus, who + now stood before him, and at the end of the parley challenged him to + single combat. As Marcus refused the encounter and tried to run away, he + struck him on the back with the back of his sword. Thereon a fight ensued + in which he, the witness, had the advantage. Being wounded, the accused + let fall his sword, sank to his knees and asked for mercy. The fray having + now become general he, Caleb, dragged his prisoner into the Old Tower and + returned to the battle. + </p> + <p> + When he went back to the Tower it was to find that the captive had + vanished, leaving in his place a lady who was known to the Romans as + Pearl-Maiden, and who was afterwards taken by them and exposed for sale in + the Forum, where she was purchased by an old woman whom he recognised as + her nurse. He followed the maiden, having bid for her and being curious as + to her destination, to a house in the Via Agrippa, which he afterwards + learned was the palace of the accused Marcus. That was all he knew of the + matter. + </p> + <p> + Then the prosecutor called a soldier, who stated that he had been under + the command of Marcus on the day in question. There he saw the Jew leader, + whom he identified with Caleb, at the conclusion of a parley strike the + accused, Marcus, on the back with the flat of his sword. After this ensued + a fight, in which the Romans were repulsed. At the end of it, he saw their + captain, Marcus, being led away prisoner. His sword had gone and blood was + running from the side of his head. + </p> + <p> + The evidence being concluded, Marcus was asked if he had anything to say + in defence. + </p> + <p> + “Much,” he answered proudly, “when I am given a fair trial. I desire to + call the men of my legion who were with me, none of whom I see here to-day + except that man who has given evidence against me, a rogue whom, I + remember, I caused to be scourged for theft, and dismissed his company. + But they are in Egypt, so how can I summon them? As for the Jew, he is an + old enemy of mine, who was guilty of murder in his youth, and whom once I + overcame in a duel in JudÊa, sparing his life. It is true that when my + back was turned he struck me with his sword, and as I flew at him smote me + a blow upon the head, from the effects of which I became senseless. In + this state I was taken prisoner and lay for weeks sick in a vault, in the + care of some people of the Jews, who nursed me. From them I escaped to + Rome, desiring to report myself to Titus CÊsar, my master. I appeal to + Titus CÊsar.” + </p> + <p> + “He is absent and I represent him,” said Domitian. + </p> + <p> + “Then,” answered Marcus, “I appeal to Vespasian CÊsar, to whom I will tell + all. I am a Roman noble of no mean rank, and I have a right to be tried by + CÊsar, not by a packed court, whose president has a grudge against me for + private matters.” + </p> + <p> + “Insolent!” shouted Domitian. “Your appeal shall be laid before CÊsar, as + it must—that is, if he will hear it. Tell us now, where is that + woman whom you bought in the Forum, for we desire her testimony?” + </p> + <p> + “Prince, I do not know,” answered Marcus. “It is true that she came to my + house, but then and there I gave her freedom and she departed from it with + her nurse, nor can I tell whither she went.” + </p> + <p> + “I thought that you were only a coward, but it seems that you are a liar + as well,” sneered Domitian. Then he consulted with the officers and added, + “We judge the case to be proved against you, and for having disgraced the + Roman arms, when, rather than be taken prisoner, many a meaner man died by + his own hand, you are worthy of whatever punishment it pleases CÊsar to + inflict. Meanwhile, till his pleasure is known, I command that you shall + be confined in the private rooms of the military prison near the Temple of + Mars, and that if you attempt to escape thence you shall be put to death. + You have liberty to draw up your case in writing, that it may be + transmitted to CÊsar, my father, together with a transcript of the + evidence against you.” + </p> + <p> + “Now,” replied Marcus bitterly, “I am tempted to do what you say I should + have done before, die by my own hand, rather than endure such shameful + words and this indignity. But that my honour will not suffer. When CÊsar + has heard my case and when Titus, my general, also gives his verdict + against me, I will die, but not before. You, Prince, and you, Captains, + who have never drawn sword outside the streets of Rome, you call me + coward, me, who have served with honour through five campaigns, who, from + my youth till now have been in arms, and this upon the evidence of a + renegade Jew who, for years, has been my private enemy, and of a soldier + whom I scourged as a thief. Look now upon this breast and say if it is + that of a coward!” and rending his robes asunder, Marcus exposed his + bosom, scarred with four white wounds. “Call my comrades, those with whom + I have fought in Gaul, in Sicily, in Egypt and in JudÊa, and ask them if + Marcus is a coward? Ask that Jew even, to whom I gave his life, whether + Marcus is a coward?” + </p> + <p> + “Have done with your boasting,” said Domitian, “and hide those scratches. + You were taken prisoner by the Jews—it is enough. You have your + prayer, your case shall go to CÊsar. If the tale you tell is true you + would produce that woman who is said to have rescued you from the Jews and + whom you purchased as a slave. When you do this we will take her evidence. + Till then to your prison with you. Guards, remove the man Marcus, called + the Fortunate, once a Prefect of Horse in the army of JudÊa.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0027" id="link2HCH0027"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVII + </h2> + <h3> + THE BISHOP CYRIL + </h3> + <p> + On the morning following the day of the Triumph Julia, the wife of Gallus, + was seated in her bed-chamber looking out at the yellow waters of the + Tiber that ran almost beneath its window. She had risen at dawn and + attended to the affairs of her household, and now retired to rest and + pray. Mingled with the Roman crowd on the yesterday she had seen Miriam, + whom she loved, marching wearily through the streets of Rome. Then, able + to bear no more, she went home, leaving Gallus to follow the last acts of + the drama. About nine o’clock that night he joined her and told her the + story of the sale of Miriam for a vast sum of money, since, standing in + the shadow beyond the light of the torches, he had been a witness of the + scene at the slave-market. Domitian had been outbid, and their + Pearl-Maiden was knocked down to an old woman with a basket on her back + who looked like a witch, after which she vanished with her purchaser. That + was all he knew for certain. Julia thought it little enough, and + reproached her husband for his stupidity in not learning more. Still, + although she seemed to be vexed, at heart she rejoiced. Into whoever’s + hand the maid had fallen, for a while at least she had escaped the vile + Domitian. + </p> + <p> + Now, as she sat and prayed, Gallus being abroad to gather more tidings if + he could, she heard the courtyard door open, but took no notice of it, + thinking that it was but the servant who returned from market. Presently, + however, as she knelt, a shadow fell upon her and Julia looked up to see + Miriam, none other than Miriam, and with her a dark-skinned, aged woman, + whom she did not know. + </p> + <p> + “How come you here?” she gasped. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! mother,” answered the girl in a low and thrilling voice, “mother, by + the mercy of God and by the help of this Nehushta, of whom I have often + told you, and—of another, I am escaped from Domitian, and return to + you free and unharmed.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me that story,” said Julia, “for I do not understand. The thing + sounds incredible.” + </p> + <p> + So Miriam told her tale. When it was done, Julia said: + </p> + <p> + “Heathen though he is, this Marcus must be a noble-hearted man, whom may + Heaven reward.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” answered Miriam with a sigh, “may Heaven reward him, as I wish I + might.” + </p> + <p> + “As you would have done had I not stayed you,” put in Nehushta. Her voice + was severe, but as she spoke something that Julia took to be a smile was + seen for an instant on her grim features. + </p> + <p> + “Well, friend, well,” said Julia, “we have all of us fallen into + temptation from time to time.” + </p> + <p> + “Pardon me, lady,” answered Nehushta, “but speak for yourself. I never + fell into any temptation—from a man. I know too much of men.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, friend,” replied Julia, “return thanks for the good armour of your + wisdom. For my part, I say that, like the lord Marcus, this maid has acted + well, and my prayer is that she also may not lose her reward.” + </p> + <p> + “Mine is,” commented Nehushta, “that Marcus may escape the payment which + he will doubtless receive from the hand of Domitian if he can hunt him + out,” a remark at which the face of Miriam grew very troubled. + </p> + <p> + Just then Gallus returned, and to him the whole history had to be told + anew. + </p> + <p> + “It is wonderful,” he said, “wonderful! I never heard the like of it. Two + people who love each other and who, when their hour comes, separate over + some question of faith, or rather in obedience to a command laid upon one + of them by a lady who died years and years ago. Wonderful—and I hope + wise, though had I been the man concerned I should have taken another + counsel.” + </p> + <p> + “What counsel, husband?” asked Julia. + </p> + <p> + “Well—to get away from Rome with the lady as far as possible, and + without more delay than was necessary. It seems to me that under the + circumstances it would have been best for her to consider her scruples in + another land. You see Domitian is not a Christian any more than Marcus is, + and our maid here does not like Domitian and does like Marcus. No, it is + no good arguing the thing is done, but I think that you Christians might + very well add two new saints to your calendar. And now to breakfast, which + we all need after so much night duty.” + </p> + <p> + So they went and ate, but during that meal Gallus was very silent, as was + his custom when he set his brain to work. Presently he asked: + </p> + <p> + “Tell me, Miriam, did any see you or your companion enter here?” + </p> + <p> + “No, I think not,” she answered, “for as it chanced the door of the + courtyard was ajar and the servant has not yet returned.” + </p> + <p> + “Good,” he said. “When she does return I will meet her and send her out on + a long errand.” + </p> + <p> + “Why?” asked his wife. + </p> + <p> + “Because it is as well that none should know what guests we have till they + are gone again.” + </p> + <p> + “Until they are gone again!” repeated Julia, astonished. “Surely you would + not drive this maid, who has become to us as our daughter, from your + door?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, I would, wife, for that dear maid’s sake,” and he took Miriam’s + little hand in his great palm and pressed it. “Listen now,” he went on, + “Miriam, the Jewish captive, has dwelt in our care these many months, has + she not, as is known to all, is it not? Well, if any one wants to find + her, where will they begin by looking?” + </p> + <p> + “Aye! where?” echoed Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + “Why should any one wish to find her?” asked Julia. “She was bought in the + slave-market for a great price by the lord Marcus, who, of his own will, + has set her at liberty. Now, therefore, she is a free woman whom none can + touch.” + </p> + <p> + “A free woman!” answered Gallus with scorn. “Is any woman free in Rome + upon whom Domitian has set his mind? Surely, you Christians are too + innocent for this world. Peace now, for there is no time to lose. Julia, + do you cloak yourself and go seek that high-priest of yours, Cyril, who + also loves this maid. Tell the tale to him, and say that if he would save + her from great dangers he had best find some secret hiding-place among the + Christians, for her and her companion, until means can be found to ship + them far from Rome. What think you of that plan, my Libyan friend?” + </p> + <p> + “I think that it is good, but not good enough,” answered Nehushta. “I + think that we had best depart with the lady, your wife, this very hour, + for who can tell how soon the dogs will be laid upon our slot?” + </p> + <p> + “And what say you, maid Miriam?” asked Gallus. + </p> + <p> + “I? Oh! I thank you for your thought, and I say—let us hide in any + place you will, even a drain or a stable, if it will save me from + Domitian.” + </p> + <p> + Two hours later, in a humble and densely peopled quarter of the city, such + as in our own day we should call a slum, where folk were employed making + those articles which ministered to the comfort or the luxury of the more + fortunate, a certain master-carpenter known as Septimus was seated at his + mid-day meal in a little chamber above his workshop. His hands were rough + with toil, and the dust of his trade was upon his garments and even + powdered over his long gray beard, so that at first sight it would not + have been easy to recognise in him that Cyril who was a bishop among the + Christians. Yet it was he, one of the foremost of the Faith in Rome. + </p> + <p> + A woman entered the room and spoke with him in a low voice. + </p> + <p> + “The dame Julia, the wife of Gallus, and two others with her?” he said. + “Well, we need fear none whom she brings; lead them hither.” + </p> + <p> + Presently the door opened and Julia appeared, followed by two veiled + figures. He raised his hands to bless her, then checked himself. + </p> + <p> + “Daughter, who are these?” he said. + </p> + <p> + “Declare yourselves,” said Julia, and at her bidding Miriam and Nehushta + unveiled. + </p> + <p> + At the sight of Miriam’s face the bishop started, then turned to study + that of her companion. + </p> + <p> + “Who vouches for this woman?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “I vouch for myself,” answered Nehushta, “seeing that I am a Christian who + received baptism a generation since at the hands of the holy John, and who + stood to pay the price of faith in the arena at CÊsarea.” + </p> + <p> + “Is this so?” asked the bishop of Miriam. + </p> + <p> + “It is so,” she answered. “This Libyan was the servant of my grandmother. + She nursed both my mother and myself, and many a time has saved my life. + Have no fear, she is faithful.” + </p> + <p> + “Your pardon,” said the bishop with a grave smile and addressing Nehushta, + “but you who are old will know that the Christian who entertains strangers + sometimes entertains a devil.” Then he lifted up his hands and blessed + them, greeting them in the name of their Master. + </p> + <p> + “So, maid Miriam,” he said, still smiling, “it would seem that I was no + false prophet, and though you walked in the Triumph and were sold in the + slave-ring—for this much I have heard—still the Angel of the + Lord went with you.” + </p> + <p> + “Father, he went with me,” she answered, “and he leads me here.” + </p> + <p> + Then they told him all the tale, and how Miriam sought a refuge from + Domitian. He looked at her, stroking his long beard. + </p> + <p> + “Is there anything you can do?” he asked. “Anything useful, I mean? But + perhaps that is a foolish question, seeing that women—especially + those who are well-favoured—do not learn a trade.” + </p> + <p> + “I have learnt a trade,” answered Miriam, flushing a little. “Once I was + held of some account as a sculptor; indeed I have heard that your Emperor + Nero decreed divine honours to a bust from my hand.” + </p> + <p> + The bishop laughed outright. “The Emperor Nero! Well, the poor madman has + gone to his own place, so let us say no more of him. But I heard of that + bust; indeed I saw it; it was a likeness of Marcus Fortunatus, was it not, + and in its fashion a great work? But our people do not make such things; + we are artisans, not artists.” + </p> + <p> + “The artisan should be an artist,” said Miriam, setting her mouth. + </p> + <p> + “Perhaps, but as a rule he isn’t. Do you think that you could mould + lamps?” + </p> + <p> + “There is nothing I should like better, that is if I am not forced to copy + one pattern,” she added as an afterthought. + </p> + <p> + “Then,” said the bishop, “I think, daughter, that I can show you how to + earn a living, where none are likely to seek for you.” + </p> + <p> + Not a hundred paces away from the carpenter’s shop where the master + craftsman, Septimus, worked, was another manufactory, in which vases, + basins, lamps, and all such articles were designed, moulded and baked. The + customers who frequented the place, wholesale merchants for the most part, + noted from and after the day of this interview a new workwoman, who, so + far as her rough blouse permitted them to judge, seemed to be young and + pretty, seated in a corner apart, beneath a window by the light of which + she laboured. Later on they observed also, those of them who had any + taste, that among the lamps produced by the factory appeared some of + singular and charming design, so good, indeed, that although the makers + reaped little extra benefit, the middlemen found no difficulty in + disposing of these pieces at a high price. All day long Miriam sat + fashioning them, while old Nehushta, who had learnt something of the task + years ago by Jordan, prepared and tempered the clay and carried the + finished work to the furnace. + </p> + <p> + Now, though none would have guessed it, in this workshop all the labourers + were Christians, and the product of their toil was cast into a common + treasury on the proceeds of which they lived, taking, each of them, such + share as their elders might decree, and giving the surplus to brethren who + had need, or to the sick. Connected with these shops were lodging houses, + mean enough to look at, but clean within. At the top of one of them, up + three flights of narrow stairs, Miriam and Nehushta dwelt in a large attic + that was very hot when the sun shone on the roof, and very cold in the + bitter winds and rains of winter. In other respects, however, the room was + not unpleasant, since being so high there were few smells and little + noise; also the air that blew in at the windows was fresh and odorous of + the open lands beyond the city. + </p> + <p> + So there they dwelt in peace, for none came to search for the costly and + beautiful Pearl-Maiden in those squalid courts, occupied by working folk + of the meaner sort. By day they laboured, and at night they rested, + ministering and ministered to in the community of Christian brotherhood, + and, notwithstanding their fears and anxieties for themselves and another, + were happier than they had been for years. So the weeks went by. + </p> + <p> + Very soon tidings came to them, for these Christians knew of all that + passed in the great city; also, when they met in the catacombs at night, + as was their custom, especially upon the Lord’s Day, Julia gave them news. + From her they learned that they had done wisely to flee her house. Within + three hours of their departure, indeed before Julia had returned there, + officers arrived to inquire whether they had seen anything of the Jewish + captive named Pearl-Maiden, who had been sold in the Forum on the previous + night, and, as they said, escaped from her purchaser, on whose behalf they + searched. Gallus received them, and, not being a Christian, lied boldly, + vowing that he had seen nothing of the girl since he gave her over into + the charge of the servants of CÊsar upon the morning of the Triumph. So + suspecting no guile they departed and troubled his household no more. + </p> + <p> + From the palace of Domitian Marcus was taken to his prison near the Temple + of Mars. Here, because of his wealth and rank, because also he made appeal + to CÊsar and was therefore as yet uncondemned of any crime, he found + himself well treated. Two good rooms were given him to live in, and his + own steward, Stephanus, was allowed to attend him and provide him with + food and all he needed. Also upon giving his word that he would attempt no + escape, he was allowed to walk in the gardens between the prison and the + Temple, and to receive his friends at any hour of the day. His first + visitor was the chamberlain, Saturius, who began by condoling with him + over his misfortune and most undeserved position. Marcus cut him short. + </p> + <p> + “Why am I here?” he asked. + </p> + <p> + “Because, most noble Marcus, you have been so unlucky as to incur the + displeasure of a very powerful man.” + </p> + <p> + “Why does Domitian persecute me?” he asked again. + </p> + <p> + “How innocent are you soldiers!” said the chamberlain. “I will answer your + question by another. Why do you buy beautiful captives upon whom royalty + chances to have set its heart?” + </p> + <p> + Marcus thought a moment, then said, “Is there any way out of this + trouble?” + </p> + <p> + “My lord Marcus, I came to show you one. Nobody really believes that you + of all men failed in your duty out there in Jerusalem. Why, the thing is + absurd, as even those carpet-captains before whom you were tried knew + well. Still, your position is most awkward. There is evidence against you—of + a sort. Vespasian will not interfere, for he is aware that this is some + private matter of Domitian’s, and having had one quarrel with his son over + the captive, Pearl-Maiden, he does not wish for another over the man who + bought her. No, he will say—this prefect was one of the friends and + officers of Titus, let Titus settle the affair as it may please him when + he returns.” + </p> + <p> + “At least Titus will do me justice,” said Marcus. + </p> + <p> + “Yes, without doubt, but what will that justice be? Titus issued an edict. + Have you ever known him to go back upon his edicts, even to save a friend? + Titus declared throughout his own camps those Romans who were taken + prisoner by the Jews to be worthy of death or disgrace, and two of them, + common men and cowards, have been publicly disgraced in the eyes of Rome. + You were taken prisoner by the Jews and have returned alive, unfortunately + for yourself, to incur the dislike of Domitian, who has raked up a matter + that otherwise never would have been mooted.” + </p> + <p> + “Now,” he says to Titus—“Show justice and no favour, as you showed + in the case of the captive Pearl-Maiden, whom you refused to the prayer of + your only brother, saying that she must be sold according to your decree. + Even if he loves you dearly, as I believe he does, what, my lord Marcus, + can Titus answer to that argument, especially as he also seeks no further + quarrel with Domitian?” + </p> + <p> + “You said you came to show me a way to safety—yet you tell me that + my feet are set in the path of disgrace and death. Must this way of yours, + then, be paved with gold?” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Saturius drily, “with pearls. Oh! I will be plain. Give up + that necklace—and its wearer. What do you answer?” + </p> + <p> + Now Marcus understood, and a saying that he heard on the lips of Miriam + arose in his mind, though he knew not whence it came. + </p> + <p> + “I answer,” he said with set face and flashing eyes, “that I will not cast + pearls before swine.” + </p> + <p> + “A pretty message from a prisoner to his judge,” replied the chamberlain + with a curious smile. “But have no fear, noble Marcus, it shall not be + delivered. I am not paid to tell my royal master the truth. Think again.” + </p> + <p> + “I have thought,” answered Marcus. “I do not know where the maiden is and + therefore cannot deliver her to Domitian, nor would I if I could. Rather + will I be disgraced and perish.” + </p> + <p> + “I suppose,” mused Saturius, “that this is what they call true love, and + to speak plainly,” he added with a burst of candour, “I find it admirable + and worthy of a noble Roman. My lord Marcus, my mission has failed, yet I + pray that the Fates may order your deliverance from your enemies, and, in + reward for these persecutions, bring back to you unharmed that maiden whom + you desire, but whom I go to seek. Farewell.” + </p> + <p> + Two days later Stephanus, the steward of Marcus who waited upon him in his + prison, announced that a man who said his name was Septimus wished speech + with him, but would say nothing of his business. + </p> + <p> + “Admit him,” said Marcus, “for I grow weary of my own company,” and + letting his head fall upon his hand he stared through the bars of his + prison window. + </p> + <p> + Presently he heard a sound behind him, and looked round to see an old man + clad in the robe of a master-workman, whose pure and noble face seemed in + a strange contrast to his rough garments and toil-scarred hands. + </p> + <p> + “Be seated and tell me your business,” said Marcus courteously, and with a + bow his visitor obeyed. + </p> + <p> + “My business, my lord Marcus,” he said in an educated and refined voice, + “is to minister to those who are in trouble.” + </p> + <p> + “Then, sir, your feet have led you aright,” answered Marcus with a sad + laugh, “for this is the house of trouble and you see I am its inhabitant.” + </p> + <p> + “I know, and I know the cause.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus looked at him curiously. “Are you a Christian, sir?” he asked. + “Nay, do not fear to answer; I have friends who are Christians,” and he + sighed, “nor could I harm you if I would, who wish to harm none, least of + all a Christian.” + </p> + <p> + “My lord Marcus, I fear hurt at no man’s hand; also the days of Nero have + gone by and Vespasian reigns, who molests us not. I am Cyril, a bishop of + the Christians in Rome, and if you will hear me I am come to preach to you + my faith, which, I trust, may yet be yours.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus stared at the man; it was to him a matter of amazement that this + priest should take so much trouble for a stranger. Then a thought struck + him and he asked: + </p> + <p> + “What fee do you charge for these lessons in a new religion?” + </p> + <p> + The bishop’s pale face flushed. + </p> + <p> + “Sir,” he answered, “if you wish to reject my message, do it without + insult. I do not sell the grace of God for lucre.” + </p> + <p> + Again Marcus was impressed. + </p> + <p> + “Your pardon,” he said, “yet I have known priests take money, though it is + true they were never of your faith. Who told you about me?” + </p> + <p> + “One, my lord Marcus, to whom you have behaved well,” answered Cyril + gravely. + </p> + <p> + Marcus sprang from his seat. + </p> + <p> + “Do you mean—do you mean—?” he began and paused, looking round + him fearfully. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” replied the bishop in a whisper, “I mean Miriam. Fear not, she and + her companions are in my charge, and for the present, safe. Seek to know + no more, lest perchance their secret should be wrung from you. I and her + brethren in the Lord will protect her to the last.” + </p> + <p> + Marcus began to pour out his thanks. + </p> + <p> + “Thank me not,” interrupted Cyril, “for what is at once my duty and my + joy.” + </p> + <p> + “Friend Cyril,” said Marcus, “the maid is in great danger. I have just + learned that Domitian’s spies hunt through Rome to find her, who, when she + is found, will be spirited to his palace and a fate that you can guess. + She must escape from Rome. Let her fly to Tyre, where she has friends and + property. There, if she lies hid a while, she will be molested by none.” + </p> + <p> + The bishop shook his head. + </p> + <p> + “I have thought of it,” he said, “but it is scarcely possible. The + officers at every port have orders to search all ships that sail with + passengers, and detain any woman on them who answers to the description of + her who was called Pearl-Maiden. This I know for certain, for I also have + my officers, more faithful perhaps than those of CÊsar,” and he smiled. + </p> + <p> + “Is there then no means to get her out of Rome and across the sea?” + </p> + <p> + “I can think of only one, which would cost more money than we poor + Christians can command. It is that a ship be bought in the name of some + merchant and manned with sailors who can be trusted, such as I know how to + find. Then she could be taken aboard at night, for on such a vessel there + would be no right of search nor any to betray.” + </p> + <p> + “Find the ship and trusty men and I will find the money,” said Marcus, + “for I still have gold at hand and the means of raising more.” + </p> + <p> + “I will make inquiries,” answered Cyril, “and speak with you further on + the matter. Indeed it is not necessary that you should give this money, + since such a ship and her cargo, if she comes there safely, should sell at + a great profit in the Eastern ports. Meanwhile have no fear; in the + protection of God and her brethren the maid is safe.” + </p> + <p> + “I hope so,” said Marcus devoutly. “Now, if you have the time to spare, + tell me of this God of whom you Christians speak so much but who seems so + far away from man.” + </p> + <p> + “But who, in the words of the great apostle, my master, in truth is not + far from any one of us,” answered Cyril. “Now hearken, and may your heart + be opened.” + </p> + <p> + Then he began his labour of conversion, reasoning till the sun sank and it + was time for the prison gates to close. + </p> + <p> + “Come to me again,” said Marcus as they parted, “I would hear more.” + </p> + <p> + “Of Miriam or of my message?” asked Cyril with a smile. + </p> + <p> + “Of both,” answered Marcus. + </p> + <p> + Four days went by before Cyril returned. They were heavy days for Marcus, + since on the morrow of the bishop’s visit he had learned that as Saturius + had foretold, Vespasian refused to consider his case, saying that it must + abide the decision of Titus when he came back to Rome. Meanwhile, he + commanded that the accused officer should remain in prison, but that no + judgment should issue against him. Here, then, Marcus was doomed to lie, + fretting out his heart like a lion in a cage. + </p> + <p> + From Cyril Marcus learned that Miriam was well and sent him her greetings, + since she dared neither visit him nor write. The bishop told him also that + he had found a certain Grecian mariner, Hector by name, a Roman citizen, + who was a Christian and faithful. This man desired to sail for the coasts + of Syria and was competent to steer a vessel thither. Also he thought that + he could collect a crew of Christians and Jews who might be trusted. + Lastly, he knew of several small galleys that were for sale, one of which, + named the <i>Luna</i>, was a very good ship and almost new. Cyril told + him, moreover, that he had seen Gallus and his wife Julia, and that these + good people, having no more ties in Rome, partly because they desired to + leave the city, and partly for love of Miriam, though more the second + reason than the first, were willing to sell their house and goods and to + sail with her to Syria. + </p> + <p> + Marcus asked how much money would be needed, and when Cyril named the sum, + sent for Stephanus and commanded him to raise it and to pay it over to the + craftsman Septimus, taking his receipt in discharge. This Septimus + promised to do readily enough by a certain day, believing that the gold + was needed for his master’s ransom. Then having settled all as well as + might be, Cyril took up his tale and preached to Marcus of the Saviour of + the world with great earnestness and power. + </p> + <p> + Thus the days went on, and twice or thrice in every week Cyril visited + Marcus, giving him tidings and instructing him in the Faith. Now the ship + <i>Luna</i> was bought and the most of her crew hired; also a cargo of + such goods as would be salable in Syria was being laid into her hold at + Ostia, the Greek, Hector, giving it out that this was a private venture of + his own and some other merchants. As the man was well known for a bold + trader who had bought and sold in many lands his tale caused neither + wonder nor suspicion, none knowing that the capital was furnished by the + steward of the prisoner Marcus through him who passed as the master + craftsman and contractor Septimus. Indeed, until the after days Miriam did + not know this herself, for it was kept from her by the special command of + Marcus, and if Nehushta guessed the truth she held her tongue. + </p> + <p> + Two full months had gone by. Marcus still languished in prison, for Titus + had not yet returned to Rome, but as he learned from Cyril, Domitian + wearied somewhat of his fruitless search for Miriam, although he still + vowed vengeance against the rival who had robbed him. The ship <i>Luna</i> + was laden and ready for sea; indeed, if the wind and weather were + favourable, she was to sail within a week. Gallus and Julia, having wound + up their affairs, had removed to Ostia, whither Miriam was to be brought + secretly on the night of the sailing of the <i>Luna</i>. Marcus was now at + heart a Christian, but as yet had refused to accept baptism. Thus matters + stood when Cyril visited the prison bringing with him Miriam’s farewell + message to her lover. It was very short. + </p> + <p> + “Tell Marcus,” she said, “that I go because he bids me, and that I know + not whether we shall meet again. Say that perhaps it is best that we + should not meet, since for reasons which he knows, even if he should still + wish it, we may not marry. Say that in life or death I am his, and his + only, and that until my last hour my thought and prayer will be for him. + May he be delivered from all those troubles which, as I fear, I have + brought upon him, through no will of mine. May he forgive me for them and + let my love and gratitude make some amends for all that I have done + amiss.” + </p> + <p> + To this Marcus answered: “Tell Miriam that from my heart I thank her for + her message, and that my desire is that she should be gone from Rome so + soon as may be, since here danger dogs her steps. Tell her that although + it is true that mine has brought me shame and sorrow, still I give her + love for love, and that if I come living from my prison I will follow her + to Tyre and speak further of these matters. If I die, I pray that good + fortune may attend her and that from time to time she will make the + offering of an hour’s thought to the spirit which once was Marcus.” + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0028" id="link2HCH0028"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXVIII + </h2> + <h3> + THE LAMP + </h3> + <p> + If Domitian at length slackened in his fruitless search for Miriam, Caleb, + whose whole heart was in the hunt, proved more diligent. Still, he could + find no trace of her. At first he made sure that if she was in Rome she + would return to visit her friends and protectors, Gallus and his wife, and + in the hope of thus discovering her, Caleb caused a constant watch to be + kept on their abode. But Miriam never came there, nor, although their + footsteps were dogged from day to day, did they lead him to her, since in + truth Julia and Miriam met only in the catacombs, where he and his spies + dared not venture. Soon, however, Gallus discovered that his home was kept + under observation and its inmates tracked from place to place. It was this + knowledge indeed which, more than any other circumstance, brought him to + make up his mind to depart from Rome and dwell in Syria, since he said + that he would no longer live in a city where night by night he and his + were hunted like jackals. But when he left for Ostia, to wait there till + the ship <i>Luna</i> was ready, Caleb followed him, and in that small town + soon found out all his plans, learning that he meant to sail with his wife + in the vessel. Then, as he could hear nothing of Miriam, he returned to + Rome. + </p> + <p> + After all it was by chance that he discovered her and not through his own + cleverness. Needing a lamp for his chamber he entered a shop where such + things were sold, and examined those that the merchant offered to him. + Presently he perceived one of the strange design of two palms with + intertwining trunks and feathery heads nodding apart, having a lamp + hanging by a little chain from the topmost frond of each of them. The + shape of the trees struck him as familiar, and he let his eye run down + their stems until it reached the base, which, to support so tall a piece, + was large. Yes, the palms grew upon a little bank, and there beneath the + water rippled, while between bank and water was a long, smooth stone, + pointed at one end. Then in a flash Caleb recognised the place, as well he + might, seeing that on many and many an evening had he and Miriam sat side + by side upon that stone, angling for fish in the muddy stream of Jordan. + There was no doubt about it, and, look! half hidden in the shadow of the + stone lay a great fish, the biggest that ever he had caught—he could + swear to it, for its back fin was split. + </p> + <p> + A mist came before Caleb’s eyes and in it across the years he saw himself + a boy again. There he stood, his rod of reed bent double and the thin line + strained almost to breaking, while on the waters of Jordan a great fish + splashed and rolled. + </p> + <p> + “I cannot pull him in,” he cried. “The line will never bear it and the + bank is steep. Oh! Miriam, we shall lose him!” + </p> + <p> + Then there was a splash, and, behold! the girl at his side had sprung into + the swiftly running river. Though its waters, reaching to her neck, washed + her down the stream, she hugged to her young breast that great, slippery + fish, yes, and gripped its back fin between her teeth, till with the aid + of his reed rod he drew them both to land. + </p> + <p> + “I will buy that lamp,” said Caleb presently. “The design pleases me. What + artist made it?” + </p> + <p> + The merchant shrugged his shoulders. + </p> + <p> + “Sir, I do not know,” he answered. “These goods are supplied to us with + many others, such as joinery and carving, by one Septimus, who is a + contractor and, they say, a head priest among the Christians, employing + many hands at his shops in the poor streets yonder. One or more of them + must be designers of taste, since of late we have received from him some + lamps of great beauty.” + </p> + <p> + Then the man was called away to attend to another customer and Caleb paid + for his lamp. + </p> + <p> + That evening at dusk Caleb, bearing the lamp in his hand, found his way to + the workshop of Septimus, only to discover that the part of the factory + where lamps were moulded was already closed. A girl who had just shut the + door, seeing him stand perplexed before it, asked civilly if she could + help him. + </p> + <p> + “Maiden,” he answered, “I am in trouble who wish to find her who moulded + this lamp, so that I may order others, but am told that she has left her + work for the day.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said the maiden, looking at the lamp, which evidently she + recognised. “It is pretty, is it not? Well, cannot you return to-morrow?” + </p> + <p> + “Alas! no, I expect to be leaving Rome for a while, so I fear that I must + go elsewhere.” + </p> + <p> + The girl reflected to herself that it would be a pity if the order were + lost, and with it the commission which she might divide with the maker of + the lamp. “It is against the rules, but I will show you where she lives,” + she said, “and if she is there, which is probable, for I have never seen + her or her companion go out at night, you can tell her your wishes.” + </p> + <p> + Caleb thanked the girl and followed her through sundry tortuous lanes to a + court surrounded by old houses. + </p> + <p> + “If you go in there,” she said, pointing to a certain doorway, “and climb + to the top of the stairs, I forget whether there are three or four + flights, you will find the makers of the lamp in the roof-rooms—oh! + sir, I thank you, but I expected nothing. Good-night.” + </p> + <p> + At length Caleb stood at the head of the stairs, which were both steep, + narrow, and in the dark hard to climb. Before him, at the end of a rickety + landing, a small ill-fitting door stood ajar. There was light within the + room beyond, and from it came a sound of voices. Caleb crept up to the + door and listened, for as the floor below was untenanted he knew that none + could see him. Bending down he looked through the space between the door + and its framework and his heart stood still. There, standing full in the + lamplight, clothed in a pure white robe, for her rough working dress lay + upon a stool beside her, was Miriam herself, her elbow leaning on the + curtained window-place. She was talking to Nehushta, who, her back bent + almost double over a little charcoal fire, was engaged in cooking their + supper. + </p> + <p> + “Think,” she was saying, “only think, Nou, our last night in this hateful + city, and then, instead of that stifling workshop and the terror of + Domitian, the open sea and the fresh salt wind and nobody to fear but God. + <i>Luna!</i> Is it not a beautiful name for a ship? I can see her, all + silver——” + </p> + <p> + “Peace,” said Nehushta. “Are you mad, girl, to talk so loud? I though I + heard a sound upon the stairs just now.” + </p> + <p> + “It is only the rats,” answered Miriam cheerfully, “no one ever comes up + here. I tell you that were it not for Marcus I could weep with joy.” + </p> + <p> + Caleb crept back to the head of the stairs and down several steps, which + he began to re-ascend noisily, grumbling at their gloom and steepness. + Then, before the women even had time to shut the door, he thrust it wide + and walked straight into the room. + </p> + <p> + “Your pardon,” he began, then added quietly, “Why, Miriam, when we parted + on the gate Nicanor, who could have foretold that we should live to meet + again here in a Roman attic? And you, Nehushta. Why, we were separated in + the fray outside the Temple walls, though, indeed, I think that I saw you + in a strange place some months ago, namely, the slave-ring on the Forum.” + </p> + <p> + “Caleb,” asked Miriam in a hollow voice, “what is your business here?” + </p> + <p> + “Well, Miriam, it began with a desire for a replica of this lamp, which + reminds me of a spot familiar to my childhood. Do you remember it? Now + that I have found who is the lamp’s maker——” + </p> + <p> + “Cease fooling,” broke in Nehushta. “Bird of ill-omen, you have come to + drag your prey back to the shame and ruin which she has escaped.” + </p> + <p> + “I was not always called thus,” answered Caleb, flushing, “when I rescued + you from the house at Tyre for instance, or when I risked my life, Miriam, + to throw you food upon the gate Nicanor. Nay, I come to save you from + Domitian——” + </p> + <p> + “And to take her for yourself,” answered Nehushta. “Oh! we Christians also + have eyes to see and ears to hear, and, black-hearted traitor that you + are, we know all your shame. We know of your bargain with the chamberlain + of Domitian, by which the body of the slave was to be the price of the + life of her buyer. We know how you swore away the honour of your rival, + Marcus, with false testimony, and how from week to week you have quartered + Rome as a vulture quarters the sky till at length you have smelt out the + quarry. Well, she is helpless, but One is strong, and may His vengeance + fall upon your life and soul.” + </p> + <p> + Suddenly Nehushta’s voice, that had risen to a scream, died away, and she + stood before him threatening him with her bony fists, and searching his + face with her burning eyes, a vengeance incarnate. + </p> + <p> + “Peace, woman, peace,” said Caleb, shrinking back before her. “Spare your + reproaches; if I have sinned much it is because I have loved more——” + </p> + <p> + “And hate most of all,” added Nehushta. + </p> + <p> + “Oh! Caleb,” broke in Miriam, “if as you say you love me, why should you + deal thus with me? You know well that I do not love you after this sort, + no, and never can, and even if you keep me from Domitian, who does but + make a tool of you, what would it advantage you to take a woman who leaves + her heart elsewhere? Also I may never marry you for that same reason that + I may not marry Marcus, because my faith is and must remain apart from + yours. Would you make a base slave of your old playmate, Caleb? Would you + bring her to the level of a dancing-girl? Oh! let me go in peace.” + </p> + <p> + “Upon the ship <i>Luna</i>,” said Caleb sullenly. + </p> + <p> + Miriam gasped! So he knew their plans. + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” she replied desperately, “upon the ship <i>Luna</i>, to find such a + fate as Heaven may give me; at least to be at peace and free. For your + soul’s sake, Caleb, let me go. Once years ago you swore that you would not + force yourself upon me against my will. Will you break that oath to-day?” + </p> + <p> + “I swore also, Miriam, that it should go ill with any man who came between + you and me. Shall I break that oath to-day? Give yourself to me of your + own will and save Marcus. Refuse and I will bring him to his death. Choose + now between me and your lover’s life.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you a coward that you should lay such a choice upon me, Caleb?” + </p> + <p> + “Call me what you will. Choose.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam clasped her hands and for a moment stood looking upwards. Then a + light of purpose grew upon her face and she answered: + </p> + <p> + “Caleb, I have chosen. Do your worst. The fate of Marcus is not in my + hands, or your hands, but in the hands of God; nor, unless He wills it, + can one hair of his head be harmed by you or by Domitian. For is it not + written in the book of your own Law that ‘the King’s heart is in the hand + of the Lord, he turneth it whithersoever he will.’ But my honour is my + own, and to stain it would be a sin for which I alone must answer to + Heaven and to Marcus, dead or living—Marcus, who would curse and + spit upon me did I attempt to buy his safety at such a price.” + </p> + <p> + “Is that your last word, Miriam?” + </p> + <p> + “It is. If it pleases you by false witness and by murder to destroy the + man who once spared you, then if such a thing be suffered, have your will + and reap its fruits. I make no bargain with you, for myself or for him—do + your worst to both of us.” + </p> + <p> + “So be it,” said Caleb with a bitter laugh, “but I think that the ship <i>Luna</i> + will lack her fairest passenger.” + </p> + <p> + Miriam sank down upon a seat and covered her face with her hands, a + piteous sight in her misery and the terror which, notwithstanding her bold + words, she could not conceal. Caleb walked to the door and paused there, + while the white-haired Nehushta stood by the brazier of charcoal and + watched them both with her fierce eyes. Presently Caleb glanced round at + Miriam crouched by the window and a strange new look came into his face. + </p> + <p> + “I cannot do it,” he said slowly, each word falling heavily from his lips + like single rain-drops from a cloud, or the slow blood from a mortal + wound. + </p> + <p> + Miriam let her hands slip from her face and stared at him. + </p> + <p> + “Miriam,” he said, “you are right; I have sinned against you and this man + Marcus. Now I will expiate my sin. Your secret is safe with me, and since + you hate me I will never see you more. Miriam, we look upon each other for + the last time. Further, if I can, I will work for the deliverance of + Marcus and help him to join you in Tyre, whither the <i>Luna</i> is bound—is + she not? Farewell?” + </p> + <p> + Once again he turned to go, but it would seem that his eyes were blinded, + or his brain was dulled by the agony that worked within. At least Caleb + caught his foot in the ancient uneven boards, stumbled, and fell heavily + upon his face. Instantly, with a low hiss of hate and a spring like that + of a cat, Nehushta was upon him. Thrusting her knees upon his back she + seized the nape of his neck with her left hand and with her right drew a + dagger from her bosom. + </p> + <p> + “Forbear!” said Miriam. “Touch him with that knife and we part forever. + Nay, I mean it. I myself will hand you to the officer, even if he hales me + to Domitian.” + </p> + <p> + Then Nehushta rose to her feet. + </p> + <p> + “Fool!” she said, “fool, to trust to that man of double moods, whose mercy + to-night will be vengeance to-morrow. Oh! you are undone! Alas! you are + undone!” + </p> + <p> + Regaining his feet Caleb looked at her contemptuously. + </p> + <p> + “Had you stabbed she might have been undone indeed,” he said. “Now, as of + old, there is little wisdom in that gray head of yours, Nehushta; nor can + your hate suffer you to understand the intermingled good and evil of my + heart.” Then he advanced to Miriam, lifted her hand and kissed it. With a + sudden movement she proffered him her brow. + </p> + <p> + “Nay,” he said, “tempt me not, it is not for me. Farewell.” + </p> + <p> + Another instant and he was gone. + </p> + <p> + It would seem that Caleb kept his word, for three days later the vessel <i>Luna</i> + sailed unmolested from the port of Ostia in the charge of the Greek + captain Hector, having on board Miriam, Nehushta, Julia, and Gallus. + </p> + <p> + Within a week of this sailing Titus at length returned to Rome. Here in + due course the case of Marcus was brought before him by the prisoner’s + friends, together with a demand that he should be granted a new and open + trial for the clearing of his honour. Titus, who for his own reasons + refused to see Marcus, listened patiently, then gave his decision. + </p> + <p> + He rejoiced, he said, to learn that his close friend and trusted officer + was still alive, since he had long mourned him as dead. He grieved that in + his absence he should have been put upon his trial on the charge of having + been taken captive, living, by the Jews, which, if Marcus upon his arrival + in Rome had at once reported himself to him, would not have happened. He + dismissed all accusations against his military honour and courage as mere + idle talk, since he had a hundred times proved him to be the bravest of + men, and knew, moreover, something of the circumstances under which he was + captured. But, however willing he might be to do so, he was unable for + public reasons to disregard the fact that he had been duly convicted by a + court-martial, under the Prince Domitian, of having broken the command of + his general and suffered himself to be taken prisoner alive. To do so + would be to proclaim himself, Titus, unjust, who had caused others to + suffer for this same offence, and to offer insult to the prince, his + brother, who in the exercise of his discretion as commander in his + absence, had thought fit to order the trial. Still, his punishment should + be of the lightest possible. He commanded that on leaving his prison + Marcus should go straight to his own house by night, so that there might + be no public talk or demonstration among his friends, and there make such + arrangement of his affairs as seemed good to him. Further, he commanded + that within ten days he should leave Italy, to dwell or travel abroad for + a period of three years, unless the time should be shortened by some + special decree. After the lapse of these three years he would be free to + return to Rome. This was his judgment and it could not be altered. + </p> + <p> + As it chanced, it was the chamberlain Saturius who first communicated the + Imperial decree to Marcus. Hurrying straight from the palace to the prison + he was admitted into the prisoner’s chamber. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said Marcus, looking up, “what evil tidings have you now?” + </p> + <p> + “None, none,” answered Saturius. “I have very good tidings, and that is + why I run so fast. You are only banished for three years, thanks to my + secret efforts,” and he smiled craftily. “Even your property is left to + you, a fact which will, I trust, enable you to reward your friends for + their labours on your behalf.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me all,” and the rogue obeyed, while Marcus listened with a face of + stone. + </p> + <p> + “Why did Titus decide thus?” he asked when it was finished. “Speak + frankly, man, if you wish for a reward.” + </p> + <p> + “Because, noble Marcus, Domitian had been with him beforehand and told him + that if he reversed his public judgment it would be a cause of open + quarrel between them. This, CÊsar, who fears his brother, does not seek. + That is why he would not see you, lest his love for his friend should + overcome his reason.” + </p> + <p> + “So the prince is still my enemy?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, and more bitter than before, since he cannot find the Pearl-Maiden, + and is sure that you have spirited her away. Be advised by me and leave + Rome quickly, lest worse things befall you.” + </p> + <p> + “Aye,” said Marcus, “I will leave Rome quickly, for how shall I abide here + who have lost my honour. Yet first it may please your master to know that + by now the lady whom he seeks is far across the sea. Now get you gone, you + fox, for I desire to be alone.” + </p> + <p> + The face of Saturius became evil. + </p> + <p> + “Is that all you have to say?” he asked. “Am I to win no reward?” + </p> + <p> + “If you stay longer,” said Marcus, “you will win one which you do not + desire.” + </p> + <p> + Then Saturius went, but without the door he turned and shook his fist + towards the chamber he had left. + </p> + <p> + “Fox,” he muttered. “He called me fox and gave me nothing. Well, foxes may + find some pickings on his bones.” + </p> + <p> + The chamberlain’s road to the palace ran past the place of business of the + merchant Demetrius. He stopped and looked at it. “Perhaps this one will be + more liberal,” he said to himself, and entered. + </p> + <p> + In his private office he found Caleb alone, his face buried in his hands. + Seating himself he plunged into his tale, ending it with an apology to + Caleb for the lightness of the sentence inflicted upon Marcus. + </p> + <p> + “Titus would do no more,” he said; “indeed, were it not for the fear of + Domitian, he could have not have been brought to do so much, for he loves + the man, who has been a prefect of his bodyguard, and was deeply grieved + that he must disgrace him. Still, disgraced he is, aye, and he feels it; + therefore I trust that you, most generous Demetrius, who hate him, will + remember the service of your servant in this matter.” + </p> + <p> + “Yes,” said Caleb quietly, “fear not, you shall be well paid, for you have + done your best.” + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, friend,” answered Saturius, rubbing his hands, “and, after + all, things may be better than they seem. That insolent fool let out just + now that the girl about whom there is all this bother has been smuggled + away somewhere across the seas. When Domitian learns that he will be so + mad with anger that he may be worked up to take a little vengeance of his + own upon the person of the noble Marcus, who has thus contrived to trick + him. Also Marcus shall not get the Pearl-Maiden, for the prince will cause + her to be followed and brought back—to you, worthy Demetrius.” + </p> + <p> + “Then,” answered Caleb, slowly, “he must seek for her, not across the sea, + but in its depths.” + </p> + <p> + “What do you mean?” + </p> + <p> + “I mean that I have tidings that Pearl-Maiden escaped in the ship <i>Luna</i> + hard upon a month ago. This morning the captain and some mariners of the + galley <i>Imperatrix</i> arrived in Rome. They report that they met a + great gale off Rhegium, and towards the end of it saw a vessel sink. + Afterwards they picked up a sailor clinging to a piece of wood, who told + them that the ship’s name was <i>Luna</i> and that she foundered with all + hands.” + </p> + <p> + “Have you seen this sailor?” + </p> + <p> + “No; he died of exhaustion soon after he was rescued; but I have seen the + men of the galley, who brought me note of certain goods consigned to me in + her hold. They repeated this story to me with their own lips.” + </p> + <p> + “So, after all, she whom so many sought was destined to the arms of + Neptune, as became a pearl,” reflected Saturius. “Well, well, as Domitian + cannot be revenged upon Neptune he will be the more wroth with the man who + sent her to that god. Now I go to tell him all these tidings and learn his + mind.” + </p> + <p> + “You will return and acquaint me with it, will you not?” asked Caleb, + looking up. + </p> + <p> + “Certainly, and at once. Our account is not yet balanced, most generous + Demetrius.” + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Caleb, “our accounts are not yet balanced.” + </p> + <p> + Two hours later the chamberlain reappeared in the office. + </p> + <p> + “Well,” said Caleb, “how does it go?” + </p> + <p> + “Ill, very ill for Marcus, and well, very well for those who hate him, as + you and I do, friend. Oh! never have I seen my Imperial master so enraged. + Indeed, when he learned that Pearl-Maiden had escaped and was drowned, so + that he could have no hope of her this side the Styx, it was almost + dangerous to be near to him. He cursed Titus for the lightness of his + sentence; he cursed you; he cursed <i>me</i>. But I turned his wrath into + the right channel. I showed him that for all these ills Marcus, and Marcus + alone, is to blame, Marcus who is to pay the price of them with a three + years’ pleasant banishment from Rome, which doubtless, will be remitted + presently. I tell you that Domitian wept and gnashed his teeth at the + thought of it, until I showed him a better plan—knowing that it + would please you, friend Demetrius.” + </p> + <p> + “What plan?” + </p> + <p> + Saturius rose, and having looked round to see that the door was fastened, + came and whispered into Caleb’s ear. + </p> + <p> + “Look you, after sunset to-night, that is within two hours, Marcus is to + be put out of his prison and conducted to the side door of his own house, + that beneath the archway, where he is ordered to remain until he leaves + Rome. In this house is no one except an old man, the steward Stephanus, + and a slave woman. Well, before he gets there, certain trusty fellows, + such as Domitian knows how to lay his hands upon, will have entered the + house, and having secured the steward and the woman, will await the coming + of Marcus beneath the archway. You can guess the rest. Is it not well + conceived?” + </p> + <p> + “Very well,” answered Caleb. “But may there not be suspicion?” + </p> + <p> + “None, none. Who would dare to suspect Domitian? A private crime, + doubtless! The rich have so many enemies.” + </p> + <p> + What Saturius did not add was that nobody would suspect Domitian because + the masked bravoes were instructed to inform the steward and the slave + when they had bound and gagged them, that they were hired to do the deed + of blood by a certain merchant named Demetrius, otherwise Caleb the Jew, + who had an ancient quarrel against Marcus, which, already, he had tried to + satisfy by giving false evidence before the court-martial. + </p> + <p> + “Now,” went on Saturius, “I must be going, for there are one or two little + things which need attention, and time presses. Shall we balance that + account, friend Demetrius?” + </p> + <p> + “Certainly,” said Caleb, and taking a roll of gold from a drawer he pushed + it across the table. + </p> + <p> + Saturius shook his head sadly. “I laid it at twice as much,” he said. + “Think how you hate him and how richly your hate will be fed. First + disgraced unjustly, he, one of the best soldiers and bravest captains in + the army, and then hacked to death by cutthroats in the doorway of his own + house. What more could you want?” + </p> + <p> + “Nothing,” answered Caleb. “Only the man isn’t dead yet. Sometimes the + Fates have strange surprises for us mortals, friend Saturius.” + </p> + <p> + “Dead? He will be dead soon enough.” + </p> + <p> + “Good. You shall have the rest of the money when I have seen his body. No, + I don’t want any bungling and that’s the best way to make certain.” + </p> + <p> + “I wonder,” thought Saturius, as he departed out of the office and this + history, “I wonder how I shall manage to get the balance of my fee before + they have my Jewish friend by the heels. But it can be arranged—doubtless + it can be arranged.” + </p> + <p> + When he had gone, Caleb, who, it would seem, also had things which needed + attention and felt that time pressed, took pen and wrote a short letter. + Next he summoned a clerk and gave orders that it was to be delivered two + hours after sunset—not before. + </p> + <p> + Meanwhile, he enclosed it in an outer wrapping so that the address was not + seen. This done, he sat still for a time, his lips moving, almost as + though he were engaged in prayer. Then, seeing that it was the hour of + sunset, he rose, wrapped himself in a long dark cloak, such as was worn by + Roman officers, and went out. + </p> + <p> + <a name="link2HCH0029" id="link2HCH0029"> + <!-- H2 anchor --> </a> + </p> + <div style="height: 4em;"> + <br /><br /><br /><br /> + </div> + <h2> + CHAPTER XXIX + </h2> + <h3> + HOW MARCUS CHANGED HIS FAITH + </h3> + <p> + Caleb was not the only one who heard the evil tidings of the ship <i>Luna</i>; + it came to the ears of the bishop Cyril also, since little of any moment + passed within the city of Rome which the Christians did not know. + </p> + <p> + Like Caleb, he satisfied himself of the truth of the matter by an + interview with the captain of the <i>Imperatrix</i>. Then with a sorrowful + heart he departed to the prison near the Temple of Mars. Here the warden + told him that Marcus wished to see no one, but answering “Friend, my + business will not wait,” he pushed past the man and entered the room + beyond. Marcus was standing up in the centre of it, in his hand a drawn + sword of the short Roman pattern, which, on catching sight of his visitor, + he cast upon the table with an exclamation of impatience. It fell beside a + letter addressed to “The Lady Miriam in Tyre. To be given into her own + hand.” + </p> + <p> + “Peace be with you,” said the bishop, searching his face with his quiet + eyes. + </p> + <p> + “I thank you, friend,” answered Marcus, smiling strangely, “I need peace, + and—seek it.” + </p> + <p> + “Son,” asked the bishop, “what were you about to do?” + </p> + <p> + “Friend,” answered Marcus, “If you desire to know, I was about to fall + upon my sword. One more minute and I should have been dead. They brought + it me with the cloak and other things. It was thoughtful of them, and I + guessed their meaning.” + </p> + <p> + Cyril lifted the sword from the table and cast it into a corner of the + room. + </p> + <p> + “God be thanked,” he said, “Who led my feet here in time to save you from + this sin. Why, because it has pleased Him to take her life, should you + seek to take your own?” + </p> + <p> + “Her life?” said Marcus. “What dreadful words are these. Her life! Whose + life?” + </p> + <p> + “The life of Miriam. I came to tell you. She is drowned upon the seas with + all her company.” + </p> + <p> + For a moment Marcus stood swaying to and fro like a drunken man. Then he + said: + </p> + <p> + “Is it so indeed? Well, the more reason that I should make haste to follow + her. Begone and leave me to do the deed alone,” and he stepped towards the + sword. + </p> + <p> + Cyril set his foot upon the shining blade. + </p> + <p> + “What is this madness?” he asked. “If you did not know of Miriam’s death, + why do you desire to kill yourself?” + </p> + <p> + “Because I have lost more than Miriam. Man, they have robbed me of my + honour. By the decree of Titus, I, Marcus, am branded as a coward. Yes, + Titus, at whose side I have fought a score of battles—Titus, from + whom I have warded many a blow—has banished me from Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “Tell me of this thing,” said Cyril. + </p> + <p> + So Marcus told him all. Cyril listened in silence, then said sternly: + </p> + <p> + “Is it for this that you would kill yourself? Is your honour lessened by a + decree based upon false evidence, and given for reasons of policy? Do you + cease to be honourable because others are dishonourable, and would you—a + soldier—fly from the battle? Now, indeed, Marcus, you show yourself + a coward.” + </p> + <p> + “How can I live on who am so shamed?” he asked passionately. “My friends + knew that I could not live, and that is why they wrapped a sword in yonder + cloak and sent it me. Also Miriam, you say, is dead.” + </p> + <p> + “Satan sent it to you, Marcus, desiring to fashion of your foolish pride a + ladder down which you might climb to hell. Cast aside this base temptation + which wears the mask of false honour; face your trouble like a man, and + conquer it by innocence—and faith.” + </p> + <p> + “Miriam! What of Miriam?” + </p> + <p> + “Yes, what of Miriam? How would she welcome you yonder, who come to greet + her with your blood upon your hands? Oh! son, do you not understand that + this is the trial laid upon you? You have been brought low that you might + rise high. Once the world gave you all it had to give. You were rich, you + were a captain among captains; you were high-born; men called you ‘The + Fortunate.’ Then Christ appealed to you in vain, you put Him by. What had + you to do with the crucified carpenter of Galilee? Now by the plotting of + your foes you have fallen. No longer do you rank high in your trade of + blood. You are dismissed its service and an exile. The lesson of life has + come home to you, therefore you seek to escape from life rather than bide + in it to do your duty through good and ill, heedless of what men may say, + and finding peace in the verdict of your own conscience. Let Him Whom you + put by in your hours of pomp come to you now. Carry your cross with your + shame as He carried His in His shame. In His light find light, in His + peace find peace, and at the end her who has been taken from you awhile. + Has my spirit spoken in vain with your spirit during all these many weeks, + son Marcus? Already you have told me that you believe, and now at the + first breath of trouble will you go back upon that which you know to be + the Truth? Oh! once more listen to me, that your eyes may be opened before + it is too late.” + </p> + <p> + “Speak on, I hear you,” said Marcus with a sigh. + </p> + <p> + So Cyril pleaded with him in the passion of one inspired, and as Marcus + hearkened his heart was softened and his purpose turned. + </p> + <p> + “I knew it all before, I believed it all before,” he said at length, “but + I would not accept your baptism and become a member of your Church.” + </p> + <p> + “Why not, son?” + </p> + <p> + “Because had I done so she would have thought and you might have thought, + and perhaps I myself should have thought that I did it, as once I offered + to do, to win her whom I desired above all things on earth. Now she is + dead and it is otherwise. Shrive me, father, and do your office.” + </p> + <p> + So there in the prison cell the bishop Cyril took water and baptised the + Roman Marcus into the body of the Christian Church. + </p> + <p> + “What shall I do now?” Marcus asked as he rose from his knees. “Once CÊsar + was my master, now you speak with the voice of CÊsar. Command me.” + </p> + <p> + “I do not speak, Christ speaks. Listen. I am called by the Church to go to + Alexandria in Egypt, whither I sail within three days. Will you who are + exiled from Rome come with me? There I can find you work to do.” + </p> + <p> + “I have said that you are CÊsar,” answered Marcus. “Now it is sunset and I + am free; accompany me to my house, I pray you, for there much business + waits me in which I need counsel, who am overborne.” + </p> + <p> + So presently the gates were opened as Titus had commanded, and they went + forth, attended only by a guard of two men, walking unnoted through the + streets to the palace in the Via Agrippa. + </p> + <p> + “There is the door,” said the sergeant of the guard, pointing to the side + entrance of the house. “Enter with your friend and, noble Marcus, fare you + well.” + </p> + <p> + So they went to the archway, and finding the door ajar, passed through and + shut it behind them. + </p> + <p> + “For a house where there is much to steal this is ill guarded, son. In + Rome an open gate ought to have a watchman,” said Cyril as he groped his + way through the darkness of the arch. + </p> + <p> + “My steward Stephanus should be at hand, for the jailer advised him of my + coming—who never thought to come,” began Marcus, then of a sudden + stumbled heavily and was silent. + </p> + <p> + “What is it?” asked Cyril. + </p> + <p> + “By the feel one who is drunken—or dead. Some beggar, perhaps, who + sleeps off his liquor here.” + </p> + <p> + By now Cyril was through the archway and in the little courtyard beyond. + </p> + <p> + “A light burns in that window,” he said. “Come, you know the path, guide + me to it. We can return to this sleeper.” + </p> + <p> + “Who seems hard to wake,” added Marcus, as he led the way across the + courtyard to the door of the offices. This also proved to be open and by + it they entered the room where the steward kept his books and slept. Upon + the table a lamp was burning, that which they had seen through the + casement. Its light showed them a strange sight. An iron-bound box that + was chained to the wall had been broken open and its contents rifled, for + papers were strewn here and there, and on them lay an empty leathern + money-bag. The furniture also was overturned as though in some struggle, + while among it, one in the corner of the room and one beneath the marble + table, which was too heavy to be moved, lay two figures, those of a man + and a woman. + </p> + <p> + “Murderers have been here,” said Cyril with a groan. + </p> + <p> + Marcus snatched the lamp from the table and held it to the face of the man + in the corner. + </p> + <p> + “It is Stephanus,” he said, “Stephanus bound and gagged, but living, and + the other is the slave woman. Hold the lamp while I loose them,” and + drawing his short sword, he cut away the bonds, first of the one and then + of the other. “Speak, man, speak!” he said, as Stephanus struggled to his + feet. “What has chanced here?” + </p> + <p> + For some moments the old steward stared at him with round, frightened + eyes. Then he gasped: + </p> + <p> + “Oh! my lord, I thought you dead. They said that they had come to kill you + by command of the Jew Caleb, he who gave the evidence.” + </p> + <p> + “They! Who?” asked Marcus. + </p> + <p> + “I know not, four men whose faces were masked. They said also that though + you must die, they were commanded to do me and this woman no harm, only to + bind and silence us. This they did, then, having taken what money they + could find, went out to waylay you. Afterwards I heard a scuffle in the + arch and well-nigh died of sorrow, for I who could neither warn nor help + you, was sure that you were perishing beneath their knives.” + </p> + <p> + “For this deliverance, thank God,” said Cyril, lifting up his hands. + </p> + <p> + “Presently, presently,” answered Marcus. “First follow me,” and taking the + lamp in his hand, he ran back to the archway. + </p> + <p> + Beneath it a man lay upon his face—he across whom Marcus had + stumbled, and about him blood flowed from many wounds. In silence they + turned him over so that the light fell upon his features. Then Marcus + staggered back amazed, for, behold! they were Caleb’s, notwithstanding the + blood and wounds that marred them, still dark and handsome in his death + sleep. + </p> + <p> + “Why,” he said to Stephanus, “this is that very man whose bloody work, as + they told us, the murderers came to do. It would seem that he has fallen + into his own snare.” + </p> + <p> + “Are you certain, son?” asked Cyril. “Does not this gashed and gory cheek + deceive you?” + </p> + <p> + “Draw that hand of his from beneath the cloak,” answered Marcus. “If I am + right the first finger will lack a joint.” + </p> + <p> + Cyril obeyed and held up the stiffening hand. It was as Marcus had said. + </p> + <p> + “Caught in his own snare!” repeated Marcus. “Well, though I knew he hated + me, and more than once we have striven to slay each other in battle and + private fight, never would I have believed that Caleb the Jew would sink + to murder. He is well repaid, the treacherous dog!” + </p> + <p> + “Judge not, that ye be not judged,” answered Cyril. “What do you know of + how or why this man came by his death? He may have been hurrying here to + warn you.” + </p> + <p> + “Against his own paid assassins! No, father, I know Caleb better, only he + was viler than I thought.” + </p> + <p> + Then they carried the body into the house and took counsel what they + should do. While they reasoned together, for every path seemed full of + danger, there came a knock upon the archway door. They hesitated, not + knowing whether it would be safe to open, till the knock was repeated more + loudly. + </p> + <p> + “I will go, lord,” said Stephanus, “for why need I fear, who am of no + account to any one?” + </p> + <p> + So he went, presently to return. + </p> + <p> + “What was it?” asked Marcus. + </p> + <p> + “Only a young man, who said that he had been strictly charged by his + master, Demetrius the Alexandrian merchant, to deliver a letter at this + hour. Here is the letter.” + </p> + <p> + “Demetrius, the Alexandrian merchant,” said Marcus as he took it. “Why, + under that name Caleb who lies there dead passed in Rome.” + </p> + <p> + “Read the letter,” said Cyril. + </p> + <p> + So Marcus cut the silk, broke the seal, and read: + </p> + <p> + “To the noble Marcus, + </p> + <p> + “In the past I have worked you evil and often striven to take your life. + Now it has come to my ears that Domitian, who hates you even worse than I + do, if for less reason, has laid a plot to murder you on the threshold of + your own house. Therefore, by way of amends for that evidence which I gave + against you that stained the truth, since no braver man ever breathed than + you are, Marcus, it has come into my mind to visit the Palace Fortunate + wrapped in such a cloak as you Roman captains wear. There, before you read + this letter, perhaps we shall meet again. Still, mourn me not, Marcus, nor + speak of me as generous, or noble, since Miriam is dead, and I who have + followed her through life desire to follow her through death, hoping that + there I may find a kinder fortune at her hands, or if not, forgetfulness. + You who will live long, must drink deep of memory—a bitterer cup. + Marcus, farewell. Since die I must, I would that it had been in open fight + beneath your sword, but Fate, who has given me fortune, but no true + favour, appoints me to the daggers of assassins that seek another heart. + So be it. You tarry here, but I travel to Miriam. Why should I grumble at + the road? + </p> + <p> + “Caleb. + </p> + <p> + “Written at Rome upon the night of my death.” + </p> + <p> + “A brave man and a bitter,” said Marcus when he had finished reading. + “Know, my father, that I am more jealous of him now than ever I was in his + life’s days. Had it not been for you and your preaching,” he added + angrily, “when he came to seek Miriam, he would have found me at her side. + But now, how can I tell?” + </p> + <p> + “Peace to your heathen talk!” answered the bishop. “Is the land of spirits + then such as your poets picture, and do the dead turn to each other with + eyes of earthly passion? Yet,” he added more gently, “I should not blame + you who, like this poor Jew, from childhood have been steeped in + superstitions. Have no fear of his rivalry in the heavenly fields, friend + Marcus, where neither do they marry or are given in marriage, nor think + that self-murder can help a man. What the end of all this tale may be does + not yet appear; still I am certain that yonder Caleb will take no gain in + hurrying down to death, unless indeed he did it from a nobler motive than + he says, as I for one believe.” + </p> + <p> + “I trust that it may be so,” answered Marcus, “although in truth that + another man should die for me gives me no comfort. Rather would I that he + had left me to my doom.” + </p> + <p> + “As God has willed so it has befallen, for ‘man’s goings are of the Lord; + how then can a man understand his own way?’” replied Cyril with a sigh. + “Now let us to other matters, for time is short and it comes upon me that + you will do well to be clear of Rome before Domitian finds that Caleb fell + in place of Marcus.” + </p> + <p> + Nearly three more months had gone when, at length, one night as the sun + vanished, a galley crept wearily into the harbour of Alexandria and cast + anchor just as the light of Pharos began to shine across the sea. Her + passage through the winter gales had been hard, and for weeks at a time + she had been obliged to shelter in harbours by the way. Now, short of food + and water, she had come safely to her haven, for which mercy the bishop + Cyril with the Roman Marcus and such other Christians as were aboard of + her gave thanks to Heaven upon their knees in their little cabin near the + forecastle, for it was too late to attempt to land that night. Then they + went on deck and, as all their food was gone and they had no drink except + some stinking water, leaned upon the bulwarks and looked hungrily towards + the shore, where gleamed the thousand lights of the mighty city. Near to + them, not a bowshot away indeed, lay another ship. Presently, as they + stared at her black outline, the sound of singing floated from her decks + across the still, starlit waters of the harbour. They listened to it idly + enough at first, till at length some words of that song reached their + ears, causing them to look at each other. + </p> + <p> + “That is no sailor’s ditty,” said Marcus. + </p> + <p> + “No,” answered Cyril, “it is a Christian hymn, and one that I know well. + Listen. Each verse ends, ‘Peace, be still!’” + </p> + <p> + “Then,” said Marcus, “yonder must be a Christian ship, else they would not + dare to sing that hymn. The night is calm, let us beg the boat and visit + it. I am thirsty, and those good folk may have fresh water.” + </p> + <p> + “If you wish,” answered Cyril. “There too we may get tidings as well as + water.” + </p> + <p> + A while later the little boat rowed to the side of the strange ship and + asked leave to board of the watchman. + </p> + <p> + “What sign do you give?” asked the officer. + </p> + <p> + “The sign of the Cross,” answered Cyril. “We have heard your hymn who are + of the brotherhood of Rome.” + </p> + <p> + Then a rope ladder was thrown down to them and the officer bade them make + fast and be welcome. + </p> + <p> + They climbed upon the deck and went to seek the captain, who was in the + afterpart of the ship, where an awning was stretched. In the space + enclosed by this awning, which was lit with lanterns, stood a woman in a + white robe, who sang the refrain of the hymn in a very sweet voice, others + of the company, from time to time, joining in its choruses. + </p> + <p> + “From the dead am I arisen” sang the voice, and there was something in the + thrilling notes that went straight to the heart of Marcus, some tone and + quality which were familiar. + </p> + <p> + Side by side with Cyril he climbed onwards across the rowing benches, and + the noise of their stumbling footsteps reaching the singer’s ears, caused + her to pause in her song. Then stepping forward a little, as though to + look, she came under the lantern so that its light fell full upon her + face, and, seeing nothing, once more took up her chant: + </p> + <p> + “Oh ye faithless, from the dead am I arisen.” + </p> + <p> + “Look, look!” gasped Marcus, clutching Cyril by the arm. “Look! It is + Miriam, or her spirit.” + </p> + <p> + Another instant and he, too, had come into the circle of the lamplight, so + that his eyes met the eyes of the singer. Now she saw him and, with a + little cry, sank senseless to the deck. + </p> + <p> + So the long story ended. Afterwards they learned that the tale which had + been brought to Rome of the loss of the ship <i>Luna</i> was false. She + had met the great gale, indeed, but had sheltered from it in a harbour, + where the skill of her captain, Hector, brought her safely. Then she made + her way to Sicily, where she refitted, and so on to one of the Grecian + ports, in which she lay for eight weeks waiting for better weather, till a + favouring wind brought her somewhat slowly to Alexandria, a port she won + only two days before the galley of Marcus. It would seem, therefore, that + the vessel that had foundered in sight of the <i>Imperatrix</i> was either + another ship also called the <i>Luna</i>, no uncommon name, or that the + mariners of the <i>Imperatrix</i> had not heard her title rightly. It may + have been even that the dying sailor who told it to them wandered in his + mind, and forgetting how his last ship was called, gave her some name with + which he was familiar. At the least, through the good workings of + Providence, that <i>Luna</i> which bore Miriam and her company escaped the + perils of the deep and in due time reached the haven of Alexandria. + </p> + <p> + Before they parted that happy night all their tale was told. Miriam + learned how Caleb had kept the promise that he made to her, although when + he thought her dead his fierce and jealous heart would suffer him to tell + nothing of it to Marcus. She learned also how it came about that Marcus + had been saved from death at his own hand by Cyril and entered the company + of the Christian brotherhood. Very glad were both of them to think in the + after years that he had done this believing her to be lost to him in + death. Now none could say that he had changed his faith to win a woman, + nor could their own consciences whisper to them that this was possible, + though even at the time he knew it not. + </p> + <p> + So they understood how through their many trials, dangers, and temptations + all things had worked together for good to them. + </p> + <p> + On the morrow, there in the ship <i>Luna</i>, Marcus and Miriam, whom the + Romans called Pearl-Maiden, were wedded by the bishop Cyril, the Captain + Gallus giving the bride in marriage, while the white-haired, fierce-eyed + Nehushta stood at their side and blessed them in the name of that dead + mother whose command had not been broken. + </p> + <p> + <br /> <br /> + </p> +<pre xml:space="preserve"> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Pearl-Maiden, by H. Rider Haggard + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PEARL-MAIDEN *** + +***** This file should be named 5175-h.htm or 5175-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/7/5175/ + +Produced by John Bickers; Dagny; David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase “Project +Gutenberg”), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. “Project Gutenberg” is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation (“the Foundation” + or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase “Project Gutenberg” appears, or with which the phrase “Project +Gutenberg” is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase “Project Gutenberg” associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +“Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original “Plain Vanilla ASCII” or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, “Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation.” + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +“Defects,” such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the “Right +of Replacement or Refund” described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you ‘AS-IS’ WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm’s +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation’s EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state’s laws. + +The Foundation’s principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation’s web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + +</pre> + </body> +</html> diff --git a/old/5175.txt b/old/5175.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..84753b1 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/5175.txt @@ -0,0 +1,14765 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Pearl-Maiden, by H. Rider Haggard + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + + +Title: Pearl-Maiden + +Author: H. Rider Haggard + +Release Date: April 22, 2006 [EBook #5175] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PEARL-MAIDEN *** + + + + +Produced by John Bickers; Dagny + + + + + +PEARL-MAIDEN + + +A Tale Of The Fall of Jerusalem + + +By H. Rider Haggard + +First Published 1901. + +TO + +GLADYS CHRISTIAN + +A DWELLER IN THE EAST THIS EASTERN TALE IS DEDICATED BY HER OWN AND HER +FATHER'S FRIEND + +THE AUTHOR + +Ditchingham: September 14, 1902. + + + + + +PEARL-MAIDEN + + + +CHAPTER I + +THE PRISON AT CAESAREA + +It was but two hours after midnight, yet many were wakeful in Caesarea on +the Syrian coast. Herod Agrippa, King of all Palestine--by grace of +the Romans--now at the very apex of his power, celebrated a festival in +honour of the Emperor Claudius, to which had flocked all the mightiest +in the land and tens of thousands of the people. The city was full of +them, their camps were set upon the sea-beach and for miles around; +there was no room at the inns or in the private houses, where guests +slept upon the roofs, the couches, the floors, and in the gardens. The +great town hummed like a hive of bees disturbed after sunset, and though +the louder sounds of revelling had died away, parties of feasters, +many of them still crowned with fading roses, passed along the +streets shouting and singing to their lodgings. As they went, they +discussed--those of them who were sufficiently sober--the incidents of +that day's games in the great circus, and offered or accepted odds upon +the more exciting events of the morrow. + +The captives in the prison that was set upon a little hill, a frowning +building of brown stone, divided into courts and surrounded by a +high wall and a ditch, could hear the workmen at their labours in the +amphitheatre below. These sounds interested them, since many of those +who listened were doomed to take a leading part in the spectacle of this +new day. In the outer court, for instance, were a hundred men called +malefactors, for the most part Jews convicted of various political +offences. These were to fight against twice their number of savage Arabs +of the desert taken in a frontier raid, people whom to-day we should +know as Bedouins, mounted and armed with swords and lances, but wearing +no mail. The malefactor Jews, by way of compensation, were to be +protected with heavy armour and ample shields. Their combat was to +last for twenty minutes by the sand-glass, when, unless they had shown +cowardice, those who were left alive of either party were to receive +their freedom. Indeed, by a kindly decree the King Agrippa, a man who +did not seek unnecessary bloodshed, contrary to custom, even the wounded +were to be spared, that is, if any would undertake the care of them. +Under these circumstances, since life is sweet, all had determined to +fight their best. + +In another division of the great hall was collected a very different +company. There were not more than fifty or sixty of these, so the wide +arches of the surrounding cloisters gave them sufficient shelter and +even privacy. With the exception of eight or ten men, all of them old, +or well on in middle age, since the younger and more vigorous males had +been carefully drafted to serve as gladiators, this little band was +made of women and a few children. They belonged to the new sect called +Christians, the followers of one Jesus, who, according to report, was +crucified as a troublesome person by the governor, Pontius Pilate, a +Roman official, who in due course had been banished to Gaul, where he +was said to have committed suicide. In his day Pilate was unpopular +in Judaea, for he had taken the treasures of the Temple at Jerusalem to +build waterworks, causing a tumult in which many were killed. Now he +was almost forgotten, but very strangely, the fame of this crucified +demagogue, Jesus, seemed to grow, since there were many who made a kind +of god of him, preaching doctrines in his name that were contrary to the +law and offensive to every sect of the Jews. + +Pharisees, Sadducees, Zealots, Levites, priests, all called out against +them. All besought Agrippa that he would be rid of them, these apostates +who profaned the land and proclaimed in the ears of a nation awaiting +its Messiah, that Heaven-born King who should break the Roman yoke and +make Jerusalem the capital of the world, that this Messiah had come +already in the guise of an itinerant preacher, and perished with other +malefactors by the death of shame. + +Wearied with their importunities, the King listened. Like the cultivated +Romans with whom he associated, Agrippa had no real religion. At +Jerusalem he embellished the Temple and made offerings to Jehovah; at +Berytus he embellished the temple and made offerings there to Jupiter. +He was all things to all men and to himself--nothing but a voluptuous +time-server. As for these Christians, he never troubled himself about +them. Why should he? They were few and insignificant, no single man of +rank or wealth was to be found among them. To persecute them was easy, +and--it pleased the Jews. Therefore he persecuted them. One James, a +disciple of the crucified man called Christ, who had wandered about the +country with him, he seized and beheaded at Jerusalem. Another, called +Peter, a powerful preacher, he threw into prison, and of their followers +he slew many. A few of these were given over to be stoned by the Jews, +but the pick of the men were forced to fight as gladiators at Berytus +and elsewhere. The women, if young and beautiful, were sold as slaves, +but if matrons or aged, they were cast to the wild beasts in the circus. + +Such was the fate, indeed, that was reserved for these poor victims in +the prison on this very day of the opening of our history. After the +gladiators had fought and the other games had been celebrated, sixty +Christians, it was announced, old and useless men, married woman and +young children whom nobody would buy, were to be turned down in the +great amphitheatre. Then thirty fierce lions, with other savage beasts, +made ravenous by hunger and mad with the smell of blood, were to be let +loose among them. Even in this act of justice, however, Agrippa suffered +it to be seen that he was gentle-hearted, since of his kindness he had +decreed that any whom the lions refused to eat were to be given clothes, +a small sum of money, and released to settle their differences with the +Jews as they might please. + +Such was the state of public feeling and morals in the Roman world of +that day, that this spectacle of the feeding of starved beasts with live +women and children, whose crime was that they worshipped a crucified +man and would offer sacrifice to no other god, either in the Temple +or elsewhere, was much looked forward to by the population of Caesarea. +Indeed, great sums of money were ventured upon the event, by means of +what to-day would be called sweepstakes, under the regulations of which +he who drew the ticket marked with the exact number of those whom the +lions left alive, would take the first prize. Already some far-seeing +gamblers who had drawn low numbers, had bribed the soldiers and wardens +to sprinkle the hair and garments of the Christians with valerian water, +a decoction which was supposed to attract and excite the appetite of +these great cats. Others, whose tickets were high, paid handsomely for +the employment of artifices which need not be detailed, calculated to +induce in the lions aversion to the subject that had been treated. +The Christian woman or child, it will be observed, who was to form +the _corpus vile_ of these ingenious experiments, was not considered, +except, indeed, as the fisherman considers the mussel or the sand-worm +on his hook. + +Under an arch by themselves, and not far from the great gateway where +the guards, their lances in hand, could be seen pacing up and down, +sat two women. The contrast in the appearance of this pair was very +striking. One, who could not have been much more than twenty years of +age, was a Jewess, too thin-faced for beauty, but with dark and lovely +eyes, and bearing in every limb and feature the stamp of noble blood. +She was Rachel, the widow of Demas, a Graeco-Syrian, and only child of +the high-born Jew Benoni, one of the richest merchants in Tyre. The +other was a woman of remarkable aspect, apparently about forty years +of age. She was a native of the coasts of Libya, where she had been +kidnapped as a girl by Jewish traders, and by them passed on to +Phoenicians, who sold her upon the slave market of Tyre. In fact she was +a high-bred Arab without any admixture of negro blood, as was shown by +her copper-coloured skin, prominent cheek bones, her straight, black, +abundant hair, and untamed, flashing eyes. In frame she was tall and +spare, very agile, and full of grace in every movement. Her face was +fierce and hard; even in her present dreadful plight she showed no fear, +only when she looked at the lady by her side it grew anxious and tender. +She was called Nehushta, a name which Benoni had given her when many +years ago he bought her upon the market-place. In Hebrew Nehushta means +copper, and this new slave was copper-coloured. In her native land, +however, she had another name, Nou, and by this name she was known to +her dead mistress, the wife of Benoni, and to his daughter Rachel, whom +she had nursed from childhood. + +The moon shone very brightly in a clear sky, and by the light of it an +observer, had there been any to observe where all were so occupied +with their own urgent affairs, could have watched every movement and +expression of these women. Rachel, seated on the ground, was rocking +herself to and fro, her face hidden in her hands, and praying. Nehushta +knelt at her side, resting the weight of her body on her heels as only +an Eastern can, and stared sullenly at nothingness. + +Presently Rachel, dropping her hands, looked at the tender sky and +sighed. + +"Our last night on earth, Nou," she said sadly. "It is strange to think +that we shall never again see the moon floating above us." + +"Why not, mistress? If all that we have been taught is true, we shall +see that moon, or others, for ever and ever, and if it is not true, then +neither light nor darkness will trouble us any more. However, for my own +part I don't mean that either of us should die to-morrow." + +"How can you prevent it, Nou?" asked Rachel with a faint smile. "Lions +are no respecters of persons." + +"Yet, mistress, I think that they will respect my person, and yours, +too, for my sake." + +"What do you mean, Nou?" + +"I mean that I do not fear the lions; they are country-folk of mine and +roared round my cradle. The chief, my father, was called Master of Lions +in our country because he could tame them. Why, when I was a little +child I have fed them and they fawned upon us like dogs." + +"Those lions are long dead, Nou, and the others will not remember." + +"I am not sure that they are dead; at least, blood will call to blood, +and their company will know the smell of the child of the Master of +Lions. Whoever is eaten, we shall escape." + +"I have no such hope, Nou. To-morrow we must die horribly, that King +Agrippa may do honour to his master, Caesar." + +"If you think that, mistress, then let us die at once rather than be +rent limb from limb to give pleasure to a stinking mob. See, I have +poison hidden here in my hair. Let us drink of it and be done: it is +swift and painless." + +"Nay, Nou, it would not be right. I may lift no hand against my own +life, or if perchance I may, I have to think of another life." + +"If you die, the unborn child must die also. To-night or to-morrow, what +does it matter?" + +"Sufficient to the day is the evil thereof. Who knows? To-morrow Agrippa +may be dead, not us, and then the child might live. It is in the hand of +God. Let God decide." + +"Lady," answered Nehushta, setting her teeth, "for your sake I have +become a Christian, yes, and I believe. But I tell you this--while I +live no lion's fangs shall tear that dear flesh of yours. First if need +be, I will stab you there in the arena, or if they take my knife from +me, then I will choke you, or dash out your brains against the posts." + +"It may be a sin, Nou; take no such risk upon your soul." + +"My soul! What do I care about my soul? You are my soul. Your mother was +kind to me, the poor slave-girl, and when you were an infant, I rocked +you upon my breast. I spread your bride-bed, and if need be, to save you +from worse things, I will lay you dead before me and myself dead across +your body. Then let God or Satan--I care not which--deal with my soul. +At least, I shall have done my best and died faithful." + +"You should not speak so," sighed Rachel. "But, dear, I know it is +because you love me, and I wish to die as easily as may be and to join +my husband. Only if the child could have lived, as I think, all three +of us would have dwelt together eternally. Nay, not all three, all four, +for you are well-nigh as dear to me, Nou, as husband or as child." + +"That cannot be, I do not wish that it should be, who am but a slave +woman, the dog beneath the table. Oh! if I could save you, then I would +be glad to show them how this daughter of my father can bear their +torments." + +The Libyan ceased, grinding her teeth in impotent rage. Then suddenly +she leant towards her mistress, kissed her fiercely on the cheek and +began to sob, slow, heavy sobs. + +"Listen," said Rachel. "The lions are roaring in their dens yonder." + +Nehushta lifted her head and hearkened as a hunter hearkens in the +desert. True enough, from near the great tower that ended the southern +wall of the amphitheatre, echoed short, coughing notes and fierce +whimperings, to be followed presently by roar upon roar, as lion after +lion joined in that fearful music, till the whole air shook with the +volume of their voices. + +"Aha!" cried a keeper at the gate--not the Roman soldier who marched +to and fro unconcernedly, but a jailor, named Rufus, who was clad in +a padded robe and armed with a great knife. "Aha! listen to them, the +pretty kittens. Don't be greedy, little ones--be patient. To-night you +will purr upon a full stomach." + +"Nine of them," muttered Nehushta, who had counted the roars, "all +bearded and old, royal beasts. To hearken to them makes me young again. +Yes, yes, I smell the desert and see the smoke rising from my father's +tents. As a child I hunted them, now they will hunt me; it is their +hour." + +"Give me air! I faint!" gasped Rachel, sinking against her. + +With a guttural exclamation of pity Nehushta bent down. Placing her +strong arms beneath the slender form of her young mistress, and lifting +her as though she were a child, she carried her to the centre of the +court, where stood a fountain; for before it was turned to the purposes +of a jail once this place had been a palace. Here she set her mistress +on the ground with her back against the stonework, and dashed water in +her face till presently she was herself again. + +While Rachel sat thus--for the place was cool and pleasant and she could +not sleep who must die that day--a wicket-gate was opened and several +persons, men, women, and children, were thrust through it into the +court. + +"Newcomers from Tyre in a great hurry not to lose the lions' party," +cried the facetious warden of the gate. "Pass in, my Christian friends, +pass in and eat your last supper according to your customs. You will +find it over there, bread and wine in plenty. Eat, my hungry friends, +eat before you are eaten and enter into Heaven or--the stomach of the +lions." + +An old woman, the last of the party, for she could not walk fast, turned +round and pointed at the buffoon with her staff. + +"Blaspheme not, you heathen dog!" she said, "or rather, blaspheme on +and go to your reward! I, Anna, who have the gift of prophecy, tell you, +renegade who were a Christian, and therefore are doubly guilty, that +_you_ have eaten your last meal--on earth." + +The man, a half-bred Syrian who had abandoned his faith for profit and +now tormented those who were once his brethren, uttered a furious curse +and snatched a knife from his girdle. + +"You draw the knife? So be it, perish by the knife!" said Anna. +Then without heeding him further the old woman hobbled on after her +companions, leaving the man to slink away white to the lips with terror. +He had been a Christian and knew something of Anna and of this "gift of +prophecy." + +The path of these strangers led them past the fountain, where Rachel and +Nehushta rose to greet them as they came. + +"Peace be with you," said Rachel. + +"In the name of Christ, peace," they answered, and passed on towards +the arches where the other captives were gathered. Last of all, at some +distance behind the rest, came the white-haired woman, leaning on her +staff. + +As she approached, Rachel turned to repeat her salutation, then uttered +a little cry and said: + +"Mother Anna, do you not know me, Rachel, the daughter of Benoni?" + +"Rachel!" she answered, starting. "Alas! child, how came you here?" + +"By the paths that we Christians have to tread, mother," said Rachel, +sadly. "But sit; you are weary. Nou, help her." + +Anna nodded, and slowly, for her limbs were stiff, sank down on to the +step of the fountain. + +"Give me to drink, child," she said, "for I have been brought upon a +mule from Tyre, and am athirst." + +Rachel made her hands into a cup, for she had no other, and held water +to Anna's lips, which she drank greedily, emptying them many times. + +"For this refreshment, God be praised. What said you? The daughter of +Benoni a Christian! Well, even here and now, for that God be praised +also. Strange that I should not have heard of it; but I have been in +Jerusalem these two years, and was brought back to Tyre last Sabbath as +a prisoner." + +"Yes, Mother, and since then I have become both wife and widow." + +"Whom did you marry, child?" + +"Demas, the merchant. They killed him in the amphitheatre yonder at +Berytus six months ago," and the poor woman began to sob. + +"I heard of his end," replied Anna. "It was a good and noble one, and +his soul rests in Heaven. He would not fight with the gladiators, so he +was beheaded by order of Agrippa. But cease weeping, child, and tell me +your story. We have little time for tears, who, perhaps, soon will have +done with them." + +Rachel dried her eyes. + +"It is short and sad," she said. "Demas and I met often and learned to +love each other. My father was no friend to him, for they were rivals in +trade, but in those days knowing no better, Demas followed the faith +of the Jews; therefore, because he was rich my father consented to our +marriage, and they became partners in their business. Afterwards, +within a month indeed, the Apostles came to Tyre, and we attended their +preaching--at first, because we were curious to learn the truth of this +new faith against which my father railed, for, as you know, he is of the +strictest sect of the Jews; and then, because our hearts were touched. +So in the end we believed, and were baptised, both on one night, by +the very hand of the brother of the Lord. The holy Apostles departed, +blessing us before they went, and Demas, who would play no double part, +told my father of what we had done. Oh! mother, it was awful to see. He +raved, shouted and cursed us in his rage, blaspheming Him we worship. +More, woe is me that I should have to tell it: When we refused to become +apostates he denounced us to the priests, and the priests denounced +us to the Romans, and we were seized and thrown into prison; but my +husband's wealth, most of it except that which the priests and Romans +stole, stayed with my father. For many months we were held in prison +here in Caesarea; then they took my husband to Berytus, to be trained +as a gladiator, and murdered him. Here I have stayed since with this +beloved servant, Nehushta, who also became a Christian and shared our +fate, and now, by the decree of Agrippa, it is my turn and hers to die +to-day." + +"Child, you should not weep for that; nay, you should be glad who at +once will find your husband and your Saviour." + +"Mother, I am glad; but, you see my state. It is for the child's sake I +weep, that now never will be born. Had it won life even for an hour all +of us would have dwelt together in bliss until eternity. But it cannot +be--it cannot be." + +Anna looked at her with her piercing eyes. + +"Have you, then, also the gift of prophecy, child, who are so young a +member of the Church, that you dare to say that this or that cannot be? +The future is in the hand of God. King Agrippa, your father, the Romans, +the cruel Jews, those lions that roar yonder, and we who are doomed to +feed them, are all in the hand of God, and that which He wills shall +befall, and no other thing. Therefore, let us praise Him and rejoice, +and take no thought for the morrow, unless it be to pray that we may die +and go hence to our Master, rather than live on in doubts and terrors +and tribulations." + +"You are right, mother," answered Rachel, "and I will try to be brave, +whatever may befall; but my state makes me feeble. The spirit, truly, is +willing, but oh! the flesh is weak. Listen, they call us to partake of +the Sacrament of the Lord--our last on earth"; and rising, she began to +walk towards the arches. + +Nehushta stayed to help Anna to her feet. When she judged her mistress +to be out of hearing she leaned down and whispered: + +"Mother, you have the gift; it is known throughout the Church. Tell me, +will the child be born?" + +The old woman fixed her eyes upon the heavens, then answered, slowly: + +"The child will be born and live out its life, and I think that none of +us are doomed to die this day by the jaws of lions, though some of us +may die in another fashion. But I think also that your mistress goes +very shortly to join her husband. Therefore it was that I showed her +nothing of what came into my mind." + +"Then it is best that I should die also, and die I will." + +"Wherefore?" + +"Because I go to wait upon my mistress?" + +"Nay, Nehushta," answered Anna, sternly, "you stay to guard her child, +whereof when all these earthly things are done you must give account to +her." + + + +CHAPTER II + +THE VOICE OF A GOD + +Of all the civilisations whose records lie open to the student, that +of Rome is surely one of the most wonderful. Nowhere, not even in old +Mexico, was high culture so completely wedded to the lowest barbarism. +Intellect Rome had in plenty; the noblest efforts of her genius are +scarcely to be surpassed; her law is the foundation of the best of our +codes of jurisprudence; art she borrowed but appreciated; her military +system is still the wonder of the world; her great men remain great +among a multitude of subsequent competitors. And yet how pitiless she +was! What a tigress! Amid all the ruins of her cities we find none of a +hospital, none, I believe, of an orphan school in an age that made many +orphans. The pious aspirations and efforts of individuals seem never +to have touched the conscience of the people. Rome incarnate had no +conscience; she was a lustful, devouring beast, made more bestial by her +intelligence and splendour. + +King Agrippa in practice was a Roman. Rome was his model, her ideals +were his ideals. Therefore he built amphitheatres in which men were +butchered, to the exquisite delight of vast audiences. Therefore, also, +without the excuse of any conscientious motive, however insufficient or +unsatisfactory, he persecuted the weak because they were weak and their +sufferings would give pleasure to the strong or to those who chanced to +be the majority of the moment. + +The season being hot it was arranged that the great games in honour of +the safety of Caesar, should open each day at dawn and come to an end an +hour before noon. Therefore from midnight onwards crowds of spectators +poured into the amphitheatre, which, although it would seat over twenty +thousand, was not large enough to contain them all. An hour before the +dawn the place was full, and already late comers were turned back from +its gates. The only empty spaces were those reserved for the king, +his royal guests, the rulers of the city, with other distinguished +personages, and for the Christian company of old men, women and children +destined to the lions, who, it was arranged, were to sit in full view +of the audience until the time came for them to take their share in the +spectacle. + +When Rachel joined the other captives she found that a long rough table +had been set beneath the arcades, and on it at intervals, pieces of +bread and cups and vases containing wine of the country that had been +purchased at a great price from the guards. Round this table the elders +or the infirm among the company were seated on a bench, while the rest +of the number, for whom there was not room, stood behind them. At its +head was an old man, a bishop among the Christians, one of the five +hundred who had seen the risen Lord and received baptism from the +hands of the Beloved Disciple. For some years he had been spared by the +persecutors of the infant Church on account of his age, dignity, and +good repute, but now at last fate seemed to have overtaken him. + +The service was held; the bread and wine, mixed with water, were +consecrated with the same texts by which they are blessed to-day, only +the prayers were extempore. When all had eaten from the platters and +drunk from the rude cups, the bishop gave his blessing to the community. +Then he addressed them. This, he told them, was an occasion of peculiar +joy, a love-feast indeed, since all they who partook of it were about to +lay down the burden of the flesh and, their labours and sorrows ended, +to depart into bliss eternal. He called to their memory the supper of +the Passover which had taken place within the lifetime of many of +them, when the Author and Finisher of their faith had declared to the +disciples that He would drink no more wine till He drank it new with +them in His kingdom. Such a feast it was that lay spread before them +this night. Let them be thankful for it. Let them not quail in the hour +of trial. The fangs of the savage beasts, the shouts of the still more +savage spectators, the agony of the quivering flesh, the last terror of +their departing, what were these? Soon, very soon, they would be done; +the spears of the soldiers would despatch the injured, and those among +them whom it was ordained should escape, would be set free by the +command of the representative of Caesar, that they might prosecute the +work till the hour came for them to pass on the torch of redemption to +other hands. Let them rejoice, therefore, and be very thankful, and +walk to the sacrifice as to a wedding feast. "Do you not rejoice, my +brethren?" he asked. With one voice they answered, "We rejoice!" Yes, +even the children answered thus. + +Then they prayed again, and again with uplifted hands the old man +blessed them in the holy Triune Name. + +Scarcely had this service, as solemn as it was simple, been brought +to an end when the head jailer, whose blasphemous jocosity since his +reproof by Anna was replaced by a mien of sullen venom, came forward and +commanded the whole band to march to the amphitheatre. Accordingly, two +by two, the bishop leading the way with the sainted woman Anna, they +walked to the gates. Here a guard of soldiers was waiting to receive +them, and under their escort they threaded the narrow, darkling streets +till they came to that door of the amphitheatre which was used by those +who were to take part in the games. Now, at a word from the bishop, they +began to chant a solemn hymn, and singing thus, were thrust along the +passages to the place prepared for them. This was not, as they expected, +a prison at the back of the amphitheatre, but, as has been said, a spot +between the enclosing wall and the podium, raised a little above the +level of the arena. Here, on the eastern side of the building, they were +to sit till their turn came to be driven by the guards through a little +wicket-gate into the arena, where the starving beasts of prey would be +loosed upon them. + +It was now the hour before sunrise, and the moon having set, the vast +theatre was plunged in gloom, relieved only here and there by stray +torches and cressets of fire burning upon either side of the gorgeous, +but as yet unoccupied, throne of Agrippa. This gloom seemed to oppress +the audience with which the place was crowded; at any rate none of them +shouted or sang, or even spoke loudly. They addressed each other +in muffled tones, with the result that the air seemed to be full of +mysterious whisperings. Had this poor band of condemned Christians +entered the theatre in daylight, they would have been greeted with +ironical cries and tauntings of "Dogs' meat!" and with requests that +they should work a miracle and let the people see them rise again from +the bellies of the lions. But now, as their solemn song broke upon the +silence, it was answered only by one great murmur, which seemed to shape +itself to the words, "the Christians! The doomed Christians!" + +By the light of a single torch the band took their places. Then once +more they sang, and in that chastening hour the audience listened with +attention, almost with respect. Their chant finished, the bishop stood +up, and, moved thereto by some inspiration, began to address the mighty +throng, whom he could not see, and who could not see him. Strangely +enough they hearkened to him, perhaps because his speech served to while +away the weary time of waiting. + +"Men and brethren," he began, in his thin, piercing notes, "princes, +lords, peoples, Romans, Jews, Syrians, Greeks, citizens of Idumaea, of +Egypt, and of all nations here gathered, hearken to the words of an old +man destined and glad to die. Listen, if it be your pleasure, to the +story of One whom some of you saw crucified under Pontius Pilate, since +to know the truth of that matter can at least do you no hurt." + +"Be silent!" cried a voice, that of the renegade jailer, "and cease +preaching your accursed faith!" + +"Let him alone," answered other voices. "We will hear this story of his. +We say--let him alone." + +Thus encouraged the old man spoke on with an eloquence so simple and yet +so touching, with a wisdom so deep, that for full fifteen minutes none +cared even to interrupt him. Then a far-away listener cried: + +"Why must these people die who are better than we?" + +"Friend," answered the bishop, in ringing tones, which in that heavy +silence seemed to search out even the recesses of the great and crowded +place, "we must die because it is the will of King Agrippa, to whom +God has given power to destroy us. Mourn not for us because we perish +cruelly, since this is the day of our true birth, but mourn for King +Agrippa, at whose hands our blood will be required, and mourn, mourn for +yourselves, O people. The death that is near to us perchance is nearer +still to some of you; and how will you awaken who perish in your sins? +What if the sword of God should empty yonder throne? What if the voice +of God should call on him who fills it to make answer of his deeds? +Soon or late, O people, it will call on him and you to pass hence, some +naturally in your age, others by the sharp and dreadful roads of sword, +pestilence or famine. Already those woes which He whom you crucified +foretold, knock at your door, and within a few short years not one of +you who crowd this place in thousands will draw the breath of life. +Nothing will remain of you on earth save the fruit of those deeds which +you have done--these and your bones, no more. Repent you, therefore, +repent while there is time; for I, whom you have doomed, I am bidden to +declare that judgment is at hand. Yes, even now, although you see him +not, the Angel of the Lord hangs over you and writes your names within +his book. Now while there is time I would pray for you and for your +king. Farewell." + +As he spoke those words "the Angel of the Lord hangs over you," so great +was the preacher's power, and in that weary darkness so sharply had he +touched the imagination of his strange audience, that with a sound like +to the stir of rustling trees, thousands of faces were turned upwards, +as though in search of that dread messenger. + +"Look, look!" screamed a hundred voices, while dim arms pointed to some +noiseless thing that floated high above them against the background +of the sky, which grew grey with the coming dawn. It appeared and +disappeared, appeared again, then seemed to pass downward in the +direction of Agrippa's throne, and vanished. + +"It is that magician's angel," cried one, and the multitudes groaned. + +"Fool," said another, "it was but a bird." + +"Then for Agrippa's sake," shrilled a new voice, "the gods send that it +was not an owl." + +Thereat some laughed, but the most were silent. They knew the story of +King Agrippa and the owl, and how it had been foretold that this spirit +in the form of a bird would appear to him again in the hour of his +death, as it had appeared to him in the hour of his triumph.[*] + + [*] See Josephus, "Antiquities of the Jews," Book XVII., + Chap. VI., Sec. 7; and Book XIX., Chap. VIII., Sec. 2. + +Just then from the palace to the north arose a sound of the blare of +trumpets. Now a herald, speaking on the summit of the great eastern +tower, called out that it was dawn above the mountains, and that King +Agrippa came with all his company, whereon the preaching of the old +Christian and his tale of a watching Vengeance were instantly forgotten. +Presently the glad, fierce notes of the trumpets drew nearer, and in the +grey of the daybreak, through the great bronze gates of the Triumphal +Way that were thrown open to greet him, advanced Agrippa, wonderfully +attired and preceded by his legionaries. At his right walked Vibius +Marsus, the Roman President of Syria, and on his left Antiochus, King of +Commagena, while after him followed other kings, princes, and great men +of his own and foreign lands. + +Agrippa mounted his golden throne while the multitude roared a welcome, +and his company were seated around and behind him according to their +degree. + +Once more the trumpets sounded, and the gladiators of different arms, +headed by the equites who fought on horseback, numbering in all more +than five hundred men, were formed up in the arena for the preliminary +march past--the salutation of those about to die to their emperor and +lord. Now, that they also might take their part in the spectacle, the +band of Christian martyrs were thrust through the door in the podium, +and to make them seem as many as possible in number, marshalled two by +two. + +Then the march past began. Troop by troop, arrayed in their shining +armour and armed, each of them, with his own familiar weapon, the +gladiators halted in front of Agrippa's throne, giving to him the +accustomed salutation of "Hail, King, we who are about to die, salute +thee," to be rewarded with a royal smile and the shouts of the approving +audience. Last of all came the Christians, a motley, wretched-looking +group, made up of old men, terrified children clinging to their mothers, +and ill-clad, dishevelled women. At the pitiful sight, that very mob +which a few short minutes before had hung upon the words of the bishop, +their leader, now, as they watched them hobbling round the arena in the +clear, low light of the dawning, burst into peals of laughter and called +out that each of them should be made to lead his lion. Quite heedless +of these scoffs and taunts, they trudged on through the white sand that +soon would be so red, until they came opposite to the throne. + +"Salute!" roared the audience. + +The bishop held up his hand and all were silent. Then, in the thin voice +with which they had become familiar, he said: + +"King, we who are about to die--forgive thee. May God do likewise." + +Now the multitude ceased laughing, and with an impatient gesture, +Agrippa motioned to the martyrs to pass on. This they did humbly; +but Anna, being old, lame and weary, could not walk so fast as her +companions. Alone she reached the saluting-place after all had left it, +and halted there. + +"Forward!" cried the officers. But she did not move nor did she speak. +Only leaning on her staff she looked steadily up at the face of the king +Agrippa. Some impulse seemed to draw his eyes to hers. They met, and +it was noted that he turned pale. Then straightening herself with +difficulty upon her tottering feet, Anna raised her staff and pointed +with it to the golden canopy above the head of Herod. All stared upward, +but saw nothing, for the canopy was still in the shadow of the velarium +which covered all the outer edge of the cavea, leaving the centre open +to the sky. It would appear, however, that Agrippa did see something, +for he who had risen to declare the games open, suddenly sank back upon +his throne, and remained thus lost in thought. Then Anna limped forward +to join her company, who once more were driven through the little gate +in the wall of the arena. + +For a second time, with an effort, Agrippa lifted himself from his +throne. As he rose the first level rays of sunrise struck full upon him. +He was a tall and noble-looking man, and his dress was glorious. To +the thousands who gazed upon him from the shadow, set in that point of +burning light he seemed to be clothed in a garment of glittering silver. +Silver was his crown, silver his vest, silver the wide robe that flowed +from his shoulders to the ground. + +"In the name of Caesar, to the glory of Caesar, I declare these games +open!" he cried. + +Then, as though moved by a sudden impulse, all the multitude rose +shouting: "The voice of a god! The voice of a god! The voice of the god +Agrippa!" + +Nor did Agrippa say them nay; the glory of such worship thundered at +him from twenty thousand throats made him drunken. There for a while he +stood, the new-born sunlight playing upon his splendid form, while the +multitude roared his name, proclaiming it divine. His nostrils spread to +inhale this incense of adoration, his eyes flashed and slowly he waved +his arms, as though in benediction of his worshippers. Perchance there +rose before his mind a vision of the wondrous event whereby he, the +scorned and penniless outcast, had been lifted to this giddy pinnacle +of power. Perchance for a moment he believed that he was indeed divine, +that nothing less than the blood and right of godhead could thus have +exalted him. At least he stood there, denying naught, while the people +adored him as Jehovah is adored of the Jews and Christ is adored of the +Christians. + +Then of a sudden smote the Angel of the Lord. Of a sudden intolerable +pain seized upon his vitals, and Herod remembered that he was but mortal +flesh, and knew that death was near. + +"Alas!" he cried, "I am no god, but a man, and even now the common fate +of man is on me." + +As he spoke a great white owl slid from the roof of the canopy above him +and vanished through the unroofed centre of the cavea. + +"Look! look! my people!" he cried again, "the spirit that brought me +good fortune leaves me now, and I die, my people, I die!" Then, sinking +upon his throne, he who a moment gone had received the worship of a god, +writhed there in agony and wept. Yes, Herod wept. + +Attendants ran to him and lifted him in their arms. + +"Take me hence to die," he moaned. Now a herald cried: + +"The king is smitten with a sore sickness, and the games are closed. To +your homes, O people." + +For a while the multitude sat silent, for they were fear-stricken. Then +a murmur rose among them that spread and swelled till it became a roar. + +"The Christians! The Christians! They prophesied the evil. They have +bewitched the king. They are wizards. Kill them, kill them, kill them!" + +Instantly, like waves pouring in from every side, hundreds and thousands +of men began to flow towards that place where the martyrs sat. The walls +and palisades were high. Sweeping aside the guards, they surged against +them like water against a rock; but climb they could not. Those in front +began to scream, those behind pressed on. Some fell and were trodden +underfoot, others clambered upon their bodies, in turn to fall and be +trodden underfoot. + +"Our death is upon us!" cried one of the Nazarenes. + +"Nay, life remains to us," answered Nehushta. "Follow me, all of you, +for I know the road," and, seizing Rachel about the middle, she began to +drag her towards a little door. It was unlocked and guarded by one man +only, the apostate jailer Rufus. + +"Stand back!" he cried, lifting his spear. + +Nehushta made no answer, only drawing a dagger from her robe, she fell +upon the ground, then of a sudden rose again beneath his guard. The +knife flashed and went home to the hilt. Down fell the man screaming for +help and mercy, and there, in the narrow way, his spirit was stamped out +of him. Beyond lay the broad passage of the vomitorium. They gained it, +and in an instant were mixed with the thousands who sought to escape the +panic. Some perished, some were swept onwards, among them Nehushta and +Rachel. Thrice they nearly fell, but the fierce strength of the Libyan +saved her mistress, till at length they found themselves on the broad +terrace facing the seashore. + +"Whither now?" gasped Rachel. + +"Where shall I lead you?" answered Nehushta. "Do not stay. Be swift." + +"But the others?" said Rachel, glancing back at the fighting, trampling, +yelling mob. + +"God guard them! We cannot." + +"Leave me," moaned her mistress. "Save yourself, Nou; I am spent," and +she sank down to her knees. + +"But I am still strong," muttered Nehushta, and lifting the swooning +woman in her sinewy arms, she fled on towards the port, crying, "Way, +way for my lady, the noble Roman, who has swooned!" + +And the multitude made way. + + + +CHAPTER III + +THE GRAIN STORE + +Having passed the outer terraces of the amphitheatre in safety, Nehushta +turned down a side street, and paused in the shadow of the wall to think +what she should do. So far they were safe; but even if her strength +would stand the strain, it seemed impossible that she should carry her +mistress through the crowded city and avoid recapture. For some months +they had both of them been prisoners, and as it was the custom of the +inhabitants of Caesarea, when they had nothing else to do, to come to the +gates of their jail, and, through the bars, to study those within, or +even, by permission of the guards, to walk among them, their appearance +was known to many. Doubtless, so soon as the excitement caused by the +illness of the king had subsided, soldiers would be sent to hunt down +the fugitives who had escaped from the amphitheatre. More especially +would they search for her, Nehushta, and her mistress, since it would be +known that one of them had stabbed the warden of the gate, a crime for +which they must expect to die by torture. Also--where could they go who +had no friends, since all Christians had been expelled the city? + +No, there was but one chance for them--to conceal themselves. + +Nehushta looked round her for a hiding-place, and in this matter, as in +others on that day, fortune favoured them. This street in the old days, +when Caesarea was called Strato's Tower, had been built upon an inner +wall of the city, now long dismantled. At a distance of a few yards +from where Nehushta had stopped stood an ancient gateway, unused save +at times by beggars who slept under it, which led nowhere, for the outer +arch of it was bricked up. Into this gateway Nehushta bore her mistress +unobserved, to find to her relief that it was quite untenanted, though +a still smouldering fire and a broken amphora containing clean water +showed her that folk had slept there who could find no better lodging. +So far so good; but here it would be scarcely safe to hide, as the +tenants or others might come back. Nehushta looked around. In the thick +wall was a little archway, beneath which commenced a stair. Setting +Rachel on the ground, she ran up it, lightly as a cat. At the top of +thirty steps, many of them broken, she found an old and massive door. +With a sigh of disappointment, the Libyan turned to descend again; then, +by an afterthought, pushed at the door. To her surprise it stirred. +Again she pushed, and it swung open. Within was a large chamber, lighted +by loopholes pierced in the thickness of the wall, for the use of +archers. Now, however, it served no military purpose, but was used as a +storehouse by a merchant of grain, for there in a corner lay a heap of +many measures of barley, and strewn about the floor were sacks of skin +and other articles. + +Nehushta examined the room. No hiding-place could be better--unless the +merchant chanced to come to visit his store. Well, that must be risked. +Down she sped, and with much toil and difficulty carried her still +swooning mistress up the steps and into the chamber, where she laid her +on a heap of sacks. + +Again, by an afterthought, she ventured to descend, this time to fetch +the broken jar of water. Then she closed the door, setting it fast with +a piece of wood, and began to chafe Rachel's hands and to sprinkle her +face from the jar. Presently the dark eyes opened and her mistress sat +up. + +"Is it over, and is this Paradise?" she murmured. + +"I should not call the place by that name, lady," answered Nehushta, +drily, "though perhaps, in contrast with the hell that we have left, +some might think it so. Drink!" and she held the water to her lips. + +Rachel obeyed her eagerly. "Oh! it is good," she said. "But how came we +here out of that rushing crowd?" + +Before she answered, muttering "After the mistress, the maid," Nehushta +swallowed a deep draught of water in her turn, which, indeed, she needed +sorely. Then she told her all. + +"Oh! Nou," said Rachel, "how strong and brave you are! But for you I +should be dead." + +"But for God, you mean, mistress, for I hold that He sent that +knife-point home." + +"Did you kill the man?" asked Rachel. + +"I think that he died by a dagger-thrust as Anna foretold," she answered +evasively; "and that reminds me that I had better clean the knife, since +blood on the blade is evidence against its owner." Then drawing the +dagger from its hiding-place she rubbed it with dust, which she took +from a loop-hole, and polished it bright with a piece of hide. + +Scarcely was this task accomplished to Nehushta's satisfaction when her +quick ears caught a sound. + +"For your life, be silent," she whispered, and laid her face sideways +to a crack in the cement floor and listened. Well might she listen, for +below were three soldiers searching for her and her mistress. + +"The old fellow swore that he saw a Libyan woman carrying a lady down +this street," said one of them, the petty officer in charge, to his +companion, "and there was but a single brown-skin in the lot; so if they +aren't here I don't know where they can be." + +"Well," grumbled one of the soldiers, "this place is as empty as a drum, +so we may as well be going. There'll be fun presently which I don't want +to miss." + +"It was the black woman who knifed our friend Rufus, wasn't it--in the +theatre there?" asked the third soldier. + +"They say so; but as he was trodden as flat as a roof-board, and they +had to take him up in pieces, it is difficult to know the truth of that +matter. Anyhow his mates are anxious to get the lady, and I should be +sorry to die as she will, when they do, or her mistress either. They +have leave to finish them in their own fashion." + +"Hadn't we best be going?" said the first soldier, who evidently was +anxious to keep some appointment. + +"Hullo!" exclaimed the second, a sharp-eyed fellow, "there's a stair; we +had better just look up it." + +"Not much use," answered the officer. "That old thief Amram, the +corn-merchant, has a store there, and he isn't one of the sort to leave +it unlocked. Still, just go and see." + +Then came the sound of footsteps on the stair, and presently a man could +be heard fumbling at the further side of the door. Rachel shut her eyes +and prayed; Nehushta, drawing the knife from her bosom, crept towards +the doorway like a tigress, and placed her left hand on the stick that +held it shut. Well it was that she did so, since presently the soldier +gave a savage push that might easily have caused the wood to slip on the +cemented floor. Now, satisfied that it was really locked, he turned and +went down the steps. + +With a gasp of relief Nehushta once more set her ear to the crack. + +"It's fast enough," reported the man, "but perhaps it might be as well +to get the key from Amram and have a look." + +"Friend," said the officer, "I think that you must be in love with this +black lady; or is it her mistress whom you admire? I shall recommend +you for the post of Christian-catcher to the cohort. Now we'll try that +house at the corner, and if they are not there, I am off to the palace +to see how his godship is getting on with that stomach-ache and whether +it has moved him to order payment of our arrears. If he hasn't, I tell +you flatly that I mean to help myself to something, and so do the rest +of the lads, who are mad at the stopping of the games." + +"It would be much better to get that key from Amram and have a look +upstairs," put in number two soldier reflectively. + +"Then go to Amram, or to Pluto, and ask for the key of Hades for aught +I care!" replied his superior with irritation. "He lives about a league +off at the other end of the town." + +"I do not wish for the walk," said the conscientious soldier; "but as we +are searching for these escaped Christians, by your leave, I do think it +would have been much better to have got that key from Amram and peeped +into the chamber upstairs." + +Thereon the temper of the officer, already ruffled by the events of +the morning and the long watch of the preceding night, gave way, and he +departed, consigning the Christians, escaped or recaptured, Amram and +the key, his subordinate, and even the royal Agrippa who did not pay +his debts, to every infernal god of every religion with which he was +acquainted. + +Nehushta lifted her head from the floor. + +"Thanks be to God! They are gone," she said. + +"But, Nou, will they not come back? Oh! I fear lest they should come +back." + +"I think not. That sharp-nosed rat has made the other angry, and I +believe that he will find him some harder task than the seeking of a key +from Amram. Still, there is danger that this Amram may appear himself to +visit his store, for in these days of festival he is sure to be selling +grain to the bakers." + +Scarcely were the words out of her mouth when a key rattled, the door +was pushed sharply, and the piece of wood slipped and fell. Then the +hinges creaked, and Amram--none other--entered, and, closing the door +behind him, locked it, leaving the key in the lock. + +Amram was a shrewd-faced, middle-aged Phoenician and, like most +Phoenicians of that day, a successful trader, this corn-store +representing only one branch of his business. For the rest he was clad +in a quiet-coloured robe and cap, and to all appearance unarmed. + +Having locked the door, he walked to a little table, beneath which stood +a box containing his tablets whereon were entered the amounts of corn +bought and delivered, to come face to face with Nehushta. Instantly she +slid between him and the door. + +"Who in the name of Moloch are you?" he asked, stepping back astonished, +to perceive as he did so, Rachel seated on the heap of sacks; "and you," +he added. "Are you spirits, thieves, ladies in search of a lodging, +or--perchance those two Christians whom the soldiers are looking for in +yonder house?" + +"We are the two Christians," said Rachel desperately. "We fled from the +amphitheatre, and have taken refuge here, where they nearly found us." + +"This," said Amram solemnly, "comes of not locking one's office. Do not +misunderstand me; it was no fault of mine. A certain apprentice is to +blame, to whom I shall have a word to say. In fact, I think that I will +say it at once," and he stepped towards the door. + +"Indeed you will not," interrupted Nehushta. + +"And pray, my Libyan friend, how will you prevent me?" + +"My putting a knife into your gizzard, as I did through that of the +renegade Rufus an hour or two ago! Ah! I see you have heard the story." + +Amram considered, then replied: + +"And what if I also have a knife?" + +"In that case," said Nehushta, "draw it, and we will see which is the +better, man or woman. Merchant, your weapon is your pen. You have not a +chance with me, an Arab of Libya, and you know it." + +"Yes," answered Amram, "I think I do; you desert folk are so reckless +and athletic. Also, to be frank, as you may have guessed, I am unarmed. +Now, what do you propose?" + +"I propose that you get us safely out of Caesarea, or, if you prefer it, +that we shall all die here in this grain-store, for, by whatever god you +worship, Phoenician, before a hand is laid upon my mistress or me, this +knife goes through your heart. I owe no love to your people, who bought +me, a king's daughter, as a slave, and I shall be quite happy to close +my account with one of them. Do you understand?" + +"Perfectly, perfectly. Why show such temper? The affair is one of +business; let us discuss it in a business spirit. You wish to escape +from Caesarea; I wish you to escape from my grain-store. Let me go out +and arrange the matter." + +"On a plank; not otherwise unless we accompany you," answered Nehushta. +"Man, why do you waste words with us. Listen. This lady is the only +child of Benoni, the great merchant of Tyre. Doubtless you know him?" + +"To my cost," replied Amram, with a bow. "Three times has he overreached +me in various bargains." + +"Very well; then you know also that he is rich and will pay him +liberally who rescues his daughter from great peril." + +"He might do so, but I am not sure." + +"I am sure," answered Nehushta, "and for this service my mistress here +will give you a bill for any reasonable sum drawn upon her father." + +"Yes, but the question is--will he honour it? Benoni is a prejudiced +man, a very prejudiced man, a Jew of the Jew, who--does not like +Christians." + +"I think that he will honour it, I believe that he will honour it; but +that risk is yours. See here, merchant, a doubtful draft is better than +a slit throat." + +"Quite so. The argument is excellent. But you desire to escape. If you +keep me here, how can I arrange the matter?" + +"That is for you to consider. You do not leave this place except in our +company, and then at the first sign of danger I drive this knife home +between your shoulders. Meanwhile my mistress is ready to sign any +moderate draft upon her father." + +"It is not necessary. Under the circumstances I think that I will trust +to the generosity of my fellow trader Benoni. Meanwhile I assure you +that nothing will give me greater happiness than to fall in with your +views. Believe me, I have no prejudice against Christians, since those +of them whom I have met were always honest and paid their debts in full. +I do not wish to see you or your mistress eaten by lions or tortured. +I shall be very glad to think that you are following the maxims of your +peculiar faith to an extreme old age, anywhere, outside the limits of my +grain-store. The question is, how can I help you do this? At present I +see no way." + +"The question is--how will you manage to keep your life in you over the +next twelve hours?" answered Nehushta grimly. "Therefore I advise you +to find a way"; and to emphasise her words she turned, and, having made +sure that the door was locked, slipped its key into the bosom of her +dress. + +Amram stared at her in undisguised admiration. "I would that I were +unmarried," he said, "which is not the case," and he sighed; "for +then, upon my word, I should be inclined to make a certain proposal to +you----" + +"Nehushta--that is my name----" + +"Nehushta--exactly. Well, it is out of the question." + +"Quite." + +"Therefore I have a suggestion to make. To-night a ship of mine sails +for Tyre. Will you honour me by accepting a passage on her?" + +"Certainly," answered Nehushta, "provided that you accompany us." + +"It was not my intention to go to Tyre this voyage." + +"Then your intention can be changed. Look you, we are desperate, and our +lives are at stake. Your life is also at stake, and I swear to you, by +the Holy One we worship, that before any harm comes to my mistress you +shall die. Then what will your wealth and your schemes avail you in the +grave? It is a little thing we ask of you--to help two innocent people +to escape from this accursed city. Will you grant it? Or shall I put +this dagger through your throat? Answer, and at once, or I strike and +bury you in your own corn." + +Even in that light Amram turned visibly paler. "I accept your terms," +he said. "At nightfall I will conduct you to the ship, which sails two +hours after sunset with the evening wind. I will accompany you to Tyre +and deliver the lady over to her father, trusting to his liberality for +my reward. Meanwhile, this place is hot. That ladder leads to the roof, +which is parapeted, so that those sitting or even standing there, cannot +be seen. Shall we ascend?" + +"If you go first; and remember, should you attempt to call out, my knife +is always ready." + +"Of that I am quite aware--you have said so several times. I have passed +my words, and I do not go back upon my bargains. The stars are with you, +and, come what may, I obey them." + +Accordingly they ascended to the roof, Amram going first, Nehushta +following him, and Rachel bringing up the rear. On it, projecting inward +from the parapet, was a sloping shelter once made use of by the look-out +sentry in bad or hot weather. The change from the stifling store below +with its stench of ill-cured hides, to this lofty, shaded spot, where +the air moved freely, was so pleasant to Rachel, outworn as she was with +all she had gone through, that presently she fell asleep, not to wake +again till evening. Nehushta, however, who did not go to sleep, and +Amram, employed themselves in watching the events that passed in the +city below. From this height they could see the great square surrounding +the palace, and the strange scenes being enacted therein. It was crowded +by thousands of people, for the most part seated on the ground, clad in +garments of sack-cloth and throwing dust upon the heads of themselves, +their wives and children. From all this multitude a voice of +supplication rose to heaven, which, even at that distance, reached the +ears of Nehushta and her companion in a murmur of sound, constant and +confused. + +"They pray that the king may live," said Amram. + +"And I pray that he may die," answered Nehushta. + +The merchant shrugged his shoulders. "I care nothing either way, +provided that the peace is not disturbed to the injury of trade. On the +whole, however, he is a good king who causes money to be spent, which is +what kings are for--in Judaea--where they are but feathers puffed up by +the breath of Caesar, to fall if he cease to blow. But look!" + +As he spoke, a figure appeared upon the steps of the palace who made +some communication to the crowd, whereon a great wail went up to the +very skies. + +"You have your wish," said Amram; "Herod is dead or dying, and now, +I suppose, as his son is but a child, that we shall be ruled by some +accursed thief of a Roman procurator with a pocket like a sack without a +bottom. Surely that old bishop of yours who preached in the amphitheatre +this morning, must have had a hint of what was coming, from his familiar +spirit; or perhaps he saw the owl and guessed its errand. Moreover, I +think that troubles are brewing for others besides Herod, since the old +man said as much. + +"What became of him and the rest?" asked Nehushta. + +"Oh! a few were trampled to death, and others the Jews stirred up the +mob to stone, saying that they had bewitched the king, which they, who +were disappointed of the games, did gladly. Some, however, are said to +have escaped, and, like yourselves, lie in hiding." + +Nehushta glanced at her mistress, now fast asleep, her pale face resting +on her arm. + +"The world is hard--for Christians," she said. + +"Friend, it is hard for all, as, were I to tell you my own story, even +you would admit," and he sighed. "At least you Christians believe in +something beyond," he went on; "for you death is but a bridge leading to +a glorious city, and I trust that you may be right. Is not your mistress +delicate?" + +Nehushta nodded. + +"She was never very strong, and sorrow has done its work with her. They +killed her husband at Berytus yonder, and--her trouble is very near." + +"Yes, yes, I heard that story, also that his blood is on the hands +of her own father, Benoni. Ah! who is so cruel as a bigot Jew? Not +we Phoenicians even, of whom they say such evil. Once I had a +daughter"--here his hard face softened--"but let be, let be! Look you, +the risk is great, but what I can do I will do to save her, and you +also, friend, since, Libyan or no, you are a faithful woman. Nay, do not +doubt me. I have given my word, and if I break it willingly, then may I +perish and be devoured of dogs. My ship is small and undecked. In that +she shall not sail, but a big galley weighs for Alexandria to-night, +calling at Apollonia and Joppa, and in it I will take you passages, +saying that the lady is a relative of mine and that you are her slave. +This is my advice to you--that you go straight to Egypt, where there are +many Christians who will protect you for a while. Thence your mistress +can write to her father, and if he will receiver her, return. If not, at +least she will be safe, since no writ of Herod runs in Alexandria, and +there they do not love the Jews." + +"Your counsel seems good," said Nehushta, "if she will consent to it." + +"She must consent who, indeed, is in no case to make other plans. Now +let me go. Before nightfall I will return again with food and clothing, +and lead you to the ship." + +Nehushta hesitated. + +"I say to you, do not fear. Will you not trust me?" + +"Yes," answered Nehushta, "because I must. Nay, the words are not kind, +but we are sadly placed, and it is strange to find a true friend in one +whom I have threatened with a knife." + +"I understand," said Amram gravely. "Let the issue prove me. Now descend +that you may lock the door behind me. When I return I will stand in +the open space yonder with a slave, making pretence to re-bind a burst +bundle of merchandise. Then come down and admit me without fear." + +When the Phoenician had gone Nehushta sat by her sleeping mistress, and +waited with an anxious heart. Had she done wisely? Would Amram betray +them and send soldiers to conduct them, not to the ship, but to some +dreadful death? Well, if so, at least she would have time to kill her +mistress and herself, and thus escape the cruelties of men. Meanwhile +she could only pray; and pray she did in her fierce, half-savage +fashion, never for herself, but for her mistress whom she loved, and for +the child that, she remembered thankfully, Anna had foretold would be +born and live out its life. Then she remembered also that this same holy +woman had said that its mother's hours would be few, and at the thought +Nehushta wept. + + + +CHAPTER IV + +THE BIRTH OF MIRIAM + +The time passed slowly, but none came to disturb them. Three hours after +noon Rachel awoke, refreshed but hungry, and Nehushta had no food to +give her except raw grain, from which she turned. Clearly and in few +words she told her mistress all that had passed, asking her consent to +the plan. + +"It seems good as another," said Rachel with a little sigh, "and I thank +you for making it, Nou, and the Phoenician, if he is a true man. Also I +do not desire to meet my father--at least, for many years. How can I, +seeing the evil which he has brought upon me?" + +"Do not speak of that," interrupted Nehushta hastily, and for a long +while they were silent. + +It was an hour before sunset, or a little less, when at length Nehushta +saw two persons walk on to the patch of open ground which she watched +continually--Amram and a slave who bore a bundle on his head. Just then +the rope which bound this bundle seemed to come loose; at least, at his +master's command, the man set it down and they began to retie it, then +advanced slowly towards the archway. Now Nehushta descended, unlocked +the door and admitted Amram, who carried the bundle. + +"Where is the slave?" she asked. + +"Have no fear, friend; he is trusty and watches without, not knowing +why. Come, you must both of you be hungry, and I have food. Help me +loose this cord." + +Presently the package was undone, and within it appeared, first, two +flagons of old wine, then meats more tasty then Nehushta had seen +for months, then rich cloaks and other garments made in the Phoenician +fashion, and a robe of white with coloured edges, such as was worn by +the body-slaves of the wealthy among that people. Lastly--and this +Amram produced from his own person--there was a purse of gold, enough to +support them for many weeks. Nehushta thanked him with her eyes, and was +about to speak. + +"There, say nothing," he interrupted. "I passed my word, and I have kept +it, that is all. Also on this money I shall charge interest, and your +mistress can repay it in happier days. Now listen: I have taken the +passages, and an hour after sunset we will go aboard. Only I warn you, +do not let it be known that you are escaped Christians, for the seamen +think that such folk bring them bad luck. Come, help me carry the food +and wine. After you have eaten you can both of you retire here and robe +yourselves." + +Presently they were on the roof. + +"Lady," said Nehushta, "we did well to put faith in this man. He has +come back, and see what he has brought us." + +"The blessing of God be on you, sir, who help the helpless!" exclaimed +Rachel, looking hungrily at the tempting meats which she so sorely +needed. + +"Drink," said Amram cheerfully, as he poured wine and water into a cup; +"it will hearten you, and your faith does not forbid the use of the +grape, for have I not heard you styled the society of drunkards?" + +"That is only one bad name among many, sir," said Rachel, as she took +the cup. + +Then they ate and were satisfied, and afterwards descended into +the corn-store to wash with the remainder of the water, and clothe +themselves from head to foot in the fragrant and beautiful garments +that might have been made for their wear, so well had Amram judged their +sizes and needs. + +By the time that they were dressed the light was dying. Still, they +waited a while for the darkness; then, with a new hope shining through +their fears, crept silently into the street, where the slave, a sturdy, +well-armed fellow, watched for them. + +"To the quay," said Amram, and they walked forward, choosing those +thoroughfares that were most quiet. It was well for them that they did +this, for now it was known that Agrippa's sickness was mortal, the most +of the soldiers were already in a state of mutiny, and, inflamed with +wine, paraded the market-places and larger streets, shouting and singing +obscene songs, and breaking into the liquor shops and private houses, +where they drank healths to Charon, who was about to bear away their +king in his evil bark. As yet, however, they had not begun killing those +against whom they had a grudge. This happened afterwards, though it has +nothing to do with our story. + +Without trouble or molestation the party reached the quay, where a +small boat with two Phoenician rowers was waiting for them. In it they +embarked, except the slave, and were rowed out to the anchorage to board +a large galley which lay half a mile or more away. This they did without +difficulty, for the night was calm, although the air hung thick and +heavy, and jagged clouds, wind-breeders as they were called, lay upon +the horizon. On the lower deck of the galley stood its captain, a +sour-faced man, to whom Amram introduced his passengers, who were, as he +declared, relatives of his own proceeding to Alexandria. + +"Good," said the captain. "Show them to their cabin, for we sail as soon +as the wind rises." + +To the cabin they went accordingly, a comfortable place stored with all +that they could need; but as they passed to it Nehushta heard a sailor, +who held a lantern in his hand, say to his companion: + +"That woman is very like one whom I saw in the amphitheatre this morning +when they gave the salute to King Agrippa." + +"The gods forbid it!" answered the other. "We want no Christians here to +bring evil fortune on us." + +"Christians or no Christians, there is a tempest brewing, if I +understand the signs of the weather," muttered the first man. + +In the cabin Amram bade his guests farewell. + +"This is a strange adventure," he said, "and one that I did not look +for. May it prove to the advantage of us all. At the least I have done +my best for your safety, and now we part." + +"You are a good man," replied Rachel, "and whatever may befall us, I +pray again that God may bless you for your kindness to His servants. +I pray also that He may lead you to a knowledge of the truth as it was +declared by the Lord and Master Whom we serve, that your soul may win +salvation and eternal life." + +"Lady," said Amram, "I know nothing of these doctrines, but I promise +you this: that I will look into them and see whether or no they commend +themselves to my reason. I love wealth, like all my people, but I am +not altogether a time-server, or a money-seeker. Lady, I have lost those +whom I desire to find again." + +"Seek and you will find." + +"I will seek," he answered, "though, mayhap, I shall never find." + +Thus they parted. + +Presently the night breeze began to flow off the land, the great sail +was hoisted, and with the help of oars, worked by slaves, the ship +cleared the harbour and set her course for Joppa. Two hours later the +wind failed so that they could proceed only by rowing over a dead and +oily sea, beneath a sky that was full of heavy clouds. Lacking any stars +to steer by, the captain wished to cast anchor, but as the water proved +too deep they proceeded slowly, till about an hour before dawn a sudden +gust struck them which caused the galley to lean over. + +"The north wind! The black north wind!" shouted the steersman, and the +sailors echoed his cry dismally, for they knew the terrors of that wind +upon the Syrian coast. Then the gale began to rage. By daylight the +waves were running high as mountains and the wind hissed through the +rigging, driving them forward beneath a small sail. Nehushta crawled out +of the cabin, and, in the light of an angry dawn, saw far away the white +walls of a city built near the shore. + +"Is not that Appolonia?" she asked of the captain. + +"Yes," he answered, "it is Appolonia sure enough, but we shall not +anchor there this voyage. Now it is Alexandria for us or nothing." + +So they rushed past Appolonia and forward, climbing the slopes of the +rising seas. + +Thus things went on. About mid-day the gale became a hurricane, and do +what they would they were driven forward, till at length they saw +the breakers forming on the coast. Rachel lay sick and prostrate, but +Nehushta went out of the cabin to watch. + +"Are we in danger?" she asked of a sailor. + +"Yes, accursed Christian," he replied, "and you have brought it on us +with your evil eye." + +Then Nehushta returned to the cabin where her mistress lay almost +senseless with sea-sickness. On board the ship the terror and confusion +grew. For a while they were able to beat out to sea until the mast +was carried away. Then the rudder broke, and, as the oars could not be +worked in that fearful tempest, the galley began to drive shorewards. +Night fell, and who can describe the awful hours that followed? All +control of the vessel being lost, she drove onwards whither the wind and +the waves took her. The crew, and even the oar-slaves, flew to the wine +with which she was partly laden, and strove to drown their terrors in +drink. Thus inflamed, twice some of them came to the cabin, threatening +to throw their passengers overboard. But Nehushta barred the door and +called through it that she was well armed and would kill the first +man who tried to lay a hand upon her. So they went away, and after the +second visit grew too drunken to be dangerous. + +Again the dawn broke over the roaring, foaming sea and revealed the +fate that awaited them. Not a mile away lay the grey line of shore, and +between them and it a cruel reef on which the breakers raged. Towards +this reef they were driving fast. Now the men grew sober in their fear, +and began to build a large raft of oars and timber; also to make ready +the boat which the galley carried. Before all was done she struck beak +first, and was lifted on to a great flat rock, where she wallowed, with +the water seething round her. Then, knowing that their hour was come, +the crew made shift to launch the boat and raft on the lee side, and +began to clamber into them. Now Nehushta came out of the cabin and +prayed the captain to save them also, whereon he answered her with an +oath that this bad luck was because of them, and that if either she or +her mistress tried to enter the boat, they would stab them and cast them +into the sea as an offering to the storm-god. + +So Nehushta struggled back to the cabin, and kneeling by the side of her +mistress, with tears told her that these black-hearted sailors had +left them alone upon the ship to drown. Rachel answered that she cared +little, but only desired to be free of her fear and misery. + +As the words left her lips, Nehushta heard a sound of screaming, and +crawling to the bulwarks, looked forth to see a dreadful sight. The boat +and the raft, laden with a great number of men who were fighting for +places with each other, having loosed from the lee of the ship, were +come among the breakers, which threw them up as a child throws a ball at +play. Even while Nehushta gazed, their crafts were overturned, casting +them into the water, every one there to be dashed against the rocks +or drowned by the violence of the waves, so that not a man of all that +ship's company came living to the shore. + +Like tens of thousands of others on this coast in all ages, they +perished, every one of them--and that was the reward of their +wickedness. + +Giving thanks to God, Who had brought them out of that danger against +their wills, Nehushta crept back to the cabin and told her mistress what +had passed. + +"May they find pardon," said Rachel, shuddering; "but as for us, it will +matter little whether we are drowned in the boat or upon the galley." + +"I do not think that we shall drown," answered Nehushta. + +"How are we to escape it, Nou? The ship lies upon the rock, where the +great waves will batter her to pieces. Feel how she shakes beneath their +blows, and see the spray flying over us." + +"I do not know, mistress; but we shall not drown." + +Nehushta was right, for after they had remained fast a little longer +they were saved, thus: Suddenly the wind dropped, then it rose again in +a last furious squall, driving before it a very mountain of water. This +vast billow, as it rushed shorewards, caught the galley in its white +arms and lifted her not only off the rock whereon she lay, but over the +further reefs, to cast her down again upon a bed of sand and shells, +within a stone's throw of the beach, where she remained fast, never to +shift more. + +Now also, as though its work were done, the gale ceased, and, as is +common on the Syrian coast, the sea sank rapidly, so that by nightfall +it was calm again. Indeed, three hours before sunset, had both of them +been strong and well, they might have escaped to the land by wading. But +this was not to be, for now what Nehushta had feared befell, and when +she was least fitted to bear it, being worn out with anguish of mind and +weariness of body, pain took sudden hold of Rachel, of which the end was +that, before midnight, there, in that broken vessel upon a barren coast +where no man seemed to live, a daughter was born to her. + +"Let me see the child," said Rachel. So Nehushta showed it to her by the +light of a lamp which burned in the cabin. + +It was a small child, but very white, with blue eyes and dark hair that +curled. Rachel gazed at it long and tenderly. Then she said, "Bring me +water while there is yet time." + +When the water was brought she dipped her trembling hand into it, and +made the sign of the Cross upon the babe's forehead, baptising her with +the name of Miriam, after that of her own mother, to the service and the +company of Jesus the Christ. + +"Now," she said, "whether she live an hour or an hundred years, this +child is a Christian, and whatever befalls, should she come to the age +of understanding, see to it, Nou, who are henceforth the foster-mother +of her body and her soul, that she does not forget the rites and duties +of her faith. Lay this charge on her also as her father commanded, and +as I command, that should she be moved to marriage, she wed none who is +not a Christian. Tell her that such was the will of those who begat her, +and that if she be obedient to it, although they are dead, and as it +seems strengthless, yet shall their blessing be upon her all her life's +days, and with it the blessing of the Lord she serves." + +"Oh!" moaned Nehushta, "why do you speak thus?" + +"Because I am dying. Gainsay me not. I know it well. My life ebbs from +me. My prayers have been answered, and I was preserved to give this +infant birth; now I go to my appointed place and to one who waits for +me, and to the Lord in Whose care he is in Heaven, as we are in His +care on earth. Nay, do not mourn; it is no fault of yours, nor could any +physician's skill have saved me, whose strength was spent in suffering, +and who for many months have walked the world, bearing in my breast a +broken heart. Give me of that wine to drink--and listen." + +Nehushta obeyed and Rachel went on: "So soon as my breath has left me, +take the babe and seek some village on the shore where it can be nursed, +for which service you have the means to pay. Then when she is strong +enough and it is convenient, travel, not to Tyre--for there my father +would bring up the child in the strictest rites and customs of the +Jews--but to the village of the Essenes upon the shores of the Dead sea. +There find out my mother's brother, Ithiel, who is of their society, and +present to him the tokens of my name and birth which still hang about +my neck, and tell him all the story, keeping nothing back. He is not a +Christian, but he is a good and gentle-hearted man who thinks well of +Christians, and is grieved at their persecution, since he wrote to my +father reproving him for his deeds towards us and, as you know, strove, +but in vain, to bring about our release from prison. Say to him that I, +his kinswoman, pray of him, as he will answer to God, and in the name of +the sister whom he loved, to protect my child and you; to do nothing +to turn her from her faith, and in all things to deal with her as his +wisdom shall direct--for so shall peace and blessing come upon him." + +Thus spoke Rachel, but in short and broken words. Then she began to +pray, and, praying, fell asleep. When she woke again the dawn was +breaking. Signing to Nehushta to bring her the child, for now she could +no longer speak, she scanned it earnestly in the new-born light, then +placed her hand upon its head and blessed it. Nehushta she blessed also, +thanking her with her eyes and kissing her. Then again she seemed to +fall asleep, and presently, when Nehushta looked at her, Rachel was +dead. + +Nehushta understood and gave a great and bitter cry, since to her after +the death of her first mistress, this woman had been all her life. As a +child she had nursed her; as a maiden shared her joys and sorrows; as a +wife and widow toiled day and night fiercely and faithfully to console +her in her desolation and to protect her in the dreadful dangers through +which she had passed. Now, to end it all, it was her lot to receive her +last breath and to take into her arms her new-born infant. + +Then and there Nehushta swore that as she had done by the mother she so +would do by the child till the day when her labours ended. Were it not +for this child, indeed, they would have ended now, Christian though she +was, since she was crushed with bitter sorrow and her heart seemed void +of hope or joy. All her days had been hard--she who was born to great +place among her own wild people far away, and snatched thence to be a +slave, set apart by her race and blood from those into whose city she +was sold; she who would have naught to do with base men nor become the +plaything of those of higher birth; she who had turned Christian and +drunk deep of the tribulations of the faith; she who had centred all her +eager heart upon two beloved women, and lost them both. All her days had +been hard, and here and now, by the side of her dead mistress, she would +have ended them. But the child remained, and while it lived, she would +live. If it died, then perhaps she would die also. + +Meanwhile Nehushta had no time for grief, since the babe must be fed, +and within twelve hours. Yet, as she could not bury her, and would not +throw her to the sharks, she was minded to give her mistress a royal +funeral after the custom of her own Libyan folk. Here was flame, and +what pyre could be grander than this great ship? + +Lifting the body from its couch, Nehushta carried it to the deck and +laid it by the broken mast, closing the eyes and folding the hands. +Then she loosened from about the neck those tokens of which Rachel had +spoken, made some food and garments into a bundle, and, carrying the +lamp with her, went into the captain's cabin amidships. Here a money-box +was open, and in it gold and some jewels which this man had abandoned +in his haste. These she took, adding them to her own store and securing +them about her. This done she fired the cabin, and passing to the hold, +broke a jar of oil and fired that also. Then she fled back again, knelt +by her dead mistress and kissed her, took the child, wrapping it warmly +in a shawl, and by the ladder of rope which the sailors had used, let +herself down into the quiet sea. Its waters did not reach higher than +her middle, and soon she was standing on the shore and climbing the +sandhills that lay beyond. At their summit she turned to look, and lo! +yonder where the galley was, already a great pillar of fire shot up to +heaven, for there was much oil in the hold and it burnt furiously. + +"Farewell!" she cried, "farewell!" + +Then, weeping bitterly, Nehushta walked on inland. + + + +CHAPTER V + +MIRIAM IS ENTHRONED + +Presently Nehushta found herself out of sight of the sea and among +cultivated land, for here were vines and fig trees grown in gardens +fenced with stone walls; also patches of ripening barley and of wheat +in the ear, much trodden down as though horses had been feeding there. +Beyond these gardens she came to a ridge, and saw beneath her a village +of many houses of green brick, some of which seemed to have been +destroyed by fire. Into this village she walked boldly, and there the +first sight that met her eyes was that of sundry dead bodies, upon which +dogs were feeding. + +On she went up the main street, till she saw a woman peeping at her over +a garden wall. + +"What has chanced here?" asked Nehushta, in the Syrian tongue. + +"The Romans! the Romans! the Romans!" wailed the woman. "The head of our +village quarrelled with the tax-gatherers, and refused to pay his dues +to Caesar. So the soldiers came a week ago and slaughtered nearly all +of us, and took such sheep and cattle as they could find, and with them +many of the young folk, to be sold as slaves, so that the rest are left +empty and desolate. Such are the things that chance in this unhappy +land. But, woman, who are you?" + +"I am one shipwrecked!" answered Nehushta, "and I bear with me a +new-born babe--nay, the story is too long to tell you; but if in this +place there is any one who can nurse the babe, I will pay her well." + +"Give it me!" said the woman, in an eager whisper; "my child perished in +the slaughter; I ask no reward." + +Nehushta looked at her. Her eyes were wild, but she was still young and +healthy, a Syrian peasant. + +"Have you a house?" she asked. + +"Yes, it still stands, and my husband lives; we hid in a cave, but alas! +they slew the infant that was out with the child of a neighbour. Quick, +give me the babe." + +So Nehushta gave it to her, and thus Miriam was nurtured at the breast +of one whose offspring had been murdered because the head of the village +had quarrelled with a Roman tax-collector. Such was the world in the +days when Christ came to save it. + +After she had suckled the child the woman led Nehushta to her house, a +humble dwelling that had escaped the fire, where they found the husband, +a wine-grower, mourning the death of his infant and the ruin of his +town. To him she told as much of her story as she thought well, and +proffered him a gold piece, which, so she swore, was one of ten she had +about her. He took it gladly, for now he was penniless, and promised +her lodging and protection, and the service of his wife as nurse to the +child for a month at least. So there Nehushta stayed, keeping herself +hid, and at the end of the month gave another gold piece to her +hosts, who were kindly folk that never dreamed of working her evil or +injustice. Seeing this, Nehushta found yet more money, wherewith the +man, blessing her, bought two oxen and a plough, and hired labour to +help him gather what remained of his harvest. + +The shore where the infant was born upon the wrecked ship, was at +a distance of about a league from Joppa and two days' journey from +Jerusalem, whence the Dead Sea could be reached in another two days. +When Nehushta had dwelt there for some six months, as the babe throve +and was hearty, she offered to pay the man and his wife three more +pieces of gold if they would travel with her to the neighbourhood of +Jericho, and, further, to purchase a mule and an ass for the journey, +which she would give to them when it was accomplished. The eyes of these +simple folk glistened at the prospect of so much wealth, and they agreed +readily, promising also to stay three months by Jericho, if need were, +till the child could be weaned. So a man was hired to guard the house +and vines, and they started in the late autumn, when the air was cool +and pleasant. + +Of their journey nothing need be said, save that they accomplished it +without trouble, being too humble in appearance to attract the notice of +the thieves who swarmed upon the highways, or of the soldiers who were +set to catch the thieves. + +Skirting Jerusalem, which they did not enter, on the sixth day they +descended into the valley of the Jordan, through the desolate hills by +which it is bordered. Camping that night outside the town, at daybreak +on the seventh morning they started, and by two hours after noon came to +the village of the Essenes. On its outskirts they halted, while Nehushta +and the nurse, bearing with them the child, that by now could wave its +arms and crow, advanced boldly into the village, where it would appear +men dwelt only--at least no women were to be seen--and asked to be led +to the Brother Ithiel. + +The man to whom they spoke, who was robed in white, and engaged in +cooking outside a large building, averted his eyes in answering, as +though it were not lawful for him to look upon the face of a woman. +He said, very civilly, however, that Brother Ithiel was working in the +fields, whence he would not return till supper time. + +Nehushta asked where these fields were, since she desired to speak with +him at once. The man answered that if they walked towards the green +trees that lined the banks of Jordan, which he pointed out to them, they +could not fail to find Ithiel, as he was ploughing in the irrigated land +with two white oxen, the only ones they had. Accordingly they set out +again, having the Dead Sea on their right, and travelled for the half of +a league through the thorn-scrub that grows in this desert. Passing the +scrub they came to lands which were well cultivated and supplied with +water from the Jordan by means of wheels and long poles with a jar at +one end and a weight at the other, which a man could work, emptying the +contents of the jar again and again into an irrigation ditch. + +In one of these fields they saw the two white oxen at their toil, +and behind them the labourer, a tall man of about fifty years of age, +bearded, and having a calm face and eyes that were very deep and quiet. +He was clad in a rough robe of camel's hair, fastened about his middle +with a leathern girdle, and wore sandals on his feet. To him they went, +asking leave to speak with him, whereon he halted the oxen and greeted +them courteously, but, like the man in the village, turned his eyes away +from the faces of the women. Nehushta bade the nurse stand back out of +hearing, and, bearing the child in her arms, said: + +"Sir, tell me, I pray you, if I speak to Ithiel, a priest of high rank +among this people of the Essenes, and brother to the dead lady Miriam, +wife of Benoni the Jew, a merchant of Tyre?" + +At the mention of these names Ithiel's face saddened, then grew calm +again. + +"I am so called," he answered; "and the lady Miriam is my sister, who +now dwells in the happy and eternal country beyond the ocean with all +the blessed"--for so the Essenes imagined that heaven to which they went +when the soul was freed from the vile body. + +"The lady Miriam," continued Nehushta, "had a daughter Rachel, whose +servant I was." + +"Was?" he interrupted, startled from his calm. "Has she then been put to +death by those fierce men and their king, as was as her husband Demas?" + +"Nay, sir, but she died in childbirth, and this is the babe she bore"; +and she held the sleeping little one towards him, at whom he gazed +earnestly, yes, and bent down and kissed it--since, although they saw so +few of them, the Essenes loved children. + +"Tell me that sad story," he said. + +"Sir, I will both tell it and prove it to be true"; and Nehushta told +him all from the beginning to the end, producing to his sight the tokens +which she had taken from the breast of her mistress, and repeating her +last message to him word for word. When she had finished, Ithiel turned +away and mourned a while. Then, speaking aloud, he put up a prayer to +God for guidance--for without prayer these people would not enter upon +anything, however simple--and came back to Nehushta, who stood by the +oxen. + +"Good and faithful woman," he said, "who it would seem are not fickle +and light-hearted, or worse, like the multitude of your sex--perchance +because your dark skin shields you from their temptations--you have set +me in a cleft stick, and there I am held fast. Know that the rule of my +order is that we should have naught to do with females, young or old; +therefore how can I receive you or the child?" + +"Of the rules of your order, sir, I know nothing," answered Nehushta +sharply, since the words about the colour of her skin had not pleased +her; "but of the rules of nature I do know, and something of the rules +of God also, for, like my mistress and this infant, I am a Christian. +These tell me, all of them, that to cast out an orphan child who is of +your own blood, and whom a cruel fortune has thus brought to your door, +would be an evil act, and one for which you must answer to Him who is +above the rules of any order." + +"I may not wrangle, especially with a woman," replied Ithiel, who seemed +ill at ease; "but if my first words are true, this is true also, that +those same rules enjoin upon us hospitality, and above all, that we must +not turn away the helpless or the destitute." + +"Clearly, then, sir, least of any must you turn away this child whose +blood is your blood, and those dead mother sent her to you, that she +might not fall into the power of a grandfather who has dealt so cruelly +with those he should have cherished, to be brought up among Zealots as +a Jew and taught to make offering of living things, and be anointed with +the oil and blood of sacrifice." + +"No, no, the thought is horrible," answered Ithiel, holding up his +hands. "It is better, far better that she should be a Christian than one +of that fanatic and blood-spilling faith." This he said, because among +the Essenes the use of oil was held to be unclean. Also above all +things, they loathed the offering of life in sacrifice to God; who, +although they did not acknowledge Christ--perhaps because He was never +preached to them, who would listen to no new religion--practised the +most of His doctrines with the greatest strictness. + +"The matter is too hard for me," he went on. "I must lay it before a +full Court of the hundred curators, and what they decide, that will +be done. Still, this is our rule: to assist those who need and to show +mercy, to accord succour to such as deserve it, and to give food to +those in distress. Therefore, whatever the Court, which it will take +three days to summon, may decide, in the meanwhile I have the right to +give you, and those with you, shelter and provision in the guest-house. +As it chances, it is situated in that part of the village where dwell +the lowest of our brethren, who are permitted to marry, so there you +will find company of your own sex." + +"I shall be glad of it," answered Nehushta drily. "Also I should call +them the highest of the brethren, since marriage is a law of God, which +God the Father has instituted, and God the Son has blessed." + +"I may not wrangle, I may not wrangle," replied Ithiel, declining the +encounter; "but certainly, that is a lovely babe. Look. Its eyes are +open and they are beautiful as flowers"; and again he bent down and +kissed the child, then added with a groan of remorse, "Alas! sinner that +I am, I am defiled; I must purify myself and do penance." + +"Why?" asked Nehushta shortly. + +"For two reasons: I have touched your dress, and I have given way to +earthly passion and embraced a child--twice. Therefore, according to our +rule, I am defiled." + +Then Nehushta could bear it no more. + +"Defiled! you puppet of a foolish rule! It is the sweet babe that is +defiled! Look, you have fouled its garments with your grimy hand and +made it weep by pricking it with your beard. Would that your holy rule +taught you how to handle children and to respect honest women who are +their mothers, without whom there would be no Essenes." + +"I may not wrangle," said Ithiel, nervously; for now woman was appearing +before him in a new light; not as an artful and a fickle, but as an +angry creature, reckless of tongue and not easy to be answered. "These +matters are for the decision of the curators. Have I not told you so? +Come, let us be going. I will drive the oxen, although it is not time +to loose them from the plough, and do you and your companion walk at a +distance behind me. No, not behind--in front, that I may see that you do +not drop the babe, or suffer it to come to any harm. Truly it is sweet +to look at, and, may God forgive me, I do not like to lose sight of its +face, which, it seems to me, resembles that of my sister when she was +also in arms." + +"Drop the babe!" began Nehushta; then understanding that this victim of +a rule already loved it dearly, and would suffer much before he parted +with it, pitying his weakness, she said only, "Be careful that you do +not frighten it with your great oxen, for you men who scorn women have +much to learn." + +Then, accompanied by the nurse, she stalked ahead in silence, while +Ithiel followed after at a distance, leading the cattle by the hide +loops about their horns, lest in their curiosity or eagerness to get +home, they should do some mischief to the infant or wake it from its +slumbers. In this way they proceeded to the lower part of the village, +till they came to a good house--empty as it chanced--where guests were +accommodated in the best fashion that this kind and homely folk could +afford. Here a woman was summoned, the wife of one of the lower order of +the Essenes, to whom Ithiel spoke, holding his hand before his eyes, +as though she were not good to look at. To her, from a distance, he +explained the case, bidding her to provide all things needful, and +to send a man to bring in the husband of the nurse with the beasts of +burden, and attend to his wants and theirs. Then, warning Nehushta to be +very careful of the infant and not to expose it to the sun, he departed +to report the matter to the curators, and to summon the great Court. + +"Are all of them like this?" asked Nehushta of the woman, +contemptuously. + +"Yes, sister," she answered, "fools, every one. Why, of my own husband +I see little; and although, being married, he ranks but low among them, +the man is forever telling me of the faults of our sex, and how they are +a snare set for the feet of the righteous, and given to the leading +of these same righteous astray, especially if they be not their own +husbands. At times I am tempted indeed to prove his words true. Oh! it +would not be difficult for all their high talk; I have learned as much +as that, for Nature is apt to make a mock of those who deny Nature, and +there is no parchment rule that a woman cannot bring to nothing. Yet, +since they mean well, laugh at them and let them be, say I. And now come +into the house, which is good, although did women manage it, it would be +better." + +So Nehushta went into that house with the nurse and her husband, and +there for several days dwelt in great comfort. Indeed, there was nothing +that she or the child, or those with them, could want which was not +provided in plenty. Messages reached her even, through the woman, to ask +if she would wish the rooms altered in any way, and when she said that +there was not light enough in that in which the child slept, some of +the elders of the Essenes arrived and pierced a new window in the +wall, working very hard to finish the task before sunset. Also even the +husband of the nurse was not allowed to attend to his own beasts, which +were groomed and fed for him, till at length he grew so weary of doing +nothing, that on the third day he went out to plough with the Essenes +and worked in the fields till dark. + +It was on the fourth morning that the full Court gathered in the great +meeting-house, and Nehushta was summoned to appear before it, bringing +the babe with her. Thither she went accordingly, to find the place +filled with a hundred grave and reverend men, all clad in robes of the +purest white. In the lower part of that large chamber she sat alone upon +a chair, while before her upon benches ranged one above the other, so +that all could see, were gathered the hundred curators. + +It seemed that Ithiel had already set out the case, since the President +at once began to question her on various points of her story, all of +which she was able to explain to the satisfaction of the Court. Then +they debated the matter among themselves, some of them arguing that +as the child was a female, as well as its nurse, neither of them could +properly be admitted to the care of the community, especially as both +were of the Christian faith, and it was stipulated that in this faith +they should remain. Others answered that hospitality was their first +duty, and that he would be weak indeed who was led aside from their rule +by a Libyan woman of middle age and an infant of a few months. Further, +that the Christians were a good people, and that there was much in +their doctrines which tallied with their own. Next, one made a strange +objection--namely, that if they adopted this child they would learn +to love it too much, who should love God and their order only. To this +another answered, Nay, they should love all mankind, and especially the +helpless. + +"Mankind, not womankind," was the reply; "for this infant will grow into +a woman." + +Now they desired Nehushta to retire that they might take the votes. +Before she went, however, holding up the child that all could see it as +it lay smiling in her arms, she implored them not to reject the prayer +of a dead woman, and so deprive this infant of the care of the relative +whom that departed lady had appointed to be its guardian, and of the +guidance and directing wisdom of their holy Order. Lastly, she reminded +them that if they thrust her out, she must carry the infant to its +grandfather, who, if he received it at all, would certainly bring it up +in the Jewish faith, and thereby, perhaps, cause it to lose its soul, +the weight of which sin would be upon their heads. + +After this Nehushta was led away to another chamber and remained there +a long while, till at length she was brought back again by one of the +curators. On entering the great hall her eyes sought the face of Ithiel, +who had not been allowed to speak, since the matter having to do with a +great-niece of his own, it was held that his judgment might be warped. +Seeing that he smiled, and evidently was well pleased, she knew her +cause was won. + +"Woman," said the President, "by a great majority of this Court we +have come to an irrevocable decision upon the matter that has been laid +before it by our brother Ithiel. It is, for reasons which I need not +explain, that on this point our rule may be stretched so far as to admit +the child Miriam to our care, even though it be of the female sex, which +care is to endure until she comes to a full age of eighteen years, when +she must depart from among us. During this time no attempt will be made +to turn her from her parents' faith in which she has been baptised. A +house will be given you to live in, and you will be supplied with the +best we have for the use of our ward Miriam and yourself. Twice a week +a deputation of the curators will visit the house, and stay there for +an hour to see that the health of the infant is good, and that you are +doing your duty by it, in which, if you fail, you will be removed. It is +prayed that you will not talk to these curators on matters which do not +concern the child. When she grows old enough the maid Miriam will be +admitted to our gatherings, and instructed also by the most learned +amongst us in all proper matters of letters and philosophy, on which +occasions you will sit at a distance and not interfere unless your care +is required. + +"Now, that every one may know our decision, we will escort you back to +your house, and to show that we have taken the infant under our care, +our brother Ithiel will carry it while you walk behind and give him such +instruction in this matter as may be needful." + +Accordingly a great procession was formed, headed by the President and +ended by the priests. In the centre of the line marched Ithiel bearing +the babe Miriam, to his evident delight, and Nehushta, who instructed +him so vigorously that at length he grew confused and nearly let it +fall. Thereon, setting this detail of the judgment at defiance, Nehushta +snatched it from his arms, calling him a clumsy and ignorant clown only +fit to handle an ox. To this Ithiel made no answer, nor was he at +all wroth, but finished the journey walking behind her and smiling +foolishly. + +Thus was the child Miriam, who afterwards came to be called the Queen of +the Essenes, royally escorted to her home. But little did these good men +know that it was not a house which they were giving her, but a throne, +built of the pure gold of their own gentle hearts. + + + +CHAPTER VI + +CALEB + +It may be wondered whether any girl who was ever born into the world +could boast a stranger or a happier upbringing than Miriam. She was, it +is true, motherless, but by way of compensation Fate endowed her with +several hundred fathers, each of whom loved her as the apple of his +eye. She did not call them "Father" indeed, a term which under the +circumstances they thought incorrect. To her, one and all, they went +by the designation of "Uncle," with their name added if she happened to +know it, if not as Uncle simply. It cannot be said, however, that Miriam +brought peace to the community of the Essenes. Indeed, before she had +done with them she rent it with deep and abiding jealousies, to the +intense but secret delight of Nehushta, who, although she became a +person of great importance among them as the one who had immediate +charge of their jewel, could never forgive them certain of their +doctrines or their habit of persistent interference. + +The domiciliary visits which took place twice a week, and, by special +subsequent resolution passed in full Court, on the Sabbath also, +were, to begin with, the subject of much covert bitterness. At first a +standing committee was appointed to make these visits, of whom Ithiel +was one. Before two years had gone by, however, much murmuring arose +in the community upon this matter. It was pointed out in language that +became vehement--for an Essene--that so much power should not be left in +the hands of one fixed set of individuals, who might become careless or +prejudiced, or, worst of all, neglectful of the welfare of the child who +was the guest not of them only, but of the whole order. It was demanded, +therefore, that this committee should change automatically every month, +so that all might serve upon it in turn, Ithiel, as the blood-relation +of Miriam, remaining its only permanent member. This proposal was +opposed by the committee, but as no one else would vote for them the +desired alteration was made. Further, to be removed temporarily, or +for good, from its roster was thenceforth recognised as one of the +punishments of the order. + +Indeed, the absurdities to which its existence gave rise, especially as +the girl grew in years, sweetness and beauty, cannot be numbered. Thus, +every visiting member must wash his whole person and clothe himself in +clean garments before he was allowed to approach the child, "lest he +should convey to her any sickness, or impure substance, or odour." +Then there was much trouble because some members were discovered to +be ingratiating themselves with Miriam by secretly presenting her with +gifts of playthings, some of them of great beauty, which they fashioned +from wood, shells, or even hard stones. Moreover, they purveyed articles +of food such as they found the child loved; and this it was that led +to their detection, for, having eaten of them, she was ill. Thereupon +Nehushta, enraged, disclosed the whole plot, using the most violent +language, and, amidst murmurs of "Shame on them!" designating the +offenders by name. They were removed from their office, and it was +decreed that henceforth any gifts made to the child must be offered to +her by the committee as a whole, and not by a single individual, and +handed over in their name by Ithiel, her uncle. + +Once, when she was seven years old, and the idol of every brother among +the Essenes, Miriam fell ill with a kind of fever which often strikes +children in the neighbourhood of Jericho and the Dead Sea. Among the +brethren were several skilful and famous physicians, who attended her +night and day. But still the fever could not be abated, and at last, +with tears, they announced that they feared for the child's life. Then +indeed there was lamentation among the Essenes. For three days and three +nights did they wrestle in constant prayer to God that she might be +spared, many of them touching nothing but water during all that time. +Moreover, they sat about at a distance from her house, praying and +seeking tidings. If it was bad they beat their breasts, if good they +gave thanks. Never was the sickbed of a monarch watched with more +care or devotion than that of this little orphan, and never was +a recovery--for at length she did recover--received with greater +thankfulness and joy. + +This was the truth. These pure and simple men, in obedience to the +strict rule they had adopted, were cut off from all the affections of +life. Yet, the foundation-stone of their doctrine being Love, they +who were human must love something, so they loved this child whom they +looked upon as their ward, and who, as there was none other of her age +and sex in their community, had no rival in their hearts. She was the +one joy of their laborious and ascetic hours; she represented all the +sweetness and youth of this self-renewing world, which to them was so +grey and sapless. Moreover, she was a lovely maid, who, wherever she had +been placed, would have bound all to her. + +The years went by and the time came when, in obedience to the first +decree, Miriam must be educated. Long were the discussions which ensued +among the curators of the Essenes. At length three of the most learned +of their body were appointed to this task, and the teaching began. As +it chanced, Miriam proved an apt pupil, for her memory was good, and +she had a great desire to learn many things, more especially history and +languages, and all that has to do with nature. One of her tutors was an +Egyptian, who, brought up in the priests' college at Thebes, when on +a journey to Judaea had fallen sick near Jericho, been nursed by the +Essenes and converted to their doctrine. From him Miriam learnt much +of their ancient civilisation, and even of the inner mysteries of the +Egyptian religion, and of its high and secret interpretations which were +known only to the priests. The second, Theophilus by name, was a Greek +who had visited Rome, and he taught her the tongues and literature of +those countries. The third, all his life long had studied beasts and +birds and insects, and the workings of nature, and the stars and their +movements, in which things he instructed her day by day, taking her +abroad with him that examples of each of them might be before her eyes. + +Lastly, when she grew older, there was a fourth master, who was an +artist. He taught Miriam how to model animals, and even men, in the clay +of the Jordan, and how to carve them out in marble, and something of the +use of pigments. Also this man, who was very clever, had a knowledge +of singing and instrumental music, which he imparted to her in her odd +hours. Thus it came about that Miriam grew learned and well acquainted +with many matters of which most girls of her day and years had never +even heard. Nor did she lack knowledge of the things of her own faith, +though in these the Essenes did not instruct her further than its +doctrines tallied with their own. Of the rest, Nehushta told her +something; moreover, on several occasions Christian travellers or +preachers visited this country to address the Essenes or the other Jews +who dwelt there. When they learned her case, these showed themselves +very eager to inform her of the Christian doctrine. Among them was one +old man who had heard the preaching of Jesus Christ, and been present +at His Crucifixion, to all of which histories the girl listened with +eagerness, remembering them to the last hour of her life. + +Further, and perhaps this was the best part of her education, she lived +in the daily company of Nature. But a mile or two away spread the Dead +Sea, and along its melancholy and lifeless shores, fringed with the +white trunks of trees that had been brought down by Jordan, she would +often walk. Before her day by day loomed the mountains of Moab, while +behind her were the fantastic and mysterious sand-hills of the desert, +backed again by other mountains and that grey, tormented country which +stretches between Jericho and Jerusalem. Quite near at hand also ran the +broad and muddy Jordan, whose fertile banks were clothed in spring +with the most delicious greenery and haunted by kingfishers, cranes, +wildfowl, and many other birds. About these banks, too, stretching into +the desert land beyond, the flowers of the field grew by myriads, at +different periods of the year carpeting the whole earth with various +colours, brilliant as are those of the rainbow. These it was her delight +to gather, and even to cultivate in the garden of her house. + +Thus wisdom, earthly and divine, was gathered in Miriam's heart till +very soon its light began to shine through her eyes and face, making +them ever more tender and beautiful. Nor did she lack charm and grace of +person. From the first, in stature she was small and delicate, pale also +in complexion; but her dark hair was plenteous and curling, and her eyes +were large and of a deep and tender blue. Her hands and feet were very +slender, and her every gesture quick and agile as that of a bird. Thus +she grew up loving all things and beloved by all; for even the flowers +which she tended and the creatures that she fed, seemed in her to find a +friend. + +Now of so much learning and all this system of solemn ordered hours, +Nehushta did not approve. For a while she bore with it, but when Miriam +was about eleven years of age, she spoke her mind to the Committee and +through them to the governing Court of Curators. + +Was it right that a child should be brought up thus, she asked, and +turned into a grave old woman whilst, quite heedless of such things, +others of her age were occupied with youthful games? The end of it might +be that her brain would break and she would die or become crazy, and +then what good would so much wisdom do her? It was necessary that +she should have more leisure and other children with whom she could +associate. + +"White-bearded hermits," she added with point, "were not suitable as +sole companions to a little maid." + +Thereon followed much debate and consultation with the doctors, who +agreed that friends of her own years should be found for the child. +This, however, proved difficult, since among these Essenes were no other +girls. Therefore those friends must be of the male sex. Here too were +difficulties, as at that time, of the lads adopted by this particular +community which they were destined to join in after days, there was but +one of equal birth with Miriam. Now so far as concerned their own +order the Essenes thought little of social distinctions, or even of the +differences of blood and race. But Miriam was not of their order; she +was their guest, no more, to whom they stood in the place of parents, +and who would go from them out into the great world. Therefore, +notwithstanding their childlike simplicity, being, many of them, men +experienced in life, they did not think it right that she should mix +with those of lower breeding. + +This one lad, Caleb by name, was born in the same year as Miriam, when +Cuspius Fadus became governor on the death of Agrippa. His father was +Jew of very high rank named Hilliel, who, although he sided from time +to time with the Roman party, was killed by them, or perished among the +twenty thousand who were trampled to death at the Feast of the Passover +at Jerusalem, when Cumanus, the Procurator, ordered his soldiers to +attack the people. Thereon the Zealots, who considered him a traitor, +managed to get possession of all his property, so that his son Caleb, +whose mother was dead, was brought in a destitute condition by one +of her friends to Jericho. There, as she could not dispose of him +otherwise, he was given over to the Essenes, to be educated in their +doctrine, and, should he wish it, to enter their order when he reached +full age. This lad, it was now decreed, should become the playmate of +Miriam, a decision that pleased both of them very well. + +Caleb was a handsome child with quick, dark eyes that watched everything +without seeming to watch, and black hair which curled upon his +shoulders. He was clever also and brave; but though he did his best to +control his temper, by nature very passionate and unforgiving. Moreover, +that which he desired he would have, if by any means it could be +obtained, and was faithful in his loves as in his hates. Of these hates +Nehushta was one. With all the skill of a Libyan, whose only book is +that of Nature and men's faces, she read the boy's heart at once and +said openly that he might come to be the first in any cause--if he did +not betray it--and that when God mixed his blood of the best, lest Caesar +should find a rival He left out the salt of honesty and filled up the +cup with the wine of passion. When these sayings were repeated to Caleb +by Miriam, who thought them to be a jest fit to tease her playmate +with, he did not fly into one of his tempers, as she had hoped, but only +screwed up his eyelids after his fashion in certain moods, and looked +black as the rain-storm above Mount Nebo. + +"Did you hear, Caleb?" asked Miriam, somewhat disappointed. + +"Oh, yes! Lady Miriam," for so he had been ordered to call her. "I +heard. Do you tell that old black woman that I will lead more causes +than she ever thought of, for I mean to be the first everywhere. Also +that whatever God left out of my cup, at least He mixed it with a good +memory." + +When Nehushta heard this, she laughed and said that it was true enough, +only he that tried to climb several ladders at once generally fell to +the ground, and that when a head had said good-bye to its shoulders, the +best of memories got lost between the two. + +Miriam liked Caleb, but she never loved him as she did the old men, her +uncles, or Nehushta, who to her was more than all. Perhaps this may have +been because he never grew angry with her whatever she might say or do, +never even spoke to her roughly, but always waited on her pleasure +and watched for her wish. Still, of all companions he was the best. If +Miriam desired to walk by the Dead Sea, he would desire the same. If +she wanted to go fishing in the Jordan, he would make ready the baits or +net, and take the fishes off the hook--a thing she hated. If she sought +a rare flower, Caleb would hunt it out for days, although she knew well +that in himself he did not care for flowers, and when he had found it, +would mark the spot and lead her there in triumph. Also there was this +about him, as she was soon quick enough to learn: he worshipped her. +Whatever else might be false, that note in his nature rang true. If one +child could love another, then Caleb loved Miriam, first with the love +of children, then as a man loves a woman. Only--and this was the sorrow +of it--Miriam never loved Caleb. Had she done so both their stories +would have been very different. To her he was a clever companion and no +more. + +What made the thing more strange was that he loved no one else, except, +mayhap, himself. In this way and in that the lad soon came to learn his +own history, which was sad enough, with the result that if he hated the +Romans who had invaded the country and trampled it beneath their heel, +still more did he hate those of the Jews who looked upon his father +as their enemy and had stolen all the lands and goods that were his by +right. As for the Essenes who reared and protected him, so soon as +he came to an age when he could weigh such matters, he held them in +contempt, and because of their continual habit of bathing themselves and +purifying their garments, called them the company of washer-women. On +him their doctrines left but a shallow mark. He thought, as he explained +to Miriam, that people who were in the world should take the world as +they found it, without dreaming ceaselessly of another world to which, +as yet, they did not belong; a sentiment that to some extent Nehushta +shared. + +Wishing, with the zeal of the young, to make a convert, Miriam preached +to him the doctrine of Christianity, but without success. By blood Caleb +was a Jew of the Jews, and could not understand or admire a God who +would consent to be trodden under foot and crucified. The Messiah he +desired to follow must be a great conqueror, one who would overthrow +the Caesars and take the throne of Caesar, not a humble creature with +his mouth full of maxims. Like the majority of his own, and, indeed, +of every generation, to the last day of his life, Caleb was unable to +divine that mind is greater than matter, while spirit is greater +than mind; and that in the end, by many slow advances and after many +disasters seemingly irremediable, spirituality will conquer all. He +looked to a sword flashing from thrones, not to the word of truth spoken +by lowly lips in humble streets or upon the flanks of deserts, trusting +to the winds of Grace to bear it into the hearts of men and thus +regenerate their souls. + +Such was Caleb, and these things are said of him here because the child +is father to the man. + +Swiftly the years went by. There were tumults in Judaea and massacres in +Jerusalem. False prophets such as Theudas, who pretended that he could +divide Jordan, attracted thousands to their tinsel standards, to be hewn +down, poor folk! by the Roman legions. Caesars rose and fell; the great +Temple was at length almost completed in its glory, and many events +happened which are remembered even to this day. + +But in the little village of the Essenes by the grey shores of the Dead +Sea, nothing seemed to change, except that now and again an aged brother +died, and now and again a new brother was admitted. They rose before +daylight and offered their invocation to the sun; they went out to +toil in the fields and sowed their crops, to reap them in due season, +thankful if they were good, still thankful if they were bad. They +washed, they prayed, they mourned over the wickedness of the world, and +wove themselves white garments emblematic of a better. Also, although +of this Miriam knew nothing, they held higher and more secret services +wherein they invoked the presence of their "angels," and by arts of +divination that were known to them, foretold the future, an exercise +which brought them little joy. But as yet, however evil might be the +omens, none came to molest their peaceful life, which ran quietly +towards the great catastrophe as often deep waters swirl to the lip of a +precipice. + +At length when Miriam was seventeen years of age, the first stroke of +trouble fell upon them. + +From time to time the high priests at Jerusalem, who hated the Essenes +as heretics, had made demands upon them that they should pay tithe for +the support of the sacrifices in the Temple. This they refused to do, +since all sacrifices were hateful to them. So things went on until the +day of the high priest Ananos, who sent armed men to the village of the +Essenes to take the tithes. These were refused to them, whereon they +broke open the granary and helped themselves, destroying a great deal +which they could not carry away. As it chanced, on that day Miriam, +accompanied by Nehushta, had visited Jericho. Returning in the afternoon +they passed through a certain torrent bed in which were many rocks, and +among them thickets of thorn trees. Here they were met by Caleb, now +a noble-looking youth very strong and active, who carried a bow in his +hand and on his back a sheath of six arrows. + +"Lady Miriam," he said, "well met. I have come to seek you, and to +warn you not to return by the road to-day, since on it you will meet +presently those thieves sent by the high priest to plunder the stores of +the Order, who, perhaps, will offer you insult or mischief, for they are +drunk with wine. Look, one of them has struck me," and he pointed to a +bruise upon his shoulder and scowled. + +"What then shall we do?" asked Miriam. "Go back to Jericho?" + +"Nay, for there they will come too. Follow up this gully till you reach +the footpath a mile away, and by it walk to the village; so you will +miss these robbers." + +"That is a good plan," said Nehushta. "Come, lady." + +"Whither are you going, Caleb?" asked Miriam, lingering, since she saw +that he did not mean to accompany them. + +"I? Oh, I shall hide among the rocks near by till the men are passed, +and then go to seek that hyena which has been worrying the sheep. I have +tracked him down and may catch him as he comes from his hole at sunset. +That is why I have brought my bow and arrows." + +"Come," broke in Nehushta impatiently, "come. The lad well knows how to +guard himself." + +"Be careful, Caleb, that you get no hurt from the hyena," said Miriam, +doubtfully, as Nehushta seized her by the wrist and dragged her away. +"It is strange," she added as they went, "that Caleb should choose this +evening to go hunting." + +"Unless I mistake, it is a human hyena whom he hunts," answered Nehushta +shortly. "One of those men struck him, and he desires to wash the wound +with his blood." + +"Oh, surely not! Nou. That would be taking vengeance, and revenge is +evil." + +Nehushta shrugged her shoulders. "Caleb may think otherwise, as I do at +times. Wait, and we shall see." + +As it chanced, they did see something. The footpath by which they +returned to the village ran over a high ridge of ground, and from its +crest, although they were a mile or more away, in that clear desert +air they could easily discern the line of the high priest's servants +straggling along, driving before them a score or so of mules, laden with +wine and other produce which they had stolen from the stores. Presently +the company of them descended into that gully along which the road ran, +whence a minute or two later rose a sound of distant shouting. Then they +appeared on the further side, running, or riding their beasts hither +and thither, as though in search of some one, while four of them carried +between them a man who seemed to be hurt, or dead. + +"I think that Caleb has shot his hyena," said Nehushta meaningly; "but +I have seen nothing, and if you are wise, you will say nothing. I do not +like Caleb, but I hate these Jewish thieves, and it is not for you to +bring your friend into trouble." + +Miriam looked frightened but nodded her head, and no more was said of +the matter. + +That evening, as Miriam and Nehushta stood at the door of their house in +the cool, by the light of the full moon they saw Caleb advancing towards +them down the road, a sight that made Miriam glad at heart, for she +feared lest he might have come into trouble. Catching sight of them, he +asked permission to enter through the door, which he closed behind them, +so that now they stood in the little garden within the wall. + +"Well," said Nehushta, "I see that you had a shot at your hyena; did you +kill it?" + +"How do you know that?" he asked, looking at her suspiciously. + +"A strange question to put to a Libyan woman who was brought up among +bowmen," she replied. "You had six arrows in your quiver when we met +you, and now I count but five. Also your bow was newly waxed; and look, +the wax is rubbed where the shaft lay." + +"I shot at the beast, and, as I think, hit it. At least, I could not +find the arrow again, although I searched long." + +"Doubtless. You do not often miss. You have a good eye and a steady +hand. Well, the loss of a shaft will not matter, since I noticed, +also, that this one was differently barbed from the others, and double +feathered; a true Roman war-shaft, such as they do not make here. If +any find your wounded beast you will not get its hide, since it is known +that you do not use such arrows." Then, with a smile that was full of +meaning, Nehushta turned and entered the house, leaving him staring +after her, half in wrath and half in wonder at her wit. + +"What does she mean?" he asked Miriam, but in the voice of one who +speaks to himself. + +"She thinks that you shot at a man, not at a beast," replied Miriam; +"but I know well that you could not have done this, since that would be +against the rule of the Essenes." + +"Even the rule of the Essenes permits a man to protect himself and his +property from thieves," he answered sulkily. + +"Yes, to protect himself if he is attacked, and his property--if he has +any. But neither that faith nor mine permits him to avenge a blow." + +"I was one against many," he answered boldly. "My life was on the +hazard: it was no coward's act." + +"Were there, then, a troop of these hyenas?" asked Miriam, innocently. +"I thought you said it was a solitary beast that took the sheep." + +"It was a whole company of beasts who took the wine, and smote those in +charge of it as though they were street dogs." + +"Hyenas that took wine like the tame ape whom the boys make drunken over +yonder----" + +"Why do you mock me," broke in Caleb, "who must know the truth? Or if +you do not know it, here it is. That thief beat me with his staff, and +called me the son of a dog, and I swore that I would pay him back. Pay +him back I did, for the head of that shaft which Nehushta noted, stands +out a span beyond his neck. They never saw who shot it; they never saw +me at all, who thought at first that the man had fallen from his horse. +By the time they knew the truth I was away where they could not follow. +Now go and tell the story if you will, or let Nehushta, who hates me, +tell it, and give me over to be tortured by the servants of the high +priest, or crucified as a murderer by the Romans." + +"Neither Nehushta nor I saw this deed done, nor shall we bear witness +against you, Caleb, or judge you, who doubtless were provoked by violent +and lawless men. Yet, Caleb, you told me that you came out to warn us, +and it grieves me to learn that the true wish of your heart was to take +the life of a man." + +"It is false," he answered angrily; "I said that I came to warn you, and +afterwards to kill a hyena. To make you safe--that was my first thought, +and until you were safe my enemy was safe also. Miriam, you know it +well." + +"Why should I know it? To you, Caleb, I think revenge is more than +friendship." + +"Perhaps; for I have few friends who am a penniless orphan brought up by +charity. But, Miriam, to me revenge is not more than--love." + +"Love," she stammered, turning crimson to her hair and stepping back a +pace; "what do you mean, Caleb?" + +"What I say, neither more nor less," he answered sullenly. "As I have +worked one crime to-day, I may as well work two, and dare to tell the +lady Miriam, the Queen of the Essenes, that I love her, though she loves +not me--as yet." + +"This is madness," faltered Miriam. + +"Mayhap, but it is a madness which began when first I saw you--that was +soon after we learned to speak--a madness which will continue until I +cease to see you, and that shall be soon before I grow silent forever. +Listen, Miriam, and do not think my words only those of a foolish boy, +for all my life shall prove them. This love of mine is a thing with +which you must reckon. You love me not--therefore, even had I the power, +I would not force myself upon you against your will; only I warn you, +learn to love no other man, for then it shall go ill either with him or +with me. By this I swear it," and, snatching her to him, Caleb kissed +her on the forehead, then let her go, saying, "Fear not. It is the first +and last time, except by your own will. Or if you fear, tell the story +to the Court of the Essenes, and--to Nehushta, who will right your +wrongs." + +"Caleb," she gasped, stamping her foot upon the ground in anger, "Caleb, +you are more wicked than I dreamed, and," she added, as though to +herself--"and greater!" + +"Yes," he answered, as he turned to go, "I think that you are right. I +am more wicked than you dreamed and--greater. Also, Miriam, I love you +as you will never be loved again. Farewell!" + + + +CHAPTER VII + +MARCUS + +That night those of the curators who were engaged in prayer and fasting +were disturbed by the return of an officer of those Jews that had +robbed them, who complained violently that a man of his company had been +murdered by one of the Essenes. They asked how and when, and were told +that the man had been shot down with an arrow, in a gully upon the road +to Jericho, by a person unknown. They replied that robbers sometimes met +with robbers, and asked to see the arrow, which proved to be of a Roman +make, such as these men carried in their own quivers. This the Essenes +pointed out, and at length, growing angry at the unreasonableness of +a complaint made by persons of the worst character, drove him and his +escort from their doors, bidding them take their story to the high +priest Ananos, with the goods which they had stolen, or, if they +preferred it, to that still greater thief, the Roman procurator, +Albinus. + +This they did not neglect to do, with the result that presently the +Essenes were commanded to send some of their head men to appear before +Albinus to answer the charges laid against them. Accordingly they +dispatched Ithiel and two others, who were kept waiting three months at +Jerusalem before they could even obtain a hearing. At length the cause +came on, and after some few minutes of talk was adjourned, being but a +petty matter. That same evening Ithiel was informed by an intermediary +that if his Order would pay a certain large sum of money to Albinus, +nothing more would be heard of the question. This the Essenes refused +to do, as it was against their principles, saying that they demanded +nothing but justice, which they were not prepared to buy. So they spoke, +being ignorant that one of their neophytes, Caleb, had in fact aimed the +fatal arrow. + +Then Albinus, wearying of the business and finding that there was no +profit to be made out of the Essenes, commanded them to be gone, saying +that he would send an officer to make inquiry on the spot. + +Another two months went by, and at length this officer arrived, attended +by an escort of twenty soldiers. + +As it chanced, on a certain morning in the winter season, Miriam +with Nehushta was walking on the Jericho road, when suddenly they saw +approaching towards them this little body of armed men. Perceiving that +they were Romans, they turned out of the path to hide themselves among +the thorns of the desert. Thereon he who seemed to be the officer +spurred his horse forward to intercept them. + +"Do not run--stand still," said Nehushta to Miriam, "and show no sign of +fear." + +So Miriam halted and began to gather a few autumn flowers that still +bloomed among the bushes, till the shadow of the officer fell upon +her--that shadow in which she was destined to walk all her life-days. + +"Lady," said a pleasant voice in Greek, spoken with a somewhat foreign +accent--"lady, pardon, and I pray you, do not be alarmed. I am a +stranger to this part of the country, which I visit on official +business. Will you of your kindness direct me to the village of a people +called Essenes, who live somewhere in this desert?" + +"Oh, sir!" answered Miriam, "do you, who come with Roman soldiers, mean +them any harm?" + +"Not I. But why do you ask?" + +"Because, sir, I am of their community." + +The officer stared at her--this beautiful, blue-eyed, white-skinned, +delicate-featured girl, whose high blood proclaimed itself in every tone +and gesture. + +"You, lady, of the community of the Essenes! Surely then those priests +in Jerusalem lie more deeply than I thought. They told me that the +Essenes were old ascetics who worship Apollo, and could not bear so +much as the sight of a woman. And now you say you are an Essene--you, by +Bacchus! you!" and he looked at her with an admiration which, +although there was nothing brutal or even rude about it, was amusingly +undisguised. + +"I am their guest," she said. + +"Their guest? Why, this is stranger still. If these spiritual +outlaws--the word is that old high priest's, not mine--share their bread +and water with such guests, my sojourn among them will be happier than I +thought." + +"They brought me up, I am their ward," Miriam explained again. + +"In truth, my opinion of the Essenes rises, and I am convinced that +those priests slandered them. If they can shape so sweet a lady, surely +they must themselves be good and gentle"; and he bowed gravely, perhaps +to mark the compliment. + +"Sir, they are both good and gentle," answered Miriam; "but of this you +will be able to judge for yourself very shortly, seeing that they live +near at hand. If you will follow us over yonder rise we will show you +their village, whither we go." + +"By your leave, I will accompany you," he said, dismounting before she +could answer; then added, "Pardon me for one moment--I must give some +orders," and he called to a soldier, who, with his companions, had +halted at a little distance. + +The man advanced saluting, and, turning aside, his captain began to talk +with him, so that now, for the first time, Miriam could study his face. +He was young--not more than five or six and twenty years of age--of +middle height, and somewhat slender, but active in movement and athletic +in build. Upon his head, which was round and not large, in place of the +helmet that hung at his saddle-bow, he wore a little cap, steel lined +and padded as a protection against the sun, and beneath it she could see +that his short, dark brown hair curled closely. Under the tan caused by +exposure to the heat, his skin was fair, and his grey eyes, set rather +wide apart, were quick and observant. For the rest, his mouth was +well-shaped, though somewhat large, and the chin clean-shaved, prominent +and determined. His air was that of a soldier accustomed to command, but +very genial, and, when he smiled, showing his regular white teeth, even +merry--the air of one with a kind and generous heart. + +Miriam looked at him, and in an instant was aware that she liked him +better than any man--that is any young man--she had ever seen. This, +however, was no great or exclusive compliment to the Roman, since of +such acquaintances she had but few, if, indeed, Caleb was not the only +one. However, of this she was sure, she liked him better than Caleb, +because, even then and there, comparing them in her thoughts, this +truth came home to her; with it, too, a certain sense of shame that the +newcomer should be preferred to the friend of her childhood, although of +late that friend had displeased her by showing too warm a friendship. + +Having given his instructions, the captain dismissed the orderly, +commanding him to follow at a distance with the men. Then saying, "Lady, +I am ready," he began to walk forward, leading his horse by the bridle. + +"You will forgive me," he added, "if I introduce myself more formally. +I am called Marcus, the son of Emilius--a name which was known in its +day," and he sighed, "as I hope before I have done with it, mine will +be. At present I cannot boast that this is so, who, unless it should +please my uncle Caius to decease and leave me the great fortune he +squeezes out of the Spaniards--neither of which things he shows any +present intention of doing--am but a soldier of fortune: an officer +under the command of the excellent and most noble procurator Albinus," +he added sarcastically. "For the rest," he went on, "I have spent a +year in this interesting and turbulent but somewhat arid land of +yours, coming here from Egypt, and am now honoured with a commission +to investigate and make report on a charge laid at the door of your +virtuous guardians, the Essenes, of having murdered, or been privy to +the murder of, a certain rascally Jew, who, as I understand, was sent +with others to steal their goods. That, lady, is my style and history. +By way of exchange, will you be pleased to tell me yours?" + +Miriam hesitated, not being sure whether she should enter on such +confidences at so short a notice. Thereon, Nehushta, who was untroubled +by doubts, and thought it politic to be quite open with this Roman, a +man in authority, answered for her. + +"Lord, this maiden, whose servant I am, as I was that of her grandmother +and mother before her----" + +"Surely you cannot be so old," interrupted Marcus. He made it a rule to +be polite to all women, whatever their colour, having noticed that life +went more easily with those who were courteous to the sex. + +Nehushta smiled a little as she answered--for at what age does a woman +learn to despise a compliment?--"Lord, they both died young"; then +repeated, "This maiden is the only child of the high-born Graeco-Syrian +of Tyre, Demas, and his noble wife, Rachel----" + +"I know Tyre," he interrupted. "I was quartered there till two months +ago"; adding in a different tone, "I understand that this pair no longer +live." + +"They died," said Nehushta sadly, "the father in the amphitheatre at +Berytus by command of the first Agrippa, and the mother when her child +was born." + +"In the amphitheatre at Berytus? Was he then a malefactor?" + +"No, sir," broke in Miriam proudly; "he was a Christian." + +"Oh! I understand. Well, they are ill-spoken of as enemies of the human +race, but for my part I have had to do with several Christians and found +them very good people, though visionary in their views." Here a doubt +struck him and he said, "But, lady, I understand that you are an +Essene." + +"Nay, sir," she replied in the same steady voice, "I also am a +Christian, who have been protected by the Essenes." + +He looked at her with pity and replied, "It is a dangerous profession +for one so young and fair." + +"Dangerous let it be," she said; "at least it is mine from the beginning +to the end." + +Marcus bowed, perceiving that the subject was not to be pursued, and +said to Nehushta, "Continue the story, my friend." + +"Lord, the father of my lady's mother is a very wealthy Jewish merchant +of Tyre, named Benoni." + +"Benoni," he said, "I know him well, too well for a poor man!--a Jew of +the Jews, a Zealot, they say. At least he hates us Romans enough to be +one, although many is the dinner that I have eaten at his palace. He is +the most successful trader in all Tyre, unless it be his rival Amram, +the Phoenician, but a hard man, and as able as he is hard. Now I think +of it, he has no living children, so why does not your lady, his +grandchild, dwell with him rather than in this desert?" + +"Lord, you have answered your own question. Benoni is a Jew of the +Jews; his granddaughter is a Christian, as I am also. Therefore when her +mother died, I brought her here to be taken care of by her uncle Ithiel +the Essene, and I do not think Benoni knows even that she lives. Lord, +perhaps I have said too much; but you must soon have heard the story +from the Essenes, and we trust to you, who chance to be Benoni's friend, +to keep our secret from him." + +"You do not trust in vain; yet it seems sad that all the wealth and +station which are hers by right should thus be wasted." + +"Lord, rank and station are not everything; freedom of faith and person +are more than these. My lady lacks for nothing, and--this is all her +story." + +"Not quite, friend; you have not told me her name." + +"Lord, it is Miriam." + +"Miriam, Miriam," he repeated, his slightly foreign accent dwelling +softly on the syllables. "It is a very pretty name, befitting such +a----" and he checked himself. + +By now they were on the crest of the rise, and, stopping between two +clumps of thorn trees, Miriam broke in hastily: + +"See, sir, there below lies the village of the Essenes; those green +trees to the left mark the banks of Jordan, whence we irrigate our +fields, while that grey stretch of water to the right, surrounded by a +wall of mountain, is the Dead Sea." + +"Is it so? Well, the green is pleasant in this desert, and those fields +look well cultivated. I hope to visit them some day, for I was brought +up in the country, and, although I am a soldier, still understand a +farm. As for the Dead Sea, it is even more dreary than I expected. Tell +me, lady, what is that large building yonder?" + +"That," she answered, "is the gathering hall of the Essenes." + +"And that?" he asked, pointing to a house which stood by itself. + +"That is my home, where Nehushta and I dwell." + +"I guessed as much by the pretty garden." Then he asked her other +questions, which she answered freely enough, for Miriam, although she +was half Jewish, had been brought up among men, and felt neither fear +nor shame in talking with them in a friendly and open fashion, as an +Egyptian or a Roman or a Grecian lady might have done. + +While they were still conversing thus, of a sudden the bushes on their +path were pushed aside, and from between them emerged Caleb, of whom she +had seen but little of late. He halted and looked at them. + +"Friend Caleb," said Miriam, "this is the Roman captain Marcus, who +comes to visit the curators of the Order. Will you lead him and his +soldiers to the council hall and advise my uncle Ithiel and the others +of his coming, since it is time for us to go home?" + +Caleb glared at her, or rather at the stranger, with sullen fury; then +he answered: + +"Romans always make their own road; they do not need a Jew to guide +them," and once more he vanished into the scrub on the further side of +the path. + +"Your friend is not civil," said Marcus, as he watched him go. "Indeed, +he has an inhospitable air. Now, if an Essene could do such a thing, +I should think that here is a man who might have drawn an arrow upon a +Jewish tax-gatherer," and he looked inquiringly at Miriam. + +"That lad!" put in Nehushta. "Why, he never shot anything larger than a +bird of prey." + +"Caleb," added Miriam in excuse, "does not like strangers." + +"So I see," answered Marcus; "and to be frank, lady, I do not like +Caleb. He has an eye like a knife-point." + +"Come, Nehushta," said Miriam, "this is our road, and there runs that +of the captain and his company. Sir, farewell, and thank you for your +escort." + +"Lady, for this while farewell, and thank you for your guidance." + +Thus for that day they parted. + +The dwelling which many years before had been built by the Essenes +for the use of their ward and her nurse, stood next to the large +guest-house. Indeed, it occupied a portion of the ground which +originally belonged to it, although now the plot was divided into two +gardens by an irrigation ditch and a live pomegranate fence, covered at +this season of the year with its golden globes of fruit. That evening, +as Miriam and Nehushta walked in the garden, they heard the familiar +voice of Ithiel calling to them from the other side of this fence, and +presently above it saw his kindly face and venerable white head. + +"What is it, my uncle?" asked Miriam running to him. + +"Only this, child; the noble Roman captain, Marcus, is to stay in the +guest-house during his visit to us, so do not be frightened if you hear +or see men moving about in this garden--If, indeed, Romans care to walk +in gardens. I am to bide here also, to play host to him and see that he +lacks nothing. Also I do not think that he will give you any trouble, +since, for a Roman, he seems both courteous and kindly." + +"I am not afraid, my uncle," said Miriam; "indeed," she added, blushing +a little in spite of herself, "Nehushta and I have already become +acquainted with this captain"; and she told him of their meeting beyond +the village. + +"Nehushta, Nehushta," said Ithiel reprovingly, "have I not said to you +that you should not walk so far afield without some of the brethren as +an escort? You might, perchance, have met thieves, or drunken men." + +"My lady wished to gather some flowers she sought," answered Nehushta, +"as she has done without harm for many a year; and being armed, I did +not fear thieves, if such men are to be found where all are poor." + +"Well, well, as it chances, no harm has happened; but do not go out +unattended again, lest the soldiers should not be so courteous as their +captain. They will not trouble you by the way, since, with the exception +of a single guard, they camp yonder by the streamlet. Farewell for this +night, my child; we will meet to-morrow." + +Then Miriam went to rest and dreamed of the Roman captain, and that +he, she, and Nehushta made a journey together and met with many great +adventures, wherein Caleb played some strange part. In that dream the +captain Marcus protected them from all these dangers, till at length +they came to a calm sea, on which floated a single white ship wherein +they must embark, having the sign of the Cross woven in its sails. Then +she awoke and found that it was morning. + +Of all the arts she had been taught, Miriam was fondest of that of +modelling in clay, for which she had a natural gift. Indeed, so great +had her skill become, that these models which she made, after they had +been baked with fire, were, at her wish, sold by the Essenes to any who +took a fancy to them. As to the money which they fetched, it was paid +into a fund to be distributed among the poor. + +This art Miriam carried on in a reed-thatched shed in the garden, where, +by an earthen pipe, water was delivered into a stone basin, which she +used to damp her clay and cloths. Sometimes also, with the help of +masons and the master who had taught her, now a very old man, she copied +these models in marble, which the Essenes brought to her from the ruins +of a palace near Jericho. At the time that the Romans came she was +finishing a work more ambitious than any which she had undertaken as +yet; namely, a life-sized bust cut from the fragment of an ancient +column to the likeness of her great-uncle, Ithiel. On the afternoon +following the day that she met Marcus, clad in her white working-robe, +she was occupied in polishing this bust, with the assistance of +Nehushta, who handed her the cloths and grinding-powder. Suddenly +shadows fell upon her, and turning, she beheld Ithiel and the Roman. + +"Daughter," said Ithiel, smiling at her confusion, "I have brought the +captain Marcus to see your work." + +"Oh, my uncle!" she replied indignantly, "am I in a state to receive +any captain?" and she held out her wet hands and pointed to her garments +begrimed with clay and powder. "Look at me." + +"I look," said Ithiel innocently, "and see naught amiss." + +"And I look, lady," added Marcus in his merry voice, "and see much to +admire. Would that more of your sex could be found thus delightfully +employed." + +"Alas, sir," she replied, adroitly misunderstanding him, for Miriam did +not lack readiness, "in this poor work there is little to admire. I am +ashamed that you should look on the rude fashionings of a half-trained +girl, you who must have seen all those splendid statues of which I have +been told." + +"By the throne of Caesar, lady," he exclaimed in a voice that carried a +conviction of his earnestness, staring hard at the bust of Ithiel before +him, "as it chances, although I am not an artist, I do know something of +sculpture, since I have a friend who is held to be the best of our +day, and often for my sins have sat as model to him. Well, I tell you +this--never did the great Glaucus produce a bust like that." + +"I daresay not," said Miriam smiling. "I daresay the great Glaucus would +go mad if he saw it." + +"He would--with envy. He would say that it was the work of one of the +glorious Greeks, and of no modern." + +"Sir," said Ithiel reprovingly, "do not make a jest of the maid, who +does the best she can; it pains her and--is not fitting." + +"Friend Ithiel," replied Marcus, turning quite crimson, "you must indeed +think that I lack manners who would come to the home of any artist to +mock his work. I say what I mean, neither more nor less. If this bust +were shown in Rome, together with yourself who sat for it, the lady +Miriam would find herself famous within a week. Yes," and he ran his eye +quickly over various statuettes, some of them baked and some in the raw +clay, models, for the most part, of camels or other animals or birds, +"yes, and it is the same with all the rest: these are the works of +genius, no less." + +At this praise, to them so exaggerated, Miriam, pleased as she could not +help feeling, broke into clear laugher, which both Ithiel and Nehushta +echoed. Now, so wroth was he, the face of Marcus grew quite pale and +stern. + +"It seems," he said severely, "that it is not I who mock. Tell me, lady, +what do you with these things?" and he pointed to the statuettes. + +"I, sir? I sell them; or at least my uncles do." + +"The money is given to the poor," interposed Ithiel. + +"Would it be rude to ask at what price?" + +"Sometimes," replied Ithiel with pride, "travellers have given me as +much as a silver shekel.[*] Once indeed, for a group of camels with +their Arabian drivers, I received four shekels; but that took my niece +three months to do." + +[*] About 2s. 6d. of English money. + +"A shekel! Four shekels!" said Marcus in a voice of despair; "I will buy +them all--no, I will not, it would be robbery. And this bust?" + +"That, sir, is not for sale; it is a gift to my uncle, or rather to my +uncles, to be set up in their court-room." + +An idea struck Marcus. "I am here for a few weeks," he said. "Tell +me, lady, if your uncle Ithiel will permit it, at what price will you +execute a bust of myself of the same size and quality?" + +"It would be dear," said Miriam, smiling at the notion, "for the marble +costs something, and the tools, which wear out. Oh, it would be very +dear!" This she repeated, wondering what she could ask in her charitable +avarice. "It would be----" yes, she would venture it--"fifty shekels!" + +"I am poor enough," replied Marcus quietly, "but I will give you two +hundred." + +"Two hundred!" gasped Miriam. "It is absurd. I could never accept two +hundred shekels for a piece of stonework. Then indeed you might say that +you had fallen among thieves on the banks of Jordan. No. If my +uncles will permit it and there is time, I will do my poor best for +fifty--only, sir, I advise you against it, since to win that bad +likeness you must sit for many weary hours." + +"So be it," said Marcus. "As soon as I get to any civilised place I will +send you enough commissions to make the beggars in these parts rich for +life, and at a very different figure. Let us begin at once." + +"Sir, I have no leave." + +"The matter," explained Ithiel, "must be laid before the Court of +Curators, which will decide upon it to-morrow. Meanwhile, as we are +talking here, I see no harm if my niece chooses to work a lump of clay, +which can be broken up later should the Court in its wisdom refuse your +request." + +"I hope for its own sake that the Court in its wisdom will not be such +a fool," muttered Marcus to himself; adding aloud, "Lady, where shall I +place myself? You will find me the best of sitters. Have I not the great +Glaucus for a friend--until I show him this work of yours?" + +"If you will, sir, be seated on that stool and be pleased to look +towards me." + +"I am your servant," said Marcus, in a cheerful voice; and the sitting +began. + + + +CHAPTER VIII + +MARCUS AND CALEB + +On the morrow, as he had promised, Ithiel brought this question +of whether or no Miriam was to be allowed to execute a bust of the +centurion, Marcus, before the Court of the Curators of the Essenes, who +were accustomed thus to consider questions connected with their ward's +welfare in solemn conclave. There was a division of opinion. Some of +them saw no harm; others, more strait-laced, held that it was scarcely +correct that a Roman whose principles, doubtless, were lax, should be +allowed to sit to the lady whom they fondly called their child. Indeed, +it seemed dubious whether the leave would be given, until a curator, +with more worldly wisdom than the rest, suggested that as the captain +seemed desirous of having his picture taken in stone, under the +circumstances of his visit, which included a commission to make a +general report upon their society to the authorities, it might be +scarcely wise to deny his wish. Finally, a compromise was effected. It +was agreed that Miriam should be permitted to do the work, but only +in the presence of Ithiel and two other curators, one of them her own +instructor in art. + +Thus it came about that when Marcus presented himself for the second +time, at an hour fixed by Ithiel, he found three white-bearded and +white-robed old gentlemen seated in a row in the workshop, and behind +them, a smile on her dusky face, Nehushta. As he entered they rose and +bowed to him, a compliment which he returned. Now Miriam appeared, to +whom he made his salutation. + +"Are these," he said, indicating the elders, "waiting their turn to be +modelled, or are they critics?" + +"They are critics," said Miriam drily, as she lifted the damp cloths +from the rude lump of clay. + +Then the work began. As the three curators were seated in a line at +the end of the shed, and did not seem to think it right to leave their +chairs, they could see little of its details, and as they were early +risers and the afternoon was hot, soon they were asleep, every one of +them. + +"Look at them," said Marcus; "there is a subject for any artist." + +Miriam nodded, and taking three lumps of clay, working deftly and +silently, presently produced to his delighted sight rough but excellent +portraits of these admirable men, who, when they woke up, laughed at +them very heartily. + +Thus things went on from day to day. Each afternoon the elders attended, +and each afternoon they sank to slumber in their comfortable chairs, an +example that Nehushta followed, or seemed to follow, leaving Miriam and +her model practically alone. As may be guessed, the model, who liked +conversation, did not neglect these opportunities. Few were the subjects +which the two of them failed to discuss. He told her of all his life, +which had been varied and exciting, omitting, it is true, certain +details; also of the wars in which he had served, and the countries that +he had visited. She in turn told him the simple story of her existence +among the Essenes, which he seemed to find of interest. When these +subjects were exhausted they discussed other things--the matter of +religion, for instance. Indeed, Miriam ventured to expound to him the +principles of her faith, to which he listened respectfully and with +attention. + +"It sounds well," he said at length with a sigh, "but how do such maxims +fit in with this world of ours? See now, lady, I am not old, but already +I have studied so many religions. First, there are the gods of Greece +and Rome, my own gods, you understand--well, the less said of them the +better. They serve, that is all. Then there are the gods of Egypt, as +to which I made inquiry, and of them I will say this: that beneath the +grotesque cloak of their worship seems to shine some spark of a holy +fire. Next come the gods of the Phoenicians, the fathers of a hideous +creed. After them the flame worshippers and other kindred religions of +the East. There remain the Jews, whose doctrine seems to me a savage +one; at least it involves bloodshed with the daily offering of blood. +Also they are divided, these Jews, for some are Pharisees, some +Sadducees, some Essenes. Lastly, there are you Christians, whose faith +is pure enough in theory, but whom all unite against in hate. What is +the worth of a belief in this crucified Preacher who promises that He +will raise those who trust in Him from the dead?" + +"That you will find out when everything else has failed you," answered +Miriam. + +"Yes, it is a religion for those whom everything else has failed. When +that chances to the rest of us we commit suicide and sink from sight." + +"And we," she said proudly, "rise to life eternal." + +"It may be so, lady, it may be so; but let us talk of something +more cheerful," and he sighed. "At present, I hold that nothing is +eternal--except perhaps such art as yours." + +"Which will be forgotten in the first change of taste, or crumbled in +the first fire. But see, he is awake. Come here, my master, and work +this nostril, for it is beyond me." + +The old artist advanced and looked at the bust with admiration. + +"Maid Miriam," he said, "I used to have some skill in this art, and I +taught you its rudiments; but now, child, I am not fit to temper your +clay. Deal with the nostril as you will; I am but a hodman who bears the +bricks, you are the heaven-born architect. I will not meddle, I will not +meddle; yet perhaps----" and he made a suggestion. + +"So?" said Miriam, touching the clay with her tool. "Oh, look! it is +right now. You are clever, my master." + +"It was always right. I may be clever, but you have genius, and would +have found the fault without any help from me." + +"Did I not say so?" broke in Marcus triumphantly. + +"Sir," replied Miriam, "you say a great deal, and much of it, I think, +you do not mean. Please be silent; at this moment I wish to study your +lips, and not your words." + +So the work went on. They did not always talk, for soon they found that +speech is not necessary to true companionship. Once Miriam began to +sing, and since she discovered that her voice pleased Marcus and soothed +the slumbers of the elders, she sang often; quaint, sad songs of the +desert and of the Jordan fishermen. Also she told him tales and legends, +and when she had done Nehushta told others--wild stories of Libya, some +of them very dark and bloody, others of magic, black or white. Thus +these afternoons passed happily enough, and the clay model being +finished, after the masons among the brethren had rough hewn it for her, +Miriam began to fashion it in marble. + +There was one, however, for whom these days did not pass happily--Caleb. +From the time that he had seen Miriam walking side by side with Marcus +he hated the brilliant-looking Roman in whom, his instinct warned him, +he had found a dangerous rival. Oh, how he hated him! So much, indeed, +that even in the moment of first meeting he could not keep his rage and +envy in his heart, but suffered them to be written on his face, and +to shine like danger signals in his eyes, which, it may be remembered, +Marcus did not neglect to note. + +Of Miriam Caleb had seen but little lately. She was not angry with him, +since his offence was of a nature which a woman can forgive, but in +her heart she feared him. Of a sudden, as it were, the curtain had been +drawn, and she had seen this young man's secret spirit and learned that +it was a consuming fire. It had come home to her that every word he +spoke was true, that he who was orphaned and not liked even by the +gentle elders of the Essenes, loved but one being upon earth--herself, +whereas already his bosom seethed with many hates. She was sure also +that any man for whom she chanced to care, if such an one should ever +cross her path, would, as Caleb had promised, go in danger at his hands, +and the thought frightened her. Most of all did it frighten her when she +saw him glower upon Marcus, although in truth the Roman was nothing to +her. Yet, as she knew, Caleb had judged otherwise. + +But if she saw little of him, of this Miriam was sure enough--that he +was seldom far from her, and that he found means to learn from day to +day how she spent her hours. Indeed, Marcus told her that wherever he +went he met that handsome young man with revengeful eyes, who she had +said was named Caleb. Therefore Miriam grew frightened and, as the issue +will show, not without cause. + +One afternoon, while Miriam was at work upon the marble, and the three +elders were as usual sunk in slumber, Marcus said suddenly: + +"I forgot. I have news for you, lady. I have found out who murdered that +Jewish thief whose end, amongst other things, I was sent to investigate. +It was your friend Caleb." + +Miriam started so violently that her chisel gave an unexpected effect to +one of Marcus's curls. + +"Hush!" she said, glancing towards the sleepers, one of whom had just +snored so loudly that he began to awake at the sound; then added in a +whisper, "They do not know, do they?" + +He shook his head and looked puzzled. + +"I must speak to you of this matter," she went on with agitation, and in +the same whisper. "No, not now or here, but alone." + +"When and where you will," answered Marcus, smiling, as if the prospect +of a solitary conversation with Miriam did not displease him, although +this evil-doing Caleb was to be its subject. "Name the time and place, +lady." + +By now the snoring elder was awake, and rising from his chair with a +great noise, which in turn roused the others. Nehushta also rose from +her seat and in doing so, as though by accident, overset a copper tray +on which lay metal tools. + +"In the garden one hour after sunset. Nehushta will leave the little +lower door unlocked." + +"Good," answered Marcus; then added in a loud voice, "Not so, lady. Ye +gods! what a noise! I think the curl improved by the slip. It looks less +as though it had been waxed after the Egyptian fashion. Sirs, why do +you disturb yourselves? I fear that to you this long waiting must be as +tedious as to me it seems unnecessary." + +The sun was down, and the last red glow had faded from the western sky, +which was now lit only by the soft light of a half-moon. All the +world lay bathed in peace and beauty; even the stern outlines of the +surrounding mountains seemed softened, and the pale waters of the Dead +Sea and the ashen face of the desert gleamed like silver new cast from +the mould. From the oleanders and lilies which bloomed along the edge +of the irrigation channels, and from the white flowers of the glossy, +golden-fruited orange trees, floated a perfume delicious to the sense, +while the silence was only broken from time to time by the bark of a +wandering dog or the howl of a jackal in the wilderness. + +"A very pleasant night--to talk about Caleb," reflected Marcus, who had +reached the appointed spot ten minutes before the time, as he strolled +from the narrow belt of trees that were planted along the high, outer +wall, into the more open part of the garden. Had Marcus chanced to +notice that this same Caleb, walking softly as a cat, and keeping with +great care in the shadow, had followed him through the little door which +he forgot to lock, and was now hidden among those very trees, he might +have remembered a proverb to the effect that snakes hide in the greenest +grass and the prettiest flowers have thorny stems. But he thought of no +such thing, who was lost in happy anticipations of a moonlight interview +with a lovely and cultured young lady, whose image, to speak truth, had +taken so deep a hold upon his fancy, that sometimes he wondered how he +would be able to banish it thence again. At present he could think of +no better means than that which at this moment he was following +with delight. Meetings in moonlit gardens tend proverbially to +disenchantment! + +Presently Marcus caught the gleam of a white robe followed by a dark +one, flitting towards him through the dim and dewy garden, and at the +sight his heart stood still, then began to beat again in a disorderly +fashion. Had he known it, another heart a few yards behind him also +stood still, and then began to beat like that of a man in a violent +rage. It seems possible, also, that a third heart experienced unusual +sensations. + +"I wish she had left the old lady behind," muttered Marcus. "No, I +don't, for then there are brutes who, if they knew, might blame her"; +and, luckily for himself, he walked forward a few paces to meet the +white robe, leaving the little belt of trees almost out of hearing. + +Now Miriam stood before him, the moonlight shining on her delicate face +and in her tranquil eyes, which always reminded him of the blue depths +of heaven. + +"Sir," she began---- + +"Oh, I pray you," he broke in, "cease from ceremony and call me Marcus!" + +"Captain Marcus," she repeated, dwelling a little on the unfamiliar +name, "I beg that you will forgive me for disturbing you at so +unseasonable an hour." + +"Certainly I forgive you, Lady Miriam," he replied, also dwelling on +her name and copying her accent in a fashion that made the grim-faced +Nehushta smile. + +She waved her hand in deprecation. "The truth is, that this matter of +Caleb's----" + +"Oh, may all the infernal gods take Caleb! as I have reason to believe +they shortly will," broke in Marcus angrily. + +"But that is just what I wish to prevent; we have met here to talk of +Caleb." + +"Well, if you must--talk and let us be done with him. What about Caleb?" + +Miriam clasped her hands. "What do you know of him, Captain Marcus?" + +"Know? Why, just this: a spy I have in my troop has found out a country +fellow who was hunting for mushrooms or something--I forget what--in a +gully a mile away, and saw this interesting youth hide himself there +and shoot that Jewish plunderer with a bow and arrow. More--he has found +another man who saw the said Caleb an hour or two before help himself +to an arrow out of one of the Jew's quivers, which arrow appears to be +identical with, or at any rate, similar to, that which was found in the +fellow's gullet. Therefore, it seems that Caleb is guilty, and that it +will be my duty to-morrow to place him under arrest, and in due course +to convey him to Jerusalem, where the priests will attend to his little +business. Now, Lady Miriam, is your curiosity satisfied about Caleb?" + +"Oh," she said, "it cannot be, it must not be! The man had struck him +and he did but return a blow for a blow." + +"An arrow for a blow, you mean; the point of a spear for the push of its +handle. But, Lady Miriam, you seem to be very deep in the confidence of +Caleb. How do you come to know all this?" + +"I don't know, I only guess. I daresay, nay, I am sure, that Caleb is +quite innocent." + +"Why do you take such an interest in Caleb?" asked Marcus suspiciously. + +"Because he was my friend and playmate from childhood." + +"Umph," he answered, "a strange couple--a dove and a raven. Well, I am +glad that you did not catch his temper, or you would be more dangerous +even than you are. Now, what do you want me to do?" + +"I want you to spare Caleb. You, you, you--need not believe those +witnesses." + +"To think of it!" said Marcus, in mock horror. "To think that one whom I +thought so good can prove so immoral. Do you then wish to tempt me from +my duty?" + +"Yes, I suppose so. At least the peasants round here are great liars." + +"Lady," said Marcus, with stern conviction, "Caleb has improved upon his +opportunities as a playmate; he has been making love to you. I thought +so from the first." + +"Oh," she answered, "how can you know that? Besides, he promised that he +would never do it again." + +"How can I know that? Why, because Caleb would have been a bigger fool +than I take him for if he had not. And if it rested with me, certainly +he never would do it again. Now be honest with me, if a woman can on +such a matter, and tell me true: are you in love with this Caleb?" + +"I--I? In love with Caleb? Of course not. If you do not believe me, ask +Nehushta." + +"Thank you, I will be content with your own reply. You deny that you are +in love with him, and I incline to believe you; but, on the other hand, +I remember that you would naturally say this, since you might think that +any other answer would prejudice the cause of Caleb with me." + +"With you! What can it matter to you, sir, whether or no I am in love +with Caleb, who, to tell you the truth, frightens me?" + +"And that, I suppose, is why you plead so hard for him?" + +"No," she answered with a sudden sternness, "I plead hard for him as in +like case I would plead hard for you--because he has been my friend, and +if he did this deed he was provoked to it." + +"Well spoken," said Marcus, gazing at her steadily. Indeed, she was +worth looking at as she stood there before him, her hands clasped, her +breast heaving, her sweet, pale face flushed with emotion and her lovely +eyes aswim with tears. Of a sudden as he gazed Marcus lost control of +himself. Passion for this maiden and bitter jealousy of Caleb arose like +twin giants in his heart and possessed him. + +"You say you are not in love with Caleb," he said. "Well, kiss me and I +will believe you." + +"How could such a thing prove my words?" she asked indignantly. + +"I do not know and I do not care. Kiss me once and I will believe +further that the peasants of these parts are all liars. I feel myself +beginning to believe it." + +"And if I will not?" + +"Then I am afraid I must refer the matter to a competent tribunal at +Jerusalem." + +"Nehushta, Nehushta, you have heard. What shall I do?" + +"What shall you do?" said Nehushta drily. "Well, if you like to give the +noble Marcus a kiss, I shall not blame you overmuch or tell on you. But +if you do not wish it, then I think you would be a fool to put yourself +to shame to save Caleb." + +"Yet, I will do it--and to save Caleb only," said Miriam with a sob, and +she bent towards him. + +To her surprise Marcus drew back, placing his hand before his face. + +"Forgive me," he said. "I was a brute who wished to buy kisses in such +a fashion. I forgot myself; your beauty is to blame, and your sweetness +and everything that is yours. I pray," he added humbly, "that you will +not think the worse of me, since we men are frail at times. And now, +because you ask me, though I have no right, I grant your prayer. Mayhap +those witnesses lied; at least, the man's sin, if sin there be, can be +excused. He has naught to fear from me." + +"No," broke in Nehushta, "but I think you have much to fear from him; +and I am sorry for that, my lord Marcus, for you have a noble heart." + +"It may be so; the future is on the knees of the gods, and that which +is fated will befall. My Lady Miriam, I, your humble servant and friend, +wish you farewell." + +"Farewell," she answered. "Yes, Nehushta is right, you have a noble +heart"; and she looked at him in such a fashion that it flashed across +his mind that were he to proffer that request of his again, it might +not be refused. But Marcus would not do it. He had tasted of the joy of +self-conquest, who hitherto, after the manner of his age and race, had +denied himself little, and, as it seemed to him, a strange new power +was stirring in his heart--something purer, higher, nobler, than he had +known before. He would cherish it a while. + +Of all that were spoken there in the garden, Caleb, the watcher, could +catch no word. The speakers did not raise their voices and they stood +at a distance, so that although he craned his head forward as far as he +dared in the shadow of the trees, sharp and trained as they were, naught +save a confused murmur reached his ears. But if these failed him, his +eyes fed full, so that he lost no move or gesture. It was a passionate +love scene, this was clear, for Nehushta stood at a little distance with +her back turned, while the pair poured out their sweet speeches to each +other. Then at length, as he had expected, came the climax. Yes, oh! +shameless woman--they were embracing. A mist fell upon Caleb's eyes, in +which lights flashed like red-hot swords lifting and smiting, the blood +drummed in his ears as though his raging, jealous heart would burst. +He would kill that Roman now on the spot. Miriam should never kiss him +more--alive. + +Already Caleb had drawn the short-sword from its hiding-place in his +ample robe; already he had stepped out from the shadow of the trees, +when of a sudden his reason righted itself like a ship that has been +laid over by a furious squall, and caution came back to him. If he +did this that faithless guardian, Nehushta, who without doubt had been +bought with Roman gold, would come to the assistance of her patron and +thrust her dagger through his back, as she well could do. Or should he +escape that dagger, one or other of them would raise the Essenes on +him, and he would be given over to justice. He wished to slay, not to be +slain. It would be sweet to kill the Roman, but if he himself were laid +dead across his body, leaving Miriam alive to pass to some other man, +what would he be advantaged? Presently they must cease from their +endearments; presently his enemy would return as he had come, and then +he might find his chance. He would wait, he would wait. + +Look, they had parted; Miriam was gliding back to the house, and Marcus +came towards him, walking like a man in his sleep. Only Nehushta +stood where she was, her eyes fixed upon the ground as though she were +reasoning with herself. Still like a man in a dream, Marcus passed him +within touch of his outstretched hand. Caleb followed. Marcus opened the +door, went out of it, and pulled it to behind him. Caleb caught it +in his hand, slipped through and closed it. A few paces down the +wall--eight or ten perhaps--was another door, by which Marcus entered +the garden of the guest-house. As he turned to shut this, Caleb pushed +in after him, and they were face to face. + +"Who are you?" asked the Roman, springing back. + +Caleb, who by now was cool enough, closed the door and shot the bolt. +Then he answered, "Caleb, the son of Hilliel, who wishes a word with +you." + +"Ah!" said Marcus, "the very man, and, as usual, unless the light +deceives me, in an evil humour. Well, Caleb the son of Hilliel, what is +your business with me?" + +"One of life and death, Marcus the son of Emilius," he answered, in such +a tone that the Roman drew his sword and stood watching him. + +"Be plain and brief, young man," he said. + +"I will be both plain and brief. I love that lady from whom you have +just parted, and you also love, or pretend to love, her. Nay, deny it +not; I have seen all, even to your kisses. Well, she cannot belong to +both of us, and I intend that in some future day she shall belong to +me if arm and eye do not fail me now. Therefore one of us must die +to-night." + +Marcus stepped back, overcome not with fear, but with astonishment. + +"Insolent," he said, "you lie! There were no kisses, and our talk was of +your neck, that I gave to her because she asked it, which is forfeit for +the murder of the Jew." + +"Indeed," sneered Caleb. "Now, who would have thought that the noble +Captain Marcus would shelter thus behind a woman's robe? For the rest, +my life is my own and no other's to give or to receive. Guard yourself, +Roman, since I would kill you in fair fight. Had I another mind you +would be dead by now, never knowing the hand that struck you. Have no +fear; I am your equal, for my forefathers were nobles when yours were +savages." + +"Boy, are you mad," asked Marcus, "to think that I, who have fought in +three wars, can fear a beardless youth, however fierce? Why, if I feared +you I have but to blow upon this whistle and my guards would hale you +hence to a felon's death. For your own sake it is that I pray you to +consider. Setting aside my rank and yours, I will fight you if you will, +and now. Yet think. If I kill you there is an end, and if by chance you +should kill me, you will be hunted down as a double murderer. As it is, +I forgive you, because I know how bitter is the jealousy of youth, +and because you struck no assassin's blow when you might have done so +safely. Therefore, I say, go in peace, knowing that I shall not break my +word." + +"Cease talking," said Caleb, "and come out into the moonlight." + +"I am glad that is your wish," replied Marcus. "Having done all I can +to save you, I will add that I think you a dangerous cub, of whom the +world, the lady Miriam and I alike will be well rid. Now, what weapon +have you? A short sword and no mail? Well, so have I. In this we are +well matched. Stay, I have a steel-lined cap, and you have none. There +it goes, to make our chances equal. Wind your cloak about your left arm +as I do. I have known worse shields. Good foothold, but an uncertain +light. Now, go!" + +Caleb needed no encouragement. For one second they stood facing each +other, very types of the Eastern and Western world; the Roman--sturdy, +honest-eyed, watchful and fearless, his head thrown back, his feet +apart, his shield arm forward, his sword hand pressed to his side from +which the steel projected. Over against him was the Jew, crouched like a +tiger about to spring, his eyes half closed as though to concentrate the +light, his face working with rage, and every muscle quivering till his +whole flesh seemed to move upon his bones, like to that of a snake. +Suddenly, uttering a low cry, he sprang, and with that savage onslaught +the fight began and ended. + +Marcus was ready; moreover, he knew what he would do. As the man came, +stepping swiftly to one side, he caught the thrust of Caleb's sword in +the folded cloak, and since he did not wish to kill him, struck at his +hand. The blow fell upon Caleb's first finger and severed it, cutting +the others also, so that it dropped to the ground with the sword that +they had held. Marcus put his foot upon the blade, and wheeled round. + +"Young man," he said sternly, "you have learnt your lesson and will bear +the mark of it till your death day. Now begone." + +The wretched Caleb ground his teeth. "It was to the death!" he said, "it +was to the death! You have conquered, kill me," and with his bloody hand +he tore open his robe to make a path for the sword. + +"Leave such talk to play-actors," answered Marcus. "Begone, and be sure +of this--that if ever you try to bring treachery on me, or trouble on +the lady Miriam, I will kill you sure enough." + +Then with a sound that was half curse and half sob, Caleb turned and +slunk away. With a shrug of the shoulder Marcus also turned to go, when +he felt a shadow fall upon him, and swung round, to find Nehushta at his +side. + +"And pray where did you come from, my Libyan friend?" he asked. + +"Out of that pomegranate fence, my Roman lord, whence I have seen and +heard all that passed." + +"Indeed. Then I hope that you give me credit for good sword-play and +good temper." + +"The sword-play was well enough, though nothing to boast of with such a +madman for a foe. As for the temper, it was that of a fool." + +"Such," soliloquised Marcus, "is the reward of virtue. But I am curious. +Why?" + +"Because, my lord Marcus, this Caleb will grow into the most dangerous +man in Judaea, and to none more dangerous than to my lady Miriam and +yourself. You should have killed him while you had the chance, before +his turn comes to kill you." + +"Perhaps," answered Marcus with a yawn; "but, friend Nehushta, I have +been associating with a Christian and have caught something of her +doctrines. That seems a fine sword. You had better keep it. Good-night." + + + +CHAPTER IX + +THE JUSTICE OF FLORUS + +On the following morning, when the roll of the neophytes of the Essenes +was called, Caleb did not appear. Nor did he answer to his name on the +next day, or indeed ever again. None knew what had become of him until +a while after a letter was received addressed to the Curators of the +Court, in which he announced that, finding he had no vocation for an +Essenic career, he had taken refuge with friends of his late father, in +some place not stated. There, so far as the Essenes were concerned, the +matter ended. Indeed, as the peasant who was concealed in the gully when +the Jew was murdered had talked of what he had witnessed, even the most +simple-minded of the Essenes could suggest a reason for this sudden +departure. Nor did they altogether regret it, inasmuch as in many ways +Caleb had proved himself but an unsatisfactory disciple, and already +they were discussing the expediency of rejecting him from the fellowship +of their peaceful order. Had they known that when he vanished he left +behind him a drawn sword and one of his forefingers, their opinion on +this point might have been strengthened. But this they did not know, +although Miriam knew it through Nehushta. + +A week went by, during which time Miriam and Marcus did not meet, as no +further sittings were arranged for the completion of the bust. In fact, +they were not needful, since she could work from the clay model, which +she did, till, labouring at it continually, the marble was done and even +polished. One morning as the artist was putting the last touches to her +labours, the door of the workshop was darkened and she looked up to +see Marcus, who, except for his helmet, was clad in full mail as though +about to start upon a journey. As it chanced, Miriam was alone in the +place, Nehushta having gone to attend to household affairs. Thus for the +first time they met with no other eyes to watch them. + +At the sight of him she coloured, letting the cloth fall from her hand +which remained about the neck of the marble. + +"I ask your pardon, Lady Miriam," said Marcus, bowing gravely, "for +breaking in thus upon your privacy; but time presses with me so that I +lacked any to give notice to your guardians of my visit." + +"Are you leaving us?" she faltered. + +"Yes, I am leaving you." + +Miriam turned aside and picked up the cloth, then answered, "Well, the +work is done, or will be in a few minutes; so if you think it worth the +trouble, take it." + +"That is my intention. The price I will settle with your uncles." + +She nodded. "Yes, yes, but if you will permit me, I should like to pack +it myself, so that it comes to no harm upon the journey. Also with your +leave I will retain the model, which by right belongs to you. I am not +pleased with this marble; I wish to make another." + +"The marble is perfect; but keep the model if you will. I am very glad +that you should keep it." + +She glanced at him, a question in her eyes, then looked away. + +"When do you go?" she asked. + +"Three hours after noon. My task is finished, my report--which is to +the effect that the Essenes are a most worthy and harmless people who +deserve to be encouraged, not molested--is written. Also I am called +hence in haste by a messenger who reached me from Jerusalem an hour ago. +Would you like to know why?" + +"If it pleases you to tell me, yes." + +"I think that I told you of my uncle Caius, who was pro-consul under +the late emperor for the richest province of Spain, and--made use of his +opportunities." + +"Yes." + +"Well, the old man has been smitten with a mortal disease. For aught I +know he may be already dead, although the physicians seemed to think +he would live for another ten months, or perhaps a year. Being in this +case, suddenly he has grown fond of his relations, or rather relation, +for I am the only one, and expressed a desire to see me, to whom for +many years he has never given a single penny. He has even announced his +intention--by letter--of making me his heir 'should he find me worthy,' +which, to succeed Caius, whatever my faults, indeed I am not, since of +all men, as I have told him in past days, I hold him the worst. Still, +he has forwarded a sum of money to enable me to journey to him in haste, +and with it a letter from the Caesar, Nero, to the procurator Albinus, +commanding him to give me instant leave to go. Therefore, lady, it seems +wise that I should go." + +"Yes," answered Miriam. "I know little of such things, but I think that +it is wise. Within two hours the bust shall be finished and packed," and +she stretched out her hand in farewell. + +Marcus took the hand and held it. "I am loth to part with you thus," he +said suddenly. + +"There is only one fashion of parting," answered Miriam, striving to +withdraw her hand. + +"Nay, there are many; and I hate them all--from you." + +"Sir," she asked with gentle indignation, "is it worth your while to +play off these pretty phrases upon me? We have met for an hour; we +separate--for a lifetime." + +"I do not see the need of that. Oh, the truth may as well out. I wish it +least of all things." + +"Yet it is so. Come, let my hand go; the marble must be finished and +packed." + +The face of Marcus became troubled, as though he were reasoning with +himself, as though he wished to take her at her word and go, yet could +not. + +"Is it ended?" asked Miriam presently, considering him with her quiet +eyes. + +"I think not; I think it is but begun. Miriam, I love you." + +"Marcus," she answered steadily, "I do not think I should be asked to +listen to such words." + +"Why not? They have always been thought honest between man and woman." + +"Perhaps, when they are meant honestly, which in this case can scarcely +be." + +He grew hot and red. "What do you mean? Do you suppose----" + +"I suppose nothing, Captain Marcus." + +"Do you suppose," he repeated, "that I would offer you less than the +place of wife?" + +"Assuredly not," she replied, "since to do so would be to insult you. +But neither do I suppose that you really meant to offer me that place." + +"Yet that was in my mind, Miriam." + +Her eyes grew soft, but she answered: + +"Then, Marcus, I pray you, put it out of your mind, since between us +rolls a great sea." + +"Is it named Caleb?" he asked bitterly. + +She smiled and shook her head. "You know well that it has no such name." + +"Tell me of this sea." + +"It is easy. You are a Roman worshipping the Roman gods; I am a +Christian worshipping the God of the Christians. Therefore we are +forever separate." + +"Why? I do not understand. If we were married you might come to think +like me, or I might come to think like you. It is a matter of the spirit +and the future, not of the body and the present. Every day Christians +wed those who are not Christians; sometimes, even, they convert them." + +"Yes, I know; but in my case this may not be--even if I wished that it +should be." + +"Why not?" + +"Because both by the command of my murdered father and of her own desire +my mother laid it on me with her dying breath that I should take to +husband no man who was not of our faith." + +"And do you hold yourself to be bound by this command?" + +"I do, without doubt and to the end." + +"However much you might chance to love a man who is not a Christian?" + +"However much I might chance to love such a man." + +Marcus let fall her hand. "I think I had best go," he said. + +"Yes." + +Then came a pause while he seemed to be struggling with himself. + +"Miriam, I cannot go." + +"Marcus, you must go." + +"Miriam, do you love me?" + +"Marcus, may Christ forgive me, I do." + +"Miriam, how much?" + +"Marcus, as much as a woman may love a man." + +"And yet," he broke out bitterly, "you bid me begone because I am not a +Christian." + +"Because my faith is more than my love. I must offer my love upon the +altar of my faith--or, at the least," she added hurriedly, "I am bound +by a rope that cannot be cut or broken. To break it would bring down +upon your head and mine the curse of Heaven and of my parents, who are +its inhabitants." + +"And if I became of your faith?" + +Her whole face lit up, then suddenly its light died. + +"It is too much to hope. This is not a question of casting incense on an +altar; it is a matter of a changed spirit and a new life. Oh! have done. +Why do you play with me?" + +"A changed spirit and a new life. At the best that would take time." + +"Yes, time and thought." + +"And would you wait that time? Such beauty and such sweetness as are +yours will not lack for suitors." + +"I shall wait. I have told you that I love you; no other man will be +anything to me. I shall wed no other man." + +"You give all and take nothing; it is not just." + +"It is as God has willed. If it pleases God to touch your heart and to +preserve us both alive, then in days to come our lives may be one life. +Otherwise they must run apart till perchance we meet--in the eternal +morning." + +"Oh, Miriam, I cannot leave you thus! Teach me as you will." + +"Nay, go, Marcus, and teach yourself. Am I a bait to win your soul? The +path is not so easy, it is very difficult. Fare you well!" + +"May I write to you from Rome?" he asked. + +"Yes, why not, if by that time you should care to write, who then will +have recovered from this folly of the desert and an idle moon?" + +"I shall write and I shall return, and we will talk of these matters; +so, most sweet, farewell." + +"Farewell, Marcus, and the love of God go with you." + +"What of your love?" + +"My love is with you ever who have won my heart." + +"Then, Miriam, at least I have not lived in vain. Remember this always, +that much as I may worship you, I honour you still more," and kneeling +before her he kissed first her hand, and next the hem of her robe. Then +he turned and went. + + + +That night, watching from the roof of her house by the light of the full +moon, Miriam saw Marcus ride away at the head of his band of soldiers. +On the crest of a little ridge of ground outside the village he halted, +leaving them to go on, and turning his horse's head looked backward. +Thus he stood awhile, the silver rays of the moon shining on his bright +armour and making him a point of light set between two vales of shadow. +Miriam could guess whither his eyes were turned and what was in his +heart. It seemed to her, even, that she could feel his loving thought +play upon her and that with the ear of his spirit he could catch the +answer of her own. Then suddenly he turned and was lost in the gloom of +the night. + +Now that he was gone, quite gone, Miriam's courage seemed to leave her, +and leaning her head upon the parapet she wept tears that were soft but +very bitter. Suddenly a hand was laid upon her shoulder and a voice, +that of old Nehushta, spoke in her ear. + +"Mourn not," it said, "since him whom you lose in the night you may find +again in the daytime." + +"In no day that dawns from an earthly sun, I fear me, Nou. Oh, Nou! he +has gone, and taken my heart with him, leaving in its place a throbbing +pain which is more than I can bear." + +"He will come back; I tell you that he will come back," she answered, +almost fiercely; "for your life and his are intertwined--yes, to the +end--a single cord bearing a double destiny. I know it; ask me not how; +but be comforted, for it is truth. Moreover, though it be sharp, your +pain is not more than you can bear, else it would never be laid upon +you." + +"But, Nou, if he does come back, what will it help me, who am built in +by this strict command of them that begat me, to break through which +would be to sin against and earn the curse of God and man?" + +"I do not know; I only know this, that in that wall, as in others, a +door will be found. Trouble not for the future, but leave it in the +hand of Him Who shapes all futures. Sufficient to the day is the evil +thereof. So He said. Accept the saying and be grateful. It is something +to have gained the love of such a one as this Roman, for, unless the +wisdom which I have gained through many years is at fault, he is true +and honest; and that man must be good at heart who can be reared in Rome +and in the worship of its gods and yet remain honest. Remember these +things, and I say be grateful, since there are many who go through their +lives knowing no such joy, even for an hour." + +"I will try, Nou," said Miriam humbly, still staring at the ridge whence +Marcus had vanished. + +"You will try, and you will succeed. Now there is another matter of +which I must speak to you. When the Essenes received us it was solemnly +decreed that if you lived to reach the full age of eighteen years you +must depart from among them. That hour struck for you nearly a year ago, +and, although you heard nothing of it, this decree was debated by the +Court. Now such decrees may not be broken, but it was argued that the +words 'full age of eighteen years,' meant and were intended to mean +until you reached your nineteenth birthday; that is--in a month from +now." + +"Then must we go, Nou?" asked Miriam in dismay, for she knew no other +world but this village in the desert, and no other friends than these +venerable men whom she called her uncles. + +"It seems so, especially as it is now guessed that Caleb fought the +Captain Marcus upon your account. Oh! that tale is talked of--for one +thing, the young wild-cat left a claw behind him which the gardener +found." + +"I trust then it is known also that the fault was none of mine. But, +Nou, whither shall we go who have neither friends, nor home, nor money?" + +"I know not; but doubtless in this wall also there is a door. If the +worst comes to the worst, a Christian has many brothers; moreover, with +your skill in the arts you need never lack for a living in any great +city in the world." + +"It is true," said Miriam, brightening; "that is, if I may believe +Marcus and my old master." + +"Also," continued Nehushta, "I have still almost all the gold that the +Phoenician Amram gave us when I fled with your mother, and added to it +that which I took from the strong box of the captain of the galley on +the night when you were born. So have no fear, we shall not want; nor +indeed would the Essenes suffer such a thing. Now, child, you are weary; +go to rest and dream that you have your lover back again." + + + +It was with a heavy heart that Caleb, defeated and shamed, shook the +dust of the village of the Essenes off his feet. At dawn on the morning +after the night that he had fought the duel with Marcus, he also might +have been seen, a staff in his bandaged hand and a bag of provisions +over his shoulder, standing upon the little ridge and gazing towards the +house which sheltered Miriam. In love and war things had gone ill with +him, so ill that at the thought of his discomfiture he ground his teeth. +Miriam cared nothing for him; Marcus had defeated him at the first +encounter and given him his life; while, worst of all, these two +from whom he had endured so much loved each other. Few, perhaps, have +suffered more sharply than he suffered in that hour; for what agonies +are there like those of disappointed love and the shame of defeat when +endured in youth? With time most men grow accustomed to disaster and +rebuff. The colt that seems to break its heart at the cut of a whip, +will hobble at last to the knacker unmoved by a shower of blows. + +While Caleb looked, the red rim of the sun rose above the horizon, +flooding the world with light and life. Now birds began to chirp, and +beasts to move; now the shadows fled away. Caleb's impressionable nature +answered to this change. Hope stirred in his breast, even the pain of +his maimed hand was forgotten. + +"I will win yet," he shouted to the silent sky; "my troubles are done +with. I will shine like the sun; I will rule like the sun, and my +enemies shall whither beneath my power. It is a good omen. Now I am glad +that the Roman spared my life, that in a day to come I may take his--and +Miriam." + +Then he turned and trudged onward through the glorious sunlight, +watching his own shadow that stretched away before him. + +"It goes far," he said again; "this also is a very good omen." + +Caleb thought much on his way to Jerusalem; moreover he talked with all +whom he met, even with bandits and footpads whom his poverty could not +tempt, for he desired to learn how matters stood in the land. Arrived in +Jerusalem he sought out the home of that lady who had been his mother's +friend and who gave him over, a helpless orphan, to the care of the +Essenes. He found that she was dead, but her son lived, a man of kind +heart and given to hospitality, who had heard his story and sheltered +him for his mother's sake. When his hand was healed and he procured some +good clothes and a little money from his friend, without saying anything +of his purpose, Caleb attended the court of Gessius Florus, the Roman +procurator, at his palace, seeking an opportunity to speak with him. + +Thrice did he wait thus for hours at a time, on each occasion to be +driven away at last by the guards. On his fourth visit he was more +fortunate, for Florus, who had noted him before, asked why he stood +there so patiently. An officer replied that the man had a petition to +make. + +"Let me hear it then," said the governor. "I sit in this place to +administer justice by the grace and in the name of Caesar." + +Accordingly, Caleb was summoned and found himself in the presence of a +small, dark-eyed, beetle-browed Roman with cropped hair, who looked what +he was--one of the most evil rulers that ever held power in Judaea. + +"What do you seek, Jew?" he asked in a harsh voice. + +"What I am assured I shall find at your hands, O most noble Florus, +justice against the Jews--pure justice"; words at which the courtiers +and guards tittered, and even Florus smiled. + +"It is to be had at a price," he replied. + +"I am prepared to pay the price." + +"Then set out your case." + +So Caleb set it out. He told how many years before his father had +been accidentally slain in a tumult, and how he, the son, being but an +infant, certain Jews of the Zealots had seized and divided his estate +on the ground that his father was a partisan of the Romans, leaving him, +the son, to be brought up by charity--which estate, consisting of tracts +of rich lands and certain house property in Jerusalem and Tyre, was +still in their possession or in that of their descendants. + +The black eyes of Florus glistened as he heard. + +"Their names," he said, snatching at his tablets. But as yet Caleb was +not minded to give the names. First, he intimated that he desired to +arrive at a formal agreement as to what proportion of the property, if +recovered, would be handed over to him, the heir. Then followed much +haggling; but in the end it was agreed that as he had been robbed +because his father was supposed to favour the Romans, the lands and a +large dwelling with warehouse attached, at Tyre, together with one-half +the back rents, if recoverable, should be given to the plaintiff. +The governor, or as he put it, Caesar, for his share was to retain +the property in Jerusalem and the other half of the rents. In this +arrangement Caleb proved himself, as usual, prescient. Houses, as he +explained afterwards, could be burned or pulled down, but beyond the +crops on it, land no man could injure. Then, after the agreement had +been duly signed and witnessed, he gave the names, bringing forward good +testimony to prove all that he had said. + +Within a week those Jews who had committed the theft, or their +descendants, were in prison, whence they did not emerge till they had +been stripped, not only of the stolen property, but of everything else +that they possessed. Either because he was pleased at so great and +unexpected a harvest, or perhaps for the reason that he saw in Caleb +an able fellow who might be useful in the future, Florus fulfilled his +bargain with him to the letter. + +Thus it came about that by a strange turn of the wheel of chance, within +a month of his flight from the colony of the Essenes, Caleb, the outcast +orphan, with his neck in danger of the sword, became a man of influence, +having great possessions. His sun had risen indeed. + + + +CHAPTER X + +BENONI + +A while later Caleb, no longer a solitary wanderer with only his feet +to carry him, his staff to protect him, and a wallet to supply him with +food, but a young and gallant gentleman, well-armed, clad in furs and a +purple cloak, accompanied by servants and riding a splendid horse, once +more passed the walls of Jerusalem. On the rising ground beyond the +Damascus gate he halted and looked back at the glorious city with her +crowded streets, her mighty towers, her luxurious palaces, and her +world-famed temple that dominated all, which from here seemed as a +mountain covered with snow and crowned with glittering gold. + +"I will rule there when the Romans have been driven out," he said to +himself, for already Caleb had grown very ambitious. Indeed, the wealth +and the place that had come to him so suddenly, with which many men +would have been satisfied, did but serve to increase his appetite +for power, fame, and all good things. To him this money was but a +stepping-stone to greater fortunes. + +Caleb was journeying to Tyre to take possession of his house there, +which the Roman commander of the district had been bidden to hand over +to him. Also he had another object. At Tyre dwelt the old Jew, Benoni, +who was Miriam's grandfather, as he had discovered years before; for +when they were still children together she had told him all her story. +This Benoni, for reasons of his own, he desired to see. + + + +On a certain afternoon in one of the palaces of Tyre a man might have +been sitting in a long portico, or verandah as we should call it, +which overlooked the Mediterranean, whose blue waters lapped the +straight-scarped rock below--for this house was in the island city, not +in that of the mainland where most of the rich Syrians dwelt. + +The man was old and very handsome. His dark eyes were quick and full of +fire, his nose was hooked like the beak of a bird of prey, his hair and +beard were long and snowy white. His robes also were rich and splendid, +and over them, since at this season of the year even at Tyre it was +cold, he wore a cloak of costly northern furs. The house was worthy of +its owner. Built throughout of the purest marble, the rooms were roofed +and panelled with sweet-smelling cedar of Lebanon, whence hung many +silver lamps, and decorated by statuary and frescoes. On the marble +floors were spread rugs, beautifully wrought in colours, while here and +there stood couches, tables and stools, fashioned for the most part of +ebony from Libya, inlaid with ivory and pearl. + +Benoni, the owner of all this wealth, having finished his business +for that day--the taking count of a shipload of merchandise which had +reached him from Egypt--had eaten his midday meal and now sought his +couch under the portico to rest a while in the sun. Reclining on the +cushions, soon he was asleep; but it would seem that his dreams were +unhappy--at the least he turned from side to side muttering and moving +his hands. At last he sat up with a start. + +"Oh, Rachel, Rachel!" he moaned, "why will you haunt my sleep? Oh! my +child, my child, have I not suffered enough? Must you bring my sin back +to me in this fashion? May I not shut my eyes even here in the sunlight +and be at peace a while? What have you to tell me that you come thus +often to stand here so strengthless and so still? Nay, it is not you; it +is my sin that wears your shape!" and Benoni hid his face in his hands, +rocking himself to and fro and moaning aloud. + +Presently he sprang up. "It was no sin," he said, "it was a righteous +act. I offered her to the outraged majesty of Jehovah, as Abraham, our +father, would have offered Isaac, but the curse of that false prophet is +upon me and mine. That was the fault of Demas, the half-bred hound who +crept into my kennel, and whom, because she loved him, I gave to her as +husband. Thus did he repay me, the traitor, and I--I repaid him. Ay! But +the sword fell upon two necks. He should have suffered, and he alone. +Oh, Rachel, my lost daughter Rachel, forgive me, you whose bones lie +there beneath the sea, forgive me! I cannot bear those eyes of yours. I +am old, Rachel, I am old." + +Thus Benoni muttered to himself, as he walked swiftly to and fro; then, +worn out with his burst of solitary, dream-bred passion, he sank back +upon the couch. + +As he sat thus, an Arab doorkeeper, gorgeously apparelled and armed with +a great sword, appeared in the portico, and after looking carefully to +see that his master was not asleep, made a low salaam. + +"What is it?" asked Benoni shortly. + +"Master, a young lord named Caleb wishes speech with you." + +"Caleb? I know not the name," replied Benoni. "Stay, it must be the +son of Hilliel, whom the Roman governor"--and turning, he spat upon the +ground--"has brought to his own again. I heard that he had come to take +possession of the great house on the quay. Bring him hither." + +The Arab saluted and went. Presently he returned and ushered in Caleb, +now a noble-looking young man clad in fine raiment. Benoni bowed to +him and prayed him to be seated. Caleb bowed in return, touching his +forehead in Eastern fashion with his hand, from which, as his host +noticed, the forefinger was missing. + +"I am your servant, sir," said Benoni with grave courtesy. + +"Master, I am your slave," answered Caleb. "I have been told that you +knew my father; therefore, on this, my first visit to Tyre, I come to +make my respects to you. I am the son of Hilliel, who perished many +years ago in Jerusalem. You may have heard his story and mine." + +"Yes," answered Benoni scanning his visitor, "I knew Hilliel--a clever +man, but one who fell into a trap at last, and I see that you are his +son. Your face proves it; indeed, it might be Hilliel who stands before +me." + +"I am proud that you should say so," answered Caleb, though already he +guessed that between Benoni and his father no love had been lost. "You +know," he added, "that certain of our people seized my inheritance, +which now has been restored to me--in part." + +"By Gessius Florus the procurator, I think, who on this account, has +cast many Jews--some of them innocent--into prison." + +"Indeed! Is that so? Well, it was concerning this Florus that I came +chiefly to ask your advice. The Roman has kept a full half of my +property," and Caleb sighed and looked indignant. + +"You are indeed fortunate that he has not kept it all." + +"I have been brought up in the desert far from cities," pleaded Caleb. +"Is there no law by which I may have justice of this man? Cannot you +help me who are great among our people?" + +"None," answered Benoni. "Roman citizens have rights, Jews what they can +get. You can appeal to Caesar if you wish, as the jackal appealed to the +lion. But if you are wise you will be content with half the carcase. +Also I am not great; I am but an old merchant without authority." + +Caleb looked downfallen. "It seems that the days are hard for us Jews," +he said. "Well, I will be content and strive to forgive my enemies." + +"Better be content and strive to smite your enemies," answered Benoni. +"You who were poor are rich; for this much thank God." + +"Night and morning I do thank Him," replied Caleb earnestly and with +truth. + +Then there was silence for a while. + +"Is it your intention to reside in Hezron's--I mean in your house--in +Tyre?" asked Benoni, breaking it. + +"For a time, perhaps, until I find a tenant. I am not accustomed to +towns, and at present they seem to stifle me." + +"Where were you brought up, sir?" + +"Among the Essenes by Jericho. But I am not an Essene--their creed +disgusted me; I belong to that of my fathers." + +"There are worse men," replied Benoni. "A brother of my late wife is an +Essene, a kindly natured fool named Ithiel; you may have known him." + +"Oh, yes, I know him. He is one of their curators and the guardian of +the lady Miriam, his great-niece." + +The old man started violently, then, recovering himself, said: + +"Forgive me, but Miriam was the name of my lost wife--one which it +disturbs me to hear. But how can this girl be Ithiel's grand-niece? He +had no relations except his sister." + +"I do not know," answered Caleb carelessly. "The story is that the lady +Miriam, whom they call the Queen of the Essenes, was brought to them +nineteen or twenty years ago by a Libyan woman named Nehushta,"--here +again Benoni started--"who said that the child's mother, Ithiel's +niece, had been shipwrecked and died after giving birth to the infant, +commanding that it should be brought to him to be reared. The Essenes +consenting, he accepted the charge, and there she is still." + +"Then is this lady Miriam an Essene?" asked Benoni in a thick, slow +voice. + +"No; she is of the sect of the Christians, in which faith she has been +brought up as her mother desired." + +The old man rose from his couch and walked up and down the portico. + +"Tell me of the lady Miriam, sir," he said presently, "for the tale +interests me. What is she like?" + +"She is, as I believe, the most beautiful maiden in the whole world, +though small and slight; also she is the most sweet and learned." + +"That is high praise, sir," said Benoni. + +"Yes, master, and perhaps I exaggerate her charms, as is but natural." + +"Why is it natural?" + +"Because we were brought up together, and I hope that one day she will +be my wife." + +"Are you then affianced to this maid?" + +"No, not affianced--as yet," replied Caleb, with a little smile; "but I +will not trouble you with a history of my love affairs. I have already +trespassed too long upon your kindness. It is something to ask of you +who may not desire my acquaintance, but if you will do me the honour to +sup with me to-morrow night, your servant will be grateful." + +"I thank you, young sir. I will come, I will come, for in truth," +he added hastily, "I am anxious to hear news of all that passes at +Jerusalem, which, I understand, you left but a few days since, and I +perceive that you are one whose eyes and ears are always open." + +"I try both to see and to hear," said Caleb modestly. "But I am very +inexperienced, and am not sure which cause a man who hopes to become +both wise and good, ought to espouse in these troubled days. I need +guidance such as you could give me if you wished. For this while, +farewell." + +Benoni watched his visitor depart, then once more began to wander up and +down the portico. + +"I do not trust that young man," he thought, "of whose doings I have +heard something; but he is rich and able, and may be of service to our +cause. This Miriam of whom he speaks, who can she be? unless, indeed, +Rachel bore a daughter before she died. Why not? She would not have left +it to my care who desired that it should be reared in her own accursed +faith and looked upon me as the murderer of her husband and herself. If +so, I who thought myself childless, yet have issue upon the earth--at +least there is one in whom my blood runs. Beautiful, gifted--but a +Christian! The sin of the parents has descended on the child--yes, the +curse is on her also. I must seek her out. I must know the truth. Man, +what is it now? Can you not see that I would be alone?" + +"Master, your pardon," said the Arab servant, bowing, "but the Roman +captain, Marcus, desires speech with you." + +"Marcus? Oh, I remember the officer who was stationed here. I am not +well, I cannot see him. Bid him come to-morrow." + +"Master, he bid me say that he sails for Rome to-night." + +"Well, well, admit him," answered Benoni. "Perchance he comes to pay his +debt," he added. + +The Arab departed, and presently the Roman was ushered in. + +"Greetings, Benoni," he said, with his pleasant smile. "Here am I, yet +alive, for all your fears; so you see your money is still safe." + +"I am glad to hear it, my lord Marcus," answered the Jew, bowing low. +"But if it will please you to produce it, with the interest, I think," +he added drily, "it may be even safer in my strongbox." + +Marcus laughed pleasantly. + +"Produce it?" he said. "What jest is this? Why, I come to borrow more to +defray my costs to Rome." + +Benoni's mouth shut like a trap. + +"Nay," said Marcus, holding up his hand, "don't begin. I know it all. +The times are full of trouble and danger. Such little ready cash as you +have at command is out at interest in safer countries--Egypt, Rome, +and Italy; your correspondent at Alexandria has failed to make you the +expected remittance; and you have reason to believe that every ship in +which you are concerned is now at the bottom of the ocean. So would you +be so good as to lend me half a talent of silver--a thousand shekels in +cash and the rest in bills of exchange on your agents at Brundisium?" + +"No," said Benoni, sternly. + +"Yes," replied Marcus, with conviction. "Look you, friend Benoni, the +security is excellent. If I don't get drowned, or have my throat slit +between here and Italy, I am going to be one of the richest men in Rome; +so this is your last chance of lending me a trifle. You don't believe +it? Then read this letter from Caius, my uncle, and this rescript signed +by Nero the Caesar." + +Benoni perused the documents and returned them. + +"I offer you my congratulations," he said. "If God permits it and you +will walk steadily, your future should be brilliant, since you are of +a pleasant countenance, and when you choose to use it, behind that +countenance lies a brain. But here I see no security for my money, since +even if all things go right, Italy is a long way off." + +"Man, do you think that I should cheat you?" asked Marcus hotly. + +"No, no, but accidents might happen." + +"Well, I will make it worth your while to risk them. For the half-talent +write a talent charged upon my estate, whether I live or die. And be +swift, I pray you, for I have matters to speak of, of more importance +than this miserable money. Whilst I was commissioner among the Essenes +on the banks of Jordan----" + +"The Essenes! What of the Essenes?" broke in Benoni. + +Marcus considered him with his grey eyes, then answered: + +"Let us settle this little matter of business and I will tell you." + +"Good. It is settled; you shall have the acknowledgment to sign and the +consideration in cash and bills before you leave my house. Now what of +these Essenes?" + +"Only this," said Marcus; "they are a strange people who read the +future, I know not how. One of them with whom I became friendly, +foretold that mighty troubles were about to fall upon this land of +yours--slaughter and pestilence, and famine, such as the world has not +seen." + +"That is an old prophecy of those accursed Nazarenes," broke in Benoni. + +"Call them not accursed, friend," said Marcus, in an odd voice, "for you +should do so least of all men. Nay, hear me out. It may be a prophecy of +the Nazarenes, but it is also a prophecy of the Essenes, and I believe +it, who watch the signs of the times. Now the elder told me this, that +there will be a great uprising of the Jews against the strength of +Caesar, and that most of those who join in it shall perish. He even gave +names, and among them was yours, friend Benoni. Therefore, because you +have lent me money, although I am a Roman, I have come to Tyre to warn +you to keep clear of rebellions and other tumults." + +The old man listened quietly, but not as one who disbelieves. + +"All this may be so," he said, "but if my name is written in that book +of the dead, the angel of Jehovah has chosen me, and I cannot escape his +sword. Moreover, I am aged, and"--here his eyes flashed--"it is a good +end to die fighting one's country's enemies." + +"How you Jews do love us to be sure!" said Marcus with a little laugh. + +"The nation that sends a Gessius Florus, or even an Albinus, to rule its +alien subjects must needs be loved," replied Benoni with bitter sarcasm. +"But let us be done with politics lest we grow angry. It is strange, but +a visitor has just left me who was brought up among these Essenes." + +"Indeed," said Marcus, staring vacantly into the sea. + +"He told me that a young and beautiful woman resides with them who is +named the Queen of the Essenes. Did you chance to see her, my lord?" + +Instantly Marcus became very wide awake. "Oh, yes, I saw her; and what +else did he tell you?" + +"He told me that this lady was both beautiful and learned." + +"That is true," said Marcus with enthusiasm. "To my mind, although she +is small, I never saw one lovelier, nor do I know a sculptor who is her +equal. If you will come with me to the ship I will open the case and +show you the bust she made of me. But tell me, did this visitor of yours +lack the forefinger on one hand--his right?" + +"He did." + +"Then I suppose that he is named Caleb." + +"Yes; but how do you know that?" + +"Because I cut off his forefinger," said Marcus, "in a fair fight, and," +he added savagely, "he is a young rascal, as murderous as he is able, +whose life I did ill to spare." + +"Ah," said Benoni, "it seems that I have still some discernment, for +just so I judged him. Well, what more do you know of the lady?" + +"Something, since in a way I am affianced to her." + +"Indeed! Well, this is strange, for so, as he told me, is Caleb." + +"He told you that?" said Marcus springing from his chair. "Then he lies, +and would that I had time to prove it on his body! She rejected him; I +have it from Nehushta; also I know it in other ways." + +"Then she did accept you, my lord Marcus?" + +"Not quite," he replied sadly; "but that was only because I am not a +Christian. She loves me all the same," he added, recovering. "Upon that +point there can be no doubt." + +"Caleb seemed to doubt it," suggested Benoni. + +"Caleb is a liar," repeated Marcus with emphasis, "and one of whom you +will do well to beware." + +"Why should I beware of him?" + +Marcus paused a moment, then answered boldly: + +"Because the lady Miriam is your granddaughter and the heiress of your +wealth. I say it, since if I did not Caleb would; probably he has done +so already." + +For a moment Benoni hid his face in his hands. Then he lifted it and +said: + +"I thought as much, and now I am sure. But, my lord Marcus, if my blood +is hers my wealth is my own." + +"Just so. Keep it if you will, or leave it where you will. It is Miriam +I seek, and not your money." + +"I think that Caleb seeks both Miriam and my money--like a prudent +man. Why should he not have them? He is a Jew of good blood; he will, I +think, rise high." + +"And I am a Roman of better blood who will rise higher." + +"Yes, a Roman, and I, the grandfather, am a Jew who do not love you +Romans." + +"And Miriam is neither Jew nor Roman, but a Christian, brought up not by +you, but by the Essenes; and she loves me, although she will not marry +me because I am not a Christian." + +Benoni shrugged his shoulders as he answered: + +"All of this is a problem which I must ponder on and solve." + +Marcus sprang from his seat and stood before the old man with menace in +his air. + +"Look you, Benoni," he said, "this is a problem not to be solved by you +or by Caleb, but by Miriam herself, and none other. Do you understand?" + +"I understand that you threaten me." + +"Ay, I do. Miriam is of full age; her sojourn with the Essenes must come +to an end. Doubtless you will take her to dwell with you. Well, beware +how you deal by her. If she wishes to marry Caleb of her own free will, +let her do so. But if you force her to it, or suffer him to force her, +then by your God, and by my gods, and by her God, I tell you that I will +come back and take such a vengeance upon him and upon you, and upon all +your people, that it shall be a story for generations. Do you believe +me?" + +Benoni looked up at the man who stood before him in his youth and +beauty, his eyes on fire and his form quivering with rage, and looking, +shrank back a little. He did not know that this light-hearted Roman had +such strength and purpose at command. Now he understood for the first +time that he was a true son of the terrible race of conquerors, who, if +he were crossed, could be as merciless as the worst of them, one whose +very honesty and openness made him to be feared the more. + +"I understand that you believe what you say. Whether when you are back +at Rome, where there are women as fair as the Queen of the Essenes, you +will continue to believe it, is another matter." + +"Yes, a matter for me to settle." + +"Quite so--for you to settle. Have you anything to add to the commands +you are pleased to lay upon your humble creditor, Benoni the merchant?" + +"Yes, two things. First, that when I leave this house you will no longer +be my creditor. I have brought money to pay you off in full, principal +and interest. My talk of borrowing was but a play and excuse to learn +what you knew of Miriam. Nay, do not start, though it may seem strange +to you that I also can be subtle. Foolish man, did you think that I with +my prospects should be left to lack for a miserable half-talent? Why, +there at Jerusalem I could have borrowed ten, or twenty, if I would +promise my patronage by way of interest. My servants wait with the +gold without. Call them in presently and pay yourself, principal and +interest, and something for a bonus. Now for the second, Miriam is a +Christian. Beware how you tamper with her faith. It is not mine, but I +say--beware how you tamper with it. You gave her father and her mother, +your own daughter, to be slaughtered by gladiators and to be torn by +lions because, forsooth, they did not think as you do. Lift one finger +against her and I will hale you into the amphitheatre at Rome, there +yourself to be slaughtered by gladiators, or to be torn by lions. +Although I am absent I shall know all that you do, for I have friends +who are good and spies that are better. Moreover, I return here shortly. +Now I ask you, will you give me your solemn word, swearing it by that +God whom you worship, first, that you will not attempt to force your +granddaughter Miriam into marriage with Caleb the Jew; and secondly, +that you will shelter her, treating her with all honour, and suffering +her to follow her own faith in freedom?" + +Benoni sprang from his couch. + +"No, Roman, I will not. Who are you who dare to dictate to me in my own +house as to how I shall deal with my own grandchild? Pay what you owe +and get you gone, and darken my doors no more. I have done with you." + +"Ah!" said Marcus. "Well, perhaps it is time that you should +travel. Those who travel and see strange countries and peoples, grow +liberal-minded, which you are not. Be pleased to read this paper," and +he laid a writing before him. + +Benoni took it and read. It was worded thus: + +"To Marcus, the son of Emilius, the captain, in the name of Caesar, +greetings. Hereby we command you, should you in your discretion think +fit, to seize the person of Benoni, the Jewish merchant, a dweller in +Tyre, and to convey him as a prisoner to Rome, there to answer charges +which have been laid against him, with the particulars of which you are +acquainted, which said particulars you will find awaiting you in Rome, +of having conspired with certain other Jews, to overthrow the authority +of Caesar in this his province of Judaea. + +"(Signed) Gessius Florus, Procurator." + +Benoni having read sank back upon his couch, gasping, his white face +livid with surprise and fear. Then a thought seemed to strike him. +Seizing the paper he tore it into fragments. + +"Now, Roman," he said, "where is your warrant?" + +"In my pocket," answered Marcus; "that which I showed you was but a +copy. Nay, do not ring, do not touch that bell. See this," and he drew +a silver whistle from his robe. "Outside your gate stand fifty soldiers. +Shall I sound it?" + +"Not so," answered Benoni. "I will swear the oath, though indeed it is +needless. Why should you suppose that I could wish to force this maid +into any marriage, or to work her evil on account of matters of her +faith?" + +"Because you are a Jew and a bigot. You gave her father and her mother +to a cruel death, why should you spare her? Also you hate me and all +my people; why, then, should you not favour my rival, although he is a +murderer whose life I have twice spared at the prayer of Miriam? Swear +now." + +So Benoni lifted his hand and swore a solemn oath that he would not +force his granddaughter, Miriam, to marry Caleb, or any other man; +and that he would not betray the secret of her faith, or persecute her +because of it. + +"It is not enough," said Marcus. "Write it down and sign." + +So Benoni went to the table and wrote out his undertaking and signed it, +Marcus signing also as a witness. + +"Now, Benoni," he said, as he took the paper, "listen to me. That +warrant leaves your taking to my discretion, after I have made search +into the facts. I have made such search and it seems that I am not +satisfied. But remember that the warrant is still alive and can be +executed at any moment. Remember also that you are watched and if +you lift a finger against the girl, it will be put in force. For the +rest--if you desire that the prophecy of the Essene should not come +true, it is my advice that you cease from making plots against the +majesty of Caesar. Now bid your servant summon him who waits in the +antechamber, that he may discharge my debt. And so farewell. When and +where we shall meet again I do not know, but be sure that we shall +meet." Then Marcus left the portico. + +Benoni watched him go, and as he watched, an evil look gathered on his +face. + +"Threatened. Trodden to the dirt. Outwitted by that Roman boy," he +murmured. "Is there any cup of shame left for me to drink? Who is the +traitor and how much does he know? Something, but not all, else my +arrest could scarcely have been left to the fancy of this patrician, +favourite though he be. Yes, my lord Marcus, I too am sure that we shall +meet again, but the fashion of that meeting may be little to your taste. +You have had your hour, mine is to come. For the rest, I must keep my +oath, since to break it would be too dangerous, and might cut the hair +that holds the sword. Also, why should I wish to harm the girl, or to +wed her to this rogue Caleb, than whom, mayhap, even the Roman would be +better? At least he is a man who does not cheat or lie. Indeed, I long +to see the maid. I will go at once to Jordan." + +Then he sounded his bell and commanded that the servant of the lord +Marcus should be admitted. + + + +CHAPTER XI + +THE ESSENES LOSE THEIR QUEEN + +The Court of the Essenes was gathered in council debating the subject +of the departure of their ward, Miriam. She must go, that was evident, +since not even for her, whom they loved as though each of them had been +in truth her father or her uncle, could their ancient, sacred rule +be broken. But where was she to go and how should she be supported as +became her? These were the questions that troubled them and that they +debated earnestly. At length her great-uncle Ithiel suggested that she +should be summoned before them, that they might hear her wishes. To this +his brethren agreed, and he was sent to fetch her. + +A while later, attended by Nehushta, Miriam arrived, clad in a robe +of pure white, and wearing on her head a wimple of white, edged with +purple, and about her waist a purple scarf. So greatly did the Essenes +love and reverence this maid, that as she entered, all the hundred of +the Court rose and remaining standing until she herself was seated. Then +the President, who was sorrowful and even shamefaced, addressed her, +telling her their trouble, and praying her pardon because the ordinance +of their order forced them to arrange that she should depart from among +them. At the end of this speech he asked her what were her wishes as +regarded her own future, adding that for her maintenance she need have +no fear, since out of their revenues a modest sum would be set aside +annually which would suffice to keep her from poverty. + +In answer Miriam, also speaking sadly, thanked them from her heart +for all their goodness, telling them she had long known this hour of +separation to be at hand. As to where she should dwell, since tumults +were so many in Jerusalem, she suggested that she might find a home in +one of the coast cities, where perhaps some friend or relative of the +brethren would shelter Nehushta and herself. + +Instantly eight or ten of those present said that they knew such trusty +folk in one place or another, and the various offers were submitted to +the Court for discussion. While the talk was still going on there came +a knock upon the door. After the usual questions and precautions, a +brother was admitted who informed them that there had arrived in the +village, at the head of a considerable retinue, Benoni, the Jewish +merchant of Tyre. He stated that he desired speech with them on the +subject of his granddaughter Miriam, who, he learned, was, or had been +recently, in their charge. + +"Here may be an answer to the riddle," said the President. "We know of +this Benoni, also that he purposed to demand his granddaughter of us, +though until he did so it was not for us to speak." Then he put it to +the Court that Benoni should be admitted. + +To this they agreed, and presently the Jew came, splendidly attired, his +long white beard flowing down a robe that glittered with embroideries of +gold and silver. Entering the dim, cool hall, he stared in amazement at +the long half-circles of venerable, white-robed men who were gathered +there. Next his quick eyes fell upon the lovely maiden who, attended +by the dark-visaged Nehushta, sat before them on a seat of honour; and +looking, he guessed that she must be Miriam. + +"Little wonder," reflected Benoni to himself, "that all men seem to love +this girl, since at the first sight of her my own heart softens." + +Then he bowed to the President of the Court and the President bowed +back in answer. But not one of the rest so much as moved his head, since +already every man of them hated this stranger who was about to carry +away her whom they called their Queen. + +"Sirs," said Benoni breaking the silence, "I come here upon a +strange errand--namely, to ask of you a maid whom I believe to be my +granddaughter, of whose existence I learned not long ago, and whom, as +it seems, you have sheltered from her birth. Is she among you here?" and +he looked at Miriam. + +"The lady Miriam sits yonder," said the President. "You are right in +naming her your granddaughter, as we have known her to be from the +beginning." + +"Then why," said Benoni, "did I not know it also?" + +"Because," answered the President quietly, "we did not think it fitting +to deliver a child that was committed to our charge, to the care of one +who had brought her father, and tried to bring her mother, his own seed, +to the most horrible of deaths." + +As he spoke he fixed his eyes indignantly upon Benoni; as did every man +of all that great company, till even the bold-faced Jew dropped his head +abashed. + +"I am not here," he said, recovering himself, "to make defence of what +I have done, or have not done in the past. I am here to demand that my +grandchild, now as I perceive a woman grown, may be handed over to me, +her natural guardian." + +"Before this can be considered," answered the President, "we who have +been her guardians for so many years, should require guarantees and +sureties." + +"What guarantees, and what sureties?" asked Benoni. + +"These among others--That money sufficient for her support after your +death should be settled upon her. That she shall be left reasonable +liberty in the matter of her daily life and her marriage, if it should +please her to marry. Lastly, that as we have undertaken not to meddle +with her faith, or to oppress her into changing it, so must you +undertake also." + +"And if I refuse these things?" asked Benoni. + +"Then you see the lady Miriam for the first and last time," answered +the President boldly, while the others nodded approval. "We are men +of peace, but, merchant, you must not, therefore, think us men without +power. We must part with the lady Miriam, who to every one of us is as +a daughter, because the unbreakable rule of our order ordains that she, +who is now a woman grown, can no longer remain among us. But wherever +she dwells, to the last day of her life our love shall go with her +and the whole strength of our Order shall protect her. If any harm is +attempted to her, we shall be swift to hear and swifter to avenge. If +you refuse our conditions, she will vanish from your sight, and then, +merchant, go, search the world, the coasts of Syria, the banks of Egypt, +and the cities of Italy--and find her if you can. We have spoken." + +Benoni stroked his white beard before he answered. + +"You talk proudly," he said. "Did I shut my eyes I might fancy that this +voice was the voice of a Roman procurator speaking the decrees of Caesar. +Still, I am ready to believe that what you promise you can perform, +since I for one am sure that you Essenes are not mere harmless heretics +who worship angels and demons, see visions, prophesy things to come by +the help of your familiars, and adore the sun in huts upon the desert." +He paused, but the President, without taking the slightest notice of his +insults or sarcasms, repeated merely: + +"We have spoken," and as with one voice, like some great echo, the whole +hundred of them cried, "We have spoken!" + +"Do you hear them, master?" said Nehushta in the silence that followed. +"Well, I know them. They mean what they say, and you are right--what +which they threaten they can perform." + +"Let my grandchild speak," said Benoni. "Daughter, is it your wish that +such dishonouring bonds should be laid upon me?" + +"Grandsire," replied Miriam, in a pure, clear voice, "I may not quarrel +with that which is done for my own good. For the wealth I care little, +but I would not become a slave in everything save the name, nor do +I desire to set my feet in that path my parents trod. What my uncles +say--all of these"--and she waved her hand--"speaking in the name of the +thousands that are without, that I do, for they love me and I love them, +and their mind is my mind and their words are my words." + +"Proud-spirited, and well spoken, like all her race," muttered Benoni. +Still he stroked his beard and hesitated. + +"Be pleased to give your answer," said the President, "that we may +finish our discussion before the hour of evening prayer. To help you +to it, remember one thing--we ask no new conditions." Benoni glanced +up quickly and the President added: "Those of which we have received a +copy, that you swore to and signed in the presence of Marcus the Roman, +are enough for us." + +Now it was Miriam's turn to look, first up and then down. As for her +grandfather, he turned white with anger, and broke into a bitter laugh. + +"Now I understand----" + +"----that the arm of the Essenes is longer than you thought, since it +can reach from here to Rome," said the President. + +"Ay! that you can plot with Romans. Well, be careful lest the sword +of these Romans prove longer than _you_ thought and reach even to your +hearts, O you peaceful dwellers in the desert!" Then, as though he +feared some answer, he added quickly, "I am minded to return and leave +this maiden with you to dispose of as you think fit. Yet I will not do +so, for she is very fair and gracious, and with the wealth that I can +give her, may fill some high place in the world. Also--and this is more +to me--I am old and draw near my end and she alone has my blood in her +veins. Therefore I will agree to all your terms, and take her home with +me to Tyre, trusting that she may learn to love me." + +"Good," said the President. "To-morrow the papers shall be prepared and +signed. Meanwhile we pray you to be our guest." + +Next evening signed they were accordingly, Benoni agreeing without demur +to all that the Essenes asked on behalf of her who had been their +ward, and even assigning to her a separate revenue during his lifetime. +Indeed, now that he had seen her, so loth was he to part with this +new-found daughter, that he would have done still more had it been asked +of him, lest she should be spirited from his sight, as, did he refuse, +might well happen. + +Three days later Miriam bade farewell to her protectors, who accompanied +her by hundreds to the ridge above the village. Here they stopped, and +seeing that the moment of separation was at hand, Miriam's tears began +to flow. + +"Weep not, beloved child," said Ithiel, "for though we part with you in +body, yet shall we always be with you in the spirit, now in this life, +and as we think, after this life. Moreover, by night and day, we shall +watch over you, and if any attempt to harm you--" here he glanced at +Benoni, that brother-in-law to whom he bore but little love--"the very +winds will bear us tidings, and in this way or that, help will come." + +"Have no fear, Ithiel," broke in Benoni, "my bond, which you hold, is +good and it will be backed by love." + +"That I believe also," said Miriam; "and if it be so, grandsire, I will +repay love for love." Then she turned to the Essenes and thanked them in +broken words. + +"Be not downhearted," said Ithiel in a thick voice, "for I hope that +even in this life we shall meet again." + +"May it be so," answered Miriam, and they parted, the Essenes returning +sadly to their home, and Benoni taking the road through Jericho to +Jerusalem. + +Travelling slowly, at the evening of the second day they set their camp +on open ground not far from the Damascus gate of the Holy City, but +within the new north wall that had been built by Agrippa. Into the city +itself Benoni would not enter, fearing lest the Roman soldiers should +plunder them. At moonrise Nehushta took Miriam by the hand and led her +through the resting camels to a spot a few yards from the camp. + +There, standing with her back to the second wall, she pointed out to her +a cliff, steep but of no great height, in which appeared little caves +and ridges of rock that, looked at from this distance, gave to its face +a rude resemblance to a human skull. + +"See," she said solemnly. "Yonder the Lord was crucified." + +Miriam heard and sank to her knees in prayer. As she knelt there the +grave voice of her grandfather spoke behind her, bidding her rise. + +"Child," he said, "it is true. True is it also that signs and wonders +happened after the death of that false Messiah, and that for me and mine +He left a curse behind Him which it may well be is not done with yet. I +know your faith, and I have promised to let you follow it in peace. Yet +I beseech of you, do not make prayers to your God here in public, where +with malefactors He suffered as a malefactor, lest others less tolerant +should see you and drag you to your father's death." + +Miriam bowed her head and returned to the camp, nor at that time did +any further words pass between them on this matter of her religion. +Thenceforward, however, she was careful to do nothing which could bring +suspicion on her grandfather. + +Four days later they came to the rich and beautiful city of Tyre, and +Miriam saw the sea upon which she had been born. Hitherto, she had +fancied that its waters were much like those of the Dead Lake, upon +whose shores she had dwelt so many years; but when she perceived the +billows rushing onwards, white-crested, to break in thunder against the +walls of island Tyre, she clapped her hands with joy. Indeed, from that +day to the end of her life she loved the sea in all its moods, and +for hours at a time would find it sufficient company. Perhaps this was +because the seethe of its waves was the first sound that her ears had +heard, while her first breath was salted with its spray. + +From Jerusalem, Benoni had sent messengers mounted on swift horses +bidding his servants make ready to receive a guest. So it came about +that when she entered his palace in Tyre, Miriam found it decked as +though for a bride, and wandered in amazement--she who had known nothing +better than the mud-houses of the Essenes--from hall to hall of the +ancient building that in bygone generations had been the home of kings +and governors. Benoni followed her steps, watching her with grave eyes, +till at length all was visited save the gardens belonging to him which +were on the mainland. + +"Are you pleased with your new home, daughter?" he asked presently. + +"My grandfather, it is beautiful," she answered. "Never have I dreamed +of such a place as this. Say, may I work my art in one of these great +rooms?" + +"Miriam," he answered, "of this house henceforth you are the mistress, +as in time to come you will be its owner. Believe me, child, it was +not needed that so many and such different men should demand from me +sureties for your comfort and your safety. All I have is yours, whilst +all you have, including your faith and your friends, of whom there seem +to be many, remains your own. Yet, should it please you to give me in +return some small share of your love, I who am childless and friendless +shall be grateful." + +"That is my desire," answered Miriam hurriedly; "only, grandsire, +between you and me----" + +"Speak it not," he said, with a gesture almost of despair, "or rather I +will speak it--between you and me runs the river of your parents' blood. +It is so, yet, Miriam, I will confess to you that I repent me of that +deed. Age makes us judge more kindly. To me your faith is nothing and +your God a sham, yet I know now that to worship Him is not worthy of +death--at least not for that cause would I bring any to their death +to-day, or even to stripes and bonds. I will go further; I will stoop +even to borrow from His creed. Do not His teachings bid you to forgive +those who have done you wrong?" + +"They do, and that is why Christians love all mankind." + +"Then bring that law into this home of ours, Miriam, and love me who +sorrow for what I did in the blind rage of my zeal, and who now in my +old age am haunted by its memory." + +Then for the first time Miriam threw herself into the old man's arms and +kissed him on the brow. + +So it came about that they made their peace and were happy together. + +Indeed, day by day Benoni loved her more, till at length she was +everything to him, and he grew jealous of all who sought her company, +and especially of Nehushta. + + + +CHAPTER XII + +THE RING, THE NECKLACE AND THE LETTER + +So Miriam came to Tyre, where, for many months, her life was peaceful +and happy enough. At first she had feared meeting Caleb, who she knew +from her grandfather was dwelling there; but as it chanced, he had left +the city upon business of his own, so for the while she was free of him. +In Tyre were many Christians with whom she made friends and worshipped, +Benoni pretending to know nothing of the matter. Indeed, at this time +and place it was the Jews rather than the Christians who were in danger +at the hands of the Syrians and Greeks, who hated them for their wealth +and faith, threatening them continually with robbery and massacre. But +as yet that storm did not burst, and in its brewing the Christians, who +were few, humble, and of all races, escaped notice. + +Thus it came about that Miriam dwelt in quiet, occupying herself much +with her art of modelling and going abroad but little, since it was +scarcely safe for her, the grandchild of the rich Jew merchant, to show +her face in the streets. Though she was surrounded by every luxury, far +more than she needed, indeed, this lack of liberty irked her who had +been reared in the desert, till at times she grew melancholy and would +sit for hours looking on the sea and thinking. She thought of her mother +who had sat thus before her; of her father, who had perished beneath the +gladiators' swords; of the kindly old men who had nurtured her, and of +the sufferings of her brothers and sisters in the faith in Rome and at +Jerusalem. But most of all she thought of Marcus, her Roman lover, whom, +strive as she would, she could never forget--no, not for a single hour. +She loved him, that was the truth of it, and between them there was a +great gulf fixed, not of the sea only, which ships could sail, but of +that command which the dead had laid upon her. He was a pagan and she +was a Christian, and they might not wed. By now, too, it was likely that +he had forgotten her, the girl who took his fancy in the desert. At Rome +there were many noble and lovely women--oh! she could scarcely bear to +think of it. Yet night by night she prayed for him, and morn by morn +his face arose before her half-awakened eyes. Where was he? What was he +doing? For aught she knew he might be dead. Nay, for then, surely, her +heart would have warned her. Still, she craved for tidings, and alas! +there were none. + +At length tidings did come--the best of tidings. One day, wearying +of the house, with the permission of her grandfather, and escorted by +servants, Miriam had gone to walk in the gardens that he owned to +the north of that part of the city on the mainland, which was called +Palaetyrus. They were lovely gardens, well watered and running down to +the sea-edge, and in them grew beautiful palms and other trees, with +fruitful shrubs and flowers. Here, when they had roamed a while, Miriam +and Nehushta sat down upon the fallen column of some old temple and +rested. Suddenly they heard a footstep, and Miriam looked up to see +before her a Roman officer, clad in a cloak that showed signs of +sea-travel, and, guiding him, one of Benoni's servants. + +The officer, a rough but kindly looking man of middle age, bowed to her, +asking in Greek if he spoke to the lady Miriam, the granddaughter of +Benoni the Jew, she who had been brought up among the Essenes. + +"Sir, I am she," answered Miriam. + +"Then, lady, I, who am named Gallus, have an errand to perform"; and +drawing from his robe a letter tied with silk and sealed, and with the +letter a package, he handed them to her. + +"Who sends these?" she asked, hope shining in her eyes, "and whence come +they?" + +"From Rome, lady, as fast as sails could waft them and me. And the +sender is the noble Marcus, called the Fortunate." + +"Oh!" said Miriam, blushing to her eyes, "tell me, sir, is he well?" + +"Not so well but that such a look as that, lady, would better him, or +any other man, could he be here to see it," answered the Roman, gazing +at her with admiration. + +"Did you then leave him ill? I do not understand." + +"Nay, his health seemed sound, and his uncle Caius being dead his wealth +can scarce be counted, or so they say, since the old man made him his +heir. Perhaps that is why the divine Nero has taken such a fancy to him +that he can scarce leave the palace. Therefore I cannot say that Marcus +is well to-day, since sometimes Nero's friends are short-lived. Nay, +be not frightened, I did but jest; your Marcus is safe enough. Read the +letter, lady, and waste no time. As for me, my mission is fulfilled. +Thank me not; it is reward enough to have seen that sweet face of yours. +Fortunate indeed is the star of Marcus, and, though I am jealous of +the man, for your sake I pray that it may lead him back to you. Lady, +farewell." + +"Cut the silk, Nou," said Miriam when the Captain Gallus had gone. +"Quick. I have no knife." + +Nehushta obeyed smiling and the letter was unrolled. It, or those parts +of it which concern us, ran thus: + +"To the lady Miriam, from Marcus the Roman, her friend, by the hand of +the Captain Gallus. + +"Dear friend and lady, greeting. Already since I came here I have +written you one letter, but this day news has reached me that the ship +which bore it foundered off the coast of Sicily. So, as Neptune has that +letter, and with it many good men, although I write more ill than I do +most things, I send you another by this occasion, hoping, I who am vain, +that you have not forgotten me, and that the reading of it may even give +you pleasure. Most dear Miriam, know that I accomplished my voyage to +Rome in safety, visiting your grandsire on the way to pay him a debt I +owed. But that story you will perhaps have heard. + +"From Tyre I sailed for Italy, but was cast away upon the coasts of +Melita, where many of us were drowned. By the favour of some god, +however--ah! what god I wonder--I escaped, and taking another ship came +safely to Brundisium, whence I travelled as fast as horses would carry +me to Rome. Here I arrived but just in time, for I found my uncle Caius +very will. Believing, moreover, that I had been drowned in the shipwreck +at Melita, he was about to make a will bequeathing his property to the +Emperor Nero, but by good fortune of this he had said nothing. Had he +done so I should, I think, be as poor to-day as when I left you, +dear, and perhaps poorer still, for I might have lost my head with my +inheritance. + +"As it was I found favour in the sight of my uncle Caius, who a week +after my arrival executed a formal testament leaving to me all his land, +goods, and moneys, which on his death three months later I inherited. +Thus I have become rich--so rich that now, having much money to spend, +by some perversity which I cannot explain, I have grown careful and +spend as little as possible. After I had entered into my inheritance I +made a plan to return to Judaea, for one reason and one alone--to be near +to you, most sweet Miriam. At the last moment I was stayed by a very +evil chance. That bust which you made of me I had managed to save from +the shipwreck and bring safe to Rome--now I wish it was at the bottom of +the sea, and you shall learn why. + +"When I came into possession of this house in the Via Agrippa, which is +large and beautiful, I set it in a place of honour in the antechamber +and summoned that sculptor, Glaucus, of whom I have spoken to you, and +others who follow the art, to come and pass judgment upon the work. They +came, they wondered and they were silent, for each of them feared lest +in praising it he should exalt some rival. When, however, I told them +that it was the work of a lady in Judaea, although they did not believe +me, since all of them declared that no woman had shaped that marble, +knowing that they had nothing to fear from so distant an artist whoever +he might be, they began to praise the work with one voice, and all that +evening until the wine overcame them, talked of nothing else. Also they +continued talking on the morrow, until at length the fame of the thing +came to the ears of Nero, who also is an artist of music and other +things. The end of it was that one day, without warning, the Emperor +visited my house and demanded to see the bust, which I showed to him. +For many minutes he examined it through the emerald with which he aids +his sight, then asked: + +"'What land had the honour to bear the genius who wrought this work?' + +"I answered, 'Judaea,' a country, by the way, of which he seemed to know +little, except that some fanatics dwelt there, who refused to worship +him. He said that he would make that artist ruler of Judaea. I replied +that the artist was a woman, whereon he answered that he cared +nothing--she should still rule Judaea, or if this could not be managed he +would send and bring her to Rome to make a statue of him to be set up in +the Temple at Jerusalem for the Jews to worship. + +"Now I saw that I had been foolish, and knowing well what would have +been your fate, my Miriam, had he once set eyes on you, I sighed and +answered, that alas! it was impossible, since you were dead, as I proved +to him by a long story with which I will not trouble you. Moreover, now +that he was sure that you were dead, I showed him the little statuette +of yourself looking into water, which you gave me. Whereon he burst +into tears, at the thought that such an one had departed from the earth, +while it was still cursed with so many who are wicked, old and ugly. + +"Still he did not go, but remained admiring the bust, till at length one +of his favourites who accompanied him, whispered in my ear that I must +present it to the Emperor. I refused, whereon he whispered back that if +I did not, assuredly before long it would be taken, and with it all my +other goods, and, perhaps, my life. So, since I must, I changed my mind +and prayed him to accept it; whereon he embraced, first the marble and +then me, and caused it to be borne away then and there, leaving me mad +with rage. + +"Now I tell you all this silly story for a reason, since it has hindered +and still hinders me from leaving Rome. Thus: two days later I received +an Imperial decree, in which it was stated that the incomparable work of +art brought from Judaea by Marcus, the son of Emilius, had been set up +in a certain temple, where those who would please their Emperor were +desired to present themselves and worship it and the soul of her by +whom it was fashioned. Moreover, it was commanded that I, Marcus, whose +features had served as a model for the work, should be its guardian and +attend twice weekly in the temple, that all might see how the genius of +a great artist is able to make a thing of immortal beauty from a coarse +original of flesh and blood. Oh, Miriam, I have no patience to write of +this folly, yet the end of it is, that except at the cost of my fortune +and the risk of my life, it is impossible for me to leave Rome. Twice +every week, or by special favour, once only, must I attend in that +accursed temple where my own likeness stands upon a pedestal of marble, +and before it a marble altar, on which are cut the words: 'Sacrifice, O +passer-by, to the spirit of the departed genius who wrought this divine +work.' + +"Yes, there I sit, I who am a soldier, while fools come in and gaze +first at the marble and then at me, saying things for which often I long +to kill them, and casting grains of incense into the little fire on the +altar in sacrifice to your spirit, whereby I trust it may be benefited. +Thus, Miriam, are we ruled in Rome to-day. + +"Meanwhile, I am in great favour with Nero, so that men call me 'the +Fortunate,' and my house the 'Fortunate House,' a title of ill-omen. + +"Yet out of this evil comes some good, since because of his present +affection for me, or my bust, I have now and again for your sake, +Miriam, been able to do service, even to the saving of their lives, +to those of your faith. Here there are many Christians whom it is an +amusement to Nero to persecute, torture, and slay, sometimes by soaking +them in tar and making of them living torches to illuminate his gardens, +and sometimes in other fashions. The lives of sundry of these poor +people he has given to me, when I begged them of him. Indeed, he has +done more. Yesterday Nero came himself to the temple and suggested that +certain of the Christians should be sacrificed in a very cruel fashion +here as an offering to your spirit. I answered that this could give it +little pleasure, seeing that in your lifetime you also were a Christian. +Thereon he wrung his hands, crying out, 'Oh! what a crime have I +committed,' and instantly gave orders that no more Christians should be +killed. So for a little while, thanks to your handiwork, and to me who +am called 'the Model,' they are safe--those who are left of them. + +"I hear that there are wars and tumults in Judaea, and that Vespasian, +a great general, is to be sent to quell them. If I can I will come with +him, but at present--such is the madness of my master--this is too much +to hope, unless, indeed, he wearies suddenly of the 'Divine Work' and +its attendant 'Model.' + +"Meanwhile I also cast incense upon your altar, and pray that in these +troubles you may come to no harm. + +"Miriam, I am most unhappy. I think of you always and yet I cannot come +to you. I picture you in many dangers, and I am not there to save you. I +even dare to hope that you would wish to see me again; but it is the +Jew Caleb, and other men, who see you and make offerings to your sweet +beauty as I make them to your spirit. I beseech you, Miriam, do not +accept the offerings, lest in some day to come, when I am once more a +soldier, and have ceased to be a custodian of busts, it should be the +worse for those worshippers, and especially for Caleb. + +"What else have I to tell you? I have sought out some of the great +preachers of your faith, hoping that by the magic whereof they are said +to be masters, they would be able to assure me of your welfare. But +to my sorrow they gave me no magic--in which it seems they do not +deal--only maxims. Also, from these I bought for a great sum certain +manuscripts written by themselves containing the doctrines of your law, +which I intend to study so soon as I have time. Indeed, this is a task +which I wish to postpone, since did I read I might believe and turn +Christian, to serve in due course as a night-light in Nero's gardens. + +"I send you a present, praying that you will accept it. The emerald in +the ring is cut by my friend, the sculptor Glaucus. The pearls are fine +and have a history which I hope to tell you some day. Wear them always, +beloved Miriam, for my sake. I do not forget your words; nay, I ponder +them day and night. But at least you said you loved me, and in wearing +these trinkets you break no duty to the dead. Write to me, I pray you, +if you can find a messenger. Or, if you cannot write, think of me always +as I do of you. Oh, that we were back together in that happy village of +the Essenes, to whom, as to yourself, be all good fortune! Farewell. + +"Your ever faithful friend and lover, + +"Marcus." + + +Miriam finished her letter, kissed it, and hid it in her bosom. Then she +opened the packet and unlocked the ivory box within by a key that hung +to it. Out of the casket she took a roll of soft leather. This she undid +and uttered a little cry of joy, for there lay a necklace of the most +lovely pearls that she had ever seen. Nor was this all, for threaded +on the pearls was a ring, and cut upon its emerald bezel the head of +Marcus, and her own head taken from the likeness she had given him. + +"Look! Nou, look!" said Miriam, showing her the beauteous trinkets. + +"A sight to make old eyes glisten," answered Nehushta handling them. "I +know something of pearls, and these are worth a fortune. Happy maid, to +whom is given such a lover." + +"Unhappy maid who can never be a happy wife," sighed Miriam, her blue +eyes filling with tears. + +"Grieve not; that still may chance," answered Nehushta, as she fastened +the pearls about Miriam's neck. "At least you have heard from him and +he still loves you, which is much. Now for the ring--the marriage +finger--see, how it fits." + +"Nay, I have no right," murmured Miriam; still she did not draw it off +again. + +"Come, let us be going," said Nehushta, hiding the casket in her amble +robe, "for the sun sinks, and to-night there are guests to supper." + +"What guests?" asked Miriam absently. + +"Plotters, every one," said Nehushta, shrugging her shoulders. "The +great scheme to drive the Romans from the Holy City ripens fast, and +your grandsire waters its root. I pray that we may not all of us gather +bitter grapes from that vine. Have you heard that Caleb is back in +Tyre?" + +"Caleb!" faltered Miriam, "No." + +"Well, he is. He arrived yesterday and will be among the guests +to-night. He has been fighting up in the desert there, and bravely, for +I am told that he was one of those who seized the fortress of Masada and +put its Roman garrison to the sword." + +"Then he is against the Romans?" + +"Yes, because he hopes to rule the Jews, and risks much to gain more." + +"I do not wish to meet him," said Miriam. + +"Nay, but you must, and the sooner the better. Why do you fear the man?" + +"I know not, but fear him I do, now and always." + + + +When Miriam entered the supper chamber that night, the guests to the +number of twelve were already seated on their couches, waiting for the +feast to begin. By her grandfather's command she was arrayed in her +richest robes fashioned and broidered after the Grecian fashion, having +her hair gathered into coils upon her head and held with a golden net. +Round her waist was a girdle of gold set with gems, about her throat the +necklace of pearls which Marcus had sent her, and on her hand a single +ring--that with his likeness and her own. As she entered the great +chamber, looking most lovely, notwithstanding her lack of height, her +grandfather came forward to meet her and present her to the guests, +who rose in greeting. One by one they bowed to her and one by one she +searched their faces with her eyes--faces for the most part stern and +fierce. Now all had passed and she sighed with relief, for among them +there was no Caleb. Even as she did so a curtain swung aside and Caleb +entered. + +It was he, of that there could be no doubt; but oh! how changed since +last she had seen him two years before. Then he had been but a raw, +passionate youth; now he was a tall and splendid young man, very +handsome in his dark fashion, very powerful of frame also and quick of +limb. His person was matched by his attire, which was that of an Eastern +warrior noble, and his mien was proud and conquering. As he advanced +the guests bowed to him in respect, as to a man of great and assured +position who may become greater still. Yes, even Benoni showed him +this respect, stepping forward to greet him. All these greetings Caleb +acknowledged lightly, even haughtily, till of a sudden he saw Miriam +standing somewhat in the shadow, and heedless of the other guests pushed +his way towards her. + +"Thus we meet again, Miriam," he said, his proud face softening as +he spoke and his eyes gazing on her with a sort of rapture. "Are you +pleased to see me?" + +"Surely, Caleb," she answered. "Who would not be well pleased to meet +the playfellow of her childhood?" + +He frowned, for childhood and its play were not in his thoughts. Before +he could speak again Benoni commanded the company to be seated, whereon +Miriam took her accustomed place as mistress of the house. + +To her surprise Caleb seated himself beside her on the couch that should +have been reserved for the oldest guest, who for some moments was left +a wanderer and wrathful, till Benoni, seeing what had passed, called him +to his side. Then, golden vessels of scented water having been handed +by slaves to each guest in turn, the feast began. As Miriam was about to +dip her fingers in the water she remembered the ring upon her left hand +and turned the bezel inwards. Caleb noted the action, but said nothing. + +"Whence come you, Caleb?" she asked. + +"From the wars, Miriam. We have thrown down the gate to Rome, and she +has picked it up." + +She looked at him inquiringly and asked, "Was it wise?" + +"Who can tell?" he answered. "At least it is done. For my part I +hesitated long, but your grandfather won me over, so now I must follow +my fate." + +Then he began to tell her of the taking of Masada and of the bloody +struggles of the factions in Jerusalem. + +After this he spoke of the Essenes, who still occupied their village, +though in fear, for all about them was much fighting; and of their +childish days together--talk which pleased her greatly. Whilst they +spoke thus, a messenger entered the room and whispered something +into the ear of Benoni, who raised his hands to Heaven as though in +gratitude. + +"What tidings?" asked one. + +"This, my friends. Cestius Gallus the Roman has been hunted from the +walls of Jerusalem and his army is destroyed in the pass of Beth-horon." + +"God be praised!" said the company as though with one voice. + +"God be praised," repeated Caleb, "for so great and glorious a victory! +The accursed Romans are fallen indeed." + +Only Miriam said nothing. + +"What is in your mind?" he asked looking at her. + +"That they will spring up again stronger than before," she replied, then +at a signal from Benoni, rose and left the feast. + +From the supper chamber Miriam passed down a passage to the portico and +there seated herself, resting her arms upon the marble balustrade and +listening to the waves as they lapped against the walls below. + +That day had been disturbed, different, indeed, from all the peaceful +days which she was wont to spend. First had come the messenger bearing +her lover's gifts and letter which already she longed to read again; +then hard upon his heels, like storm upon the sunshine, he who, unless +she was mistaken, still wished to be her lover--Caleb. How curious was +the lot of all three of them! How strangely had they been exalted! She, +the orphan ward of the Essenes, was now a great and wealthy lady with +everything her heart could desire--except one thing, indeed, which +it desired most of all. And Marcus, the debt-saddled Roman soldier of +fortune, he also, it seemed, had suddenly become great and wealthy, +pomps that he held at the price of playing some fool's part in a temple +to satisfy the whimsy of an Imperial madman. + +Caleb, too, had found fortune, and in these tumultuous times risen +suddenly to place and power. All three of them were seated upon +pinnacles, but as Miriam felt, they were pinnacles of snow, which for +aught she knew, might be melted by the very sun of their prosperity. She +was young, she had little experience, yet as Miriam sat there watching +the changeful sea, there came upon her a great sense of the instability +of things, and an instinctive knowledge of their vanity. The men who +were great one day, whose names sounded in the mouths of all, the next +had vanished, disgraced or dead. Parties rose and parties fell, high +priest succeeded high priest, general supplanted general, yet upon each +and all of them, like the following waves that rolled beneath her, came +dark night and oblivion. A little dancing in the sunshine, a little +moaning in the shade, then death, and after death---- + +"What are you thinking of, Miriam?" said a rich voice at her elbow, the +voice of Caleb. + +She started, for here she believed herself alone, then answered: + +"My thoughts matter nothing. Why are you here? You should be with your +fellow----" + +"Conspirators. Why do you not say the word? Well, because sometimes one +wearies even of conspiracy. Just now we triumph and can take our ease. +I wish to make the most of it. What ring is that you wear upon your +finger?" + +Miriam straightened herself and grew bold. + +"One which Marcus sent me," she answered. + +"I guessed as much. I have heard of him; he has become a creature of the +mad Nero, the laughing-stock of Rome." + +"I do not laugh at him, Caleb." + +"No, you were ever faithful. But, say, do you laugh at me?" + +"Indeed not; why should I, since you seem to fill a great and dangerous +part with dignity?" + +"Yes, Miriam, my part is both great and dangerous. I have risen high and +I mean to rise higher." + +"How high?" + +"To the throne of Judaea." + +"I think a cottage stool would be more safe, Caleb." + +"Mayhap, but I do not like such seats. Listen, Miriam, I will be great +or die. I have thrown in my lot with the Jews, and when we have cast out +the Romans I shall rule." + +"_If_ you cast out the Romans, and _if_ you live. Caleb, I have no faith +in the venture. We are old friends, and I pray of you to escape from it +while there is yet time." + +"Why, Miriam?" + +"Because He Whom your people crucified and Whom I serve prophesied its +end. The Romans will crush you, Caleb. His blood lies heavy upon the +head of the Jews, and the hour of payment is at hand." + +Caleb thought a while, and when he spoke again the note of confidence +had left his voice. + +"It may be so, Miriam," he said, "though I put no faith in the sayings +of your prophet; but at least I have taken my part and will see the play +through. Now for the second time I ask you to share its fortunes. I have +not changed my mind. As I loved you in childhood and as a youth, so I +love you as a man. I offer to you a great career. In the end I may fall, +or I may triumph, still either the fall or the triumph will be worth +your sharing. A throne, or a glorious grave--both are good; who can say +which is the better? Seek them with me, Miriam." + +"Caleb, I cannot." + +"Why?" + +"Because it is laid upon me as a birthright, or a birth-duty, that I +should wed no man who is not a Christian. You know the story." + +"Then if there were no such duty would you wed me, Miriam?" + +"No," she answered faintly. + +"Why not?" + +"Because I love another man whom also I am forbid to wed, and until +death I am pledged to him." + +"The Roman, Marcus?" + +"Aye, the Roman Marcus. See, I wear his ring," and she lifted her +hand, "and his gift is about my throat," and she touched the necklet of +pearls. "Till death I am his and his alone. This I say, because it is +best for all of us that you should know the truth." + +Caleb ground his teeth in bitter jealousy. + +"Then may death soon find him!" he said. + +"It would not help you, Caleb. Oh! why cannot we be friends as we were +in the old times!" + +"Because I seek more than friendship, and soon or late, in this way or +in that, I swear that I will have it." + +As the words left his lips footsteps were heard, and Benoni appeared. + +"Friend Caleb," he said, "we await you. Why, Miriam, what do you here? +To your chamber, girl. Affairs are afoot in which women should have no +part." + +"Yet as I fear, grandfather, women will have to bear the burden," +answered Miriam. Then, bowing to Caleb, she turned and left them. + + + +CHAPTER XIII + +WOE, WOE TO JERUSALEM + +Two more years went by, two dreadful, bloody years. In Jerusalem the +factions tore each other. In Galilee let the Jewish leader Josephus, +under whom Caleb was fighting, do what he would, Vespasian and his +generals stormed city after city, massacring their inhabitants by +thousands and tens of thousands. In the coast towns and elsewhere +Syrians and Jews made war. The Jews assaulted Gadara and Gaulonitis, +Sebaste and Ascalon, Anthedon and Gaza, putting many to the sword. +Then came their own turn, for the Syrians and Greeks rose upon them and +slaughtered them without mercy. As yet, however, there had been no blood +shed in Tyre, though all knew that it must come. The Essenes, who +had been driven from their home by the Dead Sea and taken refuge in +Jerusalem, sent messengers to Miriam warning her to flee from Tyre, +where a massacre was being planned; warning her also not to come to +Jerusalem, which city they believed to be doomed, but to escape, if +possible over sea. Nor was this all, for her own people, the Christians, +besought her to fly for her life's sake with them to the city of Pella, +where they were gathering from Jerusalem and all Judaea. To both Miriam +answered that what her grandsire did, that she must do. If he fled, +she would fly; if he stayed at Tyre, she would stay; if he went to +Jerusalem, she would go; for he had been good to her and she had sworn +that while he lived she would not desert him. So the Essene messengers +went back to Jerusalem, and the Christian elders prayed with her, and +having blessed her and consigned her to the care of the Most High and +His Son, their Lord, departed to Pella, where, as it was fated, through +all those dreadful times not a hair of their heads was touched. + +When she had parted from them, Miriam sought out her grandfather, whom +she found pacing his chamber with a troubled air. + +"Why do you look so sad, Miriam?" he asked. "Have some of your friends +warned you that new sorrows are afoot?" + +"Yes, grandfather," and she told him all. + +"I do not believe them," he said passionately. "Say, do you? Where is +their authority? I tell you that we shall triumph. Vespasian is now +Emperor in Rome, and there will forget this little land; and the rest, +those enemies who are of our own house and those without it, we will +conquer and kill. The Messiah will come, the true Messiah. Many signs +and wonders declare that he is at hand. Ay! I myself have had a vision +concerning him. He will come, and he will conquer, and Jerusalem shall +be great and free and see her desire upon her enemies. I ask--where is +your authority for these croakings?" + +Miriam drew a roll from her robe and read: "But when ye see Jerusalem +compassed with armies, then know that her desolation is at hand. Then +let them which are in Judaea flee unto the mountains; and let them which +are in the midst of her depart out; and let not them that are in the +country enter therein. For these are days of vengeance, that all things +that are written may be fulfilled. Woe to them that are with child and +to them that give suck in those days! for there shall be great distress +upon the land and wrath unto this people. And they shall fall by the +edge of the sword, and shall be led captive into all the nations; and +Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles until the times of the +Gentiles be fulfilled." + +Benoni listened patiently until she had done. Then he answered with +contempt: + +"So says the book of your Law, but mine tells me otherwise. Well, +child, if you believe it and are afraid, begone with your friends, the +Christians, and leave me to meet this storm alone." + +"I do believe it," she answered quietly, "but I am not afraid." + +"That is strange," he said, "since you must then believe also that you +will come to a cruel death, which has terrors for the young and fair." + +"Not so, grandfather, for this same writing promises that in these +troubles not one of us Christians shall perish. It is for you that I +fear, not for myself, who will go where you go, and bide where you bide. +Therefore, once more, and for the last time, I pray you to be wise and +fly--who otherwise must be slain"; and as Miriam said the words her blue +eyes filled with tears. + +Benoni looked at her and for a moment his courage was shaken. + +"Of your book I take no account," he said, "but in the vision of your +pure spirit I am tempted to believe. Perhaps the things that you foresee +will happen, so, child, fly. You will not lack an escort and I can give +you treasure." + +She shook her head. "I have said that I will not go without you." + +"Then I fear that you here must bide, for I will not leave my wealth and +home, even to save my life, and still less will I desert my people in +their holy war. Only, Miriam, if things fall out ill for us, remember +that I entreated you to depart, and do not reproach me." + +"That I shall never do," she answered, smiling, and coming to the old +man kissed him tenderly. + +So they abode on in Tyre, and a week later the storm burst. + +For many days it had not been safe for Jews to show themselves in the +streets of the city, since several who crept out about their business, +or to fetch water or provisions, had been set upon and beaten to death +by the mob, stirred up to the work by Roman emissaries. This time Benoni +had employed in putting his house, which was part of an ancient fortress +that had stood many a siege, into a state of defence, and in supplying +it with an ample store of victuals. Also he sent messengers to Caleb, +who was said to be in command of the Jewish force at Joppa, telling him +of their peril. Because it was so strong many of the principal Jews in +Tyre, to the number of over a hundred indeed, had flocked into Benoni's +palace-fortress, together with their wives and children, since there +was no other place in their power in the town which could be so easily +defended. Lastly, in the outer courts and galleries were stationed fifty +or more faithful servants and slaves who understood the use of arms. + +Thus things remained, the Syrians threatening them through the gates or +from the windows of high houses, and no more, till one night Miriam was +awakened by a dreadful sound of screaming. She sprang from her bed and +instantly Nehushta was at her side. + +"What happens?" she gasped as she dressed herself hastily. + +"Those Syrian dogs attack the Jews," answered Nehushta, "on the mainland +and in the lower city. Come to the roof, whence we can see what passes," +and hand in hand they ran to the sea-portico and up its steep steps. + +The dawn was just breaking, but looking from the walled roof they had +no need of its light, since everywhere in the dim city below and in +Palaetyrus on the mainland, houses flared like gigantic torches. In their +red glare they could see the thousands of the attackers dragging out +their inmates to death, or thrusting them back into the flames, while +the night was made horrible with the shouts of the maddened mob, the +cries of the victims and the crackling roar of burning houses. + +"Oh! Christ have mercy on them," sobbed Miriam. + +"Why should He?" asked Nehushta. "They slew Him and rejected Him; +now they pay the price He prophesied. May He have mercy on us, His +servants." + +"He would not have spoken thus," said Miriam indignantly. + +"Nay, but justice speaks. Those who take the sword shall perish by the +sword. Even so have these Jews done to the Greeks and Syrians in many of +the cities--they who are blind and mad. Now it is their hour, and mayhap +ours. Come, lady, these are no sights for you, though you might do well +to learn to bear them, since if you escape you may see many such. +Come, and if you wish we will pray for these Jews, especially for their +children, who are innocent, and for ourselves." + +That day at noon, most of the poorer and least protected Jews of +the city having been killed, the Syrians began their attack upon the +fortified palace of Benoni. Now it was that the defenders learned that +they had to deal with no mere rabble, but with savage hordes, many +thousands strong, directed by officers skilled in war. Indeed these men +might be seen moving among them, and from their armour and appearance +it was easy to guess that they were Romans. This, in fact, was the case, +since Gessius Florus, the wicked, and after him other officers, made it +part of their policy to send Romans to stir up the Syrians against the +Jews and to assist them in their slaughter. + +First an attack was made upon the main gates, but when it was found that +these were too strong to be taken easily, the assailants retreated with +a loss of a score of men shot by the defenders from the wall. Then other +tactics were adopted, for the Syrians, possessing themselves of the +neighbouring houses, began to gall the garrison with arrows from the +windows. Thus they drove them under cover, but did little more, since +the palace was all of marble with cemented roofs, and could not be fired +with the burning shafts they sent down upon it. + +So the first day passed, and during the night no attack was made upon +them. When dawn came they learned the reason, for there opposite to +the gates was reared a great battering-ram; moreover, out at sea a huge +galley was being rowed in as close to their walls as the depth of water +would allow, that from her decks the sailors might hurl stones and siege +arrows by means of catapults and thus break down their defences and +destroy them. + +Then it was that the real fight began. The Jews posted on the roof +of the house poured arrows on the men who strove to work the ram, and +killed many of them, till they were able to push the instrument so close +that it could no longer be commanded. Now it got to work and with three +blows of the great baulk of timber, of which the ram was fashioned, +burst in the gates. Thereon the defenders, headed by old Benoni himself, +rushed out and put those who served it to the sword; then before +they could be overcome, retreated across the ditch to the inner wall, +breaking down the wooden bridge behind them. Now, since the ram was +of no further use, as it could not be dragged through the ditch, the +galley, that was anchored within a hundred paces, began to hurl huge +stones and arrows at them, knocking down the walls and killing several, +including two women and three children. + +Thus matters went on till noon, the besiegers galling them with their +arrows from the land side and the galley battering them from the sea, +while they could do little or nothing in return, having no engines. +Benoni called a council and set out the case, which was desperate +enough. It was evident, he said, that they could not hold out another +day, since at nightfall the Syrians would cross the narrow protecting +ditch and set up a battering-ram against the inner wall. Therefore, +they must do one of two things--sally out and attempt to cut their way +through and gain open country, or fight on and at the last kill the +women and children and rush out, those that were left of them, to be +hacked down by the besieging thousands. As the first plan gave no hope, +since, cumbered as they were with helpless people, they could not expect +to escape the city, in their despair they decided on the second. All +must die, therefore they would perish by each other's hands. When this +decision was known, a wail went up from the women and the children began +to scream with fright, those of them who were old enough to understand +their doom. + +Nehushta caught Miriam by the arm. + +"Come to the highest roof," she said; "it is safe from the stones and +arrows, and thence, if need be, we can hurl ourselves into the water and +die an easy death." + +So they went and crouched there, praying, for their case was desperate. +Suddenly Nehushta touched Miriam and pointed to the sea. She looked and +saw another galley approaching fast as oars and sails could bring her. + +"What of it?" she asked heavily. "It will but hasten the end." + +"Nay," replied Nehushta, "this ship is Jewish; she does not fly the +Eagles, or a Phoenician banner. Behold! the Syrian vessel is getting up +her anchors and preparing for fight." + +It was true enough, for now the oars of the Syrian shot out and she +forged ahead towards the newcomer. But just then the current caught +her, laying her broadside on, whereon the Jewish ship, driven by the +following wind, shifted her helm and, amidst a mighty shouting from sea +and shore, drove down upon her, striking her amidships with its beak so +that she heeled over. Then there was more tumult, and Miriam closed her +eyes to shut out the horrid sight. + +When she opened them again the Syrian galley had vanished, only the +water was spotted with black dots which were the heads of men. + +"Gallantly done!" screamed Nehushta. "See, she anchors and puts out her +boats; they will save us yet. Down to the water-gate!" + +On their way they met Benoni coming to seek them, and with him won the +steps which were already crowded with fugitives. The two boats of the +galley drew near and in the bow of the first of them stood a tall and +noble-looking figure. + +"It is Caleb," said Miriam, "Caleb who has come to save us." + +Caleb it was indeed. At a distance of ten paces from the steps he halted +his boat and called aloud: + +"Benoni, Lady Miriam and Nehushta, if you still live, stand forward." + +They stood forward. + +"Now wade into the sea," he cried again, and they waded out until +the water reached their armpits, when they were seized one by one and +dragged into the boat. Many followed them and were also dragged in, +until that boat and the other were quite full, whereon they turned and +were rowed to the galley. Having embarked them, the two boats went +back and again were filled with fugitives, for the most part women and +children. + +Again they went, but as they laded for the third time, the ends of +ladders appeared above the encircling walls of the steps, and Syrians +could be seen rushing out upon the portico, whence they began to lower +themselves with ropes. The end of that scene was dreadful. The boats +were full, till the water indeed began to overflow their gunwales, +but many still remained upon the steps or rushed into the water, +women screaming and holding their children above their heads, and men +thrusting them aside in the mad rush for life. The boats rowed off, some +who could swim following them. For the rest, their end was the sword. In +all, seventy souls were rescued. + +Miriam flung herself downwards upon the deck of the galley and burst +into tears, crying out: + +"Oh! save them! Can no one save them?" while Benoni seated at her side, +the water running from his blood-stained garment, moaned: + +"My house sacked; my wealth taken; my people slain by the Gentiles!" + +"Thank God Who has saved us," broke in old Nehushta, "God and Caleb; and +as for you, master, blame yourself. Did not we Christians warn you of +what was to come? Well, as it has been in the beginning, so it shall be +in the end." + +Just then Caleb appeared before them, proud and flushed with triumph, +as he well might be who had done great things and saved Miriam from the +sword. Benoni rose and, casting his arms about his neck, embraced him. + +"Behold your deliverer!" he said to Miriam, and stooping down, he drew +her to her feet. + +"I thank you, Caleb. I can say no more," she murmured; but in her +heart she knew that God had delivered her and that Caleb was but His +instrument. + +"I am well repaid," answered Caleb gravely. "For me this has been a +fortunate day, who on it have sunk the great Syrian galley and rescued +the woman--whom I love." + +"Oath or no oath," broke in Benoni, bethinking him of what he had +promised in the past, "the life you saved is yours, and if I have my way +you shall take her and such of her heritage as remains." + +"Is this a time to speak of such things?" said Miriam, looking up. "See +yonder," and she pointed to the scene in progress on the seashore. "They +drive our friends and servants into the sea and drown them," and once +more she began to weep. + +Caleb sighed. "Cease from useless tears, Miriam. We have done our best +and it is the fortune of war. I dare not send out the boats again even +if the mariners would listen to my command. Nehushta, lead your lady to +the cabin and strip her of these wet garments lest she take cold in this +bitter wind. But first, Benoni, what is your mind?" + +"To go to my cousin Mathias, the high priest at Jerusalem," answered the +old man, "who has promised to give me shelter if in these days any can +be found." + +"Nay," broke in Nehushta, "sail for Egypt." + +"Where also they massacre the Jews by thousands till the streets of +Alexandria run with their blood," replied Caleb with sarcasm; adding, +"Well, to Egypt I cannot take you who must bring this ship to those who +await her on this side of Joppa, whence I am summoned to Jerusalem." + +"Whither and nowhere else I will go," said Benoni, "to share in my +nation's death or triumph. If Miriam wills it, I have told her she can +leave me." + +"What I have said before I say again," replied Miriam, "that I will +never do." + +Then Nehushta took her to the cabin, and presently the oars began to +beat and the great galley stood out of the harbour, till in the silence +of the sea the screams of the victims and the shouts of the victors died +away, and as night fell naught could be seen of Tyre but the flare from +the burning houses of the slaughtered Jews. + +Save for the sobs and cries of the fugitives who had lost their friends +and goods the night passed in quiet, since, although it was winter, the +sea was calm and none pursued their ship. At daybreak she anchored, +and coming from the cabin with Nehushta, in the light of the rising sun +Miriam saw before her a ridge of rocks over which the water poured, and +beyond it a little bay backed by a desolate coast. Nehushta also saw and +sighed. + +"What is this place?" asked Miriam. + +"Lady, it is the spot where you were born. On yonder flat rock lay +the vessel, and there I burned her many years ago. See those blackened +timbers half buried in the sand upon the beach; doubtless they are her +ribs." + +"It is strange that I should return hither, and thus, Nou," said Miriam +sighing. + +"Strange, indeed, but mayhap there is a meaning in it. Before you came +in storm to grow to womanhood in peace; now, perchance, you come on a +peaceful sea to pass through womanhood in storm." + +"Both journeys began with death, Nou." + +"As all journeys end. Blackness behind and blackness in front, and +between them a space of sunshine and shadow--that is the law. Yet have +no fear, for dead Anna, who had the gift of prophecy, foretold that you +should live out your life, though with me, whose days are almost done, +it may be otherwise." + +Miriam's face grew troubled. + +"I fear neither life nor death, Nou, who am willing to meet either as +may chance. But to part with you--ah! that thought makes me fear." + +"I think that it will not be yet awhile," said Nehushta, "for although +I am old, I still have work to do before I lay me down and sleep. Come, +Caleb calls us. We are to disembark while the weather holds." + +So Miriam entered the boat with her grandfather and others who had +escaped, for the faces of all of them were set towards Jerusalem, and +was rowed to the shore over that very rock where first she drew her +breath. Here they found Jews who had been watching for the coming of the +galley. These men gave them a kind reception, and, what they needed even +more, food, fire and some beasts of burden for their journey. + +When all were gathered on the beach Caleb joined them, having handed +over the galley to another Jew, who was to depart in her with those +that waited on the shore, upon some secret mission of intercepting Roman +corn-ships. When these men heard what he had done at Tyre, at first they +were inclined to be angry, since they said that he had no authority to +risk the vessel thus, but afterwards, seeing that he had succeeded, and +with no loss of men, praised him and said that it was a very great deed. + +So the galley put about and sailed away, and they, to the number of some +sixty souls, began their journey to Jerusalem. A little while later they +came to a village, the same where Nehushta had found the peasant and his +wife, whose inhabitants, at the sight of them, fled, thinking that they +were one of the companies of robbers that hunted the land in packs, +like wolves, plundering or murdering all they met. When they learnt the +truth, however, these people returned and heard their story in silence, +for in those days such tales were common enough. As it came to an end +a withered, sunburned woman advanced to Nehushta, and, laying one hand +upon her arm, pointed with the other at Miriam, saying: + +"Tell me, friend, is that the babe I suckled?" + +Then Nehushta, knowing her to be the nurse who had travelled with +them to the village of the Essenes, greeted her, and answered "Yea," +whereupon the woman cast her arms about Miriam and embraced her. + +"Day by day," she said, "have I thought of you, little one, and now +that my eyes have seen you grown so sweet and fair, I care not--I whose +husband is dead and who have no children--how soon they close upon the +world." Then she blessed her, and called upon her angel to protect her +yonder in Jerusalem, and found her food and an ass to ride; and so they +parted, to meet no more. + +As it happened, they were fortunate upon that journey, since, with the +armed guard of twenty men who accompanied Caleb, they were too strong a +party to be attacked by the wandering bands of thieves, and, although +it was reported that Titus and his army had already reached Caesarea from +Egypt, they met no Romans. Indeed, their only enemy was the cold, which +proved so bitter that when, on the second night, they camped upon the +heights over against Jerusalem, having no tents and fearing to light +fires, they were obliged to walk about till daylight to keep their blood +astir. Then it was that they saw strange and terrible things. + +In the clear sky over Jerusalem blazed a great comet, in appearance like +a sword of fire. It was true that they had seen it before at Tyre, but +never before had it shown so bright. Moreover, there it had not the +appearance of a sword. This they thought to be an ill omen, all of them +except Benoni, who said that the point of the sword stretched out over +Caesarea, presaging the destruction of the Romans by the hand of God. +Towards dawn, the pale, unnatural lustre of the comet faded, and the +sky grew overcast and stormy. At length the sun came up, when, to their +marvelling eyes, the fiery clouds took strange shapes. + +"Look, look!" said Miriam, grasping her grandfather by the arm, "there +are armies in the heavens, and they fight together." + +They looked, and, sure enough, it seemed as though two great hosts +were there embattled. They could discern the legions, the wind-blown +standards, the charging chariots, and the squadrons of impetuous horse. +The firmament had become a battle-ground, and lo! it was red as with +the blood of the fallen, while the air was full of strange and dreadful +sounds, bred, perhaps, of wind and distant thunder, that came to them +like the wail of the vanquished and the dull roar of triumphant armies. +So terrified were they at the sight, that they crouched upon the ground +and hid their faces in their hands. Only old Benoni standing up, his +white beard and robes stained red by the ominous light, cried out that +this celestial scene foretold the destruction of the enemies of God. + +"Ay!" said Nehushta, "but which enemies?" + +The tall Caleb, marching on his round of the camp, echoed: + +"Yes, which enemies?" + +Suddenly the light grew, all these fantastic shapes melted into a red +haze, which sank down till Jerusalem before them seemed as though she +floated in an ocean of blood and fire. Then a dark cloud came up and for +a while the holy Hill of Zion vanished utterly away. It passed, the blue +sky reappeared, and lo! the clear light streamed upon her marble palaces +and clustered houses, and was reflected from the golden roofs of the +Temple. So calm and peaceful did the glorious city look that none would +have deemed indeed that she was already nothing but a slaughter-house, +where factions fought furiously, and day by day hundreds of Jews +perished beneath the knives of their own brethren. + +Caleb gave the word to break their camp, and with bodies shivering in +the cold and spirits terrified by fear, they marched across the rugged +hills towards the Joppa gate, noting as they passed into the valley +that the country had been desolated, for but little corn sprang in the +fields, and that was trodden down, while of flocks and herds they saw +none. Reaching the gate they found it shut, and there were challenged by +soldiers, wild-looking men with ferocious faces of the army of Simon of +Gerasa that held the Lower City. + +"Who are you and what is your business?" these asked. + +Caleb set out his rank and titles, and as these did not seem to satisfy +them Benoni explained that the rest of them were fugitives from Tyre, +where there had been a great slaughter of the Jews. + +"Fugitives always have money; best kill them," said the captain of the +gate. "Doubtless they are traitors and deserve to die." + +Caleb grew angry and commanded them to open, asking by what right they +dared to exclude him, a high officer who had done great service in the +wars. + +"By the right of the strong," they answered. "Those who let in Simon +have to deal with Simon. If you are of the party of John or of Eleazer +go to the Temple and knock upon its doors," and they pointed mockingly +to the gleaming gates above. + +"Has it come to this, then," asked Benoni, "that Jew eats Jew in +Jerusalem, while the Roman wolves raven round the walls? Man, we are +of no party, although, as I think, my name is known and honoured by all +parties--the name of Benoni of Tyre. I demand to be led, not to Simon, +or to John, or to Eleazer, but to my cousin, Mathias, the high priest, +who bids us here." + +"Mathias, the high priest," said the captain; "that is another matter. +Well, this Mathias let us into the city, where we have found good +quarters, and good plunder; so as one turn deserves another, we may as +well let in his friends. Pass, cousin of Mathias the high priest, with +all your company," and he opened the gate. + +They entered and marched up the narrow streets towards the Temple. It +was the hour of the day when all men should be stirring and busy with +their work, but lo! the place was desolate--yes, although so crowded, it +still was desolate. On the pavement lay bodies of men and women slain +in some midnight outrage. From behind the lattices of the windows they +caught sight of the eyes of hundreds peeping at them, but none gave them +a good-morrow, or said one single word. The silence of death seemed to +brood upon the empty thoroughfares. Presently it was broken by a single +wailing voice that reached their ears from so far away that they could +not catch its meaning. Nearer and nearer it came, till at length in +the dark and narrow street they caught sight of a thin, white-bearded +figure, naked to the waist as though to show the hideous scars and +rod-weals with which its back and breast were scored, still festering, +some of them. This was the man who uttered the cries, and these were the +words he spoke: + +"A voice from the East! a voice from the West! a voice from the four +Winds! a voice against Jerusalem and against the Temple! a voice against +the bridegrooms and the brides! a voice against the whole people! Woe, +woe to Jerusalem!" + +Now he was upon them, yes, and marching through them as though he saw +them not, although they shrank to one side and the other of the narrow +street to avoid the touch of this ominous, unclean creature who scarcely +seemed to be a man. + +"Fellow, what do these words mean?" cried Benoni in angry fear. But, +taking no heed, his pale eyes fixed upon the heavens, the wanderer +answered only, "Woe, woe to Jerusalem! Woe to you who come up to +Jerusalem!" + +So he passed on, still uttering those awful words, till at length they +lost sight of his naked form and the sound of his crying grew faint and +died away. + +"What a fearful greeting is this!" said Miriam, wringing her hands. + +"Ay!" answered Nehushta, "but the farewell will be worse. The place is +doomed and all in it." + +Only Caleb said, striving to look unconcerned: + +"Have no fear, Miriam. I know the man. He is mad." + +"Where does wisdom end and madness begin?" asked Nehushta. + +Then they went on towards the gates of the Temple, always through the +same blood-stained, empty streets. + + + +CHAPTER XIV + +THE ESSENES FIND THEIR QUEEN AGAIN + +They went on towards the gates of the Temple, but many a long day was +destined to go by ere Miriam reached them. The entrance by which they +were told they must approach if they sought speech of the high priest, +was one of the two Huldah Gates on the south side of the Royal Cloister, +and thither they came across the valley of Tyropaeon. As they drew near +to them of a sudden that gate which stood most to the east was flung +wide, and out of it issued a thousand or more of armed men, like ants +from a broken nest, who, shouting and waving swords, rushed towards +their company. As it chanced, at the moment they were in the centre +of an open space that once had been covered with houses but was now +cumbered with hundreds of blackened and tottering walls, for fire had +devoured them. + +"It is the men of John who attack us," cried a voice, whereon, moved by +a common impulse, the little band turned and fled for shelter among the +ruined houses; yes, even Caleb and Benoni fled. + +Before they reached them, lo! from these crumbling walls that they had +thought untenanted save by wandering dogs, out rushed another body of +savage warriors, the men of Simon who held the Lower City. + +After this, Miriam knew little of what happened. Swords and spears +flashed round her, the factions fell upon each other, slaughtering +each other. She saw Caleb cut down one of the soldiers of John, to be +instantly assaulted in turn by a soldier of Simon, since all desired +to kill, but none cared whom they slew. She saw her grandfather rolling +over and over on the ground in the grip of a man who looked like a +priest; she saw women and children pierced with spears. Then Nehushta +seized her by the hand, and plunging a knife into the arm of a man who +would have stayed them, dragged her away. They fled, an arrow sang past +her ear; something struck her on the foot. Still they fled, whither she +knew not, till at length the sound of the tumult died away. But not yet +would Nehushta stop, for she feared that they might be followed. So on +they went, and on, meeting few and heeded by none, till at length Miriam +sank to the ground, worn out with fear and flight. + +"Up," said Nehushta. + +"I cannot," she answered. "Something has hurt my foot. See, it bleeds!" + +Nehushta looked about her, and saw that they were outside the second +wall in the new city of Bezetha, not far from the old Damascus Gate, for +there, to their right and a little behind them, rose the great tower of +Antonia. Beneath this wall were rubbish-heaps, foul-smelling and covered +over with rough grasses and some spring flowers, which grew upon the +slopes of the ancient fosse. Here seemed a place where they might lie +hid awhile, since there were no houses and it was unsavoury. She dragged +Miriam to her feet, and, notwithstanding her complaints and swollen +ankle, forced her on, till they came to a spot where, as it is to-day, +the wall was built upon foundations of living rock, roughly shaped, +and lined with crevices covered by tall weeds. To one of these crevices +Nehushta brought Miriam, and, seating her on a bed of grass, examined +her foot, which seemed to have been bruised by a stone from a sling. +Having no water with which to wash the bleeding hurt, she made a +poultice of crushed herbs and tied it about the ankle with a strip of +linen. Even before she had finished her task, so exhausted was Miriam +that she fell fast asleep. Nehushta watched her a while, wondering +what they should do next, till, in that lonely place bathed by the warm +spring sun, she also began to doze. + +Suddenly she awoke with a start, having dreamed that she saw a man with +white face and beard peering at them from behind a rough angle of rock. +She stared: there was the rock as she had dreamed of it, but no man. +She looked upward. Above them, piled block upon gigantic block, rose the +wall, towering and impregnable. Thither he could not have gone, since +on it only a lizard could find foothold. Nor was he anywhere else, for +there was no cover; so she decided that he must have been some searcher +of the rubbish-heap, who, seeing them hidden in the tall grasses, had +fled away. Miriam was still sound asleep, and in her weariness presently +Nehushta again began to doze, till at length--it may have been one hour +later, or two or three, she knew not--some sound disturbed her. +Opening her eyes, once more behind that ridge of rock she saw, not one +white-bearded face, but two, staring at her and Miriam. As she sat up +they vanished. She remained still, pretending to sleep, and again they +appeared, scanning her closely and whispering to each other in eager +tones. Suddenly one of the faces turned a little so that the light fell +on it. Now Nehushta knew why in her dream it had seemed familiar, and in +her heart thanked God. + +"Brother Ithiel," she said in a quiet voice, "why do you hide like a +coney in these rocks?" + +Both heads disappeared, but the sound of whispering continued. Then one +of them rose again among the green grasses as a man might rise out of +water. It was Ithiel's. + +"It is indeed you, Nehushta?" said his well-remembered voice. + +"Who else?" she asked. + +"And that lady who sleeps at your side?" + +"Once they called her Queen of the Essenes; now she is a hunted +fugitive, waiting to be massacred by Simon, or John, or Eleazer, or +Zealots, or Sicarii, or any other of the holy cut-throats who inhabit +this Holy City," answered Nehushta bitterly. + +Ithiel raised his hands as though in thankfulness, then said: + +"Hush! hush! Here the very birds are spies. Brother, creep to that rock +and look if any men are moving." + +The Essene obeyed, and answered, "None; and they cannot see us from the +wall." + +Ithiel motioned to him to return. + +"Does she sleep sound?" he asked of Nehushta, pointing to Miriam. + +"Like the dead." + +Then, after another whispered conference, the pair of them crept round +the angle of the rock. Bidding Nehushta follow them, they lifted the +sleeping Miriam, and carried her between them through a dense growth of +shrubs to another rock. Here they moved some grass and pushed aside a +stone, revealing a hole not much larger than a jackal would make. Into +this the brother entered, heels first. Then Nehushta, by his directions, +taking the feet of the senseless Miriam, with her help he bore her into +the hole, that opened presently into a wide passage. Last of all Ithiel, +having lifted the grasses which their feet had trodden, followed them, +pulling the stone back to its place, and cutting off the light. Once +more they were in darkness, but this did not seem to trouble the +brethren, for again lifting Miriam, they went forward a distance of +thirty or forty paces, Nehushta holding on to Ithiel's robe. Now, at +length, the cold air of this cave, or perhaps its deep gloom and the +motion, awoke Miriam from her swoon-like sleep. She struggled in their +hands, and would have cried out, had not Nehushta bade her to be silent. + +"Where am I?" she said. "Is this the hall of death?" + +"Nay, lady. Wait a while, all shall be explained." + +While she spoke and Miriam clung to her affrighted, Ithiel struck iron +and flint together. Catching the spark upon tinder he blew it to a flame +and lighted a taper which burnt up slowly, causing his white beard and +face to appear by degrees out of the darkness, like that of a ghost +rising from the tomb. + +"Oh! surely I am dead," said Miriam, "for before me stands the spirit of +my uncle Ithiel." + +"Not the spirit, Miriam, but the flesh," answered the old man in a voice +that trembled with joy. Then, since he could restrain himself no longer, +he gave the taper to the brother, and, taking her in his arms, kissed +her again and again. + +"Welcome, most dear child," he said; "yes, even to this darksome den, +welcome, thrice welcome, and blessed be the eternal God Who led our feet +forth to find you. Nay, do not stop to talk, we are still too near the +wall. Give me your hand and come." + +Miriam glanced up as she obeyed, and by the feeble light of the taper +saw a vast rocky roof arching above them. On either side of her also +were walls of rough-hewn rock down which dripped water, and piled upon +the floor or still hanging half-cut from the roof, boulders large enough +to fashion a temple column. + +"What awful place is this, my uncle?" she asked. + +"The cavern whence Solomon, the great king, drew stone for the building +of the Temple. Look, here are his mason's marks upon the wall. Here he +fashioned the blocks and thus it happened that no sound of saw or hammer +was heard within the building. Doubtless also other kings before and +since his day have used this quarry, as no man knows its age." + +While he spoke thus he was leading her onwards over the rough, +stone-hewn floor, where the damp gathered in little pools. Following the +windings of the cave they turned once, then again and yet again, so that +soon Miriam was utterly bewildered and could not have found her way back +to the entrance for her life's sake. Moreover, the air had become so hot +and stifling that she could scarcely breathe. + +"It will be better presently," said Ithiel, noticing her distress, as he +drew her limping after him into what seemed to be a natural crevice of +rock hardly large enough to allow the passage of his body. Along this +crevice they scrambled for eight or ten paces, to find themselves +suddenly in a tunnel lined with masonry, and so large that they could +stand upright. + +"Once it was a watercourse," explained Ithiel, "that filled the great +tank, but now it has been dry for centuries." + +Down this darksome shaft hobbled Miriam, till presently it ended in a +wall, or what seemed to be a wall--for when Ithiel pressed upon a stone +it turned. Beyond it the tunnel continued for twenty or thirty paces, +leading them at length into a vast chamber with arched roof and cemented +sides and bottom, which in some bygone age had been a water-tank. Here +lights were burning, and even a charcoal fire, at which a brother was +engaged in cooking. Also the air was pure and sweet, doubtless because +of the winding water-channels that ran upwards. Nor did the place lack +inhabitants, for there, seated in groups round the tapers, or watching +the cooking over the charcoal fire, were forty or fifty men, still clad, +for the most part, in the robes of the Essenes. + +"Brethren," cried Ithiel, in answer to the challenge of one who was set +to watch the entry, "I bring back to you her whom we lost a while ago, +the lady Miriam." + +They heard, and seizing the tapers, ran forward. + +"It is she!" they cried, "our queen and none other, and with her +Nehushta the Libyan! Welcome, welcome, a thousand times, dear lady!" + +Miriam greeted them one and all, and before these greetings were +finished they brought her food to eat, rough but wholesome, also good +wine and sweet water. Then while she ate she heard all their story. It +seemed that more than a year ago the Romans, marching on Jericho, had +fallen upon their village and put a number of them to death, seizing +others as slaves. Thereon the remnant fled to Jerusalem, where many more +perished, for, being peaceable folk, all the factions robbed and slew +them. Seeing, at last, that to live at large in the city would be to +doom themselves to extinction, and yet not daring to leave it, they +sought a refuge in this underground place, of which, as it chanced, one +of their brethren had the secret. This he had inherited from his father, +so that it was known to no other living man. + +Here by degrees they laid up a great store of provisions of all sorts, +of charcoal for burning, and other necessaries, carrying into the place +also clothes, bedding, cooking utensils and even some rough furniture. +These preparations being made, the fifty of them who remained removed +themselves to the vaults where now they had already dwelt three months, +and here, so far as was possible, continued to practise the rules of +their order. Miriam asked how they kept their health in this darkness, +to which they replied that sometimes they went out by that path +which she had just followed, and mingled with the people in the city, +returning to their hole at night. Ithiel and his companion were on such +a journey when they found her. Also they had another passage to the +upper air which they would show her later. + +When Miriam had finished eating, dressed her hurt, and rested a while, +they took her to explore the wonders of the place. Beyond this great +cistern, that was their common room, lay more to the number of six or +seven, one of the smallest of which was given to Nehushta and herself +to dwell in. Others were filled with stores enough to last them all for +months. Last of all was a cave, not very large, but deep, which always +held sweet water. Doubtless there was a spring at the bottom of it, +which, when the other rain-fed tanks grew dry, still kept it supplied. +From this cistern that had been used for generations after the others +were abandoned, a little stair ran upwards, worn smooth by the feet of +folk long dead, who had come hither to draw water. + +"Where does it lead?" asked Miriam. + +"To the ruined tower above," answered Ithiel. "Nay, another time I will +show you. Now your place is made ready for you, go, let Nehushta bathe +your foot, and sleep, for you must need it sorely." + +So Miriam went and laid herself down to rest in the little cemented +vault which was to be her home for four long months; and being worn +out, notwithstanding the sufferings she had passed and her fears for +her grandfather, slept there as soundly as ever she had done in her +wind-swept chamber at the palace of Tyre, or in her house at the village +of the Essenes. + +When she awoke and saw the darkness all about her, she thought that it +must be night; then remembering that in this place it was always night, +called to Nehushta, who uncovered the little lamp that burned in a +corner of the vault, and went out, to return presently with the news +that according to the Essenes, it was day. So she rose and put on her +robes, and they passed together into the great chamber. Here they found +the Essenes at prayer and making their reverences to the sun which they +could not see, after which they ate their morning meal. Now Miriam spoke +to Ithiel, telling him of her trouble about her grandfather, who, if he +himself still lived, would think that she was dead. + +"One thing is certain," replied her great-uncle: "that you shall not go +out to seek him, nor must you tell him of your hiding-place, since soon +or late this might mean that all of us would be destroyed, if only for +the sake of the food which we have hoarded." + +Miriam asked if she could not send a message. He answered: + +"No, since none would dare to take it." In the end, however, after she +had pleaded with him long and earnestly, it was agreed that she should +write the words, "I am safe and well, but in a place that I must not +tell you of," and sign her name upon a piece of parchment. This letter +Ithiel, who purposed to creep out into the city that evening disguised +as a beggar, to seek for tidings, said he would take, and, if might +be, bribe some soldier to deliver it to Benoni at the house of the high +priest, if he were there. + +So Miriam wrote the letter, and at nightfall Ithiel and another brother +departed, taking it with them. + +On the following morning they returned, safe, but with a dreadful tale +of the slaughters in the city and in the Temple courts, where the mad +factions still fought furiously. + +"Your tidings, my uncle?" said Miriam, rising to meet him. "Does he +still live?" + +"Be of good comfort," he answered. "Benoni reached the house of Mathias +in safety, and Caleb also, and now they are sheltering within the Temple +walls. This much I had from one of the high priest's guards, who, for +the price of a piece of gold I gave him, swore that he would deliver the +letter without fail. But, child, I will take no more, for that soldier +eyed me curiously and said it was scarcely safe for beggars to carry +gold." + +Miriam thanked him for his goodness and his news, saying that they +lifted a weight from her heart. + +"I have other tidings that may perhaps make it lighter still," went on +the old man, looking at her sideways. "Titus with a mighty host draws +near to Jerusalem from Caesarea." + +"There is no joy in that tale," replied Miriam, "for it means that the +Holy City will be besieged and taken." + +"Nay, but among that host is one who, if all the stories are true," and +again he glanced at her face, "would rather take you than the city." + +"Who?" she said, pressing her hands against her heart and turning redder +than the lamplight. + +"One of Titus' prefects of horse, the noble Roman, Marcus, whom in +byegone days you knew by the banks of Jordan." + +Now the red blood fled back to Miriam's heart, and she turned so faint +that had not the wall been near at hand she would have fallen. + +"Marcus?" she said. "Well, he swore that he would come, yet it will +bring him little nearer me;" and she turned and sought her chamber. + +So Marcus had come. Since he sent the letter and the ring that was upon +her hand, and the pearls which were about her throat, she had heard no +more of him. Twice she had written and forwarded the writings by the +most trusty messenger whom she could find, but whether they reached him +she did not know. For more than two years the silence between them had +been that of death, till, indeed, at times she thought that he must be +dead. And now he was come back, a commander in the army of Titus, who +marched to punish the rebellious Jews. Would she ever see him again? +Miriam could not tell. Yet she knelt and prayed from her pure heart that +if it were once only, she might speak with him face to face. Indeed, +it was this hope of meeting that, more than any other, supported her +through all those dreadful days. + +A week went by, and although the hurt to her foot had healed, like some +flower in the dark Miriam drooped and languished in those gloomy vaults. +Twice she prayed her uncle to be allowed to creep to the mouth of the +hole behind the ridge of rock, there to breathe the fresh air and +see the blessed sky. But this he would not suffer. The thing was +too dangerous, he said; for although none knew the secret of their +hiding-place, already two or three fugitives had found their way into +the quarries by other entrances, and these it was very difficult to pass +unseen. + +"So be it," answered Miriam, and crept back to her cell. + +Nehushta looked after her anxiously, then said: + +"If she cannot have air I think that she will soon die. Is there no +way?" + +"One," answered Ithiel, "but I fear to take it. The staircase from the +spring leads to an ancient tower that, I am told, once was a palace +of the kings, but now for these many years has been deserted, for its +entrance is bricked up lest thieves should make it their home. None can +come into that tower, nor is it used for purposes of war, not standing +upon any wall, and there she might sit at peace and see the sun; yet I +fear to let her do so." + +"It must be risked," answered Nehushta. "Take me to visit this place." + +So Ithiel led her to the cistern, and from the cistern up a flight of +steps to a little vaulted chamber, into which they entered through +a stone trap-door, made of the same substance as the paving of the +chamber, so that, when it was closed, none would guess that there was +a passage beneath. From this old store-room, for such it doubtless was, +ran more steps, ending, to all appearance, in a blank wall. Coming to +it, Ithiel thrust a piece of flat iron, a foot or more in length, into a +crack in this wall, lifted some stone latch within, and pushed, whereon +a block of masonry of something more than the height and width of a man, +and quite a yard in thickness, swung outwards. Nehushta passed through +the aperture, followed by Ithiel. + +"See," he said, loosing his hold of the stone, which without noise +instantly closed, so that behind them there appeared to be nothing but a +wall, "it is well hung, is it not? and to come hither without this iron +would be dangerous. Here is the crack where it must be set to lift the +latch within." + +"Whoever lived here guarded their food and water well," answered +Nehushta. + +Then Ithiel showed her the place. It was a massive tower of a square +of about forty feet, whereof the only doorway, as he told her, had been +bricked up many years before to keep the thieves and vagabonds from +sheltering there. In height it must have measured nearly a hundred +feet, and its roof had long ago rotted away. The staircase, which was +of stone, still remained, however, leading to four galleries, also +of stone. Perhaps once there were floors as well, but if so these had +vanished, only the stone galleries and their balustrades remaining. +Ithiel led Nehushta up the stair, which, though narrow, was safe and +easy. Resting at each story, at length they came to that gallery which +projected from its sides within ten feet of the top of the tower, and +saw Jerusalem and the country round spread like a map beneath. Then, +as it was sunset, they returned. At the foot of the stair Ithiel gave +Nehushta the piece of iron and showed her how to lift the secret latch +and pull upon the block of hewn stone that was a door, so that it opened +to swing to again behind them. + +Next morning, before it was dawn in the world above, Miriam aroused +Nehushta. She had been promised that this day she should be taken up the +Old Tower, and so great was her longing for the scent of the free air +and the sight of the blue sky that she had scarcely closed her eyes this +night. + +"Have patience, lady," said Nehushta, "have patience. We cannot start +until the Essenes have finished their prayers to the sun, which, down in +this black hole, they worship more earnestly than ever." + +So Miriam waited, though she would eat nothing, till at length Ithiel +came and led them past the cistern up the stairs to the store or +treasure chamber, where the trap-door stood wide, since, except in case +of some danger, they had no need to shut it. Next, they reached the door +of solid stone which Ithiel showed her how to open, and entered the base +of the massive building. There, far above her, Miriam saw the sky again, +red from the lights of morning, and at the sight of it clapped her hands +and called aloud. + +"Hush!" said Ithiel. "These walls are thick, yet it is not safe to raise +a voice of joy in Jerusalem, that home of a thousand miseries, lest, +perchance, some should hear it through a cleft in the masonry, and cause +search to be made for the singer. Now, if you will, follow me." + +So they went up and up, till at last they reached the topmost gallery, +where the wall was pierced with loopholes and overhanging platforms, +whence stones and other missiles could be hurled upon an attacking +force. Miriam looked out eagerly, walking round the gallery from +aperture to aperture. + +To the south lay the marble courts and glittering buildings of the +Temple, whence, although men fought daily in them, the smoke of +sacrifice still curled up to heaven. Behind these were the Upper and the +Lower City, crowded with thousands of houses, packed, every one of them, +with human beings who had fled hither for refuge, or, notwithstanding +the dangers of the time, to celebrate the Passover. To the east was the +rugged valley of Jehoshaphat, and beyond it the Mount of Olives, green +with trees soon to be laid low by the Romans. To the north the new city +of Bezetha, bordered by the third wall and the rocky lands beyond. Not +far away, also, but somewhat in front of them and to the left, rose the +mighty tower of Antonia, now one of the strongholds of John of Gischala +and the Zealots, while also to the west, across the width of the city, +were the towers of Hippicus, Phasael and Mariamne, backed by the splendid +palace of Herod. Besides these were walls, fortresses, gates and palaces +without number, so intricate and many that the eye could scarcely follow +or count them, and, between, the numberless narrow streets of Jerusalem. +These and many other things Ithiel pointed out to Miriam, who listened +eagerly till he wearied of the task. Then they looked downwards through +the overhanging platforms of stone to the large market-place beneath and +to the front, and upon the roofs of the houses, mostly of the humbler +sort, that were built behind almost up to the walls of the Old Tower, +whereon many people were gathered as though for safety, eating their +morning meal, talking anxiously together, and even praying. + +Whilst they were thus engaged, Nehushta touched Miriam and pointed +to the road which ran from the Valley of Thorns on the northeast. +She looked, and saw a great cloud of dust that advanced swiftly, and +presently, through the dust, the sheen of spears and armour. + +"The Romans!" said Nehushta quietly. + +She was not the only one who had caught sight of them, for suddenly the +battlement of every wall and tower, the roof of every lofty house, the +upper courts of the Temple, and all high places became crowded with +thousands and tens of thousands of heads, each of them staring towards +that advancing dust. In silence they stared as though their multitudes +were stricken dumb, till presently, from far below out of the maze of +winding streets, floated the wail of a single voice. + +"Woe, woe to Jerusalem!" said the voice. "Woe, woe to the City and the +Temple!" + +They shuddered, and as it seemed to them, all the listening thousands +within reach of that mournful cry shuddered also. + +"Aye!" repeated Ithiel, "woe to Jerusalem, for yonder comes her doom." + +Now on the more rocky ground the dust grew thinner, and through it they +could distinguish the divisions of the mighty army of destroyers. First +came thousands of Syrian allies and clouds of scouts and archers, who +searched the country far and wide. Next appeared the road-makers and the +camp-setters, the beasts of burden with the general's baggage and its +great escort, followed by Titus himself, his bodyguard and officers, +by pikemen and by horsemen. Then were seen strange and terrible-looking +engines of war beyond count, and with them the tribunes, and the +captains of cohorts and their guards who preceded the engines, and that +"abomination of desolation," the Roman Eagles, surrounded by bands of +trumpeters, who from time to time uttered their loud, defiant note. +After them marched the vast army in ranks six deep, divided into legions +and followed by their camp-bearers and squadrons of horse. Lastly were +seen the packs of baggage, and mercenaries by thousands and tens of +thousands. On the Hill of Saul the great host halted and began to +encamp. An hour later a band of horsemen five or six hundred strong +emerged out of this camp and marched along the straight road to +Jerusalem. + +"It is Titus himself," said Ithiel. "See, the Imperial Standard goes +before him." + +On they came till, from their lofty perch, Miriam, who was keen-sighted, +could see their separate armour and tell the colour of their horses. +Eagerly she searched them with her eyes, for well she guessed that +Marcus would be one of those who accompanied his general upon this +service. That plumed warrior might be he, or that with the purple cloak, +or that who galloped out from near by the Standard on an errand. He was +there; she was sure he was there, and yet they were as far apart as when +the great sea rolled between them. + +Now, as they reconnoitred and were passing the Tower of Women, of a +sudden the gate opened, and from alleys and houses where they had lain +in ambush were poured out thousands of Jews. Right through the thin line +of horsemen they pierced, uttering savage cries, then doubled back upon +the severed ends. Many were cut down; Miriam could see them falling from +their horses. The Imperial Standard sank, then rose and sank again to +rise once more. Now dust hid the combat, and she thought that all the +Romans must be slain. But no, for presently they began to appear beyond +the dust, riding back by the way they had come, though fewer than they +were. They had charged through the multitude of Jews and escaped. But +who had escaped and who were left behind? Ah! that she could not tell; +and it was with a sick and anxious heart that Miriam descended the steps +of the tower into the darkness of the caves. + + + +CHAPTER XV + +WHAT PASSED IN THE TOWER + +Nearly four months had gone by. Perhaps, during the whole history of the +world there never has been and never will be more cruel suffering than +was endured by the inhabitants of Jerusalem during that period, or +rather by the survivors of the nation of the Jews who were crowded +together within its walls. Forgetting their internecine quarrels in the +face of overwhelming danger, too late the factions united and fought +against the common foe with a ferocity that has been seldom equalled. +They left nothing undone which desperate men could do. Again and again +they sallied forth against the Romans, slaughtering thousands of them. +They captured their battering-rams and catapults. They undermined the +great wooden towers which Titus erected against their walls, and burnt +them. With varying success they made sally upon sally. Titus took the +third wall and the new city of Bezetha. He took the second wall and +pulled it down. Then he sent Josephus, the historian, to persuade the +Jews to surrender, but his countrymen cursed and stoned him, and the war +went on. + +At length, as it seemed to be impossible to carry the place by assault, +Titus adopted a surer and more terrible plan. Enclosing the first +unconquered wall, the Temple, and the fortress by another wall of his +own making, he sat down and waited for starvation to do its work. Then +came the famine. At the beginning, before the maddened, devil-inspired +factions began to destroy each other and to prey upon the peaceful +people, Jerusalem was amply provisioned. But each party squandered the +stores that were within its reach, and, whenever they could do so, burnt +those of their rivals, so that the food which might have supplied the +whole city for months, vanished quickly in orgies of wanton waste and +destruction. Now all, or almost all, was gone, and by tens and hundreds +of thousands the people starved. + +Those who are curious about such matters, those who desire to know how +much human beings can endure, and of what savagery they can be capable +when hunger drives them, may find these details set out in the pages of +Josephus, the renegade Jewish historian. It serves no good purpose and +will not help our story to repeat them; indeed for the most part they +are too terrible to be repeated. History does not record, and the mind +of man cannot invent a cruelty which was not practised by the famished +Jews upon other Jews suspected of the crime of having hidden food +to feed themselves or their families. Now the fearful prophecy was +fulfilled, and it came about that mothers devoured their own infants, +and children snatched the last morsel of bread from the lips of their +dying parents. If these things were done between those who were of +one blood, what dreadful torment was there that was not practised by +stranger upon stranger? The city went mad beneath the weight of its +abominable and obscene misery. Thousands perished every day, and every +night thousands more escaped, or attempted to escape, to the Romans, +who caught the poor wretches and crucified them beneath the walls, till +there was no more wood of which to make the crosses, and no more ground +whereon to stand them. + + + +All these things and many others Miriam saw from her place of outlook +in the gallery of the deserted tower. She saw the people lying dead +by hundreds in the streets beneath. She saw the robbers hale them from +their houses and torture them to discover the hiding-place of the food +which they were supposed to have hidden, and when they failed, put them +to the sword. She saw the Valley of the Kidron and the lower slopes of +the Mount of Olives covered with captive Jews writhing on their crosses, +there to die as the Messiah whom they had rejected, died. She saw the +furious attacks, the yet more furious sallies and the dreadful daily +slaughter, till at length her heart grew so sick within her, that +although she still took refuge in the ruined tower to escape the gloom +beneath, Miriam would spend whole hours lying on her face, her fingers +thrust into her ears, that she might shut out the sights and sounds of +this unutterable woe. + +Meanwhile, the Essenes, who still had stores of food, ventured forth but +rarely, lest the good condition of their bodies, although their faces +were white as death from dwelling in the darkness, should tempt the +starving hordes to seize and torture them in the hope of discovering +the hiding-places of their nutriment. Indeed, to several of the brethren +this happened; but in obedience to their oaths, as will be seen in the +instance of the past President Theophilus--who went out and was no more +heard of--they endured all and died without a murmur, having betrayed +nothing. Still, notwithstanding the danger, driven to it by utter +weariness of their confinement in the dark and by the desire of +obtaining news, from time to time one of them would creep forth at night +to return again before daybreak. From these men Miriam heard that +after the murder of the high priest Mathias and his sons, together with +sixteen of the Sanhedrim, on a charge of correspondence with the Romans, +her grandfather, Benoni, had been elected to that body, in which he +exercised much influence and caused many to be put to death who were +accused of treason or of favouring the Roman cause. Caleb also was in +the Temple and foremost in every fight. He was said to have sworn an +oath that he would slay the Prefect of Horse, Marcus, with whom he had +an ancient quarrel, or be slain himself. It was told, indeed, that they +had met once already and struck some blows at each other, before they +were separated by an accident of war. + +The beginning of August came at length, and the wretched city, in +addition to its other miseries, panted in the heat of a scorching summer +sun and was poisoned by the stench from the dead bodies that filled the +streets and were hurled in thousands from the walls. Now the Romans +had set up their battering engines at the very gates of the Temple, and +slowly but surely were winning their way into its outer courts. + +On a certain night, about an hour before the dawn, Miriam woke Nehushta, +telling her that she was stifling there in those vaults and must ascend +the tower. Nehushta said that it was folly, whereon Miriam answered that +she would go alone. This she would not suffer her to do, so together +they passed up the stairs according to custom, and, having gained the +base of the tower through the swinging door of stone, climbed the steps +that ran in the thickness of the wall till they reached the topmost +gallery. Here they sat, fanned by the faint night wind, and watched the +fires of the Romans stretched far and wide around the walls and even +among the ruins of the houses almost beneath them, since that part of +the city was taken. + +Presently the dawn broke, a splendid, fearful dawn. It was as though the +angel of the daybreak had dipped his wing into a sea of blood and dashed +it against the brow of Night, still crowned with her fading stars. Of a +sudden the heavens were filled with blots and threads of flaming colour +latticed against the pale background of the twilight sky. Miriam watched +it with a kind of rapture, letting its glory and its peace sink into +her troubled soul, while from below arose the sound of awakening camps +making ready for the daily battle. Soon a ray of burning light, cast +like a spear from the crest of the Mount of Olives across the Valley of +Jehoshaphat, struck full upon the gold-roofed Temple and its courts. At +its coming, as though at a signal, the northern gates were thrown wide, +and through them poured a flood of gaunt and savage warriors. They came +on in thousands, uttering fierce war-cries. Some pickets of Romans tried +to stay their rush; in a minute they were overcome and destroyed. Now +they were surging round the feet of a great wooden tower filled with +archers. Here the fight was desperate, for the soldiers of Titus rushed +up by companies to defend their engine. But they could not drive back +that onset, and presently the tower was on fire, and in a last mad +effort to save their lives its defenders were casting themselves +headlong from the lofty platform. With shouts of triumph the Jews rushed +through the breaches in the second wall, and leaving what remained of +the castle of Antonia on the left, poured down into the maze of streets +and ruined houses that lay immediately behind the Old Tower whence +Miriam watched. + +In front of this building, which the Romans had never attempted to +enter, since for military purposes it was useless to them, lay the open +space, once, no doubt, part of its garden, but of late years used as a +cattle market and a place where young men exercised themselves in arms. +Bordering the waste on its further side were strong fortifications, the +camping ground of the twelfth and fifteenth legions. Across this open +space those who remained of the Romans fled back towards their outer +line, followed by swarms of furious Jews. They gained them, such as +were not overtaken, but the Jews who pursued were met with so fierce +a charge, delivered by the fresh troops behind the defences, that +they were in turn swept back and took refuge among the ruined houses. +Suddenly Miriam's attention became concentrated upon the mounted officer +who led this charge, a gallant-looking man clad in splendid armour, +whose clear, ringing voice, as he uttered the words of command, had +caught her ear even through the tumult and the shouting. The Roman +onslaught having reached its limit, began to fall back again like the +water from an exhausted wave upon a slope of sand. At the moment the +Jews were in no condition to press the enemy's retreat, so that the +mounted officer who withdrew last of all, had time to turn his horse, +and heedless of the arrows that sang about him, to study the ground +now strewn with the wounded and the dead. Presently he looked up at the +deserted tower as though wondering whether he could make use of it, and +Miriam saw his face. It was Marcus, grown older, more thoughtful also, +and altered somewhat by a short curling beard, but still Marcus and no +other. + +"Look! look!" she said. + +Nehushta nodded. "Yes, it is he; I thought so from the first. And now, +having seen him, lady, shall we be going?" + +"Going?" said Miriam, "wherefore?" + +"Because one army or the other may chance to think that this building +would be useful to them, and break open the walled-up door. Also they +might explore this staircase, and then----" + +"And then," answered Miriam quietly, "we should be taken. What of it? +If the Jews find us we are of their party; if the Romans--well, I do not +greatly fear the Romans." + +"You mean you do not fear one Roman. But who knows, but that he may +presently lie dead----" + +"Oh! say it not," answered Miriam, pressing her hand upon her heart. +"Nay, safe or unsafe, I will see this fight out. Look, yonder is +Caleb--yes, Caleb himself, shouting to the Jews. How fierce is his face, +like that of a hyena in a snare. Nay, now I will not go--go you and +leave me in peace to watch the end." + +"Since you are too heavy and strong for my old arms to carry down those +steep steps, so be it," answered Nehushta calmly. "After all, we have +food with us, and our angels can guard us as well on the top of a tower +as in those dirty cisterns. Also this fray is worth the watching." + +As she spoke, the Romans having re-formed, led by the Prefect Marcus and +other officers, advanced from their entrenchment, to be met half-way by +the Jews, now reinforced from the Temple, among whom was Caleb. There, +in the open space, they fought hand to hand, for neither force would +yield an inch. Miriam, watching through the stone bars from above, had +eyes for only two of all that multitude of men--Marcus, whom she loved, +and Caleb, whom she feared. Marcus was attacked by a Jew, who stabbed +his horse, to be instantly stabbed himself by a Roman who came to the +rescue of his commander. After this he fought on foot. Caleb killed +first one soldier than another. Watching him, Miriam grew aware that he +was cutting his way towards some point, and that the point was Marcus. +This Marcus seemed to know; at least, he also strove to cut his way +towards Caleb. Nearer and nearer they came, till at length they met and +began to rain blows upon each other; but not for long, for just then a +charge of some Roman horsemen separated them. After this both parties +retired to their lines, taking their wounded with them. + +Thus, with pauses, sometimes of two or three hours, the fight went on +from morning to noon, and from noon to sunset. During the latter part +of the time the Romans made no more attacks, but were contented with +defending themselves while they awaited reinforcements from without the +city, or perhaps the results of some counter-attack in another part. + +Thus the advantage rested, or seemed to rest, with the Jews, who held +all the ruined houses and swept the open space with their arrows. Now +it was that Nehushta's fears were justified, for having a little leisure +the Jews took a beam of wood and battered in the walled-up doorway of +the tower. + +"Look!" said Nehushta, pointing down. + +"Oh, Nou!" Miriam answered, "I was wrong. I have run you into danger. +But indeed I could not go. What shall we do now?" + +"Sit quiet until they come to take us," said Nehushta grimly, "and then, +if they give us time, explain as best we may." + +As it chanced, however, the Jews did not come, since they feared that +if they mounted the stair some sudden rush of Romans might trap such +of them as were within before they had time to descend again. Only they +made use of the base of the tower to shelter those of their wounded +whose hurts were so desperate that they dared not move them. + +Now the fighting having ceased for a while, the soldiers of both sides +amused themselves with shouting taunts and insults at each other, or +challenges to single combat. Presently Caleb stepped forward from the +shelter of a wall and called out that if the Prefect Marcus would meet +him alone in the open space he had something to say which he would be +glad to hear. Thereupon Marcus, stepping out from his defences, where +several of his officers seemed to be striving to detain him, answered: + +"I will come," and walked to the centre of the market, where he was met +by Caleb. + +Here the two of them spoke together alone, but of what they said Miriam +and Nehushta, watching them from above, could catch no word. + +"Oh! will they fight?" said Miriam. + +"It seems likely, since each of them has sworn to slay the other," +answered Nehushta. + +While she spoke Marcus, shaking his head as though to decline some +proposal, and pointing to the men of his command, who stood up watching +him, turned to walk back to his own lines, followed by Caleb, who +shouted out that he was a coward and did not dare to stand alone before +him. At this insult Marcus winced, then went on again, doubtless because +he thought it his duty to rejoin his company, whereon Caleb, drawing +his sword, struck him with the flat of it across the back. Now the Jews +laughed, while the Romans uttered a shout of rage at the intolerable +affront offered to their commander. As for Marcus, he wheeled round, +sword in hand, and flew straight at Caleb's throat. + +But it was for this that the Jew had been waiting, since he knew that no +Roman, and least of all Marcus, would submit to the indignity of such a +blow. As his adversary came on, made almost blind with fury, he leapt +to one side lightly as a lion leaps, and with all the force of his long +sinewy arm brought down his heavy sword upon the head of Marcus. The +helm was good, or the skull beneath must have been split in two by that +blow, which, as it was, shore through it and bit deeply into the bone. +Beneath the shock Marcus staggered, threw his arms wide, and let fall +his sword. With a shout Caleb sprang at him to make an end of him, but +before he could strike the Roman seemed to recover himself, and, knowing +that his weapon was gone, did the only thing he could, rushed straight +at his foe. Caleb's sword fell on his shoulder, but the tempered mail +withstood it, and next instant Marcus had gripped him in his arms. Down +they came together to the earth, rolling over each other, the Jew trying +to stab the Roman, the Roman to choke the Jew with his bare hand. Then +from the Roman lines rose a cry of "Rescue!" and from the Jews a cry of +"Take him." + +Out poured the combatants from either side of the market-place by +hundreds and by thousands, and there in its centre, round the struggling +forms of Caleb and of Marcus, began the fiercest fight of all that day. +Where men stood, there they fell, for none would give back, since the +Romans, outnumbered though they were, preferred to die rather than leave +a wounded and beloved captain a prisoner in the hands of cruel enemies, +while the Jews knew too well the value of such a prize to let it escape +them easily. So great was the slaughter that presently Marcus and Caleb +were hidden beneath the bodies of the fallen. More and more Jews rushed +into the fray, but still the Romans pushed onwards with steady valour, +fighting shoulder to shoulder and shield to shield. + +Then of a sudden, with a savage yell a fresh body of Jews, three or +four hundred strong, appeared at the west end of the market-place, and +charged upon the Romans, taking them in flank. The officer in command +saw his danger, and knowing that it was better that his captain should +die than that the whole company should be destroyed and the arms of +Caesar suffer a grave defeat, gave orders for a retirement. Steadily, +as though they were on parade, and dragging with them those of their +wounded comrades who could not walk, the legionaries fell back, heedless +of the storm of spears and arrows, reaching their own lines before the +outflanking body of Jews could get among them. Then seeing that there +was nothing more to be gained, since to attempt to storm the Roman works +was hopeless, the victorious Jews also retreated, this time not to the +houses behind the tower, but only to the old market wall thirty or forty +paces in front of it, which they proceeded to hold and strengthen in the +fading light. Seeing that they were lost, such of the wounded Romans as +remained upon the field committed suicide, preferring to fall upon their +own spears than into the hands of the Jews to be tortured and crucified. +Also for this deed they had another reason, since it was the decree of +Titus that any soldier who was taken living should be publicly disgraced +by name and expelled from the ranks of the legion, and, if recaptured, +in addition suffer death or banishment. + +Gladly would Marcus have followed their example and thereby--though he +knew it not--save himself much misery and shame in the future, but he +had neither time nor weapon; moreover, so weak was he with struggling +and the loss of blood, that even as he and Caleb were dragged by savage +hands from among the fallen, he fainted. At first they thought that he +was dead, but one of the Jews, who chanced to be a physician by trade, +declared that this was not so, and that if he were left quiet for a +while, he would come to himself again. Therefore, as they desired to +preserve this Prefect alive, either to be held as an hostage or to be +executed in sight of the army of Titus, they brought him into the Old +Tower, clearing it of their own wounded, except such of them as had +already breathed their last. Here they set a guard over him, though of +this there seemed to be little need, and went under the command of the +victorious Caleb to assist in strengthening the market-wall. + +All of these things Miriam watched from above in such an agony of fear +and doubt, that at times she thought that she would die. She saw her +lover and Caleb fall locked in each other's arms; she saw the hideous +fray that raged around them. She saw them dragged from the heap of +slain, and at the end of it all, by the last light of day, saw Marcus, +living or dead, she knew not which, borne into the tower, and there laid +upon the ground. + +"Take comfort," whispered Nehushta, pitying her dreadful grief. "The +lord Marcus lives. If he were dead they would have stripped him and +left his body with the others. He lives, and they purpose to hold him +captive, else they would have suffered Caleb to put his sword through +him, as you noted he wished to do so soon as he found his feet." + +"Captive," answered Miriam. "That means that he will be crucified like +the others whom we saw yesterday upon the Temple wall." + +Nehushta shrugged her shoulders. + +"It may be so," she said, "unless he finds means to destroy himself +or--is saved." + +"Saved! How can he be saved?" Then in her woe the poor girl fell upon +her knees clasping her hands and murmuring: "Oh! Jesus Christ whom I +serve, teach me how to save Marcus. Oh! Jesus, I love him, although he +is not a Christian; love him also because I love him, and teach me how +to save him. Or if one must die, take my life for his, oh! take my life +for his." + +"Cease," said Nehushta, "for I think I hear an answer to your prayer. +Look now, he is laid just where the stair starts and not six feet from +the stone door that leads down into the cistern. Except for some dead +men the tower is empty; also the two sentries stand outside the breach +in the brickwork with which it was walled up, because there they find +more light, and their prisoner is unarmed and helpless, and cannot +attempt escape. Now, if the Roman lives and can stand, why should we not +open that door and thrust him through it?" + +"But the Jews might see us and discover the secret of the hiding-place +of the Essenes, whom they would kill because they have hidden food." + +"Once we were the other side of the door, they could never come at them, +even if they have time to try," answered Nehushta. "Before ever they +could burst the door the stone trap beneath can be closed and the roof +of the stair that leads to it let down by knocking away the props and +flooded in such a fashion that a week of labour would not clear it out +again. Oh! have no fear, the Essenes know and have guarded against this +danger." + +Miriam threw her arms about the neck of Nehushta and kissed her. + +"We will try, Nou, we will try," she whispered, "and if we fail, why +then we can die with him." + +"To you that prospect may be pleasing, but I have no desire to die with +the lord Marcus," answered Nehushta drily. "Indeed, although I like him +well, were it not for your sake I should leave him to his chance. Nay, +do not answer or give way to too much hope. Remember, perhaps he is +dead, as he seems to be." + +"Yes, yes," said Miriam wildly, "we must find out. Shall we go now?" + +"Aye, while there is still a little light, for these steps are breakneck +in the dark. No, do you follow me." + +So on they glided down the ancient, darksome stairway, where owls hooted +and bats flittered in their faces. Now they were at the last flight, +which descended to a little recess set at right angles to the steps and +flush with the floor of the basement, for once the door of the stairway +had opened here. Thus a person standing on the last stair could not be +seen by any in the tower. They reached the step and halted. Then very +stealthily Nehushta went on to her hands and knees and thrust her head +forward so that she could look into the base of the tower. It was dark +as the grave, only a faint gleam of starlight reflected from his armour +showed where Marcus lay, so close that she could touch him with her +hand. Also almost opposite to her the gloom was relieved by a patch +of faint grey light. Here it was that the wall had been broken in, for +Nehushta could see the shadows of the sentries crossing and recrossing +before the ragged opening. + +She leant yet lower towards Marcus and listened. He was not dead, for he +breathed. More, she heard him stir his hand and thought that she could +see it move upwards towards his wounded head. Then she drew back. + +"Lady," she whispered, "he lives, and I think he is awake. Now you must +do the rest as your wit may teach you how, for if I speak to him he will +be frightened, but your voice he may remember if he has his senses." + +At these words all her doubts and fears seemed to vanish from Miriam's +heart, her hand grew steady and her brain clear, for Nature told her +that if she wished to save her lover she would need both clear brain and +steady hand. The timid, love-racked girl was transformed into a woman +of iron will and purpose. In her turn she kneeled and crept a little +forward from the stair, so that her face hung over the face of Marcus. +Then she spoke in a soft whisper. + +"Marcus, awake and listen, Marcus; but I pray of you do not stir or make +a noise. I am Miriam, whom once you knew." + +At this name the dim form beneath her seemed to quiver, and the lips +muttered, "Now I know that I am dead. Well, it is better than I hoped +for. Speak on, sweet shade of Miriam." + +"Nay, Marcus, you are not dead, you are only wounded and I am not a +spirit, I am a woman, that woman whom once you knew down by the banks of +Jordan. I have come to save you, I and Nehushta. If you will obey what I +tell you, and if you have the strength to stand, we can guide you into +a secret place where the Essenes are hidden, who for my sake will take +care of you until you are able to return to the Romans. If you do not +escape I fear that the Jews will crucify you." + +"By Bacchus, so do I," said the whisper beneath, "and that will be worse +than being beaten by Caleb. But this is a dream, I know it is a dream. +If it were Miriam I should see her, or be able to touch her. It is but a +dream of Miriam. Let me dream on," and he turned his head. + +Miriam thought for a moment. Time was short and it was necessary to make +him understand. Well, it was not difficult. Slowly she bent a little +lower and pressed her lips upon his. + +"Marcus," she went on, "I kiss you now to show you that I am no dream +and how needful it is that you should be awakened. Had I light I could +prove to you that I am Miriam by your ring which is upon my fingers and +your pearls which are about my neck." + +"Cease," he answered, "most beloved, I was weak and wandering, now I +know that this is not a dream, and I thank Caleb who has brought us +together again, against his wish, I think. Say, what must I do?" + +"Can you stand?" asked Miriam. + +"Perhaps. I am not sure. I will try." + +"Nay, wait. Nehushta, come hither; you are stronger than I. Now, while I +unlatch the secret door, do you lift him up. Be swift, I hear the guard +stirring without." + +Nehushta glided forward and knelt by the wounded man, placing her arms +beneath him. + +"Ready," she said. "Here is the iron." + +Miriam took it, and stepping to the wall, felt with her fingers for the +crack, which in that darkness it took time to find. At length she had +it, and inserting the thin hooked iron, lifted the hidden latch and +pulled. The stone door was very heavy and she needed all her strength to +move it. At last it began to swing. + +"Now," she said to Nehushta, who straightened herself and dragged the +wounded Marcus to his feet. + +"Quick, quick!" said Miriam, "the guards enter." + +Supported by Nehushta, Marcus took three tottering steps and reached the +open door. Here, on its very threshold indeed, his strength failed him, +for he was wounded in the knee as well as in the head. Groaning, "I +cannot," he fell to the ground, dragging the old Libyan with him, his +breastplate clattering loud against the stone threshold. The sentry +without heard the sound and called to a companion to give him the +lantern. In an instant Nehushta was up again, and seizing Marcus by his +right arm, began to drag him through the opening, while Miriam, setting +her back against the swinging stone to keep it from closing, pushed +against his feet. + +The lantern appeared round the angle of the broken masonry. + +"For your life's sake!" said Miriam, and Nehushta dragged her hardest at +the heavy, helpless body of the fallen man. He moved slowly. It was too +late; if that light fell on him all was lost. In an instant Miriam took +her resolve. With an effort she swung the door wide, then as Nehushta +dragged again she sprang forward, keeping in the shadow of the wall. The +Jew who held the lantern, alarmed by the sounds within, entered hastily +and, catching his foot against the body of a dead man who lay there, +stumbled so that he fell upon his knee. In her hand Miriam held the key, +and as the guard regained his feet, but not before its light fell upon +her, she struck with it at the lamp, breaking and extinguishing it. + +Then she turned to fly, for, as she knew well, the stone would now be +swinging on its pivot. + +Alas! her chance had gone, for the man, stretching out his arm, caught +her about the middle and held her fast, shouting loudly for help. Miriam +struggled, she battered him with the iron and dragged at him with her +left hand, but in vain, for in that grip she was helpless as a child who +fights against its nurse. While she fought thus she heard the dull thud +of the closing stone, and even in her despair rejoiced, knowing that +until Marcus was beyond its threshold it could not be shut. Ceasing from +her useless struggle she gathered the forces of her mind. Marcus was +safe; the door was shut and could not be opened from the further side +until another iron was procured; the guard had seen nothing. But her +escape was impossible. Her part was played, only one thing remained for +her to do--keep silence and his secret. + +Men bearing lights were rushing into the tower. Her right hand, which +held the iron, was free, and lest it should tell a tale she cast the +instrument from her towards that side of the deserted place which she +knew was buried deep in fallen stones, fragments of rotted timber and +dirt from the nests of birds. Then she stood still. Now they were upon +her, Caleb at the head of them. + +"What is it?" he cried. + +"I know not," answered the guard. "I heard a sound as of clanking armour +and ran in, when some one struck the lantern from my hand, a strong +rascal with whom I have struggled sorely, notwithstanding the blows that +he rained upon me with his sword. See, I hold him fast." + +They held up their lights and saw a beautiful, dishevelled maid, small +and frail of stature, whereon they laughed out loud. + +"A strong thief, truly," said one. "Why, it is a girl! Do you summon the +watch every time a girl catches hold of you?" + +Before the words died upon the speaker's lips, another man called out, +"The Roman! The Prefect has gone! Where is the prisoner?" and with a +roar of wrath they began to search the place, as a cat searches for the +mouse that escapes her. Only Caleb stood still and stared at the girl. + +"Miriam!" he said. + +"Yes, Caleb," she answered quietly. "This is a strange meeting, is it +not? Why do you break in thus upon my hiding-place?" + +"Woman," he shouted, mad with anger, "where have you hidden the Prefect +Marcus?" + +"Marcus?" she answered; "is he here? I did not know it. Well, I saw a +man run from the tower, perhaps that was he. Be swift and you may catch +him." + +"No man left the tower," answered the other sentry. "Seize that woman, +she has hidden the Roman in some secret place. Seize her and search." + +So they caught Miriam, bound her and began running round and round the +wall. "Here is a staircase," called a man, "doubtless he has gone up it. +Come, friends." + +Then taking lights with them, they mounted the stairs to the very top, +but found no one. Even as they came down again a trumpet blew and from +without rose the sound of a mighty shouting. + +"What happens now?" said one. + +As he spoke an officer appeared in the opening of the tower. + +"Begone," he cried. "Back to the Temple, taking your prisoner with you. +Titus himself is upon us at the head of two fresh legions, mad at the +loss of his Prefect and so many of his soldiers. Why! where is the +wounded Roman, Marcus?" + +"He has vanished," answered Caleb sullenly. "Vanished"--here he glanced +at Miriam with jealous and vindictive hate--"and in his place has left +to us this woman, the grand-daughter of Benoni, Miriam, who strangely +enough was once his love." + +"Is it so?" said the officer. "Girl, tell us what you have done with the +Roman, or die. Come, we have no time to lose." + +"I have done nothing. I saw a man walk past the sentries, that is all." + +"She lies," said the officer contemptuously. "Here, kill this +traitress." + +A man advanced lifting his sword, and Miriam, thinking that all was +over, hid her eyes while she waited for the blow. Before it fell, +however, Caleb whispered something to the officer which caused him to +change his mind. + +"So be it," he said. "Hold your hand and take this woman with you to +the Temple, there to be tried by her grandfather, Benoni, and the other +judges of the Sanhedrim. They have means to cause the most obstinate +to speak, whereas death seals the lips forever. Swift, now, swift, for +already they are fighting on the market-place." + +So they seized Miriam and dragged her away from the Old Tower, which an +hour later was taken possession of by the Romans, who destroyed it with +the other buildings. + + + +CHAPTER XVI + +THE SANHEDRIM + +The Jewish soldiers haled Miriam roughly through dark and tortuous +streets, bordered by burnt-out houses, and up steep stone slopes deep +with the debris of the siege. Indeed, they had need to hasten, for, lit +with the lamp of flaming dwellings, behind them flowed the tide of war. +The Romans, driven back from this part of the city by that day's furious +sally, under cover of the night were re-occupying in overwhelming +strength the ground that they had lost, forcing the Jews before them and +striving to cut them off from their stronghold in the Temple and that +part of the Upper City which they still held. + +The party of Jews who had Miriam in their charge were returning to the +Temple enclosure, which they could not reach from the north or east +because the outer courts and cloisters of the Holy House were already in +possession of the Romans. So it happened that they were obliged to make +their way round by the Upper City, a long and tedious journey. Once +during that night they were driven to cover until a great company of +Romans had marched past. Caleb wished to attack them, but the other +captains said that they were too few and weary, so they lay hid for +nearly three hours, then went on again. After this there were other +delays at gates still in the hands of their own people, which one by one +were unbolted to them. Thus it was not far from daylight when at length +they passed over a narrow bridge that spanned some ravine and through +massive doors into a vast dim place which, as Miriam gathered from the +talk of her captors, was the inner enclosure of the Temple. Here, at the +command of that captain who had ordered her to be slain, she was thrust +into a small cell in one of the cloisters. Then the men in charge of her +locked the door and went away. + +Sinking exhausted to the floor, Miriam tried to sleep, but could not, +for her brain seemed to be on fire. Whenever she shut her eyes there +sprang up before them visions of some dreadful scene which she had +witnessed, while in her ears echoed now the shouts of the victors, now +the pitiful cry of the dying, and now again the voice of the wounded +Marcus calling her "Most Beloved." Was this indeed so, she wondered? +Was it possible that he had not forgotten her during those years of +separation when there must have been so many lovely ladies striving to +win him, the rich, high-placed Roman lord, to be their lover or their +husband? She did not know, she could not tell: perhaps, in such a +plight, he would have called any woman who came to save him his Most +Beloved, yes, even old Nehushta, and even then and there she smiled a +little at the thought. Yet his voice rang true, and he had sent her the +ring, the pearls and the letter, that letter which, although she knew +every word of it, she still carried hidden in the bosom of her robe. Oh! +she believed that he did love her, and, believing, rejoiced with all her +heart that it had pleased God to allow her to save his life, even at the +cost of her own. She had forgotten. There was his wound--he might die of +it. Nay, surely he would not die. For her sake, the Essenes who knew him +would treat him well, and they were skilful healers; also, what better +nurse than Nehushta could be found? Ah! poor Nou, how she would grieve +over her. What sorrow must have taken hold of her when she heard the +rock door shut and found that her nursling was cut off and captured by +the Jews. + +Happy, indeed, was it for Miriam that she could not witness what had +chanced at the further side of that block of stone; that she could not +see Nehushta beating at it with her hands and striving to thrust her +thin fingers to the latch which she had no instrument to lift, until the +bones were stripped of skin and flesh. That she could not hear Marcus, +come to himself again, but unable to rise from off his knees, cursing +and raving with agony at her loss, and because she, the tender lady whom +he loved, for his sake had fallen into the hands of the relentless +Jews. Yes, that she could not hear him cursing and raving in his utter +helplessness, till at length the brain gave in his shattered head, and +he fell into a fevered madness, that for many weeks was unpierced by any +light of reason or of memory. All this, at least, was spared to her. + +Well, the deed was done and she must pay the price, for without a doubt +they would kill her, as they had a right to do, who had saved a Roman +general from their clutches. Or if they did not, Caleb would, Caleb +whose bitter jealousy, as her instinct told her, had turned his love to +hate. Never would he let her live to fall, perchance, as his share of +the Temple spoil, into the hands of the Roman rival who had escaped him. + +It was not too great a price. Because of the birth doom laid upon her, +even if he sought it, and fortune brought them back together again, she +could never be a wife to Marcus. And for the rest she was weary, sick +with the sight and sound of slaughter and with the misery that in these +latter days, as her Lord had prophesied, was come upon the city that +rejected him and the people who had slain Him, their Messiah. Miriam +wished to die, to pass to that home of perfect and eternal peace in +which she believed; where, mayhap, it might be given to her in reward of +her sufferings, to watch from afar over the soul of Marcus, and to make +ready an abode for it to dwell in through all the ages of infinity. The +thought pleased her, and lifting his ring, she pressed it to her lips +which that very night had been pressed upon his lips, then drew it off +and hid it in her hair. She wished to keep that ring until the end, if +so she might. As for the pearls, she could not hide them, and though she +loved them as his gift--well, they must go to the hand of the spoiler, +and to the necks of other women, who would never know their tale. + +This done Miriam rose to her knees and began to pray with the vivid, +simple faith that was given to the first children of the Church. She +prayed for Marcus, that he might recover and not forget her, and that +the light of truth might shine upon him; for Nehushta, that her sorrow +might be soothed; for herself, that her end might be merciful and her +awakening happy; for Caleb, that his heart might be turned; for the dead +and dying, that their sins might be forgiven; for the little children, +that the Lord of Pity would have pity on their sufferings; for the +people of the Jews, that He would lift the rod of His wrath from off +them; yes, and even for the Romans, though for these, poor maid, she +knew not what petition to put up. + +Her prayer finished, once more Miriam strove to sleep and dozed a +little, to be aroused by a curious sound of feeble sighing, which seemed +to come from the further side of the cell. By now the dawn was streaming +through the stone lattice work above the doorway, and in its faint light +Miriam saw the outlines of a figure with snowy hair and beard, wrapped +in a filthy robe that had once been white. At first she thought that +this figure must be a corpse thrust here out of the way of the living, +it was so stirless. But corpses do not sigh as this man seemed to do. +Who could he be, she wondered? A prisoner like herself, left to die, as, +perhaps, she would be left to die? The light grew a little. Surely there +was something familiar about the shape of that white head. She crept +nearer, thinking that she might be able to help this old man who was +so sick and suffering. Now she could see his face and the hand that lay +upon his breast. They were those of a living skeleton, for the bones +stood out, and over them the yellow skin was drawn like shrivelled +parchment; only the deep sunk eyes still shone round and bright. Oh! she +knew the face. It was that of Theophilus the Essene, a past president +of the order indeed, who had been her friend from earliest childhood and +the master who taught her languages in those far-off happy years which +she spent in the village by the Dead Sea. This Theophilus she had found +dwelling with the Essenes in their cavern home, and none of them had +welcomed her more warmly. Some ten days ago, against the advice of +Ithiel and others, he had insisted on creeping out to take the air and +gather news in the city. Then he was a stout and hale old man, although +pale-faced from dwelling in the darkness. From that journey he had not +returned. Some said that he had fled to the country, others that he had +gone over to the Romans, and yet others that he had been slain by some +of Simon's men. Now she found him thus! + +Miriam came and bent over him. + +"Master," she said, "what ails you? How came you here?" + +He turned his hollow, vacant eyes upon her face. + +"Who is it that speaks to me thus gently?" he asked in a feeble voice. + +"I, your ward, Miriam." + +"Miriam! Miriam! What does Miriam in this torture-den?" + +"Master, I am a prisoner. But speak of yourself." + +"There is little to say, Miriam. They caught me, those devils, and +seeing that I was still well-fed and strong, although sunk in years, +demanded to know whence I had my food in this city of starvation. To +tell them would have been to give up our secret and to bring doom upon +the brethren, and upon you, our guest and lady. I refused to answer, +so, having tortured me without avail, they cast me in here to starve, +thinking that hunger would make me speak. But I have not spoken. How +could I, who have taken the oath of the Essenes, and been their ruler? +Now at length I die." + +"Oh! say not so," said Miriam, wringing her hands. + +"I do say it and I am thankful. Have you any food?" + +"Yes, a piece of dried meat and barley bread, which chanced to be in my +robe when I was captured. Take them and eat." + +"Nay, Miriam, that desire has gone from me, nor do I wish to live, whose +days are done. But save the food, for doubtless they will starve you +also. And, look, there is water in that jar, they gave it me to make +me live the longer. Drink, drink while you can, who to-morrow may be +thirsty." + +For a time there was silence, while the tears that gathered in Miriam's +eyes fell upon the old man's face. + +"Weep not for me," he said presently, "who go to my rest. How came you +here?" + +She told him as briefly as she might. + +"You are a brave woman," he said when she had finished, "and that Roman +owes you much. Now I, Theophilus, who am about to die, call down the +blessing of God upon you, and upon him also for your sake, for your +sake. The shield of God be over you in the slaughter and the sorrow." + +Then he shut his eyes and either could not or would not speak again. + +Miriam drank of the pitcher of water, for her thirst was great. Crouched +at the side of the old Essene, she watched him till at length the door +opened, and two gaunt, savage-looking men entered, who went to where +Theophilus lay and kicked him brutally. + +"What would you now?" he said, opening his eyes. + +"Wake up, old man," cried one of them. "See, here is flesh," and he +thrust a lump of some filthy carrion to his lips. "Smell it, taste it," +he went on, "ah! is it not good? Well, tell us where is that store of +food which made you so fat who now are so thin, and you shall have it +all, yes, all, all." + +Theophilus shook his head. + +"Bethink you," cried the man, "if you do not eat, by sunrise to-morrow +you will be dead. Speak then and eat, obstinate dog, it is your last +chance." + +"I eat not and I tell not," answered the aged martyr in a voice like a +hollow groan. "By to-morrow's sunrise I shall be dead, and soon you +and all this people will be dead, and God will have judged each of us +according to his works. Repent you, for the hour is at hand." + +Then they cursed him and smote him because of his words of ill-omen, and +so went away, taking no notice of Miriam in the corner. When they had +gone she came forward and looked. His jaw had fallen. Theophilus the +Essene was at peace. + +Another hour went by. Once more the door was opened and there appeared +that captain who had ordered her to be killed. With him were two Jews. + +"Come, woman," he said, "to take your trial." + +"Who is to try me?" Miriam asked. + +"The Sanhedrim, or as much as is left of it," he answered. "Stir now, we +have no time for talking." + +So Miriam rose and accompanied them across the corner of the vast court, +in the centre of which the Temple rose in all its glittering majesty. +As she walked she noticed that the pavement was dotted with corpses, and +that from the cloisters without went up flames and smoke. They seemed to +be fighting there, for the air was full of the sound of shouting, +above which echoed the dull, continuous thud of battering rams striking +against the massive walls. + +They took her into a great chamber supported by pillars of white +marble, where many starving folk, some of them women who carried or led +hollow-cheeked children, sat silent on the floor, or wandered to and +fro, their eyes fixed upon the ground as though in aimless search +for they knew not what. On a dais at the end of the chamber twelve or +fourteen men sat in carved chairs; other chairs stretched to the right +and left of them, but these were empty. The men were clad in magnificent +robes, which seemed to hang ill upon their gaunt forms, and, like those +of the people in the hall, their eyes looked scared and their faces were +white and shrunken. These were all who were left of the Sanhedrim of the +Jews. + +As Miriam entered one of their number was delivering judgment upon +a wretched starving man. Miriam looked at the judge. It was her +grandfather, Benoni, but oh! how changed. He who had been tall and +upright was now drawn almost double, his teeth showed yellow between his +lips, his long white beard was ragged and had come out in patches, his +hand shook, his gorgeous head-dress was awry. Nothing was the same about +him except his eyes, which still shone bright, but with a fiercer fire +than of old. They looked like the eyes of a famished wolf. + +"Man, have you aught to say?" he was asking of the prisoner. + +"Only this," the prisoner answered. "I had hidden some food, my +own food, which I bought with all that remained of my fortune. Your +hyaena-men caught my wife, and tormented her until she showed it them. +They fell upon it, and, with their comrades, ate it nearly all. My wife +died of starvation and her wounds, my children died of starvation, all +except one, a child of six, whom I fed with what remained. Then she +began to die also, and I bargained with the Roman, giving him jewels and +promising to show him the weak place in the wall if he would convey the +child to his camp and feed her. I showed him the place, and he fed her +in my presence, and took her away, whither I know not. But, as you know, +I was caught, and the wall was built up, so that no harm came of my +treason. I would do it again to save the life of my child, twenty times +over, if needful. You murdered my wife and my other children; murder me +also if you will. I care nothing." + +"Wretch," said Benoni, "what are your miserable wife and children +compared to the safety of this holy place, which we defend against the +enemies of Jehovah? Lead him away, and let him be slain upon the wall, +in the sight of his friends, the Romans." + +"I go," said the victim, rising and stretching out his hands to the +guards, "but may you also all be slain in the sight of the Romans, you +mad murderers, who, in your lust for power, have brought doom and agony +upon the people of the Jews." + +Then they dragged him out, and a voice called--"Bring in the next +traitor." + +Now Miriam was brought forward. Benoni looked up and knew her. + +"Miriam?" he gasped, rising, to fall back again in his seat, "Miriam, +you here?" + +"It seems so, grandfather," she answered quietly. + +"There is some mistake," said Benoni. "This girl can have harmed none. +Let her be dismissed." + +The other judges looked up. + +"Best hear the charge against her first?" said one suspiciously, while +another added, "Is not this the woman who dwelt with you at Tyre, and +who is said to be a Christian?" + +"We do not sit to try questions of faith, at least not now," answered +Benoni evasively. + +"Woman, is it true that you are a Christian?" queried one of the judges. + +"Sir, I am," replied Miriam, and at her words the faces of the Sanhedrim +grew hard as stones, while someone watching in the crowd hurled a +fragment of marble at her. + +"Let it be for this time," said the judge, "as the Rabbi Benoni says, we +are trying questions of treason, not of faith. Who accuses this woman, +and of what?" + +A man stepped forward, that captain who had wished to put Miriam to +death, and she saw that behind him were Caleb, who looked ill at ease, +and the Jew who had guarded Marcus. + +"I accuse her," he said, "of having released the Roman Prefect, Marcus, +whom Caleb here wounded and took prisoner in the fighting yesterday, and +brought into the Old Tower, where he was laid till we knew whether he +would live or die." + +"The Roman Prefect, Marcus?" said one. "Why, he is the friend of Titus, +and would have been worth more to us than a hundred common men. Also, +throughout this war, none has done us greater mischief. Woman, if, +indeed, you let him go, no death can repay your wickedness. Did you let +him go?" + +"That is for you to discover," answered Miriam, for now that Marcus was +safe she would tell no more lies. + +"This renegade is insolent, like all her accursed sect," said the judge, +spitting on the ground. "Captain, tell your story, and be brief." + +He obeyed. After him that soldier was examined from whose hand Miriam +had struck the lantern. Then Caleb was called and asked what he knew of +the matter. + +"Nothing," he answered, "except that I took the Roman and saw him laid +in the tower, for he was senseless. When I returned the Roman had gone, +and this lady Miriam was there, who said that he had escaped by the +doorway. I did not see them together, and know no more." + +"That is a lie," said one of the judges roughly. "You told the captain +that Marcus had been her lover. Why did you say this?" + +"Because years ago by Jordan she, who is a sculptor, graved a likeness +of him in stone," answered Caleb. + +"Are artists always the lovers of those whom they picture, Caleb?" asked +Benoni, speaking for the first time. + +Caleb made no answer, but one of the Sanhedrim, a sharp-faced man, named +Simeon, the friend of Simon, the son of Gioras, the Zealot, who sat +next to him, cried, "Cease this foolishness; the daughter of Satan is +beautiful; doubtless Caleb desires her for himself; but what has that +to do with us?" though he added vindictively, "it should be remembered +against him that he is striving to hide the truth." + +"There is no evidence against this woman, let her be set free," +exclaimed Benoni. + +"So we might expect her grandfather to think," said Simeon, with +sarcasm. "Little wonder that we are smitten with the Sword of God when +Rabbis shelter Christians because they chance to be of their house, and +when warriors bear false witness concerning them because they chance to +be fair. For my part I say that she is guilty, and has hidden the man +away in some secret place. Otherwise why did she dash the light from the +soldier's hand?" + +"Mayhap to hide herself lest she should be attacked," answered another, +"though how she came in the tower, I cannot guess." + +"I lived there," said Miriam. "It was bricked up until yesterday and +safe from robbers." + +"So!" commented that judge, "you lived alone in a deserted tower like +a bat or an owl, and without food or water. Then these must have been +brought to you from without the walls, perhaps by some secret passage +that was known to none, down which you loosed the Prefect, but had no +time to follow him. Woman, you are a Roman spy, as a Christian well +might be. I say that she is worthy of death." + +Then Benoni rose and rent his robes. + +"Does not enough blood run through these holy courts?" he asked, "that +you must seek that of the innocent also? What is your oath? To do +justice and to convict only upon clear, unshaken testimony. Where is +this testimony? What is there to show that the girl Miriam had any +dealings with this Marcus, whom she had not seen for years? In the Holy +Name I protest against this iniquity." + +"It is natural that you should protest," said one of his brethren. + +Then they fell into discussion, for the question perplexed them sorely, +who, although they were savage, still wished to be honest. + +Suddenly Simeon looked up, for a thought struck him. + +"Search her," he said, "she is in good case, she may have food, or the +secret of food, about her, or," he added--"other things." + +Now two hungry-looking officers of the court seized Miriam and rent her +robe open at the breast with their rough hands, since they would not be +at the pains of loosening it. + +"See," cried one of them, "here are pearls, fit wear for so fine a lady. +Shall we take them?" + +"Fool, let the trinkets be," answered Simeon angrily. "Are we common +thieves?" + +"Here is something else," said the officer, drawing the roll of Marcus's +cherished letter from her breast. + +"Not that, not that," the poor girl gasped. + +"Give it here," said Simeon, stretching out his lean hand. + +Then he undid the silk case and, opening the letter, read its first +lines aloud. "'To the lady Miriam, from Marcus the Roman, by the hand of +the Captain Gallus.' What do you say to that, Benoni and brethren? +Why, there are pages of it, but here is the end: 'Farewell, your ever +faithful friend and lover, Marcus.' So, let those read it who have the +time; for my part I am satisfied. This woman is a traitress; I give my +vote for death." + +"It was written from Rome two years ago," pleaded Miriam; but no one +seemed to heed her, for all were talking at once. + +"I demand that the whole letter be read," shouted Benoni. + +"We have no time, we have no time," answered Simeon. "Other prisoners +await their trial, the Romans are battering our gates. Can we waste more +precious minutes over this Nazarene spy? Away with her." + +"Away with her," said Simon the son of Gioras, and the others nodded +their heads in assent. + +Then they gathered together discussing the manner of her end, while +Benoni stormed at them in vain. Not quite in vain, however, for they +yielded something to his pleading. + +"So be it," said their spokesman, Simon the Zealot. "This is our +sentence on the traitress--that she suffer the common fate of traitors +and be taken to the upper gate, called the Gate Nicanor, that divides +the Court of Israel from the Court of Women, and bound with the chain to +the central column that is over the gate, where she may be seen both of +her friends the Romans and of the people of Israel whom she has striven +to betray, there to perish of hunger and of thirst, or in such fashion +as God may appoint, for so shall we be clean of a woman's blood. Yet, +because of the prayer of Benoni, our brother, of whose race she is, we +decree that this sentence shall not be carried out before the set +of sun, and that if in the meanwhile the traitress elects to give +information that shall lead to the recapture of the Roman prefect, +Marcus, she shall be set at liberty without the gates of the Temple. The +case is finished. Guards, take her to the prison whence she came." + +So they seized Miriam and led her thence through the crowd of onlookers, +who paused from their wanderings and weary searching of the ground +to spit at or curse her, and thrust her back into her cell and to the +company of the cold corpse of Theophilus the Essene. + +Here Miriam sat down, and partly to pass the time, partly because she +needed it, ate the bread and dried flesh which she had left hidden in +the cell. After this sleep came to her, who was tired out and the worst +being at hand, had nothing more to fear. For four or five hours she +rested sweetly, dreaming that she was a child again, gathering flowers +on the banks of Jordan in the spring season, till, at length, a sound +caused her to awake. She looked up to see Benoni standing before her. + +"What is it, grandfather?" she asked. + +"Oh! my daughter," groaned the wretched old man, "I am come here at some +risk, for because of you and for other reasons they suspect me, those +wolf-hearted men, to bid you farewell and to ask your pardon." + +"Why should you ask my pardon, grandfather? Seeing things as they see +them, the sentence is just enough. I am a Christian, and--if you would +know it--I did, as I hope, save the life of Marcus, for which deed my +own is forfeit." + +"How?" he asked. + +"That, grandfather, I will not tell you." + +"Tell me, and save yourself. There is little chance that they will take +him, since the Jews have been driven from the Old Tower." + +"The Jews might re-capture the tower, and I will not tell you. Also, the +lives of others are at stake, of my friends who have sheltered me, and +who, as I trust, will now shelter him." + +"Then you must die, and by this death of shame, for I am powerless to +save you. Yes, you must die tied to a pinnacle of the gateway, a mockery +to friend and foe. Why, if it had not been that I still have some +authority among them, and that you are of my blood, girl though you be, +they would have crucified you upon the wall, serving you as the Romans +serve our people." + +"If it pleases God that I should die, I shall die. What is one life +among so many tens of thousands? Let us talk of other things while we +have time." + +"What is there to talk of, Miriam, save misery, misery, misery?" and +again he groaned. "You were right, and I have been wrong. That Messiah +of yours whom I rejected, yes, and still reject, had at least the gift +of prophecy, for the words that you read me yonder in Tyre will be +fulfilled upon this people and city, aye, to the last letter. The Romans +hold even the outer courts of the Temple; there is no food left. In the +upper town the inhabitants devour each other and die, and die till none +can bury the dead. In a day or two, or ten--what does it matter?--we +who are left must perish also by hunger and the sword. The nation of the +Jews is trodden out, the smoke of their sacrifices goes up no more, and +the Holy House that they have builded will be pulled stone from stone, +or serve as a temple for the worship of heathen gods." + +"Will Titus show no mercy? Can you not surrender?" asked Miriam. + +"Surrender? To be sold as slaves or dragged a spectacle at the wheels of +Caesar's triumphal car, through the shouting streets of Rome? No, girl, +best to fight it out. We will seek mercy of Jehovah and not of Titus. +Oh! I would that it were done with, for my heart is broken, and this +judgment is fallen on me--that I, who, of my own will, brought my +daughter to her death, must bring her daughter to death against my will. +If I had hearkened to you, you would have been in Pella, or in Egypt. I +lost you, and, thinking you dead, what I have suffered no man can know. +Now I find you, and because of the office that was thrust upon me, I, +even I, from whom your life has sprung, must bring you to your doom." + +"Grandfather," Miriam broke in, wringing her hands, for the grief +of this old man was awful to witness, "cease, I beseech you, cease. +Perhaps, after all, I shall not die." + +He looked up eagerly. "Have you hope of escape?" he asked. "Perchance +Caleb----" + +"Nay, I know naught of Caleb, except that there is still good in his +heart, since at the last he tried to save me--for which I thank him. +Still, I had sooner perish here alone, who do not fear death in my +spirit, whatever my flesh may fear, than escape hence in his company." + +"What then, Miriam? Why should you think----?" and he paused. + +"I do not think, I only trust in God and--hope. One of our faith, now +long departed, who foretold that I should be born, foretold also that +I should live out my life. It may be so--for that woman was holy, and a +prophetess." + +As she spoke there came a rolling sound like that of distant thunder, +and a voice without called: + +"Rabbi Benoni, the wall is down. Tarry not, Rabbi Benoni, for they seek +you." + +"Alas! I must begone," he said, "for some new horror is fallen upon us, +and they summon me to the council. Farewell, most beloved Miriam, may +my God and your God protect you, for I cannot. Farewell, and if, by any +chance, you live, forgive me, and try to forget the evil that, in my +blindness and my pride, I have brought upon yours and you, but oh! most +of all upon myself." + +Then he embraced her passionately and was gone, leaving Miriam weeping. + + + +CHAPTER XVII + +THE GATE OF NICANOR + +Another two hours went by, and the lengthening shadows cast through the +stonework of the lattice told Miriam that the day was drawing to its +end. Suddenly the bolts were shot and the door opened. + +"The time is at hand," she said to herself, and at the thought her heart +beat fast and her knees trembled, while a mist came before her eyes, so +that she could not see. When it passed she looked up, and there before +her, very handsome and stately, though worn with war and hunger, stood +Caleb, sword in hand and clad in a breast plate dinted with many blows. +At the sight, Miriam's courage came back to her; at least before him she +would show no fear. + +"Are you sent to carry out my sentence?" she asked. + +He bowed his head. "Yes, a while hence, when the sun sinks," he answered +bitterly. "That judge, Simeon, who ordered you to be searched, is a man +with a savage heart. He thought that I tried to save you from the wrath +of the Sanhedrim; he thought that I----" + +"Let be what he thought," interrupted Miriam, "and, friend Caleb, do +your office. When we were children together often you tied my hands and +feet with flowers, do you remember? Well, tie them now with cords, and +make an end." + +"You are cruel," he said, wincing. + +"Indeed! some might have thought that you are cruel. If, for instance, +they had heard your words in that tower last night when you gave up my +name to the Jews and linked it with another's." + +"Oh! Miriam," he broke in in a pleading voice, "if I did this--and +in truth I scarcely know what I did--it was because love and jealousy +maddened me." + +"Love? The love of the lion for the lamb! Jealousy? Why were you +jealous? Because, having striven to murder Marcus--oh! I saw the fight +and it was little better, for you smote him unawares, being fully +prepared when he was not--you feared lest I might have saved him from +your fangs. Well, thanks be to God! I did save him, as I hope. And now, +officer of the most merciful and learned Sanhedrim, do your duty." + +"At least, Miriam," Caleb went on, humbly, for her bitter words, unjust +as they were in part, seemed to crush him, "at least, I strove my best +for you to-day--after I found time to think." + +"Yes," she answered, "to think that other lions would get the lamb which +you chance to desire for yourself." + +"More," he continued, taking no note. "I have made a plan." + +"A plan to do what?" + +"To escape. If I give the signal on your way to the gate where I must +lead you, you will be rescued by certain friends of mine who will hide +you in a place of safety, while I, the officer, shall seem to be cut +down. Afterwards I can join you and under cover of the night, by a way +of which I know, we will fly together." + +"Fly? Where to?" + +"To the Romans, who will spare you because of what you did +yesterday--and me also." + +"Because of what _you_ did yesterday?" + +"No--because you will say that I am your husband. It will not be true, +but what of that?" + +"What of it, indeed?" asked Miriam, "since it can always become true. +But how is it that you, being one of the first of the Jewish warriors, +are prepared to fly and ask the mercy of your foes? Is it because----" + +"Spare to insult me, Miriam. You know well why it is. You know well that +I am no traitor, and that I do not fly for fear." + +"Yes," she answered, in a changed tone, for his manly words touched her, +"I know that." + +"It is for you that I fly, for your sake I will eat this dirt and crown +myself with shame. I fly that for the second time I may save you." + +"And in return you demand--what?" + +"Yourself." + +"That I will not give, Caleb. I reject your offer." + +"I feared it," he answered huskily, "who am accustomed to such denials. +Then I demand this, for know that if once you pass your word I may trust +it: that you will not marry the Roman Marcus." + +"I cannot marry the Roman Marcus any more than I can marry you, because +neither of you are Christians, and as you know well it is laid upon +me as a birth duty that I may take no man to husband who is not a +Christian." + +"For your sake, Miriam," he answered slowly, "I am prepared to be +baptised into your faith. Let this show you how much I love you." + +"It does not show that you love the faith, Caleb, nor if you did love it +could I love you. Jew or Christian, I cannot be your wife." + +He turned his face to the wall and for a while was silent. Then he spoke +again. + +"Miriam, so be it. I will still save you. Go, and marry Marcus, if +you can, only, if I live, I will kill him if I can, but that you need +scarcely fear, for I do not think that I shall live." + +She shook her head. "I will not go, who am weary of flights and hidings. +Let God deal with me and Marcus and you as He pleases. Yet I thank you, +and am sorry for the unkind words I spoke. Oh! Caleb, cannot you put me +out of your mind? Are there not many fairer women who would be glad to +love you? Why do you waste your life upon me? Take your path and suffer +me to take mine. Yet all this talk is foolishness, for both are likely +to be short." + +"Yours, and that of Marcus the Roman, and my own are all one path, +Miriam, and I seek no other. As a lad, I swore that I would never take +you, except by your own wish, and to that oath I hold. Also, I swore +that if I could I would kill my rival, and to that oath I hold. If he +kills me, you may wed him. If I kill him, you need not wed me unless you +so desire. But this fight is to the death, yes, whether you live or die, +it is still to the death as between me and him. Do you understand?" + +"Your words are very plain, Caleb, but this is a strange hour to choose +to speak them, seeing that, for aught I know, Marcus is already +dead, and that within some short time I shall be dead, and that death +threatens you and all within this Temple." + +"Yet we live, Miriam, and I believe that for none of the three of us is +the end at hand. Well, you will not fly, either with me or without me?" + +"No, I will not fly." + +"Then the time is here, and, having no choice, I must do my duty, +leaving the rest to fate. If, perchance, I can rescue you afterwards, I +will, but do not hope for such a thing." + +"Caleb, I neither hope nor fear. Henceforth I struggle no more. I am in +other hands than yours, or those of the Jews, and as They fashion the +clay so shall it be shaped. Now, will you bind me?" + +"I have no such command. Come forth if it pleases you, the officers wait +without. Had you wished to be rescued, I should have taken the path on +which my friends await us. Now we must go another." + +"So be it," said Miriam, "but first give me that jar of water, for my +throat is parched." + +He lifted it to her lips and she drank deeply. Then they went. Outside +the cloister four men were waiting, two of them those doorkeepers who +had searched her in the morning, the others soldiers. + +"You have been a long while with the pretty maid, master," said one of +them to Caleb. "Have you been receiving confession of her sins?" + +"I have been trying to receive confession of the hiding-place of the +Roman, but the witch is obstinate," he answered, glaring angrily at +Miriam. + +"She will soon change her tune on the gateway, master, where the nights +are cold and the day is hot for those who have neither cloaks for their +backs nor water for their stomachs. Come on, Blue Eyes, but first give +me that necklet of pearls, which may serve to buy a bit of bread or a +drink of wine," and he thrust his filthy hand into her breast. + +Next instant a sword flashed in the red light of the evening to fall +full on the ruffian's skull, and down he went dead or dying. + +"Brute," said Caleb with an angry snarl, "go to seek bread and wine in +Gehenna. The maid is doomed to death, not to be plundered by such as +you. Come forward." + +The companions of the fallen man stared at him. Then one laughed, for +death was too common a sight to excite pity or surprise, and said: + +"He was ever a greedy fellow. Let us hope that he has gone where there +is more to eat." + +Then, preceded by Caleb, they marched through the long cloisters, passed +an inner door, turned down more cloisters on the right, and, following +the base of the great wall, came to its beautiful centre gate, Nicanor, +that was adorned with gold and silver, and stood between the Court of +Women and the Court of Israel. Over this gateway was a square building, +fifty feet or more in height, containing store chambers and places where +the priests kept their instruments of music. On its roof, which was +flat, were three columns of marble, terminated by gilded spikes. By the +gate one of the Sanhedrim was waiting for them, that same relentless +judge, Simeon, who had ordered Miriam to be searched. + +"Has the woman confessed where she hid the Roman?" he asked of Caleb. + +"No," he answered, "she says that she knows nothing of any Roman." + +"Is it so, woman?" + +"It is so, Rabbi." + +"Bring her up," he went on sternly, and they passed through some +stone chambers to a place where there was a staircase with a door of +cedar-wood. The judge unlocked it, locking it again behind them, and +they climbed the stairs till they came to another little door of stone, +which, being opened, Miriam found herself on the roof of the gateway. +They led her to the centre pillar, to which was fastened an iron chain +about ten feet in length. Here Simeon commanded that her hands should +be bound behind her, which was done. Then he brought out of his robe a +scroll written in large letters, and tied it on to her breast. This was +the writing on the scroll: + +"Miriam, Nazarene and Traitress, is doomed here to die as God shall +appoint, before the face of her friends, the Romans." + +Then followed several signatures of members of the Sanhedrim, including +that of her grandfather, Benoni, who had thus been forced to show the +triumph of patriotism over kinship. + +This done the end of the chain was made fast round her middle and +riveted with a hammer in such fashion that she could not possibly escape +its grip. Then all being finished the men prepared to leave. First, +however, Simeon addressed her: + +"Stay here, accursed traitress, till your bones fall piecemeal from +that chain," he said, "stay, through storm and shine, through light +and darkness, while Roman and Jew alike make merry of your sufferings, +which, if my voice had been listened to, would have been shorter, but +more cruel. Daughter of Satan, go back to Satan and let the Son of the +carpenter save you if he can." + +"Spare to revile the maid," broke in Caleb furiously, "for curses are +spears that fall on the heads of those that throw them." + +"Had I my will," answered the Rabbi, "a spear should fall upon your +head, insolent, who dare to rebuke your elders. Begone before me, and be +sure of this, that if you strive to return here it shall be for the last +time. More is known about you, Caleb, then you think, and perhaps you +also would make friends among the Romans." + +Caleb made no answer, for he knew the venom and power of this Zealot +Simeon, who was the chosen friend and instrument of the savage John of +Gischala. Only he looked at Miriam with sad eyes, and, muttering "You +would have it so, I can do no more. Farewell," left her to her fate. + +So there in the red light of the sunset, with her hands bound, a placard +setting out her shame upon her breast, and chained like a wild beast +to the column of marble, Miriam was left alone. Walking as near to the +little battlement as the length of her chain would allow, she looked +down into the Court of Israel, where many of the Zealots had gathered to +catch sight of her. So soon as they saw her they yelled and hooted and +cast a shower of stones, one of which struck her on the shoulder. With a +little cry of pain she ran back as far as she could reach on the further +side of the pillar. Hence she could see the great Court of Women, whence +the Gate Nicanor was approached by fifteen steps forming the half of a +circle and fashioned of white marble. This court now was nothing but +a camp, for the outer Court of the Gentiles having been taken by the +Romans, their battering rams were working at its walls. + +Then the night fell, but brought no peace with it, for the rams smote +continually, and since they were not strong enough to break through the +huge stones of the mighty wall, the Romans renewed their attempt to take +them by storm in the hours of darkness. But, indeed, it was no darkness, +for the Jews lit fires upon the top of the wall, and by their light +drove off the attacking Romans. Again and again, from her lofty perch, +Miriam could see the scaling ladders appear above the crest of the wall. +Then up them would come long lines of men, each holding a shield above +his head. As the foremost of these scrambled on to the wall, the waiting +Jews rushed at them and cut them down with savage shouts, while other +Jews seizing the rungs of the ladder, thrust it from the coping to fall +with its living load back into the ditch beneath. Once there were great +cries of joy, for two standard-bearers had come up the ladders carrying +their ensigns with them. The men were overpowered and the ensigns +captured to be waved derisively at the Romans beneath, who answered the +insult with sullen roars of rage. + +So things went on till at length the legionaries, wearing of this +desperate fighting, took another counsel. Hitherto Titus had desired to +preserve all the Temple, even to the outer courts and cloisters, but now +he commanded that the gates, built of great beams of cedar and overlaid +with silver plates, should be fired. Through a storm of spears and +arrows soldiers rushed up to them and thrust lighted brands into every +joint and hinge. They caught, and presently the silver plates ran down +their blazing surface in molten streams of metal. Nor was this all, for +from the gates the fire spread to the cloisters on either side, nor did +the outworn Jews attempt to stay its ravages. They drew back sullenly, +and seated in groups upon the paving of the Court of Women, watching the +circle of devouring flame creep slowly on. At length the sun rose. Now +the Romans were labouring to extinguish the fire at the gateway, and to +make a road over the ruins by which they might advance. When it was +done at last, with shouts of triumph the legionaries, commanded by Titus +himself and accompanied by a body of horsemen, advanced into the Court +of Women. Back before them fled the Jews, pouring up the steps of the +Gate Nicanor, on the roof of which Miriam was chained to her pinnacle. +But of her they took no note, none had time to think, or even to look +at a single girl bound there on high in punishment for some offence, of +which the most of them knew nothing. Only they manned the walls to right +and left, and held the gateway, but to the roof where Miriam was they +did not climb, because its parapet was too low to shelter them from the +arrows of their assailants. + +The Romans saw her, however, for she perceived that some of his officers +were pointing her out to a man on horseback, clad in splendid armour, +over which fell a purple cloak, whom she took to be Titus himself. Also +one of the soldiers shot an arrow at her which struck upon the spiked +column above her head and, rebounding, fell at her feet. Titus noted +this, for she saw the man brought before him, and by his gestures +gathered that the general was speaking to him angrily. After this no +more arrows were shot at her, and she understood that their curiosity +being stirred by the sight of a woman chained upon a gateway, they did +not wish to do her mischief. + +Now the August sun shone out from a cloudless sky till the hot air +danced above the roofs of the Temple and the pavings of the courts, and +the thousands shut within their walls were glad to crowd into the shadow +to shelter from its fiery beams. But Miriam could not escape them +thus. In the morning and again in the afternoon she was able indeed, by +creeping round it, to take refuge in the narrow line of shade thrown by +the marble column to which she was made fast. At mid-day, however, it +flung no shadow, so for all those dreadful hours she must pant in the +burning heat without a drop of water to allay her thirst. Still she bore +it till at length came evening and its cool. + +That day the Romans made no attack, nor did the Jews attempt a sally. +Only some of the lighter of the engines were brought into the Court of +Women, whence they hurled their great stones and heavy darts into the +Court of Israel beyond. Miriam watched these missiles as they rushed by +her, once or twice so close that the wind they made stirred her hair. +The sight fascinated her and took her mind from her own sufferings. +She could see the soldiers working at the levers and pulleys till the +strings of the catapult or the boards of the balista were drawn to their +places. Then the darts or the stones were set in the groove prepared to +receive it, a cord was pulled and the missile sped upon its way, making +an angry humming noise as it clove the air. At first it looked small; +then approaching it grew large, to become small again to her following +sight as its journey was accomplished. Sometimes, the stones, which did +more damage than the darts, fell upon the paving and bounded along it, +marking their course by fragments of shattered marble and a cloud of +dust. At others, directed by an evil fate, they crashed into groups +of Jews, destroying all they touched. Wandering to and fro among these +people was that crazed man Jesus, the son of Annas, who had met them +with his wild prophetic cry as they entered into Jerusalem, and whose +ill-omened voice Miriam had heard again before Marcus was taken at the +fight in the Old Tower. To and fro he went, none hindering him, though +many thrust their fingers in their ears and looked aside as he passed, +wailing forth: "Woe, woe to Jerusalem! Woe to the city and the Temple!" +Of a sudden, as Miriam watched, he was still for a moment, then throwing +up his arms, cried in a piercing voice, "Woe, woe to myself!" Before the +echo of his words had died against the Temple walls, a great stone cast +from the Court of Women rushed upon him through the air and felled him +to the earth. On it went with vast bounds, but Jesus, the son of Annas, +lay still. Now, in the hour of the accomplishment of his prophecy, his +pilgrimage was ended. + +All the day the cloisters that surrounded the Court of Women burned +fiercely, but the Jews, whose heart was out of them, did not sally +forth, and the Romans made no attack upon the inner Court of Israel. At +length the last rays of the setting sun struck upon the slopes of the +Mount of Olives, the white tents of the Roman camps, and the hundreds +of crosses, each bearing its ghastly burden, that filled the Valley of +Jehoshaphat and climbed up the mountain sides wherever space could be +found for them to stand. Then over the tortured, famished city down fell +the welcome night. To none was it more welcome than to Miriam, for with +it came a copious dew which seemed to condense upon the gilded spike of +her marble pillar, whence it trickled so continually, that by licking +a little channel in the marble, she was enabled, before it ceased, to +allay the worst pangs of her thirst. This dew gathered upon her hair, +bared neck and garments, so that through them also she seemed to take +in moisture and renew her life. After this she slept a while, expecting +always to be awakened by some fresh conflict. But on that night none +took place, the fight was for the morrow. Meanwhile there was peace. + +Miriam dreamed in her uneasy sleep, and in this dream many visions came +to her. She saw this sacred hill of Moriah, whereon the Temple stood, as +it had been in the beginning, a rugged spot clothed with ungrafted carob +trees and olives, and inhabited, not of men, but by wild boars and the +hyaenas that preyed upon their young. Almost in its centre lay a huge +black stone. To this stone came a man clad in the garb of the Arabs of +the desert, and with him a little lad whom he bound upon the stone as +though to offer him in sacrifice. Then, as he was about to plunge a +knife into his heart, a glory shone round the place, and a voice cried +to him to hold his hand. That was a vision of the offering of Isaac. It +passed, and there came another vision. + +Again she saw the sacred height of Moriah, and lo! a Temple stood upon +it, a splendid building, but not that which she knew, and in front of +this Temple the same black rock. On the rock, where once the lad had +been bound, was an altar, and before the altar a glorious man clad +in priestly robes, who offered sacrifice of lambs and oxen and in a +sonorous voice gave praise to Jehovah in the presence of a countless +host of people. This she knew was the vision of Solomon the King. + +It passed, and lo! by this same black rock stood another man, pale and +eager-faced, with piercing eyes, who reproached the worshippers in the +Temple because of the wickedness of their hearts, and drove them from +before him with a scourge of cords. This she knew was a vision of Jesus, +the Son of Mary, that Messiah Whom she worshipped, for as He drove out +the people He prophesied the desolation that should fall upon them, and +as they fled they mocked Him. + +The picture passed, and again she saw the black rock, but now it lay +beneath a gilded dome and light fell upon it through painted windows. +About it moved many priests whose worship was strange to her, and so +they seemed to move for ages. At length the doors of that dome were +burst open, and upon the priests rushed fair-faced, stately-looking men, +clad in white mail and bearing upon their shields and breastplates +the symbol of the Cross. They slaughtered the votaries of the strange +worship, and once more the rock was red with blood. Now they were gone +in turn and other priests moved beneath the dome, but the Cross had +vanished thence, and its pinnacles were crowned with crescents. + +That vision passed, and there came another of dim, undistinguishable +hordes that tore down the crescents and slaughtered the ministers of the +strange faith, and gave the domed temple to the flames. + +That vision passed, and once more the summit of Mount Moriah was as it +had been in the beginning: the wild olive and the wild fig flourished +among its desolate terraces, the wild boar roamed beneath their shade, +and there were none to hunt him. Only the sunlight and the moonlight +still beat upon the ancient Rock of Sacrifice. + +That vision passed, and lo! around the rock, filling the Valley of +Jehoshaphat and the valleys beyond, and the Mount of Olives and the +mountains above, yes, and the empty air between earth and sky, further +than the eye could reach, stood, rank upon rank, all the countless +million millions of mankind, all the millions that had been and were yet +to be, gazing, every one of them, anxiously and in utter silence upon +the scarred and naked Rock of Sacrifice. Now upon the rock there grew +a glory so bright that at the sight of it all the million of millions +abased their eyes. And from the glory pealed forth a voice of a trumpet, +that seemed to say: + +"This is the end and the beginning, all things are accomplished in their +order, now is the day of Decision." + +Then, in her dream, the sun turned red as blood and the stars seemed +to fall and winds shook the world, and darkness covered it, and in the +winds and the darkness were voices, and standing upon the rock, its arms +stretched east and west, a cross of fire, and filling the heavens above +the cross, company upon company of angels. This last vision of judgment +passed also and Miriam awoke again from her haunted, horror-begotten +sleep, to see the watch-fires of the Romans burning in the Court of +Women before her, and from the Court of Israel behind her, where they +were herded like cattle in the slaughterer's yard, to hear the groans of +the starving Jews who to-morrow were destined to the sword. + + + +CHAPTER XVIII + +THE DEATH-STRUGGLE OF ISRAEL + +Now the light began to grow, but that morning no sun rose upon the sight +of the thousands who waited for its coming. The whole heaven was dark +with a gray mist that seemed to drift up in billows from the sea, +bringing with it a salt dampness. For this mist Miriam was thankful, +since had the sun shone hotly she knew not how she would have lived +through another day. Already she grew very weak, who had suffered so +much and eaten so little, and whose only drink had been the dew, but she +felt that while the mist hid the sun her life would bide with her. + +To others also this mist was welcome. Under cover of it Caleb approached +the gateway, and although he could not ascend it, as the doors were +locked and guarded, he cast on to its roof so cleverly, that it fell +almost at Miriam's feet, a linen bag in which was a leathern bottle +containing wine and water, and with it a mouldy crust of bread, +doubtless all that he could find, or buy, or steal. Kneeling down, +Miriam loosed the string of the bag with her teeth and devoured the +crust of bread, again returning thanks that Caleb had been moved to this +thought. But from the bottle she could not drink, for her hands being +bound behind her, she was able neither to lift it nor to untie the thong +that made fast its neck. Therefore, as, notwithstanding the dew which +she had lapped, she needed drink sorely and longed also for the use of +her hands to protect herself from the tormenting attacks of stinging +gnats and carrion flies, she set herself to try to free them. + +Now the gilt spike that crowned her pillar was made fast with +angle-irons let into the marble and the edge of one of these irons +projected somewhat and was rough. Looking at it the thought came into +Miriam's mind that it might serve to rub through the cord with which her +hands were bound. So standing with her back to the pillar she began her +task, to find that it must be done little by little, since the awkward +movement wearied her, moreover, her swollen arms chafing against the +marble of the column became intolerably sore. Yet, although the pain +made her weep, from time to time she persevered. But night fell before +the frayed cord parted. + +In the mist also the Romans came near to the gate, notwithstanding the +risk, for they were very curious about her, and called to her asking +why she was bound there. She replied in the Latin language, which was +understood by very few of the Jews, that it was because she had rescued +a Roman from death. Before they could speak again those who questioned +her were driven back by a shower of arrows discharged from the wall, but +in the distance she thought that she saw one of them make report to an +officer, who on receipt of it seemed to give some orders. + +Meanwhile, also under cover of the mist, the Jews were preparing +themselves for battle. To the number of over four thousand men they +gathered silently in the Court of Israel. Then of a sudden the gates +were thrown open, and among them that of Nicanor. The trumpets blew a +signal and out they poured into the Court of Women, driving in the Roman +guards and outposts as sticks and straws are driven by a sudden flood. +But the legionaries beyond were warned, and locking their shields +together stood firm, so that the Jews fell back from their iron line as +such a flood falls from an opposing rock. Yet they would not retreat, +but fought furiously, killing many of the Romans, until at length Titus +charged on them at the head of a squadron of horse and drove them back +headlong through the gates. Then the Romans came on and put those whom +they had captured to the sword, but as yet they did not attempt the +storming of the gates. Only officers advanced as near to the wall +as they dared and called to the Jews to surrender, saying that Titus +desired to preserve their Temple and to spare their lives. But the Jews +answered them with insults, taunts, and mockery, and Miriam, listening, +wondered what spirit had entered into these people and made them mad, so +that they chose death and destruction rather than peace and mercy. Then +she remembered her strange visions of the night, and in them seemed to +find an answer. + +Having repulsed this desperate sally the Roman officers set thousands +of men to work to attempt to extinguish the flaming cloisters, since, +notwithstanding the answer of the Jews, Titus still desired to save the +Temple. As for its defenders, beyond guarding the walls of the Court +of Israel, they did no more. Gathering in such places as were most +protected from the darts and stones thrown by the engines, they crouched +upon the ground, some in sullen silence, some beating their breasts and +rending their robes, while the women and children wailed in their +misery and hunger, throwing dust upon their heads. The Gate of Nicanor, +however, was still held by a strong guard, who suffered none to approach +it, nor did any attempt to ascend to its roof. That Caleb still lived +Miriam knew, for she had seen him, covered with dust and blood, driven +back by the charge of Roman horse up the steps of the gateway. This, +indeed, he was one of the last to pass before it was closed and barred +to keep out the pursuing Romans. After that she saw no more of him for +many a month. + +So that day also, the last of the long siege, wore away. At nightfall +the thick mist cleared, and for the last time the rich rays of sunset +shone upon the gleaming roof and burning pinnacles of the Temple and +were reflected from the dazzling whiteness of its walls. Never had it +looked more beautiful than it did in that twilight as it towered, still +perfect, above the black ruins of the desolated city. The clamour and +shouting had died away, even the mourners had ceased their pitiful +cries; except the guards, the Romans had withdrawn and were eating their +evening meal, while those who worked the terrible engines ceased from +their destroying toil. Peace, an ominous peace, brooded on the place, +and everywhere, save for the flames that crackled among the cedar-wood +beams in the roofs of the cloisters, was deep silence, such as in tropic +lands precedes the bursting of a cyclone. To Miriam who watched, it +seemed as though in the midst of this unnatural quiet Jehovah was +withdrawing Himself from the house where His Spirit dwelt and from the +people who worshipped Him with their lips, but rejected Him in their +hearts. Her tormented nerves shuddered with a fear that was not of the +body, as she stared upwards at the immense arch of the azure evening +sky, half expecting that her mortal eyes would catch some vision of +the departing wings of the Angel of the Lord. But there she could see +nothing except the shapes of hundreds of high-poised eagles. "Where the +carcase is there shall the eagles be gathered together," she muttered to +herself, and remembering that these four birds were come to feast upon +the bones of the whole people of the Jews and upon her own, she shut her +eyes and groaned. + +Then the light died on the Temple towers and faded from the pale slopes +of the mountains, and in place of the wheeling carrion birds bright +stars shone out one by one upon the black mantle of the night. + +Once again, setting her teeth because of the agony that the touch of the +marble gave to her raw and swollen flesh, Miriam began to fret the cords +which bound her wrists against the rough edge of the angle-iron. She was +sure that it was nearly worn through, but oh! how could she endure the +agony until it parted? Still she did endure, for at her feet lay the +bottle, and burning thirst drove her to the deed. Suddenly her reward +came, and she felt that her arms were free; yes, numbed, swollen and +bleeding, they fell against her sides, wrenching the stiffened muscles +of her shoulders back to their place in such a fashion that she +well-nigh fainted with the pain. Still they were free, and presently she +was able to lift them, and with the help of her teeth to loose the ends +of the cord, so that the blood could run once more through her blackened +wrists and hands. Again she waited till some feeling had come back into +her fingers, which were numb and like to mortify. Then she knelt down, +and drawing the leather bottle to her, held it between her palms, while, +with her teeth, she undid its thong. The task was hard, for it was well +tied, but at length the knots gave, and Miriam drank. So fearful was +her thirst that she could have emptied the bottle at a draught, but this +she, who had lived in the desert, was too wise to do, for she knew that +it might kill her. Also when that was gone there was no more. So she +drank half of it in slow sips, then tied the string as well as she was +able and set it down again. + +Now the wine, although it was mixed with water, took hold of her who for +so long had eaten nothing save a mouldy crust, so that strange sounds +drummed in her ears, and sinking down against the column she became +senseless for a while. She awoke again, feeling somewhat refreshed and, +though her head seemed as though it did not belong to her, well able +to think. Her arms also were better and her fingers had recovered their +feeling. If only she could loose that galling chain, she thought to +herself, she might escape, for now death, however strong her faith, was +very near and unlovely; also she suffered in many ways. To die and +pass quick to Heaven--that would be well, but to perish by inches of +starvation, heat, cold, and cramped limbs, with pains within and without +and a swimming sickness of the head, ah! it was hard to bear. She knew +that even were she free she could not hope to descend the gateway by +its staircase, since the doors were locked and barred, and if she passed +them it would be but to find herself among the Jews in the vaulted +chambers beneath. But, so she thought, perhaps she could drop from the +roof, which was not so very high, on to the paving in front of the first +stair, and then, if she was unhurt, run or crawl to the Romans, who +might give her shelter. + +So Miriam tried to undo the chain, only to find that as well might she +hope to pull down the Gate Nicanor with her helpless hands. At this +discovery she wept, for now she grew weak. Well for Miriam was it that +she could not have her wish, for certainly had she attempted to +drop down from the gateway to the marble paving, or even on to the +battlements of the walls which ran up to it on either side, her bones +would have been shattered like the shell of an egg and she must have +perished miserably. + +While she grieved thus, Miriam heard a stir in the Court of Israel, and +by the dim starlight saw that men were gathering, to do what she knew +not. Presently, as she wondered, the great gates were opened very softly +and out poured the Jews upon their last sally. Miriam was witnessing the +death-struggle of the nation of Israel. At the foot of the marble steps +they divided, one-half of them rushing towards the cloister on the +right, and the other to that upon the left. Their object, as it seemed +to her, was to slay those Roman soldiers, who, by the command of Titus, +were still engaged in fighting the flames that devoured these beautiful +buildings, and then to surprise the camp beyond. The scheme was such as +a madman might have made, seeing that the Romans, warned by the sortie +of the morning, had thrown up a wall across the lower part of the Court +of Women, and beyond that were protected by every safeguard known to the +science of ancient war. Also the moment that the first Jew set his foot +upon the staircase, watching sentries cried out in warning and trumpets +gave their call to arms. + +Still, they reached the cloisters and killed a few Romans who had not +time to get away. Following those who fled, they came to the wall and +began to try to force it, when suddenly on its crest and to the rear +appeared thousands of those men whom they had hoped to destroy, every +one of them wakeful, armed and marshalled. The Jews hesitated, and, like +a living stream of steel, the Roman ranks poured over the wall. Then, of +a sudden, terror seized those unhappy men, and, with a melancholy cry of +utter despair, they turned to flee back to the Court of Israel. But this +time the Romans were not content with driving them away, they came on +with them; some of them even reached the gate before them. Up the marble +steps poured friend and foe together; together they passed the open +gate, in their mad rush sweeping away those who had stayed to guard it, +and burst into the Court of Israel. Then leaving some to hold the gate +and reinforced continually by fresh companies from the camps within and +without the Temple courts, the Romans ran on towards the doors of the +Holy House, cutting down the fugitives as they went. Now none attempted +to stand; there was no fight made; even the bravest of the Jewish +warriors, feeling that their hour was come and that Jehovah had deserted +His people, flung down their weapons and fled, some to escape to the +Upper City, more to perish on the Roman spears. + +A few attempted to take refuge in the Holy House itself, and after these +followed some Romans bearing torches in their hands. Miriam, watching +terrified from the roof of the Gate Nicanor, saw them go, the torches +floating on the dusky air like points of wind-tossed fire. Then suddenly +from a certain window on the north side of the Temple sprang out a flame +so bright that from where she stood upon the gate, Miriam could see +every detail of the golden tracery. A soldier mounted on the shoulders +of another and not knowing in his madness that he was a destroying +angel, had cast a torch into and fired the window. Up ran the bright, +devouring flame spreading outwards like a fan, so that within some few +minutes all that side of the Temple was but a roaring furnace. Meanwhile +the Romans were pressing through the Gate Nicanor in an unending stream, +till presently there was a cry of "Make way! Make way!" + +Miriam looked down to see a man, bare-headed and with close-cropped +hair, white-robed also and unarmoured, as though he had risen from +his couch, riding on a great war-horse, an ivory wand in his hand and +preceded by an officer who bore the standard of the Roman Eagles. It was +Titus itself, who as he came shouted to the centurions to beat back the +legionaries and extinguish the fire. But who now could beat them back? +As well might he have attempted to restrain the hosts of Gehenna burst +to the upper earth. They were mad with the lust of blood and the lust of +plunder, and even to the voice of their dread lord they paid no heed. + +New flames sprang up in other parts of the vast Temple. It was doomed. +The golden doors were burst open and, attended by his officers, Titus +passed through them to view for the first and last time the home of +Jehovah, God of the Jews. From chamber to chamber he passed, yes, even +into the Holy of Holies itself, whence by his command were brought out +the golden candlesticks and the golden table of shrewbread, nor, since +God had deserted His habitation, did any harm come to him for that deed. + +Now the Temple which for one thousand one hundred and thirty years had +stood upon the sacred summit of Mount Moriah, went upwards in a sheet of +flame, itself the greatest of the sacrifices that had ever been offered +there; while soldiers stripped it of its gold and ornaments, tossing the +sacred vessels to each other and tearing down the silken curtains of the +shrine. Nor were victims lacking to that sacrifice, for in their blind +fury the Romans fell upon the people who were crowded in the Court of +Israel, and slew them to the number of more than ten thousand, warrior +and priest, citizen and woman and child together, till the court swarm +with blood and the Rock of Offering was black with the dead who had +taken refuge there. Yet these did not perish quite unavenged, for many +of the Romans, their arms filled with priceless spoils of gold and +silver, the treasures of immemorial time, sank down overcome by the +heat, and where they fell they died. + +From the Court of Israel went up one mighty wail of those who sank +beneath the sword. From the thousands of the Romans went up a savage +shout of triumph, the shout of those who put them to the sword. From the +multitude of the Jews who watched this ruin from the Upper City went +up a ceaseless scream of utter agony, and dominating all, like the +accompaniment of some fearful music, rose the fierce, triumphant roar of +fire. In straight lines and jagged pinnacles the flames soared hundreds +of feet into the still air, leaping higher and ever higher as the white +walls and gilded roofs fell in, till all the Temple was but one gigantic +furnace, near which none could bide save the dead, whose very garments +took fire as they lay upon the ground. Never, was such a sight seen +before; never, perhaps, will such a sight be seen again--one so awesome, +yet so majestic. + +Now every living being whom they could find was slain, and the Romans +drew back, bearing their spoil with them. But the remainder of the Jews, +to the number of some thousands, escaped by the bridges, which they +broke down behind them, across the valley into the Upper City, whence +that piercing, sobbing wail echoed without cease. Miriam watched till +she could bear the sight no longer. The glare blinded her, the heat of +the incandescent furnace shrivelled her up, her white dress scorched and +turned brown. She crouched behind the shelter of her pinnacle gasping +for breath. She prayed that she might die, and could not. Now she +remembered the drink that remained in the leathern bottle, and swallowed +it to the last drop. Then she crouched down again against the pillar, +and lying thus her senses left her. + + + +When they came back it was daylight, and from the heap of ashes that +had been the Temple of Herod and the most glorious building in the whole +world, rose a thick cloud of black smoke, pierced here and there by +little angry tongues of fire. The Court of Israel was strewn so thick +with dead that in places the soldiers walked on them as on a carpet, +or to be rid of them, hurled them into the smouldering ruins. Upon the +altar that stood on the Rock of Sacrifice a strange sight was to be +seen, for set up there was an object like the shaft of a lance wreathed +with what seemed to be twining snakes and surmounted by a globe on which +she stood a golden eagle with outspread wings. Gathered in front of it +were a vast number of legionaries who did obeisance to this object. They +were offering worship to the Roman standards upon the ancient altar of +the God of Israel! Presently a figure rode before them attended by +a glittering staff of officers, to be greeted with a mighty shout of +"Titus _Imperator_! Titus _Imperator_!" Here on the sense of his triumph +his victorious legions named their general Caesar. + +Nor was the fighting altogether ended, for on the roofs of some of +the burning cloisters were gathered a few of the most desperate of the +survivors of the Jews, who, as the cloisters crumbled beneath them, +retreated slowly towards the Gate Nicanor, which still stood unharmed. +The Romans, weary with slaughter, called to them to come down and +surrender, but they would not, and Miriam watching them, to her horror +saw that one of these men was none other than her grandfather, Benoni. +As they would not yield, the Romans shot at them with arrows, so that +presently every one of them was down except Benoni, whom no dart seemed +to touch. + +"Cease shooting," cried a voice, "and bring a ladder. That man is brave +and one of the Sanhedrim. Let him be taken alive." + +A ladder was brought and reared against the wall near the Gate Nicanor +and up it came Romans. Benoni retreated before them till he stood upon +the edge of the gulf of advancing fire. Then he turned round and faced +them. As he turned he caught sight of Miriam huddled at the base of her +column upon the roof of the gate, and thinking that she was dead, wrung +his hands and tore his beard. She guessed his grief, but so weak and +parched was she, that she could call no word of comfort to him, or do +more than watch the end with fascinated eyes. + +The soldiers came on along the top of the wall till they feared to +approach nearer to the fire, lest they should fall through the burning +rafters. + +"Yield!" they cried. "Yield, fool, before you perish! Titus gives you +your life." + +"That he may drag me, an elder of Israel, in chains through the streets +of Rome," answered the old Jew scornfully. "Nay, I will not yield, and I +pray God that the same end which you have brought upon this city and its +children, may fall upon your city and its children at the hands of men +even more cruel than yourselves." + +Then stooping down he lifted a spear which lay upon the wall and hurled +it at them so fiercely, that it transfixed the buckler of one of the +soldiers and the arm behind the buckler. + +"Would that it had been your heart, heathen, and the heart of all your +race!" he screamed, and lifting his hands as though in invocation, +suddenly plunged headlong into the flames beneath. + +Thus, fierce and brave to the last, died Benoni the Jew. + + + +Again Miriam fainted, again to be awakened. The door that led from +the gate chambers to its roof burst open and through it sped a figure +bare-headed and dishevelled, his torn raiment black with blood and +smoke. Staring at him, Miriam knew the man who Simeon--yes, Simeon, +her cruel judge, who had doomed her to this dreadful end. After him, +gripping his robe indeed, came a Roman officer, a stout man of middle +age, with a weather-beaten kindly face, which in some dim way seemed to +be familiar to her, and after him again, six soldiers. + +"Hold him!" he panted. "We must have one of them to show if only that +the people may know what a live Jew is like," and the officer tugged so +fiercely at the robe that in his struggles to be free, for he also hoped +to die by casting himself from the gateway tower, Simeon fell down. + +Next instant the soldiers were on him and held him fast. Then it was for +the first time that the captain caught sight of Miriam crouched at the +foot of her pillar. + +"Why," he said, "I had forgotten. That is the girl whom we saw yesterday +from the Court of Women and whom we have orders to save. Is the poor +thing dead?" + +Miriam lifted her wan face and looked at him. + +"By Bacchus!" he said, "I have seen that face before; it is not one that +a man would forget. Ah! I have it now." Then he stooped and eagerly read +the writing that was tied upon her breast: + +"Miriam, Nazarene and traitress, is doomed here to die as God shall +appoint before the face of her friends, the Romans." + +"Miriam," he said, then started and checked himself. + +"Look!" cried one of the soldiers, "the girl wears pearls, and good +ones. Is it your pleasure that I should cut them off?" + +"Nay, let them be," he answered. "Neither she nor her pearls are for any +of us. Loosen her chain, not her necklet." + +So with much trouble they broke the rivets of the chain. + +"Can you stand, lady?" said the captain to Miriam. + +She shook her head. + +"Then I needs must carry you," and stooping down he lifted her in +his strong arms as though she had been but a child, and, bidding the +soldiers bring the Jew Simeon with them, slowly and with great care +descended the staircase up which Miriam had been taken more than sixty +hours before. + +Passing through the outer doors into the archway where the great gate by +which the Romans had gained access to the Temple stood wide, the captain +turned into the Court of Israel, where some soldiers who were engaged +in dividing spoil looked up laughing and asked him whose baby he had +captured. Paying no heed to them he walked across the court, picking his +way through the heaps of dead to a range of the southern cloisters which +were still standing, where officers might be seen coming and going. +Under one of these cloisters, seated on a stool and employed in +examining the vessels and other treasures of the Temple, which were +brought before him one by one, was Titus. Looking up he saw this strange +procession and commanded that they should be brought before him. + +"Who is it that you carry in your arms, captain?" he asked. + +"That girl, Caesar," he answered, "who was bound upon the gateway and +whom you have orders should not be shot at." + +"Does she still live?" + +"She lives--no more. Thirst and heat have withered her." + +"How came she there?" + +"This writing tells you, Caesar." + +Titus read. "Ah!" he said, "Nazarene. An evil sect, worse even than +these Jews, or so thought the late divine Nero. Traitress also. Why, the +girl must have deserved her fate. But what is this? 'Is doomed to die as +God shall appoint before the face of her friends, the Romans.' How are +the Romans her friends, I wonder? Girl, if you can speak, tell me who +condemned you." + +Miriam lifted her dark head from the shoulder of the captain on which it +lay and pointed with her finger at the Jew, Simeon. + +"Is that so, man?" asked Caesar. "Now tell the truth, for I shall learn +it, and if you lie you die." + +"She was condemned by the Sanhedrim, among whom was her own grandfather, +Benoni; there is his signature with the rest upon the scroll," Simeon +answered sullenly. + +"For what crime?" + +"Because she suffered a Roman prisoner to escape, for which deed," he +added furiously, "may her soul burn in Gehenna for ever and aye!" + +"What was the name of the prisoner?" asked Titus. + +"I do not remember," answered Simeon. + +"Well," said Caesar, "it does not greatly matter, for either he is safe +or he is dead. Your robes, what are left of them, show that you also are +one of the Sanhedrim. Is it not so?" + +"Yes. I am Simeon, a name that you have heard." + +"Ah! Simeon, here it is, written on this scroll first of all. Well, +Simeon, you doomed a high-born lady to a cruel death because she saved, +or tried to save, a Roman soldier, and it is but just that you should +drink of your own wine. Take him and fasten him to the column on the +gateway and leave him there to perish. Your Holy House is destroyed, +Simeon, and being a faithful priest, you would not wish to survive your +worship." + +"There you are right, Roman," he answered, "though I should have been +better pleased with a quicker end, such as I trust may overtake you." + +Then they led him off, and presently Simeon appeared upon the gateway +with Miriam's chain about his middle and Miriam's rope knotted afresh +about his wrists. + +"Now for this poor girl," went on Titus Caesar. "It seems that she is +a Nazarene, a sect of which all men speak ill, for they try to subvert +authority and preach doctrines that would bring the world to ruin. Also +she was false to her own people, which is a crime, though one in this +instance whereof we Romans cannot complain. Therefore, if only for the +sake of example it would be wrong to set her free; indeed, to do so, +would be to give her to death. My command is, then, that she shall be +taken good care of, and if she recovers, be sent to Rome to adorn my +Triumph, should the gods grant me such a thing, and afterwards be +sold as a slave for the benefit of the wounded soldiers and the poor. +Meanwhile, who will take charge of her?" + +"I," said that officer who had freed Miriam. "There is an old woman who +tends my tent, who can nurse her in her sickness." + +"Understand, friend," answered Titus, "that no harm is to be done to +this girl, who is my property." + +"I understand, O Caesar," said the officer. "She shall be treated as +though she were my daughter." + +"Good. You who are present, remember his words and my decree. In Rome, +if we live to reach it, you shall give account to me of the captive +lady, Miriam. Now take her away, for there are greater matters to be +dealt with than the fortunes of this girl." + + + +CHAPTER XIX + +PEARL-MAIDEN + +Many days had gone by, but still the fighting was not ended, for the +Jews continued to hold the Upper City. As it chanced, however, in one of +the assaults upon it that officer who had rescued Miriam was badly hurt +by a spear-thrust in the leg, so that he could be of no more service +in this war. Therefore, because he was a man whom Titus trusted, he was +ordered to sail with others of the sick for Rome, taking in his charge +much of the treasure that had been captured, and for this purpose +travelled down to Tyre, whence his vessel was to put to sea. In +obedience to the command of Caesar he had carried the captive Miriam to +the camp of his legion upon the Mount of Olives, and there placed her +in a tent, where an old slave-woman tended her. For a while it was not +certain whether she should live or die, for her sufferings and all that +she had seen brought her so near to death that it was hard to keep her +from passing its half-opened gates. Still, with good food and care, the +strength came back to her body. But in mind Miriam remained sick, since +during all these weeks she wandered in her talk, so that no word of +reason passed her lips. + +Now, many would have wearied of her and thrust her out to take her +chance with hundreds of other poor creatures who roamed about the land +until they perished or were enslaved of Arabs. But this Roman did not +act thus; in truth, as he had promised it should be, had she been his +daughter, Miriam would not have been better tended. Whenever his duties +gave him time he would sit with her, trying to beguile her madness, and +after he himself was wounded, from morning to night they were together, +till at length the poor girl grew to love him in a crazy fashion, and +would throw her arms about his neck and call him "uncle," as in the +old days she had named the Essenes. Moreover, she learned to know the +soldiers of that legion, who became fond of her and would bring her +offerings of fruit and winter flowers, or of aught else that they +thought would please her. So when the captain received his orders to +proceed to Tyre with the treasure and take ship there, he and his guard +took Miriam with them, and journeying easily, reached the city on the +eighth day. + +As it chanced their ship was not ready, so they camped on the outskirts +of Paleotyrus, and by a strange accident in that very garden which had +been the property of Benoni. This place they reached after sunset one +evening and set up their tents, that of Miriam and the old slave-woman +being placed on the seashore next to the tent of her protector. This +night she slept well, and being awakened at the dawn by the murmur of +the sea among the rocks, went to the door of the tent and looked out. +All the camp was sleeping, for here they had no enemy to fear, and a +great calm lay upon the sea and land. Presently the mist lifted and +the rays of the rising sun poured across the blue ocean and its gray, +bordering coast. + +With that returning light, as it happened, the light returned also into +Miriam's darkened mind. She became aware that this scene was familiar; +she recognised the outlines of the proud and ancient island town. More, +she remembered that garden; yes, there assuredly was the palm-tree +beneath which she had often sat, and there the rock, under whose shadow +grew white lilies, where she had rested with Nehushta when the Roman +captain brought her the letter and the gifts from Marcus. Instinctively +Miriam put her hand to her neck. About it still hung the collar of +pearls, and on the pearls the ring which the slave-woman had found in +her hair and tied there for safety. She took off the ring and placed it +back upon her finger. Then she walked to the rock, sat down and tried +to think. But for this, as yet her mind was not strong enough, for there +rose up in it vision after vision of blood and fire, which crushed and +overwhelmed her. All that went before the siege was clear, the rest one +red confusion. + +While she sat thus the Roman captain hobbled from his pavilion, resting +on a crutch, for his leg was still lame and shrivelled. First he went to +Miriam's tent to inquire after her of the old woman, as was his custom +at the daybreak, then, learning that she had gone out of it, looked +round for her. Presently he perceived her sitting in the shade of the +rock gazing at the sea, and followed to join her. + +"Good morning to you, daughter," he said. "How have you slept after your +long journey?" and paused, expecting to be answered with some babbling, +gentle nonsense such as flowed from Miriam's lips in her illness. But +instead of this she rose and stood before him looking confused. Then she +replied: + +"Sir, I thank you, I have slept well; but tell me, is not yonder town +Tyre, and is not this the garden of my grandfather, Benoni, where I used +to wander? Nay, how can it be? So long has passed since I walked in +this garden, and so many things have happened--terrible, terrible things +which I cannot remember," and she hid her eyes in her hand and moaned. + +"Don't try to remember them," he said cheerfully. "There is so much in +life that it is better to forget. Yes, this is Tyre, sure enough. You +could not recognise it last night because it was too dark, and this +garden, I am told, did belong to Benoni. Who it belongs to now I do not +know. To you, I suppose, and through you to Caesar." + +Now while he spoke thus somewhat at random, for he was watching her +all the while, Miriam kept her eyes fixed upon his face, as though she +searched there for something which she could but half recall. Suddenly +an inspiration entered into them and she said: + +"Now I have it! You are the Roman captain, Gallus, who brought me the +letter from----" and she paused, thrusting her hand into the bosom of +her robe, then went on with something like a sob: "Oh! it is gone. How +did it go? Let me think." + +"Don't think," said Gallus; "there are so many things in the world which +it is better not to think about. Yes, as it happens, I am that man, +and some years ago I did bring you the letter from Marcus, called The +Fortunate. Also, as it chanced, I never forgot your sweet face and knew +it again at a time when it was well that you should find a friend. No, +we won't talk about it now. Look, the old slave calls you. It is time +that you should break your fast, and I also must eat and have my wound +dressed. Afterwards we will talk." + +All that morning Miriam saw nothing more of Gallus. Indeed, he did not +mean that she should, since he was sure that her new-found sense ought +not to be overstrained at first, lest it should break down again, never +to recover. So she went out and sat alone by the garden beach, for the +soldiers had orders to respect her privacy, and gazed at the sea. + +As she sat thus in quiet, event by event the terrible past came back to +her. She remembered it all now--their flight from Tyre; the march into +Jerusalem; the sojourn in the dark with the Essenes; the Old Tower and +what befell there; the escape of Marcus; her trial before the Sanhedrim; +the execution of her sentence upon the gateway; and then that fearful +night when the flames of the burning Temple scorched to her very brain, +and the sights and sounds of slaughter withered her heart. After this +she could recall but one more thing--the vision of the majestic figure +of Benoni standing against a background of black smoke upon the lofty +cloister-roof and defying the Romans before he plunged headlong in the +flames beneath. Of her rescue on the roof of the Gate Nicanor, of her +being carried before Titus Caesar in the arms of Gallus, and of his +judgment concerning her she recollected nothing. Nor, indeed, did she +ever attain to a clear memory of those events, while the time between +them and the recovery of her reason by the seashore in the garden at +Tyre always remained a blank. That troubled fragment of her life was +sunk in a black sea of oblivion. + +At length the old woman came to summon Miriam to her midday meal, and +led her, not to her own tent, but to that which was pitched to serve as +an eating-place for the captain, Gallus. As she went she saw knots of +soldiers gathered across her path as though to intercept her, and turned +to fly, for the sight of them brought back the terrors of the siege. + +"Have no fear of them," said the old woman, smiling. "Ill would it go +here with him who dared to lift a finger against their Pearl-Maiden." + +"Pearl-Maiden! Why?" asked Miriam. + +"That is what they call you, because of the necklace that was upon your +breast when you were captured, which you wear still. As for why--well, +I suppose because they love you, the poor sick thing they nursed. They +have heard that you are better and gather to give you joy of it; that is +all." + +Sure enough, the words were true, for, as Miriam approached, these +rough legionaries cheered and clapped their hands, while one of them an +evil-looking fellow with a broken nose, who was said to have committed +great cruelties during the siege, came forward bowing and presented her +with a handful of wild-flowers, which he must have collected with some +trouble, since, at this season of the year they were not common. She +took them, and being still weak, burst into tears. + +"Why should you treat me thus," she asked, "who am, as I understand, but +a poor captive?" + +"Nay, nay," answered a sergeant, with an uncouth oath. "It is we who are +your captives, Pearl-Maiden, and we are glad, because your mind has come +to you, though, seeing how sweet you were without it, we do not know +that it can better you very much." + +"Oh! friends, friends," began Miriam, then once more broke down. + +Meanwhile, hearing the disturbance Gallus had come from his tent and was +hobbling towards them, when suddenly he caught sight of the tears upon +Miriam's face and broke out into such language as could only be used by +a Roman officer of experience. + +"What have you been doing to her, you cowardly hounds?" he shouted. "By +Caesar and the Standards, if one of you has even said a word that she +should not hear, he shall be flogged until the bones break through his +skin," and his very beard bristling with wrath, Gallus uttered a +series of the most fearful maledictions upon the head of that supposed +offender, his female ancestry, and his descendants. + +"Your pardon, captain," said the sergeant, "but _you_ are uttering many +words that no maiden should hear." + +"Do you dare to argue with me, you foul-tongued camp scavenger?" shouted +Gallus. "Here, guard, lash him to that tree! Fear not, daughter; the +insult shall be avenged; we shall teach his dirty tongue to sing another +tune," and again he cursed him, naming him by new names. + +"Oh! sir, sir," broke in Miriam, "what are you about to do? This man +offered me no insult, none of them offered me anything except kind words +and flowers." + +"Then how is it that you weep?" asked Gallus suspiciously. + +"I wept, being still weak, because they who are conquerors were so kind +to one who is a slave and an outcast." + +"Oh!" said Gallus. "Well, guard, you need not tie him up this time, but +after all I take back nothing that I have said, seeing that in this way +or in that they did make you weep. What business had they to insult you +with their kindness? Men, henceforth you will be so good as to remember +that this maiden is the property of Titus Caesar, and after Caesar, of +myself, in whose charge he placed her. If you have any offerings to make +to her, and I do not dissuade you from that practice, they must be made +through me. Meanwhile, there is a cask of wine, that good old stuff from +the Lebanon which I had bought for the voyage. If you should wish to +drink the health of our--our captive, it is at your service." + +Then taking Miriam by the hand he led her into the eating-tent, still +grumbling at the soldiers, who for their part laughed and sent for the +wine. They knew their captain's temper, who had served with them through +many a fight, and knew also that this crazed Pearl-Maiden whom he saved +had twined herself into his heart, as was her fortune with most men of +those among whom from time to time fate drove her to seek shelter. + +In the tent Miriam found two places set, one for herself and one for the +captain Gallus. + +"Don't talk to me," he said, "but sit down and eat, for little enough +you have swallowed all the time you were sick, and we sail to-morrow +evening at the latest, after which, unless you differ from most women, +little enough will you swallow on these winter seas until it pleases +whatever god we worship to bring us to the coasts of Italy. Now here are +oysters brought by runner from Sidon, and I command that you eat six of +them before you say a word." + +So Miriam ate the oysters obediently, and after the oysters, fish, +and after the fish the breast of a woodcock. But from the autumn lamb, +roasted whole, which followed, she was forced to turn. + +"Send it out to the soldiers," she suggested, and it was sent as her +gift. + +"Now, my captive," said Gallus, drawing his stool near to her, "I want +you to tell me what you can remember of your story. Ah! you don't know +that for many days past we have dined together and that it had been your +fashion to sit with your arm round my old neck and call me your uncle. +Nay, child, you need not blush, for I am more than old enough to be your +father, let alone your uncle, and nothing but a father shall I ever be +to you." + +"Why are you so good to me?" asked Miriam. + +"Why? Oh! for several reasons. First, you were the friend of a comrade +of mine who often talked of you, but who now is dead. Secondly, you +were a sick and helpless thing whom I chanced to rescue in the great +slaughter, and who ever since has been my companion; and thirdly--yes, +I will say it, though I do not love to talk of that matter, I had a +daughter, who died, and who, had she lived, would have been of about +your age. Your eyes remind me of hers--there, is that not enough? + +"But now for the story. Stay. I will tell you what I know of it. Marcus, +he whom they called The Fortunate, but whose fortune has deserted him, +was in love with you--like the rest of us. Often he talked to me of you +in Rome, where we were friends after a fashion, though he was set far +above me, and by me sent to you that letter which I delivered here in +this garden, and the trinket that you wear about your neck, and if I +remember right, with it a ring--yes, it is upon your finger. Well, I +took note of you at the time and went my way to the war, and when I +chanced to find you lately upon the top of the Gate Nicanor, although +you were more like a half-burnt cinder than a fair maiden, I knew you +again and carried you off to Caesar, who named you his slave and bade me +take charge of you and deliver you to him in Rome. Now I want to know +how you came to be upon that gateway." + +So Miriam began and told him all her tale, while he listened patiently. +When she had done he rose and, limping round the little table, bent over +and kissed her solemnly upon the brow. + +"By all the gods of the Romans, Greeks, Christians, Jews, and barbarian +nations, you are a noble-hearted woman," he said, "and that kiss is +my tribute to you. Little wonder that puppy, Marcus, is called The +Fortunate, since, even when he deserved to die who suffered himself to +be taken alive, you appeared to save him--to save him, by Venus, at the +cost of your own sweet self. Well, most noble traitress, what now?" + +"I ask that question of you, Gallus. What now? Marcus, whom you should +call no ill name, and who was overwhelmed through no fault of his own, +fighting like a hero, has vanished----" + +"Across the Styx, I fear me. Indeed that would be best for him, since no +Roman must be taken prisoner and live." + +"Nay, I think not, or at the least I hope he lives. My servant, +Nehushta, would nurse him for my sake, and for my sake the Essenes, +among whom I dwelt, would guard him, even to the loss of their own +lives. Unless his wound killed him I believe that Marcus is alive +to-day." + +"And if that is so you wish to communicate with him?" + +"What else, Gallus? Say, what fate will befall me when I reach Rome?" + +"You will be kept safe till Titus comes. Then, according to his command, +you must walk in his Triumph, and after that, unless he changes his +mind, which is not likely, since he prides himself upon never having +reversed a decree, however hastily it was made, or even added to or +taken from a judgment, you must, alas! be set up in the Forum and sold +as a slave to the highest bidder." + +"Sold as a slave to the highest bidder!" repeated Miriam faintly. "That +is a poor fate for a woman, is it not? Had it been that daughter of +yours who died, for instance, you would have thought it a poor fate for +her, would you not?" + +"Do not speak of it, do not speak of it," muttered Gallus into his +beard. "Well, in this, as in other things, let us hope that fortune will +favour you." + +"I should like Marcus to learn that I am to march in the Triumph, and +afterwards to be set up in the Forum and sold as a slave to the highest +bidder," said Miriam. + +"I should like Marcus to learn--but, in the name of the gods--how is he +to learn, if he still lives? Look you, we sail to-morrow night. What do +you wish me to do?" + +"I wish you to send a messenger to Marcus bearing a token from me to +him." + +"A messenger! What messenger? Who can find him? I can despatch a +soldier, but your Marcus is with the Essenes, who for their own sakes +will keep him fast enough as a hostage, if they have cured him. Also the +Essenes live, according to your story, in some hyaena-burrow, opening out +of an underground quarry in Jerusalem, that is, if they have not been +discovered and killed long ago. How, then, will any soldier find their +hiding-place?" + +"I do not think that such a man would find it," answered Miriam, "but I +have friends in this city, and if I could come at them I might discover +one who would meet with better fortune. You know that I am a Christian +who was brought up among the Essenes, both of them persecuted people +that have their secrets. If I find a Christian or an Essene he would +take my message and--unless he was killed--deliver it." + +Now Gallus thought for a while, then he said, "If I were to go out in +Tyre asking for Christians or Essenes, none would appear. As well might +a stork go out and call upon a frog. But that old slave-woman, who has +tended on me and you, she is cunning in her way, and if I promised to +set her at liberty should she succeed, well, perhaps she might succeed. +Stay, I will summon her," and he left the tent. + +Some minutes later he returned, bringing the slave with him. + +"I have explained the matter to this woman, Miriam," he said, "and I +think that she understands, and can prove to any who are willing to +visit you, that they will have a free pass in to and out of the camp, +and need fear no harm. Tell her, then, where she is to go and whom she +must seek." + +So Miriam told the woman, saying, "Tell any Essene whom you can find +that she who is called their Queen, bids his presence, and if he asks +more, give him this word--'The sun rises.' Tell any Christian whom you +can find that Miriam, their sister, seeks his aid, and if he asks more, +give him this word--'The dawn comes.' Do you understand?" + +"I understand," answered the woman. + +"Then go," said Gallus, "and be back by nightfall, remembering that if +you fail, in place of liberty you travel to Rome, whence you will return +no more." + +"My lord, I go," answered the woman, beating her forehead with her hand +and bowing herself from their presence. + +By nightfall she was back again with the tidings that no Christians +seemed to be left in Tyre; all had fled to Pella, or elsewhere. Of the +Essenes, however, she had found one, a minor brother of the name of +Samuel, who, on hearing that Miriam was the captive, and receiving the +watchword, said that he would visit the camp after dark, although he +greatly feared that this might be some snare set to catch him. + +After dark he came accordingly, and was led by the old woman, who waited +outside to meet him, to the tent where Miriam sat with Gallus. This +Samuel proved to be a brother of the lowest order of the Essenes, whom, +although he knew of her, Miriam had never seen. He had been absent from +the village by the Jordan at the time of the flight of the sect, having +come to Tyre by leave of the Court to bid farewell to his mother, who +was on her deathbed. Hearing that the brethren had fled, and his mother +being still alive, he had remained in Tyre instead of seeking to rejoin +them at Jerusalem, thus escaping the terrors of the siege. That was +all his story. Now, having buried his mother, he desired to rejoin the +brotherhood, if any of them were left alive. + +After Gallus had left the tent, since it was not lawful that she should +speak of their secrets in the presence of any man who was not of the +order, Miriam, having first satisfied herself that he was in truth +a brother, told this Samuel all she knew of the hiding-place of the +Essenes beyond the ancient quarry, and asked him if he was willing to +try to seek it out. He said yes, for he desired to find them; also he +was bound to give her what help he could, since should the brethren +discover that he had refused it, he would be expelled from their order. +Then, having pledged him to be faithful to her trust, not by oath, which +the Essenes held unlawful, but in accordance with their secret custom +which was known to her, she took from her hand the ring that Marcus had +sent her, bidding him find out the Essenes, and, if their Roman prisoner +was yet alive, and among them, to deliver it to him with a message +telling him of her fate and whither she had gone. If he was dead, or +not to be found anywhere, then he was to deliver the ring to the Libyan +woman named Nehushta, with the same message. If he could not find +her either, then to her uncle Ithiel, or, failing him, to whoever was +president of the Essenes, with the same message, praying any or all of +them to succour her in her troubles, should that be possible. At the +least they were to let her have tidings at the house of Gallus, the +captain, in Rome, where he proposed to place her in charge of his wife +until the time came for her to be handed over to Titus and to walk in +the Triumph. Moreover, in case the brother should forget, she wrote +a letter that he might deliver to any of those for whom she gave the +message. In this letter Miriam set out briefly all that had befallen her +since that night of parting in the Old Tower, and by the help of Gallus, +whom she now recalled to the tent, the particulars of her rescue and of +the judgment of Caesar upon her person, ending it with these words: + +"If it be the will of God and your will, O you who may read this letter, +haste, haste to help me, that I may escape the shame more sore than +death which awaits me yonder in Rome." + +This letter she signed, "Miriam, of the house of Benoni," but she did +not write upon it the names of those to whom it was addressed, fearing +lest it should fall into other hands and bring trouble upon them. + +Then Gallus asked the man Samuel what money he needed for his journey +and as a reward for his service. He answered that it was against his +rule to take any money, who was bound to help those under the protection +of the order without reward or fee, whereat Gallus stared and said that +there were stranger folk in this land than in any others that he knew, +and they were many. + +So Samuel, having bowed before Miriam and pressed her hand in a certain +fashion in token of brotherhood and fidelity, was led out of the camp +again, nor did she ever see him more. Yet, as it proved, he was a +faithful messenger, and she did well to trust him. + +Next day, at the prayer of Miriam, Gallus also wrote a letter, which +gave him much trouble, to a friend of his, who was a brother officer +with the army at Jerusalem, enclosing one to be handed to Marcus if, +perchance, he should have rejoined the Standards. + +"Now daughter," he said, "we have done all that can be done, and must +leave the rest to fate." + +"Yes," she answered with a sigh, "we must leave the rest to fate, as you +Romans call God." + +In the evening they set sail for Italy, and with them much of the +captured treasure, many sick and wounded men and a guard of soldiers. As +it chanced, having taken the sea after the autumn gales and before those +of mid-winter began, they had a swift and prosperous voyage, enduring no +hardships save once from want of water. Within thirty days they came to +Rhegium, whence they marched overland to Rome, being received everywhere +very gladly by people who were eager for tidings of the war. + + + +CHAPTER XX + +THE MERCHANT DEMETRIUS + +When on that fateful night in the Old Tower Miriam sprang forward to +strike the lantern from the hand of the Jew, Nehushta, who was bending +over the fallen Marcus and dragging at his body, did not even see that +she had left the door. + +With an effort, the slope of the rocky passage beyond favouring her, she +half-drew, half-lifted the Roman through the entrance. Then it was, as +she straightened herself a little to take breath, that she heard the +thud of the rock door closing behind her. Still, as it was dark, she did +not guess that Miriam was parted from them, for she said: + +"Ah! into what troubles do not these men lead us poor women. Well, just +in time, and I think that none of them saw us." + +There was no answer. Sound could not pierce that wall and the place was +silent as a tomb. + +"Lady! In the Name of Christ, where are you, lady?" asked Nehushta in +a piercing whisper, and the echoes of the gallery answered--"Where are +you, lady?" + +Just then Marcus awoke. + +"What has chanced? What place is this, Miriam?" he asked. + +"This has chanced," answered Nehushta in the same awful voice. "We are +in the passage leading to the vaults; Miriam is in the hands of the Jews +in the Old Tower, and the door is shut between us. Accursed Roman! to +save your life she has sacrificed herself. Without doubt she sprang from +the door to dash the lantern from the hand of the Jew, and before she +could return again it had swung home. Now they will crucify her because +she rescued you--a Roman." + +"Don't talk, woman," broke in Marcus savagely, "open the door. I am +still a man, I can still fight, or," he added with a groan, remembering +that he had no sword, "at the least I can die for her." + +"I cannot," gasped Nehushta. "She had the iron that lifts the secret +latch. If you had kept your sword, Roman, it might perhaps have served, +but that has gone also." + +"Break it down," said Marcus. "Come, I will help." + +"Yes, yes, Roman, you will help to break down three feet of solid +stone." + +Then began that hideous scene whereof something has been said. Nehushta +strove to reach the latch with her fingers. Marcus, standing upon one +foot, strove to shake the stone with his shoulder, the black, silent +stone that never so much as stirred. Yet they worked madly, their breath +coming in great gasps, knowing that the work was in vain, and that even +if they could open the door, by now it would be to find Miriam gone, +or at the best to be taken themselves. Suddenly Marcus ceased from his +labour. + +"Lost!" he moaned, "and for my sake. O ye gods! for my sake." Then +down he fell, his harness clattering on the rocky step, and lay there, +muttering and laughing foolishly. + +Nehushta ceased also, gasping: "The Lord help you, Miriam, for I cannot. +Oh! after all these years to lose you thus, and because of that man!" +and she glared through the darkness towards the fallen Marcus, thinking +in her heart that she would kill him. + +"Nay," she said to herself, "she loved him, and did she know it might +pain her. Better kill myself; yes, and if I were sure that she is dead +this, sin or no sin, I would do." + +As she sat thus, helpless, hopeless, she saw a light coming up the stair +towards them. It was borne by Ithiel. Nehushta rose and faced him. + +"Praise be to God! there you are at length," he said. "Thrice have I +been up this stair wondering why Miriam did not come." + +"Brother Ithiel," answered Nehushta, "Miriam will come no more; she +is gone, leaving us in exchange this man Marcus, the Roman prefect of +Horse." + +"What do you mean? What do you mean?" he gasped. "Where is Miriam?" + +"In the hands of the Jews," she answered. Then she told him all that +story. + +"There is nothing to be done," he moaned when she had finished. "To open +the door now would be but to reveal the secret of our hiding-place to +the Jews or to the Romans, either of whom would put us to the sword, the +Jews for food, the Romans because we are Jews. We can only leave her to +God and protect ourselves." + +"Had I my will," answered Nehushta, "I would leave myself to God and +still strive to protect her. Yet you are right, seeing that many lives +cannot be risked for the sake of one girl. But what of this man?" + +"We will do our best for him," answered Ithiel, "for so she who +sacrificed herself for his sake would have wished. Also years ago he was +our guest and befriended us. Stay here a while and I will bring men to +carry him to the vault." + +So Ithiel went away to return with sundry of the brethren, who lifted +Marcus and bore him down the stairs and passages to that darksome +chamber where Miriam had slept, while other brethren shut the trap-door, +and loosened the roof of the passage, blocking it with stone so that +without great labour none could pass that path for ever. + +Here in this silent, sunless vault for many, many days Marcus lay sick +with a brain fever, of which, had it not been for the skilful nursing +of Nehushta and of the leeches among the Essenes, he must certainly +have died. But these leeches, who were very clever, doctored the deep +sword-cut in his head, removing with little iron hooks the fragments of +bone which pressed upon his brain, and dressing that wound and another +in his knee with salves. + +Meanwhile, they learned by their spies that both the Temple and Mount +Sion had fallen. Also they heard of the trial of Miriam and of her +exposure on the Gate Nicanor, but of what happened to her afterwards +they could gather nothing. So they mourned her as dead. + +Now, their food being at length exhausted and the watch of the Romans +having relaxed, they determined, those who were left of them, for some +had died and Ithiel himself was very ill, to attempt to escape from the +hateful vaults that had sheltered them for all these months. A question +arose as to what was to be done with Marcus, now but a shadow of a man, +who still wandered somewhat in his mind, but who had passed the worst of +his sickness and seemed like to live. Some were for abandoning him; some +for sending him back to the Romans; but Nehushta showed that it would be +wise to keep him as a hostage, so that if they were attacked they might +produce him and in return for their care, perhaps buy their lives. In +the end they agreed upon this course, not so much for what they might +gain by it, but because they knew that it would have pleased the lost +maid whom they called their Queen, who had perished to save this man. + +So it came about that upon a certain night of rain and storm, when none +were stirring, a number of men with faces white as lepers, of the hue, +indeed, of roots that have pushed in the dark, might have been seen +travelling down the cavern quarries, now tenanted only by the corpses +of those who had perished there from starvation, and so through the hole +beneath the wall into the free air. With them went litters bearing their +sick, and among the sick, Ithiel and Marcus. None hindered their flight, +for the Romans had deserted this part of the ruined city and were +encamped around the towers in the neighbourhood of Mount Sion, where +some few Jews still held out. + +Thus it happened that by morning they were well on the road to Jericho, +which, always a desert country, was now quite devoid of life. On they +went, living on roots and such little food as still remained to them, +to Jericho itself, where they found nothing but a ruin haunted by a +few starving wretches. Thence they travelled to their own village, to +discover that, for the most part, this also had been burnt. But certain +caverns in the hillside behind, which they used as store-houses, +remained, and undiscovered in them a secret stock of corn and wine that +gave them food. + +Here, then, they camped and set to work to sow the fields which no +Romans or robbers had been able to destroy, and so lived hardly, but +unmolested, till at length the first harvest came and with it plenty. + +In this dry and wholesome air Marcus recovered rapidly, who by nature +was very strong. When first his wits returned to him he recognised +Nehushta, and asked her what had chanced. She told him all she knew, and +that she believed Miriam to be dead, tidings which caused him to +fall into a deep melancholy. Meanwhile, the Essenes treated him with +kindness, but let him understand that he was their prisoner. Nor if he +had wished it, and they had given him leave to go, could he have left +them at that time, seeing that the slightest of his hurts proved to be +the worst, since the spear or sword-cut having penetrated to the joint +and let out the oil, the wound in his knee would heal only by very slow +degrees, and for many weeks left him so lame that he could not walk +without a crutch. So here he sat by the banks of the Jordan, mourning +the past and well-nigh hopeless for the future. + +Thus in solitude, tended by Nehushta, who now had grown very grim and +old, and by the poor remnant of the Essenes, Marcus passed four or five +miserable months. As he grew stronger he would limp down to the village +where his hosts were engaged in rebuilding some of their dwellings, and +sit in the garden of the house that was once occupied by Miriam. Now it +was but an overgrown place, yet among the pomegranate bushes still stood +that shed which she had used as a workshop, and in it, lying here and +there as they had fallen, some of her unfinished marbles, among them one +of himself which she began and cast aside before she executed that bust +which Nero had named divine and set him to guard in the Temple at Rome. +To Marcus it was a sad place, haunted by a thousand memories, yet he +loved it because those memories were all of Miriam. + +Titus, said rumour, having accomplished the utter destruction of +Jerusalem, had moved his army to Caesarea or Berytus, where he passed the +winter season in celebrating games in the amphitheatres. These he made +splendid by the slaughter of vast numbers of Jewish prisoners, who were +forced to fight against each other, or, after the cruel Roman fashion, +exposed to the attacks of ravenous wild beasts. But although he thought +of doing so, Marcus had no means of communicating with Titus, and was +still too lame to attempt escape. Could he have found any, indeed, to +make use of them might have brought destruction upon the Essenes, who +had treated him kindly and saved his life. Also among the Romans it was +a disgrace for a soldier, and especially for an officer of high rank, to +be made prisoner, and he was loth to expose his own shame. As Gallus had +told Miriam, no Roman should be taken alive. So Marcus attempted to do +nothing, but waited, sick at heart, for whatever fate fortune might send +him. Indeed, had he been quite sure that Miriam was dead, he, who was +disgraced and a captive, would have slain himself and followed her. But +although none doubted her death--except Nehushta--his spirit did not +tell him that this was so. Thus it came about that Marcus lived on among +the Essenes till his health and strength came back to him, as it was +appointed that he should do until the time came for him to act. At +length that time came. + +When Samuel, the Essene, left Tyre, bearing the letter and the ring of +Miriam, he journeyed to Jerusalem to find the Holy City but a heap +of ruins, haunted by hyaenas and birds of prey that feasted on the +innumerable dead. Still, faithful to his trust, he strove to discover +that entrance to the caverns of which Miriam had told him, and to this +end hovered day by day upon the north side of the city near to the old +Damascus Gate. The hole he could not find, for there were thousands of +stones behind which jackals had burrowed, and how was he to know which +of these openings led to caverns, nor were there any left to direct him. +Still, Samuel searched and waited in the hope that one day an Essene +might appear who would guide him to the hiding-place of the brethren. +But no Essene appeared, for the good reason that they had fled already. +In the end he was seized by a patrol of Roman soldiers who had observed +him hovering about the place and questioned him very strictly as to his +business. He replied that it was to gather herbs for food, whereon their +officer said that they would find him food and with it some useful +work. So they took him and pressed him into a gang of captives who were +engaged in pulling down the walls, that Jerusalem might nevermore become +a fortified city. In this gang he was forced to labour for over four +months, receiving only his daily bread in payment, and with it many +blows and hard words, until at last he found an opportunity to make his +escape. + +Now among his fellow-slaves was a man whose brother belonged to the +Order of the Essenes, and from him he learned that they had gone back +to Jordan. So thither Samuel started, having Miriam's ring still hidden +safely about his person. Reaching the place without further accident he +declared himself to the Essenes, who received him with joy, which was +not to be wondered at, since he was able to tell them that Miriam, whom +they named their Queen and believed to be dead, was still alive. He +asked them if they had a Roman prisoner called Marcus hidden away +among them, and when they answered that this was so, said that he had +a message from Miriam which he was charged to deliver to him. Then they +led him to the garden where her workshop had been, telling him that +there he would find the Roman. + +Marcus was seated in the garden, basking in the sunshine, and with him +Nehushta. They were talking of Miriam--indeed, they spoke of little +else. + +"Alas! although I seem to know her yet alive, I fear that she must be +dead," Marcus was saying. "It is not possible that she could have lived +through that night of the burning of the Temple." + +"It does not seem possible," answered Nehushta, "yet I believe that she +did live--as in your heart you believe also. I do not think it was +fated that any Christian should perish in that war, since it has been +prophesied otherwise." + +"Prove it to me, woman, and I should be inclined to become a Christian, +but of prophecies and such vague talk I am weary." + +"You will become a Christian when your heart is touched and not before," +answered Nehushta sharply. "That light is from within." + +As she spoke the bushes parted and they saw the Essene, Samuel, standing +in front of them. + +"Whom do you seek, man?" asked Nehushta, who did not know him. + +"I seek the noble Roman, Marcus," he answered, "for whom I have a +message. Is that he?" + +"I am he," said Marcus, "and now, who sent you and what is your +message?" + +"The Queen of the Essenes, whose name is Miriam, sent me," replied the +man. + +Now both of them sprang to their feet. + +"What token do you bear?" asked Marcus in a slow, restrained voice, "for +know, we thought that lady dead." + +"This," he answered, and drawing the ring from his robe he handed it to +him, adding, "Do you acknowledge the token?" + +"I acknowledge it. There is no such other ring. Have you aught else?" + +"I had a letter, but it is lost. The Roman soldiers robbed me of my robe +in which it was sewn, and I never saw it more. But the ring I saved by +hiding it in my mouth while they searched me." + +Marcus groaned, but Nehushta said quickly: + +"Did she give you no message? Tell us your story and be swift." + +So he told them all. + +"How long was this ago?" asked Nehushta. + +"Nearly five months. For a hundred and twenty days I was kept as a slave +at Jerusalem, labouring at the levelling of the walls." + +"Five months," said Marcus. "Tell me, do you know whether Titus has +sailed?" + +"I heard that he had departed from Alexandria on his road to Rome." + +"Miriam will walk in his Triumph, and afterwards be sold as a slave! +Woman, there is no time to lose," said Marcus. + +"None," answered Nehushta; "still, there is time to thank this faithful +messenger." + +"Ay," said Marcus. "Man, what reward do you seek? Whatever it be it +shall be paid to you who have endured so much. Yes, it shall be paid, +though here and now I have no money." + +"I seek no reward," replied the Essene, "who have but fulfilled my +promise and done my duty." + +"Yet Heaven shall reward you," said Nehushta. "And now let us hence to +Ithiel." + +Back they went swiftly to the caves that were occupied by the Essenes +during the rebuilding of their houses. In a little cabin that was +open to the air lay Ithiel. The old man was on his death-bed, for age, +hardship, and anxiety had done their work with him, so that now he was +unable to stand, but reclined upon a pallet awaiting his release. To him +they told their story. + +"God is merciful," he said, when he had heard it. "I feared that she +might be dead, for in the presence of so much desolation, my faith grows +weak." + +"It may be so," answered Marcus, "but your merciful God will allow this +maiden to be set up in the Forum at Rome and sold to the highest bidder. +It would have been better that she perished on the gate Nicanor." + +"Perhaps this same God," answered Ithiel with a faint smile, "will +deliver her from that fate, as He has delivered her from many others. +Now what do you seek, my lord Marcus?" + +"I seek liberty, which hitherto you have refused to me, Ithiel. I must +travel to Rome as fast as ships and horses can carry me. I desire to +be present at that auction of the captives. At least, I am rich and can +purchase Miriam--unless I am too late." + +"Purchase her to be your slave?" + +"Nay, to be my wife." + +"She will not marry you; you are not a Christian." + +"Then, if she asks it, to set her free. Man, would it not be better that +she should fall into my hands than into those of the first passer-by who +chances to take a fancy to her face?" + +"Yes, I think it is better," answered Ithiel, "though who am I that I +should judge? Let the Court be summoned and at once. This matter must be +laid before them. If you should purchase her and she desires it, do you +promise that you will set her free?" + +"I promise it." + +Ithiel looked at him strangely and said: "Good, but in the hour of +temptation, if it should come, see that you do not forget your word." + +So the Court was called together, not the full hundred that used to sit +in the great hall, but a bare score of the survivors of the Essenes, and +to them the brother, Samuel, repeated his tale. To them also Marcus made +his petition for freedom, that he might journey to Rome with Nehushta, +and if it were possible, deliver Miriam from her bonds. Now, some of +the more timid of the Essenes spoke against the release of so valuable +a hostage upon the chance of his being able to aid Miriam, but Ithiel +cried from his litter: + +"What! Would you allow our own advantage to prevail against the hope +that this maiden, who is loved by everyone of us, may be saved? Shame +upon the thought. Let the Roman go upon his errand, since we cannot." + +So in the end they agreed to let him go, and, as he had none, even +provided money for his faring out of their scanty, secret store, +trusting that he might find opportunity to repay it in time to come. + +That night Marcus and Nehushta bade farewell to Ithiel. + +"I am dying," said the old Essene. "Before ever you can set foot in Rome +the breath will be out of my body, and beneath the desert sand I shall +lie at peace--who desire peace. Yet, say to Miriam, my niece, that my +spirit will watch over her spirit, awaiting its coming in a land where +there are no more wars and tribulations, and that, meanwhile, I who love +her bid her to be of good cheer and to fear nothing." + +So they parted from Ithiel and travelled upon horses to Joppa, Marcus +disguising his name and rank lest some officer among the Romans +should detain him. Here by good fortune they found a ship sailing for +Alexandria, and in the port of Alexandria a merchant vessel bound for +Rhegium, in which they took passage, none asking them who they might be. + + + +Upon the night of the burning of the Temple, Caleb, escaping the +slaughter, was driven with Simon the Zealot across the bridge into the +Upper City, which bridge they broke down behind them. Once he tried to +return, in the mad hope that during the confusion he might reach the +gate Nicanor and, if she still lived, rescue Miriam. But already the +Romans held the head of the bridge, and already the Jews were hacking at +its timbers, so in that endeavour he failed and in his heart made sure +that Miriam had perished. So bitterly did Caleb mourn, who, fierce and +wayward as he was by nature, still loved her more than all the world +besides, that for six days or more he sought death in every desperate +adventure which came to his hand, and they were many. But death fled +him, and on the seventh day he had tidings. + +A man who was hidden among the ruins of the cloisters managed to escape +to the Upper City. From him Caleb learned that the woman, who was said +to have been found upon the roof of the gate Nicanor, had been brought +before Titus, who gave her over to the charge of a Roman captain, by +whom she had been taken without the walls. He knew no more. The story +was slight enough, yet it sufficed for Caleb, who was certain that this +woman must be Miriam. From that moment he determined to abandon the +cause of the Jews, which, indeed, was now hopeless, and to seek out +Miriam, wherever she might be. Yet, search as he would, another fifteen +days went by before he could find his opportunity. + +At length Caleb was placed in charge of a watch upon the wall, and, the +other members of his company falling asleep from faintness and fatigue, +contrived in the dark to let himself down by a rope which he had +secreted, dropping from the end of it into the ditch. In this ditch he +found many dead bodies, and from one of them, that of a peasant who +had died but recently, took the clothes and a long winter cloak of +sheepskins, which he exchanged for his own garments. Then, keeping only +his sword, which he hid beneath the cloak, he passed the Roman pickets +in the gloom and fled into the country. When daylight came Caleb cut +off his beard and trimmed his long hair short. After this, meeting a +countryman with a load of vegetables which he had licence to sell in the +Roman camp Caleb bought his store from him for a piece of gold, for he +was well furnished with money, promising the simple man that if he said +a word of it he would find him out and kill him. Then counterfeiting the +speech and actions of a peasant, which he, who had been brought up among +them down by the banks of Jordan, well could do, Caleb marched boldly to +the nearest Roman camp and offered his wares for sale. + +Now this camp was situated outside the gate of Gennat, not far from the +tower Hippicus. Therefore, it is not strange that although in the course +of his bargaining he made diligent inquiry as to the fate of the girl +who had been taken to the gate Nicanor, Caleb could hear nothing of her, +seeing that she was in a camp situated on the Mount of Olives, upon +the other side of Jerusalem. Baffled for that day, Caleb continued his +inquiries on the next, taking a fresh supply of vegetables, which he +purchased from the same peasant, to another body of soldiers camping in +the Valley of Himnon. So he went on from day to day searching the +troops which surrounded the city, and working from the Valley of Himnon +northwards along the Valley of the Kedron, till on the tenth day he came +to a little hospital camp pitched on the slope of the hill opposite to +the ruin which once had been the Golden Gate. Here, while proffering his +vegetables, he fell into talk with the cook who was sent to chaffer with +him. + +"Ah!" said the cook handling the basket with satisfaction, "it is a +pity, friend, that you did not bring this stuff here a while ago when +we wanted it sorely and found it hard to come by in this barren, +sword-wasted land." + +"Why?" asked Caleb carelessly. + +"Oh! because of a prisoner we had here, a girl whose sufferings had made +her sick in mind and body, and whose appetite I never knew how to tempt, +for she turned from meat, and ever asked for fish, of which, of course, +we had none, or failing that, for green food and fruits." + +"What were her name and story?" asked Caleb. + +"As for her name I know it not. We called her Pearl-Maiden because of a +collar of pearls she wore and because also she was white and beautiful +as a pearl. Oh! beautiful indeed, and so gentle and sweet, even in her +sickness, that the roughest brute of a legionary with a broken head +could not choose but to love her. Much more then, that old bear, Gallus, +who watched her as though she were his own cub." + +"Indeed? And where is this beautiful lady now? I should like to sell her +something." + +"Gone, gone, and left us all mourning." + +"Not dead?" said Caleb in a new voice of eager dismay, "Oh! not dead?" + +The fat cook looked at him calmly. + +"You take a strange interest in our Pearl-Maiden, Cabbage-seller," he +said. "And, now that I come to think of it, you are a strange-looking +man for a peasant." + +With an effort Caleb recovered his self-command. + +"Once I was better off than I am now, friend," he answered. "As you +know, in this country the wheel of fortune has turned rather quick of +late." + +"Yes, yes, and left many crushed flat behind it." + +"The reason why I am interested," went on Caleb, taking no heed, "is +that I may have lost a fine market for my goods." + +"Well, and so you have, friend. Some days ago the Pearl-Maiden departed +to Tyre in charge of the captain, Gallus, on her way to Rome. Perhaps +you would wish to follow and sell her your onions there." + +"Perhaps I should," answered Caleb. "When you Romans have gone this +seems likely to become a bad country for gardeners, since owls and +jackals do not buy fruit, and you will leave no other living thing +behind you." + +"True," answered the cook. "Caesar knows how to handle a broom and he has +made a very clean sweep," and he pointed complacently to the heaped-up +ruins of the Temple before them. "But how much for the whole basket +full?" + +"Take them, friend," said Caleb, "and sell them to your mess for +the best price that you can get. You need not mention that you paid +nothing." + +"Oh! no, I won't mention it. Good morning, Mr. Cabbage-grower, good +morning." + +Then he stood still watching as Caleb vanished quickly among the great +boles of the olive trees. "What can stir a Jew so much," he reflected to +himself, "as to make him give something for nothing, and especially to a +Roman? Perhaps he is Pearl-Maiden's brother. No, that can't be from his +eyes--her lover more likely. Well, it is no affair of mine, and although +he never grew them, the vegetables are good and fresh." + + + +That evening when Caleb, still disguised as a peasant, was travelling +through the growing twilight across the hills that bordered the road to +Tyre, he heard a mighty wailing rise from Jerusalem and knew that it was +the death-cry of his people. Now, everywhere above such portions of the +beleaguered city as remained standing, shot up tall spires and wreaths +of flame. Titus had forced the walls, and thousands upon thousands of +Jews were perishing beneath the swords of his soldiers, or in the fires +of their burning homes. Still, some ninety thousand were left alive, +to be driven like cattle into the Court of Women. Here more than ten +thousand died of starvation, while some were set aside to grace the +Triumph, some to be slaughtered in the amphitheatres at Caesarea and +Berytus, but the most were transported to Egypt, there, until they died, +to labour in the desert mines. Thus was the last desolation accomplished +and the prophecy fulfilled: "And the Lord shall bring thee into Egypt +again with ships . . . and there ye shall sell yourselves unto your +enemies for bondmen and for bondwomen, and no man shall buy you." Thus +did "Ephraim return to Egypt," whence he came forth to sojourn in the +Promised Land until the cup of his sin was full. Now once more that land +was a desert without inhabitants; all its pleasant places were waste; +all its fenced cities destroyed, and over their ruins and the bones of +their children flew Caesar's eagles. The war was ended, there was peace +in Judaea. _Solitudinem faciunt pacem appellant!_ + + + +When Caleb reached Tyre, by the last light of the setting sun he saw a +white-sailed galley beating her way out to sea. Entering the city, he +inquired who went in the galley and was told Gallus, a Roman captain, in +charge of a number of sick and wounded men, many of the treasures of the +Temple, and a beautiful girl, who was said to be the grand-daughter of +Benoni of that town. + +Then knowing that he was too late, Caleb groaned in bitterness of +spirit. Presently, however, he took thought. Now, Caleb was wise in his +generation, for at the beginning of this long war he had sold all his +land and houses for gold and jewels, which, to a very great value, he +had left hidden in Tyre in the house of a man he trusted, an old servant +of his father's. To this store he had added from time to time out of +the proceeds of plunder, of trading, and of the ransom of a rich Roman +knight who was his captive, so that now his wealth was great. Going +to the man's house, Caleb claimed and packed this treasure in bales of +Syrian carpets to resemble merchandise. + +Then the peasant who had travelled into Tyre upon business about a mule, +was seen no more, but in place of him appeared Demetrius, the Egyptian +merchant, who bought largely, though always at night, of the merchandise +of Tyre, and sailed with it by the first ship to Alexandria. Here this +merchant bought much more goods, such as would find a ready sale in the +Roman market, enough to fill the half of a galley, indeed, which lay in +the harbour near the Pharos lading for Syracuse and Rhegium. + +At length the galley sailed, meaning to make Crete, but was caught by +a winter storm and driven to Paphos in Cyprus, where, being afraid to +attempt the seas again, let the merchant, Demetrius, do what he would +to urge them forward, the captain and crew of the galley determined +to winter. So they beached her in the harbour and went up to the great +temple, rejoicing to pay their vows and offer gifts to Venus, who had +delivered them from the fury of the seas, that they might swell the +number of her votaries. + +But although he accompanied them, since otherwise they might have +suspected that he was a Jew, Demetrius, who sought another goddess, +cursed Venus in his heart, knowing that had it not been for her delights +the sailors would have risked the weather. Still, there was no help for +it and no other ship by which he could sail, so here he abode for more +than three months, spending his time in Curium, Amathos and Salamis, +trading among the rich natives of Cyprus, out of whom he made a +large profit, and adding wine, and copper from Tamasus to his other +merchandise, as much as there was room for on the ship. + +In the end after the great spring festival, for the captain said that it +would not be fortunate to leave until this had been celebrated, they +set sail and came by way of Rhodes to the Island of Crete, and thence +touching at Cythera to Syracuse in Sicily, and so at last to Rhegium. +Here the merchant, Demetrius, transhipped his goods into a vessel that +was sailing to the port of Centum Cellae, and having reached that place +hired transport to convey them to Rome, nearly forty miles away. + + + +CHAPTER XXI + +THE CAESARS AND PRINCE DOMITIAN + +When the captain Gallus reached the outskirts of Rome he halted, for +he did not desire that Miriam should be led through the streets in the +daytime, and thus cause questions to be asked concerning her. Also he +sent on a messenger bidding the man find out his wife, Julia, if she +were still alive, since of this Gallus, who had not seen her for several +years, could tell nothing, and inform her that he would be with her +shortly, bringing with him a maiden who had been placed in his charge +by Titus. Before nightfall, the messenger returned, and with him Julia +herself, a woman past middle-age, but, although grey-haired, still +handsome and stately. + +Miriam saw their meeting, which was a touching sight, since this +childless couple who had been married for almost thirty years, had now +been separated for a long time. Moreover, a rumour had reached Julia +that her husband was not only wounded, but dead, wherefore her joy and +thankfulness at his coming were even greater than they would otherwise +have been. One thing, however, Miriam noted, that whereas her friend and +benefactor, Gallus, held up his hands and thanked the gods that he found +his wife living and well, Julia on her part said: + +"Aye, I thank God," touching her breast with her fingers as she spoke +the words. + +Presently the matron seemed to notice her, and, looking at her with a +doubtful eye, asked: + +"How comes it, husband, that you are in charge of this captive Jewess, +if Jewess she be who is so fair?" + +"By the orders of Titus Caesar, wife," he answered, "to whom she must +be delivered on his arrival. She was condemned to perish on the gate +Nicanor as a traitress to the Jews and a Nazarene." + +Julia started and looked at the girl over her shoulder. + +"Are you of that faith, daughter?" she asked in a changed voice, +crossing her hands upon her breast as though by chance. + +"I am, mother," answered Miriam, repeating the sign. + +"Well, well, husband," said Julia, "the maid's tale can wait. Whether +she was a traitress to the Jews, or a follower of Christus, is not our +affair. At least she is in your charge, and therefore welcome to me," +and stepping to where Miriam stood with bowed head she kissed her on the +forehead, saying aloud: + +"I greet you, daughter, who are so sweet to see and in misfortune," +adding beneath her breath, "in the Name you know." + +Then Miriam was sure that she had fallen into the hands of a woman who +was a Christian, and was thankful in her heart, for while the Caesars sat +upon the Roman throne the Christians of every clime, rank and race were +one great family. + +That evening, so soon as the darkness fell, they entered Rome by the +Appian Gate. Here they separated, Gallus leading his soldiers to convoy +the treasure to the safe keeping of that officer who was appointed to +receive it, and afterwards to the camp prepared for them, while Julia, +with Miriam and an escort of two men only, departed to her own home, a +small dwelling in a clean but narrow and crowded street that overhung +the Tiber between the Pons AElius and the Porta Flamina. At the door of +the house Julia dismissed the soldiers, saying: + +"Go without fear, and take witness that I am bond for the safety of this +captive." + +So the men went gladly enough, for they desired to rest after the toils +of their long journey, and the door of the house having been opened by +a servant and locked again behind them, Julia led Miriam across a little +court to the sitting-room that lay beyond. Hanging lamps of bronze +burned in the room, and by their light Miriam saw that it was very clean +and well, though not richly, furnished. + +"This is my own house, daughter," she explained, "which my father left +me, where I have dwelt during all these weary years that my husband has +been absent in the wars of the East. It is a humble place, but you will +find peace and safety in it, and, I trust, comfort. Poor child," she +added in a gentle voice, "I who am also a Christian, though as yet of +this my husband knows nothing, welcome you in the Name of the Lord." + +"In the Name of our Lord, I thank you," answered Miriam, "who am but a +friendless slave." + +"Such find friends," said Julia, "and if you will suffer it I think that +I shall be one of them." Then at a sign from the elder woman they knelt +down, and in silence each of them put up her prayer of thanksgiving, the +wife because her husband had come back to her safe, the maiden because +she had been led to a house ruled by a woman of her own faith. + +After this they ate, a plain meal but well cooked and served. When it +was done Julia conducted Miriam to the little whitewashed chamber which +had been prepared for her. It was lighted from the court by a lattice +set high in the wall, and, like all the house, very clean and sweet, +with a floor of white marble. + +"Once another maid slept here," said Julia with a sigh, glancing at the +white bed in the corner. + +"Yes," said Miriam, "she was named Flavia, was she not, your only child? +Nay, do not be astonished. I have heard so much of her that I seem to +have known her well, who can be known no more--here." + +"Did Gallus tell you?" asked Julia. "He used rarely to speak of her." + +Miriam nodded. "Gallus told me. You see he was very good to me and we +became friends. For all that he has done, may Heaven bless him, who, +although he seems rough, has so kind a heart." + +"Yes, may Heaven bless all of us, living and dead," answered Julia. Then +she kissed Miriam and left her to her rest. + +When Miriam came out of her bedchamber on the following morning, she +found Gallus clad in his body armour, now new cleaned, though dinted +with many a blow, standing in the court and watching the water which +squirted from a leaden pipe to fall into a little basin. + +"Greeting, daughter," he said, looking up. "I trust that you have rested +well beneath my roof who have sojourned so long in tents." + +"Very well," she answered, adding, "If I might ask it, why do you wear +your mail here in peaceful Rome?" + +"Because I am summoned to have an audience of Caesar, now within an +hour." + +"Is Titus come, then?" she asked hurriedly. + +"Nay, nay, not Titus Caesar, but Vespasian Caesar, his father, to whom I +must make report of all that was passing in Judaea when we left, of the +treasure that I brought with me and--of yourself." + +"Oh! Gallus," said Miriam, "will he take me away from your charge?" + +"I know not. I hope not. But who can say? It is as his fancy may move +him. But if he listens to me I swear that you shall stay here for ever; +be sure of that." + +Then he went, leaning on a spear shaft, for the wound in his leg had +caused it to shrink so much that he could never hope to be sound again. + +Three hours later he returned to find the two women waiting for him +anxiously enough. Julia glanced at his face as he came through the door +of the street wall into the vestibulum or courtyard where they were +waiting. + +"Have no fear," she said. "When Gallus looks so solemn he brings good +tidings, for if they are bad he smiles and makes light of them," and +advancing she took him by the hand and led him past the porter's room +into the atrium. + +"What news, husband?" she asked when the door was shut behind them so +that none might overhear their talk. + +"Well," he answered, "first, my fighting days are over, since I am +discharged the army, the physicians declaring that my leg will never be +well again. Wife, why do you not weep?" + +"Because I rejoice," answered Julia calmly. "Thirty years of war and +bloodshed are enough for any man. You have done your work. It is time +that you should rest who have been spared so long, and at least I have +saved while you were away, and there will be food to fill our mouths." + +"Yes, yes, wife, and as it happens, more than you think, since +Vespasian, being gracious and pleased with my report, has granted me +half-pay for all my life, to say nothing of a gratuity and a share of +the spoil, whatever that may bring. Still I grieve, who can never hope +to lift spear more." + +"Grieve not, for thus I would have had it, Gallus. But what of this +maid?" + +"Well, I made my report about her, as I was bound to do, and at first +Domitian, Caesar's son, being curious to see her, prompted Vespasian to +order that she should be brought to the palace. Almost Caesar spoke the +word, then a thought seemed to strike him and he was silent, whereon I +said that she had been very sick and still needed care and nursing, and +that if it was his will, my wife could tend her until such time as Titus +Caesar, whose spoil she was, might arrive. Again Domitian interrupted, +but Vespasian answered, 'The Jewish maid is not your slave, Domitian, +or my slave. She is the slave of your brother, Titus. Let her bide with +this worthy officer until Titus comes, he being answerable in his person +and his goods that she shall then be produced before him, she or proof +of her death.' Then, waving his hand to show that the matter was done +with, he went on to speak of other things, demanding details of the +capture of the Temple and comparing my list of the vessels and other +gear with that which was furnished by the treasurer, into whose charge +I handed them yesternight. So, Maid Miriam, till Titus comes you are +safe." + +"Yes," answered Miriam with a sigh, "till Titus comes. But after +that--what?" + +"The gods alone know," he said impatiently. "Meanwhile, since my head is +on it, I must ask your word of you that you will attempt no flight." + +"I give it, Gallus," she answered smiling, "who would die rather than +bring evil on you or yours. Also, whither should I fly?" + +"I know not. But you Christians find many friends: the rats themselves +have fewer hiding-places. Still, I trust you, and henceforth you are +free, till Titus comes." + +"Aye," repeated Miriam, "--till Titus comes." + + + +So for hard upon six months, till midsummer, indeed, Miriam dwelt in the +house of Gallus and his wife, Julia. She was not happy, although to them +she became as a daughter. Who could be happy even in the sunshine of +a peaceful present, that walked her world between two such banks of +shadow? Behind was the shadow of the terrible past; in front, black +and forbidding, rose the shadow of the future, which might be yet more +terrible, the future when she would be the slave of some man unknown. +Sometimes walking with Julia, humbly dressed and mingling with the +crowd, her head-dress arranged to hide her face as much as might be, she +saw the rich lords of Rome go by in chariots, on horseback, in litters, +all sorts and conditions of them, fat, proud men with bold eyes; +hard-faced statesmen or lawyers; war-worn, cruel-looking captains; +dissolute youths with foppish dress and perfumed hair, and shuddering, +wondered whether she was appointed to any one of these. Or was it, +perhaps, to that rich and greasy tradesman, or to yon low-born freedman +with a cunning leer? She knew not, God alone knew, and in Him must be +her trust. + +Once as Miriam was walking thus, gorgeously clad slaves armed with rods +of office appeared, bursting a way through the crowded streets to an +accompaniment of oaths and blows. After these came lictors bearing +the fasces on their shoulders; then a splendid chariot drawn by white +horses, and driven by a curled and scented charioteer. In it, that he +might be the better seen, stood a young man, tall, ruddy-faced, and clad +in royal attire, who looked downward as though from bashfulness, but +all the while scanned the crowd out of the corners of his dim blue eyes +shaded by lids devoid of lashes. For a moment Miriam felt those eyes +rest upon her, and knew that she was the subject of some jest which +their owner addressed to the exquisite charioteer, causing him to laugh. +Then a horror of that man took hold of her, and when he had gone by, +bowing in answer to the shouts of the people, who, as it seemed to her, +cheered from fear and not with joy, she asked Julia who he might be. + +"Who but Domitian," she answered, "the son of one Caesar and the brother +of another, who hates both and would like to wear their crown. He is +an evil man, and if he should chance to cross your path, beware of him, +Miriam." + +Miriam shuddered and said: + +"As well, mother, might you bid the mouse that is caught abroad to +beware of the cat it meets at night." + +"Some mice find holes that cats cannot pass," answered Julia with +meaning as they turned their faces homeward. + +During all this time, although Gallus made diligent inquiry among the +soldiers who arrived from Judaea, Miriam could hear nothing of Marcus, so +that at last she came to believe that he must be dead, and with him the +beloved and faithful Nehushta, and to hope that if this were so she +also might be taken. Still amongst all this trouble she had one great +comfort. Under the mild rule of Vespasian, although their meeting-places +were known, the Christians had peace for a while. Therefore, in company +with Julia and many others of the brotherhood, she was able to visit the +catacombs on the Appian Way by night, and there in those dismal, endless +tombs to offer prayer and receive the ministrations of the Church. The +great Apostles, St. Peter and St. Paul, had suffered martyrdom, indeed, +but they had left many teachers behind them, and the chief of these soon +grew to know and love the poor Jewish captive who was doomed to slavery. +Therefore here also she found friends and consolation of spirit. + +In time Gallus came to learn that his wife was also of the Faith, and +for a while this knowledge seemed to cast him down. In the end, however, +he shrugged his shoulders and said that she was certainly of an age to +judge for herself and that he trusted no harm might come of it. Indeed, +when the principles of the Christian hope were explained to him, he +listened to them eagerly enough, who had lost his only child, and until +now had never heard this strange story of resurrection and eternal life. +Still, although he listened, and even from time to time was present when +the brethren prayed, he would not be baptised, who said that he was too +sunk in years to throw incense on a new altar. + +At length Titus came, the Senate, which long before his arrival had +decreed him a Triumph, meeting him outside the walls, and there, after +some ancient formalities communicating to him their decision. Moreover, +it was arranged that Vespasian, his father, should share in this +Triumph, because of the great deeds which he had done in Egypt, so that +it was said everywhere that this would be the most splendid ceremony +which Rome had ever seen. After this Titus passed to his palace and +there lived privately for several weeks, resting while the preparations +for the great event went forward. + +One morning early Gallus was summoned to the palace, whence he returned +rubbing his hands and trying to look pleased, with him, as Julia had +said, a sure sign of evil tidings. + +"What is it, husband?" she asked. + +"Oh! nothing, nothing," he answered, "except that our Pearl-Maiden here +must accompany me after the mid-day meal into the august presences of +Vespasian and Titus. The Caesars wish to see her, that they may decide +where she is to walk in the procession. If she is held to be beautiful +enough, they will grant to her a place of honour, by herself. Do you +hear that, wife--by herself, not far in front of the very chariot of +Titus? As for the dress that she will wear," he went on nervously, since +neither of his auditors seemed delighted with this news, "it is to be +splendid, quite splendid, all of the purest white silk with little discs +of silver sewn about it, and a representation of the Gate Nicanor worked +in gold thread upon the breast of the robe." + +At this tidings Miriam broke down and began to weep. + +"Dry your tears, girl," he said roughly, although the thickness of his +voice suggested that water and his own eyes were not far apart. "What +must be, must be, and now is the time for that God you worship to show +you some mark of favour. Surely, He should do so, seeing how long and +how often you pray to Him in burrows that a jackal would turn from." + +"I think He will," answered Miriam, ceasing her sobs with a bold +up-lifting of her soul towards the light of perfect faith. + +"I am sure He will," added Julia, gently stroking Miriam's dark and +curling hair. + +"Then," broke in Gallus, driving the point to its logical conclusion, +"what have you to fear? A long, hot walk through the shouting populace, +who will do no harm to one so lovely, and after that, whatever good fate +your God may choose for you. Come, let us eat, that you may look your +best when you appear before the Caesars." + +"I would rather look my worst," said Miriam, bethinking her of Domitian +and his bleared eyes. Still, to please Gallus, she tried to eat, and +afterwards, accompanied by him and by Julia, was carried in a closed +litter to the palace. + +Too soon she was there, arriving a little before them, and was helped +from the litter by slaves wearing the Imperial livery. Now she found +herself alone in a great marble court filled with officers and nobles +awaiting audience. + +"That is the Pearl-Maiden," said one of them, whereon they all crowded +around her, criticising her aloud in their idle curiosity. + +"Too short," said one. "Too thin," said another. "Too small in the foot +for her ankle," said a third. "Fools," broke in a fourth, a young man +with a fine figure and dark rings round his eyes, "what is the use +of trying to cheapen this piece of goods thus in the eyes of the +experienced? I say that this Pearl-Maiden is as perfect as those pearls +about her own neck; on a small scale, perhaps, but quite perfect, and +you will admit that I ought to know." + +"Lucius says that she is perfect," remarked one of them in a tone of +acquiescence, as though that verdict settled the matter. + +"Yes," went on the critical Lucius, "now, to take one thing only, a +point so often overlooked. Observe how fresh and firm her flesh is. When +I press it thus," and he suited the action to the word, "as I thought, +my finger leaves scarcely any mark." + +"But my arm does," said a gruff voice beside him, and next moment this +scented judge of human beings received the point of the elbow of Gallus +between the eyes just where the nose is set into the forehead. With such +force and skill was the blow directed that next instant the critic was +sprawling on his back upon the pavement, the blood gushing from his +nostrils. Now most of them laughed, but some murmured, while Gallus +said: + +"Way there, friends, way there! I am charged to deliver this lady to the +Caesars and to certify that while she was in my care no man has so +much as laid a finger on her. Way there, I pray you! And as for that +whimpering puppy on his back, if he wishes it, he knows where to +find Gallus. My sword will mark him worse than my elbow, if he wants +blood-letting, that I swear." + +Now with jests and excuses they fell back one and all. There were few +of them who did not know that, lame as he might be now, old Gallus was +still the fiercest and most dreaded swordsman of his legion. Indeed he +was commonly reported to have slain eighteen men in single combat, and +when young even to have faced the most celebrated gladiator of the day +for sport, or to win a private bet, and given him life as he lay at his +mercy. + +So they passed on through long halls guarded by soldiers, till at length +they came to a wide passage closed with splendid curtains, where the +officer on duty asked them their business. Gallus told him and he +vanished through the curtains, whence he returned presently, beckoning +them to advance. They followed him down a corridor set with busts of +departed emperors and empresses, to find themselves in a round marble +chamber, very cool and lighted from above. In this chamber sat and +stood three men: Vespasian, whom they knew by his strong, quiet face and +grizzled hair; Titus, his son, "the darling of mankind," thin, active, +and aesthetic-looking, with eyes that were not unkindly, a sarcastic +smile playing about the corners of his mouth; and Domitian, his brother, +who has already been described, a man taller than either of them by half +a head, and more gorgeously attired. In front of the august three was a +master of ceremonies clad in a dark-coloured robe, who was showing them +drawings of various sections of the triumphal procession, and taking +their orders as to such alterations as they wished. + +Also there were present, a treasurer, some officers and two or three of +the intimate friends of Titus. + +Vespasian looked up. + +"Greeting, worthy Gallus," he said in the friendly, open voice of one +who has spent his life in camps, "and to your wife, Julia, greeting +also. So that is the Pearl-Maiden of whom we have heard so much talk. +Well, I do not pretend to be a judge of beauty, still I say that this +Jewish captive does not belie her name. Titus, do you recognise her?" + +"In truth, no, father. When last I saw her she was a sooty, withered +little thing whom Gallus yonder carried in his great arms, as a child +might carry a large doll that he had rescued from the fire. Yes, I agree +that she is beautiful and worthy of a very good place in the procession. +Also she should fetch a large price afterwards, for that necklace of +pearls goes with her--make a note of this, Scribe--and the reversion to +considerable property in Tyre and elsewhere. This, by special favour, +she will be allowed to inherit from her grandfather, the old rabbi, +Benoni, one of the Sanhedrim, who perished in the burning of the +Temple." + +"How can a slave inherit property, son?" asked Vespasian, raising his +eyebrows. + +"I don't know," answered Titus with a laugh. "Perhaps Domitian can tell +you. He says that he has studied law. But so I have decreed." + +"A slave," interrupted Domitian wisely, "has no rights and can hold no +property, but the Caesar of the East"--here he sneered--"can declare that +certain lands and goods will pass to the highest bidder with the person +of the slave, and this, Vespasian Caesar, my father, is what I understand +Titus Caesar, my brother, has thought it good to do in the present +instance." + +"Yes," said Titus in a quiet voice, though his face flushed, "that, +Domitian, is what I have thought it good to do. In such a matter is not +my will enough?" + +"Conqueror of the East," replied Domitian, "Thrower-down of the mountain +stronghold called Jerusalem, to which the topless towers of Ilium were +as nothing, and Exterminator of a large number of misguided fanatics, +in what matter is not your will enough? Yet a boon, O Caesar. As you are +great, be generous," and with a mocking gesture he bowed the knee to +Titus. + +"What boon do you seek of me, brother, who know that all I have is, or," +he added slowly, "will be--yours?" + +"One that is already granted by your precious words, Titus. Of all you +have, which is much, I seek only this Pearl-Maiden, who has taken my +fancy. The girl only, not her property in Tyre, wherever that may be, +which you can keep for yourself." + +Vespasian looked up, but before he could speak, Titus answered quickly: + +"I said, Domitian, 'all I have.' This maid I have not, therefore the +words do not apply. I have decreed that the proceeds of the sale of +these captives is to be divided equally between the wounded soldiers and +the poor of Rome. Therefore she is their property, not mine. I will not +rob them." + +"Virtuous man! No wonder that the legions love him who cannot withdraw +one lot from a sale of thousands, even to please an only brother," +soliloquised Domitian. + +"If you wish for the maid," went on Titus, taking no heed of the insult, +"the markets are open--buy her. It is my last word." + +Suddenly Domitian grew angry, the false modesty left his face, his +tall form straightened itself, and he stared round with his blear, +evil-looking eyes. + +"I appeal," he shouted, "I appeal from Caesar the Small to Caesar the +Great, from the murderer of a brave barbarian tribe to the conqueror +of the world. O Caesar, Titus here declared that all he has is mine. Yet +when I ask him for the gift of one captive girl he refuses me. Command, +I pray you, that he should keep his word." + +Now the officers and the secretaries looked up, for of a sudden this +small matter had become very important. For long the quarrel between +Titus and his jealous brother had smouldered, now over the petty +question of a captive it had broken into flame. + +The face of Titus grew hard and stern as that of some statue of the +offended Jove. + +"Command, I pray you, father," he said, "that my brother should cease +to offer insult to me. Command also that he should cease to question my +will and my authority in matters great or small that are within my rule. +Since you are appealed to as Caesar, as Caesar judge, not of this thing +only but of all, for there is much between him and me that needs to be +made plain." + +Vespasian looked round him uneasily, but seeing no escape and that +beneath the quarrel lay issues which were deep and wide, he spoke out in +his brave, simple-minded fashion. + +"Sons," he said, "seeing that there are but two of you who together, or +one after the other, must inherit the world, it is an evil-omened thing +that you should quarrel thus, since on the chances of your enmity may +hang your own fates and the fates of peoples. Be reconciled, I pray +you. Is there not enough for both? As for the matter in hand--this is my +judgment. With all the spoils of Judaea, this fair maid is the property +of Titus. Titus, whose boast it is that he does not go back upon his +word, has decreed that she shall be sold and her price divided between +the sick soldiers and the poor. Therefore she is no longer his to give +away, even to his brother. With Titus I say--if you desire the girl, +Domitian, bid your agent buy her in the market." + +"Aye, I will buy her," snarled Domitian, "but this I swear, that soon +or late Titus shall pay the price and one that he will be loth to give." +Then followed by his secretary and an officer, he turned and left the +audience hall. + +"What does he mean?" asked Vespasian, looking after him with anxious +eyes. + +"He means that----" and Titus checked himself. "Well, time and my +destiny will show the world what he means. So be it. As for you, +Pearl-Maiden, who, though you know it not, have cost Caesar so dear, +well, you are fairer than I thought, and shall have the best of places +in the pageant. Yet, for your sake, I pray that one may be found who, +when you come to the market-place, may outbid Domitian," and he waved +his hand to show that the audience was at an end. + + + +CHAPTER XXII + +THE TRIUMPH + +Another week went by and the eve of the Triumph was at hand. On the +afternoon before the great day sewing-women had come to the house of +Gallus, bringing with them the robe that Miriam must wear. As had been +promised, it was splendid, of white silk covered with silver discs and +having the picture of the gate Nicanor fashioned on the breast, but cut +so low that it shamed Miriam to put it on. + +"It is naught, it is naught," said Julia. "The designer has made it thus +that the multitude may see those pearls from which you take your name." +But to herself she thought: "Oh! monstrous age, and monstrous men, whose +eyes can delight in the disgrace of a poor unfriended maiden. Surely +the cup of iniquity of my people is full, and they shall drink it to the +dregs!" + +That same afternoon also came an assistant of the officer, who was +called the Marshal, with orders to Gallus as to when and where he was to +deliver over his charge upon the morrow. With him he brought a packet, +which, when opened, proved to contain a splendid golden girdle, +fashioned to the likeness of a fetter. The clasp was an amethyst, +and round it were cut these words: "The gift of Domitian to her who +to-morrow shall be his." + +Miriam threw the thing from her as though it were a snake. + +"I will not wear it," she said. "I say that I will not wear it; at least +to-day I am my own," while Julia groaned and Gallus cursed beneath his +breath. + +Knowing her sore plight, that evening there came to visit her one of the +elders of the Christian Church in Rome, a bishop named Cyril, who had +been the friend and disciple of the Apostle Peter. To him the poor girl +poured out all the agony of her heart. + +"Oh! my father, my father in Christ," she said, "I swear to you that +were I not of our holy faith, rather than endure this shame I would slay +myself to-night! Other dangers have I passed, but they have been of the +body alone, whereas this----. Pity me and tell me, you in whose ear God +speaks, tell me, what must I do?" + +"Daughter," answered the grave and gentle man, "you must trust in God. +Did He not save you in the house at Tyre? Did He not save you in the +streets of Jerusalem? Did He not save you on the gate Nicanor?" + +"He did," answered Miriam. + +"Aye, daughter, and so shall He save you in the slave-market of Rome. I +have a message for your ear, and it is that no shame shall come near +to you. Tread your path, drink your cup, and fear nothing, for the Lord +shall send His angel to protect you until such time as it pleases Him to +take you to Himself." + +Miriam looked at him, and as she looked peace fell upon her soul and +shone in her soft eyes. + +"I hear the word of the Lord spoken through the mouth of His messenger," +she said, "and henceforth I will strive to fear nothing, no, not even +Domitian." + +"Least of all Domitian, daughter, that son of Satan, whom Satan shall +pay in his own coin." + +Then going to the door he summoned Julia, and while Gallus watched +without, the two of them prayed long and earnestly with Miriam. When +their prayer was finished the bishop rose, blessed her, and bade her +farewell. + +"I leave you, daughter," he said, "but though you see him not, another +takes my place. Do you believe?" + +"I have said that I believe," murmured Miriam. + +Indeed, in those days when men still lived who had seen the Christ and +His voice still echoed through the world, to the strong faith of His +followers, it was not hard to credit that His angel did descend to earth +to protect and save at their Master's bidding. + +So Cyril, the bishop, went, and that night from many a catacomb prayers +rose up to Heaven for Miriam in her peril. That night also she slept +peacefully. + +Two hours before the dawn, Julia awoke her and arrayed her in the +glittering, hateful garments. When all was ready, with tears she bade +her farewell. + +"Child, child," she said, "you have become to me as my own daughter was, +and now I know not how and when we shall meet again." + +"Perhaps sooner than you think," Miriam answered. "But if not, if, +indeed, I speak to you for the last time, why, then, my blessings on you +who have played a mother's part to a helpless maid that was no kin of +yours. Yes, and on you Gallus also, who have kept me safe through so +many dangers." + +"And who hopes, dear one, to keep you safe through many more. Since +I may not swear by the gods before you, I swear it by the Eagles that +Domitian will do well to have a care how he deals by you. To him I owe +no fealty and, as has been proved before to-day, the sword of vengeance +can reach the heart of princes." + +"Aye, Gallus," said Miriam gently, "but let it not be your sword, nor, I +trust, shall you need to think of vengeance." + +Then the litter was brought into the courtyard, with the guards that +were sent to accompany it, and they started for the gathering-place +beyond the Triumphal Way. Dark though it still was, all Rome was astir. +On every side shone torches, from every house and street rose the murmur +of voices, for the mighty city made herself ready to celebrate the +greatest festival which her inhabitants had seen. Even now at times the +press was so dense that the soldiers were obliged to force a way through +the crowd, which poured outwards to find good places along the line of +the Triumph, or to take up their station on stands of timber, and in +houses they had hired, whose roofs, balconies and windows commanded the +path of the pageant. + +They crossed the Tiber. This Miriam knew by the roar of the water +beneath, and because the crush upon the narrow bridge was so great. +Thence she was borne along through country comparatively open, to the +gateways of some large building, where she was ordered to dismount from +the litter. Here officers were waiting who took charge of her, giving to +Gallus a written receipt for her person. Then, either because he would +not trust himself to bid her farewell, or because he did not think it +wise to do so in the presence of the officers, Gallus turned and left +her without a word. + +"Come on, girl," said a man, but a secretary, looking up from his +tablets, called to him: + +"Gently there with that lot, or you will hear about it. She is +Pearl-Maiden, the captive who made the quarrel between the Caesars and +Domitian, of which all Rome is talking. Gently, I tell you, gently, for +many free princesses are worth less to-day." + +Hearing this, the man bowed to Miriam, almost with reverence, and +begged her to follow him to a place that had been set apart for her. She +obeyed, passing through a great number of people, of whom all she could +see in the gloom of the breaking dawn was that, like herself, they were +captives, to a little chamber where she was left alone watching the +light grow through the lattice, and listening to the hum of voices +that rose without, mingled now and again with sobs and wails of grief. +Presently the door opened and a servant entered with bread on a platter +and milk in an earthenware vessel. These she took thankfully, knowing +that she would need food to support her during the long day, but +scarcely had she begun to eat when a slave appeared clad in the imperial +livery, and bearing a tray of luxurious meats served in silver vessels. + +"Pearl-Maiden," he said, "my master, Domitian, sends you greeting and +this present. The vessels are your own, and will be kept for you, but he +bids me add, that to-night you shall sup off dishes of gold." + +Miriam made no answer, though one rose to her lips; but after the man +had departed, with her foot she overset the tray so that the silver +vases fell clattering to the floor, where the savory meats were +spilled. Then she went on eating the bread and milk till her hunger was +satisfied. + +Scarcely had she finished her meal, when an officer entered the cell and +led her out into a great square, where she was marshalled amongst many +other prisoners. By now the sun was up and she saw before her a splendid +building, and gathered below the building all the Senate of Rome in +their robes, and many knights on horses, and nobles, and princes from +every country with their retinues--a very wonderful and gallant sight. +In front of the building were cloisters, before which were set two ivory +chairs, while to right and left of these chairs, as far as the eye could +reach, were drawn up thousand upon thousands of soldiers; the Senate, +the Knights and the Princes, as she could see from the rising ground +whereon she stood, being in front of them and of the chairs. Presently +from the cloisters, clad in garments of silk and wearing crowns of +laurel, appeared the Caesars, Vespasian and Titus, attended by Domitian +and their staffs. As they came the soldiers saw them and set up a mighty +triumphant shout which sounded like the roar of the sea, that endured +while the Caesars sat themselves upon their thrones. Up and up went +the sound of the continual shouting, till at length Vespasian rose and +lifted his hand. + +Then silence fell and, covering his head with his cloak, he seemed to +make some prayer, after which Titus also covered his head with his +cloak and offered a prayer. This done, Vespasian addressed the soldiers, +thanking them for their bravery and promising them rewards, whereon they +shouted again until they were marched off to the feast that had been +made ready. Now the Caesars vanished and the officers began to order the +great procession, of which Miriam could see neither the beginning nor +the end. All she knew was that before her in lines eight wide were +marshalled two thousand or more Jewish prisoners bound together with +ropes, among whom, immediately in front of her, were a few women. Next +she came, walking by herself, and behind her, also walking by himself, a +dark, sullen-looking man, clad in a white robe and a purple cloak, with +a gilded chain about his neck. + +Looking at him she wondered where she had seen his face, which seemed +familiar to her. Then there rose before her mind a vision of the Court +of the Sanhedrim sitting in the cloisters of the Temple, and of herself +standing there before them. She remembered that this man was seated next +to that Simeon who had been so bitter against her and pronounced upon +her the cruel sentence of death, also that some one in the crowd had +addressed him as Simon, the son of Gioras, none other than the savage +general whom the Jews had admitted into the city to make way upon the +Zealot, John of Gischala. From that day to this she had heard nothing +of him till now they met again, the judge and the victim, caught in a +common net. Presently, in the confusion they were brought together and +he knew her. + +"Are you Miriam, the grand-daughter of Benoni?" he asked. + +"I am Miriam," she answered, "whom you, Simon, and your fellows doomed +to a cruel death, but who have been preserved----" + +"----To walk in a Roman Triumph. Better that you had died, maiden, at +the hands of your own people." + +"Better that you had died, Simon, at your own hands, or at those of the +Romans." + +"That I am about to do," he replied bitterly. "Fear not, woman, you will +be avenged." + +"I ask no vengeance," she answered. "Nay, cruel as you are I grieve that +you, a great captain, should have come to this." + +"I grieve also, maiden. Your grandsire, old Benoni, chose the better +part." + +Then the soldiers separated them and they spoke no more. + +An hour passed and the procession began its march along the Triumphal +Way. Of it Miriam could see little. All she knew was that in front there +were ranks of fettered prisoners, while behind men carried upon +trays and tables the golden vessels of the Temple, the seven-branched +candlestick and the ancient sacred book of the Jewish law. They were +followed by other men, who bore aloft images of victory in ivory and +gold. Then, although these did not join them till they reached the Porta +Triumphalis, or the Gate of Pomp, attended, each of them, by lictors +having their fasces wreathed with laurel, came the Caesars. First went +Vespasian Caesar, the father. He rode in a splendid golden chariot, to +which were harnessed four white horses led by Libyan soldiers. Behind +him stood a slave clad in a dull robe, set there to avert the influence +of the evil eye and of the envious gods, who held a crown above the head +of the Imperator, and now and again whispered in his ear the ominous +words, _Respice post te, hominem memento te_ ("Look back at me and +remember thy mortality.") + +After Vespasian Caesar, the father, came Titus Caesar, the son, but his +chariot was of silver, and graved upon its front was a picture of the +Holy House of the Jews melting in the flames. Like his father he was +attired in the _toga picta_ and _tunica palmata_, the gold-embroidered +over-robe and the tunic laced with silver leaves, while in his right +hand he held a laurel bough, and in his left a sceptre. He also was +attended by a slave who whispered in his ear the message of mortality. + +Next to the chariot of Titus, alongside of it indeed, and as little +behind as custom would allow, rode Domitian, gloriously arrayed and +mounted on a splendid steed. Then came the tribunes and the knights +on horseback, and after them the legionaries to the number of five +thousand, every man of them having his spear wreathed in laurel. + +Now the great procession was across the Tiber, and, following its +appointed path down broad streets and past palaces and temples, drew +slowly towards its object, the shrine of Jupiter Capitolinus, that stood +at the head of the Sacred Way beyond the Forum. Everywhere the side +paths, the windows of houses, the great scaffoldings of timber, and the +steps of temples were crowded with spectators. Never before did Miriam +understand how many people could inhabit a single city. They passed them +by thousands and by tens of thousands, and still, far as the eye could +reach, stretched the white sea of faces. Ahead that sea would be quiet, +then, as the procession pierced it, it began to murmur. Presently +the murmur grew to a shout, the shout to a roar, and when the Caesars +appeared in their glittering chariots, the roar to a triumphant peal +which shook the street like thunder. And so on for miles and miles, till +Miriam's eyes were dim with the glare and glitter, and her head swam at +the ceaseless sound of shouting. + +Often the procession would halt for a while, either because of a check +to one of the pageants in front, or in order that some of its members +might refresh themselves with drink which was brought to them. Then the +crowd, ceasing from its cheers, would make jokes, and criticise whatever +person or thing they chanced to be near. Greatly did they criticise +Miriam in this fashion, or at the least she thought so, who must +listen to it all. Most of them, she found, knew her by her name of +Pearl-Maiden, and pointed out to each other the necklace about her +throat. Many, too, had heard something of her story, and looked eagerly +at the picture of the gate Nicanor blazoned upon her breast. But the +greater part concerned themselves only with her delicate beauty, passing +from mouth to mouth the gossip concerning Domitian, his quarrel with the +Caesars, and the intention which he had announced of buying this captive +at the public sale. Always it was the same talk; sometimes more brutal +and open than others--that was the only difference. + +Once they halted thus in the street of palaces through which they passed +near to the Baths of Agrippa. Here the endless comments began again, but +Miriam tried to shut her ears to it and looked about her. To her left +was a noble-looking house built of white marble, but she noticed that +its shutters were closed, also that it was undecorated with garlands, +and idly wondered why. Others wondered too, for when they had wearied +of discussing her points, she heard one plebeian ask another whose house +that was and why it had been shut up upon this festal day. His fellow +answered that he could not remember the owner's name, but he was a rich +noble who had fallen in the Jewish wars, and that the palace was closed +because it was not yet certain who was his heir. + +At that moment her attention was distracted by a sound of groans and +laughter coming from behind. She looked round to see that the wretched +Jewish general, Simon, had sunk fainting to the ground, overcome by +the heat, or the terrors of his mind, or by the sufferings which he was +forced to endure at the hands of his cruel guards, who flogged him as +he walked, for the pleasure of the people. Now they were beating him to +life again with their rods; hence the laughter of the audience and the +groans of the victim. Sick at heart, Miriam turned away from this horrid +sight, to hear a tall man, whose back was towards her, but who was clad +in the rich robes of an Eastern merchant, asking one of the marshals of +the Triumph, in a foreign accent, whether it was true that the captive +Pearl-Maiden was to be sold that evening in the auction-mart of the +Forum. The marshal answered yes, such were the orders as regarded her +and the other women, since there was no convenient place to house them, +and it was thought best to be rid of them and let their masters take +them home at once. + +"Does she please you, sir? Are you going to bid?" he added. "If so, you +will find yourself in high company." + +"Perhaps, perhaps," answered the man with a shrug of his shoulders. + +Then he vanished into the crowd. + +Now, for the first time that day, Miriam's spirit seemed to fail her. +The weariness of her body, the foul talk, the fouler cruelty, the cold +discussion of the sale of human beings to the first-comer as though they +were sheep or swine, the fear of her fate that night, pressed upon and +overcame her mind, so that she felt inclined, like Simon, the son of +Gioras, to sink fainting to the pavement and lie there till the cruel +rods beat her to her feet again. Hope sank low and faith grew dim, while +in her heart she wondered vaguely what was the meaning of it all, and +why poor men and women were made to suffer thus for the pleasure of +other men and women; wondered also what escape there could be for her. + +While she mused thus, like a ray of light through the clouds, a sense +of consolation, sweet as it was sudden, seemed to pierce the darkness +of her bitter thoughts. She knew not whence it came, nor what it might +portend, yet it existed, and the source of it seemed near to her. She +scanned the faces of the crowd, finding pity in a few, curiosity in +more, but in most gross admiration if they were men, or scorn of her +misfortune and jealousy of her loveliness if they were women. Not from +among these did that consolation flow. She looked up to the sky, half +expecting to see there that angel of the Lord into whose keeping the +bishop, Cyril, had delivered her. But the skies were empty and brazen +as the faces of the Roman crowd; not a cloud could be seen in them, much +less an angel. + +As her eyes sank earthwards their glance fell upon one of the windows of +the marble house to her left. If she remembered right some few minutes +before the shutters of that window had been closed, now they were open, +revealing two heavy curtains of blue embroidered silk. Miriam thought +this strange, and, without seeming to do so, kept her eyes fixed upon +the curtains. Presently, for her sight was good, she saw fingers between +them--long, dark-coloured fingers. Then very slowly the curtains were +parted, and in the opening thus made appeared a face, the face of an old +woman, dark and noble looking and crowned with snow-white hair. Even at +that distance Miriam knew it in an instant. + +Oh, Heaven! it was the face of Nehushta, Nehushta whom she thought dead, +or at least for ever lost. For a moment Miriam was paralysed, wondering +whether this was not some vision born of the turmoil and excitement of +that dreadful day. Nay, surely it was no vision, surely it was Nehushta +herself who looked at her with loving eyes, for see! she made the sign +of the cross in the air before her, the symbol of Christian hope and +greeting, then laid her finger upon her lips in token of secrecy and +silence. The curtain closed and she was gone, who not five seconds +before had so mysteriously appeared. + +Miriam's knees gave way beneath her, and while the marshals shouted +to the procession to set forward, she felt that she must sink to the +ground. Indeed, she would have fallen had not some woman in the crowd +stepped forward and thrust a goblet of wine into her hands, saying: + +"Drink that, Pearl-Maiden, it will make your pale cheeks even prettier +than they are." + +The words were coarse, but Miriam, looking at the woman, knew her for +one of the Christian community with whom she had worshipped in the +catacombs. So she took the cup, fearing nothing, and drank it off. Then +new strength came to her, and she went forward with the others on that +toilsome, endless march. + +At length, however, it did end, an hour or so before sunset. They had +passed miles of streets; they had trodden the Sacred Way bordered by +fanes innumerable and adorned with statues set on columns; and now +marched up the steep slope that was crowned by the glorious temple of +Jupiter Capitolinus. As they began to climb it guards broke into their +lines, and seizing the chain that hung about the neck of Simon, dragged +him away. + +"Whither do they take you?" asked Miriam as he passed her. + +"To what I desire--death," he answered, and was gone. + +Now the Caesars, dismounting from their chariots, took up their stations +by altars at the head of the steps, while beneath them, rank upon rank, +gathered all those who had shared their Triumph, each company in its +allotted place. Then followed a long pause, the multitude waiting for +Miriam knew not what. Presently men were seen running from the Forum up +a path that had been left open, one of them carrying in his hand some +object wrapped in a napkin. Arriving in face of the Caesars he threw +aside the cloth and held up before them and in sight of all the people +the grizzly head of Simon, the son of Gioras. By this public murder of +a brave captain of their foes was consummated the Triumph of the Romans, +and at the sight of its red proof trumpets blew, banners waved, and from +half a million throats went up a shout of victory that seemed to rend +the very skies, for the multitude was drunk with the glory of its brutal +vengeance. + +Then silence was called, and there before the Temple of Jove the beasts +were slain, and the Caesars offered sacrifice to the gods that had given +them victory. + +Thus ended the Triumph of Vespasian and Titus, and with it the record +of the struggle of the Jews against the iron beak and claws of the Roman +Eagle. + + + +CHAPTER XXIII + +THE SLAVE-RING + +Had Miriam chanced to look out of her litter as she passed the Temple +of Isis, escorted by Gallus and the guards before dawn broke upon that +great day of the Triumph, and had there been light to enable her to see, +she might have beheld two figures galloping into Rome as fast as their +weary horses would carry them. Both rode after the fashion of men, but +one of them, wrapped in an Eastern garment that hid the face, was in +fact a woman. + +"Fortune favours us, Nehushta," said the man in a strained voice. "At +least, we are in time for the Triumph, who might so easily have been +too late. Look, yonder they gather already by Octavian's Walks," and +he pointed to the companies of soldiers who hurried past them to the +meeting-place. + +"Yes, yes, my lord Marcus, we are in time. There go the eagles and +here comes their prey," and in her turn Nehushta pointed to a guarded +litter--had they but known it, the very one that carried the beloved +woman whom they sought. "But whither now? Would you also march in the +train of Titus?" + +"Nay, woman, it is too late. Also I know not what would be my welcome." + +"Your welcome? Why, you were his friend, and Titus is faithful to his +friends." + +"Aye, but perhaps not to those who have been taken prisoner by the +enemy. Towards the commencement of the siege that happened to a man I +knew. He was captured with a companion. The companion the Jews slew, but +as he was about to be beheaded upon the wall, this man slipped from the +hands of the executioner, and leaping from it escaped with little hurt. +Titus gave him his life, but dismissed him from his legion. Why should I +fare better?" + +"That you were taken was no fault of yours, who were struck senseless +and overwhelmed." + +"Maybe, but would that avail me? The rule, a good rule, is that no Roman +soldier should yield to an enemy. If he is captured while insensible, +then on finding his wits he must slay himself, as I should have striven +to do, had I awakened to find myself in the hands of the Jews. But +things fell out otherwise. Still, I tell you, Nehushta, that had it not +been for Miriam, I should not have turned my face to Rome, at any rate +until I had received pardon and permission from Titus." + +"What then are your plans, lord Marcus?" + +"To go to my own house near the Baths of Agrippa. The Triumph must pass +there, and if Miriam is among the captives we shall see her. If not, +then either she is dead or already sold, or perchance given as a present +to some friend of Caesar's." + +Now they ceased talking, for the people were so many that they could +only force their way through the press riding one after the other. Thus, +Nehushta following Marcus, they crossed the Tiber and passed through +many streets, decorated, most of them, for the coming pageant, till at +length Marcus drew rein in front of a marble mansion in the Via Agrippa. + +"A strange home-coming," he muttered. "Follow me," and he rode round the +house to a side-entrance. + +Here he dismounted and knocked at the small door for some time without +avail. At length it was opened a little way, and a thin, querulous +voice, speaking through the crack, said: + +"Begone, whoever you are. No one lives here. This is the house of +Marcus, who is dead in the Jewish war. Who are you that disturb me?" + +"The heir of Marcus." + +"Marcus has no heir, unless it be Caesar, who doubtless will take his +property." + +"Open, Stephanus," said Marcus, in a tone of command, at the same time +pushing the door wide and entering. "Fool," he added, "what kind of a +steward are you that you do not know your master's voice?" + +Now he who had kept the door, a withered little man in a scribe's brown +robe, peered at this visitor with his sharp eyes, then threw up his +hands and staggered back, saying: + +"By the spear of Mars! it is Marcus himself, Marcus returned from the +dead! Welcome, my lord, welcome." + +Marcus led his horse through the deep archway, and when Nehushta had +followed him into the courtyard beyond, returned, closed and locked the +door. + +"Why did you think me dead, friend?" he asked. + +"Oh! my lord," answered the steward, "because all who have come home +from the war declared that you had vanished away during the siege of the +city of the Jews, and that you must either be dead or taken prisoner. +Now I knew well that you would never disgrace your ancient house, or +your own noble name, or the Eagles which you serve, by falling alive +into the hands of the enemy. Therefore, I was sure that you were dead." + +Marcus laughed bitterly, then turning to Nehushta, said: + +"You hear, woman, you hear. If such is the judgment of my steward and +freedman, what will be that of Caesar and my peers?" Then he added, "Now, +Stephanus, that what you thought impossible--what I myself should have +thought impossible--has happened. I was taken prisoner by the Jews, +though through no fault of mine." + +"Oh! if so," said the old steward, "hide it, my lord, hide it. Why, two +such unhappy men who had surrendered to save their lives and were found +in some Jewish dungeon, have been condemned to walk in the Triumph this +day. Their hands are to be tied behind them; in place of their swords +they must wear a distaff, and on their breasts a placard with the words +written: 'I am a Roman who preferred dishonour to death.' You would not +wish their company, my lord." + +The face of Marcus went first red, then white. + +"Man," he said, "cease your ill-omened talk, lest I should fall upon +my sword here before your eyes. Bid the slaves make ready the bath and +food, for we need both." + +"Slaves, my lord? There are none here, save one old woman, who attends +to me and the house." + +"Where are they then?" asked Marcus angrily. + +"The most part of them I have sent into the country, thinking it better +that they should work upon your estates rather than live here idle, and +others who were not needed I have sold." + +"You were ever careful, Stephanus." Then he added by an afterthought, +"Have you any money in the house?" + +The old steward looked towards Nehushta suspiciously and seeing that +she was engaged with the horses out of earshot, answered in a whisper: +"Money? I have so much of it that I know not what to do. The strong +place you know if is almost full of gold and still it comes. There +are the rents and profits of your great estates for three years; the +proceeds of the sale of slaves and certain properties, together with the +large outstanding amount that was due to my late master, the Lord Caius, +which I have at length collected. Oh! at least you will not lack for +money." + +"There are other things that I could spare less readily," said Marcus, +with a sigh; "still, it may be needed. Now tie up those horses by the +fountain, and give us food, what you have, for we have ridden these +thirty hours without rest. Afterwards you can talk." + + + +It was mid-day. Marcus, bathed, anointed, and clad in the robes of his +order, was standing in one of the splendid apartments of his marble +house, looking through an opening in the shutters at the passing of the +Triumph. Presently old Nehushta joined him. She also was clad in clean, +white robes which the slave woman had found for her. + +"Have you any news?" asked Marcus impatiently. + +"Some, lord, which I have pieced together from what is known by the +slave-woman, and by your steward, Stephanus. A beautiful Jewish captive +is to walk in the Triumph and afterwards to be sold with other captives +in the Forum. They heard of her because it is said that there has been +a quarrel between Titus and his brother Domitian, and Vespasian also, on +account of this woman." + +"A quarrel? What quarrel?" + +"I, or rather your servants, know little of it, but they have heard that +Domitian demanded the girl as a gift, whereon Titus told him that if +he wished for her, he might buy her. Then the matter was referred to +Vespasian Caesar, who upheld the decree of Titus. As for Domitian, he +went away in a rage, declaring that he would purchase the girl and +remember the affront which had been put upon him." + +"Surely the gods are against me," said Marcus, "if they have given me +Domitian for a rival." + +"Why so, lord? Your money is as good as his, and perhaps you will pay +more." + +"I will pay to my last piece, but will that free me from the rage and +hate of Domitian?" + +"Why need he knew that you were the rival bidder?" + +"Why? Oh! in Rome everything is known--even the truth sometimes." + +"Time enough to trouble when trouble comes. First let us wait and see +whether this maid be Miriam." + +"Aye," he answered, "let us wait--since we must." + +So they waited and with anxious eyes watched the great show roll by +them. They saw the cars painted with scenes of the taking of Jerusalem +and the statues of the gods fashioned in ivory and gold. They saw the +purple hangings of the Babylonian broidered pictures, the wild beasts, +and the ships mounted upon wheels. They saw the treasures of the temple +and the images of victory, and many other things, for that pageant +seemed to be endless, and still the captives and the Emperors did not +come. + +One sight there was also that caused Marcus to shrink as though fire had +burned him, for yonder, set in the midst of a company of jugglers and +buffoons that gibed and mocked at them, were the two unhappy men who +had been taken prisoners by the Jews. On they tramped, their hands bound +behind them, clad in full armour, but wearing a woman's distaff where +the sword should have been, and round their necks the placards which +proclaimed their shame. The brutal Roman mob hooted them also, that mob +which ever loved spectacles of cruelty and degradation, calling them +cowards. One of the men, a bull-necked, black-haired fellow, suffered it +patiently, remembering that at even he must be set free to vanish where +he would. The other, who was blue-eyed and finer-featured, having gentle +blood in his veins, seemed to be maddened by their talk, for he glared +about him, gnashing his teeth like a wild beast in a cage. Opposite to +the house of Marcus came the climax. + +"Cur," yelled a woman in the mob, casting a pebble that struck him on +the cheek. "Cur! Coward!" + +The blue-eyed man stopped, and, wheeling round, shouted in answer: + +"I am no coward, I who have slain ten men with my own hand, five of them +in single combat. You are the cowards who taunt me. I was overwhelmed, +that is all, and afterwards in the prison I thought of my wife and +children and lived on. Now I die and my blood be on you." + +Behind him, drawn by eight white oxen, was the model of a ship with the +crew standing on its deck. Avoiding his guard, the man ran down the +line of oxen and suddenly cast himself upon the ground before the +wooden-wheeled car, which passed over his neck, crushing the life out of +him. + +"Well done! Well done!" shouted the crowd, rejoicing at this unexpected +sight. "Well done! He was brave after all." + +Then the body was carried away and the procession moved forward. But +Marcus, who watched, hid his face in his hands, and Nehushta, lifting +hers, uttered a prayer for the passing soul of the victim. + +Now the prisoners began to go past, marching eight by eight, hundreds +upon hundreds of them, and once more the mob shouted and rejoiced over +these unfortunates, whose crime was that they had fought for their +country to the end. The last files passed, then at a little distance +from them, tramping forward wearily, appeared the slight figure of a +girl dressed in a robe of white silk blazoned at its breast with gold. +Her bowed head, from which the curling tresses fell almost to her waist, +was bared to the fierce rays of the sun, and on her naked bosom lay a +necklace of great pearls. + +"Pearl-Maiden, Pearl-Maiden!" shouted the crowd. + +"Look!" said Nehushta, gripping the shoulder of Marcus with her hand. + +He looked, and after long years once more beheld Miriam, for though he +had heard her voice in the Old Tower at Jerusalem, then her face was +hidden from him by the darkness. There was the maid from whom he had +parted in the desert village by Jordan, the same, and yet changed. +Then she had been a lovely girl, now she was a woman on whom sorrow +and suffering had left their stamp. The features were finer, the deep, +patient eyes were frightened and reproachful; her beauty was such as we +see in dreams, not altogether that of earth. + +"Oh! my darling, my darling," murmured Nehushta, stretching out her arms +towards her. "Christ be thanked, that I have found you, my darling." +Then she turned to Marcus, who was devouring Miriam with his eyes, and +said in a fierce voice: + +"Roman, now that you see her again, do you still love her as much as of +old time?" + +He took no note and she repeated the question. Then he answered: + +"Why do you trouble me with such idle words. Once she was a woman to be +won, now she is a spirit to be worshipped." + +"Woman or spirit, or woman and spirit, beware how you deal with her, +Roman," snarled Nehushta still more fiercely, "or----" and she left her +hand fall upon the knife that was hidden in her robe. + +"Peace, peace!" said Marcus, and as he spoke the procession came to +a halt before his windows. "How weary she is, and sad," he went on +speaking to himself. "Her heart seems crushed. Oh! that I must stay here +and see her thus, who dare not show myself! If she could but know! If +she could but know!" + +Nehushta thrust him aside and took his place. Fixing her eyes upon +Miriam she made some effort of the will, so fierce and concentrated that +beneath the strain her body shook and quivered. See! Her thought reached +the captive, for she looked up. + +"Stand to one side," she whispered to Marcus, then unlatched the +shutters and slowly pushed them open. Now between her and the air was +nothing but the silken curtains. Very gently she parted these with her +hands, for some few seconds suffering her face to be seen between them. +Then laying her fingers on her lips she drew back and they closed again. + +"It is well," she said, "she knows." + +"Let her see me also," said Marcus. + +"Nay, she can bear no more. Look, look, she faints." + +Groaning in bitterness of spirit they watched Miriam, who seemed +about to fall. Now a woman gave her the cup of wine, and drinking she +recovered herself. + +"Note that woman," muttered Marcus, "that I may reward her." + +"It is needless," answered Nehushta, "she seeks no reward." + +"She is more than a Roman, she is a Christian. As she passed it she made +a sign of the cross with the cup." + +The waggons creaked; the officers shouted; the procession moved forward. +From behind the curtain the pair kept their eyes fixed upon Miriam until +she vanished in the dust and crowd. When she had gone they seemed to see +little else; even the sight of the glorious Caesars could not hold their +eyes. + +Marcus summoned the steward, Stephanus. + +"Go forth," he said, "and discover when and where the captive +Pearl-Maiden is to be sold. Then return to me swiftly. Be secret and +silent, and let none suspect whence you come or what you seek. Your life +hangs upon it. Go." + + + +The sun was sinking fast, staining the marble temples and colonnades of +the Forum blood-red with its level beams. For the most part the glorious +place was deserted now, since, the Triumph over at length, the hundreds +of thousands of the Roman populace, wearied out with pleasure and +excitement, had gone home to spend the night in feasting. About one of +the public slave-markets, however, a round of marble enclosed with +a rope and set in front of a small building, where the slaves were +sheltered until the moment of their sale, a mixed crowd was gathered, +some of them bidders, some idlers drawn thither by curiosity. Others +were in the house behind examining the wares before they came to the +hammer. Presently an old woman, meanly clad with her face veiled to the +eyes, and bearing on her back a heavy basket such as was used to carry +fruit to market, presented herself at the door of the house. + +"What do you want?" asked the gatekeeper. + +"To inspect the slaves," she answered in Greek. + +"Go away," he said roughly, "you are not a buyer." + +"I may be if the stuff is good enough," she replied, slipping a gold +coin into his hand. + +"Pass in, old lady, pass in," and in another second the door had closed +behind her, and Nehushta found herself among the slaves. + +In this building the light was already so low that torches were burning +for the convenience of visitors. By the flare of them Nehushta saw +the unfortunate captives--there were but fifteen--seated upon marble +benches, while slave women moved from the one to the other, washing +their hands and feet and faces in scented water, brushing and tying +their hair and removing the dust of the procession from their robes, +so that they might look more comely to the eyes of the purchasers. Also +there were present a fair number of bidders, twenty or thirty of them, +who strolled from girl to girl discussing the points of each and at +times asking them to stand up, or turn round, or show their arms +and ankles, that they might judge of them better. At the moment when +Nehushta entered one of these, a fat man with greasy curls who looked +like an Eastern, was endeavouring to persuade a dark and splendid Jewess +to let him see her foot. Pretending not to understand she sat still and +sullen, till at length he stooped down and lifted her robe. Then in +an instant the girl dealt him such a kick in the face that amidst the +laughter of the spectators he rolled backwards on the floor, whence he +rose with a cut and bloody forehead. + +"Very good, my beauty, very good," he muttered in a savage voice, +"before twelve hours are over you shall pay for that." + +But again the girl sat sullen and motionless, pretending not to +understand. + +Most of the public, however, were gathered about Miriam, who sat upon a +chair by herself, her hands folded, her head bent down, a very picture +of pitiful, outraged modesty. One by one as their turns came and the +attendant suffered them to approach, the men advanced and examined her +closely, though Nehushta noted that none of them were allowed to touch +her with their hands. Placing herself at the end of the line she watched +with all her eyes and listened with all her ears. Soon she had her +reward. A tall man, dressed like a merchant of Egypt, went up to Miriam +and bent over her. + +"Silence!" said the attendant. "I am ordered to suffer none to speak to +the slave who is called Pearl-Maiden. Move on, sir, move on." + +The man lifted his head, and although in that gloom she could not +see his face, Nehushta knew its shape. Still she was not sure, till +presently he moved his right hand so that it came between her and the +flame of one of the torches, and she perceived that the top joint of the +first finger was missing. + +"Caleb," she thought to herself, "Caleb, escaped and in Rome! So +Domitian has another rival." Then she went back to the door-keeper and +asked him the name of the man. + +"A merchant of Alexandria named Demetrius," he said. + +Nehushta returned to her place. In front of her two men, agents who +bought slaves and other things for wealthy clients, were talking. + +"More fit for a sale of dogs," said one, "after sunset when everybody is +tired out, than for that of one of the fairest women who ever stood upon +the block." + +"Pshaw," answered the other, "the whole thing is a farce. Domitian is in +a hurry, that's all, so the auction must be held to-night." + +"He means to buy her?" + +"Of course. I am told that his factor, Saturius, has orders to go up +to a thousand sestertia if need be," and he nodded towards a quiet man +dressed in a robe of some rich, dark stuff, who stood in a corner of the +place watching the company. + +"A thousand sestertia! For one slave girl! Ye gods! a thousand +sestertia!" + +"The necklace goes with her, that is worth something, and there is +property at Tyre." + +"Property in Tyre," said the other, "property in the moon. Come on, let +us look at something a little less expensive. As I wish to keep my head +on my shoulders, I am not going to bid against the prince in any case." + +"No, nor anyone else either. I expect he will get his fancy pretty cheap +after all." + +Then the two men moved away, and a minute afterwards Nehushta found that +it was her turn to approach Miriam. + +"Here comes a curious sort of buyer," said one of the attendants. + +"Don't judge the taste of the fruit by the look of the rind, young man," +answered Nehushta, and at the sound of that voice for the first time +Pearl-Maiden lifted her head, then dropped it quickly. + +"She is well enough," Nehushta said aloud, "but there used to be +prettier women when I was young; in fact, though dark, I was myself," a +statement at which those within hearing, noting her gaunt and aged form +bent beneath the heavy basket, tittered aloud. "Come, lift up your +head, my dear," she went on, trying to entice the captive to consent by +encouraging waves of her hand. + +They were fruitless; still, had any thought of it there was meaning in +them. On Nehushta's finger, as it chanced, shone a ring which Miriam +ought to know, seeing that for some years she had worn it on her own. + +It would seem that she did know it, at any rate her bosom and neck grew +red and a spasm passed across her face which even the falling hair did +not suffice to hide. + +The ring told Miriam that Marcus lived and that Nehushta was his +messenger. This suspense at least was ended. + +Now the door-keeper called a warning and the buyers flocked from the +building. Outside, the auctioneer, a smooth-faced, glib-tongued man, was +already mounting the rostrum. Calling for silence he began his speech. +On this evening of festival, he said, he would be brief. The lots he had +to offer to the select body of connoisseurs he saw before him, were the +property of the Imperator Titus, and the proceeds of the sale, it was +his duty to tell them, would not go into Caesar's pocket, but were to be +equally divided between the poor of Rome and deserving soldiers who +had been wounded or had lost their health in the war, a fact which must +cause every patriotic citizen to bid more briskly. These lots, he might +say, were unique, being nothing else than the fifteen most beautiful +girls, believed all of them to be of noble blood, among the many +thousands who had been captured at the sack of Jerusalem, the city of +the Jews, especially selected to adorn the great conqueror's Triumph. +No true judge, who desired a charming memento of the victory of his +country's arms, would wish to neglect such an opportunity, especially +as he was informed that the Jewish women were affectionate, docile, well +instructed in many arts, and very hard-working. He had only one more +thing to say, or rather two things. He regretted that this important +sale should be held at so unusual an hour. The reason was that there +was really no place where these slaves could be comfortably kept without +risk of their maltreatment or escape, so it was held to be best that +they should be removed at once to the seclusion of their new homes, a +decision, he was sure, that would meet the wishes of buyers. The second +point was that among them was one lot of surpassing interest; namely, +the girl who had come to be generally spoken of as Pearl-Maiden. + +This young woman, who could not be more than three or four-and-twenty +years of age, was the last representative of a princely family of the +Jews. She had been found exposed upon one of the gates of the holy house +of that people, where it would seem she was sentenced to perish for some +offence against their barbarous laws. As the clamours of the populace +that day had testified, she was of the most delicate and distinguished +beauty, and the collar of great pearls which she wore about her neck +gave evidence of her rank. If he knew anything of the tastes of his +countrymen the price which would be paid for her must prove a record +even in that ring. He was aware that among the vulgar a great, almost +a divine name had been coupled with that of this captive. Well, he knew +nothing, except this, that he was certain that if there was any truth +in the matter the owner of the name, as became a noble and a generous +nature, would wish to obtain his prize fairly and openly. The bidding +was as free to the humblest there--provided, of course, that he could +pay, and he might remark that not an hour's credit would be given except +to those who were known to him--as to Caesar himself. Now, as the light +was failing, he would order the torches to be lit and commence the sale. +The beauteous Pearl-Maiden, he might add, was Lot No. 7. + +So the torches were lit, and presently the first victim was led out and +placed upon a stand of marble in the centre of the flaring ring. She was +a dark-haired child of about sixteen years of age, who stared round her +with a frightened gaze. + +The bidding began at five sestertia and ran up to fifteen, or about L120 +of our money, at which price she was knocked down to a Greek, who led +her back into the receiving house, paid the gold to a clerk who was in +attendance, and took her away, sobbing as she went. Then followed four +others, who were sold at somewhat better prices. No. 6 was the dark and +splendid Jewess who had kicked the greasy-curled Eastern in the face. As +soon as she appeared upon the block, this brute stepped forward and bid +twenty sestertia for her. An old grey-bearded fellow answered with a bid +of twenty-five. Then some one bid thirty, which the Eastern capped with +a bid of forty. So it went on till the large total of sixty sestertia +was offered, whereon the Eastern advanced two more, at which price, +amidst the laughter of the audience, she was knocked down to him. + +"You know me and that the money is safe," he said to the auctioneer. "It +shall be paid to you to-morrow; I have enough to carry without lading +myself up with so much gold. Come on, girl, to your new home, where I +have a little score to settle with you," and grasping her by the left +wrist he pulled her from the block and led her unresisting through the +crowd and to the shadows beyond. + +Already No. 7 had been summoned to the block and the auctioneer was +taking up his tale, when from out of these shadows rose the sound of a +dreadful yell. Some of the audience snatched torches from their stands +and ran to the spot whence it came. There, on the marble pavement +lay the Eastern dead or dying, while over him stood the Jewess, a red +dagger, his own, which she had snatched from its scabbard, in her hand, +and on her stately face a look of vengeful triumph. + +"Seize her! Seize the murdering witch! Beat her to death with rods," +they cried, and at the command of the auctioneer slaves ran up to take +her. + +She waited till they were near, then, without a word or a sound, lifted +her strong, white arm and drove the knife deep into her own heart. For +a moment she stood still, till suddenly she stretched her hands wide and +fell face downwards dead upon the body of the brute who had bought her. + +The crowd gasped and was silent. Then one of them, a sickly looking +patrician, called out: + +"Oh! I did well to come. What a sight! What a sight! Blessings on you, +brave girl, you have given Julius a new pleasure." + +After this there was tumult and confusion while the attendants carried +away the bodies. A few minutes later the auctioneer climbed back into +his rostrum and alluded in moving terms to the "unfortunate accident" +which had just happened. + +"Who would think," he said, "that one so beautiful could also be so +violent? I weep when I consider that this noble purchaser, whose name +I forget at the moment, but whose estate, by the way, is liable for the +money, should have thus suddenly been transferred from the arms of Venus +to that of Pluto, although it must be admitted that he gave the woman +some provocation. Well, gentlemen, grief will not bring him to life +again, and we who still stand beneath the stars have business to attend. +Bear me witness, all of you, that I am blameless in this affair, and, +slaves, bring out that priceless gem, the Pearl-Maiden." + + + +CHAPTER XXIV + +MASTER AND SLAVE + +Now a hush of expectancy fell upon the crowd, till presently two +attendants appeared, each of them holding in his hand a flaming torch, +and between them the captive Pearl-Maiden. So beautiful did she look as +she advanced thus with bowed head, the red light of the torches falling +upon her white robe and breast and reflected in a faint, shimmering line +from the collar of pearls about her neck, that even that jaded company +clapped as she came. In another moment she had mounted the two steps +and was standing on the block of marble. The crowd pressed closer, among +them the merchant of Egypt, Demetrius, and the veiled woman with the +basket, who was now attended by a little man dressed as a slave and +bearing on his back another basket, the weight of which he seemed +to find irksome, since from time to time he groaned and twisted his +shoulders. Also the chamberlain, Saturius, secure in the authority of +his master, stepped over the rope and against the rule began to walk +round and round the captive, examining her critically. + +"Look at her!" said the auctioneer. "Look for yourselves. I have nothing +to say, words fail me--unless it is this. For more than twenty years I +have stood in this rostrum, and during that time I suppose that fifteen +or sixteen thousand young women have been knocked down to my hammer. +They have come out of every part of the world; from the farthest East, +from the Grecian mountains, from Egypt and Cyprus, from the Spanish +plains, from Gaul, from the people of the Teutons, from the island of +the Britons, and other barbarous places that lie still further north. +Among them were many beautiful women, of every style and variety of +loveliness, yet I tell you honestly, my patrons, I do not remember one +who came so near perfection as this maiden whom I have the honour to +sell to-night. I say again--look at her, look at her, and tell me with +what you can find fault. + +"What do you say? Oh! yes, I am informed that her teeth are quite sound, +there is no blemish to conceal, none at all, and the hair is all her +own. That gentleman says that she is rather small. Well, she is not +built upon a large scale, and to my mind that is one of her attractions. +Little and good, you know, little and good. Only consider the +proportions. Why, the greatest sculptors, ancient or modern, would +rejoice to have her as model, and I hope that in the interests of the +art-loving public"--here he glanced at the Chamberlain, Saturius--"that +the fortunate person into whose hands she passes will not be so selfish +as to deny them this satisfaction. + +"Now I have said enough and must but add this, that by the special +decree of her captor, the Imperator Titus, the beautiful necklace of +pearls worn by the maiden goes with her. I asked a jeweller friend of +mine to look at it just now, and judging as well as he could without +removing it from her neck, which was not allowed, he values it at least +at a hundred sestertia. Also, there goes with this lot considerable +property, situated in Tyre and neighbouring places, to which, had she +been a free woman, she would have succeeded by inheritance. You may +think that Tyre is a long way off and that it will be difficult to take +possession of this estate, and, of course, there is something in the +objection. Still, the title to it is secure enough, for here I have a +deed signed by Titus Caesar himself, commanding all officials, officers +and others concerned, to hand over without waste or deduction all +property, real or personal, belonging to the estate of the late Benoni, +the Jewish merchant of Tyre, and a member of the Sanhedrim--the lot's +grandfather, I am informed, gentleman--to her purchaser, who has only to +fill in his own name in the blank space, or any representatives whom he +may appoint, which deed is especially declared to be indefeasible. Any +one wish to see it? No? Then we will take it as read. I know that in +such a matter, my patrons, my word is enough for you. + +"Now I am about to come to business, with the remark that the more +liberal your bidding the better will our glorious general, Titus Caesar, +be pleased; the better will the poor and the invalided soldiers, who +deserve so well at your hands, be pleased; the better will the girl +herself be pleased, who I am sure will know how to reward a generous +appreciation of her worth; and the better shall I, your humble friend +and servant, be pleased, because, as I may inform you in strict secrecy, +I am paid, not by a fixed salary, but by commission. + +"Now, gentlemen, what may I say? A thousand sestertia to begin with? Oh! +don't laugh, I expect more than that. What! Fifty? You are joking, my +friend. However, the acorn grows into the oak, doesn't it? and I am told +that you can stop the sources of the Tiber with your hat; so I'll start +with fifty. Fifty--a hundred. Come, bid up, gentlemen, or we shall +never get home to supper. Two hundred--three, four, five, six, seven, +eight--ah! that's better. What are you stopping for?" and he addressed +a hatchet-faced man who had thrust himself forward over the rope of the +ring. + +The man shook his head with a sigh. "I'm done," he said. "Such goods +are for my betters," a sentiment that seemed to be shared by his rivals, +since they also stopped bidding. + +"Well, friend Saturius," said the auctioneer, "have you gone to sleep, +or have you anything to say? Only in hundreds, now, gentlemen, mind, +only in hundreds, unless I give the word. Thank you, I have nine +hundred," and he looked round rather carelessly, expecting at heart that +this bid would be the last. + +Then the merchant from Alexandria stepped forward and held up his +finger. + +"A thousand, by the Gods!" + +Saturius looked at the man indignantly. Who was this that dared to bid +against Domitian, the third dignitary in all the Roman empire, Caesar's +son, Caesar's brother, who might himself be Caesar? Still he answered with +another bid of eleven hundred. + +Once more the finger of Domitian went up. + +"Twelve. Twelve hundred!" said the auctioneer, in a voice of suppressed +excitement, while the audience gasped, for such prices had not been +heard of. + +"Thirteen," said the Chamberlain. + +Again the finger went up. + +"Fourteen hundred. I have fourteen hundred. Against you, worthy +Saturius. Come, come, I must knock the lot down, which perhaps would not +please some whom I could mention. Don't be stingy, friend, you have a +large purse to draw on, and it is called the Roman Empire. Now. Thank +you, I have fifteen hundred. Well, my friend yonder. What! Have you had +enough?" and he pointed to the Alexandrian merchant, who, with a groan, +had turned aside and hidden his face in his hands. + +"Knocked out, knocked out, it seems," said the auctioneer, "and though +it is little enough under all the circumstances for this lot, who is as +lovely as she is historical, I suppose that I can scarcely expect----" +and he looked around despondently. + +Suddenly the old woman with the basket glanced up and, speaking in a +quiet matter-of-fact voice but with a foreign accent, said: + +"Two thousand." + +A titter of laughter went around the room. + +"My dear madam?" queried the auctioneer, looking at her dubiously, +"might I ask if you mean sester_tii_ or sester_tia_?[*] Your pardon, but +it has occurred to me that you might be confounding the two sums." + + [*] A _sestertius_ was worth less than 2d., a _sestertium_ + was a sum of money of the value of about L8. + +"Two thousand sester_tia_," repeated the matter-of-fact voice with the +foreign accent. + +"Well, well," said the auctioneer, "I suppose that I must accept the +bid. Friend Saturius, I have two thousand sestertia, and it is against +you." + +"Against me it must remain, then," replied the little man in a fury. "Do +all the kings in the world want this girl? Already I have exceeded my +limit by five hundred sestertia. I dare do no more. Let her go." + +"Don't vex yourself, Saturius," said the auctioneer, "bidding is one +thing, paying another. At present I have a bona-fide bid of fifteen +hundred from you. Unless this liberal but unknown lady is prepared with +the cash I shall close on that. Do you understand, madam?" + +"Perfectly," answered the veiled old woman. "Being a stranger to Rome I +thought it well to bring the gold with me, since strangers cannot expect +credit." + +"To bring the gold with you!" gasped the auctioneer. "To bring two +thousand sestertia with you! Where is it then?" + +"Where? Oh! in my servant's and my own baskets, and something more as +well. Come, good sir, I have made my bid. Does the worthy gentleman +advance?" + +"No," shouted Saturius. "You are being fooled, she has not got the +money." + +"If he does not advance and no other worthy gentleman wishes to bid, +then will you knock the lot down?" said the old woman. "Pardon me if +I press you, noble seller of slaves, but I must ride far from Rome +to-night, to Centum Cellae, indeed, where my ship waits; therefore, I +have no time to lose." + +Now the auctioneer saw that there was no choice, since under the rules +of the public mart he must accept the offer of the highest bidder. + +"Two thousand sestertia are bid for this lot No. 7, the Jewish captive +known as Pearl-Maiden, sold by order of Titus Imperator, together with +her collar of pearls and the property to which, as a free woman, she +would have been entitled. Any advance on two thousand sestertia?" and he +looked at Saturius, who shook his head. "No? Then--going--going--gone! +I declare the lot sold, to be delivered on payment of the cash to the +person named--by the way, madam, what is your name?" + +"Mulier." + +At this the company burst into a loud laugh. + +"Mulier?" repeated the auctioneer, "M u l i e r--Woman?" + +"Yes, am I not a woman, and what better name can I have than is given to +all my sex?" + +"In truth, you are so wrapped up that I must take your word for it," +replied the auctioneer. "But come, let us put an end to this farce. If +you have the money, follow me into the receiving house--for I must see +to the matter myself--and pay it down." + +"With pleasure, sir, but be so good as to bring my property with +you. She is too valuable to be left here unprotected amongst these +distinguished but disappointed gentlemen." + +Accordingly Miriam was led from the marble stand into an office annexed +to the receiving-house, whither she was followed by the auctioneer and +by Nehushta and her servant, whose backs, it was now observed, bent +beneath the weight of the baskets that were strapped upon them. Here the +door was locked, and with the help of her attendant Nehushta loosened +her basket, letting it fall upon the table with a sigh of relief. + +"Take it and count," he said to the auctioneer, untying the lid. + +He lifted it and there met his eye a layer of lettuces neatly packed. + +"By Venus!" he began in a fury. + +"Softly, friend, softly," said Nehushta, "these lettuces are of a kind +which only grow in yellow soil. Look," and lifting the vegetables she +revealed beneath row upon row of gold coin. "Examine it before you +count," she said. + +He did so by biting pieces at hazard with his teeth and causing them to +ring upon the marble table. + +"It is good," he said. + +"Quite so. Then count." + +So he and the clerk counted, even to the bottom of the basket, which was +found to contain gold to the value of over eleven hundred sestertia. + +"So far well," he said, "but that is not enough." + +The buyer beckoned to the man with her who stood in the corner, his face +hidden by the shadow, and he dragged forward the second basket, which he +had already unstrapped from his shoulders. Here also were lettuces, and +beneath the lettuces gold. When the full two thousand sestertia were +counted, that is, over fifteen thousand pounds of our money, this second +basket still remained more than a third full. + +"I ought to have run you up, madam," said the auctioneer, surveying the +shining gold with greedy eyes. + +"Yes," she replied calmly, "if you had guessed the truth you might have +done so. But who knows the truth, except myself?" + +"Are you a sorceress?" he asked. + +"Perhaps. What does it matter? At least, the gold will not melt. And, +by the way, it is troublesome carrying so much of the stuff back again. +Would you like a couple of handfuls for yourself, and say ten pieces for +your clerk? Yes? Well, please first fill in that deed with the name +that I shall give you and with your own as witness? Here it is--'Miriam, +daughter of Demas and Rachel, born in the year of the death of Herod +Agrippa.' Thank you. You have signed, and the clerk also, I think. Now I +will take that roll. + +"One thing more, there is another door to this Receiving-house? With +your leave I should prefer to go out that way, as my newly acquired +property seems tired, and for one day has had enough of public notice. +You will, I understand, give us a few minutes to depart before you +return to the rostrum, and your clerk will be so courteous as to escort +us out of the Forum. Now help yourself. Man, can't you make your hand +larger than that? Well, it will suffice to pay for a summer holiday. I +see a cloak there which may serve to protect this slave from the chill +air of the night. In case it should be claimed, perhaps these five +pieces will pay for it. Most noble and courteous sir, again I thank you. +Young woman, throw this over your bare shoulders and your head; that +necklace might tempt the dishonest. + +"Now, if our guide is ready we will be going. Slave, bring the basket, +at the weight of which you need no longer groan, and you, young woman, +strap on this other basket; it is as well that you should begin to be +instructed in your domestic duties, for I tell you at once that having +heard much of the skill of the Jews in those matters, I have bought you +to be my cook and to attend to the dressing of my hair. Farewell, sir, +farewell; may we never meet again." + +"Farewell," replied the astonished auctioneer, "farewell, my lady +Mulier, who can afford to give two thousand sestertia for a cook! Good +luck to you, and if you are always as liberal as this, may we meet once +a month, say I. Yet have no fear," he added meaningly, "I know when I +have been well treated and shall not seek you out--even to please Caesar +himself." + +Three minutes later, under the guidance of the clerk, who was as +discreet as his master, they had passed, quite undisturbed, through +various dark colonnades and up a flight of marble stairs. + +"Now you are out of the Forum, so go your ways," he said. + +They went, and the clerk stood watching them until they were round +a corner, for he was young and curious, and to him this seemed the +strangest comedy of the slave-market of which he had ever even heard. + +As he turned to go he found himself face to face with a tall man, in +whom he recognized that merchant of Egypt who had bid for Pearl-Maiden +up to the enormous total of fourteen hundred sestertia. + +"Friend," said Demetrius, "which way did your companions go?" + +"I don't know," answered the clerk. + +"Come, try to remember. Did they walk straight on, or turn to the left, +or turn to the right? Fix your attention on these, it may help you," and +once more that fortunate clerk found five gold pieces thrust into his +hand. + +"I don't know that they help me," he said, for he wished to be faithful +to his hire. + +"Fool," said Demetrius in a changed voice, "remember quickly, or here +is something that will----" and he showed him a dagger glinting in his +hand. "Now then, do you wish to go the same road as they carried the +Jewish girl and the Eastern?" + +"They turned to the right," said the clerk sulkily. "It is the truth, +but may that road you speak of be yours who draw knives on honest folk." + +With a bound Demetrius left his side, and for the second time the clerk +stood still, watching him go. + +"A strange business," he said to himself, "but, perhaps my master was +right and that old woman is a sorceress, or, perhaps, the young one is +the sorceress, since all men seem ready to pay a tribe's tribute to get +hold of her; or, perhaps, they are both sorceresses. A strange story, +of which I should like to know the meaning, and so, I fancy, would the +Prince Domitian when he comes to hear of it. Saturius, the chamberlain, +has a fat place, but I would not take it to-night, no, not if it were +given to me." + +Then that young man returned to the mart in time to hear his master +knock down Lot thirteen, a very sweet-looking girl, to Saturius himself, +who proposed, though with a doubtful heart, to take her to Domitian as a +substitute. + +Meanwhile, Nehushta, Miriam and the steward Stephanus, disguised as a +slave, went on as swiftly as they dared towards the palace of Marcus +in the Via Agrippa. The two women held each other by the hand but said +nothing; their hearts seemed too full for speech. Only the old steward +kept muttering--"Two thousand sestertia! The savings of years! Two +thousand sestertia for that bit of a girl! Surely the gods have smitten +him mad." + +"Hold your peace, fool," said Nehushta at length. "At least, I am not +mad; the property that went with her is worth more than the money." + +"Yes, yes," replied the aggrieved Stephanus, "but how will that benefit +my master? You put it in her name. Well, it is no affair of mine, and at +least this accursed basket is much lighter." + +Now they were at the side door of the house, which Stephanus was +unlocking with his key. + +"Quick," said Nehushta, "I hear footsteps." + +The door opened and they passed in, but at that moment one went by them, +pausing to look until the door closed again. + +"Who was that?" asked Stephanus nervously. + +"He whom they called Demetrius, the merchant of Alexandria, but whom +once I knew by another name," answered Nehushta in a slow voice while +Stephanus barred the door. + +They walked through the archway into an antechamber lit by a single +lamp, leaving Stephanus still occupied with his bolts and chains. Here +with a sudden motion Nehushta threw off her cloak and tore the veil from +her brow. In another instant, uttering a low, crooning cry, she flung +her long arms about Miriam and began to kiss her again and again on the +face. + +"My darling," she moaned, "my darling." + +"Tell me what it all means, Nou," said the poor girl faintly. + +"It means that God has heard my prayers and suffered my old feet to +overtake you in time, and provided the wealth to preserve you from a +dreadful fate." + +"Whose wealth? Where am I?" asked Miriam. + +Nehushta made no answer, only she unstrapped the basket from Miriam's +back and unclasped the cloak from about her shoulders. Then, taking her +by the hand, she led her into a lighted passage and thence through a +door into a great and splendid room spread with rich carpets and adorned +with costly furniture and marble images. At the end of this room was a +table lighted by two lamps, and on the further side of this table sat +a man as though he were asleep, for his face was hidden upon his arms. +Miriam saw him and clung to Nehushta trembling. + +"Hush!" whispered her guide, and they stood still in the shadow. + +The man lifted his head so that the light fell full upon it, and Miriam +saw that it was Marcus. Marcus grown older and with a patch of grey hair +upon his temple where the sword of Caleb had struck him, very worn and +tired-looking also, but still Marcus and no other. He was speaking to +himself. + +"I can bear it no longer," he said. "Thrice have I been to the gate and +still no sign. Doubtless the plan has miscarried and by now she is in +the palace of Domitian. I will go forth and learn the worst," and he +rose from the table. + +"Speak to him," whispered Nehushta, pushing Miriam forward. + +She advanced into the circle of the lamplight, but as yet Marcus did not +see her, for he had gone to the window-place to find a cloak that lay +there. Then he turned and saw her. Before him in her robe of white, the +soft light shining on her gentle loveliness, stood Miriam. He stared at +her bewildered. + +"Do I dream?" he said. + +"Nay, Marcus," she answered in her sweet voice, "you do not dream. I am +Miriam." + +In an instant he was at her side and held her in his arms, nor did she +resist him, for after so many fears and sufferings they seemed to her a +home. + +"Loose me, I pray you," she said at length, "I am faint, I can bear no +more." + +At her entreaty he suffered her to sink upon the cushions of a couch +that was at hand. + +"Tell me, tell me everything," he said. + +"Ask it of Nehushta," she answered, leaning back. "I am spent." + +Nehushta ran to her side and began to chafe her hands. "Let be with +your questions," she said. "I bought her, that's enough. Ask that old +huckster, Stephanus, the price. But first in the name of charity give +her food. Those who have walked through a Triumph to end the day on the +slave block need victuals." + +"It is here, it is here," Marcus said confusedly, "such as there is." +Taking a lamp he led the way to a table that was placed in the shadow, +where stood some meat and fruit with flagons of rich coloured wine and +pure water and shallow silver cups to drink from. + +Putting her arm about Miriam's waist, Nehushta supported her to the +table and sat her down upon one of the couches. Then she poured out wine +and put it to her lips, and cut meat and made her swallow it till Miriam +would touch no more. Now the colour came back to her face, and her eyes +grew bright again, and resting there upon the couch, she listened while +Nehushta told Marcus all the story of the slave sale. + +"Well done," he said, laughing in his old merry fashion, "well done, +indeed! Oh! what favouring god put it into the head of that honest old +miser, Stephanus, from year to year to hoard up all that sum of gold +against an hour of sudden need which none could foresee!" + +"My God and hers," answered Nehushta solemnly, "to Whom if He give you +space, you should be thankful, which, by the way, is more than Stephanus +is, who has seen so much of your savings squandered in an hour." + +"Your savings?" said Miriam, looking up. "Did you buy me, Marcus?" + +"I suppose so, beloved," he answered. + +"Then, then, I am your slave?" + +"Not so, Miriam," he replied nervously. "As you know well, it is I who +am yours. All I ask of you is that you should become my wife." + +"That cannot be, Marcus," she answered in a kind of cry. "You know that +it cannot be." + +His face turned pale. + +"After all that has come and gone between us, Miriam, do you still say +so?" + +"I still say so." + +"You could give your life for me, and yet you will not give your life to +me?" + +"Yes, Marcus." + +"Why? Why?" + +"For the reasons that I gave you yonder by the banks of Jordan; because +those who begat me laid on me the charge that I should marry none who is +not a Christian. How then can I marry you?" + +Marcus thought a moment. + +"Does the book of your law forbid it?" he asked. + +She shook her head. "No, but the dead forbid it, and rather will I join +them than break their command." + +Again Marcus thought and spoke. + +"Well, then, since I must, I will become a Christian." + +She looked at him sadly and answered: + +"It is not enough. Do you remember what I told you far away in the +village of the Essenes, that this is no matter of casting incense on an +altar, but rather one of a changed spirit. When you can say those words +from your heart as well as with your lips, then, Marcus, I will listen +to you, but unless God calls you this you can never do." + +"What then do you propose?" he asked. + +"I? I have not had time to think. To go away, I suppose." + +"To Domitian?" he queried. "Nay, forgive me, but a sore heart makes +bitter lips." + +"I am glad you asked forgiveness for those words, Marcus," she said +quivering. "What need is there to insult a slave?" + +The word seemed to suggest a new train of thought to Marcus. + +"Yes," he said, "a slave--my slave whom I have bought at a great price. +Well, why should I let you go? I am minded to keep you." + +"Marcus, you can keep me if you will, but then your sin against your own +honour will be greater even than your sin against me." + +"Sin!" he said, passionately. "What sin? You say you cannot marry me, +not because you do not wish it, if I understand you right, but for other +reasons which have weight, at any rate with you. But the dead give no +command as to whom you should love." + +"No, my love is my own, but if it is not lawful it can be denied." + +"Why should it be denied?" he asked softly and coming towards her. "Is +there not much between you and me? Did not you, brave and blessed woman +that you are, risk your life for my sake in the Old Tower at Jerusalem? +Did you not for my sake stand there upon the gate Nicanor to perish +miserably? And I, though it be little, have I not done something for +you? Have I not so soon as your message reached me, journeyed here to +Rome, at the cost, perhaps, of what I value more than life--my honour?" + +"Your honour?" she asked. "Why your honour?" + +"Because those who have been taken prisoner by the enemy and escaped are +held to be cowards among the Romans," he answered bitterly, "and it may +be that such a lot awaits me." + +"Coward! You a coward, Marcus?" + +"Aye. When it is known that I live, that is what my enemies will call me +who lived on for your sake, Miriam--for the sake of a woman who denies +me." + +"Oh!" she said, "this is bitter. Now I remember and understand what +Gallus meant." + +"Then will you still deny me? Must I suffer thus in vain? Think, had it +not been for you I could have stayed afar until the thing was forgotten, +that is, if I still chose to live; but now, because of you, things are +thus, and yet, Miriam--you deny me," and he put his arms about her and +drew her to his breast. + +She did not struggle, she had no strength, only she wrung her hands and +sobbed, saying: + +"What shall I do? Woe is me, what shall I do?" + +"Do?" said the voice of Nehushta, speaking clear as a clarion from the +shadows. "Do your duty, girl, and leave the rest to Heaven." + +"Silence, accursed woman!" gasped Marcus, turning pale with anger. + +"Nay," she answered, "I will not be silent. Listen, Roman; I like you +well, as you have reason to know, seeing that it was I who nursed you +back to life, when for one hour's want of care you must have died. I +like you well, and above everything on earth I wish that ere my eyes +shut for the last time they may see your hand in her hand, and her hand +in your hand, man and wife before the face of all men. Yet I tell you +that now indeed you are a coward in a deeper fashion than that the +Romans dream of; you are a coward who try to work upon the weakness of +this poor girl's loving heart, who try in the hour of her sore distress +to draw her from the spirit, if not from the letter, of her duty. So +great a coward are you that you remind her even that she is your slave +and threaten to deal with her as you heathen deal with slaves. You put a +gloss upon the truth; you try to filch the fruit you may not pluck; you +say 'you may not marry me, but you are my property, and therefore if you +give way to your master it is no sin.' I tell you it is a sin, doubly +a sin, since you would bind the weight of it on her back as well as on +your own, and a sin that in this way or in that would bring its reward +to both of you." + +"Have you finished?" asked Marcus coldly, but suffering Miriam to slip +from his arms back upon the couch. + +"No, I have not finished; I spoke of the fruits of evil; now as my heart +prompts me I speak of the promise of good. Let this woman go free as you +have the power to do; strike the chains off her neck and take back the +price that you have paid for her, since she has property which will +discharge it to the last farthing, which property to-day stands in her +name and can be conveyed to you. Then, go search the Scriptures and see +if you can find no message in them. If you find it, well and good, then +take her with a clean heart and be happy. If you find it not, well and +good, then leave her with a clean heart and be sorrowful, for so it is +decreed. Only in this matter do not dare to be double-minded, lest the +last evil overtake you and her, and your children and hers. Now I have +done, and, my lord Marcus, be so good as to signify your pleasure to +your slave, Pearl-Maiden, and your servant, Nehushta the Libyan." + +Marcus began to walk up and down the room, out of the light into the +shadow, out of the shadow into the light. Presently he halted, and the +two women watching saw that his face was drawn and ashen, like the face +of an old man. + +"My pleasure," he said vacantly, "--that is a strange word on my lips +to-night, is it not? Well, Nehushta, you have the best of the argument. +All you say is quite true, if a little over-coloured. Of course, Miriam +is quite right not to marry me if she has scruples, and, of course, I +should be quite wrong to take advantage of the accident of my being able +to purchase her in the slave-ring. I think that is all I have to say. +Miriam, I free you, as indeed I remember I promised the Essenes that I +would do. Since no one knows you belong to me, I suppose that no formal +ceremony will be necessary. It is a manumission 'inter amicos,' as the +lawyers say, but quite valid. As to the title to the Tyre property, +I accept it in payment of the debt, but I beg that you will keep it +a while on my behalf, for, at present, there might be trouble about +transferring it into my name. Now, good-night. Nehushta will take you to +her room, Miriam, and to-morrow you can depart whither you will. I wish +you all fortune, and--why do you not thank me? Under the circumstances, +it would be kind." + +But Miriam only burst into a flood of tears. + +"What will you do, Marcus? Oh! what will you do?" she sobbed. + +"In all probability, things which I would rather you did not know of," +he answered bitterly, "or I may take it into my head to accept the +suggestion of our friend, Nehushta, and begin to search those Scriptures +of which I have heard so much; that seem, by the way, specially designed +to prevent the happiness of men and women." Then he added fiercely, "Go, +girl, go at once, for if you stand there weeping before me any longer, I +tell you that I shall change my mind, and as Nehushta says, imperil the +safety of your soul, and of my own--which does not matter." + +So Miriam stumbled from the room and through the curtained doorway. As +Nehushta followed her Marcus caught her by the arm. + +"I have half a mind to murder you," he said, quietly. + +The old Libyan only laughed. + +"All I have said is true and for your own good, Marcus," she answered, +"and you will live to know it." + +"Where will you take her?" + +"I don't know yet, but Christians always have friends." + +"You will let me hear of her." + +"Surely, if it is safe." + +"And if she needs help you will tell me?" + +"Surely, and if you need her help, and it can be done, I will bring her +to you." + +"Then may I need help soon," he said. "Begone." + + + +CHAPTER XXV + +THE REWARD OF SATURIUS + +Meanwhile, in one of the palaces of the Caesars not far from the Capitol, +was being enacted another and more stormy scene. It was the palace of +Domitian, whither, the bewildering pomp of the Triumph finished at last, +the prince had withdrawn himself in no happy mood. That day many things +had happened to vex him. First and foremost, as had been brought home +to his mind from minute to minute throughout the long hours, its glory +belonged not to himself, not even to his father, Vespasian, but to his +brother, the conqueror of the Jews. Titus he had always hated, Titus, +who was as beloved of mankind for his virtues, such as virtues were in +that age, as he, Domitian, was execrated for his vices. Now Titus had +returned after a brilliant and successful campaign to be crowned as +Caesar, to be accepted as the sharer of his father's government, and to +receive the ovations of the populace, while his brother Domitian must +ride almost unnoted behind his chariot. The plaudits of the roaring mob, +the congratulations of the Senate, the homage of the knights and subject +princes, the offerings of foreign kings, all laid at the feet of Titus, +filled him with a jealousy that went nigh to madness. Soothsayers had +told him, it was true, that his hour would come, that he would live and +reign after Vespasian and Titus had gone down, both of them, to Hades. +But even if they spoke the truth this hour seemed a long way off. + +Also there were other things. At the great sacrifice before the temple +of Jupiter, his place had been set too far back where the people could +not see him; at the feast which followed the master of the ceremonies +had neglected, or had forgotten, to pour a libation in his honour. + +Further, the beautiful captive, Pearl-Maiden, had appeared in the +procession unadorned by the costly girdle which he had sent her; while, +last of all, the different wines that he had drunk had disagreed with +him, so that because of them, or of the heat of the sun, he suffered +from the headache and sickness to which he was liable. Pleading this +indisposition as an excuse, Domitian left the banquet very early, and +attended by his slaves and musicians retired to his own palace. + +Here his spirits revived somewhat, since he knew that before long his +chamberlain, Saturius, would appear with the lovely Jewish maiden +upon whom he had set his fancy. This at least was certain, for he had +arranged that the auction should be held that evening and instructed +him to buy her at all costs, even for a thousand sestertia. Indeed, who +would dare to bid for a slave that the Prince Domitian desired? + +Learning that Saturius had not yet arrived, he went to his private +chambers, and to pass away the time commanded his most beautiful slaves +to dance before him, where he inflamed himself by drinking more wine of +a vintage that he loved. As the fumes of the strong liquor mounted to +his brain the pains in his head ceased, at any rate for a while. Very +soon he became half-drunk, and as was his nature when in drink, savage. +One of the dancing slaves stumbled and growing nervous stepped out of +time, whereon he ordered the poor half-naked girl to be scourged before +him by the hands of her own companions. Happily for her, however, before +the punishment began a slave arrived with the intelligence that Saturius +waited without. + +"What, alone?" said the prince, springing to his feet. + +"Nay, lord," said the slave, "there is a woman with him." + +At this news instantly his ill-temper was forgotten. + +"Let that girl go," he said, "and bid her be more careful another time. +Away, all the lot of you, I wish to be private. Now, slave, bid the +worthy Saturius enter with his charge." + +Presently the curtains were drawn apart and through them came Saturius +rubbing his hands and smiling somewhat nervously, followed by a woman +wrapped in a long cloak and veiled. He began to offer the customary +salutations, but Domitian cut him short. + +"Rise, man," he said. "That sort of thing is very well in public, but +I don't want it here. So you have got her," he added, eyeing the draped +form in the background. + +"Yes," replied Saturius doubtfully. + +"Good, your services shall be remembered. You were ever a discreet and +faithful agent. Did the bidding run high?" + +"Oh! my lord, enormous, ee--normous. I never heard such bidding," and he +stretched out his hands. + +"Impertinence! Who dared to compete with me?" remarked Domitian. "Well, +what did you have to give?" + +"Fifty sestertia, my lord." + +"Fifty sestertia?" answered Domitian with an air of relief. "Well, of +course it is enough, but I have known beautiful maidens fetch more. By +the way, dear one," he went on, addressing the veiled woman, "you must, +I fear, be tired after all that weary, foolish show." + +The "dear one" making no audible reply, Domitian went on: + +"Modesty is pleasing in a maid, but now I pray you, forget it for +awhile. Unveil yourself, most beautiful, that I may behold that +loveliness for which my heart has ached these many days. Nay, that task +shall be my own," and he advanced somewhat unsteadily towards his prize. + +Saturius thought that he saw his chance. Domitian was so intoxicated +that it would be useless to attempt to explain matters that night. +Clearly he should retire as soon as possible. + +"Most noble prince and patron," he began, "my duty is done, with your +leave I will withdraw." + +"By no means, by no means," hiccupped Domitian, "I know that you are an +excellent judge of beauty, most discriminating Saturius, and I should +like to talk over the points of this lady with you. You know, dear +Saturius, that I am not selfish, and to tell the truth, which you won't +mind between friends--who could be jealous of a wizened, last year's +walnut of a man like you? Not I, Saturius, not I, whom everybody +acknowledges to be the most beautiful person in Rome, much better +looking than Titus is, although he does call himself Caesar. Now for it. +Where's the fastening? Saturius, find the fastening. Why do you tie up +the poor girl like an Egyptian corpse and prevent her lord and master +from looking at her?" + +As he spoke the slave did something to the back of her head and the +veil fell to the ground, revealing a girl of very pleasing shape and +countenance, but who, as might be expected, looked most weary and +frightened. Domitian stared at her with his bleared and wicked eyes, +while a puzzled expression grew upon his face. + +"Very odd!" he said, "but she seems to have changed! I thought her eyes +were blue, and that she had curling black hair. Now they are dark and +she has straight hair. Where's the necklace, too? Where's the necklace? +Pearl-Maiden, what have you done with your necklace? Yes, and why didn't +you wear the girdle I sent you to-day?" + +"Sir," answered the Jewess, "I never had a necklace----" + +"My lord Domitian," began Saturius with a nervous laugh, "there is a +mistake--I must explain. This girl is not Pearl-Maiden. Pearl-Maiden +fetched so great a price that it was impossible that I should buy her, +even for you----" + +He stopped, for suddenly Domitian's face had become terrible. All the +drunkenness had left it, to be replaced by a mask of savage cruelty +through which glared the pale and glittering eyes. The man appeared as +he was, half satyr and half fiend. + +"A mistake----" he said. "Oh! a mistake? And I have been counting on +her all these weeks, and now some other man has taken her from me--the +prince Domitian. And you--you dare to come to me with this tale, and +to bring this slut with you instead of my Pearl-Maiden----" and at the +thought he fairly sobbed in his drunken, disappointed rage. Then he +stepped back and began to clap his hands and call aloud. + +Instantly slaves and guards rushed into the chamber, thinking that their +lord was threatened with some evil. + +"Men," he said, "take that woman and kill her. No, it might make a stir, +as she was one of Titus's captives. Don't kill her, thrust her into the +street." + +The girl was seized by the arms and dragged away. + +"Oh! my lord," began Saturius. + +"Silence, man, I am coming to you. Seize him, and strip him. Oh! I know +you are a freedman and a citizen of Rome. Well, soon you shall be a +citizen of Hades, I promise you. Now, bring the heavy rods and beat him +till he dies." + +The dreadful order was obeyed, and for a while nothing was heard save +the sound of heavy blows and the smothered moans of the miserable +Saturius. + +"Wretches," yelled the Imperial brute, "you are playing, you do not hit +hard enough. I will teach you how to hit," and snatching a rod from one +of the slaves he rushed at his prostrate chamberlain, the others drawing +back to allow their master to show his skill in flogging. + +Saturius saw Domitian come, and knew that unless he could change his +purpose in another minute the life would be battered out of him. He +struggled to his knees. + +"Prince," he cried, "hearken ere you strike. You can kill me if you will +who are justly angered, and to die at your hands is an honour that I do +not merit. Yet, dread lord, remember that if you slay me then you will +never find that Pearl-Maiden whom you desire." + +Domitian paused, for even in his fury he was cunning. "Doubtless," he +thought, "the knave knows where the girl is. Perhaps even he has hidden +her away for himself." + +"Ah!" he said aloud, quoting the vulgar proverb, "'the rod is the mother +of reason.' Well, can you find her?" + +"Surely, if I have time. The man who can afford to pay two thousand +sestertia for a single slave cannot easily be hidden." + +"Two thousand sestertia!" exclaimed Domitian astonished. "Tell me that +story. Slaves, give Saturius his robe and fall back--no, not too far, he +may be treacherous." + +The chamberlain threw the garment over his bleeding shoulders and +fastened it with a trembling hand. Then he told his tale, adding: + +"Oh! my lord, what could I do? You have not enough money at hand to pay +so huge a sum." + +"Do, fool? Why you should have bought her on credit and left me +to settle the price afterwards. Oh! never mind Titus, I could have +outwitted him. But the mischief is done; now for the remedy, so far as +it can be remedied," he added, grinding his teeth. + +"That I must seek to-morrow, lord." + +"To-morrow? And what will you do to-morrow?" + +"To-morrow I will find where the girl's gone, or try to, and then--why +he who has bought her might die and--the rest will be easy." + +"Die he surely shall be who has dared to rob Domitian of his darling," +answered the prince with an oath. "Well, hearken, Saturius, for this +night you are spared, but be sure that if you fail for the second time +you also shall die, and after a worse fashion than I promised you. Now +go, and to-morrow we will take counsel. Oh! ye gods, why do you deal +so hardly with Domitian? My soul is bruised and must be comforted with +poesy. Rouse that Greek from his bed and send him to me. He shall read +to me of the wrath of Achilles when they robbed him of his Briseis, for +the hero's lot is mine." + +So this new Achilles departed, now that his rage had left him, weeping +maudlin tears of disappointed passion, to comfort his "bruised soul" +with the immortal lines of Homer, for when he was not merely a brute +Domitian fancied himself a poet. It was perhaps as well for his peace +of mind that he could not see the face of Saturius, as the chamberlain +comforted his bruised shoulders with some serviceable ointment, or hear +the oath which that useful and industrious officer uttered as he sought +his rest, face downwards, since for many days thereafter he was unable +to lie upon his back. It was a very ugly oath, sworn by every god who +had an altar in Rome, with the divinities of the Jews and the Christians +thrown in, that in a day to come he would avenge Domitian's rods with +daggers. Had the prince been able to do so, there might have risen in +his mind some prescience of a certain scene, in which he must play a +part on a far-off but destined night. He might have beheld a vision of +himself, bald, corpulent and thin-legged, but wearing the imperial robes +of Caesar, rolling in a frantic struggle for life upon the floor of his +bed-chamber, at death grips with one Stephanus, while an old chamberlain +named Saturius drove a dagger again and again into his back, crying at +each stroke: + +"Oho! That for thy rods, Caesar! Oho! Dost remember the Pearl-Maiden? +That for thy rods, Caesar, and that--and that--and _that_----!" + +But Domitian, weeping himself to sleep over the tale of the wrongs of +the god-like Achilles, which did but foreshadow those of his divine +self, as yet thought nothing of the rich reward that time should bring +him. + + + +On the morrow of the great day of the Triumph the merchant Demetrius +of Alexandria, whom for many years we have known as Caleb, sat in the +office of the store-house which he had hired for the bestowal of his +goods in one of the busiest thoroughfares of Rome. Handsome, indeed, +noble-looking as he was, and must always be, his countenance presented +a sorry sight. From hour to hour during the previous day he had fought a +path through the dense crowds that lined the streets of Rome, to keep as +near as might be to Miriam while she trudged her long route of splendid +shame. + +Then came the evening, when, with the other women slaves, she was put +up to auction in the Forum. To prepare for this sale Caleb had turned +almost all his merchandise into money, for he knew that Domitian was a +purchaser, and guessed that the price of the beautiful Pearl-Maiden, of +whom all the city was talking, would rule high. The climax we know. He +bid to the last coin that he possessed or could raise, only to find that +others with still greater resources were in the market. Even the agent +of the prince had been left behind, and Miriam was at last knocked down +to some mysterious stranger woman dressed like a peasant. The woman was +veiled and disguised; she spoke with a feigned voice and in a strange +tongue, but from the beginning Caleb knew her. Incredible as it might +seem, that she should be here in Rome, he was certain that she was +Nehushta, and no other. + +That Nehushta should buy Miriam was well, but how came she by so vast a +sum of money, here in a far-off land? In short, for whom was she buying? +Indeed, for whom would she buy? He could think of one only--Marcus. But +he had made inquiries and Marcus was not in Rome. Indeed he had every +reason to believe that his rival was long dead, that his bones were +scattered among the tens of thousands which whitened the tumbled ruins +of the Holy City in Judaea. How could it be otherwise? He had last seen +him wounded, as he thought to death--and he should know, for the stroke +fell from his own hand--lying senseless in the Old Tower in Jerusalem. +Then he vanished away, and where Marcus had been Miriam was found. +Whither did he vanish, and if it was true that she succeeded in hiding +him in some secret hole, what chance was there that he could have +lived on without food and unsuccoured? Also if he lived, why had he +not appeared long before? Why was not so wealthy a Patrician and +distinguished a soldier riding in the triumphant train of Titus? + +With black despair raging in his breast, he, Caleb, had seen Miriam +knocked down to the mysterious basket-laden stranger whom none could +recognise. He had seen her depart together with the auctioneer and +a servant, also basket-laden, to the office of the receiving house, +whither he had attempted to follow upon some pretext, only to be stopped +by the watchman. After this he hung about the door until he saw the +auctioneer appear alone, when it occurred to him that the purchaser and +the purchased must have departed by some other exit, perhaps in order +to avoid further observation. He ran round the building to find himself +confronted only by the empty, star-lit spaces of the Forum. Searching +them with his eyes, for one instant it seemed to him that far away he +caught sight of a little knot of figures climbing a black marble stair +in the dark shadow of some temple. He sped across the open space, he +ran up the great stair, to find at the head of it a young man in whom he +recognised the auctioneer's clerk, gazing along a wide street as empty +as was the stair. + +The rest is known to us. He followed, and twice perceived the little +group of dark-robed figures hurrying round distant corners. Once he +lost them altogether, but a passer-by on his road to some feast told him +courteously enough which way they had gone. On he ran almost at hazard, +to be rewarded in the end by the sight of them vanishing through a +narrow doorway in the wall. He came to the door and saw that it was very +massive. He tried it even, it was locked. Then he thought of knocking, +only to remember that to state his business would probably be to meet +his death. At such a place and hour those who purchased beautiful slaves +might have a sword waiting for the heart of an unsuccessful rival who +dared to follow them to their haunts. + +Caleb walked round the house, to find that it was a palace which seemed +to be deserted, although he thought that he saw light shining through +one of the shuttered windows. Now he knew the place again. It was here +that the procession had halted and one of the Roman soldiers who had +committed the crime of being taken captive escaped the taunts of the +crowd by hurling himself beneath the wheel of a great pageant car. Yes, +there was no doubt of it, for his blood still stained the dusty stones +and by it lay a piece of the broken distaff with which, in their +mockery, they had girded the poor man. They were gentle folk, these +Romans! Why, measured by this standard, some such doom would have fallen +upon his rival, Marcus, for Marcus also was taken prisoner--by himself. +The thought made Caleb smile, since well he knew that no braver soldier +lived. Then came other thoughts that pressed him closer. Somewhere in +that great dead-looking house was Miriam, as far off from him as though +she were still in Judaea. There was Miriam--and who was with her? The +new-found lord who had spent two thousand sestertia on her purchase? The +thought of it almost turned his brain. + +Heretofore, the life of Caleb had been ruled by two passions--ambition +and the love of Miriam. He had aspired to be ruler of the Jews, perhaps +their king, and to this end had plotted and fought for the expulsion of +the Romans from Judaea. He had taken part in a hundred desperate battles. +Again and again he had risked his life; again and again he had escaped. +For one so young he had reached high rank, till he was numbered among +the first of their captains. + +Then came the end, the last hideous struggle and the downfall. Once more +his life was left in him. Where men perished by the hundred thousand he +escaped, winning safety, not through the desire of it, but because of +the love of Miriam which drove him on to follow her. Happily for himself +he had hidden money, which, after the gift of his race, he was able to +turn to good account, so that now he, who had been a leader in war +and council, walked the world as a merchant in Eastern goods. All that +glittering past had gone from him; he might become wealthy, but, Jew as +he was, he could never be great nor fill his soul with the glory that +it craved. There remained to him, then, nothing but this passion for +one woman among the millions who dwelt beneath the sun, the girl who had +been his playmate, whom he loved from the beginning, although she had +never loved him, and whom he would love until the end. + +Why had she not loved him? Because of his rival, that accursed Roman, +Marcus, the man whom time upon time he had tried to kill, but who had +always slipped like water from his hands. Well, if she was lost to him +she was lost to Marcus also, and from that thought he would take such +comfort as he might. Indeed he had no other, for during those dreadful +hours the fires of all Gehenna raged in his soul. He had lost--but who +had found her? + +Throughout the long night Caleb tramped round the cold, empty-looking +palace, suffering perhaps as he had never suffered before, a thing to +be pitied of gods and men. At length the dawn broke and the light crept +down the splendid street, showing here and there groups of weary and +half-drunken revellers staggering homewards from the feast, flushed +men and dishevelled women. Others appeared also, humble and industrious +citizens going to their daily toil. Among them were people whose +business it was to clean the roads, abroad early this morning, for after +the great procession they thought that they might find articles of value +let fall by those who walked in it, or by the spectators. Two of +these scavengers began sweeping near the place where Caleb stood, and +lightened their toil by laughing at him, asking him if he had spent his +night in the gutter and whether he knew his way home. He replied that he +waited for the doors of the house to be opened. + +"Which house?" they asked. "The 'Fortunate House?'" and they pointed to +the marble palace of Marcus, which, as Caleb now saw for the first time, +had these words blazoned in gold letters on its portico. + +He nodded. + +"Well," said one of them, "you will wait for some time, for that house +is no longer fortunate. Its owner is dead, killed in the wars, and no +one knows who his heir may be." + +"What was his name?" he asked. + +"Marcus, the favourite of Nero, also called the Fortunate." + +Then, with a bitter curse upon his lips Caleb turned and walked away. + + + +CHAPTER XXVI + +THE JUDGMENT OF DOMITIAN + +Two hours had gone by and Caleb, with fury in his heart, sat brooding in +the office attached to the warehouse that he had hired. At that moment +he had but one desire--to kill his successful rival, Marcus. Marcus had +escaped and returned to Rome; of that there could be no doubt. He, one +of the wealthiest of its patricians, had furnished the vast sum which +enabled old Nehushta to buy the coveted Pearl-Maiden in the slave-ring. +Then his newly acquired property had been taken to this house, where he +awaited her. This then was the end of their long rivalry; for this he, +Caleb, had fought, toiled, schemed and suffered. Oh! rather than such a +thing should be, in that dark hour of his soul, he would have seen her +cast to the foul Domitian, for Domitian, at least, she would have hated, +whereas Marcus, he knew, she loved. + +Now there remained nothing but revenge. Revenged he must be, but how? +He might dog Marcus and murder him, only then his own life would be +hazarded, since he knew well the fate that awaited the foreigner, and +most of all the Jew, who dared to lift his hand against a Roman noble, +and if he hired others to do the work they might bear evidence against +him. Now Caleb did not wish to die; life seemed the only good that he +had left. Also, while he lived he might still win Miriam--after his +rival had ceased to live. Doubtless, then she would be sold with his +other slaves, and he could buy her at the rate such tarnished goods +command. No, he would do nothing to run himself into danger. He would +wait, wait and watch his opportunity. + +It was near at hand, for of old as to-day the king of evil was ever +ready to aid those who called upon him with sufficient earnestness. +Indeed, even as Caleb sat there in his office, there came a knock upon +the door. + +"Open!" he cried savagely, and through it entered a small man with +close-cropped hair and a keen, hard face which seemed familiar to him. +Just now, however, that face was somewhat damaged, for one of the +eyes had been blackened and a wound upon the temple was strapped +with plaster. Also its owner walked lame and continually twitched his +shoulders as though they gave him uneasiness. The stranger opened his +lips to speak, and Caleb knew him at once. He was the chamberlain of +Domitian who had been outbid by Nehushta in the slave ring. + +"Greeting, noble Saturius," he said. "Be seated, I pray, for it seems to +pain you to stand." + +"Yes, yes," answered the chamberlain, "still I had rather stand. I met +with an accident last night, a most unpleasant accident," and he coughed +as though to cover up some word that leapt to his lips. "You also, +worthy Demetrius--that is your name, is it not?" he added, eyeing him +keenly--"look as though you had not slept well." + +"No," answered Caleb, "I also met with an accident--oh! nothing that +you can see--a slight internal injury which is, I fear, likely to prove +troublesome. Well, noble Saturius, how can I--serve you? Anything in the +way of Eastern shawls, for instance?" + +"I thank you, friend, no. I come to speak of shoulders, not shawls," and +he twitched his own--"women's shoulders, I mean. A remarkably fine pair +for their size had that Jewish captive, by the way, in whom you seemed +to take an interest last night--to the considerable extent indeed of +fourteen hundred sestertia." + +"Yes," said Caleb, "they were well shaped." + +Then followed a pause. + +"Perhaps as I am a busy man," suggested Caleb presently, "you would not +mind coming to the point." + +"Certainly, I was but waiting for your leave. As you may have heard, I +represent a very noble person----" + +"Who, I think, took an interest in the captive to the extent of fifteen +hundred sestertia," suggested Caleb. + +"Quite so--and whose interest unfortunately remains unabated, or rather, +I should say, that it is transferred." + +"To the gentleman whose deep feeling induced him to provide five hundred +more?" queried Caleb. + +"Precisely. What intuition you have! It is a gift with which the East +endows her sons." + +"Suppose you put the matter plainly, worthy Saturius." + +"I will, excellent Demetrius. The great person to whom I have alluded +was so moved when he heard of his loss that he actually burst into +tears, and even reproached me, whom he loves more dearly than his +brother----" + +"He might easily do that, if all reports are true," said Caleb, drily, +adding, "Was it then that you met with your accident?" + +"It was. Overcome at the sight of my royal master's grief, I fell down." + +"Into a well, I suppose, since you managed to injure your eye, your +back, and your leg all at once. There--I understand--these things will +happen--in the households of the Great where the floors are so slippery +that the most wary feet may slide. But that does not console the +sufferer whose hurt remains, does it?" + +"No," answered Saturius with a snarl, "but until he is in a position to +relay the floors, he must find chalk for his sandals and ointment for +his back. I want the purchaser's name, and thought perhaps that you +might have it, for the old woman has vanished, and that fool of an +auctioneer knows absolutely nothing." + +"Why do you want his name?" + +"Because Domitian wants his head. An unnatural desire indeed that +devours him; still one which, to be frank, I find it important to +satisfy." + +Of a sudden a great light seemed to shine in Caleb's mind, it was as +though a candle had been lit in a dark room. + +"Ah!" he said. "And supposing I can show him how to get this head, even +how to get it without any scandal, do you think that in return he would +leave me the lady's hand? You see I knew her in her youth and take a +brotherly interest in her." + +"Quite so, just like Domitian and the two thousand sestertia man +and, indeed, half the male population of Rome, who, when they saw her +yesterday were moved by the same family feeling. Well, I don't see why +he shouldn't. You see my master never cared for pearls that were not +perfectly white, or admired ladies upon whom report cast the slightest +breath of scandal. But he is of a curiously jealous disposition, and it +is, I think, the head that he requires, not the hand." + +"Had you not better make yourself clear upon the point before we go any +further?" asked Caleb. "Otherwise I do not feel inclined to undertake a +very difficult and dangerous business." + +"With pleasure. Now would you let me have your demands, in writing, +perhaps. Oh! of course, I understand--to be answered in writing." + +Caleb took parchment and pen and wrote: + +"A free pardon, with full liberty to travel, live and trade throughout +the Roman empire, signed by the proper authorities, to be granted to one +Caleb, the son of Hilliel, for the part he took in the Jewish war. + +"A written promise, signed by the person concerned, that if the head +he desires is put within his reach the Jewish slave named Pearl-Maiden +shall be handed over at once to Demetrius, the merchant of Alexandria, +whose property she shall become absolutely and without question." + +"That's all," he said, giving the paper to Saturius. "The Caleb spoken +of is a Jewish friend of mine to whom I am anxious to do a good turn, +without whose help and evidence I should be quite unable to perform my +share of the bargain. Being very shy and timid--his nerves were much +shattered during the siege of Jerusalem--he will not stir without this +authority, which, by the way, will require the signature of Titus Caesar, +duly witnessed. Well, that is merely an offering to friendship; of +course _my_ fee is the reversion to the lady, whom I desire to restore +to her relations, who mourn her loss in Judaea." + +"Precisely--quite so," replied Saturius. "Pray do not trouble to +explain further. I have always found those of Alexandria most excellent +merchants. Well, I hope to be back within two hours." + +"Mind you come alone. As I have told you, everything depends upon this +Caleb, and if he is in any way alarmed there is an end of the affair. +He only has a possible key to the mystery. Should it be lost your patron +will never get his head, and I shall never get my hand." + +"Oh! bid the timid Caleb have no fear. Who would wish to harm a dirty +Jewish deserter from his cause and people? Let him come out of his sewer +and look upon the sun. The Caesars do not war with carrion rats. Most +worthy Demetrius, I go swiftly, as I hope to return again with all you +need." + +"Good, most noble Saturius, and for both our sakes--remember that the +palace floor is slippery, and do not get another fall, for it might +finish you." + +"I am in deep waters, but I think that I can swim well," reflected Caleb +as the door closed behind his visitor. "At any rate it gives me a chance +who have no other, and that prince is playing for revenge, not love. +What can Miriam be to him beyond the fancy of an hour, of which a thief +has robbed him? Doubtless he wishes to kill the thief, but kings do not +care for faded roses, which are only good enough to weave the chaplet of +a merchant of Alexandria. So I cast for the last time, let the dice fall +as it is fated." + +Very shortly afterwards in the palace of Domitian the dice began to +fall. Humbly, most humbly, did that faithful chamberlain, Saturius, +lay the results of his mission before his august master, Domitian, +who suffering from a severe bilious attack that had turned his ruddy +complexion to a dingy yellow, and made the aspect of his pale eyes more +unpleasant than usual, was propped up among cushions, sniffing attar of +roses and dabbing vinegar water upon his forehead. + +He listened indifferently to the tale of his jackal, until the full +meaning of the terms asked by the mysterious Eastern merchant penetrated +his sodden brain. + +"Why," he said, "the man wants Pearl-Maiden; that's his share, while +mine is the life of the fellow who bought her, whoever he may be. Are +you still mad, man, that you should dare to lay such a proposal before +me? Don't you understand that I need both the woman and the blood of him +who dared to cheat me out of her?" + +"Most divine prince, I understand perfectly, but this fish is only +biting; he must be tempted or he will tell nothing." + +"Why not bring him here and torture him?" + +"I have thought of that, but those Jews are so obstinate. While you were +twisting the truth out of him the other man would escape with the girl. +Much better promise everything he asks and then----" + +"And then--what?" + +"And then forget your promises. What can be simpler?" + +"But he needs them in writing." + +"Let him have them in writing, my writing, which your divine self can +repudiate. Only the pardon to Caleb, who I suppose is this Demetrius +himself, can be signed by Titus. It will not affect you whether a Jew +more or less has the right to trade in the Empire, if thereby you can +win his services in an important matter. Then, when the time comes, +you can net both your unknown rival and the lady, leaving our friend +Demetrius to report the facts to her relatives in Judaea, for whom, as he +states, he is alone concerned." + +"Saturius," said Domitian, growing interested, "you are not so foolish +as I thought you were. Decidedly that trouble last night has quickened +your wits. Be so good as to stop wriggling your shoulders, will you, +it makes me nervous, and I wish that you would have that eye of yours +painted. You know that I cannot bear the sight of black; it reminds +me, who am by nature joyous and light-hearted as a child, of melancholy +things. Now forge a letter for my, or rather for your signature, +promising the reversion of Pearl-Maiden to this Demetrius. Then bear +my greetings to Titus, begging his signature to an order granting +the desired privileges to one Caleb, a Jew who fought against him at +Jerusalem--with less success than I could have wished--whom I desire to +favour." + + + +Three hours later Saturius presented himself for the second time in the +office of the Alexandrian merchant. + +"Most worthy Demetrius," he said, "I congratulate you. Everything has +been arranged as you wish. Here is the order, signed by Titus and duly +witnessed, granting to you--I mean to your friend, Caleb--pardon for +whatever he may have done in Judaea, and permission to live and trade +anywhere that he may wish within the bounds of the Empire. I may tell +you that it was obtained with great difficulty, since Titus, worn out +with toil and glory, leaves this very day for his villa by the sea, +where he is ordered by his physicians to rest three months, taking no +part whatever in affairs. Does the document satisfy you?" + +Caleb examined the signatures and seals. + +"It seems to be in order," he said. + +"It is in order, excellent Demetrius. Caleb can now appear in the +Forum, if it pleases him, and lecture upon the fall of Jerusalem for the +benefit of the vulgar. Well, here also is a letter from the divine--or +rather the half divine--Domitian to yourself, Demetrius of Alexandria, +also witnessed by myself and sealed. It promises to you that if you give +evidence enabling him to arrest that miscreant who dared to bid against +him--no, do not be alarmed, the lady was not knocked down to you--you +shall be allowed to take possession of her or to buy her at a reasonable +valuation, not to exceed fifteen sestertia. That is as much as she will +fetch now in the open market. Are you satisfied with this document?" + +Caleb read and scrutinised the letter. + +"The signatures of Domitian and of yourself as witness seem much alike," +he remarked suspiciously. + +"Somewhat," replied Saturius, with an airy gesture. "In royal houses +it is customary for chamberlains to imitate the handwriting of their +imperial masters." + +"And their morals--no, they have none--their manners also," commented +Caleb. + +"At the least," went on Saturius, "you will acknowledge the seals----" + +"Which might be borrowed. Well, I will take the risk, for if there is +anything wrong about these papers I am sure that the prince Domitian +would not like to see them exhibited in a court of law." + +"Good," answered Saturius, with a relief which he could not altogether +conceal. "And now for the culprit's name." + +"The culprit's name," said Caleb, leaning forward and speaking slowly, +"is Marcus, who served as one of Titus Caesar's prefects of horse in +the campaign of Judaea. He bought the lady Miriam, commonly known as +Pearl-Maiden, by the agency of Nehushta, an old Libyan woman, who +conveyed her to his house in the Via Agrippa, which is known as the +'Fortunate House,' where doubtless, she now is." + +"Marcus," said Saturius. "Why, he was reported dead, and the matter of +the succession to his great estates is now being debated, for he was the +heir of his uncle, Caius, the pro-consul, who amassed a vast fortune +in Spain. Also after the death of the said Caius, this Marcus was a +favourite of the late divine Nero, who constituted him guardian of some +bust of which he was enamoured. In short, he is a great man, if, as +you say, he still lives, whom even Domitian will find it hard to meddle +with. But how do you know all this?" + +"Through my friend Caleb. Caleb followed the black hag, Nehushta, and +the beautiful Pearl-Maiden to the very house of Marcus, which he saw +them enter. Marcus who was her lover, yonder in Judaea----" + +"Oh! never mind the rest of the story, I understand it all. But you have +not yet shown that Marcus was in the house, and if he was, bad taste as +it may have been to bid against the prince Domitian, well, at a public +auction it is lawful." + +"Ye--es, but if Marcus has committed a crime, could he not be punished +for that crime?" + +"Without doubt. But what crime has Marcus committed?" + +"The crime of being taken prisoner by the Jews and escaping from them +with his life, for which, by an edict of Titus, whose laws are those +of the Medes and Persians, the punishment is death, or at the least, +banishment and degradation." + +"Well, and who can prove all this?" + +"Caleb can, because he took him prisoner." + +"And where," asked Saturius in exasperation, "where is this thrice +accursed cur, Caleb?" + +"Here," answered Demetrius. "I am Caleb, O thrice blessed chamberlain, +Saturius." + +"Indeed," said Saturius. "Well, that makes things more simple. And +now, friend Demetrius--you prefer that name, do you not--what do you +propose?" + +"I propose that the necessary documents should be procured, which, to +your master, will not be difficult; that Marcus should be arrested in +his house, put upon his trial and condemned under the edict of Titus, +and that the girl, Pearl-Maiden, should be handed over to me, who will +at once remove her from Rome." + +"Good," said Saturius. "Titus having gone, leaving Domitian in charge of +military affairs, the thing, as it chances, is easy, though any sentence +that may be passed must be confirmed by Caesar himself. And now, again +farewell. If our man is in Rome, he shall be taken to-night, and +to-morrow your evidence may be wanted." + +"Will the girl be handed over to me then?" + +"I think so," replied Saturius, "but of course I cannot say for certain, +as there may be legal difficulties in the way which would hinder her +immediate re-sale. However, you may rely upon me to do the best I can +for you." + +"It will be to your advantage," answered Caleb significantly. "Shall we +say--fifty sestertia on receipt of the slave?" + +"Oh! if you wish it, if you wish it, for gifts cement the hearts of +friends. On account? Well, to a man with many expenses, five sestertia +always come in useful. You know what it is in these palaces, so little +pay and so much to keep up. Thank you, dear Demetrius, I will give you +and the lady a supper out of the money--when you get her," he added to +himself as he left the office. + + + +When early on the following morning Caleb came to his warehouse from the +dwelling where he slept, he found waiting for him two men dressed in +the livery of Domitian, who demanded that he would accompany them to the +palace of the prince. + +"What for?" + +"To give evidence in a trial," they said. + +Then he knew that he had made no mistake, that his rival was caught, and +in the rage of his burning jealousy, such jealousy as only an Eastern +can feel, his heart bounded with joy. Still, as he trudged onward +through streets glittering in the morning sunlight, Caleb's conscience +told him that not thus should this rival be overcome, that he who went +to accuse the brave Marcus of cowardice was himself a coward, and that +from the lie which he was about to act if not to speak, could spring no +fruit of peace or happiness. But he was mad and blind. He could think +only of Miriam--the woman whom he loved with all his passionate nature +and whose life he had preserved at the risk of his own--fallen at last +into the arms of his rival. He would wrench her thence, yes, even at the +price of his own honour and of her life-long agony, and, if it might be, +leave those arms cold in death, as often already he had striven to do. +When Marcus was dead perhaps she would forgive him. At the least he +would occupy his place. She would be his slave, to whom, notwithstanding +all that had been, he would give the place of wife. Then, after a little +while, seeing how good and tender he was to her, surely she must forget +this Roman who had taken her girlish fancy and learn to love him. + +Now they were passing the door of the palace. In the outer hall Saturius +met them and motioned to the slaves to stand back. + +"So you have them," said Caleb, eagerly. + +"Yes, or to be exact, one of them. The lady has vanished." + +Caleb staggered back a pace. + +"Vanished! Where?" + +"I wish that I could tell you. I thought that perhaps you knew. At +least we found Marcus alone in his house, which he was about to leave, +apparently to follow Titus. But come, the court awaits you." + +"If she has gone, why should I come?" said Caleb, hanging back. + +"I really don't know, but you must. Here, slaves, escort this witness." + +Then seeing that it was too late to change his mind, Caleb waved them +back and followed Saturius. Presently they entered an inner hall, lofty, +but not large. At the head of it, clad in the purple robes of his royal +house, sat Domitian in a chair, while to his right and left were narrow +tables, at which were gathered five or six Roman officers, those of +Domitian's own bodyguard, bare-headed, but arrayed in their mail. Also +there were two scribes with their tablets, a man dressed in a lawyer's +robe, who seemed to fill the office of prosecutor, and some soldiers on +guard. + +When Caleb entered, Domitian, who, notwithstanding his youthful, +ruddy countenance, looked in a very evil mood, was engaged in talking +earnestly to the lawyer. Glancing up, he saw him and asked: + +"Is that the Jew who gives evidence, Saturius?" + +"My lord, it is the man," answered the chamberlain; "also the other +witness waits without." + +"Good. Then bring in the accused." + +There was a pause, till presently Caleb heard footsteps behind him +and looked round to see Marcus advancing up the hall with a proud and +martial air. Their eyes met, and for an instant Marcus stopped. + +"Oh!" he said aloud, "the Jew Caleb. Now I understand." Then he marched +forward and gave the military salute to the prince. + +Domitian stared at him with hate in his pale eyes, and said carelessly: + +"Is this the accused? What is the charge?" + +"The charge is," said the lawyer, "that the accused Marcus, a prefect +of horse serving with Titus Caesar in Judaea, suffered himself to be taken +prisoner by the Jews when in command of a large body of Roman troops, +contrary to the custom of the army and to the edict issued by Titus +Caesar at the commencement of the siege of Jerusalem. This edict +commanded that no soldier should be taken alive, and that any soldier +who was taken alive and subsequently rescued, or who made good his +escape, should be deemed worthy of death, or at the least of degradation +from his rank and banishment. My lord Marcus, do you plead guilty to the +charge?" + +"First, I ask," said Marcus, "what court is this before which I am +put upon my trial? If I am to be tried I demand that it shall be by my +general, Titus." + +"Then," said the prosecutor, "you should have reported yourself to +Titus upon your arrival in Rome. Now he has gone to where he may not +be troubled, leaving the charge of military matters in the hands of +his Imperial brother, the Prince Domitian, who, with these officers, is +therefore your lawful judge." + +"Perhaps," broke in Domitian with bitter malice, "the lord Marcus was +too much occupied with other pursuits on his arrival in Rome to find +time to explain his conduct to the Caesar Titus." + +"I was about to follow him to do so when I was seized," said Marcus. + +"Then you put the matter off a little too long. Now you can explain it +here," answered Domitian. + +Then the prosecutor took up the tale, saying that it had been +ascertained on inquiry that the accused, accompanied by an old woman, +arrived in Rome upon horseback early on the morning of the Triumph; that +he went straight to his house, which was called "The House Fortunate," +where he lay hid all day; that in the evening he sent out the old woman +and a slave carrying on their backs a great sum of gold in baskets, +with which gold he purchased a certain fair Jewish captive, known as +Pearl-Maiden, at a public auction in the Forum. This Pearl-Maiden, it +would seem, was taken to his house, but when he was arrested on the +morrow neither she nor the old woman were found there. The accused, he +might add, was arrested just as he was about to leave the house, as +he stated, in order to report himself to Titus Caesar, who had already +departed from Rome. This was the case in brief, and to prove it he +called a certain Jew named Caleb, who was now living in Rome, having +received an amnesty given by the hand of Titus. This Jew was now a +merchant who traded under the name of Demetrius. + +Then Caleb stood forward and told his tale. In answer to questions that +were put to him, he related how he was in command of a body of the Jews +which fought an action with the Roman troops at a place called the Old +Tower, a few days before the capture of the Temple. In the course +of this action he parleyed with a captain of the Romans, the Prefect +Marcus, who now stood before him, and at the end of the parley +challenged him to single combat. As Marcus refused the encounter and +tried to run away, he struck him on the back with the back of his sword. +Thereon a fight ensued in which he, the witness, had the advantage. +Being wounded, the accused let fall his sword, sank to his knees and +asked for mercy. The fray having now become general he, Caleb, dragged +his prisoner into the Old Tower and returned to the battle. + +When he went back to the Tower it was to find that the captive had +vanished, leaving in his place a lady who was known to the Romans as +Pearl-Maiden, and who was afterwards taken by them and exposed for sale +in the Forum, where she was purchased by an old woman whom he recognised +as her nurse. He followed the maiden, having bid for her and being +curious as to her destination, to a house in the Via Agrippa, which he +afterwards learned was the palace of the accused Marcus. That was all he +knew of the matter. + +Then the prosecutor called a soldier, who stated that he had been under +the command of Marcus on the day in question. There he saw the Jew +leader, whom he identified with Caleb, at the conclusion of a parley +strike the accused, Marcus, on the back with the flat of his sword. +After this ensued a fight, in which the Romans were repulsed. At the end +of it, he saw their captain, Marcus, being led away prisoner. His sword +had gone and blood was running from the side of his head. + +The evidence being concluded, Marcus was asked if he had anything to say +in defence. + +"Much," he answered proudly, "when I am given a fair trial. I desire +to call the men of my legion who were with me, none of whom I see here +to-day except that man who has given evidence against me, a rogue +whom, I remember, I caused to be scourged for theft, and dismissed his +company. But they are in Egypt, so how can I summon them? As for the +Jew, he is an old enemy of mine, who was guilty of murder in his youth, +and whom once I overcame in a duel in Judaea, sparing his life. It is +true that when my back was turned he struck me with his sword, and as I +flew at him smote me a blow upon the head, from the effects of which I +became senseless. In this state I was taken prisoner and lay for weeks +sick in a vault, in the care of some people of the Jews, who nursed me. +From them I escaped to Rome, desiring to report myself to Titus Caesar, +my master. I appeal to Titus Caesar." + +"He is absent and I represent him," said Domitian. + +"Then," answered Marcus, "I appeal to Vespasian Caesar, to whom I will +tell all. I am a Roman noble of no mean rank, and I have a right to +be tried by Caesar, not by a packed court, whose president has a grudge +against me for private matters." + +"Insolent!" shouted Domitian. "Your appeal shall be laid before Caesar, +as it must--that is, if he will hear it. Tell us now, where is that +woman whom you bought in the Forum, for we desire her testimony?" + +"Prince, I do not know," answered Marcus. "It is true that she came to +my house, but then and there I gave her freedom and she departed from it +with her nurse, nor can I tell whither she went." + +"I thought that you were only a coward, but it seems that you are a +liar as well," sneered Domitian. Then he consulted with the officers +and added, "We judge the case to be proved against you, and for having +disgraced the Roman arms, when, rather than be taken prisoner, many a +meaner man died by his own hand, you are worthy of whatever punishment +it pleases Caesar to inflict. Meanwhile, till his pleasure is known, I +command that you shall be confined in the private rooms of the military +prison near the Temple of Mars, and that if you attempt to escape thence +you shall be put to death. You have liberty to draw up your case in +writing, that it may be transmitted to Caesar, my father, together with a +transcript of the evidence against you." + +"Now," replied Marcus bitterly, "I am tempted to do what you say I +should have done before, die by my own hand, rather than endure such +shameful words and this indignity. But that my honour will not suffer. +When Caesar has heard my case and when Titus, my general, also gives his +verdict against me, I will die, but not before. You, Prince, and you, +Captains, who have never drawn sword outside the streets of Rome, you +call me coward, me, who have served with honour through five campaigns, +who, from my youth till now have been in arms, and this upon the +evidence of a renegade Jew who, for years, has been my private enemy, +and of a soldier whom I scourged as a thief. Look now upon this breast +and say if it is that of a coward!" and rending his robes asunder, +Marcus exposed his bosom, scarred with four white wounds. "Call my +comrades, those with whom I have fought in Gaul, in Sicily, in Egypt and +in Judaea, and ask them if Marcus is a coward? Ask that Jew even, to whom +I gave his life, whether Marcus is a coward?" + +"Have done with your boasting," said Domitian, "and hide those +scratches. You were taken prisoner by the Jews--it is enough. You have +your prayer, your case shall go to Caesar. If the tale you tell is true +you would produce that woman who is said to have rescued you from the +Jews and whom you purchased as a slave. When you do this we will take +her evidence. Till then to your prison with you. Guards, remove the man +Marcus, called the Fortunate, once a Prefect of Horse in the army of +Judaea." + + + +CHAPTER XXVII + +THE BISHOP CYRIL + +On the morning following the day of the Triumph Julia, the wife of +Gallus, was seated in her bed-chamber looking out at the yellow waters +of the Tiber that ran almost beneath its window. She had risen at dawn +and attended to the affairs of her household, and now retired to rest +and pray. Mingled with the Roman crowd on the yesterday she had seen +Miriam, whom she loved, marching wearily through the streets of Rome. +Then, able to bear no more, she went home, leaving Gallus to follow the +last acts of the drama. About nine o'clock that night he joined her and +told her the story of the sale of Miriam for a vast sum of money, since, +standing in the shadow beyond the light of the torches, he had been a +witness of the scene at the slave-market. Domitian had been outbid, and +their Pearl-Maiden was knocked down to an old woman with a basket on +her back who looked like a witch, after which she vanished with her +purchaser. That was all he knew for certain. Julia thought it little +enough, and reproached her husband for his stupidity in not learning +more. Still, although she seemed to be vexed, at heart she rejoiced. +Into whoever's hand the maid had fallen, for a while at least she had +escaped the vile Domitian. + +Now, as she sat and prayed, Gallus being abroad to gather more tidings +if he could, she heard the courtyard door open, but took no notice +of it, thinking that it was but the servant who returned from market. +Presently, however, as she knelt, a shadow fell upon her and Julia +looked up to see Miriam, none other than Miriam, and with her a +dark-skinned, aged woman, whom she did not know. + +"How come you here?" she gasped. + +"Oh! mother," answered the girl in a low and thrilling voice, "mother, +by the mercy of God and by the help of this Nehushta, of whom I have +often told you, and--of another, I am escaped from Domitian, and return +to you free and unharmed." + +"Tell me that story," said Julia, "for I do not understand. The thing +sounds incredible." + +So Miriam told her tale. When it was done, Julia said: + +"Heathen though he is, this Marcus must be a noble-hearted man, whom may +Heaven reward." + +"Yes," answered Miriam with a sigh, "may Heaven reward him, as I wish I +might." + +"As you would have done had I not stayed you," put in Nehushta. Her +voice was severe, but as she spoke something that Julia took to be a +smile was seen for an instant on her grim features. + +"Well, friend, well," said Julia, "we have all of us fallen into +temptation from time to time." + +"Pardon me, lady," answered Nehushta, "but speak for yourself. I never +fell into any temptation--from a man. I know too much of men." + +"Then, friend," replied Julia, "return thanks for the good armour of +your wisdom. For my part, I say that, like the lord Marcus, this maid +has acted well, and my prayer is that she also may not lose her reward." + +"Mine is," commented Nehushta, "that Marcus may escape the payment which +he will doubtless receive from the hand of Domitian if he can hunt him +out," a remark at which the face of Miriam grew very troubled. + +Just then Gallus returned, and to him the whole history had to be told +anew. + +"It is wonderful," he said, "wonderful! I never heard the like of it. +Two people who love each other and who, when their hour comes, separate +over some question of faith, or rather in obedience to a command laid +upon one of them by a lady who died years and years ago. Wonderful--and +I hope wise, though had I been the man concerned I should have taken +another counsel." + +"What counsel, husband?" asked Julia. + +"Well--to get away from Rome with the lady as far as possible, and +without more delay than was necessary. It seems to me that under the +circumstances it would have been best for her to consider her scruples +in another land. You see Domitian is not a Christian any more than +Marcus is, and our maid here does not like Domitian and does like +Marcus. No, it is no good arguing the thing is done, but I think that +you Christians might very well add two new saints to your calendar. And +now to breakfast, which we all need after so much night duty." + +So they went and ate, but during that meal Gallus was very silent, as +was his custom when he set his brain to work. Presently he asked: + +"Tell me, Miriam, did any see you or your companion enter here?" + +"No, I think not," she answered, "for as it chanced the door of the +courtyard was ajar and the servant has not yet returned." + +"Good," he said. "When she does return I will meet her and send her out +on a long errand." + +"Why?" asked his wife. + +"Because it is as well that none should know what guests we have till +they are gone again." + +"Until they are gone again!" repeated Julia, astonished. "Surely you +would not drive this maid, who has become to us as our daughter, from +your door?" + +"Yes, I would, wife, for that dear maid's sake," and he took Miriam's +little hand in his great palm and pressed it. "Listen now," he went on, +"Miriam, the Jewish captive, has dwelt in our care these many months, +has she not, as is known to all, is it not? Well, if any one wants to +find her, where will they begin by looking?" + +"Aye! where?" echoed Nehushta. + +"Why should any one wish to find her?" asked Julia. "She was bought in +the slave-market for a great price by the lord Marcus, who, of his own +will, has set her at liberty. Now, therefore, she is a free woman whom +none can touch." + +"A free woman!" answered Gallus with scorn. "Is any woman free in Rome +upon whom Domitian has set his mind? Surely, you Christians are too +innocent for this world. Peace now, for there is no time to lose. Julia, +do you cloak yourself and go seek that high-priest of yours, Cyril, who +also loves this maid. Tell the tale to him, and say that if he would +save her from great dangers he had best find some secret hiding-place +among the Christians, for her and her companion, until means can be +found to ship them far from Rome. What think you of that plan, my Libyan +friend?" + +"I think that it is good, but not good enough," answered Nehushta. "I +think that we had best depart with the lady, your wife, this very hour, +for who can tell how soon the dogs will be laid upon our slot?" + +"And what say you, maid Miriam?" asked Gallus. + +"I? Oh! I thank you for your thought, and I say--let us hide in any +place you will, even a drain or a stable, if it will save me from +Domitian." + + + +Two hours later, in a humble and densely peopled quarter of the city, +such as in our own day we should call a slum, where folk were employed +making those articles which ministered to the comfort or the luxury of +the more fortunate, a certain master-carpenter known as Septimus was +seated at his mid-day meal in a little chamber above his workshop. +His hands were rough with toil, and the dust of his trade was upon his +garments and even powdered over his long gray beard, so that at first +sight it would not have been easy to recognise in him that Cyril who was +a bishop among the Christians. Yet it was he, one of the foremost of the +Faith in Rome. + +A woman entered the room and spoke with him in a low voice. + +"The dame Julia, the wife of Gallus, and two others with her?" he said. +"Well, we need fear none whom she brings; lead them hither." + +Presently the door opened and Julia appeared, followed by two veiled +figures. He raised his hands to bless her, then checked himself. + +"Daughter, who are these?" he said. + +"Declare yourselves," said Julia, and at her bidding Miriam and Nehushta +unveiled. + +At the sight of Miriam's face the bishop started, then turned to study +that of her companion. + +"Who vouches for this woman?" he asked. + +"I vouch for myself," answered Nehushta, "seeing that I am a Christian +who received baptism a generation since at the hands of the holy John, +and who stood to pay the price of faith in the arena at Caesarea." + +"Is this so?" asked the bishop of Miriam. + +"It is so," she answered. "This Libyan was the servant of my +grandmother. She nursed both my mother and myself, and many a time has +saved my life. Have no fear, she is faithful." + +"Your pardon," said the bishop with a grave smile and addressing +Nehushta, "but you who are old will know that the Christian who +entertains strangers sometimes entertains a devil." Then he lifted up +his hands and blessed them, greeting them in the name of their Master. + +"So, maid Miriam," he said, still smiling, "it would seem that I was no +false prophet, and though you walked in the Triumph and were sold in the +slave-ring--for this much I have heard--still the Angel of the Lord went +with you." + +"Father, he went with me," she answered, "and he leads me here." + +Then they told him all the tale, and how Miriam sought a refuge from +Domitian. He looked at her, stroking his long beard. + +"Is there anything you can do?" he asked. "Anything useful, I mean? But +perhaps that is a foolish question, seeing that women--especially those +who are well-favoured--do not learn a trade." + +"I have learnt a trade," answered Miriam, flushing a little. "Once I +was held of some account as a sculptor; indeed I have heard that your +Emperor Nero decreed divine honours to a bust from my hand." + +The bishop laughed outright. "The Emperor Nero! Well, the poor madman +has gone to his own place, so let us say no more of him. But I heard of +that bust; indeed I saw it; it was a likeness of Marcus Fortunatus, was +it not, and in its fashion a great work? But our people do not make such +things; we are artisans, not artists." + +"The artisan should be an artist," said Miriam, setting her mouth. + +"Perhaps, but as a rule he isn't. Do you think that you could mould +lamps?" + +"There is nothing I should like better, that is if I am not forced to +copy one pattern," she added as an afterthought. + +"Then," said the bishop, "I think, daughter, that I can show you how to +earn a living, where none are likely to seek for you." + + + +Not a hundred paces away from the carpenter's shop where the master +craftsman, Septimus, worked, was another manufactory, in which vases, +basins, lamps, and all such articles were designed, moulded and baked. +The customers who frequented the place, wholesale merchants for the most +part, noted from and after the day of this interview a new workwoman, +who, so far as her rough blouse permitted them to judge, seemed to be +young and pretty, seated in a corner apart, beneath a window by the +light of which she laboured. Later on they observed also, those of them +who had any taste, that among the lamps produced by the factory appeared +some of singular and charming design, so good, indeed, that although the +makers reaped little extra benefit, the middlemen found no difficulty +in disposing of these pieces at a high price. All day long Miriam sat +fashioning them, while old Nehushta, who had learnt something of the +task years ago by Jordan, prepared and tempered the clay and carried the +finished work to the furnace. + +Now, though none would have guessed it, in this workshop all the +labourers were Christians, and the product of their toil was cast into +a common treasury on the proceeds of which they lived, taking, each of +them, such share as their elders might decree, and giving the surplus to +brethren who had need, or to the sick. Connected with these shops were +lodging houses, mean enough to look at, but clean within. At the top +of one of them, up three flights of narrow stairs, Miriam and Nehushta +dwelt in a large attic that was very hot when the sun shone on the +roof, and very cold in the bitter winds and rains of winter. In other +respects, however, the room was not unpleasant, since being so high +there were few smells and little noise; also the air that blew in at the +windows was fresh and odorous of the open lands beyond the city. + +So there they dwelt in peace, for none came to search for the costly and +beautiful Pearl-Maiden in those squalid courts, occupied by working +folk of the meaner sort. By day they laboured, and at night they rested, +ministering and ministered to in the community of Christian brotherhood, +and, notwithstanding their fears and anxieties for themselves and +another, were happier than they had been for years. So the weeks went +by. + +Very soon tidings came to them, for these Christians knew of all that +passed in the great city; also, when they met in the catacombs at night, +as was their custom, especially upon the Lord's Day, Julia gave them +news. From her they learned that they had done wisely to flee her house. +Within three hours of their departure, indeed before Julia had returned +there, officers arrived to inquire whether they had seen anything of the +Jewish captive named Pearl-Maiden, who had been sold in the Forum on the +previous night, and, as they said, escaped from her purchaser, on whose +behalf they searched. Gallus received them, and, not being a Christian, +lied boldly, vowing that he had seen nothing of the girl since he gave +her over into the charge of the servants of Caesar upon the morning +of the Triumph. So suspecting no guile they departed and troubled his +household no more. + + + +From the palace of Domitian Marcus was taken to his prison near the +Temple of Mars. Here, because of his wealth and rank, because also he +made appeal to Caesar and was therefore as yet uncondemned of any crime, +he found himself well treated. Two good rooms were given him to live in, +and his own steward, Stephanus, was allowed to attend him and provide +him with food and all he needed. Also upon giving his word that he would +attempt no escape, he was allowed to walk in the gardens between the +prison and the Temple, and to receive his friends at any hour of the +day. His first visitor was the chamberlain, Saturius, who began by +condoling with him over his misfortune and most undeserved position. +Marcus cut him short. + +"Why am I here?" he asked. + +"Because, most noble Marcus, you have been so unlucky as to incur the +displeasure of a very powerful man." + +"Why does Domitian persecute me?" he asked again. + +"How innocent are you soldiers!" said the chamberlain. "I will answer +your question by another. Why do you buy beautiful captives upon whom +royalty chances to have set its heart?" + +Marcus thought a moment, then said, "Is there any way out of this +trouble?" + +"My lord Marcus, I came to show you one. Nobody really believes that you +of all men failed in your duty out there in Jerusalem. Why, the thing +is absurd, as even those carpet-captains before whom you were tried knew +well. Still, your position is most awkward. There is evidence against +you--of a sort. Vespasian will not interfere, for he is aware that this +is some private matter of Domitian's, and having had one quarrel with +his son over the captive, Pearl-Maiden, he does not wish for another +over the man who bought her. No, he will say--this prefect was one of +the friends and officers of Titus, let Titus settle the affair as it may +please him when he returns." + +"At least Titus will do me justice," said Marcus. + +"Yes, without doubt, but what will that justice be? Titus issued an +edict. Have you ever known him to go back upon his edicts, even to save +a friend? Titus declared throughout his own camps those Romans who were +taken prisoner by the Jews to be worthy of death or disgrace, and two of +them, common men and cowards, have been publicly disgraced in the eyes +of Rome. You were taken prisoner by the Jews and have returned alive, +unfortunately for yourself, to incur the dislike of Domitian, who has +raked up a matter that otherwise never would have been mooted." + +"Now," he says to Titus--"Show justice and no favour, as you showed in +the case of the captive Pearl-Maiden, whom you refused to the prayer +of your only brother, saying that she must be sold according to your +decree. Even if he loves you dearly, as I believe he does, what, my lord +Marcus, can Titus answer to that argument, especially as he also seeks +no further quarrel with Domitian?" + +"You said you came to show me a way to safety--yet you tell me that my +feet are set in the path of disgrace and death. Must this way of yours, +then, be paved with gold?" + +"No," answered Saturius drily, "with pearls. Oh! I will be plain. Give +up that necklace--and its wearer. What do you answer?" + +Now Marcus understood, and a saying that he heard on the lips of Miriam +arose in his mind, though he knew not whence it came. + +"I answer," he said with set face and flashing eyes, "that I will not +cast pearls before swine." + +"A pretty message from a prisoner to his judge," replied the chamberlain +with a curious smile. "But have no fear, noble Marcus, it shall not +be delivered. I am not paid to tell my royal master the truth. Think +again." + +"I have thought," answered Marcus. "I do not know where the maiden is +and therefore cannot deliver her to Domitian, nor would I if I could. +Rather will I be disgraced and perish." + +"I suppose," mused Saturius, "that this is what they call true love, +and to speak plainly," he added with a burst of candour, "I find it +admirable and worthy of a noble Roman. My lord Marcus, my mission has +failed, yet I pray that the Fates may order your deliverance from +your enemies, and, in reward for these persecutions, bring back to you +unharmed that maiden whom you desire, but whom I go to seek. Farewell." + +Two days later Stephanus, the steward of Marcus who waited upon him in +his prison, announced that a man who said his name was Septimus wished +speech with him, but would say nothing of his business. + +"Admit him," said Marcus, "for I grow weary of my own company," and +letting his head fall upon his hand he stared through the bars of his +prison window. + +Presently he heard a sound behind him, and looked round to see an old +man clad in the robe of a master-workman, whose pure and noble face +seemed in a strange contrast to his rough garments and toil-scarred +hands. + +"Be seated and tell me your business," said Marcus courteously, and with +a bow his visitor obeyed. + +"My business, my lord Marcus," he said in an educated and refined voice, +"is to minister to those who are in trouble." + +"Then, sir, your feet have led you aright," answered Marcus with a +sad laugh, "for this is the house of trouble and you see I am its +inhabitant." + +"I know, and I know the cause." + +Marcus looked at him curiously. "Are you a Christian, sir?" he asked. +"Nay, do not fear to answer; I have friends who are Christians," and he +sighed, "nor could I harm you if I would, who wish to harm none, least +of all a Christian." + +"My lord Marcus, I fear hurt at no man's hand; also the days of Nero +have gone by and Vespasian reigns, who molests us not. I am Cyril, a +bishop of the Christians in Rome, and if you will hear me I am come to +preach to you my faith, which, I trust, may yet be yours." + +Marcus stared at the man; it was to him a matter of amazement that this +priest should take so much trouble for a stranger. Then a thought struck +him and he asked: + +"What fee do you charge for these lessons in a new religion?" + +The bishop's pale face flushed. + +"Sir," he answered, "if you wish to reject my message, do it without +insult. I do not sell the grace of God for lucre." + +Again Marcus was impressed. + +"Your pardon," he said, "yet I have known priests take money, though it +is true they were never of your faith. Who told you about me?" + +"One, my lord Marcus, to whom you have behaved well," answered Cyril +gravely. + +Marcus sprang from his seat. + +"Do you mean--do you mean--?" he began and paused, looking round him +fearfully. + +"Yes," replied the bishop in a whisper, "I mean Miriam. Fear not, she +and her companions are in my charge, and for the present, safe. Seek to +know no more, lest perchance their secret should be wrung from you. I +and her brethren in the Lord will protect her to the last." + +Marcus began to pour out his thanks. + +"Thank me not," interrupted Cyril, "for what is at once my duty and my +joy." + +"Friend Cyril," said Marcus, "the maid is in great danger. I have just +learned that Domitian's spies hunt through Rome to find her, who, when +she is found, will be spirited to his palace and a fate that you can +guess. She must escape from Rome. Let her fly to Tyre, where she has +friends and property. There, if she lies hid a while, she will be +molested by none." + +The bishop shook his head. + +"I have thought of it," he said, "but it is scarcely possible. The +officers at every port have orders to search all ships that sail with +passengers, and detain any woman on them who answers to the description +of her who was called Pearl-Maiden. This I know for certain, for I also +have my officers, more faithful perhaps than those of Caesar," and he +smiled. + +"Is there then no means to get her out of Rome and across the sea?" + +"I can think of only one, which would cost more money than we poor +Christians can command. It is that a ship be bought in the name of some +merchant and manned with sailors who can be trusted, such as I know how +to find. Then she could be taken aboard at night, for on such a vessel +there would be no right of search nor any to betray." + +"Find the ship and trusty men and I will find the money," said Marcus, +"for I still have gold at hand and the means of raising more." + +"I will make inquiries," answered Cyril, "and speak with you further on +the matter. Indeed it is not necessary that you should give this money, +since such a ship and her cargo, if she comes there safely, should sell +at a great profit in the Eastern ports. Meanwhile have no fear; in the +protection of God and her brethren the maid is safe." + +"I hope so," said Marcus devoutly. "Now, if you have the time to spare, +tell me of this God of whom you Christians speak so much but who seems +so far away from man." + +"But who, in the words of the great apostle, my master, in truth is +not far from any one of us," answered Cyril. "Now hearken, and may your +heart be opened." + +Then he began his labour of conversion, reasoning till the sun sank and +it was time for the prison gates to close. + +"Come to me again," said Marcus as they parted, "I would hear more." + +"Of Miriam or of my message?" asked Cyril with a smile. + +"Of both," answered Marcus. + +Four days went by before Cyril returned. They were heavy days for +Marcus, since on the morrow of the bishop's visit he had learned that +as Saturius had foretold, Vespasian refused to consider his case, saying +that it must abide the decision of Titus when he came back to Rome. +Meanwhile, he commanded that the accused officer should remain in +prison, but that no judgment should issue against him. Here, then, +Marcus was doomed to lie, fretting out his heart like a lion in a cage. + +From Cyril Marcus learned that Miriam was well and sent him her +greetings, since she dared neither visit him nor write. The bishop told +him also that he had found a certain Grecian mariner, Hector by name, +a Roman citizen, who was a Christian and faithful. This man desired +to sail for the coasts of Syria and was competent to steer a vessel +thither. Also he thought that he could collect a crew of Christians and +Jews who might be trusted. Lastly, he knew of several small galleys that +were for sale, one of which, named the _Luna_, was a very good ship and +almost new. Cyril told him, moreover, that he had seen Gallus and his +wife Julia, and that these good people, having no more ties in Rome, +partly because they desired to leave the city, and partly for love of +Miriam, though more the second reason than the first, were willing to +sell their house and goods and to sail with her to Syria. + +Marcus asked how much money would be needed, and when Cyril named the +sum, sent for Stephanus and commanded him to raise it and to pay it +over to the craftsman Septimus, taking his receipt in discharge. This +Septimus promised to do readily enough by a certain day, believing that +the gold was needed for his master's ransom. Then having settled all as +well as might be, Cyril took up his tale and preached to Marcus of the +Saviour of the world with great earnestness and power. + +Thus the days went on, and twice or thrice in every week Cyril visited +Marcus, giving him tidings and instructing him in the Faith. Now the +ship _Luna_ was bought and the most of her crew hired; also a cargo of +such goods as would be salable in Syria was being laid into her hold at +Ostia, the Greek, Hector, giving it out that this was a private venture +of his own and some other merchants. As the man was well known for +a bold trader who had bought and sold in many lands his tale caused +neither wonder nor suspicion, none knowing that the capital was +furnished by the steward of the prisoner Marcus through him who passed +as the master craftsman and contractor Septimus. Indeed, until the after +days Miriam did not know this herself, for it was kept from her by the +special command of Marcus, and if Nehushta guessed the truth she held +her tongue. + + + +Two full months had gone by. Marcus still languished in prison, for +Titus had not yet returned to Rome, but as he learned from Cyril, +Domitian wearied somewhat of his fruitless search for Miriam, although +he still vowed vengeance against the rival who had robbed him. The ship +_Luna_ was laden and ready for sea; indeed, if the wind and weather +were favourable, she was to sail within a week. Gallus and Julia, having +wound up their affairs, had removed to Ostia, whither Miriam was to be +brought secretly on the night of the sailing of the _Luna_. Marcus was +now at heart a Christian, but as yet had refused to accept baptism. Thus +matters stood when Cyril visited the prison bringing with him Miriam's +farewell message to her lover. It was very short. + +"Tell Marcus," she said, "that I go because he bids me, and that I know +not whether we shall meet again. Say that perhaps it is best that we +should not meet, since for reasons which he knows, even if he should +still wish it, we may not marry. Say that in life or death I am his, and +his only, and that until my last hour my thought and prayer will be for +him. May he be delivered from all those troubles which, as I fear, I +have brought upon him, through no will of mine. May he forgive me for +them and let my love and gratitude make some amends for all that I have +done amiss." + +To this Marcus answered: "Tell Miriam that from my heart I thank her for +her message, and that my desire is that she should be gone from Rome so +soon as may be, since here danger dogs her steps. Tell her that although +it is true that mine has brought me shame and sorrow, still I give her +love for love, and that if I come living from my prison I will follow +her to Tyre and speak further of these matters. If I die, I pray that +good fortune may attend her and that from time to time she will make the +offering of an hour's thought to the spirit which once was Marcus." + + + +CHAPTER XXVIII + +THE LAMP + +If Domitian at length slackened in his fruitless search for Miriam, +Caleb, whose whole heart was in the hunt, proved more diligent. Still, +he could find no trace of her. At first he made sure that if she was in +Rome she would return to visit her friends and protectors, Gallus +and his wife, and in the hope of thus discovering her, Caleb caused a +constant watch to be kept on their abode. But Miriam never came there, +nor, although their footsteps were dogged from day to day, did they lead +him to her, since in truth Julia and Miriam met only in the catacombs, +where he and his spies dared not venture. Soon, however, Gallus +discovered that his home was kept under observation and its inmates +tracked from place to place. It was this knowledge indeed which, more +than any other circumstance, brought him to make up his mind to depart +from Rome and dwell in Syria, since he said that he would no longer live +in a city where night by night he and his were hunted like jackals. But +when he left for Ostia, to wait there till the ship _Luna_ was ready, +Caleb followed him, and in that small town soon found out all his plans, +learning that he meant to sail with his wife in the vessel. Then, as he +could hear nothing of Miriam, he returned to Rome. + +After all it was by chance that he discovered her and not through his +own cleverness. Needing a lamp for his chamber he entered a shop where +such things were sold, and examined those that the merchant offered to +him. Presently he perceived one of the strange design of two palms with +intertwining trunks and feathery heads nodding apart, having a lamp +hanging by a little chain from the topmost frond of each of them. The +shape of the trees struck him as familiar, and he let his eye run down +their stems until it reached the base, which, to support so tall a +piece, was large. Yes, the palms grew upon a little bank, and there +beneath the water rippled, while between bank and water was a long, +smooth stone, pointed at one end. Then in a flash Caleb recognised the +place, as well he might, seeing that on many and many an evening had +he and Miriam sat side by side upon that stone, angling for fish in the +muddy stream of Jordan. There was no doubt about it, and, look! half +hidden in the shadow of the stone lay a great fish, the biggest that +ever he had caught--he could swear to it, for its back fin was split. + +A mist came before Caleb's eyes and in it across the years he saw +himself a boy again. There he stood, his rod of reed bent double and the +thin line strained almost to breaking, while on the waters of Jordan a +great fish splashed and rolled. + +"I cannot pull him in," he cried. "The line will never bear it and the +bank is steep. Oh! Miriam, we shall lose him!" + +Then there was a splash, and, behold! the girl at his side had sprung +into the swiftly running river. Though its waters, reaching to her neck, +washed her down the stream, she hugged to her young breast that great, +slippery fish, yes, and gripped its back fin between her teeth, till +with the aid of his reed rod he drew them both to land. + + + +"I will buy that lamp," said Caleb presently. "The design pleases me. +What artist made it?" + +The merchant shrugged his shoulders. + +"Sir, I do not know," he answered. "These goods are supplied to us with +many others, such as joinery and carving, by one Septimus, who is a +contractor and, they say, a head priest among the Christians, employing +many hands at his shops in the poor streets yonder. One or more of them +must be designers of taste, since of late we have received from him some +lamps of great beauty." + +Then the man was called away to attend to another customer and Caleb +paid for his lamp. + +That evening at dusk Caleb, bearing the lamp in his hand, found his +way to the workshop of Septimus, only to discover that the part of the +factory where lamps were moulded was already closed. A girl who had just +shut the door, seeing him stand perplexed before it, asked civilly if +she could help him. + +"Maiden," he answered, "I am in trouble who wish to find her who moulded +this lamp, so that I may order others, but am told that she has left her +work for the day." + +"Yes," said the maiden, looking at the lamp, which evidently she +recognised. "It is pretty, is it not? Well, cannot you return +to-morrow?" + +"Alas! no, I expect to be leaving Rome for a while, so I fear that I +must go elsewhere." + +The girl reflected to herself that it would be a pity if the order were +lost, and with it the commission which she might divide with the maker +of the lamp. "It is against the rules, but I will show you where she +lives," she said, "and if she is there, which is probable, for I have +never seen her or her companion go out at night, you can tell her your +wishes." + +Caleb thanked the girl and followed her through sundry tortuous lanes to +a court surrounded by old houses. + +"If you go in there," she said, pointing to a certain doorway, "and +climb to the top of the stairs, I forget whether there are three or four +flights, you will find the makers of the lamp in the roof-rooms--oh! +sir, I thank you, but I expected nothing. Good-night." + +At length Caleb stood at the head of the stairs, which were both steep, +narrow, and in the dark hard to climb. Before him, at the end of a +rickety landing, a small ill-fitting door stood ajar. There was light +within the room beyond, and from it came a sound of voices. Caleb crept +up to the door and listened, for as the floor below was untenanted he +knew that none could see him. Bending down he looked through the space +between the door and its framework and his heart stood still. There, +standing full in the lamplight, clothed in a pure white robe, for her +rough working dress lay upon a stool beside her, was Miriam herself, +her elbow leaning on the curtained window-place. She was talking to +Nehushta, who, her back bent almost double over a little charcoal fire, +was engaged in cooking their supper. + +"Think," she was saying, "only think, Nou, our last night in this +hateful city, and then, instead of that stifling workshop and the terror +of Domitian, the open sea and the fresh salt wind and nobody to fear but +God. _Luna!_ Is it not a beautiful name for a ship? I can see her, all +silver----" + +"Peace," said Nehushta. "Are you mad, girl, to talk so loud? I though I +heard a sound upon the stairs just now." + +"It is only the rats," answered Miriam cheerfully, "no one ever comes up +here. I tell you that were it not for Marcus I could weep with joy." + +Caleb crept back to the head of the stairs and down several steps, which +he began to re-ascend noisily, grumbling at their gloom and steepness. +Then, before the women even had time to shut the door, he thrust it wide +and walked straight into the room. + +"Your pardon," he began, then added quietly, "Why, Miriam, when we +parted on the gate Nicanor, who could have foretold that we should live +to meet again here in a Roman attic? And you, Nehushta. Why, we were +separated in the fray outside the Temple walls, though, indeed, I +think that I saw you in a strange place some months ago, namely, the +slave-ring on the Forum." + +"Caleb," asked Miriam in a hollow voice, "what is your business here?" + +"Well, Miriam, it began with a desire for a replica of this lamp, which +reminds me of a spot familiar to my childhood. Do you remember it? Now +that I have found who is the lamp's maker----" + +"Cease fooling," broke in Nehushta. "Bird of ill-omen, you have come to +drag your prey back to the shame and ruin which she has escaped." + +"I was not always called thus," answered Caleb, flushing, "when I +rescued you from the house at Tyre for instance, or when I risked my +life, Miriam, to throw you food upon the gate Nicanor. Nay, I come to +save you from Domitian----" + +"And to take her for yourself," answered Nehushta. "Oh! we Christians +also have eyes to see and ears to hear, and, black-hearted traitor +that you are, we know all your shame. We know of your bargain with the +chamberlain of Domitian, by which the body of the slave was to be the +price of the life of her buyer. We know how you swore away the honour of +your rival, Marcus, with false testimony, and how from week to week you +have quartered Rome as a vulture quarters the sky till at length you +have smelt out the quarry. Well, she is helpless, but One is strong, and +may His vengeance fall upon your life and soul." + +Suddenly Nehushta's voice, that had risen to a scream, died away, and +she stood before him threatening him with her bony fists, and searching +his face with her burning eyes, a vengeance incarnate. + +"Peace, woman, peace," said Caleb, shrinking back before her. "Spare +your reproaches; if I have sinned much it is because I have loved +more----" + +"And hate most of all," added Nehushta. + +"Oh! Caleb," broke in Miriam, "if as you say you love me, why should you +deal thus with me? You know well that I do not love you after this sort, +no, and never can, and even if you keep me from Domitian, who does but +make a tool of you, what would it advantage you to take a woman who +leaves her heart elsewhere? Also I may never marry you for that same +reason that I may not marry Marcus, because my faith is and must remain +apart from yours. Would you make a base slave of your old playmate, +Caleb? Would you bring her to the level of a dancing-girl? Oh! let me go +in peace." + +"Upon the ship _Luna_," said Caleb sullenly. + +Miriam gasped! So he knew their plans. + +"Yes," she replied desperately, "upon the ship _Luna_, to find such a +fate as Heaven may give me; at least to be at peace and free. For your +soul's sake, Caleb, let me go. Once years ago you swore that you would +not force yourself upon me against my will. Will you break that oath +to-day?" + +"I swore also, Miriam, that it should go ill with any man who came +between you and me. Shall I break that oath to-day? Give yourself to +me of your own will and save Marcus. Refuse and I will bring him to his +death. Choose now between me and your lover's life." + +"Are you a coward that you should lay such a choice upon me, Caleb?" + +"Call me what you will. Choose." + +Miriam clasped her hands and for a moment stood looking upwards. Then a +light of purpose grew upon her face and she answered: + +"Caleb, I have chosen. Do your worst. The fate of Marcus is not in my +hands, or your hands, but in the hands of God; nor, unless He wills it, +can one hair of his head be harmed by you or by Domitian. For is it not +written in the book of your own Law that 'the King's heart is in the +hand of the Lord, he turneth it whithersoever he will.' But my honour is +my own, and to stain it would be a sin for which I alone must answer to +Heaven and to Marcus, dead or living--Marcus, who would curse and spit +upon me did I attempt to buy his safety at such a price." + +"Is that your last word, Miriam?" + +"It is. If it pleases you by false witness and by murder to destroy the +man who once spared you, then if such a thing be suffered, have your +will and reap its fruits. I make no bargain with you, for myself or for +him--do your worst to both of us." + +"So be it," said Caleb with a bitter laugh, "but I think that the ship +_Luna_ will lack her fairest passenger." + +Miriam sank down upon a seat and covered her face with her hands, a +piteous sight in her misery and the terror which, notwithstanding her +bold words, she could not conceal. Caleb walked to the door and paused +there, while the white-haired Nehushta stood by the brazier of charcoal +and watched them both with her fierce eyes. Presently Caleb glanced +round at Miriam crouched by the window and a strange new look came into +his face. + +"I cannot do it," he said slowly, each word falling heavily from his +lips like single rain-drops from a cloud, or the slow blood from a +mortal wound. + +Miriam let her hands slip from her face and stared at him. + +"Miriam," he said, "you are right; I have sinned against you and this +man Marcus. Now I will expiate my sin. Your secret is safe with me, and +since you hate me I will never see you more. Miriam, we look upon +each other for the last time. Further, if I can, I will work for the +deliverance of Marcus and help him to join you in Tyre, whither the +_Luna_ is bound--is she not? Farewell?" + +Once again he turned to go, but it would seem that his eyes were +blinded, or his brain was dulled by the agony that worked within. At +least Caleb caught his foot in the ancient uneven boards, stumbled, and +fell heavily upon his face. Instantly, with a low hiss of hate and a +spring like that of a cat, Nehushta was upon him. Thrusting her knees +upon his back she seized the nape of his neck with her left hand and +with her right drew a dagger from her bosom. + +"Forbear!" said Miriam. "Touch him with that knife and we part forever. +Nay, I mean it. I myself will hand you to the officer, even if he hales +me to Domitian." + +Then Nehushta rose to her feet. + +"Fool!" she said, "fool, to trust to that man of double moods, whose +mercy to-night will be vengeance to-morrow. Oh! you are undone! Alas! +you are undone!" + +Regaining his feet Caleb looked at her contemptuously. + +"Had you stabbed she might have been undone indeed," he said. "Now, as +of old, there is little wisdom in that gray head of yours, Nehushta; nor +can your hate suffer you to understand the intermingled good and evil +of my heart." Then he advanced to Miriam, lifted her hand and kissed it. +With a sudden movement she proffered him her brow. + +"Nay," he said, "tempt me not, it is not for me. Farewell." + +Another instant and he was gone. + + + +It would seem that Caleb kept his word, for three days later the vessel +_Luna_ sailed unmolested from the port of Ostia in the charge of the +Greek captain Hector, having on board Miriam, Nehushta, Julia, and +Gallus. + +Within a week of this sailing Titus at length returned to Rome. Here in +due course the case of Marcus was brought before him by the prisoner's +friends, together with a demand that he should be granted a new and open +trial for the clearing of his honour. Titus, who for his own reasons +refused to see Marcus, listened patiently, then gave his decision. + +He rejoiced, he said, to learn that his close friend and trusted officer +was still alive, since he had long mourned him as dead. He grieved that +in his absence he should have been put upon his trial on the charge of +having been taken captive, living, by the Jews, which, if Marcus upon +his arrival in Rome had at once reported himself to him, would not have +happened. He dismissed all accusations against his military honour and +courage as mere idle talk, since he had a hundred times proved him to be +the bravest of men, and knew, moreover, something of the circumstances +under which he was captured. But, however willing he might be to do so, +he was unable for public reasons to disregard the fact that he had been +duly convicted by a court-martial, under the Prince Domitian, of having +broken the command of his general and suffered himself to be taken +prisoner alive. To do so would be to proclaim himself, Titus, unjust, +who had caused others to suffer for this same offence, and to offer +insult to the prince, his brother, who in the exercise of his discretion +as commander in his absence, had thought fit to order the trial. Still, +his punishment should be of the lightest possible. He commanded that on +leaving his prison Marcus should go straight to his own house by +night, so that there might be no public talk or demonstration among his +friends, and there make such arrangement of his affairs as seemed good +to him. Further, he commanded that within ten days he should leave +Italy, to dwell or travel abroad for a period of three years, unless +the time should be shortened by some special decree. After the lapse +of these three years he would be free to return to Rome. This was his +judgment and it could not be altered. + +As it chanced, it was the chamberlain Saturius who first communicated +the Imperial decree to Marcus. Hurrying straight from the palace to the +prison he was admitted into the prisoner's chamber. + +"Well," said Marcus, looking up, "what evil tidings have you now?" + +"None, none," answered Saturius. "I have very good tidings, and that is +why I run so fast. You are only banished for three years, thanks to my +secret efforts," and he smiled craftily. "Even your property is left to +you, a fact which will, I trust, enable you to reward your friends for +their labours on your behalf." + +"Tell me all," and the rogue obeyed, while Marcus listened with a face +of stone. + +"Why did Titus decide thus?" he asked when it was finished. "Speak +frankly, man, if you wish for a reward." + +"Because, noble Marcus, Domitian had been with him beforehand and told +him that if he reversed his public judgment it would be a cause of open +quarrel between them. This, Caesar, who fears his brother, does not seek. +That is why he would not see you, lest his love for his friend should +overcome his reason." + +"So the prince is still my enemy?" + +"Yes, and more bitter than before, since he cannot find the +Pearl-Maiden, and is sure that you have spirited her away. Be advised by +me and leave Rome quickly, lest worse things befall you." + +"Aye," said Marcus, "I will leave Rome quickly, for how shall I abide +here who have lost my honour. Yet first it may please your master to +know that by now the lady whom he seeks is far across the sea. Now get +you gone, you fox, for I desire to be alone." + +The face of Saturius became evil. + +"Is that all you have to say?" he asked. "Am I to win no reward?" + +"If you stay longer," said Marcus, "you will win one which you do not +desire." + +Then Saturius went, but without the door he turned and shook his fist +towards the chamber he had left. + +"Fox," he muttered. "He called me fox and gave me nothing. Well, foxes +may find some pickings on his bones." + +The chamberlain's road to the palace ran past the place of business of +the merchant Demetrius. He stopped and looked at it. "Perhaps this one +will be more liberal," he said to himself, and entered. + +In his private office he found Caleb alone, his face buried in his +hands. Seating himself he plunged into his tale, ending it with an +apology to Caleb for the lightness of the sentence inflicted upon +Marcus. + +"Titus would do no more," he said; "indeed, were it not for the fear +of Domitian, he could have not have been brought to do so much, for he +loves the man, who has been a prefect of his bodyguard, and was deeply +grieved that he must disgrace him. Still, disgraced he is, aye, and he +feels it; therefore I trust that you, most generous Demetrius, who hate +him, will remember the service of your servant in this matter." + +"Yes," said Caleb quietly, "fear not, you shall be well paid, for you +have done your best." + +"I thank you, friend," answered Saturius, rubbing his hands, "and, after +all, things may be better than they seem. That insolent fool let out +just now that the girl about whom there is all this bother has been +smuggled away somewhere across the seas. When Domitian learns that he +will be so mad with anger that he may be worked up to take a little +vengeance of his own upon the person of the noble Marcus, who has thus +contrived to trick him. Also Marcus shall not get the Pearl-Maiden, +for the prince will cause her to be followed and brought back--to you, +worthy Demetrius." + +"Then," answered Caleb, slowly, "he must seek for her, not across the +sea, but in its depths." + +"What do you mean?" + +"I mean that I have tidings that Pearl-Maiden escaped in the ship _Luna_ +hard upon a month ago. This morning the captain and some mariners of the +galley _Imperatrix_ arrived in Rome. They report that they met a +great gale off Rhegium, and towards the end of it saw a vessel sink. +Afterwards they picked up a sailor clinging to a piece of wood, who told +them that the ship's name was _Luna_ and that she foundered with all +hands." + +"Have you seen this sailor?" + +"No; he died of exhaustion soon after he was rescued; but I have seen +the men of the galley, who brought me note of certain goods consigned to +me in her hold. They repeated this story to me with their own lips." + +"So, after all, she whom so many sought was destined to the arms +of Neptune, as became a pearl," reflected Saturius. "Well, well, as +Domitian cannot be revenged upon Neptune he will be the more wroth with +the man who sent her to that god. Now I go to tell him all these tidings +and learn his mind." + +"You will return and acquaint me with it, will you not?" asked Caleb, +looking up. + +"Certainly, and at once. Our account is not yet balanced, most generous +Demetrius." + +"No," answered Caleb, "our accounts are not yet balanced." + +Two hours later the chamberlain reappeared in the office. + +"Well," said Caleb, "how does it go?" + +"Ill, very ill for Marcus, and well, very well for those who hate him, +as you and I do, friend. Oh! never have I seen my Imperial master so +enraged. Indeed, when he learned that Pearl-Maiden had escaped and was +drowned, so that he could have no hope of her this side the Styx, it was +almost dangerous to be near to him. He cursed Titus for the lightness of +his sentence; he cursed you; he cursed _me_. But I turned his wrath +into the right channel. I showed him that for all these ills Marcus, and +Marcus alone, is to blame, Marcus who is to pay the price of them with +a three years' pleasant banishment from Rome, which doubtless, will be +remitted presently. I tell you that Domitian wept and gnashed his teeth +at the thought of it, until I showed him a better plan--knowing that it +would please you, friend Demetrius." + +"What plan?" + +Saturius rose, and having looked round to see that the door was +fastened, came and whispered into Caleb's ear. + +"Look you, after sunset to-night, that is within two hours, Marcus is +to be put out of his prison and conducted to the side door of his own +house, that beneath the archway, where he is ordered to remain until +he leaves Rome. In this house is no one except an old man, the steward +Stephanus, and a slave woman. Well, before he gets there, certain trusty +fellows, such as Domitian knows how to lay his hands upon, will have +entered the house, and having secured the steward and the woman, will +await the coming of Marcus beneath the archway. You can guess the rest. +Is it not well conceived?" + +"Very well," answered Caleb. "But may there not be suspicion?" + +"None, none. Who would dare to suspect Domitian? A private crime, +doubtless! The rich have so many enemies." + +What Saturius did not add was that nobody would suspect Domitian because +the masked bravoes were instructed to inform the steward and the slave +when they had bound and gagged them, that they were hired to do the deed +of blood by a certain merchant named Demetrius, otherwise Caleb the Jew, +who had an ancient quarrel against Marcus, which, already, he had tried +to satisfy by giving false evidence before the court-martial. + +"Now," went on Saturius, "I must be going, for there are one or two +little things which need attention, and time presses. Shall we balance +that account, friend Demetrius?" + +"Certainly," said Caleb, and taking a roll of gold from a drawer he +pushed it across the table. + +Saturius shook his head sadly. "I laid it at twice as much," he said. +"Think how you hate him and how richly your hate will be fed. First +disgraced unjustly, he, one of the best soldiers and bravest captains in +the army, and then hacked to death by cutthroats in the doorway of his +own house. What more could you want?" + +"Nothing," answered Caleb. "Only the man isn't dead yet. Sometimes the +Fates have strange surprises for us mortals, friend Saturius." + +"Dead? He will be dead soon enough." + +"Good. You shall have the rest of the money when I have seen his body. +No, I don't want any bungling and that's the best way to make certain." + +"I wonder," thought Saturius, as he departed out of the office and +this history, "I wonder how I shall manage to get the balance of my +fee before they have my Jewish friend by the heels. But it can be +arranged--doubtless it can be arranged." + +When he had gone, Caleb, who, it would seem, also had things which +needed attention and felt that time pressed, took pen and wrote a short +letter. Next he summoned a clerk and gave orders that it was to be +delivered two hours after sunset--not before. + +Meanwhile, he enclosed it in an outer wrapping so that the address was +not seen. This done, he sat still for a time, his lips moving, almost as +though he were engaged in prayer. Then, seeing that it was the hour of +sunset, he rose, wrapped himself in a long dark cloak, such as was worn +by Roman officers, and went out. + + + +CHAPTER XXIX + +HOW MARCUS CHANGED HIS FAITH + +Caleb was not the only one who heard the evil tidings of the ship +_Luna_; it came to the ears of the bishop Cyril also, since little of +any moment passed within the city of Rome which the Christians did not +know. + +Like Caleb, he satisfied himself of the truth of the matter by an +interview with the captain of the _Imperatrix_. Then with a sorrowful +heart he departed to the prison near the Temple of Mars. Here the warden +told him that Marcus wished to see no one, but answering "Friend, my +business will not wait," he pushed past the man and entered the room +beyond. Marcus was standing up in the centre of it, in his hand a +drawn sword of the short Roman pattern, which, on catching sight of his +visitor, he cast upon the table with an exclamation of impatience. It +fell beside a letter addressed to "The Lady Miriam in Tyre. To be given +into her own hand." + +"Peace be with you," said the bishop, searching his face with his quiet +eyes. + +"I thank you, friend," answered Marcus, smiling strangely, "I need +peace, and--seek it." + +"Son," asked the bishop, "what were you about to do?" + +"Friend," answered Marcus, "If you desire to know, I was about to fall +upon my sword. One more minute and I should have been dead. They brought +it me with the cloak and other things. It was thoughtful of them, and I +guessed their meaning." + +Cyril lifted the sword from the table and cast it into a corner of the +room. + +"God be thanked," he said, "Who led my feet here in time to save you +from this sin. Why, because it has pleased Him to take her life, should +you seek to take your own?" + +"Her life?" said Marcus. "What dreadful words are these. Her life! Whose +life?" + +"The life of Miriam. I came to tell you. She is drowned upon the seas +with all her company." + +For a moment Marcus stood swaying to and fro like a drunken man. Then he +said: + +"Is it so indeed? Well, the more reason that I should make haste to +follow her. Begone and leave me to do the deed alone," and he stepped +towards the sword. + +Cyril set his foot upon the shining blade. + +"What is this madness?" he asked. "If you did not know of Miriam's +death, why do you desire to kill yourself?" + +"Because I have lost more than Miriam. Man, they have robbed me of my +honour. By the decree of Titus, I, Marcus, am branded as a coward. Yes, +Titus, at whose side I have fought a score of battles--Titus, from whom +I have warded many a blow--has banished me from Rome." + +"Tell me of this thing," said Cyril. + +So Marcus told him all. Cyril listened in silence, then said sternly: + +"Is it for this that you would kill yourself? Is your honour lessened by +a decree based upon false evidence, and given for reasons of policy? Do +you cease to be honourable because others are dishonourable, and would +you--a soldier--fly from the battle? Now, indeed, Marcus, you show +yourself a coward." + +"How can I live on who am so shamed?" he asked passionately. "My friends +knew that I could not live, and that is why they wrapped a sword in +yonder cloak and sent it me. Also Miriam, you say, is dead." + +"Satan sent it to you, Marcus, desiring to fashion of your foolish +pride a ladder down which you might climb to hell. Cast aside this base +temptation which wears the mask of false honour; face your trouble like +a man, and conquer it by innocence--and faith." + +"Miriam! What of Miriam?" + +"Yes, what of Miriam? How would she welcome you yonder, who come +to greet her with your blood upon your hands? Oh! son, do you not +understand that this is the trial laid upon you? You have been brought +low that you might rise high. Once the world gave you all it had +to give. You were rich, you were a captain among captains; you were +high-born; men called you 'The Fortunate.' Then Christ appealed to you +in vain, you put Him by. What had you to do with the crucified carpenter +of Galilee? Now by the plotting of your foes you have fallen. No longer +do you rank high in your trade of blood. You are dismissed its service +and an exile. The lesson of life has come home to you, therefore you +seek to escape from life rather than bide in it to do your duty through +good and ill, heedless of what men may say, and finding peace in the +verdict of your own conscience. Let Him Whom you put by in your hours of +pomp come to you now. Carry your cross with your shame as He carried His +in His shame. In His light find light, in His peace find peace, and at +the end her who has been taken from you awhile. Has my spirit spoken in +vain with your spirit during all these many weeks, son Marcus? Already +you have told me that you believe, and now at the first breath of +trouble will you go back upon that which you know to be the Truth? Oh! +once more listen to me, that your eyes may be opened before it is too +late." + +"Speak on, I hear you," said Marcus with a sigh. + +So Cyril pleaded with him in the passion of one inspired, and as Marcus +hearkened his heart was softened and his purpose turned. + +"I knew it all before, I believed it all before," he said at length, +"but I would not accept your baptism and become a member of your +Church." + +"Why not, son?" + +"Because had I done so she would have thought and you might have +thought, and perhaps I myself should have thought that I did it, as once +I offered to do, to win her whom I desired above all things on earth. +Now she is dead and it is otherwise. Shrive me, father, and do your +office." + +So there in the prison cell the bishop Cyril took water and baptised the +Roman Marcus into the body of the Christian Church. + +"What shall I do now?" Marcus asked as he rose from his knees. "Once +Caesar was my master, now you speak with the voice of Caesar. Command me." + +"I do not speak, Christ speaks. Listen. I am called by the Church to go +to Alexandria in Egypt, whither I sail within three days. Will you who +are exiled from Rome come with me? There I can find you work to do." + +"I have said that you are Caesar," answered Marcus. "Now it is sunset and +I am free; accompany me to my house, I pray you, for there much business +waits me in which I need counsel, who am overborne." + +So presently the gates were opened as Titus had commanded, and they went +forth, attended only by a guard of two men, walking unnoted through the +streets to the palace in the Via Agrippa. + +"There is the door," said the sergeant of the guard, pointing to the +side entrance of the house. "Enter with your friend and, noble Marcus, +fare you well." + +So they went to the archway, and finding the door ajar, passed through +and shut it behind them. + +"For a house where there is much to steal this is ill guarded, son. In +Rome an open gate ought to have a watchman," said Cyril as he groped his +way through the darkness of the arch. + +"My steward Stephanus should be at hand, for the jailer advised him of +my coming--who never thought to come," began Marcus, then of a sudden +stumbled heavily and was silent. + +"What is it?" asked Cyril. + +"By the feel one who is drunken--or dead. Some beggar, perhaps, who +sleeps off his liquor here." + +By now Cyril was through the archway and in the little courtyard beyond. + +"A light burns in that window," he said. "Come, you know the path, guide +me to it. We can return to this sleeper." + +"Who seems hard to wake," added Marcus, as he led the way across the +courtyard to the door of the offices. This also proved to be open and +by it they entered the room where the steward kept his books and slept. +Upon the table a lamp was burning, that which they had seen through the +casement. Its light showed them a strange sight. An iron-bound box that +was chained to the wall had been broken open and its contents rifled, +for papers were strewn here and there, and on them lay an empty leathern +money-bag. The furniture also was overturned as though in some struggle, +while among it, one in the corner of the room and one beneath the marble +table, which was too heavy to be moved, lay two figures, those of a man +and a woman. + +"Murderers have been here," said Cyril with a groan. + +Marcus snatched the lamp from the table and held it to the face of the +man in the corner. + +"It is Stephanus," he said, "Stephanus bound and gagged, but living, +and the other is the slave woman. Hold the lamp while I loose them," +and drawing his short sword, he cut away the bonds, first of the one and +then of the other. "Speak, man, speak!" he said, as Stephanus struggled +to his feet. "What has chanced here?" + +For some moments the old steward stared at him with round, frightened +eyes. Then he gasped: + +"Oh! my lord, I thought you dead. They said that they had come to kill +you by command of the Jew Caleb, he who gave the evidence." + +"They! Who?" asked Marcus. + +"I know not, four men whose faces were masked. They said also that +though you must die, they were commanded to do me and this woman no +harm, only to bind and silence us. This they did, then, having taken +what money they could find, went out to waylay you. Afterwards I heard +a scuffle in the arch and well-nigh died of sorrow, for I who could +neither warn nor help you, was sure that you were perishing beneath +their knives." + +"For this deliverance, thank God," said Cyril, lifting up his hands. + +"Presently, presently," answered Marcus. "First follow me," and taking +the lamp in his hand, he ran back to the archway. + +Beneath it a man lay upon his face--he across whom Marcus had stumbled, +and about him blood flowed from many wounds. In silence they turned him +over so that the light fell upon his features. Then Marcus staggered +back amazed, for, behold! they were Caleb's, notwithstanding the blood +and wounds that marred them, still dark and handsome in his death sleep. + +"Why," he said to Stephanus, "this is that very man whose bloody work, +as they told us, the murderers came to do. It would seem that he has +fallen into his own snare." + +"Are you certain, son?" asked Cyril. "Does not this gashed and gory +cheek deceive you?" + +"Draw that hand of his from beneath the cloak," answered Marcus. "If I +am right the first finger will lack a joint." + +Cyril obeyed and held up the stiffening hand. It was as Marcus had said. + +"Caught in his own snare!" repeated Marcus. "Well, though I knew he +hated me, and more than once we have striven to slay each other in +battle and private fight, never would I have believed that Caleb the Jew +would sink to murder. He is well repaid, the treacherous dog!" + +"Judge not, that ye be not judged," answered Cyril. "What do you know of +how or why this man came by his death? He may have been hurrying here to +warn you." + +"Against his own paid assassins! No, father, I know Caleb better, only +he was viler than I thought." + +Then they carried the body into the house and took counsel what they +should do. While they reasoned together, for every path seemed full of +danger, there came a knock upon the archway door. They hesitated, not +knowing whether it would be safe to open, till the knock was repeated +more loudly. + +"I will go, lord," said Stephanus, "for why need I fear, who am of no +account to any one?" + +So he went, presently to return. + +"What was it?" asked Marcus. + +"Only a young man, who said that he had been strictly charged by his +master, Demetrius the Alexandrian merchant, to deliver a letter at this +hour. Here is the letter." + +"Demetrius, the Alexandrian merchant," said Marcus as he took it. "Why, +under that name Caleb who lies there dead passed in Rome." + +"Read the letter," said Cyril. + +So Marcus cut the silk, broke the seal, and read: + +"To the noble Marcus, + +"In the past I have worked you evil and often striven to take your life. +Now it has come to my ears that Domitian, who hates you even worse than +I do, if for less reason, has laid a plot to murder you on the threshold +of your own house. Therefore, by way of amends for that evidence which +I gave against you that stained the truth, since no braver man ever +breathed than you are, Marcus, it has come into my mind to visit the +Palace Fortunate wrapped in such a cloak as you Roman captains wear. +There, before you read this letter, perhaps we shall meet again. Still, +mourn me not, Marcus, nor speak of me as generous, or noble, since +Miriam is dead, and I who have followed her through life desire to +follow her through death, hoping that there I may find a kinder fortune +at her hands, or if not, forgetfulness. You who will live long, must +drink deep of memory--a bitterer cup. Marcus, farewell. Since die I +must, I would that it had been in open fight beneath your sword, but +Fate, who has given me fortune, but no true favour, appoints me to the +daggers of assassins that seek another heart. So be it. You tarry here, +but I travel to Miriam. Why should I grumble at the road? + +"Caleb. + +"Written at Rome upon the night of my death." + + +"A brave man and a bitter," said Marcus when he had finished reading. +"Know, my father, that I am more jealous of him now than ever I was in +his life's days. Had it not been for you and your preaching," he added +angrily, "when he came to seek Miriam, he would have found me at her +side. But now, how can I tell?" + +"Peace to your heathen talk!" answered the bishop. "Is the land of +spirits then such as your poets picture, and do the dead turn to each +other with eyes of earthly passion? Yet," he added more gently, "I +should not blame you who, like this poor Jew, from childhood have been +steeped in superstitions. Have no fear of his rivalry in the heavenly +fields, friend Marcus, where neither do they marry or are given in +marriage, nor think that self-murder can help a man. What the end of +all this tale may be does not yet appear; still I am certain that yonder +Caleb will take no gain in hurrying down to death, unless indeed he did +it from a nobler motive than he says, as I for one believe." + +"I trust that it may be so," answered Marcus, "although in truth that +another man should die for me gives me no comfort. Rather would I that +he had left me to my doom." + +"As God has willed so it has befallen, for 'man's goings are of the +Lord; how then can a man understand his own way?'" replied Cyril with a +sigh. "Now let us to other matters, for time is short and it comes upon +me that you will do well to be clear of Rome before Domitian finds that +Caleb fell in place of Marcus." + + + +Nearly three more months had gone when, at length, one night as the sun +vanished, a galley crept wearily into the harbour of Alexandria and cast +anchor just as the light of Pharos began to shine across the sea. Her +passage through the winter gales had been hard, and for weeks at a time +she had been obliged to shelter in harbours by the way. Now, short of +food and water, she had come safely to her haven, for which mercy the +bishop Cyril with the Roman Marcus and such other Christians as were +aboard of her gave thanks to Heaven upon their knees in their little +cabin near the forecastle, for it was too late to attempt to land that +night. Then they went on deck and, as all their food was gone and they +had no drink except some stinking water, leaned upon the bulwarks and +looked hungrily towards the shore, where gleamed the thousand lights of +the mighty city. Near to them, not a bowshot away indeed, lay another +ship. Presently, as they stared at her black outline, the sound of +singing floated from her decks across the still, starlit waters of the +harbour. They listened to it idly enough at first, till at length some +words of that song reached their ears, causing them to look at each +other. + +"That is no sailor's ditty," said Marcus. + +"No," answered Cyril, "it is a Christian hymn, and one that I know well. +Listen. Each verse ends, 'Peace, be still!'" + +"Then," said Marcus, "yonder must be a Christian ship, else they would +not dare to sing that hymn. The night is calm, let us beg the boat and +visit it. I am thirsty, and those good folk may have fresh water." + +"If you wish," answered Cyril. "There too we may get tidings as well as +water." + +A while later the little boat rowed to the side of the strange ship and +asked leave to board of the watchman. + +"What sign do you give?" asked the officer. + +"The sign of the Cross," answered Cyril. "We have heard your hymn who +are of the brotherhood of Rome." + +Then a rope ladder was thrown down to them and the officer bade them +make fast and be welcome. + +They climbed upon the deck and went to seek the captain, who was in +the afterpart of the ship, where an awning was stretched. In the space +enclosed by this awning, which was lit with lanterns, stood a woman in +a white robe, who sang the refrain of the hymn in a very sweet voice, +others of the company, from time to time, joining in its choruses. + +"From the dead am I arisen" sang the voice, and there was something in +the thrilling notes that went straight to the heart of Marcus, some tone +and quality which were familiar. + +Side by side with Cyril he climbed onwards across the rowing benches, +and the noise of their stumbling footsteps reaching the singer's ears, +caused her to pause in her song. Then stepping forward a little, as +though to look, she came under the lantern so that its light fell full +upon her face, and, seeing nothing, once more took up her chant: + +"Oh ye faithless, from the dead am I arisen." + +"Look, look!" gasped Marcus, clutching Cyril by the arm. "Look! It is +Miriam, or her spirit." + +Another instant and he, too, had come into the circle of the lamplight, +so that his eyes met the eyes of the singer. Now she saw him and, with a +little cry, sank senseless to the deck. + + + +So the long story ended. Afterwards they learned that the tale which had +been brought to Rome of the loss of the ship _Luna_ was false. She had +met the great gale, indeed, but had sheltered from it in a harbour, +where the skill of her captain, Hector, brought her safely. Then she +made her way to Sicily, where she refitted, and so on to one of the +Grecian ports, in which she lay for eight weeks waiting for better +weather, till a favouring wind brought her somewhat slowly to +Alexandria, a port she won only two days before the galley of Marcus. +It would seem, therefore, that the vessel that had foundered in sight +of the _Imperatrix_ was either another ship also called the _Luna_, no +uncommon name, or that the mariners of the _Imperatrix_ had not heard +her title rightly. It may have been even that the dying sailor who told +it to them wandered in his mind, and forgetting how his last ship was +called, gave her some name with which he was familiar. At the least, +through the good workings of Providence, that _Luna_ which bore Miriam +and her company escaped the perils of the deep and in due time reached +the haven of Alexandria. + +Before they parted that happy night all their tale was told. Miriam +learned how Caleb had kept the promise that he made to her, although +when he thought her dead his fierce and jealous heart would suffer him +to tell nothing of it to Marcus. She learned also how it came about that +Marcus had been saved from death at his own hand by Cyril and entered +the company of the Christian brotherhood. Very glad were both of them to +think in the after years that he had done this believing her to be lost +to him in death. Now none could say that he had changed his faith to win +a woman, nor could their own consciences whisper to them that this was +possible, though even at the time he knew it not. + +So they understood how through their many trials, dangers, and +temptations all things had worked together for good to them. + + + +On the morrow, there in the ship _Luna_, Marcus and Miriam, whom the +Romans called Pearl-Maiden, were wedded by the bishop Cyril, the Captain +Gallus giving the bride in marriage, while the white-haired, fierce-eyed +Nehushta stood at their side and blessed them in the name of that dead +mother whose command had not been broken. + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Pearl-Maiden, by H. Rider Haggard + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK PEARL-MAIDEN *** + +***** This file should be named 5175.txt or 5175.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/5/1/7/5175/ + +Produced by John Bickers; Dagny; David Widger + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions +will be renamed. + +Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no +one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation +(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without +permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, +set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to +copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to +protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project +Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you +charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you +do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the +rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose +such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and +research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do +practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is +subject to the trademark license, especially commercial +redistribution. + + + +*** START: FULL LICENSE *** + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project +Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at +http://gutenberg.org/license). + + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy +all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession. +If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the +terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or +entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement +and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation" +or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the +collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an +individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are +located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from +copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative +works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg +are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project +Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by +freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of +this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with +the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by +keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project +Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in +a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check +the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement +before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or +creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project +Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning +the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United +States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate +access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently +whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed, +copied or distributed: + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with +almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or +re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included +with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived +from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is +posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied +and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees +or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work +with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the +work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 +through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the +Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or +1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional +terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked +to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the +permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any +word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or +distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than +"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version +posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org), +you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a +copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon +request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other +form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided +that + +- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is + owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he + has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the + Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments + must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you + prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax + returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and + sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the + address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to + the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or + destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium + and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of + Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any + money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days + of receipt of the work. + +- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set +forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from +both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael +Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the +Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm +collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain +"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual +property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a +computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by +your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with +your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with +the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a +refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity +providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to +receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy +is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further +opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages. +If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the +law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be +interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by +the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any +provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance +with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production, +promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works, +harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees, +that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do +or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm +work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any +Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause. + + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers +including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists +because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from +people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need, is critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations. +To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4 +and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org. + + +Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive +Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at +http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent +permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S. +Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered +throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at +809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email +business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact +information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official +page at http://pglaf.org + +For additional contact information: + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To +SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any +particular state visit http://pglaf.org + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. +To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate + + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic +works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm +concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared +with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project +Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support. + + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S. +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility: + + http://www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. diff --git a/old/5175.zip b/old/5175.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..5a6e6d5 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/5175.zip diff --git a/old/prlma10.txt b/old/prlma10.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..2a8fa32 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/prlma10.txt @@ -0,0 +1,15023 @@ +The Project Gutenberg EBook of Pearl-Maiden, by H. Rider Haggard +(#37 in our series by H. Rider Haggard) + +Copyright laws are changing all over the world. Be sure to check the +copyright laws for your country before downloading or redistributing +this or any other Project Gutenberg eBook. + +This header should be the first thing seen when viewing this Project +Gutenberg file. Please do not remove it. Do not change or edit the +header without written permission. + +Please read the "legal small print," and other information about the +eBook and Project Gutenberg at the bottom of this file. Included is +important information about your specific rights and restrictions in +how the file may be used. You can also find out about how to make a +donation to Project Gutenberg, and how to get involved. + + +**Welcome To The World of Free Plain Vanilla Electronic Texts** + +**eBooks Readable By Both Humans and By Computers, Since 1971** + +*****These eBooks Were Prepared By Thousands of Volunteers!***** + + +Title: Pearl-Maiden + +Author: H. Rider Haggard + +Release Date: February, 2004 [EBook #5175] +[Yes, we are more than one year ahead of schedule] +[This file was first posted on May 29, 2002] + +Edition: 10 + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ASCII + +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, PEARL-MAIDEN *** + + + + +PEARL-MAIDEN +By H. Rider Haggard + +First Published 1901. + +Etext prepared by John Bickers, jbickers@ihug.co.nz + and Dagny, dagnyj@hotmail.com + + + + PEARL-MAIDEN + + A Tale Of + The Fall of Jerusalem + + BY + + H. RIDER HAGGARD + + + + TO + + GLADYS CHRISTIAN + + A DWELLER IN THE EAST + THIS EASTERN TALE IS DEDICATED + BY HER OWN AND HER FATHER'S FRIEND + + THE AUTHOR + + Ditchingham: + September 14, 1902. + + + + + + PEARL-MAIDEN + + + + CHAPTER I + + THE PRISON AT CÆSAREA + +It was but two hours after midnight, yet many were wakeful in Cæsarea +on the Syrian coast. Herod Agrippa, King of all Palestine--by grace of +the Romans--now at the very apex of his power, celebrated a festival +in honour of the Emperor Claudius, to which had flocked all the +mightiest in the land and tens of thousands of the people. The city +was full of them, their camps were set upon the sea-beach and for +miles around; there was no room at the inns or in the private houses, +where guests slept upon the roofs, the couches, the floors, and in the +gardens. The great town hummed like a hive of bees disturbed after +sunset, and though the louder sounds of revelling had died away, +parties of feasters, many of them still crowned with fading roses, +passed along the streets shouting and singing to their lodgings. As +they went, they discussed--those of them who were sufficiently sober-- +the incidents of that day's games in the great circus, and offered or +accepted odds upon the more exciting events of the morrow. + +The captives in the prison that was set upon a little hill, a frowning +building of brown stone, divided into courts and surrounded by a high +wall and a ditch, could hear the workmen at their labours in the +amphitheatre below. These sounds interested them, since many of those +who listened were doomed to take a leading part in the spectacle of +this new day. In the outer court, for instance, were a hundred men +called malefactors, for the most part Jews convicted of various +political offences. These were to fight against twice their number of +savage Arabs of the desert taken in a frontier raid, people whom +to-day we should know as Bedouins, mounted and armed with swords and +lances, but wearing no mail. The malefactor Jews, by way of +compensation, were to be protected with heavy armour and ample +shields. Their combat was to last for twenty minutes by the sand- +glass, when, unless they had shown cowardice, those who were left +alive of either party were to receive their freedom. Indeed, by a +kindly decree the King Agrippa, a man who did not seek unnecessary +bloodshed, contrary to custom, even the wounded were to be spared, +that is, if any would undertake the care of them. Under these +circumstances, since life is sweet, all had determined to fight their +best. + +In another division of the great hall was collected a very different +company. There were not more than fifty or sixty of these, so the wide +arches of the surrounding cloisters gave them sufficient shelter and +even privacy. With the exception of eight or ten men, all of them old, +or well on in middle age, since the younger and more vigorous males +had been carefully drafted to serve as gladiators, this little band +was made of women and a few children. They belonged to the new sect +called Christians, the followers of one Jesus, who, according to +report, was crucified as a troublesome person by the governor, Pontius +Pilate, a Roman official, who in due course had been banished to Gaul, +where he was said to have committed suicide. In his day Pilate was +unpopular in Judæa, for he had taken the treasures of the Temple at +Jerusalem to build waterworks, causing a tumult in which many were +killed. Now he was almost forgotten, but very strangely, the fame of +this crucified demagogue, Jesus, seemed to grow, since there were many +who made a kind of god of him, preaching doctrines in his name that +were contrary to the law and offensive to every sect of the Jews. + +Pharisees, Sadducees, Zealots, Levites, priests, all called out +against them. All besought Agrippa that he would be rid of them, these +apostates who profaned the land and proclaimed in the ears of a nation +awaiting its Messiah, that Heaven-born King who should break the Roman +yoke and make Jerusalem the capital of the world, that this Messiah +had come already in the guise of an itinerant preacher, and perished +with other malefactors by the death of shame. + +Wearied with their importunities, the King listened. Like the +cultivated Romans with whom he associated, Agrippa had no real +religion. At Jerusalem he embellished the Temple and made offerings to +Jehovah; at Berytus he embellished the temple and made offerings there +to Jupiter. He was all things to all men and to himself--nothing but a +voluptuous time-server. As for these Christians, he never troubled +himself about them. Why should he? They were few and insignificant, no +single man of rank or wealth was to be found among them. To persecute +them was easy, and--it pleased the Jews. Therefore he persecuted them. +One James, a disciple of the crucified man called Christ, who had +wandered about the country with him, he seized and beheaded at +Jerusalem. Another, called Peter, a powerful preacher, he threw into +prison, and of their followers he slew many. A few of these were given +over to be stoned by the Jews, but the pick of the men were forced to +fight as gladiators at Berytus and elsewhere. The women, if young and +beautiful, were sold as slaves, but if matrons or aged, they were cast +to the wild beasts in the circus. + +Such was the fate, indeed, that was reserved for these poor victims in +the prison on this very day of the opening of our history. After the +gladiators had fought and the other games had been celebrated, sixty +Christians, it was announced, old and useless men, married woman and +young children whom nobody would buy, were to be turned down in the +great amphitheatre. Then thirty fierce lions, with other savage +beasts, made ravenous by hunger and mad with the smell of blood, were +to be let loose among them. Even in this act of justice, however, +Agrippa suffered it to be seen that he was gentle-hearted, since of +his kindness he had decreed that any whom the lions refused to eat +were to be given clothes, a small sum of money, and released to settle +their differences with the Jews as they might please. + +Such was the state of public feeling and morals in the Roman world of +that day, that this spectacle of the feeding of starved beasts with +live women and children, whose crime was that they worshipped a +crucified man and would offer sacrifice to no other god, either in the +Temple or elsewhere, was much looked forward to by the population of +Cæsarea. Indeed, great sums of money were ventured upon the event, by +means of what to-day would be called sweepstakes, under the +regulations of which he who drew the ticket marked with the exact +number of those whom the lions left alive, would take the first prize. +Already some far-seeing gamblers who had drawn low numbers, had bribed +the soldiers and wardens to sprinkle the hair and garments of the +Christians with valerian water, a decoction which was supposed to +attract and excite the appetite of these great cats. Others, whose +tickets were high, paid handsomely for the employment of artifices +which need not be detailed, calculated to induce in the lions aversion +to the subject that had been treated. The Christian woman or child, it +will be observed, who was to form the /corpus vile/ of these ingenious +experiments, was not considered, except, indeed, as the fisherman +considers the mussel or the sand-worm on his hook. + +Under an arch by themselves, and not far from the great gateway where +the guards, their lances in hand, could be seen pacing up and down, +sat two women. The contrast in the appearance of this pair was very +striking. One, who could not have been much more than twenty years of +age, was a Jewess, too thin-faced for beauty, but with dark and lovely +eyes, and bearing in every limb and feature the stamp of noble blood. +She was Rachel, the widow of Demas, a Græco-Syrian, and only child of +the high-born Jew Benoni, one of the richest merchants in Tyre. The +other was a woman of remarkable aspect, apparently about forty years +of age. She was a native of the coasts of Libya, where she had been +kidnapped as a girl by Jewish traders, and by them passed on to +Phnicians, who sold her upon the slave market of Tyre. In fact she +was a high-bred Arab without any admixture of negro blood, as was +shown by her copper-coloured skin, prominent cheek bones, her +straight, black, abundant hair, and untamed, flashing eyes. In frame +she was tall and spare, very agile, and full of grace in every +movement. Her face was fierce and hard; even in her present dreadful +plight she showed no fear, only when she looked at the lady by her +side it grew anxious and tender. She was called Nehushta, a name which +Benoni had given her when many years ago he bought her upon the +market-place. In Hebrew Nehushta means copper, and this new slave was +copper-coloured. In her native land, however, she had another name, +Nou, and by this name she was known to her dead mistress, the wife of +Benoni, and to his daughter Rachel, whom she had nursed from +childhood. + +The moon shone very brightly in a clear sky, and by the light of it an +observer, had there been any to observe where all were so occupied +with their own urgent affairs, could have watched every movement and +expression of these women. Rachel, seated on the ground, was rocking +herself to and fro, her face hidden in her hands, and praying. +Nehushta knelt at her side, resting the weight of her body on her +heels as only an Eastern can, and stared sullenly at nothingness. + +Presently Rachel, dropping her hands, looked at the tender sky and +sighed. + +"Our last night on earth, Nou," she said sadly. "It is strange to +think that we shall never again see the moon floating above us." + +"Why not, mistress? If all that we have been taught is true, we shall +see that moon, or others, for ever and ever, and if it is not true, +then neither light nor darkness will trouble us any more. However, for +my own part I don't mean that either of us should die to-morrow." + +"How can you prevent it, Nou?" asked Rachel with a faint smile. "Lions +are no respecters of persons." + +"Yet, mistress, I think that they will respect my person, and yours, +too, for my sake." + +"What do you mean, Nou?" + +"I mean that I do not fear the lions; they are country-folk of mine +and roared round my cradle. The chief, my father, was called Master of +Lions in our country because he could tame them. Why, when I was a +little child I have fed them and they fawned upon us like dogs." + +"Those lions are long dead, Nou, and the others will not remember." + +"I am not sure that they are dead; at least, blood will call to blood, +and their company will know the smell of the child of the Master of +Lions. Whoever is eaten, we shall escape." + +"I have no such hope, Nou. To-morrow we must die horribly, that King +Agrippa may do honour to his master, Cæsar." + +"If you think that, mistress, then let us die at once rather than be +rent limb from limb to give pleasure to a stinking mob. See, I have +poison hidden here in my hair. Let us drink of it and be done: it is +swift and painless." + +"Nay, Nou, it would not be right. I may lift no hand against my own +life, or if perchance I may, I have to think of another life." + +"If you die, the unborn child must die also. To-night or to-morrow, +what does it matter?" + +"Sufficient to the day is the evil thereof. Who knows? To-morrow +Agrippa may be dead, not us, and then the child might live. It is in +the hand of God. Let God decide." + +"Lady," answered Nehushta, setting her teeth, "for your sake I have +become a Christian, yes, and I believe. But I tell you this--while I +live no lion's fangs shall tear that dear flesh of yours. First if +need be, I will stab you there in the arena, or if they take my knife +from me, then I will choke you, or dash out your brains against the +posts." + +"It may be a sin, Nou; take no such risk upon your soul." + +"My soul! What do I care about my soul? You are my soul. Your mother +was kind to me, the poor slave-girl, and when you were an infant, I +rocked you upon my breast. I spread your bride-bed, and if need be, to +save you from worse things, I will lay you dead before me and myself +dead across your body. Then let God or Satan--I care not which--deal +with my soul. At least, I shall have done my best and died faithful." + +"You should not speak so," sighed Rachel. "But, dear, I know it is +because you love me, and I wish to die as easily as may be and to join +my husband. Only if the child could have lived, as I think, all three +of us would have dwelt together eternally. Nay, not all three, all +four, for you are well-nigh as dear to me, Nou, as husband or as +child." + +"That cannot be, I do not wish that it should be, who am but a slave +woman, the dog beneath the table. Oh! if I could save you, then I +would be glad to show them how this daughter of my father can bear +their torments." + +The Libyan ceased, grinding her teeth in impotent rage. Then suddenly +she leant towards her mistress, kissed her fiercely on the cheek and +began to sob, slow, heavy sobs. + +"Listen," said Rachel. "The lions are roaring in their dens yonder." + +Nehushta lifted her head and hearkened as a hunter hearkens in the +desert. True enough, from near the great tower that ended the southern +wall of the amphitheatre, echoed short, coughing notes and fierce +whimperings, to be followed presently by roar upon roar, as lion after +lion joined in that fearful music, till the whole air shook with the +volume of their voices. + +"Aha!" cried a keeper at the gate--not the Roman soldier who marched +to and fro unconcernedly, but a jailor, named Rufus, who was clad in a +padded robe and armed with a great knife. "Aha! listen to them, the +pretty kittens. Don't be greedy, little ones--be patient. To-night you +will purr upon a full stomach." + +"Nine of them," muttered Nehushta, who had counted the roars, "all +bearded and old, royal beasts. To hearken to them makes me young +again. Yes, yes, I smell the desert and see the smoke rising from my +father's tents. As a child I hunted them, now they will hunt me; it is +their hour." + +"Give me air! I faint!" gasped Rachel, sinking against her. + +With a guttural exclamation of pity Nehushta bent down. Placing her +strong arms beneath the slender form of her young mistress, and +lifting her as though she were a child, she carried her to the centre +of the court, where stood a fountain; for before it was turned to the +purposes of a jail once this place had been a palace. Here she set her +mistress on the ground with her back against the stonework, and dashed +water in her face till presently she was herself again. + +While Rachel sat thus--for the place was cool and pleasant and she +could not sleep who must die that day--a wicket-gate was opened and +several persons, men, women, and children, were thrust through it into +the court. + +"Newcomers from Tyre in a great hurry not to lose the lions' party," +cried the facetious warden of the gate. "Pass in, my Christian +friends, pass in and eat your last supper according to your customs. +You will find it over there, bread and wine in plenty. Eat, my hungry +friends, eat before you are eaten and enter into Heaven or--the +stomach of the lions." + +An old woman, the last of the party, for she could not walk fast, +turned round and pointed at the buffoon with her staff. + +"Blaspheme not, you heathen dog!" she said, "or rather, blaspheme on +and go to your reward! I, Anna, who have the gift of prophecy, tell +you, renegade who were a Christian, and therefore are doubly guilty, +that /you/ have eaten your last meal--on earth." + +The man, a half-bred Syrian who had abandoned his faith for profit and +now tormented those who were once his brethren, uttered a furious +curse and snatched a knife from his girdle. + +"You draw the knife? So be it, perish by the knife!" said Anna. Then +without heeding him further the old woman hobbled on after her +companions, leaving the man to slink away white to the lips with +terror. He had been a Christian and knew something of Anna and of this +"gift of prophecy." + +The path of these strangers led them past the fountain, where Rachel +and Nehushta rose to greet them as they came. + +"Peace be with you," said Rachel. + +"In the name of Christ, peace," they answered, and passed on towards +the arches where the other captives were gathered. Last of all, at +some distance behind the rest, came the white-haired woman, leaning on +her staff. + +As she approached, Rachel turned to repeat her salutation, then +uttered a little cry and said: + +"Mother Anna, do you not know me, Rachel, the daughter of Benoni?" + +"Rachel!" she answered, starting. "Alas! child, how came you here?" + +"By the paths that we Christians have to tread, mother," said Rachel, +sadly. "But sit; you are weary. Nou, help her." + +Anna nodded, and slowly, for her limbs were stiff, sank down on to the +step of the fountain. + +"Give me to drink, child," she said, "for I have been brought upon a +mule from Tyre, and am athirst." + +Rachel made her hands into a cup, for she had no other, and held water +to Anna's lips, which she drank greedily, emptying them many times. + +"For this refreshment, God be praised. What said you? The daughter of +Benoni a Christian! Well, even here and now, for that God be praised +also. Strange that I should not have heard of it; but I have been in +Jerusalem these two years, and was brought back to Tyre last Sabbath +as a prisoner." + +"Yes, Mother, and since then I have become both wife and widow." + +"Whom did you marry, child?" + +"Demas, the merchant. They killed him in the amphitheatre yonder at +Berytus six months ago," and the poor woman began to sob. + +"I heard of his end," replied Anna. "It was a good and noble one, and +his soul rests in Heaven. He would not fight with the gladiators, so +he was beheaded by order of Agrippa. But cease weeping, child, and +tell me your story. We have little time for tears, who, perhaps, soon +will have done with them." + +Rachel dried her eyes. + +"It is short and sad," she said. "Demas and I met often and learned to +love each other. My father was no friend to him, for they were rivals +in trade, but in those days knowing no better, Demas followed the +faith of the Jews; therefore, because he was rich my father consented +to our marriage, and they became partners in their business. +Afterwards, within a month indeed, the Apostles came to Tyre, and we +attended their preaching--at first, because we were curious to learn +the truth of this new faith against which my father railed, for, as +you know, he is of the strictest sect of the Jews; and then, because +our hearts were touched. So in the end we believed, and were baptised, +both on one night, by the very hand of the brother of the Lord. The +holy Apostles departed, blessing us before they went, and Demas, who +would play no double part, told my father of what we had done. Oh! +mother, it was awful to see. He raved, shouted and cursed us in his +rage, blaspheming Him we worship. More, woe is me that I should have +to tell it: When we refused to become apostates he denounced us to the +priests, and the priests denounced us to the Romans, and we were +seized and thrown into prison; but my husband's wealth, most of it +except that which the priests and Romans stole, stayed with my father. +For many months we were held in prison here in Cæsarea; then they took +my husband to Berytus, to be trained as a gladiator, and murdered him. +Here I have stayed since with this beloved servant, Nehushta, who also +became a Christian and shared our fate, and now, by the decree of +Agrippa, it is my turn and hers to die to-day." + +"Child, you should not weep for that; nay, you should be glad who at +once will find your husband and your Saviour." + +"Mother, I am glad; but, you see my state. It is for the child's sake +I weep, that now never will be born. Had it won life even for an hour +all of us would have dwelt together in bliss until eternity. But it +cannot be--it cannot be." + +Anna looked at her with her piercing eyes. + +"Have you, then, also the gift of prophecy, child, who are so young a +member of the Church, that you dare to say that this or that cannot +be? The future is in the hand of God. King Agrippa, your father, the +Romans, the cruel Jews, those lions that roar yonder, and we who are +doomed to feed them, are all in the hand of God, and that which He +wills shall befall, and no other thing. Therefore, let us praise Him +and rejoice, and take no thought for the morrow, unless it be to pray +that we may die and go hence to our Master, rather than live on in +doubts and terrors and tribulations." + +"You are right, mother," answered Rachel, "and I will try to be brave, +whatever may befall; but my state makes me feeble. The spirit, truly, +is willing, but oh! the flesh is weak. Listen, they call us to partake +of the Sacrament of the Lord--our last on earth"; and rising, she +began to walk towards the arches. + +Nehushta stayed to help Anna to her feet. When she judged her mistress +to be out of hearing she leaned down and whispered: + +"Mother, you have the gift; it is known throughout the Church. Tell +me, will the child be born?" + +The old woman fixed her eyes upon the heavens, then answered, slowly: + +"The child will be born and live out its life, and I think that none +of us are doomed to die this day by the jaws of lions, though some of +us may die in another fashion. But I think also that your mistress +goes very shortly to join her husband. Therefore it was that I showed +her nothing of what came into my mind." + +"Then it is best that I should die also, and die I will." + +"Wherefore?" + +"Because I go to wait upon my mistress?" + +"Nay, Nehushta," answered Anna, sternly, "you stay to guard her child, +whereof when all these earthly things are done you must give account +to her." + + + + CHAPTER II + + THE VOICE OF A GOD + +Of all the civilisations whose records lie open to the student, that +of Rome is surely one of the most wonderful. Nowhere, not even in old +Mexico, was high culture so completely wedded to the lowest barbarism. +Intellect Rome had in plenty; the noblest efforts of her genius are +scarcely to be surpassed; her law is the foundation of the best of our +codes of jurisprudence; art she borrowed but appreciated; her military +system is still the wonder of the world; her great men remain great +among a multitude of subsequent competitors. And yet how pitiless she +was! What a tigress! Amid all the ruins of her cities we find none of +a hospital, none, I believe, of an orphan school in an age that made +many orphans. The pious aspirations and efforts of individuals seem +never to have touched the conscience of the people. Rome incarnate had +no conscience; she was a lustful, devouring beast, made more bestial +by her intelligence and splendour. + +King Agrippa in practice was a Roman. Rome was his model, her ideals +were his ideals. Therefore he built amphitheatres in which men were +butchered, to the exquisite delight of vast audiences. Therefore, +also, without the excuse of any conscientious motive, however +insufficient or unsatisfactory, he persecuted the weak because they +were weak and their sufferings would give pleasure to the strong or to +those who chanced to be the majority of the moment. + +The season being hot it was arranged that the great games in honour of +the safety of Cæsar, should open each day at dawn and come to an end +an hour before noon. Therefore from midnight onwards crowds of +spectators poured into the amphitheatre, which, although it would seat +over twenty thousand, was not large enough to contain them all. An +hour before the dawn the place was full, and already late comers were +turned back from its gates. The only empty spaces were those reserved +for the king, his royal guests, the rulers of the city, with other +distinguished personages, and for the Christian company of old men, +women and children destined to the lions, who, it was arranged, were +to sit in full view of the audience until the time came for them to +take their share in the spectacle. + +When Rachel joined the other captives she found that a long rough +table had been set beneath the arcades, and on it at intervals, pieces +of bread and cups and vases containing wine of the country that had +been purchased at a great price from the guards. Round this table the +elders or the infirm among the company were seated on a bench, while +the rest of the number, for whom there was not room, stood behind +them. At its head was an old man, a bishop among the Christians, one +of the five hundred who had seen the risen Lord and received baptism +from the hands of the Beloved Disciple. For some years he had been +spared by the persecutors of the infant Church on account of his age, +dignity, and good repute, but now at last fate seemed to have +overtaken him. + +The service was held; the bread and wine, mixed with water, were +consecrated with the same texts by which they are blessed to-day, only +the prayers were extempore. When all had eaten from the platters and +drunk from the rude cups, the bishop gave his blessing to the +community. Then he addressed them. This, he told them, was an occasion +of peculiar joy, a love-feast indeed, since all they who partook of it +were about to lay down the burden of the flesh and, their labours and +sorrows ended, to depart into bliss eternal. He called to their memory +the supper of the Passover which had taken place within the lifetime +of many of them, when the Author and Finisher of their faith had +declared to the disciples that He would drink no more wine till He +drank it new with them in His kingdom. Such a feast it was that lay +spread before them this night. Let them be thankful for it. Let them +not quail in the hour of trial. The fangs of the savage beasts, the +shouts of the still more savage spectators, the agony of the quivering +flesh, the last terror of their departing, what were these? Soon, very +soon, they would be done; the spears of the soldiers would despatch +the injured, and those among them whom it was ordained should escape, +would be set free by the command of the representative of Cæsar, that +they might prosecute the work till the hour came for them to pass on +the torch of redemption to other hands. Let them rejoice, therefore, +and be very thankful, and walk to the sacrifice as to a wedding feast. +"Do you not rejoice, my brethren?" he asked. With one voice they +answered, "We rejoice!" Yes, even the children answered thus. + +Then they prayed again, and again with uplifted hands the old man +blessed them in the holy Triune Name. + +Scarcely had this service, as solemn as it was simple, been brought to +an end when the head jailer, whose blasphemous jocosity since his +reproof by Anna was replaced by a mien of sullen venom, came forward +and commanded the whole band to march to the amphitheatre. +Accordingly, two by two, the bishop leading the way with the sainted +woman Anna, they walked to the gates. Here a guard of soldiers was +waiting to receive them, and under their escort they threaded the +narrow, darkling streets till they came to that door of the +amphitheatre which was used by those who were to take part in the +games. Now, at a word from the bishop, they began to chant a solemn +hymn, and singing thus, were thrust along the passages to the place +prepared for them. This was not, as they expected, a prison at the +back of the amphitheatre, but, as has been said, a spot between the +enclosing wall and the podium, raised a little above the level of the +arena. Here, on the eastern side of the building, they were to sit +till their turn came to be driven by the guards through a little +wicket-gate into the arena, where the starving beasts of prey would be +loosed upon them. + +It was now the hour before sunrise, and the moon having set, the vast +theatre was plunged in gloom, relieved only here and there by stray +torches and cressets of fire burning upon either side of the gorgeous, +but as yet unoccupied, throne of Agrippa. This gloom seemed to oppress +the audience with which the place was crowded; at any rate none of +them shouted or sang, or even spoke loudly. They addressed each other +in muffled tones, with the result that the air seemed to be full of +mysterious whisperings. Had this poor band of condemned Christians +entered the theatre in daylight, they would have been greeted with +ironical cries and tauntings of "Dogs' meat!" and with requests that +they should work a miracle and let the people see them rise again from +the bellies of the lions. But now, as their solemn song broke upon the +silence, it was answered only by one great murmur, which seemed to +shape itself to the words, "the Christians! The doomed Christians!" + +By the light of a single torch the band took their places. Then once +more they sang, and in that chastening hour the audience listened with +attention, almost with respect. Their chant finished, the bishop stood +up, and, moved thereto by some inspiration, began to address the +mighty throng, whom he could not see, and who could not see him. +Strangely enough they hearkened to him, perhaps because his speech +served to while away the weary time of waiting. + +"Men and brethren," he began, in his thin, piercing notes, "princes, +lords, peoples, Romans, Jews, Syrians, Greeks, citizens of Idumæa, of +Egypt, and of all nations here gathered, hearken to the words of an +old man destined and glad to die. Listen, if it be your pleasure, to +the story of One whom some of you saw crucified under Pontius Pilate, +since to know the truth of that matter can at least do you no hurt." + +"Be silent!" cried a voice, that of the renegade jailer, "and cease +preaching your accursed faith!" + +"Let him alone," answered other voices. "We will hear this story of +his. We say--let him alone." + +Thus encouraged the old man spoke on with an eloquence so simple and +yet so touching, with a wisdom so deep, that for full fifteen minutes +none cared even to interrupt him. Then a far-away listener cried: + +"Why must these people die who are better than we?" + +"Friend," answered the bishop, in ringing tones, which in that heavy +silence seemed to search out even the recesses of the great and +crowded place, "we must die because it is the will of King Agrippa, to +whom God has given power to destroy us. Mourn not for us because we +perish cruelly, since this is the day of our true birth, but mourn for +King Agrippa, at whose hands our blood will be required, and mourn, +mourn for yourselves, O people. The death that is near to us perchance +is nearer still to some of you; and how will you awaken who perish in +your sins? What if the sword of God should empty yonder throne? What +if the voice of God should call on him who fills it to make answer of +his deeds? Soon or late, O people, it will call on him and you to pass +hence, some naturally in your age, others by the sharp and dreadful +roads of sword, pestilence or famine. Already those woes which He whom +you crucified foretold, knock at your door, and within a few short +years not one of you who crowd this place in thousands will draw the +breath of life. Nothing will remain of you on earth save the fruit of +those deeds which you have done--these and your bones, no more. Repent +you, therefore, repent while there is time; for I, whom you have +doomed, I am bidden to declare that judgment is at hand. Yes, even +now, although you see him not, the Angel of the Lord hangs over you +and writes your names within his book. Now while there is time I would +pray for you and for your king. Farewell." + +As he spoke those words "the Angel of the Lord hangs over you," so +great was the preacher's power, and in that weary darkness so sharply +had he touched the imagination of his strange audience, that with a +sound like to the stir of rustling trees, thousands of faces were +turned upwards, as though in search of that dread messenger. + +"Look, look!" screamed a hundred voices, while dim arms pointed to +some noiseless thing that floated high above them against the +background of the sky, which grew grey with the coming dawn. It +appeared and disappeared, appeared again, then seemed to pass downward +in the direction of Agrippa's throne, and vanished. + +"It is that magician's angel," cried one, and the multitudes groaned. + +"Fool," said another, "it was but a bird." + +"Then for Agrippa's sake," shrilled a new voice, "the gods send that +it was not an owl." + +Thereat some laughed, but the most were silent. They knew the story of +King Agrippa and the owl, and how it had been foretold that this +spirit in the form of a bird would appear to him again in the hour of +his death, as it had appeared to him in the hour of his triumph.[*] + +[*] See Josephus, "Antiquities of the Jews," Book XVII., Chap. VI., + Sec. 7; and Book XIX., Chap. VIII., Sec. 2. + +Just then from the palace to the north arose a sound of the blare of +trumpets. Now a herald, speaking on the summit of the great eastern +tower, called out that it was dawn above the mountains, and that King +Agrippa came with all his company, whereon the preaching of the old +Christian and his tale of a watching Vengeance were instantly +forgotten. Presently the glad, fierce notes of the trumpets drew +nearer, and in the grey of the daybreak, through the great bronze +gates of the Triumphal Way that were thrown open to greet him, +advanced Agrippa, wonderfully attired and preceded by his legionaries. +At his right walked Vibius Marsus, the Roman President of Syria, and +on his left Antiochus, King of Commagena, while after him followed +other kings, princes, and great men of his own and foreign lands. + +Agrippa mounted his golden throne while the multitude roared a +welcome, and his company were seated around and behind him according +to their degree. + +Once more the trumpets sounded, and the gladiators of different arms, +headed by the equites who fought on horseback, numbering in all more +than five hundred men, were formed up in the arena for the preliminary +march past--the salutation of those about to die to their emperor and +lord. Now, that they also might take their part in the spectacle, the +band of Christian martyrs were thrust through the door in the podium, +and to make them seem as many as possible in number, marshalled two by +two. + +Then the march past began. Troop by troop, arrayed in their shining +armour and armed, each of them, with his own familiar weapon, the +gladiators halted in front of Agrippa's throne, giving to him the +accustomed salutation of "Hail, King, we who are about to die, salute +thee," to be rewarded with a royal smile and the shouts of the +approving audience. Last of all came the Christians, a motley, +wretched-looking group, made up of old men, terrified children +clinging to their mothers, and ill-clad, dishevelled women. At the +pitiful sight, that very mob which a few short minutes before had hung +upon the words of the bishop, their leader, now, as they watched them +hobbling round the arena in the clear, low light of the dawning, burst +into peals of laughter and called out that each of them should be made +to lead his lion. Quite heedless of these scoffs and taunts, they +trudged on through the white sand that soon would be so red, until +they came opposite to the throne. + +"Salute!" roared the audience. + +The bishop held up his hand and all were silent. Then, in the thin +voice with which they had become familiar, he said: + +"King, we who are about to die--forgive thee. May God do likewise." + +Now the multitude ceased laughing, and with an impatient gesture, +Agrippa motioned to the martyrs to pass on. This they did humbly; but +Anna, being old, lame and weary, could not walk so fast as her +companions. Alone she reached the saluting-place after all had left +it, and halted there. + +"Forward!" cried the officers. But she did not move nor did she speak. +Only leaning on her staff she looked steadily up at the face of the +king Agrippa. Some impulse seemed to draw his eyes to hers. They met, +and it was noted that he turned pale. Then straightening herself with +difficulty upon her tottering feet, Anna raised her staff and pointed +with it to the golden canopy above the head of Herod. All stared +upward, but saw nothing, for the canopy was still in the shadow of the +velarium which covered all the outer edge of the cavea, leaving the +centre open to the sky. It would appear, however, that Agrippa did see +something, for he who had risen to declare the games open, suddenly +sank back upon his throne, and remained thus lost in thought. Then +Anna limped forward to join her company, who once more were driven +through the little gate in the wall of the arena. + +For a second time, with an effort, Agrippa lifted himself from his +throne. As he rose the first level rays of sunrise struck full upon +him. He was a tall and noble-looking man, and his dress was glorious. +To the thousands who gazed upon him from the shadow, set in that point +of burning light he seemed to be clothed in a garment of glittering +silver. Silver was his crown, silver his vest, silver the wide robe +that flowed from his shoulders to the ground. + +"In the name of Cæsar, to the glory of Cæsar, I declare these games +open!" he cried. + +Then, as though moved by a sudden impulse, all the multitude rose +shouting: "The voice of a god! The voice of a god! The voice of the +god Agrippa!" + +Nor did Agrippa say them nay; the glory of such worship thundered at +him from twenty thousand throats made him drunken. There for a while +he stood, the new-born sunlight playing upon his splendid form, while +the multitude roared his name, proclaiming it divine. His nostrils +spread to inhale this incense of adoration, his eyes flashed and +slowly he waved his arms, as though in benediction of his worshippers. +Perchance there rose before his mind a vision of the wondrous event +whereby he, the scorned and penniless outcast, had been lifted to this +giddy pinnacle of power. Perchance for a moment he believed that he +was indeed divine, that nothing less than the blood and right of +godhead could thus have exalted him. At least he stood there, denying +naught, while the people adored him as Jehovah is adored of the Jews +and Christ is adored of the Christians. + +Then of a sudden smote the Angel of the Lord. Of a sudden intolerable +pain seized upon his vitals, and Herod remembered that he was but +mortal flesh, and knew that death was near. + +"Alas!" he cried, "I am no god, but a man, and even now the common +fate of man is on me." + +As he spoke a great white owl slid from the roof of the canopy above +him and vanished through the unroofed centre of the cavea. + +"Look! look! my people!" he cried again, "the spirit that brought me +good fortune leaves me now, and I die, my people, I die!" Then, +sinking upon his throne, he who a moment gone had received the worship +of a god, writhed there in agony and wept. Yes, Herod wept. + +Attendants ran to him and lifted him in their arms. + +"Take me hence to die," he moaned. Now a herald cried: + +"The king is smitten with a sore sickness, and the games are closed. +To your homes, O people." + +For a while the multitude sat silent, for they were fear-stricken. +Then a murmur rose among them that spread and swelled till it became a +roar. + +"The Christians! The Christians! They prophesied the evil. They have +bewitched the king. They are wizards. Kill them, kill them, kill +them!" + +Instantly, like waves pouring in from every side, hundreds and +thousands of men began to flow towards that place where the martyrs +sat. The walls and palisades were high. Sweeping aside the guards, +they surged against them like water against a rock; but climb they +could not. Those in front began to scream, those behind pressed on. +Some fell and were trodden underfoot, others clambered upon their +bodies, in turn to fall and be trodden underfoot. + +"Our death is upon us!" cried one of the Nazarenes. + +"Nay, life remains to us," answered Nehushta. "Follow me, all of you, +for I know the road," and, seizing Rachel about the middle, she began +to drag her towards a little door. It was unlocked and guarded by one +man only, the apostate jailer Rufus. + +"Stand back!" he cried, lifting his spear. + +Nehushta made no answer, only drawing a dagger from her robe, she fell +upon the ground, then of a sudden rose again beneath his guard. The +knife flashed and went home to the hilt. Down fell the man screaming +for help and mercy, and there, in the narrow way, his spirit was +stamped out of him. Beyond lay the broad passage of the vomitorium. +They gained it, and in an instant were mixed with the thousands who +sought to escape the panic. Some perished, some were swept onwards, +among them Nehushta and Rachel. Thrice they nearly fell, but the +fierce strength of the Libyan saved her mistress, till at length they +found themselves on the broad terrace facing the seashore. + +"Whither now?" gasped Rachel. + +"Where shall I lead you?" answered Nehushta. "Do not stay. Be swift." + +"But the others?" said Rachel, glancing back at the fighting, +trampling, yelling mob. + +"God guard them! We cannot." + +"Leave me," moaned her mistress. "Save yourself, Nou; I am spent," and +she sank down to her knees. + +"But I am still strong," muttered Nehushta, and lifting the swooning +woman in her sinewy arms, she fled on towards the port, crying, "Way, +way for my lady, the noble Roman, who has swooned!" + +And the multitude made way. + + + + CHAPTER III + + THE GRAIN STORE + +Having passed the outer terraces of the amphitheatre in safety, +Nehushta turned down a side street, and paused in the shadow of the +wall to think what she should do. So far they were safe; but even if +her strength would stand the strain, it seemed impossible that she +should carry her mistress through the crowded city and avoid +recapture. For some months they had both of them been prisoners, and +as it was the custom of the inhabitants of Cæsarea, when they had +nothing else to do, to come to the gates of their jail, and, through +the bars, to study those within, or even, by permission of the guards, +to walk among them, their appearance was known to many. Doubtless, so +soon as the excitement caused by the illness of the king had subsided, +soldiers would be sent to hunt down the fugitives who had escaped from +the amphitheatre. More especially would they search for her, Nehushta, +and her mistress, since it would be known that one of them had stabbed +the warden of the gate, a crime for which they must expect to die by +torture. Also--where could they go who had no friends, since all +Christians had been expelled the city? + +No, there was but one chance for them--to conceal themselves. + +Nehushta looked round her for a hiding-place, and in this matter, as +in others on that day, fortune favoured them. This street in the old +days, when Cæsarea was called Strato's Tower, had been built upon an +inner wall of the city, now long dismantled. At a distance of a few +yards from where Nehushta had stopped stood an ancient gateway, unused +save at times by beggars who slept under it, which led nowhere, for +the outer arch of it was bricked up. Into this gateway Nehushta bore +her mistress unobserved, to find to her relief that it was quite +untenanted, though a still smouldering fire and a broken amphora +containing clean water showed her that folk had slept there who could +find no better lodging. So far so good; but here it would be scarcely +safe to hide, as the tenants or others might come back. Nehushta +looked around. In the thick wall was a little archway, beneath which +commenced a stair. Setting Rachel on the ground, she ran up it, +lightly as a cat. At the top of thirty steps, many of them broken, she +found an old and massive door. With a sigh of disappointment, the +Libyan turned to descend again; then, by an afterthought, pushed at +the door. To her surprise it stirred. Again she pushed, and it swung +open. Within was a large chamber, lighted by loopholes pierced in the +thickness of the wall, for the use of archers. Now, however, it served +no military purpose, but was used as a storehouse by a merchant of +grain, for there in a corner lay a heap of many measures of barley, +and strewn about the floor were sacks of skin and other articles. + +Nehushta examined the room. No hiding-place could be better--unless +the merchant chanced to come to visit his store. Well, that must be +risked. Down she sped, and with much toil and difficulty carried her +still swooning mistress up the steps and into the chamber, where she +laid her on a heap of sacks. + +Again, by an afterthought, she ventured to descend, this time to fetch +the broken jar of water. Then she closed the door, setting it fast +with a piece of wood, and began to chafe Rachel's hands and to +sprinkle her face from the jar. Presently the dark eyes opened and her +mistress sat up. + +"Is it over, and is this Paradise?" she murmured. + +"I should not call the place by that name, lady," answered Nehushta, +drily, "though perhaps, in contrast with the hell that we have left, +some might think it so. Drink!" and she held the water to her lips. + +Rachel obeyed her eagerly. "Oh! it is good," she said. "But how came +we here out of that rushing crowd?" + +Before she answered, muttering "After the mistress, the maid," +Nehushta swallowed a deep draught of water in her turn, which, indeed, +she needed sorely. Then she told her all. + +"Oh! Nou," said Rachel, "how strong and brave you are! But for you I +should be dead." + +"But for God, you mean, mistress, for I hold that He sent that knife- +point home." + +"Did you kill the man?" asked Rachel. + +"I think that he died by a dagger-thrust as Anna foretold," she +answered evasively; "and that reminds me that I had better clean the +knife, since blood on the blade is evidence against its owner." Then +drawing the dagger from its hiding-place she rubbed it with dust, +which she took from a loop-hole, and polished it bright with a piece +of hide. + +Scarcely was this task accomplished to Nehushta's satisfaction when +her quick ears caught a sound. + +"For your life, be silent," she whispered, and laid her face sideways +to a crack in the cement floor and listened. Well might she listen, +for below were three soldiers searching for her and her mistress. + +"The old fellow swore that he saw a Libyan woman carrying a lady down +this street," said one of them, the petty officer in charge, to his +companion, "and there was but a single brown-skin in the lot; so if +they aren't here I don't know where they can be." + +"Well," grumbled one of the soldiers, "this place is as empty as a +drum, so we may as well be going. There'll be fun presently which I +don't want to miss." + +"It was the black woman who knifed our friend Rufus, wasn't it--in the +theatre there?" asked the third soldier. + +"They say so; but as he was trodden as flat as a roof-board, and they +had to take him up in pieces, it is difficult to know the truth of +that matter. Anyhow his mates are anxious to get the lady, and I +should be sorry to die as she will, when they do, or her mistress +either. They have leave to finish them in their own fashion." + +"Hadn't we best be going?" said the first soldier, who evidently was +anxious to keep some appointment. + +"Hullo!" exclaimed the second, a sharp-eyed fellow, "there's a stair; +we had better just look up it." + +"Not much use," answered the officer. "That old thief Amram, the corn- +merchant, has a store there, and he isn't one of the sort to leave it +unlocked. Still, just go and see." + +Then came the sound of footsteps on the stair, and presently a man +could be heard fumbling at the further side of the door. Rachel shut +her eyes and prayed; Nehushta, drawing the knife from her bosom, crept +towards the doorway like a tigress, and placed her left hand on the +stick that held it shut. Well it was that she did so, since presently +the soldier gave a savage push that might easily have caused the wood +to slip on the cemented floor. Now, satisfied that it was really +locked, he turned and went down the steps. + +With a gasp of relief Nehushta once more set her ear to the crack. + +"It's fast enough," reported the man, "but perhaps it might be as well +to get the key from Amram and have a look." + +"Friend," said the officer, "I think that you must be in love with +this black lady; or is it her mistress whom you admire? I shall +recommend you for the post of Christian-catcher to the cohort. Now +we'll try that house at the corner, and if they are not there, I am +off to the palace to see how his godship is getting on with that +stomach-ache and whether it has moved him to order payment of our +arrears. If he hasn't, I tell you flatly that I mean to help myself to +something, and so do the rest of the lads, who are mad at the stopping +of the games." + +"It would be much better to get that key from Amram and have a look +upstairs," put in number two soldier reflectively. + +"Then go to Amram, or to Pluto, and ask for the key of Hades for aught +I care!" replied his superior with irritation. "He lives about a +league off at the other end of the town." + +"I do not wish for the walk," said the conscientious soldier; "but as +we are searching for these escaped Christians, by your leave, I do +think it would have been much better to have got that key from Amram +and peeped into the chamber upstairs." + +Thereon the temper of the officer, already ruffled by the events of +the morning and the long watch of the preceding night, gave way, and +he departed, consigning the Christians, escaped or recaptured, Amram +and the key, his subordinate, and even the royal Agrippa who did not +pay his debts, to every infernal god of every religion with which he +was acquainted. + +Nehushta lifted her head from the floor. + +"Thanks be to God! They are gone," she said. + +"But, Nou, will they not come back? Oh! I fear lest they should come +back." + +"I think not. That sharp-nosed rat has made the other angry, and I +believe that he will find him some harder task than the seeking of a +key from Amram. Still, there is danger that this Amram may appear +himself to visit his store, for in these days of festival he is sure +to be selling grain to the bakers." + +Scarcely were the words out of her mouth when a key rattled, the door +was pushed sharply, and the piece of wood slipped and fell. Then the +hinges creaked, and Amram--none other--entered, and, closing the door +behind him, locked it, leaving the key in the lock. + +Amram was a shrewd-faced, middle-aged Phnician and, like most +Phnicians of that day, a successful trader, this corn-store +representing only one branch of his business. For the rest he was clad +in a quiet-coloured robe and cap, and to all appearance unarmed. + +Having locked the door, he walked to a little table, beneath which +stood a box containing his tablets whereon were entered the amounts of +corn bought and delivered, to come face to face with Nehushta. +Instantly she slid between him and the door. + +"Who in the name of Moloch are you?" he asked, stepping back +astonished, to perceive as he did so, Rachel seated on the heap of +sacks; "and you," he added. "Are you spirits, thieves, ladies in +search of a lodging, or--perchance those two Christians whom the +soldiers are looking for in yonder house?" + +"We are the two Christians," said Rachel desperately. "We fled from +the amphitheatre, and have taken refuge here, where they nearly found +us." + +"This," said Amram solemnly, "comes of not locking one's office. Do +not misunderstand me; it was no fault of mine. A certain apprentice is +to blame, to whom I shall have a word to say. In fact, I think that I +will say it at once," and he stepped towards the door. + +"Indeed you will not," interrupted Nehushta. + +"And pray, my Libyan friend, how will you prevent me?" + +"My putting a knife into your gizzard, as I did through that of the +renegade Rufus an hour or two ago! Ah! I see you have heard the +story." + +Amram considered, then replied: + +"And what if I also have a knife?" + +"In that case," said Nehushta, "draw it, and we will see which is the +better, man or woman. Merchant, your weapon is your pen. You have not +a chance with me, an Arab of Libya, and you know it." + +"Yes," answered Amram, "I think I do; you desert folk are so reckless +and athletic. Also, to be frank, as you may have guessed, I am +unarmed. Now, what do you propose?" + +"I propose that you get us safely out of Cæsarea, or, if you prefer +it, that we shall all die here in this grain-store, for, by whatever +god you worship, Phnician, before a hand is laid upon my mistress or +me, this knife goes through your heart. I owe no love to your people, +who bought me, a king's daughter, as a slave, and I shall be quite +happy to close my account with one of them. Do you understand?" + +"Perfectly, perfectly. Why show such temper? The affair is one of +business; let us discuss it in a business spirit. You wish to escape +from Cæsarea; I wish you to escape from my grain-store. Let me go out +and arrange the matter." + +"On a plank; not otherwise unless we accompany you," answered +Nehushta. "Man, why do you waste words with us. Listen. This lady is +the only child of Benoni, the great merchant of Tyre. Doubtless you +know him?" + +"To my cost," replied Amram, with a bow. "Three times has he +overreached me in various bargains." + +"Very well; then you know also that he is rich and will pay him +liberally who rescues his daughter from great peril." + +"He might do so, but I am not sure." + +"I am sure," answered Nehushta, "and for this service my mistress here +will give you a bill for any reasonable sum drawn upon her father." + +"Yes, but the question is--will he honour it? Benoni is a prejudiced +man, a very prejudiced man, a Jew of the Jew, who--does not like +Christians." + +"I think that he will honour it, I believe that he will honour it; but +that risk is yours. See here, merchant, a doubtful draft is better +than a slit throat." + +"Quite so. The argument is excellent. But you desire to escape. If you +keep me here, how can I arrange the matter?" + +"That is for you to consider. You do not leave this place except in +our company, and then at the first sign of danger I drive this knife +home between your shoulders. Meanwhile my mistress is ready to sign +any moderate draft upon her father." + +"It is not necessary. Under the circumstances I think that I will +trust to the generosity of my fellow trader Benoni. Meanwhile I assure +you that nothing will give me greater happiness than to fall in with +your views. Believe me, I have no prejudice against Christians, since +those of them whom I have met were always honest and paid their debts +in full. I do not wish to see you or your mistress eaten by lions or +tortured. I shall be very glad to think that you are following the +maxims of your peculiar faith to an extreme old age, anywhere, outside +the limits of my grain-store. The question is, how can I help you do +this? At present I see no way." + +"The question is--how will you manage to keep your life in you over +the next twelve hours?" answered Nehushta grimly. "Therefore I advise +you to find a way"; and to emphasise her words she turned, and, having +made sure that the door was locked, slipped its key into the bosom of +her dress. + +Amram stared at her in undisguised admiration. "I would that I were +unmarried," he said, "which is not the case," and he sighed; "for +then, upon my word, I should be inclined to make a certain proposal to +you----" + +"Nehushta--that is my name----" + +"Nehushta--exactly. Well, it is out of the question." + +"Quite." + +"Therefore I have a suggestion to make. To-night a ship of mine sails +for Tyre. Will you honour me by accepting a passage on her?" + +"Certainly," answered Nehushta, "provided that you accompany us." + +"It was not my intention to go to Tyre this voyage." + +"Then your intention can be changed. Look you, we are desperate, and +our lives are at stake. Your life is also at stake, and I swear to +you, by the Holy One we worship, that before any harm comes to my +mistress you shall die. Then what will your wealth and your schemes +avail you in the grave? It is a little thing we ask of you--to help +two innocent people to escape from this accursed city. Will you grant +it? Or shall I put this dagger through your throat? Answer, and at +once, or I strike and bury you in your own corn." + +Even in that light Amram turned visibly paler. "I accept your terms," +he said. "At nightfall I will conduct you to the ship, which sails two +hours after sunset with the evening wind. I will accompany you to Tyre +and deliver the lady over to her father, trusting to his liberality +for my reward. Meanwhile, this place is hot. That ladder leads to the +roof, which is parapeted, so that those sitting or even standing +there, cannot be seen. Shall we ascend?" + +"If you go first; and remember, should you attempt to call out, my +knife is always ready." + +"Of that I am quite aware--you have said so several times. I have +passed my words, and I do not go back upon my bargains. The stars are +with you, and, come what may, I obey them." + +Accordingly they ascended to the roof, Amram going first, Nehushta +following him, and Rachel bringing up the rear. On it, projecting +inward from the parapet, was a sloping shelter once made use of by the +look-out sentry in bad or hot weather. The change from the stifling +store below with its stench of ill-cured hides, to this lofty, shaded +spot, where the air moved freely, was so pleasant to Rachel, outworn +as she was with all she had gone through, that presently she fell +asleep, not to wake again till evening. Nehushta, however, who did not +go to sleep, and Amram, employed themselves in watching the events +that passed in the city below. From this height they could see the +great square surrounding the palace, and the strange scenes being +enacted therein. It was crowded by thousands of people, for the most +part seated on the ground, clad in garments of sack-cloth and throwing +dust upon the heads of themselves, their wives and children. From all +this multitude a voice of supplication rose to heaven, which, even at +that distance, reached the ears of Nehushta and her companion in a +murmur of sound, constant and confused. + +"They pray that the king may live," said Amram. + +"And I pray that he may die," answered Nehushta. + +The merchant shrugged his shoulders. "I care nothing either way, +provided that the peace is not disturbed to the injury of trade. On +the whole, however, he is a good king who causes money to be spent, +which is what kings are for--in Judæa--where they are but feathers +puffed up by the breath of Cæsar, to fall if he cease to blow. But +look!" + +As he spoke, a figure appeared upon the steps of the palace who made +some communication to the crowd, whereon a great wail went up to the +very skies. + +"You have your wish," said Amram; "Herod is dead or dying, and now, I +suppose, as his son is but a child, that we shall be ruled by some +accursed thief of a Roman procurator with a pocket like a sack without +a bottom. Surely that old bishop of yours who preached in the +amphitheatre this morning, must have had a hint of what was coming, +from his familiar spirit; or perhaps he saw the owl and guessed its +errand. Moreover, I think that troubles are brewing for others besides +Herod, since the old man said as much. + +"What became of him and the rest?" asked Nehushta. + +"Oh! a few were trampled to death, and others the Jews stirred up the +mob to stone, saying that they had bewitched the king, which they, who +were disappointed of the games, did gladly. Some, however, are said to +have escaped, and, like yourselves, lie in hiding." + +Nehushta glanced at her mistress, now fast asleep, her pale face +resting on her arm. + +"The world is hard--for Christians," she said. + +"Friend, it is hard for all, as, were I to tell you my own story, even +you would admit," and he sighed. "At least you Christians believe in +something beyond," he went on; "for you death is but a bridge leading +to a glorious city, and I trust that you may be right. Is not your +mistress delicate?" + +Nehushta nodded. + +"She was never very strong, and sorrow has done its work with her. +They killed her husband at Berytus yonder, and--her trouble is very +near." + +"Yes, yes, I heard that story, also that his blood is on the hands of +her own father, Benoni. Ah! who is so cruel as a bigot Jew? Not we +Phnicians even, of whom they say such evil. Once I had a daughter"-- +here his hard face softened--"but let be, let be! Look you, the risk +is great, but what I can do I will do to save her, and you also, +friend, since, Libyan or no, you are a faithful woman. Nay, do not +doubt me. I have given my word, and if I break it willingly, then may +I perish and be devoured of dogs. My ship is small and undecked. In +that she shall not sail, but a big galley weighs for Alexandria +to-night, calling at Apollonia and Joppa, and in it I will take you +passages, saying that the lady is a relative of mine and that you are +her slave. This is my advice to you--that you go straight to Egypt, +where there are many Christians who will protect you for a while. +Thence your mistress can write to her father, and if he will receiver +her, return. If not, at least she will be safe, since no writ of Herod +runs in Alexandria, and there they do not love the Jews." + +"Your counsel seems good," said Nehushta, "if she will consent to it." + +"She must consent who, indeed, is in no case to make other plans. Now +let me go. Before nightfall I will return again with food and +clothing, and lead you to the ship." + +Nehushta hesitated. + +"I say to you, do not fear. Will you not trust me?" + +"Yes," answered Nehushta, "because I must. Nay, the words are not +kind, but we are sadly placed, and it is strange to find a true friend +in one whom I have threatened with a knife." + +"I understand," said Amram gravely. "Let the issue prove me. Now +descend that you may lock the door behind me. When I return I will +stand in the open space yonder with a slave, making pretence to re- +bind a burst bundle of merchandise. Then come down and admit me +without fear." + +When the Phnician had gone Nehushta sat by her sleeping mistress, and +waited with an anxious heart. Had she done wisely? Would Amram betray +them and send soldiers to conduct them, not to the ship, but to some +dreadful death? Well, if so, at least she would have time to kill her +mistress and herself, and thus escape the cruelties of men. Meanwhile +she could only pray; and pray she did in her fierce, half-savage +fashion, never for herself, but for her mistress whom she loved, and +for the child that, she remembered thankfully, Anna had foretold would +be born and live out its life. Then she remembered also that this same +holy woman had said that its mother's hours would be few, and at the +thought Nehushta wept. + + + + CHAPTER IV + + THE BIRTH OF MIRIAM + +The time passed slowly, but none came to disturb them. Three hours +after noon Rachel awoke, refreshed but hungry, and Nehushta had no +food to give her except raw grain, from which she turned. Clearly and +in few words she told her mistress all that had passed, asking her +consent to the plan. + +"It seems good as another," said Rachel with a little sigh, "and I +thank you for making it, Nou, and the Phnician, if he is a true man. +Also I do not desire to meet my father--at least, for many years. How +can I, seeing the evil which he has brought upon me?" + +"Do not speak of that," interrupted Nehushta hastily, and for a long +while they were silent. + +It was an hour before sunset, or a little less, when at length +Nehushta saw two persons walk on to the patch of open ground which she +watched continually--Amram and a slave who bore a bundle on his head. +Just then the rope which bound this bundle seemed to come loose; at +least, at his master's command, the man set it down and they began to +retie it, then advanced slowly towards the archway. Now Nehushta +descended, unlocked the door and admitted Amram, who carried the +bundle. + +"Where is the slave?" she asked. + +"Have no fear, friend; he is trusty and watches without, not knowing +why. Come, you must both of you be hungry, and I have food. Help me +loose this cord." + +Presently the package was undone, and within it appeared, first, two +flagons of old wine, then meats more tasty then Nehushta had seen for +months, then rich cloaks and other garments made in the Phnician +fashion, and a robe of white with coloured edges, such as was worn by +the body-slaves of the wealthy among that people. Lastly--and this +Amram produced from his own person--there was a purse of gold, enough +to support them for many weeks. Nehushta thanked him with her eyes, +and was about to speak. + +"There, say nothing," he interrupted. "I passed my word, and I have +kept it, that is all. Also on this money I shall charge interest, and +your mistress can repay it in happier days. Now listen: I have taken +the passages, and an hour after sunset we will go aboard. Only I warn +you, do not let it be known that you are escaped Christians, for the +seamen think that such folk bring them bad luck. Come, help me carry +the food and wine. After you have eaten you can both of you retire +here and robe yourselves." + +Presently they were on the roof. + +"Lady," said Nehushta, "we did well to put faith in this man. He has +come back, and see what he has brought us." + +"The blessing of God be on you, sir, who help the helpless!" exclaimed +Rachel, looking hungrily at the tempting meats which she so sorely +needed. + +"Drink," said Amram cheerfully, as he poured wine and water into a +cup; "it will hearten you, and your faith does not forbid the use of +the grape, for have I not heard you styled the society of drunkards?" + +"That is only one bad name among many, sir," said Rachel, as she took +the cup. + +Then they ate and were satisfied, and afterwards descended into the +corn-store to wash with the remainder of the water, and clothe +themselves from head to foot in the fragrant and beautiful garments +that might have been made for their wear, so well had Amram judged +their sizes and needs. + +By the time that they were dressed the light was dying. Still, they +waited a while for the darkness; then, with a new hope shining through +their fears, crept silently into the street, where the slave, a +sturdy, well-armed fellow, watched for them. + +"To the quay," said Amram, and they walked forward, choosing those +thoroughfares that were most quiet. It was well for them that they did +this, for now it was known that Agrippa's sickness was mortal, the +most of the soldiers were already in a state of mutiny, and, inflamed +with wine, paraded the market-places and larger streets, shouting and +singing obscene songs, and breaking into the liquor shops and private +houses, where they drank healths to Charon, who was about to bear away +their king in his evil bark. As yet, however, they had not begun +killing those against whom they had a grudge. This happened +afterwards, though it has nothing to do with our story. + +Without trouble or molestation the party reached the quay, where a +small boat with two Phnician rowers was waiting for them. In it they +embarked, except the slave, and were rowed out to the anchorage to +board a large galley which lay half a mile or more away. This they did +without difficulty, for the night was calm, although the air hung +thick and heavy, and jagged clouds, wind-breeders as they were called, +lay upon the horizon. On the lower deck of the galley stood its +captain, a sour-faced man, to whom Amram introduced his passengers, +who were, as he declared, relatives of his own proceeding to +Alexandria. + +"Good," said the captain. "Show them to their cabin, for we sail as +soon as the wind rises." + +To the cabin they went accordingly, a comfortable place stored with +all that they could need; but as they passed to it Nehushta heard a +sailor, who held a lantern in his hand, say to his companion: + +"That woman is very like one whom I saw in the amphitheatre this +morning when they gave the salute to King Agrippa." + +"The gods forbid it!" answered the other. "We want no Christians here +to bring evil fortune on us." + +"Christians or no Christians, there is a tempest brewing, if I +understand the signs of the weather," muttered the first man. + +In the cabin Amram bade his guests farewell. + +"This is a strange adventure," he said, "and one that I did not look +for. May it prove to the advantage of us all. At the least I have done +my best for your safety, and now we part." + +"You are a good man," replied Rachel, "and whatever may befall us, I +pray again that God may bless you for your kindness to His servants. I +pray also that He may lead you to a knowledge of the truth as it was +declared by the Lord and Master Whom we serve, that your soul may win +salvation and eternal life." + +"Lady," said Amram, "I know nothing of these doctrines, but I promise +you this: that I will look into them and see whether or no they +commend themselves to my reason. I love wealth, like all my people, +but I am not altogether a time-server, or a money-seeker. Lady, I have +lost those whom I desire to find again." + +"Seek and you will find." + +"I will seek," he answered, "though, mayhap, I shall never find." + +Thus they parted. + +Presently the night breeze began to flow off the land, the great sail +was hoisted, and with the help of oars, worked by slaves, the ship +cleared the harbour and set her course for Joppa. Two hours later the +wind failed so that they could proceed only by rowing over a dead and +oily sea, beneath a sky that was full of heavy clouds. Lacking any +stars to steer by, the captain wished to cast anchor, but as the water +proved too deep they proceeded slowly, till about an hour before dawn +a sudden gust struck them which caused the galley to lean over. + +"The north wind! The black north wind!" shouted the steersman, and the +sailors echoed his cry dismally, for they knew the terrors of that +wind upon the Syrian coast. Then the gale began to rage. By daylight +the waves were running high as mountains and the wind hissed through +the rigging, driving them forward beneath a small sail. Nehushta +crawled out of the cabin, and, in the light of an angry dawn, saw far +away the white walls of a city built near the shore. + +"Is not that Appolonia?" she asked of the captain. + +"Yes," he answered, "it is Appolonia sure enough, but we shall not +anchor there this voyage. Now it is Alexandria for us or nothing." + +So they rushed past Appolonia and forward, climbing the slopes of the +rising seas. + +Thus things went on. About mid-day the gale became a hurricane, and do +what they would they were driven forward, till at length they saw the +breakers forming on the coast. Rachel lay sick and prostrate, but +Nehushta went out of the cabin to watch. + +"Are we in danger?" she asked of a sailor. + +"Yes, accursed Christian," he replied, "and you have brought it on us +with your evil eye." + +Then Nehushta returned to the cabin where her mistress lay almost +senseless with sea-sickness. On board the ship the terror and +confusion grew. For a while they were able to beat out to sea until +the mast was carried away. Then the rudder broke, and, as the oars +could not be worked in that fearful tempest, the galley began to drive +shorewards. Night fell, and who can describe the awful hours that +followed? All control of the vessel being lost, she drove onwards +whither the wind and the waves took her. The crew, and even the oar- +slaves, flew to the wine with which she was partly laden, and strove +to drown their terrors in drink. Thus inflamed, twice some of them +came to the cabin, threatening to throw their passengers overboard. +But Nehushta barred the door and called through it that she was well +armed and would kill the first man who tried to lay a hand upon her. +So they went away, and after the second visit grew too drunken to be +dangerous. + +Again the dawn broke over the roaring, foaming sea and revealed the +fate that awaited them. Not a mile away lay the grey line of shore, +and between them and it a cruel reef on which the breakers raged. +Towards this reef they were driving fast. Now the men grew sober in +their fear, and began to build a large raft of oars and timber; also +to make ready the boat which the galley carried. Before all was done +she struck beak first, and was lifted on to a great flat rock, where +she wallowed, with the water seething round her. Then, knowing that +their hour was come, the crew made shift to launch the boat and raft +on the lee side, and began to clamber into them. Now Nehushta came out +of the cabin and prayed the captain to save them also, whereon he +answered her with an oath that this bad luck was because of them, and +that if either she or her mistress tried to enter the boat, they would +stab them and cast them into the sea as an offering to the storm-god. + +So Nehushta struggled back to the cabin, and kneeling by the side of +her mistress, with tears told her that these black-hearted sailors had +left them alone upon the ship to drown. Rachel answered that she cared +little, but only desired to be free of her fear and misery. + +As the words left her lips, Nehushta heard a sound of screaming, and +crawling to the bulwarks, looked forth to see a dreadful sight. The +boat and the raft, laden with a great number of men who were fighting +for places with each other, having loosed from the lee of the ship, +were come among the breakers, which threw them up as a child throws a +ball at play. Even while Nehushta gazed, their crafts were overturned, +casting them into the water, every one there to be dashed against the +rocks or drowned by the violence of the waves, so that not a man of +all that ship's company came living to the shore. + +Like tens of thousands of others on this coast in all ages, they +perished, every one of them--and that was the reward of their +wickedness. + +Giving thanks to God, Who had brought them out of that danger against +their wills, Nehushta crept back to the cabin and told her mistress +what had passed. + +"May they find pardon," said Rachel, shuddering; "but as for us, it +will matter little whether we are drowned in the boat or upon the +galley." + +"I do not think that we shall drown," answered Nehushta. + +"How are we to escape it, Nou? The ship lies upon the rock, where the +great waves will batter her to pieces. Feel how she shakes beneath +their blows, and see the spray flying over us." + +"I do not know, mistress; but we shall not drown." + +Nehushta was right, for after they had remained fast a little longer +they were saved, thus: Suddenly the wind dropped, then it rose again +in a last furious squall, driving before it a very mountain of water. +This vast billow, as it rushed shorewards, caught the galley in its +white arms and lifted her not only off the rock whereon she lay, but +over the further reefs, to cast her down again upon a bed of sand and +shells, within a stone's throw of the beach, where she remained fast, +never to shift more. + +Now also, as though its work were done, the gale ceased, and, as is +common on the Syrian coast, the sea sank rapidly, so that by nightfall +it was calm again. Indeed, three hours before sunset, had both of them +been strong and well, they might have escaped to the land by wading. +But this was not to be, for now what Nehushta had feared befell, and +when she was least fitted to bear it, being worn out with anguish of +mind and weariness of body, pain took sudden hold of Rachel, of which +the end was that, before midnight, there, in that broken vessel upon a +barren coast where no man seemed to live, a daughter was born to her. + +"Let me see the child," said Rachel. So Nehushta showed it to her by +the light of a lamp which burned in the cabin. + +It was a small child, but very white, with blue eyes and dark hair +that curled. Rachel gazed at it long and tenderly. Then she said, +"Bring me water while there is yet time." + +When the water was brought she dipped her trembling hand into it, and +made the sign of the Cross upon the babe's forehead, baptising her +with the name of Miriam, after that of her own mother, to the service +and the company of Jesus the Christ. + +"Now," she said, "whether she live an hour or an hundred years, this +child is a Christian, and whatever befalls, should she come to the age +of understanding, see to it, Nou, who are henceforth the foster-mother +of her body and her soul, that she does not forget the rites and +duties of her faith. Lay this charge on her also as her father +commanded, and as I command, that should she be moved to marriage, she +wed none who is not a Christian. Tell her that such was the will of +those who begat her, and that if she be obedient to it, although they +are dead, and as it seems strengthless, yet shall their blessing be +upon her all her life's days, and with it the blessing of the Lord she +serves." + +"Oh!" moaned Nehushta, "why do you speak thus?" + +"Because I am dying. Gainsay me not. I know it well. My life ebbs from +me. My prayers have been answered, and I was preserved to give this +infant birth; now I go to my appointed place and to one who waits for +me, and to the Lord in Whose care he is in Heaven, as we are in His +care on earth. Nay, do not mourn; it is no fault of yours, nor could +any physician's skill have saved me, whose strength was spent in +suffering, and who for many months have walked the world, bearing in +my breast a broken heart. Give me of that wine to drink--and listen." + +Nehushta obeyed and Rachel went on: "So soon as my breath has left me, +take the babe and seek some village on the shore where it can be +nursed, for which service you have the means to pay. Then when she is +strong enough and it is convenient, travel, not to Tyre--for there my +father would bring up the child in the strictest rites and customs of +the Jews--but to the village of the Essenes upon the shores of the +Dead sea. There find out my mother's brother, Ithiel, who is of their +society, and present to him the tokens of my name and birth which +still hang about my neck, and tell him all the story, keeping nothing +back. He is not a Christian, but he is a good and gentle-hearted man +who thinks well of Christians, and is grieved at their persecution, +since he wrote to my father reproving him for his deeds towards us +and, as you know, strove, but in vain, to bring about our release from +prison. Say to him that I, his kinswoman, pray of him, as he will +answer to God, and in the name of the sister whom he loved, to protect +my child and you; to do nothing to turn her from her faith, and in all +things to deal with her as his wisdom shall direct--for so shall peace +and blessing come upon him." + +Thus spoke Rachel, but in short and broken words. Then she began to +pray, and, praying, fell asleep. When she woke again the dawn was +breaking. Signing to Nehushta to bring her the child, for now she +could no longer speak, she scanned it earnestly in the new-born light, +then placed her hand upon its head and blessed it. Nehushta she +blessed also, thanking her with her eyes and kissing her. Then again +she seemed to fall asleep, and presently, when Nehushta looked at her, +Rachel was dead. + +Nehushta understood and gave a great and bitter cry, since to her +after the death of her first mistress, this woman had been all her +life. As a child she had nursed her; as a maiden shared her joys and +sorrows; as a wife and widow toiled day and night fiercely and +faithfully to console her in her desolation and to protect her in the +dreadful dangers through which she had passed. Now, to end it all, it +was her lot to receive her last breath and to take into her arms her +new-born infant. + +Then and there Nehushta swore that as she had done by the mother she +so would do by the child till the day when her labours ended. Were it +not for this child, indeed, they would have ended now, Christian +though she was, since she was crushed with bitter sorrow and her heart +seemed void of hope or joy. All her days had been hard--she who was +born to great place among her own wild people far away, and snatched +thence to be a slave, set apart by her race and blood from those into +whose city she was sold; she who would have naught to do with base men +nor become the plaything of those of higher birth; she who had turned +Christian and drunk deep of the tribulations of the faith; she who had +centred all her eager heart upon two beloved women, and lost them +both. All her days had been hard, and here and now, by the side of her +dead mistress, she would have ended them. But the child remained, and +while it lived, she would live. If it died, then perhaps she would die +also. + +Meanwhile Nehushta had no time for grief, since the babe must be fed, +and within twelve hours. Yet, as she could not bury her, and would not +throw her to the sharks, she was minded to give her mistress a royal +funeral after the custom of her own Libyan folk. Here was flame, and +what pyre could be grander than this great ship? + +Lifting the body from its couch, Nehushta carried it to the deck and +laid it by the broken mast, closing the eyes and folding the hands. +Then she loosened from about the neck those tokens of which Rachel had +spoken, made some food and garments into a bundle, and, carrying the +lamp with her, went into the captain's cabin amidships. Here a money- +box was open, and in it gold and some jewels which this man had +abandoned in his haste. These she took, adding them to her own store +and securing them about her. This done she fired the cabin, and +passing to the hold, broke a jar of oil and fired that also. Then she +fled back again, knelt by her dead mistress and kissed her, took the +child, wrapping it warmly in a shawl, and by the ladder of rope which +the sailors had used, let herself down into the quiet sea. Its waters +did not reach higher than her middle, and soon she was standing on the +shore and climbing the sandhills that lay beyond. At their summit she +turned to look, and lo! yonder where the galley was, already a great +pillar of fire shot up to heaven, for there was much oil in the hold +and it burnt furiously. + +"Farewell!" she cried, "farewell!" + +Then, weeping bitterly, Nehushta walked on inland. + + + + CHAPTER V + + MIRIAM IS ENTHRONED + +Presently Nehushta found herself out of sight of the sea and among +cultivated land, for here were vines and fig trees grown in gardens +fenced with stone walls; also patches of ripening barley and of wheat +in the ear, much trodden down as though horses had been feeding there. +Beyond these gardens she came to a ridge, and saw beneath her a +village of many houses of green brick, some of which seemed to have +been destroyed by fire. Into this village she walked boldly, and there +the first sight that met her eyes was that of sundry dead bodies, upon +which dogs were feeding. + +On she went up the main street, till she saw a woman peeping at her +over a garden wall. + +"What has chanced here?" asked Nehushta, in the Syrian tongue. + +"The Romans! the Romans! the Romans!" wailed the woman. "The head of +our village quarrelled with the tax-gatherers, and refused to pay his +dues to Cæsar. So the soldiers came a week ago and slaughtered nearly +all of us, and took such sheep and cattle as they could find, and with +them many of the young folk, to be sold as slaves, so that the rest +are left empty and desolate. Such are the things that chance in this +unhappy land. But, woman, who are you?" + +"I am one shipwrecked!" answered Nehushta, "and I bear with me a new- +born babe--nay, the story is too long to tell you; but if in this +place there is any one who can nurse the babe, I will pay her well." + +"Give it me!" said the woman, in an eager whisper; "my child perished +in the slaughter; I ask no reward." + +Nehushta looked at her. Her eyes were wild, but she was still young +and healthy, a Syrian peasant. + +"Have you a house?" she asked. + +"Yes, it still stands, and my husband lives; we hid in a cave, but +alas! they slew the infant that was out with the child of a neighbour. +Quick, give me the babe." + +So Nehushta gave it to her, and thus Miriam was nurtured at the breast +of one whose offspring had been murdered because the head of the +village had quarrelled with a Roman tax-collector. Such was the world +in the days when Christ came to save it. + +After she had suckled the child the woman led Nehushta to her house, a +humble dwelling that had escaped the fire, where they found the +husband, a wine-grower, mourning the death of his infant and the ruin +of his town. To him she told as much of her story as she thought well, +and proffered him a gold piece, which, so she swore, was one of ten +she had about her. He took it gladly, for now he was penniless, and +promised her lodging and protection, and the service of his wife as +nurse to the child for a month at least. So there Nehushta stayed, +keeping herself hid, and at the end of the month gave another gold +piece to her hosts, who were kindly folk that never dreamed of working +her evil or injustice. Seeing this, Nehushta found yet more money, +wherewith the man, blessing her, bought two oxen and a plough, and +hired labour to help him gather what remained of his harvest. + +The shore where the infant was born upon the wrecked ship, was at a +distance of about a league from Joppa and two days' journey from +Jerusalem, whence the Dead Sea could be reached in another two days. +When Nehushta had dwelt there for some six months, as the babe throve +and was hearty, she offered to pay the man and his wife three more +pieces of gold if they would travel with her to the neighbourhood of +Jericho, and, further, to purchase a mule and an ass for the journey, +which she would give to them when it was accomplished. The eyes of +these simple folk glistened at the prospect of so much wealth, and +they agreed readily, promising also to stay three months by Jericho, +if need were, till the child could be weaned. So a man was hired to +guard the house and vines, and they started in the late autumn, when +the air was cool and pleasant. + +Of their journey nothing need be said, save that they accomplished it +without trouble, being too humble in appearance to attract the notice +of the thieves who swarmed upon the highways, or of the soldiers who +were set to catch the thieves. + +Skirting Jerusalem, which they did not enter, on the sixth day they +descended into the valley of the Jordan, through the desolate hills by +which it is bordered. Camping that night outside the town, at daybreak +on the seventh morning they started, and by two hours after noon came +to the village of the Essenes. On its outskirts they halted, while +Nehushta and the nurse, bearing with them the child, that by now could +wave its arms and crow, advanced boldly into the village, where it +would appear men dwelt only--at least no women were to be seen--and +asked to be led to the Brother Ithiel. + +The man to whom they spoke, who was robed in white, and engaged in +cooking outside a large building, averted his eyes in answering, as +though it were not lawful for him to look upon the face of a woman. He +said, very civilly, however, that Brother Ithiel was working in the +fields, whence he would not return till supper time. + +Nehushta asked where these fields were, since she desired to speak +with him at once. The man answered that if they walked towards the +green trees that lined the banks of Jordan, which he pointed out to +them, they could not fail to find Ithiel, as he was ploughing in the +irrigated land with two white oxen, the only ones they had. +Accordingly they set out again, having the Dead Sea on their right, +and travelled for the half of a league through the thorn-scrub that +grows in this desert. Passing the scrub they came to lands which were +well cultivated and supplied with water from the Jordan by means of +wheels and long poles with a jar at one end and a weight at the other, +which a man could work, emptying the contents of the jar again and +again into an irrigation ditch. + +In one of these fields they saw the two white oxen at their toil, and +behind them the labourer, a tall man of about fifty years of age, +bearded, and having a calm face and eyes that were very deep and +quiet. He was clad in a rough robe of camel's hair, fastened about his +middle with a leathern girdle, and wore sandals on his feet. To him +they went, asking leave to speak with him, whereon he halted the oxen +and greeted them courteously, but, like the man in the village, turned +his eyes away from the faces of the women. Nehushta bade the nurse +stand back out of hearing, and, bearing the child in her arms, said: + +"Sir, tell me, I pray you, if I speak to Ithiel, a priest of high rank +among this people of the Essenes, and brother to the dead lady Miriam, +wife of Benoni the Jew, a merchant of Tyre?" + +At the mention of these names Ithiel's face saddened, then grew calm +again. + +"I am so called," he answered; "and the lady Miriam is my sister, who +now dwells in the happy and eternal country beyond the ocean with all +the blessed"--for so the Essenes imagined that heaven to which they +went when the soul was freed from the vile body. + +"The lady Miriam," continued Nehushta, "had a daughter Rachel, whose +servant I was." + +"Was?" he interrupted, startled from his calm. "Has she then been put +to death by those fierce men and their king, as was as her husband +Demas?" + +"Nay, sir, but she died in childbirth, and this is the babe she bore"; +and she held the sleeping little one towards him, at whom he gazed +earnestly, yes, and bent down and kissed it--since, although they saw +so few of them, the Essenes loved children. + +"Tell me that sad story," he said. + +"Sir, I will both tell it and prove it to be true"; and Nehushta told +him all from the beginning to the end, producing to his sight the +tokens which she had taken from the breast of her mistress, and +repeating her last message to him word for word. When she had +finished, Ithiel turned away and mourned a while. Then, speaking +aloud, he put up a prayer to God for guidance--for without prayer +these people would not enter upon anything, however simple--and came +back to Nehushta, who stood by the oxen. + +"Good and faithful woman," he said, "who it would seem are not fickle +and light-hearted, or worse, like the multitude of your sex--perchance +because your dark skin shields you from their temptations--you have +set me in a cleft stick, and there I am held fast. Know that the rule +of my order is that we should have naught to do with females, young or +old; therefore how can I receive you or the child?" + +"Of the rules of your order, sir, I know nothing," answered Nehushta +sharply, since the words about the colour of her skin had not pleased +her; "but of the rules of nature I do know, and something of the rules +of God also, for, like my mistress and this infant, I am a Christian. +These tell me, all of them, that to cast out an orphan child who is of +your own blood, and whom a cruel fortune has thus brought to your +door, would be an evil act, and one for which you must answer to Him +who is above the rules of any order." + +"I may not wrangle, especially with a woman," replied Ithiel, who +seemed ill at ease; "but if my first words are true, this is true +also, that those same rules enjoin upon us hospitality, and above all, +that we must not turn away the helpless or the destitute." + +"Clearly, then, sir, least of any must you turn away this child whose +blood is your blood, and those dead mother sent her to you, that she +might not fall into the power of a grandfather who has dealt so +cruelly with those he should have cherished, to be brought up among +Zealots as a Jew and taught to make offering of living things, and be +anointed with the oil and blood of sacrifice." + +"No, no, the thought is horrible," answered Ithiel, holding up his +hands. "It is better, far better that she should be a Christian than +one of that fanatic and blood-spilling faith." This he said, because +among the Essenes the use of oil was held to be unclean. Also above +all things, they loathed the offering of life in sacrifice to God; +who, although they did not acknowledge Christ--perhaps because He was +never preached to them, who would listen to no new religion--practised +the most of His doctrines with the greatest strictness. + +"The matter is too hard for me," he went on. "I must lay it before a +full Court of the hundred curators, and what they decide, that will be +done. Still, this is our rule: to assist those who need and to show +mercy, to accord succour to such as deserve it, and to give food to +those in distress. Therefore, whatever the Court, which it will take +three days to summon, may decide, in the meanwhile I have the right to +give you, and those with you, shelter and provision in the guest- +house. As it chances, it is situated in that part of the village where +dwell the lowest of our brethren, who are permitted to marry, so there +you will find company of your own sex." + +"I shall be glad of it," answered Nehushta drily. "Also I should call +them the highest of the brethren, since marriage is a law of God, +which God the Father has instituted, and God the Son has blessed." + +"I may not wrangle, I may not wrangle," replied Ithiel, declining the +encounter; "but certainly, that is a lovely babe. Look. Its eyes are +open and they are beautiful as flowers"; and again he bent down and +kissed the child, then added with a groan of remorse, "Alas! sinner +that I am, I am defiled; I must purify myself and do penance." + +"Why?" asked Nehushta shortly. + +"For two reasons: I have touched your dress, and I have given way to +earthly passion and embraced a child--twice. Therefore, according to +our rule, I am defiled." + +Then Nehushta could bear it no more. + +"Defiled! you puppet of a foolish rule! It is the sweet babe that is +defiled! Look, you have fouled its garments with your grimy hand and +made it weep by pricking it with your beard. Would that your holy rule +taught you how to handle children and to respect honest women who are +their mothers, without whom there would be no Essenes." + +"I may not wrangle," said Ithiel, nervously; for now woman was +appearing before him in a new light; not as an artful and a fickle, +but as an angry creature, reckless of tongue and not easy to be +answered. "These matters are for the decision of the curators. Have I +not told you so? Come, let us be going. I will drive the oxen, +although it is not time to loose them from the plough, and do you and +your companion walk at a distance behind me. No, not behind--in front, +that I may see that you do not drop the babe, or suffer it to come to +any harm. Truly it is sweet to look at, and, may God forgive me, I do +not like to lose sight of its face, which, it seems to me, resembles +that of my sister when she was also in arms." + +"Drop the babe!" began Nehushta; then understanding that this victim +of a rule already loved it dearly, and would suffer much before he +parted with it, pitying his weakness, she said only, "Be careful that +you do not frighten it with your great oxen, for you men who scorn +women have much to learn." + +Then, accompanied by the nurse, she stalked ahead in silence, while +Ithiel followed after at a distance, leading the cattle by the hide +loops about their horns, lest in their curiosity or eagerness to get +home, they should do some mischief to the infant or wake it from its +slumbers. In this way they proceeded to the lower part of the village, +till they came to a good house--empty as it chanced--where guests were +accommodated in the best fashion that this kind and homely folk could +afford. Here a woman was summoned, the wife of one of the lower order +of the Essenes, to whom Ithiel spoke, holding his hand before his +eyes, as though she were not good to look at. To her, from a distance, +he explained the case, bidding her to provide all things needful, and +to send a man to bring in the husband of the nurse with the beasts of +burden, and attend to his wants and theirs. Then, warning Nehushta to +be very careful of the infant and not to expose it to the sun, he +departed to report the matter to the curators, and to summon the great +Court. + +"Are all of them like this?" asked Nehushta of the woman, +contemptuously. + +"Yes, sister," she answered, "fools, every one. Why, of my own husband +I see little; and although, being married, he ranks but low among +them, the man is forever telling me of the faults of our sex, and how +they are a snare set for the feet of the righteous, and given to the +leading of these same righteous astray, especially if they be not +their own husbands. At times I am tempted indeed to prove his words +true. Oh! it would not be difficult for all their high talk; I have +learned as much as that, for Nature is apt to make a mock of those who +deny Nature, and there is no parchment rule that a woman cannot bring +to nothing. Yet, since they mean well, laugh at them and let them be, +say I. And now come into the house, which is good, although did women +manage it, it would be better." + +So Nehushta went into that house with the nurse and her husband, and +there for several days dwelt in great comfort. Indeed, there was +nothing that she or the child, or those with them, could want which +was not provided in plenty. Messages reached her even, through the +woman, to ask if she would wish the rooms altered in any way, and when +she said that there was not light enough in that in which the child +slept, some of the elders of the Essenes arrived and pierced a new +window in the wall, working very hard to finish the task before +sunset. Also even the husband of the nurse was not allowed to attend +to his own beasts, which were groomed and fed for him, till at length +he grew so weary of doing nothing, that on the third day he went out +to plough with the Essenes and worked in the fields till dark. + +It was on the fourth morning that the full Court gathered in the great +meeting-house, and Nehushta was summoned to appear before it, bringing +the babe with her. Thither she went accordingly, to find the place +filled with a hundred grave and reverend men, all clad in robes of the +purest white. In the lower part of that large chamber she sat alone +upon a chair, while before her upon benches ranged one above the +other, so that all could see, were gathered the hundred curators. + +It seemed that Ithiel had already set out the case, since the +President at once began to question her on various points of her +story, all of which she was able to explain to the satisfaction of the +Court. Then they debated the matter among themselves, some of them +arguing that as the child was a female, as well as its nurse, neither +of them could properly be admitted to the care of the community, +especially as both were of the Christian faith, and it was stipulated +that in this faith they should remain. Others answered that +hospitality was their first duty, and that he would be weak indeed who +was led aside from their rule by a Libyan woman of middle age and an +infant of a few months. Further, that the Christians were a good +people, and that there was much in their doctrines which tallied with +their own. Next, one made a strange objection--namely, that if they +adopted this child they would learn to love it too much, who should +love God and their order only. To this another answered, Nay, they +should love all mankind, and especially the helpless. + +"Mankind, not womankind," was the reply; "for this infant will grow +into a woman." + +Now they desired Nehushta to retire that they might take the votes. +Before she went, however, holding up the child that all could see it +as it lay smiling in her arms, she implored them not to reject the +prayer of a dead woman, and so deprive this infant of the care of the +relative whom that departed lady had appointed to be its guardian, and +of the guidance and directing wisdom of their holy Order. Lastly, she +reminded them that if they thrust her out, she must carry the infant +to its grandfather, who, if he received it at all, would certainly +bring it up in the Jewish faith, and thereby, perhaps, cause it to +lose its soul, the weight of which sin would be upon their heads. + +After this Nehushta was led away to another chamber and remained there +a long while, till at length she was brought back again by one of the +curators. On entering the great hall her eyes sought the face of +Ithiel, who had not been allowed to speak, since the matter having to +do with a great-niece of his own, it was held that his judgment might +be warped. Seeing that he smiled, and evidently was well pleased, she +knew her cause was won. + +"Woman," said the President, "by a great majority of this Court we +have come to an irrevocable decision upon the matter that has been +laid before it by our brother Ithiel. It is, for reasons which I need +not explain, that on this point our rule may be stretched so far as to +admit the child Miriam to our care, even though it be of the female +sex, which care is to endure until she comes to a full age of eighteen +years, when she must depart from among us. During this time no attempt +will be made to turn her from her parents' faith in which she has been +baptised. A house will be given you to live in, and you will be +supplied with the best we have for the use of our ward Miriam and +yourself. Twice a week a deputation of the curators will visit the +house, and stay there for an hour to see that the health of the infant +is good, and that you are doing your duty by it, in which, if you +fail, you will be removed. It is prayed that you will not talk to +these curators on matters which do not concern the child. When she +grows old enough the maid Miriam will be admitted to our gatherings, +and instructed also by the most learned amongst us in all proper +matters of letters and philosophy, on which occasions you will sit at +a distance and not interfere unless your care is required. + +"Now, that every one may know our decision, we will escort you back to +your house, and to show that we have taken the infant under our care, +our brother Ithiel will carry it while you walk behind and give him +such instruction in this matter as may be needful." + +Accordingly a great procession was formed, headed by the President and +ended by the priests. In the centre of the line marched Ithiel bearing +the babe Miriam, to his evident delight, and Nehushta, who instructed +him so vigorously that at length he grew confused and nearly let it +fall. Thereon, setting this detail of the judgment at defiance, +Nehushta snatched it from his arms, calling him a clumsy and ignorant +clown only fit to handle an ox. To this Ithiel made no answer, nor was +he at all wroth, but finished the journey walking behind her and +smiling foolishly. + +Thus was the child Miriam, who afterwards came to be called the Queen +of the Essenes, royally escorted to her home. But little did these +good men know that it was not a house which they were giving her, but +a throne, built of the pure gold of their own gentle hearts. + + + + CHAPTER VI + + CALEB + +It may be wondered whether any girl who was ever born into the world +could boast a stranger or a happier upbringing than Miriam. She was, +it is true, motherless, but by way of compensation Fate endowed her +with several hundred fathers, each of whom loved her as the apple of +his eye. She did not call them "Father" indeed, a term which under the +circumstances they thought incorrect. To her, one and all, they went +by the designation of "Uncle," with their name added if she happened +to know it, if not as Uncle simply. It cannot be said, however, that +Miriam brought peace to the community of the Essenes. Indeed, before +she had done with them she rent it with deep and abiding jealousies, +to the intense but secret delight of Nehushta, who, although she +became a person of great importance among them as the one who had +immediate charge of their jewel, could never forgive them certain of +their doctrines or their habit of persistent interference. + +The domiciliary visits which took place twice a week, and, by special +subsequent resolution passed in full Court, on the Sabbath also, were, +to begin with, the subject of much covert bitterness. At first a +standing committee was appointed to make these visits, of whom Ithiel +was one. Before two years had gone by, however, much murmuring arose +in the community upon this matter. It was pointed out in language that +became vehement--for an Essene--that so much power should not be left +in the hands of one fixed set of individuals, who might become +careless or prejudiced, or, worst of all, neglectful of the welfare of +the child who was the guest not of them only, but of the whole order. +It was demanded, therefore, that this committee should change +automatically every month, so that all might serve upon it in turn, +Ithiel, as the blood-relation of Miriam, remaining its only permanent +member. This proposal was opposed by the committee, but as no one else +would vote for them the desired alteration was made. Further, to be +removed temporarily, or for good, from its roster was thenceforth +recognised as one of the punishments of the order. + +Indeed, the absurdities to which its existence gave rise, especially +as the girl grew in years, sweetness and beauty, cannot be numbered. +Thus, every visiting member must wash his whole person and clothe +himself in clean garments before he was allowed to approach the child, +"lest he should convey to her any sickness, or impure substance, or +odour." Then there was much trouble because some members were +discovered to be ingratiating themselves with Miriam by secretly +presenting her with gifts of playthings, some of them of great beauty, +which they fashioned from wood, shells, or even hard stones. Moreover, +they purveyed articles of food such as they found the child loved; and +this it was that led to their detection, for, having eaten of them, +she was ill. Thereupon Nehushta, enraged, disclosed the whole plot, +using the most violent language, and, amidst murmurs of "Shame on +them!" designating the offenders by name. They were removed from their +office, and it was decreed that henceforth any gifts made to the child +must be offered to her by the committee as a whole, and not by a +single individual, and handed over in their name by Ithiel, her uncle. + +Once, when she was seven years old, and the idol of every brother +among the Essenes, Miriam fell ill with a kind of fever which often +strikes children in the neighbourhood of Jericho and the Dead Sea. +Among the brethren were several skilful and famous physicians, who +attended her night and day. But still the fever could not be abated, +and at last, with tears, they announced that they feared for the +child's life. Then indeed there was lamentation among the Essenes. For +three days and three nights did they wrestle in constant prayer to God +that she might be spared, many of them touching nothing but water +during all that time. Moreover, they sat about at a distance from her +house, praying and seeking tidings. If it was bad they beat their +breasts, if good they gave thanks. Never was the sickbed of a monarch +watched with more care or devotion than that of this little orphan, +and never was a recovery--for at length she did recover--received with +greater thankfulness and joy. + +This was the truth. These pure and simple men, in obedience to the +strict rule they had adopted, were cut off from all the affections of +life. Yet, the foundation-stone of their doctrine being Love, they who +were human must love something, so they loved this child whom they +looked upon as their ward, and who, as there was none other of her age +and sex in their community, had no rival in their hearts. She was the +one joy of their laborious and ascetic hours; she represented all the +sweetness and youth of this self-renewing world, which to them was so +grey and sapless. Moreover, she was a lovely maid, who, wherever she +had been placed, would have bound all to her. + +The years went by and the time came when, in obedience to the first +decree, Miriam must be educated. Long were the discussions which +ensued among the curators of the Essenes. At length three of the most +learned of their body were appointed to this task, and the teaching +began. As it chanced, Miriam proved an apt pupil, for her memory was +good, and she had a great desire to learn many things, more especially +history and languages, and all that has to do with nature. One of her +tutors was an Egyptian, who, brought up in the priests' college at +Thebes, when on a journey to Judæa had fallen sick near Jericho, been +nursed by the Essenes and converted to their doctrine. From him Miriam +learnt much of their ancient civilisation, and even of the inner +mysteries of the Egyptian religion, and of its high and secret +interpretations which were known only to the priests. The second, +Theophilus by name, was a Greek who had visited Rome, and he taught +her the tongues and literature of those countries. The third, all his +life long had studied beasts and birds and insects, and the workings +of nature, and the stars and their movements, in which things he +instructed her day by day, taking her abroad with him that examples of +each of them might be before her eyes. + +Lastly, when she grew older, there was a fourth master, who was an +artist. He taught Miriam how to model animals, and even men, in the +clay of the Jordan, and how to carve them out in marble, and something +of the use of pigments. Also this man, who was very clever, had a +knowledge of singing and instrumental music, which he imparted to her +in her odd hours. Thus it came about that Miriam grew learned and well +acquainted with many matters of which most girls of her day and years +had never even heard. Nor did she lack knowledge of the things of her +own faith, though in these the Essenes did not instruct her further +than its doctrines tallied with their own. Of the rest, Nehushta told +her something; moreover, on several occasions Christian travellers or +preachers visited this country to address the Essenes or the other +Jews who dwelt there. When they learned her case, these showed +themselves very eager to inform her of the Christian doctrine. Among +them was one old man who had heard the preaching of Jesus Christ, and +been present at His Crucifixion, to all of which histories the girl +listened with eagerness, remembering them to the last hour of her +life. + +Further, and perhaps this was the best part of her education, she +lived in the daily company of Nature. But a mile or two away spread +the Dead Sea, and along its melancholy and lifeless shores, fringed +with the white trunks of trees that had been brought down by Jordan, +she would often walk. Before her day by day loomed the mountains of +Moab, while behind her were the fantastic and mysterious sand-hills of +the desert, backed again by other mountains and that grey, tormented +country which stretches between Jericho and Jerusalem. Quite near at +hand also ran the broad and muddy Jordan, whose fertile banks were +clothed in spring with the most delicious greenery and haunted by +kingfishers, cranes, wildfowl, and many other birds. About these +banks, too, stretching into the desert land beyond, the flowers of the +field grew by myriads, at different periods of the year carpeting the +whole earth with various colours, brilliant as are those of the +rainbow. These it was her delight to gather, and even to cultivate in +the garden of her house. + +Thus wisdom, earthly and divine, was gathered in Miriam's heart till +very soon its light began to shine through her eyes and face, making +them ever more tender and beautiful. Nor did she lack charm and grace +of person. From the first, in stature she was small and delicate, pale +also in complexion; but her dark hair was plenteous and curling, and +her eyes were large and of a deep and tender blue. Her hands and feet +were very slender, and her every gesture quick and agile as that of a +bird. Thus she grew up loving all things and beloved by all; for even +the flowers which she tended and the creatures that she fed, seemed in +her to find a friend. + +Now of so much learning and all this system of solemn ordered hours, +Nehushta did not approve. For a while she bore with it, but when +Miriam was about eleven years of age, she spoke her mind to the +Committee and through them to the governing Court of Curators. + +Was it right that a child should be brought up thus, she asked, and +turned into a grave old woman whilst, quite heedless of such things, +others of her age were occupied with youthful games? The end of it +might be that her brain would break and she would die or become crazy, +and then what good would so much wisdom do her? It was necessary that +she should have more leisure and other children with whom she could +associate. + +"White-bearded hermits," she added with point, "were not suitable as +sole companions to a little maid." + +Thereon followed much debate and consultation with the doctors, who +agreed that friends of her own years should be found for the child. +This, however, proved difficult, since among these Essenes were no +other girls. Therefore those friends must be of the male sex. Here too +were difficulties, as at that time, of the lads adopted by this +particular community which they were destined to join in after days, +there was but one of equal birth with Miriam. Now so far as concerned +their own order the Essenes thought little of social distinctions, or +even of the differences of blood and race. But Miriam was not of their +order; she was their guest, no more, to whom they stood in the place +of parents, and who would go from them out into the great world. +Therefore, notwithstanding their childlike simplicity, being, many of +them, men experienced in life, they did not think it right that she +should mix with those of lower breeding. + +This one lad, Caleb by name, was born in the same year as Miriam, when +Cuspius Fadus became governor on the death of Agrippa. His father was +Jew of very high rank named Hilliel, who, although he sided from time +to time with the Roman party, was killed by them, or perished among +the twenty thousand who were trampled to death at the Feast of the +Passover at Jerusalem, when Cumanus, the Procurator, ordered his +soldiers to attack the people. Thereon the Zealots, who considered him +a traitor, managed to get possession of all his property, so that his +son Caleb, whose mother was dead, was brought in a destitute condition +by one of her friends to Jericho. There, as she could not dispose of +him otherwise, he was given over to the Essenes, to be educated in +their doctrine, and, should he wish it, to enter their order when he +reached full age. This lad, it was now decreed, should become the +playmate of Miriam, a decision that pleased both of them very well. + +Caleb was a handsome child with quick, dark eyes that watched +everything without seeming to watch, and black hair which curled upon +his shoulders. He was clever also and brave; but though he did his +best to control his temper, by nature very passionate and unforgiving. +Moreover, that which he desired he would have, if by any means it +could be obtained, and was faithful in his loves as in his hates. Of +these hates Nehushta was one. With all the skill of a Libyan, whose +only book is that of Nature and men's faces, she read the boy's heart +at once and said openly that he might come to be the first in any +cause--if he did not betray it--and that when God mixed his blood of +the best, lest Cæsar should find a rival He left out the salt of +honesty and filled up the cup with the wine of passion. When these +sayings were repeated to Caleb by Miriam, who thought them to be a +jest fit to tease her playmate with, he did not fly into one of his +tempers, as she had hoped, but only screwed up his eyelids after his +fashion in certain moods, and looked black as the rain-storm above +Mount Nebo. + +"Did you hear, Caleb?" asked Miriam, somewhat disappointed. + +"Oh, yes! Lady Miriam," for so he had been ordered to call her. "I +heard. Do you tell that old black woman that I will lead more causes +than she ever thought of, for I mean to be the first everywhere. Also +that whatever God left out of my cup, at least He mixed it with a good +memory." + +When Nehushta heard this, she laughed and said that it was true +enough, only he that tried to climb several ladders at once generally +fell to the ground, and that when a head had said good-bye to its +shoulders, the best of memories got lost between the two. + +Miriam liked Caleb, but she never loved him as she did the old men, +her uncles, or Nehushta, who to her was more than all. Perhaps this +may have been because he never grew angry with her whatever she might +say or do, never even spoke to her roughly, but always waited on her +pleasure and watched for her wish. Still, of all companions he was the +best. If Miriam desired to walk by the Dead Sea, he would desire the +same. If she wanted to go fishing in the Jordan, he would make ready +the baits or net, and take the fishes off the hook--a thing she hated. +If she sought a rare flower, Caleb would hunt it out for days, +although she knew well that in himself he did not care for flowers, +and when he had found it, would mark the spot and lead her there in +triumph. Also there was this about him, as she was soon quick enough +to learn: he worshipped her. Whatever else might be false, that note +in his nature rang true. If one child could love another, then Caleb +loved Miriam, first with the love of children, then as a man loves a +woman. Only--and this was the sorrow of it--Miriam never loved Caleb. +Had she done so both their stories would have been very different. To +her he was a clever companion and no more. + +What made the thing more strange was that he loved no one else, +except, mayhap, himself. In this way and in that the lad soon came to +learn his own history, which was sad enough, with the result that if +he hated the Romans who had invaded the country and trampled it +beneath their heel, still more did he hate those of the Jews who +looked upon his father as their enemy and had stolen all the lands and +goods that were his by right. As for the Essenes who reared and +protected him, so soon as he came to an age when he could weigh such +matters, he held them in contempt, and because of their continual +habit of bathing themselves and purifying their garments, called them +the company of washer-women. On him their doctrines left but a shallow +mark. He thought, as he explained to Miriam, that people who were in +the world should take the world as they found it, without dreaming +ceaselessly of another world to which, as yet, they did not belong; a +sentiment that to some extent Nehushta shared. + +Wishing, with the zeal of the young, to make a convert, Miriam +preached to him the doctrine of Christianity, but without success. By +blood Caleb was a Jew of the Jews, and could not understand or admire +a God who would consent to be trodden under foot and crucified. The +Messiah he desired to follow must be a great conqueror, one who would +overthrow the Cæsars and take the throne of Cæsar, not a humble +creature with his mouth full of maxims. Like the majority of his own, +and, indeed, of every generation, to the last day of his life, Caleb +was unable to divine that mind is greater than matter, while spirit is +greater than mind; and that in the end, by many slow advances and +after many disasters seemingly irremediable, spirituality will conquer +all. He looked to a sword flashing from thrones, not to the word of +truth spoken by lowly lips in humble streets or upon the flanks of +deserts, trusting to the winds of Grace to bear it into the hearts of +men and thus regenerate their souls. + +Such was Caleb, and these things are said of him here because the +child is father to the man. + +Swiftly the years went by. There were tumults in Judæa and massacres +in Jerusalem. False prophets such as Theudas, who pretended that he +could divide Jordan, attracted thousands to their tinsel standards, to +be hewn down, poor folk! by the Roman legions. Cæsars rose and fell; +the great Temple was at length almost completed in its glory, and many +events happened which are remembered even to this day. + +But in the little village of the Essenes by the grey shores of the +Dead Sea, nothing seemed to change, except that now and again an aged +brother died, and now and again a new brother was admitted. They rose +before daylight and offered their invocation to the sun; they went out +to toil in the fields and sowed their crops, to reap them in due +season, thankful if they were good, still thankful if they were bad. +They washed, they prayed, they mourned over the wickedness of the +world, and wove themselves white garments emblematic of a better. +Also, although of this Miriam knew nothing, they held higher and more +secret services wherein they invoked the presence of their "angels," +and by arts of divination that were known to them, foretold the +future, an exercise which brought them little joy. But as yet, however +evil might be the omens, none came to molest their peaceful life, +which ran quietly towards the great catastrophe as often deep waters +swirl to the lip of a precipice. + +At length when Miriam was seventeen years of age, the first stroke of +trouble fell upon them. + +From time to time the high priests at Jerusalem, who hated the Essenes +as heretics, had made demands upon them that they should pay tithe for +the support of the sacrifices in the Temple. This they refused to do, +since all sacrifices were hateful to them. So things went on until the +day of the high priest Ananos, who sent armed men to the village of +the Essenes to take the tithes. These were refused to them, whereon +they broke open the granary and helped themselves, destroying a great +deal which they could not carry away. As it chanced, on that day +Miriam, accompanied by Nehushta, had visited Jericho. Returning in the +afternoon they passed through a certain torrent bed in which were many +rocks, and among them thickets of thorn trees. Here they were met by +Caleb, now a noble-looking youth very strong and active, who carried a +bow in his hand and on his back a sheath of six arrows. + +"Lady Miriam," he said, "well met. I have come to seek you, and to +warn you not to return by the road to-day, since on it you will meet +presently those thieves sent by the high priest to plunder the stores +of the Order, who, perhaps, will offer you insult or mischief, for +they are drunk with wine. Look, one of them has struck me," and he +pointed to a bruise upon his shoulder and scowled. + +"What then shall we do?" asked Miriam. "Go back to Jericho?" + +"Nay, for there they will come too. Follow up this gully till you +reach the footpath a mile away, and by it walk to the village; so you +will miss these robbers." + +"That is a good plan," said Nehushta. "Come, lady." + +"Whither are you going, Caleb?" asked Miriam, lingering, since she saw +that he did not mean to accompany them. + +"I? Oh, I shall hide among the rocks near by till the men are passed, +and then go to seek that hyena which has been worrying the sheep. I +have tracked him down and may catch him as he comes from his hole at +sunset. That is why I have brought my bow and arrows." + +"Come," broke in Nehushta impatiently, "come. The lad well knows how +to guard himself." + +"Be careful, Caleb, that you get no hurt from the hyena," said Miriam, +doubtfully, as Nehushta seized her by the wrist and dragged her away. +"It is strange," she added as they went, "that Caleb should choose +this evening to go hunting." + +"Unless I mistake, it is a human hyena whom he hunts," answered +Nehushta shortly. "One of those men struck him, and he desires to wash +the wound with his blood." + +"Oh, surely not! Nou. That would be taking vengeance, and revenge is +evil." + +Nehushta shrugged her shoulders. "Caleb may think otherwise, as I do +at times. Wait, and we shall see." + +As it chanced, they did see something. The footpath by which they +returned to the village ran over a high ridge of ground, and from its +crest, although they were a mile or more away, in that clear desert +air they could easily discern the line of the high priest's servants +straggling along, driving before them a score or so of mules, laden +with wine and other produce which they had stolen from the stores. +Presently the company of them descended into that gully along which +the road ran, whence a minute or two later rose a sound of distant +shouting. Then they appeared on the further side, running, or riding +their beasts hither and thither, as though in search of some one, +while four of them carried between them a man who seemed to be hurt, +or dead. + +"I think that Caleb has shot his hyena," said Nehushta meaningly; "but +I have seen nothing, and if you are wise, you will say nothing. I do +not like Caleb, but I hate these Jewish thieves, and it is not for you +to bring your friend into trouble." + +Miriam looked frightened but nodded her head, and no more was said of +the matter. + +That evening, as Miriam and Nehushta stood at the door of their house +in the cool, by the light of the full moon they saw Caleb advancing +towards them down the road, a sight that made Miriam glad at heart, +for she feared lest he might have come into trouble. Catching sight of +them, he asked permission to enter through the door, which he closed +behind them, so that now they stood in the little garden within the +wall. + +"Well," said Nehushta, "I see that you had a shot at your hyena; did +you kill it?" + +"How do you know that?" he asked, looking at her suspiciously. + +"A strange question to put to a Libyan woman who was brought up among +bowmen," she replied. "You had six arrows in your quiver when we met +you, and now I count but five. Also your bow was newly waxed; and +look, the wax is rubbed where the shaft lay." + +"I shot at the beast, and, as I think, hit it. At least, I could not +find the arrow again, although I searched long." + +"Doubtless. You do not often miss. You have a good eye and a steady +hand. Well, the loss of a shaft will not matter, since I noticed, +also, that this one was differently barbed from the others, and double +feathered; a true Roman war-shaft, such as they do not make here. If +any find your wounded beast you will not get its hide, since it is +known that you do not use such arrows." Then, with a smile that was +full of meaning, Nehushta turned and entered the house, leaving him +staring after her, half in wrath and half in wonder at her wit. + +"What does she mean?" he asked Miriam, but in the voice of one who +speaks to himself. + +"She thinks that you shot at a man, not at a beast," replied Miriam; +"but I know well that you could not have done this, since that would +be against the rule of the Essenes." + +"Even the rule of the Essenes permits a man to protect himself and his +property from thieves," he answered sulkily. + +"Yes, to protect himself if he is attacked, and his property--if he +has any. But neither that faith nor mine permits him to avenge a +blow." + +"I was one against many," he answered boldly. "My life was on the +hazard: it was no coward's act." + +"Were there, then, a troop of these hyenas?" asked Miriam, innocently. +"I thought you said it was a solitary beast that took the sheep." + +"It was a whole company of beasts who took the wine, and smote those +in charge of it as though they were street dogs." + +"Hyenas that took wine like the tame ape whom the boys make drunken +over yonder----" + +"Why do you mock me," broke in Caleb, "who must know the truth? Or if +you do not know it, here it is. That thief beat me with his staff, and +called me the son of a dog, and I swore that I would pay him back. Pay +him back I did, for the head of that shaft which Nehushta noted, +stands out a span beyond his neck. They never saw who shot it; they +never saw me at all, who thought at first that the man had fallen from +his horse. By the time they knew the truth I was away where they could +not follow. Now go and tell the story if you will, or let Nehushta, +who hates me, tell it, and give me over to be tortured by the servants +of the high priest, or crucified as a murderer by the Romans." + +"Neither Nehushta nor I saw this deed done, nor shall we bear witness +against you, Caleb, or judge you, who doubtless were provoked by +violent and lawless men. Yet, Caleb, you told me that you came out to +warn us, and it grieves me to learn that the true wish of your heart +was to take the life of a man." + +"It is false," he answered angrily; "I said that I came to warn you, +and afterwards to kill a hyena. To make you safe--that was my first +thought, and until you were safe my enemy was safe also. Miriam, you +know it well." + +"Why should I know it? To you, Caleb, I think revenge is more than +friendship." + +"Perhaps; for I have few friends who am a penniless orphan brought up +by charity. But, Miriam, to me revenge is not more than--love." + +"Love," she stammered, turning crimson to her hair and stepping back a +pace; "what do you mean, Caleb?" + +"What I say, neither more nor less," he answered sullenly. "As I have +worked one crime to-day, I may as well work two, and dare to tell the +lady Miriam, the Queen of the Essenes, that I love her, though she +loves not me--as yet." + +"This is madness," faltered Miriam. + +"Mayhap, but it is a madness which began when first I saw you--that +was soon after we learned to speak--a madness which will continue +until I cease to see you, and that shall be soon before I grow silent +forever. Listen, Miriam, and do not think my words only those of a +foolish boy, for all my life shall prove them. This love of mine is a +thing with which you must reckon. You love me not--therefore, even had +I the power, I would not force myself upon you against your will; only +I warn you, learn to love no other man, for then it shall go ill +either with him or with me. By this I swear it," and, snatching her to +him, Caleb kissed her on the forehead, then let her go, saying, "Fear +not. It is the first and last time, except by your own will. Or if you +fear, tell the story to the Court of the Essenes, and--to Nehushta, +who will right your wrongs." + +"Caleb," she gasped, stamping her foot upon the ground in anger, +"Caleb, you are more wicked than I dreamed, and," she added, as though +to herself--"and greater!" + +"Yes," he answered, as he turned to go, "I think that you are right. I +am more wicked than you dreamed and--greater. Also, Miriam, I love you +as you will never be loved again. Farewell!" + + + + CHAPTER VII + + MARCUS + +That night those of the curators who were engaged in prayer and +fasting were disturbed by the return of an officer of those Jews that +had robbed them, who complained violently that a man of his company +had been murdered by one of the Essenes. They asked how and when, and +were told that the man had been shot down with an arrow, in a gully +upon the road to Jericho, by a person unknown. They replied that +robbers sometimes met with robbers, and asked to see the arrow, which +proved to be of a Roman make, such as these men carried in their own +quivers. This the Essenes pointed out, and at length, growing angry at +the unreasonableness of a complaint made by persons of the worst +character, drove him and his escort from their doors, bidding them +take their story to the high priest Ananos, with the goods which they +had stolen, or, if they preferred it, to that still greater thief, the +Roman procurator, Albinus. + +This they did not neglect to do, with the result that presently the +Essenes were commanded to send some of their head men to appear before +Albinus to answer the charges laid against them. Accordingly they +dispatched Ithiel and two others, who were kept waiting three months +at Jerusalem before they could even obtain a hearing. At length the +cause came on, and after some few minutes of talk was adjourned, being +but a petty matter. That same evening Ithiel was informed by an +intermediary that if his Order would pay a certain large sum of money +to Albinus, nothing more would be heard of the question. This the +Essenes refused to do, as it was against their principles, saying that +they demanded nothing but justice, which they were not prepared to +buy. So they spoke, being ignorant that one of their neophytes, Caleb, +had in fact aimed the fatal arrow. + +Then Albinus, wearying of the business and finding that there was no +profit to be made out of the Essenes, commanded them to be gone, +saying that he would send an officer to make inquiry on the spot. + +Another two months went by, and at length this officer arrived, +attended by an escort of twenty soldiers. + +As it chanced, on a certain morning in the winter season, Miriam with +Nehushta was walking on the Jericho road, when suddenly they saw +approaching towards them this little body of armed men. Perceiving +that they were Romans, they turned out of the path to hide themselves +among the thorns of the desert. Thereon he who seemed to be the +officer spurred his horse forward to intercept them. + +"Do not run--stand still," said Nehushta to Miriam, "and show no sign +of fear." + +So Miriam halted and began to gather a few autumn flowers that still +bloomed among the bushes, till the shadow of the officer fell upon her +--that shadow in which she was destined to walk all her life-days. + +"Lady," said a pleasant voice in Greek, spoken with a somewhat foreign +accent--"lady, pardon, and I pray you, do not be alarmed. I am a +stranger to this part of the country, which I visit on official +business. Will you of your kindness direct me to the village of a +people called Essenes, who live somewhere in this desert?" + +"Oh, sir!" answered Miriam, "do you, who come with Roman soldiers, +mean them any harm?" + +"Not I. But why do you ask?" + +"Because, sir, I am of their community." + +The officer stared at her--this beautiful, blue-eyed, white-skinned, +delicate-featured girl, whose high blood proclaimed itself in every +tone and gesture. + +"You, lady, of the community of the Essenes! Surely then those priests +in Jerusalem lie more deeply than I thought. They told me that the +Essenes were old ascetics who worship Apollo, and could not bear so +much as the sight of a woman. And now you say you are an Essene--you, +by Bacchus! you!" and he looked at her with an admiration which, +although there was nothing brutal or even rude about it, was amusingly +undisguised. + +"I am their guest," she said. + +"Their guest? Why, this is stranger still. If these spiritual outlaws +--the word is that old high priest's, not mine--share their bread and +water with such guests, my sojourn among them will be happier than I +thought." + +"They brought me up, I am their ward," Miriam explained again. + +"In truth, my opinion of the Essenes rises, and I am convinced that +those priests slandered them. If they can shape so sweet a lady, +surely they must themselves be good and gentle"; and he bowed gravely, +perhaps to mark the compliment. + +"Sir, they are both good and gentle," answered Miriam; "but of this +you will be able to judge for yourself very shortly, seeing that they +live near at hand. If you will follow us over yonder rise we will show +you their village, whither we go." + +"By your leave, I will accompany you," he said, dismounting before she +could answer; then added, "Pardon me for one moment--I must give some +orders," and he called to a soldier, who, with his companions, had +halted at a little distance. + +The man advanced saluting, and, turning aside, his captain began to +talk with him, so that now, for the first time, Miriam could study his +face. He was young--not more than five or six and twenty years of age +--of middle height, and somewhat slender, but active in movement and +athletic in build. Upon his head, which was round and not large, in +place of the helmet that hung at his saddle-bow, he wore a little cap, +steel lined and padded as a protection against the sun, and beneath it +she could see that his short, dark brown hair curled closely. Under +the tan caused by exposure to the heat, his skin was fair, and his +grey eyes, set rather wide apart, were quick and observant. For the +rest, his mouth was well-shaped, though somewhat large, and the chin +clean-shaved, prominent and determined. His air was that of a soldier +accustomed to command, but very genial, and, when he smiled, showing +his regular white teeth, even merry--the air of one with a kind and +generous heart. + +Miriam looked at him, and in an instant was aware that she liked him +better than any man--that is any young man--she had ever seen. This, +however, was no great or exclusive compliment to the Roman, since of +such acquaintances she had but few, if, indeed, Caleb was not the only +one. However, of this she was sure, she liked him better than Caleb, +because, even then and there, comparing them in her thoughts, this +truth came home to her; with it, too, a certain sense of shame that +the newcomer should be preferred to the friend of her childhood, +although of late that friend had displeased her by showing too warm a +friendship. + +Having given his instructions, the captain dismissed the orderly, +commanding him to follow at a distance with the men. Then saying, +"Lady, I am ready," he began to walk forward, leading his horse by the +bridle. + +"You will forgive me," he added, "if I introduce myself more formally. +I am called Marcus, the son of Emilius--a name which was known in its +day," and he sighed, "as I hope before I have done with it, mine will +be. At present I cannot boast that this is so, who, unless it should +please my uncle Caius to decease and leave me the great fortune he +squeezes out of the Spaniards--neither of which things he shows any +present intention of doing--am but a soldier of fortune: an officer +under the command of the excellent and most noble procurator Albinus," +he added sarcastically. "For the rest," he went on, "I have spent a +year in this interesting and turbulent but somewhat arid land of +yours, coming here from Egypt, and am now honoured with a commission +to investigate and make report on a charge laid at the door of your +virtuous guardians, the Essenes, of having murdered, or been privy to +the murder of, a certain rascally Jew, who, as I understand, was sent +with others to steal their goods. That, lady, is my style and history. +By way of exchange, will you be pleased to tell me yours?" + +Miriam hesitated, not being sure whether she should enter on such +confidences at so short a notice. Thereon, Nehushta, who was +untroubled by doubts, and thought it politic to be quite open with +this Roman, a man in authority, answered for her. + +"Lord, this maiden, whose servant I am, as I was that of her +grandmother and mother before her----" + +"Surely you cannot be so old," interrupted Marcus. He made it a rule +to be polite to all women, whatever their colour, having noticed that +life went more easily with those who were courteous to the sex. + +Nehushta smiled a little as she answered--for at what age does a woman +learn to despise a compliment?--"Lord, they both died young"; then +repeated, "This maiden is the only child of the high-born Græco-Syrian +of Tyre, Demas, and his noble wife, Rachel----" + +"I know Tyre," he interrupted. "I was quartered there till two months +ago"; adding in a different tone, "I understand that this pair no +longer live." + +"They died," said Nehushta sadly, "the father in the amphitheatre at +Berytus by command of the first Agrippa, and the mother when her child +was born." + +"In the amphitheatre at Berytus? Was he then a malefactor?" + +"No, sir," broke in Miriam proudly; "he was a Christian." + +"Oh! I understand. Well, they are ill-spoken of as enemies of the +human race, but for my part I have had to do with several Christians +and found them very good people, though visionary in their views." +Here a doubt struck him and he said, "But, lady, I understand that you +are an Essene." + +"Nay, sir," she replied in the same steady voice, "I also am a +Christian, who have been protected by the Essenes." + +He looked at her with pity and replied, "It is a dangerous profession +for one so young and fair." + +"Dangerous let it be," she said; "at least it is mine from the +beginning to the end." + +Marcus bowed, perceiving that the subject was not to be pursued, and +said to Nehushta, "Continue the story, my friend." + +"Lord, the father of my lady's mother is a very wealthy Jewish +merchant of Tyre, named Benoni." + +"Benoni," he said, "I know him well, too well for a poor man!--a Jew +of the Jews, a Zealot, they say. At least he hates us Romans enough to +be one, although many is the dinner that I have eaten at his palace. +He is the most successful trader in all Tyre, unless it be his rival +Amram, the Phnician, but a hard man, and as able as he is hard. Now I +think of it, he has no living children, so why does not your lady, his +grandchild, dwell with him rather than in this desert?" + +"Lord, you have answered your own question. Benoni is a Jew of the +Jews; his granddaughter is a Christian, as I am also. Therefore when +her mother died, I brought her here to be taken care of by her uncle +Ithiel the Essene, and I do not think Benoni knows even that she +lives. Lord, perhaps I have said too much; but you must soon have +heard the story from the Essenes, and we trust to you, who chance to +be Benoni's friend, to keep our secret from him." + +"You do not trust in vain; yet it seems sad that all the wealth and +station which are hers by right should thus be wasted." + +"Lord, rank and station are not everything; freedom of faith and +person are more than these. My lady lacks for nothing, and--this is +all her story." + +"Not quite, friend; you have not told me her name." + +"Lord, it is Miriam." + +"Miriam, Miriam," he repeated, his slightly foreign accent dwelling +softly on the syllables. "It is a very pretty name, befitting such +a----" and he checked himself. + +By now they were on the crest of the rise, and, stopping between two +clumps of thorn trees, Miriam broke in hastily: + +"See, sir, there below lies the village of the Essenes; those green +trees to the left mark the banks of Jordan, whence we irrigate our +fields, while that grey stretch of water to the right, surrounded by a +wall of mountain, is the Dead Sea." + +"Is it so? Well, the green is pleasant in this desert, and those +fields look well cultivated. I hope to visit them some day, for I was +brought up in the country, and, although I am a soldier, still +understand a farm. As for the Dead Sea, it is even more dreary than I +expected. Tell me, lady, what is that large building yonder?" + +"That," she answered, "is the gathering hall of the Essenes." + +"And that?" he asked, pointing to a house which stood by itself. + +"That is my home, where Nehushta and I dwell." + +"I guessed as much by the pretty garden." Then he asked her other +questions, which she answered freely enough, for Miriam, although she +was half Jewish, had been brought up among men, and felt neither fear +nor shame in talking with them in a friendly and open fashion, as an +Egyptian or a Roman or a Grecian lady might have done. + +While they were still conversing thus, of a sudden the bushes on their +path were pushed aside, and from between them emerged Caleb, of whom +she had seen but little of late. He halted and looked at them. + +"Friend Caleb," said Miriam, "this is the Roman captain Marcus, who +comes to visit the curators of the Order. Will you lead him and his +soldiers to the council hall and advise my uncle Ithiel and the others +of his coming, since it is time for us to go home?" + +Caleb glared at her, or rather at the stranger, with sullen fury; then +he answered: + +"Romans always make their own road; they do not need a Jew to guide +them," and once more he vanished into the scrub on the further side of +the path. + +"Your friend is not civil," said Marcus, as he watched him go. +"Indeed, he has an inhospitable air. Now, if an Essene could do such a +thing, I should think that here is a man who might have drawn an arrow +upon a Jewish tax-gatherer," and he looked inquiringly at Miriam. + +"That lad!" put in Nehushta. "Why, he never shot anything larger than +a bird of prey." + +"Caleb," added Miriam in excuse, "does not like strangers." + +"So I see," answered Marcus; "and to be frank, lady, I do not like +Caleb. He has an eye like a knife-point." + +"Come, Nehushta," said Miriam, "this is our road, and there runs that +of the captain and his company. Sir, farewell, and thank you for your +escort." + +"Lady, for this while farewell, and thank you for your guidance." + +Thus for that day they parted. + +The dwelling which many years before had been built by the Essenes for +the use of their ward and her nurse, stood next to the large guest- +house. Indeed, it occupied a portion of the ground which originally +belonged to it, although now the plot was divided into two gardens by +an irrigation ditch and a live pomegranate fence, covered at this +season of the year with its golden globes of fruit. That evening, as +Miriam and Nehushta walked in the garden, they heard the familiar +voice of Ithiel calling to them from the other side of this fence, and +presently above it saw his kindly face and venerable white head. + +"What is it, my uncle?" asked Miriam running to him. + +"Only this, child; the noble Roman captain, Marcus, is to stay in the +guest-house during his visit to us, so do not be frightened if you +hear or see men moving about in this garden--If, indeed, Romans care +to walk in gardens. I am to bide here also, to play host to him and +see that he lacks nothing. Also I do not think that he will give you +any trouble, since, for a Roman, he seems both courteous and kindly." + +"I am not afraid, my uncle," said Miriam; "indeed," she added, +blushing a little in spite of herself, "Nehushta and I have already +become acquainted with this captain"; and she told him of their +meeting beyond the village. + +"Nehushta, Nehushta," said Ithiel reprovingly, "have I not said to you +that you should not walk so far afield without some of the brethren as +an escort? You might, perchance, have met thieves, or drunken men." + +"My lady wished to gather some flowers she sought," answered Nehushta, +"as she has done without harm for many a year; and being armed, I did +not fear thieves, if such men are to be found where all are poor." + +"Well, well, as it chances, no harm has happened; but do not go out +unattended again, lest the soldiers should not be so courteous as +their captain. They will not trouble you by the way, since, with the +exception of a single guard, they camp yonder by the streamlet. +Farewell for this night, my child; we will meet to-morrow." + +Then Miriam went to rest and dreamed of the Roman captain, and that +he, she, and Nehushta made a journey together and met with many great +adventures, wherein Caleb played some strange part. In that dream the +captain Marcus protected them from all these dangers, till at length +they came to a calm sea, on which floated a single white ship wherein +they must embark, having the sign of the Cross woven in its sails. +Then she awoke and found that it was morning. + +Of all the arts she had been taught, Miriam was fondest of that of +modelling in clay, for which she had a natural gift. Indeed, so great +had her skill become, that these models which she made, after they had +been baked with fire, were, at her wish, sold by the Essenes to any +who took a fancy to them. As to the money which they fetched, it was +paid into a fund to be distributed among the poor. + +This art Miriam carried on in a reed-thatched shed in the garden, +where, by an earthen pipe, water was delivered into a stone basin, +which she used to damp her clay and cloths. Sometimes also, with the +help of masons and the master who had taught her, now a very old man, +she copied these models in marble, which the Essenes brought to her +from the ruins of a palace near Jericho. At the time that the Romans +came she was finishing a work more ambitious than any which she had +undertaken as yet; namely, a life-sized bust cut from the fragment of +an ancient column to the likeness of her great-uncle, Ithiel. On the +afternoon following the day that she met Marcus, clad in her white +working-robe, she was occupied in polishing this bust, with the +assistance of Nehushta, who handed her the cloths and grinding-powder. +Suddenly shadows fell upon her, and turning, she beheld Ithiel and the +Roman. + +"Daughter," said Ithiel, smiling at her confusion, "I have brought the +captain Marcus to see your work." + +"Oh, my uncle!" she replied indignantly, "am I in a state to receive +any captain?" and she held out her wet hands and pointed to her +garments begrimed with clay and powder. "Look at me." + +"I look," said Ithiel innocently, "and see naught amiss." + +"And I look, lady," added Marcus in his merry voice, "and see much to +admire. Would that more of your sex could be found thus delightfully +employed." + +"Alas, sir," she replied, adroitly misunderstanding him, for Miriam +did not lack readiness, "in this poor work there is little to admire. +I am ashamed that you should look on the rude fashionings of a half- +trained girl, you who must have seen all those splendid statues of +which I have been told." + +"By the throne of Cæsar, lady," he exclaimed in a voice that carried a +conviction of his earnestness, staring hard at the bust of Ithiel +before him, "as it chances, although I am not an artist, I do know +something of sculpture, since I have a friend who is held to be the +best of our day, and often for my sins have sat as model to him. Well, +I tell you this--never did the great Glaucus produce a bust like +that." + +"I daresay not," said Miriam smiling. "I daresay the great Glaucus +would go mad if he saw it." + +"He would--with envy. He would say that it was the work of one of the +glorious Greeks, and of no modern." + +"Sir," said Ithiel reprovingly, "do not make a jest of the maid, who +does the best she can; it pains her and--is not fitting." + +"Friend Ithiel," replied Marcus, turning quite crimson, "you must +indeed think that I lack manners who would come to the home of any +artist to mock his work. I say what I mean, neither more nor less. If +this bust were shown in Rome, together with yourself who sat for it, +the lady Miriam would find herself famous within a week. Yes," and he +ran his eye quickly over various statuettes, some of them baked and +some in the raw clay, models, for the most part, of camels or other +animals or birds, "yes, and it is the same with all the rest: these +are the works of genius, no less." + +At this praise, to them so exaggerated, Miriam, pleased as she could +not help feeling, broke into clear laugher, which both Ithiel and +Nehushta echoed. Now, so wroth was he, the face of Marcus grew quite +pale and stern. + +"It seems," he said severely, "that it is not I who mock. Tell me, +lady, what do you with these things?" and he pointed to the +statuettes. + +"I, sir? I sell them; or at least my uncles do." + +"The money is given to the poor," interposed Ithiel. + +"Would it be rude to ask at what price?" + +"Sometimes," replied Ithiel with pride, "travellers have given me as +much as a silver shekel.[*] Once indeed, for a group of camels with +their Arabian drivers, I received four shekels; but that took my niece +three months to do." + +[*] About 2s. 6d. of English money. + +"A shekel! Four shekels!" said Marcus in a voice of despair; "I will +buy them all--no, I will not, it would be robbery. And this bust?" + +"That, sir, is not for sale; it is a gift to my uncle, or rather to my +uncles, to be set up in their court-room." + +An idea struck Marcus. "I am here for a few weeks," he said. "Tell me, +lady, if your uncle Ithiel will permit it, at what price will you +execute a bust of myself of the same size and quality?" + +"It would be dear," said Miriam, smiling at the notion, "for the +marble costs something, and the tools, which wear out. Oh, it would be +very dear!" This she repeated, wondering what she could ask in her +charitable avarice. "It would be----" yes, she would venture it-- +"fifty shekels!" + +"I am poor enough," replied Marcus quietly, "but I will give you two +hundred." + +"Two hundred!" gasped Miriam. "It is absurd. I could never accept two +hundred shekels for a piece of stonework. Then indeed you might say +that you had fallen among thieves on the banks of Jordan. No. If my +uncles will permit it and there is time, I will do my poor best for +fifty--only, sir, I advise you against it, since to win that bad +likeness you must sit for many weary hours." + +"So be it," said Marcus. "As soon as I get to any civilised place I +will send you enough commissions to make the beggars in these parts +rich for life, and at a very different figure. Let us begin at once." + +"Sir, I have no leave." + +"The matter," explained Ithiel, "must be laid before the Court of +Curators, which will decide upon it to-morrow. Meanwhile, as we are +talking here, I see no harm if my niece chooses to work a lump of +clay, which can be broken up later should the Court in its wisdom +refuse your request." + +"I hope for its own sake that the Court in its wisdom will not be such +a fool," muttered Marcus to himself; adding aloud, "Lady, where shall +I place myself? You will find me the best of sitters. Have I not the +great Glaucus for a friend--until I show him this work of yours?" + +"If you will, sir, be seated on that stool and be pleased to look +towards me." + +"I am your servant," said Marcus, in a cheerful voice; and the sitting +began. + + + + CHAPTER VIII + + MARCUS AND CALEB + +On the morrow, as he had promised, Ithiel brought this question of +whether or no Miriam was to be allowed to execute a bust of the +centurion, Marcus, before the Court of the Curators of the Essenes, +who were accustomed thus to consider questions connected with their +ward's welfare in solemn conclave. There was a division of opinion. +Some of them saw no harm; others, more strait-laced, held that it was +scarcely correct that a Roman whose principles, doubtless, were lax, +should be allowed to sit to the lady whom they fondly called their +child. Indeed, it seemed dubious whether the leave would be given, +until a curator, with more worldly wisdom than the rest, suggested +that as the captain seemed desirous of having his picture taken in +stone, under the circumstances of his visit, which included a +commission to make a general report upon their society to the +authorities, it might be scarcely wise to deny his wish. Finally, a +compromise was effected. It was agreed that Miriam should be permitted +to do the work, but only in the presence of Ithiel and two other +curators, one of them her own instructor in art. + +Thus it came about that when Marcus presented himself for the second +time, at an hour fixed by Ithiel, he found three white-bearded and +white-robed old gentlemen seated in a row in the workshop, and behind +them, a smile on her dusky face, Nehushta. As he entered they rose and +bowed to him, a compliment which he returned. Now Miriam appeared, to +whom he made his salutation. + +"Are these," he said, indicating the elders, "waiting their turn to be +modelled, or are they critics?" + +"They are critics," said Miriam drily, as she lifted the damp cloths +from the rude lump of clay. + +Then the work began. As the three curators were seated in a line at +the end of the shed, and did not seem to think it right to leave their +chairs, they could see little of its details, and as they were early +risers and the afternoon was hot, soon they were asleep, every one of +them. + +"Look at them," said Marcus; "there is a subject for any artist." + +Miriam nodded, and taking three lumps of clay, working deftly and +silently, presently produced to his delighted sight rough but +excellent portraits of these admirable men, who, when they woke up, +laughed at them very heartily. + +Thus things went on from day to day. Each afternoon the elders +attended, and each afternoon they sank to slumber in their comfortable +chairs, an example that Nehushta followed, or seemed to follow, +leaving Miriam and her model practically alone. As may be guessed, the +model, who liked conversation, did not neglect these opportunities. +Few were the subjects which the two of them failed to discuss. He told +her of all his life, which had been varied and exciting, omitting, it +is true, certain details; also of the wars in which he had served, and +the countries that he had visited. She in turn told him the simple +story of her existence among the Essenes, which he seemed to find of +interest. When these subjects were exhausted they discussed other +things--the matter of religion, for instance. Indeed, Miriam ventured +to expound to him the principles of her faith, to which he listened +respectfully and with attention. + +"It sounds well," he said at length with a sigh, "but how do such +maxims fit in with this world of ours? See now, lady, I am not old, +but already I have studied so many religions. First, there are the +gods of Greece and Rome, my own gods, you understand--well, the less +said of them the better. They serve, that is all. Then there are the +gods of Egypt, as to which I made inquiry, and of them I will say +this: that beneath the grotesque cloak of their worship seems to shine +some spark of a holy fire. Next come the gods of the Phnicians, the +fathers of a hideous creed. After them the flame worshippers and other +kindred religions of the East. There remain the Jews, whose doctrine +seems to me a savage one; at least it involves bloodshed with the +daily offering of blood. Also they are divided, these Jews, for some +are Pharisees, some Sadducees, some Essenes. Lastly, there are you +Christians, whose faith is pure enough in theory, but whom all unite +against in hate. What is the worth of a belief in this crucified +Preacher who promises that He will raise those who trust in Him from +the dead?" + +"That you will find out when everything else has failed you," answered +Miriam. + +"Yes, it is a religion for those whom everything else has failed. When +that chances to the rest of us we commit suicide and sink from sight." + +"And we," she said proudly, "rise to life eternal." + +"It may be so, lady, it may be so; but let us talk of something more +cheerful," and he sighed. "At present, I hold that nothing is eternal +--except perhaps such art as yours." + +"Which will be forgotten in the first change of taste, or crumbled in +the first fire. But see, he is awake. Come here, my master, and work +this nostril, for it is beyond me." + +The old artist advanced and looked at the bust with admiration. + +"Maid Miriam," he said, "I used to have some skill in this art, and I +taught you its rudiments; but now, child, I am not fit to temper your +clay. Deal with the nostril as you will; I am but a hodman who bears +the bricks, you are the heaven-born architect. I will not meddle, I +will not meddle; yet perhaps----" and he made a suggestion. + +"So?" said Miriam, touching the clay with her tool. "Oh, look! it is +right now. You are clever, my master." + +"It was always right. I may be clever, but you have genius, and would +have found the fault without any help from me." + +"Did I not say so?" broke in Marcus triumphantly. + +"Sir," replied Miriam, "you say a great deal, and much of it, I think, +you do not mean. Please be silent; at this moment I wish to study your +lips, and not your words." + +So the work went on. They did not always talk, for soon they found +that speech is not necessary to true companionship. Once Miriam began +to sing, and since she discovered that her voice pleased Marcus and +soothed the slumbers of the elders, she sang often; quaint, sad songs +of the desert and of the Jordan fishermen. Also she told him tales and +legends, and when she had done Nehushta told others--wild stories of +Libya, some of them very dark and bloody, others of magic, black or +white. Thus these afternoons passed happily enough, and the clay model +being finished, after the masons among the brethren had rough hewn it +for her, Miriam began to fashion it in marble. + +There was one, however, for whom these days did not pass happily-- +Caleb. From the time that he had seen Miriam walking side by side with +Marcus he hated the brilliant-looking Roman in whom, his instinct +warned him, he had found a dangerous rival. Oh, how he hated him! So +much, indeed, that even in the moment of first meeting he could not +keep his rage and envy in his heart, but suffered them to be written +on his face, and to shine like danger signals in his eyes, which, it +may be remembered, Marcus did not neglect to note. + +Of Miriam Caleb had seen but little lately. She was not angry with +him, since his offence was of a nature which a woman can forgive, but +in her heart she feared him. Of a sudden, as it were, the curtain had +been drawn, and she had seen this young man's secret spirit and +learned that it was a consuming fire. It had come home to her that +every word he spoke was true, that he who was orphaned and not liked +even by the gentle elders of the Essenes, loved but one being upon +earth--herself, whereas already his bosom seethed with many hates. She +was sure also that any man for whom she chanced to care, if such an +one should ever cross her path, would, as Caleb had promised, go in +danger at his hands, and the thought frightened her. Most of all did +it frighten her when she saw him glower upon Marcus, although in truth +the Roman was nothing to her. Yet, as she knew, Caleb had judged +otherwise. + +But if she saw little of him, of this Miriam was sure enough--that he +was seldom far from her, and that he found means to learn from day to +day how she spent her hours. Indeed, Marcus told her that wherever he +went he met that handsome young man with revengeful eyes, who she had +said was named Caleb. Therefore Miriam grew frightened and, as the +issue will show, not without cause. + +One afternoon, while Miriam was at work upon the marble, and the three +elders were as usual sunk in slumber, Marcus said suddenly: + +"I forgot. I have news for you, lady. I have found out who murdered +that Jewish thief whose end, amongst other things, I was sent to +investigate. It was your friend Caleb." + +Miriam started so violently that her chisel gave an unexpected effect +to one of Marcus's curls. + +"Hush!" she said, glancing towards the sleepers, one of whom had just +snored so loudly that he began to awake at the sound; then added in a +whisper, "They do not know, do they?" + +He shook his head and looked puzzled. + +"I must speak to you of this matter," she went on with agitation, and +in the same whisper. "No, not now or here, but alone." + +"When and where you will," answered Marcus, smiling, as if the +prospect of a solitary conversation with Miriam did not displease him, +although this evil-doing Caleb was to be its subject. "Name the time +and place, lady." + +By now the snoring elder was awake, and rising from his chair with a +great noise, which in turn roused the others. Nehushta also rose from +her seat and in doing so, as though by accident, overset a copper tray +on which lay metal tools. + +"In the garden one hour after sunset. Nehushta will leave the little +lower door unlocked." + +"Good," answered Marcus; then added in a loud voice, "Not so, lady. Ye +gods! what a noise! I think the curl improved by the slip. It looks +less as though it had been waxed after the Egyptian fashion. Sirs, why +do you disturb yourselves? I fear that to you this long waiting must +be as tedious as to me it seems unnecessary." + +The sun was down, and the last red glow had faded from the western +sky, which was now lit only by the soft light of a half-moon. All the +world lay bathed in peace and beauty; even the stern outlines of the +surrounding mountains seemed softened, and the pale waters of the Dead +Sea and the ashen face of the desert gleamed like silver new cast from +the mould. From the oleanders and lilies which bloomed along the edge +of the irrigation channels, and from the white flowers of the glossy, +golden-fruited orange trees, floated a perfume delicious to the sense, +while the silence was only broken from time to time by the bark of a +wandering dog or the howl of a jackal in the wilderness. + +"A very pleasant night--to talk about Caleb," reflected Marcus, who +had reached the appointed spot ten minutes before the time, as he +strolled from the narrow belt of trees that were planted along the +high, outer wall, into the more open part of the garden. Had Marcus +chanced to notice that this same Caleb, walking softly as a cat, and +keeping with great care in the shadow, had followed him through the +little door which he forgot to lock, and was now hidden among those +very trees, he might have remembered a proverb to the effect that +snakes hide in the greenest grass and the prettiest flowers have +thorny stems. But he thought of no such thing, who was lost in happy +anticipations of a moonlight interview with a lovely and cultured +young lady, whose image, to speak truth, had taken so deep a hold upon +his fancy, that sometimes he wondered how he would be able to banish +it thence again. At present he could think of no better means than +that which at this moment he was following with delight. Meetings in +moonlit gardens tend proverbially to disenchantment! + +Presently Marcus caught the gleam of a white robe followed by a dark +one, flitting towards him through the dim and dewy garden, and at the +sight his heart stood still, then began to beat again in a disorderly +fashion. Had he known it, another heart a few yards behind him also +stood still, and then began to beat like that of a man in a violent +rage. It seems possible, also, that a third heart experienced unusual +sensations. + +"I wish she had left the old lady behind," muttered Marcus. "No, I +don't, for then there are brutes who, if they knew, might blame her"; +and, luckily for himself, he walked forward a few paces to meet the +white robe, leaving the little belt of trees almost out of hearing. + +Now Miriam stood before him, the moonlight shining on her delicate +face and in her tranquil eyes, which always reminded him of the blue +depths of heaven. + +"Sir," she began---- + +"Oh, I pray you," he broke in, "cease from ceremony and call me +Marcus!" + +"Captain Marcus," she repeated, dwelling a little on the unfamiliar +name, "I beg that you will forgive me for disturbing you at so +unseasonable an hour." + +"Certainly I forgive you, Lady Miriam," he replied, also dwelling on +her name and copying her accent in a fashion that made the grim-faced +Nehushta smile. + +She waved her hand in deprecation. "The truth is, that this matter of +Caleb's----" + +"Oh, may all the infernal gods take Caleb! as I have reason to believe +they shortly will," broke in Marcus angrily. + +"But that is just what I wish to prevent; we have met here to talk of +Caleb." + +"Well, if you must--talk and let us be done with him. What about +Caleb?" + +Miriam clasped her hands. "What do you know of him, Captain Marcus?" + +"Know? Why, just this: a spy I have in my troop has found out a +country fellow who was hunting for mushrooms or something--I forget +what--in a gully a mile away, and saw this interesting youth hide +himself there and shoot that Jewish plunderer with a bow and arrow. +More--he has found another man who saw the said Caleb an hour or two +before help himself to an arrow out of one of the Jew's quivers, which +arrow appears to be identical with, or at any rate, similar to, that +which was found in the fellow's gullet. Therefore, it seems that Caleb +is guilty, and that it will be my duty to-morrow to place him under +arrest, and in due course to convey him to Jerusalem, where the +priests will attend to his little business. Now, Lady Miriam, is your +curiosity satisfied about Caleb?" + +"Oh," she said, "it cannot be, it must not be! The man had struck him +and he did but return a blow for a blow." + +"An arrow for a blow, you mean; the point of a spear for the push of +its handle. But, Lady Miriam, you seem to be very deep in the +confidence of Caleb. How do you come to know all this?" + +"I don't know, I only guess. I daresay, nay, I am sure, that Caleb is +quite innocent." + +"Why do you take such an interest in Caleb?" asked Marcus +suspiciously. + +"Because he was my friend and playmate from childhood." + +"Umph," he answered, "a strange couple--a dove and a raven. Well, I am +glad that you did not catch his temper, or you would be more dangerous +even than you are. Now, what do you want me to do?" + +"I want you to spare Caleb. You, you, you--need not believe those +witnesses." + +"To think of it!" said Marcus, in mock horror. "To think that one whom +I thought so good can prove so immoral. Do you then wish to tempt me +from my duty?" + +"Yes, I suppose so. At least the peasants round here are great liars." + +"Lady," said Marcus, with stern conviction, "Caleb has improved upon +his opportunities as a playmate; he has been making love to you. I +thought so from the first." + +"Oh," she answered, "how can you know that? Besides, he promised that +he would never do it again." + +"How can I know that? Why, because Caleb would have been a bigger fool +than I take him for if he had not. And if it rested with me, certainly +he never would do it again. Now be honest with me, if a woman can on +such a matter, and tell me true: are you in love with this Caleb?" + +"I--I? In love with Caleb? Of course not. If you do not believe me, +ask Nehushta." + +"Thank you, I will be content with your own reply. You deny that you +are in love with him, and I incline to believe you; but, on the other +hand, I remember that you would naturally say this, since you might +think that any other answer would prejudice the cause of Caleb with +me." + +"With you! What can it matter to you, sir, whether or no I am in love +with Caleb, who, to tell you the truth, frightens me?" + +"And that, I suppose, is why you plead so hard for him?" + +"No," she answered with a sudden sternness, "I plead hard for him as +in like case I would plead hard for you--because he has been my +friend, and if he did this deed he was provoked to it." + +"Well spoken," said Marcus, gazing at her steadily. Indeed, she was +worth looking at as she stood there before him, her hands clasped, her +breast heaving, her sweet, pale face flushed with emotion and her +lovely eyes aswim with tears. Of a sudden as he gazed Marcus lost +control of himself. Passion for this maiden and bitter jealousy of +Caleb arose like twin giants in his heart and possessed him. + +"You say you are not in love with Caleb," he said. "Well, kiss me and +I will believe you." + +"How could such a thing prove my words?" she asked indignantly. + +"I do not know and I do not care. Kiss me once and I will believe +further that the peasants of these parts are all liars. I feel myself +beginning to believe it." + +"And if I will not?" + +"Then I am afraid I must refer the matter to a competent tribunal at +Jerusalem." + +"Nehushta, Nehushta, you have heard. What shall I do?" + +"What shall you do?" said Nehushta drily. "Well, if you like to give +the noble Marcus a kiss, I shall not blame you overmuch or tell on +you. But if you do not wish it, then I think you would be a fool to +put yourself to shame to save Caleb." + +"Yet, I will do it--and to save Caleb only," said Miriam with a sob, +and she bent towards him. + +To her surprise Marcus drew back, placing his hand before his face. + +"Forgive me," he said. "I was a brute who wished to buy kisses in such +a fashion. I forgot myself; your beauty is to blame, and your +sweetness and everything that is yours. I pray," he added humbly, +"that you will not think the worse of me, since we men are frail at +times. And now, because you ask me, though I have no right, I grant +your prayer. Mayhap those witnesses lied; at least, the man's sin, if +sin there be, can be excused. He has naught to fear from me." + +"No," broke in Nehushta, "but I think you have much to fear from him; +and I am sorry for that, my lord Marcus, for you have a noble heart." + +"It may be so; the future is on the knees of the gods, and that which +is fated will befall. My Lady Miriam, I, your humble servant and +friend, wish you farewell." + +"Farewell," she answered. "Yes, Nehushta is right, you have a noble +heart"; and she looked at him in such a fashion that it flashed across +his mind that were he to proffer that request of his again, it might +not be refused. But Marcus would not do it. He had tasted of the joy +of self-conquest, who hitherto, after the manner of his age and race, +had denied himself little, and, as it seemed to him, a strange new +power was stirring in his heart--something purer, higher, nobler, than +he had known before. He would cherish it a while. + +Of all that were spoken there in the garden, Caleb, the watcher, could +catch no word. The speakers did not raise their voices and they stood +at a distance, so that although he craned his head forward as far as +he dared in the shadow of the trees, sharp and trained as they were, +naught save a confused murmur reached his ears. But if these failed +him, his eyes fed full, so that he lost no move or gesture. It was a +passionate love scene, this was clear, for Nehushta stood at a little +distance with her back turned, while the pair poured out their sweet +speeches to each other. Then at length, as he had expected, came the +climax. Yes, oh! shameless woman--they were embracing. A mist fell +upon Caleb's eyes, in which lights flashed like red-hot swords lifting +and smiting, the blood drummed in his ears as though his raging, +jealous heart would burst. He would kill that Roman now on the spot. +Miriam should never kiss him more--alive. + +Already Caleb had drawn the short-sword from its hiding-place in his +ample robe; already he had stepped out from the shadow of the trees, +when of a sudden his reason righted itself like a ship that has been +laid over by a furious squall, and caution came back to him. If he did +this that faithless guardian, Nehushta, who without doubt had been +bought with Roman gold, would come to the assistance of her patron and +thrust her dagger through his back, as she well could do. Or should he +escape that dagger, one or other of them would raise the Essenes on +him, and he would be given over to justice. He wished to slay, not to +be slain. It would be sweet to kill the Roman, but if he himself were +laid dead across his body, leaving Miriam alive to pass to some other +man, what would he be advantaged? Presently they must cease from their +endearments; presently his enemy would return as he had come, and then +he might find his chance. He would wait, he would wait. + +Look, they had parted; Miriam was gliding back to the house, and +Marcus came towards him, walking like a man in his sleep. Only +Nehushta stood where she was, her eyes fixed upon the ground as though +she were reasoning with herself. Still like a man in a dream, Marcus +passed him within touch of his outstretched hand. Caleb followed. +Marcus opened the door, went out of it, and pulled it to behind him. +Caleb caught it in his hand, slipped through and closed it. A few +paces down the wall--eight or ten perhaps--was another door, by which +Marcus entered the garden of the guest-house. As he turned to shut +this, Caleb pushed in after him, and they were face to face. + +"Who are you?" asked the Roman, springing back. + +Caleb, who by now was cool enough, closed the door and shot the bolt. +Then he answered, "Caleb, the son of Hilliel, who wishes a word with +you." + +"Ah!" said Marcus, "the very man, and, as usual, unless the light +deceives me, in an evil humour. Well, Caleb the son of Hilliel, what +is your business with me?" + +"One of life and death, Marcus the son of Emilius," he answered, in +such a tone that the Roman drew his sword and stood watching him. + +"Be plain and brief, young man," he said. + +"I will be both plain and brief. I love that lady from whom you have +just parted, and you also love, or pretend to love, her. Nay, deny it +not; I have seen all, even to your kisses. Well, she cannot belong to +both of us, and I intend that in some future day she shall belong to +me if arm and eye do not fail me now. Therefore one of us must die +to-night." + +Marcus stepped back, overcome not with fear, but with astonishment. + +"Insolent," he said, "you lie! There were no kisses, and our talk was +of your neck, that I gave to her because she asked it, which is +forfeit for the murder of the Jew." + +"Indeed," sneered Caleb. "Now, who would have thought that the noble +Captain Marcus would shelter thus behind a woman's robe? For the rest, +my life is my own and no other's to give or to receive. Guard +yourself, Roman, since I would kill you in fair fight. Had I another +mind you would be dead by now, never knowing the hand that struck you. +Have no fear; I am your equal, for my forefathers were nobles when +yours were savages." + +"Boy, are you mad," asked Marcus, "to think that I, who have fought in +three wars, can fear a beardless youth, however fierce? Why, if I +feared you I have but to blow upon this whistle and my guards would +hale you hence to a felon's death. For your own sake it is that I pray +you to consider. Setting aside my rank and yours, I will fight you if +you will, and now. Yet think. If I kill you there is an end, and if by +chance you should kill me, you will be hunted down as a double +murderer. As it is, I forgive you, because I know how bitter is the +jealousy of youth, and because you struck no assassin's blow when you +might have done so safely. Therefore, I say, go in peace, knowing that +I shall not break my word." + +"Cease talking," said Caleb, "and come out into the moonlight." + +"I am glad that is your wish," replied Marcus. "Having done all I can +to save you, I will add that I think you a dangerous cub, of whom the +world, the lady Miriam and I alike will be well rid. Now, what weapon +have you? A short sword and no mail? Well, so have I. In this we are +well matched. Stay, I have a steel-lined cap, and you have none. There +it goes, to make our chances equal. Wind your cloak about your left +arm as I do. I have known worse shields. Good foothold, but an +uncertain light. Now, go!" + +Caleb needed no encouragement. For one second they stood facing each +other, very types of the Eastern and Western world; the Roman--sturdy, +honest-eyed, watchful and fearless, his head thrown back, his feet +apart, his shield arm forward, his sword hand pressed to his side from +which the steel projected. Over against him was the Jew, crouched like +a tiger about to spring, his eyes half closed as though to concentrate +the light, his face working with rage, and every muscle quivering till +his whole flesh seemed to move upon his bones, like to that of a +snake. Suddenly, uttering a low cry, he sprang, and with that savage +onslaught the fight began and ended. + +Marcus was ready; moreover, he knew what he would do. As the man came, +stepping swiftly to one side, he caught the thrust of Caleb's sword in +the folded cloak, and since he did not wish to kill him, struck at his +hand. The blow fell upon Caleb's first finger and severed it, cutting +the others also, so that it dropped to the ground with the sword that +they had held. Marcus put his foot upon the blade, and wheeled round. + +"Young man," he said sternly, "you have learnt your lesson and will +bear the mark of it till your death day. Now begone." + +The wretched Caleb ground his teeth. "It was to the death!" he said, +"it was to the death! You have conquered, kill me," and with his +bloody hand he tore open his robe to make a path for the sword. + +"Leave such talk to play-actors," answered Marcus. "Begone, and be +sure of this--that if ever you try to bring treachery on me, or +trouble on the lady Miriam, I will kill you sure enough." + +Then with a sound that was half curse and half sob, Caleb turned and +slunk away. With a shrug of the shoulder Marcus also turned to go, +when he felt a shadow fall upon him, and swung round, to find Nehushta +at his side. + +"And pray where did you come from, my Libyan friend?" he asked. + +"Out of that pomegranate fence, my Roman lord, whence I have seen and +heard all that passed." + +"Indeed. Then I hope that you give me credit for good sword-play and +good temper." + +"The sword-play was well enough, though nothing to boast of with such +a madman for a foe. As for the temper, it was that of a fool." + +"Such," soliloquised Marcus, "is the reward of virtue. But I am +curious. Why?" + +"Because, my lord Marcus, this Caleb will grow into the most dangerous +man in Judæa, and to none more dangerous than to my lady Miriam and +yourself. You should have killed him while you had the chance, before +his turn comes to kill you." + +"Perhaps," answered Marcus with a yawn; "but, friend Nehushta, I have +been associating with a Christian and have caught something of her +doctrines. That seems a fine sword. You had better keep it. Good- +night." + + + + CHAPTER IX + + THE JUSTICE OF FLORUS + +On the following morning, when the roll of the neophytes of the +Essenes was called, Caleb did not appear. Nor did he answer to his +name on the next day, or indeed ever again. None knew what had become +of him until a while after a letter was received addressed to the +Curators of the Court, in which he announced that, finding he had no +vocation for an Essenic career, he had taken refuge with friends of +his late father, in some place not stated. There, so far as the +Essenes were concerned, the matter ended. Indeed, as the peasant who +was concealed in the gully when the Jew was murdered had talked of +what he had witnessed, even the most simple-minded of the Essenes +could suggest a reason for this sudden departure. Nor did they +altogether regret it, inasmuch as in many ways Caleb had proved +himself but an unsatisfactory disciple, and already they were +discussing the expediency of rejecting him from the fellowship of +their peaceful order. Had they known that when he vanished he left +behind him a drawn sword and one of his forefingers, their opinion on +this point might have been strengthened. But this they did not know, +although Miriam knew it through Nehushta. + +A week went by, during which time Miriam and Marcus did not meet, as +no further sittings were arranged for the completion of the bust. In +fact, they were not needful, since she could work from the clay model, +which she did, till, labouring at it continually, the marble was done +and even polished. One morning as the artist was putting the last +touches to her labours, the door of the workshop was darkened and she +looked up to see Marcus, who, except for his helmet, was clad in full +mail as though about to start upon a journey. As it chanced, Miriam +was alone in the place, Nehushta having gone to attend to household +affairs. Thus for the first time they met with no other eyes to watch +them. + +At the sight of him she coloured, letting the cloth fall from her hand +which remained about the neck of the marble. + +"I ask your pardon, Lady Miriam," said Marcus, bowing gravely, "for +breaking in thus upon your privacy; but time presses with me so that I +lacked any to give notice to your guardians of my visit." + +"Are you leaving us?" she faltered. + +"Yes, I am leaving you." + +Miriam turned aside and picked up the cloth, then answered, "Well, the +work is done, or will be in a few minutes; so if you think it worth +the trouble, take it." + +"That is my intention. The price I will settle with your uncles." + +She nodded. "Yes, yes, but if you will permit me, I should like to +pack it myself, so that it comes to no harm upon the journey. Also +with your leave I will retain the model, which by right belongs to +you. I am not pleased with this marble; I wish to make another." + +"The marble is perfect; but keep the model if you will. I am very glad +that you should keep it." + +She glanced at him, a question in her eyes, then looked away. + +"When do you go?" she asked. + +"Three hours after noon. My task is finished, my report--which is to +the effect that the Essenes are a most worthy and harmless people who +deserve to be encouraged, not molested--is written. Also I am called +hence in haste by a messenger who reached me from Jerusalem an hour +ago. Would you like to know why?" + +"If it pleases you to tell me, yes." + +"I think that I told you of my uncle Caius, who was pro-consul under +the late emperor for the richest province of Spain, and--made use of +his opportunities." + +"Yes." + +"Well, the old man has been smitten with a mortal disease. For aught I +know he may be already dead, although the physicians seemed to think +he would live for another ten months, or perhaps a year. Being in this +case, suddenly he has grown fond of his relations, or rather relation, +for I am the only one, and expressed a desire to see me, to whom for +many years he has never given a single penny. He has even announced +his intention--by letter--of making me his heir 'should he find me +worthy,' which, to succeed Caius, whatever my faults, indeed I am not, +since of all men, as I have told him in past days, I hold him the +worst. Still, he has forwarded a sum of money to enable me to journey +to him in haste, and with it a letter from the Cæsar, Nero, to the +procurator Albinus, commanding him to give me instant leave to go. +Therefore, lady, it seems wise that I should go." + +"Yes," answered Miriam. "I know little of such things, but I think +that it is wise. Within two hours the bust shall be finished and +packed," and she stretched out her hand in farewell. + +Marcus took the hand and held it. "I am loth to part with you thus," +he said suddenly. + +"There is only one fashion of parting," answered Miriam, striving to +withdraw her hand. + +"Nay, there are many; and I hate them all--from you." + +"Sir," she asked with gentle indignation, "is it worth your while to +play off these pretty phrases upon me? We have met for an hour; we +separate--for a lifetime." + +"I do not see the need of that. Oh, the truth may as well out. I wish +it least of all things." + +"Yet it is so. Come, let my hand go; the marble must be finished and +packed." + +The face of Marcus became troubled, as though he were reasoning with +himself, as though he wished to take her at her word and go, yet could +not. + +"Is it ended?" asked Miriam presently, considering him with her quiet +eyes. + +"I think not; I think it is but begun. Miriam, I love you." + +"Marcus," she answered steadily, "I do not think I should be asked to +listen to such words." + +"Why not? They have always been thought honest between man and woman." + +"Perhaps, when they are meant honestly, which in this case can +scarcely be." + +He grew hot and red. "What do you mean? Do you suppose----" + +"I suppose nothing, Captain Marcus." + +"Do you suppose," he repeated, "that I would offer you less than the +place of wife?" + +"Assuredly not," she replied, "since to do so would be to insult you. +But neither do I suppose that you really meant to offer me that +place." + +"Yet that was in my mind, Miriam." + +Her eyes grew soft, but she answered: + +"Then, Marcus, I pray you, put it out of your mind, since between us +rolls a great sea." + +"Is it named Caleb?" he asked bitterly. + +She smiled and shook her head. "You know well that it has no such +name." + +"Tell me of this sea." + +"It is easy. You are a Roman worshipping the Roman gods; I am a +Christian worshipping the God of the Christians. Therefore we are +forever separate." + +"Why? I do not understand. If we were married you might come to think +like me, or I might come to think like you. It is a matter of the +spirit and the future, not of the body and the present. Every day +Christians wed those who are not Christians; sometimes, even, they +convert them." + +"Yes, I know; but in my case this may not be--even if I wished that it +should be." + +"Why not?" + +"Because both by the command of my murdered father and of her own +desire my mother laid it on me with her dying breath that I should +take to husband no man who was not of our faith." + +"And do you hold yourself to be bound by this command?" + +"I do, without doubt and to the end." + +"However much you might chance to love a man who is not a Christian?" + +"However much I might chance to love such a man." + +Marcus let fall her hand. "I think I had best go," he said. + +"Yes." + +Then came a pause while he seemed to be struggling with himself. + +"Miriam, I cannot go." + +"Marcus, you must go." + +"Miriam, do you love me?" + +"Marcus, may Christ forgive me, I do." + +"Miriam, how much?" + +"Marcus, as much as a woman may love a man." + +"And yet," he broke out bitterly, "you bid me begone because I am not +a Christian." + +"Because my faith is more than my love. I must offer my love upon the +altar of my faith--or, at the least," she added hurriedly, "I am bound +by a rope that cannot be cut or broken. To break it would bring down +upon your head and mine the curse of Heaven and of my parents, who are +its inhabitants." + +"And if I became of your faith?" + +Her whole face lit up, then suddenly its light died. + +"It is too much to hope. This is not a question of casting incense on +an altar; it is a matter of a changed spirit and a new life. Oh! have +done. Why do you play with me?" + +"A changed spirit and a new life. At the best that would take time." + +"Yes, time and thought." + +"And would you wait that time? Such beauty and such sweetness as are +yours will not lack for suitors." + +"I shall wait. I have told you that I love you; no other man will be +anything to me. I shall wed no other man." + +"You give all and take nothing; it is not just." + +"It is as God has willed. If it pleases God to touch your heart and to +preserve us both alive, then in days to come our lives may be one +life. Otherwise they must run apart till perchance we meet--in the +eternal morning." + +"Oh, Miriam, I cannot leave you thus! Teach me as you will." + +"Nay, go, Marcus, and teach yourself. Am I a bait to win your soul? +The path is not so easy, it is very difficult. Fare you well!" + +"May I write to you from Rome?" he asked. + +"Yes, why not, if by that time you should care to write, who then will +have recovered from this folly of the desert and an idle moon?" + +"I shall write and I shall return, and we will talk of these matters; +so, most sweet, farewell." + +"Farewell, Marcus, and the love of God go with you." + +"What of your love?" + +"My love is with you ever who have won my heart." + +"Then, Miriam, at least I have not lived in vain. Remember this +always, that much as I may worship you, I honour you still more," and +kneeling before her he kissed first her hand, and next the hem of her +robe. Then he turned and went. + + + +That night, watching from the roof of her house by the light of the +full moon, Miriam saw Marcus ride away at the head of his band of +soldiers. On the crest of a little ridge of ground outside the village +he halted, leaving them to go on, and turning his horse's head looked +backward. Thus he stood awhile, the silver rays of the moon shining on +his bright armour and making him a point of light set between two +vales of shadow. Miriam could guess whither his eyes were turned and +what was in his heart. It seemed to her, even, that she could feel his +loving thought play upon her and that with the ear of his spirit he +could catch the answer of her own. Then suddenly he turned and was +lost in the gloom of the night. + +Now that he was gone, quite gone, Miriam's courage seemed to leave +her, and leaning her head upon the parapet she wept tears that were +soft but very bitter. Suddenly a hand was laid upon her shoulder and a +voice, that of old Nehushta, spoke in her ear. + +"Mourn not," it said, "since him whom you lose in the night you may +find again in the daytime." + +"In no day that dawns from an earthly sun, I fear me, Nou. Oh, Nou! he +has gone, and taken my heart with him, leaving in its place a +throbbing pain which is more than I can bear." + +"He will come back; I tell you that he will come back," she answered, +almost fiercely; "for your life and his are intertwined--yes, to the +end--a single cord bearing a double destiny. I know it; ask me not +how; but be comforted, for it is truth. Moreover, though it be sharp, +your pain is not more than you can bear, else it would never be laid +upon you." + +"But, Nou, if he does come back, what will it help me, who am built in +by this strict command of them that begat me, to break through which +would be to sin against and earn the curse of God and man?" + +"I do not know; I only know this, that in that wall, as in others, a +door will be found. Trouble not for the future, but leave it in the +hand of Him Who shapes all futures. Sufficient to the day is the evil +thereof. So He said. Accept the saying and be grateful. It is +something to have gained the love of such a one as this Roman, for, +unless the wisdom which I have gained through many years is at fault, +he is true and honest; and that man must be good at heart who can be +reared in Rome and in the worship of its gods and yet remain honest. +Remember these things, and I say be grateful, since there are many who +go through their lives knowing no such joy, even for an hour." + +"I will try, Nou," said Miriam humbly, still staring at the ridge +whence Marcus had vanished. + +"You will try, and you will succeed. Now there is another matter of +which I must speak to you. When the Essenes received us it was +solemnly decreed that if you lived to reach the full age of eighteen +years you must depart from among them. That hour struck for you nearly +a year ago, and, although you heard nothing of it, this decree was +debated by the Court. Now such decrees may not be broken, but it was +argued that the words 'full age of eighteen years,' meant and were +intended to mean until you reached your nineteenth birthday; that is-- +in a month from now." + +"Then must we go, Nou?" asked Miriam in dismay, for she knew no other +world but this village in the desert, and no other friends than these +venerable men whom she called her uncles. + +"It seems so, especially as it is now guessed that Caleb fought the +Captain Marcus upon your account. Oh! that tale is talked of--for one +thing, the young wild-cat left a claw behind him which the gardener +found." + +"I trust then it is known also that the fault was none of mine. But, +Nou, whither shall we go who have neither friends, nor home, nor +money?" + +"I know not; but doubtless in this wall also there is a door. If the +worst comes to the worst, a Christian has many brothers; moreover, +with your skill in the arts you need never lack for a living in any +great city in the world." + +"It is true," said Miriam, brightening; "that is, if I may believe +Marcus and my old master." + +"Also," continued Nehushta, "I have still almost all the gold that the +Phnician Amram gave us when I fled with your mother, and added to it +that which I took from the strong box of the captain of the galley on +the night when you were born. So have no fear, we shall not want; nor +indeed would the Essenes suffer such a thing. Now, child, you are +weary; go to rest and dream that you have your lover back again." + + + +It was with a heavy heart that Caleb, defeated and shamed, shook the +dust of the village of the Essenes off his feet. At dawn on the +morning after the night that he had fought the duel with Marcus, he +also might have been seen, a staff in his bandaged hand and a bag of +provisions over his shoulder, standing upon the little ridge and +gazing towards the house which sheltered Miriam. In love and war +things had gone ill with him, so ill that at the thought of his +discomfiture he ground his teeth. Miriam cared nothing for him; Marcus +had defeated him at the first encounter and given him his life; while, +worst of all, these two from whom he had endured so much loved each +other. Few, perhaps, have suffered more sharply than he suffered in +that hour; for what agonies are there like those of disappointed love +and the shame of defeat when endured in youth? With time most men grow +accustomed to disaster and rebuff. The colt that seems to break its +heart at the cut of a whip, will hobble at last to the knacker unmoved +by a shower of blows. + +While Caleb looked, the red rim of the sun rose above the horizon, +flooding the world with light and life. Now birds began to chirp, and +beasts to move; now the shadows fled away. Caleb's impressionable +nature answered to this change. Hope stirred in his breast, even the +pain of his maimed hand was forgotten. + +"I will win yet," he shouted to the silent sky; "my troubles are done +with. I will shine like the sun; I will rule like the sun, and my +enemies shall whither beneath my power. It is a good omen. Now I am +glad that the Roman spared my life, that in a day to come I may take +his--and Miriam." + +Then he turned and trudged onward through the glorious sunlight, +watching his own shadow that stretched away before him. + +"It goes far," he said again; "this also is a very good omen." + +Caleb thought much on his way to Jerusalem; moreover he talked with +all whom he met, even with bandits and footpads whom his poverty could +not tempt, for he desired to learn how matters stood in the land. +Arrived in Jerusalem he sought out the home of that lady who had been +his mother's friend and who gave him over, a helpless orphan, to the +care of the Essenes. He found that she was dead, but her son lived, a +man of kind heart and given to hospitality, who had heard his story +and sheltered him for his mother's sake. When his hand was healed and +he procured some good clothes and a little money from his friend, +without saying anything of his purpose, Caleb attended the court of +Gessius Florus, the Roman procurator, at his palace, seeking an +opportunity to speak with him. + +Thrice did he wait thus for hours at a time, on each occasion to be +driven away at last by the guards. On his fourth visit he was more +fortunate, for Florus, who had noted him before, asked why he stood +there so patiently. An officer replied that the man had a petition to +make. + +"Let me hear it then," said the governor. "I sit in this place to +administer justice by the grace and in the name of Cæsar." + +Accordingly, Caleb was summoned and found himself in the presence of a +small, dark-eyed, beetle-browed Roman with cropped hair, who looked +what he was--one of the most evil rulers that ever held power in +Judæa. + +"What do you seek, Jew?" he asked in a harsh voice. + +"What I am assured I shall find at your hands, O most noble Florus, +justice against the Jews--pure justice"; words at which the courtiers +and guards tittered, and even Florus smiled. + +"It is to be had at a price," he replied. + +"I am prepared to pay the price." + +"Then set out your case." + +So Caleb set it out. He told how many years before his father had been +accidentally slain in a tumult, and how he, the son, being but an +infant, certain Jews of the Zealots had seized and divided his estate +on the ground that his father was a partisan of the Romans, leaving +him, the son, to be brought up by charity--which estate, consisting of +tracts of rich lands and certain house property in Jerusalem and Tyre, +was still in their possession or in that of their descendants. + +The black eyes of Florus glistened as he heard. + +"Their names," he said, snatching at his tablets. But as yet Caleb was +not minded to give the names. First, he intimated that he desired to +arrive at a formal agreement as to what proportion of the property, if +recovered, would be handed over to him, the heir. Then followed much +haggling; but in the end it was agreed that as he had been robbed +because his father was supposed to favour the Romans, the lands and a +large dwelling with warehouse attached, at Tyre, together with one- +half the back rents, if recoverable, should be given to the plaintiff. +The governor, or as he put it, Cæsar, for his share was to retain the +property in Jerusalem and the other half of the rents. In this +arrangement Caleb proved himself, as usual, prescient. Houses, as he +explained afterwards, could be burned or pulled down, but beyond the +crops on it, land no man could injure. Then, after the agreement had +been duly signed and witnessed, he gave the names, bringing forward +good testimony to prove all that he had said. + +Within a week those Jews who had committed the theft, or their +descendants, were in prison, whence they did not emerge till they had +been stripped, not only of the stolen property, but of everything else +that they possessed. Either because he was pleased at so great and +unexpected a harvest, or perhaps for the reason that he saw in Caleb +an able fellow who might be useful in the future, Florus fulfilled his +bargain with him to the letter. + +Thus it came about that by a strange turn of the wheel of chance, +within a month of his flight from the colony of the Essenes, Caleb, +the outcast orphan, with his neck in danger of the sword, became a man +of influence, having great possessions. His sun had risen indeed. + + + + CHAPTER X + + BENONI + +A while later Caleb, no longer a solitary wanderer with only his feet +to carry him, his staff to protect him, and a wallet to supply him +with food, but a young and gallant gentleman, well-armed, clad in furs +and a purple cloak, accompanied by servants and riding a splendid +horse, once more passed the walls of Jerusalem. On the rising ground +beyond the Damascus gate he halted and looked back at the glorious +city with her crowded streets, her mighty towers, her luxurious +palaces, and her world-famed temple that dominated all, which from +here seemed as a mountain covered with snow and crowned with +glittering gold. + +"I will rule there when the Romans have been driven out," he said to +himself, for already Caleb had grown very ambitious. Indeed, the +wealth and the place that had come to him so suddenly, with which many +men would have been satisfied, did but serve to increase his appetite +for power, fame, and all good things. To him this money was but a +stepping-stone to greater fortunes. + +Caleb was journeying to Tyre to take possession of his house there, +which the Roman commander of the district had been bidden to hand over +to him. Also he had another object. At Tyre dwelt the old Jew, Benoni, +who was Miriam's grandfather, as he had discovered years before; for +when they were still children together she had told him all her story. +This Benoni, for reasons of his own, he desired to see. + + + +On a certain afternoon in one of the palaces of Tyre a man might have +been sitting in a long portico, or verandah as we should call it, +which overlooked the Mediterranean, whose blue waters lapped the +straight-scarped rock below--for this house was in the island city, +not in that of the mainland where most of the rich Syrians dwelt. + +The man was old and very handsome. His dark eyes were quick and full +of fire, his nose was hooked like the beak of a bird of prey, his hair +and beard were long and snowy white. His robes also were rich and +splendid, and over them, since at this season of the year even at Tyre +it was cold, he wore a cloak of costly northern furs. The house was +worthy of its owner. Built throughout of the purest marble, the rooms +were roofed and panelled with sweet-smelling cedar of Lebanon, whence +hung many silver lamps, and decorated by statuary and frescoes. On the +marble floors were spread rugs, beautifully wrought in colours, while +here and there stood couches, tables and stools, fashioned for the +most part of ebony from Libya, inlaid with ivory and pearl. + +Benoni, the owner of all this wealth, having finished his business for +that day--the taking count of a shipload of merchandise which had +reached him from Egypt--had eaten his midday meal and now sought his +couch under the portico to rest a while in the sun. Reclining on the +cushions, soon he was asleep; but it would seem that his dreams were +unhappy--at the least he turned from side to side muttering and moving +his hands. At last he sat up with a start. + +"Oh, Rachel, Rachel!" he moaned, "why will you haunt my sleep? Oh! my +child, my child, have I not suffered enough? Must you bring my sin +back to me in this fashion? May I not shut my eyes even here in the +sunlight and be at peace a while? What have you to tell me that you +come thus often to stand here so strengthless and so still? Nay, it is +not you; it is my sin that wears your shape!" and Benoni hid his face +in his hands, rocking himself to and fro and moaning aloud. + +Presently he sprang up. "It was no sin," he said, "it was a righteous +act. I offered her to the outraged majesty of Jehovah, as Abraham, our +father, would have offered Isaac, but the curse of that false prophet +is upon me and mine. That was the fault of Demas, the half-bred hound +who crept into my kennel, and whom, because she loved him, I gave to +her as husband. Thus did he repay me, the traitor, and I--I repaid +him. Ay! But the sword fell upon two necks. He should have suffered, +and he alone. Oh, Rachel, my lost daughter Rachel, forgive me, you +whose bones lie there beneath the sea, forgive me! I cannot bear those +eyes of yours. I am old, Rachel, I am old." + +Thus Benoni muttered to himself, as he walked swiftly to and fro; +then, worn out with his burst of solitary, dream-bred passion, he sank +back upon the couch. + +As he sat thus, an Arab doorkeeper, gorgeously apparelled and armed +with a great sword, appeared in the portico, and after looking +carefully to see that his master was not asleep, made a low salaam. + +"What is it?" asked Benoni shortly. + +"Master, a young lord named Caleb wishes speech with you." + +"Caleb? I know not the name," replied Benoni. "Stay, it must be the +son of Hilliel, whom the Roman governor"--and turning, he spat upon +the ground--"has brought to his own again. I heard that he had come to +take possession of the great house on the quay. Bring him hither." + +The Arab saluted and went. Presently he returned and ushered in Caleb, +now a noble-looking young man clad in fine raiment. Benoni bowed to +him and prayed him to be seated. Caleb bowed in return, touching his +forehead in Eastern fashion with his hand, from which, as his host +noticed, the forefinger was missing. + +"I am your servant, sir," said Benoni with grave courtesy. + +"Master, I am your slave," answered Caleb. "I have been told that you +knew my father; therefore, on this, my first visit to Tyre, I come to +make my respects to you. I am the son of Hilliel, who perished many +years ago in Jerusalem. You may have heard his story and mine." + +"Yes," answered Benoni scanning his visitor, "I knew Hilliel--a clever +man, but one who fell into a trap at last, and I see that you are his +son. Your face proves it; indeed, it might be Hilliel who stands +before me." + +"I am proud that you should say so," answered Caleb, though already he +guessed that between Benoni and his father no love had been lost. "You +know," he added, "that certain of our people seized my inheritance, +which now has been restored to me--in part." + +"By Gessius Florus the procurator, I think, who on this account, has +cast many Jews--some of them innocent--into prison." + +"Indeed! Is that so? Well, it was concerning this Florus that I came +chiefly to ask your advice. The Roman has kept a full half of my +property," and Caleb sighed and looked indignant. + +"You are indeed fortunate that he has not kept it all." + +"I have been brought up in the desert far from cities," pleaded Caleb. +"Is there no law by which I may have justice of this man? Cannot you +help me who are great among our people?" + +"None," answered Benoni. "Roman citizens have rights, Jews what they +can get. You can appeal to Cæsar if you wish, as the jackal appealed +to the lion. But if you are wise you will be content with half the +carcase. Also I am not great; I am but an old merchant without +authority." + +Caleb looked downfallen. "It seems that the days are hard for us +Jews," he said. "Well, I will be content and strive to forgive my +enemies." + +"Better be content and strive to smite your enemies," answered Benoni. +"You who were poor are rich; for this much thank God." + +"Night and morning I do thank Him," replied Caleb earnestly and with +truth. + +Then there was silence for a while. + +"Is it your intention to reside in Hezron's--I mean in your house--in +Tyre?" asked Benoni, breaking it. + +"For a time, perhaps, until I find a tenant. I am not accustomed to +towns, and at present they seem to stifle me." + +"Where were you brought up, sir?" + +"Among the Essenes by Jericho. But I am not an Essene--their creed +disgusted me; I belong to that of my fathers." + +"There are worse men," replied Benoni. "A brother of my late wife is +an Essene, a kindly natured fool named Ithiel; you may have known +him." + +"Oh, yes, I know him. He is one of their curators and the guardian of +the lady Miriam, his great-niece." + +The old man started violently, then, recovering himself, said: + +"Forgive me, but Miriam was the name of my lost wife--one which it +disturbs me to hear. But how can this girl be Ithiel's grand-niece? He +had no relations except his sister." + +"I do not know," answered Caleb carelessly. "The story is that the +lady Miriam, whom they call the Queen of the Essenes, was brought to +them nineteen or twenty years ago by a Libyan woman named Nehushta,"-- +here again Benoni started--"who said that the child's mother, Ithiel's +niece, had been shipwrecked and died after giving birth to the infant, +commanding that it should be brought to him to be reared. The Essenes +consenting, he accepted the charge, and there she is still." + +"Then is this lady Miriam an Essene?" asked Benoni in a thick, slow +voice. + +"No; she is of the sect of the Christians, in which faith she has been +brought up as her mother desired." + +The old man rose from his couch and walked up and down the portico. + +"Tell me of the lady Miriam, sir," he said presently, "for the tale +interests me. What is she like?" + +"She is, as I believe, the most beautiful maiden in the whole world, +though small and slight; also she is the most sweet and learned." + +"That is high praise, sir," said Benoni. + +"Yes, master, and perhaps I exaggerate her charms, as is but natural." + +"Why is it natural?" + +"Because we were brought up together, and I hope that one day she will +be my wife." + +"Are you then affianced to this maid?" + +"No, not affianced--as yet," replied Caleb, with a little smile; "but +I will not trouble you with a history of my love affairs. I have +already trespassed too long upon your kindness. It is something to ask +of you who may not desire my acquaintance, but if you will do me the +honour to sup with me to-morrow night, your servant will be grateful." + +"I thank you, young sir. I will come, I will come, for in truth," he +added hastily, "I am anxious to hear news of all that passes at +Jerusalem, which, I understand, you left but a few days since, and I +perceive that you are one whose eyes and ears are always open." + +"I try both to see and to hear," said Caleb modestly. "But I am very +inexperienced, and am not sure which cause a man who hopes to become +both wise and good, ought to espouse in these troubled days. I need +guidance such as you could give me if you wished. For this while, +farewell." + +Benoni watched his visitor depart, then once more began to wander up +and down the portico. + +"I do not trust that young man," he thought, "of whose doings I have +heard something; but he is rich and able, and may be of service to our +cause. This Miriam of whom he speaks, who can she be? unless, indeed, +Rachel bore a daughter before she died. Why not? She would not have +left it to my care who desired that it should be reared in her own +accursed faith and looked upon me as the murderer of her husband and +herself. If so, I who thought myself childless, yet have issue upon +the earth--at least there is one in whom my blood runs. Beautiful, +gifted--but a Christian! The sin of the parents has descended on the +child--yes, the curse is on her also. I must seek her out. I must know +the truth. Man, what is it now? Can you not see that I would be +alone?" + +"Master, your pardon," said the Arab servant, bowing, "but the Roman +captain, Marcus, desires speech with you." + +"Marcus? Oh, I remember the officer who was stationed here. I am not +well, I cannot see him. Bid him come to-morrow." + +"Master, he bid me say that he sails for Rome to-night." + +"Well, well, admit him," answered Benoni. "Perchance he comes to pay +his debt," he added. + +The Arab departed, and presently the Roman was ushered in. + +"Greetings, Benoni," he said, with his pleasant smile. "Here am I, yet +alive, for all your fears; so you see your money is still safe." + +"I am glad to hear it, my lord Marcus," answered the Jew, bowing low. +"But if it will please you to produce it, with the interest, I think," +he added drily, "it may be even safer in my strongbox." + +Marcus laughed pleasantly. + +"Produce it?" he said. "What jest is this? Why, I come to borrow more +to defray my costs to Rome." + +Benoni's mouth shut like a trap. + +"Nay," said Marcus, holding up his hand, "don't begin. I know it all. +The times are full of trouble and danger. Such little ready cash as +you have at command is out at interest in safer countries--Egypt, +Rome, and Italy; your correspondent at Alexandria has failed to make +you the expected remittance; and you have reason to believe that every +ship in which you are concerned is now at the bottom of the ocean. So +would you be so good as to lend me half a talent of silver--a thousand +shekels in cash and the rest in bills of exchange on your agents at +Brundisium?" + +"No," said Benoni, sternly. + +"Yes," replied Marcus, with conviction. "Look you, friend Benoni, the +security is excellent. If I don't get drowned, or have my throat slit +between here and Italy, I am going to be one of the richest men in +Rome; so this is your last chance of lending me a trifle. You don't +believe it? Then read this letter from Caius, my uncle, and this +rescript signed by Nero the Cæsar." + +Benoni perused the documents and returned them. + +"I offer you my congratulations," he said. "If God permits it and you +will walk steadily, your future should be brilliant, since you are of +a pleasant countenance, and when you choose to use it, behind that +countenance lies a brain. But here I see no security for my money, +since even if all things go right, Italy is a long way off." + +"Man, do you think that I should cheat you?" asked Marcus hotly. + +"No, no, but accidents might happen." + +"Well, I will make it worth your while to risk them. For the half- +talent write a talent charged upon my estate, whether I live or die. +And be swift, I pray you, for I have matters to speak of, of more +importance than this miserable money. Whilst I was commissioner among +the Essenes on the banks of Jordan----" + +"The Essenes! What of the Essenes?" broke in Benoni. + +Marcus considered him with his grey eyes, then answered: + +"Let us settle this little matter of business and I will tell you." + +"Good. It is settled; you shall have the acknowledgment to sign and +the consideration in cash and bills before you leave my house. Now +what of these Essenes?" + +"Only this," said Marcus; "they are a strange people who read the +future, I know not how. One of them with whom I became friendly, +foretold that mighty troubles were about to fall upon this land of +yours--slaughter and pestilence, and famine, such as the world has not +seen." + +"That is an old prophecy of those accursed Nazarenes," broke in +Benoni. + +"Call them not accursed, friend," said Marcus, in an odd voice, "for +you should do so least of all men. Nay, hear me out. It may be a +prophecy of the Nazarenes, but it is also a prophecy of the Essenes, +and I believe it, who watch the signs of the times. Now the elder told +me this, that there will be a great uprising of the Jews against the +strength of Cæsar, and that most of those who join in it shall perish. +He even gave names, and among them was yours, friend Benoni. +Therefore, because you have lent me money, although I am a Roman, I +have come to Tyre to warn you to keep clear of rebellions and other +tumults." + +The old man listened quietly, but not as one who disbelieves. + +"All this may be so," he said, "but if my name is written in that book +of the dead, the angel of Jehovah has chosen me, and I cannot escape +his sword. Moreover, I am aged, and"--here his eyes flashed--"it is a +good end to die fighting one's country's enemies." + +"How you Jews do love us to be sure!" said Marcus with a little laugh. + +"The nation that sends a Gessius Florus, or even an Albinus, to rule +its alien subjects must needs be loved," replied Benoni with bitter +sarcasm. "But let us be done with politics lest we grow angry. It is +strange, but a visitor has just left me who was brought up among these +Essenes." + +"Indeed," said Marcus, staring vacantly into the sea. + +"He told me that a young and beautiful woman resides with them who is +named the Queen of the Essenes. Did you chance to see her, my lord?" + +Instantly Marcus became very wide awake. "Oh, yes, I saw her; and what +else did he tell you?" + +"He told me that this lady was both beautiful and learned." + +"That is true," said Marcus with enthusiasm. "To my mind, although she +is small, I never saw one lovelier, nor do I know a sculptor who is +her equal. If you will come with me to the ship I will open the case +and show you the bust she made of me. But tell me, did this visitor of +yours lack the forefinger on one hand--his right?" + +"He did." + +"Then I suppose that he is named Caleb." + +"Yes; but how do you know that?" + +"Because I cut off his forefinger," said Marcus, "in a fair fight, +and," he added savagely, "he is a young rascal, as murderous as he is +able, whose life I did ill to spare." + +"Ah," said Benoni, "it seems that I have still some discernment, for +just so I judged him. Well, what more do you know of the lady?" + +"Something, since in a way I am affianced to her." + +"Indeed! Well, this is strange, for so, as he told me, is Caleb." + +"He told you that?" said Marcus springing from his chair. "Then he +lies, and would that I had time to prove it on his body! She rejected +him; I have it from Nehushta; also I know it in other ways." + +"Then she did accept you, my lord Marcus?" + +"Not quite," he replied sadly; "but that was only because I am not a +Christian. She loves me all the same," he added, recovering. "Upon +that point there can be no doubt." + +"Caleb seemed to doubt it," suggested Benoni. + +"Caleb is a liar," repeated Marcus with emphasis, "and one of whom you +will do well to beware." + +"Why should I beware of him?" + +Marcus paused a moment, then answered boldly: + +"Because the lady Miriam is your granddaughter and the heiress of your +wealth. I say it, since if I did not Caleb would; probably he has done +so already." + +For a moment Benoni hid his face in his hands. Then he lifted it and +said: + +"I thought as much, and now I am sure. But, my lord Marcus, if my +blood is hers my wealth is my own." + +"Just so. Keep it if you will, or leave it where you will. It is +Miriam I seek, and not your money." + +"I think that Caleb seeks both Miriam and my money--like a prudent +man. Why should he not have them? He is a Jew of good blood; he will, +I think, rise high." + +"And I am a Roman of better blood who will rise higher." + +"Yes, a Roman, and I, the grandfather, am a Jew who do not love you +Romans." + +"And Miriam is neither Jew nor Roman, but a Christian, brought up not +by you, but by the Essenes; and she loves me, although she will not +marry me because I am not a Christian." + +Benoni shrugged his shoulders as he answered: + +"All of this is a problem which I must ponder on and solve." + +Marcus sprang from his seat and stood before the old man with menace +in his air. + +"Look you, Benoni," he said, "this is a problem not to be solved by +you or by Caleb, but by Miriam herself, and none other. Do you +understand?" + +"I understand that you threaten me." + +"Ay, I do. Miriam is of full age; her sojourn with the Essenes must +come to an end. Doubtless you will take her to dwell with you. Well, +beware how you deal by her. If she wishes to marry Caleb of her own +free will, let her do so. But if you force her to it, or suffer him to +force her, then by your God, and by my gods, and by her God, I tell +you that I will come back and take such a vengeance upon him and upon +you, and upon all your people, that it shall be a story for +generations. Do you believe me?" + +Benoni looked up at the man who stood before him in his youth and +beauty, his eyes on fire and his form quivering with rage, and +looking, shrank back a little. He did not know that this light-hearted +Roman had such strength and purpose at command. Now he understood for +the first time that he was a true son of the terrible race of +conquerors, who, if he were crossed, could be as merciless as the +worst of them, one whose very honesty and openness made him to be +feared the more. + +"I understand that you believe what you say. Whether when you are back +at Rome, where there are women as fair as the Queen of the Essenes, +you will continue to believe it, is another matter." + +"Yes, a matter for me to settle." + +"Quite so--for you to settle. Have you anything to add to the commands +you are pleased to lay upon your humble creditor, Benoni the +merchant?" + +"Yes, two things. First, that when I leave this house you will no +longer be my creditor. I have brought money to pay you off in full, +principal and interest. My talk of borrowing was but a play and excuse +to learn what you knew of Miriam. Nay, do not start, though it may +seem strange to you that I also can be subtle. Foolish man, did you +think that I with my prospects should be left to lack for a miserable +half-talent? Why, there at Jerusalem I could have borrowed ten, or +twenty, if I would promise my patronage by way of interest. My +servants wait with the gold without. Call them in presently and pay +yourself, principal and interest, and something for a bonus. Now for +the second, Miriam is a Christian. Beware how you tamper with her +faith. It is not mine, but I say--beware how you tamper with it. You +gave her father and her mother, your own daughter, to be slaughtered +by gladiators and to be torn by lions because, forsooth, they did not +think as you do. Lift one finger against her and I will hale you into +the amphitheatre at Rome, there yourself to be slaughtered by +gladiators, or to be torn by lions. Although I am absent I shall know +all that you do, for I have friends who are good and spies that are +better. Moreover, I return here shortly. Now I ask you, will you give +me your solemn word, swearing it by that God whom you worship, first, +that you will not attempt to force your granddaughter Miriam into +marriage with Caleb the Jew; and secondly, that you will shelter her, +treating her with all honour, and suffering her to follow her own +faith in freedom?" + +Benoni sprang from his couch. + +"No, Roman, I will not. Who are you who dare to dictate to me in my +own house as to how I shall deal with my own grandchild? Pay what you +owe and get you gone, and darken my doors no more. I have done with +you." + +"Ah!" said Marcus. "Well, perhaps it is time that you should travel. +Those who travel and see strange countries and peoples, grow liberal- +minded, which you are not. Be pleased to read this paper," and he laid +a writing before him. + +Benoni took it and read. It was worded thus: + + "To Marcus, the son of Emilius, the captain, in the name of Cæsar, + greetings. Hereby we command you, should you in your discretion + think fit, to seize the person of Benoni, the Jewish merchant, a + dweller in Tyre, and to convey him as a prisoner to Rome, there to + answer charges which have been laid against him, with the + particulars of which you are acquainted, which said particulars + you will find awaiting you in Rome, of having conspired with + certain other Jews, to overthrow the authority of Cæsar in this + his province of Judæa. + + "(Signed) Gessius Florus, Procurator." + +Benoni having read sank back upon his couch, gasping, his white face +livid with surprise and fear. Then a thought seemed to strike him. +Seizing the paper he tore it into fragments. + +"Now, Roman," he said, "where is your warrant?" + +"In my pocket," answered Marcus; "that which I showed you was but a +copy. Nay, do not ring, do not touch that bell. See this," and he drew +a silver whistle from his robe. "Outside your gate stand fifty +soldiers. Shall I sound it?" + +"Not so," answered Benoni. "I will swear the oath, though indeed it is +needless. Why should you suppose that I could wish to force this maid +into any marriage, or to work her evil on account of matters of her +faith?" + +"Because you are a Jew and a bigot. You gave her father and her mother +to a cruel death, why should you spare her? Also you hate me and all +my people; why, then, should you not favour my rival, although he is a +murderer whose life I have twice spared at the prayer of Miriam? Swear +now." + +So Benoni lifted his hand and swore a solemn oath that he would not +force his granddaughter, Miriam, to marry Caleb, or any other man; and +that he would not betray the secret of her faith, or persecute her +because of it. + +"It is not enough," said Marcus. "Write it down and sign." + +So Benoni went to the table and wrote out his undertaking and signed +it, Marcus signing also as a witness. + +"Now, Benoni," he said, as he took the paper, "listen to me. That +warrant leaves your taking to my discretion, after I have made search +into the facts. I have made such search and it seems that I am not +satisfied. But remember that the warrant is still alive and can be +executed at any moment. Remember also that you are watched and if you +lift a finger against the girl, it will be put in force. For the rest +--if you desire that the prophecy of the Essene should not come true, +it is my advice that you cease from making plots against the majesty +of Cæsar. Now bid your servant summon him who waits in the +antechamber, that he may discharge my debt. And so farewell. When and +where we shall meet again I do not know, but be sure that we shall +meet." Then Marcus left the portico. + +Benoni watched him go, and as he watched, an evil look gathered on his +face. + +"Threatened. Trodden to the dirt. Outwitted by that Roman boy," he +murmured. "Is there any cup of shame left for me to drink? Who is the +traitor and how much does he know? Something, but not all, else my +arrest could scarcely have been left to the fancy of this patrician, +favourite though he be. Yes, my lord Marcus, I too am sure that we +shall meet again, but the fashion of that meeting may be little to +your taste. You have had your hour, mine is to come. For the rest, I +must keep my oath, since to break it would be too dangerous, and might +cut the hair that holds the sword. Also, why should I wish to harm the +girl, or to wed her to this rogue Caleb, than whom, mayhap, even the +Roman would be better? At least he is a man who does not cheat or lie. +Indeed, I long to see the maid. I will go at once to Jordan." + +Then he sounded his bell and commanded that the servant of the lord +Marcus should be admitted. + + + + CHAPTER XI + + THE ESSENES LOSE THEIR QUEEN + +The Court of the Essenes was gathered in council debating the subject +of the departure of their ward, Miriam. She must go, that was evident, +since not even for her, whom they loved as though each of them had +been in truth her father or her uncle, could their ancient, sacred +rule be broken. But where was she to go and how should she be +supported as became her? These were the questions that troubled them +and that they debated earnestly. At length her great-uncle Ithiel +suggested that she should be summoned before them, that they might +hear her wishes. To this his brethren agreed, and he was sent to fetch +her. + +A while later, attended by Nehushta, Miriam arrived, clad in a robe of +pure white, and wearing on her head a wimple of white, edged with +purple, and about her waist a purple scarf. So greatly did the Essenes +love and reverence this maid, that as she entered, all the hundred of +the Court rose and remaining standing until she herself was seated. +Then the President, who was sorrowful and even shamefaced, addressed +her, telling her their trouble, and praying her pardon because the +ordinance of their order forced them to arrange that she should depart +from among them. At the end of this speech he asked her what were her +wishes as regarded her own future, adding that for her maintenance she +need have no fear, since out of their revenues a modest sum would be +set aside annually which would suffice to keep her from poverty. + +In answer Miriam, also speaking sadly, thanked them from her heart for +all their goodness, telling them she had long known this hour of +separation to be at hand. As to where she should dwell, since tumults +were so many in Jerusalem, she suggested that she might find a home in +one of the coast cities, where perhaps some friend or relative of the +brethren would shelter Nehushta and herself. + +Instantly eight or ten of those present said that they knew such +trusty folk in one place or another, and the various offers were +submitted to the Court for discussion. While the talk was still going +on there came a knock upon the door. After the usual questions and +precautions, a brother was admitted who informed them that there had +arrived in the village, at the head of a considerable retinue, Benoni, +the Jewish merchant of Tyre. He stated that he desired speech with +them on the subject of his granddaughter Miriam, who, he learned, was, +or had been recently, in their charge. + +"Here may be an answer to the riddle," said the President. "We know of +this Benoni, also that he purposed to demand his granddaughter of us, +though until he did so it was not for us to speak." Then he put it to +the Court that Benoni should be admitted. + +To this they agreed, and presently the Jew came, splendidly attired, +his long white beard flowing down a robe that glittered with +embroideries of gold and silver. Entering the dim, cool hall, he +stared in amazement at the long half-circles of venerable, white-robed +men who were gathered there. Next his quick eyes fell upon the lovely +maiden who, attended by the dark-visaged Nehushta, sat before them on +a seat of honour; and looking, he guessed that she must be Miriam. + +"Little wonder," reflected Benoni to himself, "that all men seem to +love this girl, since at the first sight of her my own heart softens." + +Then he bowed to the President of the Court and the President bowed +back in answer. But not one of the rest so much as moved his head, +since already every man of them hated this stranger who was about to +carry away her whom they called their Queen. + +"Sirs," said Benoni breaking the silence, "I come here upon a strange +errand--namely, to ask of you a maid whom I believe to be my +granddaughter, of whose existence I learned not long ago, and whom, as +it seems, you have sheltered from her birth. Is she among you here?" +and he looked at Miriam. + +"The lady Miriam sits yonder," said the President. "You are right in +naming her your granddaughter, as we have known her to be from the +beginning." + +"Then why," said Benoni, "did I not know it also?" + +"Because," answered the President quietly, "we did not think it +fitting to deliver a child that was committed to our charge, to the +care of one who had brought her father, and tried to bring her mother, +his own seed, to the most horrible of deaths." + +As he spoke he fixed his eyes indignantly upon Benoni; as did every +man of all that great company, till even the bold-faced Jew dropped +his head abashed. + +"I am not here," he said, recovering himself, "to make defence of what +I have done, or have not done in the past. I am here to demand that my +grandchild, now as I perceive a woman grown, may be handed over to me, +her natural guardian." + +"Before this can be considered," answered the President, "we who have +been her guardians for so many years, should require guarantees and +sureties." + +"What guarantees, and what sureties?" asked Benoni. + +"These among others--That money sufficient for her support after your +death should be settled upon her. That she shall be left reasonable +liberty in the matter of her daily life and her marriage, if it should +please her to marry. Lastly, that as we have undertaken not to meddle +with her faith, or to oppress her into changing it, so must you +undertake also." + +"And if I refuse these things?" asked Benoni. + +"Then you see the lady Miriam for the first and last time," answered +the President boldly, while the others nodded approval. "We are men of +peace, but, merchant, you must not, therefore, think us men without +power. We must part with the lady Miriam, who to every one of us is as +a daughter, because the unbreakable rule of our order ordains that +she, who is now a woman grown, can no longer remain among us. But +wherever she dwells, to the last day of her life our love shall go +with her and the whole strength of our Order shall protect her. If any +harm is attempted to her, we shall be swift to hear and swifter to +avenge. If you refuse our conditions, she will vanish from your sight, +and then, merchant, go, search the world, the coasts of Syria, the +banks of Egypt, and the cities of Italy--and find her if you can. We +have spoken." + +Benoni stroked his white beard before he answered. + +"You talk proudly," he said. "Did I shut my eyes I might fancy that +this voice was the voice of a Roman procurator speaking the decrees of +Cæsar. Still, I am ready to believe that what you promise you can +perform, since I for one am sure that you Essenes are not mere +harmless heretics who worship angels and demons, see visions, prophesy +things to come by the help of your familiars, and adore the sun in +huts upon the desert." He paused, but the President, without taking +the slightest notice of his insults or sarcasms, repeated merely: + +"We have spoken," and as with one voice, like some great echo, the +whole hundred of them cried, "We have spoken!" + +"Do you hear them, master?" said Nehushta in the silence that +followed. "Well, I know them. They mean what they say, and you are +right--what which they threaten they can perform." + +"Let my grandchild speak," said Benoni. "Daughter, is it your wish +that such dishonouring bonds should be laid upon me?" + +"Grandsire," replied Miriam, in a pure, clear voice, "I may not +quarrel with that which is done for my own good. For the wealth I care +little, but I would not become a slave in everything save the name, +nor do I desire to set my feet in that path my parents trod. What my +uncles say--all of these"--and she waved her hand--"speaking in the +name of the thousands that are without, that I do, for they love me +and I love them, and their mind is my mind and their words are my +words." + +"Proud-spirited, and well spoken, like all her race," muttered Benoni. +Still he stroked his beard and hesitated. + +"Be pleased to give your answer," said the President, "that we may +finish our discussion before the hour of evening prayer. To help you +to it, remember one thing--we ask no new conditions." Benoni glanced +up quickly and the President added: "Those of which we have received a +copy, that you swore to and signed in the presence of Marcus the +Roman, are enough for us." + +Now it was Miriam's turn to look, first up and then down. As for her +grandfather, he turned white with anger, and broke into a bitter +laugh. + +"Now I understand----" + +"----that the arm of the Essenes is longer than you thought, since it +can reach from here to Rome," said the President. + +"Ay! that you can plot with Romans. Well, be careful lest the sword of +these Romans prove longer than /you/ thought and reach even to your +hearts, O you peaceful dwellers in the desert!" Then, as though he +feared some answer, he added quickly, "I am minded to return and leave +this maiden with you to dispose of as you think fit. Yet I will not do +so, for she is very fair and gracious, and with the wealth that I can +give her, may fill some high place in the world. Also--and this is +more to me--I am old and draw near my end and she alone has my blood +in her veins. Therefore I will agree to all your terms, and take her +home with me to Tyre, trusting that she may learn to love me." + +"Good," said the President. "To-morrow the papers shall be prepared +and signed. Meanwhile we pray you to be our guest." + +Next evening signed they were accordingly, Benoni agreeing without +demur to all that the Essenes asked on behalf of her who had been +their ward, and even assigning to her a separate revenue during his +lifetime. Indeed, now that he had seen her, so loth was he to part +with this new-found daughter, that he would have done still more had +it been asked of him, lest she should be spirited from his sight, as, +did he refuse, might well happen. + +Three days later Miriam bade farewell to her protectors, who +accompanied her by hundreds to the ridge above the village. Here they +stopped, and seeing that the moment of separation was at hand, +Miriam's tears began to flow. + +"Weep not, beloved child," said Ithiel, "for though we part with you +in body, yet shall we always be with you in the spirit, now in this +life, and as we think, after this life. Moreover, by night and day, we +shall watch over you, and if any attempt to harm you--" here he +glanced at Benoni, that brother-in-law to whom he bore but little love +--"the very winds will bear us tidings, and in this way or that, help +will come." + +"Have no fear, Ithiel," broke in Benoni, "my bond, which you hold, is +good and it will be backed by love." + +"That I believe also," said Miriam; "and if it be so, grandsire, I +will repay love for love." Then she turned to the Essenes and thanked +them in broken words. + +"Be not downhearted," said Ithiel in a thick voice, "for I hope that +even in this life we shall meet again." + +"May it be so," answered Miriam, and they parted, the Essenes +returning sadly to their home, and Benoni taking the road through +Jericho to Jerusalem. + +Travelling slowly, at the evening of the second day they set their +camp on open ground not far from the Damascus gate of the Holy City, +but within the new north wall that had been built by Agrippa. Into the +city itself Benoni would not enter, fearing lest the Roman soldiers +should plunder them. At moonrise Nehushta took Miriam by the hand and +led her through the resting camels to a spot a few yards from the +camp. + +There, standing with her back to the second wall, she pointed out to +her a cliff, steep but of no great height, in which appeared little +caves and ridges of rock that, looked at from this distance, gave to +its face a rude resemblance to a human skull. + +"See," she said solemnly. "Yonder the Lord was crucified." + +Miriam heard and sank to her knees in prayer. As she knelt there the +grave voice of her grandfather spoke behind her, bidding her rise. + +"Child," he said, "it is true. True is it also that signs and wonders +happened after the death of that false Messiah, and that for me and +mine He left a curse behind Him which it may well be is not done with +yet. I know your faith, and I have promised to let you follow it in +peace. Yet I beseech of you, do not make prayers to your God here in +public, where with malefactors He suffered as a malefactor, lest +others less tolerant should see you and drag you to your father's +death." + +Miriam bowed her head and returned to the camp, nor at that time did +any further words pass between them on this matter of her religion. +Thenceforward, however, she was careful to do nothing which could +bring suspicion on her grandfather. + +Four days later they came to the rich and beautiful city of Tyre, and +Miriam saw the sea upon which she had been born. Hitherto, she had +fancied that its waters were much like those of the Dead Lake, upon +whose shores she had dwelt so many years; but when she perceived the +billows rushing onwards, white-crested, to break in thunder against +the walls of island Tyre, she clapped her hands with joy. Indeed, from +that day to the end of her life she loved the sea in all its moods, +and for hours at a time would find it sufficient company. Perhaps this +was because the seethe of its waves was the first sound that her ears +had heard, while her first breath was salted with its spray. + +From Jerusalem, Benoni had sent messengers mounted on swift horses +bidding his servants make ready to receive a guest. So it came about +that when she entered his palace in Tyre, Miriam found it decked as +though for a bride, and wandered in amazement--she who had known +nothing better than the mud-houses of the Essenes--from hall to hall +of the ancient building that in bygone generations had been the home +of kings and governors. Benoni followed her steps, watching her with +grave eyes, till at length all was visited save the gardens belonging +to him which were on the mainland. + +"Are you pleased with your new home, daughter?" he asked presently. + +"My grandfather, it is beautiful," she answered. "Never have I dreamed +of such a place as this. Say, may I work my art in one of these great +rooms?" + +"Miriam," he answered, "of this house henceforth you are the mistress, +as in time to come you will be its owner. Believe me, child, it was +not needed that so many and such different men should demand from me +sureties for your comfort and your safety. All I have is yours, whilst +all you have, including your faith and your friends, of whom there +seem to be many, remains your own. Yet, should it please you to give +me in return some small share of your love, I who am childless and +friendless shall be grateful." + +"That is my desire," answered Miriam hurriedly; "only, grandsire, +between you and me----" + +"Speak it not," he said, with a gesture almost of despair, "or rather +I will speak it--between you and me runs the river of your parents' +blood. It is so, yet, Miriam, I will confess to you that I repent me +of that deed. Age makes us judge more kindly. To me your faith is +nothing and your God a sham, yet I know now that to worship Him is not +worthy of death--at least not for that cause would I bring any to +their death to-day, or even to stripes and bonds. I will go further; I +will stoop even to borrow from His creed. Do not His teachings bid you +to forgive those who have done you wrong?" + +"They do, and that is why Christians love all mankind." + +"Then bring that law into this home of ours, Miriam, and love me who +sorrow for what I did in the blind rage of my zeal, and who now in my +old age am haunted by its memory." + +Then for the first time Miriam threw herself into the old man's arms +and kissed him on the brow. + +So it came about that they made their peace and were happy together. + +Indeed, day by day Benoni loved her more, till at length she was +everything to him, and he grew jealous of all who sought her company, +and especially of Nehushta. + + + + CHAPTER XII + + THE RING, THE NECKLACE AND THE LETTER + +So Miriam came to Tyre, where, for many months, her life was peaceful +and happy enough. At first she had feared meeting Caleb, who she knew +from her grandfather was dwelling there; but as it chanced, he had +left the city upon business of his own, so for the while she was free +of him. In Tyre were many Christians with whom she made friends and +worshipped, Benoni pretending to know nothing of the matter. Indeed, +at this time and place it was the Jews rather than the Christians who +were in danger at the hands of the Syrians and Greeks, who hated them +for their wealth and faith, threatening them continually with robbery +and massacre. But as yet that storm did not burst, and in its brewing +the Christians, who were few, humble, and of all races, escaped +notice. + +Thus it came about that Miriam dwelt in quiet, occupying herself much +with her art of modelling and going abroad but little, since it was +scarcely safe for her, the grandchild of the rich Jew merchant, to +show her face in the streets. Though she was surrounded by every +luxury, far more than she needed, indeed, this lack of liberty irked +her who had been reared in the desert, till at times she grew +melancholy and would sit for hours looking on the sea and thinking. +She thought of her mother who had sat thus before her; of her father, +who had perished beneath the gladiators' swords; of the kindly old men +who had nurtured her, and of the sufferings of her brothers and +sisters in the faith in Rome and at Jerusalem. But most of all she +thought of Marcus, her Roman lover, whom, strive as she would, she +could never forget--no, not for a single hour. She loved him, that was +the truth of it, and between them there was a great gulf fixed, not of +the sea only, which ships could sail, but of that command which the +dead had laid upon her. He was a pagan and she was a Christian, and +they might not wed. By now, too, it was likely that he had forgotten +her, the girl who took his fancy in the desert. At Rome there were +many noble and lovely women--oh! she could scarcely bear to think of +it. Yet night by night she prayed for him, and morn by morn his face +arose before her half-awakened eyes. Where was he? What was he doing? +For aught she knew he might be dead. Nay, for then, surely, her heart +would have warned her. Still, she craved for tidings, and alas! there +were none. + +At length tidings did come--the best of tidings. One day, wearying of +the house, with the permission of her grandfather, and escorted by +servants, Miriam had gone to walk in the gardens that he owned to the +north of that part of the city on the mainland, which was called +Palætyrus. They were lovely gardens, well watered and running down to +the sea-edge, and in them grew beautiful palms and other trees, with +fruitful shrubs and flowers. Here, when they had roamed a while, +Miriam and Nehushta sat down upon the fallen column of some old temple +and rested. Suddenly they heard a footstep, and Miriam looked up to +see before her a Roman officer, clad in a cloak that showed signs of +sea-travel, and, guiding him, one of Benoni's servants. + +The officer, a rough but kindly looking man of middle age, bowed to +her, asking in Greek if he spoke to the lady Miriam, the granddaughter +of Benoni the Jew, she who had been brought up among the Essenes. + +"Sir, I am she," answered Miriam. + +"Then, lady, I, who am named Gallus, have an errand to perform"; and +drawing from his robe a letter tied with silk and sealed, and with the +letter a package, he handed them to her. + +"Who sends these?" she asked, hope shining in her eyes, "and whence +come they?" + +"From Rome, lady, as fast as sails could waft them and me. And the +sender is the noble Marcus, called the Fortunate." + +"Oh!" said Miriam, blushing to her eyes, "tell me, sir, is he well?" + +"Not so well but that such a look as that, lady, would better him, or +any other man, could he be here to see it," answered the Roman, gazing +at her with admiration. + +"Did you then leave him ill? I do not understand." + +"Nay, his health seemed sound, and his uncle Caius being dead his +wealth can scarce be counted, or so they say, since the old man made +him his heir. Perhaps that is why the divine Nero has taken such a +fancy to him that he can scarce leave the palace. Therefore I cannot +say that Marcus is well to-day, since sometimes Nero's friends are +short-lived. Nay, be not frightened, I did but jest; your Marcus is +safe enough. Read the letter, lady, and waste no time. As for me, my +mission is fulfilled. Thank me not; it is reward enough to have seen +that sweet face of yours. Fortunate indeed is the star of Marcus, and, +though I am jealous of the man, for your sake I pray that it may lead +him back to you. Lady, farewell." + +"Cut the silk, Nou," said Miriam when the Captain Gallus had gone. +"Quick. I have no knife." + +Nehushta obeyed smiling and the letter was unrolled. It, or those +parts of it which concern us, ran thus: + + "To the lady Miriam, from Marcus the Roman, her friend, by the hand + of the Captain Gallus. + + "Dear friend and lady, greeting. Already since I came here I have + written you one letter, but this day news has reached me that the + ship which bore it foundered off the coast of Sicily. So, as + Neptune has that letter, and with it many good men, although I + write more ill than I do most things, I send you another by this + occasion, hoping, I who am vain, that you have not forgotten me, + and that the reading of it may even give you pleasure. Most dear + Miriam, know that I accomplished my voyage to Rome in safety, + visiting your grandsire on the way to pay him a debt I owed. But + that story you will perhaps have heard. + + "From Tyre I sailed for Italy, but was cast away upon the coasts of + Melita, where many of us were drowned. By the favour of some god, + however--ah! what god I wonder--I escaped, and taking another ship + came safely to Brundisium, whence I travelled as fast as horses + would carry me to Rome. Here I arrived but just in time, for I + found my uncle Caius very will. Believing, moreover, that I had + been drowned in the shipwreck at Melita, he was about to make a + will bequeathing his property to the Emperor Nero, but by good + fortune of this he had said nothing. Had he done so I should, I + think, be as poor to-day as when I left you, dear, and perhaps + poorer still, for I might have lost my head with my inheritance. + + "As it was I found favour in the sight of my uncle Caius, who a + week after my arrival executed a formal testament leaving to me + all his land, goods, and moneys, which on his death three months + later I inherited. Thus I have become rich--so rich that now, + having much money to spend, by some perversity which I cannot + explain, I have grown careful and spend as little as possible. + After I had entered into my inheritance I made a plan to return to + Judæa, for one reason and one alone--to be near to you, most sweet + Miriam. At the last moment I was stayed by a very evil chance. + That bust which you made of me I had managed to save from the + shipwreck and bring safe to Rome--now I wish it was at the bottom + of the sea, and you shall learn why. + + "When I came into possession of this house in the Via Agrippa, + which is large and beautiful, I set it in a place of honour in the + antechamber and summoned that sculptor, Glaucus, of whom I have + spoken to you, and others who follow the art, to come and pass + judgment upon the work. They came, they wondered and they were + silent, for each of them feared lest in praising it he should + exalt some rival. When, however, I told them that it was the work + of a lady in Judæa, although they did not believe me, since all of + them declared that no woman had shaped that marble, knowing that + they had nothing to fear from so distant an artist whoever he + might be, they began to praise the work with one voice, and all + that evening until the wine overcame them, talked of nothing else. + Also they continued talking on the morrow, until at length the + fame of the thing came to the ears of Nero, who also is an artist + of music and other things. The end of it was that one day, without + warning, the Emperor visited my house and demanded to see the + bust, which I showed to him. For many minutes he examined it + through the emerald with which he aids his sight, then asked: + + "'What land had the honour to bear the genius who wrought this + work?' + + "I answered, 'Judæa,' a country, by the way, of which he seemed to + know little, except that some fanatics dwelt there, who refused to + worship him. He said that he would make that artist ruler of + Judæa. I replied that the artist was a woman, whereon he answered + that he cared nothing--she should still rule Judæa, or if this + could not be managed he would send and bring her to Rome to make a + statue of him to be set up in the Temple at Jerusalem for the Jews + to worship. + + "Now I saw that I had been foolish, and knowing well what would + have been your fate, my Miriam, had he once set eyes on you, I + sighed and answered, that alas! it was impossible, since you were + dead, as I proved to him by a long story with which I will not + trouble you. Moreover, now that he was sure that you were dead, I + showed him the little statuette of yourself looking into water, + which you gave me. Whereon he burst into tears, at the thought + that such an one had departed from the earth, while it was still + cursed with so many who are wicked, old and ugly. + + "Still he did not go, but remained admiring the bust, till at + length one of his favourites who accompanied him, whispered in my + ear that I must present it to the Emperor. I refused, whereon he + whispered back that if I did not, assuredly before long it would + be taken, and with it all my other goods, and, perhaps, my life. + So, since I must, I changed my mind and prayed him to accept it; + whereon he embraced, first the marble and then me, and caused it + to be borne away then and there, leaving me mad with rage. + + "Now I tell you all this silly story for a reason, since it has + hindered and still hinders me from leaving Rome. Thus: two days + later I received an Imperial decree, in which it was stated that + the incomparable work of art brought from Judæa by Marcus, the son + of Emilius, had been set up in a certain temple, where those who + would please their Emperor were desired to present themselves and + worship it and the soul of her by whom it was fashioned. Moreover, + it was commanded that I, Marcus, whose features had served as a + model for the work, should be its guardian and attend twice weekly + in the temple, that all might see how the genius of a great artist + is able to make a thing of immortal beauty from a coarse original + of flesh and blood. Oh, Miriam, I have no patience to write of + this folly, yet the end of it is, that except at the cost of my + fortune and the risk of my life, it is impossible for me to leave + Rome. Twice every week, or by special favour, once only, must I + attend in that accursed temple where my own likeness stands upon + a pedestal of marble, and before it a marble altar, on which are + cut the words: 'Sacrifice, O passer-by, to the spirit of the + departed genius who wrought this divine work.' + + "Yes, there I sit, I who am a soldier, while fools come in and gaze + first at the marble and then at me, saying things for which often + I long to kill them, and casting grains of incense into the little + fire on the altar in sacrifice to your spirit, whereby I trust it + may be benefited. Thus, Miriam, are we ruled in Rome to-day. + + "Meanwhile, I am in great favour with Nero, so that men call me + 'the Fortunate,' and my house the 'Fortunate House,' a title of + ill-omen. + + "Yet out of this evil comes some good, since because of his present + affection for me, or my bust, I have now and again for your sake, + Miriam, been able to do service, even to the saving of their + lives, to those of your faith. Here there are many Christians whom + it is an amusement to Nero to persecute, torture, and slay, + sometimes by soaking them in tar and making of them living torches + to illuminate his gardens, and sometimes in other fashions. The + lives of sundry of these poor people he has given to me, when I + begged them of him. Indeed, he has done more. Yesterday Nero came + himself to the temple and suggested that certain of the Christians + should be sacrificed in a very cruel fashion here as an offering + to your spirit. I answered that this could give it little + pleasure, seeing that in your lifetime you also were a Christian. + Thereon he wrung his hands, crying out, 'Oh! what a crime have I + committed,' and instantly gave orders that no more Christians + should be killed. So for a little while, thanks to your handiwork, + and to me who am called 'the Model,' they are safe--those who are + left of them. + + "I hear that there are wars and tumults in Judæa, and that + Vespasian, a great general, is to be sent to quell them. If I can + I will come with him, but at present--such is the madness of my + master--this is too much to hope, unless, indeed, he wearies + suddenly of the 'Divine Work' and its attendant 'Model.' + + "Meanwhile I also cast incense upon your altar, and pray that in + these troubles you may come to no harm. + + "Miriam, I am most unhappy. I think of you always and yet I cannot + come to you. I picture you in many dangers, and I am not there to + save you. I even dare to hope that you would wish to see me again; + but it is the Jew Caleb, and other men, who see you and make + offerings to your sweet beauty as I make them to your spirit. I + beseech you, Miriam, do not accept the offerings, lest in some day + to come, when I am once more a soldier, and have ceased to be a + custodian of busts, it should be the worse for those worshippers, + and especially for Caleb. + + "What else have I to tell you? I have sought out some of the great + preachers of your faith, hoping that by the magic whereof they are + said to be masters, they would be able to assure me of your + welfare. But to my sorrow they gave me no magic--in which it seems + they do not deal--only maxims. Also, from these I bought for a + great sum certain manuscripts written by themselves containing the + doctrines of your law, which I intend to study so soon as I have + time. Indeed, this is a task which I wish to postpone, since did I + read I might believe and turn Christian, to serve in due course as + a night-light in Nero's gardens. + + "I send you a present, praying that you will accept it. The emerald + in the ring is cut by my friend, the sculptor Glaucus. The pearls + are fine and have a history which I hope to tell you some day. + Wear them always, beloved Miriam, for my sake. I do not forget + your words; nay, I ponder them day and night. But at least you + said you loved me, and in wearing these trinkets you break no duty + to the dead. Write to me, I pray you, if you can find a messenger. + Or, if you cannot write, think of me always as I do of you. Oh, + that we were back together in that happy village of the Essenes, + to whom, as to yourself, be all good fortune! Farewell. + + "Your ever faithful friend and lover, + "Marcus." + +Miriam finished her letter, kissed it, and hid it in her bosom. Then +she opened the packet and unlocked the ivory box within by a key that +hung to it. Out of the casket she took a roll of soft leather. This +she undid and uttered a little cry of joy, for there lay a necklace of +the most lovely pearls that she had ever seen. Nor was this all, for +threaded on the pearls was a ring, and cut upon its emerald bezel the +head of Marcus, and her own head taken from the likeness she had given +him. + +"Look! Nou, look!" said Miriam, showing her the beauteous trinkets. + +"A sight to make old eyes glisten," answered Nehushta handling them. +"I know something of pearls, and these are worth a fortune. Happy +maid, to whom is given such a lover." + +"Unhappy maid who can never be a happy wife," sighed Miriam, her blue +eyes filling with tears. + +"Grieve not; that still may chance," answered Nehushta, as she +fastened the pearls about Miriam's neck. "At least you have heard from +him and he still loves you, which is much. Now for the ring--the +marriage finger--see, how it fits." + +"Nay, I have no right," murmured Miriam; still she did not draw it off +again. + +"Come, let us be going," said Nehushta, hiding the casket in her amble +robe, "for the sun sinks, and to-night there are guests to supper." + +"What guests?" asked Miriam absently. + +"Plotters, every one," said Nehushta, shrugging her shoulders. "The +great scheme to drive the Romans from the Holy City ripens fast, and +your grandsire waters its root. I pray that we may not all of us +gather bitter grapes from that vine. Have you heard that Caleb is back +in Tyre?" + +"Caleb!" faltered Miriam, "No." + +"Well, he is. He arrived yesterday and will be among the guests +to-night. He has been fighting up in the desert there, and bravely, +for I am told that he was one of those who seized the fortress of +Masada and put its Roman garrison to the sword." + +"Then he is against the Romans?" + +"Yes, because he hopes to rule the Jews, and risks much to gain more." + +"I do not wish to meet him," said Miriam. + +"Nay, but you must, and the sooner the better. Why do you fear the +man?" + +"I know not, but fear him I do, now and always." + + + +When Miriam entered the supper chamber that night, the guests to the +number of twelve were already seated on their couches, waiting for the +feast to begin. By her grandfather's command she was arrayed in her +richest robes fashioned and broidered after the Grecian fashion, +having her hair gathered into coils upon her head and held with a +golden net. Round her waist was a girdle of gold set with gems, about +her throat the necklace of pearls which Marcus had sent her, and on +her hand a single ring--that with his likeness and her own. As she +entered the great chamber, looking most lovely, notwithstanding her +lack of height, her grandfather came forward to meet her and present +her to the guests, who rose in greeting. One by one they bowed to her +and one by one she searched their faces with her eyes--faces for the +most part stern and fierce. Now all had passed and she sighed with +relief, for among them there was no Caleb. Even as she did so a +curtain swung aside and Caleb entered. + +It was he, of that there could be no doubt; but oh! how changed since +last she had seen him two years before. Then he had been but a raw, +passionate youth; now he was a tall and splendid young man, very +handsome in his dark fashion, very powerful of frame also and quick of +limb. His person was matched by his attire, which was that of an +Eastern warrior noble, and his mien was proud and conquering. As he +advanced the guests bowed to him in respect, as to a man of great and +assured position who may become greater still. Yes, even Benoni showed +him this respect, stepping forward to greet him. All these greetings +Caleb acknowledged lightly, even haughtily, till of a sudden he saw +Miriam standing somewhat in the shadow, and heedless of the other +guests pushed his way towards her. + +"Thus we meet again, Miriam," he said, his proud face softening as he +spoke and his eyes gazing on her with a sort of rapture. "Are you +pleased to see me?" + +"Surely, Caleb," she answered. "Who would not be well pleased to meet +the playfellow of her childhood?" + +He frowned, for childhood and its play were not in his thoughts. +Before he could speak again Benoni commanded the company to be seated, +whereon Miriam took her accustomed place as mistress of the house. + +To her surprise Caleb seated himself beside her on the couch that +should have been reserved for the oldest guest, who for some moments +was left a wanderer and wrathful, till Benoni, seeing what had passed, +called him to his side. Then, golden vessels of scented water having +been handed by slaves to each guest in turn, the feast began. As +Miriam was about to dip her fingers in the water she remembered the +ring upon her left hand and turned the bezel inwards. Caleb noted the +action, but said nothing. + +"Whence come you, Caleb?" she asked. + +"From the wars, Miriam. We have thrown down the gate to Rome, and she +has picked it up." + +She looked at him inquiringly and asked, "Was it wise?" + +"Who can tell?" he answered. "At least it is done. For my part I +hesitated long, but your grandfather won me over, so now I must follow +my fate." + +Then he began to tell her of the taking of Masada and of the bloody +struggles of the factions in Jerusalem. + +After this he spoke of the Essenes, who still occupied their village, +though in fear, for all about them was much fighting; and of their +childish days together--talk which pleased her greatly. Whilst they +spoke thus, a messenger entered the room and whispered something into +the ear of Benoni, who raised his hands to Heaven as though in +gratitude. + +"What tidings?" asked one. + +"This, my friends. Cestius Gallus the Roman has been hunted from the +walls of Jerusalem and his army is destroyed in the pass of Beth- +horon." + +"God be praised!" said the company as though with one voice. + +"God be praised," repeated Caleb, "for so great and glorious a +victory! The accursed Romans are fallen indeed." + +Only Miriam said nothing. + +"What is in your mind?" he asked looking at her. + +"That they will spring up again stronger than before," she replied, +then at a signal from Benoni, rose and left the feast. + +From the supper chamber Miriam passed down a passage to the portico +and there seated herself, resting her arms upon the marble balustrade +and listening to the waves as they lapped against the walls below. + +That day had been disturbed, different, indeed, from all the peaceful +days which she was wont to spend. First had come the messenger bearing +her lover's gifts and letter which already she longed to read again; +then hard upon his heels, like storm upon the sunshine, he who, unless +she was mistaken, still wished to be her lover--Caleb. How curious was +the lot of all three of them! How strangely had they been exalted! +She, the orphan ward of the Essenes, was now a great and wealthy lady +with everything her heart could desire--except one thing, indeed, +which it desired most of all. And Marcus, the debt-saddled Roman +soldier of fortune, he also, it seemed, had suddenly become great and +wealthy, pomps that he held at the price of playing some fool's part +in a temple to satisfy the whimsy of an Imperial madman. + +Caleb, too, had found fortune, and in these tumultuous times risen +suddenly to place and power. All three of them were seated upon +pinnacles, but as Miriam felt, they were pinnacles of snow, which for +aught she knew, might be melted by the very sun of their prosperity. +She was young, she had little experience, yet as Miriam sat there +watching the changeful sea, there came upon her a great sense of the +instability of things, and an instinctive knowledge of their vanity. +The men who were great one day, whose names sounded in the mouths of +all, the next had vanished, disgraced or dead. Parties rose and +parties fell, high priest succeeded high priest, general supplanted +general, yet upon each and all of them, like the following waves that +rolled beneath her, came dark night and oblivion. A little dancing in +the sunshine, a little moaning in the shade, then death, and after +death---- + +"What are you thinking of, Miriam?" said a rich voice at her elbow, +the voice of Caleb. + +She started, for here she believed herself alone, then answered: + +"My thoughts matter nothing. Why are you here? You should be with your +fellow----" + +"Conspirators. Why do you not say the word? Well, because sometimes +one wearies even of conspiracy. Just now we triumph and can take our +ease. I wish to make the most of it. What ring is that you wear upon +your finger?" + +Miriam straightened herself and grew bold. + +"One which Marcus sent me," she answered. + +"I guessed as much. I have heard of him; he has become a creature of +the mad Nero, the laughing-stock of Rome." + +"I do not laugh at him, Caleb." + +"No, you were ever faithful. But, say, do you laugh at me?" + +"Indeed not; why should I, since you seem to fill a great and +dangerous part with dignity?" + +"Yes, Miriam, my part is both great and dangerous. I have risen high +and I mean to rise higher." + +"How high?" + +"To the throne of Judæa." + +"I think a cottage stool would be more safe, Caleb." + +"Mayhap, but I do not like such seats. Listen, Miriam, I will be great +or die. I have thrown in my lot with the Jews, and when we have cast +out the Romans I shall rule." + +"/If/ you cast out the Romans, and /if/ you live. Caleb, I have no +faith in the venture. We are old friends, and I pray of you to escape +from it while there is yet time." + +"Why, Miriam?" + +"Because He Whom your people crucified and Whom I serve prophesied its +end. The Romans will crush you, Caleb. His blood lies heavy upon the +head of the Jews, and the hour of payment is at hand." + +Caleb thought a while, and when he spoke again the note of confidence +had left his voice. + +"It may be so, Miriam," he said, "though I put no faith in the sayings +of your prophet; but at least I have taken my part and will see the +play through. Now for the second time I ask you to share its fortunes. +I have not changed my mind. As I loved you in childhood and as a +youth, so I love you as a man. I offer to you a great career. In the +end I may fall, or I may triumph, still either the fall or the triumph +will be worth your sharing. A throne, or a glorious grave--both are +good; who can say which is the better? Seek them with me, Miriam." + +"Caleb, I cannot." + +"Why?" + +"Because it is laid upon me as a birthright, or a birth-duty, that I +should wed no man who is not a Christian. You know the story." + +"Then if there were no such duty would you wed me, Miriam?" + +"No," she answered faintly. + +"Why not?" + +"Because I love another man whom also I am forbid to wed, and until +death I am pledged to him." + +"The Roman, Marcus?" + +"Aye, the Roman Marcus. See, I wear his ring," and she lifted her +hand, "and his gift is about my throat," and she touched the necklet +of pearls. "Till death I am his and his alone. This I say, because it +is best for all of us that you should know the truth." + +Caleb ground his teeth in bitter jealousy. + +"Then may death soon find him!" he said. + +"It would not help you, Caleb. Oh! why cannot we be friends as we were +in the old times!" + +"Because I seek more than friendship, and soon or late, in this way or +in that, I swear that I will have it." + +As the words left his lips footsteps were heard, and Benoni appeared. + +"Friend Caleb," he said, "we await you. Why, Miriam, what do you here? +To your chamber, girl. Affairs are afoot in which women should have no +part." + +"Yet as I fear, grandfather, women will have to bear the burden," +answered Miriam. Then, bowing to Caleb, she turned and left them. + + + + CHAPTER XIII + + WOE, WOE TO JERUSALEM + +Two more years went by, two dreadful, bloody years. In Jerusalem the +factions tore each other. In Galilee let the Jewish leader Josephus, +under whom Caleb was fighting, do what he would, Vespasian and his +generals stormed city after city, massacring their inhabitants by +thousands and tens of thousands. In the coast towns and elsewhere +Syrians and Jews made war. The Jews assaulted Gadara and Gaulonitis, +Sebaste and Ascalon, Anthedon and Gaza, putting many to the sword. +Then came their own turn, for the Syrians and Greeks rose upon them +and slaughtered them without mercy. As yet, however, there had been no +blood shed in Tyre, though all knew that it must come. The Essenes, +who had been driven from their home by the Dead Sea and taken refuge +in Jerusalem, sent messengers to Miriam warning her to flee from Tyre, +where a massacre was being planned; warning her also not to come to +Jerusalem, which city they believed to be doomed, but to escape, if +possible over sea. Nor was this all, for her own people, the +Christians, besought her to fly for her life's sake with them to the +city of Pella, where they were gathering from Jerusalem and all Judæa. +To both Miriam answered that what her grandsire did, that she must do. +If he fled, she would fly; if he stayed at Tyre, she would stay; if he +went to Jerusalem, she would go; for he had been good to her and she +had sworn that while he lived she would not desert him. So the Essene +messengers went back to Jerusalem, and the Christian elders prayed +with her, and having blessed her and consigned her to the care of the +Most High and His Son, their Lord, departed to Pella, where, as it was +fated, through all those dreadful times not a hair of their heads was +touched. + +When she had parted from them, Miriam sought out her grandfather, whom +she found pacing his chamber with a troubled air. + +"Why do you look so sad, Miriam?" he asked. "Have some of your friends +warned you that new sorrows are afoot?" + +"Yes, grandfather," and she told him all. + +"I do not believe them," he said passionately. "Say, do you? Where is +their authority? I tell you that we shall triumph. Vespasian is now +Emperor in Rome, and there will forget this little land; and the rest, +those enemies who are of our own house and those without it, we will +conquer and kill. The Messiah will come, the true Messiah. Many signs +and wonders declare that he is at hand. Ay! I myself have had a vision +concerning him. He will come, and he will conquer, and Jerusalem shall +be great and free and see her desire upon her enemies. I ask--where is +your authority for these croakings?" + +Miriam drew a roll from her robe and read: "But when ye see Jerusalem +compassed with armies, then know that her desolation is at hand. Then +let them which are in Judæa flee unto the mountains; and let them +which are in the midst of her depart out; and let not them that are in +the country enter therein. For these are days of vengeance, that all +things that are written may be fulfilled. Woe to them that are with +child and to them that give suck in those days! for there shall be +great distress upon the land and wrath unto this people. And they +shall fall by the edge of the sword, and shall be led captive into all +the nations; and Jerusalem shall be trodden down of the Gentiles until +the times of the Gentiles be fulfilled." + +Benoni listened patiently until she had done. Then he answered with +contempt: + +"So says the book of your Law, but mine tells me otherwise. Well, +child, if you believe it and are afraid, begone with your friends, the +Christians, and leave me to meet this storm alone." + +"I do believe it," she answered quietly, "but I am not afraid." + +"That is strange," he said, "since you must then believe also that you +will come to a cruel death, which has terrors for the young and fair." + +"Not so, grandfather, for this same writing promises that in these +troubles not one of us Christians shall perish. It is for you that I +fear, not for myself, who will go where you go, and bide where you +bide. Therefore, once more, and for the last time, I pray you to be +wise and fly--who otherwise must be slain"; and as Miriam said the +words her blue eyes filled with tears. + +Benoni looked at her and for a moment his courage was shaken. + +"Of your book I take no account," he said, "but in the vision of your +pure spirit I am tempted to believe. Perhaps the things that you +foresee will happen, so, child, fly. You will not lack an escort and I +can give you treasure." + +She shook her head. "I have said that I will not go without you." + +"Then I fear that you here must bide, for I will not leave my wealth +and home, even to save my life, and still less will I desert my people +in their holy war. Only, Miriam, if things fall out ill for us, +remember that I entreated you to depart, and do not reproach me." + +"That I shall never do," she answered, smiling, and coming to the old +man kissed him tenderly. + +So they abode on in Tyre, and a week later the storm burst. + +For many days it had not been safe for Jews to show themselves in the +streets of the city, since several who crept out about their business, +or to fetch water or provisions, had been set upon and beaten to death +by the mob, stirred up to the work by Roman emissaries. This time +Benoni had employed in putting his house, which was part of an ancient +fortress that had stood many a siege, into a state of defence, and in +supplying it with an ample store of victuals. Also he sent messengers +to Caleb, who was said to be in command of the Jewish force at Joppa, +telling him of their peril. Because it was so strong many of the +principal Jews in Tyre, to the number of over a hundred indeed, had +flocked into Benoni's palace-fortress, together with their wives and +children, since there was no other place in their power in the town +which could be so easily defended. Lastly, in the outer courts and +galleries were stationed fifty or more faithful servants and slaves +who understood the use of arms. + +Thus things remained, the Syrians threatening them through the gates +or from the windows of high houses, and no more, till one night Miriam +was awakened by a dreadful sound of screaming. She sprang from her bed +and instantly Nehushta was at her side. + +"What happens?" she gasped as she dressed herself hastily. + +"Those Syrian dogs attack the Jews," answered Nehushta, "on the +mainland and in the lower city. Come to the roof, whence we can see +what passes," and hand in hand they ran to the sea-portico and up its +steep steps. + +The dawn was just breaking, but looking from the walled roof they had +no need of its light, since everywhere in the dim city below and in +Palætyrus on the mainland, houses flared like gigantic torches. In +their red glare they could see the thousands of the attackers dragging +out their inmates to death, or thrusting them back into the flames, +while the night was made horrible with the shouts of the maddened mob, +the cries of the victims and the crackling roar of burning houses. + +"Oh! Christ have mercy on them," sobbed Miriam. + +"Why should He?" asked Nehushta. "They slew Him and rejected Him; now +they pay the price He prophesied. May He have mercy on us, His +servants." + +"He would not have spoken thus," said Miriam indignantly. + +"Nay, but justice speaks. Those who take the sword shall perish by the +sword. Even so have these Jews done to the Greeks and Syrians in many +of the cities--they who are blind and mad. Now it is their hour, and +mayhap ours. Come, lady, these are no sights for you, though you might +do well to learn to bear them, since if you escape you may see many +such. Come, and if you wish we will pray for these Jews, especially +for their children, who are innocent, and for ourselves." + +That day at noon, most of the poorer and least protected Jews of the +city having been killed, the Syrians began their attack upon the +fortified palace of Benoni. Now it was that the defenders learned that +they had to deal with no mere rabble, but with savage hordes, many +thousands strong, directed by officers skilled in war. Indeed these +men might be seen moving among them, and from their armour and +appearance it was easy to guess that they were Romans. This, in fact, +was the case, since Gessius Florus, the wicked, and after him other +officers, made it part of their policy to send Romans to stir up the +Syrians against the Jews and to assist them in their slaughter. + +First an attack was made upon the main gates, but when it was found +that these were too strong to be taken easily, the assailants +retreated with a loss of a score of men shot by the defenders from the +wall. Then other tactics were adopted, for the Syrians, possessing +themselves of the neighbouring houses, began to gall the garrison with +arrows from the windows. Thus they drove them under cover, but did +little more, since the palace was all of marble with cemented roofs, +and could not be fired with the burning shafts they sent down upon it. + +So the first day passed, and during the night no attack was made upon +them. When dawn came they learned the reason, for there opposite to +the gates was reared a great battering-ram; moreover, out at sea a +huge galley was being rowed in as close to their walls as the depth of +water would allow, that from her decks the sailors might hurl stones +and siege arrows by means of catapults and thus break down their +defences and destroy them. + +Then it was that the real fight began. The Jews posted on the roof of +the house poured arrows on the men who strove to work the ram, and +killed many of them, till they were able to push the instrument so +close that it could no longer be commanded. Now it got to work and +with three blows of the great baulk of timber, of which the ram was +fashioned, burst in the gates. Thereon the defenders, headed by old +Benoni himself, rushed out and put those who served it to the sword; +then before they could be overcome, retreated across the ditch to the +inner wall, breaking down the wooden bridge behind them. Now, since +the ram was of no further use, as it could not be dragged through the +ditch, the galley, that was anchored within a hundred paces, began to +hurl huge stones and arrows at them, knocking down the walls and +killing several, including two women and three children. + +Thus matters went on till noon, the besiegers galling them with their +arrows from the land side and the galley battering them from the sea, +while they could do little or nothing in return, having no engines. +Benoni called a council and set out the case, which was desperate +enough. It was evident, he said, that they could not hold out another +day, since at nightfall the Syrians would cross the narrow protecting +ditch and set up a battering-ram against the inner wall. Therefore, +they must do one of two things--sally out and attempt to cut their way +through and gain open country, or fight on and at the last kill the +women and children and rush out, those that were left of them, to be +hacked down by the besieging thousands. As the first plan gave no +hope, since, cumbered as they were with helpless people, they could +not expect to escape the city, in their despair they decided on the +second. All must die, therefore they would perish by each other's +hands. When this decision was known, a wail went up from the women and +the children began to scream with fright, those of them who were old +enough to understand their doom. + +Nehushta caught Miriam by the arm. + +"Come to the highest roof," she said; "it is safe from the stones and +arrows, and thence, if need be, we can hurl ourselves into the water +and die an easy death." + +So they went and crouched there, praying, for their case was +desperate. Suddenly Nehushta touched Miriam and pointed to the sea. +She looked and saw another galley approaching fast as oars and sails +could bring her. + +"What of it?" she asked heavily. "It will but hasten the end." + +"Nay," replied Nehushta, "this ship is Jewish; she does not fly the +Eagles, or a Phnician banner. Behold! the Syrian vessel is getting up +her anchors and preparing for fight." + +It was true enough, for now the oars of the Syrian shot out and she +forged ahead towards the newcomer. But just then the current caught +her, laying her broadside on, whereon the Jewish ship, driven by the +following wind, shifted her helm and, amidst a mighty shouting from +sea and shore, drove down upon her, striking her amidships with its +beak so that she heeled over. Then there was more tumult, and Miriam +closed her eyes to shut out the horrid sight. + +When she opened them again the Syrian galley had vanished, only the +water was spotted with black dots which were the heads of men. + +"Gallantly done!" screamed Nehushta. "See, she anchors and puts out +her boats; they will save us yet. Down to the water-gate!" + +On their way they met Benoni coming to seek them, and with him won the +steps which were already crowded with fugitives. The two boats of the +galley drew near and in the bow of the first of them stood a tall and +noble-looking figure. + +"It is Caleb," said Miriam, "Caleb who has come to save us." + +Caleb it was indeed. At a distance of ten paces from the steps he +halted his boat and called aloud: + +"Benoni, Lady Miriam and Nehushta, if you still live, stand forward." + +They stood forward. + +"Now wade into the sea," he cried again, and they waded out until the +water reached their armpits, when they were seized one by one and +dragged into the boat. Many followed them and were also dragged in, +until that boat and the other were quite full, whereon they turned and +were rowed to the galley. Having embarked them, the two boats went +back and again were filled with fugitives, for the most part women and +children. + +Again they went, but as they laded for the third time, the ends of +ladders appeared above the encircling walls of the steps, and Syrians +could be seen rushing out upon the portico, whence they began to lower +themselves with ropes. The end of that scene was dreadful. The boats +were full, till the water indeed began to overflow their gunwales, but +many still remained upon the steps or rushed into the water, women +screaming and holding their children above their heads, and men +thrusting them aside in the mad rush for life. The boats rowed off, +some who could swim following them. For the rest, their end was the +sword. In all, seventy souls were rescued. + +Miriam flung herself downwards upon the deck of the galley and burst +into tears, crying out: + +"Oh! save them! Can no one save them?" while Benoni seated at her +side, the water running from his blood-stained garment, moaned: + +"My house sacked; my wealth taken; my people slain by the Gentiles!" + +"Thank God Who has saved us," broke in old Nehushta, "God and Caleb; +and as for you, master, blame yourself. Did not we Christians warn you +of what was to come? Well, as it has been in the beginning, so it +shall be in the end." + +Just then Caleb appeared before them, proud and flushed with triumph, +as he well might be who had done great things and saved Miriam from +the sword. Benoni rose and, casting his arms about his neck, embraced +him. + +"Behold your deliverer!" he said to Miriam, and stooping down, he drew +her to her feet. + +"I thank you, Caleb. I can say no more," she murmured; but in her +heart she knew that God had delivered her and that Caleb was but His +instrument. + +"I am well repaid," answered Caleb gravely. "For me this has been a +fortunate day, who on it have sunk the great Syrian galley and rescued +the woman--whom I love." + +"Oath or no oath," broke in Benoni, bethinking him of what he had +promised in the past, "the life you saved is yours, and if I have my +way you shall take her and such of her heritage as remains." + +"Is this a time to speak of such things?" said Miriam, looking up. +"See yonder," and she pointed to the scene in progress on the +seashore. "They drive our friends and servants into the sea and drown +them," and once more she began to weep. + +Caleb sighed. "Cease from useless tears, Miriam. We have done our best +and it is the fortune of war. I dare not send out the boats again even +if the mariners would listen to my command. Nehushta, lead your lady +to the cabin and strip her of these wet garments lest she take cold in +this bitter wind. But first, Benoni, what is your mind?" + +"To go to my cousin Mathias, the high priest at Jerusalem," answered +the old man, "who has promised to give me shelter if in these days any +can be found." + +"Nay," broke in Nehushta, "sail for Egypt." + +"Where also they massacre the Jews by thousands till the streets of +Alexandria run with their blood," replied Caleb with sarcasm; adding, +"Well, to Egypt I cannot take you who must bring this ship to those +who await her on this side of Joppa, whence I am summoned to +Jerusalem." + +"Whither and nowhere else I will go," said Benoni, "to share in my +nation's death or triumph. If Miriam wills it, I have told her she can +leave me." + +"What I have said before I say again," replied Miriam, "that I will +never do." + +Then Nehushta took her to the cabin, and presently the oars began to +beat and the great galley stood out of the harbour, till in the +silence of the sea the screams of the victims and the shouts of the +victors died away, and as night fell naught could be seen of Tyre but +the flare from the burning houses of the slaughtered Jews. + +Save for the sobs and cries of the fugitives who had lost their +friends and goods the night passed in quiet, since, although it was +winter, the sea was calm and none pursued their ship. At daybreak she +anchored, and coming from the cabin with Nehushta, in the light of the +rising sun Miriam saw before her a ridge of rocks over which the water +poured, and beyond it a little bay backed by a desolate coast. +Nehushta also saw and sighed. + +"What is this place?" asked Miriam. + +"Lady, it is the spot where you were born. On yonder flat rock lay the +vessel, and there I burned her many years ago. See those blackened +timbers half buried in the sand upon the beach; doubtless they are her +ribs." + +"It is strange that I should return hither, and thus, Nou," said +Miriam sighing. + +"Strange, indeed, but mayhap there is a meaning in it. Before you came +in storm to grow to womanhood in peace; now, perchance, you come on a +peaceful sea to pass through womanhood in storm." + +"Both journeys began with death, Nou." + +"As all journeys end. Blackness behind and blackness in front, and +between them a space of sunshine and shadow--that is the law. Yet have +no fear, for dead Anna, who had the gift of prophecy, foretold that +you should live out your life, though with me, whose days are almost +done, it may be otherwise." + +Miriam's face grew troubled. + +"I fear neither life nor death, Nou, who am willing to meet either as +may chance. But to part with you--ah! that thought makes me fear." + +"I think that it will not be yet awhile," said Nehushta, "for although +I am old, I still have work to do before I lay me down and sleep. +Come, Caleb calls us. We are to disembark while the weather holds." + +So Miriam entered the boat with her grandfather and others who had +escaped, for the faces of all of them were set towards Jerusalem, and +was rowed to the shore over that very rock where first she drew her +breath. Here they found Jews who had been watching for the coming of +the galley. These men gave them a kind reception, and, what they +needed even more, food, fire and some beasts of burden for their +journey. + +When all were gathered on the beach Caleb joined them, having handed +over the galley to another Jew, who was to depart in her with those +that waited on the shore, upon some secret mission of intercepting +Roman corn-ships. When these men heard what he had done at Tyre, at +first they were inclined to be angry, since they said that he had no +authority to risk the vessel thus, but afterwards, seeing that he had +succeeded, and with no loss of men, praised him and said that it was a +very great deed. + +So the galley put about and sailed away, and they, to the number of +some sixty souls, began their journey to Jerusalem. A little while +later they came to a village, the same where Nehushta had found the +peasant and his wife, whose inhabitants, at the sight of them, fled, +thinking that they were one of the companies of robbers that hunted +the land in packs, like wolves, plundering or murdering all they met. +When they learnt the truth, however, these people returned and heard +their story in silence, for in those days such tales were common +enough. As it came to an end a withered, sunburned woman advanced to +Nehushta, and, laying one hand upon her arm, pointed with the other at +Miriam, saying: + +"Tell me, friend, is that the babe I suckled?" + +Then Nehushta, knowing her to be the nurse who had travelled with them +to the village of the Essenes, greeted her, and answered "Yea," +whereupon the woman cast her arms about Miriam and embraced her. + +"Day by day," she said, "have I thought of you, little one, and now +that my eyes have seen you grown so sweet and fair, I care not--I +whose husband is dead and who have no children--how soon they close +upon the world." Then she blessed her, and called upon her angel to +protect her yonder in Jerusalem, and found her food and an ass to +ride; and so they parted, to meet no more. + +As it happened, they were fortunate upon that journey, since, with the +armed guard of twenty men who accompanied Caleb, they were too strong +a party to be attacked by the wandering bands of thieves, and, +although it was reported that Titus and his army had already reached +Cæsarea from Egypt, they met no Romans. Indeed, their only enemy was +the cold, which proved so bitter that when, on the second night, they +camped upon the heights over against Jerusalem, having no tents and +fearing to light fires, they were obliged to walk about till daylight +to keep their blood astir. Then it was that they saw strange and +terrible things. + +In the clear sky over Jerusalem blazed a great comet, in appearance +like a sword of fire. It was true that they had seen it before at +Tyre, but never before had it shown so bright. Moreover, there it had +not the appearance of a sword. This they thought to be an ill omen, +all of them except Benoni, who said that the point of the sword +stretched out over Cæsarea, presaging the destruction of the Romans by +the hand of God. Towards dawn, the pale, unnatural lustre of the comet +faded, and the sky grew overcast and stormy. At length the sun came +up, when, to their marvelling eyes, the fiery clouds took strange +shapes. + +"Look, look!" said Miriam, grasping her grandfather by the arm, "there +are armies in the heavens, and they fight together." + +They looked, and, sure enough, it seemed as though two great hosts +were there embattled. They could discern the legions, the wind-blown +standards, the charging chariots, and the squadrons of impetuous +horse. The firmament had become a battle-ground, and lo! it was red as +with the blood of the fallen, while the air was full of strange and +dreadful sounds, bred, perhaps, of wind and distant thunder, that came +to them like the wail of the vanquished and the dull roar of +triumphant armies. So terrified were they at the sight, that they +crouched upon the ground and hid their faces in their hands. Only old +Benoni standing up, his white beard and robes stained red by the +ominous light, cried out that this celestial scene foretold the +destruction of the enemies of God. + +"Ay!" said Nehushta, "but which enemies?" + +The tall Caleb, marching on his round of the camp, echoed: + +"Yes, which enemies?" + +Suddenly the light grew, all these fantastic shapes melted into a red +haze, which sank down till Jerusalem before them seemed as though she +floated in an ocean of blood and fire. Then a dark cloud came up and +for a while the holy Hill of Zion vanished utterly away. It passed, +the blue sky reappeared, and lo! the clear light streamed upon her +marble palaces and clustered houses, and was reflected from the golden +roofs of the Temple. So calm and peaceful did the glorious city look +that none would have deemed indeed that she was already nothing but a +slaughter-house, where factions fought furiously, and day by day +hundreds of Jews perished beneath the knives of their own brethren. + +Caleb gave the word to break their camp, and with bodies shivering in +the cold and spirits terrified by fear, they marched across the rugged +hills towards the Joppa gate, noting as they passed into the valley +that the country had been desolated, for but little corn sprang in the +fields, and that was trodden down, while of flocks and herds they saw +none. Reaching the gate they found it shut, and there were challenged +by soldiers, wild-looking men with ferocious faces of the army of +Simon of Gerasa that held the Lower City. + +"Who are you and what is your business?" these asked. + +Caleb set out his rank and titles, and as these did not seem to +satisfy them Benoni explained that the rest of them were fugitives +from Tyre, where there had been a great slaughter of the Jews. + +"Fugitives always have money; best kill them," said the captain of the +gate. "Doubtless they are traitors and deserve to die." + +Caleb grew angry and commanded them to open, asking by what right they +dared to exclude him, a high officer who had done great service in the +wars. + +"By the right of the strong," they answered. "Those who let in Simon +have to deal with Simon. If you are of the party of John or of Eleazer +go to the Temple and knock upon its doors," and they pointed mockingly +to the gleaming gates above. + +"Has it come to this, then," asked Benoni, "that Jew eats Jew in +Jerusalem, while the Roman wolves raven round the walls? Man, we are +of no party, although, as I think, my name is known and honoured by +all parties--the name of Benoni of Tyre. I demand to be led, not to +Simon, or to John, or to Eleazer, but to my cousin, Mathias, the high +priest, who bids us here." + +"Mathias, the high priest," said the captain; "that is another matter. +Well, this Mathias let us into the city, where we have found good +quarters, and good plunder; so as one turn deserves another, we may as +well let in his friends. Pass, cousin of Mathias the high priest, with +all your company," and he opened the gate. + +They entered and marched up the narrow streets towards the Temple. It +was the hour of the day when all men should be stirring and busy with +their work, but lo! the place was desolate--yes, although so crowded, +it still was desolate. On the pavement lay bodies of men and women +slain in some midnight outrage. From behind the lattices of the +windows they caught sight of the eyes of hundreds peeping at them, but +none gave them a good-morrow, or said one single word. The silence of +death seemed to brood upon the empty thoroughfares. Presently it was +broken by a single wailing voice that reached their ears from so far +away that they could not catch its meaning. Nearer and nearer it came, +till at length in the dark and narrow street they caught sight of a +thin, white-bearded figure, naked to the waist as though to show the +hideous scars and rod-weals with which its back and breast were +scored, still festering, some of them. This was the man who uttered +the cries, and these were the words he spoke: + +"A voice from the East! a voice from the West! a voice from the four +Winds! a voice against Jerusalem and against the Temple! a voice +against the bridegrooms and the brides! a voice against the whole +people! Woe, woe to Jerusalem!" + +Now he was upon them, yes, and marching through them as though he saw +them not, although they shrank to one side and the other of the narrow +street to avoid the touch of this ominous, unclean creature who +scarcely seemed to be a man. + +"Fellow, what do these words mean?" cried Benoni in angry fear. But, +taking no heed, his pale eyes fixed upon the heavens, the wanderer +answered only, "Woe, woe to Jerusalem! Woe to you who come up to +Jerusalem!" + +So he passed on, still uttering those awful words, till at length they +lost sight of his naked form and the sound of his crying grew faint +and died away. + +"What a fearful greeting is this!" said Miriam, wringing her hands. + +"Ay!" answered Nehushta, "but the farewell will be worse. The place is +doomed and all in it." + +Only Caleb said, striving to look unconcerned: + +"Have no fear, Miriam. I know the man. He is mad." + +"Where does wisdom end and madness begin?" asked Nehushta. + +Then they went on towards the gates of the Temple, always through the +same blood-stained, empty streets. + + + + CHAPTER XIV + + THE ESSENES FIND THEIR QUEEN AGAIN + +They went on towards the gates of the Temple, but many a long day was +destined to go by ere Miriam reached them. The entrance by which they +were told they must approach if they sought speech of the high priest, +was one of the two Huldah Gates on the south side of the Royal +Cloister, and thither they came across the valley of Tyropæon. As they +drew near to them of a sudden that gate which stood most to the east +was flung wide, and out of it issued a thousand or more of armed men, +like ants from a broken nest, who, shouting and waving swords, rushed +towards their company. As it chanced, at the moment they were in the +centre of an open space that once had been covered with houses but was +now cumbered with hundreds of blackened and tottering walls, for fire +had devoured them. + +"It is the men of John who attack us," cried a voice, whereon, moved +by a common impulse, the little band turned and fled for shelter among +the ruined houses; yes, even Caleb and Benoni fled. + +Before they reached them, lo! from these crumbling walls that they had +thought untenanted save by wandering dogs, out rushed another body of +savage warriors, the men of Simon who held the Lower City. + +After this, Miriam knew little of what happened. Swords and spears +flashed round her, the factions fell upon each other, slaughtering +each other. She saw Caleb cut down one of the soldiers of John, to be +instantly assaulted in turn by a soldier of Simon, since all desired +to kill, but none cared whom they slew. She saw her grandfather +rolling over and over on the ground in the grip of a man who looked +like a priest; she saw women and children pierced with spears. Then +Nehushta seized her by the hand, and plunging a knife into the arm of +a man who would have stayed them, dragged her away. They fled, an +arrow sang past her ear; something struck her on the foot. Still they +fled, whither she knew not, till at length the sound of the tumult +died away. But not yet would Nehushta stop, for she feared that they +might be followed. So on they went, and on, meeting few and heeded by +none, till at length Miriam sank to the ground, worn out with fear and +flight. + +"Up," said Nehushta. + +"I cannot," she answered. "Something has hurt my foot. See, it +bleeds!" + +Nehushta looked about her, and saw that they were outside the second +wall in the new city of Bezetha, not far from the old Damascus Gate, +for there, to their right and a little behind them, rose the great +tower of Antonia. Beneath this wall were rubbish-heaps, foul-smelling +and covered over with rough grasses and some spring flowers, which +grew upon the slopes of the ancient fosse. Here seemed a place where +they might lie hid awhile, since there were no houses and it was +unsavoury. She dragged Miriam to her feet, and, notwithstanding her +complaints and swollen ankle, forced her on, till they came to a spot +where, as it is to-day, the wall was built upon foundations of living +rock, roughly shaped, and lined with crevices covered by tall weeds. +To one of these crevices Nehushta brought Miriam, and, seating her on +a bed of grass, examined her foot, which seemed to have been bruised +by a stone from a sling. Having no water with which to wash the +bleeding hurt, she made a poultice of crushed herbs and tied it about +the ankle with a strip of linen. Even before she had finished her +task, so exhausted was Miriam that she fell fast asleep. Nehushta +watched her a while, wondering what they should do next, till, in that +lonely place bathed by the warm spring sun, she also began to doze. + +Suddenly she awoke with a start, having dreamed that she saw a man +with white face and beard peering at them from behind a rough angle of +rock. She stared: there was the rock as she had dreamed of it, but no +man. She looked upward. Above them, piled block upon gigantic block, +rose the wall, towering and impregnable. Thither he could not have +gone, since on it only a lizard could find foothold. Nor was he +anywhere else, for there was no cover; so she decided that he must +have been some searcher of the rubbish-heap, who, seeing them hidden +in the tall grasses, had fled away. Miriam was still sound asleep, and +in her weariness presently Nehushta again began to doze, till at +length--it may have been one hour later, or two or three, she knew not +--some sound disturbed her. Opening her eyes, once more behind that +ridge of rock she saw, not one white-bearded face, but two, staring at +her and Miriam. As she sat up they vanished. She remained still, +pretending to sleep, and again they appeared, scanning her closely and +whispering to each other in eager tones. Suddenly one of the faces +turned a little so that the light fell on it. Now Nehushta knew why in +her dream it had seemed familiar, and in her heart thanked God. + +"Brother Ithiel," she said in a quiet voice, "why do you hide like a +coney in these rocks?" + +Both heads disappeared, but the sound of whispering continued. Then +one of them rose again among the green grasses as a man might rise out +of water. It was Ithiel's. + +"It is indeed you, Nehushta?" said his well-remembered voice. + +"Who else?" she asked. + +"And that lady who sleeps at your side?" + +"Once they called her Queen of the Essenes; now she is a hunted +fugitive, waiting to be massacred by Simon, or John, or Eleazer, or +Zealots, or Sicarii, or any other of the holy cut-throats who inhabit +this Holy City," answered Nehushta bitterly. + +Ithiel raised his hands as though in thankfulness, then said: + +"Hush! hush! Here the very birds are spies. Brother, creep to that +rock and look if any men are moving." + +The Essene obeyed, and answered, "None; and they cannot see us from +the wall." + +Ithiel motioned to him to return. + +"Does she sleep sound?" he asked of Nehushta, pointing to Miriam. + +"Like the dead." + +Then, after another whispered conference, the pair of them crept round +the angle of the rock. Bidding Nehushta follow them, they lifted the +sleeping Miriam, and carried her between them through a dense growth +of shrubs to another rock. Here they moved some grass and pushed aside +a stone, revealing a hole not much larger than a jackal would make. +Into this the brother entered, heels first. Then Nehushta, by his +directions, taking the feet of the senseless Miriam, with her help he +bore her into the hole, that opened presently into a wide passage. +Last of all Ithiel, having lifted the grasses which their feet had +trodden, followed them, pulling the stone back to its place, and +cutting off the light. Once more they were in darkness, but this did +not seem to trouble the brethren, for again lifting Miriam, they went +forward a distance of thirty or forty paces, Nehushta holding on to +Ithiel's robe. Now, at length, the cold air of this cave, or perhaps +its deep gloom and the motion, awoke Miriam from her swoon-like sleep. +She struggled in their hands, and would have cried out, had not +Nehushta bade her to be silent. + +"Where am I?" she said. "Is this the hall of death?" + +"Nay, lady. Wait a while, all shall be explained." + +While she spoke and Miriam clung to her affrighted, Ithiel struck iron +and flint together. Catching the spark upon tinder he blew it to a +flame and lighted a taper which burnt up slowly, causing his white +beard and face to appear by degrees out of the darkness, like that of +a ghost rising from the tomb. + +"Oh! surely I am dead," said Miriam, "for before me stands the spirit +of my uncle Ithiel." + +"Not the spirit, Miriam, but the flesh," answered the old man in a +voice that trembled with joy. Then, since he could restrain himself no +longer, he gave the taper to the brother, and, taking her in his arms, +kissed her again and again. + +"Welcome, most dear child," he said; "yes, even to this darksome den, +welcome, thrice welcome, and blessed be the eternal God Who led our +feet forth to find you. Nay, do not stop to talk, we are still too +near the wall. Give me your hand and come." + +Miriam glanced up as she obeyed, and by the feeble light of the taper +saw a vast rocky roof arching above them. On either side of her also +were walls of rough-hewn rock down which dripped water, and piled upon +the floor or still hanging half-cut from the roof, boulders large +enough to fashion a temple column. + +"What awful place is this, my uncle?" she asked. + +"The cavern whence Solomon, the great king, drew stone for the +building of the Temple. Look, here are his mason's marks upon the +wall. Here he fashioned the blocks and thus it happened that no sound +of saw or hammer was heard within the building. Doubtless also other +kings before and since his day have used this quarry, as no man knows +its age." + +While he spoke thus he was leading her onwards over the rough, stone- +hewn floor, where the damp gathered in little pools. Following the +windings of the cave they turned once, then again and yet again, so +that soon Miriam was utterly bewildered and could not have found her +way back to the entrance for her life's sake. Moreover, the air had +become so hot and stifling that she could scarcely breathe. + +"It will be better presently," said Ithiel, noticing her distress, as +he drew her limping after him into what seemed to be a natural crevice +of rock hardly large enough to allow the passage of his body. Along +this crevice they scrambled for eight or ten paces, to find themselves +suddenly in a tunnel lined with masonry, and so large that they could +stand upright. + +"Once it was a watercourse," explained Ithiel, "that filled the great +tank, but now it has been dry for centuries." + +Down this darksome shaft hobbled Miriam, till presently it ended in a +wall, or what seemed to be a wall--for when Ithiel pressed upon a +stone it turned. Beyond it the tunnel continued for twenty or thirty +paces, leading them at length into a vast chamber with arched roof and +cemented sides and bottom, which in some bygone age had been a water- +tank. Here lights were burning, and even a charcoal fire, at which a +brother was engaged in cooking. Also the air was pure and sweet, +doubtless because of the winding water-channels that ran upwards. Nor +did the place lack inhabitants, for there, seated in groups round the +tapers, or watching the cooking over the charcoal fire, were forty or +fifty men, still clad, for the most part, in the robes of the Essenes. + +"Brethren," cried Ithiel, in answer to the challenge of one who was +set to watch the entry, "I bring back to you her whom we lost a while +ago, the lady Miriam." + +They heard, and seizing the tapers, ran forward. + +"It is she!" they cried, "our queen and none other, and with her +Nehushta the Libyan! Welcome, welcome, a thousand times, dear lady!" + +Miriam greeted them one and all, and before these greetings were +finished they brought her food to eat, rough but wholesome, also good +wine and sweet water. Then while she ate she heard all their story. It +seemed that more than a year ago the Romans, marching on Jericho, had +fallen upon their village and put a number of them to death, seizing +others as slaves. Thereon the remnant fled to Jerusalem, where many +more perished, for, being peaceable folk, all the factions robbed and +slew them. Seeing, at last, that to live at large in the city would be +to doom themselves to extinction, and yet not daring to leave it, they +sought a refuge in this underground place, of which, as it chanced, +one of their brethren had the secret. This he had inherited from his +father, so that it was known to no other living man. + +Here by degrees they laid up a great store of provisions of all sorts, +of charcoal for burning, and other necessaries, carrying into the +place also clothes, bedding, cooking utensils and even some rough +furniture. These preparations being made, the fifty of them who +remained removed themselves to the vaults where now they had already +dwelt three months, and here, so far as was possible, continued to +practise the rules of their order. Miriam asked how they kept their +health in this darkness, to which they replied that sometimes they +went out by that path which she had just followed, and mingled with +the people in the city, returning to their hole at night. Ithiel and +his companion were on such a journey when they found her. Also they +had another passage to the upper air which they would show her later. + +When Miriam had finished eating, dressed her hurt, and rested a while, +they took her to explore the wonders of the place. Beyond this great +cistern, that was their common room, lay more to the number of six or +seven, one of the smallest of which was given to Nehushta and herself +to dwell in. Others were filled with stores enough to last them all +for months. Last of all was a cave, not very large, but deep, which +always held sweet water. Doubtless there was a spring at the bottom of +it, which, when the other rain-fed tanks grew dry, still kept it +supplied. From this cistern that had been used for generations after +the others were abandoned, a little stair ran upwards, worn smooth by +the feet of folk long dead, who had come hither to draw water. + +"Where does it lead?" asked Miriam. + +"To the ruined tower above," answered Ithiel. "Nay, another time I +will show you. Now your place is made ready for you, go, let Nehushta +bathe your foot, and sleep, for you must need it sorely." + +So Miriam went and laid herself down to rest in the little cemented +vault which was to be her home for four long months; and being worn +out, notwithstanding the sufferings she had passed and her fears for +her grandfather, slept there as soundly as ever she had done in her +wind-swept chamber at the palace of Tyre, or in her house at the +village of the Essenes. + +When she awoke and saw the darkness all about her, she thought that it +must be night; then remembering that in this place it was always +night, called to Nehushta, who uncovered the little lamp that burned +in a corner of the vault, and went out, to return presently with the +news that according to the Essenes, it was day. So she rose and put on +her robes, and they passed together into the great chamber. Here they +found the Essenes at prayer and making their reverences to the sun +which they could not see, after which they ate their morning meal. Now +Miriam spoke to Ithiel, telling him of her trouble about her +grandfather, who, if he himself still lived, would think that she was +dead. + +"One thing is certain," replied her great-uncle: "that you shall not +go out to seek him, nor must you tell him of your hiding-place, since +soon or late this might mean that all of us would be destroyed, if +only for the sake of the food which we have hoarded." + +Miriam asked if she could not send a message. He answered: + +"No, since none would dare to take it." In the end, however, after she +had pleaded with him long and earnestly, it was agreed that she should +write the words, "I am safe and well, but in a place that I must not +tell you of," and sign her name upon a piece of parchment. This letter +Ithiel, who purposed to creep out into the city that evening disguised +as a beggar, to seek for tidings, said he would take, and, if might +be, bribe some soldier to deliver it to Benoni at the house of the +high priest, if he were there. + +So Miriam wrote the letter, and at nightfall Ithiel and another +brother departed, taking it with them. + +On the following morning they returned, safe, but with a dreadful tale +of the slaughters in the city and in the Temple courts, where the mad +factions still fought furiously. + +"Your tidings, my uncle?" said Miriam, rising to meet him. "Does he +still live?" + +"Be of good comfort," he answered. "Benoni reached the house of +Mathias in safety, and Caleb also, and now they are sheltering within +the Temple walls. This much I had from one of the high priest's +guards, who, for the price of a piece of gold I gave him, swore that +he would deliver the letter without fail. But, child, I will take no +more, for that soldier eyed me curiously and said it was scarcely safe +for beggars to carry gold." + +Miriam thanked him for his goodness and his news, saying that they +lifted a weight from her heart. + +"I have other tidings that may perhaps make it lighter still," went on +the old man, looking at her sideways. "Titus with a mighty host draws +near to Jerusalem from Cæsarea." + +"There is no joy in that tale," replied Miriam, "for it means that the +Holy City will be besieged and taken." + +"Nay, but among that host is one who, if all the stories are true," +and again he glanced at her face, "would rather take you than the +city." + +"Who?" she said, pressing her hands against her heart and turning +redder than the lamplight. + +"One of Titus' prefects of horse, the noble Roman, Marcus, whom in +byegone days you knew by the banks of Jordan." + +Now the red blood fled back to Miriam's heart, and she turned so faint +that had not the wall been near at hand she would have fallen. + +"Marcus?" she said. "Well, he swore that he would come, yet it will +bring him little nearer me;" and she turned and sought her chamber. + +So Marcus had come. Since he sent the letter and the ring that was +upon her hand, and the pearls which were about her throat, she had +heard no more of him. Twice she had written and forwarded the writings +by the most trusty messenger whom she could find, but whether they +reached him she did not know. For more than two years the silence +between them had been that of death, till, indeed, at times she +thought that he must be dead. And now he was come back, a commander in +the army of Titus, who marched to punish the rebellious Jews. Would +she ever see him again? Miriam could not tell. Yet she knelt and +prayed from her pure heart that if it were once only, she might speak +with him face to face. Indeed, it was this hope of meeting that, more +than any other, supported her through all those dreadful days. + +A week went by, and although the hurt to her foot had healed, like +some flower in the dark Miriam drooped and languished in those gloomy +vaults. Twice she prayed her uncle to be allowed to creep to the mouth +of the hole behind the ridge of rock, there to breathe the fresh air +and see the blessed sky. But this he would not suffer. The thing was +too dangerous, he said; for although none knew the secret of their +hiding-place, already two or three fugitives had found their way into +the quarries by other entrances, and these it was very difficult to +pass unseen. + +"So be it," answered Miriam, and crept back to her cell. + +Nehushta looked after her anxiously, then said: + +"If she cannot have air I think that she will soon die. Is there no +way?" + +"One," answered Ithiel, "but I fear to take it. The staircase from the +spring leads to an ancient tower that, I am told, once was a palace of +the kings, but now for these many years has been deserted, for its +entrance is bricked up lest thieves should make it their home. None +can come into that tower, nor is it used for purposes of war, not +standing upon any wall, and there she might sit at peace and see the +sun; yet I fear to let her do so." + +"It must be risked," answered Nehushta. "Take me to visit this place." + +So Ithiel led her to the cistern, and from the cistern up a flight of +steps to a little vaulted chamber, into which they entered through a +stone trap-door, made of the same substance as the paving of the +chamber, so that, when it was closed, none would guess that there was +a passage beneath. From this old store-room, for such it doubtless +was, ran more steps, ending, to all appearance, in a blank wall. +Coming to it, Ithiel thrust a piece of flat iron, a foot or more in +length, into a crack in this wall, lifted some stone latch within, and +pushed, whereon a block of masonry of something more than the height +and width of a man, and quite a yard in thickness, swung outwards. +Nehushta passed through the aperture, followed by Ithiel. + +"See," he said, loosing his hold of the stone, which without noise +instantly closed, so that behind them there appeared to be nothing but +a wall, "it is well hung, is it not? and to come hither without this +iron would be dangerous. Here is the crack where it must be set to +lift the latch within." + +"Whoever lived here guarded their food and water well," answered +Nehushta. + +Then Ithiel showed her the place. It was a massive tower of a square +of about forty feet, whereof the only doorway, as he told her, had +been bricked up many years before to keep the thieves and vagabonds +from sheltering there. In height it must have measured nearly a +hundred feet, and its roof had long ago rotted away. The staircase, +which was of stone, still remained, however, leading to four +galleries, also of stone. Perhaps once there were floors as well, but +if so these had vanished, only the stone galleries and their +balustrades remaining. Ithiel led Nehushta up the stair, which, though +narrow, was safe and easy. Resting at each story, at length they came +to that gallery which projected from its sides within ten feet of the +top of the tower, and saw Jerusalem and the country round spread like +a map beneath. Then, as it was sunset, they returned. At the foot of +the stair Ithiel gave Nehushta the piece of iron and showed her how to +lift the secret latch and pull upon the block of hewn stone that was a +door, so that it opened to swing to again behind them. + +Next morning, before it was dawn in the world above, Miriam aroused +Nehushta. She had been promised that this day she should be taken up +the Old Tower, and so great was her longing for the scent of the free +air and the sight of the blue sky that she had scarcely closed her +eyes this night. + +"Have patience, lady," said Nehushta, "have patience. We cannot start +until the Essenes have finished their prayers to the sun, which, down +in this black hole, they worship more earnestly than ever." + +So Miriam waited, though she would eat nothing, till at length Ithiel +came and led them past the cistern up the stairs to the store or +treasure chamber, where the trap-door stood wide, since, except in +case of some danger, they had no need to shut it. Next, they reached +the door of solid stone which Ithiel showed her how to open, and +entered the base of the massive building. There, far above her, Miriam +saw the sky again, red from the lights of morning, and at the sight of +it clapped her hands and called aloud. + +"Hush!" said Ithiel. "These walls are thick, yet it is not safe to +raise a voice of joy in Jerusalem, that home of a thousand miseries, +lest, perchance, some should hear it through a cleft in the masonry, +and cause search to be made for the singer. Now, if you will, follow +me." + +So they went up and up, till at last they reached the topmost gallery, +where the wall was pierced with loopholes and overhanging platforms, +whence stones and other missiles could be hurled upon an attacking +force. Miriam looked out eagerly, walking round the gallery from +aperture to aperture. + +To the south lay the marble courts and glittering buildings of the +Temple, whence, although men fought daily in them, the smoke of +sacrifice still curled up to heaven. Behind these were the Upper and +the Lower City, crowded with thousands of houses, packed, every one of +them, with human beings who had fled hither for refuge, or, +notwithstanding the dangers of the time, to celebrate the Passover. To +the east was the rugged valley of Jehoshaphat, and beyond it the Mount +of Olives, green with trees soon to be laid low by the Romans. To the +north the new city of Bezetha, bordered by the third wall and the +rocky lands beyond. Not far away, also, but somewhat in front of them +and to the left, rose the mighty tower of Antonia, now one of the +strongholds of John of Gischala and the Zealots, while also to the +west, across the width of the city, were the towers of Hippicus, +Phasæl and Mariamne, backed by the splendid palace of Herod. Besides +these were walls, fortresses, gates and palaces without number, so +intricate and many that the eye could scarcely follow or count them, +and, between, the numberless narrow streets of Jerusalem. These and +many other things Ithiel pointed out to Miriam, who listened eagerly +till he wearied of the task. Then they looked downwards through the +overhanging platforms of stone to the large market-place beneath and +to the front, and upon the roofs of the houses, mostly of the humbler +sort, that were built behind almost up to the walls of the Old Tower, +whereon many people were gathered as though for safety, eating their +morning meal, talking anxiously together, and even praying. + +Whilst they were thus engaged, Nehushta touched Miriam and pointed to +the road which ran from the Valley of Thorns on the northeast. She +looked, and saw a great cloud of dust that advanced swiftly, and +presently, through the dust, the sheen of spears and armour. + +"The Romans!" said Nehushta quietly. + +She was not the only one who had caught sight of them, for suddenly +the battlement of every wall and tower, the roof of every lofty house, +the upper courts of the Temple, and all high places became crowded +with thousands and tens of thousands of heads, each of them staring +towards that advancing dust. In silence they stared as though their +multitudes were stricken dumb, till presently, from far below out of +the maze of winding streets, floated the wail of a single voice. + +"Woe, woe to Jerusalem!" said the voice. "Woe, woe to the City and the +Temple!" + +They shuddered, and as it seemed to them, all the listening thousands +within reach of that mournful cry shuddered also. + +"Aye!" repeated Ithiel, "woe to Jerusalem, for yonder comes her doom." + +Now on the more rocky ground the dust grew thinner, and through it +they could distinguish the divisions of the mighty army of destroyers. +First came thousands of Syrian allies and clouds of scouts and +archers, who searched the country far and wide. Next appeared the +road-makers and the camp-setters, the beasts of burden with the +general's baggage and its great escort, followed by Titus himself, his +bodyguard and officers, by pikemen and by horsemen. Then were seen +strange and terrible-looking engines of war beyond count, and with +them the tribunes, and the captains of cohorts and their guards who +preceded the engines, and that "abomination of desolation," the Roman +Eagles, surrounded by bands of trumpeters, who from time to time +uttered their loud, defiant note. After them marched the vast army in +ranks six deep, divided into legions and followed by their camp- +bearers and squadrons of horse. Lastly were seen the packs of baggage, +and mercenaries by thousands and tens of thousands. On the Hill of +Saul the great host halted and began to encamp. An hour later a band +of horsemen five or six hundred strong emerged out of this camp and +marched along the straight road to Jerusalem. + +"It is Titus himself," said Ithiel. "See, the Imperial Standard goes +before him." + +On they came till, from their lofty perch, Miriam, who was keen- +sighted, could see their separate armour and tell the colour of their +horses. Eagerly she searched them with her eyes, for well she guessed +that Marcus would be one of those who accompanied his general upon +this service. That plumed warrior might be he, or that with the purple +cloak, or that who galloped out from near by the Standard on an +errand. He was there; she was sure he was there, and yet they were as +far apart as when the great sea rolled between them. + +Now, as they reconnoitred and were passing the Tower of Women, of a +sudden the gate opened, and from alleys and houses where they had lain +in ambush were poured out thousands of Jews. Right through the thin +line of horsemen they pierced, uttering savage cries, then doubled +back upon the severed ends. Many were cut down; Miriam could see them +falling from their horses. The Imperial Standard sank, then rose and +sank again to rise once more. Now dust hid the combat, and she thought +that all the Romans must be slain. But no, for presently they began to +appear beyond the dust, riding back by the way they had come, though +fewer than they were. They had charged through the multitude of Jews +and escaped. But who had escaped and who were left behind? Ah! that +she could not tell; and it was with a sick and anxious heart that +Miriam descended the steps of the tower into the darkness of the +caves. + + + + CHAPTER XV + + WHAT PASSED IN THE TOWER + +Nearly four months had gone by. Perhaps, during the whole history of +the world there never has been and never will be more cruel suffering +than was endured by the inhabitants of Jerusalem during that period, +or rather by the survivors of the nation of the Jews who were crowded +together within its walls. Forgetting their internecine quarrels in +the face of overwhelming danger, too late the factions united and +fought against the common foe with a ferocity that has been seldom +equalled. They left nothing undone which desperate men could do. Again +and again they sallied forth against the Romans, slaughtering +thousands of them. They captured their battering-rams and catapults. +They undermined the great wooden towers which Titus erected against +their walls, and burnt them. With varying success they made sally upon +sally. Titus took the third wall and the new city of Bezetha. He took +the second wall and pulled it down. Then he sent Josephus, the +historian, to persuade the Jews to surrender, but his countrymen +cursed and stoned him, and the war went on. + +At length, as it seemed to be impossible to carry the place by +assault, Titus adopted a surer and more terrible plan. Enclosing the +first unconquered wall, the Temple, and the fortress by another wall +of his own making, he sat down and waited for starvation to do its +work. Then came the famine. At the beginning, before the maddened, +devil-inspired factions began to destroy each other and to prey upon +the peaceful people, Jerusalem was amply provisioned. But each party +squandered the stores that were within its reach, and, whenever they +could do so, burnt those of their rivals, so that the food which might +have supplied the whole city for months, vanished quickly in orgies of +wanton waste and destruction. Now all, or almost all, was gone, and by +tens and hundreds of thousands the people starved. + +Those who are curious about such matters, those who desire to know how +much human beings can endure, and of what savagery they can be capable +when hunger drives them, may find these details set out in the pages +of Josephus, the renegade Jewish historian. It serves no good purpose +and will not help our story to repeat them; indeed for the most part +they are too terrible to be repeated. History does not record, and the +mind of man cannot invent a cruelty which was not practised by the +famished Jews upon other Jews suspected of the crime of having hidden +food to feed themselves or their families. Now the fearful prophecy +was fulfilled, and it came about that mothers devoured their own +infants, and children snatched the last morsel of bread from the lips +of their dying parents. If these things were done between those who +were of one blood, what dreadful torment was there that was not +practised by stranger upon stranger? The city went mad beneath the +weight of its abominable and obscene misery. Thousands perished every +day, and every night thousands more escaped, or attempted to escape, +to the Romans, who caught the poor wretches and crucified them beneath +the walls, till there was no more wood of which to make the crosses, +and no more ground whereon to stand them. + + + +All these things and many others Miriam saw from her place of outlook +in the gallery of the deserted tower. She saw the people lying dead by +hundreds in the streets beneath. She saw the robbers hale them from +their houses and torture them to discover the hiding-place of the food +which they were supposed to have hidden, and when they failed, put +them to the sword. She saw the Valley of the Kidron and the lower +slopes of the Mount of Olives covered with captive Jews writhing on +their crosses, there to die as the Messiah whom they had rejected, +died. She saw the furious attacks, the yet more furious sallies and +the dreadful daily slaughter, till at length her heart grew so sick +within her, that although she still took refuge in the ruined tower to +escape the gloom beneath, Miriam would spend whole hours lying on her +face, her fingers thrust into her ears, that she might shut out the +sights and sounds of this unutterable woe. + +Meanwhile, the Essenes, who still had stores of food, ventured forth +but rarely, lest the good condition of their bodies, although their +faces were white as death from dwelling in the darkness, should tempt +the starving hordes to seize and torture them in the hope of +discovering the hiding-places of their nutriment. Indeed, to several +of the brethren this happened; but in obedience to their oaths, as +will be seen in the instance of the past President Theophilus--who +went out and was no more heard of--they endured all and died without a +murmur, having betrayed nothing. Still, notwithstanding the danger, +driven to it by utter weariness of their confinement in the dark and +by the desire of obtaining news, from time to time one of them would +creep forth at night to return again before daybreak. From these men +Miriam heard that after the murder of the high priest Mathias and his +sons, together with sixteen of the Sanhedrim, on a charge of +correspondence with the Romans, her grandfather, Benoni, had been +elected to that body, in which he exercised much influence and caused +many to be put to death who were accused of treason or of favouring +the Roman cause. Caleb also was in the Temple and foremost in every +fight. He was said to have sworn an oath that he would slay the +Prefect of Horse, Marcus, with whom he had an ancient quarrel, or be +slain himself. It was told, indeed, that they had met once already and +struck some blows at each other, before they were separated by an +accident of war. + +The beginning of August came at length, and the wretched city, in +addition to its other miseries, panted in the heat of a scorching +summer sun and was poisoned by the stench from the dead bodies that +filled the streets and were hurled in thousands from the walls. Now +the Romans had set up their battering engines at the very gates of the +Temple, and slowly but surely were winning their way into its outer +courts. + +On a certain night, about an hour before the dawn, Miriam woke +Nehushta, telling her that she was stifling there in those vaults and +must ascend the tower. Nehushta said that it was folly, whereon Miriam +answered that she would go alone. This she would not suffer her to do, +so together they passed up the stairs according to custom, and, having +gained the base of the tower through the swinging door of stone, +climbed the steps that ran in the thickness of the wall till they +reached the topmost gallery. Here they sat, fanned by the faint night +wind, and watched the fires of the Romans stretched far and wide +around the walls and even among the ruins of the houses almost beneath +them, since that part of the city was taken. + +Presently the dawn broke, a splendid, fearful dawn. It was as though +the angel of the daybreak had dipped his wing into a sea of blood and +dashed it against the brow of Night, still crowned with her fading +stars. Of a sudden the heavens were filled with blots and threads of +flaming colour latticed against the pale background of the twilight +sky. Miriam watched it with a kind of rapture, letting its glory and +its peace sink into her troubled soul, while from below arose the +sound of awakening camps making ready for the daily battle. Soon a ray +of burning light, cast like a spear from the crest of the Mount of +Olives across the Valley of Jehoshaphat, struck full upon the gold- +roofed Temple and its courts. At its coming, as though at a signal, +the northern gates were thrown wide, and through them poured a flood +of gaunt and savage warriors. They came on in thousands, uttering +fierce war-cries. Some pickets of Romans tried to stay their rush; in +a minute they were overcome and destroyed. Now they were surging round +the feet of a great wooden tower filled with archers. Here the fight +was desperate, for the soldiers of Titus rushed up by companies to +defend their engine. But they could not drive back that onset, and +presently the tower was on fire, and in a last mad effort to save +their lives its defenders were casting themselves headlong from the +lofty platform. With shouts of triumph the Jews rushed through the +breaches in the second wall, and leaving what remained of the castle +of Antonia on the left, poured down into the maze of streets and +ruined houses that lay immediately behind the Old Tower whence Miriam +watched. + +In front of this building, which the Romans had never attempted to +enter, since for military purposes it was useless to them, lay the +open space, once, no doubt, part of its garden, but of late years used +as a cattle market and a place where young men exercised themselves in +arms. Bordering the waste on its further side were strong +fortifications, the camping ground of the twelfth and fifteenth +legions. Across this open space those who remained of the Romans fled +back towards their outer line, followed by swarms of furious Jews. +They gained them, such as were not overtaken, but the Jews who pursued +were met with so fierce a charge, delivered by the fresh troops behind +the defences, that they were in turn swept back and took refuge among +the ruined houses. Suddenly Miriam's attention became concentrated +upon the mounted officer who led this charge, a gallant-looking man +clad in splendid armour, whose clear, ringing voice, as he uttered the +words of command, had caught her ear even through the tumult and the +shouting. The Roman onslaught having reached its limit, began to fall +back again like the water from an exhausted wave upon a slope of sand. +At the moment the Jews were in no condition to press the enemy's +retreat, so that the mounted officer who withdrew last of all, had +time to turn his horse, and heedless of the arrows that sang about +him, to study the ground now strewn with the wounded and the dead. +Presently he looked up at the deserted tower as though wondering +whether he could make use of it, and Miriam saw his face. It was +Marcus, grown older, more thoughtful also, and altered somewhat by a +short curling beard, but still Marcus and no other. + +"Look! look!" she said. + +Nehushta nodded. "Yes, it is he; I thought so from the first. And now, +having seen him, lady, shall we be going?" + +"Going?" said Miriam, "wherefore?" + +"Because one army or the other may chance to think that this building +would be useful to them, and break open the walled-up door. Also they +might explore this staircase, and then----" + +"And then," answered Miriam quietly, "we should be taken. What of it? +If the Jews find us we are of their party; if the Romans--well, I do +not greatly fear the Romans." + +"You mean you do not fear one Roman. But who knows, but that he may +presently lie dead----" + +"Oh! say it not," answered Miriam, pressing her hand upon her heart. +"Nay, safe or unsafe, I will see this fight out. Look, yonder is Caleb +--yes, Caleb himself, shouting to the Jews. How fierce is his face, +like that of a hyena in a snare. Nay, now I will not go--go you and +leave me in peace to watch the end." + +"Since you are too heavy and strong for my old arms to carry down +those steep steps, so be it," answered Nehushta calmly. "After all, we +have food with us, and our angels can guard us as well on the top of a +tower as in those dirty cisterns. Also this fray is worth the +watching." + +As she spoke, the Romans having re-formed, led by the Prefect Marcus +and other officers, advanced from their entrenchment, to be met half- +way by the Jews, now reinforced from the Temple, among whom was Caleb. +There, in the open space, they fought hand to hand, for neither force +would yield an inch. Miriam, watching through the stone bars from +above, had eyes for only two of all that multitude of men--Marcus, +whom she loved, and Caleb, whom she feared. Marcus was attacked by a +Jew, who stabbed his horse, to be instantly stabbed himself by a Roman +who came to the rescue of his commander. After this he fought on foot. +Caleb killed first one soldier than another. Watching him, Miriam grew +aware that he was cutting his way towards some point, and that the +point was Marcus. This Marcus seemed to know; at least, he also strove +to cut his way towards Caleb. Nearer and nearer they came, till at +length they met and began to rain blows upon each other; but not for +long, for just then a charge of some Roman horsemen separated them. +After this both parties retired to their lines, taking their wounded +with them. + +Thus, with pauses, sometimes of two or three hours, the fight went on +from morning to noon, and from noon to sunset. During the latter part +of the time the Romans made no more attacks, but were contented with +defending themselves while they awaited reinforcements from without +the city, or perhaps the results of some counter-attack in another +part. + +Thus the advantage rested, or seemed to rest, with the Jews, who held +all the ruined houses and swept the open space with their arrows. Now +it was that Nehushta's fears were justified, for having a little +leisure the Jews took a beam of wood and battered in the walled-up +doorway of the tower. + +"Look!" said Nehushta, pointing down. + +"Oh, Nou!" Miriam answered, "I was wrong. I have run you into danger. +But indeed I could not go. What shall we do now?" + +"Sit quiet until they come to take us," said Nehushta grimly, "and +then, if they give us time, explain as best we may." + +As it chanced, however, the Jews did not come, since they feared that +if they mounted the stair some sudden rush of Romans might trap such +of them as were within before they had time to descend again. Only +they made use of the base of the tower to shelter those of their +wounded whose hurts were so desperate that they dared not move them. + +Now the fighting having ceased for a while, the soldiers of both sides +amused themselves with shouting taunts and insults at each other, or +challenges to single combat. Presently Caleb stepped forward from the +shelter of a wall and called out that if the Prefect Marcus would meet +him alone in the open space he had something to say which he would be +glad to hear. Thereupon Marcus, stepping out from his defences, where +several of his officers seemed to be striving to detain him, answered: + +"I will come," and walked to the centre of the market, where he was +met by Caleb. + +Here the two of them spoke together alone, but of what they said +Miriam and Nehushta, watching them from above, could catch no word. + +"Oh! will they fight?" said Miriam. + +"It seems likely, since each of them has sworn to slay the other," +answered Nehushta. + +While she spoke Marcus, shaking his head as though to decline some +proposal, and pointing to the men of his command, who stood up +watching him, turned to walk back to his own lines, followed by Caleb, +who shouted out that he was a coward and did not dare to stand alone +before him. At this insult Marcus winced, then went on again, +doubtless because he thought it his duty to rejoin his company, +whereon Caleb, drawing his sword, struck him with the flat of it +across the back. Now the Jews laughed, while the Romans uttered a +shout of rage at the intolerable affront offered to their commander. +As for Marcus, he wheeled round, sword in hand, and flew straight at +Caleb's throat. + +But it was for this that the Jew had been waiting, since he knew that +no Roman, and least of all Marcus, would submit to the indignity of +such a blow. As his adversary came on, made almost blind with fury, he +leapt to one side lightly as a lion leaps, and with all the force of +his long sinewy arm brought down his heavy sword upon the head of +Marcus. The helm was good, or the skull beneath must have been split +in two by that blow, which, as it was, shore through it and bit deeply +into the bone. Beneath the shock Marcus staggered, threw his arms +wide, and let fall his sword. With a shout Caleb sprang at him to make +an end of him, but before he could strike the Roman seemed to recover +himself, and, knowing that his weapon was gone, did the only thing he +could, rushed straight at his foe. Caleb's sword fell on his shoulder, +but the tempered mail withstood it, and next instant Marcus had +gripped him in his arms. Down they came together to the earth, rolling +over each other, the Jew trying to stab the Roman, the Roman to choke +the Jew with his bare hand. Then from the Roman lines rose a cry of +"Rescue!" and from the Jews a cry of "Take him." + +Out poured the combatants from either side of the market-place by +hundreds and by thousands, and there in its centre, round the +struggling forms of Caleb and of Marcus, began the fiercest fight of +all that day. Where men stood, there they fell, for none would give +back, since the Romans, outnumbered though they were, preferred to die +rather than leave a wounded and beloved captain a prisoner in the +hands of cruel enemies, while the Jews knew too well the value of such +a prize to let it escape them easily. So great was the slaughter that +presently Marcus and Caleb were hidden beneath the bodies of the +fallen. More and more Jews rushed into the fray, but still the Romans +pushed onwards with steady valour, fighting shoulder to shoulder and +shield to shield. + +Then of a sudden, with a savage yell a fresh body of Jews, three or +four hundred strong, appeared at the west end of the market-place, and +charged upon the Romans, taking them in flank. The officer in command +saw his danger, and knowing that it was better that his captain should +die than that the whole company should be destroyed and the arms of +Cæsar suffer a grave defeat, gave orders for a retirement. Steadily, +as though they were on parade, and dragging with them those of their +wounded comrades who could not walk, the legionaries fell back, +heedless of the storm of spears and arrows, reaching their own lines +before the outflanking body of Jews could get among them. Then seeing +that there was nothing more to be gained, since to attempt to storm +the Roman works was hopeless, the victorious Jews also retreated, this +time not to the houses behind the tower, but only to the old market +wall thirty or forty paces in front of it, which they proceeded to +hold and strengthen in the fading light. Seeing that they were lost, +such of the wounded Romans as remained upon the field committed +suicide, preferring to fall upon their own spears than into the hands +of the Jews to be tortured and crucified. Also for this deed they had +another reason, since it was the decree of Titus that any soldier who +was taken living should be publicly disgraced by name and expelled +from the ranks of the legion, and, if recaptured, in addition suffer +death or banishment. + +Gladly would Marcus have followed their example and thereby--though he +knew it not--save himself much misery and shame in the future, but he +had neither time nor weapon; moreover, so weak was he with struggling +and the loss of blood, that even as he and Caleb were dragged by +savage hands from among the fallen, he fainted. At first they thought +that he was dead, but one of the Jews, who chanced to be a physician +by trade, declared that this was not so, and that if he were left +quiet for a while, he would come to himself again. Therefore, as they +desired to preserve this Prefect alive, either to be held as an +hostage or to be executed in sight of the army of Titus, they brought +him into the Old Tower, clearing it of their own wounded, except such +of them as had already breathed their last. Here they set a guard over +him, though of this there seemed to be little need, and went under the +command of the victorious Caleb to assist in strengthening the market- +wall. + +All of these things Miriam watched from above in such an agony of fear +and doubt, that at times she thought that she would die. She saw her +lover and Caleb fall locked in each other's arms; she saw the hideous +fray that raged around them. She saw them dragged from the heap of +slain, and at the end of it all, by the last light of day, saw Marcus, +living or dead, she knew not which, borne into the tower, and there +laid upon the ground. + +"Take comfort," whispered Nehushta, pitying her dreadful grief. "The +lord Marcus lives. If he were dead they would have stripped him and +left his body with the others. He lives, and they purpose to hold him +captive, else they would have suffered Caleb to put his sword through +him, as you noted he wished to do so soon as he found his feet." + +"Captive," answered Miriam. "That means that he will be crucified like +the others whom we saw yesterday upon the Temple wall." + +Nehushta shrugged her shoulders. + +"It may be so," she said, "unless he finds means to destroy himself or +--is saved." + +"Saved! How can he be saved?" Then in her woe the poor girl fell upon +her knees clasping her hands and murmuring: "Oh! Jesus Christ whom I +serve, teach me how to save Marcus. Oh! Jesus, I love him, although he +is not a Christian; love him also because I love him, and teach me how +to save him. Or if one must die, take my life for his, oh! take my +life for his." + +"Cease," said Nehushta, "for I think I hear an answer to your prayer. +Look now, he is laid just where the stair starts and not six feet from +the stone door that leads down into the cistern. Except for some dead +men the tower is empty; also the two sentries stand outside the breach +in the brickwork with which it was walled up, because there they find +more light, and their prisoner is unarmed and helpless, and cannot +attempt escape. Now, if the Roman lives and can stand, why should we +not open that door and thrust him through it?" + +"But the Jews might see us and discover the secret of the hiding-place +of the Essenes, whom they would kill because they have hidden food." + +"Once we were the other side of the door, they could never come at +them, even if they have time to try," answered Nehushta. "Before ever +they could burst the door the stone trap beneath can be closed and the +roof of the stair that leads to it let down by knocking away the props +and flooded in such a fashion that a week of labour would not clear it +out again. Oh! have no fear, the Essenes know and have guarded against +this danger." + +Miriam threw her arms about the neck of Nehushta and kissed her. + +"We will try, Nou, we will try," she whispered, "and if we fail, why +then we can die with him." + +"To you that prospect may be pleasing, but I have no desire to die +with the lord Marcus," answered Nehushta drily. "Indeed, although I +like him well, were it not for your sake I should leave him to his +chance. Nay, do not answer or give way to too much hope. Remember, +perhaps he is dead, as he seems to be." + +"Yes, yes," said Miriam wildly, "we must find out. Shall we go now?" + +"Aye, while there is still a little light, for these steps are +breakneck in the dark. No, do you follow me." + +So on they glided down the ancient, darksome stairway, where owls +hooted and bats flittered in their faces. Now they were at the last +flight, which descended to a little recess set at right angles to the +steps and flush with the floor of the basement, for once the door of +the stairway had opened here. Thus a person standing on the last stair +could not be seen by any in the tower. They reached the step and +halted. Then very stealthily Nehushta went on to her hands and knees +and thrust her head forward so that she could look into the base of +the tower. It was dark as the grave, only a faint gleam of starlight +reflected from his armour showed where Marcus lay, so close that she +could touch him with her hand. Also almost opposite to her the gloom +was relieved by a patch of faint grey light. Here it was that the wall +had been broken in, for Nehushta could see the shadows of the sentries +crossing and recrossing before the ragged opening. + +She leant yet lower towards Marcus and listened. He was not dead, for +he breathed. More, she heard him stir his hand and thought that she +could see it move upwards towards his wounded head. Then she drew +back. + +"Lady," she whispered, "he lives, and I think he is awake. Now you +must do the rest as your wit may teach you how, for if I speak to him +he will be frightened, but your voice he may remember if he has his +senses." + +At these words all her doubts and fears seemed to vanish from Miriam's +heart, her hand grew steady and her brain clear, for Nature told her +that if she wished to save her lover she would need both clear brain +and steady hand. The timid, love-racked girl was transformed into a +woman of iron will and purpose. In her turn she kneeled and crept a +little forward from the stair, so that her face hung over the face of +Marcus. Then she spoke in a soft whisper. + +"Marcus, awake and listen, Marcus; but I pray of you do not stir or +make a noise. I am Miriam, whom once you knew." + +At this name the dim form beneath her seemed to quiver, and the lips +muttered, "Now I know that I am dead. Well, it is better than I hoped +for. Speak on, sweet shade of Miriam." + +"Nay, Marcus, you are not dead, you are only wounded and I am not a +spirit, I am a woman, that woman whom once you knew down by the banks +of Jordan. I have come to save you, I and Nehushta. If you will obey +what I tell you, and if you have the strength to stand, we can guide +you into a secret place where the Essenes are hidden, who for my sake +will take care of you until you are able to return to the Romans. If +you do not escape I fear that the Jews will crucify you." + +"By Bacchus, so do I," said the whisper beneath, "and that will be +worse than being beaten by Caleb. But this is a dream, I know it is a +dream. If it were Miriam I should see her, or be able to touch her. It +is but a dream of Miriam. Let me dream on," and he turned his head. + +Miriam thought for a moment. Time was short and it was necessary to +make him understand. Well, it was not difficult. Slowly she bent a +little lower and pressed her lips upon his. + +"Marcus," she went on, "I kiss you now to show you that I am no dream +and how needful it is that you should be awakened. Had I light I could +prove to you that I am Miriam by your ring which is upon my fingers +and your pearls which are about my neck." + +"Cease," he answered, "most beloved, I was weak and wandering, now I +know that this is not a dream, and I thank Caleb who has brought us +together again, against his wish, I think. Say, what must I do?" + +"Can you stand?" asked Miriam. + +"Perhaps. I am not sure. I will try." + +"Nay, wait. Nehushta, come hither; you are stronger than I. Now, while +I unlatch the secret door, do you lift him up. Be swift, I hear the +guard stirring without." + +Nehushta glided forward and knelt by the wounded man, placing her arms +beneath him. + +"Ready," she said. "Here is the iron." + +Miriam took it, and stepping to the wall, felt with her fingers for +the crack, which in that darkness it took time to find. At length she +had it, and inserting the thin hooked iron, lifted the hidden latch +and pulled. The stone door was very heavy and she needed all her +strength to move it. At last it began to swing. + +"Now," she said to Nehushta, who straightened herself and dragged the +wounded Marcus to his feet. + +"Quick, quick!" said Miriam, "the guards enter." + +Supported by Nehushta, Marcus took three tottering steps and reached +the open door. Here, on its very threshold indeed, his strength failed +him, for he was wounded in the knee as well as in the head. Groaning, +"I cannot," he fell to the ground, dragging the old Libyan with him, +his breastplate clattering loud against the stone threshold. The +sentry without heard the sound and called to a companion to give him +the lantern. In an instant Nehushta was up again, and seizing Marcus +by his right arm, began to drag him through the opening, while Miriam, +setting her back against the swinging stone to keep it from closing, +pushed against his feet. + +The lantern appeared round the angle of the broken masonry. + +"For your life's sake!" said Miriam, and Nehushta dragged her hardest +at the heavy, helpless body of the fallen man. He moved slowly. It was +too late; if that light fell on him all was lost. In an instant Miriam +took her resolve. With an effort she swung the door wide, then as +Nehushta dragged again she sprang forward, keeping in the shadow of +the wall. The Jew who held the lantern, alarmed by the sounds within, +entered hastily and, catching his foot against the body of a dead man +who lay there, stumbled so that he fell upon his knee. In her hand +Miriam held the key, and as the guard regained his feet, but not +before its light fell upon her, she struck with it at the lamp, +breaking and extinguishing it. + +Then she turned to fly, for, as she knew well, the stone would now be +swinging on its pivot. + +Alas! her chance had gone, for the man, stretching out his arm, caught +her about the middle and held her fast, shouting loudly for help. +Miriam struggled, she battered him with the iron and dragged at him +with her left hand, but in vain, for in that grip she was helpless as +a child who fights against its nurse. While she fought thus she heard +the dull thud of the closing stone, and even in her despair rejoiced, +knowing that until Marcus was beyond its threshold it could not be +shut. Ceasing from her useless struggle she gathered the forces of her +mind. Marcus was safe; the door was shut and could not be opened from +the further side until another iron was procured; the guard had seen +nothing. But her escape was impossible. Her part was played, only one +thing remained for her to do--keep silence and his secret. + +Men bearing lights were rushing into the tower. Her right hand, which +held the iron, was free, and lest it should tell a tale she cast the +instrument from her towards that side of the deserted place which she +knew was buried deep in fallen stones, fragments of rotted timber and +dirt from the nests of birds. Then she stood still. Now they were upon +her, Caleb at the head of them. + +"What is it?" he cried. + +"I know not," answered the guard. "I heard a sound as of clanking +armour and ran in, when some one struck the lantern from my hand, a +strong rascal with whom I have struggled sorely, notwithstanding the +blows that he rained upon me with his sword. See, I hold him fast." + +They held up their lights and saw a beautiful, dishevelled maid, small +and frail of stature, whereon they laughed out loud. + +"A strong thief, truly," said one. "Why, it is a girl! Do you summon +the watch every time a girl catches hold of you?" + +Before the words died upon the speaker's lips, another man called out, +"The Roman! The Prefect has gone! Where is the prisoner?" and with a +roar of wrath they began to search the place, as a cat searches for +the mouse that escapes her. Only Caleb stood still and stared at the +girl. + +"Miriam!" he said. + +"Yes, Caleb," she answered quietly. "This is a strange meeting, is it +not? Why do you break in thus upon my hiding-place?" + +"Woman," he shouted, mad with anger, "where have you hidden the +Prefect Marcus?" + +"Marcus?" she answered; "is he here? I did not know it. Well, I saw a +man run from the tower, perhaps that was he. Be swift and you may +catch him." + +"No man left the tower," answered the other sentry. "Seize that woman, +she has hidden the Roman in some secret place. Seize her and search." + +So they caught Miriam, bound her and began running round and round the +wall. "Here is a staircase," called a man, "doubtless he has gone up +it. Come, friends." + +Then taking lights with them, they mounted the stairs to the very top, +but found no one. Even as they came down again a trumpet blew and from +without rose the sound of a mighty shouting. + +"What happens now?" said one. + +As he spoke an officer appeared in the opening of the tower. + +"Begone," he cried. "Back to the Temple, taking your prisoner with +you. Titus himself is upon us at the head of two fresh legions, mad at +the loss of his Prefect and so many of his soldiers. Why! where is the +wounded Roman, Marcus?" + +"He has vanished," answered Caleb sullenly. "Vanished"--here he +glanced at Miriam with jealous and vindictive hate--"and in his place +has left to us this woman, the grand-daughter of Benoni, Miriam, who +strangely enough was once his love." + +"Is it so?" said the officer. "Girl, tell us what you have done with +the Roman, or die. Come, we have no time to lose." + +"I have done nothing. I saw a man walk past the sentries, that is +all." + +"She lies," said the officer contemptuously. "Here, kill this +traitress." + +A man advanced lifting his sword, and Miriam, thinking that all was +over, hid her eyes while she waited for the blow. Before it fell, +however, Caleb whispered something to the officer which caused him to +change his mind. + +"So be it," he said. "Hold your hand and take this woman with you to +the Temple, there to be tried by her grandfather, Benoni, and the +other judges of the Sanhedrim. They have means to cause the most +obstinate to speak, whereas death seals the lips forever. Swift, now, +swift, for already they are fighting on the market-place." + +So they seized Miriam and dragged her away from the Old Tower, which +an hour later was taken possession of by the Romans, who destroyed it +with the other buildings. + + + + CHAPTER XVI + + THE SANHEDRIM + +The Jewish soldiers haled Miriam roughly through dark and tortuous +streets, bordered by burnt-out houses, and up steep stone slopes deep +with the débris of the siege. Indeed, they had need to hasten, for, +lit with the lamp of flaming dwellings, behind them flowed the tide of +war. The Romans, driven back from this part of the city by that day's +furious sally, under cover of the night were re-occupying in +overwhelming strength the ground that they had lost, forcing the Jews +before them and striving to cut them off from their stronghold in the +Temple and that part of the Upper City which they still held. + +The party of Jews who had Miriam in their charge were returning to the +Temple enclosure, which they could not reach from the north or east +because the outer courts and cloisters of the Holy House were already +in possession of the Romans. So it happened that they were obliged to +make their way round by the Upper City, a long and tedious journey. +Once during that night they were driven to cover until a great company +of Romans had marched past. Caleb wished to attack them, but the other +captains said that they were too few and weary, so they lay hid for +nearly three hours, then went on again. After this there were other +delays at gates still in the hands of their own people, which one by +one were unbolted to them. Thus it was not far from daylight when at +length they passed over a narrow bridge that spanned some ravine and +through massive doors into a vast dim place which, as Miriam gathered +from the talk of her captors, was the inner enclosure of the Temple. +Here, at the command of that captain who had ordered her to be slain, +she was thrust into a small cell in one of the cloisters. Then the men +in charge of her locked the door and went away. + +Sinking exhausted to the floor, Miriam tried to sleep, but could not, +for her brain seemed to be on fire. Whenever she shut her eyes there +sprang up before them visions of some dreadful scene which she had +witnessed, while in her ears echoed now the shouts of the victors, now +the pitiful cry of the dying, and now again the voice of the wounded +Marcus calling her "Most Beloved." Was this indeed so, she wondered? +Was it possible that he had not forgotten her during those years of +separation when there must have been so many lovely ladies striving to +win him, the rich, high-placed Roman lord, to be their lover or their +husband? She did not know, she could not tell: perhaps, in such a +plight, he would have called any woman who came to save him his Most +Beloved, yes, even old Nehushta, and even then and there she smiled a +little at the thought. Yet his voice rang true, and he had sent her +the ring, the pearls and the letter, that letter which, although she +knew every word of it, she still carried hidden in the bosom of her +robe. Oh! she believed that he did love her, and, believing, rejoiced +with all her heart that it had pleased God to allow her to save his +life, even at the cost of her own. She had forgotten. There was his +wound--he might die of it. Nay, surely he would not die. For her sake, +the Essenes who knew him would treat him well, and they were skilful +healers; also, what better nurse than Nehushta could be found? Ah! +poor Nou, how she would grieve over her. What sorrow must have taken +hold of her when she heard the rock door shut and found that her +nursling was cut off and captured by the Jews. + +Happy, indeed, was it for Miriam that she could not witness what had +chanced at the further side of that block of stone; that she could not +see Nehushta beating at it with her hands and striving to thrust her +thin fingers to the latch which she had no instrument to lift, until +the bones were stripped of skin and flesh. That she could not hear +Marcus, come to himself again, but unable to rise from off his knees, +cursing and raving with agony at her loss, and because she, the tender +lady whom he loved, for his sake had fallen into the hands of the +relentless Jews. Yes, that she could not hear him cursing and raving +in his utter helplessness, till at length the brain gave in his +shattered head, and he fell into a fevered madness, that for many +weeks was unpierced by any light of reason or of memory. All this, at +least, was spared to her. + +Well, the deed was done and she must pay the price, for without a +doubt they would kill her, as they had a right to do, who had saved a +Roman general from their clutches. Or if they did not, Caleb would, +Caleb whose bitter jealousy, as her instinct told her, had turned his +love to hate. Never would he let her live to fall, perchance, as his +share of the Temple spoil, into the hands of the Roman rival who had +escaped him. + +It was not too great a price. Because of the birth doom laid upon her, +even if he sought it, and fortune brought them back together again, +she could never be a wife to Marcus. And for the rest she was weary, +sick with the sight and sound of slaughter and with the misery that in +these latter days, as her Lord had prophesied, was come upon the city +that rejected him and the people who had slain Him, their Messiah. +Miriam wished to die, to pass to that home of perfect and eternal +peace in which she believed; where, mayhap, it might be given to her +in reward of her sufferings, to watch from afar over the soul of +Marcus, and to make ready an abode for it to dwell in through all the +ages of infinity. The thought pleased her, and lifting his ring, she +pressed it to her lips which that very night had been pressed upon his +lips, then drew it off and hid it in her hair. She wished to keep that +ring until the end, if so she might. As for the pearls, she could not +hide them, and though she loved them as his gift--well, they must go +to the hand of the spoiler, and to the necks of other women, who would +never know their tale. + +This done Miriam rose to her knees and began to pray with the vivid, +simple faith that was given to the first children of the Church. She +prayed for Marcus, that he might recover and not forget her, and that +the light of truth might shine upon him; for Nehushta, that her sorrow +might be soothed; for herself, that her end might be merciful and her +awakening happy; for Caleb, that his heart might be turned; for the +dead and dying, that their sins might be forgiven; for the little +children, that the Lord of Pity would have pity on their sufferings; +for the people of the Jews, that He would lift the rod of His wrath +from off them; yes, and even for the Romans, though for these, poor +maid, she knew not what petition to put up. + +Her prayer finished, once more Miriam strove to sleep and dozed a +little, to be aroused by a curious sound of feeble sighing, which +seemed to come from the further side of the cell. By now the dawn was +streaming through the stone lattice work above the doorway, and in its +faint light Miriam saw the outlines of a figure with snowy hair and +beard, wrapped in a filthy robe that had once been white. At first she +thought that this figure must be a corpse thrust here out of the way +of the living, it was so stirless. But corpses do not sigh as this man +seemed to do. Who could he be, she wondered? A prisoner like herself, +left to die, as, perhaps, she would be left to die? The light grew a +little. Surely there was something familiar about the shape of that +white head. She crept nearer, thinking that she might be able to help +this old man who was so sick and suffering. Now she could see his face +and the hand that lay upon his breast. They were those of a living +skeleton, for the bones stood out, and over them the yellow skin was +drawn like shrivelled parchment; only the deep sunk eyes still shone +round and bright. Oh! she knew the face. It was that of Theophilus the +Essene, a past president of the order indeed, who had been her friend +from earliest childhood and the master who taught her languages in +those far-off happy years which she spent in the village by the Dead +Sea. This Theophilus she had found dwelling with the Essenes in their +cavern home, and none of them had welcomed her more warmly. Some ten +days ago, against the advice of Ithiel and others, he had insisted on +creeping out to take the air and gather news in the city. Then he was +a stout and hale old man, although pale-faced from dwelling in the +darkness. From that journey he had not returned. Some said that he had +fled to the country, others that he had gone over to the Romans, and +yet others that he had been slain by some of Simon's men. Now she +found him thus! + +Miriam came and bent over him. + +"Master," she said, "what ails you? How came you here?" + +He turned his hollow, vacant eyes upon her face. + +"Who is it that speaks to me thus gently?" he asked in a feeble voice. + +"I, your ward, Miriam." + +"Miriam! Miriam! What does Miriam in this torture-den?" + +"Master, I am a prisoner. But speak of yourself." + +"There is little to say, Miriam. They caught me, those devils, and +seeing that I was still well-fed and strong, although sunk in years, +demanded to know whence I had my food in this city of starvation. To +tell them would have been to give up our secret and to bring doom upon +the brethren, and upon you, our guest and lady. I refused to answer, +so, having tortured me without avail, they cast me in here to starve, +thinking that hunger would make me speak. But I have not spoken. How +could I, who have taken the oath of the Essenes, and been their ruler? +Now at length I die." + +"Oh! say not so," said Miriam, wringing her hands. + +"I do say it and I am thankful. Have you any food?" + +"Yes, a piece of dried meat and barley bread, which chanced to be in +my robe when I was captured. Take them and eat." + +"Nay, Miriam, that desire has gone from me, nor do I wish to live, +whose days are done. But save the food, for doubtless they will starve +you also. And, look, there is water in that jar, they gave it me to +make me live the longer. Drink, drink while you can, who to-morrow may +be thirsty." + +For a time there was silence, while the tears that gathered in +Miriam's eyes fell upon the old man's face. + +"Weep not for me," he said presently, "who go to my rest. How came you +here?" + +She told him as briefly as she might. + +"You are a brave woman," he said when she had finished, "and that +Roman owes you much. Now I, Theophilus, who am about to die, call down +the blessing of God upon you, and upon him also for your sake, for +your sake. The shield of God be over you in the slaughter and the +sorrow." + +Then he shut his eyes and either could not or would not speak again. + +Miriam drank of the pitcher of water, for her thirst was great. +Crouched at the side of the old Essene, she watched him till at length +the door opened, and two gaunt, savage-looking men entered, who went +to where Theophilus lay and kicked him brutally. + +"What would you now?" he said, opening his eyes. + +"Wake up, old man," cried one of them. "See, here is flesh," and he +thrust a lump of some filthy carrion to his lips. "Smell it, taste +it," he went on, "ah! is it not good? Well, tell us where is that +store of food which made you so fat who now are so thin, and you shall +have it all, yes, all, all." + +Theophilus shook his head. + +"Bethink you," cried the man, "if you do not eat, by sunrise to-morrow +you will be dead. Speak then and eat, obstinate dog, it is your last +chance." + +"I eat not and I tell not," answered the aged martyr in a voice like a +hollow groan. "By to-morrow's sunrise I shall be dead, and soon you +and all this people will be dead, and God will have judged each of us +according to his works. Repent you, for the hour is at hand." + +Then they cursed him and smote him because of his words of ill-omen, +and so went away, taking no notice of Miriam in the corner. When they +had gone she came forward and looked. His jaw had fallen. Theophilus +the Essene was at peace. + +Another hour went by. Once more the door was opened and there appeared +that captain who had ordered her to be killed. With him were two Jews. + +"Come, woman," he said, "to take your trial." + +"Who is to try me?" Miriam asked. + +"The Sanhedrim, or as much as is left of it," he answered. "Stir now, +we have no time for talking." + +So Miriam rose and accompanied them across the corner of the vast +court, in the centre of which the Temple rose in all its glittering +majesty. As she walked she noticed that the pavement was dotted with +corpses, and that from the cloisters without went up flames and smoke. +They seemed to be fighting there, for the air was full of the sound of +shouting, above which echoed the dull, continuous thud of battering +rams striking against the massive walls. + +They took her into a great chamber supported by pillars of white +marble, where many starving folk, some of them women who carried or +led hollow-cheeked children, sat silent on the floor, or wandered to +and fro, their eyes fixed upon the ground as though in aimless search +for they knew not what. On a daïs at the end of the chamber twelve or +fourteen men sat in carved chairs; other chairs stretched to the right +and left of them, but these were empty. The men were clad in +magnificent robes, which seemed to hang ill upon their gaunt forms, +and, like those of the people in the hall, their eyes looked scared +and their faces were white and shrunken. These were all who were left +of the Sanhedrim of the Jews. + +As Miriam entered one of their number was delivering judgment upon a +wretched starving man. Miriam looked at the judge. It was her +grandfather, Benoni, but oh! how changed. He who had been tall and +upright was now drawn almost double, his teeth showed yellow between +his lips, his long white beard was ragged and had come out in patches, +his hand shook, his gorgeous head-dress was awry. Nothing was the same +about him except his eyes, which still shone bright, but with a +fiercer fire than of old. They looked like the eyes of a famished +wolf. + +"Man, have you aught to say?" he was asking of the prisoner. + +"Only this," the prisoner answered. "I had hidden some food, my own +food, which I bought with all that remained of my fortune. Your hyæna- +men caught my wife, and tormented her until she showed it them. They +fell upon it, and, with their comrades, ate it nearly all. My wife +died of starvation and her wounds, my children died of starvation, all +except one, a child of six, whom I fed with what remained. Then she +began to die also, and I bargained with the Roman, giving him jewels +and promising to show him the weak place in the wall if he would +convey the child to his camp and feed her. I showed him the place, and +he fed her in my presence, and took her away, whither I know not. But, +as you know, I was caught, and the wall was built up, so that no harm +came of my treason. I would do it again to save the life of my child, +twenty times over, if needful. You murdered my wife and my other +children; murder me also if you will. I care nothing." + +"Wretch," said Benoni, "what are your miserable wife and children +compared to the safety of this holy place, which we defend against the +enemies of Jehovah? Lead him away, and let him be slain upon the wall, +in the sight of his friends, the Romans." + +"I go," said the victim, rising and stretching out his hands to the +guards, "but may you also all be slain in the sight of the Romans, you +mad murderers, who, in your lust for power, have brought doom and +agony upon the people of the Jews." + +Then they dragged him out, and a voice called--"Bring in the next +traitor." + +Now Miriam was brought forward. Benoni looked up and knew her. + +"Miriam?" he gasped, rising, to fall back again in his seat, "Miriam, +you here?" + +"It seems so, grandfather," she answered quietly. + +"There is some mistake," said Benoni. "This girl can have harmed none. +Let her be dismissed." + +The other judges looked up. + +"Best hear the charge against her first?" said one suspiciously, while +another added, "Is not this the woman who dwelt with you at Tyre, and +who is said to be a Christian?" + +"We do not sit to try questions of faith, at least not now," answered +Benoni evasively. + +"Woman, is it true that you are a Christian?" queried one of the +judges. + +"Sir, I am," replied Miriam, and at her words the faces of the +Sanhedrim grew hard as stones, while someone watching in the crowd +hurled a fragment of marble at her. + +"Let it be for this time," said the judge, "as the Rabbi Benoni says, +we are trying questions of treason, not of faith. Who accuses this +woman, and of what?" + +A man stepped forward, that captain who had wished to put Miriam to +death, and she saw that behind him were Caleb, who looked ill at ease, +and the Jew who had guarded Marcus. + +"I accuse her," he said, "of having released the Roman Prefect, +Marcus, whom Caleb here wounded and took prisoner in the fighting +yesterday, and brought into the Old Tower, where he was laid till we +knew whether he would live or die." + +"The Roman Prefect, Marcus?" said one. "Why, he is the friend of +Titus, and would have been worth more to us than a hundred common men. +Also, throughout this war, none has done us greater mischief. Woman, +if, indeed, you let him go, no death can repay your wickedness. Did +you let him go?" + +"That is for you to discover," answered Miriam, for now that Marcus +was safe she would tell no more lies. + +"This renegade is insolent, like all her accursed sect," said the +judge, spitting on the ground. "Captain, tell your story, and be +brief." + +He obeyed. After him that soldier was examined from whose hand Miriam +had struck the lantern. Then Caleb was called and asked what he knew +of the matter. + +"Nothing," he answered, "except that I took the Roman and saw him laid +in the tower, for he was senseless. When I returned the Roman had +gone, and this lady Miriam was there, who said that he had escaped by +the doorway. I did not see them together, and know no more." + +"That is a lie," said one of the judges roughly. "You told the captain +that Marcus had been her lover. Why did you say this?" + +"Because years ago by Jordan she, who is a sculptor, graved a likeness +of him in stone," answered Caleb. + +"Are artists always the lovers of those whom they picture, Caleb?" +asked Benoni, speaking for the first time. + +Caleb made no answer, but one of the Sanhedrim, a sharp-faced man, +named Simeon, the friend of Simon, the son of Gioras, the Zealot, who +sat next to him, cried, "Cease this foolishness; the daughter of Satan +is beautiful; doubtless Caleb desires her for himself; but what has +that to do with us?" though he added vindictively, "it should be +remembered against him that he is striving to hide the truth." + +"There is no evidence against this woman, let her be set free," +exclaimed Benoni. + +"So we might expect her grandfather to think," said Simeon, with +sarcasm. "Little wonder that we are smitten with the Sword of God when +Rabbis shelter Christians because they chance to be of their house, +and when warriors bear false witness concerning them because they +chance to be fair. For my part I say that she is guilty, and has +hidden the man away in some secret place. Otherwise why did she dash +the light from the soldier's hand?" + +"Mayhap to hide herself lest she should be attacked," answered +another, "though how she came in the tower, I cannot guess." + +"I lived there," said Miriam. "It was bricked up until yesterday and +safe from robbers." + +"So!" commented that judge, "you lived alone in a deserted tower like +a bat or an owl, and without food or water. Then these must have been +brought to you from without the walls, perhaps by some secret passage +that was known to none, down which you loosed the Prefect, but had no +time to follow him. Woman, you are a Roman spy, as a Christian well +might be. I say that she is worthy of death." + +Then Benoni rose and rent his robes. + +"Does not enough blood run through these holy courts?" he asked, "that +you must seek that of the innocent also? What is your oath? To do +justice and to convict only upon clear, unshaken testimony. Where is +this testimony? What is there to show that the girl Miriam had any +dealings with this Marcus, whom she had not seen for years? In the +Holy Name I protest against this iniquity." + +"It is natural that you should protest," said one of his brethren. + +Then they fell into discussion, for the question perplexed them +sorely, who, although they were savage, still wished to be honest. + +Suddenly Simeon looked up, for a thought struck him. + +"Search her," he said, "she is in good case, she may have food, or the +secret of food, about her, or," he added--"other things." + +Now two hungry-looking officers of the court seized Miriam and rent +her robe open at the breast with their rough hands, since they would +not be at the pains of loosening it. + +"See," cried one of them, "here are pearls, fit wear for so fine a +lady. Shall we take them?" + +"Fool, let the trinkets be," answered Simeon angrily. "Are we common +thieves?" + +"Here is something else," said the officer, drawing the roll of +Marcus's cherished letter from her breast. + +"Not that, not that," the poor girl gasped. + +"Give it here," said Simeon, stretching out his lean hand. + +Then he undid the silk case and, opening the letter, read its first +lines aloud. "'To the lady Miriam, from Marcus the Roman, by the hand +of the Captain Gallus.' What do you say to that, Benoni and brethren? +Why, there are pages of it, but here is the end: 'Farewell, your ever +faithful friend and lover, Marcus.' So, let those read it who have the +time; for my part I am satisfied. This woman is a traitress; I give my +vote for death." + +"It was written from Rome two years ago," pleaded Miriam; but no one +seemed to heed her, for all were talking at once. + +"I demand that the whole letter be read," shouted Benoni. + +"We have no time, we have no time," answered Simeon. "Other prisoners +await their trial, the Romans are battering our gates. Can we waste +more precious minutes over this Nazarene spy? Away with her." + +"Away with her," said Simon the son of Gioras, and the others nodded +their heads in assent. + +Then they gathered together discussing the manner of her end, while +Benoni stormed at them in vain. Not quite in vain, however, for they +yielded something to his pleading. + +"So be it," said their spokesman, Simon the Zealot. "This is our +sentence on the traitress--that she suffer the common fate of traitors +and be taken to the upper gate, called the Gate Nicanor, that divides +the Court of Israel from the Court of Women, and bound with the chain +to the central column that is over the gate, where she may be seen +both of her friends the Romans and of the people of Israel whom she +has striven to betray, there to perish of hunger and of thirst, or in +such fashion as God may appoint, for so shall we be clean of a woman's +blood. Yet, because of the prayer of Benoni, our brother, of whose +race she is, we decree that this sentence shall not be carried out +before the set of sun, and that if in the meanwhile the traitress +elects to give information that shall lead to the recapture of the +Roman prefect, Marcus, she shall be set at liberty without the gates +of the Temple. The case is finished. Guards, take her to the prison +whence she came." + +So they seized Miriam and led her thence through the crowd of +onlookers, who paused from their wanderings and weary searching of the +ground to spit at or curse her, and thrust her back into her cell and +to the company of the cold corpse of Theophilus the Essene. + +Here Miriam sat down, and partly to pass the time, partly because she +needed it, ate the bread and dried flesh which she had left hidden in +the cell. After this sleep came to her, who was tired out and the +worst being at hand, had nothing more to fear. For four or five hours +she rested sweetly, dreaming that she was a child again, gathering +flowers on the banks of Jordan in the spring season, till, at length, +a sound caused her to awake. She looked up to see Benoni standing +before her. + +"What is it, grandfather?" she asked. + +"Oh! my daughter," groaned the wretched old man, "I am come here at +some risk, for because of you and for other reasons they suspect me, +those wolf-hearted men, to bid you farewell and to ask your pardon." + +"Why should you ask my pardon, grandfather? Seeing things as they see +them, the sentence is just enough. I am a Christian, and--if you would +know it--I did, as I hope, save the life of Marcus, for which deed my +own is forfeit." + +"How?" he asked. + +"That, grandfather, I will not tell you." + +"Tell me, and save yourself. There is little chance that they will +take him, since the Jews have been driven from the Old Tower." + +"The Jews might re-capture the tower, and I will not tell you. Also, +the lives of others are at stake, of my friends who have sheltered me, +and who, as I trust, will now shelter him." + +"Then you must die, and by this death of shame, for I am powerless to +save you. Yes, you must die tied to a pinnacle of the gateway, a +mockery to friend and foe. Why, if it had not been that I still have +some authority among them, and that you are of my blood, girl though +you be, they would have crucified you upon the wall, serving you as +the Romans serve our people." + +"If it pleases God that I should die, I shall die. What is one life +among so many tens of thousands? Let us talk of other things while we +have time." + +"What is there to talk of, Miriam, save misery, misery, misery?" and +again he groaned. "You were right, and I have been wrong. That Messiah +of yours whom I rejected, yes, and still reject, had at least the gift +of prophecy, for the words that you read me yonder in Tyre will be +fulfilled upon this people and city, aye, to the last letter. The +Romans hold even the outer courts of the Temple; there is no food +left. In the upper town the inhabitants devour each other and die, and +die till none can bury the dead. In a day or two, or ten--what does it +matter?--we who are left must perish also by hunger and the sword. The +nation of the Jews is trodden out, the smoke of their sacrifices goes +up no more, and the Holy House that they have builded will be pulled +stone from stone, or serve as a temple for the worship of heathen +gods." + +"Will Titus show no mercy? Can you not surrender?" asked Miriam. + +"Surrender? To be sold as slaves or dragged a spectacle at the wheels +of Cæsar's triumphal car, through the shouting streets of Rome? No, +girl, best to fight it out. We will seek mercy of Jehovah and not of +Titus. Oh! I would that it were done with, for my heart is broken, and +this judgment is fallen on me--that I, who, of my own will, brought my +daughter to her death, must bring her daughter to death against my +will. If I had hearkened to you, you would have been in Pella, or in +Egypt. I lost you, and, thinking you dead, what I have suffered no man +can know. Now I find you, and because of the office that was thrust +upon me, I, even I, from whom your life has sprung, must bring you to +your doom." + +"Grandfather," Miriam broke in, wringing her hands, for the grief of +this old man was awful to witness, "cease, I beseech you, cease. +Perhaps, after all, I shall not die." + +He looked up eagerly. "Have you hope of escape?" he asked. "Perchance +Caleb----" + +"Nay, I know naught of Caleb, except that there is still good in his +heart, since at the last he tried to save me--for which I thank him. +Still, I had sooner perish here alone, who do not fear death in my +spirit, whatever my flesh may fear, than escape hence in his company." + +"What then, Miriam? Why should you think----?" and he paused. + +"I do not think, I only trust in God and--hope. One of our faith, now +long departed, who foretold that I should be born, foretold also that +I should live out my life. It may be so--for that woman was holy, and +a prophetess." + +As she spoke there came a rolling sound like that of distant thunder, +and a voice without called: + +"Rabbi Benoni, the wall is down. Tarry not, Rabbi Benoni, for they +seek you." + +"Alas! I must begone," he said, "for some new horror is fallen upon +us, and they summon me to the council. Farewell, most beloved Miriam, +may my God and your God protect you, for I cannot. Farewell, and if, +by any chance, you live, forgive me, and try to forget the evil that, +in my blindness and my pride, I have brought upon yours and you, but +oh! most of all upon myself." + +Then he embraced her passionately and was gone, leaving Miriam +weeping. + + + + CHAPTER XVII + + THE GATE OF NICANOR + +Another two hours went by, and the lengthening shadows cast through +the stonework of the lattice told Miriam that the day was drawing to +its end. Suddenly the bolts were shot and the door opened. + +"The time is at hand," she said to herself, and at the thought her +heart beat fast and her knees trembled, while a mist came before her +eyes, so that she could not see. When it passed she looked up, and +there before her, very handsome and stately, though worn with war and +hunger, stood Caleb, sword in hand and clad in a breast plate dinted +with many blows. At the sight, Miriam's courage came back to her; at +least before him she would show no fear. + +"Are you sent to carry out my sentence?" she asked. + +He bowed his head. "Yes, a while hence, when the sun sinks," he +answered bitterly. "That judge, Simeon, who ordered you to be +searched, is a man with a savage heart. He thought that I tried to +save you from the wrath of the Sanhedrim; he thought that I----" + +"Let be what he thought," interrupted Miriam, "and, friend Caleb, do +your office. When we were children together often you tied my hands +and feet with flowers, do you remember? Well, tie them now with cords, +and make an end." + +"You are cruel," he said, wincing. + +"Indeed! some might have thought that you are cruel. If, for instance, +they had heard your words in that tower last night when you gave up my +name to the Jews and linked it with another's." + +"Oh! Miriam," he broke in in a pleading voice, "if I did this--and in +truth I scarcely know what I did--it was because love and jealousy +maddened me." + +"Love? The love of the lion for the lamb! Jealousy? Why were you +jealous? Because, having striven to murder Marcus--oh! I saw the fight +and it was little better, for you smote him unawares, being fully +prepared when he was not--you feared lest I might have saved him from +your fangs. Well, thanks be to God! I did save him, as I hope. And +now, officer of the most merciful and learned Sanhedrim, do your +duty." + +"At least, Miriam," Caleb went on, humbly, for her bitter words, +unjust as they were in part, seemed to crush him, "at least, I strove +my best for you to-day--after I found time to think." + +"Yes," she answered, "to think that other lions would get the lamb +which you chance to desire for yourself." + +"More," he continued, taking no note. "I have made a plan." + +"A plan to do what?" + +"To escape. If I give the signal on your way to the gate where I must +lead you, you will be rescued by certain friends of mine who will hide +you in a place of safety, while I, the officer, shall seem to be cut +down. Afterwards I can join you and under cover of the night, by a way +of which I know, we will fly together." + +"Fly? Where to?" + +"To the Romans, who will spare you because of what you did yesterday-- +and me also." + +"Because of what /you/ did yesterday?" + +"No--because you will say that I am your husband. It will not be true, +but what of that?" + +"What of it, indeed?" asked Miriam, "since it can always become true. +But how is it that you, being one of the first of the Jewish warriors, +are prepared to fly and ask the mercy of your foes? Is it because----" + +"Spare to insult me, Miriam. You know well why it is. You know well +that I am no traitor, and that I do not fly for fear." + +"Yes," she answered, in a changed tone, for his manly words touched +her, "I know that." + +"It is for you that I fly, for your sake I will eat this dirt and +crown myself with shame. I fly that for the second time I may save +you." + +"And in return you demand--what?" + +"Yourself." + +"That I will not give, Caleb. I reject your offer." + +"I feared it," he answered huskily, "who am accustomed to such +denials. Then I demand this, for know that if once you pass your word +I may trust it: that you will not marry the Roman Marcus." + +"I cannot marry the Roman Marcus any more than I can marry you, +because neither of you are Christians, and as you know well it is laid +upon me as a birth duty that I may take no man to husband who is not a +Christian." + +"For your sake, Miriam," he answered slowly, "I am prepared to be +baptised into your faith. Let this show you how much I love you." + +"It does not show that you love the faith, Caleb, nor if you did love +it could I love you. Jew or Christian, I cannot be your wife." + +He turned his face to the wall and for a while was silent. Then he +spoke again. + +"Miriam, so be it. I will still save you. Go, and marry Marcus, if you +can, only, if I live, I will kill him if I can, but that you need +scarcely fear, for I do not think that I shall live." + +She shook her head. "I will not go, who am weary of flights and +hidings. Let God deal with me and Marcus and you as He pleases. Yet I +thank you, and am sorry for the unkind words I spoke. Oh! Caleb, +cannot you put me out of your mind? Are there not many fairer women +who would be glad to love you? Why do you waste your life upon me? +Take your path and suffer me to take mine. Yet all this talk is +foolishness, for both are likely to be short." + +"Yours, and that of Marcus the Roman, and my own are all one path, +Miriam, and I seek no other. As a lad, I swore that I would never take +you, except by your own wish, and to that oath I hold. Also, I swore +that if I could I would kill my rival, and to that oath I hold. If he +kills me, you may wed him. If I kill him, you need not wed me unless +you so desire. But this fight is to the death, yes, whether you live +or die, it is still to the death as between me and him. Do you +understand?" + +"Your words are very plain, Caleb, but this is a strange hour to +choose to speak them, seeing that, for aught I know, Marcus is already +dead, and that within some short time I shall be dead, and that death +threatens you and all within this Temple." + +"Yet we live, Miriam, and I believe that for none of the three of us +is the end at hand. Well, you will not fly, either with me or without +me?" + +"No, I will not fly." + +"Then the time is here, and, having no choice, I must do my duty, +leaving the rest to fate. If, perchance, I can rescue you afterwards, +I will, but do not hope for such a thing." + +"Caleb, I neither hope nor fear. Henceforth I struggle no more. I am +in other hands than yours, or those of the Jews, and as They fashion +the clay so shall it be shaped. Now, will you bind me?" + +"I have no such command. Come forth if it pleases you, the officers +wait without. Had you wished to be rescued, I should have taken the +path on which my friends await us. Now we must go another." + +"So be it," said Miriam, "but first give me that jar of water, for my +throat is parched." + +He lifted it to her lips and she drank deeply. Then they went. Outside +the cloister four men were waiting, two of them those doorkeepers who +had searched her in the morning, the others soldiers. + +"You have been a long while with the pretty maid, master," said one of +them to Caleb. "Have you been receiving confession of her sins?" + +"I have been trying to receive confession of the hiding-place of the +Roman, but the witch is obstinate," he answered, glaring angrily at +Miriam. + +"She will soon change her tune on the gateway, master, where the +nights are cold and the day is hot for those who have neither cloaks +for their backs nor water for their stomachs. Come on, Blue Eyes, but +first give me that necklet of pearls, which may serve to buy a bit of +bread or a drink of wine," and he thrust his filthy hand into her +breast. + +Next instant a sword flashed in the red light of the evening to fall +full on the ruffian's skull, and down he went dead or dying. + +"Brute," said Caleb with an angry snarl, "go to seek bread and wine in +Gehenna. The maid is doomed to death, not to be plundered by such as +you. Come forward." + +The companions of the fallen man stared at him. Then one laughed, for +death was too common a sight to excite pity or surprise, and said: + +"He was ever a greedy fellow. Let us hope that he has gone where there +is more to eat." + +Then, preceded by Caleb, they marched through the long cloisters, +passed an inner door, turned down more cloisters on the right, and, +following the base of the great wall, came to its beautiful centre +gate, Nicanor, that was adorned with gold and silver, and stood +between the Court of Women and the Court of Israel. Over this gateway +was a square building, fifty feet or more in height, containing store +chambers and places where the priests kept their instruments of music. +On its roof, which was flat, were three columns of marble, terminated +by gilded spikes. By the gate one of the Sanhedrim was waiting for +them, that same relentless judge, Simeon, who had ordered Miriam to be +searched. + +"Has the woman confessed where she hid the Roman?" he asked of Caleb. + +"No," he answered, "she says that she knows nothing of any Roman." + +"Is it so, woman?" + +"It is so, Rabbi." + +"Bring her up," he went on sternly, and they passed through some stone +chambers to a place where there was a staircase with a door of cedar- +wood. The judge unlocked it, locking it again behind them, and they +climbed the stairs till they came to another little door of stone, +which, being opened, Miriam found herself on the roof of the gateway. +They led her to the centre pillar, to which was fastened an iron chain +about ten feet in length. Here Simeon commanded that her hands should +be bound behind her, which was done. Then he brought out of his robe a +scroll written in large letters, and tied it on to her breast. This +was the writing on the scroll: + + "Miriam, Nazarene and Traitress, is doomed here to die as God shall + appoint, before the face of her friends, the Romans." + +Then followed several signatures of members of the Sanhedrim, +including that of her grandfather, Benoni, who had thus been forced to +show the triumph of patriotism over kinship. + +This done the end of the chain was made fast round her middle and +riveted with a hammer in such fashion that she could not possibly +escape its grip. Then all being finished the men prepared to leave. +First, however, Simeon addressed her: + +"Stay here, accursed traitress, till your bones fall piecemeal from +that chain," he said, "stay, through storm and shine, through light +and darkness, while Roman and Jew alike make merry of your sufferings, +which, if my voice had been listened to, would have been shorter, but +more cruel. Daughter of Satan, go back to Satan and let the Son of the +carpenter save you if he can." + +"Spare to revile the maid," broke in Caleb furiously, "for curses are +spears that fall on the heads of those that throw them." + +"Had I my will," answered the Rabbi, "a spear should fall upon your +head, insolent, who dare to rebuke your elders. Begone before me, and +be sure of this, that if you strive to return here it shall be for the +last time. More is known about you, Caleb, then you think, and perhaps +you also would make friends among the Romans." + +Caleb made no answer, for he knew the venom and power of this Zealot +Simeon, who was the chosen friend and instrument of the savage John of +Gischala. Only he looked at Miriam with sad eyes, and, muttering "You +would have it so, I can do no more. Farewell," left her to her fate. + +So there in the red light of the sunset, with her hands bound, a +placard setting out her shame upon her breast, and chained like a wild +beast to the column of marble, Miriam was left alone. Walking as near +to the little battlement as the length of her chain would allow, she +looked down into the Court of Israel, where many of the Zealots had +gathered to catch sight of her. So soon as they saw her they yelled +and hooted and cast a shower of stones, one of which struck her on the +shoulder. With a little cry of pain she ran back as far as she could +reach on the further side of the pillar. Hence she could see the great +Court of Women, whence the Gate Nicanor was approached by fifteen +steps forming the half of a circle and fashioned of white marble. This +court now was nothing but a camp, for the outer Court of the Gentiles +having been taken by the Romans, their battering rams were working at +its walls. + +Then the night fell, but brought no peace with it, for the rams smote +continually, and since they were not strong enough to break through +the huge stones of the mighty wall, the Romans renewed their attempt +to take them by storm in the hours of darkness. But, indeed, it was no +darkness, for the Jews lit fires upon the top of the wall, and by +their light drove off the attacking Romans. Again and again, from her +lofty perch, Miriam could see the scaling ladders appear above the +crest of the wall. Then up them would come long lines of men, each +holding a shield above his head. As the foremost of these scrambled on +to the wall, the waiting Jews rushed at them and cut them down with +savage shouts, while other Jews seizing the rungs of the ladder, +thrust it from the coping to fall with its living load back into the +ditch beneath. Once there were great cries of joy, for two standard- +bearers had come up the ladders carrying their ensigns with them. The +men were overpowered and the ensigns captured to be waved derisively +at the Romans beneath, who answered the insult with sullen roars of +rage. + +So things went on till at length the legionaries, wearing of this +desperate fighting, took another counsel. Hitherto Titus had desired +to preserve all the Temple, even to the outer courts and cloisters, +but now he commanded that the gates, built of great beams of cedar and +overlaid with silver plates, should be fired. Through a storm of +spears and arrows soldiers rushed up to them and thrust lighted brands +into every joint and hinge. They caught, and presently the silver +plates ran down their blazing surface in molten streams of metal. Nor +was this all, for from the gates the fire spread to the cloisters on +either side, nor did the outworn Jews attempt to stay its ravages. +They drew back sullenly, and seated in groups upon the paving of the +Court of Women, watching the circle of devouring flame creep slowly +on. At length the sun rose. Now the Romans were labouring to +extinguish the fire at the gateway, and to make a road over the ruins +by which they might advance. When it was done at last, with shouts of +triumph the legionaries, commanded by Titus himself and accompanied by +a body of horsemen, advanced into the Court of Women. Back before them +fled the Jews, pouring up the steps of the Gate Nicanor, on the roof +of which Miriam was chained to her pinnacle. But of her they took no +note, none had time to think, or even to look at a single girl bound +there on high in punishment for some offence, of which the most of +them knew nothing. Only they manned the walls to right and left, and +held the gateway, but to the roof where Miriam was they did not climb, +because its parapet was too low to shelter them from the arrows of +their assailants. + +The Romans saw her, however, for she perceived that some of his +officers were pointing her out to a man on horseback, clad in splendid +armour, over which fell a purple cloak, whom she took to be Titus +himself. Also one of the soldiers shot an arrow at her which struck +upon the spiked column above her head and, rebounding, fell at her +feet. Titus noted this, for she saw the man brought before him, and by +his gestures gathered that the general was speaking to him angrily. +After this no more arrows were shot at her, and she understood that +their curiosity being stirred by the sight of a woman chained upon a +gateway, they did not wish to do her mischief. + +Now the August sun shone out from a cloudless sky till the hot air +danced above the roofs of the Temple and the pavings of the courts, +and the thousands shut within their walls were glad to crowd into the +shadow to shelter from its fiery beams. But Miriam could not escape +them thus. In the morning and again in the afternoon she was able +indeed, by creeping round it, to take refuge in the narrow line of +shade thrown by the marble column to which she was made fast. At mid- +day, however, it flung no shadow, so for all those dreadful hours she +must pant in the burning heat without a drop of water to allay her +thirst. Still she bore it till at length came evening and its cool. + +That day the Romans made no attack, nor did the Jews attempt a sally. +Only some of the lighter of the engines were brought into the Court of +Women, whence they hurled their great stones and heavy darts into the +Court of Israel beyond. Miriam watched these missiles as they rushed +by her, once or twice so close that the wind they made stirred her +hair. The sight fascinated her and took her mind from her own +sufferings. She could see the soldiers working at the levers and +pulleys till the strings of the catapult or the boards of the balista +were drawn to their places. Then the darts or the stones were set in +the groove prepared to receive it, a cord was pulled and the missile +sped upon its way, making an angry humming noise as it clove the air. +At first it looked small; then approaching it grew large, to become +small again to her following sight as its journey was accomplished. +Sometimes, the stones, which did more damage than the darts, fell upon +the paving and bounded along it, marking their course by fragments of +shattered marble and a cloud of dust. At others, directed by an evil +fate, they crashed into groups of Jews, destroying all they touched. +Wandering to and fro among these people was that crazed man Jesus, the +son of Annas, who had met them with his wild prophetic cry as they +entered into Jerusalem, and whose ill-omened voice Miriam had heard +again before Marcus was taken at the fight in the Old Tower. To and +fro he went, none hindering him, though many thrust their fingers in +their ears and looked aside as he passed, wailing forth: "Woe, woe to +Jerusalem! Woe to the city and the Temple!" Of a sudden, as Miriam +watched, he was still for a moment, then throwing up his arms, cried +in a piercing voice, "Woe, woe to myself!" Before the echo of his +words had died against the Temple walls, a great stone cast from the +Court of Women rushed upon him through the air and felled him to the +earth. On it went with vast bounds, but Jesus, the son of Annas, lay +still. Now, in the hour of the accomplishment of his prophecy, his +pilgrimage was ended. + +All the day the cloisters that surrounded the Court of Women burned +fiercely, but the Jews, whose heart was out of them, did not sally +forth, and the Romans made no attack upon the inner Court of Israel. +At length the last rays of the setting sun struck upon the slopes of +the Mount of Olives, the white tents of the Roman camps, and the +hundreds of crosses, each bearing its ghastly burden, that filled the +Valley of Jehoshaphat and climbed up the mountain sides wherever space +could be found for them to stand. Then over the tortured, famished +city down fell the welcome night. To none was it more welcome than to +Miriam, for with it came a copious dew which seemed to condense upon +the gilded spike of her marble pillar, whence it trickled so +continually, that by licking a little channel in the marble, she was +enabled, before it ceased, to allay the worst pangs of her thirst. +This dew gathered upon her hair, bared neck and garments, so that +through them also she seemed to take in moisture and renew her life. +After this she slept a while, expecting always to be awakened by some +fresh conflict. But on that night none took place, the fight was for +the morrow. Meanwhile there was peace. + +Miriam dreamed in her uneasy sleep, and in this dream many visions +came to her. She saw this sacred hill of Moriah, whereon the Temple +stood, as it had been in the beginning, a rugged spot clothed with +ungrafted carob trees and olives, and inhabited, not of men, but by +wild boars and the hyænas that preyed upon their young. Almost in its +centre lay a huge black stone. To this stone came a man clad in the +garb of the Arabs of the desert, and with him a little lad whom he +bound upon the stone as though to offer him in sacrifice. Then, as he +was about to plunge a knife into his heart, a glory shone round the +place, and a voice cried to him to hold his hand. That was a vision of +the offering of Isaac. It passed, and there came another vision. + +Again she saw the sacred height of Moriah, and lo! a Temple stood upon +it, a splendid building, but not that which she knew, and in front of +this Temple the same black rock. On the rock, where once the lad had +been bound, was an altar, and before the altar a glorious man clad in +priestly robes, who offered sacrifice of lambs and oxen and in a +sonorous voice gave praise to Jehovah in the presence of a countless +host of people. This she knew was the vision of Solomon the King. + +It passed, and lo! by this same black rock stood another man, pale and +eager-faced, with piercing eyes, who reproached the worshippers in the +Temple because of the wickedness of their hearts, and drove them from +before him with a scourge of cords. This she knew was a vision of +Jesus, the Son of Mary, that Messiah Whom she worshipped, for as He +drove out the people He prophesied the desolation that should fall +upon them, and as they fled they mocked Him. + +The picture passed, and again she saw the black rock, but now it lay +beneath a gilded dome and light fell upon it through painted windows. +About it moved many priests whose worship was strange to her, and so +they seemed to move for ages. At length the doors of that dome were +burst open, and upon the priests rushed fair-faced, stately-looking +men, clad in white mail and bearing upon their shields and +breastplates the symbol of the Cross. They slaughtered the votaries of +the strange worship, and once more the rock was red with blood. Now +they were gone in turn and other priests moved beneath the dome, but +the Cross had vanished thence, and its pinnacles were crowned with +crescents. + +That vision passed, and there came another of dim, undistinguishable +hordes that tore down the crescents and slaughtered the ministers of +the strange faith, and gave the domed temple to the flames. + +That vision passed, and once more the summit of Mount Moriah was as it +had been in the beginning: the wild olive and the wild fig flourished +among its desolate terraces, the wild boar roamed beneath their shade, +and there were none to hunt him. Only the sunlight and the moonlight +still beat upon the ancient Rock of Sacrifice. + +That vision passed, and lo! around the rock, filling the Valley of +Jehoshaphat and the valleys beyond, and the Mount of Olives and the +mountains above, yes, and the empty air between earth and sky, further +than the eye could reach, stood, rank upon rank, all the countless +million millions of mankind, all the millions that had been and were +yet to be, gazing, every one of them, anxiously and in utter silence +upon the scarred and naked Rock of Sacrifice. Now upon the rock there +grew a glory so bright that at the sight of it all the million of +millions abased their eyes. And from the glory pealed forth a voice of +a trumpet, that seemed to say: + +"This is the end and the beginning, all things are accomplished in +their order, now is the day of Decision." + +Then, in her dream, the sun turned red as blood and the stars seemed +to fall and winds shook the world, and darkness covered it, and in the +winds and the darkness were voices, and standing upon the rock, its +arms stretched east and west, a cross of fire, and filling the heavens +above the cross, company upon company of angels. This last vision of +judgment passed also and Miriam awoke again from her haunted, horror- +begotten sleep, to see the watch-fires of the Romans burning in the +Court of Women before her, and from the Court of Israel behind her, +where they were herded like cattle in the slaughterer's yard, to hear +the groans of the starving Jews who to-morrow were destined to the +sword. + + + + CHAPTER XVIII + + THE DEATH-STRUGGLE OF ISRAEL + +Now the light began to grow, but that morning no sun rose upon the +sight of the thousands who waited for its coming. The whole heaven was +dark with a gray mist that seemed to drift up in billows from the sea, +bringing with it a salt dampness. For this mist Miriam was thankful, +since had the sun shone hotly she knew not how she would have lived +through another day. Already she grew very weak, who had suffered so +much and eaten so little, and whose only drink had been the dew, but +she felt that while the mist hid the sun her life would bide with her. + +To others also this mist was welcome. Under cover of it Caleb +approached the gateway, and although he could not ascend it, as the +doors were locked and guarded, he cast on to its roof so cleverly, +that it fell almost at Miriam's feet, a linen bag in which was a +leathern bottle containing wine and water, and with it a mouldy crust +of bread, doubtless all that he could find, or buy, or steal. Kneeling +down, Miriam loosed the string of the bag with her teeth and devoured +the crust of bread, again returning thanks that Caleb had been moved +to this thought. But from the bottle she could not drink, for her +hands being bound behind her, she was able neither to lift it nor to +untie the thong that made fast its neck. Therefore, as, +notwithstanding the dew which she had lapped, she needed drink sorely +and longed also for the use of her hands to protect herself from the +tormenting attacks of stinging gnats and carrion flies, she set +herself to try to free them. + +Now the gilt spike that crowned her pillar was made fast with angle- +irons let into the marble and the edge of one of these irons projected +somewhat and was rough. Looking at it the thought came into Miriam's +mind that it might serve to rub through the cord with which her hands +were bound. So standing with her back to the pillar she began her +task, to find that it must be done little by little, since the awkward +movement wearied her, moreover, her swollen arms chafing against the +marble of the column became intolerably sore. Yet, although the pain +made her weep, from time to time she persevered. But night fell before +the frayed cord parted. + +In the mist also the Romans came near to the gate, notwithstanding the +risk, for they were very curious about her, and called to her asking +why she was bound there. She replied in the Latin language, which was +understood by very few of the Jews, that it was because she had +rescued a Roman from death. Before they could speak again those who +questioned her were driven back by a shower of arrows discharged from +the wall, but in the distance she thought that she saw one of them +make report to an officer, who on receipt of it seemed to give some +orders. + +Meanwhile, also under cover of the mist, the Jews were preparing +themselves for battle. To the number of over four thousand men they +gathered silently in the Court of Israel. Then of a sudden the gates +were thrown open, and among them that of Nicanor. The trumpets blew a +signal and out they poured into the Court of Women, driving in the +Roman guards and outposts as sticks and straws are driven by a sudden +flood. But the legionaries beyond were warned, and locking their +shields together stood firm, so that the Jews fell back from their +iron line as such a flood falls from an opposing rock. Yet they would +not retreat, but fought furiously, killing many of the Romans, until +at length Titus charged on them at the head of a squadron of horse and +drove them back headlong through the gates. Then the Romans came on +and put those whom they had captured to the sword, but as yet they did +not attempt the storming of the gates. Only officers advanced as near +to the wall as they dared and called to the Jews to surrender, saying +that Titus desired to preserve their Temple and to spare their lives. +But the Jews answered them with insults, taunts, and mockery, and +Miriam, listening, wondered what spirit had entered into these people +and made them mad, so that they chose death and destruction rather +than peace and mercy. Then she remembered her strange visions of the +night, and in them seemed to find an answer. + +Having repulsed this desperate sally the Roman officers set thousands +of men to work to attempt to extinguish the flaming cloisters, since, +notwithstanding the answer of the Jews, Titus still desired to save +the Temple. As for its defenders, beyond guarding the walls of the +Court of Israel, they did no more. Gathering in such places as were +most protected from the darts and stones thrown by the engines, they +crouched upon the ground, some in sullen silence, some beating their +breasts and rending their robes, while the women and children wailed +in their misery and hunger, throwing dust upon their heads. The Gate +of Nicanor, however, was still held by a strong guard, who suffered +none to approach it, nor did any attempt to ascend to its roof. That +Caleb still lived Miriam knew, for she had seen him, covered with dust +and blood, driven back by the charge of Roman horse up the steps of +the gateway. This, indeed, he was one of the last to pass before it +was closed and barred to keep out the pursuing Romans. After that she +saw no more of him for many a month. + +So that day also, the last of the long siege, wore away. At nightfall +the thick mist cleared, and for the last time the rich rays of sunset +shone upon the gleaming roof and burning pinnacles of the Temple and +were reflected from the dazzling whiteness of its walls. Never had it +looked more beautiful than it did in that twilight as it towered, +still perfect, above the black ruins of the desolated city. The +clamour and shouting had died away, even the mourners had ceased their +pitiful cries; except the guards, the Romans had withdrawn and were +eating their evening meal, while those who worked the terrible engines +ceased from their destroying toil. Peace, an ominous peace, brooded on +the place, and everywhere, save for the flames that crackled among the +cedar-wood beams in the roofs of the cloisters, was deep silence, such +as in tropic lands precedes the bursting of a cyclone. To Miriam who +watched, it seemed as though in the midst of this unnatural quiet +Jehovah was withdrawing Himself from the house where His Spirit dwelt +and from the people who worshipped Him with their lips, but rejected +Him in their hearts. Her tormented nerves shuddered with a fear that +was not of the body, as she stared upwards at the immense arch of the +azure evening sky, half expecting that her mortal eyes would catch +some vision of the departing wings of the Angel of the Lord. But there +she could see nothing except the shapes of hundreds of high-poised +eagles. "Where the carcase is there shall the eagles be gathered +together," she muttered to herself, and remembering that these four +birds were come to feast upon the bones of the whole people of the +Jews and upon her own, she shut her eyes and groaned. + +Then the light died on the Temple towers and faded from the pale +slopes of the mountains, and in place of the wheeling carrion birds +bright stars shone out one by one upon the black mantle of the night. + +Once again, setting her teeth because of the agony that the touch of +the marble gave to her raw and swollen flesh, Miriam began to fret the +cords which bound her wrists against the rough edge of the angle-iron. +She was sure that it was nearly worn through, but oh! how could she +endure the agony until it parted? Still she did endure, for at her +feet lay the bottle, and burning thirst drove her to the deed. +Suddenly her reward came, and she felt that her arms were free; yes, +numbed, swollen and bleeding, they fell against her sides, wrenching +the stiffened muscles of her shoulders back to their place in such a +fashion that she well-nigh fainted with the pain. Still they were +free, and presently she was able to lift them, and with the help of +her teeth to loose the ends of the cord, so that the blood could run +once more through her blackened wrists and hands. Again she waited +till some feeling had come back into her fingers, which were numb and +like to mortify. Then she knelt down, and drawing the leather bottle +to her, held it between her palms, while, with her teeth, she undid +its thong. The task was hard, for it was well tied, but at length the +knots gave, and Miriam drank. So fearful was her thirst that she could +have emptied the bottle at a draught, but this she, who had lived in +the desert, was too wise to do, for she knew that it might kill her. +Also when that was gone there was no more. So she drank half of it in +slow sips, then tied the string as well as she was able and set it +down again. + +Now the wine, although it was mixed with water, took hold of her who +for so long had eaten nothing save a mouldy crust, so that strange +sounds drummed in her ears, and sinking down against the column she +became senseless for a while. She awoke again, feeling somewhat +refreshed and, though her head seemed as though it did not belong to +her, well able to think. Her arms also were better and her fingers had +recovered their feeling. If only she could loose that galling chain, +she thought to herself, she might escape, for now death, however +strong her faith, was very near and unlovely; also she suffered in +many ways. To die and pass quick to Heaven--that would be well, but to +perish by inches of starvation, heat, cold, and cramped limbs, with +pains within and without and a swimming sickness of the head, ah! it +was hard to bear. She knew that even were she free she could not hope +to descend the gateway by its staircase, since the doors were locked +and barred, and if she passed them it would be but to find herself +among the Jews in the vaulted chambers beneath. But, so she thought, +perhaps she could drop from the roof, which was not so very high, on +to the paving in front of the first stair, and then, if she was +unhurt, run or crawl to the Romans, who might give her shelter. + +So Miriam tried to undo the chain, only to find that as well might she +hope to pull down the Gate Nicanor with her helpless hands. At this +discovery she wept, for now she grew weak. Well for Miriam was it that +she could not have her wish, for certainly had she attempted to drop +down from the gateway to the marble paving, or even on to the +battlements of the walls which ran up to it on either side, her bones +would have been shattered like the shell of an egg and she must have +perished miserably. + +While she grieved thus, Miriam heard a stir in the Court of Israel, +and by the dim starlight saw that men were gathering, to do what she +knew not. Presently, as she wondered, the great gates were opened very +softly and out poured the Jews upon their last sally. Miriam was +witnessing the death-struggle of the nation of Israel. At the foot of +the marble steps they divided, one-half of them rushing towards the +cloister on the right, and the other to that upon the left. Their +object, as it seemed to her, was to slay those Roman soldiers, who, by +the command of Titus, were still engaged in fighting the flames that +devoured these beautiful buildings, and then to surprise the camp +beyond. The scheme was such as a madman might have made, seeing that +the Romans, warned by the sortie of the morning, had thrown up a wall +across the lower part of the Court of Women, and beyond that were +protected by every safeguard known to the science of ancient war. Also +the moment that the first Jew set his foot upon the staircase, +watching sentries cried out in warning and trumpets gave their call to +arms. + +Still, they reached the cloisters and killed a few Romans who had not +time to get away. Following those who fled, they came to the wall and +began to try to force it, when suddenly on its crest and to the rear +appeared thousands of those men whom they had hoped to destroy, every +one of them wakeful, armed and marshalled. The Jews hesitated, and, +like a living stream of steel, the Roman ranks poured over the wall. +Then, of a sudden, terror seized those unhappy men, and, with a +melancholy cry of utter despair, they turned to flee back to the Court +of Israel. But this time the Romans were not content with driving them +away, they came on with them; some of them even reached the gate +before them. Up the marble steps poured friend and foe together; +together they passed the open gate, in their mad rush sweeping away +those who had stayed to guard it, and burst into the Court of Israel. +Then leaving some to hold the gate and reinforced continually by fresh +companies from the camps within and without the Temple courts, the +Romans ran on towards the doors of the Holy House, cutting down the +fugitives as they went. Now none attempted to stand; there was no +fight made; even the bravest of the Jewish warriors, feeling that +their hour was come and that Jehovah had deserted His people, flung +down their weapons and fled, some to escape to the Upper City, more to +perish on the Roman spears. + +A few attempted to take refuge in the Holy House itself, and after +these followed some Romans bearing torches in their hands. Miriam, +watching terrified from the roof of the Gate Nicanor, saw them go, the +torches floating on the dusky air like points of wind-tossed fire. +Then suddenly from a certain window on the north side of the Temple +sprang out a flame so bright that from where she stood upon the gate, +Miriam could see every detail of the golden tracery. A soldier mounted +on the shoulders of another and not knowing in his madness that he was +a destroying angel, had cast a torch into and fired the window. Up ran +the bright, devouring flame spreading outwards like a fan, so that +within some few minutes all that side of the Temple was but a roaring +furnace. Meanwhile the Romans were pressing through the Gate Nicanor +in an unending stream, till presently there was a cry of "Make way! +Make way!" + +Miriam looked down to see a man, bare-headed and with close-cropped +hair, white-robed also and unarmoured, as though he had risen from his +couch, riding on a great war-horse, an ivory wand in his hand and +preceded by an officer who bore the standard of the Roman Eagles. It +was Titus itself, who as he came shouted to the centurions to beat +back the legionaries and extinguish the fire. But who now could beat +them back? As well might he have attempted to restrain the hosts of +Gehenna burst to the upper earth. They were mad with the lust of blood +and the lust of plunder, and even to the voice of their dread lord +they paid no heed. + +New flames sprang up in other parts of the vast Temple. It was doomed. +The golden doors were burst open and, attended by his officers, Titus +passed through them to view for the first and last time the home of +Jehovah, God of the Jews. From chamber to chamber he passed, yes, even +into the Holy of Holies itself, whence by his command were brought out +the golden candlesticks and the golden table of shrewbread, nor, since +God had deserted His habitation, did any harm come to him for that +deed. + +Now the Temple which for one thousand one hundred and thirty years had +stood upon the sacred summit of Mount Moriah, went upwards in a sheet +of flame, itself the greatest of the sacrifices that had ever been +offered there; while soldiers stripped it of its gold and ornaments, +tossing the sacred vessels to each other and tearing down the silken +curtains of the shrine. Nor were victims lacking to that sacrifice, +for in their blind fury the Romans fell upon the people who were +crowded in the Court of Israel, and slew them to the number of more +than ten thousand, warrior and priest, citizen and woman and child +together, till the court swarm with blood and the Rock of Offering was +black with the dead who had taken refuge there. Yet these did not +perish quite unavenged, for many of the Romans, their arms filled with +priceless spoils of gold and silver, the treasures of immemorial time, +sank down overcome by the heat, and where they fell they died. + +From the Court of Israel went up one mighty wail of those who sank +beneath the sword. From the thousands of the Romans went up a savage +shout of triumph, the shout of those who put them to the sword. From +the multitude of the Jews who watched this ruin from the Upper City +went up a ceaseless scream of utter agony, and dominating all, like +the accompaniment of some fearful music, rose the fierce, triumphant +roar of fire. In straight lines and jagged pinnacles the flames soared +hundreds of feet into the still air, leaping higher and ever higher as +the white walls and gilded roofs fell in, till all the Temple was but +one gigantic furnace, near which none could bide save the dead, whose +very garments took fire as they lay upon the ground. Never, was such a +sight seen before; never, perhaps, will such a sight be seen again-- +one so awesome, yet so majestic. + +Now every living being whom they could find was slain, and the Romans +drew back, bearing their spoil with them. But the remainder of the +Jews, to the number of some thousands, escaped by the bridges, which +they broke down behind them, across the valley into the Upper City, +whence that piercing, sobbing wail echoed without cease. Miriam +watched till she could bear the sight no longer. The glare blinded +her, the heat of the incandescent furnace shrivelled her up, her white +dress scorched and turned brown. She crouched behind the shelter of +her pinnacle gasping for breath. She prayed that she might die, and +could not. Now she remembered the drink that remained in the leathern +bottle, and swallowed it to the last drop. Then she crouched down +again against the pillar, and lying thus her senses left her. + + + +When they came back it was daylight, and from the heap of ashes that +had been the Temple of Herod and the most glorious building in the +whole world, rose a thick cloud of black smoke, pierced here and there +by little angry tongues of fire. The Court of Israel was strewn so +thick with dead that in places the soldiers walked on them as on a +carpet, or to be rid of them, hurled them into the smouldering ruins. +Upon the altar that stood on the Rock of Sacrifice a strange sight was +to be seen, for set up there was an object like the shaft of a lance +wreathed with what seemed to be twining snakes and surmounted by a +globe on which she stood a golden eagle with outspread wings. Gathered +in front of it were a vast number of legionaries who did obeisance to +this object. They were offering worship to the Roman standards upon +the ancient altar of the God of Israel! Presently a figure rode before +them attended by a glittering staff of officers, to be greeted with a +mighty shout of "Titus /Imperator/! Titus /Imperator/!" Here on the +sense of his triumph his victorious legions named their general Cæsar. + +Nor was the fighting altogether ended, for on the roofs of some of the +burning cloisters were gathered a few of the most desperate of the +survivors of the Jews, who, as the cloisters crumbled beneath them, +retreated slowly towards the Gate Nicanor, which still stood unharmed. +The Romans, weary with slaughter, called to them to come down and +surrender, but they would not, and Miriam watching them, to her horror +saw that one of these men was none other than her grandfather, Benoni. +As they would not yield, the Romans shot at them with arrows, so that +presently every one of them was down except Benoni, whom no dart +seemed to touch. + +"Cease shooting," cried a voice, "and bring a ladder. That man is +brave and one of the Sanhedrim. Let him be taken alive." + +A ladder was brought and reared against the wall near the Gate Nicanor +and up it came Romans. Benoni retreated before them till he stood upon +the edge of the gulf of advancing fire. Then he turned round and faced +them. As he turned he caught sight of Miriam huddled at the base of +her column upon the roof of the gate, and thinking that she was dead, +wrung his hands and tore his beard. She guessed his grief, but so weak +and parched was she, that she could call no word of comfort to him, or +do more than watch the end with fascinated eyes. + +The soldiers came on along the top of the wall till they feared to +approach nearer to the fire, lest they should fall through the burning +rafters. + +"Yield!" they cried. "Yield, fool, before you perish! Titus gives you +your life." + +"That he may drag me, an elder of Israel, in chains through the +streets of Rome," answered the old Jew scornfully. "Nay, I will not +yield, and I pray God that the same end which you have brought upon +this city and its children, may fall upon your city and its children +at the hands of men even more cruel than yourselves." + +Then stooping down he lifted a spear which lay upon the wall and +hurled it at them so fiercely, that it transfixed the buckler of one +of the soldiers and the arm behind the buckler. + +"Would that it had been your heart, heathen, and the heart of all your +race!" he screamed, and lifting his hands as though in invocation, +suddenly plunged headlong into the flames beneath. + +Thus, fierce and brave to the last, died Benoni the Jew. + + + +Again Miriam fainted, again to be awakened. The door that led from the +gate chambers to its roof burst open and through it sped a figure +bare-headed and dishevelled, his torn raiment black with blood and +smoke. Staring at him, Miriam knew the man who Simeon--yes, Simeon, +her cruel judge, who had doomed her to this dreadful end. After him, +gripping his robe indeed, came a Roman officer, a stout man of middle +age, with a weather-beaten kindly face, which in some dim way seemed +to be familiar to her, and after him again, six soldiers. + +"Hold him!" he panted. "We must have one of them to show if only that +the people may know what a live Jew is like," and the officer tugged +so fiercely at the robe that in his struggles to be free, for he also +hoped to die by casting himself from the gateway tower, Simeon fell +down. + +Next instant the soldiers were on him and held him fast. Then it was +for the first time that the captain caught sight of Miriam crouched at +the foot of her pillar. + +"Why," he said, "I had forgotten. That is the girl whom we saw +yesterday from the Court of Women and whom we have orders to save. Is +the poor thing dead?" + +Miriam lifted her wan face and looked at him. + +"By Bacchus!" he said, "I have seen that face before; it is not one +that a man would forget. Ah! I have it now." Then he stooped and +eagerly read the writing that was tied upon her breast: + + "Miriam, Nazarene and traitress, is doomed here to die as God shall + appoint before the face of her friends, the Romans." + +"Miriam," he said, then started and checked himself. + +"Look!" cried one of the soldiers, "the girl wears pearls, and good +ones. Is it your pleasure that I should cut them off?" + +"Nay, let them be," he answered. "Neither she nor her pearls are for +any of us. Loosen her chain, not her necklet." + +So with much trouble they broke the rivets of the chain. + +"Can you stand, lady?" said the captain to Miriam. + +She shook her head. + +"Then I needs must carry you," and stooping down he lifted her in his +strong arms as though she had been but a child, and, bidding the +soldiers bring the Jew Simeon with them, slowly and with great care +descended the staircase up which Miriam had been taken more than sixty +hours before. + +Passing through the outer doors into the archway where the great gate +by which the Romans had gained access to the Temple stood wide, the +captain turned into the Court of Israel, where some soldiers who were +engaged in dividing spoil looked up laughing and asked him whose baby +he had captured. Paying no heed to them he walked across the court, +picking his way through the heaps of dead to a range of the southern +cloisters which were still standing, where officers might be seen +coming and going. Under one of these cloisters, seated on a stool and +employed in examining the vessels and other treasures of the Temple, +which were brought before him one by one, was Titus. Looking up he saw +this strange procession and commanded that they should be brought +before him. + +"Who is it that you carry in your arms, captain?" he asked. + +"That girl, Cæsar," he answered, "who was bound upon the gateway and +whom you have orders should not be shot at." + +"Does she still live?" + +"She lives--no more. Thirst and heat have withered her." + +"How came she there?" + +"This writing tells you, Cæsar." + +Titus read. "Ah!" he said, "Nazarene. An evil sect, worse even than +these Jews, or so thought the late divine Nero. Traitress also. Why, +the girl must have deserved her fate. But what is this? 'Is doomed to +die as God shall appoint before the face of her friends, the Romans.' +How are the Romans her friends, I wonder? Girl, if you can speak, tell +me who condemned you." + +Miriam lifted her dark head from the shoulder of the captain on which +it lay and pointed with her finger at the Jew, Simeon. + +"Is that so, man?" asked Cæsar. "Now tell the truth, for I shall learn +it, and if you lie you die." + +"She was condemned by the Sanhedrim, among whom was her own +grandfather, Benoni; there is his signature with the rest upon the +scroll," Simeon answered sullenly. + +"For what crime?" + +"Because she suffered a Roman prisoner to escape, for which deed," he +added furiously, "may her soul burn in Gehenna for ever and aye!" + +"What was the name of the prisoner?" asked Titus. + +"I do not remember," answered Simeon. + +"Well," said Cæsar, "it does not greatly matter, for either he is safe +or he is dead. Your robes, what are left of them, show that you also +are one of the Sanhedrim. Is it not so?" + +"Yes. I am Simeon, a name that you have heard." + +"Ah! Simeon, here it is, written on this scroll first of all. Well, +Simeon, you doomed a high-born lady to a cruel death because she +saved, or tried to save, a Roman soldier, and it is but just that you +should drink of your own wine. Take him and fasten him to the column +on the gateway and leave him there to perish. Your Holy House is +destroyed, Simeon, and being a faithful priest, you would not wish to +survive your worship." + +"There you are right, Roman," he answered, "though I should have been +better pleased with a quicker end, such as I trust may overtake you." + +Then they led him off, and presently Simeon appeared upon the gateway +with Miriam's chain about his middle and Miriam's rope knotted afresh +about his wrists. + +"Now for this poor girl," went on Titus Cæsar. "It seems that she is a +Nazarene, a sect of which all men speak ill, for they try to subvert +authority and preach doctrines that would bring the world to ruin. +Also she was false to her own people, which is a crime, though one in +this instance whereof we Romans cannot complain. Therefore, if only +for the sake of example it would be wrong to set her free; indeed, to +do so, would be to give her to death. My command is, then, that she +shall be taken good care of, and if she recovers, be sent to Rome to +adorn my Triumph, should the gods grant me such a thing, and +afterwards be sold as a slave for the benefit of the wounded soldiers +and the poor. Meanwhile, who will take charge of her?" + +"I," said that officer who had freed Miriam. "There is an old woman +who tends my tent, who can nurse her in her sickness." + +"Understand, friend," answered Titus, "that no harm is to be done to +this girl, who is my property." + +"I understand, O Cæsar," said the officer. "She shall be treated as +though she were my daughter." + +"Good. You who are present, remember his words and my decree. In Rome, +if we live to reach it, you shall give account to me of the captive +lady, Miriam. Now take her away, for there are greater matters to be +dealt with than the fortunes of this girl." + + + + CHAPTER XIX + + PEARL-MAIDEN + +Many days had gone by, but still the fighting was not ended, for the +Jews continued to hold the Upper City. As it chanced, however, in one +of the assaults upon it that officer who had rescued Miriam was badly +hurt by a spear-thrust in the leg, so that he could be of no more +service in this war. Therefore, because he was a man whom Titus +trusted, he was ordered to sail with others of the sick for Rome, +taking in his charge much of the treasure that had been captured, and +for this purpose travelled down to Tyre, whence his vessel was to put +to sea. In obedience to the command of Cæsar he had carried the +captive Miriam to the camp of his legion upon the Mount of Olives, and +there placed her in a tent, where an old slave-woman tended her. For a +while it was not certain whether she should live or die, for her +sufferings and all that she had seen brought her so near to death that +it was hard to keep her from passing its half-opened gates. Still, +with good food and care, the strength came back to her body. But in +mind Miriam remained sick, since during all these weeks she wandered +in her talk, so that no word of reason passed her lips. + +Now, many would have wearied of her and thrust her out to take her +chance with hundreds of other poor creatures who roamed about the land +until they perished or were enslaved of Arabs. But this Roman did not +act thus; in truth, as he had promised it should be, had she been his +daughter, Miriam would not have been better tended. Whenever his +duties gave him time he would sit with her, trying to beguile her +madness, and after he himself was wounded, from morning to night they +were together, till at length the poor girl grew to love him in a +crazy fashion, and would throw her arms about his neck and call him +"uncle," as in the old days she had named the Essenes. Moreover, she +learned to know the soldiers of that legion, who became fond of her +and would bring her offerings of fruit and winter flowers, or of aught +else that they thought would please her. So when the captain received +his orders to proceed to Tyre with the treasure and take ship there, +he and his guard took Miriam with them, and journeying easily, reached +the city on the eighth day. + +As it chanced their ship was not ready, so they camped on the +outskirts of Paleotyrus, and by a strange accident in that very garden +which had been the property of Benoni. This place they reached after +sunset one evening and set up their tents, that of Miriam and the old +slave-woman being placed on the seashore next to the tent of her +protector. This night she slept well, and being awakened at the dawn +by the murmur of the sea among the rocks, went to the door of the tent +and looked out. All the camp was sleeping, for here they had no enemy +to fear, and a great calm lay upon the sea and land. Presently the +mist lifted and the rays of the rising sun poured across the blue +ocean and its gray, bordering coast. + +With that returning light, as it happened, the light returned also +into Miriam's darkened mind. She became aware that this scene was +familiar; she recognised the outlines of the proud and ancient island +town. More, she remembered that garden; yes, there assuredly was the +palm-tree beneath which she had often sat, and there the rock, under +whose shadow grew white lilies, where she had rested with Nehushta +when the Roman captain brought her the letter and the gifts from +Marcus. Instinctively Miriam put her hand to her neck. About it still +hung the collar of pearls, and on the pearls the ring which the slave- +woman had found in her hair and tied there for safety. She took off +the ring and placed it back upon her finger. Then she walked to the +rock, sat down and tried to think. But for this, as yet her mind was +not strong enough, for there rose up in it vision after vision of +blood and fire, which crushed and overwhelmed her. All that went +before the siege was clear, the rest one red confusion. + +While she sat thus the Roman captain hobbled from his pavilion, +resting on a crutch, for his leg was still lame and shrivelled. First +he went to Miriam's tent to inquire after her of the old woman, as was +his custom at the daybreak, then, learning that she had gone out of +it, looked round for her. Presently he perceived her sitting in the +shade of the rock gazing at the sea, and followed to join her. + +"Good morning to you, daughter," he said. "How have you slept after +your long journey?" and paused, expecting to be answered with some +babbling, gentle nonsense such as flowed from Miriam's lips in her +illness. But instead of this she rose and stood before him looking +confused. Then she replied: + +"Sir, I thank you, I have slept well; but tell me, is not yonder town +Tyre, and is not this the garden of my grandfather, Benoni, where I +used to wander? Nay, how can it be? So long has passed since I walked +in this garden, and so many things have happened--terrible, terrible +things which I cannot remember," and she hid her eyes in her hand and +moaned. + +"Don't try to remember them," he said cheerfully. "There is so much in +life that it is better to forget. Yes, this is Tyre, sure enough. You +could not recognise it last night because it was too dark, and this +garden, I am told, did belong to Benoni. Who it belongs to now I do +not know. To you, I suppose, and through you to Cæsar." + +Now while he spoke thus somewhat at random, for he was watching her +all the while, Miriam kept her eyes fixed upon his face, as though she +searched there for something which she could but half recall. Suddenly +an inspiration entered into them and she said: + +"Now I have it! You are the Roman captain, Gallus, who brought me the +letter from----" and she paused, thrusting her hand into the bosom of +her robe, then went on with something like a sob: "Oh! it is gone. How +did it go? Let me think." + +"Don't think," said Gallus; "there are so many things in the world +which it is better not to think about. Yes, as it happens, I am that +man, and some years ago I did bring you the letter from Marcus, called +The Fortunate. Also, as it chanced, I never forgot your sweet face and +knew it again at a time when it was well that you should find a +friend. No, we won't talk about it now. Look, the old slave calls you. +It is time that you should break your fast, and I also must eat and +have my wound dressed. Afterwards we will talk." + +All that morning Miriam saw nothing more of Gallus. Indeed, he did not +mean that she should, since he was sure that her new-found sense ought +not to be overstrained at first, lest it should break down again, +never to recover. So she went out and sat alone by the garden beach, +for the soldiers had orders to respect her privacy, and gazed at the +sea. + +As she sat thus in quiet, event by event the terrible past came back +to her. She remembered it all now--their flight from Tyre; the march +into Jerusalem; the sojourn in the dark with the Essenes; the Old +Tower and what befell there; the escape of Marcus; her trial before +the Sanhedrim; the execution of her sentence upon the gateway; and +then that fearful night when the flames of the burning Temple scorched +to her very brain, and the sights and sounds of slaughter withered her +heart. After this she could recall but one more thing--the vision of +the majestic figure of Benoni standing against a background of black +smoke upon the lofty cloister-roof and defying the Romans before he +plunged headlong in the flames beneath. Of her rescue on the roof of +the Gate Nicanor, of her being carried before Titus Cæsar in the arms +of Gallus, and of his judgment concerning her she recollected nothing. +Nor, indeed, did she ever attain to a clear memory of those events, +while the time between them and the recovery of her reason by the +seashore in the garden at Tyre always remained a blank. That troubled +fragment of her life was sunk in a black sea of oblivion. + +At length the old woman came to summon Miriam to her midday meal, and +led her, not to her own tent, but to that which was pitched to serve +as an eating-place for the captain, Gallus. As she went she saw knots +of soldiers gathered across her path as though to intercept her, and +turned to fly, for the sight of them brought back the terrors of the +siege. + +"Have no fear of them," said the old woman, smiling. "Ill would it go +here with him who dared to lift a finger against their Pearl-Maiden." + +"Pearl-Maiden! Why?" asked Miriam. + +"That is what they call you, because of the necklace that was upon +your breast when you were captured, which you wear still. As for why-- +well, I suppose because they love you, the poor sick thing they +nursed. They have heard that you are better and gather to give you joy +of it; that is all." + +Sure enough, the words were true, for, as Miriam approached, these +rough legionaries cheered and clapped their hands, while one of them +an evil-looking fellow with a broken nose, who was said to have +committed great cruelties during the siege, came forward bowing and +presented her with a handful of wild-flowers, which he must have +collected with some trouble, since, at this season of the year they +were not common. She took them, and being still weak, burst into +tears. + +"Why should you treat me thus," she asked, "who am, as I understand, +but a poor captive?" + +"Nay, nay," answered a sergeant, with an uncouth oath. "It is we who +are your captives, Pearl-Maiden, and we are glad, because your mind +has come to you, though, seeing how sweet you were without it, we do +not know that it can better you very much." + +"Oh! friends, friends," began Miriam, then once more broke down. + +Meanwhile, hearing the disturbance Gallus had come from his tent and +was hobbling towards them, when suddenly he caught sight of the tears +upon Miriam's face and broke out into such language as could only be +used by a Roman officer of experience. + +"What have you been doing to her, you cowardly hounds?" he shouted. +"By Cæsar and the Standards, if one of you has even said a word that +she should not hear, he shall be flogged until the bones break through +his skin," and his very beard bristling with wrath, Gallus uttered a +series of the most fearful maledictions upon the head of that supposed +offender, his female ancestry, and his descendants. + +"Your pardon, captain," said the sergeant, "but /you/ are uttering +many words that no maiden should hear." + +"Do you dare to argue with me, you foul-tongued camp scavenger?" +shouted Gallus. "Here, guard, lash him to that tree! Fear not, +daughter; the insult shall be avenged; we shall teach his dirty tongue +to sing another tune," and again he cursed him, naming him by new +names. + +"Oh! sir, sir," broke in Miriam, "what are you about to do? This man +offered me no insult, none of them offered me anything except kind +words and flowers." + +"Then how is it that you weep?" asked Gallus suspiciously. + +"I wept, being still weak, because they who are conquerors were so +kind to one who is a slave and an outcast." + +"Oh!" said Gallus. "Well, guard, you need not tie him up this time, +but after all I take back nothing that I have said, seeing that in +this way or in that they did make you weep. What business had they to +insult you with their kindness? Men, henceforth you will be so good as +to remember that this maiden is the property of Titus Cæsar, and after +Cæsar, of myself, in whose charge he placed her. If you have any +offerings to make to her, and I do not dissuade you from that +practice, they must be made through me. Meanwhile, there is a cask of +wine, that good old stuff from the Lebanon which I had bought for the +voyage. If you should wish to drink the health of our--our captive, it +is at your service." + +Then taking Miriam by the hand he led her into the eating-tent, still +grumbling at the soldiers, who for their part laughed and sent for the +wine. They knew their captain's temper, who had served with them +through many a fight, and knew also that this crazed Pearl-Maiden whom +he saved had twined herself into his heart, as was her fortune with +most men of those among whom from time to time fate drove her to seek +shelter. + +In the tent Miriam found two places set, one for herself and one for +the captain Gallus. + +"Don't talk to me," he said, "but sit down and eat, for little enough +you have swallowed all the time you were sick, and we sail to-morrow +evening at the latest, after which, unless you differ from most women, +little enough will you swallow on these winter seas until it pleases +whatever god we worship to bring us to the coasts of Italy. Now here +are oysters brought by runner from Sidon, and I command that you eat +six of them before you say a word." + +So Miriam ate the oysters obediently, and after the oysters, fish, and +after the fish the breast of a woodcock. But from the autumn lamb, +roasted whole, which followed, she was forced to turn. + +"Send it out to the soldiers," she suggested, and it was sent as her +gift. + +"Now, my captive," said Gallus, drawing his stool near to her, "I want +you to tell me what you can remember of your story. Ah! you don't know +that for many days past we have dined together and that it had been +your fashion to sit with your arm round my old neck and call me your +uncle. Nay, child, you need not blush, for I am more than old enough +to be your father, let alone your uncle, and nothing but a father +shall I ever be to you." + +"Why are you so good to me?" asked Miriam. + +"Why? Oh! for several reasons. First, you were the friend of a comrade +of mine who often talked of you, but who now is dead. Secondly, you +were a sick and helpless thing whom I chanced to rescue in the great +slaughter, and who ever since has been my companion; and thirdly--yes, +I will say it, though I do not love to talk of that matter, I had a +daughter, who died, and who, had she lived, would have been of about +your age. Your eyes remind me of hers--there, is that not enough? + +"But now for the story. Stay. I will tell you what I know of it. +Marcus, he whom they called The Fortunate, but whose fortune has +deserted him, was in love with you--like the rest of us. Often he +talked to me of you in Rome, where we were friends after a fashion, +though he was set far above me, and by me sent to you that letter +which I delivered here in this garden, and the trinket that you wear +about your neck, and if I remember right, with it a ring--yes, it is +upon your finger. Well, I took note of you at the time and went my way +to the war, and when I chanced to find you lately upon the top of the +Gate Nicanor, although you were more like a half-burnt cinder than a +fair maiden, I knew you again and carried you off to Cæsar, who named +you his slave and bade me take charge of you and deliver you to him in +Rome. Now I want to know how you came to be upon that gateway." + +So Miriam began and told him all her tale, while he listened +patiently. When she had done he rose and, limping round the little +table, bent over and kissed her solemnly upon the brow. + +"By all the gods of the Romans, Greeks, Christians, Jews, and +barbarian nations, you are a noble-hearted woman," he said, "and that +kiss is my tribute to you. Little wonder that puppy, Marcus, is called +The Fortunate, since, even when he deserved to die who suffered +himself to be taken alive, you appeared to save him--to save him, by +Venus, at the cost of your own sweet self. Well, most noble traitress, +what now?" + +"I ask that question of you, Gallus. What now? Marcus, whom you should +call no ill name, and who was overwhelmed through no fault of his own, +fighting like a hero, has vanished----" + +"Across the Styx, I fear me. Indeed that would be best for him, since +no Roman must be taken prisoner and live." + +"Nay, I think not, or at the least I hope he lives. My servant, +Nehushta, would nurse him for my sake, and for my sake the Essenes, +among whom I dwelt, would guard him, even to the loss of their own +lives. Unless his wound killed him I believe that Marcus is alive +to-day." + +"And if that is so you wish to communicate with him?" + +"What else, Gallus? Say, what fate will befall me when I reach Rome?" + +"You will be kept safe till Titus comes. Then, according to his +command, you must walk in his Triumph, and after that, unless he +changes his mind, which is not likely, since he prides himself upon +never having reversed a decree, however hastily it was made, or even +added to or taken from a judgment, you must, alas! be set up in the +Forum and sold as a slave to the highest bidder." + +"Sold as a slave to the highest bidder!" repeated Miriam faintly. +"That is a poor fate for a woman, is it not? Had it been that daughter +of yours who died, for instance, you would have thought it a poor fate +for her, would you not?" + +"Do not speak of it, do not speak of it," muttered Gallus into his +beard. "Well, in this, as in other things, let us hope that fortune +will favour you." + +"I should like Marcus to learn that I am to march in the Triumph, and +afterwards to be set up in the Forum and sold as a slave to the +highest bidder," said Miriam. + +"I should like Marcus to learn--but, in the name of the gods--how is +he to learn, if he still lives? Look you, we sail to-morrow night. +What do you wish me to do?" + +"I wish you to send a messenger to Marcus bearing a token from me to +him." + +"A messenger! What messenger? Who can find him? I can despatch a +soldier, but your Marcus is with the Essenes, who for their own sakes +will keep him fast enough as a hostage, if they have cured him. Also +the Essenes live, according to your story, in some hyæna-burrow, +opening out of an underground quarry in Jerusalem, that is, if they +have not been discovered and killed long ago. How, then, will any +soldier find their hiding-place?" + +"I do not think that such a man would find it," answered Miriam, "but +I have friends in this city, and if I could come at them I might +discover one who would meet with better fortune. You know that I am a +Christian who was brought up among the Essenes, both of them +persecuted people that have their secrets. If I find a Christian or an +Essene he would take my message and--unless he was killed--deliver +it." + +Now Gallus thought for a while, then he said, "If I were to go out in +Tyre asking for Christians or Essenes, none would appear. As well +might a stork go out and call upon a frog. But that old slave-woman, +who has tended on me and you, she is cunning in her way, and if I +promised to set her at liberty should she succeed, well, perhaps she +might succeed. Stay, I will summon her," and he left the tent. + +Some minutes later he returned, bringing the slave with him. + +"I have explained the matter to this woman, Miriam," he said, "and I +think that she understands, and can prove to any who are willing to +visit you, that they will have a free pass in to and out of the camp, +and need fear no harm. Tell her, then, where she is to go and whom she +must seek." + +So Miriam told the woman, saying, "Tell any Essene whom you can find +that she who is called their Queen, bids his presence, and if he asks +more, give him this word--'The sun rises.' Tell any Christian whom you +can find that Miriam, their sister, seeks his aid, and if he asks +more, give him this word--'The dawn comes.' Do you understand?" + +"I understand," answered the woman. + +"Then go," said Gallus, "and be back by nightfall, remembering that if +you fail, in place of liberty you travel to Rome, whence you will +return no more." + +"My lord, I go," answered the woman, beating her forehead with her +hand and bowing herself from their presence. + +By nightfall she was back again with the tidings that no Christians +seemed to be left in Tyre; all had fled to Pella, or elsewhere. Of the +Essenes, however, she had found one, a minor brother of the name of +Samuel, who, on hearing that Miriam was the captive, and receiving the +watchword, said that he would visit the camp after dark, although he +greatly feared that this might be some snare set to catch him. + +After dark he came accordingly, and was led by the old woman, who +waited outside to meet him, to the tent where Miriam sat with Gallus. +This Samuel proved to be a brother of the lowest order of the Essenes, +whom, although he knew of her, Miriam had never seen. He had been +absent from the village by the Jordan at the time of the flight of the +sect, having come to Tyre by leave of the Court to bid farewell to his +mother, who was on her deathbed. Hearing that the brethren had fled, +and his mother being still alive, he had remained in Tyre instead of +seeking to rejoin them at Jerusalem, thus escaping the terrors of the +siege. That was all his story. Now, having buried his mother, he +desired to rejoin the brotherhood, if any of them were left alive. + +After Gallus had left the tent, since it was not lawful that she +should speak of their secrets in the presence of any man who was not +of the order, Miriam, having first satisfied herself that he was in +truth a brother, told this Samuel all she knew of the hiding-place of +the Essenes beyond the ancient quarry, and asked him if he was willing +to try to seek it out. He said yes, for he desired to find them; also +he was bound to give her what help he could, since should the brethren +discover that he had refused it, he would be expelled from their +order. Then, having pledged him to be faithful to her trust, not by +oath, which the Essenes held unlawful, but in accordance with their +secret custom which was known to her, she took from her hand the ring +that Marcus had sent her, bidding him find out the Essenes, and, if +their Roman prisoner was yet alive, and among them, to deliver it to +him with a message telling him of her fate and whither she had gone. +If he was dead, or not to be found anywhere, then he was to deliver +the ring to the Libyan woman named Nehushta, with the same message. If +he could not find her either, then to her uncle Ithiel, or, failing +him, to whoever was president of the Essenes, with the same message, +praying any or all of them to succour her in her troubles, should that +be possible. At the least they were to let her have tidings at the +house of Gallus, the captain, in Rome, where he proposed to place her +in charge of his wife until the time came for her to be handed over to +Titus and to walk in the Triumph. Moreover, in case the brother should +forget, she wrote a letter that he might deliver to any of those for +whom she gave the message. In this letter Miriam set out briefly all +that had befallen her since that night of parting in the Old Tower, +and by the help of Gallus, whom she now recalled to the tent, the +particulars of her rescue and of the judgment of Cæsar upon her +person, ending it with these words: + + "If it be the will of God and your will, O you who may read this + letter, haste, haste to help me, that I may escape the shame more + sore than death which awaits me yonder in Rome." + +This letter she signed, "Miriam, of the house of Benoni," but she did +not write upon it the names of those to whom it was addressed, fearing +lest it should fall into other hands and bring trouble upon them. + +Then Gallus asked the man Samuel what money he needed for his journey +and as a reward for his service. He answered that it was against his +rule to take any money, who was bound to help those under the +protection of the order without reward or fee, whereat Gallus stared +and said that there were stranger folk in this land than in any others +that he knew, and they were many. + +So Samuel, having bowed before Miriam and pressed her hand in a +certain fashion in token of brotherhood and fidelity, was led out of +the camp again, nor did she ever see him more. Yet, as it proved, he +was a faithful messenger, and she did well to trust him. + +Next day, at the prayer of Miriam, Gallus also wrote a letter, which +gave him much trouble, to a friend of his, who was a brother officer +with the army at Jerusalem, enclosing one to be handed to Marcus if, +perchance, he should have rejoined the Standards. + +"Now daughter," he said, "we have done all that can be done, and must +leave the rest to fate." + +"Yes," she answered with a sigh, "we must leave the rest to fate, as +you Romans call God." + +In the evening they set sail for Italy, and with them much of the +captured treasure, many sick and wounded men and a guard of soldiers. +As it chanced, having taken the sea after the autumn gales and before +those of mid-winter began, they had a swift and prosperous voyage, +enduring no hardships save once from want of water. Within thirty days +they came to Rhegium, whence they marched overland to Rome, being +received everywhere very gladly by people who were eager for tidings +of the war. + + + + CHAPTER XX + + THE MERCHANT DEMETRIUS + +When on that fateful night in the Old Tower Miriam sprang forward to +strike the lantern from the hand of the Jew, Nehushta, who was bending +over the fallen Marcus and dragging at his body, did not even see that +she had left the door. + +With an effort, the slope of the rocky passage beyond favouring her, +she half-drew, half-lifted the Roman through the entrance. Then it +was, as she straightened herself a little to take breath, that she +heard the thud of the rock door closing behind her. Still, as it was +dark, she did not guess that Miriam was parted from them, for she +said: + +"Ah! into what troubles do not these men lead us poor women. Well, +just in time, and I think that none of them saw us." + +There was no answer. Sound could not pierce that wall and the place +was silent as a tomb. + +"Lady! In the Name of Christ, where are you, lady?" asked Nehushta in +a piercing whisper, and the echoes of the gallery answered--"Where are +you, lady?" + +Just then Marcus awoke. + +"What has chanced? What place is this, Miriam?" he asked. + +"This has chanced," answered Nehushta in the same awful voice. "We are +in the passage leading to the vaults; Miriam is in the hands of the +Jews in the Old Tower, and the door is shut between us. Accursed +Roman! to save your life she has sacrificed herself. Without doubt she +sprang from the door to dash the lantern from the hand of the Jew, and +before she could return again it had swung home. Now they will crucify +her because she rescued you--a Roman." + +"Don't talk, woman," broke in Marcus savagely, "open the door. I am +still a man, I can still fight, or," he added with a groan, +remembering that he had no sword, "at the least I can die for her." + +"I cannot," gasped Nehushta. "She had the iron that lifts the secret +latch. If you had kept your sword, Roman, it might perhaps have +served, but that has gone also." + +"Break it down," said Marcus. "Come, I will help." + +"Yes, yes, Roman, you will help to break down three feet of solid +stone." + +Then began that hideous scene whereof something has been said. +Nehushta strove to reach the latch with her fingers. Marcus, standing +upon one foot, strove to shake the stone with his shoulder, the black, +silent stone that never so much as stirred. Yet they worked madly, +their breath coming in great gasps, knowing that the work was in vain, +and that even if they could open the door, by now it would be to find +Miriam gone, or at the best to be taken themselves. Suddenly Marcus +ceased from his labour. + +"Lost!" he moaned, "and for my sake. O ye gods! for my sake." Then +down he fell, his harness clattering on the rocky step, and lay there, +muttering and laughing foolishly. + +Nehushta ceased also, gasping: "The Lord help you, Miriam, for I +cannot. Oh! after all these years to lose you thus, and because of +that man!" and she glared through the darkness towards the fallen +Marcus, thinking in her heart that she would kill him. + +"Nay," she said to herself, "she loved him, and did she know it might +pain her. Better kill myself; yes, and if I were sure that she is dead +this, sin or no sin, I would do." + +As she sat thus, helpless, hopeless, she saw a light coming up the +stair towards them. It was borne by Ithiel. Nehushta rose and faced +him. + +"Praise be to God! there you are at length," he said. "Thrice have I +been up this stair wondering why Miriam did not come." + +"Brother Ithiel," answered Nehushta, "Miriam will come no more; she is +gone, leaving us in exchange this man Marcus, the Roman prefect of +Horse." + +"What do you mean? What do you mean?" he gasped. "Where is Miriam?" + +"In the hands of the Jews," she answered. Then she told him all that +story. + +"There is nothing to be done," he moaned when she had finished. "To +open the door now would be but to reveal the secret of our hiding- +place to the Jews or to the Romans, either of whom would put us to the +sword, the Jews for food, the Romans because we are Jews. We can only +leave her to God and protect ourselves." + +"Had I my will," answered Nehushta, "I would leave myself to God and +still strive to protect her. Yet you are right, seeing that many lives +cannot be risked for the sake of one girl. But what of this man?" + +"We will do our best for him," answered Ithiel, "for so she who +sacrificed herself for his sake would have wished. Also years ago he +was our guest and befriended us. Stay here a while and I will bring +men to carry him to the vault." + +So Ithiel went away to return with sundry of the brethren, who lifted +Marcus and bore him down the stairs and passages to that darksome +chamber where Miriam had slept, while other brethren shut the trap- +door, and loosened the roof of the passage, blocking it with stone so +that without great labour none could pass that path for ever. + +Here in this silent, sunless vault for many, many days Marcus lay sick +with a brain fever, of which, had it not been for the skilful nursing +of Nehushta and of the leeches among the Essenes, he must certainly +have died. But these leeches, who were very clever, doctored the deep +sword-cut in his head, removing with little iron hooks the fragments +of bone which pressed upon his brain, and dressing that wound and +another in his knee with salves. + +Meanwhile, they learned by their spies that both the Temple and Mount +Sion had fallen. Also they heard of the trial of Miriam and of her +exposure on the Gate Nicanor, but of what happened to her afterwards +they could gather nothing. So they mourned her as dead. + +Now, their food being at length exhausted and the watch of the Romans +having relaxed, they determined, those who were left of them, for some +had died and Ithiel himself was very ill, to attempt to escape from +the hateful vaults that had sheltered them for all these months. A +question arose as to what was to be done with Marcus, now but a shadow +of a man, who still wandered somewhat in his mind, but who had passed +the worst of his sickness and seemed like to live. Some were for +abandoning him; some for sending him back to the Romans; but Nehushta +showed that it would be wise to keep him as a hostage, so that if they +were attacked they might produce him and in return for their care, +perhaps buy their lives. In the end they agreed upon this course, not +so much for what they might gain by it, but because they knew that it +would have pleased the lost maid whom they called their Queen, who had +perished to save this man. + +So it came about that upon a certain night of rain and storm, when +none were stirring, a number of men with faces white as lepers, of the +hue, indeed, of roots that have pushed in the dark, might have been +seen travelling down the cavern quarries, now tenanted only by the +corpses of those who had perished there from starvation, and so +through the hole beneath the wall into the free air. With them went +litters bearing their sick, and among the sick, Ithiel and Marcus. +None hindered their flight, for the Romans had deserted this part of +the ruined city and were encamped around the towers in the +neighbourhood of Mount Sion, where some few Jews still held out. + +Thus it happened that by morning they were well on the road to +Jericho, which, always a desert country, was now quite devoid of life. +On they went, living on roots and such little food as still remained +to them, to Jericho itself, where they found nothing but a ruin +haunted by a few starving wretches. Thence they travelled to their own +village, to discover that, for the most part, this also had been +burnt. But certain caverns in the hillside behind, which they used as +store-houses, remained, and undiscovered in them a secret stock of +corn and wine that gave them food. + +Here, then, they camped and set to work to sow the fields which no +Romans or robbers had been able to destroy, and so lived hardly, but +unmolested, till at length the first harvest came and with it plenty. + +In this dry and wholesome air Marcus recovered rapidly, who by nature +was very strong. When first his wits returned to him he recognised +Nehushta, and asked her what had chanced. She told him all she knew, +and that she believed Miriam to be dead, tidings which caused him to +fall into a deep melancholy. Meanwhile, the Essenes treated him with +kindness, but let him understand that he was their prisoner. Nor if he +had wished it, and they had given him leave to go, could he have left +them at that time, seeing that the slightest of his hurts proved to be +the worst, since the spear or sword-cut having penetrated to the joint +and let out the oil, the wound in his knee would heal only by very +slow degrees, and for many weeks left him so lame that he could not +walk without a crutch. So here he sat by the banks of the Jordan, +mourning the past and well-nigh hopeless for the future. + +Thus in solitude, tended by Nehushta, who now had grown very grim and +old, and by the poor remnant of the Essenes, Marcus passed four or +five miserable months. As he grew stronger he would limp down to the +village where his hosts were engaged in rebuilding some of their +dwellings, and sit in the garden of the house that was once occupied +by Miriam. Now it was but an overgrown place, yet among the +pomegranate bushes still stood that shed which she had used as a +workshop, and in it, lying here and there as they had fallen, some of +her unfinished marbles, among them one of himself which she began and +cast aside before she executed that bust which Nero had named divine +and set him to guard in the Temple at Rome. To Marcus it was a sad +place, haunted by a thousand memories, yet he loved it because those +memories were all of Miriam. + +Titus, said rumour, having accomplished the utter destruction of +Jerusalem, had moved his army to Cæsarea or Berytus, where he passed +the winter season in celebrating games in the amphitheatres. These he +made splendid by the slaughter of vast numbers of Jewish prisoners, +who were forced to fight against each other, or, after the cruel Roman +fashion, exposed to the attacks of ravenous wild beasts. But although +he thought of doing so, Marcus had no means of communicating with +Titus, and was still too lame to attempt escape. Could he have found +any, indeed, to make use of them might have brought destruction upon +the Essenes, who had treated him kindly and saved his life. Also among +the Romans it was a disgrace for a soldier, and especially for an +officer of high rank, to be made prisoner, and he was loth to expose +his own shame. As Gallus had told Miriam, no Roman should be taken +alive. So Marcus attempted to do nothing, but waited, sick at heart, +for whatever fate fortune might send him. Indeed, had he been quite +sure that Miriam was dead, he, who was disgraced and a captive, would +have slain himself and followed her. But although none doubted her +death--except Nehushta--his spirit did not tell him that this was so. +Thus it came about that Marcus lived on among the Essenes till his +health and strength came back to him, as it was appointed that he +should do until the time came for him to act. At length that time +came. + +When Samuel, the Essene, left Tyre, bearing the letter and the ring of +Miriam, he journeyed to Jerusalem to find the Holy City but a heap of +ruins, haunted by hyænas and birds of prey that feasted on the +innumerable dead. Still, faithful to his trust, he strove to discover +that entrance to the caverns of which Miriam had told him, and to this +end hovered day by day upon the north side of the city near to the old +Damascus Gate. The hole he could not find, for there were thousands of +stones behind which jackals had burrowed, and how was he to know which +of these openings led to caverns, nor were there any left to direct +him. Still, Samuel searched and waited in the hope that one day an +Essene might appear who would guide him to the hiding-place of the +brethren. But no Essene appeared, for the good reason that they had +fled already. In the end he was seized by a patrol of Roman soldiers +who had observed him hovering about the place and questioned him very +strictly as to his business. He replied that it was to gather herbs +for food, whereon their officer said that they would find him food and +with it some useful work. So they took him and pressed him into a gang +of captives who were engaged in pulling down the walls, that Jerusalem +might nevermore become a fortified city. In this gang he was forced to +labour for over four months, receiving only his daily bread in +payment, and with it many blows and hard words, until at last he found +an opportunity to make his escape. + +Now among his fellow-slaves was a man whose brother belonged to the +Order of the Essenes, and from him he learned that they had gone back +to Jordan. So thither Samuel started, having Miriam's ring still +hidden safely about his person. Reaching the place without further +accident he declared himself to the Essenes, who received him with +joy, which was not to be wondered at, since he was able to tell them +that Miriam, whom they named their Queen and believed to be dead, was +still alive. He asked them if they had a Roman prisoner called Marcus +hidden away among them, and when they answered that this was so, said +that he had a message from Miriam which he was charged to deliver to +him. Then they led him to the garden where her workshop had been, +telling him that there he would find the Roman. + +Marcus was seated in the garden, basking in the sunshine, and with him +Nehushta. They were talking of Miriam--indeed, they spoke of little +else. + +"Alas! although I seem to know her yet alive, I fear that she must be +dead," Marcus was saying. "It is not possible that she could have +lived through that night of the burning of the Temple." + +"It does not seem possible," answered Nehushta, "yet I believe that +she did live--as in your heart you believe also. I do not think it was +fated that any Christian should perish in that war, since it has been +prophesied otherwise." + +"Prove it to me, woman, and I should be inclined to become a +Christian, but of prophecies and such vague talk I am weary." + +"You will become a Christian when your heart is touched and not +before," answered Nehushta sharply. "That light is from within." + +As she spoke the bushes parted and they saw the Essene, Samuel, +standing in front of them. + +"Whom do you seek, man?" asked Nehushta, who did not know him. + +"I seek the noble Roman, Marcus," he answered, "for whom I have a +message. Is that he?" + +"I am he," said Marcus, "and now, who sent you and what is your +message?" + +"The Queen of the Essenes, whose name is Miriam, sent me," replied the +man. + +Now both of them sprang to their feet. + +"What token do you bear?" asked Marcus in a slow, restrained voice, +"for know, we thought that lady dead." + +"This," he answered, and drawing the ring from his robe he handed it +to him, adding, "Do you acknowledge the token?" + +"I acknowledge it. There is no such other ring. Have you aught else?" + +"I had a letter, but it is lost. The Roman soldiers robbed me of my +robe in which it was sewn, and I never saw it more. But the ring I +saved by hiding it in my mouth while they searched me." + +Marcus groaned, but Nehushta said quickly: + +"Did she give you no message? Tell us your story and be swift." + +So he told them all. + +"How long was this ago?" asked Nehushta. + +"Nearly five months. For a hundred and twenty days I was kept as a +slave at Jerusalem, labouring at the levelling of the walls." + +"Five months," said Marcus. "Tell me, do you know whether Titus has +sailed?" + +"I heard that he had departed from Alexandria on his road to Rome." + +"Miriam will walk in his Triumph, and afterwards be sold as a slave! +Woman, there is no time to lose," said Marcus. + +"None," answered Nehushta; "still, there is time to thank this +faithful messenger." + +"Ay," said Marcus. "Man, what reward do you seek? Whatever it be it +shall be paid to you who have endured so much. Yes, it shall be paid, +though here and now I have no money." + +"I seek no reward," replied the Essene, "who have but fulfilled my +promise and done my duty." + +"Yet Heaven shall reward you," said Nehushta. "And now let us hence to +Ithiel." + +Back they went swiftly to the caves that were occupied by the Essenes +during the rebuilding of their houses. In a little cabin that was open +to the air lay Ithiel. The old man was on his death-bed, for age, +hardship, and anxiety had done their work with him, so that now he was +unable to stand, but reclined upon a pallet awaiting his release. To +him they told their story. + +"God is merciful," he said, when he had heard it. "I feared that she +might be dead, for in the presence of so much desolation, my faith +grows weak." + +"It may be so," answered Marcus, "but your merciful God will allow +this maiden to be set up in the Forum at Rome and sold to the highest +bidder. It would have been better that she perished on the gate +Nicanor." + +"Perhaps this same God," answered Ithiel with a faint smile, "will +deliver her from that fate, as He has delivered her from many others. +Now what do you seek, my lord Marcus?" + +"I seek liberty, which hitherto you have refused to me, Ithiel. I must +travel to Rome as fast as ships and horses can carry me. I desire to +be present at that auction of the captives. At least, I am rich and +can purchase Miriam--unless I am too late." + +"Purchase her to be your slave?" + +"Nay, to be my wife." + +"She will not marry you; you are not a Christian." + +"Then, if she asks it, to set her free. Man, would it not be better +that she should fall into my hands than into those of the first +passer-by who chances to take a fancy to her face?" + +"Yes, I think it is better," answered Ithiel, "though who am I that I +should judge? Let the Court be summoned and at once. This matter must +be laid before them. If you should purchase her and she desires it, do +you promise that you will set her free?" + +"I promise it." + +Ithiel looked at him strangely and said: "Good, but in the hour of +temptation, if it should come, see that you do not forget your word." + +So the Court was called together, not the full hundred that used to +sit in the great hall, but a bare score of the survivors of the +Essenes, and to them the brother, Samuel, repeated his tale. To them +also Marcus made his petition for freedom, that he might journey to +Rome with Nehushta, and if it were possible, deliver Miriam from her +bonds. Now, some of the more timid of the Essenes spoke against the +release of so valuable a hostage upon the chance of his being able to +aid Miriam, but Ithiel cried from his litter: + +"What! Would you allow our own advantage to prevail against the hope +that this maiden, who is loved by everyone of us, may be saved? Shame +upon the thought. Let the Roman go upon his errand, since we cannot." + +So in the end they agreed to let him go, and, as he had none, even +provided money for his faring out of their scanty, secret store, +trusting that he might find opportunity to repay it in time to come. + +That night Marcus and Nehushta bade farewell to Ithiel. + +"I am dying," said the old Essene. "Before ever you can set foot in +Rome the breath will be out of my body, and beneath the desert sand I +shall lie at peace--who desire peace. Yet, say to Miriam, my niece, +that my spirit will watch over her spirit, awaiting its coming in a +land where there are no more wars and tribulations, and that, +meanwhile, I who love her bid her to be of good cheer and to fear +nothing." + +So they parted from Ithiel and travelled upon horses to Joppa, Marcus +disguising his name and rank lest some officer among the Romans should +detain him. Here by good fortune they found a ship sailing for +Alexandria, and in the port of Alexandria a merchant vessel bound for +Rhegium, in which they took passage, none asking them who they might +be. + + + +Upon the night of the burning of the Temple, Caleb, escaping the +slaughter, was driven with Simon the Zealot across the bridge into the +Upper City, which bridge they broke down behind them. Once he tried to +return, in the mad hope that during the confusion he might reach the +gate Nicanor and, if she still lived, rescue Miriam. But already the +Romans held the head of the bridge, and already the Jews were hacking +at its timbers, so in that endeavour he failed and in his heart made +sure that Miriam had perished. So bitterly did Caleb mourn, who, +fierce and wayward as he was by nature, still loved her more than all +the world besides, that for six days or more he sought death in every +desperate adventure which came to his hand, and they were many. But +death fled him, and on the seventh day he had tidings. + +A man who was hidden among the ruins of the cloisters managed to +escape to the Upper City. From him Caleb learned that the woman, who +was said to have been found upon the roof of the gate Nicanor, had +been brought before Titus, who gave her over to the charge of a Roman +captain, by whom she had been taken without the walls. He knew no +more. The story was slight enough, yet it sufficed for Caleb, who was +certain that this woman must be Miriam. From that moment he determined +to abandon the cause of the Jews, which, indeed, was now hopeless, and +to seek out Miriam, wherever she might be. Yet, search as he would, +another fifteen days went by before he could find his opportunity. + +At length Caleb was placed in charge of a watch upon the wall, and, +the other members of his company falling asleep from faintness and +fatigue, contrived in the dark to let himself down by a rope which he +had secreted, dropping from the end of it into the ditch. In this +ditch he found many dead bodies, and from one of them, that of a +peasant who had died but recently, took the clothes and a long winter +cloak of sheepskins, which he exchanged for his own garments. Then, +keeping only his sword, which he hid beneath the cloak, he passed the +Roman pickets in the gloom and fled into the country. When daylight +came Caleb cut off his beard and trimmed his long hair short. After +this, meeting a countryman with a load of vegetables which he had +licence to sell in the Roman camp Caleb bought his store from him for +a piece of gold, for he was well furnished with money, promising the +simple man that if he said a word of it he would find him out and kill +him. Then counterfeiting the speech and actions of a peasant, which +he, who had been brought up among them down by the banks of Jordan, +well could do, Caleb marched boldly to the nearest Roman camp and +offered his wares for sale. + +Now this camp was situated outside the gate of Gennat, not far from +the tower Hippicus. Therefore, it is not strange that although in the +course of his bargaining he made diligent inquiry as to the fate of +the girl who had been taken to the gate Nicanor, Caleb could hear +nothing of her, seeing that she was in a camp situated on the Mount of +Olives, upon the other side of Jerusalem. Baffled for that day, Caleb +continued his inquiries on the next, taking a fresh supply of +vegetables, which he purchased from the same peasant, to another body +of soldiers camping in the Valley of Himnon. So he went on from day to +day searching the troops which surrounded the city, and working from +the Valley of Himnon northwards along the Valley of the Kedron, till +on the tenth day he came to a little hospital camp pitched on the +slope of the hill opposite to the ruin which once had been the Golden +Gate. Here, while proffering his vegetables, he fell into talk with +the cook who was sent to chaffer with him. + +"Ah!" said the cook handling the basket with satisfaction, "it is a +pity, friend, that you did not bring this stuff here a while ago when +we wanted it sorely and found it hard to come by in this barren, +sword-wasted land." + +"Why?" asked Caleb carelessly. + +"Oh! because of a prisoner we had here, a girl whose sufferings had +made her sick in mind and body, and whose appetite I never knew how to +tempt, for she turned from meat, and ever asked for fish, of which, of +course, we had none, or failing that, for green food and fruits." + +"What were her name and story?" asked Caleb. + +"As for her name I know it not. We called her Pearl-Maiden because of +a collar of pearls she wore and because also she was white and +beautiful as a pearl. Oh! beautiful indeed, and so gentle and sweet, +even in her sickness, that the roughest brute of a legionary with a +broken head could not choose but to love her. Much more then, that old +bear, Gallus, who watched her as though she were his own cub." + +"Indeed? And where is this beautiful lady now? I should like to sell +her something." + +"Gone, gone, and left us all mourning." + +"Not dead?" said Caleb in a new voice of eager dismay, "Oh! not dead?" + +The fat cook looked at him calmly. + +"You take a strange interest in our Pearl-Maiden, Cabbage-seller," he +said. "And, now that I come to think of it, you are a strange-looking +man for a peasant." + +With an effort Caleb recovered his self-command. + +"Once I was better off than I am now, friend," he answered. "As you +know, in this country the wheel of fortune has turned rather quick of +late." + +"Yes, yes, and left many crushed flat behind it." + +"The reason why I am interested," went on Caleb, taking no heed, "is +that I may have lost a fine market for my goods." + +"Well, and so you have, friend. Some days ago the Pearl-Maiden +departed to Tyre in charge of the captain, Gallus, on her way to Rome. +Perhaps you would wish to follow and sell her your onions there." + +"Perhaps I should," answered Caleb. "When you Romans have gone this +seems likely to become a bad country for gardeners, since owls and +jackals do not buy fruit, and you will leave no other living thing +behind you." + +"True," answered the cook. "Cæsar knows how to handle a broom and he +has made a very clean sweep," and he pointed complacently to the +heaped-up ruins of the Temple before them. "But how much for the whole +basket full?" + +"Take them, friend," said Caleb, "and sell them to your mess for the +best price that you can get. You need not mention that you paid +nothing." + +"Oh! no, I won't mention it. Good morning, Mr. Cabbage-grower, good +morning." + +Then he stood still watching as Caleb vanished quickly among the great +boles of the olive trees. "What can stir a Jew so much," he reflected +to himself, "as to make him give something for nothing, and especially +to a Roman? Perhaps he is Pearl-Maiden's brother. No, that can't be +from his eyes--her lover more likely. Well, it is no affair of mine, +and although he never grew them, the vegetables are good and fresh." + + + +That evening when Caleb, still disguised as a peasant, was travelling +through the growing twilight across the hills that bordered the road +to Tyre, he heard a mighty wailing rise from Jerusalem and knew that +it was the death-cry of his people. Now, everywhere above such +portions of the beleaguered city as remained standing, shot up tall +spires and wreaths of flame. Titus had forced the walls, and thousands +upon thousands of Jews were perishing beneath the swords of his +soldiers, or in the fires of their burning homes. Still, some ninety +thousand were left alive, to be driven like cattle into the Court of +Women. Here more than ten thousand died of starvation, while some were +set aside to grace the Triumph, some to be slaughtered in the +amphitheatres at Cæsarea and Berytus, but the most were transported to +Egypt, there, until they died, to labour in the desert mines. Thus was +the last desolation accomplished and the prophecy fulfilled: "And the +Lord shall bring thee into Egypt again with ships . . . and there ye +shall sell yourselves unto your enemies for bondmen and for bondwomen, +and no man shall buy you." Thus did "Ephraim return to Egypt," whence +he came forth to sojourn in the Promised Land until the cup of his sin +was full. Now once more that land was a desert without inhabitants; +all its pleasant places were waste; all its fenced cities destroyed, +and over their ruins and the bones of their children flew Cæsar's +eagles. The war was ended, there was peace in Judæa. /Solitudinem +faciunt pacem appellant!/ + + + +When Caleb reached Tyre, by the last light of the setting sun he saw a +white-sailed galley beating her way out to sea. Entering the city, he +inquired who went in the galley and was told Gallus, a Roman captain, +in charge of a number of sick and wounded men, many of the treasures +of the Temple, and a beautiful girl, who was said to be the grand- +daughter of Benoni of that town. + +Then knowing that he was too late, Caleb groaned in bitterness of +spirit. Presently, however, he took thought. Now, Caleb was wise in +his generation, for at the beginning of this long war he had sold all +his land and houses for gold and jewels, which, to a very great value, +he had left hidden in Tyre in the house of a man he trusted, an old +servant of his father's. To this store he had added from time to time +out of the proceeds of plunder, of trading, and of the ransom of a +rich Roman knight who was his captive, so that now his wealth was +great. Going to the man's house, Caleb claimed and packed this +treasure in bales of Syrian carpets to resemble merchandise. + +Then the peasant who had travelled into Tyre upon business about a +mule, was seen no more, but in place of him appeared Demetrius, the +Egyptian merchant, who bought largely, though always at night, of the +merchandise of Tyre, and sailed with it by the first ship to +Alexandria. Here this merchant bought much more goods, such as would +find a ready sale in the Roman market, enough to fill the half of a +galley, indeed, which lay in the harbour near the Pharos lading for +Syracuse and Rhegium. + +At length the galley sailed, meaning to make Crete, but was caught by +a winter storm and driven to Paphos in Cyprus, where, being afraid to +attempt the seas again, let the merchant, Demetrius, do what he would +to urge them forward, the captain and crew of the galley determined to +winter. So they beached her in the harbour and went up to the great +temple, rejoicing to pay their vows and offer gifts to Venus, who had +delivered them from the fury of the seas, that they might swell the +number of her votaries. + +But although he accompanied them, since otherwise they might have +suspected that he was a Jew, Demetrius, who sought another goddess, +cursed Venus in his heart, knowing that had it not been for her +delights the sailors would have risked the weather. Still, there was +no help for it and no other ship by which he could sail, so here he +abode for more than three months, spending his time in Curium, Amathos +and Salamis, trading among the rich natives of Cyprus, out of whom he +made a large profit, and adding wine, and copper from Tamasus to his +other merchandise, as much as there was room for on the ship. + +In the end after the great spring festival, for the captain said that +it would not be fortunate to leave until this had been celebrated, +they set sail and came by way of Rhodes to the Island of Crete, and +thence touching at Cythera to Syracuse in Sicily, and so at last to +Rhegium. Here the merchant, Demetrius, transhipped his goods into a +vessel that was sailing to the port of Centum Cellæ, and having +reached that place hired transport to convey them to Rome, nearly +forty miles away. + + + + CHAPTER XXI + + THE CÆSARS AND PRINCE DOMITIAN + +When the captain Gallus reached the outskirts of Rome he halted, for +he did not desire that Miriam should be led through the streets in the +daytime, and thus cause questions to be asked concerning her. Also he +sent on a messenger bidding the man find out his wife, Julia, if she +were still alive, since of this Gallus, who had not seen her for +several years, could tell nothing, and inform her that he would be +with her shortly, bringing with him a maiden who had been placed in +his charge by Titus. Before nightfall, the messenger returned, and +with him Julia herself, a woman past middle-age, but, although grey- +haired, still handsome and stately. + +Miriam saw their meeting, which was a touching sight, since this +childless couple who had been married for almost thirty years, had now +been separated for a long time. Moreover, a rumour had reached Julia +that her husband was not only wounded, but dead, wherefore her joy and +thankfulness at his coming were even greater than they would otherwise +have been. One thing, however, Miriam noted, that whereas her friend +and benefactor, Gallus, held up his hands and thanked the gods that he +found his wife living and well, Julia on her part said: + +"Aye, I thank God," touching her breast with her fingers as she spoke +the words. + +Presently the matron seemed to notice her, and, looking at her with a +doubtful eye, asked: + +"How comes it, husband, that you are in charge of this captive Jewess, +if Jewess she be who is so fair?" + +"By the orders of Titus Cæsar, wife," he answered, "to whom she must +be delivered on his arrival. She was condemned to perish on the gate +Nicanor as a traitress to the Jews and a Nazarene." + +Julia started and looked at the girl over her shoulder. + +"Are you of that faith, daughter?" she asked in a changed voice, +crossing her hands upon her breast as though by chance. + +"I am, mother," answered Miriam, repeating the sign. + +"Well, well, husband," said Julia, "the maid's tale can wait. Whether +she was a traitress to the Jews, or a follower of Christus, is not our +affair. At least she is in your charge, and therefore welcome to me," +and stepping to where Miriam stood with bowed head she kissed her on +the forehead, saying aloud: + +"I greet you, daughter, who are so sweet to see and in misfortune," +adding beneath her breath, "in the Name you know." + +Then Miriam was sure that she had fallen into the hands of a woman who +was a Christian, and was thankful in her heart, for while the Cæsars +sat upon the Roman throne the Christians of every clime, rank and race +were one great family. + +That evening, so soon as the darkness fell, they entered Rome by the +Appian Gate. Here they separated, Gallus leading his soldiers to +convoy the treasure to the safe keeping of that officer who was +appointed to receive it, and afterwards to the camp prepared for them, +while Julia, with Miriam and an escort of two men only, departed to +her own home, a small dwelling in a clean but narrow and crowded +street that overhung the Tiber between the Pons Ælius and the Porta +Flamina. At the door of the house Julia dismissed the soldiers, +saying: + +"Go without fear, and take witness that I am bond for the safety of +this captive." + +So the men went gladly enough, for they desired to rest after the +toils of their long journey, and the door of the house having been +opened by a servant and locked again behind them, Julia led Miriam +across a little court to the sitting-room that lay beyond. Hanging +lamps of bronze burned in the room, and by their light Miriam saw that +it was very clean and well, though not richly, furnished. + +"This is my own house, daughter," she explained, "which my father left +me, where I have dwelt during all these weary years that my husband +has been absent in the wars of the East. It is a humble place, but you +will find peace and safety in it, and, I trust, comfort. Poor child," +she added in a gentle voice, "I who am also a Christian, though as yet +of this my husband knows nothing, welcome you in the Name of the +Lord." + +"In the Name of our Lord, I thank you," answered Miriam, "who am but a +friendless slave." + +"Such find friends," said Julia, "and if you will suffer it I think +that I shall be one of them." Then at a sign from the elder woman they +knelt down, and in silence each of them put up her prayer of +thanksgiving, the wife because her husband had come back to her safe, +the maiden because she had been led to a house ruled by a woman of her +own faith. + +After this they ate, a plain meal but well cooked and served. When it +was done Julia conducted Miriam to the little whitewashed chamber +which had been prepared for her. It was lighted from the court by a +lattice set high in the wall, and, like all the house, very clean and +sweet, with a floor of white marble. + +"Once another maid slept here," said Julia with a sigh, glancing at +the white bed in the corner. + +"Yes," said Miriam, "she was named Flavia, was she not, your only +child? Nay, do not be astonished. I have heard so much of her that I +seem to have known her well, who can be known no more--here." + +"Did Gallus tell you?" asked Julia. "He used rarely to speak of her." + +Miriam nodded. "Gallus told me. You see he was very good to me and we +became friends. For all that he has done, may Heaven bless him, who, +although he seems rough, has so kind a heart." + +"Yes, may Heaven bless all of us, living and dead," answered Julia. +Then she kissed Miriam and left her to her rest. + +When Miriam came out of her bedchamber on the following morning, she +found Gallus clad in his body armour, now new cleaned, though dinted +with many a blow, standing in the court and watching the water which +squirted from a leaden pipe to fall into a little basin. + +"Greeting, daughter," he said, looking up. "I trust that you have +rested well beneath my roof who have sojourned so long in tents." + +"Very well," she answered, adding, "If I might ask it, why do you wear +your mail here in peaceful Rome?" + +"Because I am summoned to have an audience of Cæsar, now within an +hour." + +"Is Titus come, then?" she asked hurriedly. + +"Nay, nay, not Titus Cæsar, but Vespasian Cæsar, his father, to whom I +must make report of all that was passing in Judæa when we left, of the +treasure that I brought with me and--of yourself." + +"Oh! Gallus," said Miriam, "will he take me away from your charge?" + +"I know not. I hope not. But who can say? It is as his fancy may move +him. But if he listens to me I swear that you shall stay here for +ever; be sure of that." + +Then he went, leaning on a spear shaft, for the wound in his leg had +caused it to shrink so much that he could never hope to be sound +again. + +Three hours later he returned to find the two women waiting for him +anxiously enough. Julia glanced at his face as he came through the +door of the street wall into the vestibulum or courtyard where they +were waiting. + +"Have no fear," she said. "When Gallus looks so solemn he brings good +tidings, for if they are bad he smiles and makes light of them," and +advancing she took him by the hand and led him past the porter's room +into the atrium. + +"What news, husband?" she asked when the door was shut behind them so +that none might overhear their talk. + +"Well," he answered, "first, my fighting days are over, since I am +discharged the army, the physicians declaring that my leg will never +be well again. Wife, why do you not weep?" + +"Because I rejoice," answered Julia calmly. "Thirty years of war and +bloodshed are enough for any man. You have done your work. It is time +that you should rest who have been spared so long, and at least I have +saved while you were away, and there will be food to fill our mouths." + +"Yes, yes, wife, and as it happens, more than you think, since +Vespasian, being gracious and pleased with my report, has granted me +half-pay for all my life, to say nothing of a gratuity and a share of +the spoil, whatever that may bring. Still I grieve, who can never hope +to lift spear more." + +"Grieve not, for thus I would have had it, Gallus. But what of this +maid?" + +"Well, I made my report about her, as I was bound to do, and at first +Domitian, Cæsar's son, being curious to see her, prompted Vespasian to +order that she should be brought to the palace. Almost Cæsar spoke the +word, then a thought seemed to strike him and he was silent, whereon I +said that she had been very sick and still needed care and nursing, +and that if it was his will, my wife could tend her until such time as +Titus Cæsar, whose spoil she was, might arrive. Again Domitian +interrupted, but Vespasian answered, 'The Jewish maid is not your +slave, Domitian, or my slave. She is the slave of your brother, Titus. +Let her bide with this worthy officer until Titus comes, he being +answerable in his person and his goods that she shall then be produced +before him, she or proof of her death.' Then, waving his hand to show +that the matter was done with, he went on to speak of other things, +demanding details of the capture of the Temple and comparing my list +of the vessels and other gear with that which was furnished by the +treasurer, into whose charge I handed them yesternight. So, Maid +Miriam, till Titus comes you are safe." + +"Yes," answered Miriam with a sigh, "till Titus comes. But after that +--what?" + +"The gods alone know," he said impatiently. "Meanwhile, since my head +is on it, I must ask your word of you that you will attempt no +flight." + +"I give it, Gallus," she answered smiling, "who would die rather than +bring evil on you or yours. Also, whither should I fly?" + +"I know not. But you Christians find many friends: the rats themselves +have fewer hiding-places. Still, I trust you, and henceforth you are +free, till Titus comes." + +"Aye," repeated Miriam, "--till Titus comes." + + + +So for hard upon six months, till midsummer, indeed, Miriam dwelt in +the house of Gallus and his wife, Julia. She was not happy, although +to them she became as a daughter. Who could be happy even in the +sunshine of a peaceful present, that walked her world between two such +banks of shadow? Behind was the shadow of the terrible past; in front, +black and forbidding, rose the shadow of the future, which might be +yet more terrible, the future when she would be the slave of some man +unknown. Sometimes walking with Julia, humbly dressed and mingling +with the crowd, her head-dress arranged to hide her face as much as +might be, she saw the rich lords of Rome go by in chariots, on +horseback, in litters, all sorts and conditions of them, fat, proud +men with bold eyes; hard-faced statesmen or lawyers; war-worn, cruel- +looking captains; dissolute youths with foppish dress and perfumed +hair, and shuddering, wondered whether she was appointed to any one of +these. Or was it, perhaps, to that rich and greasy tradesman, or to +yon low-born freedman with a cunning leer? She knew not, God alone +knew, and in Him must be her trust. + +Once as Miriam was walking thus, gorgeously clad slaves armed with +rods of office appeared, bursting a way through the crowded streets to +an accompaniment of oaths and blows. After these came lictors bearing +the fasces on their shoulders; then a splendid chariot drawn by white +horses, and driven by a curled and scented charioteer. In it, that he +might be the better seen, stood a young man, tall, ruddy-faced, and +clad in royal attire, who looked downward as though from bashfulness, +but all the while scanned the crowd out of the corners of his dim blue +eyes shaded by lids devoid of lashes. For a moment Miriam felt those +eyes rest upon her, and knew that she was the subject of some jest +which their owner addressed to the exquisite charioteer, causing him +to laugh. Then a horror of that man took hold of her, and when he had +gone by, bowing in answer to the shouts of the people, who, as it +seemed to her, cheered from fear and not with joy, she asked Julia who +he might be. + +"Who but Domitian," she answered, "the son of one Cæsar and the +brother of another, who hates both and would like to wear their crown. +He is an evil man, and if he should chance to cross your path, beware +of him, Miriam." + +Miriam shuddered and said: + +"As well, mother, might you bid the mouse that is caught abroad to +beware of the cat it meets at night." + +"Some mice find holes that cats cannot pass," answered Julia with +meaning as they turned their faces homeward. + +During all this time, although Gallus made diligent inquiry among the +soldiers who arrived from Judæa, Miriam could hear nothing of Marcus, +so that at last she came to believe that he must be dead, and with him +the beloved and faithful Nehushta, and to hope that if this were so +she also might be taken. Still amongst all this trouble she had one +great comfort. Under the mild rule of Vespasian, although their +meeting-places were known, the Christians had peace for a while. +Therefore, in company with Julia and many others of the brotherhood, +she was able to visit the catacombs on the Appian Way by night, and +there in those dismal, endless tombs to offer prayer and receive the +ministrations of the Church. The great Apostles, St. Peter and St. +Paul, had suffered martyrdom, indeed, but they had left many teachers +behind them, and the chief of these soon grew to know and love the +poor Jewish captive who was doomed to slavery. Therefore here also she +found friends and consolation of spirit. + +In time Gallus came to learn that his wife was also of the Faith, and +for a while this knowledge seemed to cast him down. In the end, +however, he shrugged his shoulders and said that she was certainly of +an age to judge for herself and that he trusted no harm might come of +it. Indeed, when the principles of the Christian hope were explained +to him, he listened to them eagerly enough, who had lost his only +child, and until now had never heard this strange story of +resurrection and eternal life. Still, although he listened, and even +from time to time was present when the brethren prayed, he would not +be baptised, who said that he was too sunk in years to throw incense +on a new altar. + +At length Titus came, the Senate, which long before his arrival had +decreed him a Triumph, meeting him outside the walls, and there, after +some ancient formalities communicating to him their decision. +Moreover, it was arranged that Vespasian, his father, should share in +this Triumph, because of the great deeds which he had done in Egypt, +so that it was said everywhere that this would be the most splendid +ceremony which Rome had ever seen. After this Titus passed to his +palace and there lived privately for several weeks, resting while the +preparations for the great event went forward. + +One morning early Gallus was summoned to the palace, whence he +returned rubbing his hands and trying to look pleased, with him, as +Julia had said, a sure sign of evil tidings. + +"What is it, husband?" she asked. + +"Oh! nothing, nothing," he answered, "except that our Pearl-Maiden +here must accompany me after the mid-day meal into the august +presences of Vespasian and Titus. The Cæsars wish to see her, that +they may decide where she is to walk in the procession. If she is held +to be beautiful enough, they will grant to her a place of honour, by +herself. Do you hear that, wife--by herself, not far in front of the +very chariot of Titus? As for the dress that she will wear," he went +on nervously, since neither of his auditors seemed delighted with this +news, "it is to be splendid, quite splendid, all of the purest white +silk with little discs of silver sewn about it, and a representation +of the Gate Nicanor worked in gold thread upon the breast of the +robe." + +At this tidings Miriam broke down and began to weep. + +"Dry your tears, girl," he said roughly, although the thickness of his +voice suggested that water and his own eyes were not far apart. "What +must be, must be, and now is the time for that God you worship to show +you some mark of favour. Surely, He should do so, seeing how long and +how often you pray to Him in burrows that a jackal would turn from." + +"I think He will," answered Miriam, ceasing her sobs with a bold up- +lifting of her soul towards the light of perfect faith. + +"I am sure He will," added Julia, gently stroking Miriam's dark and +curling hair. + +"Then," broke in Gallus, driving the point to its logical conclusion, +"what have you to fear? A long, hot walk through the shouting +populace, who will do no harm to one so lovely, and after that, +whatever good fate your God may choose for you. Come, let us eat, that +you may look your best when you appear before the Cæsars." + +"I would rather look my worst," said Miriam, bethinking her of +Domitian and his bleared eyes. Still, to please Gallus, she tried to +eat, and afterwards, accompanied by him and by Julia, was carried in a +closed litter to the palace. + +Too soon she was there, arriving a little before them, and was helped +from the litter by slaves wearing the Imperial livery. Now she found +herself alone in a great marble court filled with officers and nobles +awaiting audience. + +"That is the Pearl-Maiden," said one of them, whereon they all crowded +around her, criticising her aloud in their idle curiosity. + +"Too short," said one. "Too thin," said another. "Too small in the +foot for her ankle," said a third. "Fools," broke in a fourth, a young +man with a fine figure and dark rings round his eyes, "what is the use +of trying to cheapen this piece of goods thus in the eyes of the +experienced? I say that this Pearl-Maiden is as perfect as those +pearls about her own neck; on a small scale, perhaps, but quite +perfect, and you will admit that I ought to know." + +"Lucius says that she is perfect," remarked one of them in a tone of +acquiescence, as though that verdict settled the matter. + +"Yes," went on the critical Lucius, "now, to take one thing only, a +point so often overlooked. Observe how fresh and firm her flesh is. +When I press it thus," and he suited the action to the word, "as I +thought, my finger leaves scarcely any mark." + +"But my arm does," said a gruff voice beside him, and next moment this +scented judge of human beings received the point of the elbow of +Gallus between the eyes just where the nose is set into the forehead. +With such force and skill was the blow directed that next instant the +critic was sprawling on his back upon the pavement, the blood gushing +from his nostrils. Now most of them laughed, but some murmured, while +Gallus said: + +"Way there, friends, way there! I am charged to deliver this lady to +the Cæsars and to certify that while she was in my care no man has so +much as laid a finger on her. Way there, I pray you! And as for that +whimpering puppy on his back, if he wishes it, he knows where to find +Gallus. My sword will mark him worse than my elbow, if he wants blood- +letting, that I swear." + +Now with jests and excuses they fell back one and all. There were few +of them who did not know that, lame as he might be now, old Gallus was +still the fiercest and most dreaded swordsman of his legion. Indeed he +was commonly reported to have slain eighteen men in single combat, and +when young even to have faced the most celebrated gladiator of the day +for sport, or to win a private bet, and given him life as he lay at +his mercy. + +So they passed on through long halls guarded by soldiers, till at +length they came to a wide passage closed with splendid curtains, +where the officer on duty asked them their business. Gallus told him +and he vanished through the curtains, whence he returned presently, +beckoning them to advance. They followed him down a corridor set with +busts of departed emperors and empresses, to find themselves in a +round marble chamber, very cool and lighted from above. In this +chamber sat and stood three men: Vespasian, whom they knew by his +strong, quiet face and grizzled hair; Titus, his son, "the darling of +mankind," thin, active, and æsthetic-looking, with eyes that were not +unkindly, a sarcastic smile playing about the corners of his mouth; +and Domitian, his brother, who has already been described, a man +taller than either of them by half a head, and more gorgeously +attired. In front of the august three was a master of ceremonies clad +in a dark-coloured robe, who was showing them drawings of various +sections of the triumphal procession, and taking their orders as to +such alterations as they wished. + +Also there were present, a treasurer, some officers and two or three +of the intimate friends of Titus. + +Vespasian looked up. + +"Greeting, worthy Gallus," he said in the friendly, open voice of one +who has spent his life in camps, "and to your wife, Julia, greeting +also. So that is the Pearl-Maiden of whom we have heard so much talk. +Well, I do not pretend to be a judge of beauty, still I say that this +Jewish captive does not belie her name. Titus, do you recognise her?" + +"In truth, no, father. When last I saw her she was a sooty, withered +little thing whom Gallus yonder carried in his great arms, as a child +might carry a large doll that he had rescued from the fire. Yes, I +agree that she is beautiful and worthy of a very good place in the +procession. Also she should fetch a large price afterwards, for that +necklace of pearls goes with her--make a note of this, Scribe--and the +reversion to considerable property in Tyre and elsewhere. This, by +special favour, she will be allowed to inherit from her grandfather, +the old rabbi, Benoni, one of the Sanhedrim, who perished in the +burning of the Temple." + +"How can a slave inherit property, son?" asked Vespasian, raising his +eyebrows. + +"I don't know," answered Titus with a laugh. "Perhaps Domitian can +tell you. He says that he has studied law. But so I have decreed." + +"A slave," interrupted Domitian wisely, "has no rights and can hold no +property, but the Cæsar of the East"--here he sneered--"can declare +that certain lands and goods will pass to the highest bidder with the +person of the slave, and this, Vespasian Cæsar, my father, is what I +understand Titus Cæsar, my brother, has thought it good to do in the +present instance." + +"Yes," said Titus in a quiet voice, though his face flushed, "that, +Domitian, is what I have thought it good to do. In such a matter is +not my will enough?" + +"Conqueror of the East," replied Domitian, "Thrower-down of the +mountain stronghold called Jerusalem, to which the topless towers of +Ilium were as nothing, and Exterminator of a large number of misguided +fanatics, in what matter is not your will enough? Yet a boon, O Cæsar. +As you are great, be generous," and with a mocking gesture he bowed +the knee to Titus. + +"What boon do you seek of me, brother, who know that all I have is, +or," he added slowly, "will be--yours?" + +"One that is already granted by your precious words, Titus. Of all you +have, which is much, I seek only this Pearl-Maiden, who has taken my +fancy. The girl only, not her property in Tyre, wherever that may be, +which you can keep for yourself." + +Vespasian looked up, but before he could speak, Titus answered +quickly: + +"I said, Domitian, 'all I have.' This maid I have not, therefore the +words do not apply. I have decreed that the proceeds of the sale of +these captives is to be divided equally between the wounded soldiers +and the poor of Rome. Therefore she is their property, not mine. I +will not rob them." + +"Virtuous man! No wonder that the legions love him who cannot withdraw +one lot from a sale of thousands, even to please an only brother," +soliloquised Domitian. + +"If you wish for the maid," went on Titus, taking no heed of the +insult, "the markets are open--buy her. It is my last word." + +Suddenly Domitian grew angry, the false modesty left his face, his +tall form straightened itself, and he stared round with his blear, +evil-looking eyes. + +"I appeal," he shouted, "I appeal from Cæsar the Small to Cæsar the +Great, from the murderer of a brave barbarian tribe to the conqueror +of the world. O Cæsar, Titus here declared that all he has is mine. +Yet when I ask him for the gift of one captive girl he refuses me. +Command, I pray you, that he should keep his word." + +Now the officers and the secretaries looked up, for of a sudden this +small matter had become very important. For long the quarrel between +Titus and his jealous brother had smouldered, now over the petty +question of a captive it had broken into flame. + +The face of Titus grew hard and stern as that of some statue of the +offended Jove. + +"Command, I pray you, father," he said, "that my brother should cease +to offer insult to me. Command also that he should cease to question +my will and my authority in matters great or small that are within my +rule. Since you are appealed to as Cæsar, as Cæsar judge, not of this +thing only but of all, for there is much between him and me that needs +to be made plain." + +Vespasian looked round him uneasily, but seeing no escape and that +beneath the quarrel lay issues which were deep and wide, he spoke out +in his brave, simple-minded fashion. + +"Sons," he said, "seeing that there are but two of you who together, +or one after the other, must inherit the world, it is an evil-omened +thing that you should quarrel thus, since on the chances of your +enmity may hang your own fates and the fates of peoples. Be +reconciled, I pray you. Is there not enough for both? As for the +matter in hand--this is my judgment. With all the spoils of Judæa, +this fair maid is the property of Titus. Titus, whose boast it is that +he does not go back upon his word, has decreed that she shall be sold +and her price divided between the sick soldiers and the poor. +Therefore she is no longer his to give away, even to his brother. With +Titus I say--if you desire the girl, Domitian, bid your agent buy her +in the market." + +"Aye, I will buy her," snarled Domitian, "but this I swear, that soon +or late Titus shall pay the price and one that he will be loth to +give." Then followed by his secretary and an officer, he turned and +left the audience hall. + +"What does he mean?" asked Vespasian, looking after him with anxious +eyes. + +"He means that----" and Titus checked himself. "Well, time and my +destiny will show the world what he means. So be it. As for you, +Pearl-Maiden, who, though you know it not, have cost Cæsar so dear, +well, you are fairer than I thought, and shall have the best of places +in the pageant. Yet, for your sake, I pray that one may be found who, +when you come to the market-place, may outbid Domitian," and he waved +his hand to show that the audience was at an end. + + + + CHAPTER XXII + + THE TRIUMPH + +Another week went by and the eve of the Triumph was at hand. On the +afternoon before the great day sewing-women had come to the house of +Gallus, bringing with them the robe that Miriam must wear. As had been +promised, it was splendid, of white silk covered with silver discs and +having the picture of the gate Nicanor fashioned on the breast, but +cut so low that it shamed Miriam to put it on. + +"It is naught, it is naught," said Julia. "The designer has made it +thus that the multitude may see those pearls from which you take your +name." But to herself she thought: "Oh! monstrous age, and monstrous +men, whose eyes can delight in the disgrace of a poor unfriended +maiden. Surely the cup of iniquity of my people is full, and they +shall drink it to the dregs!" + +That same afternoon also came an assistant of the officer, who was +called the Marshal, with orders to Gallus as to when and where he was +to deliver over his charge upon the morrow. With him he brought a +packet, which, when opened, proved to contain a splendid golden +girdle, fashioned to the likeness of a fetter. The clasp was an +amethyst, and round it were cut these words: "The gift of Domitian to +her who to-morrow shall be his." + +Miriam threw the thing from her as though it were a snake. + +"I will not wear it," she said. "I say that I will not wear it; at +least to-day I am my own," while Julia groaned and Gallus cursed +beneath his breath. + +Knowing her sore plight, that evening there came to visit her one of +the elders of the Christian Church in Rome, a bishop named Cyril, who +had been the friend and disciple of the Apostle Peter. To him the poor +girl poured out all the agony of her heart. + +"Oh! my father, my father in Christ," she said, "I swear to you that +were I not of our holy faith, rather than endure this shame I would +slay myself to-night! Other dangers have I passed, but they have been +of the body alone, whereas this----. Pity me and tell me, you in whose +ear God speaks, tell me, what must I do?" + +"Daughter," answered the grave and gentle man, "you must trust in God. +Did He not save you in the house at Tyre? Did He not save you in the +streets of Jerusalem? Did He not save you on the gate Nicanor?" + +"He did," answered Miriam. + +"Aye, daughter, and so shall He save you in the slave-market of Rome. +I have a message for your ear, and it is that no shame shall come near +to you. Tread your path, drink your cup, and fear nothing, for the +Lord shall send His angel to protect you until such time as it pleases +Him to take you to Himself." + +Miriam looked at him, and as she looked peace fell upon her soul and +shone in her soft eyes. + +"I hear the word of the Lord spoken through the mouth of His +messenger," she said, "and henceforth I will strive to fear nothing, +no, not even Domitian." + +"Least of all Domitian, daughter, that son of Satan, whom Satan shall +pay in his own coin." + +Then going to the door he summoned Julia, and while Gallus watched +without, the two of them prayed long and earnestly with Miriam. When +their prayer was finished the bishop rose, blessed her, and bade her +farewell. + +"I leave you, daughter," he said, "but though you see him not, another +takes my place. Do you believe?" + +"I have said that I believe," murmured Miriam. + +Indeed, in those days when men still lived who had seen the Christ and +His voice still echoed through the world, to the strong faith of His +followers, it was not hard to credit that His angel did descend to +earth to protect and save at their Master's bidding. + +So Cyril, the bishop, went, and that night from many a catacomb +prayers rose up to Heaven for Miriam in her peril. That night also she +slept peacefully. + +Two hours before the dawn, Julia awoke her and arrayed her in the +glittering, hateful garments. When all was ready, with tears she bade +her farewell. + +"Child, child," she said, "you have become to me as my own daughter +was, and now I know not how and when we shall meet again." + +"Perhaps sooner than you think," Miriam answered. "But if not, if, +indeed, I speak to you for the last time, why, then, my blessings on +you who have played a mother's part to a helpless maid that was no kin +of yours. Yes, and on you Gallus also, who have kept me safe through +so many dangers." + +"And who hopes, dear one, to keep you safe through many more. Since I +may not swear by the gods before you, I swear it by the Eagles that +Domitian will do well to have a care how he deals by you. To him I owe +no fealty and, as has been proved before to-day, the sword of +vengeance can reach the heart of princes." + +"Aye, Gallus," said Miriam gently, "but let it not be your sword, nor, +I trust, shall you need to think of vengeance." + +Then the litter was brought into the courtyard, with the guards that +were sent to accompany it, and they started for the gathering-place +beyond the Triumphal Way. Dark though it still was, all Rome was +astir. On every side shone torches, from every house and street rose +the murmur of voices, for the mighty city made herself ready to +celebrate the greatest festival which her inhabitants had seen. Even +now at times the press was so dense that the soldiers were obliged to +force a way through the crowd, which poured outwards to find good +places along the line of the Triumph, or to take up their station on +stands of timber, and in houses they had hired, whose roofs, balconies +and windows commanded the path of the pageant. + +They crossed the Tiber. This Miriam knew by the roar of the water +beneath, and because the crush upon the narrow bridge was so great. +Thence she was borne along through country comparatively open, to the +gateways of some large building, where she was ordered to dismount +from the litter. Here officers were waiting who took charge of her, +giving to Gallus a written receipt for her person. Then, either +because he would not trust himself to bid her farewell, or because he +did not think it wise to do so in the presence of the officers, Gallus +turned and left her without a word. + +"Come on, girl," said a man, but a secretary, looking up from his +tablets, called to him: + +"Gently there with that lot, or you will hear about it. She is Pearl- +Maiden, the captive who made the quarrel between the Cæsars and +Domitian, of which all Rome is talking. Gently, I tell you, gently, +for many free princesses are worth less to-day." + +Hearing this, the man bowed to Miriam, almost with reverence, and +begged her to follow him to a place that had been set apart for her. +She obeyed, passing through a great number of people, of whom all she +could see in the gloom of the breaking dawn was that, like herself, +they were captives, to a little chamber where she was left alone +watching the light grow through the lattice, and listening to the hum +of voices that rose without, mingled now and again with sobs and wails +of grief. Presently the door opened and a servant entered with bread +on a platter and milk in an earthenware vessel. These she took +thankfully, knowing that she would need food to support her during the +long day, but scarcely had she begun to eat when a slave appeared clad +in the imperial livery, and bearing a tray of luxurious meats served +in silver vessels. + +"Pearl-Maiden," he said, "my master, Domitian, sends you greeting and +this present. The vessels are your own, and will be kept for you, but +he bids me add, that to-night you shall sup off dishes of gold." + +Miriam made no answer, though one rose to her lips; but after the man +had departed, with her foot she overset the tray so that the silver +vases fell clattering to the floor, where the savory meats were +spilled. Then she went on eating the bread and milk till her hunger +was satisfied. + +Scarcely had she finished her meal, when an officer entered the cell +and led her out into a great square, where she was marshalled amongst +many other prisoners. By now the sun was up and she saw before her a +splendid building, and gathered below the building all the Senate of +Rome in their robes, and many knights on horses, and nobles, and +princes from every country with their retinues--a very wonderful and +gallant sight. In front of the building were cloisters, before which +were set two ivory chairs, while to right and left of these chairs, as +far as the eye could reach, were drawn up thousand upon thousands of +soldiers; the Senate, the Knights and the Princes, as she could see +from the rising ground whereon she stood, being in front of them and +of the chairs. Presently from the cloisters, clad in garments of silk +and wearing crowns of laurel, appeared the Cæsars, Vespasian and +Titus, attended by Domitian and their staffs. As they came the +soldiers saw them and set up a mighty triumphant shout which sounded +like the roar of the sea, that endured while the Cæsars sat themselves +upon their thrones. Up and up went the sound of the continual +shouting, till at length Vespasian rose and lifted his hand. + +Then silence fell and, covering his head with his cloak, he seemed to +make some prayer, after which Titus also covered his head with his +cloak and offered a prayer. This done, Vespasian addressed the +soldiers, thanking them for their bravery and promising them rewards, +whereon they shouted again until they were marched off to the feast +that had been made ready. Now the Cæsars vanished and the officers +began to order the great procession, of which Miriam could see neither +the beginning nor the end. All she knew was that before her in lines +eight wide were marshalled two thousand or more Jewish prisoners bound +together with ropes, among whom, immediately in front of her, were a +few women. Next she came, walking by herself, and behind her, also +walking by himself, a dark, sullen-looking man, clad in a white robe +and a purple cloak, with a gilded chain about his neck. + +Looking at him she wondered where she had seen his face, which seemed +familiar to her. Then there rose before her mind a vision of the Court +of the Sanhedrim sitting in the cloisters of the Temple, and of +herself standing there before them. She remembered that this man was +seated next to that Simeon who had been so bitter against her and +pronounced upon her the cruel sentence of death, also that some one in +the crowd had addressed him as Simon, the son of Gioras, none other +than the savage general whom the Jews had admitted into the city to +make way upon the Zealot, John of Gischala. From that day to this she +had heard nothing of him till now they met again, the judge and the +victim, caught in a common net. Presently, in the confusion they were +brought together and he knew her. + +"Are you Miriam, the grand-daughter of Benoni?" he asked. + +"I am Miriam," she answered, "whom you, Simon, and your fellows doomed +to a cruel death, but who have been preserved----" + +"----To walk in a Roman Triumph. Better that you had died, maiden, at +the hands of your own people." + +"Better that you had died, Simon, at your own hands, or at those of +the Romans." + +"That I am about to do," he replied bitterly. "Fear not, woman, you +will be avenged." + +"I ask no vengeance," she answered. "Nay, cruel as you are I grieve +that you, a great captain, should have come to this." + +"I grieve also, maiden. Your grandsire, old Benoni, chose the better +part." + +Then the soldiers separated them and they spoke no more. + +An hour passed and the procession began its march along the Triumphal +Way. Of it Miriam could see little. All she knew was that in front +there were ranks of fettered prisoners, while behind men carried upon +trays and tables the golden vessels of the Temple, the seven-branched +candlestick and the ancient sacred book of the Jewish law. They were +followed by other men, who bore aloft images of victory in ivory and +gold. Then, although these did not join them till they reached the +Porta Triumphalis, or the Gate of Pomp, attended, each of them, by +lictors having their fasces wreathed with laurel, came the Cæsars. +First went Vespasian Cæsar, the father. He rode in a splendid golden +chariot, to which were harnessed four white horses led by Libyan +soldiers. Behind him stood a slave clad in a dull robe, set there to +avert the influence of the evil eye and of the envious gods, who held +a crown above the head of the Imperator, and now and again whispered +in his ear the ominous words, /Respice post te, hominem memento te/ +("Look back at me and remember thy mortality.") + +After Vespasian Cæsar, the father, came Titus Cæsar, the son, but his +chariot was of silver, and graved upon its front was a picture of the +Holy House of the Jews melting in the flames. Like his father he was +attired in the /toga picta/ and /tunica palmata/, the gold-embroidered +over-robe and the tunic laced with silver leaves, while in his right +hand he held a laurel bough, and in his left a sceptre. He also was +attended by a slave who whispered in his ear the message of mortality. + +Next to the chariot of Titus, alongside of it indeed, and as little +behind as custom would allow, rode Domitian, gloriously arrayed and +mounted on a splendid steed. Then came the tribunes and the knights on +horseback, and after them the legionaries to the number of five +thousand, every man of them having his spear wreathed in laurel. + +Now the great procession was across the Tiber, and, following its +appointed path down broad streets and past palaces and temples, drew +slowly towards its object, the shrine of Jupiter Capitolinus, that +stood at the head of the Sacred Way beyond the Forum. Everywhere the +side paths, the windows of houses, the great scaffoldings of timber, +and the steps of temples were crowded with spectators. Never before +did Miriam understand how many people could inhabit a single city. +They passed them by thousands and by tens of thousands, and still, far +as the eye could reach, stretched the white sea of faces. Ahead that +sea would be quiet, then, as the procession pierced it, it began to +murmur. Presently the murmur grew to a shout, the shout to a roar, and +when the Cæsars appeared in their glittering chariots, the roar to a +triumphant peal which shook the street like thunder. And so on for +miles and miles, till Miriam's eyes were dim with the glare and +glitter, and her head swam at the ceaseless sound of shouting. + +Often the procession would halt for a while, either because of a check +to one of the pageants in front, or in order that some of its members +might refresh themselves with drink which was brought to them. Then +the crowd, ceasing from its cheers, would make jokes, and criticise +whatever person or thing they chanced to be near. Greatly did they +criticise Miriam in this fashion, or at the least she thought so, who +must listen to it all. Most of them, she found, knew her by her name +of Pearl-Maiden, and pointed out to each other the necklace about her +throat. Many, too, had heard something of her story, and looked +eagerly at the picture of the gate Nicanor blazoned upon her breast. +But the greater part concerned themselves only with her delicate +beauty, passing from mouth to mouth the gossip concerning Domitian, +his quarrel with the Cæsars, and the intention which he had announced +of buying this captive at the public sale. Always it was the same +talk; sometimes more brutal and open than others--that was the only +difference. + +Once they halted thus in the street of palaces through which they +passed near to the Baths of Agrippa. Here the endless comments began +again, but Miriam tried to shut her ears to it and looked about her. +To her left was a noble-looking house built of white marble, but she +noticed that its shutters were closed, also that it was undecorated +with garlands, and idly wondered why. Others wondered too, for when +they had wearied of discussing her points, she heard one plebeian ask +another whose house that was and why it had been shut up upon this +festal day. His fellow answered that he could not remember the owner's +name, but he was a rich noble who had fallen in the Jewish wars, and +that the palace was closed because it was not yet certain who was his +heir. + +At that moment her attention was distracted by a sound of groans and +laughter coming from behind. She looked round to see that the wretched +Jewish general, Simon, had sunk fainting to the ground, overcome by +the heat, or the terrors of his mind, or by the sufferings which he +was forced to endure at the hands of his cruel guards, who flogged him +as he walked, for the pleasure of the people. Now they were beating +him to life again with their rods; hence the laughter of the audience +and the groans of the victim. Sick at heart, Miriam turned away from +this horrid sight, to hear a tall man, whose back was towards her, but +who was clad in the rich robes of an Eastern merchant, asking one of +the marshals of the Triumph, in a foreign accent, whether it was true +that the captive Pearl-Maiden was to be sold that evening in the +auction-mart of the Forum. The marshal answered yes, such were the +orders as regarded her and the other women, since there was no +convenient place to house them, and it was thought best to be rid of +them and let their masters take them home at once. + +"Does she please you, sir? Are you going to bid?" he added. "If so, +you will find yourself in high company." + +"Perhaps, perhaps," answered the man with a shrug of his shoulders. + +Then he vanished into the crowd. + +Now, for the first time that day, Miriam's spirit seemed to fail her. +The weariness of her body, the foul talk, the fouler cruelty, the cold +discussion of the sale of human beings to the first-comer as though +they were sheep or swine, the fear of her fate that night, pressed +upon and overcame her mind, so that she felt inclined, like Simon, the +son of Gioras, to sink fainting to the pavement and lie there till the +cruel rods beat her to her feet again. Hope sank low and faith grew +dim, while in her heart she wondered vaguely what was the meaning of +it all, and why poor men and women were made to suffer thus for the +pleasure of other men and women; wondered also what escape there could +be for her. + +While she mused thus, like a ray of light through the clouds, a sense +of consolation, sweet as it was sudden, seemed to pierce the darkness +of her bitter thoughts. She knew not whence it came, nor what it might +portend, yet it existed, and the source of it seemed near to her. She +scanned the faces of the crowd, finding pity in a few, curiosity in +more, but in most gross admiration if they were men, or scorn of her +misfortune and jealousy of her loveliness if they were women. Not from +among these did that consolation flow. She looked up to the sky, half +expecting to see there that angel of the Lord into whose keeping the +bishop, Cyril, had delivered her. But the skies were empty and brazen +as the faces of the Roman crowd; not a cloud could be seen in them, +much less an angel. + +As her eyes sank earthwards their glance fell upon one of the windows +of the marble house to her left. If she remembered right some few +minutes before the shutters of that window had been closed, now they +were open, revealing two heavy curtains of blue embroidered silk. +Miriam thought this strange, and, without seeming to do so, kept her +eyes fixed upon the curtains. Presently, for her sight was good, she +saw fingers between them--long, dark-coloured fingers. Then very +slowly the curtains were parted, and in the opening thus made appeared +a face, the face of an old woman, dark and noble looking and crowned +with snow-white hair. Even at that distance Miriam knew it in an +instant. + +Oh, Heaven! it was the face of Nehushta, Nehushta whom she thought +dead, or at least for ever lost. For a moment Miriam was paralysed, +wondering whether this was not some vision born of the turmoil and +excitement of that dreadful day. Nay, surely it was no vision, surely +it was Nehushta herself who looked at her with loving eyes, for see! +she made the sign of the cross in the air before her, the symbol of +Christian hope and greeting, then laid her finger upon her lips in +token of secrecy and silence. The curtain closed and she was gone, who +not five seconds before had so mysteriously appeared. + +Miriam's knees gave way beneath her, and while the marshals shouted to +the procession to set forward, she felt that she must sink to the +ground. Indeed, she would have fallen had not some woman in the crowd +stepped forward and thrust a goblet of wine into her hands, saying: + +"Drink that, Pearl-Maiden, it will make your pale cheeks even prettier +than they are." + +The words were coarse, but Miriam, looking at the woman, knew her for +one of the Christian community with whom she had worshipped in the +catacombs. So she took the cup, fearing nothing, and drank it off. +Then new strength came to her, and she went forward with the others on +that toilsome, endless march. + +At length, however, it did end, an hour or so before sunset. They had +passed miles of streets; they had trodden the Sacred Way bordered by +fanes innumerable and adorned with statues set on columns; and now +marched up the steep slope that was crowned by the glorious temple of +Jupiter Capitolinus. As they began to climb it guards broke into their +lines, and seizing the chain that hung about the neck of Simon, +dragged him away. + +"Whither do they take you?" asked Miriam as he passed her. + +"To what I desire--death," he answered, and was gone. + +Now the Cæsars, dismounting from their chariots, took up their +stations by altars at the head of the steps, while beneath them, rank +upon rank, gathered all those who had shared their Triumph, each +company in its allotted place. Then followed a long pause, the +multitude waiting for Miriam knew not what. Presently men were seen +running from the Forum up a path that had been left open, one of them +carrying in his hand some object wrapped in a napkin. Arriving in face +of the Cæsars he threw aside the cloth and held up before them and in +sight of all the people the grizzly head of Simon, the son of Gioras. +By this public murder of a brave captain of their foes was consummated +the Triumph of the Romans, and at the sight of its red proof trumpets +blew, banners waved, and from half a million throats went up a shout +of victory that seemed to rend the very skies, for the multitude was +drunk with the glory of its brutal vengeance. + +Then silence was called, and there before the Temple of Jove the +beasts were slain, and the Cæsars offered sacrifice to the gods that +had given them victory. + +Thus ended the Triumph of Vespasian and Titus, and with it the record +of the struggle of the Jews against the iron beak and claws of the +Roman Eagle. + + + + CHAPTER XXIII + + THE SLAVE-RING + +Had Miriam chanced to look out of her litter as she passed the Temple +of Isis, escorted by Gallus and the guards before dawn broke upon that +great day of the Triumph, and had there been light to enable her to +see, she might have beheld two figures galloping into Rome as fast as +their weary horses would carry them. Both rode after the fashion of +men, but one of them, wrapped in an Eastern garment that hid the face, +was in fact a woman. + +"Fortune favours us, Nehushta," said the man in a strained voice. "At +least, we are in time for the Triumph, who might so easily have been +too late. Look, yonder they gather already by Octavian's Walks," and +he pointed to the companies of soldiers who hurried past them to the +meeting-place. + +"Yes, yes, my lord Marcus, we are in time. There go the eagles and +here comes their prey," and in her turn Nehushta pointed to a guarded +litter--had they but known it, the very one that carried the beloved +woman whom they sought. "But whither now? Would you also march in the +train of Titus?" + +"Nay, woman, it is too late. Also I know not what would be my +welcome." + +"Your welcome? Why, you were his friend, and Titus is faithful to his +friends." + +"Aye, but perhaps not to those who have been taken prisoner by the +enemy. Towards the commencement of the siege that happened to a man I +knew. He was captured with a companion. The companion the Jews slew, +but as he was about to be beheaded upon the wall, this man slipped +from the hands of the executioner, and leaping from it escaped with +little hurt. Titus gave him his life, but dismissed him from his +legion. Why should I fare better?" + +"That you were taken was no fault of yours, who were struck senseless +and overwhelmed." + +"Maybe, but would that avail me? The rule, a good rule, is that no +Roman soldier should yield to an enemy. If he is captured while +insensible, then on finding his wits he must slay himself, as I should +have striven to do, had I awakened to find myself in the hands of the +Jews. But things fell out otherwise. Still, I tell you, Nehushta, that +had it not been for Miriam, I should not have turned my face to Rome, +at any rate until I had received pardon and permission from Titus." + +"What then are your plans, lord Marcus?" + +"To go to my own house near the Baths of Agrippa. The Triumph must +pass there, and if Miriam is among the captives we shall see her. If +not, then either she is dead or already sold, or perchance given as a +present to some friend of Cæsar's." + +Now they ceased talking, for the people were so many that they could +only force their way through the press riding one after the other. +Thus, Nehushta following Marcus, they crossed the Tiber and passed +through many streets, decorated, most of them, for the coming pageant, +till at length Marcus drew rein in front of a marble mansion in the +Via Agrippa. + +"A strange home-coming," he muttered. "Follow me," and he rode round +the house to a side-entrance. + +Here he dismounted and knocked at the small door for some time without +avail. At length it was opened a little way, and a thin, querulous +voice, speaking through the crack, said: + +"Begone, whoever you are. No one lives here. This is the house of +Marcus, who is dead in the Jewish war. Who are you that disturb me?" + +"The heir of Marcus." + +"Marcus has no heir, unless it be Cæsar, who doubtless will take his +property." + +"Open, Stephanus," said Marcus, in a tone of command, at the same time +pushing the door wide and entering. "Fool," he added, "what kind of a +steward are you that you do not know your master's voice?" + +Now he who had kept the door, a withered little man in a scribe's +brown robe, peered at this visitor with his sharp eyes, then threw up +his hands and staggered back, saying: + +"By the spear of Mars! it is Marcus himself, Marcus returned from the +dead! Welcome, my lord, welcome." + +Marcus led his horse through the deep archway, and when Nehushta had +followed him into the courtyard beyond, returned, closed and locked +the door. + +"Why did you think me dead, friend?" he asked. + +"Oh! my lord," answered the steward, "because all who have come home +from the war declared that you had vanished away during the siege of +the city of the Jews, and that you must either be dead or taken +prisoner. Now I knew well that you would never disgrace your ancient +house, or your own noble name, or the Eagles which you serve, by +falling alive into the hands of the enemy. Therefore, I was sure that +you were dead." + +Marcus laughed bitterly, then turning to Nehushta, said: + +"You hear, woman, you hear. If such is the judgment of my steward and +freedman, what will be that of Cæsar and my peers?" Then he added, +"Now, Stephanus, that what you thought impossible--what I myself +should have thought impossible--has happened. I was taken prisoner by +the Jews, though through no fault of mine." + +"Oh! if so," said the old steward, "hide it, my lord, hide it. Why, +two such unhappy men who had surrendered to save their lives and were +found in some Jewish dungeon, have been condemned to walk in the +Triumph this day. Their hands are to be tied behind them; in place of +their swords they must wear a distaff, and on their breasts a placard +with the words written: 'I am a Roman who preferred dishonour to +death.' You would not wish their company, my lord." + +The face of Marcus went first red, then white. + +"Man," he said, "cease your ill-omened talk, lest I should fall upon +my sword here before your eyes. Bid the slaves make ready the bath and +food, for we need both." + +"Slaves, my lord? There are none here, save one old woman, who attends +to me and the house." + +"Where are they then?" asked Marcus angrily. + +"The most part of them I have sent into the country, thinking it +better that they should work upon your estates rather than live here +idle, and others who were not needed I have sold." + +"You were ever careful, Stephanus." Then he added by an afterthought, +"Have you any money in the house?" + +The old steward looked towards Nehushta suspiciously and seeing that +she was engaged with the horses out of earshot, answered in a whisper: +"Money? I have so much of it that I know not what to do. The strong +place you know if is almost full of gold and still it comes. There are +the rents and profits of your great estates for three years; the +proceeds of the sale of slaves and certain properties, together with +the large outstanding amount that was due to my late master, the Lord +Caius, which I have at length collected. Oh! at least you will not +lack for money." + +"There are other things that I could spare less readily," said Marcus, +with a sigh; "still, it may be needed. Now tie up those horses by the +fountain, and give us food, what you have, for we have ridden these +thirty hours without rest. Afterwards you can talk." + + + +It was mid-day. Marcus, bathed, anointed, and clad in the robes of his +order, was standing in one of the splendid apartments of his marble +house, looking through an opening in the shutters at the passing of +the Triumph. Presently old Nehushta joined him. She also was clad in +clean, white robes which the slave woman had found for her. + +"Have you any news?" asked Marcus impatiently. + +"Some, lord, which I have pieced together from what is known by the +slave-woman, and by your steward, Stephanus. A beautiful Jewish +captive is to walk in the Triumph and afterwards to be sold with other +captives in the Forum. They heard of her because it is said that there +has been a quarrel between Titus and his brother Domitian, and +Vespasian also, on account of this woman." + +"A quarrel? What quarrel?" + +"I, or rather your servants, know little of it, but they have heard +that Domitian demanded the girl as a gift, whereon Titus told him that +if he wished for her, he might buy her. Then the matter was referred +to Vespasian Cæsar, who upheld the decree of Titus. As for Domitian, +he went away in a rage, declaring that he would purchase the girl and +remember the affront which had been put upon him." + +"Surely the gods are against me," said Marcus, "if they have given me +Domitian for a rival." + +"Why so, lord? Your money is as good as his, and perhaps you will pay +more." + +"I will pay to my last piece, but will that free me from the rage and +hate of Domitian?" + +"Why need he knew that you were the rival bidder?" + +"Why? Oh! in Rome everything is known--even the truth sometimes." + +"Time enough to trouble when trouble comes. First let us wait and see +whether this maid be Miriam." + +"Aye," he answered, "let us wait--since we must." + +So they waited and with anxious eyes watched the great show roll by +them. They saw the cars painted with scenes of the taking of Jerusalem +and the statues of the gods fashioned in ivory and gold. They saw the +purple hangings of the Babylonian broidered pictures, the wild beasts, +and the ships mounted upon wheels. They saw the treasures of the +temple and the images of victory, and many other things, for that +pageant seemed to be endless, and still the captives and the Emperors +did not come. + +One sight there was also that caused Marcus to shrink as though fire +had burned him, for yonder, set in the midst of a company of jugglers +and buffoons that gibed and mocked at them, were the two unhappy men +who had been taken prisoners by the Jews. On they tramped, their hands +bound behind them, clad in full armour, but wearing a woman's distaff +where the sword should have been, and round their necks the placards +which proclaimed their shame. The brutal Roman mob hooted them also, +that mob which ever loved spectacles of cruelty and degradation, +calling them cowards. One of the men, a bull-necked, black-haired +fellow, suffered it patiently, remembering that at even he must be set +free to vanish where he would. The other, who was blue-eyed and finer- +featured, having gentle blood in his veins, seemed to be maddened by +their talk, for he glared about him, gnashing his teeth like a wild +beast in a cage. Opposite to the house of Marcus came the climax. + +"Cur," yelled a woman in the mob, casting a pebble that struck him on +the cheek. "Cur! Coward!" + +The blue-eyed man stopped, and, wheeling round, shouted in answer: + +"I am no coward, I who have slain ten men with my own hand, five of +them in single combat. You are the cowards who taunt me. I was +overwhelmed, that is all, and afterwards in the prison I thought of my +wife and children and lived on. Now I die and my blood be on you." + +Behind him, drawn by eight white oxen, was the model of a ship with +the crew standing on its deck. Avoiding his guard, the man ran down +the line of oxen and suddenly cast himself upon the ground before the +wooden-wheeled car, which passed over his neck, crushing the life out +of him. + +"Well done! Well done!" shouted the crowd, rejoicing at this +unexpected sight. "Well done! He was brave after all." + +Then the body was carried away and the procession moved forward. But +Marcus, who watched, hid his face in his hands, and Nehushta, lifting +hers, uttered a prayer for the passing soul of the victim. + +Now the prisoners began to go past, marching eight by eight, hundreds +upon hundreds of them, and once more the mob shouted and rejoiced over +these unfortunates, whose crime was that they had fought for their +country to the end. The last files passed, then at a little distance +from them, tramping forward wearily, appeared the slight figure of a +girl dressed in a robe of white silk blazoned at its breast with gold. +Her bowed head, from which the curling tresses fell almost to her +waist, was bared to the fierce rays of the sun, and on her naked bosom +lay a necklace of great pearls. + +"Pearl-Maiden, Pearl-Maiden!" shouted the crowd. + +"Look!" said Nehushta, gripping the shoulder of Marcus with her hand. + +He looked, and after long years once more beheld Miriam, for though he +had heard her voice in the Old Tower at Jerusalem, then her face was +hidden from him by the darkness. There was the maid from whom he had +parted in the desert village by Jordan, the same, and yet changed. +Then she had been a lovely girl, now she was a woman on whom sorrow +and suffering had left their stamp. The features were finer, the deep, +patient eyes were frightened and reproachful; her beauty was such as +we see in dreams, not altogether that of earth. + +"Oh! my darling, my darling," murmured Nehushta, stretching out her +arms towards her. "Christ be thanked, that I have found you, my +darling." Then she turned to Marcus, who was devouring Miriam with his +eyes, and said in a fierce voice: + +"Roman, now that you see her again, do you still love her as much as +of old time?" + +He took no note and she repeated the question. Then he answered: + +"Why do you trouble me with such idle words. Once she was a woman to +be won, now she is a spirit to be worshipped." + +"Woman or spirit, or woman and spirit, beware how you deal with her, +Roman," snarled Nehushta still more fiercely, "or----" and she left +her hand fall upon the knife that was hidden in her robe. + +"Peace, peace!" said Marcus, and as he spoke the procession came to a +halt before his windows. "How weary she is, and sad," he went on +speaking to himself. "Her heart seems crushed. Oh! that I must stay +here and see her thus, who dare not show myself! If she could but +know! If she could but know!" + +Nehushta thrust him aside and took his place. Fixing her eyes upon +Miriam she made some effort of the will, so fierce and concentrated +that beneath the strain her body shook and quivered. See! Her thought +reached the captive, for she looked up. + +"Stand to one side," she whispered to Marcus, then unlatched the +shutters and slowly pushed them open. Now between her and the air was +nothing but the silken curtains. Very gently she parted these with her +hands, for some few seconds suffering her face to be seen between +them. Then laying her fingers on her lips she drew back and they +closed again. + +"It is well," she said, "she knows." + +"Let her see me also," said Marcus. + +"Nay, she can bear no more. Look, look, she faints." + +Groaning in bitterness of spirit they watched Miriam, who seemed about +to fall. Now a woman gave her the cup of wine, and drinking she +recovered herself. + +"Note that woman," muttered Marcus, "that I may reward her." + +"It is needless," answered Nehushta, "she seeks no reward." + +"She is more than a Roman, she is a Christian. As she passed it she +made a sign of the cross with the cup." + +The waggons creaked; the officers shouted; the procession moved +forward. From behind the curtain the pair kept their eyes fixed upon +Miriam until she vanished in the dust and crowd. When she had gone +they seemed to see little else; even the sight of the glorious Cæsars +could not hold their eyes. + +Marcus summoned the steward, Stephanus. + +"Go forth," he said, "and discover when and where the captive Pearl- +Maiden is to be sold. Then return to me swiftly. Be secret and silent, +and let none suspect whence you come or what you seek. Your life hangs +upon it. Go." + + + +The sun was sinking fast, staining the marble temples and colonnades +of the Forum blood-red with its level beams. For the most part the +glorious place was deserted now, since, the Triumph over at length, +the hundreds of thousands of the Roman populace, wearied out with +pleasure and excitement, had gone home to spend the night in feasting. +About one of the public slave-markets, however, a round of marble +enclosed with a rope and set in front of a small building, where the +slaves were sheltered until the moment of their sale, a mixed crowd +was gathered, some of them bidders, some idlers drawn thither by +curiosity. Others were in the house behind examining the wares before +they came to the hammer. Presently an old woman, meanly clad with her +face veiled to the eyes, and bearing on her back a heavy basket such +as was used to carry fruit to market, presented herself at the door of +the house. + +"What do you want?" asked the gatekeeper. + +"To inspect the slaves," she answered in Greek. + +"Go away," he said roughly, "you are not a buyer." + +"I may be if the stuff is good enough," she replied, slipping a gold +coin into his hand. + +"Pass in, old lady, pass in," and in another second the door had +closed behind her, and Nehushta found herself among the slaves. + +In this building the light was already so low that torches were +burning for the convenience of visitors. By the flare of them Nehushta +saw the unfortunate captives--there were but fifteen--seated upon +marble benches, while slave women moved from the one to the other, +washing their hands and feet and faces in scented water, brushing and +tying their hair and removing the dust of the procession from their +robes, so that they might look more comely to the eyes of the +purchasers. Also there were present a fair number of bidders, twenty +or thirty of them, who strolled from girl to girl discussing the +points of each and at times asking them to stand up, or turn round, or +show their arms and ankles, that they might judge of them better. At +the moment when Nehushta entered one of these, a fat man with greasy +curls who looked like an Eastern, was endeavouring to persuade a dark +and splendid Jewess to let him see her foot. Pretending not to +understand she sat still and sullen, till at length he stooped down +and lifted her robe. Then in an instant the girl dealt him such a kick +in the face that amidst the laughter of the spectators he rolled +backwards on the floor, whence he rose with a cut and bloody forehead. + +"Very good, my beauty, very good," he muttered in a savage voice, +"before twelve hours are over you shall pay for that." + +But again the girl sat sullen and motionless, pretending not to +understand. + +Most of the public, however, were gathered about Miriam, who sat upon +a chair by herself, her hands folded, her head bent down, a very +picture of pitiful, outraged modesty. One by one as their turns came +and the attendant suffered them to approach, the men advanced and +examined her closely, though Nehushta noted that none of them were +allowed to touch her with their hands. Placing herself at the end of +the line she watched with all her eyes and listened with all her ears. +Soon she had her reward. A tall man, dressed like a merchant of Egypt, +went up to Miriam and bent over her. + +"Silence!" said the attendant. "I am ordered to suffer none to speak +to the slave who is called Pearl-Maiden. Move on, sir, move on." + +The man lifted his head, and although in that gloom she could not see +his face, Nehushta knew its shape. Still she was not sure, till +presently he moved his right hand so that it came between her and the +flame of one of the torches, and she perceived that the top joint of +the first finger was missing. + +"Caleb," she thought to herself, "Caleb, escaped and in Rome! So +Domitian has another rival." Then she went back to the door-keeper and +asked him the name of the man. + +"A merchant of Alexandria named Demetrius," he said. + +Nehushta returned to her place. In front of her two men, agents who +bought slaves and other things for wealthy clients, were talking. + +"More fit for a sale of dogs," said one, "after sunset when everybody +is tired out, than for that of one of the fairest women who ever stood +upon the block." + +"Pshaw," answered the other, "the whole thing is a farce. Domitian is +in a hurry, that's all, so the auction must be held to-night." + +"He means to buy her?" + +"Of course. I am told that his factor, Saturius, has orders to go up +to a thousand sestertia if need be," and he nodded towards a quiet man +dressed in a robe of some rich, dark stuff, who stood in a corner of +the place watching the company. + +"A thousand sestertia! For one slave girl! Ye gods! a thousand +sestertia!" + +"The necklace goes with her, that is worth something, and there is +property at Tyre." + +"Property in Tyre," said the other, "property in the moon. Come on, +let us look at something a little less expensive. As I wish to keep my +head on my shoulders, I am not going to bid against the prince in any +case." + +"No, nor anyone else either. I expect he will get his fancy pretty +cheap after all." + +Then the two men moved away, and a minute afterwards Nehushta found +that it was her turn to approach Miriam. + +"Here comes a curious sort of buyer," said one of the attendants. + +"Don't judge the taste of the fruit by the look of the rind, young +man," answered Nehushta, and at the sound of that voice for the first +time Pearl-Maiden lifted her head, then dropped it quickly. + +"She is well enough," Nehushta said aloud, "but there used to be +prettier women when I was young; in fact, though dark, I was myself," +a statement at which those within hearing, noting her gaunt and aged +form bent beneath the heavy basket, tittered aloud. "Come, lift up +your head, my dear," she went on, trying to entice the captive to +consent by encouraging waves of her hand. + +They were fruitless; still, had any thought of it there was meaning in +them. On Nehushta's finger, as it chanced, shone a ring which Miriam +ought to know, seeing that for some years she had worn it on her own. + +It would seem that she did know it, at any rate her bosom and neck +grew red and a spasm passed across her face which even the falling +hair did not suffice to hide. + +The ring told Miriam that Marcus lived and that Nehushta was his +messenger. This suspense at least was ended. + +Now the door-keeper called a warning and the buyers flocked from the +building. Outside, the auctioneer, a smooth-faced, glib-tongued man, +was already mounting the rostrum. Calling for silence he began his +speech. On this evening of festival, he said, he would be brief. The +lots he had to offer to the select body of connoisseurs he saw before +him, were the property of the Imperator Titus, and the proceeds of the +sale, it was his duty to tell them, would not go into Cæsar's pocket, +but were to be equally divided between the poor of Rome and deserving +soldiers who had been wounded or had lost their health in the war, a +fact which must cause every patriotic citizen to bid more briskly. +These lots, he might say, were unique, being nothing else than the +fifteen most beautiful girls, believed all of them to be of noble +blood, among the many thousands who had been captured at the sack of +Jerusalem, the city of the Jews, especially selected to adorn the +great conqueror's Triumph. No true judge, who desired a charming +memento of the victory of his country's arms, would wish to neglect +such an opportunity, especially as he was informed that the Jewish +women were affectionate, docile, well instructed in many arts, and +very hard-working. He had only one more thing to say, or rather two +things. He regretted that this important sale should be held at so +unusual an hour. The reason was that there was really no place where +these slaves could be comfortably kept without risk of their +maltreatment or escape, so it was held to be best that they should be +removed at once to the seclusion of their new homes, a decision, he +was sure, that would meet the wishes of buyers. The second point was +that among them was one lot of surpassing interest; namely, the girl +who had come to be generally spoken of as Pearl-Maiden. + +This young woman, who could not be more than three or four-and-twenty +years of age, was the last representative of a princely family of the +Jews. She had been found exposed upon one of the gates of the holy +house of that people, where it would seem she was sentenced to perish +for some offence against their barbarous laws. As the clamours of the +populace that day had testified, she was of the most delicate and +distinguished beauty, and the collar of great pearls which she wore +about her neck gave evidence of her rank. If he knew anything of the +tastes of his countrymen the price which would be paid for her must +prove a record even in that ring. He was aware that among the vulgar a +great, almost a divine name had been coupled with that of this +captive. Well, he knew nothing, except this, that he was certain that +if there was any truth in the matter the owner of the name, as became +a noble and a generous nature, would wish to obtain his prize fairly +and openly. The bidding was as free to the humblest there--provided, +of course, that he could pay, and he might remark that not an hour's +credit would be given except to those who were known to him--as to +Cæsar himself. Now, as the light was failing, he would order the +torches to be lit and commence the sale. The beauteous Pearl-Maiden, +he might add, was Lot No. 7. + +So the torches were lit, and presently the first victim was led out +and placed upon a stand of marble in the centre of the flaring ring. +She was a dark-haired child of about sixteen years of age, who stared +round her with a frightened gaze. + +The bidding began at five sestertia and ran up to fifteen, or about +£120 of our money, at which price she was knocked down to a Greek, who +led her back into the receiving house, paid the gold to a clerk who +was in attendance, and took her away, sobbing as she went. Then +followed four others, who were sold at somewhat better prices. No. 6 +was the dark and splendid Jewess who had kicked the greasy-curled +Eastern in the face. As soon as she appeared upon the block, this +brute stepped forward and bid twenty sestertia for her. An old grey- +bearded fellow answered with a bid of twenty-five. Then some one bid +thirty, which the Eastern capped with a bid of forty. So it went on +till the large total of sixty sestertia was offered, whereon the +Eastern advanced two more, at which price, amidst the laughter of the +audience, she was knocked down to him. + +"You know me and that the money is safe," he said to the auctioneer. +"It shall be paid to you to-morrow; I have enough to carry without +lading myself up with so much gold. Come on, girl, to your new home, +where I have a little score to settle with you," and grasping her by +the left wrist he pulled her from the block and led her unresisting +through the crowd and to the shadows beyond. + +Already No. 7 had been summoned to the block and the auctioneer was +taking up his tale, when from out of these shadows rose the sound of a +dreadful yell. Some of the audience snatched torches from their stands +and ran to the spot whence it came. There, on the marble pavement lay +the Eastern dead or dying, while over him stood the Jewess, a red +dagger, his own, which she had snatched from its scabbard, in her +hand, and on her stately face a look of vengeful triumph. + +"Seize her! Seize the murdering witch! Beat her to death with rods," +they cried, and at the command of the auctioneer slaves ran up to take +her. + +She waited till they were near, then, without a word or a sound, +lifted her strong, white arm and drove the knife deep into her own +heart. For a moment she stood still, till suddenly she stretched her +hands wide and fell face downwards dead upon the body of the brute who +had bought her. + +The crowd gasped and was silent. Then one of them, a sickly looking +patrician, called out: + +"Oh! I did well to come. What a sight! What a sight! Blessings on you, +brave girl, you have given Julius a new pleasure." + +After this there was tumult and confusion while the attendants carried +away the bodies. A few minutes later the auctioneer climbed back into +his rostrum and alluded in moving terms to the "unfortunate accident" +which had just happened. + +"Who would think," he said, "that one so beautiful could also be so +violent? I weep when I consider that this noble purchaser, whose name +I forget at the moment, but whose estate, by the way, is liable for +the money, should have thus suddenly been transferred from the arms of +Venus to that of Pluto, although it must be admitted that he gave the +woman some provocation. Well, gentlemen, grief will not bring him to +life again, and we who still stand beneath the stars have business to +attend. Bear me witness, all of you, that I am blameless in this +affair, and, slaves, bring out that priceless gem, the Pearl-Maiden." + + + + CHAPTER XXIV + + MASTER AND SLAVE + +Now a hush of expectancy fell upon the crowd, till presently two +attendants appeared, each of them holding in his hand a flaming torch, +and between them the captive Pearl-Maiden. So beautiful did she look +as she advanced thus with bowed head, the red light of the torches +falling upon her white robe and breast and reflected in a faint, +shimmering line from the collar of pearls about her neck, that even +that jaded company clapped as she came. In another moment she had +mounted the two steps and was standing on the block of marble. The +crowd pressed closer, among them the merchant of Egypt, Demetrius, and +the veiled woman with the basket, who was now attended by a little man +dressed as a slave and bearing on his back another basket, the weight +of which he seemed to find irksome, since from time to time he groaned +and twisted his shoulders. Also the chamberlain, Saturius, secure in +the authority of his master, stepped over the rope and against the +rule began to walk round and round the captive, examining her +critically. + +"Look at her!" said the auctioneer. "Look for yourselves. I have +nothing to say, words fail me--unless it is this. For more than twenty +years I have stood in this rostrum, and during that time I suppose +that fifteen or sixteen thousand young women have been knocked down to +my hammer. They have come out of every part of the world; from the +farthest East, from the Grecian mountains, from Egypt and Cyprus, from +the Spanish plains, from Gaul, from the people of the Teutons, from +the island of the Britons, and other barbarous places that lie still +further north. Among them were many beautiful women, of every style +and variety of loveliness, yet I tell you honestly, my patrons, I do +not remember one who came so near perfection as this maiden whom I +have the honour to sell to-night. I say again--look at her, look at +her, and tell me with what you can find fault. + +"What do you say? Oh! yes, I am informed that her teeth are quite +sound, there is no blemish to conceal, none at all, and the hair is +all her own. That gentleman says that she is rather small. Well, she +is not built upon a large scale, and to my mind that is one of her +attractions. Little and good, you know, little and good. Only consider +the proportions. Why, the greatest sculptors, ancient or modern, would +rejoice to have her as model, and I hope that in the interests of the +art-loving public"--here he glanced at the Chamberlain, Saturius-- +"that the fortunate person into whose hands she passes will not be so +selfish as to deny them this satisfaction. + +"Now I have said enough and must but add this, that by the special +decree of her captor, the Imperator Titus, the beautiful necklace of +pearls worn by the maiden goes with her. I asked a jeweller friend of +mine to look at it just now, and judging as well as he could without +removing it from her neck, which was not allowed, he values it at +least at a hundred sestertia. Also, there goes with this lot +considerable property, situated in Tyre and neighbouring places, to +which, had she been a free woman, she would have succeeded by +inheritance. You may think that Tyre is a long way off and that it +will be difficult to take possession of this estate, and, of course, +there is something in the objection. Still, the title to it is secure +enough, for here I have a deed signed by Titus Cæsar himself, +commanding all officials, officers and others concerned, to hand over +without waste or deduction all property, real or personal, belonging +to the estate of the late Benoni, the Jewish merchant of Tyre, and a +member of the Sanhedrim--the lot's grandfather, I am informed, +gentleman--to her purchaser, who has only to fill in his own name in +the blank space, or any representatives whom he may appoint, which +deed is especially declared to be indefeasible. Any one wish to see +it? No? Then we will take it as read. I know that in such a matter, my +patrons, my word is enough for you. + +"Now I am about to come to business, with the remark that the more +liberal your bidding the better will our glorious general, Titus +Cæsar, be pleased; the better will the poor and the invalided +soldiers, who deserve so well at your hands, be pleased; the better +will the girl herself be pleased, who I am sure will know how to +reward a generous appreciation of her worth; and the better shall I, +your humble friend and servant, be pleased, because, as I may inform +you in strict secrecy, I am paid, not by a fixed salary, but by +commission. + +"Now, gentlemen, what may I say? A thousand sestertia to begin with? +Oh! don't laugh, I expect more than that. What! Fifty? You are joking, +my friend. However, the acorn grows into the oak, doesn't it? and I am +told that you can stop the sources of the Tiber with your hat; so I'll +start with fifty. Fifty--a hundred. Come, bid up, gentlemen, or we +shall never get home to supper. Two hundred--three, four, five, six, +seven, eight--ah! that's better. What are you stopping for?" and he +addressed a hatchet-faced man who had thrust himself forward over the +rope of the ring. + +The man shook his head with a sigh. "I'm done," he said. "Such goods +are for my betters," a sentiment that seemed to be shared by his +rivals, since they also stopped bidding. + +"Well, friend Saturius," said the auctioneer, "have you gone to sleep, +or have you anything to say? Only in hundreds, now, gentlemen, mind, +only in hundreds, unless I give the word. Thank you, I have nine +hundred," and he looked round rather carelessly, expecting at heart +that this bid would be the last. + +Then the merchant from Alexandria stepped forward and held up his +finger. + +"A thousand, by the Gods!" + +Saturius looked at the man indignantly. Who was this that dared to bid +against Domitian, the third dignitary in all the Roman empire, Cæsar's +son, Cæsar's brother, who might himself be Cæsar? Still he answered +with another bid of eleven hundred. + +Once more the finger of Domitian went up. + +"Twelve. Twelve hundred!" said the auctioneer, in a voice of +suppressed excitement, while the audience gasped, for such prices had +not been heard of. + +"Thirteen," said the Chamberlain. + +Again the finger went up. + +"Fourteen hundred. I have fourteen hundred. Against you, worthy +Saturius. Come, come, I must knock the lot down, which perhaps would +not please some whom I could mention. Don't be stingy, friend, you +have a large purse to draw on, and it is called the Roman Empire. Now. +Thank you, I have fifteen hundred. Well, my friend yonder. What! Have +you had enough?" and he pointed to the Alexandrian merchant, who, with +a groan, had turned aside and hidden his face in his hands. + +"Knocked out, knocked out, it seems," said the auctioneer, "and though +it is little enough under all the circumstances for this lot, who is +as lovely as she is historical, I suppose that I can scarcely +expect----" and he looked around despondently. + +Suddenly the old woman with the basket glanced up and, speaking in a +quiet matter-of-fact voice but with a foreign accent, said: + +"Two thousand." + +A titter of laughter went around the room. + +"My dear madam?" queried the auctioneer, looking at her dubiously, +"might I ask if you mean sester/tii/ or sester/tia/?[*] Your pardon, +but it has occurred to me that you might be confounding the two sums." + +[*] A /sestertius/ was worth less than 2d., a /sestertium/ was a sum + of money of the value of about £8. + +"Two thousand sester/tia/," repeated the matter-of-fact voice with the +foreign accent. + +"Well, well," said the auctioneer, "I suppose that I must accept the +bid. Friend Saturius, I have two thousand sestertia, and it is against +you." + +"Against me it must remain, then," replied the little man in a fury. +"Do all the kings in the world want this girl? Already I have exceeded +my limit by five hundred sestertia. I dare do no more. Let her go." + +"Don't vex yourself, Saturius," said the auctioneer, "bidding is one +thing, paying another. At present I have a bona-fide bid of fifteen +hundred from you. Unless this liberal but unknown lady is prepared +with the cash I shall close on that. Do you understand, madam?" + +"Perfectly," answered the veiled old woman. "Being a stranger to Rome +I thought it well to bring the gold with me, since strangers cannot +expect credit." + +"To bring the gold with you!" gasped the auctioneer. "To bring two +thousand sestertia with you! Where is it then?" + +"Where? Oh! in my servant's and my own baskets, and something more as +well. Come, good sir, I have made my bid. Does the worthy gentleman +advance?" + +"No," shouted Saturius. "You are being fooled, she has not got the +money." + +"If he does not advance and no other worthy gentleman wishes to bid, +then will you knock the lot down?" said the old woman. "Pardon me if I +press you, noble seller of slaves, but I must ride far from Rome +to-night, to Centum Cellæ, indeed, where my ship waits; therefore, I +have no time to lose." + +Now the auctioneer saw that there was no choice, since under the rules +of the public mart he must accept the offer of the highest bidder. + +"Two thousand sestertia are bid for this lot No. 7, the Jewish captive +known as Pearl-Maiden, sold by order of Titus Imperator, together with +her collar of pearls and the property to which, as a free woman, she +would have been entitled. Any advance on two thousand sestertia?" and +he looked at Saturius, who shook his head. "No? Then--going--going-- +gone! I declare the lot sold, to be delivered on payment of the cash +to the person named--by the way, madam, what is your name?" + +"Mulier." + +At this the company burst into a loud laugh. + +"Mulier?" repeated the auctioneer, "M u l i e r--Woman?" + +"Yes, am I not a woman, and what better name can I have than is given +to all my sex?" + +"In truth, you are so wrapped up that I must take your word for it," +replied the auctioneer. "But come, let us put an end to this farce. If +you have the money, follow me into the receiving house--for I must see +to the matter myself--and pay it down." + +"With pleasure, sir, but be so good as to bring my property with you. +She is too valuable to be left here unprotected amongst these +distinguished but disappointed gentlemen." + +Accordingly Miriam was led from the marble stand into an office +annexed to the receiving-house, whither she was followed by the +auctioneer and by Nehushta and her servant, whose backs, it was now +observed, bent beneath the weight of the baskets that were strapped +upon them. Here the door was locked, and with the help of her +attendant Nehushta loosened her basket, letting it fall upon the table +with a sigh of relief. + +"Take it and count, he said to the auctioneer, untying the lid. + +He lifted it and there met his eye a layer of lettuces neatly packed. + +"By Venus!" he began in a fury. + +"Softly, friend, softly," said Nehushta, "these lettuces are of a kind +which only grow in yellow soil. Look," and lifting the vegetables she +revealed beneath row upon row of gold coin. "Examine it before you +count," she said. + +He did so by biting pieces at hazard with his teeth and causing them +to ring upon the marble table. + +"It is good," he said. + +"Quite so. Then count." + +So he and the clerk counted, even to the bottom of the basket, which +was found to contain gold to the value of over eleven hundred +sestertia. + +"So far well," he said, "but that is not enough." + +The buyer beckoned to the man with her who stood in the corner, his +face hidden by the shadow, and he dragged forward the second basket, +which he had already unstrapped from his shoulders. Here also were +lettuces, and beneath the lettuces gold. When the full two thousand +sestertia were counted, that is, over fifteen thousand pounds of our +money, this second basket still remained more than a third full. + +"I ought to have run you up, madam," said the auctioneer, surveying +the shining gold with greedy eyes. + +"Yes," she replied calmly, "if you had guessed the truth you might +have done so. But who knows the truth, except myself?" + +"Are you a sorceress?" he asked. + +"Perhaps. What does it matter? At least, the gold will not melt. And, +by the way, it is troublesome carrying so much of the stuff back +again. Would you like a couple of handfuls for yourself, and say ten +pieces for your clerk? Yes? Well, please first fill in that deed with +the name that I shall give you and with your own as witness? Here it +is--'Miriam, daughter of Demas and Rachel, born in the year of the +death of Herod Agrippa.' Thank you. You have signed, and the clerk +also, I think. Now I will take that roll. + +"One thing more, there is another door to this Receiving-house? With +your leave I should prefer to go out that way, as my newly acquired +property seems tired, and for one day has had enough of public notice. +You will, I understand, give us a few minutes to depart before you +return to the rostrum, and your clerk will be so courteous as to +escort us out of the Forum. Now help yourself. Man, can't you make +your hand larger than that? Well, it will suffice to pay for a summer +holiday. I see a cloak there which may serve to protect this slave +from the chill air of the night. In case it should be claimed, perhaps +these five pieces will pay for it. Most noble and courteous sir, again +I thank you. Young woman, throw this over your bare shoulders and your +head; that necklace might tempt the dishonest. + +"Now, if our guide is ready we will be going. Slave, bring the basket, +at the weight of which you need no longer groan, and you, young woman, +strap on this other basket; it is as well that you should begin to be +instructed in your domestic duties, for I tell you at once that having +heard much of the skill of the Jews in those matters, I have bought +you to be my cook and to attend to the dressing of my hair. Farewell, +sir, farewell; may we never meet again." + +"Farewell," replied the astonished auctioneer, "farewell, my lady +Mulier, who can afford to give two thousand sestertia for a cook! Good +luck to you, and if you are always as liberal as this, may we meet +once a month, say I. Yet have no fear," he added meaningly, "I know +when I have been well treated and shall not seek you out--even to +please Cæsar himself." + +Three minutes later, under the guidance of the clerk, who was as +discreet as his master, they had passed, quite undisturbed, through +various dark colonnades and up a flight of marble stairs. + +"Now you are out of the Forum, so go your ways," he said. + +They went, and the clerk stood watching them until they were round a +corner, for he was young and curious, and to him this seemed the +strangest comedy of the slave-market of which he had ever even heard. + +As he turned to go he found himself face to face with a tall man, in +whom he recognized that merchant of Egypt who had bid for Pearl-Maiden +up to the enormous total of fourteen hundred sestertia. + +"Friend," said Demetrius, "which way did your companions go?" + +"I don't know," answered the clerk. + +"Come, try to remember. Did they walk straight on, or turn to the +left, or turn to the right? Fix your attention on these, it may help +you," and once more that fortunate clerk found five gold pieces thrust +into his hand. + +"I don't know that they help me," he said, for he wished to be +faithful to his hire. + +"Fool," said Demetrius in a changed voice, "remember quickly, or here +is something that will----" and he showed him a dagger glinting in his +hand. "Now then, do you wish to go the same road as they carried the +Jewish girl and the Eastern?" + +"They turned to the right," said the clerk sulkily. "It is the truth, +but may that road you speak of be yours who draw knives on honest +folk." + +With a bound Demetrius left his side, and for the second time the +clerk stood still, watching him go. + +"A strange business," he said to himself, "but, perhaps my master was +right and that old woman is a sorceress, or, perhaps, the young one is +the sorceress, since all men seem ready to pay a tribe's tribute to +get hold of her; or, perhaps, they are both sorceresses. A strange +story, of which I should like to know the meaning, and so, I fancy, +would the Prince Domitian when he comes to hear of it. Saturius, the +chamberlain, has a fat place, but I would not take it to-night, no, +not if it were given to me." + +Then that young man returned to the mart in time to hear his master +knock down Lot thirteen, a very sweet-looking girl, to Saturius +himself, who proposed, though with a doubtful heart, to take her to +Domitian as a substitute. + +Meanwhile, Nehushta, Miriam and the steward Stephanus, disguised as a +slave, went on as swiftly as they dared towards the palace of Marcus +in the Via Agrippa. The two women held each other by the hand but said +nothing; their hearts seemed too full for speech. Only the old steward +kept muttering--"Two thousand sestertia! The savings of years! Two +thousand sestertia for that bit of a girl! Surely the gods have +smitten him mad." + +"Hold your peace, fool," said Nehushta at length. "At least, I am not +mad; the property that went with her is worth more than the money." + +"Yes, yes," replied the aggrieved Stephanus, "but how will that +benefit my master? You put it in her name. Well, it is no affair of +mine, and at least this accursed basket is much lighter." + +Now they were at the side door of the house, which Stephanus was +unlocking with his key. + +"Quick," said Nehushta, "I hear footsteps." + +The door opened and they passed in, but at that moment one went by +them, pausing to look until the door closed again. + +"Who was that?" asked Stephanus nervously. + +"He whom they called Demetrius, the merchant of Alexandria, but whom +once I knew by another name," answered Nehushta in a slow voice while +Stephanus barred the door. + +They walked through the archway into an antechamber lit by a single +lamp, leaving Stephanus still occupied with his bolts and chains. Here +with a sudden motion Nehushta threw off her cloak and tore the veil +from her brow. In another instant, uttering a low, crooning cry, she +flung her long arms about Miriam and began to kiss her again and again +on the face. + +"My darling," she moaned, "my darling." + +"Tell me what it all means, Nou," said the poor girl faintly. + +"It means that God has heard my prayers and suffered my old feet to +overtake you in time, and provided the wealth to preserve you from a +dreadful fate." + +"Whose wealth? Where am I?" asked Miriam. + +Nehushta made no answer, only she unstrapped the basket from Miriam's +back and unclasped the cloak from about her shoulders. Then, taking +her by the hand, she led her into a lighted passage and thence through +a door into a great and splendid room spread with rich carpets and +adorned with costly furniture and marble images. At the end of this +room was a table lighted by two lamps, and on the further side of this +table sat a man as though he were asleep, for his face was hidden upon +his arms. Miriam saw him and clung to Nehushta trembling. + +"Hush!" whispered her guide, and they stood still in the shadow. + +The man lifted his head so that the light fell full upon it, and +Miriam saw that it was Marcus. Marcus grown older and with a patch of +grey hair upon his temple where the sword of Caleb had struck him, +very worn and tired-looking also, but still Marcus and no other. He +was speaking to himself. + +"I can bear it no longer," he said. "Thrice have I been to the gate +and still no sign. Doubtless the plan has miscarried and by now she is +in the palace of Domitian. I will go forth and learn the worst," and +he rose from the table. + +"Speak to him," whispered Nehushta, pushing Miriam forward. + +She advanced into the circle of the lamplight, but as yet Marcus did +not see her, for he had gone to the window-place to find a cloak that +lay there. Then he turned and saw her. Before him in her robe of +white, the soft light shining on her gentle loveliness, stood Miriam. +He stared at her bewildered. + +"Do I dream?" he said. + +"Nay, Marcus," she answered in her sweet voice, "you do not dream. I +am Miriam." + +In an instant he was at her side and held her in his arms, nor did she +resist him, for after so many fears and sufferings they seemed to her +a home. + +"Loose me, I pray you," she said at length, "I am faint, I can bear no +more." + +At her entreaty he suffered her to sink upon the cushions of a couch +that was at hand. + +"Tell me, tell me everything," he said. + +"Ask it of Nehushta," she answered, leaning back. "I am spent." + +Nehushta ran to her side and began to chafe her hands. "Let be with +your questions," she said. "I bought her, that's enough. Ask that old +huckster, Stephanus, the price. But first in the name of charity give +her food. Those who have walked through a Triumph to end the day on +the slave block need victuals." + +"It is here, it is here," Marcus said confusedly, "such as there is." +Taking a lamp he led the way to a table that was placed in the shadow, +where stood some meat and fruit with flagons of rich coloured wine and +pure water and shallow silver cups to drink from. + +Putting her arm about Miriam's waist, Nehushta supported her to the +table and sat her down upon one of the couches. Then she poured out +wine and put it to her lips, and cut meat and made her swallow it till +Miriam would touch no more. Now the colour came back to her face, and +her eyes grew bright again, and resting there upon the couch, she +listened while Nehushta told Marcus all the story of the slave sale. + +"Well done," he said, laughing in his old merry fashion, "well done, +indeed! Oh! what favouring god put it into the head of that honest old +miser, Stephanus, from year to year to hoard up all that sum of gold +against an hour of sudden need which none could foresee!" + +"My God and hers," answered Nehushta solemnly, "to Whom if He give you +space, you should be thankful, which, by the way, is more than +Stephanus is, who has seen so much of your savings squandered in an +hour." + +"Your savings?" said Miriam, looking up. "Did you buy me, Marcus?" + +"I suppose so, beloved," he answered. + +"Then, then, I am your slave?" + +"Not so, Miriam," he replied nervously. "As you know well, it is I who +am yours. All I ask of you is that you should become my wife." + +"That cannot be, Marcus," she answered in a kind of cry. "You know +that it cannot be." + +His face turned pale. + +"After all that has come and gone between us, Miriam, do you still say +so?" + +"I still say so." + +"You could give your life for me, and yet you will not give your life +to me?" + +"Yes, Marcus." + +"Why? Why?" + +"For the reasons that I gave you yonder by the banks of Jordan; +because those who begat me laid on me the charge that I should marry +none who is not a Christian. How then can I marry you?" + +Marcus thought a moment. + +"Does the book of your law forbid it?" he asked. + +She shook her head. "No, but the dead forbid it, and rather will I +join them than break their command." + +Again Marcus thought and spoke. + +"Well, then, since I must, I will become a Christian." + +She looked at him sadly and answered: + +"It is not enough. Do you remember what I told you far away in the +village of the Essenes, that this is no matter of casting incense on +an altar, but rather one of a changed spirit. When you can say those +words from your heart as well as with your lips, then, Marcus, I will +listen to you, but unless God calls you this you can never do." + +"What then do you propose?" he asked. + +"I? I have not had time to think. To go away, I suppose." + +"To Domitian?" he queried. "Nay, forgive me, but a sore heart makes +bitter lips." + +"I am glad you asked forgiveness for those words, Marcus," she said +quivering. "What need is there to insult a slave?" + +The word seemed to suggest a new train of thought to Marcus. + +"Yes," he said, "a slave--my slave whom I have bought at a great +price. Well, why should I let you go? I am minded to keep you." + +"Marcus, you can keep me if you will, but then your sin against your +own honour will be greater even than your sin against me." + +"Sin!" he said, passionately. "What sin? You say you cannot marry me, +not because you do not wish it, if I understand you right, but for +other reasons which have weight, at any rate with you. But the dead +give no command as to whom you should love." + +"No, my love is my own, but if it is not lawful it can be denied." + +"Why should it be denied?" he asked softly and coming towards her. "Is +there not much between you and me? Did not you, brave and blessed +woman that you are, risk your life for my sake in the Old Tower at +Jerusalem? Did you not for my sake stand there upon the gate Nicanor +to perish miserably? And I, though it be little, have I not done +something for you? Have I not so soon as your message reached me, +journeyed here to Rome, at the cost, perhaps, of what I value more +than life--my honour?" + +"Your honour?" she asked. "Why your honour?" + +"Because those who have been taken prisoner by the enemy and escaped +are held to be cowards among the Romans," he answered bitterly, "and +it may be that such a lot awaits me." + +"Coward! You a coward, Marcus?" + +"Aye. When it is known that I live, that is what my enemies will call +me who lived on for your sake, Miriam--for the sake of a woman who +denies me." + +"Oh!" she said, "this is bitter. Now I remember and understand what +Gallus meant." + +"Then will you still deny me? Must I suffer thus in vain? Think, had +it not been for you I could have stayed afar until the thing was +forgotten, that is, if I still chose to live; but now, because of you, +things are thus, and yet, Miriam--you deny me," and he put his arms +about her and drew her to his breast. + +She did not struggle, she had no strength, only she wrung her hands +and sobbed, saying: + +"What shall I do? Woe is me, what shall I do?" + +"Do?" said the voice of Nehushta, speaking clear as a clarion from the +shadows. "Do your duty, girl, and leave the rest to Heaven." + +"Silence, accursed woman!" gasped Marcus, turning pale with anger. + +"Nay," she answered, "I will not be silent. Listen, Roman; I like you +well, as you have reason to know, seeing that it was I who nursed you +back to life, when for one hour's want of care you must have died. I +like you well, and above everything on earth I wish that ere my eyes +shut for the last time they may see your hand in her hand, and her +hand in your hand, man and wife before the face of all men. Yet I tell +you that now indeed you are a coward in a deeper fashion than that the +Romans dream of; you are a coward who try to work upon the weakness of +this poor girl's loving heart, who try in the hour of her sore +distress to draw her from the spirit, if not from the letter, of her +duty. So great a coward are you that you remind her even that she is +your slave and threaten to deal with her as you heathen deal with +slaves. You put a gloss upon the truth; you try to filch the fruit you +may not pluck; you say 'you may not marry me, but you are my property, +and therefore if you give way to your master it is no sin.' I tell you +it is a sin, doubly a sin, since you would bind the weight of it on +her back as well as on your own, and a sin that in this way or in that +would bring its reward to both of you." + +"Have you finished?" asked Marcus coldly, but suffering Miriam to slip +from his arms back upon the couch. + +"No, I have not finished; I spoke of the fruits of evil; now as my +heart prompts me I speak of the promise of good. Let this woman go +free as you have the power to do; strike the chains off her neck and +take back the price that you have paid for her, since she has property +which will discharge it to the last farthing, which property to-day +stands in her name and can be conveyed to you. Then, go search the +Scriptures and see if you can find no message in them. If you find it, +well and good, then take her with a clean heart and be happy. If you +find it not, well and good, then leave her with a clean heart and be +sorrowful, for so it is decreed. Only in this matter do not dare to be +double-minded, lest the last evil overtake you and her, and your +children and hers. Now I have done, and, my lord Marcus, be so good as +to signify your pleasure to your slave, Pearl-Maiden, and your +servant, Nehushta the Libyan." + +Marcus began to walk up and down the room, out of the light into the +shadow, out of the shadow into the light. Presently he halted, and the +two women watching saw that his face was drawn and ashen, like the +face of an old man. + +"My pleasure," he said vacantly, "--that is a strange word on my lips +to-night, is it not? Well, Nehushta, you have the best of the +argument. All you say is quite true, if a little over-coloured. Of +course, Miriam is quite right not to marry me if she has scruples, +and, of course, I should be quite wrong to take advantage of the +accident of my being able to purchase her in the slave-ring. I think +that is all I have to say. Miriam, I free you, as indeed I remember I +promised the Essenes that I would do. Since no one knows you belong to +me, I suppose that no formal ceremony will be necessary. It is a +manumission 'inter amicos,' as the lawyers say, but quite valid. As to +the title to the Tyre property, I accept it in payment of the debt, +but I beg that you will keep it a while on my behalf, for, at present, +there might be trouble about transferring it into my name. Now, good- +night. Nehushta will take you to her room, Miriam, and to-morrow you +can depart whither you will. I wish you all fortune, and--why do you +not thank me? Under the circumstances, it would be kind." + +But Miriam only burst into a flood of tears. + +"What will you do, Marcus? Oh! what will you do?" she sobbed. + +"In all probability, things which I would rather you did not know of," +he answered bitterly, "or I may take it into my head to accept the +suggestion of our friend, Nehushta, and begin to search those +Scriptures of which I have heard so much; that seem, by the way, +specially designed to prevent the happiness of men and women." Then he +added fiercely, "Go, girl, go at once, for if you stand there weeping +before me any longer, I tell you that I shall change my mind, and as +Nehushta says, imperil the safety of your soul, and of my own--which +does not matter." + +So Miriam stumbled from the room and through the curtained doorway. As +Nehushta followed her Marcus caught her by the arm. + +"I have half a mind to murder you," he said, quietly. + +The old Libyan only laughed. + +"All I have said is true and for your own good, Marcus," she answered, +"and you will live to know it." + +"Where will you take her?" + +"I don't know yet, but Christians always have friends." + +"You will let me hear of her." + +"Surely, if it is safe." + +"And if she needs help you will tell me?" + +"Surely, and if you need her help, and it can be done, I will bring +her to you." + +"Then may I need help soon," he said. "Begone." + + + + CHAPTER XXV + + THE REWARD OF SATURIUS + +Meanwhile, in one of the palaces of the Cæsars not far from the +Capitol, was being enacted another and more stormy scene. It was the +palace of Domitian, whither, the bewildering pomp of the Triumph +finished at last, the prince had withdrawn himself in no happy mood. +That day many things had happened to vex him. First and foremost, as +had been brought home to his mind from minute to minute throughout the +long hours, its glory belonged not to himself, not even to his father, +Vespasian, but to his brother, the conqueror of the Jews. Titus he had +always hated, Titus, who was as beloved of mankind for his virtues, +such as virtues were in that age, as he, Domitian, was execrated for +his vices. Now Titus had returned after a brilliant and successful +campaign to be crowned as Cæsar, to be accepted as the sharer of his +father's government, and to receive the ovations of the populace, +while his brother Domitian must ride almost unnoted behind his +chariot. The plaudits of the roaring mob, the congratulations of the +Senate, the homage of the knights and subject princes, the offerings +of foreign kings, all laid at the feet of Titus, filled him with a +jealousy that went nigh to madness. Soothsayers had told him, it was +true, that his hour would come, that he would live and reign after +Vespasian and Titus had gone down, both of them, to Hades. But even if +they spoke the truth this hour seemed a long way off. + +Also there were other things. At the great sacrifice before the temple +of Jupiter, his place had been set too far back where the people could +not see him; at the feast which followed the master of the ceremonies +had neglected, or had forgotten, to pour a libation in his honour. + +Further, the beautiful captive, Pearl-Maiden, had appeared in the +procession unadorned by the costly girdle which he had sent her; +while, last of all, the different wines that he had drunk had +disagreed with him, so that because of them, or of the heat of the +sun, he suffered from the headache and sickness to which he was +liable. Pleading this indisposition as an excuse, Domitian left the +banquet very early, and attended by his slaves and musicians retired +to his own palace. + +Here his spirits revived somewhat, since he knew that before long his +chamberlain, Saturius, would appear with the lovely Jewish maiden upon +whom he had set his fancy. This at least was certain, for he had +arranged that the auction should be held that evening and instructed +him to buy her at all costs, even for a thousand sestertia. Indeed, +who would dare to bid for a slave that the Prince Domitian desired? + +Learning that Saturius had not yet arrived, he went to his private +chambers, and to pass away the time commanded his most beautiful +slaves to dance before him, where he inflamed himself by drinking more +wine of a vintage that he loved. As the fumes of the strong liquor +mounted to his brain the pains in his head ceased, at any rate for a +while. Very soon he became half-drunk, and as was his nature when in +drink, savage. One of the dancing slaves stumbled and growing nervous +stepped out of time, whereon he ordered the poor half-naked girl to be +scourged before him by the hands of her own companions. Happily for +her, however, before the punishment began a slave arrived with the +intelligence that Saturius waited without. + +"What, alone?" said the prince, springing to his feet. + +"Nay, lord," said the slave, "there is a woman with him." + +At this news instantly his ill-temper was forgotten. + +"Let that girl go," he said, "and bid her be more careful another +time. Away, all the lot of you, I wish to be private. Now, slave, bid +the worthy Saturius enter with his charge." + +Presently the curtains were drawn apart and through them came Saturius +rubbing his hands and smiling somewhat nervously, followed by a woman +wrapped in a long cloak and veiled. He began to offer the customary +salutations, but Domitian cut him short. + +"Rise, man," he said. "That sort of thing is very well in public, but +I don't want it here. So you have got her," he added, eyeing the +draped form in the background. + +"Yes," replied Saturius doubtfully. + +"Good, your services shall be remembered. You were ever a discreet and +faithful agent. Did the bidding run high?" + +"Oh! my lord, enormous, ee--normous. I never heard such bidding," and +he stretched out his hands. + +"Impertinence! Who dared to compete with me?" remarked Domitian. +"Well, what did you have to give?" + +"Fifty sestertia, my lord." + +"Fifty sestertia?" answered Domitian with an air of relief. "Well, of +course it is enough, but I have known beautiful maidens fetch more. By +the way, dear one," he went on, addressing the veiled woman, "you +must, I fear, be tired after all that weary, foolish show." + +The "dear one" making no audible reply, Domitian went on: + +"Modesty is pleasing in a maid, but now I pray you, forget it for +awhile. Unveil yourself, most beautiful, that I may behold that +loveliness for which my heart has ached these many days. Nay, that +task shall be my own," and he advanced somewhat unsteadily towards his +prize. + +Saturius thought that he saw his chance. Domitian was so intoxicated +that it would be useless to attempt to explain matters that night. +Clearly he should retire as soon as possible. + +"Most noble prince and patron," he began, "my duty is done, with your +leave I will withdraw." + +"By no means, by no means," hiccupped Domitian, "I know that you are +an excellent judge of beauty, most discriminating Saturius, and I +should like to talk over the points of this lady with you. You know, +dear Saturius, that I am not selfish, and to tell the truth, which you +won't mind between friends--who could be jealous of a wizened, last +year's walnut of a man like you? Not I, Saturius, not I, whom +everybody acknowledges to be the most beautiful person in Rome, much +better looking than Titus is, although he does call himself Cæsar. Now +for it. Where's the fastening? Saturius, find the fastening. Why do +you tie up the poor girl like an Egyptian corpse and prevent her lord +and master from looking at her?" + +As he spoke the slave did something to the back of her head and the +veil fell to the ground, revealing a girl of very pleasing shape and +countenance, but who, as might be expected, looked most weary and +frightened. Domitian stared at her with his bleared and wicked eyes, +while a puzzled expression grew upon his face. + +"Very odd!" he said, "but she seems to have changed! I thought her +eyes were blue, and that she had curling black hair. Now they are dark +and she has straight hair. Where's the necklace, too? Where's the +necklace? Pearl-Maiden, what have you done with your necklace? Yes, +and why didn't you wear the girdle I sent you to-day?" + +"Sir," answered the Jewess, "I never had a necklace----" + +"My lord Domitian," began Saturius with a nervous laugh, "there is a +mistake--I must explain. This girl is not Pearl-Maiden. Pearl-Maiden +fetched so great a price that it was impossible that I should buy her, +even for you----" + +He stopped, for suddenly Domitian's face had become terrible. All the +drunkenness had left it, to be replaced by a mask of savage cruelty +through which glared the pale and glittering eyes. The man appeared as +he was, half satyr and half fiend. + +"A mistake----" he said. "Oh! a mistake? And I have been counting on +her all these weeks, and now some other man has taken her from me--the +prince Domitian. And you--you dare to come to me with this tale, and +to bring this slut with you instead of my Pearl-Maiden----" and at the +thought he fairly sobbed in his drunken, disappointed rage. Then he +stepped back and began to clap his hands and call aloud. + +Instantly slaves and guards rushed into the chamber, thinking that +their lord was threatened with some evil. + +"Men," he said, "take that woman and kill her. No, it might make a +stir, as she was one of Titus's captives. Don't kill her, thrust her +into the street." + +The girl was seized by the arms and dragged away. + +"Oh! my lord," began Saturius. + +"Silence, man, I am coming to you. Seize him, and strip him. Oh! I +know you are a freedman and a citizen of Rome. Well, soon you shall be +a citizen of Hades, I promise you. Now, bring the heavy rods and beat +him till he dies." + +The dreadful order was obeyed, and for a while nothing was heard save +the sound of heavy blows and the smothered moans of the miserable +Saturius. + +"Wretches," yelled the Imperial brute, "you are playing, you do not +hit hard enough. I will teach you how to hit," and snatching a rod +from one of the slaves he rushed at his prostrate chamberlain, the +others drawing back to allow their master to show his skill in +flogging. + +Saturius saw Domitian come, and knew that unless he could change his +purpose in another minute the life would be battered out of him. He +struggled to his knees. + +"Prince," he cried, "hearken ere you strike. You can kill me if you +will who are justly angered, and to die at your hands is an honour +that I do not merit. Yet, dread lord, remember that if you slay me +then you will never find that Pearl-Maiden whom you desire." + +Domitian paused, for even in his fury he was cunning. "Doubtless," he +thought, "the knave knows where the girl is. Perhaps even he has +hidden her away for himself." + +"Ah!" he said aloud, quoting the vulgar proverb, "'the rod is the +mother of reason.' Well, can you find her?" + +"Surely, if I have time. The man who can afford to pay two thousand +sestertia for a single slave cannot easily be hidden." + +"Two thousand sestertia!" exclaimed Domitian astonished. "Tell me that +story. Slaves, give Saturius his robe and fall back--no, not too far, +he may be treacherous." + +The chamberlain threw the garment over his bleeding shoulders and +fastened it with a trembling hand. Then he told his tale, adding: + +"Oh! my lord, what could I do? You have not enough money at hand to +pay so huge a sum." + +"Do, fool? Why you should have bought her on credit and left me to +settle the price afterwards. Oh! never mind Titus, I could have +outwitted him. But the mischief is done; now for the remedy, so far as +it can be remedied," he added, grinding his teeth. + +"That I must seek to-morrow, lord." + +"To-morrow? And what will you do to-morrow?" + +"To-morrow I will find where the girl's gone, or try to, and then--why +he who has bought her might die and--the rest will be easy." + +"Die he surely shall be who has dared to rob Domitian of his darling," +answered the prince with an oath. "Well, hearken, Saturius, for this +night you are spared, but be sure that if you fail for the second time +you also shall die, and after a worse fashion than I promised you. Now +go, and to-morrow we will take counsel. Oh! ye gods, why do you deal +so hardly with Domitian? My soul is bruised and must be comforted with +poesy. Rouse that Greek from his bed and send him to me. He shall read +to me of the wrath of Achilles when they robbed him of his Briseis, +for the hero's lot is mine." + +So this new Achilles departed, now that his rage had left him, weeping +maudlin tears of disappointed passion, to comfort his "bruised soul" +with the immortal lines of Homer, for when he was not merely a brute +Domitian fancied himself a poet. It was perhaps as well for his peace +of mind that he could not see the face of Saturius, as the chamberlain +comforted his bruised shoulders with some serviceable ointment, or +hear the oath which that useful and industrious officer uttered as he +sought his rest, face downwards, since for many days thereafter he was +unable to lie upon his back. It was a very ugly oath, sworn by every +god who had an altar in Rome, with the divinities of the Jews and the +Christians thrown in, that in a day to come he would avenge Domitian's +rods with daggers. Had the prince been able to do so, there might have +risen in his mind some prescience of a certain scene, in which he must +play a part on a far-off but destined night. He might have beheld a +vision of himself, bald, corpulent and thin-legged, but wearing the +imperial robes of Cæsar, rolling in a frantic struggle for life upon +the floor of his bed-chamber, at death grips with one Stephanus, while +an old chamberlain named Saturius drove a dagger again and again into +his back, crying at each stroke: + +"Oho! That for thy rods, Cæsar! Oho! Dost remember the Pearl-Maiden? +That for thy rods, Cæsar, and that--and that--and /that/----!" + +But Domitian, weeping himself to sleep over the tale of the wrongs of +the god-like Achilles, which did but foreshadow those of his divine +self, as yet thought nothing of the rich reward that time should bring +him. + + + +On the morrow of the great day of the Triumph the merchant Demetrius +of Alexandria, whom for many years we have known as Caleb, sat in the +office of the store-house which he had hired for the bestowal of his +goods in one of the busiest thoroughfares of Rome. Handsome, indeed, +noble-looking as he was, and must always be, his countenance presented +a sorry sight. From hour to hour during the previous day he had fought +a path through the dense crowds that lined the streets of Rome, to +keep as near as might be to Miriam while she trudged her long route of +splendid shame. + +Then came the evening, when, with the other women slaves, she was put +up to auction in the Forum. To prepare for this sale Caleb had turned +almost all his merchandise into money, for he knew that Domitian was a +purchaser, and guessed that the price of the beautiful Pearl-Maiden, +of whom all the city was talking, would rule high. The climax we know. +He bid to the last coin that he possessed or could raise, only to find +that others with still greater resources were in the market. Even the +agent of the prince had been left behind, and Miriam was at last +knocked down to some mysterious stranger woman dressed like a peasant. +The woman was veiled and disguised; she spoke with a feigned voice and +in a strange tongue, but from the beginning Caleb knew her. Incredible +as it might seem, that she should be here in Rome, he was certain that +she was Nehushta, and no other. + +That Nehushta should buy Miriam was well, but how came she by so vast +a sum of money, here in a far-off land? In short, for whom was she +buying? Indeed, for whom would she buy? He could think of one only-- +Marcus. But he had made inquiries and Marcus was not in Rome. Indeed +he had every reason to believe that his rival was long dead, that his +bones were scattered among the tens of thousands which whitened the +tumbled ruins of the Holy City in Judæa. How could it be otherwise? He +had last seen him wounded, as he thought to death--and he should know, +for the stroke fell from his own hand--lying senseless in the Old +Tower in Jerusalem. Then he vanished away, and where Marcus had been +Miriam was found. Whither did he vanish, and if it was true that she +succeeded in hiding him in some secret hole, what chance was there +that he could have lived on without food and unsuccoured? Also if he +lived, why had he not appeared long before? Why was not so wealthy a +Patrician and distinguished a soldier riding in the triumphant train +of Titus? + +With black despair raging in his breast, he, Caleb, had seen Miriam +knocked down to the mysterious basket-laden stranger whom none could +recognise. He had seen her depart together with the auctioneer and a +servant, also basket-laden, to the office of the receiving house, +whither he had attempted to follow upon some pretext, only to be +stopped by the watchman. After this he hung about the door until he +saw the auctioneer appear alone, when it occurred to him that the +purchaser and the purchased must have departed by some other exit, +perhaps in order to avoid further observation. He ran round the +building to find himself confronted only by the empty, star-lit spaces +of the Forum. Searching them with his eyes, for one instant it seemed +to him that far away he caught sight of a little knot of figures +climbing a black marble stair in the dark shadow of some temple. He +sped across the open space, he ran up the great stair, to find at the +head of it a young man in whom he recognised the auctioneer's clerk, +gazing along a wide street as empty as was the stair. + +The rest is known to us. He followed, and twice perceived the little +group of dark-robed figures hurrying round distant corners. Once he +lost them altogether, but a passer-by on his road to some feast told +him courteously enough which way they had gone. On he ran almost at +hazard, to be rewarded in the end by the sight of them vanishing +through a narrow doorway in the wall. He came to the door and saw that +it was very massive. He tried it even, it was locked. Then he thought +of knocking, only to remember that to state his business would +probably be to meet his death. At such a place and hour those who +purchased beautiful slaves might have a sword waiting for the heart of +an unsuccessful rival who dared to follow them to their haunts. + +Caleb walked round the house, to find that it was a palace which +seemed to be deserted, although he thought that he saw light shining +through one of the shuttered windows. Now he knew the place again. It +was here that the procession had halted and one of the Roman soldiers +who had committed the crime of being taken captive escaped the taunts +of the crowd by hurling himself beneath the wheel of a great pageant +car. Yes, there was no doubt of it, for his blood still stained the +dusty stones and by it lay a piece of the broken distaff with which, +in their mockery, they had girded the poor man. They were gentle +folk, these Romans! Why, measured by this standard, some such doom +would have fallen upon his rival, Marcus, for Marcus also was taken +prisoner--by himself. The thought made Caleb smile, since well he knew +that no braver soldier lived. Then came other thoughts that pressed +him closer. Somewhere in that great dead-looking house was Miriam, as +far off from him as though she were still in Judæa. There was Miriam-- +and who was with her? The new-found lord who had spent two thousand +sestertia on her purchase? The thought of it almost turned his brain. + +Heretofore, the life of Caleb had been ruled by two passions--ambition +and the love of Miriam. He had aspired to be ruler of the Jews, +perhaps their king, and to this end had plotted and fought for the +expulsion of the Romans from Judæa. He had taken part in a hundred +desperate battles. Again and again he had risked his life; again and +again he had escaped. For one so young he had reached high rank, till +he was numbered among the first of their captains. + +Then came the end, the last hideous struggle and the downfall. Once +more his life was left in him. Where men perished by the hundred +thousand he escaped, winning safety, not through the desire of it, but +because of the love of Miriam which drove him on to follow her. +Happily for himself he had hidden money, which, after the gift of his +race, he was able to turn to good account, so that now he, who had +been a leader in war and council, walked the world as a merchant in +Eastern goods. All that glittering past had gone from him; he might +become wealthy, but, Jew as he was, he could never be great nor fill +his soul with the glory that it craved. There remained to him, then, +nothing but this passion for one woman among the millions who dwelt +beneath the sun, the girl who had been his playmate, whom he loved +from the beginning, although she had never loved him, and whom he +would love until the end. + +Why had she not loved him? Because of his rival, that accursed Roman, +Marcus, the man whom time upon time he had tried to kill, but who had +always slipped like water from his hands. Well, if she was lost to him +she was lost to Marcus also, and from that thought he would take such +comfort as he might. Indeed he had no other, for during those dreadful +hours the fires of all Gehenna raged in his soul. He had lost--but who +had found her? + +Throughout the long night Caleb tramped round the cold, empty-looking +palace, suffering perhaps as he had never suffered before, a thing to +be pitied of gods and men. At length the dawn broke and the light +crept down the splendid street, showing here and there groups of weary +and half-drunken revellers staggering homewards from the feast, +flushed men and dishevelled women. Others appeared also, humble and +industrious citizens going to their daily toil. Among them were people +whose business it was to clean the roads, abroad early this morning, +for after the great procession they thought that they might find +articles of value let fall by those who walked in it, or by the +spectators. Two of these scavengers began sweeping near the place +where Caleb stood, and lightened their toil by laughing at him, asking +him if he had spent his night in the gutter and whether he knew his +way home. He replied that he waited for the doors of the house to be +opened. + +"Which house?" they asked. "The 'Fortunate House?'" and they pointed +to the marble palace of Marcus, which, as Caleb now saw for the first +time, had these words blazoned in gold letters on its portico. + +He nodded. + +"Well," said one of them, "you will wait for some time, for that house +is no longer fortunate. Its owner is dead, killed in the wars, and no +one knows who his heir may be." + +"What was his name?" he asked. + +"Marcus, the favourite of Nero, also called the Fortunate." + +Then, with a bitter curse upon his lips Caleb turned and walked away. + + + + CHAPTER XXVI + + THE JUDGMENT OF DOMITIAN + +Two hours had gone by and Caleb, with fury in his heart, sat brooding +in the office attached to the warehouse that he had hired. At that +moment he had but one desire--to kill his successful rival, Marcus. +Marcus had escaped and returned to Rome; of that there could be no +doubt. He, one of the wealthiest of its patricians, had furnished the +vast sum which enabled old Nehushta to buy the coveted Pearl-Maiden in +the slave-ring. Then his newly acquired property had been taken to +this house, where he awaited her. This then was the end of their long +rivalry; for this he, Caleb, had fought, toiled, schemed and suffered. +Oh! rather than such a thing should be, in that dark hour of his soul, +he would have seen her cast to the foul Domitian, for Domitian, at +least, she would have hated, whereas Marcus, he knew, she loved. + +Now there remained nothing but revenge. Revenged he must be, but how? +He might dog Marcus and murder him, only then his own life would be +hazarded, since he knew well the fate that awaited the foreigner, and +most of all the Jew, who dared to lift his hand against a Roman noble, +and if he hired others to do the work they might bear evidence against +him. Now Caleb did not wish to die; life seemed the only good that he +had left. Also, while he lived he might still win Miriam--after his +rival had ceased to live. Doubtless, then she would be sold with his +other slaves, and he could buy her at the rate such tarnished goods +command. No, he would do nothing to run himself into danger. He would +wait, wait and watch his opportunity. + +It was near at hand, for of old as to-day the king of evil was ever +ready to aid those who called upon him with sufficient earnestness. +Indeed, even as Caleb sat there in his office, there came a knock upon +the door. + +"Open!" he cried savagely, and through it entered a small man with +close-cropped hair and a keen, hard face which seemed familiar to him. +Just now, however, that face was somewhat damaged, for one of the eyes +had been blackened and a wound upon the temple was strapped with +plaster. Also its owner walked lame and continually twitched his +shoulders as though they gave him uneasiness. The stranger opened his +lips to speak, and Caleb knew him at once. He was the chamberlain of +Domitian who had been outbid by Nehushta in the slave ring. + +"Greeting, noble Saturius," he said. "Be seated, I pray, for it seems +to pain you to stand." + +"Yes, yes," answered the chamberlain, "still I had rather stand. I met +with an accident last night, a most unpleasant accident," and he +coughed as though to cover up some word that leapt to his lips. "You +also, worthy Demetrius--that is your name, is it not?" he added, +eyeing him keenly--"look as though you had not slept well." + +"No," answered Caleb, "I also met with an accident--oh! nothing that +you can see--a slight internal injury which is, I fear, likely to +prove troublesome. Well, noble Saturius, how can I--serve you? +Anything in the way of Eastern shawls, for instance?" + +"I thank you, friend, no. I come to speak of shoulders, not shawls," +and he twitched his own--"women's shoulders, I mean. A remarkably fine +pair for their size had that Jewish captive, by the way, in whom you +seemed to take an interest last night--to the considerable extent +indeed of fourteen hundred sestertia." + +"Yes," said Caleb, "they were well shaped." + +Then followed a pause. + +"Perhaps as I am a busy man," suggested Caleb presently, "you would +not mind coming to the point." + +"Certainly, I was but waiting for your leave. As you may have heard, I +represent a very noble person----" + +"Who, I think, took an interest in the captive to the extent of +fifteen hundred sestertia," suggested Caleb. + +"Quite so--and whose interest unfortunately remains unabated, or +rather, I should say, that it is transferred." + +"To the gentleman whose deep feeling induced him to provide five +hundred more?" queried Caleb. + +"Precisely. What intuition you have! It is a gift with which the East +endows her sons." + +"Suppose you put the matter plainly, worthy Saturius." + +"I will, excellent Demetrius. The great person to whom I have alluded +was so moved when he heard of his loss that he actually burst into +tears, and even reproached me, whom he loves more dearly than his +brother----" + +"He might easily do that, if all reports are true," said Caleb, drily, +adding, "Was it then that you met with your accident?" + +"It was. Overcome at the sight of my royal master's grief, I fell +down." + +"Into a well, I suppose, since you managed to injure your eye, your +back, and your leg all at once. There--I understand--these things will +happen--in the households of the Great where the floors are so +slippery that the most wary feet may slide. But that does not console +the sufferer whose hurt remains, does it?" + +"No," answered Saturius with a snarl, "but until he is in a position +to relay the floors, he must find chalk for his sandals and ointment +for his back. I want the purchaser's name, and thought perhaps that +you might have it, for the old woman has vanished, and that fool of an +auctioneer knows absolutely nothing." + +"Why do you want his name?" + +"Because Domitian wants his head. An unnatural desire indeed that +devours him; still one which, to be frank, I find it important to +satisfy." + +Of a sudden a great light seemed to shine in Caleb's mind, it was as +though a candle had been lit in a dark room. + +"Ah!" he said. "And supposing I can show him how to get this head, +even how to get it without any scandal, do you think that in return he +would leave me the lady's hand? You see I knew her in her youth and +take a brotherly interest in her." + +"Quite so, just like Domitian and the two thousand sestertia man and, +indeed, half the male population of Rome, who, when they saw her +yesterday were moved by the same family feeling. Well, I don't see why +he shouldn't. You see my master never cared for pearls that were not +perfectly white, or admired ladies upon whom report cast the slightest +breath of scandal. But he is of a curiously jealous disposition, and +it is, I think, the head that he requires, not the hand." + +"Had you not better make yourself clear upon the point before we go +any further?" asked Caleb. "Otherwise I do not feel inclined to +undertake a very difficult and dangerous business." + +"With pleasure. Now would you let me have your demands, in writing, +perhaps. Oh! of course, I understand--to be answered in writing." + +Caleb took parchment and pen and wrote: + + "A free pardon, with full liberty to travel, live and trade + throughout the Roman empire, signed by the proper authorities, to + be granted to one Caleb, the son of Hilliel, for the part he took + in the Jewish war. + + "A written promise, signed by the person concerned, that if the + head he desires is put within his reach the Jewish slave named + Pearl-Maiden shall be handed over at once to Demetrius, the + merchant of Alexandria, whose property she shall become absolutely + and without question." + +"That's all," he said, giving the paper to Saturius. "The Caleb spoken +of is a Jewish friend of mine to whom I am anxious to do a good turn, +without whose help and evidence I should be quite unable to perform my +share of the bargain. Being very shy and timid--his nerves were much +shattered during the siege of Jerusalem--he will not stir without this +authority, which, by the way, will require the signature of Titus +Cæsar, duly witnessed. Well, that is merely an offering to friendship; +of course /my/ fee is the reversion to the lady, whom I desire to +restore to her relations, who mourn her loss in Judæa." + +"Precisely--quite so," replied Saturius. "Pray do not trouble to +explain further. I have always found those of Alexandria most +excellent merchants. Well, I hope to be back within two hours." + +"Mind you come alone. As I have told you, everything depends upon this +Caleb, and if he is in any way alarmed there is an end of the affair. +He only has a possible key to the mystery. Should it be lost your +patron will never get his head, and I shall never get my hand." + +"Oh! bid the timid Caleb have no fear. Who would wish to harm a dirty +Jewish deserter from his cause and people? Let him come out of his +sewer and look upon the sun. The Cæsars do not war with carrion rats. +Most worthy Demetrius, I go swiftly, as I hope to return again with +all you need." + +"Good, most noble Saturius, and for both our sakes--remember that the +palace floor is slippery, and do not get another fall, for it might +finish you." + +"I am in deep waters, but I think that I can swim well," reflected +Caleb as the door closed behind his visitor. "At any rate it gives me +a chance who have no other, and that prince is playing for revenge, +not love. What can Miriam be to him beyond the fancy of an hour, of +which a thief has robbed him? Doubtless he wishes to kill the thief, +but kings do not care for faded roses, which are only good enough to +weave the chaplet of a merchant of Alexandria. So I cast for the last +time, let the dice fall as it is fated." + +Very shortly afterwards in the palace of Domitian the dice began to +fall. Humbly, most humbly, did that faithful chamberlain, Saturius, +lay the results of his mission before his august master, Domitian, who +suffering from a severe bilious attack that had turned his ruddy +complexion to a dingy yellow, and made the aspect of his pale eyes +more unpleasant than usual, was propped up among cushions, sniffing +attar of roses and dabbing vinegar water upon his forehead. + +He listened indifferently to the tale of his jackal, until the full +meaning of the terms asked by the mysterious Eastern merchant +penetrated his sodden brain. + +"Why," he said, "the man wants Pearl-Maiden; that's his share, while +mine is the life of the fellow who bought her, whoever he may be. Are +you still mad, man, that you should dare to lay such a proposal before +me? Don't you understand that I need both the woman and the blood of +him who dared to cheat me out of her?" + +"Most divine prince, I understand perfectly, but this fish is only +biting; he must be tempted or he will tell nothing." + +"Why not bring him here and torture him?" + +"I have thought of that, but those Jews are so obstinate. While you +were twisting the truth out of him the other man would escape with the +girl. Much better promise everything he asks and then----" + +"And then--what?" + +"And then forget your promises. What can be simpler?" + +"But he needs them in writing." + +"Let him have them in writing, my writing, which your divine self can +repudiate. Only the pardon to Caleb, who I suppose is this Demetrius +himself, can be signed by Titus. It will not affect you whether a Jew +more or less has the right to trade in the Empire, if thereby you can +win his services in an important matter. Then, when the time comes, +you can net both your unknown rival and the lady, leaving our friend +Demetrius to report the facts to her relatives in Judæa, for whom, as +he states, he is alone concerned." + +"Saturius," said Domitian, growing interested, "you are not so foolish +as I thought you were. Decidedly that trouble last night has quickened +your wits. Be so good as to stop wriggling your shoulders, will you, +it makes me nervous, and I wish that you would have that eye of yours +painted. You know that I cannot bear the sight of black; it reminds +me, who am by nature joyous and light-hearted as a child, of +melancholy things. Now forge a letter for my, or rather for your +signature, promising the reversion of Pearl-Maiden to this Demetrius. +Then bear my greetings to Titus, begging his signature to an order +granting the desired privileges to one Caleb, a Jew who fought against +him at Jerusalem--with less success than I could have wished--whom I +desire to favour." + + + +Three hours later Saturius presented himself for the second time in +the office of the Alexandrian merchant. + +"Most worthy Demetrius," he said, "I congratulate you. Everything has +been arranged as you wish. Here is the order, signed by Titus and duly +witnessed, granting to you--I mean to your friend, Caleb--pardon for +whatever he may have done in Judæa, and permission to live and trade +anywhere that he may wish within the bounds of the Empire. I may tell +you that it was obtained with great difficulty, since Titus, worn out +with toil and glory, leaves this very day for his villa by the sea, +where he is ordered by his physicians to rest three months, taking no +part whatever in affairs. Does the document satisfy you?" + +Caleb examined the signatures and seals. + +"It seems to be in order," he said. + +"It is in order, excellent Demetrius. Caleb can now appear in the +Forum, if it pleases him, and lecture upon the fall of Jerusalem for +the benefit of the vulgar. Well, here also is a letter from the divine +--or rather the half divine--Domitian to yourself, Demetrius of +Alexandria, also witnessed by myself and sealed. It promises to you +that if you give evidence enabling him to arrest that miscreant who +dared to bid against him--no, do not be alarmed, the lady was not +knocked down to you--you shall be allowed to take possession of her or +to buy her at a reasonable valuation, not to exceed fifteen sestertia. +That is as much as she will fetch now in the open market. Are you +satisfied with this document?" + +Caleb read and scrutinised the letter. + +"The signatures of Domitian and of yourself as witness seem much +alike," he remarked suspiciously. + +"Somewhat," replied Saturius, with an airy gesture. "In royal houses +it is customary for chamberlains to imitate the handwriting of their +imperial masters." + +"And their morals--no, they have none--their manners also," commented +Caleb. + +"At the least," went on Saturius, "you will acknowledge the seals----" + +"Which might be borrowed. Well, I will take the risk, for if there is +anything wrong about these papers I am sure that the prince Domitian +would not like to see them exhibited in a court of law." + +"Good," answered Saturius, with a relief which he could not altogether +conceal. "And now for the culprit's name." + +"The culprit's name," said Caleb, leaning forward and speaking slowly, +"is Marcus, who served as one of Titus Cæsar's prefects of horse in +the campaign of Judæa. He bought the lady Miriam, commonly known as +Pearl-Maiden, by the agency of Nehushta, an old Libyan woman, who +conveyed her to his house in the Via Agrippa, which is known as the +'Fortunate House,' where doubtless, she now is." + +"Marcus," said Saturius. "Why, he was reported dead, and the matter of +the succession to his great estates is now being debated, for he was +the heir of his uncle, Caius, the pro-consul, who amassed a vast +fortune in Spain. Also after the death of the said Caius, this Marcus +was a favourite of the late divine Nero, who constituted him guardian +of some bust of which he was enamoured. In short, he is a great man, +if, as you say, he still lives, whom even Domitian will find it hard +to meddle with. But how do you know all this?" + +"Through my friend Caleb. Caleb followed the black hag, Nehushta, and +the beautiful Pearl-Maiden to the very house of Marcus, which he saw +them enter. Marcus who was her lover, yonder in Judæa----" + +"Oh! never mind the rest of the story, I understand it all. But you +have not yet shown that Marcus was in the house, and if he was, bad +taste as it may have been to bid against the prince Domitian, well, at +a public auction it is lawful." + +"Ye--es, but if Marcus has committed a crime, could he not be punished +for that crime?" + +"Without doubt. But what crime has Marcus committed?" + +"The crime of being taken prisoner by the Jews and escaping from them +with his life, for which, by an edict of Titus, whose laws are those +of the Medes and Persians, the punishment is death, or at the least, +banishment and degradation." + +"Well, and who can prove all this?" + +"Caleb can, because he took him prisoner." + +"And where," asked Saturius in exasperation, "where is this thrice +accursed cur, Caleb?" + +"Here," answered Demetrius. "I am Caleb, O thrice blessed chamberlain, +Saturius." + +"Indeed," said Saturius. "Well, that makes things more simple. And +now, friend Demetrius--you prefer that name, do you not--what do you +propose?" + +"I propose that the necessary documents should be procured, which, to +your master, will not be difficult; that Marcus should be arrested in +his house, put upon his trial and condemned under the edict of Titus, +and that the girl, Pearl-Maiden, should be handed over to me, who will +at once remove her from Rome." + +"Good," said Saturius. "Titus having gone, leaving Domitian in charge +of military affairs, the thing, as it chances, is easy, though any +sentence that may be passed must be confirmed by Cæsar himself. And +now, again farewell. If our man is in Rome, he shall be taken +to-night, and to-morrow your evidence may be wanted." + +"Will the girl be handed over to me then?" + +"I think so," replied Saturius, "but of course I cannot say for +certain, as there may be legal difficulties in the way which would +hinder her immediate re-sale. However, you may rely upon me to do the +best I can for you." + +"It will be to your advantage," answered Caleb significantly. "Shall +we say--fifty sestertia on receipt of the slave?" + +"Oh! if you wish it, if you wish it, for gifts cement the hearts of +friends. On account? Well, to a man with many expenses, five sestertia +always come in useful. You know what it is in these palaces, so little +pay and so much to keep up. Thank you, dear Demetrius, I will give you +and the lady a supper out of the money--when you get her," he added to +himself as he left the office. + + + +When early on the following morning Caleb came to his warehouse from +the dwelling where he slept, he found waiting for him two men dressed +in the livery of Domitian, who demanded that he would accompany them +to the palace of the prince. + +"What for?" + +"To give evidence in a trial," they said. + +Then he knew that he had made no mistake, that his rival was caught, +and in the rage of his burning jealousy, such jealousy as only an +Eastern can feel, his heart bounded with joy. Still, as he trudged +onward through streets glittering in the morning sunlight, Caleb's +conscience told him that not thus should this rival be overcome, that +he who went to accuse the brave Marcus of cowardice was himself a +coward, and that from the lie which he was about to act if not to +speak, could spring no fruit of peace or happiness. But he was mad and +blind. He could think only of Miriam--the woman whom he loved with all +his passionate nature and whose life he had preserved at the risk of +his own--fallen at last into the arms of his rival. He would wrench +her thence, yes, even at the price of his own honour and of her life- +long agony, and, if it might be, leave those arms cold in death, as +often already he had striven to do. When Marcus was dead perhaps she +would forgive him. At the least he would occupy his place. She would +be his slave, to whom, notwithstanding all that had been, he would +give the place of wife. Then, after a little while, seeing how good +and tender he was to her, surely she must forget this Roman who had +taken her girlish fancy and learn to love him. + +Now they were passing the door of the palace. In the outer hall +Saturius met them and motioned to the slaves to stand back. + +"So you have them," said Caleb, eagerly. + +"Yes, or to be exact, one of them. The lady has vanished." + +Caleb staggered back a pace. + +"Vanished! Where?" + +"I wish that I could tell you. I thought that perhaps you knew. At +least we found Marcus alone in his house, which he was about to leave, +apparently to follow Titus. But come, the court awaits you." + +"If she has gone, why should I come?" said Caleb, hanging back. + +"I really don't know, but you must. Here, slaves, escort this +witness." + +Then seeing that it was too late to change his mind, Caleb waved them +back and followed Saturius. Presently they entered an inner hall, +lofty, but not large. At the head of it, clad in the purple robes of +his royal house, sat Domitian in a chair, while to his right and left +were narrow tables, at which were gathered five or six Roman officers, +those of Domitian's own bodyguard, bare-headed, but arrayed in their +mail. Also there were two scribes with their tablets, a man dressed in +a lawyer's robe, who seemed to fill the office of prosecutor, and some +soldiers on guard. + +When Caleb entered, Domitian, who, notwithstanding his youthful, ruddy +countenance, looked in a very evil mood, was engaged in talking +earnestly to the lawyer. Glancing up, he saw him and asked: + +"Is that the Jew who gives evidence, Saturius?" + +"My lord, it is the man," answered the chamberlain; "also the other +witness waits without." + +"Good. Then bring in the accused." + +There was a pause, till presently Caleb heard footsteps behind him and +looked round to see Marcus advancing up the hall with a proud and +martial air. Their eyes met, and for an instant Marcus stopped. + +"Oh!" he said aloud, "the Jew Caleb. Now I understand." Then he +marched forward and gave the military salute to the prince. + +Domitian stared at him with hate in his pale eyes, and said +carelessly: + +"Is this the accused? What is the charge?" + +"The charge is," said the lawyer, "that the accused Marcus, a prefect +of horse serving with Titus Cæsar in Judæa, suffered himself to be +taken prisoner by the Jews when in command of a large body of Roman +troops, contrary to the custom of the army and to the edict issued by +Titus Cæsar at the commencement of the siege of Jerusalem. This edict +commanded that no soldier should be taken alive, and that any soldier +who was taken alive and subsequently rescued, or who made good his +escape, should be deemed worthy of death, or at the least of +degradation from his rank and banishment. My lord Marcus, do you plead +guilty to the charge?" + +"First, I ask," said Marcus, "what court is this before which I am put +upon my trial? If I am to be tried I demand that it shall be by my +general, Titus." + +"Then," said the prosecutor, "you should have reported yourself to +Titus upon your arrival in Rome. Now he has gone to where he may not +be troubled, leaving the charge of military matters in the hands of +his Imperial brother, the Prince Domitian, who, with these officers, +is therefore your lawful judge." + +"Perhaps," broke in Domitian with bitter malice, "the lord Marcus was +too much occupied with other pursuits on his arrival in Rome to find +time to explain his conduct to the Cæsar Titus." + +"I was about to follow him to do so when I was seized," said Marcus. + +"Then you put the matter off a little too long. Now you can explain it +here," answered Domitian. + +Then the prosecutor took up the tale, saying that it had been +ascertained on inquiry that the accused, accompanied by an old woman, +arrived in Rome upon horseback early on the morning of the Triumph; +that he went straight to his house, which was called "The House +Fortunate," where he lay hid all day; that in the evening he sent out +the old woman and a slave carrying on their backs a great sum of gold +in baskets, with which gold he purchased a certain fair Jewish +captive, known as Pearl-Maiden, at a public auction in the Forum. This +Pearl-Maiden, it would seem, was taken to his house, but when he was +arrested on the morrow neither she nor the old woman were found there. +The accused, he might add, was arrested just as he was about to leave +the house, as he stated, in order to report himself to Titus Cæsar, +who had already departed from Rome. This was the case in brief, and to +prove it he called a certain Jew named Caleb, who was now living in +Rome, having received an amnesty given by the hand of Titus. This Jew +was now a merchant who traded under the name of Demetrius. + +Then Caleb stood forward and told his tale. In answer to questions +that were put to him, he related how he was in command of a body of +the Jews which fought an action with the Roman troops at a place +called the Old Tower, a few days before the capture of the Temple. In +the course of this action he parleyed with a captain of the Romans, +the Prefect Marcus, who now stood before him, and at the end of the +parley challenged him to single combat. As Marcus refused the +encounter and tried to run away, he struck him on the back with the +back of his sword. Thereon a fight ensued in which he, the witness, +had the advantage. Being wounded, the accused let fall his sword, sank +to his knees and asked for mercy. The fray having now become general +he, Caleb, dragged his prisoner into the Old Tower and returned to the +battle. + +When he went back to the Tower it was to find that the captive had +vanished, leaving in his place a lady who was known to the Romans as +Pearl-Maiden, and who was afterwards taken by them and exposed for +sale in the Forum, where she was purchased by an old woman whom he +recognised as her nurse. He followed the maiden, having bid for her +and being curious as to her destination, to a house in the Via +Agrippa, which he afterwards learned was the palace of the accused +Marcus. That was all he knew of the matter. + +Then the prosecutor called a soldier, who stated that he had been +under the command of Marcus on the day in question. There he saw the +Jew leader, whom he identified with Caleb, at the conclusion of a +parley strike the accused, Marcus, on the back with the flat of his +sword. After this ensued a fight, in which the Romans were repulsed. +At the end of it, he saw their captain, Marcus, being led away +prisoner. His sword had gone and blood was running from the side of +his head. + +The evidence being concluded, Marcus was asked if he had anything to +say in defence. + +"Much," he answered proudly, "when I am given a fair trial. I desire +to call the men of my legion who were with me, none of whom I see here +to-day except that man who has given evidence against me, a rogue +whom, I remember, I caused to be scourged for theft, and dismissed his +company. But they are in Egypt, so how can I summon them? As for the +Jew, he is an old enemy of mine, who was guilty of murder in his +youth, and whom once I overcame in a duel in Judæa, sparing his life. +It is true that when my back was turned he struck me with his sword, +and as I flew at him smote me a blow upon the head, from the effects +of which I became senseless. In this state I was taken prisoner and +lay for weeks sick in a vault, in the care of some people of the Jews, +who nursed me. From them I escaped to Rome, desiring to report myself +to Titus Cæsar, my master. I appeal to Titus Cæsar." + +"He is absent and I represent him," said Domitian. + +"Then," answered Marcus, "I appeal to Vespasian Cæsar, to whom I will +tell all. I am a Roman noble of no mean rank, and I have a right to be +tried by Cæsar, not by a packed court, whose president has a grudge +against me for private matters." + +"Insolent!" shouted Domitian. "Your appeal shall be laid before Cæsar, +as it must--that is, if he will hear it. Tell us now, where is that +woman whom you bought in the Forum, for we desire her testimony?" + +"Prince, I do not know," answered Marcus. "It is true that she came to +my house, but then and there I gave her freedom and she departed from +it with her nurse, nor can I tell whither she went." + +"I thought that you were only a coward, but it seems that you are a +liar as well," sneered Domitian. Then he consulted with the officers +and added, "We judge the case to be proved against you, and for having +disgraced the Roman arms, when, rather than be taken prisoner, many a +meaner man died by his own hand, you are worthy of whatever punishment +it pleases Cæsar to inflict. Meanwhile, till his pleasure is known, I +command that you shall be confined in the private rooms of the +military prison near the Temple of Mars, and that if you attempt to +escape thence you shall be put to death. You have liberty to draw up +your case in writing, that it may be transmitted to Cæsar, my father, +together with a transcript of the evidence against you." + +"Now," replied Marcus bitterly, "I am tempted to do what you say I +should have done before, die by my own hand, rather than endure such +shameful words and this indignity. But that my honour will not suffer. +When Cæsar has heard my case and when Titus, my general, also gives +his verdict against me, I will die, but not before. You, Prince, and +you, Captains, who have never drawn sword outside the streets of Rome, +you call me coward, me, who have served with honour through five +campaigns, who, from my youth till now have been in arms, and this +upon the evidence of a renegade Jew who, for years, has been my +private enemy, and of a soldier whom I scourged as a thief. Look now +upon this breast and say if it is that of a coward!" and rending his +robes asunder, Marcus exposed his bosom, scarred with four white +wounds. "Call my comrades, those with whom I have fought in Gaul, in +Sicily, in Egypt and in Judæa, and ask them if Marcus is a coward? Ask +that Jew even, to whom I gave his life, whether Marcus is a coward?" + +"Have done with your boasting," said Domitian, "and hide those +scratches. You were taken prisoner by the Jews--it is enough. You have +your prayer, your case shall go to Cæsar. If the tale you tell is true +you would produce that woman who is said to have rescued you from the +Jews and whom you purchased as a slave. When you do this we will take +her evidence. Till then to your prison with you. Guards, remove the +man Marcus, called the Fortunate, once a Prefect of Horse in the army +of Judæa." + + + + CHAPTER XXVII + + THE BISHOP CYRIL + +On the morning following the day of the Triumph Julia, the wife of +Gallus, was seated in her bed-chamber looking out at the yellow waters +of the Tiber that ran almost beneath its window. She had risen at dawn +and attended to the affairs of her household, and now retired to rest +and pray. Mingled with the Roman crowd on the yesterday she had seen +Miriam, whom she loved, marching wearily through the streets of Rome. +Then, able to bear no more, she went home, leaving Gallus to follow +the last acts of the drama. About nine o'clock that night he joined +her and told her the story of the sale of Miriam for a vast sum of +money, since, standing in the shadow beyond the light of the torches, +he had been a witness of the scene at the slave-market. Domitian had +been outbid, and their Pearl-Maiden was knocked down to an old woman +with a basket on her back who looked like a witch, after which she +vanished with her purchaser. That was all he knew for certain. Julia +thought it little enough, and reproached her husband for his stupidity +in not learning more. Still, although she seemed to be vexed, at heart +she rejoiced. Into whoever's hand the maid had fallen, for a while at +least she had escaped the vile Domitian. + +Now, as she sat and prayed, Gallus being abroad to gather more tidings +if he could, she heard the courtyard door open, but took no notice of +it, thinking that it was but the servant who returned from market. +Presently, however, as she knelt, a shadow fell upon her and Julia +looked up to see Miriam, none other than Miriam, and with her a dark- +skinned, aged woman, whom she did not know. + +"How come you here?" she gasped. + +"Oh! mother," answered the girl in a low and thrilling voice, "mother, +by the mercy of God and by the help of this Nehushta, of whom I have +often told you, and--of another, I am escaped from Domitian, and +return to you free and unharmed." + +"Tell me that story," said Julia, "for I do not understand. The thing +sounds incredible." + +So Miriam told her tale. When it was done, Julia said: + +"Heathen though he is, this Marcus must be a noble-hearted man, whom +may Heaven reward." + +"Yes," answered Miriam with a sigh, "may Heaven reward him, as I wish +I might." + +"As you would have done had I not stayed you," put in Nehushta. Her +voice was severe, but as she spoke something that Julia took to be a +smile was seen for an instant on her grim features. + +"Well, friend, well," said Julia, "we have all of us fallen into +temptation from time to time." + +"Pardon me, lady," answered Nehushta, "but speak for yourself. I never +fell into any temptation--from a man. I know too much of men." + +"Then, friend," replied Julia, "return thanks for the good armour of +your wisdom. For my part, I say that, like the lord Marcus, this maid +has acted well, and my prayer is that she also may not lose her +reward." + +"Mine is," commented Nehushta, "that Marcus may escape the payment +which he will doubtless receive from the hand of Domitian if he can +hunt him out," a remark at which the face of Miriam grew very +troubled. + +Just then Gallus returned, and to him the whole history had to be told +anew. + +"It is wonderful," he said, "wonderful! I never heard the like of it. +Two people who love each other and who, when their hour comes, +separate over some question of faith, or rather in obedience to a +command laid upon one of them by a lady who died years and years ago. +Wonderful--and I hope wise, though had I been the man concerned I +should have taken another counsel." + +"What counsel, husband?" asked Julia. + +"Well--to get away from Rome with the lady as far as possible, and +without more delay than was necessary. It seems to me that under the +circumstances it would have been best for her to consider her scruples +in another land. You see Domitian is not a Christian any more than +Marcus is, and our maid here does not like Domitian and does like +Marcus. No, it is no good arguing the thing is done, but I think that +you Christians might very well add two new saints to your calendar. +And now to breakfast, which we all need after so much night duty." + +So they went and ate, but during that meal Gallus was very silent, as +was his custom when he set his brain to work. Presently he asked: + +"Tell me, Miriam, did any see you or your companion enter here?" + +"No, I think not," she answered, "for as it chanced the door of the +courtyard was ajar and the servant has not yet returned." + +"Good," he said. "When she does return I will meet her and send her +out on a long errand." + +"Why?" asked his wife. + +"Because it is as well that none should know what guests we have till +they are gone again." + +"Until they are gone again!" repeated Julia, astonished. "Surely you +would not drive this maid, who has become to us as our daughter, from +your door?" + +"Yes, I would, wife, for that dear maid's sake," and he took Miriam's +little hand in his great palm and pressed it. "Listen now," he went +on, "Miriam, the Jewish captive, has dwelt in our care these many +months, has she not, as is known to all, is it not? Well, if any one +wants to find her, where will they begin by looking?" + +"Aye! where?" echoed Nehushta. + +"Why should any one wish to find her?" asked Julia. "She was bought in +the slave-market for a great price by the lord Marcus, who, of his own +will, has set her at liberty. Now, therefore, she is a free woman whom +none can touch." + +"A free woman!" answered Gallus with scorn. "Is any woman free in Rome +upon whom Domitian has set his mind? Surely, you Christians are too +innocent for this world. Peace now, for there is no time to lose. +Julia, do you cloak yourself and go seek that high-priest of yours, +Cyril, who also loves this maid. Tell the tale to him, and say that if +he would save her from great dangers he had best find some secret +hiding-place among the Christians, for her and her companion, until +means can be found to ship them far from Rome. What think you of that +plan, my Libyan friend?" + +"I think that it is good, but not good enough," answered Nehushta. "I +think that we had best depart with the lady, your wife, this very +hour, for who can tell how soon the dogs will be laid upon our slot?" + +"And what say you, maid Miriam?" asked Gallus. + +"I? Oh! I thank you for your thought, and I say--let us hide in any +place you will, even a drain or a stable, if it will save me from +Domitian." + + + +Two hours later, in a humble and densely peopled quarter of the city, +such as in our own day we should call a slum, where folk were employed +making those articles which ministered to the comfort or the luxury of +the more fortunate, a certain master-carpenter known as Septimus was +seated at his mid-day meal in a little chamber above his workshop. His +hands were rough with toil, and the dust of his trade was upon his +garments and even powdered over his long gray beard, so that at first +sight it would not have been easy to recognise in him that Cyril who +was a bishop among the Christians. Yet it was he, one of the foremost +of the Faith in Rome. + +A woman entered the room and spoke with him in a low voice. + +"The dame Julia, the wife of Gallus, and two others with her?" he +said. "Well, we need fear none whom she brings; lead them hither." + +Presently the door opened and Julia appeared, followed by two veiled +figures. He raised his hands to bless her, then checked himself. + +"Daughter, who are these?" he said. + +"Declare yourselves," said Julia, and at her bidding Miriam and +Nehushta unveiled. + +At the sight of Miriam's face the bishop started, then turned to study +that of her companion. + +"Who vouches for this woman?" he asked. + +"I vouch for myself," answered Nehushta, "seeing that I am a Christian +who received baptism a generation since at the hands of the holy John, +and who stood to pay the price of faith in the arena at Cæsarea." + +"Is this so?" asked the bishop of Miriam. + +"It is so," she answered. "This Libyan was the servant of my +grandmother. She nursed both my mother and myself, and many a time has +saved my life. Have no fear, she is faithful." + +"Your pardon," said the bishop with a grave smile and addressing +Nehushta, "but you who are old will know that the Christian who +entertains strangers sometimes entertains a devil." Then he lifted up +his hands and blessed them, greeting them in the name of their Master. + +"So, maid Miriam," he said, still smiling, "it would seem that I was +no false prophet, and though you walked in the Triumph and were sold +in the slave-ring--for this much I have heard--still the Angel of the +Lord went with you." + +"Father, he went with me," she answered, "and he leads me here." + +Then they told him all the tale, and how Miriam sought a refuge from +Domitian. He looked at her, stroking his long beard. + +"Is there anything you can do?" he asked. "Anything useful, I mean? +But perhaps that is a foolish question, seeing that women--especially +those who are well-favoured--do not learn a trade." + +"I have learnt a trade," answered Miriam, flushing a little. "Once I +was held of some account as a sculptor; indeed I have heard that your +Emperor Nero decreed divine honours to a bust from my hand." + +The bishop laughed outright. "The Emperor Nero! Well, the poor madman +has gone to his own place, so let us say no more of him. But I heard +of that bust; indeed I saw it; it was a likeness of Marcus Fortunatus, +was it not, and in its fashion a great work? But our people do not +make such things; we are artisans, not artists." + +"The artisan should be an artist," said Miriam, setting her mouth. + +"Perhaps, but as a rule he isn't. Do you think that you could mould +lamps?" + +"There is nothing I should like better, that is if I am not forced to +copy one pattern," she added as an afterthought. + +"Then," said the bishop, "I think, daughter, that I can show you how +to earn a living, where none are likely to seek for you." + + + +Not a hundred paces away from the carpenter's shop where the master +craftsman, Septimus, worked, was another manufactory, in which vases, +basins, lamps, and all such articles were designed, moulded and baked. +The customers who frequented the place, wholesale merchants for the +most part, noted from and after the day of this interview a new +workwoman, who, so far as her rough blouse permitted them to judge, +seemed to be young and pretty, seated in a corner apart, beneath a +window by the light of which she laboured. Later on they observed +also, those of them who had any taste, that among the lamps produced +by the factory appeared some of singular and charming design, so good, +indeed, that although the makers reaped little extra benefit, the +middlemen found no difficulty in disposing of these pieces at a high +price. All day long Miriam sat fashioning them, while old Nehushta, +who had learnt something of the task years ago by Jordan, prepared and +tempered the clay and carried the finished work to the furnace. + +Now, though none would have guessed it, in this workshop all the +labourers were Christians, and the product of their toil was cast into +a common treasury on the proceeds of which they lived, taking, each of +them, such share as their elders might decree, and giving the surplus +to brethren who had need, or to the sick. Connected with these shops +were lodging houses, mean enough to look at, but clean within. At the +top of one of them, up three flights of narrow stairs, Miriam and +Nehushta dwelt in a large attic that was very hot when the sun shone +on the roof, and very cold in the bitter winds and rains of winter. In +other respects, however, the room was not unpleasant, since being so +high there were few smells and little noise; also the air that blew in +at the windows was fresh and odorous of the open lands beyond the +city. + +So there they dwelt in peace, for none came to search for the costly +and beautiful Pearl-Maiden in those squalid courts, occupied by +working folk of the meaner sort. By day they laboured, and at night +they rested, ministering and ministered to in the community of +Christian brotherhood, and, notwithstanding their fears and anxieties +for themselves and another, were happier than they had been for years. +So the weeks went by. + +Very soon tidings came to them, for these Christians knew of all that +passed in the great city; also, when they met in the catacombs at +night, as was their custom, especially upon the Lord's Day, Julia gave +them news. From her they learned that they had done wisely to flee her +house. Within three hours of their departure, indeed before Julia had +returned there, officers arrived to inquire whether they had seen +anything of the Jewish captive named Pearl-Maiden, who had been sold +in the Forum on the previous night, and, as they said, escaped from +her purchaser, on whose behalf they searched. Gallus received them, +and, not being a Christian, lied boldly, vowing that he had seen +nothing of the girl since he gave her over into the charge of the +servants of Cæsar upon the morning of the Triumph. So suspecting no +guile they departed and troubled his household no more. + + + +From the palace of Domitian Marcus was taken to his prison near the +Temple of Mars. Here, because of his wealth and rank, because also he +made appeal to Cæsar and was therefore as yet uncondemned of any +crime, he found himself well treated. Two good rooms were given him to +live in, and his own steward, Stephanus, was allowed to attend him and +provide him with food and all he needed. Also upon giving his word +that he would attempt no escape, he was allowed to walk in the gardens +between the prison and the Temple, and to receive his friends at any +hour of the day. His first visitor was the chamberlain, Saturius, who +began by condoling with him over his misfortune and most undeserved +position. Marcus cut him short. + +"Why am I here?" he asked. + +"Because, most noble Marcus, you have been so unlucky as to incur the +displeasure of a very powerful man." + +"Why does Domitian persecute me?" he asked again. + +"How innocent are you soldiers!" said the chamberlain. "I will answer +your question by another. Why do you buy beautiful captives upon whom +royalty chances to have set its heart?" + +Marcus thought a moment, then said, "Is there any way out of this +trouble?" + +"My lord Marcus, I came to show you one. Nobody really believes that +you of all men failed in your duty out there in Jerusalem. Why, the +thing is absurd, as even those carpet-captains before whom you were +tried knew well. Still, your position is most awkward. There is +evidence against you--of a sort. Vespasian will not interfere, for he +is aware that this is some private matter of Domitian's, and having +had one quarrel with his son over the captive, Pearl-Maiden, he does +not wish for another over the man who bought her. No, he will say-- +this prefect was one of the friends and officers of Titus, let Titus +settle the affair as it may please him when he returns." + +"At least Titus will do me justice," said Marcus. + +"Yes, without doubt, but what will that justice be? Titus issued an +edict. Have you ever known him to go back upon his edicts, even to +save a friend? Titus declared throughout his own camps those Romans +who were taken prisoner by the Jews to be worthy of death or disgrace, +and two of them, common men and cowards, have been publicly disgraced +in the eyes of Rome. You were taken prisoner by the Jews and have +returned alive, unfortunately for yourself, to incur the dislike of +Domitian, who has raked up a matter that otherwise never would have +been mooted." + +"Now," he says to Titus--"Show justice and no favour, as you showed in +the case of the captive Pearl-Maiden, whom you refused to the prayer +of your only brother, saying that she must be sold according to your +decree. Even if he loves you dearly, as I believe he does, what, my +lord Marcus, can Titus answer to that argument, especially as he also +seeks no further quarrel with Domitian?" + +"You said you came to show me a way to safety--yet you tell me that my +feet are set in the path of disgrace and death. Must this way of +yours, then, be paved with gold?" + +"No," answered Saturius drily, "with pearls. Oh! I will be plain. Give +up that necklace--and its wearer. What do you answer?" + +Now Marcus understood, and a saying that he heard on the lips of +Miriam arose in his mind, though he knew not whence it came. + +"I answer," he said with set face and flashing eyes, "that I will not +cast pearls before swine." + +"A pretty message from a prisoner to his judge," replied the +chamberlain with a curious smile. "But have no fear, noble Marcus, it +shall not be delivered. I am not paid to tell my royal master the +truth. Think again." + +"I have thought," answered Marcus. "I do not know where the maiden is +and therefore cannot deliver her to Domitian, nor would I if I could. +Rather will I be disgraced and perish." + +"I suppose," mused Saturius, "that this is what they call true love, +and to speak plainly," he added with a burst of candour, "I find it +admirable and worthy of a noble Roman. My lord Marcus, my mission has +failed, yet I pray that the Fates may order your deliverance from your +enemies, and, in reward for these persecutions, bring back to you +unharmed that maiden whom you desire, but whom I go to seek. +Farewell." + +Two days later Stephanus, the steward of Marcus who waited upon him in +his prison, announced that a man who said his name was Septimus wished +speech with him, but would say nothing of his business. + +"Admit him," said Marcus, "for I grow weary of my own company," and +letting his head fall upon his hand he stared through the bars of his +prison window. + +Presently he heard a sound behind him, and looked round to see an old +man clad in the robe of a master-workman, whose pure and noble face +seemed in a strange contrast to his rough garments and toil-scarred +hands. + +"Be seated and tell me your business," said Marcus courteously, and +with a bow his visitor obeyed. + +"My business, my lord Marcus," he said in an educated and refined +voice, "is to minister to those who are in trouble." + +"Then, sir, your feet have led you aright," answered Marcus with a sad +laugh, "for this is the house of trouble and you see I am its +inhabitant." + +"I know, and I know the cause." + +Marcus looked at him curiously. "Are you a Christian, sir?" he asked. +"Nay, do not fear to answer; I have friends who are Christians," and +he sighed, "nor could I harm you if I would, who wish to harm none, +least of all a Christian." + +"My lord Marcus, I fear hurt at no man's hand; also the days of Nero +have gone by and Vespasian reigns, who molests us not. I am Cyril, a +bishop of the Christians in Rome, and if you will hear me I am come to +preach to you my faith, which, I trust, may yet be yours." + +Marcus stared at the man; it was to him a matter of amazement that +this priest should take so much trouble for a stranger. Then a thought +struck him and he asked: + +"What fee do you charge for these lessons in a new religion?" + +The bishop's pale face flushed. + +"Sir," he answered, "if you wish to reject my message, do it without +insult. I do not sell the grace of God for lucre." + +Again Marcus was impressed. + +"Your pardon," he said, "yet I have known priests take money, though +it is true they were never of your faith. Who told you about me?" + +"One, my lord Marcus, to whom you have behaved well," answered Cyril +gravely. + +Marcus sprang from his seat. + +"Do you mean--do you mean--?" he began and paused, looking round him +fearfully. + +"Yes," replied the bishop in a whisper, "I mean Miriam. Fear not, she +and her companions are in my charge, and for the present, safe. Seek +to know no more, lest perchance their secret should be wrung from you. +I and her brethren in the Lord will protect her to the last." + +Marcus began to pour out his thanks. + +"Thank me not," interrupted Cyril, "for what is at once my duty and my +joy." + +"Friend Cyril," said Marcus, "the maid is in great danger. I have just +learned that Domitian's spies hunt through Rome to find her, who, when +she is found, will be spirited to his palace and a fate that you can +guess. She must escape from Rome. Let her fly to Tyre, where she has +friends and property. There, if she lies hid a while, she will be +molested by none." + +The bishop shook his head. + +"I have thought of it," he said, "but it is scarcely possible. The +officers at every port have orders to search all ships that sail with +passengers, and detain any woman on them who answers to the +description of her who was called Pearl-Maiden. This I know for +certain, for I also have my officers, more faithful perhaps than those +of Cæsar," and he smiled. + +"Is there then no means to get her out of Rome and across the sea?" + +"I can think of only one, which would cost more money than we poor +Christians can command. It is that a ship be bought in the name of +some merchant and manned with sailors who can be trusted, such as I +know how to find. Then she could be taken aboard at night, for on such +a vessel there would be no right of search nor any to betray." + +"Find the ship and trusty men and I will find the money," said Marcus, +"for I still have gold at hand and the means of raising more." + +"I will make inquiries," answered Cyril, "and speak with you further +on the matter. Indeed it is not necessary that you should give this +money, since such a ship and her cargo, if she comes there safely, +should sell at a great profit in the Eastern ports. Meanwhile have no +fear; in the protection of God and her brethren the maid is safe." + +"I hope so," said Marcus devoutly. "Now, if you have the time to +spare, tell me of this God of whom you Christians speak so much but +who seems so far away from man." + +"But who, in the words of the great apostle, my master, in truth is +not far from any one of us," answered Cyril. "Now hearken, and may +your heart be opened." + +Then he began his labour of conversion, reasoning till the sun sank +and it was time for the prison gates to close. + +"Come to me again," said Marcus as they parted, "I would hear more." + +"Of Miriam or of my message?" asked Cyril with a smile. + +"Of both," answered Marcus. + +Four days went by before Cyril returned. They were heavy days for +Marcus, since on the morrow of the bishop's visit he had learned that +as Saturius had foretold, Vespasian refused to consider his case, +saying that it must abide the decision of Titus when he came back to +Rome. Meanwhile, he commanded that the accused officer should remain +in prison, but that no judgment should issue against him. Here, then, +Marcus was doomed to lie, fretting out his heart like a lion in a +cage. + +From Cyril Marcus learned that Miriam was well and sent him her +greetings, since she dared neither visit him nor write. The bishop +told him also that he had found a certain Grecian mariner, Hector by +name, a Roman citizen, who was a Christian and faithful. This man +desired to sail for the coasts of Syria and was competent to steer a +vessel thither. Also he thought that he could collect a crew of +Christians and Jews who might be trusted. Lastly, he knew of several +small galleys that were for sale, one of which, named the /Luna/, was +a very good ship and almost new. Cyril told him, moreover, that he had +seen Gallus and his wife Julia, and that these good people, having no +more ties in Rome, partly because they desired to leave the city, and +partly for love of Miriam, though more the second reason than the +first, were willing to sell their house and goods and to sail with her +to Syria. + +Marcus asked how much money would be needed, and when Cyril named the +sum, sent for Stephanus and commanded him to raise it and to pay it +over to the craftsman Septimus, taking his receipt in discharge. This +Septimus promised to do readily enough by a certain day, believing +that the gold was needed for his master's ransom. Then having settled +all as well as might be, Cyril took up his tale and preached to Marcus +of the Saviour of the world with great earnestness and power. + +Thus the days went on, and twice or thrice in every week Cyril visited +Marcus, giving him tidings and instructing him in the Faith. Now the +ship /Luna/ was bought and the most of her crew hired; also a cargo of +such goods as would be salable in Syria was being laid into her hold +at Ostia, the Greek, Hector, giving it out that this was a private +venture of his own and some other merchants. As the man was well known +for a bold trader who had bought and sold in many lands his tale +caused neither wonder nor suspicion, none knowing that the capital was +furnished by the steward of the prisoner Marcus through him who passed +as the master craftsman and contractor Septimus. Indeed, until the +after days Miriam did not know this herself, for it was kept from her +by the special command of Marcus, and if Nehushta guessed the truth +she held her tongue. + + + +Two full months had gone by. Marcus still languished in prison, for +Titus had not yet returned to Rome, but as he learned from Cyril, +Domitian wearied somewhat of his fruitless search for Miriam, although +he still vowed vengeance against the rival who had robbed him. The +ship /Luna/ was laden and ready for sea; indeed, if the wind and +weather were favourable, she was to sail within a week. Gallus and +Julia, having wound up their affairs, had removed to Ostia, whither +Miriam was to be brought secretly on the night of the sailing of the +/Luna/. Marcus was now at heart a Christian, but as yet had refused to +accept baptism. Thus matters stood when Cyril visited the prison +bringing with him Miriam's farewell message to her lover. It was very +short. + +"Tell Marcus," she said, "that I go because he bids me, and that I +know not whether we shall meet again. Say that perhaps it is best that +we should not meet, since for reasons which he knows, even if he +should still wish it, we may not marry. Say that in life or death I am +his, and his only, and that until my last hour my thought and prayer +will be for him. May he be delivered from all those troubles which, as +I fear, I have brought upon him, through no will of mine. May he +forgive me for them and let my love and gratitude make some amends for +all that I have done amiss." + +To this Marcus answered: "Tell Miriam that from my heart I thank her +for her message, and that my desire is that she should be gone from +Rome so soon as may be, since here danger dogs her steps. Tell her +that although it is true that mine has brought me shame and sorrow, +still I give her love for love, and that if I come living from my +prison I will follow her to Tyre and speak further of these matters. +If I die, I pray that good fortune may attend her and that from time +to time she will make the offering of an hour's thought to the spirit +which once was Marcus." + + + + CHAPTER XXVIII + + THE LAMP + +If Domitian at length slackened in his fruitless search for Miriam, +Caleb, whose whole heart was in the hunt, proved more diligent. Still, +he could find no trace of her. At first he made sure that if she was +in Rome she would return to visit her friends and protectors, Gallus +and his wife, and in the hope of thus discovering her, Caleb caused a +constant watch to be kept on their abode. But Miriam never came there, +nor, although their footsteps were dogged from day to day, did they +lead him to her, since in truth Julia and Miriam met only in the +catacombs, where he and his spies dared not venture. Soon, however, +Gallus discovered that his home was kept under observation and its +inmates tracked from place to place. It was this knowledge indeed +which, more than any other circumstance, brought him to make up his +mind to depart from Rome and dwell in Syria, since he said that he +would no longer live in a city where night by night he and his were +hunted like jackals. But when he left for Ostia, to wait there till +the ship /Luna/ was ready, Caleb followed him, and in that small town +soon found out all his plans, learning that he meant to sail with his +wife in the vessel. Then, as he could hear nothing of Miriam, he +returned to Rome. + +After all it was by chance that he discovered her and not through his +own cleverness. Needing a lamp for his chamber he entered a shop where +such things were sold, and examined those that the merchant offered to +him. Presently he perceived one of the strange design of two palms +with intertwining trunks and feathery heads nodding apart, having a +lamp hanging by a little chain from the topmost frond of each of them. +The shape of the trees struck him as familiar, and he let his eye run +down their stems until it reached the base, which, to support so tall +a piece, was large. Yes, the palms grew upon a little bank, and there +beneath the water rippled, while between bank and water was a long, +smooth stone, pointed at one end. Then in a flash Caleb recognised the +place, as well he might, seeing that on many and many an evening had +he and Miriam sat side by side upon that stone, angling for fish in +the muddy stream of Jordan. There was no doubt about it, and, look! +half hidden in the shadow of the stone lay a great fish, the biggest +that ever he had caught--he could swear to it, for its back fin was +split. + +A mist came before Caleb's eyes and in it across the years he saw +himself a boy again. There he stood, his rod of reed bent double and +the thin line strained almost to breaking, while on the waters of +Jordan a great fish splashed and rolled. + +"I cannot pull him in," he cried. "The line will never bear it and the +bank is steep. Oh! Miriam, we shall lose him!" + +Then there was a splash, and, behold! the girl at his side had sprung +into the swiftly running river. Though its waters, reaching to her +neck, washed her down the stream, she hugged to her young breast that +great, slippery fish, yes, and gripped its back fin between her teeth, +till with the aid of his reed rod he drew them both to land. + + + +"I will buy that lamp," said Caleb presently. "The design pleases me. +What artist made it?" + +The merchant shrugged his shoulders. + +"Sir, I do not know," he answered. "These goods are supplied to us +with many others, such as joinery and carving, by one Septimus, who is +a contractor and, they say, a head priest among the Christians, +employing many hands at his shops in the poor streets yonder. One or +more of them must be designers of taste, since of late we have +received from him some lamps of great beauty." + +Then the man was called away to attend to another customer and Caleb +paid for his lamp. + +That evening at dusk Caleb, bearing the lamp in his hand, found his +way to the workshop of Septimus, only to discover that the part of the +factory where lamps were moulded was already closed. A girl who had +just shut the door, seeing him stand perplexed before it, asked +civilly if she could help him. + +"Maiden," he answered, "I am in trouble who wish to find her who +moulded this lamp, so that I may order others, but am told that she +has left her work for the day." + +"Yes," said the maiden, looking at the lamp, which evidently she +recognised. "It is pretty, is it not? Well, cannot you return +to-morrow?" + +"Alas! no, I expect to be leaving Rome for a while, so I fear that I +must go elsewhere." + +The girl reflected to herself that it would be a pity if the order +were lost, and with it the commission which she might divide with the +maker of the lamp. "It is against the rules, but I will show you where +she lives," she said, "and if she is there, which is probable, for I +have never seen her or her companion go out at night, you can tell her +your wishes." + +Caleb thanked the girl and followed her through sundry tortuous lanes +to a court surrounded by old houses. + +"If you go in there," she said, pointing to a certain doorway, "and +climb to the top of the stairs, I forget whether there are three or +four flights, you will find the makers of the lamp in the roof-rooms-- +oh! sir, I thank you, but I expected nothing. Good-night." + +At length Caleb stood at the head of the stairs, which were both +steep, narrow, and in the dark hard to climb. Before him, at the end +of a rickety landing, a small ill-fitting door stood ajar. There was +light within the room beyond, and from it came a sound of voices. +Caleb crept up to the door and listened, for as the floor below was +untenanted he knew that none could see him. Bending down he looked +through the space between the door and its framework and his heart +stood still. There, standing full in the lamplight, clothed in a pure +white robe, for her rough working dress lay upon a stool beside her, +was Miriam herself, her elbow leaning on the curtained window-place. +She was talking to Nehushta, who, her back bent almost double over a +little charcoal fire, was engaged in cooking their supper. + +"Think," she was saying, "only think, Nou, our last night in this +hateful city, and then, instead of that stifling workshop and the +terror of Domitian, the open sea and the fresh salt wind and nobody to +fear but God. /Luna!/ Is it not a beautiful name for a ship? I can see +her, all silver----" + +"Peace," said Nehushta. "Are you mad, girl, to talk so loud? I though +I heard a sound upon the stairs just now." + +"It is only the rats," answered Miriam cheerfully, "no one ever comes +up here. I tell you that were it not for Marcus I could weep with +joy." + +Caleb crept back to the head of the stairs and down several steps, +which he began to re-ascend noisily, grumbling at their gloom and +steepness. Then, before the women even had time to shut the door, he +thrust it wide and walked straight into the room. + +"Your pardon," he began, then added quietly, "Why, Miriam, when we +parted on the gate Nicanor, who could have foretold that we should +live to meet again here in a Roman attic? And you, Nehushta. Why, we +were separated in the fray outside the Temple walls, though, indeed, I +think that I saw you in a strange place some months ago, namely, the +slave-ring on the Forum." + +"Caleb," asked Miriam in a hollow voice, "what is your business here?" + +"Well, Miriam, it began with a desire for a replica of this lamp, +which reminds me of a spot familiar to my childhood. Do you remember +it? Now that I have found who is the lamp's maker----" + +"Cease fooling," broke in Nehushta. "Bird of ill-omen, you have come +to drag your prey back to the shame and ruin which she has escaped." + +"I was not always called thus," answered Caleb, flushing, "when I +rescued you from the house at Tyre for instance, or when I risked my +life, Miriam, to throw you food upon the gate Nicanor. Nay, I come to +save you from Domitian----" + +"And to take her for yourself," answered Nehushta. "Oh! we Christians +also have eyes to see and ears to hear, and, black-hearted traitor +that you are, we know all your shame. We know of your bargain with the +chamberlain of Domitian, by which the body of the slave was to be the +price of the life of her buyer. We know how you swore away the honour +of your rival, Marcus, with false testimony, and how from week to week +you have quartered Rome as a vulture quarters the sky till at length +you have smelt out the quarry. Well, she is helpless, but One is +strong, and may His vengeance fall upon your life and soul." + +Suddenly Nehushta's voice, that had risen to a scream, died away, and +she stood before him threatening him with her bony fists, and +searching his face with her burning eyes, a vengeance incarnate. + +"Peace, woman, peace," said Caleb, shrinking back before her. "Spare +your reproaches; if I have sinned much it is because I have loved +more----" + +"And hate most of all," added Nehushta. + +"Oh! Caleb," broke in Miriam, "if as you say you love me, why should +you deal thus with me? You know well that I do not love you after this +sort, no, and never can, and even if you keep me from Domitian, who +does but make a tool of you, what would it advantage you to take a +woman who leaves her heart elsewhere? Also I may never marry you for +that same reason that I may not marry Marcus, because my faith is and +must remain apart from yours. Would you make a base slave of your old +playmate, Caleb? Would you bring her to the level of a dancing-girl? +Oh! let me go in peace." + +"Upon the ship /Luna/," said Caleb sullenly. + +Miriam gasped! So he knew their plans. + +"Yes," she replied desperately, "upon the ship /Luna/, to find such a +fate as Heaven may give me; at least to be at peace and free. For your +soul's sake, Caleb, let me go. Once years ago you swore that you would +not force yourself upon me against my will. Will you break that oath +to-day?" + +"I swore also, Miriam, that it should go ill with any man who came +between you and me. Shall I break that oath to-day? Give yourself to +me of your own will and save Marcus. Refuse and I will bring him to +his death. Choose now between me and your lover's life." + +"Are you a coward that you should lay such a choice upon me, Caleb?" + +"Call me what you will. Choose." + +Miriam clasped her hands and for a moment stood looking upwards. Then +a light of purpose grew upon her face and she answered: + +"Caleb, I have chosen. Do your worst. The fate of Marcus is not in my +hands, or your hands, but in the hands of God; nor, unless He wills +it, can one hair of his head be harmed by you or by Domitian. For is +it not written in the book of your own Law that 'the King's heart is +in the hand of the Lord, he turneth it whithersoever he will.' But my +honour is my own, and to stain it would be a sin for which I alone +must answer to Heaven and to Marcus, dead or living--Marcus, who would +curse and spit upon me did I attempt to buy his safety at such a +price." + +"Is that your last word, Miriam?" + +"It is. If it pleases you by false witness and by murder to destroy +the man who once spared you, then if such a thing be suffered, have +your will and reap its fruits. I make no bargain with you, for myself +or for him--do your worst to both of us." + +"So be it," said Caleb with a bitter laugh, "but I think that the ship +/Luna/ will lack her fairest passenger." + +Miriam sank down upon a seat and covered her face with her hands, a +piteous sight in her misery and the terror which, notwithstanding her +bold words, she could not conceal. Caleb walked to the door and paused +there, while the white-haired Nehushta stood by the brazier of +charcoal and watched them both with her fierce eyes. Presently Caleb +glanced round at Miriam crouched by the window and a strange new look +came into his face. + +"I cannot do it," he said slowly, each word falling heavily from his +lips like single rain-drops from a cloud, or the slow blood from a +mortal wound. + +Miriam let her hands slip from her face and stared at him. + +"Miriam," he said, "you are right; I have sinned against you and this +man Marcus. Now I will expiate my sin. Your secret is safe with me, +and since you hate me I will never see you more. Miriam, we look upon +each other for the last time. Further, if I can, I will work for the +deliverance of Marcus and help him to join you in Tyre, whither the +/Luna/ is bound--is she not? Farewell?" + +Once again he turned to go, but it would seem that his eyes were +blinded, or his brain was dulled by the agony that worked within. At +least Caleb caught his foot in the ancient uneven boards, stumbled, +and fell heavily upon his face. Instantly, with a low hiss of hate and +a spring like that of a cat, Nehushta was upon him. Thrusting her +knees upon his back she seized the nape of his neck with her left hand +and with her right drew a dagger from her bosom. + +"Forbear!" said Miriam. "Touch him with that knife and we part +forever. Nay, I mean it. I myself will hand you to the officer, even +if he hales me to Domitian." + +Then Nehushta rose to her feet. + +"Fool!" she said, "fool, to trust to that man of double moods, whose +mercy to-night will be vengeance to-morrow. Oh! you are undone! Alas! +you are undone!" + +Regaining his feet Caleb looked at her contemptuously. + +"Had you stabbed she might have been undone indeed," he said. "Now, as +of old, there is little wisdom in that gray head of yours, Nehushta; +nor can your hate suffer you to understand the intermingled good and +evil of my heart." Then he advanced to Miriam, lifted her hand and +kissed it. With a sudden movement she proffered him her brow. + +"Nay," he said, "tempt me not, it is not for me. Farewell." + +Another instant and he was gone. + + + +It would seem that Caleb kept his word, for three days later the +vessel /Luna/ sailed unmolested from the port of Ostia in the charge +of the Greek captain Hector, having on board Miriam, Nehushta, Julia, +and Gallus. + +Within a week of this sailing Titus at length returned to Rome. Here +in due course the case of Marcus was brought before him by the +prisoner's friends, together with a demand that he should be granted a +new and open trial for the clearing of his honour. Titus, who for his +own reasons refused to see Marcus, listened patiently, then gave his +decision. + +He rejoiced, he said, to learn that his close friend and trusted +officer was still alive, since he had long mourned him as dead. He +grieved that in his absence he should have been put upon his trial on +the charge of having been taken captive, living, by the Jews, which, +if Marcus upon his arrival in Rome had at once reported himself to +him, would not have happened. He dismissed all accusations against his +military honour and courage as mere idle talk, since he had a hundred +times proved him to be the bravest of men, and knew, moreover, +something of the circumstances under which he was captured. But, +however willing he might be to do so, he was unable for public reasons +to disregard the fact that he had been duly convicted by a court- +martial, under the Prince Domitian, of having broken the command of +his general and suffered himself to be taken prisoner alive. To do so +would be to proclaim himself, Titus, unjust, who had caused others to +suffer for this same offence, and to offer insult to the prince, his +brother, who in the exercise of his discretion as commander in his +absence, had thought fit to order the trial. Still, his punishment +should be of the lightest possible. He commanded that on leaving his +prison Marcus should go straight to his own house by night, so that +there might be no public talk or demonstration among his friends, and +there make such arrangement of his affairs as seemed good to him. +Further, he commanded that within ten days he should leave Italy, to +dwell or travel abroad for a period of three years, unless the time +should be shortened by some special decree. After the lapse of these +three years he would be free to return to Rome. This was his judgment +and it could not be altered. + +As it chanced, it was the chamberlain Saturius who first communicated +the Imperial decree to Marcus. Hurrying straight from the palace to +the prison he was admitted into the prisoner's chamber. + +"Well," said Marcus, looking up, "what evil tidings have you now?" + +"None, none," answered Saturius. "I have very good tidings, and that +is why I run so fast. You are only banished for three years, thanks to +my secret efforts," and he smiled craftily. "Even your property is +left to you, a fact which will, I trust, enable you to reward your +friends for their labours on your behalf." + +"Tell me all," and the rogue obeyed, while Marcus listened with a face +of stone. + +"Why did Titus decide thus?" he asked when it was finished. "Speak +frankly, man, if you wish for a reward." + +"Because, noble Marcus, Domitian had been with him beforehand and told +him that if he reversed his public judgment it would be a cause of +open quarrel between them. This, Cæsar, who fears his brother, does +not seek. That is why he would not see you, lest his love for his +friend should overcome his reason." + +"So the prince is still my enemy?" + +"Yes, and more bitter than before, since he cannot find the Pearl- +Maiden, and is sure that you have spirited her away. Be advised by me +and leave Rome quickly, lest worse things befall you." + +"Aye," said Marcus, "I will leave Rome quickly, for how shall I abide +here who have lost my honour. Yet first it may please your master to +know that by now the lady whom he seeks is far across the sea. Now get +you gone, you fox, for I desire to be alone." + +The face of Saturius became evil. + +"Is that all you have to say?" he asked. "Am I to win no reward?" + +"If you stay longer," said Marcus, "you will win one which you do not +desire." + +Then Saturius went, but without the door he turned and shook his fist +towards the chamber he had left. + +"Fox," he muttered. "He called me fox and gave me nothing. Well, foxes +may find some pickings on his bones." + +The chamberlain's road to the palace ran past the place of business of +the merchant Demetrius. He stopped and looked at it. "Perhaps this one +will be more liberal," he said to himself, and entered. + +In his private office he found Caleb alone, his face buried in his +hands. Seating himself he plunged into his tale, ending it with an +apology to Caleb for the lightness of the sentence inflicted upon +Marcus. + +"Titus would do no more," he said; "indeed, were it not for the fear +of Domitian, he could have not have been brought to do so much, for he +loves the man, who has been a prefect of his bodyguard, and was deeply +grieved that he must disgrace him. Still, disgraced he is, aye, and he +feels it; therefore I trust that you, most generous Demetrius, who +hate him, will remember the service of your servant in this matter." + +"Yes," said Caleb quietly, "fear not, you shall be well paid, for you +have done your best." + +"I thank you, friend," answered Saturius, rubbing his hands, "and, +after all, things may be better than they seem. That insolent fool let +out just now that the girl about whom there is all this bother has +been smuggled away somewhere across the seas. When Domitian learns +that he will be so mad with anger that he may be worked up to take a +little vengeance of his own upon the person of the noble Marcus, who +has thus contrived to trick him. Also Marcus shall not get the Pearl- +Maiden, for the prince will cause her to be followed and brought back +--to you, worthy Demetrius." + +"Then," answered Caleb, slowly, "he must seek for her, not across the +sea, but in its depths." + +"What do you mean?" + +"I mean that I have tidings that Pearl-Maiden escaped in the ship +/Luna/ hard upon a month ago. This morning the captain and some +mariners of the galley /Imperatrix/ arrived in Rome. They report that +they met a great gale off Rhegium, and towards the end of it saw a +vessel sink. Afterwards they picked up a sailor clinging to a piece of +wood, who told them that the ship's name was /Luna/ and that she +foundered with all hands." + +"Have you seen this sailor?" + +"No; he died of exhaustion soon after he was rescued; but I have seen +the men of the galley, who brought me note of certain goods consigned +to me in her hold. They repeated this story to me with their own +lips." + +"So, after all, she whom so many sought was destined to the arms of +Neptune, as became a pearl," reflected Saturius. "Well, well, as +Domitian cannot be revenged upon Neptune he will be the more wroth +with the man who sent her to that god. Now I go to tell him all these +tidings and learn his mind." + +"You will return and acquaint me with it, will you not?" asked Caleb, +looking up. + +"Certainly, and at once. Our account is not yet balanced, most +generous Demetrius." + +"No," answered Caleb, "our accounts are not yet balanced." + +Two hours later the chamberlain reappeared in the office. + +"Well," said Caleb, "how does it go?" + +"Ill, very ill for Marcus, and well, very well for those who hate him, +as you and I do, friend. Oh! never have I seen my Imperial master so +enraged. Indeed, when he learned that Pearl-Maiden had escaped and was +drowned, so that he could have no hope of her this side the Styx, it +was almost dangerous to be near to him. He cursed Titus for the +lightness of his sentence; he cursed you; he cursed /me/. But I turned +his wrath into the right channel. I showed him that for all these ills +Marcus, and Marcus alone, is to blame, Marcus who is to pay the price +of them with a three years' pleasant banishment from Rome, which +doubtless, will be remitted presently. I tell you that Domitian wept +and gnashed his teeth at the thought of it, until I showed him a +better plan--knowing that it would please you, friend Demetrius." + +"What plan?" + +Saturius rose, and having looked round to see that the door was +fastened, came and whispered into Caleb's ear. + +"Look you, after sunset to-night, that is within two hours, Marcus is +to be put out of his prison and conducted to the side door of his own +house, that beneath the archway, where he is ordered to remain until +he leaves Rome. In this house is no one except an old man, the steward +Stephanus, and a slave woman. Well, before he gets there, certain +trusty fellows, such as Domitian knows how to lay his hands upon, will +have entered the house, and having secured the steward and the woman, +will await the coming of Marcus beneath the archway. You can guess the +rest. Is it not well conceived?" + +"Very well," answered Caleb. "But may there not be suspicion?" + +"None, none. Who would dare to suspect Domitian? A private crime, +doubtless! The rich have so many enemies." + +What Saturius did not add was that nobody would suspect Domitian +because the masked bravoes were instructed to inform the steward and +the slave when they had bound and gagged them, that they were hired to +do the deed of blood by a certain merchant named Demetrius, otherwise +Caleb the Jew, who had an ancient quarrel against Marcus, which, +already, he had tried to satisfy by giving false evidence before the +court-martial. + +"Now," went on Saturius, "I must be going, for there are one or two +little things which need attention, and time presses. Shall we balance +that account, friend Demetrius?" + +"Certainly," said Caleb, and taking a roll of gold from a drawer he +pushed it across the table. + +Saturius shook his head sadly. "I laid it at twice as much," he said. +"Think how you hate him and how richly your hate will be fed. First +disgraced unjustly, he, one of the best soldiers and bravest captains +in the army, and then hacked to death by cutthroats in the doorway of +his own house. What more could you want?" + +"Nothing," answered Caleb. "Only the man isn't dead yet. Sometimes the +Fates have strange surprises for us mortals, friend Saturius." + +"Dead? He will be dead soon enough." + +"Good. You shall have the rest of the money when I have seen his body. +No, I don't want any bungling and that's the best way to make +certain." + +"I wonder," thought Saturius, as he departed out of the office and +this history, "I wonder how I shall manage to get the balance of my +fee before they have my Jewish friend by the heels. But it can be +arranged--doubtless it can be arranged." + +When he had gone, Caleb, who, it would seem, also had things which +needed attention and felt that time pressed, took pen and wrote a +short letter. Next he summoned a clerk and gave orders that it was to +be delivered two hours after sunset--not before. + +Meanwhile, he enclosed it in an outer wrapping so that the address was +not seen. This done, he sat still for a time, his lips moving, almost +as though he were engaged in prayer. Then, seeing that it was the hour +of sunset, he rose, wrapped himself in a long dark cloak, such as was +worn by Roman officers, and went out. + + + + CHAPTER XXIX + + HOW MARCUS CHANGED HIS FAITH + +Caleb was not the only one who heard the evil tidings of the ship +/Luna/; it came to the ears of the bishop Cyril also, since little of +any moment passed within the city of Rome which the Christians did not +know. + +Like Caleb, he satisfied himself of the truth of the matter by an +interview with the captain of the /Imperatrix/. Then with a sorrowful +heart he departed to the prison near the Temple of Mars. Here the +warden told him that Marcus wished to see no one, but answering +"Friend, my business will not wait," he pushed past the man and +entered the room beyond. Marcus was standing up in the centre of it, +in his hand a drawn sword of the short Roman pattern, which, on +catching sight of his visitor, he cast upon the table with an +exclamation of impatience. It fell beside a letter addressed to "The +Lady Miriam in Tyre. To be given into her own hand." + +"Peace be with you," said the bishop, searching his face with his +quiet eyes. + +"I thank you, friend," answered Marcus, smiling strangely, "I need +peace, and--seek it." + +"Son," asked the bishop, "what were you about to do?" + +"Friend," answered Marcus, "If you desire to know, I was about to fall +upon my sword. One more minute and I should have been dead. They +brought it me with the cloak and other things. It was thoughtful of +them, and I guessed their meaning." + +Cyril lifted the sword from the table and cast it into a corner of the +room. + +"God be thanked," he said, "Who led my feet here in time to save you +from this sin. Why, because it has pleased Him to take her life, +should you seek to take your own?" + +"Her life?" said Marcus. "What dreadful words are these. Her life! +Whose life?" + +"The life of Miriam. I came to tell you. She is drowned upon the seas +with all her company." + +For a moment Marcus stood swaying to and fro like a drunken man. Then +he said: + +"Is it so indeed? Well, the more reason that I should make haste to +follow her. Begone and leave me to do the deed alone," and he stepped +towards the sword. + +Cyril set his foot upon the shining blade. + +"What is this madness?" he asked. "If you did not know of Miriam's +death, why do you desire to kill yourself?" + +"Because I have lost more than Miriam. Man, they have robbed me of my +honour. By the decree of Titus, I, Marcus, am branded as a coward. +Yes, Titus, at whose side I have fought a score of battles--Titus, +from whom I have warded many a blow--has banished me from Rome." + +"Tell me of this thing," said Cyril. + +So Marcus told him all. Cyril listened in silence, then said sternly: + +"Is it for this that you would kill yourself? Is your honour lessened +by a decree based upon false evidence, and given for reasons of +policy? Do you cease to be honourable because others are +dishonourable, and would you--a soldier--fly from the battle? Now, +indeed, Marcus, you show yourself a coward." + +"How can I live on who am so shamed?" he asked passionately. "My +friends knew that I could not live, and that is why they wrapped a +sword in yonder cloak and sent it me. Also Miriam, you say, is dead." + +"Satan sent it to you, Marcus, desiring to fashion of your foolish +pride a ladder down which you might climb to hell. Cast aside this +base temptation which wears the mask of false honour; face your +trouble like a man, and conquer it by innocence--and faith." + +"Miriam! What of Miriam?" + +"Yes, what of Miriam? How would she welcome you yonder, who come to +greet her with your blood upon your hands? Oh! son, do you not +understand that this is the trial laid upon you? You have been brought +low that you might rise high. Once the world gave you all it had to +give. You were rich, you were a captain among captains; you were high- +born; men called you 'The Fortunate.' Then Christ appealed to you in +vain, you put Him by. What had you to do with the crucified carpenter +of Galilee? Now by the plotting of your foes you have fallen. No +longer do you rank high in your trade of blood. You are dismissed its +service and an exile. The lesson of life has come home to you, +therefore you seek to escape from life rather than bide in it to do +your duty through good and ill, heedless of what men may say, and +finding peace in the verdict of your own conscience. Let Him Whom you +put by in your hours of pomp come to you now. Carry your cross with +your shame as He carried His in His shame. In His light find light, in +His peace find peace, and at the end her who has been taken from you +awhile. Has my spirit spoken in vain with your spirit during all these +many weeks, son Marcus? Already you have told me that you believe, and +now at the first breath of trouble will you go back upon that which +you know to be the Truth? Oh! once more listen to me, that your eyes +may be opened before it is too late." + +"Speak on, I hear you," said Marcus with a sigh. + +So Cyril pleaded with him in the passion of one inspired, and as +Marcus hearkened his heart was softened and his purpose turned. + +"I knew it all before, I believed it all before," he said at length, +"but I would not accept your baptism and become a member of your +Church." + +"Why not, son?" + +"Because had I done so she would have thought and you might have +thought, and perhaps I myself should have thought that I did it, as +once I offered to do, to win her whom I desired above all things on +earth. Now she is dead and it is otherwise. Shrive me, father, and do +your office." + +So there in the prison cell the bishop Cyril took water and baptised +the Roman Marcus into the body of the Christian Church. + +"What shall I do now?" Marcus asked as he rose from his knees. "Once +Cæsar was my master, now you speak with the voice of Cæsar. Command +me." + +"I do not speak, Christ speaks. Listen. I am called by the Church to +go to Alexandria in Egypt, whither I sail within three days. Will you +who are exiled from Rome come with me? There I can find you work to +do." + +"I have said that you are Cæsar," answered Marcus. "Now it is sunset +and I am free; accompany me to my house, I pray you, for there much +business waits me in which I need counsel, who am overborne." + +So presently the gates were opened as Titus had commanded, and they +went forth, attended only by a guard of two men, walking unnoted +through the streets to the palace in the Via Agrippa. + +"There is the door," said the sergeant of the guard, pointing to the +side entrance of the house. "Enter with your friend and, noble Marcus, +fare you well." + +So they went to the archway, and finding the door ajar, passed through +and shut it behind them. + +"For a house where there is much to steal this is ill guarded, son. In +Rome an open gate ought to have a watchman," said Cyril as he groped +his way through the darkness of the arch. + +"My steward Stephanus should be at hand, for the jailer advised him of +my coming--who never thought to come," began Marcus, then of a sudden +stumbled heavily and was silent. + +"What is it?" asked Cyril. + +"By the feel one who is drunken--or dead. Some beggar, perhaps, who +sleeps off his liquor here." + +By now Cyril was through the archway and in the little courtyard +beyond. + +"A light burns in that window," he said. "Come, you know the path, +guide me to it. We can return to this sleeper." + +"Who seems hard to wake," added Marcus, as he led the way across the +courtyard to the door of the offices. This also proved to be open and +by it they entered the room where the steward kept his books and +slept. Upon the table a lamp was burning, that which they had seen +through the casement. Its light showed them a strange sight. An iron- +bound box that was chained to the wall had been broken open and its +contents rifled, for papers were strewn here and there, and on them +lay an empty leathern money-bag. The furniture also was overturned as +though in some struggle, while among it, one in the corner of the room +and one beneath the marble table, which was too heavy to be moved, lay +two figures, those of a man and a woman. + +"Murderers have been here," said Cyril with a groan. + +Marcus snatched the lamp from the table and held it to the face of the +man in the corner. + +"It is Stephanus," he said, "Stephanus bound and gagged, but living, +and the other is the slave woman. Hold the lamp while I loose them," +and drawing his short sword, he cut away the bonds, first of the one +and then of the other. "Speak, man, speak!" he said, as Stephanus +struggled to his feet. "What has chanced here?" + +For some moments the old steward stared at him with round, frightened +eyes. Then he gasped: + +"Oh! my lord, I thought you dead. They said that they had come to kill +you by command of the Jew Caleb, he who gave the evidence." + +"They! Who?" asked Marcus. + +"I know not, four men whose faces were masked. They said also that +though you must die, they were commanded to do me and this woman no +harm, only to bind and silence us. This they did, then, having taken +what money they could find, went out to waylay you. Afterwards I heard +a scuffle in the arch and well-nigh died of sorrow, for I who could +neither warn nor help you, was sure that you were perishing beneath +their knives." + +"For this deliverance, thank God," said Cyril, lifting up his hands. + +"Presently, presently," answered Marcus. "First follow me," and taking +the lamp in his hand, he ran back to the archway. + +Beneath it a man lay upon his face--he across whom Marcus had +stumbled, and about him blood flowed from many wounds. In silence they +turned him over so that the light fell upon his features. Then Marcus +staggered back amazed, for, behold! they were Caleb's, notwithstanding +the blood and wounds that marred them, still dark and handsome in his +death sleep. + +"Why," he said to Stephanus, "this is that very man whose bloody work, +as they told us, the murderers came to do. It would seem that he has +fallen into his own snare." + +"Are you certain, son?" asked Cyril. "Does not this gashed and gory +cheek deceive you?" + +"Draw that hand of his from beneath the cloak," answered Marcus. "If I +am right the first finger will lack a joint." + +Cyril obeyed and held up the stiffening hand. It was as Marcus had +said. + +"Caught in his own snare!" repeated Marcus. "Well, though I knew he +hated me, and more than once we have striven to slay each other in +battle and private fight, never would I have believed that Caleb the +Jew would sink to murder. He is well repaid, the treacherous dog!" + +"Judge not, that ye be not judged," answered Cyril. "What do you know +of how or why this man came by his death? He may have been hurrying +here to warn you." + +"Against his own paid assassins! No, father, I know Caleb better, only +he was viler than I thought." + +Then they carried the body into the house and took counsel what they +should do. While they reasoned together, for every path seemed full of +danger, there came a knock upon the archway door. They hesitated, not +knowing whether it would be safe to open, till the knock was repeated +more loudly. + +"I will go, lord," said Stephanus, "for why need I fear, who am of no +account to any one?" + +So he went, presently to return. + +"What was it?" asked Marcus. + +"Only a young man, who said that he had been strictly charged by his +master, Demetrius the Alexandrian merchant, to deliver a letter at +this hour. Here is the letter." + +"Demetrius, the Alexandrian merchant," said Marcus as he took it. +"Why, under that name Caleb who lies there dead passed in Rome." + +"Read the letter," said Cyril. + +So Marcus cut the silk, broke the seal, and read: + + "To the noble Marcus, + + "In the past I have worked you evil and often striven to take your + life. Now it has come to my ears that Domitian, who hates you even + worse than I do, if for less reason, has laid a plot to murder you + on the threshold of your own house. Therefore, by way of amends + for that evidence which I gave against you that stained the truth, + since no braver man ever breathed than you are, Marcus, it has + come into my mind to visit the Palace Fortunate wrapped in such a + cloak as you Roman captains wear. There, before you read this + letter, perhaps we shall meet again. Still, mourn me not, Marcus, + nor speak of me as generous, or noble, since Miriam is dead, and I + who have followed her through life desire to follow her through + death, hoping that there I may find a kinder fortune at her hands, + or if not, forgetfulness. You who will live long, must drink deep + of memory--a bitterer cup. Marcus, farewell. Since die I must, I + would that it had been in open fight beneath your sword, but Fate, + who has given me fortune, but no true favour, appoints me to the + daggers of assassins that seek another heart. So be it. You tarry + here, but I travel to Miriam. Why should I grumble at the road? + + "Caleb. + "Written at Rome upon the night of my death." + +"A brave man and a bitter," said Marcus when he had finished reading. +"Know, my father, that I am more jealous of him now than ever I was in +his life's days. Had it not been for you and your preaching," he added +angrily, "when he came to seek Miriam, he would have found me at her +side. But now, how can I tell?" + +"Peace to your heathen talk!" answered the bishop. "Is the land of +spirits then such as your poets picture, and do the dead turn to each +other with eyes of earthly passion? Yet," he added more gently, "I +should not blame you who, like this poor Jew, from childhood have been +steeped in superstitions. Have no fear of his rivalry in the heavenly +fields, friend Marcus, where neither do they marry or are given in +marriage, nor think that self-murder can help a man. What the end of +all this tale may be does not yet appear; still I am certain that +yonder Caleb will take no gain in hurrying down to death, unless +indeed he did it from a nobler motive than he says, as I for one +believe." + +"I trust that it may be so," answered Marcus, "although in truth that +another man should die for me gives me no comfort. Rather would I that +he had left me to my doom." + +"As God has willed so it has befallen, for 'man's goings are of the +Lord; how then can a man understand his own way?'" replied Cyril with +a sigh. "Now let us to other matters, for time is short and it comes +upon me that you will do well to be clear of Rome before Domitian +finds that Caleb fell in place of Marcus." + + + +Nearly three more months had gone when, at length, one night as the +sun vanished, a galley crept wearily into the harbour of Alexandria +and cast anchor just as the light of Pharos began to shine across the +sea. Her passage through the winter gales had been hard, and for weeks +at a time she had been obliged to shelter in harbours by the way. Now, +short of food and water, she had come safely to her haven, for which +mercy the bishop Cyril with the Roman Marcus and such other Christians +as were aboard of her gave thanks to Heaven upon their knees in their +little cabin near the forecastle, for it was too late to attempt to +land that night. Then they went on deck and, as all their food was +gone and they had no drink except some stinking water, leaned upon the +bulwarks and looked hungrily towards the shore, where gleamed the +thousand lights of the mighty city. Near to them, not a bowshot away +indeed, lay another ship. Presently, as they stared at her black +outline, the sound of singing floated from her decks across the still, +starlit waters of the harbour. They listened to it idly enough at +first, till at length some words of that song reached their ears, +causing them to look at each other. + +"That is no sailor's ditty," said Marcus. + +"No," answered Cyril, "it is a Christian hymn, and one that I know +well. Listen. Each verse ends, 'Peace, be still!'" + +"Then," said Marcus, "yonder must be a Christian ship, else they would +not dare to sing that hymn. The night is calm, let us beg the boat and +visit it. I am thirsty, and those good folk may have fresh water." + +"If you wish," answered Cyril. "There too we may get tidings as well +as water." + +A while later the little boat rowed to the side of the strange ship +and asked leave to board of the watchman. + +"What sign do you give?" asked the officer. + +"The sign of the Cross," answered Cyril. "We have heard your hymn who +are of the brotherhood of Rome." + +Then a rope ladder was thrown down to them and the officer bade them +make fast and be welcome. + +They climbed upon the deck and went to seek the captain, who was in +the afterpart of the ship, where an awning was stretched. In the space +enclosed by this awning, which was lit with lanterns, stood a woman in +a white robe, who sang the refrain of the hymn in a very sweet voice, +others of the company, from time to time, joining in its choruses. + + "From the dead am I arisen" + +sang the voice, and there was something in the thrilling notes that +went straight to the heart of Marcus, some tone and quality which were +familiar. + +Side by side with Cyril he climbed onwards across the rowing benches, +and the noise of their stumbling footsteps reaching the singer's ears, +caused her to pause in her song. Then stepping forward a little, as +though to look, she came under the lantern so that its light fell full +upon her face, and, seeing nothing, once more took up her chant: + + "Oh ye faithless, from the dead am I arisen." + +"Look, look!" gasped Marcus, clutching Cyril by the arm. "Look! It is +Miriam, or her spirit." + +Another instant and he, too, had come into the circle of the +lamplight, so that his eyes met the eyes of the singer. Now she saw +him and, with a little cry, sank senseless to the deck. + + + +So the long story ended. Afterwards they learned that the tale which +had been brought to Rome of the loss of the ship /Luna/ was false. She +had met the great gale, indeed, but had sheltered from it in a +harbour, where the skill of her captain, Hector, brought her safely. +Then she made her way to Sicily, where she refitted, and so on to one +of the Grecian ports, in which she lay for eight weeks waiting for +better weather, till a favouring wind brought her somewhat slowly to +Alexandria, a port she won only two days before the galley of Marcus. +It would seem, therefore, that the vessel that had foundered in sight +of the /Imperatrix/ was either another ship also called the /Luna/, no +uncommon name, or that the mariners of the /Imperatrix/ had not heard +her title rightly. It may have been even that the dying sailor who +told it to them wandered in his mind, and forgetting how his last ship +was called, gave her some name with which he was familiar. At the +least, through the good workings of Providence, that /Luna/ which bore +Miriam and her company escaped the perils of the deep and in due time +reached the haven of Alexandria. + +Before they parted that happy night all their tale was told. Miriam +learned how Caleb had kept the promise that he made to her, although +when he thought her dead his fierce and jealous heart would suffer him +to tell nothing of it to Marcus. She learned also how it came about +that Marcus had been saved from death at his own hand by Cyril and +entered the company of the Christian brotherhood. Very glad were both +of them to think in the after years that he had done this believing +her to be lost to him in death. Now none could say that he had changed +his faith to win a woman, nor could their own consciences whisper to +them that this was possible, though even at the time he knew it not. + +So they understood how through their many trials, dangers, and +temptations all things had worked together for good to them. + + + +On the morrow, there in the ship /Luna/, Marcus and Miriam, whom the +Romans called Pearl-Maiden, were wedded by the bishop Cyril, the +Captain Gallus giving the bride in marriage, while the white-haired, +fierce-eyed Nehushta stood at their side and blessed them in the name +of that dead mother whose command had not been broken. + + + + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK, PEARL-MAIDEN *** + +This file should be named prlma10.txt or prlma10.zip +Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks get a new NUMBER, prlma11.txt +VERSIONS based on separate sources get new LETTER, prlma10a.txt + +Project Gutenberg eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the US +unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we usually do not +keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition. + +We are now trying to release all our eBooks one year in advance +of the official release dates, leaving time for better editing. +Please be encouraged to tell us about any error or corrections, +even years after the official publication date. + +Please note neither this listing nor its contents are final til +midnight of the last day of the month of any such announcement. +The official release date of all Project Gutenberg eBooks is at +Midnight, Central Time, of the last day of the stated month. A +preliminary version may often be posted for suggestion, comment +and editing by those who wish to do so. + +Most people start at our Web sites at: +http://gutenberg.net or +http://promo.net/pg + +These Web sites include award-winning information about Project +Gutenberg, including how to donate, how to help produce our new +eBooks, and how to subscribe to our email newsletter (free!). + + +Those of you who want to download any eBook before announcement +can get to them as follows, and just download by date. This is +also a good way to get them instantly upon announcement, as the +indexes our cataloguers produce obviously take a while after an +announcement goes out in the Project Gutenberg Newsletter. + +http://www.ibiblio.org/gutenberg/etext04 or +ftp://ftp.ibiblio.org/pub/docs/books/gutenberg/etext04 + +Or /etext03, 02, 01, 00, 99, 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90 + +Just search by the first five letters of the filename you want, +as it appears in our Newsletters. + + +Information about Project Gutenberg (one page) + +We produce about two million dollars for each hour we work. The +time it takes us, a rather conservative estimate, is fifty hours +to get any eBook selected, entered, proofread, edited, copyright +searched and analyzed, the copyright letters written, etc. Our +projected audience is one hundred million readers. If the value +per text is nominally estimated at one dollar then we produce $2 +million dollars per hour in 2002 as we release over 100 new text +files per month: 1240 more eBooks in 2001 for a total of 4000+ +We are already on our way to trying for 2000 more eBooks in 2002 +If they reach just 1-2% of the world's population then the total +will reach over half a trillion eBooks given away by year's end. + +The Goal of Project Gutenberg is to Give Away 1 Trillion eBooks! +This is ten thousand titles each to one hundred million readers, +which is only about 4% of the present number of computer users. + +Here is the briefest record of our progress (* means estimated): + +eBooks Year Month + + 1 1971 July + 10 1991 January + 100 1994 January + 1000 1997 August + 1500 1998 October + 2000 1999 December + 2500 2000 December + 3000 2001 November + 4000 2001 October/November + 6000 2002 December* + 9000 2003 November* +10000 2004 January* + + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been created +to secure a future for Project Gutenberg into the next millennium. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +As of February, 2002, contributions are being solicited from people +and organizations in: Alabama, Alaska, Arkansas, Connecticut, +Delaware, District of Columbia, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Illinois, +Indiana, Iowa, Kansas, Kentucky, Louisiana, Maine, Massachusetts, +Michigan, Mississippi, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, Nevada, New +Hampshire, New Jersey, New Mexico, New York, North Carolina, Ohio, +Oklahoma, Oregon, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, South Carolina, South +Dakota, Tennessee, Texas, Utah, Vermont, Virginia, Washington, West +Virginia, Wisconsin, and Wyoming. + +We have filed in all 50 states now, but these are the only ones +that have responded. + +As the requirements for other states are met, additions to this list +will be made and fund raising will begin in the additional states. +Please feel free to ask to check the status of your state. + +In answer to various questions we have received on this: + +We are constantly working on finishing the paperwork to legally +request donations in all 50 states. If your state is not listed and +you would like to know if we have added it since the list you have, +just ask. + +While we cannot solicit donations from people in states where we are +not yet registered, we know of no prohibition against accepting +donations from donors in these states who approach us with an offer to +donate. + +International donations are accepted, but we don't know ANYTHING about +how to make them tax-deductible, or even if they CAN be made +deductible, and don't have the staff to handle it even if there are +ways. + +Donations by check or money order may be sent to: + +Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation +PMB 113 +1739 University Ave. +Oxford, MS 38655-4109 + +Contact us if you want to arrange for a wire transfer or payment +method other than by check or money order. + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation has been approved by +the US Internal Revenue Service as a 501(c)(3) organization with EIN +[Employee Identification Number] 64-622154. Donations are +tax-deductible to the maximum extent permitted by law. As fund-raising +requirements for other states are met, additions to this list will be +made and fund-raising will begin in the additional states. + +We need your donations more than ever! + +You can get up to date donation information online at: + +http://www.gutenberg.net/donation.html + + +*** + +If you can't reach Project Gutenberg, +you can always email directly to: + +Michael S. Hart <hart@pobox.com> + +Prof. Hart will answer or forward your message. + +We would prefer to send you information by email. + + +**The Legal Small Print** + + +(Three Pages) + +***START**THE SMALL PRINT!**FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS**START*** +Why is this "Small Print!" statement here? You know: lawyers. +They tell us you might sue us if there is something wrong with +your copy of this eBook, even if you got it for free from +someone other than us, and even if what's wrong is not our +fault. So, among other things, this "Small Print!" statement +disclaims most of our liability to you. It also tells you how +you may distribute copies of this eBook if you want to. + +*BEFORE!* YOU USE OR READ THIS EBOOK +By using or reading any part of this PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +eBook, you indicate that you understand, agree to and accept +this "Small Print!" statement. If you do not, you can receive +a refund of the money (if any) you paid for this eBook by +sending a request within 30 days of receiving it to the person +you got it from. If you received this eBook on a physical +medium (such as a disk), you must return it with your request. + +ABOUT PROJECT GUTENBERG-TM EBOOKS +This PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook, like most PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBooks, +is a "public domain" work distributed by Professor Michael S. Hart +through the Project Gutenberg Association (the "Project"). +Among other things, this means that no one owns a United States copyright +on or for this work, so the Project (and you!) can copy and +distribute it in the United States without permission and +without paying copyright royalties. Special rules, set forth +below, apply if you wish to copy and distribute this eBook +under the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark. + +Please do not use the "PROJECT GUTENBERG" trademark to market +any commercial products without permission. + +To create these eBooks, the Project expends considerable +efforts to identify, transcribe and proofread public domain +works. Despite these efforts, the Project's eBooks and any +medium they may be on may contain "Defects". Among other +things, Defects may take the form of incomplete, inaccurate or +corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged +disk or other eBook medium, a computer virus, or computer +codes that damage or cannot be read by your equipment. + +LIMITED WARRANTY; DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES +But for the "Right of Replacement or Refund" described below, +[1] Michael Hart and the Foundation (and any other party you may +receive this eBook from as a PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm eBook) disclaims +all liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including +legal fees, and [2] YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE OR +UNDER STRICT LIABILITY, OR FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY OR CONTRACT, +INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE +OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE +POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. + +If you discover a Defect in this eBook within 90 days of +receiving it, you can receive a refund of the money (if any) +you paid for it by sending an explanatory note within that +time to the person you received it from. If you received it +on a physical medium, you must return it with your note, and +such person may choose to alternatively give you a replacement +copy. If you received it electronically, such person may +choose to alternatively give you a second opportunity to +receive it electronically. + +THIS EBOOK IS OTHERWISE PROVIDED TO YOU "AS-IS". NO OTHER +WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, ARE MADE TO YOU AS +TO THE EBOOK OR ANY MEDIUM IT MAY BE ON, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A +PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +Some states do not allow disclaimers of implied warranties or +the exclusion or limitation of consequential damages, so the +above disclaimers and exclusions may not apply to you, and you +may have other legal rights. + +INDEMNITY +You will indemnify and hold Michael Hart, the Foundation, +and its trustees and agents, and any volunteers associated +with the production and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +texts harmless, from all liability, cost and expense, including +legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of the +following that you do or cause: [1] distribution of this eBook, +[2] alteration, modification, or addition to the eBook, +or [3] any Defect. + +DISTRIBUTION UNDER "PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm" +You may distribute copies of this eBook electronically, or by +disk, book or any other medium if you either delete this +"Small Print!" and all other references to Project Gutenberg, +or: + +[1] Only give exact copies of it. Among other things, this + requires that you do not remove, alter or modify the + eBook or this "small print!" statement. You may however, + if you wish, distribute this eBook in machine readable + binary, compressed, mark-up, or proprietary form, + including any form resulting from conversion by word + processing or hypertext software, but only so long as + *EITHER*: + + [*] The eBook, when displayed, is clearly readable, and + does *not* contain characters other than those + intended by the author of the work, although tilde + (~), asterisk (*) and underline (_) characters may + be used to convey punctuation intended by the + author, and additional characters may be used to + indicate hypertext links; OR + + [*] The eBook may be readily converted by the reader at + no expense into plain ASCII, EBCDIC or equivalent + form by the program that displays the eBook (as is + the case, for instance, with most word processors); + OR + + [*] You provide, or agree to also provide on request at + no additional cost, fee or expense, a copy of the + eBook in its original plain ASCII form (or in EBCDIC + or other equivalent proprietary form). + +[2] Honor the eBook refund and replacement provisions of this + "Small Print!" statement. + +[3] Pay a trademark license fee to the Foundation of 20% of the + gross profits you derive calculated using the method you + already use to calculate your applicable taxes. If you + don't derive profits, no royalty is due. Royalties are + payable to "Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation" + the 60 days following each date you prepare (or were + legally required to prepare) your annual (or equivalent + periodic) tax return. Please contact us beforehand to + let us know your plans and to work out the details. + +WHAT IF YOU *WANT* TO SEND MONEY EVEN IF YOU DON'T HAVE TO? +Project Gutenberg is dedicated to increasing the number of +public domain and licensed works that can be freely distributed +in machine readable form. + +The Project gratefully accepts contributions of money, time, +public domain materials, or royalty free copyright licenses. +Money should be paid to the: +"Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation." + +If you are interested in contributing scanning equipment or +software or other items, please contact Michael Hart at: +hart@pobox.com + +[Portions of this eBook's header and trailer may be reprinted only +when distributed free of all fees. Copyright (C) 2001, 2002 by +Michael S. Hart. Project Gutenberg is a TradeMark and may not be +used in any sales of Project Gutenberg eBooks or other materials be +they hardware or software or any other related product without +express permission.] + +*END THE SMALL PRINT! FOR PUBLIC DOMAIN EBOOKS*Ver.02/11/02*END* + diff --git a/old/prlma10.zip b/old/prlma10.zip Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..fbef143 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/prlma10.zip |
